Fi01 en

Siemens AG 2014
Field Instruments for

Process Automation
Process Automation
Catalog
FI 01
Edition
2015
Answers for industry.
Cover_de_en_fr_es_FI01-2015.indd 3
21.10.2014 08:32:03
Siemens AG 2014
Related catalogs
Process Automation
SIREC D
Display Recorder
MP 20 News
E86060-K6020-E101-A3-7600
Process Automation
SIPART Controllers and Software
IK PI
E86060-K6710-A101-B8-7600
MP 31
PDF/e-book (E86060-K6031-A100-B6-7600)
Weighing Technology
Products for Weighing Technology
Industrial Communication
SIMATIC NET
WT 10
SIMATIC Ident
Industrial Identification Systems
ID 10
E86060-K8310-A101-A9-7600
SITRAIN
Training for Industry
ITC
Only available in German

E86060-K6410-A101-A4-7600
Process Automation
Process Analytical Instruments
E86060-K6850-A101-C4
PA 01
PDF/e-book (E86060-K3501-A101-A9-7600)
Process Automation
Process Analytical Instruments
PA 01
PDF/e-book (E86060-K3501-A101-A9-7600)
Products for Automation and Drives

Interactive Catalog, DVD
E86060-D4001-A510-D4-7600
Industry Mall
Information and Ordering Platform
in the Internet:
www.siemens.com/industrymall
CA 01
Siemens AG 2014
Field Instruments for Process Automation

Process Automation
Pressure Measurement
Temperature Measurement
Flow Measurement
Level Measurement
Positioners
Process Protection
Additional Components
Communication and Software
Appendix
Catalog FI 01 2015
Supersedes:
Catalog FI 01 2015
Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of
this catalog:
and as PDF at the following address:
www.siemens.de/fi01
For comfortable, fast and error free product selection you
will get support in our PIA Life Cycle Portal:
www.siemens.de/pia-portal
The products contained in this catalog can also be found
in the Interactive Catalog CA 01.
Article No.: E86060-D4001-A500-D5 (DVD)
Please contact your local Siemens branch.
Siemens AG 2014
Printed on paper from

sustainably managed forests and
controlled sources.
www.pefc.org
The products and systems described in

this catalog are manufactured/distributed
under application of a certified quality
management system in accordance with
DIN EN ISO 9001
Siemens AG 2014
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Answers for industry.

Integrated technologies, vertical market expertise and services
for greater productivity, energy efficiency, and flexibility.
The Siemens Industry Sector is the

world's leading supplier of innovative
and environmentally friendly products
and solutions for industrial companies.
End-to-end automation technology and
industrial software, solid market expertise, and technology-based services are
the levers we use to increase our customers productivity, efficiency and
flexibility. With a global workforce of
more than 100 000 employees,
the Industry Sector comprises the
Industry Automation, Drive Technologies, and Customer Services divisions,
as well as the Metals Technologies
Business Unit.
We consistently rely on integrated technologies and, thanks to our bundled

portfolio, we can respond more quickly
and flexibly to our customers' wishes.
With our globally unmatched range of
automation technology, industrial
control and drive technology as well
as industrial software, we equip companies with exactly what they need over
their entire value chain from product
design and development to production,
sales and service. Our industrial customers benefit from our comprehensive
portfolio, which is tailored to their
market and their needs.
Market launch times can be reduced

by up to 50% due to the combination
of powerful automation technology
and industrial software from Siemens
Industry. At the same time, the costs for
energy or waste water for a manufacturing company can be reduced significantly. In this way, we increase our
customers competitive strength and
make an important contribution to environmental protection with our energyefficient products and solutions.
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Industries
In the field of process instrumentation, process analytics and weighing technology, Siemens focuses on a
number of key industries such as:
Chemical
Pharmaceutical
Water/wastewater
Mining, aggregates, cement
Oil and gas/hydrocarbon processing
Pulp and paper
Food and beverage
Marine
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Process Instrumentation
Siemens offers a comprehensive range of process instruments for pressure, temperature, flow and level measurement.
Pneumatic valve positioners, process controllers, process recorders and process protection devices complete the
package. Whether you need a single instrument or a complete instrumentation package, Siemens is your professional
supplier for any project.
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS P comprises a complete range of instruments for measuring gauge, differential and
absolute pressure. In addition to high measuring precision and ruggedness, defining features
include the convenience and functionality of a modular system as well as the perfect safety
concept. We have a proven range of products for all pressure applications.
SITRANS P500
Digital transmitter for high precision
applications with unmachted specifications for total performance and
long term stability.
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
Overview of the SITRANS P range:
SITRANS P200/210/220 [2]
SITRANS LH100 [1]
The fixed range transmitter for gauge and absolute

pressure.
Convenient hydrostatic level measurement.

SITRANS LH100 submersible pressure transmitter is used
for hydrostatic level measurements. It is immersed in the
process connected by a vented cable. The sensor has a
stainless steel enclosure and is suitable for applications
ranging from drinking water to corrosive liquids.
SITRANS P200: ceramic diaphragm

SITRANS P210: stainless steel diaphragm
SITRANS P220: stainless steel diaphragm fully welded
SITRANS P250 [3]
Fixed range transmitter for differential pressure.
The differential pressure will be detected with a ceramics sensor and transformed into an output signal of
420 mA-, 0 5 V resp. 0 10 V.
SITRANS P280 [4]
The SITRANS P280 is a WirelessHART pressure transmitter
that provides all measured process values as well as
diagnostic information, parameters and functions via
wireless communication. The device is powered by
an internal battery and designed for ultralow power
consumption. The compact and rugged design makes it
specially suitable for direct mounting on tanks and pipes
in remote parts of plants, and on moving or rotating
equipment for process monitoring or asset management
applications.
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
[1]
[2]
[3]
SITRANS P Compact [1]
SITRANS P DS III [3]
For the special requirements of the food and beverage,

pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries.
Digital transmitters with integral diagnostics function,

HART, PROFIBUS PA or Fieldbus Foundation communication, and convenient key operation. Within a range from
1 mbar to 700 bar, the SITRANS P DS III works well even
with extreme chemical and mechanical loads or electromagnetic influences. It offers additional safety functions
such as plant and self-monitoring, fault diagnostics and
provides maintenance messages advising when the next
calibration is due. The self-test function is unique for
fail-safe operation. Measuring cells can be quickly and
easily replaced so that on-site repairs are fast, simple and
cost-effective. In addition to convenient local operation,
SITRANS P transmitters can be connected to networks
using the PROFIBUS PA, Foundation Fieldbus, or HART
protocol.
The increased hygiene demands are satisfied by a range

of stainless steel process connections. Cleaning and sterilization procedures (CIP, SIP) are standard practice.
SITRANS P300 [2]
offers measuring precision and ruggedness, and advanced operation. The SITRANS P300 was designed for
the food and beverage industry as well as pharmaceutical
processes. It is an integral component of the SITRANS P
family because of its measurement deviation of less than
0.075 %, a hygienic stainless steel housing with laseretched nameplate, and the proven SITRANS P DS III local
operating philosophy.
The SITRANS P300 meets the requirements of the EHEDG,
FDA and 3A. This makes it ideal for applications in the
food and pharmaceutical industries.
You can read the process data via a HART, PROFIBUS PA
or Fieldbus FOUNDATION protocol. The SITRANS P300 is
also available combined with absolute or relative pressure
measuring cells with flush mounted diaphragms. A wide
range of process connections are available for the food
and beverage, pharmaceutical, and paper industries, including threaded and flanged versions.
Siemens FI 01 2015
SITRANS P DS III is designed for nominal pressures up to

PN 420 (5800 psi). The wetted parts are available in stainless steel, Tantalum, Hastelloy, Monel, or gold plated.
Explosion-proof versions are also available. The high safety level is documented by globally recognized certificates,
including ATEX, SIL, CENELEC, FM, CSA, NEPSI. It is tested
according to the NAMUR guidelines.
Siemens AG 2014
[4]
[5]
SITRANS P500 [4]
Remote seals [5]
Digital transmitters for high precision applications.
The measuring possibilities of the SITRANS P line are

extended by a wide range of remote seals. These seals are
used when measuring hot, corrosive, highly viscous, or
crystallizing material. The following types of remote seals
are available:
The SITRANS P500 ensures a maximum reference accuracy

below 0.03 % of calibrated span up to a turndown of 10:1.
Combined with its low static pressure and temperature
errors, it guarantees a total performance of 0.09 % up to a
turndown of 5:1 and 0.14 % up to a turndown of 10:1.
The excellent long-term sensor stability reduces recalibration costs and gives you the measurement that you can
trust on the long run. The cutting edge design of the measurement cell allows use at process temperatures up to
257 F (125 C) without requiring a remote seal system.
In case of critical applications where fast response times
are required the SITRANS P500 helps to keep your plant
safe thanks to its step response time (T63) of only 88 ms.
Flanges according to EN, ASME, and other connections,

either rigid connection to the transmitter or via flexible
capillary.
Various filling liquids for temperatures of material up to
400 C (750 F).
Various diaphragm material options.
Special versions specific to each industry.
The configuration of the device can be done via standard

HART-protocol compatible tools and also using the local
push buttons and LCD display.
SITRANS P500 offers an easy-to-understand multilingual
plain text menu which includes a rich set of diagnostic
features and a quick start wizard for a simple, error-free
configuration. The graphic display of the transmitter can
be used to show trends and enables process monitoring.
This transmitter is available for different ranges to be used
for differential pressure and level applications. In addition
the transmitter can be combined with different kinds of
remote seals.
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
The instruments in the SITRANS T line are true temperature measurements, even under
extreme conditions. Whether high or low temperatures or hazardous areas, the SITRANS T with
communications capability can meet all demands in a wide variety of industries.
SITRANS TS500
Temperature Sensors for a
wide range of applications
10
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
[1]
Whether you require a sensor, head, rail or field-mounted

transmitter, or a complete measuring station we can offer you this individually or as a complete package.
The cost-effective SITRANS T transmitters can measure
accurately in any application, and can be connected simply and rapidly to thermocouples or resistance thermometers. You can set the parameters using the intelligent
SIMATIC PDM software package in no time at all, and
without input errors. The following units are available:
[2]
Transmitters for head-mounting

SITRANS TH100 [1]
Pt100 transmitter. Low-cost and compact, configurable
using PC (SIPROM T).
SITRANS TH200 [2]
Universal transmitter, configurable using PC (SIPROM T).
Cost-saving service features.
SITRANS TH300 [2]
HART universal transmitter, configurable using SIMATIC
PDM or HART protocol. Cost-saving service features.
Diagnostics and simulation functions, remotely or locally.
SITRANS TH400 [2]
Fieldbus transmitter in designs for PROFIBUS PA or
FOUNDATION Fieldbus.
Configurable using SIMATIC PDM (PA) or AMS (FF). Comprehensive diagnostics and simulation functions, transmission of important device and process data over the
bus cable.
Siemens FI 01 2015
11
Siemens AG 2014
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
Transmitters for rail-mounting
Transmitters for field-mounting
SITRANS TR200 [1]
SITRANS TF [3]
Universal transmitter programmable via PC (SIPROM T).

Cost-saving operational functions and diagnostics LED.
Transmitter for mounting in the field where excessive

heat or vibrations are present at the measuring point; IP67
degree of protection, programmable, HART, PROFIBUS PA,
FOUNDATION Fieldbus optional programmable digital display. Can also be used as remote display without
transmitter for any 4 to 20 mA signal.
SITRANS TR300 [1]

HART universal transmitter configurable via SIMATIC PDM
or HART protocol. Costsaving operational functions and
diagnostics LED. Remote or local diagnostics and simulation.
SITRANS TW [2]
Universal 4-wire transmitter for rail-mounting with HART
communication, comprehensive diagnostics and simulation functions, configurable using SIMATIC PDM, optional
limit value relay.
12
Siemens FI 01 2015
SITRANS TF280 [4]

is a WirelessHART temperature transmitter that provides
all measured process values as well as diagnostic
information, parameters and functions via radio. The
device is powered by an internal battery and designed
for ultralow power consumption. Its compact and rugged
design makes it specially suitable for direct mounting on
tanks and pipes in remote parts of plants, and on moving
or rotating equipment for process monitoring or asset
management applications.
Siemens AG 2014
[5]
[6]
SITRANS TS temperature sensors

SITRANS TS100 - cable sensors [5]
This cable temperature sensor product series comes with
a direct mounted cable. As a basic or mineral-insulated
version a wide field of application is supported. The
installation is easy and flexible by using compression
or soldering fittings. With the optional adapter surface
measurement is simple to apply. The intrinsic safe
version has the approval for operating even in zone 0
without an additional protection tube. In such application
the excellent response time of the sensor will be an
outstanding benefit.
SITRANS TS200 - compact sensors [6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
SITRANS T temperature sensors special for high

temperatures and flue gas [8]
Our flue gas resistance thermometers and straight
thermocouples for combustion plants and furnances.
SITRANS TS500 - for pipes and vessels [9]
The industry temperature sensor series supports a wide
field of measurements, from simple applications up to
solutions for harsh environments. Designed as a modular
system of tubular or barstock thermowell, extension,
connection head and optional transmitter and display, the
customers profit from the use of standard components for
individual applications. Intrinsic safe versions are available
as well as Ex d.
The compact temperature sensor series adds to the

excellent benefits of our SITRANS TS100. Instead of the
flexible cable, it comes with a fixed connection M12,
Lemo etc.
SITRANS TS300 - for food and pharma [7]
Our food and pharma temperature sensor product
series is featured with a wide range of appropriate
process connections the classical method. With the
clamp-on temperature sensor Siemens strikes a new
path. Comparable with built-in measurement regarding
response time and accuracy the advantages especially
at small pipe diameters are obviously. No welding and
welding validation, no process disturbance, easy pigging,
easy dismantling for recalibration.
Siemens FI 01 2015
13
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Choosing the right flowmeter for the right application can dramatically improve your bottom line.
In all industries, Siemens offers a compre-hensive selection of electromagnetic, Coriolis, ultrasonic,
vortex, rotary piston and differential pressure flowmeters suitable for measuring a variety of
liquids.
SITRANS FC430
The digitally based SITRANS FC430 features
market-leading compactness, very high accuracy
of 0.1%, low pressure loss, extremely stable zero
point, best-in-class data update with 100 Hz
high-speed signal transfer and the first SIL 3
certification on a Coriolis system. Unique support
tools provide direct access to backup data,
settings, certificates, and audit trails.
14
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
SITRANS F M Electromagnetic flowmeters
Battery-operated water meters
measure the volume flow of electrically conductive fluids

like e.g. water, chemicals, food and beverage, slurries,
sludge, paper stock, and mining slurries with magnetic
particles.
The SITRANS F M product range is divided into three
meter types:
MAG 8000 DN 25 to DN 1200 (1 to 48) [4]
Modular pulsed DC meters
Mains powered 24 V AC/DC, 115 V AC/230 V AC with

battery backup.
SITRANS F M DN 2 to DN 2000 (1/12 to 78)

Full transmitter program MAG 5000/MAG 6000/
MAG 6000 I compact or remote mounting.
Multiple I/O as standard and communication modules
PROFIBUS PA/DP, FOUNDATION Fieldbus, HART and
Modbus RTU.
MAG 5100 W [1] sensor designed for water and wastewater applications.
MAG 3100 P designed for process industry and the harsh
requirements in the chemical industry.
MAG 3100/MAG 3100 HT [2] sensor for general process
industry.
MAG 1100/1100 HT sensor for general process industries.
MAG 1100 F [3] sensor for food and beverage and
pharmaceutical industries.
[5]
Designed for the water industry, the MAG 8000 program

is a battery-powered solution that makes it easier than
ever to install a reliable water meter virtually anywhere.
Battery lifetime up to 6+ years.
IP68 (NEMA 6P) enclosure for sensor and transmitter in

compact or remote version.
MAG 8000 for abstraction and distribution network.
MAG 8000 CT for revenue and bulk metering.
MAG 8000 Irrigation for agriculture.
High-powered AC meters
TRANSMAG 2 / 911/E DN 15 to DN 1000 (1/2 to 40) [5]
Specially designed for heavy mining slurries with or without magnetic particles as well as the most difficult applications in the pulp and paper industry.
A wide choice of corrosion-resistant liner materials.
Heavy duty industrial enclosure.
No movable parts.
Siemens FI 01 2015
15
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
[1]
[2]
SITRANS F C Coriolis mass flowmeters

measure the direct mass flow rate of liquids and gases in
almost any application.
It is a multivariable device delivering reliable information
on mass flow, volume flow, temperature, density and
concentration (e. g. Brix or Baume).
Flexibility and high performance with the
MASS 6000 transmitter [4]
[3]
[4]
0.1 % of rate with a large turndown ratio. Sensor of

capacity ranges from few g/h to 510 000 kg/h (few oz/h
to 1 124 300 lb/h), covering applications ranging from
mini-plants to bulk loading.
FCS400 sensors DN 15 - DN 80 in standard, hygienic
(3A, EHEDG) and NAMUR versions [1]
0 to 136 000 kg/h (0 to 300 000 lb/h)
The flexible MASS 6000 transmitters are designed for high

performance and easy operation ensuring a low cost of
ownership.
Fulfill the need for high performance at Chemical,

Food & Beverage, Pharma and Hydrocarbon applications.
Market -leading compactness saves space and money,
with enough flexibility for installation anywhere and the
ability to fit multiple units into tight spaces.
Seamless integration with the SIFLOW FC070

module [2]
MASS 2100 DI 1.5 [3]

0 to 65 kg/h (0 to 143 lb/h):
SIFLOW FC070 is a true multi-parameter Coriolis transmitter ready for quick installation and system integration into
SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems.
SIFLOW FC070 is the most compact, space-saving and versatile module available.
Ideal for low flow applications measuring liquid or gas.
Innovation and user-friendliness transmitter

SITRANS FCT030
The FCT030 transmitter is based on the latest developments within digital signal processing technology engineered for high measuring performance, fast response to
step changes in flow, fast dosing applications, high immunity against process noise, easy installation and maintenance. The FCT030 can be remote connected or compact
mounted with all sensors of type FCS400.
Sensors meeting the toughest challenges.
Optimum measuring performance is achieved through an
intelligent sensor design with a strong focus on safety,
repeatability, and quality, enabling a high accuracy
16
Siemens FI 01 2015
FC300 DN 4
0 to 350 kg/h (0 to 772 lb/h):
Low flow sensor with focus on compactness and machine
integration.
MASS 2100 DI 3 DI 40 [4]
0 to 52 000 kg/h (0 to 114 600 lb/h):
Medium range sensors for general purpose applications.
FCS200 DN 10 DN 25 [5]
0 to 30 000 kg/n (0 to 66 138 lb/h)
Ideal for measuring in CNG (Compressed Natural Gas)
applications.
Standard MC2 DN 50 DN 150
0 to 510 000 kg/h (0 to 1 124 300 lb/h):
Large sensors offering ideal fit between size and
maximum flow capacity.
[5]
Siemens AG 2014
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
SITRANS F US ultrasonic flowmeters
Retrofit flowmeter type, SONOKIT [7]
are available as in-line and clamp-on versions. Both

meter types can be used with homogeneous conductive
and non-conductive liquids and gases (only clamp-on). In
addition to standard volume flow, they can also provide
information on media quality and temperature. Meter
calibration can be certified to industry standards.
The SONOKIT system up to DN 4000 (160) is designed for

in-line retrofitting on all existing pipelines as a 1-track or
2-track flowmeter. The unique design enables installation
on empty pipes or pipes under pressure without process
shut-down.
In-line ultrasonic flowmeters [6]

Ultrasonic in-line flowmeters are suitable for industrial
applications with pipe sizes ranging from DN 50 to
DN 1200 (2 to 48). Full 2-track and 4-track sensors are
available in combination with the SITRANS FUS060
transmitter.
Option between mild and stainless steel sensors.
Transducers can be exchanged without interrupting
operation.
Robust version can be buried and withstands constant

flooding.
Outstanding accuracy; the bigger the pipe, the more
accurate the result.
SITRANS FUS380 [8] and FUE380
For the utility industry the 2-track flowmeters,
SITRANS FUS380 and FUE380, are designed to measure
water flow in district heating plants, local networks,
boiler stations, substations and other general water
applications.
Custody transfer approvals for district heating custody
transfer applications.
Battery or mains power enables installation where
needed. Battery lifetime up to 6 years.
Ideal for energy metering together with the
SITRANS FUE950 [9] energy calculator.
Siemens FI 01 2015
17
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
[1]
[2]
Clamp-on ultrasonic flowmeters

The key feature of the clamp-on ultrasonic flow technology is the externally mounted sensors. They are quickly
and easily installed on the outside of the pipe, making
them the perfect choice for retro-fit applications and
applications where corrosive, toxic or high pressure
liquids and gases rule out the option of cutting the pipe.
The technology provides highly accurate measurement
of both liquids and gases on pipes ranging from DN 6 to
DN 9140 (0.25 to 360) in size.
Clamp-on ultrasonic flowmeters are available in seven
different families suitable for a wide range of industries
and applications:
SITRANS FUS1010 [1] for general industry
SITRANS FUP1010 [2] portable meter
SITRANS FUE1010 for HVAC
SITRANS FUH1010 for hydrocarbon
SITRANS FUG1010 for gas
SITRANS FST020 [3] for basic water, wastewater and
HVAC applications
SITRANS FUT1010 [4] for hydrocarbon liquid and gas applications
18
Siemens FI 01 2015
[3]
[4]
Most families are available in single, dual or four channel

configurations that offer great cost saving options. The
dual channel version can be set up on two separate applications and can also provide arithmetic functions between
the two channels. The 4-channel meter does not offer
mathematical functions, but can monitor multi channels
and paths.
The clamp-on ultrasonic flowmeters are also available as
check metering kits for general liquid, water and wastewater, energy and gas applications. They all come in a
sturdy rolling case, containing all the equipment necessary for performing flow measurement tasks. These kits
are ideal for verifying existing applications regardless of
measurement technology or application where no metering exists.
For the most basic flow applications, the SITRANS FST020
is the solution. It combines reliable measurement with
simple configuration and set-up wrapped in a single channel design. It features an IP65 (NEMA 4X) enclosure,
RS 232 communication and the WideBeam flow measurement technology (optional).
The SITRANS FUT1010 is available in a liquid and gas
version. With performance meeting OIML R 117 and API
recommendations, the ultrasonic flowmeter can be used
for numerous upstream, midstream and downstream
measurement tasks. A wide variety of sensor sizes ensures
availability for virtually any application, including custody
transfer applications where the permanent TransLoc system allows laboratory calibration.
Siemens AG 2014
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
SITRANS F X Vortex flowmeters
SITRANS LUT400 [7]
provide accurate standard volumetric and mass flow

measurement of steam, gases, conductive and nonconductive liquids. The Vortex flowmeter functions as
an All-in-one-solution with integrated temperature and
pressure compensation together with an optional energy
calculation.
Reliable for open channel flow monitoring in water/

wastewater and plant effluent applications. Non-contact
Echomax series ultrasonic transducers are used to
complete the control system.
It is specially designed for applications that require reliable flow measuring independent of pressure, temperature, viscosity and density. This makes it perfectly applicable in especially the chemical industry, HVAC & power,
food & beverage, oil & gas and pharma.
The SITRANS F X Vortex flowmeters are available as flanged
or sandwich versions in the following configurations:
SITRANS FX300 [5]
SITRANS F R rotary piston meters [8]

Used to measure the volume flow of conductive and
non-conductive liquids. High viscosity media, acids and
alco-holbased concentrates are accurately recorded. Even
measurements subject to calibration standards can be
undertaken. No inflow and outflow runs required.
SITRANS F O differential pressure flowmeters [9]
Universal flow measurement for liquids, gases and vapors.
Always provide accurate results even with large bores,
high temperature and extreme pressure.
Volumetric flowmeter. Measurement of steam, gases,

conductive and non-conductive liquids. Temperature
compensation for saturated steam included in basic
version as standard.
Mass flowmeter. With pressure and temperature
compensation for mass and standard volume flow
measurement of gases or superheated steam. Integrated
temperature and pressure sensors.
Option with pressure sensor and isolation valve allows
the pressure sensor to be shut off for the purpose of
pressure or leak testing of the pipeline or for being
exchanged without interrupting the process.
SITRANS FX300 dual transmitter [6]
Dual measurement for twofold reliability.
Redundant system with two independent sensors and
two converters.
Siemens FI 01 2015
19
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Siemens level measurement instruments serve process industries worldwide, including water and
wastewater, aggregate, cement, mining, dry-bulk storage, chemical, petrochemical, oil and gas,
food and beverage, and pharmaceutical. A wide portfolio of technologies and products lets you
choose the right solution for your application.
SITRANS LUT400
features industry-leading 1 mm (0.04) accuracy, setup
in under a minute, and intuitive local user interface
navigation. The controller is compatible with the full
line of Siemens Echomax transducers, with an operating
range of 0.3 to 60 meters (1 to 200 feet), depending on
transducer.
Key applications: wet wells, reservoirs, flumes/weirs,
chemical storage, liquid storage, hoppers, crusher bins,
dry solids storage
20
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
POINT LEVEL DETECTION
Ultrasonic
Vibration, rotary paddle and tilt
Pointek ULS200 [4] is a non-contacting ultrasonic level

switch with two switch points, effective in bulk solids,
liquids, and slurries, and is ideal for sticky materials.
Siemens rotary or vibrating point level switches are a costeffective solution for solids and liquids applications. Their
robust design lasts in harsh and abrasive environments.
They detect high, low, and demand levels in solids, liquids
and slurry applications, specializing in low bulk density
applications. We offer a wide variety of configuration
options suitable for any environment. SITRANS vibration
and rotary paddle switches are simple to use with no
complicated setup or configuration. Standard aluminum
enclosures and a wide variety of process connections
provide exceptional resistance to mechanical forces, long
service life, and low cost of ownership.
SITRANS LPS200 [1] rotary paddle switch detects solids
with densities as low as 15 g/l (0.94 lb/ft3).
SITRANS LVL100 and LVL200 [2] vibrating level switches
for liquid and slurry applications, including high, low, and
demand level alarms and pump protection.
SITRANS LVS100 and LVS200 [3] vibratory switch detects
solids with densities as low as 5 g/l (0.3 lb/ft3).
Capacitance
Siemens Pointek inverse frequency shift capacitance point
level switches provide accurate, reliable, and repeatable
measurement in dusty, turbulent, and vaporous
environments or applications with product buildup.
Small changes in level create large changes in frequency.
As a result Pointek devices have greater sensitivity and
consistently outperform conventional devices. With their
robust aluminum enclosures and process connections,
Siemens Pointek switches are proven superior performers
in liquids, solids, slurries and interfaces.
Pointek CLS100 [5] compact 2- or 4- wire switch for
level detection in constricted spaces, interfaces, solids,
liquids, slurries, and foam.
Pointek CLS200 and CLS300 [6] level switch for
detecting liquids, solids, slurries, foam, and interfaces
even in demanding conditions where high pressure and
temperatures are present.
Pointek CLS500 [7] level switch for critical conditions of
more extreme temperatures and pressures.
Siemens FI 01 2015
21
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
[1]
[2]
[3]
CONTINUOUS LEVEL MEASUREMENT

Sonic Intelligence and Process Intelligence
Our patented Sonic Intelligence and Process Intelligence
signal processing technologies were developed using
knowledge provided by our field service engineers and
data from devices installed in real applications. Siemens
instruments offer the unique advantage of this technology. Both signal processing technologies differentiate
between true echoes from the material and false echoes
from obstructions or electrical noise. The sophisticated
software is continually updated and supported by field
data gained from more than a million applications. This
in-depth knowledge and experience is built into the softwares advanced algorithms to provide intelligent processing of echo profiles. The result is a repeatable, fast and
reliable measurement you can trust.
Radar
Even in harsh process conditions, Siemens radar transmitters are virtually unaffected. Non-contacting radar
technology means low maintenance and provides reliable
continuous level measurement for short to long-range
applications.
Siemens offers a variety of radar instruments. Process
Intelligence signal processing software ensures reliable
and accurate level measurement and features Auto FalseEcho Suppression, a technique that can automatically
detect and suppress false echoes from vessel obstructions.
This ensures high performance and is easy to implement,
using just a few parameter entries on the infrared
handheld interface or via configuration tools such as
SIMATIC PDM, Pactware, or AMS.
22
Siemens FI 01 2015
[4]
[5]
[6]
SITRANS Probe LR [1] 2-wire, 6 GHz pulse radar level

transmitter for basic continuous monitoring of liquids and
slurries in storage vessels with nominal pressure and temperature, to a range of 20 m (66 ft).
SITRANS LR200 [2] 2-wire, 6 GHz pulse radar level
transmitter for continuous monitoring of liquids. Ideally
suited for complex, turbulent process vessels including
high temperatures and pressures to a range of 20 m
(66 ft).
SITRANS LR250 [3] 2-wire, 25 GHz pulse radar level
transmitter for continuous monitoring of liquids and
slurries in storage/process vessels including high
temperature and pressure, to a range of 20 m (66 ft).
Ideal for small vessels and low dielectric media.
SITRANS LR260 [4] is a 2-wire 25 GHz pulse radar level
transmitter for continuous monitoring of solids and
liquids in storage vessels including extreme levels of dust
and high temperatures, to a range of 30m (98.4 ft).
SITRANS LR460 [5] 4-wire, 24 GHz FMCW radar level
transmitter for continuous monitoring of solids in vessels
to a range of 100 m (329 ft). Ideal for applications with
extreme dust and high temperatures to 200 C (392 F)
and very bulk density/low dielectric media.
SITRANS LR560 [6] 2-wire, 78 GHz FMCW radar level
transmitter for continuous monitoring of solids. Very
narrow 4 degree beam angle with 3 lens antenna. For
ranges up to 100 m (328 ft).
Siemens AG 2014
[7]
[8]
Ultrasonic
Siemens is the world leader in ultrasonic level technology.
SITRANS LUT400 is an easy to use and highly accurate
level, volume and pump controller. For advanced
solutions controllers are available with remotely mounted
non-contacting ultrasonic transducers. Whether you select
the transmitter or the controller you get a cost-effective
non-contacting solution for a wide range of applications
in virtually any industry.
[9]
[10]
SITRANS Probe LU [7] 2-wire, loop powered ultrasonic

transmitter for level/volume/flow monitoring of liquids
in storage vessels, simple process vessels, and open
channels.
SITRANS LUT400 [8] Compact, single point ultrasonic
controller for continuous level or volume measurement of
liquids, slurries, and solids, and high accuracy monitoring
of open channel flow.
Rugged Echomax transducers [9] are built for harsh
environments. They are impervious to dust, moisture,
corrosion, vibration, flooding, and extreme temperature.
They are easy to install and virtually maintenance-free.
HydroRanger 200 [10] Level controller for up to
6 pumps including pump control, differential control,
and open channel flow monitoring.
Siemens FI 01 2015
23
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
[1]
Guided Wave Radar
SITRANS LG series [1]
uses Time Domain Reflectometry (TDR) to measure level

by guiding an electromagnetic pulse down a probe
(solid steel rod, steel cable or coaxial probe) toward the
material. When the pulse reaches the material surface, the
change in dielectric value between air and the material
causes a portion of the pulse to reflect back toward the
transmitter. Guided wave radar is unaffected by vapor,
density, foam, dielectric fluctuations, temperature, and
pressure changes, and works well for short and mediumrange measurements, and materials with low dielectric
constants such as liquified gases. Interface of two liquids
(i. e. oil/water) can also be measured with both level and
interface reported over the HART output.
SITRANS LG240 For use in hygienic application environments.
24
Siemens FI 01 2015
SITRANS LG250 Highly flexible solution for liquid level

and interface applications. Extremely versatile for many
applications.
SITRANS LG260 Ideal for measuring level in medium
range solids applications including grains, plastics and
cement.
SITRANS LG270 Offers configuration options for extreme conditions including high temperature and high
pressure applications.
Siemens AG 2014
[2]
[3]
[4]
Capacitance
Our unique inverse frequency shift approach to
capacitance technology ensures accurate, reliable, and
repeatable measurement, even in dusty, turbulent, and
vaporous environments, or in situations with product
buildup. Because even a small level change creates a
large change in frequency, our instruments provide better resolution and consistently outperform conventional
devices. With special features such as Active-Shield technology, and modular probe options available on various
models, they offer practical solutions to a wide variety of
continuous level, and interface applications.
[5]
[6]
SITRANS LC300 [2] is an inverse frequency shift capacitance continuous level transmitter for liquids and solids
applications. It is ideal for industrial applications in chemical, hydrocarbon processing, food and beverage, mining,
aggregate and cement industries. Active-Shield
technology protects the measurement from the effects
of moisture, vapors, foam, temperature or pressure variations, and material buildup.
SITRANS LC500 [3] is an inverse frequency shift capacitance level or interface transmitter with active shield
for critical applications, such as high-pressure coalescers,
FPSO ships, LNG processing plants, cryogenic materials,
and offshore oil and gas platforms. It performs in liquids,
solids, interfaces, and foam and is unaffected by vapors,
product deposits, dust, or condensation and is highly resistant to toxic and aggressive materials. SITRANS LC500
is the right solution if youre looking for high-precision level or interface measurement under extreme conditions.
Hydrostatic
Low-cost level measurement for direct mounting or
mounting with remote seals on tanks and vessels.
SITRANS LH100 [4] and SITRANS P DS III [5] can handle extreme chemical and mechanical loads as well as
electromagnetic interference. They are widely applied in
the chemical and petrochemical industries.
Gravimetric
Gravimetric level measurement with SIWAREX [6]
weighing technology offers highly precise measurement
without material contact independent of medium
temperature, tank shape, built-in parts and material
characteristics.
Siemens FI 01 2015
25
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
Positioners from Siemens have been guaranteeing safe and trouble-free operation around the globe
for nearly 20 years. They accurately control every valve type and process, while handling special
tasks with perfect reliability. We continually develop our product range to satisfy your exacting
specifications and demands that your process requirements place on positioners.
SIPART PS2
State-of-the-art positioner with
innovative features such as optional
external non contacting position
detection and many more.
26
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
[1]
[2]
[3]
SIPART PS2 [1] [2] [3]
Extended online diagnostics
is currently the most widely used positioner for linear and

part-turn actuators in a wide range of process industries.
The proven all-round design has a particularly flexible
stroke range, intelligent diagnostics, and different
communication protocols.
Our intelligent SIPART PS2 is equipped with

comprehensive functionalities, and deliver diagnostic
data on themselves, their environment and the valve
and actuator. With these premium diagnostics, these
positioners set the standards for cost efficiency, reduce
maintenance requirements in the plant, guarantee safe
process control, and provide high functional safety in
emergency situations. The following valve and actuator
failures can be detected.
Versions with external non-contacting travel sensors.

High flexibility in the stroke range from 3 to 200 mm
(0.1 to 7.9 inch) (more on request).
Communication via PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus
or HART.
Ex d explosion-proof version.
SIPART PS2 is available in Makrolon, aluminum and
stainless steel casings.
SIPART PS2 prevents the closing of fittings during the
solenoid valve test, or monitors open/close fittings as an
intelligent solenoid valve.
Extreme low air consumption to minimize total cost of
ownership.
Friction and clogging of a valve.

Pneumatic leakage (e. g. tear in actuator membrane).
Growing deposits in a pipeline or tear of valve plug for
continuous processes.
Wear and tear of valve seat or valve plug.
Deposits or incrustations on valve seat or valve plug.
Stiction of stuffing box.
Partial Stroke Test (PST) for open/close valves (e. g.
safety valves, ESD) and control valves.
Siemens FI 01 2015
27
Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
Detect to protect your process. Detect flow problems, blockages, screen faults, machinery
slowdowns, or burst filter bags. Process protection devices can be an early warning system to
avoid costly process interruptions and breakdowns of equipment. Rugged construction makes
them impervious to dust, dirt, buildup and moisture.
SITRANS AS100
Acoustic sensor for material flow
monitoring with compact stainlesssteel design.
28
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
[1]
[2]
[3]
MOTION SENSORS
ACOUSTIC SENSORS
Non-contacting motion sensors detect changes in motion

and speed of conveying, reciprocating and rotating
machinery.
Acoustic sensors for material flow monitoring
Milltronics MFA 4p with MSP or XPP probes [1]

This sensitive, single-setpoint motion sensor system can
be used even in hazardous, high temperature, and harsh
conditions because of its superior sensing probe design.
The system protects equipment by detecting absence of
motion, as well as underspeed or overspeed conditions.
SITRANS WM100 [2]
[4]
The SITRANS AS100 [4] acoustic sensor detects high

frequency acoustic emissions from friction or the impact
of dust, powders, granules and other solids in motion. It
signals flow/no flow or high/low flow. It features compact
stainless steel construction for harsh environments and
non-invasive mounting. The SITRANS AS100 can be
connected to a SITRANS CU02 [3], which processes signals
from the sensor, providing relay and analog outputs for
connection into a process, or it can be connected directly
to a PLC analog input.
This heavy-duty, zero-speed alarm switch detects absence

or presence of motion of rotating, reciprocating or
conveying equipment.
Siemens FI 01 2015
29
Siemens AG 2014
Supplementary Components
Supplementary Components are designed to work with most types of instrumentation to

provide enhanced functionality such as seamless wireless communications, remote displays, and
remote monitoring solutions. Customers can add Ethernet, web, logging and other functions to
instruments.
SITRANS RD500 [5]

remote data manager provides
remote monitoring solutions
for instrumentation anytime,
anywhere via the web.
30
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
REMOTE DIGITAL DISPLAYS
WirelessHART Accessories
SITRANS RD100 [1] loop powered remote display,

and RD200 [1] universal remote digital displays make
measurement data visible and accessible from a remote
location. They can be used with all types of field instruments in varying process conditions, and are easy to set
up and program. SITRANS RD200 includes freely available
logging and monitoring software, allowing multiple displays to be monitored from one PC.
The SITRANS AW210 [2] and the SITRANS AW200 [3] are
WirelessHART adapter for normal or for hazardous areas
which allows standard wired HART/4 ... 20 mA devices to
be connected to a WirelessHART network. By installing
the SITRANS AW200 on an existing analog-wired HART
device, users can utilize all diagnostic information at the
maintenance station without any risk of impairing operation. It is possible to connect also several devices to one
adapter. Due to its battery the SITRANS AW200 is able
to supply also the connected field device with electrical
power.
REMOTE DATA MANAGER

SITRANS RD500 [5] is a remote data manager providing
remote monitoring through datalogging, web access and
alarming for instrumentation. It offers integrated web
and ftp server, email and sms for alarming, and up to
2 gigabytes for data-logging of instrumentation with no
programming required. It enables remote monitoring of
inventory levels, process and environmental applications,
and provides web access to most types of field instrumentation, including flow, level, pressure, temperature
measurement and weighing. With SITRANS RD500 it is
as simple as typing an IP-address in your web browser to
access the data from remotely installed instrumentation.
SITRANS RD500 collects and sends sensor data to logistics systems providing up to date, timely and accurate
information used in decision making. Without the need
for additional software you bring data from remote instrumentation via Ethernet or Modem (PSTN/GSM/GPRS)
to your desktop, no matter where you are or where your
instruments are.
The IE/WSN-PA LINK [4] is a WirelessHART gateway for

connecting a WirelessHART network to a plant host application. With the integrated network manager it is easy to
configure WirelessHART networks and optimize network
performance and security settings.
The link also supports redundancy in both ways, to the
WirelessHART network and to plant host applications.
Funktion block libraries allow easy integration of WirelessHART into the process control system SIMATIC PCS 7
and into PLC families S7-300 and S7-400.
Siemens FI 01 2015
31
Siemens AG 2014
Reliable communication between process devices and control systems is essential for efficient
and safe processes. With different communication protocols and the necessary software Siemens
offers the right tools to integrate their process instruments and analyzers into the world of process
automation. The platform of Totally Integrated Automation from Siemens ensures a high level of
transparency at all plant levels from the field up to the production control level and the corporate
management level.
SITRANS MDS
(Maintenance and Diagnostic Station)
is a Windows-based application for
retrieving and managing maintenance
information from field devices.
32
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering Station

with STEP 7, WinCC, etc.
with SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC
PDM
SIMATIC
PDM
Industrial Ethernet
S7-400
S7-400
Workstation
computer
with SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC
PDM
PROFIBUS DP
Device on the
workbench
SITRANS F US
SIMATIC
PDM
HART protocol
up to 12 Mbit/s
SITRANS SITRANS
TF280
AW200
ET 200iS
ET200 M
(IM 153-2
with HARTmodules)
DP/PA
Link
HART
multiplexer
SIMOCODE
PROFIBUS PA
SIPOS 5
Flash
SIPART DR
HART
IE/WSN-PA
Link
SIMATIC
PDM
SIMATIC
PDM
SITRANS FM
Gas analyzer
RS 232/
RS 485
SIPART PS2
SITRANS P
SITRANS
SITRANS P TH400
SITRANS FUS
SIPART PS2
SITRANS LR
SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager) is a universal,
non-proprietary tool for the configuration, parameterization, commissioning, diagnostics and maintenance of
intelligent field devices (sensors and actuators) and field
components (remote I/Os, multiplexers, control room
devices, compact controllers).
Over 1,200 process devices from more than 100 manufacturers are supported by SIMATIC PDM. The design
and function of the devices can be described using the
Electronic Device Description Language (EDDL), based on
the leading EDD international standard (Electronic Device
Description; IEC 61804).
SIMATIC PDM uses this to automatically create an easy-touse interface providing the required information on the
process devices. The latest release of this standard allows
the implementation of state-of-the-art user interfaces:
Intuitive Quick Start Wizards
Enhanced graphical interface
Communication with process devices is by HART,

PROFIBUS or alternative protocols. SIMATIC PDM can be
used as a universal parameterization tool as well as in the
integrated version in the SIMATIC Step7/PCS 7 environment.
SIMATIC PDM meets all requirements from field level to
various types of industrial communication and central
engineering service and maintenance.
Asset Management
comprises all activities and measures designed to
maintain or increase the value of a plant. This primarily
includes value-enhancing service and maintenance
(plant-specific asset management) in addition to
business management, process management and process
optimization. Because of its comprehensive functionality
SIMATIC PDM is particularly suited to provide the device
data required for plant-specific asset management and
transfer it to higher-level asset management systems in
XML format via a uniform interface. However, SIMATIC
PDM is much more than just a data logger for higher-level
asset management systems. It offers a wide range of asset
management functions as well.
Siemens FI 01 2015
33
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Decentralized automation solutions based on open
field buses are currently standard in many areas of the
production and process industry. The benefits of digital
communication can be fully exploited in combination
with field buses, including improved resolution of
measurement
values, diagnostics options and remote parameterization.
PROFIBUS is currently the most successful open field bus,
providing a flexible platform for a variety of applications.
Based on the IEC 61158 standard, it is a reliable investment and suitable for fast communication in production
and process automation. It is the first field bus and meets
the requirements of both sectors with the same communication performance.
PROFIBUS PA is tailored to the requirements of the process
industry, handling both the power supply for the devices
and communication between the devices and higher-level
systems.
PROFIBUS PA is intrinsically safe and can be used in hazardous areas.
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Field devices for measuring pressure, temperature, flow,
level and actuators are also available for the intrinsically
safe FF bus. Communication via FF is also based on the
EDD standard and thus also offers the benefits of digital
communication.
34
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
HART field communication protocol
WirelessHART
The HART communication standard is used by more

than 30 million installed smart process instruments with
increasing numbers. The standard is managed by the
HCF (HART Communication Foundation) and extends
analog 4 20 mA signals to modulated, industry-quality,
digital HART signals. The advantage is the combination of
tried-and-tested analog measurement-value transfer and
simultaneous digital communication with bi-directional,
acyclic transfer. This allows transfer of diagnostics,
maintenance and process information from field devices
to higher-level systems. Standardized parameter sets can
be used for the non-proprietary operation of all HART
devices.
is an intelligent advancement of the proven wired

4 20 mA HART technology towards wireless
communication as part of HCF Specification V7.
WirelessHART is backward compatible with wired HART
technology, and as such offers maximum protection
for investments in hardware and software, tools and
expertise. WirelessHART is designed to communicate
measured process variables or setpoints via the network
but also diagnostic and maintenance information and
para-meters. WirelessHART uses state-of-the-art security
technologies to ensure network and data protection.
Theses are e.g. meshed network topology including
redundancy, data encryption, message integrity, etc.
Enhanced electronic device descriptions (EDD) are used to

integrate HART devices into the SIMATIC PDM.
SITRANS DTM
This ensures simple operation and commissioning of field

devices, even in inaccessible locations.
Enhanced electronic device descriptions (EDD) are used to

integrate field devices in SIMATIC PDM or other tools like
AMS.
Some tools in the market like PACTware or Fieldcare are
based on a technique called FDT (Field Device Tool).
SITRANS DTM integrates EDDs from our devices in these
FDT-based tools.
Emerson AMS
Many of Siemens HART and FF devices also have EDDs
designed for AMS by Emerson.
Siemens FI 01 2015
35
Siemens AG 2014
MDS
PDM
HART OPC Server
Industrial Ethernet
IE/WSN-PA
LINK
DCS
420 mA
SITRANS
P280
SITRANS
TF280
Standard HART devices

with SITRANS AW200
HART device
Wired
network
RIO without
HART support
HART device
SITRANS MDS
Features:
(Maintenance and Diagnostic Station) is a Windows-based

application for retrieving and managing maintenance and
diagnostic information from field devices.
Use of SIMATIC PDM to retrieve maintenance and

diagnostic.
All devices reachable by SIMATIC PDM are supported.
Device list is shown in tree form, with properties and
maintenance information in a column on the right-hand
side.
Selectable update interval for all devices.
Visualization of the maintenance status with SIMATICspecific icons or NAMUR (NE 107) icons.
Archiving of recent events for each device.
User-editable report.
36
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Remote Control Level

Wireless Remote
Networks (WRN)
Telecontrol
station
Teleservice
access
S7-1200 with CP 1242-7

S7-300F
Mobile Panel
277F IWLAN
Internet
S7-300 with
SCALANCE M875
Control Center
Telecontrol /
Teleservice
SCALANCE
W788-1M12
Control Level
Industrial Wireless LAN
(IWLAN)
ANT795-6MT
SCALANCE
W786
SCALANCE
W784-1RJ45
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
ET 200S CPU
IE/WSN-PA LINK
ET 200pro IWLAN
Field Level
Wireless HART
Sensor
Standard HART devices

with SITRANS AW200
SITRANS
P280
SITRANS
TF280
Success factor Industrial Wireless Communication

Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN) and GSM/GPRS-based wireless wide area
networks play a successful and important part at control and remote control level.
WirelessHART answers your challenge and opens up new communication
options.
Flexible for installation, replacement or upgrading; ideal for temporary
measurements and on moving or rotating equipment.
Cost-efficient for remote and difficult to access facilities: significant cost
savings for cabling, commissioning and engineering. Reduced operating
costs thanks to increased plant efficiency and lower maintenance expenditure.
Maintenance-friendly thanks to access to valuable diagnostic information.
High plant availability and production quality due to cost-effective
measurement points and higher transparency throughout the plant.
The optimum use of wired and wireless devices in one system creates the
best basis for a new standard of performance in automation.
Siemens FI 01 2015
37
Siemens AG 2014
ERP Enterprise Resource Planning
PLM Product Lifecycle Management
Management Level
Product Design
Production Planning and Simulation
Data Management
MES Manufacturing Execution Systems

SIMATIC IT
Operations Level
Maintenance/
Asset Management
SIMATIC PCS 7
Operator System
Totally Integrated Automation TIA

is characterized by its unique degree of
integration which ensures a high level of
transparency at all plant levels from the
field level to the production control level
and the corporate management level. This
concept provides considerable benefits
throughout the entire plant life cycle, from
the initial planning and engineering stages, commissioning, operations and maintenance right through to modernization. The
process instruments designed by Siemens
have been perfectly integrated into the TIA
concept.
The SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager) is used as a central parameterization
tool to allow the user continuous access to
all the field devices of his plant.
Thanks to modern fieldbus communication like HART, PROFIBUS or FOUNDATION
Fieldbus the field devices can be integrated into the overall plant. By integrating the
devices into the PCS7 Asset Management
system the user receives diagnostics information from the field devices whenever
he needs it, allowing him to optimize the
servicing and maintenance of his plant and
avoid downtime.
38
Siemens FI 01 2015
TIA Portal
Control Level
SIMATIC PCS 7
Automation
Systems
SINUMERIK
Computer Numeric Control
SIMOTION
Motion Control
Field Level
PROFIBUS PA
Totally
Integrated
Automation
HART
SIMATIC Ident
Industrial Identication
Siemens AG 2014
Plant Engineering
COMOS
Ethernet
Energy
Management
Engineering
Station
SIMATIC WinCC
SCADA System
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC NET
Industrial
Communication
SIMATIC Controllers
Modular / PC-based
SIMATIC HMI
Human Machine Interface
SIRIUS Industrial Controls
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC Distributed I/O
SINAMICS Drive Systems
Low-Voltage Distribution
AS-Interface
KNX GAMMA instabus
Totally
Integrated
Power
IO-Link
SIMOTICS Motors
Siemens FI 01 2015
39
Siemens AG 2014
Complete Solutions
Siemens offers a complete service package to assist you in engineering, designing, supplying, installing and
commissioning measurement solutions for complete industrial plants. In addition, we guarantee seamless aftersales service based on user-friendly documentation of the solution and your plant.
Real-world measurement technology from Siemens is a

multifaceted offering. For example, we provide all field
instruments from a single source, as requested by many
customers. Our one-stop shopping approach includes
both sensors and actuators. Siemens supports integrated
engineering of your complete process instrumentation all
the way to integration with your process control system.
Additional industrial components and systems integrate
seamlessly into the overall plant and ensure smooth
process flows.
Overview of our services portfolio:
Plant engineering and scheduling by an experienced
project management team.
Specialists assist you in the selection and use of the field
instruments.
SIPLAN C/E is state-of-the-art software available for
effective plant engineering and order processing. This
program is also very useful for providing actual customer
documentation.
Plant documentation comprises:

Basic documentation, including device specifications,
product and use lists.
Higher-level documentation, including plant, process,
identification and grounding concepts.
Mechanical documentation, including setup and installation diagrams, hookups, cable routings.
Electrical documentation, including circuit and wiring
diagrams, cable lists.
Specification and delivery of all required process
instruments.
Intensive preparation for installation.
Reliable supply of installation material.
Installation and/or installation supervision.
Commissioning and/or commissioning supervision.
Comprehensive after-sales service.
Regardless of the solution we offer you, the focus is
always on customer value.
40
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
1/2
1/5
1/11
1/16
1/22
1/27
1/31
1/36
Product overview
Transmitters for basic requirements
SITRANS P200 for gauge and absolute
pressure
SITRANS P210 for gauge pressure
SITRANS P250 for differential pressure
SITRANS LH100 Transmitter for hydrostatic level
SITRANS P MPS Transmitter for hydrostatic level
SITRANS P Compact for gauge and absolute pressure
1/45
Transmitters with WirelessHART

SITRANS P280 for gauge and abs. pressure
1/50
1/70
1/71
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology

SITRANS P300 for gauge and abs. pressure
SITRANS P300 Spare parts/Accessories
SITRANS P300 - Factory-mounting of
valve manifolds on transmitters
1/73
1/78
1/84
1/90
1/97
1/106
1/119
1/128
1/137
1/152
1/164
1/166
1/172
1/176
1/181
1/189
1/198
1/200
1/203
Transmitters for the paper industry

SITRANS P300 and DS III for gauge
pressure with PMC connection
Technical description
Technical specifications, ordering data,
dimensional drawings
- SITRANS P DS III with PMC connection
- SITRANS P300 with PMC connection
Transmitters for general requirements
SITRANS P DS III
- for gauge pressure
- for gauge and absolute pressure with
front-flush diaphragm
- for absolute pressure (from gauge
pressure series)
- for absolute pressure
(from differential pressure series)
- for differential pressure and flow
- for level
SITRANS P DS III Supplementary
electronics for 4-wire connection
SITRANS P DS III Accessories/Spare parts
SITRANS P DS III - Factory-mounting of
Transmitters for High Performance
requirements
SITRANS P500
- for differential pressure and flow
- for level
SITRANS P500 - Supplementary
electronics for 4-wire connection
SITRANS P500 Accessories/Spare parts
SITRANS P500 - Factory-mounting of
1/206
1/214
1/218
1/223
1/227
1/231
1/235
1/239
1/241
1/243
1/247
1/250
1/251
1/253
1/255
1/258
1/259
1/261
1/263
1/264
1/266
1/267
1/270
1/272
1/275
1/278
1/280
1/282
1/286
1/289
1/291
1/292
1/293
1/294
1/295
1/296
1/297
1/299
1/300
Remote seals for transmitters and

pressure gauges
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design
- with flexible capillary
Diaphragm seals of flange design
- with flexible capillary
- directly fitted on transmitter
- fixed connection and with capillary
Diaphragm seal, screwed design
- directly mounted or/and with capillary
Quick-release diaphragm seals
Miniature diaphragm seals
Flushing rings for diaphragm seals
Inline seals for flange-mounting
Quick-release inline seals
Measuring setups
- with remote seals
- without remote seals
Questionnaire
Fittings
Selection aid
Shut-off valves for gauge and absolute
pressure transmitters
- Shut-off valves to DIN 16270,
DIN 16271 and DIN 16272
- Angle adapter
- Double shut-off valves
- Accessories for shut-off
valves/double shut-off valves
Shut-off valves for differential pressure
transmitters
- 2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds DN 5
- Multiway cocks PN 100
- 3-way and 5-way valve manifolds DN 5
- 3-way valve manifold DN 8
- Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8
- Valve manifold combination DN 8
- 2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds
for installing in protective boxes
- 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds for
vertical angular diff. pressure lines
- Low-pressure multiway cock
Accessories
- Oval flange
- Adapters
- Connection glands
- Connection parts G
- Water traps, Sealing rings to EN 837-1
- Pressure surge reducers
- Primary shut-off valves
- Compensation vessels
- Connection parts
You can download all instructions,
catalogs and certificates for SITRANS P
free of charge at the following Internet
address: www.siemens.com/sitransp
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Product overview
Overview
Application
Description
Software for
parameterization
SITRANS P Transmitters for basic requirements

Two or three-wire transmitters
for measuring gauge and
absolute pressure
SITRANS P200
Single-range transmitters for gauge and absolute
pressure
Ceramic measuring cell
For general applications
1/5
SITRANS P210
Single-range transmitters for gauge pressure
Stainless steal measuring cell
For low-pressure applications
1/11
SITRANS P220
Single-range transmitters for gauge pressure
Stainless steel measuring cell, fully welded
For high-pressure applications and refrigeration
technology
1/16
1/22
Two-wire transmitter for measuring hydrostatic levels
SITRANS LH100
1/27
For measuring liquid levels in wells, tanks, channels,
dams etc.
With ceramic diaphragm, 23.4 mm
Two-wire transmitter for measuring hydrostatic levels
SITRANS P MPS
1/31
For measuring liquid levels in wells, tanks, channels,
dams etc.
With staninless steel diaphragm, 27 mm
Transmitters for gauge and

absolute pressure for food,
pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P Compact
1/36
Single-range transmitters in two-wire system
Hygiene-based design with various aseptic connections according to EHEDG, FDA and GMP recommendations.
SITRANS P280
1/45
Wireless communication with WirelessHART
Battery operation
Parameterization using 3 buttons and SIMATIC PDM
with HART modem or wireless with WirelessHART
SIMATIC PDM
Two or three-wire transmitter for SITRANS P250

measuring differential pressure Compact single-range transmitters
Analog electronics
Available ex stock
SITRANS P Transmitters with WirelessHART communication

Wireless transmitter with Wireless HART for measuring
gauge and absolute pressure
1/2
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Product overview
Application
Description
Software for
parameterization
SITRANS P Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology

Two-wire transmitters for measuring gauge and absolute
pressure
SITRANS P300
1/50
Hygiene-based design according to EHEDG, 3A,
FDA and GMP
Parameterization using 3 buttons and communication over HART, PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
Standard process connection G", -NPT and
front-flush process connections available
Range adjustment 100 : 1
SIMATIC PDM
Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on

SITRANS P300 transmitters
Simplified assembly
With pressure test
Stainless steel valve manifolds
1/71
SITRANS P300 and SITRANS P DS III with

PMC connection for the paper industry
Range adjustment 100 : 1
Process connections for the paper industry
Parameterization using 3 buttons and HART,
PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
1/73
SIMATIC PDM
SITRANS P DS III
Range adjustment: 100 : 1
Parameterization using:
3 buttons and HART for
SITRANS P DS III HART
3 buttons and PROFIBUS PA for
SITRANS P DS III PA series
3 buttons and FOUNDATION Fieldbus for
SITRANS P DS III FF series
Available ex stock
1/90
SIMATIC PDM
1/164
1/172
SITRANS P Transmitter for gauge pressure for the paper industry

Two-wire transmitters for measuring gauge pressure
SITRANS P Transmitter for general requirements

Two-wire transmitters for
measuring:
Gauge pressure,
Absolute pressure,
Differential pressure and
Flow or
Level
Supplementary electronics for Output: 0/4 ... 20 mA

adaptation of two-wire transmit- Power supply: 24 V AC/DC, 230 V AC
ters for four-wire connections
Factory mounting of valve manifolds on gauge,

absolute or differential pressure transmitters
SITRANS P DS III
Simplified assembly
With pressure test
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/3
Siemens AG 2014
Product overview
Application
Description
Software for
parameterization
SITRANS P - Transmitters for High Performance requirements

Two-wire transmitters for
measuring:
Differential pressure
Volume flow
Mass flow
Level
Volume
Mass
1/176
SIMATIC PDM
1/198
1/203
Remote seals for measuring

viscous, corrosive or fibrous
media (as well as media at
extreme temperatures)
Remote seals in sandwich and flange designs

1/206
Quick-release remote seals for the food industry
Wide range of diaphragm materials and fill fluid available
Shutting off the lines for the

medium and differential pressure
Mounting of transmitter on
valve manifold or shut-off fitting
Shut-off fittings and valve manifolds available in steel, 1/258

brass or stainless steel
Valve manifolds available for the various process
connections of the SITRANS P transmitters
SITRANS P500
Range adjustment: 200 :1
High measuring accuracy
Very fast response time
Extremely good long-term stability
Parameterization:
3 buttons or HART
Supplementary electronics for Output: 0/4 ... 20 mA

adaptation of two-wire transmit- Power supply: 24 V AC/DC, 230 V AC
ters for four-wire connections
Factory-mounting of manifolds on differential pressure transmitters SITRANS P500

Simplified assembly
With pressure test
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
Fittings
1/4
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS P200 for gauge and absolute pressure
Overview
Design
Device structure without explosion protection
The pressure transmitter consists of a piezoresistive measuring
cell with a diaphragm installed in a stainless steel enclosure. It
can be used with a connector per EN 175301-803-A (IP65), a
round plug M12 (IP67), a cable (IP67) or a Quickon cable quick
screw connection (IP67) connected electrically. The output signal is between 4 and 20 mA or 0 and 10 V.
Device structure with explosion protection
can be used with a connector per EN 175301-803-A (IP65) or a
round plug M12 (IP67) connected electrically. The output signal
is between 4 and 20 mA.
Function
The SITRANS P200 pressure transmitter measures the gauge
and absolute pressure of liquids, gases and vapors.
Ceramic measuring cell
Gauge and absolute measuring ranges 1 to 60 bar (15 to
1000 psi)
For general applications
Benefits

Rugged stainless steel enclosure
High overload withstand capability
For aggressive and non-aggressive media
For measuring the pressure of liquids, gases and vapors
Compact design
Application
The SITRANS P200 pressure transmitter for gauge and absolute
pressure is used in the following industrial areas:
Mechanical engineering
Shipbuilding
Power engineering
Chemical industry
Water supply
The pressure transmitter measures the gauge and absolute

pressure of liquids and gases as well as the level of liquids.
Mode of operation
U
const.
U
p
I0, UB
SITRANS P200 pressure transmitters (7MF1565-...), functional diagram
The ceramic measuring cell has a thin-film resistance bridge to

which the operating pressure p is transmitted through a ceramic
diaphragm.
The voltage output from the measuring cell is converted by an
amplifier into an output current of 4 to 20 mA or an output voltage
of 0 to 10 V DC.
The output current and voltage are linearly proportional to the input pressure.
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/5
Siemens AG 2014
Technical specifications
Application
Design
Gauge and absolute pressure

measurement
Liquids, gases and vapors
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Piezo-resistive measuring cell

(ceramic diaphragm)
Measured variable
Weight
Approx. 0.090 kg (0.198 lb)
Process connections
See dimension drawings
Electrical connections
Connector per
EN 175301-803-A Form A with
cable inlet M16x1.5 or -14 NPT
or Pg 11
M12 connector
2 or 3-wire (0.5 mm2) cable
( 5.4 mm)
Quickon cable quick screw connection
Inputs
Measuring range
Gauge pressure
- Metric
- US measuring range
1 60 bar (15 870 psi)

15 1000 psi
Absolute pressure
- Metric
0.6 16 bar a (10 232 psia)

10 300 psia
Output
Wetted parts materials

Measuring cell
AI2O3 - 96 %
Process connection
Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404

(SST 316 L)
Gasket
FPM (Standard)
Neoprene
Perbunan
EPDM
Current signal
4 ... 20 mA
Load
(UB - 10 V)/0.02 A
Auxiliary power UB
DC 7 ... 33 V (10 ... 30 V for Ex)
Voltage signal
0 ... 10 V DC
Non-wetted parts materials
Load
10 k
Enclosure
Auxiliary power UB
12 ... 33 V DC

(SST 316 L)
Power consumption
< 7 mA at 10 k
Rack
Plastic
Characteristic curve
Linear rising
Cables
PVC
Certificates and approvals
Measuring accuracy
Error in measurement at limit setting
incl. hysteresis and reproducibility
Typical: 0.25 % of full-scale

value
Maximum: 0.5 % of full-scale
value
Classification according to pressure

equipment directive
(PED 97/23/EC)
For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies

with requirements of article 3,
paragraph 3 (sound engineering
practice)
Step response time T99
< 5 ms
Lloyds Register of Shipping (LR)
12/20010
Germanischer Lloyd (GL)
GL19740 11 HH00
Long-term stability
Lower range value and measuring
span
0.25 % of full-scale value/year
Influence of ambient temperature

span
0.25 %/10 K of full-scale value
Influence of power supply
0.005 %/V
American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) ABS_11_HG 789392_PDA

Bureau Veritas (BV)
BV 271007A0 BV
Det Norske Veritas (DNV)
A 12553
Drinking water approval (ACS)
ACS 11 ACC NY 055
GOST
GOST-R
Conditions of use
Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
Process temperature with gasket

made of:
for USA and Canada
UL 20110217 - E34453
worldwide
IEC UL DK 21845
FPM (Standard)
-15 ... +125 C (+5 ... +257 F)
Neoprene
-35 ... +100 C (-31 ... +212 F)
Perbunan
-20 ... +100 C (-4 ... +212 F)
Intrinsic safety "i" (only with current

output)
EPDM
-40 ... +145 C (-40 ... +293 F),

usable for drinking water
Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb

Ex II 1/2 D Ex ia IIIC T125 C
Da/Db
EC type-examination certificate
SEV 10 ATEX 0146
Ambient temperature
-25 ... +85 C (-13 ... +185 F)
Storage temperature
-50 ... +100 C (-58 ... +212 F)
Ui 30 V DC; Ii 100 mA;

Pi 0.75 W
Degree of protection (to EN 60529)
IP 65 with connector per

EN 175301-803-A
IP 67 with M12 connector
IP 67 with cable
IP 67 with cable quick screw
connection
Connection to certified intrinsicallysafe resistive circuits with maximum values:

Effective internal inductance and
capacity for versions with plugs per
EN 175301-803-A and M12
Li = 0 nH; Ci = 0 nF
Electromagnetic compatibility
acc. IEC 61326-1/-2/-3

acc. NAMUR NE21, only for
ATEX versions and with a max.
measuring deviation 1 %
1/6
Siemens FI 01 2015
Explosion protection
Siemens AG 2014
Selection and ordering data
Article No.
Order code
7M F 1 5 6 5 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P 200 pressure transmitters for pressure and absolute pressure for general applications
Characteristic curve deviation typ. 0.25 %
Wetted parts materials: Ceramic and stainless steel + sealing material
Non-wetted parts materials: stainless steel
Click on the Article No. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Measuring range
Overload limit
Min.
Burst pressure
Max.
For gauge pressure

0 ... 1 bar
0 ... 1.6 bar
0 ... 2.5 bar
0 ... 4 bar
0 ... 6 bar
(0 ... 14.5 psi)

(0 ... 23.2 psi)
(0 ... 36.3 psi)
(0 ... 58.0 psi)
(0 ... 87.0 psi)
-1 bar
-1 bar
-1 bar
-1 bar
-1 bar
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
2.5 bar
4 bar
6.25 bar
10 bar
15 bar
(36.26 psi)
(58.02 psi)
(90.65 psi)
(145 psi)
(217 psi)
> 2.5 bar

> 4 bar
> 6.25 bar
> 10 bar
> 15 bar
(> 36.3 psi)

(> 58.0 psi)
(> 90.7 psi)
(> 145 psi)
(> 217 psi)
}
}
}
}
}
3 BA
3 BB
3 BD
3BE
3 BG
0 ... 10 bar
0 ... 16 bar
0 ... 25 bar
0 ... 40 bar
0 ... 60 bar
(0 ... 145 psi)

(0 ... 232 psi)
(0 ... 363 psi)
(0 ... 580 psi)
(0 ... 870 psi)
-1 bar
-1 bar
-1 bar
-1 bar
-1 bar
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
25 bar
40 bar
62.5 bar
100 bar
150 bar
(362 psi)
(580 psi)
(906 psi)
(1450 psi)
(2175 psi)
> 25 bar
> 40 bar
> 62.5 bar
> 100 bar
> 150 bar
(> 362 psi)

(> 580 psi)
(> 906 psi)
(> 1450 psi)
(> 2175 psi)
}
}
}
}
}
3 CA
3 CB
3 CD
3CE
3 CG
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to... bar (psi)
9 AA
H1Y
For absolute pressure

0 ... 0.6 bar a
0 ... 1 bar a
0 ... 1.6 bar a
0 ... 2.5 bar a
(0 ... 8.7 psia)

(0 ... 14.5 psia)
(0 ... 23.2 psia)
(0 ... 36.3 psia)
0 bar a
0 bar a
0 bar a
0 bar a
(0 psia)
(0 psia)
(0 psia)
(0 psia)
3 bar a (43.51 psia)

2.5 bar a (36.26 psia)
4 bar a (58.02 psia)
6.25 bar a (90.65 psia)
> 2.5 bar a

> 2.5 bar a
> 4 bar a
> 6.25 bar a
(> 36.3 psia)

(> 36.3 psia) }
(> 58.0 psia) }
(> 90.7 psia) }
5 AG
5 BA
5 BB
5 BD
0 ... 4 bar a
0 ... 6 bar a
0 ... 10 bar a
0 ... 16 bar a
(0 ... 58.0 psia)

(0 ... 87.0 psia)
(0 ... 145 psi)
(0 ... 232 psi)
0 bar a
0 bar a
0 bar a
0 bar a
(0 psia)
(0 psia)
(0 psia)
(0 psia)
10 bar a
15 bar a
25 bar a
40 bar a
> 10 bar a
> 15 bar a
> 25 bar a
> 40 bar a
(> 145 psia)

(> 217 psia)
(> 362 psia)
(> 580 psia)
5BE
5 BG
5 CA
5 CB
(145 psia)
(217 psia)
(362 psia)
(580 psia)
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to ... mbar a (psia)
}
}
}
}
9 AA
H2Y
Measuring ranges for gauge pressure (only for US market)

(0 ... 15 psi)
(3 ... 15 psi)
(0 ... 20 psi)
(0 ... 30 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(35 psi)
(35 psi)
(50 psi)
(80 psi)
(> 35 psi)
(> 35 psi)
(> 50 psi)
(> 80 psi)
4 BB
4 BC
4 BD
4BE
(0 ... 60 psi)
(0 ... 100 psi)
(0 ... 150 psi)
(0 ... 200 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(140 psi)
(200 psi)
(350 psi)
(550 psi)
(> 140 psi)

(> 200 psi)
(> 350 psi)
(> 550 psi)
4BF
4 BG
4 CA
4 CB
(0 ... 300 psi)

(0 ... 500 psi)
(0 ... 750 psi)
(0 ... 1000 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(800 psi)
(1400 psi)
(2000 psi)
(2000 psi)
(> 800 psi)

(> 1400 psi)
(> 2000 psi)
(> 2000 psi)
4 CD
4CE
4CF
4 CG
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to ... psi
9 AA
H1Y
Measuring ranges for absolute pressure (only for US market)

(0 ... 10 psia)
(0 ... 15 psia)
(0 ... 20 psia)
(0 ... 30 psia)
(0 ... 60 psia)
(0 psia)
(0 psia)
(0 psia)
(0 psia)
(0 psia)
(35 psia)
(35 psia)
(50 psia)
(80 psia)
(140 psia)
(> 35 psia)
(> 35 psia)
(> 50 psia)
(> 80 psia)
(> 140 psia)
6 AG
6 BA
6 BB
6 BD
6BE
(0 ... 100 psia)

(0 ... 150 psia)
(0 ... 200 psia)
(0 ... 300 psia)
(0 psia)
(0 psia)
(0 psia)
(0 psia)
(200 psia)
(350 psia)
(550 psia)
(800 psia)
(> 200 psia)

(> 350 psia)
(> 550 psia)
(> 800 psia)
6 BG
6 CA
6 CB
6 CC
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to ... psia
9 AA
H2Y
} Available ex stock
We can offer shorter delivery times for configurations designated with the Quick Ship Symbol . For details see page 9/5 in the appendix.
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/7
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
Order code
7M F 1 5 6 5 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P 200 pressure transmitters for pressure and absolute pressure for general applications
Accuracy typ. 0.25 %
Wetted parts materials: Ceramic and stainless steel + sealing material
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA; two-wire system; power supply 7 ... 33 V DC (10 ... 30 V DC for ATEX versions)
0 ... 10 V; three-wire system; power supply 12 ... 33 V DC
0
10
}
}
0
1
Explosion protection (only 4 ... 20 mA)

None
With explosion protection Ex ia IIC T4
Electrical connection
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread M16 (with coupling)
Round connector M12 per IEC 61076-2-101 (not for gauge pressure ranges 16 bar)
Connection via fixed mounted cable, 2 m (not for type of protection "Intrinsic safety i")
Quickon cable quick screw connection PG9 (not for type of protection "Intrinsic safety i")
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread 1/2"-14 NPT (with coupling)
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread PG11 (with coupling)
Fixed mounted cable, length 5 m
Special version
}
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
N1Y
Process connection
G" male per EN 837-1 (" BSP male) (standard for metric pressure ranges mbar, bar)
G" male thread and G1/8" female thread
G male per EN 837-1 ( BSP male)
7/16"-20 UNF male
A
B
C
D
"-18 NPT male (standard for pressure ranges inH2O and psi)
"-18 NPT female
"-14 NPT male
"-14 NPT female
7/16"-20 UNF female
M20x1.5 male
E
F
G
H
J
P
Special version
P1Y
Sealing material between sensor and enclosure

Viton (FPM, standard)
Neoprene (CR)
Perbunan (NBR)
EPDM
Special version
Version
Standard version
A
B
C
D
Z
Further designs
Supplement the Article No. with "-Z" and add Order code.
Manufacturers test certificate M per IEC 60770-2 (calibration certificate) supplied
C11
Oxygen application, oil and grease-free cleaning

(only in conjunction with the sealing material Viton between sensor and enclosure and not with explosion
portection version)
E10
1/8
Siemens FI 01 2015
Q1Y
Siemens AG 2014
Dimensional drawings
25.5 (1.0)
G1/2"
25
(1.0)
25
(1.0)
20
(0.8)
G1/8"
M16x1.5
or
1/2-14 NPT
20
(0.8)
M12x1/Fixcon
51 (2.0)
10.7 (0.42)
36 (1.42)
M20 x 1.5
G1/2"
1/2-14 NPT
20
(0.8)
16
(0.6)
G1/4"
7/16"-20 UNF
1/4-18 NPT
max. 20 Nm
7/16"-20 UNF
max. 20 Nm
23
(0.9)
SITRANS P200, electrical connections, dimensions in mm (inch)
25
(1.0)
Cable gland
with cable
16
(0.6)
24 (0.94)
30
(1.2)
30.2 (1.19)
max. 30 Nm
1/2"-14 NPT
1/2"-18 NPT
max. 20 Nm
SITRANS P200, process connections, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/9
Siemens AG 2014
Schematics
1+
1
2
IO
Connection: 1 (+),
2 (-)
2-
UB
RL
IO Output current
RL Load
UB Power supply
Connection with current output and connector per EN 175301
1+
IO
UB
RL
3-
br
IO
gn
UB
RL
1
1+
IO
2-
4 3
1
UB
UO
+
UB
RL
4+
3-
Connection: 1 (+UB),
3 (-),
4 (+UO)
UO Output voltage
RL Load
UB Power supply
Connection with voltage output and connector M12x1
br
UO
gn
+
UB
RL
ws
Connection: br (+UB, brown),

gn (+UO, green),
ws (-, white)
UO Output voltage
UB Power supply
RL Load
Connection with voltage output and cable

1
Connection: 1 (+),
2 (-)
+
RL
1+
IO Output current
UB Power supply
RL Load
Connection with current output and cable
2 (-),
3 (+UO)
UO Output voltage
RL Load
UB Power supply
Connection with voltage output and connector per EN 175301
Connection: br (brown),
gn (green)
UB
RL
2-
IO Output current
RL Load
UB Power supply
Connection with current output and connector M12x1
UO
3+
Connection: 1 (+),
3 (-)
3
1
1+
1
3
2
IO Output current
RL Load
UB Power supply
Connection with current output and Quickon cable quick screw connection
1+
3+
2
UO
RL
UB
2-
3 (-),
2 (+UO)
UO Output voltage
RL Load
UB Power supply
Connection with voltage output and Quickon cable quick screw connection
Version with explosion protection: 4 ... 20 mA

The grounding connection is conductively bonded to the transmitter enclosure
1+
1
2
IO
2-
RL
UB
Connection: 1 (+),
2 (-)
IO Output current
RL Load
UB Power supply
Connection with current output and connector per EN 175301 (Ex)
1/10
Siemens FI 01 2015
1+
4 3
1
34
IO
+
RL
UB
Connection: 1 (+),
3 (-),
4( )
IO Output current
RL Load
UB Power supply
Connection with current output and connector M12x1 (Ex)
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Design
Function
The pressure transmitter SITRANS P210 measures the gauge
pressure of liquids, gases and vapors.
Stainless steal measuring cell
Measuring ranges 100 to 600 mbar (1.45 to 8.7 psi) relative
For low-pressure applications
Benefits

Compact design
Application
The pressure transmitter SITRANS P210 for gauge pressure is
used in the following industrial areas:
Shipbuilding
Power engineering
Chemical industry
Water supply
The pressure transmitter measures the gauge pressure of liquids

and gases as well as the level of liquids.
Mode of operation
U
const.
U
p
I0, UB
The stainless steel measuring cell has a thin-film resistance

bridge to which the operating pressure p is transmitted through
a stainless steel diaphragm.
of 0 to 10 V DC.
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/11
Siemens AG 2014
Application
Design
Gauge measurement
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Piezoresistive measuring cell

(stainless steel diaphragm)
Measured variable
Gauge pressure
Weight
Approx. 0.090 kg (0.198 lb)
Process connections
Connector per
or Pg 11
M12 connector
2 or 3-wire (0.5 mm2) cable
( 5.4 mm)
Inputs
Measuring range
Gauge pressure
100 600 mbar

(1.5 8.7 psi)
Output
Current signal
4 ... 20 mA
Load
(UB - 10 V)/0.02 A
Auxiliary power UB
DC 7 ... 33 V (10 ... 30 V for Ex)
Voltage signal
0 ... 10 V DC
Load
10 k
Auxiliary power UB
12 ... 33 V DC
Power consumption
< 7 mA at 10 k
Linear rising
Measuring accuracy

value
value
< 5 ms
Long-term stability
span

span

0.5 %/10K of full-scale value
for a measuring range
100 400 mbar

Measuring cell
Stainless steel, mat.-No. 1.4435
Process connection

(SST 316 L)
Gasket
FPM (Standard)
Neoprene
Perbunan
EPDM

Enclosure

(SST 316 L)
Rack
Plastic
cables
PVC

equipment directive
(PED 97/23/EC)
For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1;

meets requirements as per article
3, paragraph 3 (good engineering
practice)
12/20010
GL19740 11 HH00

Bureau Veritas (BV)
BV 271007A0 BV
A 12553
Conditions of use
ACS 11 ACC NY 055
Process temperature with gasket

made of:
GOST
GOST-R
0.005 %/V
FPM (Standard)
-15 ... +125 C (+5 ... +257 F)
Neoprene
-35 ... +100 C (-31 ... +212 F)
Perbunan
-20 ... +100 C (-4 ... +212 F)
EPDM
-40 ... +145 C (-40 ... +293 F),

usable for drinking water
Ambient temperature
-25 ... +85 C (-13 ... +185 F)
Storage temperature
-50 ... +100 C (-58 ... +212 F)
IP 65 with connector per

EN 175301-803-A
IP 67 with cable
connection
acc. IEC 61326-1/-2/-3

Mounting position
upright
1/12
Siemens FI 01 2015

for USA and Canada
UL 20110217 - E34453
worldwide
IEC UL DK 21845
Intrinsic safety "i"
(only with current output)

Ex II 1/2 D Ex ia IIIC T125 C
Da/Db
SEV 10 ATEX 0146

Pi 0.75 W

EN 175301-803-A and M12
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
Order code
7M F 1 5 6 6 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P 210 pressure transmitters for gauge pressure for low pressure applications
Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel + sealing material
Measuring range
Overload limit
min.
Burst pressure
max.
For gauge pressure

0...100 mbar
0...160 mbar
0...250 mbar
0...400 mbar
0...600 mbar
(1.45 psi)
(2.32 psi)
(3.63 psi)
(5.8 psi)
(8.7 psi)
-400 mbar
-400 mbar
-800 mbar
-800 mbar
-1000 mbar
(-5.8 psi)
(-5.8 psi)
(-11.6 psi)
(-11.6 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
400 mbar
400 mbar
1000 mbar
1000 mbar
2000 mbar
(5.8 psi)
(5.8 psi)
(14.5 psi)
(14.5 psi)
(29.0 psi)
1 bar
1 bar
2 bar
2 bar
3 bar
(14.5 psi)
(14.5 psi)
(29.0 psi)
(29.0 psi)
(43.5 psi)
}
}
}
}
}
3 AA
3 AB
3 AC
3 AD
3 AG
Other version, add Order code and plain text:

Measuring range: ... up to ... mbar (psi)
9 AA
H1Y
Output signal
0
10
}
}
0
1

None
Special version
}
0
0
1
3
4
5
6
7
9
N1Y
Process connection
7/16"-20 UNF male
A
B
C
D
"-18 NPT female
"-14 NPT male
"-14 NPT female
7/16"-20 UNF female
M20x1.5 male
E
F
G
H
J
P
Special version
P1Y
Sealing material between sensor and enclosure

Viton (FPM, standard)
Neoprene (CR)
Perbunan (NBR)
EPDM
Special version
Version
Standard version
A
B
C
D
Z
Q1Y
1
Further designs
C11
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/13
Siemens AG 2014
G1/2"
25
(1.0)
25
(1.0)
20
(0.8)
G1/8"
M16x1.5
or
1/2-14 NPT
20
(0.8)
M12x1/Fixcon
51 (2.0)
10.7 (0.42)
36 (1.42)
25.5 (1.0)
M20 x 1.5
G1/2"
1/2-14 NPT
max. 30 Nm
24 (0.94)
20
(0.8)
16
(0.6)
Cable gland
with cable
16
(0.6)
30.2 (1.19)
G1/4"
7/16"-20 UNF
1/4-18 NPT
25
(1.0)
max. 20 Nm
7/16"-20 UNF
max. 20 Nm
23
(0.9)
30
(1.2)
1/2"-14 NPT
1/2"-18 NPT
max. 20 Nm
1/14
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Schematics
1+
1
2
IO
Connection: 1 (+),
2 (-)
2-
UB
RL
IO Output current
RL Load
UB Power supply
1+
IO
UB
RL
3-
br
IO
gn
UB
RL
1
1+
IO
2-
4 3
1
UB
UO
+
UB
RL
4+
3-
3 (-),
4 (+UO)
UO Output voltage
RL Load
UB Power supply
br
UO
gn
+
UB
RL
ws

gn (+UO, green),
ws (-, white)
UO Output voltage
UB Power supply
RL Load

1
Connection: 1 (+),
2 (-)
+
RL
1+
IO Output current
UB Power supply
RL Load
2 (-),
3 (+UO)
UO Output voltage
RL Load
UB Power supply
gn (green)
UB
RL
2-
IO Output current
RL Load
UB Power supply
UO
3+
Connection: 1 (+),
3 (-)
3
1
1+
1
3
2
IO Output current
RL Load
UB Power supply
Connection with current output and Quickon cable quick screw connection
1+
3+
2
UO
UB
RL
2-
3 (-),
2 (+UO)
UO Output voltage
RL Load
UB Power supply
Connection with voltage output and Quickon cable quick screw connection

1+
1
2
2-
IO
RL
UB
Connection: 1 (+),
2 (-)
IO Output current
RL Load
UB Power supply
1+
4 3
1
34
IO
+
RL
UB
Connection: 1 (+),
3 (-),
4( )
IO Output current
RL Load
UB Power supply
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/15
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Design
Function
The pressure transmitter SITRANS P220 measures the gauge
pressure of liquids, gases and vapors.
Stainless steel measuring cell, fully welded
Measuring ranges 2.5 to 600 bar (36.3 to 8702 psi) relative
For high-pressure applications and refrigeration technology
division
U
const.
p

Compact design
Gasket-less
Application
The pressure transmitter SITRANS P220 for gauge pressure is
used in the following industrial areas:
Shipbuilding
Power engineering
Chemical industry
Water supply
1/16
Mode of operation
Benefits
The pressure transmitter measures the gauge pressure of liquids

and gases as well as the level of liquids.
Siemens FI 01 2015
I0, UB
The stainless steel measuring cell has a thick-film resistance

bridge to which the operating pressure p is transmitted through
a stainless steel diaphragm.
of 0 to 10 V DC.
Siemens AG 2014
Application
Gauge pressure measurement
Design
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Piezoresistive measuring cell

(stainless steel diaphragm)
Measured variable
Gauge pressure
Weight
Approx. 0.090 kg (0.198 lb)
Process connections
Connector per
or Pg 11
M12 connector
2 or 3-wire (0.5 mm2)
cable ( 5.4 mm)
Inputs
Measuring range
Gauge pressure
- Metric
2.5 600 bar

(36 8700 psi)
30 8700 psi
Output
Current signal
4 ... 20 mA
Load
(UB - 10 V)/0.02 A
Auxiliary power UB
DC 7 ... 33 V (10 ... 30 V for Ex)
Voltage signal
0 ... 10 V DC

Measuring cell
Process connection

(SST 316 L)

Enclosure

(SST 316 L)
Load
10 k
Rack
Plastic
Auxiliary power UB
12 ... 33 V DC
cables
PVC
Power consumption
< 7 mA at 10 k
Linear rising
Measuring accuracy

value
value
< 5 ms
Long-term stability

equipment directive
(PED 97/23/EC)

practice)
12/20010
GL19740 11 HH00

Bureau Veritas (BV)
BV 271007A0 BV
A 12553
ACS 11 ACC NY 055

span
GOST
GOST-R
0.005 %/V

span
Conditions of use
Process temperature
-30 ... +120 C (-22 ... +248 F)
Ambient temperature
-25 ... +85 C (-13 ... +185 F)
Storage temperature
-50 ... +100 C (-58 ... +212 F)
Degree of protection (to EN 60529) IP 65 with connector per

EN 175301-803-A
IP 67 with cable
connection
acc. IEC 61326-1/-2/-3


for USA and Canada
UL 20110217 - E34453
worldwide
IEC UL DK 21845
Intrinsic safety "i" (only with current
output)

Ex II 1/2 D Ex ia IIIC
T125 C Da/Db
SEV 10 ATEX 0146

Pi 0.75 W

EN 175301-803-A and M12
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/17
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
Order code
7M F 1 5 6 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 A 07 7 7 7
SITRANS P 220 pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, high-pressure and refrigeration
applications, fully-welded version
Wetted parts materials: stainless steel
Measuring range
Overload limit
Minimum
Burst pressure
Max.
For gauge pressure

0 ... 2.5 bar
0 ... 4 bar
0 ... 6 bar
0 ... 10 bar
(0 ... 36.3 psi)

(0 ... 58 psi)
(0 ... 87 psi)
(0 ... 145 psi)
-1 bar
-1 bar
-1 bar
-1 bar
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
6.25 bar
10 bar
15 bar
25 bar
(90.7 psi)
(145 psi)
(217 psi)
(362 psi)
25 bar
40 bar
60 bar
60 bar
(363 psi)
(870 psi)
(522 psi)
(870 psi)
}
}
}
}
3 BD
3BE
3 BG
3 CA
0 ... 16 bar
0 ... 25 bar
0 ... 40 bar
0 ... 60 bar
(0 ... 232 psi)

(0 ... 363 psi)
(0 ... 580 psi)
(0 ... 870 psi)
-1 bar
-1 bar
-1 bar
-1 bar
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
40 bar
62.5 bar
100 bar
150 bar
(580 psi)
(906 psi)
(1450 psi)
(2175 psi)
96 bar
150 bar
240 bar
360 bar
(1392 psi)
(2176 psi)
(3481 psi)
(5221 psi)
}
}
}
}
3 CB
3 CD
3CE
3 CG
0 ... 100 bar

0 ... 160 bar
0 ... 250 bar
0 ... 400 bar
0 ... 600 bar
(0 ...
(0 ...
(0 ...
(0 ...
(0 ...
-1 bar
-1 bar
-1 bar
-1 bar
-1 bar
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
250 bar
400 bar
625 bar
1000 bar
1500 bar
(3625 psi)
(5801 psi)
(9064 psi)
(14503 psi)
(21755 psi)
600 bar
960 bar
1500 bar
2400 bar
2500 bar
(8702 psi)
(13924 psi)
(21756 psi)
(34809 psi)
(36260 psi)
}
}
}
}
}
3 DA
3 DB
3 DD
3DE
3 DG
1450 psi)
2320 psi)
3625 psi)
5801 psi)
8702 psi)

Measuring range: ... up to... bar (psi)
9 AA
H1Y
Measuring ranges for gauge pressure (only for US market)

(0 ... 30 psi)
(0 ... 60 psi)
(0 ... 100 psi)
(0 ... 150 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(75 psi)
(150 psi)
(250 psi)
(375 psi)
(0 ... 200 psi)

(0 ... 300 psi)
(0 ... 500 psi)
(0 ... 750 psi)
(0 ... 1000 psi)
(0 ... 1500 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(500 psi)
(750 psi)
(1250 psi)
(1875 psi)
(2500 psi)
(3750 psi)
(0 ... 2000 psi)

(0 ... 3000 psi)
(0 ... 5000 psi)
(0 ... 6000 psi
(0 ... 8700 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(-14.5 psi)
(5000 psi)
(7500 psi)
(12500 psi)
(15000 psi)
(21000 psi)
(360 psi)
(580 psi)
(580 psi)
(870 psi)
(1390 psi)
4BE
4BF
4 BG
4 CA
(2170 psi)
(3480 psi)
(5220 psi)
(5220 psi)
(8700 psi)
4 CB
4 CD
4CE
4CF
4 CG
4 DA
(13920 psi)
(21750 psi)
(34800 psi)
(34800 psi)
(52200 psi)
4 DB
4 DD
4DE
4DF
4 DG
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to ... psi
9 AA
H1Y
Output signal
0
10
}
}
0
1

None
Round connector M12 per IEC 61076-2-101 (not for gauge pressure ranges 16 bar)
Special version
}
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
1/18
Siemens FI 01 2015
N1Y
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
Order code
7M F 1 5 6 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 A 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P 220 pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, high-pressure and refrigeration
applications, fully-welded version
Wetted parts materials: stainless steel
Process connection
7/16"-20 UNF male
A
B
C
D
"-18 NPT female (Only for measuring ranges 60 bar (870 psi))
"-14 NPT male
"-14 NPT female (Only for measuring ranges 60 bar (870 psi))
7/16"-20 UNF female
M20x1.5 male
E
F
G
H
J
P
Special version
Version
Standard version
P1Y
1
Further designs
C11
Oxygen application, oil and grease-free cleaning (Not in conjunction with explosion protection version)
E10
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/19
Siemens AG 2014
G1/2"
25
(1.0)
25
(1.0)
20
(0.8)
G1/8"
M16x1.5
or
1/2-14 NPT
20
(0.8)
M12x1/Fixcon
51 (2.0)
10.7 (0.42)
36 (1.42)
25.5 (1.0)
M20 x 1.5
G1/2"
1/2-14 NPT
max. 30 Nm
24 (0.94)
20
(0.8)
16
(0.6)
Cable gland
Quickon with or without cable
16
(0.6)
36 (1.42)
G1/4"
7/16"-20 UNF
1/4-18 NPT
25
(1.0)
max. 20 Nm
7/16"-20 UNF
max. 20 Nm
23
(0.9)
30
(1.2)
1/2"-14 NPT
1/2"-18 NPT
max. 20 Nm
1/20
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Schematics
1+
1
2
IO
Connection: 1 (+),
2 (-)
2-
UB
RL
IO Output current
RL Load
UB Power supply
1+
IO
UB
RL
3-
br
IO
gn
UB
RL
1
1+
IO
2-
4 3
1
UB
UO
+
UB
RL
4+
3-
3 (-),
4 (+UO)
UO Output voltage
RL Load
UB Power supply
br
UO
gn
+
UB
RL
ws

gn (+UO, green),
ws (-, white)
UO Output voltage
UB Power supply
RL Load

1
Connection: 1 (+),
2 (-)
+
RL
1+
IO Output current
UB Power supply
RL Load
2 (-),
3 (+UO)
UO Output voltage
RL Load
UB Power supply
gn (green)
UB
RL
2-
IO Output current
RL Load
UB Power supply
UO
3+
Connection: 1 (+),
3 (-)
3
1
1+
1
3
2
IO Output current
RL Load
UB Power supply
Connection with current output and cable quick screw connection

Quickon
1+
3+
2
UO
UB
RL
2-
3 (-),
2 (+UO)
UO Output voltage
RL Load
UB Power supply
Connection with voltage output and cable quick screw connection

Quickon

1+
1
2
2-
IO
RL
UB
Connection: 1 (+),
2 (-)
IO Output current
RL Load
UB Power supply
1+
4 3
1
34
IO
+
RL
UB
Connection: 1 (+),
3 (-),
4( )
IO Output current
RL Load
UB Power supply
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/21
Siemens AG 2014

Mode of operation
Overview
p1
p2
U
const.
U
I
I0, UB
SITRANS P250 pressure transmitter, function diagram
The piezo-resistive measuring cell (ceramic membrane) has a

Wheatstone bridge circuit, on which the operating pressure P1
and P2 of the media acts at both ends.
of 0 to 5 or 10 V DC.
The SITRANS P250 transmitter measures the differential pressure of
liquids and gases.
Benefits

Sturdy stainless steel enclosure
For the measurement of the differential pressure of liquids
and gases
Temperature-compensated measuring cell
Compact design
Application
The SITRANS P250 transmitter for differential pressure is
primarily used in the following industries:
Chemical industry
Heating, ventilation and air conditioning technology
Food industry
Shipbuilding
Water supply
Design
Main components:
Stainless steel enclosure with piezo-resistive ceramic measuring cell (temperature-compensated) and electronics module
Process connection made of stainless steel in diverse designs
(see Selection and Ordering data)
Electrical connection through connectors acc. to
EN 175301-803-A and round connectors M12, as well as with
permanently fixed cable
SITRANS P250 differential pressure transmitter

Application
Differential pressure transmitter
Liquids and neutral gases
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Piezo-resistive measuring cell

(ceramic diaphragm)
Input
Measured variable
Measuring range
0 ... 0.1 to 0 ... 25 bar

(0 ... 1.45 to 0 ... 363 psi)
Operating pressure
25 bar at a differential pressure

range > 6 bar
50 bar at a differential pressure
range > 10 bar
Burst pressure
1.5 x operating pressure
Output
Output signal
Current output signal
4 ... 20 mA
Voltage output signal
0 ... 5 V DC and 0 ... 10 V DC
Load
3-wire
> 10 k
2-wire
(UH - 11 V) / 0.02 A
Measuring accuracy
Error in measurement at limit setting incl. hysteresis and reproducibility
1 % of typical full-scale value,

see "Measuring range" table"
Long-term stability acc. to IEC 60770
Function
The pressure transmitter measures the differential pressure of
liquids and gases.
1/22
Siemens FI 01 2015
Start of scale
0.6 % / 10 K of full-scale value

( 1.2 % / 10K for measuring cell
0 ... 0.1 bar (1.45 psi))
Full-scale value
0.22 % /10 K of full-scale value

( 0.37 % / 10K for measuring
cell 0 ... 0.1 bar (1.45 psi))
Dynamic behavior
Suitable for static and dynamic

measurements
< 5 ms
Load variation
< 50 Hz
Siemens AG 2014
Rated conditions
Measuring range
Ambient conditions
Temperature of medium
-15 ...+85 C (5 ... 185 F)
Ambient temperature
-15 ...+85 C (5 ... 185 F)
Storage temperature
-40 ...+85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Degree of protection acc. to

EN 60529
IP65
Mounting position
Any
Mounting
Mounting bracket, included in

delivery
Design
Weight
Approx. 430 g (approx. 0.95 lb)
Enclosure material
Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI 303
Plug EN 175301-803-A
Circular plug EN 60130-9
Cable 1.5 m
Process connection
Hose sleeve 4 mm/6 mm

Pipe union 6 mm/8 mm
Male thread 7/16-20 UNF,
G1/8"
Female thread 1/8-27 NPT
(Standard), G1/8"
Max.
Burst
perm. oper- pressure
ating pressure (on
either side)
Max.
perm. operating pressure (on
one side)
Accuracy
[bar]
[inH2O]
0 ... 0.1
0 ... 40.18
25 bar
(363 psi)
37.5 bar
(544 psi)
0.6 bar
(241 inH2O)
1.0 %
0 ... 0.2
0 ... 80.37
25 bar
(363 psi)
37.5 bar
(544 psi)
0.6 bar
(241 inH2O)
0.8 %
0 ... 0.25 0 ... 100.46 25 bar

(363 psi)
37.5 bar
(544 psi)
0.6 bar
(241 inH2O)
0.5 %
0 ... 0.3
0 ... 120.56 25 bar

(363 psi)
37.5 bar
(544 psi)
0.6 bar
(241 inH2O)
0.5 %
0 ... 0.4
0 ... 160.74 25 bar

(363 psi)
37.5 bar
(544 psi)
1.2 bar
(482 inH2O)
0.8 %
0 ... 0.5
0 ... 200.9
25 bar
(363 psi)
37.5 bar
(544 psi)
1.2 bar
(482 inH2O)
0.5 %
0 ... 0.6
0 ... 241.0
25 bar
(363 psi)
37.5 bar
(544 psi)
1.2 bar
(482 inH2O)
0.5 %
0 ... 1.0
0 ... 402.0
25 bar
(363 psi)
37.5 bar
(544 psi)
2 bar
(804 inH2O)
0.5 %
0 ... 1.6
0 ... 643.0
25 bar
(363 psi)
37.5 bar
(544 psi)
3.2 bar
0.5 %
(1286 inH2O)
0 ... 2.5
0 ... 1005
25 bar
(363 psi)
37.5 bar
(544 psi)
5 bar
(2009 H2O)
0.5 %
Process connection
Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI 303,

brass nickel-plated
0 ... 4
0 ... 1607
25 bar
(363 psi)
37.5 bar
(544 psi)
8 bar
0.5 %
(3215 inH2O)
Diaphragm
Ceramic Al2O3 (96 %)
0 ... 6
0 ... 2411
Sealing material
FPM (standard), EPDM, NBR,

MVQ, CR
25 bar
(363 psi)
37.5 bar
(544 psi)
12 bar
0.5 %
(4822 inH2O)
0 ... 10
0 ... 4019
50 bar
(725 psi)
75 bar
(1088 psi)
20 bar
0.5 %
(8037 inH2O)
0 ... 16
0 ... 6430
50 bar
(725 psi)
75 bar
(1088 psi)
32 bar
(464 psi)
0.5 %
0 ... 25
0 ... 10046
50 bar
(725 psi)
75 bar
(1088 psi)
50 bar
(725 psi)
0.5 %
Power supply UH
Terminal voltage on pressure
transmitter
2-wire, 4 ... 20 mA
11 ... 33 V DC
3-wire, 0 ... 5 V DC
11 ... 33 V DC/24 V AC 15 %
3-wire, 0 ... 10 V DC
18 ... 33 V DC/24 V AC 15 %
Schematics
Current consumption at nominal

pressure
2-wire
< 20 mA
3-wire
< 5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal
Protected against short-circuit

and polarity reversal. Each connection against the other with
max. supply voltage.

Approval
1+
1
2
IO
Connection: 1 (+),
2 (-)
2-
UB
RL
IO Output current
RL Load
UB Power supply
Connection with current output 4 ... 20 mA and plug to EN 175301-803-A
CE conformity
1+
IO
2
1
Connection: 1 (+),
3 (-)
+
UB
RL
3-
IO Output current
RL Load
UB Power supply
Connection with current output 4 ... 20 mA and round connector
1+
2-
IO
Connection: 1 (+, brown),

2 (-, green)
+
RL
UB
IO Output current
UB Power supply
RL Load
Connection with current output 4 ... 20 mA and permanently fixed cable
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/23
Siemens AG 2014
1+
3
1
2+ U
UB
RL
3-
Round connector
EN 60130-9
2 (-),
3 (+U0)
UO Output voltage
RL Load
UB Power supply
3
2
UB
RL
Connection: 1 (+UB, brown),

2 (+U0, green),
3 (-, white)
UO Output voltage
UB Power supply
RL Load
Connection with voltage output 0 ... 5 V DC (0 ... 10 V DC) and round

connector
1+
UO
3+
+
UB
RL
2-
2 (-),
3 (+U0)
Uo Output voltage
UB Power supply
RL Load
(mounted)
3 UO
~108 (4.3)
~158 (6.2)
Connection with voltage output 0 ... 5 V DC (0 ... 10 V DC) and plug to

EN 175301-803-A
SITRANS P250 differential pressure transmitter with round connector to

EN 60130-9, dimensions in mm (inch)
Connection with voltage output 0 ... 5 V DC (0 ... 10 V DC) and permanently fixed cable
Cable
(mounted)
~ 136 (5.4)
102 (4.02)
P2
P1
M4
44 (1.7)
5 (0.2)
SITRANS P250 differential pressure transmitter with cable,

dimensions in mm (inch)
20 (0.79)
SITRANS P250 differential pressure transmitter with socket outlet to

EN 175301-803-A, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/24
~138 (5.4)
~95 (3.7)
25
(0.98)
Socket outlet
EN 175301-803-A
Stainless steel
15 0,5 21 0,8
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Process connections
Width across
flats
[mm] [inch]
Hose connection for hose (brass nickelplated)
[mm] [inch] [mm] [inch]
0.16
a = 10
20
0.79
61
2.40
0.24
a = 10
25
0.99
66
2.60
Pipe union with screw-in nipple for outer pipe 6

(brass nickel-plated)
0.24
a = 10
b = 12
24
0.95
65
2.56
0.32
a = 12
b = 14
25
0.99
66
2.60
Pipe union with screw-in nipple for outer pipe 6

(stainless steel 1.4305/AISI 303)
0.24
a = 10
b = 12
24
0.95
65
2.56
0.32
a = 12
b = 14
26
67
2.64
Male thread 7/16-20 UNF

a = 14
18
0.71
59
2.32
Female thread G1/8

(stainless steel 1.4305/AISI 303)
a = 14
12
0.47
53
Male thread G1/8

a = 10
b = 12
20
0.79
61
2.40
1/8-27 NPT
1/8-27 NPT
1/8-27 NPT
1/8-27 NPT
7/16-20 UNF
1/8-27 NPT
L
G1/8
1/8-27 NPT
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/25
Siemens AG 2014
Selection and Ordering data
Article No.
Order code
7 M F 1 6 4 1 - 7777 0 - 777 0 777
SITRANS P 250 pressure transmitter for differential pressure

Accuracy 1 %, wetted parts ceramic/stainless steel 1.4301,
scope of delivery: transmitter, mounting bracket and instruction manual, without explosion protection
Measuring range
(0 ... 40.19 inH2O)
0 ... 0.1 bar
(0 ... 80.37 inH2O)
0 ... 0.2 bar
(0 ... 100.46 inH2O)
0 ... 0.25 bar
(0 ... 120.56 inH2O)
0 ... 0.3 bar
(0 ... 160.74 inH2O)
0 ... 0.4 bar
(0 ... 201.0 inH2O)
0 ... 0.5 bar
(0 ... 241.0 inH2O)
0 ... 0.6 bar
(0 ... 402.0 inH2O)
0 ... 1.0 bar
(0 ... 643.0 inH2O)
0 ... 1.6 bar
(0 ... 1005.0 inH2O)
0 ... 2.5 bar
(0 ... 1607.0 inH2O)
0 ... 4.0 bar
(0 ... 2411.0 inH2O)
0 ... 6.0 bar
(0 ... 4019.0 inH2O)
0 ... 10.0 bar
(0 ... 6430.0 inH2O)
0 ... 16.0 bar
(0 ... 10046 inH2O)
0 ... 25.0 bar
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
3 AA
3 AC
3 AD
3AE
3AF
3 AG
3 AH
3 BA
3 BB
3 BD
3BE
3 BG
3 CA
3 CB
3 CD
Other version, add Order code and plain text (Note: smallest possible span 100 mbar (40.19 inH2O)
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 5 V DC
0 ... 10 V DC
Plug acc. to EN 175 301-803-A (suitable coupling included in scope of delivery)
Round connector acc. to EN 60139-9
Cable 1.5 m with cable gland
Process connection
Without connections, female thread 1/8-27 NPT
Hose connection
Brass nickel-plated, for hose 4 mm
Brass nickel-plated, for hose 6 mm
9 AA
}
0
1
2
1
2
3
A
B
C
PVDF, for hose 6 mm

Pipe union
Brass nickel-plated, for pipe 6 mm
Stainless steel 1.4304, for pipe 6 mm
Brass nickel-plated, for pipe 8 mm
Stainless steel 1.4304, for pipe 8 mm
Male thread, 7/16-20 UNF (Brass nickel-plated)
Adapter
Inner, G1/8 (stainless steel), for pipe mm
Outer, G1/8 (Brass nickel-plated), with union nut, for pipe 6 mm
Sealing material
Fluoro rubber (Viton/FPM)
Ethylene propylene diene monomer rubber (EPDM)
Nitrile butadiene rubber (NBR)
Silicone rubber (MVQ)
D
E
F
G
H
L
M
N
}
A
B
C
D
Neoprene (CR)
Further designs
H1Y
E
Order code
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code(s).

Quality inspection certificate (factory calibration) to IEC 60770-2
C11
1/26
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Function
1
U
const.
U
I
EM
The pressure transmitter SITRANS LH100 is a submersible sensor for hydrostatic level measurement.
The pressure transmitter measures the liquid levels in tanks,
containers, channels and dams. The SITRANS LH100 pressure
transmitters are available for various measuring ranges and with
explosion protection as an option.
A junction box and a cable hanger are available as accessories
for simple installation.
Benefits
Compact design
Simple installation
Small error in measurement (0.3 %)
Degree of protection IP68
Application
SITRANS LH100 pressure transmitters are used in the following
branches, for example:
Shipbuilding
Water/waste water supply
For use in unpressurized/open vessels and wells
Design
The pressure transmitter has a built-in ceramic sensor which is
equipped with a Wheatstone resistance bridge.
These pressure transmitters are equipped with an electronic circuit fitted together with the sensor in a stainless steel housing. In
addition, the connecting cable contains a vent pipe which is
equipped with a humidity filter to prevent the build-up of condensation.
The diaphragm is protected against external influences by a
protective cap.
The sensor, the electronics and the connecting cable are
housed in an enclosure with small dimensions.
3
4
1
Sensor
Connection for auxiliary

power supply
Vent pipe with humidity filter
Protective conductor connection/

Equipotential bonding
Diaphragm
SITRANS LH100 pressure transmitter, mode of operation and connection

diagram
On one side of the sensor (1), the diaphragm (5) is exposed to

the hydrostatic pressure which is proportional to the submersion
depth. This pressure is compared with atmospheric pressure.
Pressure compensation is carried out using the vent pipe (3) in
the connecting cable. The vent pipe is equipped with a humidity
filter which prevents the build-up of condenstation in the vent
pipe.
The hydrostatic pressure of the liquid column acts on the diaphragm of the sensor and transmits the pressure to the Wheatstone resistance bridge in the sensor.
The output voltage of the sensor is applied to the electronic circuit where it is converted into an output current of 4 to 20 mA.
The protective conductor connection/equipotential bonding (4)
is connected to the enclosure.
Integration
It is generally recommended that the connecting cable of the
SITRANS LH100 transmitter is connected to the junction box,
which can be ordered separately, and secured with the cable
hanger, also available separately. The junction box has to be installed near the measuring point.
If the medium is anything other than water, it is also necessary to
check compatibility with the specified materials of the transmitter.
Venting pipe
The pressure transmitter is temperature-compensated for a wide

temperature range.
To transmitter
7MF1572
To measuredvalue
processing
Junction box 7MF1572-8AA, open, schematic diagram
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/27
Siemens AG 2014

Long-term stability
Zero and span
4 ... 6 mH2O
(12 ... 18 ftH2O or 0.40.6 bar)
6 mH2O
( 18 ftH2O or 0.6 bar)
0.25% of full-scale value/year

Rated conditions
Ambient conditions
Process temperature
Storage temperature
Degree of protection according to
IEC 60529
-10 ... +80 C (14 ... 176 F)

-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
IP68
Design
Weight
Pressure transmitter
Cable
0.2 kg ( 0.44 lb)

0.025 kg/m ( 0.015 lb/ft)
Cable with 3 conductors, vent pipe
and integrated humidity filter
Material
Seal diaphragm
Enclosure
Gasket
Al2O3 ceramic, 96%

Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
FPM (standard)
Connecting cable
EPDM (optional)
PE-HD (standard)
PE-LD (in the case of versions with
EPDM seal, suitable for drinking
water)
Auxiliary power
Measuring point setup, generally with junction box 7MF1572-8AA and

7MF1572-8AB cable hanger
Pressure transmitter SITRANS LH100 (submersible sensor)

Mode of operation
Measuring principle
piezo-resistive
Input
Measured variable
Hydrostatic level
Measuring range
0 ... 4 mH2O (0 ... 12 ftH2O)
Max. permissible operating pressure

1.5 bar (21.8 psi) (corresponds to
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
30 mH2O (90 ftH2O))
50 mH2O (150 ftH2O))
1.5 bar
1.5 bar
1.5 bar
3.0 bar
5.0 bar
0 ... 5 mH2O (0 ... 15 ftH2O)

0 ... 6 mH2O (0 ... 18 ftH2O)
0 ... 10 mH2O (0 ... 30 ftH2O)
0 ... 20 mH2O (0 ... 60 ftH2O)
0 ... 0.4 bar

0 ... 0.5 bar
0 ... 0.6 bar
0 ... 1 bar
0 ... 2 bar
Terminal voltage on pressure transmit- 10 ... 33 V DC

ter UB
10 ... 30 V DC for transmitter with
intrinsic safety explosion protection
1403525
Drinking water approval (WRAS)
applied for
GOST
applied for
applied for
The transmitter is not subject to the

pressure equipment directive (PED
97/23/EC)
- Marking
Junction box
Application
for connecting the transmitter cable
Design
Weight
0.2 kg (0.44 lb)
2 x 3-way (28 to 18 AWG)
Cable entry
2 x Pg 9
Enclosure material
polycarbonate
Vent pipe for atmospheric pressure
Output
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA
Screw for cable strength cord
Measuring accuracy
According to IEC 60770-1
Rated conditions
Error in measurement at limit setting 0.3% of full-scale value (typical)

including hysteresis and reproducibility
Zero and span
4 ... 6 mH2O
(12 ... 18 ftH2O or 0.40.6 bar)
6 mH2O
( 18 ftH2O or 0.6 bar)
1/28
IECEx SEV 14.0003

SEV 14 ATEX 0109
II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
Siemens FI 01 2015
Degree of protection according to

IEC 60529
Cable hanger
Application

IP65
for mounting the transmitter
Design
Weight
0.16 kg (0.35 lb)
Material
Galvanized steel, polyamide
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
Order code
SITRANS LH100 (submersible sensor)
7 MF 1 5 7 2 - 77A77 777
For measurement of the hydrostatic

level through submersion,
two-wire system, 420 mA, enclosure
material mat. no. 1.4404 (316L), measuring cell Al2O3 ceramic,
with permanently mounted PE cable
Additional versions
Order code
Quality inspection certificate (factory

calibration) acc. to IEC 60770-2, add "Z" to article no. and add order code.
C11
Indication of measuring range (only at

special cable lengths) in
"... to ... mH2O" or "... to ... ftH2O"
or "... to ... bar"
Y01
Accessories/spare parts
Click on the Article No. for the online

configuration in the PIA Life Cycle
Portal.
Measuring range
0 ... 4 mH2O
0 ... 5 mH2O
0 ... 6 mH2O
0 ... 10 mH2O
0 ... 20 mH2O
Cable length
10 m
10 m
10 m
20 m
30 m
0 ... 12 ftH2O
0 ... 15 ftH2O
0 ... 18 ftH2O
0 ... 30 ftH2O
0 ... 60 ftH2O
33 ft
33 ft
33 ft
66 ft
98 ft
2D
2E
2F
2H
2K
0 ... 0.4 bar

0 ... 0.5 bar
0 ... 0.6 bar
0 ... 1 bar
0 ... 2 bar
10 m
10 m
10 m
20 m
30 m
3D
3E
3F
3H
3K
}
}
}
}
}
1D
1E
1F
1H
1K
Article No.
Junction box
} 7MF1572-8AA
Cable hanger
for securing the pressure transmitter
} 7MF1572-8AB
Protective caps as spare parts

(10-pack)
} 7MF1572-8AD
Humidity filters as spare parts

(10-pack)
} 7MF1572-8AE
Special versions:
Measuring ranges for special versions
between
0 ... 4 mH2O and 0 ... 30 mH2O or
0 ... 12 ftH2O and 0 ... 90 ftH2O or
0 ... 0.4 bar and 0 ... 3 bar possible.
Special cable lenght/Special measuring range
Please add -Z to Article No. and
specify Order code and plain text.
Note: Indication of measuring range
Y01 is always necessary.
9A
H. .
+
Y01
For evaluation of the maximum possible

cable length following data have to be
regarded:
Transmitter:
Ci = 0 F, Li = 0 H
Cable:
Ck = 0.19 nF per meter cable
Lk = 1.5 H per meter cable
The maximum permitted data of the
transmitters power supply have to be
considered!
3 m (10 ft)
5 m (16 ft)
7 m (23 ft)
10 m (33 ft)
15 m (49 ft)
H1A
H1B
H1C
H1D
H1E
20 m (66 ft)
25 m (82 ft)
30 m (98 ft)
40 m (131 ft)
50 m (164 ft)
H1F
H1G
H1H
H1 J
H1K
Sealing material between sensor and

enclosure
FPM (Standard)
}
EPDM (for drinking water applications)
without
}
With ATEX II1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga and }
IECEx Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
1
2
0
1
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/29
Siemens AG 2014
More information
~116.3 (4.58)
Determination of the measuring range for media with a density of 1000 kg/m3 (medium water)
23.4
(0.92)
4
6
1
Cable, sheat 4.8 (0.19) (black, PE)
- (green)
+ (brown)
Protective conductor connection/Equipotential bonding (white)
Vent pipe with humidity filter 1 (0.04) (inner diameter)
Protective cap with 4 x 2.5 (0.10) holes (black, PPE)
SITRANS LH100 pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)

52 (2.05)
37 (1.46)
17
(0.07)
30
(1.2)
3
1
Calculation of the measuring range:

p=xgxH
30
(1.2)
86 (3.39)
86 (3.39)
17
(0.07)
64 (2.52)
with:
= density of medium
g = local acceleration due to gravity
H = maximum level
Example:
Medium: Diesel fuel, = 850 kg/m3
Acceleration due to gravity: 9.81 m/s2
Fastening hole
Start-of-scale: 0 m
Vent valve
Cable gland Pg 9, cable diameter 4 ... 8 mm (0.16 ... 0.31)
Maximum level: 6.0 m

Cable length: 10 m
Calculation:
Junction box, dimensions in mm (inch)
p = 850 kg/m3 x 9.81 m/s2 x 6.0 m

19
(0.75)
p = 50 031 N/m2
p = 500 mbar
Transmitter to be ordered:
7MF1572-1FA11
Plus, if required, junction box 7MF1572-8AA and cable hanger
7MF1572-8AB
190 (7.5)
48 (1.9)
Cable hanger, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/30
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Function
SITRANS P MPS pressure transmitters are for measuring the liquid levels in wells, tanks, channels and dams.
Sensor
U
const.
Diaphragm
EM
+2 (brown)
I0, UB
-1 (blue)
Vent pipe
Screen
SITRANS P MPS pressure transmitters are submersible sensors

for hydrostatic level measurements.
The SITRANS P MPS pressure transmitters are available for various measuring ranges and with explosion protection as an option.
A junction box and a cable hanger are available as accessories
for simple installation.
Benefits
Compact design
Simple installation
Small error in measurement (0.3 %)
Application
SITRANS P MPS pressure transmitters are used in the following
branches for example:
Oil and gas industries
Shipbuilding
Water supply
For use in pressureless/open tanks and wells
SITRANS P MPS pressure transmitter, mode of operation and wiring diagram
On one side of the sensor, the diaphragm is exposed to the hydrostatic pressure which is proportional to the submersion
depth. This pressure is compared with atmospheric pressure.
Pressure compensation is carried out using the vent pipe in the
connection cable.
The hydrostatic pressure of the liquid column acts on the sensor
diaphragm, and transmits the pressure to the piezo-resistive
bridge in the sensor.
The output voltage of the sensor is applied to the electronic circuit where it is converted into an output current of 4 to 20 mA.
The cable of the 7MF1570 transmitter must always be connected
in the supplied junction box. The junction box has to be installed
near the measuring point.
If the medium is anything other than water, it is also necessary to
check compatibility with the specified materials of the transmitter.
Integration
Venting pipe
Design
SITRANS P MPS pressure transmitters have a front-flush piezoresistive sensor with stainless steel diaphragm.
These pressure transmitters are equipped with an electronic circuit fitted together with the sensor in a stainless steel housing.
The cable also contains a strength cord and vent pipe.
The diaphragm is protected against external influences by a
protective cap.
The sensor, electronic circuit and cable are sealed in a common
housing of small dimensions.
The pressure transmitter is temperature-compensated for a wide
temperature range.
To measuredvalue
processing
To transmitter
7MF1570
Junction box 7MF1570-8AA, opened
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/31
Siemens AG 2014

Long-term stability
Zero and span
1 ... 6 mH2O (3 ...18 ftH2O)
6 mH2O ( 18 ftH2O)
Rated conditions
Ambient conditions
Process temperature
-10 ... +80 C (14 ... 176 F)
Storage temperature
-40 ... +100 C (-40 ... +212 F)
Degree of prot. to DIN EN 60529
IP68
Design
Weight
0.4 kg ( 0.88 lb)
Cable
0.08 kg/m ( 0.054 lb/ft)
Cable with 2 conductors with

screen and vent pipe, strength
cord (max. 300 N (67.44 lbf)
Material
Seal diaphragm
Stainl. steel, mat. no. 1.4571/316Ti
Enclosure
Stainl. steel, mat. no. 1.4571/316Ti
Gasket
Viton
Connecting cable
Either PE/HFFR sheath (non-halogen) or FEP sheath
Power supply
Terminal voltage on pressure transmitter UB
10 ... 36 V DC
0 ... 30 V DC for transmitter with
intrinsic safety explosion protection
Measuring point setup, in principle
GL 75360-09 HH
Bureau Veritas (BV)
BV 27101/A0 BV
DNV A-12553
SITRANS P MPS pressure measurement transmitter

(submersible sensor)
ACS 11 ACC NY 014
Mode of operation
Drinking water approval (WRAS)
WRAS 1111055
GOST
GOST-R, GOST FR.C.30.004.A/

42376/1 und PPC 00-04 1505
Measuring principle
piezo-resistive
Measured variable
Hydrostatic level
The transmitter is not subject to the

pressure equipment directive
(PED 97/23/EC)
Measuring range
Maximum operating pressure
0 ... 2 mH2O (0 ... 6 ftH2O)
1.4 bar (20.3 psi) (corresponds

to 14 mH2O (42 ftH2O))
0 ... 4 mH2O (0 ... 12 ftH2O)

0 ... 5 mH2O (0 ... 15 ftH2O)

0 ... 6 mH2O (0 ... 18 ftH2O)

Input
0 ... 10 mH2O (0 ... 30 ftH2O)

0 ... 20 mH2O (0 ... 60 ftH2O)
6.0 bar (87psi) (corresponds to

50 mH2O (150 ftH2O))
- Marking
II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
Junction box
Application
for connecting the transmitter

cable
Design
Weight
0.2 kg (0.44 lb)
2 x 3-way (28 to 18 AWG)
Cable entry
2 x M20 x 1.5
Enclosure material
polycarbonate
Vent pipe for atmospheric pressure
Output
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA
Screw for cable strength cord
Measuring accuracy
Acc. to IEC 60770-1
Rated conditions

0.3 % of full-scale value (typical)
Degree of prot. to DIN EN 60529

Application
Zero and span

1 ... 6 mH2O (3 ... 18 ftH2O)
6 mH2O ( 18 ftH2O)
Siemens FI 01 2015
IP65
Cable hanger
1/32
SEV 10 ATEX 0149
for mounting the transmitter
Design
Weight
0.16 kg (0.35 lb)
Material
Galvanized steel, polyamide
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
Order code
SITRANS P MPS pressure transmitter for gauge pressure (submersible sensor)
7 MF 1 5 7 0 - 77A 0 7 777
Article No.
7 MF 1 5 7 0 - 77A 0 7 777
2-wire system
2-wire system
Note: Junction box and cable hanger

included in delivery

Click on the Article No. for the

online configuration in the PIA Life
Cycle Portal.
With FEP cable
With PE cable
Measuring range
0 ... 2 mH2O
0 ... 4 mH2O
0 ... 5 mH2O
0 ... 6 mH2O
0 ... 10 mH2O
0 ... 20 mH2O
Cable length L
10 m
10 m
25 m
25 m
25 m
25 m
0 ... 6 ftH2O
0 ... 12 ftH2O
0 ... 18 ftH2O
0 ... 30 ftH2O
0 ... 60 ftH2O
32 ft
32 ft
82 ft
82 ft
82 ft
Special cable lenght/Special measuring range1)

Order code
}
}
}
}
}
}
1C
1D
1B
1E
1F
1G
1K
1L
1M
1N
1P
9A
H. .
+
Y01
3m
5m
7m
10 m
15 m
H1A
H1B
H1C
H1D
H1E
20 m
25 m
30 m
40 m
50 m
H1F
H1G
H1H
H1 J
H1K
60 m
70 m
80 m
90 m
100 m
H1L
H1M
H1N
H1P
H1Q
125 m
150 m
175 m
200 m
225 m
H1R
H1S
H1T
H1U
H1V
250 m
275 m
300 m
350 m
400 m
H 1W
H1X
H2A
H2B
H2C
450 m
500 m
550 m
600 m
650 m
H2D
H2E
H2F
H2G
H2H
700 m
750 m
800 m
850 m
900 m
H2 J
H2K
H2L
H2M
H2N
950 m
1000 m
H2P
H2Q
Measuring range
0 ... 2 mH2O
0 ... 4 mH2O
0 ... 5 mH2O
0 ... 6 mH2O
0 ... 10 mH2O
0 ... 20 mH2O
Cable length L
10 m
10 m
25 m
25 m
25 m
25 m
0 ... 6 ftH2O
0 ... 12 ftH2O
0 ... 18 ftH2O
0 ... 30 ftH2O
0 ... 60 ftH2O
32 ft
32 ft
82 ft
82 ft
82 ft
Special cable lenght/Special measuring range1)

}
}
}
}
}
}
5C
5D
5B
5E
5F
5G
5K
5L
5M
5N
5P
9A
H. .
+
Y01
3m
5m
7m
10 m
15 m
H5A
H5B
H5C
H5D
H5E
20 m
25 m
30 m
40 m
50 m
H5F
H5G
H5H
H5J
H5K
60 m
70 m
80 m
90 m
100 m
H5L
H5M
H5N
H5P
H5Q
125 m
150 m
175 m
200 m
225 m
H5R
H5S
H5T
H5U
H5V
250 m
275 m
300 m
350 m
400 m
H 5W
H5X
H6A
H6B
H6C
450 m
500 m
550 m
600 m
650 m
H6D
H6E
H6F
H6G
H6H
700 m
750 m
800 m
850 m
900 m
H6J
H2K
H6L
H6M
H6N
950 m
1000 m
H6P
H6Q
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/33
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
Order code
7 MF 1 5 7 0 - 77A 0 7 777

Protective cap
Cable sheath + (brown)
2-wire system
Vent pipe
27
(1.1
diam.)

Strength
cord (white)
1
2
Order code
Quality inspection certificate (factory

calibration) to IEC 60770-2, add -Z
to Article No. and add Order code.
C11
Indication of measuring range (only at

special cable lengths) in ... to ...
mH2O or ... to ... ftH2O
Y01
Accessories (as spare part)
Article No.
Junction box
7MF1570-8AA
Cable hanger
for attachment of transmitter
7MF1570-8AB
We can offer shorter delivery times for configurations designated with
the Quick Ship Symbol . For details see page 9/5 in the appendix.
Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Cable sheath 8.3 (0.33) diam. (black, PE/HFFR)

Flexible cable with 0.5 mm2 (0.00078 inch2) cross-section
Vent pipe 1 (0.04) diam. (inner diameter)
Protective cap with 4 x 3 diam. (4 x 0.12 diam.) holes (black, PA)
Special measuring ranges of between 0 ... 1 mH2O (0 ... 3 ftH2O)

and 0 ... 200 mH2O (0 ... 656 ftH2O) and special cable lengths of up to
1000 m (3281 ft) are possible.
For evaluation of the maximum possible cable length following data have
to be regarded:
Transmitter: Ci = 0 F, Li = 0 H
Cable: Ck = 0.19 nF per meter cable, Lk = 1.5 H per meter cable
The maximum permitted data of the transmitters power supply have to be
considered!
The length of free hanging cable should not exceed 375 m (1230 ft).
Note: Due to mounting reasons it has to be considered that the cable
always must be longer than the height of the liquid column to be measured.
SITRANS P MPS pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm (inch)

50 (1.97)
57 (2.25)
22
(0.87)
M20x1,5
Mounting
hole
Venting
valve
M20x1,5
22
(0.87)
65 (2.56)
Junction box, dimensions in mm (inch)

19
(0.75)
175 (6.9)
1)
Screen
Further designs
- (blue)
30
(1.2)
Approvals
with drinking water approval to
WRAS and ACS (with EPDM gasket)
158 (6.2)
94 (3.7)
}
}
30
(1.2)
None
with type of protection "intrinsic
safety" (Ex II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4)
79 (3.1)
48 (1.9)
Cable hanger, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/34
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
More information
Determination of the measuring range in case of media with
a density 1000 kg/m3 (medium water)
Calculation of the measuring range:

p=xgxH
with:
= density of medium
g = local acceleration due to gravity
H = maximum level
Example:
Medium: Diesel fuel, = 850 kg/m3
Acceleration due to gravity: 9.81 m/s2
Start-of-scale: 0 m
Maximum level: 6.2 m
Cable length: 7 m, FEP cable
Calculation:
p = 850 kg/m3 x 9.81 m/s2 x 6.2 m
p = 51698.7 N/m2
p = 517 mbar
Transmitter to be ordered:
7MF1570-9AA02-Z, H5C + Y01
Y01: 0 ... 517 mbar
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/35
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Application
The SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitter is designed for
the special requirements of the food, pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries.
The use of high-grade materials guarantees compliance with hygiene regulations.
The SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitter is available in
many versions. Exact adaptation of the pressure transmitter to
conditions at the place of use is thus possible
Design
The electronics is potted to protect it against moisture, corrosive
atmospheres and vibration.
Notes on operating the pressure transmitter
Compensation of internal atmospheric pressure
The SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitter is designed for

the special requirements of the food, pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries.
The use of high-grade materials guarantees compliance with hygiene regulations.
Particular value has been placed on a high surface quality. The
system can be electropolished in addition.
A further important feature is the hygiene-based design of the
process connection by means of various aseptic connections.
The completely welded stainless steel housing can be designed
up to degree of protection IP67.
Using appropriate thermal decouplers, the SITRANS P Compact
pressure transmitter can be used for process temperatures up to
200 C (392 F).
Benefits
Measuring ranges from 0 to 160 mbar (0 to 2.32 psi) to 0 to
40 bar (0 to 580 psi)
Linearity error including hysteresis < +0.2 % of full-scale value
Piezo-resistive measurement system, vacuum-proof and overload-proof
Hygiene-based design according to EHEDG, FDA and GMP
recommendations
Material and surface quality according to hygiene requirements
Wetted parts made of stainless steel; completely welded
Signal output 4 to 20 mA (0 to 20 mA as option)
Stainless steel housing with degree of protection IP65 (IP67 as
option)
Process temperature up to 200 C (392 F)
Explosion protection II 2G Ex [ib] IIC T6 to ATEX
Easy and safe to clean
1/36
Siemens FI 01 2015
Compensation of the internal atmospheric pressure of the

SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitters is performed as follows:
in the plug versions by means of the screwed gland (IP65)
in the field housings by means of an integral sintered filter
(IP65) or a vented cable (IP67)
in versions with cable outlet by means of a vented cable (IP67)
In the absolute pressure range there is no need for compensation with respect to atmospheric pressure.
Note: These degrees of protection are only achieved under the
following conditions:
if the pressure transmitter is installed correctly
if the screwed glands are securely tightened
if the cable diameters agree with the nominal diameters of the
gaskets in the housing
Note: The integral EMC measures are only effective if the earth
connection is made correctly.
CE marking
The CE marking of the pressure transmitter certifies compliance
with the guidelines of the European Council (9/336/EC), the EMC
law (13.11.1992), as well as the applicable generic standards.
Interference-free operation in systems and plants is achieved
only if the specifications for shielding, earthing, cable routing
and electrical isolation are observed during installation and assembly.
Hazardous areas
Note: Electrical equipment in hazardous areas must only be installed and operated by trained personnel.
Modifications to units and connections result in cancellation of
the explosion protection and guarantee.
With intrinsically-safe circuits, make sure that equipotential
bonding exists throughout the complete cabling inside and outside of the hazardous area. The limits specified in the ATEX approval must be observed.
Siemens AG 2014
Function
Rated conditions
The process pressure acts on a piezo-resistive semiconductor

measuring bridge through a remote seal and a transmission liquid. The pressure transmitter converts the pressure values into a
load-independent current.
A compensation network makes the output signal largely independent of the ambient temperature. As a result of a specially
adapted remote seal connection with minimized volume, the influence of the process temperature on the output signal is
greatly reduced compared to a conventional screw connection.
The pressure transmitters can be powered with a non-regulated
DC voltage of 10 to 30 V. Output signals common to measuring
technology are available.
Installation conditions
Mounting position
Ambient temperature
-10 ... +70 C (14 ... 158 F)
Storage temperature
-10 ... +90 C (14 ... 194 F)
Process temperature
Max. 200 C (392 F), depending

on design
Degree of protection (to EN 60529) IP65, optional IP67

Electromagnetic Compatibility
- Emitted interference
To EN 50081 Part 1, issue 1993

(residential and industrial areas).
The unit has no own emissions.
- Noise immunity to
EN 50082 Part 2, issue March

1995 (industrial areas)
Pressure transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology

Design
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Any, vertical as standard
Ambient conditions
piezo-resistive
Input
Measured variable
gauge or absolute pressure
Measuring range
0 ... 160 mbar (0 ... 2.32 psi)

...
0 ... 40 bar (0 ... 580 psi)
Weight (without remote seal)

Field enclosure
460 G ( 1.01 (lb)
Enclosure with plug
200 g ( 0.44 lb)
Enclosure
Designs
Field housing IP65 or IP67, with

screwed gland
Angled plug DIN 43650, IP65
Cable connection, IP67
Round plug connector M12,
IP65
Material
Stainless steel, mat.

no. 1.4404/316L/1.4305
Material of union nut
Polyamide (with electrical connection using plug or cable)

Electronics unit potted with silicone
Internal ventilation for measuring
ranges < 16 bar (< 232 psi),
through housing thread or connection cable depending on
design
Output
Output signal
2-wire system
4 ... 20 mA
Three-wire system
0 ... 20 mA
Measuring accuracy
Acc. to IEC 60770-1

0.2 % of full-scale value
Adjustment accuracy
0.2 % of full-scale value
Step response time
< 20 ms

On the enclosure
Zero point
< 0.2 %/10 K of full-scale value
Measuring span
< 0.2 %/10 K of full-scale value
Process connection
On the process connection (remote

seals)
Zero error (depends on design)
Versions
See ordering data
Material of coupling

no. 1.4404/316L
Flange remote seal

4.8 mbar/10 K (0.069 psi/10 K)
Power supply
2.3 mbar/10 K (0.033 psi/10 K)
Terminal voltage on transmitter
10 ... 30 V DC
1.6 mbar/10 K (0.023 psi/10 K)
Rated voltage
24 V DC
0.6 mbar/10 K (0.009 psi/10 K)
- DN 25 / 1"
9.5 mbar/10 K (0.14 psi/10 K)

equipment directive
(PED 97/23/EC)
- DN 32 / 1
4.1 mbar/10 K (0.06 psi/10 K)
- DN 40 / 1
3.9 mbar/10 K (0.05 psi/10 K)
- DN 50 / 2"
3.9 mbar/10 K (0.05 psi/10 K)
- DN 25 / 1"
- DN 32 / 1
- DN 40 / 1
- DN 50 / 2"
Clamp-on seal
The zero error specified for the process connection should be considered as a guideline for a standard design. We will produce a detailed
system calculation on request. Systems with reduced remote seal errors
are available on request.

with the requirements of article 3,
paragraph 1 (appendix 1);
assigned to category III, conformity evaluation module H by the
TV Nord
- Marking
TV 03 ATEX 2099 X
Ex II 2G Ex ib IIC T6
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/37
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
Article No.
SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitters for pressure and absolute

pressure with diaphragm flush at front
7MF 8 0 1 0 -
Ord. code

7 MF 8 0 1 0 -
2-wire system
Accuracy: 0.2 % of full-scale value
Output 4 ... 20 mA
1 7777 - 7777 777
2-wire system
Output 4 ... 20 mA
1 7777 - 7777 777

Portal.
Diaphragm seal
with quick-release clamp
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with
slotted union nut
DN 25
DN 32
DN 40
DN 50
DN 65
threaded socket
DN 25
DN 32
DN 40
DN 50
DN 65
Clamp connection to DIN 32676
DN 25
DN 40
DN 50
Clamp connection to ISO 2852
1 inch
1 inch
2 inch
2 inch
IDF standard with slotted union nut
1 inch
1 inch
2 inch
IDF standard with threaded socket
1 inch
1 inch
2 inch
SMS standard with slotted union nut
1 inch
1 inch
2 inch
SMS standard with threaded socket
1 inch
1 inch
2 inch
DRD flange, without welding-type flange
DN 50, PN 40
Varivent connection (Tuchenhagen)
D = 50, for Varivent housing DN 25 and
1 inch
D = 68, for Varivent housing
DN 40 ... DN 125 and 1 ... 6 inch
Special version
(add Order code and plain text)
Filling liquid
Food oil, FDA-listed
Medicinal white oil
Special version
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA
Special version
1/38
Siemens FI 01 2015
Diaphragm seal
with aseptic connection
Aseptic screwed gland to DIN 11864-1,
form A, with slotted union nut
1 inch
1 inch
2 inch
2 inch
Aseptic screwed gland to
DIN 11864-1, form A
with threaded socket
1 inch
1 inch
2 inch
2 inch
Aseptic screwed NEUMO
with slotted union nut1)
DN 25
DN 32
DN 40
DN 50
with threaded socket1)
DN 25
DN 32
DN 40
DN 50
with clamp connection, form R1)
DN 25
DN 32
DN 40
DN 50
with clamp connection, form V1)
DN 25
DN 32
DN 40
DN 50
Male thread DIN 3852 Form A
G, min. meas. span 1.6 bar (23.2 psi)
G, min. meas. span 1 bar (14.5 psi)
G1, min. meas. span 0.4 bar (5.8 psi)
G1, min. meas. span 0.25 bar
(3.63 psi)
G2, min. meas. span 0.16 bar
(2.32 psi)
Special version
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
BD
BE
BF
BG
BH
CD
CF
CG
DM
DN
DP
DQ
EM
EN
EP
FM
FN
FP
GM
GN
GP
HM
HN
HP
JH
KF
KL
ZA
J1Y
Filling liquid
Medicinal white oil
Special version
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA
3
2
9
L1Y
Special version
1)
1
9
M1 Y
Ord. code
PM
PN
PP
PQ
QM
QN
QP
QQ
RD
RE
RF
RG
SD
SE
SF
SG
TD
TE
TF
TG
UD
UE
UF
UG
XA
XB
XC
XD
XE
ZA
J1Y
3
2
9
L1Y
1
9
M1 Y
Please specify as well:

Connections for pipes: R01, R02 or R03, see table "Further designs" on next
page
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.

2-wire system
Output 4 ... 20 mA
Housing design (stainless steel mat.
No. 1.4404/316L) / electr. connection
Housing with angled plug to DIN 43650,
IP65
Ord. code
Article No.
7MF 8 0 1 0 -

7MF 8 0 1 0 -
1 7777 - 7777 777
2-wire system
Output 4 ... 20 mA
1 7777 - 7777 777
Measured range
Housing with round plug M12, IP65,

union nut made of stainless steel
Stainless steel field housing (small) with

cable gland, IP65

cable gland, IP67
Internal ventilation for measuring ranges
< 10 bar (< 145 psi)
Overload pressure
(continued)

union nut made of polyamide
Ord. code
-1 ... +9 bar
(-14.5 ... +130.5 psi)
-1 ... +15 bar
(-14.5 ... +217.6 psi)
30 bar
(435 psi)
50 bar
(725 psi)
GA
0 ... 1 bar a
(0 ... 14.5 psia)
0 ... 1.6 bar a
(0 ... 23.2 psia)
0 ... 2.5 bar a
(0 ... 36.3 psia)
0 ... 4 bar a
(0 ... 58 psia)
0 ... 6 bar a
(0 ... 87 psia)
10 bar a
(145 psia)
10 bar a
(145 psia)
16 bar a
(232 psia)
16 bar a
(232 psia)
30 bar a
(435 psia)
HA
BC
0 ... 10 bar a
(0 ... 145 psia)
30 bar a
(435 psia)
JA
BD
Special version
BE
without
with, to ATEX 100a, II 2 G, Ex ib IIC T6
Measured range
0 ... 160 mbar
(0 ... 2.32 psi)
0 ... 250 mbar
(0 ... 3.63 psi)
0 ... 400 mbar
(0 ... 5.8 psi)
0 ... 600 mbar
(0 ... 8.7 psi)
Overload pressure
2 bar
(29 psi)
2 bar
(29 psi)
6 bar
(87 psi)
6 bar
(87 psi)
0 ... 1 bar
(0 ... 14.5 psi)
0 ... 1.6 bar
(0 ... 23.2 psi)
0 ... 2.5 bar
(0 ... 36.3 psi)
0 ... 4 bar
(0 ... 58 psi)
0 ... 6 bar
(0 ... 87 psi)
10 bar
(145 psi)
10 bar
(145 psi)
16 bar
(232 psi)
16 bar
(232 psi)
30 bar
(435 psi)
CA
0 ... 10 bar
(0 ... 145 psi)
0 ... 16 bar
(0 ... 232 psi)
0 ... 25 bar
(0 ... 363 psi)
0 ... 40 bar
(0 ... 580 psi)
30 bar
(435 psi)
50 bar
(725 psi)
50 bar
(725 psi)
70 bar
(1015 psi)
DA
-160 ... 0 mbar

(-2.32 ... 0 psi)
-250 ... 0 bar
(-3.73 ... 0 psi)
-400 ... 0 bar
(-5.8 ... 0 psi)
-600 ... 0 bar
(-8.7 ... 0 psi)
-1 ... 0 bar
(-14.5 ... 0 psi)
-1 ... 0.6 bar
(-14.5 ... 8.7 psi)
-1 ... 1.5 bar
(-14.5 ... 21.8 psi)
-1 ... 3 bar
(-14.5 ... 43.5 psi)
-1 ... 5 bar
(-14.5 ... 72.5 psi)
2 bar
(29 psi)
2 bar
(29 psi)
6 bar
(87 psi)
6 bar
(87 psi)
10 bar
(145 psi)
10 bar
(145 psi)
16 bar
(232 psi)
16 bar
(232 psi)
30 bar
(435 psi)
EB
BB
CB
CC
CD
CE
DB
DC
DD
EC
ED
EE
FA
FB
FC
GB
HB
HC
HD
HE
ZA
P1Y
1
2
Order code
Further designs
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Order code
Hygiene version
Roughness of process connection:
Foil Ra < 0.8 m (3.1510-8 inch);
Welded seams Ra < 1.5 m
(5.910-8 inch)
P01
Integral cooling element

Process temperature max. 200 C
(392 F) instead of 140 C (284 F)
K01
Connections for pipe

Pipes to DIN 11850
ISO pipes to DIN 2463
Pipes to O. D. Tubing "BS 4825 Part 1"
Certificates
Quality inspection certificate
(Factory calibration) to IEC 60770-2
R01
R02
R03
C11
Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1

Use of FDA-listed remote seal filling
liquids certified by test report to
EN 10204-2.2
C12
Roughness depth measurement Ra

certified by test report to EN 10204-3.1
C18
Certification to EHEDG for clamp-on

seals with aseptic screwed gland
to DIN 11864
C19
C17
FD
FE
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/39
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
Article No.

pressure with clamp-on remote seal
7 MF 8 0 1 0 -
Ord. code

7 MF 8 0 1 0 -
2-wire system
Output 4 ... 20 mA
2 7777 - 7777 777
2-wire system
Output 4 ... 20 mA
2 7777 - 7777 777

Portal.
Clamp-on remote seal (screwed gland
at both ends)
with quick-release clamps
threaded socket
DN 25
DN 32
DN 40
DN 50
DN 65
DN 25
DN 32
DN 40
DN 50
DN 65
Clamp connection to ISO 28521)
1 inch
1 inch
2 inch
2 inch
Special version
Filling liquid
Medicinal white oil
Special version
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA
Special version
1)
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
CD
CE
CF
CG
CH
DM
DN
DP
DQ
ZA
J1Y
3
2
9
L1Y
1
9
M1 Y
Please note the internal diameter of the pipe. Please specify pipe classes
(see "Further designs")
Clamp-on seal
with aseptic connection
Aseptic screwed gland to
DIN 11864-1, form A
with threaded socket
1 inch
1 inch
2 inch
with threaded socket1)
DN 25
DN 32
DN 40
DN 50
DN 65
with clamp connection, form R1)
DN 25
DN 32
DN 40
DN 50
Aseptic screwed gland SDMO
with threaded socket W 501
1 inch
1 inch
2 inch
Aseptic screwed gland SDMO
with clamp connection W 601
1 inch
1 inch
2 inch
Special version
Filling liquid
Medicinal white oil
Special version
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA
Special version
1)
1/40
Siemens FI 01 2015
Ord. code
QM
QN
QP
SD
SE
SF
SG
SH
TD
TE
TF
TG
VM
VN
VP
WM
WN
WP
ZA
J1Y
3
2
9
L1Y
1
9
M1 Y
Please specify as well:

Connections for pipes: R01, R02 or R03, see table "Further designs" on next
page
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.

2-wire system
Output 4 ... 20 mA
Housing design (stainless steel mat.
No. 1.4404/316L) / electr. connection
Housing with angled plug to DIN 43650,
IP65, union nut made of polyamide
union nut made of polyamide
union nut made of stainless steel
Ord. code
Article No.
7MF 8 0 1 0 -

7MF 8 0 1 0 -
2 7777 - 7777 777
2-wire system
Output 4 ... 20 mA
2 7777 - 7777 777
Measured range
(continued)
Overload pressure
-1 ... 9 bar
(-14.5 ... 130.5 psi)
-1 ... 15 bar
(-14.5 ... 217.6 psi)
30 bar
(435 psi)
50 bar
(725 psi)
GA
10 bar a
(145 psia)
10 bar a
(145 psia)
16 bar a
(232 psia)
16 bar a
(232 psia)
30 bar a
(435 psia)
HA
BB
0 ... 1 bar a
(0 ... 14.5 psia)
0 ... 1.6 bar a
(0 ... 23.2 psia)
0 ... 2.5 bar a
(0 ... 36.3 psia)
0 ... 4 bar a
(0 ... 58 psia)
0 ... 6 bar a
(0 ... 87 psia)
BC
0 ... 10 bar a
(0 ... 145 psia)
30 bar a
(435 psia)
JA
BD
Special version
1
2
3

cable gland, IP65

cable gland, IP67
Internal ventilation for measuring ranges
< 10 bar (< 145 psi)
Ord. code
Measured range
0 ... 160 mbar
(0 ... 2.32 psi)
0 ... 250 mbar
(0 ... 3.63 psi)
0 ... 400 mbar
(0 ... 5.8 psi)
0 ... 600 mbar
(0 ... 8.7 psi)
Overload pressure
2 bar
(29 psi)
2 bar
(29 psi)
6 bar
(87 psi)
6 bar
(87 psi)
0 ... 1 bar
(0 ... 14.5 psi)
0 ... 1.6 bar
(0 ... 23.2 psi)
0 ... 2.5 bar
(0 ... 36.3 psi)
0 ... 4 bar
(0 ... 58 psi)
0 ... 6 bar
(0 ... 87 psi)
10 bar
(145 psi)
10 bar
(145 psi)
16 bar
(232 psi)
16 bar
(232 psi)
30 bar
(435 psi)
CA
0 ... 10 bar
(0 ... 145 psi)
0 ... 16 bar
(0 ... 232 psi)
0 ... 25 bar
(0 ... 363 psi)
0 ... 40 bar
(0 ... 580 psi)
30 bar
(435 psi)
50 bar
(725 psi)
50 bar
(725 psi)
70 bar
(1015 psi)
DA
-160 ... 0 mbar

(-2.32 ... 0 psi)
-250 ... 0 bar
(-3.73 ... 0 psi)
-400 ... 0 bar
(-5.8 ... 0 psi)
-600 ... 0 bar
(-8.7 ... 0 psi)
-1 ... 0 bar
(-14.5 ... 0 psi)
-1 ... 0.6 bar
(-14.5 ... 8.7 psi)
-1 ... 1.5 bar
(-14.5 ... 21.8 psi)
-1 ... 3 bar
(-14.5 ... 43.5 psi)
-1 ... 5 bar
(-14.5 ... 72.5 psi)
2 bar
(29 psi)
2 bar
(29 psi)
6 bar
(87 psi)
6 bar
(87 psi)
10 bar
(145 psi)
10 bar
(145 psi)
16 bar
(232 psi)
16 bar
(232 psi)
30 bar
(435 psi)
EB
BE
CB
CC
CD
CE
DB
DC
DD
EC
ED
EE
FA
FB
FC
FD
GB
HB
HC
HD
HE
ZA
without
with, to ATEX 100a, II 2 G, Ex ib IIC T6
P1Y
1
2
Order code
Further designs
Order code
Hygiene version
Roughness of process connection:
Foil Ra < 0.8 m (3.1510-8 inch);
Welded seams Ra < 1.5 m
(5.910-8 inch)
P01
Integral cooling element

Process temperature max. 200 C
(392 F) instead of 140 C (284 F)
K01
Connections for pipe

Pipes to DIN 11850
ISO pipes to ISO 2463
Pipes to O. D. Tubing "BS 4825 Part 1"
R01
R02
R03
Certificates
Quality inspection certificate
(Five-step factory calibration) to
IEC 60770-2
Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1
Use of FDA-listed remote seal filling
liquids certified by test report
to EN 10204-2.2
C11

certified by test report
to EN 10204-3.1
C18
Certification to EHEDG for clamp-on

seals with aseptic screwed gland
to DIN 11864
C19
C12
C17
FE
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/41
Siemens AG 2014
Housing
Round plug with
screw connection M12
22.5
(0.9)
For cable diam.

4 ... 10 (0.18 ... 0.39)
27 (1.06)
94 (3.7)
74.5 (2.93)
27 (1.06)
30 (1.18)
9 (0.35)
107.5 (4.23)
74.5 (2.93)
124.5 (4.9)
74.5 (2.93)
27 (1.06)
Cable connection
(cable ventilation)
132 (5.2)
39 (1.53)
38.5 (1.52)
50
For cable diam.
(diam. 1.97) 4.5 ... 10 (0.18 ... 0.39)
8 (0.3)
Angled plug to
DIN 43 650
74.5 (2.93)
Fieldhousing
stainless steel
IP67 as alternative
50 (1.97)
Thermal decoupler
for process temperature
up to 200 C (392 F)
27 (1.06)
SITRANS P Compact, dimensions in mm (inch)
Process connections
Diaphragm seal with quick-release clamp
IDF standard with slotted union nut
PN
H
mm (inch)
25
40
24 (0.95)
Rd. 52 x 1/6
32
40
24 (0.95)
Rd. 58 x 1/6
40
40
24 (0.95)
Rd. 65 x 1/6
50
25
25.1 (0.99)
Rd. 78 x 1/6
65
25
28.6 (1.13)
Rd. 95 x 1/6
DN
PN
H
mm (inch)
25
40
Rd. 52 x 1/6
32
40
20 (0.79)
Rd. 58 x 1/6
40
40
20 (0.79)
Rd. 65 x 1/6
50
25
20 (0.79)
Rd. 78 x 1/6
65
25
22 (0.87)
Rd. 95 x 1/6
H
mm (inch)
D
mm (inch)
25
16
14 (0.55)
50.5 (2)
40
16
14 (0.55)
50.5 (2)
50
16
14 (0.55)
64 (2.52)
1/42
PN
H
mm (inch)
D
mm (inch)
16
14 (0.55)
50.5 (2)
16
12 (0.47)
50.5 (2)
16
14 (0.55)
64 (2.52)
16
14 (0.55)
77.5 (3.05)
Siemens FI 01 2015
40
21 (0.83)
40
13.5 (0.53)
25
15 (0.59)
DN
PN
H
mm (inch)
G inch
(IDF thread)
40
21 (0.83)
40
13.5 (0.53)
25
15 (0.59)
DN
PN
H
mm (inch)
40
16 (0.63)
Rd 40 x 1.6
40
16 (0.63)
Rd 60 x 1.6
25
16 (0.63)
Rd 70 x 1.6
DN
PN
H
mm (inch)
40
16 (0.63)
Rd 40 x 1.6
40
20 (0.79)
Rd 60 x 1.6
25
20 (0.79)
Rd 70 x 1.6
DRD flange, without welding-type flange
DN
SMS standard with threaded socket
H
D
PN
G inch
(IDF thread)
SMS standard with slotted union nut

DN
H
mm (inch)
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with threaded socket

DN
PN
IDF standard with threaded socket
DN
H
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut
DN
PN
H
mm (inch)
D
mm (inch)
50
40
16.7 (0.66)
65.5 (2.58)
Siemens AG 2014
Male thread DIN 3852, form A
DN
PN
H
mm (inch)
D
mm (inch)
25
25
19 (0.75)
50 (1.97)
40 ...
125
25/10
19 (0.75)
68 (2.68)
dM
Diaphragm seal with aseptic connection
Aseptic screwed gland to DIN 11864-1, form A, with slotted union

nut
d
dM
h1
h2
SW
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
GA
26
(1.02)
17.5
(0.69)
27
(1.06)
14
(0.55)
27
(1.06)
GA
32
(1.26)
22.6
(0.89)
31
(1.22)
16
(0.63)
32
(1.26)
G1A
39
(1.54)
27
(1.06)
33
(1.30)
18
(0.71)
51
(2.01)
SW
h2
h1
Varivent connection
G
d
DN
PN
H
mm (inch)
G1A 55
(2.17)
40
(1.57)
40
(1.57)
22
(0.87)
55
(2.17)
40
20 (0.79)
Rd 52 x 1/6
G2A
40
20 (0.79)
Rd 58 x 1/6
51
(2.00)
42
(1.65)
24
(0.94)
70
(2.76)
25
20 (0.79)
Rd 65 x 1/6
25
20 (0.79)
Rd 78 x 1/6
68
(2.68)
Clamp-on remote seal (screwed gland at both ends) with quickrelease clamps
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with threaded socket
DN
PN
H
mm (inch)
Aseptic screwed gland to DIN 11864-1, form A, with threaded

socket
L
40
15 (0.59)
Rd 52 x 1/6
40
15 (0.59)
Rd 58 x 1/6
25
15 (0.59)
Rd 65 x 1/6
25
15 (0.59)
Rd 78 x 1/6
DN
PN
L
mm (inch)
25
40
110 (4.33)
Rd 52 x 1/6
32
40
110 (4.33)
Rd 58 x 1/6
40
40
110 (4.33)
Rd 65 x 1/6
50
25
110 (4.33)
Rd 78 x 1/6
65
25
110 (4.33)
Rd 95 x 1/6

H
mm (inch)
25
16
15 (0.59)
M 42 x 2
32
16
15 (0.59)
M 52 x 2
40
16
15 (0.59)
M 56 x 2
50
16
15 (0.59)
M 68 x 2
PN
DN
PN
H
mm (inch)
25
16
20 (0.79)
M 42 x 2
32
16
20 (0.79)
M 52 x 2
40
16
20 (0.79)
M 56 x 2
50
16
20 (0.79)
M 68 x 2
Aseptic screwed NEUMO BioConnect with clamp connection,

form R
DN
PN
H
mm (inch)
D
mm (inch)
25
40
20 (0.79)
50.5 (2)
32
40
20 (0.79)
50.5 (2)
40
40
20 (0.79)
64 (2.52)
50
25
20 (0.79)
77.4 (3.05)

form V
DN
PN
H
mm (inch)
D
mm (inch)
25
40
15 (0.59)
50.5 (2)
32
40
15 (0.59)
50.5 (2)
40
40
15 (0.59)
64 (2.52)
50
25
15 (0.59)
77.4 (3.05)
DN
PN
L
mm (inch)
D
mm (inch)
25
16
110 (4.33)
50.5 (2)
32
16
110 (4.33)
50.5 (2)
40
16
110 (4.33)
50.5 (2)
50
16
110 (4.33)
64 (2.52)
65
10
110 (4.33)
91 (3.58)
Aseptic screwed NEUMO BioConnect with threaded socket
DN
PN
L
mm (inch)
D
mm (inch)
16
110 (4.33)
50.5 (2)
16
110 (4.33)
50.5 (2)
16
110 (4.33)
64 (2.52)
16
110 (4.33)
91 (3.58)
Clamp-on seal with aseptic connection

Aseptic screwed gland to DIN 11864-1, form A, with threaded
socket
DN
DN
PN
L
mm (inch)
40
110 (4.33)
Rd 52 x 1/6
40
110 (4.33)
Rd 65 x 1/6
25
110 (4.33)
Rd 78 x 1/6
Aseptic screwed NEUMO BioConnect with threaded socket
Aseptic screwed NEUMO BioConnect with slotted union nut
DN
PN
L
mm (inch)
25
16
110 (4.33)
M 42 x 2
32
16
110 (4.33)
M 52 x 2
40
16
110 (4.33)
M 56 x 2
50
16
110 (4.33)
M 68 x 2
65
16
110 (4.33)
M 90 x 3
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/43
Siemens AG 2014

form R
DN
PN
L
mm (inch)
D
mm (inch)
25
16
110 (4.33)
50.4 (2)
32
16
110 (4.33)
50.4 (2)
40
16
110 (4.33)
64 (2.52)
50
16
110 (4.33)
77.4 (3.05)
Aseptic screwed gland SDMO with threaded socket W 501
DN
PN
L
mm (inch)
25
110 (4.33)
Rd 44 x 1/6
25
110 (4.33)
Rd 58 x 1/6
20
110 (4.33)
Rd 78 x 1/6
Aseptic screwed gland SDMO with threaded socket W 601
DN
PN
L
mm (inch)
D
mm (inch)
16
110 (4.33)
50.5 (2)
16
110 (4.33)
64 (2.52)
16
110 (4.33)
77.5 (3.05)
Schematics
Field housing
Cable connection
Angled plug
0V
0V
Two-wire
system
24 V
1/44
Siemens FI 01 2015
4 black
brown
yellow
green
24 V
SITRANS P Compact, connection diagram
Round plug
1 brown
2 white
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Application
The SITRANS P280 is a WirelessHART field device for measuring
absolute and gauge pressure.
The measuring ranges for absolute and gauge pressure measurements are 0 to 1.6, 10, 50, 200 and 320 bar (0 to 23, 145,
725, 2900 and 4641 psi).
The sensor is integrated into the transmitter housing.
On the wireless communication side, the transmitter supports
the WirelessHART standard. A HART modem can be connected
to the transmitter particularly for initial comissioning, alternatively
the device can be commissioned comfortably by means of the
local pushbuttons w/o any additional handset devices.
It can be used in all industries and applications in non-explosive
areas.
Design
The SITRANS P280 has a robust aluminum enclosure and is suitable for outside use. It conforms with the IP65 safety class.
The operating temperature range is -40 to +80 C (-40 to
+176 F). Power supply is provided through an integrated battery, which is available as an accessory. The device is only approved for operation with this battery.
SITRANS P280 for flexible and cost-effective applications in
pressure monitoring
Supports the WirelessHART standard (HART V 7.1)
Very high security level for wireless data transmission
Built-in local user interface (LUI) with 3-button operation
Optimum display and readability using graphical display
(104 x 80 pixels) with integrated backlight
Stand-by (deep sleep phase) can be activated and deactivated device with push of a button
Battery power supply
Battery service live up to 5 years
Extend battery service life with HART modem interface which
can be shut off
Optimized power consumption through new design, and increase in battery service life.
Simple configuration thanks to SIMATIC PDM
Device meets IP65 degree of protection
Can be used for absolute and gauge pressure measurements
Benefits
The SITRANS P280 is a pressure transmitter that features Wireless HART as the standard communication interface.
Also available is a wired interface to connect a HART modem:
Flexible pressure measurements
Save costs on writing for difficult installation conditions. Wireless technology offers cost advantages in cases where extensive wiring cost would normally apply.
It enables additional hitherto unfeasible measuring points,
particularly for monitoring purposes.
Easy installation on moveable equipment
Enables cost-effective temporary measurements, for example
for process optimizations.
Optimum solution in addition to wired communication and new
possibilities for system solutions in process automation
The aerial features a rotatable joint which can be used for directional alignment. Wireless signals can thus be optimally received
and transmitted.
A special highlight is the option for direct operation on the device. The operating strategy used in this case seamlessly integrates into the strategy of all new Siemens field devices.
Using the devices control buttons, it is easy to turn the HART
modem interface of the device on and off. The device can be put
to passive status and reactivated at any time. This helps to extend the service life of the battery.
The SITRANS P280 transmitter features a ceramic measuring
cell for gauge and absolute pressure measurements.
Function
The SITRANS P280 can join to a WirelessHART network. It can
be parameterized and operated through this network. Measured
process values are transported via the network to the
SIEMENS IE/WSN-PA link.
Field device data received by the IE/WSN-PA LINK is transmitted
to the connected systems, for example the process control system SIMATIC PCS 7. For an introduction of WirelessHART,
please see the FI 01 catalogue, section 8 or
http://www.siemens.com/wirelesshart.
Detailed information on IE/WSN-PA can be found in the FI 01 catalogue, section 7 or http://www.siemens.com/wirelesshart.
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/45
Siemens AG 2014
Integration
Connecting to SIMATIC PCS 7
SITRANS P280 WirelessHART pressure transmitter
The integration of field devices in SIMATIC PCS 7 and other process control systems can now be done seamlessly and cost-effectively with wireless technology, especially in situations where
high wiring costs may be expected. Of particular interest are
measuring points which are to be added and for which no MSR
wiring is available.
Mode of operation
Where larger distances between the IW/WSN-PA LINK and control systems need to be overcome, this connection can also be
implemented on a wireless and cost-effective basis using the
products of the SCALANCE W family.
ES
OS
Measuring principle
piezo-resistive
Measured variable
Gauge pressure input

Measuring range
0 ... 1.6 bar (0 ... 23 psi)
0 ... 10 bar (0 ... 145 psi)
0 ... 50 bar (0 ... 725 psi)
0 ... 200 bar (0 ... 2900 psi)
0 ... 320 bar (0 ... 4641 psi)
Overload limit/Bursting pressure

4 bar (58 psi)
20 bar (290 psi)
100 bar (1450 psi)
400 bar (5801 psi)
640 bar (9282 psi)
Units
mbar, bar, m4H2O, i4H2O, atm,

Torr, gcm, kgcm, Pa, kPa, Mpa,
psi, mmHG, mmH2O, ftH2O,
inHG, inH2O
MS
Absolute pressure input

Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC
system
SITRANS
AW200
SIMATIC ET 200
with HART support
Wireless
HART
IE/WSNPA LINK
DP/PA
LINK
SITRANS SITRANS
P280
TF280
PROFIBUS
Measuring range
0 ... 1.6 bar a (0 ... 23 psia)
0 ... 10 bar a (0 ... 145 psia)
0 ... 50 bar a (0 ... 725 psia)
0 ... 200 bar a (0 ... 2900 psia)
0 ... 320 bar a (0 ... 4641 psia)
Overload limit/Bursting pressure

4 bar a (58 psia)
20 bar a (290 psia)
100 bar a (1450 psia)
400 bar a (5801 psia)
640 bar a (9282 psia)
Units
mbar, bar, m4H2O, i4H2O, atm,

Torr, gcm, kgcm, Pa, kPa, MPa,
psi, mmHG, mmH2O, ftH2O,
inHG, inH2O
Output
Output signal
2.4 GHz Wireless signal with

TSMP (Time Synchronized Mesh
Protocol)
Measuring accuracy
as per IEC 60770-1

typ. 0.17 % of sensors span

max. 0.25 % of sensors span
Long-term stability
max. 0.25 % of sensor/year

span
typ. 0.07 %/10K, max. 0.2 %/10 K

of sensors span
Rated conditions
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)

(in ambient temperatures below 20 C (-4 F) and above +70 C
(158 F), readability of the display
is limited.)
Storage temperature
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Relative humidity
< 95 %
Climatic class
4K4H in accordance with EN

60721-3-4(stationary use at locations not protected against
weather)
Degree of protection
IP65/NEMA 4
Allowable media temperature
-40 ... 85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
PROFIBUS PA
Integration of a meshed network in SIMATIC PCS7
Configuration
Configuration of the SITRANS P280 may be carried out as follows:
Initial comissioning for the SITRANS P280 with SIMATIC PDM
is generally carried out via a HART modem or the integrated
local user interface, since the network ID and join key must be
set up on the device before it can be accepted and integrated
into the WirelessHART network.
Once it is integrated into the network, the device can be conveniently operated with the WirelessHART network, the onsite
HART modem or via the local user interface.
Siemens WirelessHART devices operate with optimum coexistence to SCALANCE W family products.
1/46
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Design
Enclosure material
low-copper die-cast aluminum,

AC-AlSi12(Fe)
Shock resistance
in accordance with
DIN EN 60068-2-29 / 03.95
Resistance to vibration
in accordance with
DIN EN 60068-2-6/ 12.07
Weight
without battery
1.5 kg (3.31 lb)
With battery
1.6 kg (3.53 lb)
Dimensions (W x H x D)
See Dimensional drawing
Process connection
GB male thread as per

EN837-1
-14 NPT
Sensor break
Is recognized
Displays and controls

Display (with illumination)
Size of display
104 x 80 pixels
Number of digits
adjustable
Number of spaces after comma
adjustable
Setting options
on site with 3 buttons

with SIMATIC PDM or HARTCommunicator
3.6 V DC
} 7 MP 1 1 2 0 77777 777 0
Measuring cell filling
Dry measuring cell
Measuring span
Gauge pressure
0 ... 1.6 bar (0 ... 23 psi)
0 ... 10 bar (0 ... 145 psi)
0 ... 50 bar (0 ... 725 psi)
0 ... 200 bar (0 ... 2900 psi)
0 ... 320 bar (0 ... 4641 psi)
D
E
F
G
H
Absolute pressure
0 ... 1.6 bar a (0 ... 3 psia)
0 ... 10 bar a (0 ... 145 psia)
0 ... 50 bar a (0 ... 725 psia)
0 ... 200 bar a (0 ... 2900 psia)
0 ... 320 bar a (0 ... 4641 psia)
M
N
P
Q
R
Wetted parts
Ceramic
Display
1
Enclosure
Die-cast aluminum
Communication
Radio
WirelessHART V7.1 conforming
Transmission frequency band
2.4 GHz (ISM-Band)
Transmission range under reference

conditions
Up to 250 m (line of sight) in outside areas

Up to 50 m (greatly dependent on
obstacles) in inside areas
Communication interfaces
SITRANS P280 WirelessHART

pressure transmitter
(Required battery not included with delivery, see
accessories)
Display, visible
Power supply
Battery
Article No.
HART communication with

HART modem
WirelessHART

Wireless communication approvals
R&TTE, FCC
General Product Safety
CSAUS/C, CE, UL

equipment directive
(PED 97/23/EC)
Gases: Fluid group 1

Liquids: Fluid group 1;
meets requirements as per Section 3, Subsection 3 (sound engineering practice)
Process connection
G as per EN 837-1
-14 NPT
0
1
A
Without
Antenna
Variable, attached to device
A
Order code
Further designs
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code(s) and plain text.
Stainless steel tag plate (measuring point
description)
max. 16 digits entered in plain text
Y15: ....................
Y15
Measuring point message

max. 27 characters entered in plain text: Y16:
....................
Y16
Article No.
Accessories
Lithium battery for SITRANS TF280/P280
Mounting bracket, steel
7MF4997-1AC
Mounting bracket, stainless steel
} 7MF4997-1AJ
Cover, die-cast aluminum, without window

Cover, die-cast aluminum, with window
IE/WSN-PA LINK
HART modem with USB interface
SIMATIC PDM
} 7MP1990-0AA00
7MF4997-1BB
} 7MF4997-1BE
see Sec. 7
} 7MF4997-1DB
see Sec. 8
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/47
Siemens AG 2014
80 (3.15)
270 (10.6)
90
Antenna
130 (5.12)
80 (3.15)
GB
SW27
52 (2.05)
Pressure balance element

M12 x 1.5
238 (9.4) for absolute pressure

246 (9.7) for gauge pressure
SITRANS P280 WirelessHART pressure transmitter, process connection G", dimensions in mm (inch)
The dimensional drawing of the mounting bracket see on page 1/171.
1/48
Siemens FI 01 2015
154 (6.06)
Siemens AG 2014
80 (3.15)
264 (10.4
90
Antenna
130 (5.12)
- 14 NPT
80 (3.15)
SW27
52 (2.05)
154 (6.06)
Pressure balance element
M12 x 1.5
238 (9.4) for absolute pressure

246 (9.7) for gauge pressure
SITRANS P280 WirelessHART pressure transmitter, process connection - 14 NPT, dimensions in mm (inch)
The dimensional drawing of the mounting bracket see on page 1/171.
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/49
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
The SITRANS P300 is a digital pressure transmitter for relative

and absolute pressure. The conventional thread versions are
available as process connections, as are flush-mounted versions. A large number of the flush-mounted versions are suitable
for food and pharmaceutical applications, and satisfy the
EHEDG and 3A hygiene requirements.
The output signal is a load-independent direct current from 4 to
20 mA or a PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION signal, which is linearly proportional to the input pressure. Communication is via
HART protocol or PROFIBUS PA interface. Convenient buttons
for easy local operation of the basic settings of the pressure
transmitter.
The SITRANS P300 has a single-chamber stainless steel casing.
The pressure transmitter is approved with "intrinsically safe" type
of protection. It can be used in zone 1 or zone 0.
Benefits
High quality and service life
High reliability even under extreme chemical and mechanical
loads
Extensive diagnosis and simulation functions
Minimum conformity error
Small long-term drift
Wetted parts made of high-grade materials (such as stainless
steel, Hastelloy)
Measuring range 0.008 bar to 400 bar (0.1 psi to 5802 psi)
Parameterization over control keys and HART or
Application
The pressure transmitter is available in versions for gauge pressure and for absolute pressure. The output signal is always a
load-independent direct current from 4 to 20 mA or a
PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbussignal, which is linearly
proportional to the input pressure. The pressure transmitter measures aggressive, non-aggressive and hazardous gases, as well
as vapors and liquids.
1/50
Siemens FI 01 2015
It can be used for the following measurement types:

Gauge pressure
Absolute pressure
With appropriate parameter settings, it can also be used for the
following additional measurement types:
Level
Volume
Mass
The "intrinsically-safe" Ex version of the transmitter can be installed in hazardous areas (zone 1). The transmitters are provided with an EC type examination certificate and comply with
the respective harmonized European standards of ATEX.
Gauge pressure
This variant measures aggressive, non-aggressive and hazardous gases, vapors and liquids.
The smallest span is 0.01 bar (0.15 psi), the largest is 400 bar
(5802 psi).
Level
With appropriate parameter settings, the gauge pressure variant
measures the level of aggressive, non-aggressive and hazardous liquids.
For measuring the level in an open container you require one device; for measuring the level in a closed container, you require
two devices and a process control system.
Absolute pressure
This variant measures the absolute pressure of aggressive, nonaggressive and hazardous gases, vapors and liquids.
The smallest span is 0.008 bar a (0.12 psia), the largest is
30 bar a (435 psia).
Siemens AG 2014
Design
Function
The device comprises:

Electronics
Housing
Measuring cell
Operation of electronics with HART communication

9
0.0.0.0.0
00
10
5
IA, UH
C
5
7
HART interface
EEPROM
Electronics
6
Sensor
3
1
2
3
4
5
Digital display
Process connection
Cable gland
Rating plate
Screw-on lid
The housing has a screw-on lid (5) and, depending on the version, is with or without an inspection window. The electrical terminal housing, the buttons for operation of the device are located under this lid and, depending on the version, the display.
The connections for the auxiliary power UH and the shield are in
the terminal housing. The cable gland is mounted on the side of
the housing. The measuring cell with the process connection (2)
is located on the bottom of the housing. The measuring cell with
the process connection may differ from the one shown in the diagram, depending on the device version.
Example of attached measuring points sign
Y99 = max. 10 char.

Y16 = max. 27 char.
pe Measuring cell
1
2
3
4
5
6
Perspective view of SITRANS P300
Y01 or Y02
= max. 27 char.
Y15 = max. 16 char.
EEPROM
.... to .... mbar
Measuring point number (TAG No.)

1234
Measuring point text
Measuring cell sensor

Instrument amplifier
Analog-to-digital converter
Microcontroller
Digital-to-analog converter
One non-volatile memory each in the measuring cell and
electronics
7 HART interface
8 Three input keys (local operation)
9 Digital display
10 Diode circuit and connection for external ammeter
IA Output current
UH Power supply
Pe Input variable
Function diagram of electronics
The input pressure is converted into an electrical signal by the

sensor (1). This signal is amplified by the measuring amplifier (2)
and digitalized in an analog-to-digital converter (3). The digital
signal is analyzed in a microcontroller (4) and corrected according to linearity and thermal characteristics. In a digital-to-analog
converter (5) it is then converted into the output current of 4 to
20 mA. A diode circuit provides reverse polarity protection. You
can make an uninterrupted current measurement with a low-ohm
ammeter at the connection (10). The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronic data and parameter settings are stored in
two non-volatile memories (6). The first memory is linked to the
measuring cell, the second to the electronics.
The buttons (8) can be used to call up individual functions, socalled modes. If you have a device with a display (9), you can
use this to track mode settings and other messages. The basic
mode settings can be changed with a computer via the HART
modem (7).
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/51
Siemens AG 2014
Operation of electronics with PROFIBUS PA
communication
Operation of electronics with FOUNDATION Fieldbus

communication
9
EEPROM
Electronics
1
Sensor
pe
1
2
3
4
5
6
PA
interface
7
FF
interface
Power supply
10
Power
supply
unit
Coupler
11
12
EEPROM
Power supply
10
Power
supply
unit
Coupler
Electronics
BusMaster
Sensor
pe
Measuring cell
Measuring cell

Microcontroller
Electrical isolation
One non-volatile memory
each in the measuring cell
and electronics
PROFIBUS-PA interface
Foundation Fieldbus
PROFIBUS DP
0.0.0.0.0
00
PROFIBUS-PA
0.0.0.0.0
00
EEPROM
EEPROM
8
9
10
11
12
Three input keys

(local operation)
Digital display
Power supply
DP/PA coupler or link
Bus master
pe
Input variable
1
2
3
4
5
6

Microcontroller
and electronics
FF interface
8
9
10
Three input keys

(local operation)
Digital display
Power supply
pe
Input variable

sensor (1). This signal is amplified by the measuring amplifier (2)
and digitalized in an analog-to-digital converter (3). The digital
signal is analyzed in a microcontroller (4) and corrected according to linearity and thermal characteristics. It is then made available at the PROFIBUS PA over an electrically isolated
PROFIBUS PA interface (7). The data specific to the measuring
cell, the electronic data and parameter settings are stored in two
non-volatile memories (6). The first memory is linked to the measuring cell, the second to the electronics.
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure

"Function diagram of electronics") amplified by the measuring
amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3).
The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its linearity and temperature response corrected, and provided on the
FOUNDATION Fieldbus through an electrically isolated
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface (7).
The buttons (8) can be used to call up individual functions, socalled modes. If you have a device with a display (9), you can
use this to track mode settings and other messages. The basic
mode settings (12) can be changed with a computer over the
bus master.
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the electronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from
each other.
Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pressure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input buttons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error
messages and the operating modes on the display (9).
The results with status values and diagnostic values are transferred by cyclic data transmission on the FOUNDATION Fieldbus. Parameterization data and error messages are transferred
by acyclic data transmission. Special software such as National
Instruments Configurator is required for this.
Mode of operation of the measuring cells
The process connections available include the following:
G
-14 NPT
Flush-mounted diaphragm:
- Flanges to EN
- Flanges to ASME
- NuG and pharmaceutical connections
1/52
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Measuring cell for gauge pressure
Measuring cell for gauge pressure, front-flush diaphragm
5
2
pe
1
2
3
4
5
6
pe
Reference pressure
Measuring cell
Process connection
Seal diaphragm
Filling liquid
Relative pressure sensor
Pressure as input
variable
Measuring cell for gauge pressure, function diagram
The input pressure (pe) is transferred to the gauge pressure sensor (6) via the seal diaphragm (4) and the filling liquid (5), displacing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement changes
the resistance value of the four piezo resistors in the measuring
diaphragm in a bridge circuit. The change in the resistance
causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the input pressure.
Transmitters with spans 63 bar ( 926.1 psi) measure the input
pressure compared to atmospheric, transmitters with spans of
160 bar ( 2352 psi) compared to a vacuum.
Measuring cell for absolute pressure
1
2
3
4
5
pe
Reference pressure
Measuring cell
Seal diaphragm
Filling liquid
Relative pressure sensor
Pressure as input variable
3
pe
Measuring cell for gauge pressure, front-flush diaphragm, function

diagram
The input pressure (pe) is transferred to the gauge pressure sensor (6) via the seal diaphragm (4) and the filling liquid (5), displacing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement changes
the resistance value of the four piezo resistors in the measuring
diaphragm in a bridge circuit. The change in the resistance
causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the input pressure.
Transmitters with spans 63 bar ( 926.1 psi) measure the input
pressure compared to atmospheric, transmitters with spans of
160 bar ( 2352 psi) compared to a vacuum.
Measuring cell for absolute pressure, front-flush diaphragm
5
4
3
pe
1
2
3
4
5
pe
Measuring cell
Process connection
Seal diaphragm
Filling liquid
Absolute pressure sensor
Pressure as input
variable
Measuring cell for absolute pressure, function diagram
The input pressure (pe) is transferred to the absolute pressure

sensor (5) via the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4),
displacing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement
changes the resistance value of the four piezo resistors in the
measuring diaphragm in a bridge circuit. The change in the resistance causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the input
pressure.
1
2
3
4
pe
Measuring cell
Seal diaphragm
Filling liquid
Absolute pressure sensor
2
pe
Measuring cell for absolute pressure, front-flush diaphragm, function

diagram
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/53
Siemens AG 2014

The input pressure (pe) is transferred to the absolute pressure
sensor (5) via the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4),
displacing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement
changes the resistance value of the four piezo resistors in the
measuring diaphragm in a bridge circuit. The change in the resistance causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the input
pressure.
Adjustable parameters on SITRANS P300 with HART

communication
Parameters
Input keys
HART
communication
Start of scale
Full-scale value
Parameterization
Electrical damping
Depending on the version, there are a range of options for parameterizing the pressure transmitter and for setting or scanning
the parameters.
Start-of-scale value without applica- x

tion of a pressure ("Blind setting")
Full-scale value without application

of a pressure ("Blind setting")
Zero adjustment
current transmitter
Fault current
Parameterization using the input buttons (local operation)

With the input buttons you can easily set the most important parameters without any additional equipment.
Parameterization using HART communication
Parameterization using HART communication is performed with
a HART communicator or a PC.
230 ... 1100
SITRANS P
transmitter
Power supply
HART
communicator
Communication between a HART communicator and a pressure

transmitter
When parameterizing with the HART communicator, the connection is made directly to the 2-wire cable.
+
230 ... 500
SITRANS P
transmitter
HART
modem
Power supply
PC or
laptop
USB/RS 232
HART communication between a PC communicator and a pressure

transmitter
When parameterizing with a PC, the connection is made through

a HART modem.
The signals needed for communication in conformity with the
HART 5.x or 6.x protocols are superimposed on the output current using the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method.
1/54
Siemens FI 01 2015
Disabling of buttons, write protection x
x1)
Type of dimension and actual

dimension
Input of characteristic
Freely-programmable LCD
Diagnostic functions
1)
Cancel apart from write protection
Diagnostic functions for SITRANS P300 with HART

communication
Zero correction display
Event counter
Limit transmitter
Saturation alarm
Slave pointer
Simulation functions
Maintenance timer
Available physical units of display for SITRANS P300 with HART
communication
Table style: Technical specifications 2
Physical variable
Physical dimensions
Pressure (setting can also be

made in the factory)
Pa, MPa, kPa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,

g/cm2, kg/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4 C),
mmH2O, ftH2O (20 C), inHg, mmHg
Level (height data)
m, cm, mm, ft, in
Volume
m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon,

lmp. gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel
liquid
Mass
g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz
Temperature
K, C, F, R
Miscellaneous
%, mA
Siemens AG 2014
Parameterization through PROFIBUS PA interface
Physical dimensions available for the display
Fully digital communication through PROFIBUS PA, profile 3.0, is

particularly user-friendly. The PROFIBUS connects the
SITRANS P300 PA to a process control system, e.g.
SIMATIC PSC 7. Communication is possible even in a potentially
explosive environment.
Physical variable
Physical dimensions
Pressure (setting can also

be made in the factory)
Mpa, kPa, Pa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,

g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O, mmH2O (4 C),
inH2O, inH20 (4 C), ftH2O (20 C), mmHg,
inHg
For parameterization through PROFIBUS you need suitable software, e.g. SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager).
Level (height data)
m, cm, mm, ft, in, yd
Mass
Parameterization through FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
Volume
m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, lmp.

gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel liquid
volume flow
m3/s, m3/min, m3/h, m3/d, l/s, l/min, l/h, l/ d,

Ml/d, ft3/s, ft3/min, ft3/h, ft3/d, US gallon/s,
US gallon/min, US gallon/h, US gallon/d,
bbl/s, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/d
Mass flow
g/s, g/min, g/h, g/d, kg/s, kg/min, kg/h,

kg/d, t/s, t/min, t/h, /t/d, lb/s, lb/min, lb/h,
lb/d, STon/s, STon/min, STon/h, STon/d,
LTon/s, LTon/min, LTon/h, LTon/d
Total mass flow
t, kg, g, lb, oz, LTon, STon
Temperature
K, C, F, R
Miscellaneous
Fully digital communication through FOUNDATION Fieldbus is

particularly user-friendly. Through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus
the P300 is connected to a process control system. Communication is possible even in a potentially explosive environment.
For parameterization through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus you
need suitable software, e.g. National Instruments Configurator.
Adjustable parameters for SITRANS P300 with PROFIBUS PA
and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Adjustable parameters
Input
keys
PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION
Fieldbus interface
Electrical damping
Zero adjustment (correction of position)
Buttons and/or function disabling
Source of measured-value display
Physical dimension of display
Position of decimal point
Bus address
Adjustment of characteristic
Hygiene version
In the case of the SITRANS P300 with 7MF812.-... front-flush diaphragm, selected connections comply with the requirements of
the EHEDG or 3A. You will find further details in the order form.
Please note in particular that the seal materials used must comply with the requirements of 3A. Similarly, the filling liquids used
must be FDA-compliant.
Diagnostic functions for SITRANS P300 with PROFIBUS PA and

FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Event counter
Slave pointer
Maintenance timer
Display of zero correction
Limit transmitter
Saturation alarm
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/55
Siemens AG 2014
HART
PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Gauge pressure input

Measured variable
Gauge pressure
Spans (infinitely adjustable) or nominal mea- Span (min. ... max.)

suring range and
max. permissible test pressure
Max. perm. test

pressure
Nominal measuring
range
Max. perm. test

pressure
0.01 ... 1 bar

(0.15 ... 14.5 psi)
6 bar
(87 psi)
1 bar
(14.5 psi)
6 bar
(87 psi)
0.04 ... 4 bar

(0.58 ... 58 psi)
10 bar
(145 psi)
4 bar
(58 psi)
10 bar
(145 psi)
0.16 ... 16 bar

(2.3 ... 232 psi)
32 bar
(464 psi)
16 bar
(232 psi)
32 bar
(464 psi)
0.6 ... 63 bar

(9.1 ... 914 psi)
100 bar
(1450 psi)
63 bar
(914 psi)
100 bar
(1450 psi)
1.6 ... 160 bar

(23.2 ... 2321 psi)
250 bar
(3626 psi)
160 bar
(2321 psi)
250 bar
(3626 psi)
4.0 ... 400 bar

(58 ... 5802 psi)
600 bar
(8700 psi)
400 bar
(5802 psi)
600 bar
(8700 psi)
Depending on the process connection, the span

may differ from these values
Depending on the process connection, the nominal measuring range may differ from these values
Lower measuring limit

Measuring cell with silicone oil
30 mbar a (0.44 psia)
Upper measuring limit

100% of max. span
100 % of the max. nominal measuring range
Absolute pressure input

Measured variable
Absolute pressure

suring range and
Max. perm. test

pressure
Nominal measuring
range
Max. perm. test

pressure
8 ... 250 mbar a

(0.12...3.63 psia)
6 bar a
(87 psia)
250 mbar a
(3.63 psia)
6 bar a
(87 psia)
43 ... 1300 mbar a

(0.62...18.9 psia)
10 bar a
(145 psia)
1.30 bar a
(19 psia)
10 bar a
(145 psia)
0.16 ... 5 bar a

(2.3 ... 73 psia)
30 bar a
(435 psia)
5 bar a
(73 psia)
30 bar a
(435 psia)
1 ... 30 bar a
(14.5 ... 435 psia)
100 bar a
(1450 psia)
30 bar a
(435 psia)
100 bar a
(1450 psia)

0 mbar a (0 psia)

100 % of max. span
Input of gauge pressure, with front-flush

diaphragm
Measured variable
Gauge pressure, front-flush

suring range and max. permissible test pressure
Max. perm. test

pressure
Nominal measuring
range
Max. perm. test

pressure
0.01 ... 1 bar

(0.15 ... 14.5 psi)
6 bar
(87 psi)
1 bar
(14.5 psi)
6 bar
(87 psi)
0.04 ... 4 bar

(0.58 ... 58 psi)
10 bar
(145 psi)
4 bar
(58 psi)
10 bar
(145 psi)
0.16 ... 16 bar

(2.32 ... 232 psi)
32 bar
(464 psi)
16 bar
(232 psi)
32 bar
(464 psi)
0.6 ... 63 bar

(9.14 ... 914 psi)
100 bar
(1450 psi)
63 bar
(914 psi)
100 bar
(1450 psi)

1/56
Siemens FI 01 2015
100% of max. span
Siemens AG 2014
HART
Input of absolute pressure, with

front-flush diaphragm
Measured variable
Absolute pressure, front-flush

suring range and
Max. perm. test

pressure
Nominal measuring
range
Max. perm. test

pressure
43 ... 1300 mbar a

(0.62 ... 18.85 psia)
10 bar a
(145 psia)
1300 mbar a
(18.85 psia)
10 bar a
(145 psia)
0.16 ... 5 bar a

(2.32 ... 72.5 psi a)
30 bar a
(435 psia)
5 bar a
(72.5 psia)
30 bar a
(435 psia)
1 ... 30 bar a
(14.5 ... 435 psia)
100 bar a
(1450 psia)
30 bar a
(435 psia)
100 bar a
(1450 psia)
Depending on the process connection, the span

may differ from these values
Depending on the process connection, the nominal measuring range may differ from these values
0 bar a (0 psia)

100% of max. span
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA
Digital PROFIBUS PA signal
Physical bus
Output
IEC 61158-2
Protected against short-circuit and polarity reversal.

Each connection against the other with max. supply voltage.
Electrical damping T63 (step width 0.1 s)
Set to 2 s (0 ... 100 s)

Measuring accuracy
Reference conditions
(All error data refer always refer to the set
span)
Increasing characteristic, start-of-scale value 0 bar, stainless steel seal diaphragm,

measuring cell with silicone oil, room temperature 25 C (77 F)
Span ratio r = max. span/set span
Nominal measuring range ratio r = nominal

measuring range/set measuring range)
Error in measurement at limit setting incl.

hysteresis and reproducibility
Gauge pressure
Absolute
pressure
Absolute
pressure,
front-flush
Gauge pressure
Absolute
pressure
Absolute
pressure,
front-flush
Linear characteristic
r + 10
(0.0029 r + 0.071) % 0.1 %
0.2 %
(0.0029 r + 0.071) % 0.1 %
0.2 %
10 < r 30
(0.0045 r + 0.071) % 0.2 %
0.4 %
(0.0045 r + 0.071) % 0.2 %
0.4 %
30 < r 100
(0.005 r + 0.05) %
(0.005 r + 0.05) %

Long-term stability at 30 C (54 F)
approx. 0.2 s
(0.25 r) %/5 years
(0.1 r) %/year
(0.25 r)/5 years
(0.1 r) %/year

at -10 ... +60 C (14 ... 140 F)
(0.08 r + 0.1) %1)
(0.2 r
+ 0 3) %
(0.08 r + 0.1) %1)
at -40 ... -10 C and +60 ... +85 C

(-40 ... 14 F and 140 ... 185 F)
(0.1 r + 0.15) %/10 K
(0.2 r + (0.1 r + 0.15) %/10 K

0.3) %/10 K
(0.2 r
+ 0 3) %
(0.2 r +
0.3) %/10 K
Influence of the medium temperature (only

with front-flush diaphragm)
Temperature difference between medium
temperature and ambient temperature
3 mbar/10 K (0.04 psi/10 K)
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/57
Siemens AG 2014

HART
Rated conditions
Ambient temperature
Measuring cell with Neobee oil (FDA-compliant, with flush-mounted diaphragm)
Measuring cell with inert liquid (not with frontflush diaphragm)
Display readable
Storage temperature
Observe the temperature class in areas subject to explosion hazard.

-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
-10 ... +85 C (14 ... +185 F)
-20 ... +85 C (-4 ... +185 F)
-30 ... +85 C (-22 ... +185 F)
-50 ... +85 C (-58 ... +185 F)
(for Neobee: -20 ... +85 C (-4 ... +185 F))
(for temperature oil: -10 ... + 85 C (14 ... +165 F))
Climatic class
Condensation
Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529
Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %

Condensation permissible, suitable for use in the tropics
IP65, IP68, NEMA X, enclosure cleaning, resistant to lyes, steam to 150 C (302 F)
Emitted interference and interference immunity
Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
Medium conditions
-40 ... +100 C (-40 ... +212 F)
Measuring cell with silicone oil (FDA-compliant,

with flush-mounted diaphragm)
Measuring cell with Neobee oil "Measuring cell
with Neobee oil (FDA-compliant, with flushmounted diaphragm)
Measuring cell with silicone oil, with temperature decoupler (only for gauge pressure version with flush-mounted diaphragm)
-40 ... +150 C (-40 ... +302 F)
Measuring cell with Neobee oil, with temperature decoupler (only for gauge pressure
version with flush-mounted diaphragm)
Measuring cell with inert liquid
-10 ... +200 C (14 ... +392 F)
Measuring cell with high-temperature oil (only

for gauge pressure version with flush-mounted
diaphragm)
-10 ... +250 C (14 ... 482 F)
-10 ... +150 C (-14 ... +302 F)

-40 ... +200 C (-40 ... +392 F)
-20 ... +100 C (-4 ... +212 F)
Design (standard version)

Weight (without options)
Enclosure material
Material of parts in contact with the medium
Connection shank
Oval flange
Seal diaphragm
Process connection
1/58
Siemens FI 01 2015
Approx. 800 g (1.8 lb)

Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4301/304
Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819
Silicone oil
Inert filling liquid
GB to EN 837-1
Female thread -14 NPT
Oval flange PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi) with fastening thread:
-7/16 -20 UNF to IEC 61518
M10 as per DIN 19213
Siemens AG 2014
HART
Design (version with front-flush diaphragm)

approx. 1 ... 13 kg (2.2 ... 29 lb)
Enclosure material

Process connection
Seal diaphragm

Silicone oil
Inert filling liquid
FDA compliant fill fluid (Neobee oil)
Process connection
Flanges as per EN and ASME

F&B and pharmaceutical flanges
Ra-values 0.8 m (32 -inch)/welds Ra) 1.6 m (64 -inch)
(Process connections acc. to 3A; Ra-values 0.8 m (32 -inch)/welds Ra 0.8 m (32 -inch)
Surface quality touched-by-media

Power supply UH
10.5 ... 42 V DC
for intrinsically safe operation: 10.5 ... 30 V DC
Supplied through bus
Separate power supply
Not necessary
Without Ex
9 ... 32 V
With intrinsically-safe operation
9 ... 24 V
Bus voltage
Current consumption
Max. basic current
12.5 mA
Start-up current basic current
Yes
Max. fault current in the event of a fault
15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE)
Available

Classification according to PED 97/23/EC
For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of Article 3,
paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
In preparation
Water, waste water

PTB 05 ATEX 2048

Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIB/IIC T4, T5, T6
Marking
Permissible ambient temperature
- Temperature class T4
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
-40 ... +70 C (-40 ... +158 F)
Connection
-40 ... +60 C (-40 ... +140 F)

To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with peak
values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA,
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300

values:
FISCO supply unit:
Ui = 17.5 V, Ii = 380 mA,
Pi = 5.32 W
Linear barrier:
Ui = 24 V, Ii = 250 mA, Pi = 1.2 W
Effective inner capacitance:
Ci = 6 nF
Ci = 1.1 nF
Effective internal inductance:
Li = 0.4 mH
Li 7 H
Explosion protection to FM for USA and Canada

(cFMUS)
Identification (DIP) or (IS); (NI)
Identification (DIP) or (IS)
Certificate of Compliance 3025099

CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC T4 ... T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
Certificate of Compliance 3025099C
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC 4 ... T6; CL I, DIV 2,
GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/59
Siemens AG 2014

HART
Dust explosion protection for zone 20/21/22

PTB 05 ATEX 2048
Ex II 1D Ex ia D 20 T 120 C
Ex II 2D Ex ib D 21 T 120 C
Ex II 3D Ex ib D 21 T 120 C
Marking

-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F) (in the case of mineral glass windows only -20 ... +85 C (-4 ... +185 F))
-40 ... +70 C (-40 ... +158 F) (in the case of mineral glass windows only-20 ... +70 C (-4 ... +158 F))
Connection

values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW

values:
Ui = 24 V, Ii = 380 mA, Pi = 5.32 mW
Ci = 6 nF
Ci = 5 nF
Li = 0.4 H
Li = 10 H
PTB 05 ATEX 2048
Type of protection Ex nA/nL/ic (Zone 2)

Marking
II 2/3 G Ex nA T4/T5/T6
II 2/3 G Ex nL IIB/IIC T4/T5/T6

Ex nA/nL connection

values:
Um = 45 V

values:
Um = 32 V
Ex ic connection
To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with

peak values:
Ui = 45 V
To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with

peak values:
Ui = 32 V
Ci = 6 nF
Ci = 5 nF
Li = 0.4 mH
Li = 20 H
1)
Conversion of temperature error per 28 C. Valid for temperature range -3 ... +53 C < (0.064 r + 0.08) %/28 C (50 F).
1/60
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
HART Communication
HART communication
230 ... 1100
Protocol
HART Version 5.x
Software for computer
SIMATIC PDM
PROFIBUS PA communication
Simultaneous communication with
master class 2 (max.)
The address can be set using
Configuration tool or
local operation
(standard setting Address 126)
Cyclic data usage

Output byte
5 (one measured value) or

10 (two measured values)
Input byte
0.1 or 2 (totalizer mode and

reset function for dosing)
Internal preprocessing
Device profile
PROFIBUS PA Profile for Process Control Devices Version

3.0, class B
Function blocks
Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-specific process variables
Yes, linearly rising or falling

characteristic
- Electrical damping adjustable
0 100 s
- Simulation function
Input /Output
- Failure function
parameterizable (last good

value, substitute value, incorrect
value)
- Limit monitoring
Yes, one upper and lower warning limit and one alarm limit
respectively
Register (totalizer)
Can be reset, preset, optional

direction of counting, simulation
function of register output
- Failure mode
parameterizable (summation
with last good value, continuous
summation, summation with
incorrect value)
- Limit monitoring
One upper and lower warning

limit and one alarm limit respectively
Physical block
Transducer blocks
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
communication
Function blocks
3 function blocks analog input,

1 function block PID
Analog input

characteristic
- Electrical damping, adjustable
0 ... 100 s
Output/input (can be locked

within the device with a bridge)
- Failure mode

value)
- Limit monitoring
respectively
- Square-rooted characteristic
for flow measurement
Yes
PID
Standard FOUNDATION Fieldbus function block
Physical block
1 resource block
Transducer blocks
1 transducer block Pressure with

calibration, 1 transducer block
LCD
Pressure transducer block

- Can be calibrated by applying
two pressures
Yes
- Monitoring of sensor limits
Yes
- Simulation function: Measured

pressure value, sensor temperature and electronics temperature
Constant value or over parameterizable ramp function

two pressures
Yes
Yes
- Specification of a container
characteristic with
Max. 30 nodes
- Simulation function for measured pressure value and sensor temperature
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/61
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for relative and absolute pressure, single-chamber measuring housing, rating plate inscription in English
Article No.
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for relative and absolute pressure, single-chamber measuring housing, rating plate inscription in English
4 ... 20 mA/HART
7MF 8 0 2 3 -
4 ... 20 mA/HART
7MF 8 0 2 3 -
PROFIBUS PA
7MF 8 0 2 4 -
PROFIBUS PA
7MF 8 0 2 4 -
FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF)
7MF 8 0 2 5 -
Silicone oil
Inert liquid
Measuring cell cleaning

normal
Cleanliness level 2 to
DIN 25410
77777 - 7777
Display
Without display, with keys, closed lid
With display and keys, closed lid11)
1
3
max. span (min. ... max.)

0.01 ... 1 bar
(0.145 ... 14.5 psi)
0.04 ... 4 bar
(0.58 ... 58 psi)
0.16 ...16 bar
(2.32 ... 232 psi)
0.63 ... 63 bar
(9.14 ... 914 psi)
B
C
D
E
1.6 ... 160 bar

4 ... 400 bar
2.5 ... 250 mbar a
13 ... 1300 mbar a
(23.2 ... 2320 psi)

(58 ... 5802 psi)
(0.04 ... 3.63 psia)
(0.19 ... 18.86 psia)
F
G
Q
S
0.05 ... 5 bar a

0.3 ... 30 bar a
(0.7 ... 72.5 psia)

(4.35 ... 435 psia)
T
U
With display and keys, lid with Makrolon pane

(setting on HART devices: mA,
with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
equipment: pressure units)11)
With display and keys (setting acc. to specifications, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with
Makrolon pane11)
With display and keys, lid with glass pane (setting
on HART devices: mA, with
PROFIBUS and FOUNDATION Fieldbus equipment: pressure units)11)
glass pane11)
Process connection
Connection shank GB to EN 837-1
Stainless steel oval flange with process connection (Oval flange has no female thread) 6)
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213
Male thread M20 x 1.5
Male thread -14 NPT
Stainless steel, deep-drawn and electrolytically
polished
Version
Standard versions
None
With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)"
Zone 20/21/227)
Ex nA/nL (Zone 2)8)
with FM "intrinsic safety" (cFMUS)
Electrical connection / cable entry
Screwed gland M20x1.5 (polyamide)9)
Screwed gland M20x1.5 (metal)
Screwed gland M20x1.5 (stainless steel)
M12 connectors (metal), without cable socket)
M12 connectors (stainless steel), without cable
Screwed gland -14 NPT metal thread 10)
Screwed gland -14 NPT stainless steel thread
1/62
Siemens FI 01 2015
1
2
4

Seal diaphragm
Measuring cell
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Hastelloy
Version for diaphragm seal1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
7MF 8 0 2 5 77777 - 7777
Included in delivery of the device:

Brief instructions (Leporello)
CD-ROM with detailed documentation
A
B
C
Y
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
4
1
A
B
C
E
M
A
B
C
F
G
H
J
1)
When the manufactures certificate (calibration certificate) has to be

ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
2)
If the acceptance test certificate 3.1 is ordered for the transmitter with
mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
respective remote seals.
3)
The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and

must be included with the transmitter order number, for example
7MF802.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
4)
The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
is silicone oil.
5)
Remote seal for direct mounting only available in combination with process connection -14 NPT.
6)
M10 fastening thread: Max. span 160 bar (2320 psi)

7/16-20 UNF and M12 fastening thread: Max. span 400 bar (5802 psi)
7)
Only available together with electrical connection option A
8)
Only available together with electrical connection options B, C or G.
9)
Only together with HART electronics.
10) Without
cable gland.
11) Display
cannot be turned.
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
Article No.
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for relative

and absolute pressure with front-flush membrane, single-chamber measuring housing, rating
plate inscription in English
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for relative

and absolute pressure with front-flush membrane, single-chamber measuring housing, rating
plate inscription in English
4 ... 20 mA/HART
7MF 8 1 2 3 -
4 ... 20 mA/HART
7MF 8 1 2 3 -
PROFIBUS PA
7MF 8 1 2 4 -
PROFIBUS PA
7MF 8 1 2 4 -
7MF 8 1 2 5 -
Silicone oil
Inert liquid
1
3
FDA compliant fill fluid

Neobee oil
normal
max. span
0.01 ... 1 bar
0.04 ... 4 bar
0.16 ... 16 bar
0.63 ... 63 bar
(0.15 ... 14.5 psi)

(0.58 ... 58 psi)
(2.32 ... 232 psi)
(9.14 ... 914 psi)
B
C
D
E
13 ... 1300 mbar a2)

0.05 ... 5 bar a2)
0.03 ... 30 bar a2)
(0.19 ... 18.9 psia)2)

(0.7 ... 72.5 psia)2)
(4.35 ... 435 psia)2)
S
T
U
Process connection
Flange version with Order code M.., N.., R.. or Q..
(see "Further designs")
polished
Version
Standard versions
None
Zone 20/21/224)
Ex nA/nL (Zone 2)5)
with FM "intrinsic safety" (cFMUS)
Screwed gland M20x1.5 (polyamide)6)
Screwed gland M20x1.5 (metal)
Screwed gland M20x1.5 (stainless steel)
M12 connectors (without cable socket)
socket)
Screwed gland -14 NPT metal thread 7)
Screwed gland -14 NPT stainless steel thread 7)
1
2
With display and keys, closed lid8)

Seal diaphragm
Measuring cell
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
77777 - 7777
Display

normal
DIN 254101)
Stainless steel
Hastelloy3)
7MF 8 1 2 5 -
77777 - 7777

(setting on HART devices: mA, with PROFIBUS PA
and FOUNDATION Fieldbus equipment: pressure
units)8)
Makrolon pane8)

on HART devices: mA, with PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus equipment: pressure
units)8)
glass pane8)
Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components"

Brief instruction (Leporello)
A
B
7
1
A
1)
Not suitable for oxygen applications.
2)
Not with temperature decoupler P00 and P10, not for process connections
R01, R02, R04, R10 and R11, and can only be ordered in conjunction with
silicone oil.
3)
Only available for flanges with options M.., N.. and Q..
4)
Only together with electrical connection option A.
5)
6)
7)
Without cable gland.
8)
Display cannot be turned.
B
C
E
M
A
B
C
F
G
H
J
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/63
Siemens AG 2014

Order code
Further designs
Add "-Z" to Article No. and
specify Order code.
HART PA
Pressure transmitter with mounting

A02
bracket (2 shackles, 4 nuts, 4 U-plates,
1 angle) made of:
made completely of stainless steel, for wall or
pipe mounting
Cable socket for M12 plug
Stainless steel
A51
Rating plate inscription

(instead of English)
German
French
Spanish
Italian
B10
B12
B13
B14
English rating plate

Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi
Order code
FF
Further designs
specify Order code.
HART PA
FF
Sanitary process connection according

DIN 11851 (Dairy connection with slotted
union nut)
Certified to 3A6)
DN 50, PN 25
DN 80, PN 25
N04
N06
Tri-Clamp connection according

DIN 32676/ISO 2852
Certified to 3A6)
DN 50/2", PN 16
DN 65/3", PN 10
N14
N15
N28
B21
Varivent connection
Certified to 3A and EHEDG6)
Type N = 68 for Varivent housing
DN 40 ... 125 und 1" ... 6", PN 40
Temperature decoupler up to 200 C7)

for front-flush diaphragm version
C11
P00
Quality inspection certificate (Five-step

factory calibration) to IEC 60770-21)
Inspection certificate2)
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1
C12
Temperature decoupler up to 250 C

Measuring cell filling: High-temperature oil
(Silicone oil)
P10
Factory certificate
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2
C14
Degree of protection IP65/IP68

(only for M20x1.5 and -14 NPT)
D12
Bio-Control sanitary process connection

DN 50, PN 16
DN 65, PN 16
Q53
Q54
Degree of protection IP6k9k

(only for M20x1.5)
D46
Sanitary process connection to DRD

DN 50, PN 40
M32
Export approval Korea
E11
Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex ia)

(only for transmitter 7MF8...-.....-.B..)
E45
Ex Approval Ex ia/ib NEPSI
E55
SMS socket with union nut

2
2
3
M67
M68
M69
SMS threaded socket

2
2
3
M73
M74
M75
IDF socket with union nut ISO 2853

2
2
3
M82
M83
M84
IDF threaded socket ISO 2853

2
2
3
M92
M93
M94
Sanitary process connection to NEUMO

Bio-Connect screw connection
DN 50, PN 16
DN 65, PN 16
DN 80, PN 16
DN 100, PN 16
DN 2", PN 16
DN 2", PN 16
DN 3", PN 16
DN 4", PN 16
Q05
Q06
Q07
Q08
Q13
Q14
Q15
Q16

Bio-Connect flange connection
DN 50, PN 16
DN 65, PN 16
DN 80, PN 16
DN 100, PN 16
DN 2", PN 16
DN 2", PN 16
DN 3", PN 16
DN 4", PN 16
Q23
Q24
Q25
Q26
Q31
Q32
Q33
Q34
Only for SITRANS P300 with front-flush

diaphragm (7MF81..-...)
Flange to EN 1092-1, Form B1
DN 25, PN 403)
DN 25, PN 1004)
DN 40, PN 40
DN 40, PN 100
DN 50, PN 16
DN 50, PN 40
DN 80, PN 16
DN 80, PN 40
M11
M21
M13
M23
M04
M14
M06
M16
Flanges to ASME B16.5

1", class 1504)
1", class 150
2", class 150
3", class 150
4", class 150
1", class 3004)
1", class 300
2", class 300
3", class 300
4", class 300
M40
M41
M42
M43
M44
M45
M46
M47
M48
M49
Threaded connector to DIN 3852-2, form A,

thread to ISO 228
G "-A, front-flush4)
R01
G 1"-A, front-flush4)
R02
R04
G 2"-A, front-flush4)
Tank connection5)
Sealing is included in delivery
TG 52/50, PN 40
TG 52/150, PN 40
1/64
Siemens FI 01 2015
R10
R11
Siemens AG 2014
Order code
Further designs
specify Order code.
Order code
HART PA
FF
Additional data
Order code(s) and plain text.
HART PA
Measuring range to be set

Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Y01
8)
Stainless steel tag plate and entry in

device variable (measuring point description)
Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Y15: ...........................................
Y15
Measuring point text (entry in device variable)

Y16: ...........................................
Y16
Entry of HART TAG
Y17
Setting of the display in pressure units

Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note: The following pressure units can be
selected:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
*) ref. temperature 20 C
Y21
Setting of the display in nonpressure units9)

Specify in plain text:
Y22: ..... up to ..... l, m3, m, USg, ...
(specification of measuring range in
pressure units "Y01" is essential, unit with
max. 5 characters)
Y22 +
Y01
Preset bus address

(possible between 1 ... 126)
Y25: .....................
Y25

Bio-Connect clamp connection
DN 50, PN 16
DN 65, PN 10
DN 80, PN10
DN 100, PN 10
DN 2", PN 16
DN 3", PN 10
DN 4", PN 10
Q39
Q40
Q41
Q42
Q48
Q49
Q50

Bio-Connect S flange connection
Certified to 3A and EHEDG
DN 2", PN 16
Q72
Aseptic threaded socket to DIN 11864-1 Form A

DN 50, PN 25
DN 65, PN 25
DN 80, PN 25
DN 100, PN 25
N33
N34
N35
N36
Aseptic flange with notch to DIN 11864-2

Form A
DN 50, PN 16
DN 65, PN 16
DN 80, PN 16
DN 100, PN 16
N43
N44
N45
N46
Factory mounting of valve manifolds, see accessories.
Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22 and Y25 can be factory preset
Aseptic flange with groove to DIN 11864-2

Form A
DN 50, PN 16
N43 +
P11
DN 65, PN 16
N44 +
P11
N45 +
DN 80, PN 16
P11
DN 100, PN 16
N46 +
P11
Aseptic clamp with groove to DIN 11864-3
FormA
DN 50, PN 25
DN 65, PN 25
DN 80, PN 16
DN 100, PN 16
N53
N54
N55
N56
FF

Y17: ...........................................
= available
Ordering example
Item line:
7MF8023-1DB24-1AB7-Z
B line:
A02 + Y01 + Y21
C line:
Y01: 1 ... 10 bar (14.5 ... 145 psi)
C line:
Y21: bar (psi)
1)

is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
here.
2)
3)
Special seal in Viton included in the scope of delivery
4)
Cannot be combined with Order codes P00 and P10. Can only be ordered
with silicone oil measuring cell filling.
5)
The weldable socket can be ordered under accessories.
6)
3A certification only if used in conjunction with 3A-compliant sealing rings.
7)
Certified to 3A and EHEDG. The maximum permissible temperatures of the

medium depend on the respective cell fillings (see medium conditions).
8)
Measuring accuracies for PROFIBUS PA transmitters with Option Y01 are

calculated in the same way as for HART devices.
9)
Preset values can only be changed over SIMATIC PDM.
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/65
Siemens AG 2014
approx. 78 (3.07)
approx. 28 (1.1)
H2 = approx. 80 (3.15)
H1 = approx. 120 (4.72)
91 (3.58)
approx. 66 (2.6)
SITRANS P300, with oval flange, dimensions in mm (inch)

approx. 69 (2.72)
approx. 125 (4.92)
82
approx. 41 (1.61)
90 (3.54)
approx. 118 (4.65)
approx. 66 (2.6)
approx.
28
(1.1)
approx. 105 (4.13)

50...60 (1.97...2.36)
72 (2.83)
approx. 131 (5.16)
90 (3.54)
SITRANS P300, process connection M20 x 1.5, with mounted mounting bracket, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/66
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
91 (3.58)
26,5 (1.0
4)
H1 = approx. 120 (4.72)
69 (2.72)
26 (1.02)
66 (2.6)
50 (1.97)
H2 = approx. 49 (1.93)
Temperature decoupler
82
SITRANS P300, front-flush, dimensions in mm (inch)
The diagram shows a SITRANS P300 with an example of a

flange. In this drawing the height is subdivided into H1 and H2.
H1 = Height of the SITRANS P300 up to a defined cross-section
H2 = Height of the flange up to this defined cross-section
Only the height H2 is indicated in the dimensions of the flanges.
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/67
Siemens AG 2014
Sanitary process screw connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect
Flange to EN
Order DN
code
H2
Order DN
code
M11
M21
M13
M23
M04
M14
M06
M16
25
25
40
40
50
50
80
80
PN
H2
40
100
40
100
16
40
16
40
115 mm (4.5)
140 mm (5.5)
150 mm (5.9)
170 mm (6.7)
165 mm (6.5)
165 mm (6.5)
200 mm (7.9)
200 mm (7.9)
Approx.
52 mm (2)
H2
EN 1092-1
H2
Order DN
code
M40
M41
M42
M43
M44
M45
M46
M47
M48
M49
1
1
2
3
4
1
1
2
3
4
H2
PN
150
150
150
150
150
300
300
300
300
300
110 mm (4.3) Approx.

130 mm (5.1) 52 mm (2)
150 mm (5.9)
190 mm (7.5)
230 mm (9.1)
125 mm (4.9)
155 mm (6.1)
165 mm (6.5)
210 mm (8.1)
255 mm (10.0)
H2
D
Connections to DIN
N04
N06
50
80
PN
H2
25
25
92 mm (3.6)
127 mm (5.0)
Approx.
52 mm (2)
Q23
Q24
Q25
Q26
Q31
Q32
Q33
Q34
50
65
80
100
2
2
3
4
Order DN
code
DIN 11851 (milk pipe union with slotted union nut)

Order DN
code
H2
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
82 mm (3.2)
105 mm (4.1)
115 mm (4.5)
145 mm (5.7)
82 mm (3.2)
105 mm (4.1)
105 mm (4.1)
145 mm (5.7)
Approx.
52 mm (2)
PN
H2
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
110 mm (4.3)
140 mm (5.5)
150 mm (5.9)
175 mm (6.9)
100 mm (3.9)
110 mm (4.3)
140 mm (5.5)
175 mm (6.9)
Approx.
52 mm (2)
Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect clamp

connection
H2
NuG and pharmaceutical connections
H2
50
65
80
100
2
2
3
4
Order DN
code
ASME B16.5
Q05
Q06
Q07
Q08
Q13
Q14
Q15
Q16
PN
Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect flange

connection
Flanges to ASME
Q39
Q40
Q41
Q42
Q47
Q48
Q49
Q50
50
65
80
100
2
2
3
4
PN
16
10
10
10
16
16
10
10
77.4 mm (3.0) Approx.

90.9 mm (3.6) 52 mm (2)
106 mm (4.2)
119 mm (4.7)
77.4 mm (3.0)
90.9 mm (3.6)
106 mm (4.2)
119 mm (4.7)
H2
Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect S flange

connection
Order DN
code
Order DN
code
H2
N14
N15
50
65
PN
H2
16
10
64 mm (2.5)
91 mm (3.6)
Approx.
52 mm (2)
H2
Tri-Clamp nach DIN 32676
Q72
PN
H2
16
125 mm (4.9)
Approx.
52 mm (2)
Threaded connection G", G1" and G2" acc. to DIN 3852
H2
Varivent connection
R01
60
37 mm (1.5)
R02
60
48 mm (1.9)
R04
60
78 mm (3.1)
Approx.
45 mm
(1.8)
Approx.
47 mm
(1.9)
Approx.
52 mm (2)
H2
Order DN
code
PN
Other connections
Order DN
code
H2
N28
PN
H2
40
84 mm
(3.3)
Approx.
52 mm (2)
40 ... 125

Order DN
code
H2
M32
50
1/68
Siemens FI 01 2015
PN
H2
40
105 mm (4.1)
Approx.
52 mm (2)
Siemens AG 2014
Tank connection TG 52/50 and TG52/150
PN
H2
Order DN
code
PN
H2
Approx.
63 mm
(2.5)
Approx.
170 mm
(6.7)
N33
N34
N35
N36
50
65
80
100
25
25
25
25
78 x 1/6
95 x 1/6
110 x
130 x
Approx.
52 mm (2)
25
40
63 mm (2.5)
R11
25
40
63 mm (2.5)
H2
R10
H2
Order DN
code
M67
M68
M69
PN
2
25
2 25
3
25
H2
84 mm (3.3)
100 mm (3.9)
114 mm (4.5)
Approx.
52 mm (2)
Aseptic flange with notch to DIN 11864-2 Form A
H2
H2
Order DN
code
SMS threaded socket
H2
M73
M74
M75
PN
2
25
2 25
3
25
H2
70 x 1/6 mm
85 x 1/6 mm
98 x 1/6 mm
Approx.
52 mm (2)
IDF socket with union nut
H2
Order DN
code
M82
M83
M84
PN
2
25
2 25
3
25
H2
77 mm (3)
91 mm (3.6)
106 mm (4.2)
Approx.
52 mm (2)
H2
H2
M92
M93
M94
2
25
2 25
3
25
H2
50
65
80
100
16
16
16
16
94
113
133
159
Approx.
52 mm (2)
N43
N44
N45
N46
H2
Order DN
code
PN
H2
N43 + 50
P11
N44 + 65
P11
N45 + 80
P11
N46 + 100
P11
16
94
Approx.
52 mm (2)
16
113
16
133
16
159
Order DN
code
PN
H2
50
65
80
100
25
25
16
16
77.5
91
106
130
Approx.
52 mm (2)
N53
N54
N55
N56
IDF threaded socket

PN
Aseptic clamp with groove to DIN 11864-3 Form A
Order DN
code
PN
Aseptic flange with groove to DIN 11864-2 Form A
H2
Order DN
code
Order DN
code
64 mm (2.5)
Approx.
77.5 mm (3.1) 52 mm (2)
91 mm (3.6)
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/69
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
Mounting bracket and fastening parts kit

made of stainless steel
7MF8997-1AA
Lid without window

gasket not included
7MF8997-1BA
Lid with glass window

gasket not included
7MF8997-1BD
NBR enclosure sealing
7MF8997-1BG
Measuring point label

unlabeled
7MF8997-1CA
Cable gland
metal
plastic (blue)
7MF8997-1EA
7MF8997-1EB
Weldable sockets for PMC connection

PMC Style Standard: Thread 1"
PMC Style Minibolt: front-flush 1"
7MF4997-2HA
7MF4997-2HB
Gaskets for PMC connection

(packing unit = 5 units)
PTFE seal for PMC Style Standard:
Thread 1"
Gasket made of Viton for PMC Style Minibolt:
front-flush 1"
Weldable socket for TG 52/50 and
TG 52/150 connection
TG 52/50 connection
TG5 2/150 connection
Seals for TG 52/50 and TG 52/150 made of
silicone
Seals for flange connection with front-flush
diaphragm
Material FPM (Viton), 10 units
DN 25, PN 40 (M11)
DN 25, PN 100 (M21)
1", class 150 (M40)
1", class 300 (M45)
Article No.

Operating Instructions1)
Spare parts / Accessories
7MF4997-2HC
7MF4997-2HD
7MF4997-2HE
7MF4997-2HF
7MF4997-2HG
7MF4997-2HH
7MF4997-2HJ
7MF4997-2HK
7MF4997-2HL
for SITRANS P300 series with HART

- German
- English
- French
- Spanish
- Italian
- Leporello German/English
A5E00359580
A5E00359579
A5E00359578
A5E00359576
A5E00359577
A5E00359581
for SITRANS P300 series with PROFIBUS PA

- German
- English
- French
- Spanish
- Italian
- Leporello German/English
A5E00414587
A5E00414588
A5E00414589
A5E00414590
A5E00414591
A5E00414592
Compact operating instructions

English, german, spanish, french, italian,
dutch
English, estonian, latvian, lithuanian, polish,
romanian
English, bulgarian, czech, finnish, slovakian,
slovenian
English, danish, greek, portuguese, swedish, hungarian
Korean
The compact operating instructions are available in 21 EU languages on the product CD
supplied with each transmitter. They can also
be downloaded from the SITRANS P web
page.
A5E03434626
A5E03434631
A5E03434645
A5E03434656
A5E03693760

for SITRANS P300 with HART
- German/English
for SITRANS P300 with PROFIBUS PA
- German/English
for SITRANS P300 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
- German/English
A5E00359581
A5E00414592
A5E01176733
CD with SITRANS P documentation

German, English, French, Spanish, Italian
including compact operating instructions in
21 EU languages
A5E00090345
Certificates (order only via SAP)

instead of Internet download
hard copy (to order)
A5E03252406
on CD (to order)
A5E03252407
HART modem
with USB interface
7MF4997-1DB
1)
1/70
Siemens FI 01 2015
You can download these operating instructions free-of-charge from our

Internet site at www.siemens.com/sitransp.
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS P300 - Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on transmitters
Overview
The SITRANS P300 transmitter for gauge and absolute pressure
can be delivered factory-fitted with the following valve manifolds:
7MF9011-4EA and 7MF9011-4FA valve manifolds for gauge
pressure and absolute pressure transmitters
Design
The 7MF9011-4EA valve manifolds are sealed with gaskets
made of PTFE between transmitter and the valve manifold as
standard. Soft iron, stainless steel and copper gaskets are also
available for sealing purposes if preferred.
The 7MF9011-4FA valve manifolds are sealed with PTFE sealing
tape between the transmitter and the valve manifold.
Once installed, the complete unit is checked under pressure for
leaks (compressed air 6 bar (87 psi))and is certified leak-proof
with a test report to EN 10204 - 2.2.
All valve manifolds should preferably be secured with the respective mounting brackets. The transmitters are mounted on
the valve manifold and not on the unit itself.
If you order a mounting bracket when choosing the option "Factory mounting of valve manifolds", you will receive a mounting
bracket for the valve manifold instead of a bracket for mounting
the transmitter.
If you order an acceptance test certificate 3.1 to EN 10204 when
choosing the option "Factory mounting of valve manifolds", a
separate certificate is provided for the transmitters and the valve
manifolds respectively.

7MF9011-4FA valve manifold on gauge and absolute
Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmitter Order
and add Order codes
code
SITRANS P300
7MF802.-...1.-...
With process connection
female thread -14 NPT
in-sealed with PTFE sealing tape
Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified
by test report to EN 10204-2.2
T03
Further designs:
Delivery includes mounting brackets and
mounting clips made of stainless steel
(instead of the mounting bracket supplied
with the transmitter)
A02
Supplied acceptance test certificate to

EN 10204- 3.1 for transmitters and
mounted valve manifold
C12
7MF9011-4EA valve manifold on gauge and absolute

and add Order codes
code
SITRANS P300
7MF802.-...0.-...
T02
with process connection

collar G A to EN 837-1
with gasket made of PTFE between valve
manifold and transmitter
Alternative sealing material:
Soft iron
A70
Stainless steel, Mat. No. 14571
A71
copper
A72

Further designs:
A02

C12
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/71
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS P300 - Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on transmitters
195 (7.7)
160 (6.3)
7MF9011-4EA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and absolute pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm (inch)
160 (6.3)
7MF9011-4FA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and absolute

1/72
Siemens FI 01 2015
270 (10.6)
7MF9011-4EA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and absolute pressure transmitters
270 (10.6)
270 (10.6)
Valve manifolds mounted on SITRANS P300
270 (10.6)
180 (7.1)

pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens AG 2014
Transmitters for gauge pressure for the paper industry
SITRANS P DS III and P300 with PMC connection - Technical description
Overview
Benefits
loads, e.g. abrasion.
For aggressive and non-aggressive gases, vapors and liquids
Small long-term drift
Wetted parts made of Hastelloy
Infinitely adjustable span from 0.03 bar to 16 bar
(0.43 psi to 232 psi) for DS III with HART interface
Nominal measuring range from 1 bar to 16 bar
(14.5 psi to 232 psi) for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
(0.43 psi to 232 psi) for SITRANS P300 with HART interface
(14.5 psi to 232 psi) for SITRANS P300 with PROFIBUS PA interface
Parameterization over control keys and HART Communication, or over PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface (DS III only).
Application
The pressure transmitters of the DS III series, can be used in industrial areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads.
Electromagnetic compatibility in the range 10 kHz to 1 GHz
makes the DS III pressure transmitters suitable for locations with
high electromagnetic emissions.
The SITRANS P300 and DS III pressure transmitters have been
fitted with special process connections for the paper industry.
With the two process connection threads 1" and 1" flush at the
front, the SITRANS P300 and DS III transmitters can be used for
all processes in the paper industry.
SITRANS P300 and SITRANS PDS III series pressure transmitters are digital pressure transmitters featuring extensive userfriendliness and high accuracy. The parameterization is performed using control keys via HART, PROFIBUS-PA or
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.
Extensive functionality enables the pressure transmitter to be
precisely adapted to the plants requirements. Operation is very
simple in spite of the numerous setting options.
Transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive atmospheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The transmitters are provided with
an EC type examination certificate and comply with the corresponding harmonized European standards (ATEX).
Various versions of the pressure transmitters are available for
measuring:
Gauge pressure
Level
Mass level
Volume level
Pressure transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and

"Explosion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive atmospheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The pressure transmitters are
provided with an EC type examination certificate and comply
with the corresponding harmonized European standards
(ATEX).
Pressure transmitters with the type of protection "Intrinsic safety"
for use in zone 0 may be operated with power supply units of category "ia" and "ib".
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of remote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
highly viscous substances.
The pressure transmitter can be operated locally over 3 control
keys or programmed externally over HART or over
PROFIBUS-PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface (only DS III).
SITRANS P, DS III series
Measured variable: Gauge pressure of aggressive and non-aggressive gases, vapors and liquids.
Span (infinitely adjustable)
For DS III with HART: 0.03 ... 16 bar (0.433 ... 232 psi)
Nominal measuring range
For DS III with PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
1 ... 16 bar (14.5 ... 232 psi)
SITRANS P300
For DS III with HART: 0.03 ... 16 bar (0.433 ... 232 psi)
For DS III with PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
1 ... 16 bar (14.5 ... 232 psi)
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/73
Siemens AG 2014

Example for an attached measuring point label
Design
SITRANS P DS III
Y01 or Y02
= max. 27 char.
Y15 = max. 16 char.
.... to .... mbar
1234
Y99 = max. 10 char.

Y16 = max. 27 char.
SITRANS P300
The device comprises:
Electronics
Housing
Measuring cell
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Plastic cover as access to

the input keys
Screw cover with viewing pane
Digital display
Locking screw
Process connection
Screw cover with viewing pane
Rating plate
Inlet with cable gland
4
4
Device front view, SITRANS P DS III
The transmitter consists of various components depending on

the order. The possible versions are listed in the ordering information. The components described below are the same for all
transmitters.
The rating plate (7, Figure "Device front view) with the Article No.
is located on the side of the housing. The specified number together with the ordering information provide details on the optional design details and on the possible measuring range
(physical properties of built-in sensor element).
The approval label is located on the opposite side.
The housing is made of die-cast aluminium or stainless steel precision casting. A round cover is screwed on at the front and rear
of the housing. The front cover (2) can be fitted with a viewing
pane so that the measured values can be read directly on the
display. The inlet (8) for the electrical connection is located either
on the left or right side. The unused opening on the opposite side
is sealed by a blanking plug. The protective earth connection is
located on the rear of the housing.
The electrical connections for the power supply and screen are
accessible by unscrewing the rear cover. The bottom part of the
housing contains the measuring cell with process connection
(5). The measuring cell is prevented from rotating by a locking
screw (4). As the result of this modular design, the measuring
cell and the electronics can be replaced separately from each
other. The set parameter data are retained.
At the top of the housing is a plastic cover (1), which hides the
input keys.
1/74
Siemens FI 01 2015
1
2
3
4
5
Digital display
Process connection
Cable gland
Rating plate
Screw-on lid
Perspective view of the SITRANS P300
The housing has a screw-on lid (5) and, depending on the version, is with or without an inspection window. The electrical terminal housing, the buttons for operation of the device are located under this lid and, depending on the version, the display.
The connections for the auxiliary power UH and the shield are in
the terminal housing. The cable gland is on the side of the housing. The measuring cell with the process connection (2) is located on the bottom of the housing. The measuring cell with the
process connection may differ from the one shown in the diagram, depending on the device version.
Siemens AG 2014
Function
Operation of electronics with PROFIBUS PA

communication
0.0.0.0.0
00
9
8
5
IA, UH
7
PA
interface
HART interface
EEPROM
EEPROM
Electronics
Electronics
6
1
Sensor
Power
supply
unit
Coupler
11
12
EEPROM
Sensor
EEPROM
Power supply
10
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS-PA
0.0.0.0.0
00
10
BusMaster
pe Measuring cell
pe
1
2
3
4
5
6

Microcontroller
electronics
7 HART interface
9 Digital display
IA Output current
UH Power supply
Pe Input variable

"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the measuring
The digital information is evaluated in a microcontroller, its linearity and temperature response corrected, and converted in a digital-to-analog converter (5) into an output current of 4 to 20 mA.
The diode circuit (10) protects against incorrect polarity.
each other.
Using the 3 input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure
transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input buttons can
also be used to control the view of the results, the error messages and the operating modes on the display (9).
1
2
3
4
5
6
Measuring cell

Microcontroller
and electronics
8
9
10
11
12
Three input keys

(local operation)
Digital display
Power supply
Bus master
pe
Input variable

amplifier(2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3).
PROFIBUS PA through an electrically isolated PA interface (7).
(6). The first memory is linked with the measuring cell, the second with the electronics. This modular design means that the
electronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately
from one another.
The results with status values and diagnostic values are transferred by cyclic data transmission on the PROFIBUS PA. Parameterization data and error messages are transferred by acyclic
data transmission. Special software such as SIMATIC PDM is required for this.
The HART modem (7) permits parameterization using a protocol

according to the HART specification.
The pressure transmitters with spans 63 bar (914 psi) measure
the input pressure compared to atmosphere, the transmitters
with spans 160 bar (2320 psi) measure compared to vacuum.
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/75
Siemens AG 2014
Operation of electronics with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
communication
Mode of operation of the measuring cell

Measuring cell for gauge pressure with front-flush diaphragm
9
8
0.0.0.0.0
00
5
4
7
FF
interface
EEPROM
Foundation Fieldbus
1
Power supply
10
Power
supply
unit
Coupler
Electronics
1
Sensor
pe
Measuring cell
1
2
3
4
5
6

Microcontroller
and electronics
FF interface
1
2
3
4
5
pe
Measuring cell
Process connection
Seal diaphragm
Filling liquid
Silicon pressure sensor
2
3
pe
Measuring cell for gauge pressure, with front-flush diaphragm for paper
industry, function diagram
EEPROM
8
9
10
Three input keys

(local operation)
Digital display
Power supply
pe
Input variable

each other.
The results with status values and diagnostic values are transferred by cyclic data transmission on the
FOUNDATION Fieldbus. Parameterization data and error messages are transferred by acyclic data transmission. Special software such as National Instruments Configurator is required for
this.
The pressure pe is applied through the process connection (2,

Figure "Measuring cell for gauge pressure, with front-flush diaphragm for paper industry, function diagram) to the measuring
cell (1). This pressure is subsequently transmitted further
through the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4) to the silicon pressure sensor (5) whose measuring diaphragm is then
flexed. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resistance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the absolute pressure.
Parameterization
the parameters.
Parameterization using HART
Parameterization using HART is performed with a HART Communicator or a PC.
+
230 ... 1100
SITRANS P
transmitter
Power supply
HART
communicator
Communication between a HART Communicator and a pressure transmitter
When parameterizing with the HART Communicator, the connection is made directly to the 2-wire cable.
+
230 ... 500
SITRANS P
transmitter
HART
modem
Power supply
PC or
laptop
USB/RS 232

transmitter
1/76
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
a HART modem.
Adjustable parameter DS III with HART and P300 with HART

particularly user-friendly. The PROFIBUS connects the DS III PA
to a process control system, e.g. SIMATIC PSC 7. Communication is possible even in a potentially explosive environment.
Parameters
Input keys
HART
communication
Start of scale
Full-scale value
Electrical damping
Start-of-scale value without application of a pressure ("Blind setting")

the DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus is connected to a process
control system. Communication is possible even in a potentially


Zero adjustment
current transmitter
Fault current
Disabling of buttons, write protection x
x1)
Type of dimension and actual dimen- x

sion
Characteristic (linear)
1)
Diagnostic functions for DS III with HART and P300 with HART
Event counter
Limit transmitter
Saturation alarm
Slave pointer
Maintenance timer
Available physical units of display for DS III with HART and
P300 with HART
Adjustable parameters for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and

FOUNDATION Fieldbus, and P300 with PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Adjustable parameters
Input keys
PROFIBUS PA
and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
interface
Electrical damping
Bus address
Diagnostic functions for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and

FOUNDATION Fieldbus, and P300 with PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Event counter
Slave pointer
Maintenance timer
Limit transmitter
Saturation alarm
Physical variable
Physical dimensions

Pa, MPa, kPa, bar, mbar, torr, atm,

psi, g/cm2, kg/cm2, inH2O, inH2O
(4 C), mmH2O, ftH2O (20 C),
inHg, mmHg
Level (height data)
m, cm, mm, ft, in
Volume

liquid
Mass
Physical variable
Physical dimensions
Temperature
K, C, F, R
Miscellaneous
%, mA

MPa, hPa, kPa, Pa, bar, mbar, torr,

atm, psi, g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O,
mmH2O (4 C), inH2O, inH20 (
4 C), ftH2O, mmHg, inHg
Level (height data)
Mass
Volume

liquid
Temperature
K, C, F, R
Miscellaneous
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/77
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS P DS III with PMC connection
SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
HART
Input
Measured variable
Spans (infinitely adjustable) or
nominal measuring range and
Gauge pressure
Span (min. ... max.)
Max. perm. test

pressure
Nominal measuring
range
Max. perm. test

pressure
0.01 ... 1 bar

(0.15 ... 14.5 psi)
6 bar
(87 psi)
1 bar
(14.5 psi)
6 bar
(87 psi)
0.04 ... 4 bar

(0.58 ... 58 psi)
10 bar
(145 psi)
4 bar
(58 psi)
10 bar
(145 psi)
0.16 ... 16 bar

(2.32 ... 232 psi)
32 bar
(464 psi)
16 bar
(232 psi)
32 bar
(464 psi)

Measuring cell with silicone oil filling
100 mbar a(1.45 psia)
100% of max. span
Output
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA
Digital PROFIBUS PA and

FOUNDATION Fieldbus signal
Lower limit (infinitely adjustable)
3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA
Upper limit (infinitely adjustable)
23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or optionally

set to 22.0 mA
Without HART communication
RB (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in ,

UH: Power supply in V
With HART communication
RB = 230 ... 500 (SIMATIC PDM) or

RB = 230 ... 1100 (HART Communicator)
Physical bus
IEC 61158-2
Protected against short-circuit and polarity reversal. Each connection against the other with max.
supply voltage.
Load
Electrical damping T63 (step width 0.1 s)
Set to 2 s (0 ... 100 s)
Measuring accuracy
Acc. to IEC 60770-1

silicone oil filling, room temperature 25 C (77 F)
(All error data refer always refer to the set span)

measuring range/set measuring range

- r 10
(0.0029 r + 0.071) %
(0.0029 r + 0.071) %
- 10 < r 30
(0.0045 r + 0.071) %
(0.0045 r + 0.071) %
- 30 < r 100
(0.005 r + 0.05) %
(0.005 r + 0.05) %
1- to 4-bar measuring cell
(0.25 r) % per 5 years
16-bar measuring cell
(0.125 r) % per 5 years
(0.125 r) % per 5 years
at -10 ... +60 C (14 ... 140 F)
(0.08 r + 0.1 ) %1)
(0.08 r + 0.1 ) %1)
at -40 ... -10 C and +60 ... +85 C

(-40 ... +14 F and 140 ... 185 F)
(0.1 r + 0.15) %/10 K
(0.1 r + 0.15) %/10 K
Long-term stability (temperature change 30 C

(54 F))
Influence of the medium temperature (only with

front-flush diaphragm)
3 mbar/10 K (1.2 inH2O/10 K)

0.1 mbar (0.04 inH2O g) per 10 inclination
Influence of mounting position

Measured Value Resolution
1/78
Siemens FI 01 2015
3 10-5 of nominal measuring range
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
HART
Rated conditions
Degree of protection to IEC 60529
IP66 (optional IP66/IP68), NEMA 4X
-40 ... +100 C (-40 ... +212 F)
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
-20 ... +85 C (-4 ... +185 F)

-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
- Transmitter
(with 4-wire connection, observe temperature
values of supplementary 4-wire electronics)
Storage temperature
-50 ... +85 C (-58 ... +185 F)
Climatic class
- Condensation

- Emitted interference and interference immunity
Design
1.5 kg ( 3.3 lb)

Enclosure material
Low-copper die-cast aluminum, GD-AlSi12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat. no. 1.4408

Gasket (standard)
PTFE flat gasket

FPM (Viton) or optionally: FFPM or NBR
O-ring (minibolt)
Silicone oil or inert filling liquid
Process connection (standard)
Flush-mounted, 1", PMC Standard design
Process connection (minibolt)
Flush-mounted, 1", minibolt design

Power supply UH
10.5 ... 45 V DC
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode
Separate 24 V power supply necessary
No
Not Ex
9 ... 32 V
9 ... 24 V
Bus voltage
Current consumption
Basic current (max.)
12.5 mA
Yes
Max. current in event of fault
15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) available
Yes

1)
For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of article 3,
Conversion of temperature error per 28 C. Valid for temperature range -3 ... +53 C < (0.064 . r + 0.08) %/28 C (50 F).
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/79
Siemens AG 2014

.
HART communication
HART communication
230 ... 1100
Protocol
HART Version 5.x
SIMATIC PDM
Configuration tool or local operation (standard setting

address 126)
Cyclic data usage

Output byte

Input byte
0, 1, or 2 (register operating
mode and reset function for
metering)
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
communication
Function blocks

Analog input

characteristic
0 ... 100 s

- Failure mode

value)
- Limit monitoring
respectively
Yes
Device profile

3.0, class B
PID
Physical block
1 resource block
Function blocks
Transducer blocks

characteristic

LCD
0 ... 100 s
Input /Output
- Failure mode

value)
- Limit monitoring
respectively

Analog input
- Failure mode
incorrect value)
- Limit monitoring

Physical block
Transducer blocks

two pressures
Yes
Yes
characteristic with
Max. 30 nodes
Yes
- Gradual volume suppression

and implementation point of
square-root extraction
Parameterizable
1/80
Siemens FI 01 2015

two pressures
Yes
Yes

Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for gauge

pressure, with PMC connection
series DS III with HART
7MF 4 1 3 3 77777 - 7777
SITRANS P pressure transmitter for gauge

pressure, with PMC connection
Silicone oil
Inert liquid
Measuring cellcleaning
normal
grease-free to
cleanliness level 2
Measuring span (min. ... max.)

0.01 ... 1 bar1)
(0.15 ... 14.5 psi)1)
0.04 ... 4 bar
(0.58 ... 58 psi)
0.1.6 ... 16 bar
(2.32 ... 232 psi)
DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF)

1
3
Silicone oil
Inert liquid
B
C
D
Stainless steel
Process connection
PMC Style Minibolt: front-flush 1" (not with minimum span: 500 mbar (7.25 psi) - version "B")
Housing made of die-cast aluminium
Housing stainless steel precision casting

normal
grease-free to
cleanliness level 2

1 bar1)
(14.5 psi)1)
4 bar
(58 psi)
16 bar
(232 psi)

Seal diaphragm
Connection shank
Hastelloy
7MF 4 1 3 4 -
DS III with PROFIBUS PA (PA)
Article No.
7MF 4 1 3 5 77777 - 7777
1
3
B
C
D

Seal diaphragm
Connection shank
Hastelloy
2
3
0
3
Version
Standard versions
International version, English label inscriptions,
documentation in 5 languages on CD
(no Order code selectable)
None
- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)" 2)
- Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)3)
FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)
FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX)4)
With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic Safe und Explosion Proof (is + xp)"3)
Female thread M20 x 1.5
M12 connectors (stainless steel)5) 6)
Display
Without display
Without visible display (display concealed,
}
setting: mA)
With visible display (setting: mA)
With customer-specific display (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" required)
Stainless steel
Process connection2)
PMC Style Minibolt: front-flush 1" (minimum
span: 500 mbar (7.25 psi), not available with
1-bar-measuring cell (Option B))
B
2
3

1
2
0
3
Version
Standard versions
None
B
D
E
F
S
NC
B
C
F
0
1

Display
Without display
}
setting: bar)
With visible display (setting: bar)
With customer-specific display (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" required)

sealing ring

sealing ring
6
7
1)
Only with "PMC Style Standard" process connection
1)
2)
Without cable gland, with blanking plug
Only with "PMC Style Standard"process connection
2)
3)
Configurations with M12 connectors are only available in Ex ic.
Sealing is included in delivery.
3)
4)
Only in connection with IP65.
4)
5)
Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
Configurations with M12 connectors are only available in Ex ic.
5)
6)
M12 delivered without cable socket
6)
Siemens FI 01 2015
1
2
A
B
D
E
F
NC
B
C
F
0
1
6
7
1/81
Siemens AG 2014

Order code
Further designs
HART PA
FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order

code.
Order code
Additional data
HART PA
FF

Y01
1)

Y15: ...........................................
Y15

Y16: ...........................................
Y16
Entry of HART address (TAG)

Y17: ...........................................
Y17
C14
C20
Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21

units
Note:
The following pressure units can be selected:
"Functional safety (SIL2/3)" certificate acc. C23

to IEC 61508
Device passport Russia

(For price request please contact the technical
C99
Output signal can be set to upper limit of

22.0mA
D05
Setting of pressure indication in nonY22 +

pressure units2)
Y01
Y22: ..... up to ..... l, m3, m, USg, ...
(specification of measuring range in pressure
units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5 characters)

(only for M20 x 1.5 and -14 NPT)
D12
E11
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to

NEPSI (China)
E551)
Explosion protection "Explosion-proof"

to NEPSI (China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
E561)
Ex protection "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China)

(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
E571)
Ex protection Ex ia, Ex d and Zone 2 E581)

to NEPSI (China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
P01
P02
Plug
Angled
Han 8D (metal, gray)
A32
A33
M12 cable sockets (metal (CuZn))
A50
English
French
Spanish
Italian
Cyrillic (russian)
B11
B12
B13
B14
B16

B21

factory calibration) to IEC 60770-2
C11
Inspection certificate
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1
C12
Factory certificate
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2
"Functional safety (SIL2)" certificate acc.
to IEC 61508

(instead of German)
support
www.siemens.com/automation/support-request)
Mounting
Weldable sockets for standard 1"
threaded connection
Weldable socket for minibolt connection 1"
(incl. screw 5/16-18 UNC-2B and washer)
1)
Option does not include ATEX approval, but instead includes only the country-specific approval.
1/82
Siemens FI 01 2015
Preset bus address

possible between 1 and 126
Y25: ...........
Y25
Only "Y01" and "Y21" can be factory preset

= available
ordering example
Item line:
7MF4133-1DB20-1AB7-Z
B line:
C11 + Y01 + Y21
C line:
Y01: 1 ... 10 bar (14.5 ... 145 psi)
C line:
Y21: bar (psi)
1)

2)
Siemens AG 2014
143 (5.6)
74 (2.9)
53 (2.1)
4
84 (3.31)
80 (3.15)
50 (1.97)
29 (1.14)
H2
Space for rotation

of housing
min. 90 (3.54) 5)
H1 = approx. 130 (5.12)
15
(0.6)
24
(0.94)
Electronic side, digital display

(longer overall length for cover with window)1)
Protective cover over keys
Blanking plug
Terminal side1)
Electrical connection:
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or screwed gland -14 NPT or
M12 conector
Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection

"Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
Process connection: PMC standard
1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing

2) 92 mm (3.6 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, with PMC connection, dimensions in mm (inch)
The diagram shows a SITRANS P DS III with an example of a

PMC Style standard

DN
PN
H2
40.9 mm (1.6")
approx.
36.8 mm
(1.4")
H2
26.3 mm (1.0")
approx.
33.1 mm
(1.3")
H2
H1 = Height of the SITRANS P DS III up to a defined cross-section

D
1)
PMC Style minibolt

DN
PN
H2
8 (0.3)
20,9
(0.82)
36,6 (1.44)
58,9 (2.32)
17,8 (0.7)
25,4 (1)
33,4 (1.31)
26,7 (1.05)
M44 x 1,25
D
1) O-ring surface
(bore hole 8 mm (0.3) without burr)
PMC Style Standard (left) and PMC Style Minibolt (right) weldable
sockets, dimensions in mm (inch)
Material: Stainless steel, Mat. No. 1.4404/316L
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/83
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS P300 with PMC connection
SITRANS P300 for gauge pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
HART
Input
Measured variable
max. pemissible test pressure
Gauge pressure (front-flush)

Max. perm. test

pressure
Nominal measuring
range
Max. perm. test

pressure
0.01 ... 1 bar

(0.15 ... 14.5 psi)
6 bar
(87 psi)
1 bar
(14.5 psi)
6 bar
(87 psi)
0.04 ... 4 bar

(0.58 ... 58 psi)
10 bar
(145 psi)
4 bar
(58 psi)
10 bar
(145 psi)
0.16 ... 16 bar

(2.3 ... 232 psi)
32 bar
(464 psi)
16 bar
(232 psi)
32 bar
(464 psi)
Depending on the process connection, the span Depending on the process connection, the nomimay differ from these values
nal measuring range may differ from these values

100 % of max. span
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA
Digital PROFIBUS PA signal
Physical bus
IEC 61158-2
Output
Protected against short-circuit and polarity reversal. Each connection against the other with
max. supply voltage.
Electrical damping (step width 0.1 s)
Set to 2 s (0 ... 100 s)

Acc. to IEC 60770-1
Measuring accuracy
Reference conditions (All error data always refer
to the set span)
RIncreasing characteristic, start-of-scale value 0 bar, stainless steel seal diaphragm,

measuring cell with silicone oil, room temperature 25 C (77 F)


r + 10
(0.0029 r + 0.071) %
(0.0029 r + 0.071) %
10 < r 30
(0.0045 r + 0.071) %
(0.0045 r + 0.071) %
30 < r 100
(0.005 r + 0.05) %
Long-term stability at 30 C ( 54 F)
(0.005 r + 0.05) %
approx. 2 s

(0.25 r) %/5 years
(0.25 r) %/5 years
at -10 ... +60 C (14 ... 140 F)
(0.1 r + 0.2) %1)
(0.1 r + 0.2) %1)
at -40 ... -10 C and 60 ... 85 C

(-40 ... 14 F and 140 ... 185 F)
(0.1 r + 0.15) %/10 K
(0.1 r + 0.15) %/10 K
Influence of the medium temperature (only with

front-flush diaphragm)
Temperature difference between medium temperature and ambient temperature
3 mbar/10 K (1.2 inH2O/10 K)
Rated conditions
Ambient temperature
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Display readable
-30 ... +85 C (-22 ... +185 F)
Storage temperature
-50 ... +85 C (-58 ... +185 F)
Climatic class
Condensation
Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529
Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %. Condensation permissible, suitable for use in the tropics
IP65, IP68, NEMA 4X, enclosure cleaning, resistant to lyes, steam to 150 C (302 F)
1/84
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS P300 for gauge pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
HART
Medium conditions
-40 ... +100 C (-40 ... +212 F)
Design
Approx. 1 kg (2.2 lb)

Enclosure material
Seal diaphragm
Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819
Silicone oil
Ra-values 0.8 m (32 inch)/welds Ra 1.6 m (64 inch)

Power supply UH
10.5 ... 42 V DC
for intrinsically safe operation: 10.5 ... 30 V DC
Separate power supply
Not necessary
Without Ex
9 ... 32 V
9 ... 24 V
Bus voltage
Current consumption
Max. basic current
12.5 mA
Yes
Max. fault current in the event of a fault
15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE)
Available

For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of Article 3,
PTB 05 ATEX 2048
Marking
Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIB/IIC T4, T5, T6

Temperature class T4
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
-40 ... +70 C (-40 ... +158 F)

-40 ... +60 C (-40 ... +140 F)
Connection

values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA,
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300

values:
FISCO supply unit:
Ui = 17.5 V, Ii = 380 mA,
Pi = 5.32 W
Linear barrier:
Ui = 24 V, Ii = 250 mA, Pi = 1.2 W
Ci = 6 nF
Ci = 1.1 nF
Li = 0.4 mH
Li 7 H
Explosion protection to FM for USA and Canada

(cFMUS)
Identification (DIP) or (IS); (NI)
Identification (DIP) or (IS)
1)

CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC T4 ... T6;
CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
Certificate of Compliance 3025099C
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC 4 ... T6; CL I, DIV 2,
GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
Conversion of temperature error per 28 C. Valid for temperature range -3 ... +53 C < (0.08 . r + 0.16) % / 28 C (50 F).
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/85
Siemens AG 2014

HART communication
HART
230 ... 1100
Protocol
HART Version 5.x
SIMATIC PDM
Configuration tool
Local operation
(standard setting Address 126)
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
communication
Function blocks

Analog input
- Adaptation to customerspecific process variables

characteristic
0 ... 100 s

- Failure mode

value)
Cyclic data usage

Output byte
One measured value: 5 bytes

Two measured values: 10 bytes
- Limit monitoring
Input byte
Register operating mode:

1 bytes
Reset function due to metering.
1 bytes
respectively
Yes
Device profile
Function blocks
PROFIBUS PA Profile for Process Control Devices

Version 3.0, class B
2
PID
Physical block
1 resource block
Transducer blocks

LCD
Analog input
Linearly rising or falling characteristic
- Electrical damping
0 ... 100 s adjustable

two pressures
Yes
Input /Output
Yes
- Limit monitoring

Can be reset and preset

Optional direction of counting
Simulation function of the register output

- Limit monitoring

Physical block
Transducer blocks

Yes
characteristic with
Max. 31 nodes
- Characteristic curve
Linear
Available
Transducer block "Electronic

temperature"
Simulation function
1/86
Siemens FI 01 2015
Available
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
Article No.
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters with PMC

connection, single-chamber measuring housing,
rating plate inscription in English
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters with PMC

connection, single-chamber measuring housing,
rating plate inscription in English
with 4 ... 20 mA / HART
7MF 8 1 2 3 -
with 4 ... 20 mA / HART
7MF 8 1 2 3 -
with PROFIBUS PA
7MF 8 1 2 4 -
with PROFIBUS PA
7MF 8 1 2 4 -
with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF)
7MF 8 1 2 5 -
with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF)
7MF 8 1 2 5 -
77777 - 7777
Display
With display and keys, closed lid 6)
Silicone oil
Inert liquid
Measuring span
1 bar1)
4 bar
16 bar

normal
DIN 25410
(14.5 psi)
(58 psi)
(232 psi)
1
3
B
C
D

Seal diaphragm
Measuring cell
Hastelloy
Stainless steel
Process connection
PMC Style Minibolt: front-flush 1" (minimum span:
500 mbar (7.25 psi), not available with
1-bar-measuring cell (Option B))
polished
Version
Standard versions
None
Zone 20/21/222)
Ex nA/nL (Zone 2)3)
- "Intrinsic Safe (is)" (planned)
Electrical connection/cable entry
Screwed gland M20 x .5 (polyamide)4)
Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 (metal)
Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 (stainless steel)
M12 connectors (without cable socket)
socket)
-14 NPT metal thread5)
-14 NPT stainless steel thread5)
B
2
3
1
2

(setting on HART devices: mA, with PROFIBUS PA
and FOUNDATION Fieldbus equipment: pressure
units)6)
Makrolon pane6)
on HART devices: mA, with PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus equipment: pressure
unit)6)
With display (setting acc. to specifications, Order
code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with glass
panel6)
5
6

sealing ring
1
A
B
C
E
1)
Only with "Standard" process connection"
2)
Not in conjunction with electrical connection option A.
3)
4)
5)
6)
Display cannot be turned.
M
A
B
C
F
G
H
J
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/87
Siemens AG 2014

Order code
Further designs
HART PA
FF

specify Order code.
Order code
Additional data
HART PA
FF

Y01
1)

Y15: ...........................................
Y15

Max. 27 char., specify in plain text: Y16: ......
Y16
Y17
Y21
C14
Set output signal to upper limit of 22.0mA
D05

D12
P01
P02
Cable socket for M12 plug

Stainless steel
A51

(instead of English)
German
French
Spanish
Italian
B10
B12
B13
B14

B21

C11
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1
C12
Factory certificate
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2
Mounting
Weldable sockets for standard 1"
threaded connection
Weldable socket for minibolt connection 1"
(incl. screw 5/16-18 UNC-2B and washer)
Max. 8 char., specify in plain text: Y17: .........

Setting of pressure indication in
pressure units
Note: The following pressure units can
be selected:
Setting of pressure indication in non-pres- Y22 +

sure units2)
Y01
Y22: ..... up to ..... l, m3, m, USg, ...
Preset bus address
Specify in plain text: Y25: .....................
Y25
Only "Y01" and "Y21" can be factory preset

= available
1/88
Siemens FI 01 2015
1)

2)
Siemens AG 2014
91 (3.58)
H 2 = approx. 36,8 (1.4)
26,5 (1.0
4)
H1 = approx. 120 (4.72)
69 (2.72)
26 (1.02)
66 (2.6)
82
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, with PMC connection, dimensions in mm (inch)
The diagram shows a SITRANS P300 with an example of a

PMC Style Standard

DN

17,8 (0.7)
25,4 (1)
8 (0.3)
20,9
(0.82)
36,6 (1.44)
58,9 (2.32)
H2
33,4 (1.31)
26,7 (1.05)
M44 x 1,25
40.4 mm (1.6) Approx.

36.8 mm
(1.4)
H2
PN
PMC Style Mini bolt

DN
PN
H2
26.3 mm (1.0) Approx.

33.1 mm
(1.3)
H2
1)
D
1) O-ring surface
(bore hole 8 mm (0.3) without burr)
PMC Style Standard (left) and PMC Style Minibolt (right) weldable sockets, dimensions in mm (inch)
Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404 / 316L
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/89
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS P DS III - Technical description
Overview
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters are digital pressure

transmitters featuring extensive user-friendliness and high accuracy. The parameterization is performed using control keys or via
HART, PROFIBUS-PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.
Extensive functionality enables the pressure transmitter to be
precisely adapted to the plants requirements. Operation is very
simple in spite of the numerous setting options.
Transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive atmospheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The transmitters are provided with
an EC type examination certificate and comply with the corresponding harmonized European standards (ATEX).
Various versions of the DS III pressure transmitters are available
for measuring:
Gauge pressure
Absolute pressure
Level
Volume level
Mass level
Volume flow
Mass flow
Benefits
loads
Separate replacement of measuring cell and electronics without recalibration
Good long-term stability
Wetted parts made of high-grade materials (e.g. stainless
steel, Hastelloy, gold, Monel, tantalum)
1/90
Siemens FI 01 2015

(0.15 psi to 10153 psi) for DS III with HART interface
(14.5 psi to 10153 psi) for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
Parameterization over control keys and HART or PROFIBUS
PA, or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.
Application
The pressure transmitters of the DS III series, can be used in industrial areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads.
Electromagnetic compatibility in the range 10 kHz to 1 GHz
makes the DS III pressure transmitters suitable for locations with
high electromagnetic emissions.
Pressure transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and
"Explosion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive atmospheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The pressure transmitters are
provided with an EC type examination certificate and comply
with the corresponding harmonized European standards
(ATEX).
The pressure transmitter can be programmed locally using the 3
control buttons or externally via HART or PROFIBUS PA or
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.
Siemens AG 2014
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure
Measured variable: Gauge pressure of aggressive and non-aggressive gases, vapors and liquids.
Design

for DS III with HART: 0.01 bar to 700 bar (0.15 psi to 10153 psi)

for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
1 bar to 700 bar (14.5 psi to 10153 psi)
Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure

Measured variable: Absolute pressure of aggressive and nonaggressive gases, vapors and liquids.
for DS III with HART: 8.3 mbar a ... 100 bar a (0.12 ... 1450 psia)
250 mbar a ... 100 bar a (3.6 ... 1450 psia)
There are two series:
Gauge pressure series
Differential pressure series
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Plastic cover as access to

the input keys
Screw cover with
viewing pane
Digital display
Locking screw
7
Process connection
Screw cover with
viewing pane
6
Rating plate
Inlet with cable gland
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow

Measured variables:
Small positive or negative pressure
Flow q ~ p (together with a primary differential pressure device (see Chapter "Flow Meters"))
for DS III with HART: 1 mbar ... 30 bar (0.0145 ... 435 psi)
20 mbar ... 30 bar (0.29 ... 435 psi)
Pressure transmitters for level
Measured variable: Level of aggressive and non-aggressive liquids in open and closed vessels.
for DS III with HART: 25 mbar ... 5 bar (0.363 ... 72.5 psi)
250 mbar ... 5 bar (3.63 ... 72.5 psi)
Nominal diameter of the mounting flange
DN 80 or DN 100
3 inch or 4 inch
In the case of level measurements in open containers, the lowpressure connection of the measuring cell remains open (measurement "compared to atmospheric").
In the case of measurements in closed containers, the lowerpressure connection has to be connected to the container in order to compensate the static pressure.
The wetted parts are made from a variety of materials, depending on the degree of corrosion resistance required.
Front view
The transmitter consists of various components depending on

the order. The possible versions are listed in the ordering information. The components described below are the same for all
transmitters.
The rating plate (7, Figure "Front view") with the Article No. is located
on the side of the housing. The specified number together with the
ordering information provide details on the optional design details
and on the possible measuring range (physical properties of built-in
sensor element).
The approval label is located on the opposite side.
The housing is made of die-cast aluminium or stainless steel precision casting. A round cover (6) is screwed on at the front and
rear of the housing. The front cover can be fitted with a viewing
pane so that the measured values can be read directly on the
display. The inlet (8) for the electrical connection is located either
on the left or right side. The unused opening on the opposite side
is sealed by a blanking plug. The protective earth connection is
located on the rear of the housing.
The electrical connections for the power supply and screen are
accessible by unscrewing the rear cover. The bottom part of the
housing contains the measuring cell with process connection
(5). The measuring cell is prevented from rotating by a locking
screw (4). As the result of this modular design, the measuring
cell and the electronics can be replaced separately from each
other. The set parameter data are retained.
At the top of the housing is a plastic cover (1), which hides the
input keys.
Example for an attached measuring point label
Y01 or Y02
= max. 27 char.
Y15 = max. 16 char.
Y99 = max. 10 char.
Y16 = max. 27 char.
.... to .... mbar

1234
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/91
Siemens AG 2014
Function
Operation of electronics with PROFIBUS PA communication
9
8
0.0.0.0.0
00
0.0.0.0.0
00
10
4
IA, UH
7
PA
interface
7
HART interface
EEPROM
EEPROM
Electronics
Electronics
Sensor
1
Sensor
pe Measuring cell
1
2
3
4
5
6

Microcontroller
electronics
7 HART interface
9 Digital display
IA Output current
UH Power supply
Pe Input variable

"Function diagram of the electronics") is amplified by the measuring amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3). The digital information is evaluated in a microcontroller, its linearity and temperature response corrected, and
converted in a digital-to-analog converter (5) into an output current of 4 to 20 mA.
The diode circuit (10) protects against incorrect polarity.
each other.
Using the 3 input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure
transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input buttons can
also be used to control the view of the results, the error messages and the operating modes on the display (9).
The HART modem (7) permits parameterization using a protocol
according to the HART specification.
The pressure transmitters with spans 63 bar measure the input
pressure compared to atmosphere, transmitters with spans
160 bar compared to vacuum.
1/92
Siemens FI 01 2015
pe
1
2
3
4
5
6
Power
supply
unit
Coupler
11
12
EEPROM
Power supply
10
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS-PA
EEPROM
BusMaster
Measuring cell

Microcontroller
and electronics
8
9
10
11
12
Three input keys

(local operation)
Digital display
Power supply
Bus master
pe
Input variable

"Function diagram of the electronics") is amplified by the measuring amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3). The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its linearity and temperature response corrected, and
provided on the PROFIBUS PA through an electrically isolated
PA interface (7).
each other.
The results with status values and diagnostic values are transferred by cyclic data transmission on the PROFIBUS PA. Parameterization data and error messages are transferred by acyclic
data transmission. Special software such as SIMATIC PDM is required for this.
Siemens AG 2014
Operation of electronics with FOUNDATION Fieldbus communication

Measuring cell for gauge pressure
9
8
0.0.0.0.0
00
5
4
7
FF
interface
EEPROM
Foundation Fieldbus
Power
supply
unit
Coupler
Electronics
Sensor

Microcontroller
and electronics
FF interface
Measuring cell
Process connection
Seal diaphragm
Filling liquid
pe
Measuring cell for gauge pressure, function diagram
pe
Measuring cell
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
pe
6
EEPROM
Power supply
10
8
9
10
Three input keys

(local operation)
Digital display
Power supply
pe
Input variable

each other.
The results with status values and diagnostic values are transferred by cyclic data transmission on the FOUNDATION
Fieldbus. Parameterization data and error messages are transferred by acyclic data transmission. Special software such as
National Instruments Configurator is required for this.

Figure "Measuring cell for gauge pressure, function diagram) to
the measuring cell (1). This pressure is subsequently transmitted
further through the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4) to
the silicon pressure sensor (5) whose measuring diaphragm is
then flexed. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resistance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the absolute pressure.
Measuring cell for gauge pressure with front-flush diaphragm
5
4
1
1
2
3
4
5
pe
Measuring cell
Process connection
Seal diaphragm
Filling liquid
2
3
pe
Measuring cell for gauge pressure, with front-flush diaphragm for paper
industry, function diagram

Figure "Measuring cell for gauge pressure, with front-flush diaphragm for paper industry, function diagram") to the measuring
cell (1). This pressure is subsequently transmitted further
through the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4) to the silicon pressure sensor (5) whose measuring diaphragm is then
flexed. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resistance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the absolute pressure.
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/93
Siemens AG 2014

Measuring cell for absolute pressure from gauge pressure series
Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow

2
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
5
4
3
1
1
2
3
4
5
pe
2
pe
Measuring cell
Process connection
Seal diaphragm
Filling liquid
Silicon absolute pressure
sensor
Absolute pressure as input
variable
Measuring cell for absolute pressure from the pressure series, function
diagram
The absolute pressure pe is transmitted through the seal diaphragm (3, Figure "Measuring cell for absolute pressure from
pressure series, gauge pressure, function diagram ") and the filling liquid (4) to the silicon absolute pressure sensor (5) whose
measuring diaphragm is then flexed. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors fitted in the diaphragm in a
bridge circuit. This change in resistance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the absolute pressure.
Measuring cell for absolute pressure from differential pressure
series
5
1
pe
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
pe
The input pressure pe is transmitted through the seal diaphragm

(6, Figure "Measuring cell for absolute pressure from differential
pressure series, function diagram") and the filling liquid (8) to the
silicon pressure sensor (3).
The difference in pressure between the input pressure pe and
the reference vacuum (1) on the low-pressure side of the measuring cell flexes the measuring diaphragm. This changes the
resistance of the four piezo-resistors fitted in the diaphragm in a
bridge circuit. This change in resistance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the absolute pressure.
An overload diaphragm is installed to provide protection from
overloads. If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload diaphragm (2) is flexed until the seal diaphragm rests on the body
of the measuring cell (7), thus protecting the silicon pressure
sensor from overloads.
Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow, function diagram
The differential pressure is transmitted through the seal diaphragms (1, Figure "Measuring cell for differential pressure and
flow, function diagram") and the filling liquid (7) to the silicon
pressure sensor (4).
The measuring diaphragm is flexed by the applied differential
pressure. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors
fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resistance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the absolute pressure.
Measuring cell for level
Reference vacuum
Overload diaphragm
O-ring
Process flange
Seal diaphragm
Body of measuring cell
Filling liquid
Absolute pressure as
input variable
Measuring cell for absolute pressure from differential pressure series,

function diagram
Seal diaphragm
O-ring
Overload diaphragm
Process flange
Filling liquid
2
8
+
10
9
1
2
3
4
5
Flange with tube

Seal diaphragm on mounting
flange
Seal diaphragm
Overload diaphragm
6
7
8
9
10

O-ring
Process flange
Filling liquid
Capillary with filling liquid
of mounting flange
Measuring cell for level, function diagram
The input pressure (hydrostatic pressure) acts hydraulically on

the measuring cell through the seal diaphragm on the mounting
flange (2, Figure "Measuring cell for level, function diagram").
This differential pressure is subsequently transmitted further
through the measuring cell (3) and the filling liquid (9) to the silicon pressure sensor (6) whose measuring diaphragm is then
flexed.
This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors fitted in
the diaphragm in a bridge circuit.
This change in resistance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the differential pressure.
1/94
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Parameterization DS III
the parameters.
Parameterization using HART
Parameterization using HART is performed with a HART Communicator or a PC.
+
230 ... 1100
SITRANS P
transmitter
Power supply
HART
communicator
+
230 ... 500
SITRANS P
transmitter
HART
modem
Power supply
Diagnostic functions for DS III with HART

Event counter
Limit transmitter
Saturation alarm
Slave pointer
Maintenance timer
Available physical units of display for DS III with HART
Table style: Technical specifications 2
Physical variable
Physical dimensions
Pressure (setting can also be Pa, MPa, kPa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
g/cm2, kg/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4 C),
mmH2O, ftH2O (20 C), inHg, mmHg
Level (height data)
m, cm, mm, ft, in
Volume

Mass
volume flow
m3/d, m3/h, m3/s, l/min, l/s, ft3/d, ft3/min,

ft3/s, US gallon/min, US gallon/s
Mass flow
t/d, t/h, t/min, kg/d, kg/h, kg/min, kg/s,

g/d, g/h, g/min, g/s, lb/d, lb/h, lb/min, lb/s,
LTon/d, LTon/h, STon/d, STon/h, STon/min
Temperature
K, C, F, R
Miscellaneous
%, mA

particularly user-friendly. Through the PROFIBUS the DS III with
PROFIBUS PA is connected to a process control system, e. g.
SIMATIC PSC 7. Communication is possible even in a potentially
PC or
laptop
USB/RS 232

transmitter

a HART modem.

the DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus is connected to a process
control system. Communication is possible even in a potentially

Adjustable parameters, DS III with HART

Parameters
Input keys
(DS III HART)
HART
communication
Adjustable parameters for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and

FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Start of scale
Full-scale value
Electrical damping
Start-of-scale value without application of a pressure ("Blind setting")
Zero adjustment
current transmitter
Fault current
Disabling of buttons, write protection
Type of dimension and actual
dimension
Characteristic (linear / squarerooted)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Parameters
Input
keys
PROFIBUS PA and
Electrical damping
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x1)
x2)
x2)
Bus address
1)
2)

Only differential pressure
x
x
x
Diagnostics functions
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/95
Siemens AG 2014

Diagnostic functions for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Event counter
Slave pointer
Maintenance timer
Limit transmitter
Saturation alarm
Physical variable
Physical dimensions
Pressure (setting can also be MPa, kPa, Pa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O, mmH2O (4 C),
inH2O, inH20 (4 C), ftH2O (20 C),
mmHg, inHg
Level (height data)
Volume

volume flow
m3/s, m3/min, m3/h, m3/d, l/s, l/min, l/h, l/

d, Ml/d, ft3/s, ft3/min, ft3/h, ft3/d, US gallon/s, US gallon/min, US gallon/h, US gallon/d, bbl/s, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/d
Mass flow
g/s, g/min, g/h, g/d, kg/s, kg/min, kg/h,

kg/d, t/s, t/min, t/h, /t/d, lb/s, lb/min, lb/h,
lb/d, STon/s, STon/min, STon/h, STon/d,
LTon/s, LTon/min, LTon/h, LTon/d
Total mass flow
t, kg, g, lb, oz, LTon, STon
Temperature
K, C, F, R
Miscellaneous
1/96
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS P DS III for gauge pressure
SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure
HART
Input
Measured variable
Gauge pressure
Max. perm. test

pressure
Nominal measuring
range
Max. perm. test

pressure
0.01 ... 1 bar

(0.15 ... 14.5 psi)
6 bar
(87 psi)
1 bar
(14.5 psi)
6 bar
(87 psi)
0.04 ... 4 bar

(0.58 ... 58 psi)
10 bar
(145 psi)
4 bar
(58 psi)
10 bar
(145 psi)
0.16 ... 16 bar

(2.32 ... 232 psi)
32 bar
(464 psi)
16 bar
(232 psi)
32 bar
(464 psi)
0.6 ... 63 bar

(9.14 ... 914 psi)
100 bar
(1450 psi)
63 bar
(914 psi)
100 bar
(1450 psi)
1.6 ... 160 bar

(23.2 ... 2320 psi)
250 bar
(3626 psi)
160 bar
(2320 psi)
250 bar
(3626 psi)
4.0 ... 400 bar

(58 ... 5802 psi)
600 bar
(8700 psi)
400 bar
(5802 psi)
600 bar
(8700 psi)
7.0 ... 700 bar

(102 ... 10153 psi)
800 bar
(11603 psi)
700 bar
(10153 psi)
800 bar
(11603 psi)

Measuring cell with inert filling liquid

100 % of max. span (for oxygen version and inert filling liquid; max. 120 bar (1740 psi))
Output
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA
Digital PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus signal

set to 22.0 mA
Without HART
RB (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in ,

With HART

Physical bus
IEC 61158-2
supply voltage.
Load
Set to 2 s (0 ... 100 s)

Acc. to IEC 60770-1
Measuring accuracy



- r 10
(0.0029 r + 0.071) %
(0.0029 r + 0.071) %
- 10 < r 30
(0.0045 r + 0.071) %
(0.0045 r + 0.071) %
- 30 < r 100
(0.005 r + 0.05) %
(0.005 r + 0.05) %
1 ... 4-bar measuring cell
16 ... 700-bar measuring cell
(0.125 r) % per 5 years
(0.125 r) % per 5 years
at -10 ... +60 C (14 ... 140 F)
(0.08 r + 0.1) %1)

(at 700 bar: (0.1 r + 0.2) %2)
(0.08 r + 0.1) %1)

(at 700 bar: (0.1 r + 0.2) %2)
at -40 ... -10 C and +60 ... +85 C

(-40 ... +14 F and 140 ... 185 F)
(0.1 r + 0.15) %/10 K
(0.1 r + 0.15) %/10 K
Long-term stability (temp.erature change

30 C ( 54 F))
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/97
Siemens AG 2014

HART
Rated conditions
-40 ... +100 C (-40 ... +212 F)
-20 ... +100 C (-4 ... +212 F)
In conjunction with dust explosion protection
-20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
- Transmitter
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
- Display readable
-30 ... +85 C (-22 ... +185 F)
Storage temperature
-50 ... +85 C (-58 ... +185 F)
Climatic class
- Condensation

- Emitted interference and interference
immunity
Design
Die-cast aluminum: 2.0 kg ( 4.4 lb)
Stainless steel precision casting: 4.6 kg ( 10.1 lb)

Enclosure material
Low-copper die-cast aluminum, GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat. no. 1.4408

Connection shank
Oval flange
Seal diaphragm

(maximum value with oxygen measurement pressure 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60 C (140 F))
Process connection
Connection shank GB to DIN EN 837-1, female thread -14 NPT or oval flange
(PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)) to DIN 19213 with mounting thread M10 or 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518
Material of mounting bracket

Steel
Sheet-steel, Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated

Sheet stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4301 (SS 304)
Stainless steel
Power supply UH
10.5 ... 45 V DC
No
Not Ex
9 ... 32 V
9 ... 24 V
12.5 mA
Yes
15.5 mA
Yes
Bus voltage
Current consumption
1/98
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
HART

PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X

Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4/T5/T6 Ga/Gb
- Marking
- Permissible ambient temperature
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F) temperature class T4;

-40 ... +60 C (-40 ... +140 F) temperature class T6
- Connection

values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA,
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300
FISCO supply unit:

Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Linear barrier:
Uo = 24 V, Io = 174 mA, Po = 1 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance
L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF
L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
Explosion-proof "d"
PTB 99 ATEX 1160
- Marking
Ex II 1/2 G Ex d IIC T4/T6 Gb

- Connection

To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC
Dust explosion protection for zone 20
To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking
Ex II 1 D IP65 T 120 C
Ex II 1/2 D IP65 T 120 C
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
- Max. surface temperature
120 C (248 F)
- Connection

values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA,
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300
FISCO supply unit:

Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Linear barrier:
Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1 W
L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF
L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
PTB 01 ATEX 2055
Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22

- Marking
- Connection
To circuits with values:
UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; Pmax = 1.2 W
Type of protection "n" (zone 2)

UH = 9 ... 32 V DC; Pmax = 1 W
PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
Ex II 2/3 G Ex nA II T4/T5/T6 Gc
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ic IIC T4/T5/T6 Gc
- Marking
- Connection (Ex nA)
Um = 45 V
Um = 32 V
- Connections (Ex ic)

Ui = 45 V
FISCO supply unit ic:

Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF
Explosion protection acc. to FM

- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS); (NI)
Explosion protection to CSA
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS)
L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC T4...T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4...T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD
T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
1)
2)
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/99
Siemens AG 2014

HART communication
HART
230 ... 1100
Protocol
HART Version 5.x
SIMATIC PDM
Configuration tool or local operation (standard setting address

126)
Cyclic data usage

Output byte

Input byte
metering)
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
communication
Function blocks

Analog input

characteristic
0 ... 100 s

- Failure mode

value)
- Limit monitoring
respectively
Yes
Device profile

3.0, class B
PID
Standard FOUNDATION
Fieldbus function block
Physical block
1 resource block
Function blocks
Transducer blocks

characteristic

LCD
0 ... 100 s
Input /Output
- Failure mode

value)
- Limit monitoring
respectively

Analog input
- Failure mode
incorrect value)
- Limit monitoring

Physical block
Transducer blocks

two pressures
Yes
Yes
characteristic with
Max. 30 nodes
Yes

Parameterizable
1/100
Siemens FI 01 2015

two pressures
Yes
Yes

Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
Article No.
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure,

SITRANS P DS III with HART
7MF 4 0 3 3 -
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure,

7MF 4 0 3 3 -
77777 - 7777
Silicone oil
Inert liquid1)

normal
} 1
grease-free to
3
cleanliness level 2

0.01 ... 1 bar
(0.15 ... 14.5 psi)
0.04 ... 4 bar
(0.58 ... 58 psi)
0.16 ... 16 bar
(2.32 ... 232 psi)
0.63 ... 63 bar
(9.14 ... 914 psi)
1.6 ... 160 bar
(23.2 ... 2320 psi)
4.0 ... 400 bar
(58.0 ... 5802 psi)
7.0 ... 700 bar
(102.0 ...10153 psi)
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
Process connection
}
Stainless steel oval flange with process connection (Oval flange has no female thread)
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518
Male thread -14 NPT
Housing stainless steel precision casting6)
Version
Standard versions
International version, English label inscriptions, documentation in 5 languages on CD
None

- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"7)
- "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure"

(Ex ia + Ex d)"8)
- "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"9)
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure }

and dust explosion protection (Ex ia + Ex d +
Zone 1D/2D)"8)10)
Screwed gland Pg 13.5 (adapter)11)
Screwed gland M20 x1 .5
Screwed gland -14 NPT
Han 7D plug (plastic housing) incl. mating
connector11)
M12 connectors (stainless steel)11)12)
0
1
with customer-specific display (setting as

specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required)
B
C
D
E
F
G
J


Seal diaphragm
Process connection
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Hastelloy
Version as diaphragm seal 2) 3) 4) 5)
77777 - 7777
Display
Without display
Without visible display
(display concealed, setting: mA)
A
B
C
Y
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
3
1)
For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
2)

here.
3)
If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
4)

7MF403.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
5)
The standard measuring cell filling of configurations with remote seals (Y)
is silicone oil.
6)
Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "Screwed gland Pg 13.5" and

"Han7D plug".
7)
8)
With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug
9)
Configurations with HAN and M12 connectors are only available in Ex ic.
10)
11)
Only in connection with Ex approval A, B or E.
12)
1
2
A
B
D
P
E
R
F
S
NC
A
B
C
D
F
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/101
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.

SITRANS P DS III with PROFIBUS PA (PA)
7MF 4 0 3 4 -
SITRANS P DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF)
7MF 4 0 3 5 -
Silicone oil
Inert liquid1)

normal
grease-free to
cleanliness level 2

1 bar
(14.5 psi)
4 bar
(58 psi)
16 bar
(232 psi)
63 bar
(914 psi)
160 bar
(2320 psi)
400 bar
(5802 psi)
700 bar
(10153 psi)
77777 - 7777
1
3

Version
Standard versions
A
B
C
Y
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
3
1
2
A
None
(Ex ia + Ex d)"8)
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and
dust explosion protection (Ex ia + Ex d +
Zone 1D/2D)"8) 10) (not for DS III FF)
FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d
(ATEX)10)

Screwed gland M20 x 1.5
1/102
Siemens FI 01 2015
7MF 4 0 3 5 77777 - 7777
0
1
6
7


Seal diaphragm
Process connection
Process connection
Stainless steel oval flange with process connection (Oval flange has no female thread) 6)
Male thread -14 NPT
7MF 4 0 3 4 -
Display
Without display
setting: bar)
with customer-specific display (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" required)
B
C
D
E
F
G
J
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Hastelloy
Article No.
B
D
P
E
R
F
S
NC
B
C
F
1)
2)

here.
3)
4)

7MF403.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
5)
The standard measuring cell filling of configurations with remote seals (Y)
is silicone oil.
6)
M10 fastening thread: Max. span 160 bar (2320 psi)

7/16-20 UNF and M12 fastening thread: Max. span 400 bar (5802 psi)
7)
Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
8)
With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
9)
10) Only
in connection with IP65.
11) M12
delivered without cable socket.
12) Only
in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
Siemens AG 2014
Order code

Further designs
code.
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, 2 x Uwasher or 1 x bracket, 2 x nut, 2 x Uwasher) made of:
Steel
Stainless steel
Plug
Han 7D (metal)
Han 8D (instead of Han 7D)
Angled
Han 8D (metal)
HART PA
A01
A02
A30
A31
A32
A33
A50
Cable sockets for M12 connectors

(metal (CuZn))
(instead of German)
English
French
Spanish
Italian
Cyrillic (russian)
Order code
FF
Further designs
code.
HART PA
FF
Dual seal
E24
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia)

to INMETRO (Brazil)
E254)
"Flameproof" explosion protection

according to INMETRO (Brazil)
E264)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia

+ Ex d) to INMETRO (Brazil)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.P..)
E284)

E454)
Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex d)

E464)

NEPSI (China)
E554)
E564)
B11
B12
B13
B14
B16
B21

to NEPSI (China)
Quality inspection certificate (Five-step C11


E574)
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1
C12
E584)
Factory certificate
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2
C14
Ex protection Ex ia, Ex d and

Zone 2 to NEPSI (China)
E704)
Functional safety (SIL2)

Devices suitable for use according to
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL
conformity declaration
C20
"Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof"

explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
(only for transmitter
7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
Two coats of lacquer on casing and
cover (PU on epoxy)
G10
Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protection)
J01
Oval flange NAM (ASTAVA)
J06

Functional safety (PROFIsafe)

Certificate and PROFIsafe protocol
Functional safety (SIL2/3)
C213)
C23

(For price request please contact the technical support
www.siemens.com/automation/supportrequest)
C99
Setting of upper limit of output signal to

22.0 mA
D05
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE

(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
D07

D12
Supplied with oval flange

(1 item), PTFE packing and screws in
thread of oval flange
D37
Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping

device (848699 + 810634) included
D59
Use in or on zone 1D/2D

(only together with type of protection
"Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia) and IP65)
E01
Oxygen application
(In the case of oxygen measurement and
inert liquid max. 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60C
(140 F))
E10
E11
CRN approval Canada

(Canadian Registration Number)
E22

1)

here.
2)
3)
Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1

configuration software in combination with S7-400H
4)
Option does not include ATEX approval, but instead includes only the
country-specific approval.
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/103
Siemens AG 2014

Order code
Additional data
HART PA
FF

Y01
1)

device variable (measuring point
description)
Y15: ...........................................
Y15
Measuring point text (entry in device

variable)
Y16: ...........................................
Y16
Y17
Setting of pressure indication in pres Y21

sure units
Note:
The following pressure units can be
selected:

Y22 +
non-pressure units2)
Y01
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
(specification of measuring range in pressure units "Y01" is essential, unit with max.
5 characters)

Y17: ...........................................
Preset bus address

Y25: .....................
Y25
Damping adjustment in seconds

(0 ... 100 s)
Y30

Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22, Y25 and D05 can be factory preset
= available
Ordering example
Item line:
7MF4033-1EA00-1AA7-Z
B line:
A01 + Y01 + Y21
C line:
Y01: 10 ... 20 bar (145 ... 290 psi)
C line:
Y21: bar (psi)
1)
2)

1/104
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
53 (2.1)
54 (2.13)
27
(1.1)
80 (3.15)
17 (0.67)
29 (1.14) 4)
5
84 (3.31)
72 (2.8)
120 (4.72)
68 (2.68)
SW 36
approx. 40
(1.6)
171 (6.7)
approx. 96 (3.78)
176 (6.93)
237 (9.33)
143 (5.6)
74 (2.9)
50 (1.97)
117 (4.61)
15
(0.6)
1
24
(0.94)
Space for rotation

of housing
min. 90 (3.54) 5)
123 (4.84)
50 ... 60
(1.97 ... 2.36)
105 (4.13)

Blanking plug
Terminal side1)
Screwed gland Pg 13,5 (adapter)(Adapter)2) 3),
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland -14 NPT or
Han 7D/Han 8D2) 3) plug

Process connection: Connection shank GB or Oval flange
Mounting bracket (option)
Harting adapter
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing

Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [IS + XP]"
For Pg 13,5 with adapter approx. 45 mm (1.77 inch)
Minimum distance for rotating
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/105
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS P DS III for gauge/absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
SITRANS P DS III series for gauge and absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
HART
Input of gauge pressure, with front-flush

diaphragm
Measured variable
Gauge pressure, front-flush
Spans (infinitely adjustable) or nominal measur- Span (min. ... max.)

ing range and max. permissible test pressure
Max. perm. test pressure
Nominal measuring
range
0.01 ... 1 bar

(0.15 ... 14.5 psi)
6 bar
(87 psi)
1 bar
(14.5 psi)
6 bar
(87 psi)
0.04 ... 4 bar

(0.58 ... 58 psi)
10 bar
(145 psi)
4 bar
(58 psi)
10 bar
(145 psi)
0.16 ... 16 bar

(2.32 ... 232 psi)
32 bar
(464 psi)
16 bar
(232 psi)
32 bar
(464 psi)
0.6 ... 63 bar

(9.14 ... 914 psi)
100 bar
(1450 psi)
63 bar
(914 psi)
100 bar
(1450 psi)


100 % of max. span
Input of absolute pressure, with front-flush

diaphragm
Measured variable
Absolute pressure, front-flush

Max. perm. test

pressure
Nominal measuring
range
Max. perm. test

pressure
43 ... 1300 mbar a

(0.62 ... 18.85 psia)
10 bar a
(145 psia)
1300 mbar a
(18.85 psia)
10 bar a
(145 psia)
0.16 ... 5 bar a

(2.32 ... 72.5 psia)
30 bar a
(435 psia)
5 bar a
(72.5 psia)
30 bar a
(435 psia)
1 ... 30 bar a
(14.5 ... 435 psia)
100 bar a
(1450 psia)
30 bar a
(435 psia)
100 bar a
(1450 psia)

0 bar a (0 psia)
100 % of max. span
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA
Digital PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus signal

set to 22.0 mA
Without HART
RB (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in ,

With HART

Physical bus
IEC 61158-2
supply voltage.
Output
Load
Set to 2 s (0 ... 100 s)

Acc. to IEC 60770-1
Measuring accuracy



Gauge pressure,
front-flush
Absolute pressure,
front-flush
Gauge pressure,
front-flush
Absolute pressure,
front-flush
- r 10
(0.0029 r + 0.071) % 0.2 %
(0.0029 r + 0.071) % 0.2 %
- 10 < r 30
(0.0045 r + 0.071) % 0.4 %
(0.0045 r + 0.071) % 0.4 %
- 30 < r 100
(0.005 r + 0.05) %
(0.005 r + 0.05) %
Long-term stability
(temperature change 30 C ( 54 F))
1/106
Siemens FI 01 2015
(0.25 r) % per 5
years
(0.25 r) % per 5
years
Siemens AG 2014
HART
Gauge pressure,
front-flush
Absolute pressure,
front-flush
Gauge pressure,
front-flush
Absolute pressure,
front-flush
at -10 ... +60 C (14 ... 140 F)
(0.1 r + 0.2) %1)
(0.2 r + 0.3) %
(0.1 r + 0.2) %1)
(0.2 r + 0.3) %
at -40 ... -10 C and 60 ... 85 C

(-40 ... +14 F and 140 ... 185 F)
(0.1 r + 0.15) %/10 K (0.2 r + 0.3) %/10 K (0.1 r + 0.15) %/10 K (0.2 r + 0.3) %/10 K
Influence of mounting position

0.1 mbar (0.04 inH2O) per 10 inclination

-
Influence of the medium temperature

3 mbar/10 K (0.04 psi/10 K)
Rated conditions
Ambient temperature
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Measuring cell with Neobee oil (with front-flush

diaphragm)
-10 ... +85 C (14 ... +185 F)
Measuring cell with inert liquid (not with frontflush diaphragm)
-20 ... +85 C (-4 ... +185 F)
Transmitter
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Display readable
-30 ... +85 C (-22 ... +185 F)
Storage temperature
-50 ... +85 C (-58 ... +185 F)

(in the case of Neobee: -20 ... +85 C (-4 ... +185/F))
(for high temperature oil: -10 ... + 85 C (14 ... 185 F))
Climatic class
- Condensation
Degree of protection (to IEC 60529)

Medium conditions

The max. medium temperature of the front-flush process connections is to be taken into account in
accordance with the relevant connection standards (e. g. DIN 32676, DIN 11851 etc.).
-40 ... +100 C (-40 ... +212 F)
Measuring cell with silicone oil (with front-flush

diaphragm)
-40 ... +150 C (-40 ... +302 F)
Measuring cell with Neobee oil (with front-flush

diaphragm)
-10 ... +150 C (14 ... 302 F)
Measuring cell with silicone oil, with temperature decoupler (only for gauge pressure version with front-flush diaphragm)
-40 ... +200 C (-40 ... +392 F)
Measuring cell with Neobee oil, with temperature decoupler (only for gauge pressure
version with flush-mounted diaphragm)
-10 ... +200 C (14 ... 392 F)
-20 ... +100 C (-4 ... +212 F)
Measuring cell with high-temperature oil (only

for gauge pressure version with front-flush diaphragm)
-10 ... +250 C (14 ... 482 F)
Design
Enclosure material
1.5 kg ( 3.3 lb)

Process connection

F&B and pharmaceutical flanges
Ra-values 0.8 m (32 -inch)/welds Ra) 1.6 m (64 -inch)

(Process connections acc. to 3A; Ra-values 0.8 m (32 -inch)/welds Ra) 0.8 m (32 -inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/107
Siemens AG 2014

HART

Power supply UH
10.5 ... 45 V DC
No
Not Ex
9 ... 32 V
9 ... 24 V
Bus voltage
Current consumption
12.5 mA
Yes
15.5 mA
Yes

PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X

- Marking

- Connection

values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA,
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300
FISCO supply unit:

Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Linear barrier:
Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF
L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
PTB 99 ATEX 1160
Explosion-proof "d"
- Marking


- Connection
PTB 01 ATEX 2055

- Marking
Ex II 1/2 D IP65 T 120 C
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
120 C (248 F)
- Connection

values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA,
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300
FISCO supply unit:

Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Linear barrier:
Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1 W
L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF
L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
PTB 01 ATEX 2055

- Marking
- Connection
To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC;

Pmax = 1.2 W
To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC;

Pmax = 1 W
PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X

- Marking
Um = 45 V
Um = 32 V
- Connections (Ex ic)

Ui = 45 V

Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF
L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
1/108
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
HART
Certificates and approvals (continued)

1)

CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC T4...T6;
CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
Hygiene version
In the case of SITRANS P DSIII with 7MF413x front-flush diaphragm, selected connections comply with the requirements of EHEDG.
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/109
Siemens AG 2014

HART communication
HART
230 ... 1100
Protocol
HART Version 5.x
SIMATIC PDM
Configuration tool or local

operation (standard setting
address 126)
Cyclic data usage

Output byte

Input byte
metering)
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
communication
Function blocks

Analog input

characteristic
0 ... 100 s

- Failure mode

value)
- Limit monitoring
respectively
Yes
Device profile

3.0, class B
PID
Standard FOUNDATION
Physical block
1 resource block
Function blocks
Transducer blocks

characteristic

LCD
0 ... 100 s
Input /Output
- Failure mode

value)
- Limit monitoring
respectively

Analog input
- Failure mode
incorrect value)
- Limit monitoring

Physical block
Transducer blocks

two pressures
Yes
Yes
characteristic with
Max. 30 nodes
Yes

Parameterizable
1/110
Siemens FI 01 2015

two pressures
Yes
Yes

Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
Pressure transmitter for gauge and absolute

pressure, front-flush diaphragm,
SITRANS P DS III HART
77777 - 7777
7MF 4 1 3 3 -
Silicone oil
Inert liquid
Neobee oil

normal
grease-free to
cleanliness level 2
1
3
normal

0.01 ... 1 bar
(0.15 ... 14.5 psi)
0.04 ... 4 bar
(0.58 ... 58 psi)
0.16 ... 16 bar
(2.32 ... 232 psi)
0.63 ... 63 bar
(9.14 ... 914 psi)
B
C
D
E
43 ... 1300 mbar a1)

0.16 ... 5 bar a1)
1 ... 30 bar a1)
S
T
U
(0.62 ... 18.85 psia)1)

(0.7 ... 72.5 psia)1)
(4.35 ... 435 psia)1)
1)
Not with temperature decoupler P00 and P10, not for process connections R02,
R04, R10 and R11, and can only be ordered in conjunction with silicone oil.
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)

Seal diaphragm
Connection shank
Stainless steel
Hastelloy2)
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Process connection
Flange version with Order code M.., N.., R.. or Q..
A
B
7
0
3
Version
Standard versions
None
Inner thread M20 x 1.5
connector6)
1
2
A
B
D
E
F
S
NC
B
C
D
F
Display
Without display
0
1
With customer-specific display

(setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22"
required)

Siemens FI 01 2015
1/111
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
Pressure transmitter P for gauge and absolute

pressure, front-flush diaphragm:
7MF 4 1 3 4 -
7MF 4 1 3 5 -
Silicone oil
Inert liquid
Neobee oil

normal
grease-free to
cleanliness level 2
normal

1 bar
(14.5 psi)
4 bar
(58 psi)
16 bar
(232 psi)
63 bar
(914 psi)
1300 mbar a1)
(18.85 psia)1)
5 bar a1)
(72.5 psia)1)
30 bar a1)
(435 psia)1)
77777 - 7777
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Process connection
Flange version with Order code M.., N.., R.. or
Q..
Version
Standard versions
None
(Available soon)
1/112
Siemens FI 01 2015
7MF 4 1 3 4 7MF 4 1 3 5 77777 - 7777
Display
Without display
(display concealed, setting: bar)
With customer-specific display (setting
as specified, Order code "Y21" required)
1
3
0
1
6
7

B
C
D
E
S
T
U

Seal diaphragm
Connection shank
Stainless steel
Hastelloy2)
Article No.
Pressure transmitter P for gauge and absolute

pressure, front-flush diaphragm:
A
B
7
0
3
1
2
A
B
D
E
F
S
NC
B
C
F
1)
Not with temperature decoupler P00 and P10, not for process connections
R01, R02, R04, R10 and R11, and can only be ordered in conjunction with
silicone oil.
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
Siemens AG 2014
Order code
Further designs
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Plug
Han 7D (metal)
Angled
Han 8D (metal)
(metal (CuZn))
Rating plate inscription (instead of German)
English
French
Spanish
Italian
Cyrillic (russian)
HART PA
A30
A31
A32
A33
A50
Order code
FF
Further designs
HART PA
FF
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to NEPSI E552)

(China)
Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E562)

NEPSI (China)
E572)

to NEPSI (China)

7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
E702)

B11
B12
B13
B14
B16

B21

C11
Two coats of lacquer on casing and cover

(PU on epoxy)
G10
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1
C12
Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protec- J01

tion)
Factory certificate
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2
C14

C20
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL conformity declaration

C211)

C23
C99

22.0 mA
D05

D12

D59
Oxygen application
E10
(In the case of oxygen measurement and inert
liquid max. 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60C (140 F))
E11
CRN approval Canada

E22
Dual seal
E24
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) to E252)

INMETRO (Brazil)
"Flameproof" explosion protection accord- E262)

ing to INMETRO (Brazil)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia +

Ex d) to INMETRO (Brazil)
E282)

E452)

E462)

support
www.siemens.com/automation/support-request.)
Flanges to EN 1092-1, Form B1

DN 25, PN 403)
DN 25, PN 1003)
DN 40, PN 40
DN 40, PN 100
DN 50, PN 16
DN 50, PN 40
DN 80, PN 16
DN 80, PN 40
M11
M21
M13
M23
M04
M14
M06
M16
Flanges to ASME B16.5

Stainless steel flange 1" class 1503)
Stainless steel flange 1" class 150
Stainless steel flange 1" class 3003)
M40
M41
M42
M43
M44
M45
M46
M47
M48
M49
Threaded connector to DIN 3852-2,

form A, thread to ISO 2284)
G "-A, front-flush
G 1"-A, front-flush
G 2"-A, front-flush
R01
R02
R04
Tank connection5)
Sealing is included in delivery
TG 52/50, PN 40
TG 52/150, PN 40
R10
R11
Sanitary process connection according

DIN 11851 (Dairy connection with slotted
union nut)
DN 50, PN 25
DN 80, PN 25
N04
N06
Tri-Clamp connection according

DIN 32676/ISO 2852
DN 50/2", PN 16
DN 65/3", PN 10
N14
N15
N28
Varivent connection
Certified to EHEDG
Type N = 68 for Varivent housing
DN 40 ... 125 und 1" ... 6", PN 40
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/113
Siemens AG 2014

Order code
Further designs
Temperature decoupler up to 200 C6)
for version with front-flush diaphragm
HART PA
Further designs
Aseptic threaded socket to DIN 11864-1
Form A
approved according to EHEDG
DN 50, PN 25
DN 65, PN 25
DN 80, PN 25
DN 100, PN 25
N33
N34
N35
N36
Aseptic flange with notch to DIN 11864-2

Form A
DN 50, PN 16
DN 65, PN 16
DN 80, PN 16
DN 100, PN 16
N43
N44
N45
N46
N43 +
P11
N44 +
P11
N45 +
P11
N46 +
P11
N53
N54
N55
N56
P00
Temperature decoupler up to 250 C

P10
Measuring cell filling: High-temperature oil,
only in conjunction with measuring cell filling
silicone oil

DN 50, PN 40
M32

2
2
3
M67
M68
M69
SMS threaded socket

2
2
3
M73
M74
M75
DN 50, PN 16
M82
M83
M84
DN 65, PN 16
IDF threaded socket ISO 2853

2
2
3
M92
M93
M94
DN 100, PN 16
Q05
Q06
Q07
Q08
Q13
Q14
Q15
Q16

Bio-Connect flange connection
Certified to EHEDG
DN 50, PN 16
DN 65, PN 16
DN 80, PN 16
DN 100, PN 16
DN 2", PN 16
DN 2", PN 16
DN 3", PN 16
DN 4", PN 16
Q23
Q24
Q25
Q26
Q31
Q32
Q33
Q34
Sanitary process connection to

NEUMO Bio-Connect clamp connection
Certified to EHEDG
DN 50, PN 16
DN 65, PN 10
DN 80, PN 10
DN 100, PN 10
DN 2", PN 16
DN 3", PN 10
DN 4", PN 10
Q39
Q40
Q41
Q42
Q48
Q49
Q50

NEUMO Bio-Connect S flange connection
Certified to EHEDG
DN 2", PN 16
Q72
1/114
Siemens FI 01 2015
HART PA
FF
Aseptic flange with groove to DIN 11864-2

Form A approved according to EHEDG
IDF socket with union nut ISO 2853

2
2
3

NEUMO Bio-Connect screw connection
Certified to EHEDG
DN 50, PN 16
DN 65, PN 16
DN 80, PN 16
DN 100, PN 16
DN 2", PN 16
DN 2", PN 16
DN 3", PN 16
DN 4", PN 16
Order code
FF
DN 80, PN 16
Aseptic clamp with groove to DIN 11864-3

FormA
DN 50, PN 25
DN 65, PN 25
DN 80, PN 16
DN 100, PN 16
1)

configuration software in combination with S7-400H.
2)
3)
Special seal in Viton included in the scope of delivery
4)
Lower measuring limit -100 mbar (1.45 psi).
5)
The weldable socket can be ordered under accessories.
6)
Certified to 3A and EHEDG. The maximum permissible temperatures of the

medium depend on the respective cell fillings (see medium conditions).
Siemens AG 2014
Order code
Additional data
HART PA
FF

Y01
1)

Y15: ...........................................
Y15

Y16: ...........................................
Y16
Y17
Setting of pressure indicator in pressure

Y21
units
Note:

Y22 +
Y01
3
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m /h, m, USgpm, ...
units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5
characters)

Y17: ...........................................
Preset bus address

Y25: .....................
Y25

(0 ... 100 s)
Y30
= available
ordering example
Item line:
7MF4133-1DB20-1AB7-Z
B line:
A22 + Y01 + Y21
C line:
Y01: 1 ... 10 bar (14.5 ... 145 psi)
C line:
Y21: bar (psi)
1)

2)
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/115
Siemens AG 2014
15
(0.6)
53 (2.1)
80 (3.15)
1
2
3
Space for rotation

of housing
Temperature decoupler
4
84 (3.31)
50 (1.97)
29 (1.14)
H1 = approx. 130 (5.12)
143 (5.6)
74 (2.9)
H 2 = approx.
55 (2.17)
15
(0.6)
24
(0.94)
50 (1.97)
min. 90 (3.54) 2)

Blanking plug
Terminal side1)
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or screwed gland -14 NPT or
M12 conector

Process connection: see flange tables
1)
2) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
92 mm (3.6 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III series for gauge pressure, with front-flush diaphragm, dimensions in mm (inch)
The diagram shows a SITRANS P DS III with an example of a flange. In this drawing the height is subdivided into H1 and H2.
1/116
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Sanitary process screw connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect
Flange to EN
Order DN
code
H2
Order DN
code
M11
M21
M13
M23
M04
M14
M06
M16
25
25
40
40
50
50
80
80
PN
H2
40
100
40
100
16
40
16
40
115 mm (4.5)
140 mm (5.5)
150 mm (5.9)
170 mm (6.7)
165 mm (6.5)
165 mm (6.5)
200 mm (7.9)
200 mm (7.9)
Approx.
52 mm (2)
H2
EN 1092-1
Order DN
code
H2
Order DN
code
M40
M41
M42
M43
M44
M45
M46
M47
M48
M49
1
1
2
3
4
1
1
2
3
4
H2
ASME B16.5
PN
150
150
150
150
150
300
300
300
300
300
110 mm (4.3) Approx.

130 mm (5.1) 52 mm (2)
150 mm (5.9)
190 mm (7.5)
230 mm (9.1)
125 mm (4.9)
155 mm (6.1)
165 mm (6.5)
210 mm (8.1)
255 mm (10.0)
H2
D
H2
DIN 11851 (milk pipe union with slotted union nut)
H2
N04
N06
50
80
PN
H2
25
25
92 mm (3.6)
127 mm (5.0)
Approx.
52 mm (2)
Q23
Q24
Q25
Q26
Q31
Q32
Q33
Q34
50
65
80
100
2
2
3
4
Order DN
code
Connections to DIN
Order DN
code
H2
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
82 mm (3.2)
105 mm (4.1)
115 mm (4.5)
145 mm (5.7)
82 mm (3.2)
105 mm (4.1)
105 mm (4.1)
145 mm (5.7)
Approx.
52 mm (2)
PN
H2
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
110 mm (4.3)
140 mm (5.5)
150 mm (5.9)
175 mm (6.9)
100 mm (3.9)
110 mm (4.3)
140 mm (5.5)
175 mm (6.9)
Approx.
52 mm (2)
Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect clamp

connection
NuG and pharmaceutical connections
Q39
Q40
Q41
Q42
Q47
Q48
Q49
Q50
50
65
80
100
2
2
3
4
PN
16
10
10
10
16
16
10
10
77.4 mm (3.0) Approx.

90.9 mm (3.6) 52 mm (2)
106 mm (4.2)
119 mm (4.7)
77.4 mm (3.0)
90.9 mm (3.6)
106 mm (4.2)
119 mm (4.7)
H2
Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect S flange

connection
Order DN
code
Order DN
code
N14
N15
50
65
PN
H2
16
10
64 mm (2.5)
91 mm (3.6)
Approx.
52 mm (2)
H2
Tri-Clamp nach DIN 32676
H2
50
65
80
100
2
2
3
4
Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect flange

connection
Flanges to ASME
Q05
Q06
Q07
Q08
Q13
Q14
Q15
Q16
PN
Q72
PN
H2
16
125 mm (4.9)
Approx.
52 mm (2)
Threaded connection G", G1" and G2" acc. to DIN 3852
H2
Varivent connection
R01
60
37 mm (1.5)
R02
60
48 mm (1.9)
R04
60
78 mm (3.1)
Approx.
45 mm
(1.8)
Approx.
47 mm
(1.9)
Approx.
52 mm (2)
H2
Order DN
code
PN
Other connections
Order DN
code
H2
N28
PN
H2
40
84 mm
(3.3)
Approx.
52 mm (2)
40 ... 125
H2
Order DN
code
M32
50
PN
H2
40
105 mm (4.1)
Approx.
52 mm (2)
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/117
Siemens AG 2014
Tank connection TG 52/50 and TG52/150
D
H2
Order DN
code
PN
H2
Approx.
63 mm
(2.5)
Approx.
170 mm
(6.7)
N33
N34
N35
N36
50
65
80
100
25
25
25
25
78 x 1/6
95 x 1/6
110 x
130 x
Approx.
52 mm (2)
R10
25
40
63 mm (2.5)
R11
25
40
63 mm (2.5)
H2
PN
H2
Order DN
code
M67
M68
M69
PN
2
25
2 25
3
25
H2
84 mm (3.3)
100 mm (3.9)
114 mm (4.5)
Approx.
52 mm (2)
Aseptic flange with notch to DIN 11864-2 Form A
H2
H2
Order DN
code
SMS threaded socket
H2
M73
M74
M75
PN
2
25
2 25
3
25
H2
70 x 1/6 mm
85 x 1/6 mm
98 x 1/6 mm
Approx.
52 mm (2)
IDF socket with union nut
H2
Order DN
code
M82
M83
M84
PN
2
25
2 25
3
25
H2
77 mm (3)
91 mm (3.6)
106 mm (4.2)
Approx.
52 mm (2)
H2
M92
M93
M94
2
25
2 25
3
25
1/118
Siemens FI 01 2015
H2
50
65
80
100
16
16
16
16
94
113
133
159
Approx.
52 mm (2)
N43
N44
N45
N46
H2
64 mm (2.5)
Approx.
77.5 mm (3.1) 52 mm (2)
91 mm (3.6)
Order DN
code
PN
H2
N43 + 50
P11
N44 + 65
P11
N45 + 80
P11
N46 + 100
P11
16
94
Approx.
52 mm (2)
16
113
16
133
16
159
Order DN
code
PN
H2
50
65
80
100
25
25
16
16
77.5
91
106
130
Approx.
52 mm (2)
N53
N54
N55
N56
IDF threaded socket

PN
PN
Aseptic clamp with groove to DIN 11864-3 Form A
Order DN
code
Order DN
code
Aseptic flange with groove to DIN 11864-2 Form A
H2
Order DN
code
H2
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS P DS III for absolute pressure (from gauge pressure series)
SITRANS P DS III series for absolute pressure (from the gauge pressure series)
HART
Input
Measured variable
Absolute pressure
Nominal measuring
range
8.3 ... 250 mbar a

(0.12 ... 3.62 psia)
6 bar a
(87 psia)
250 mbar a
(3.6 psia)
6 bar a
(87 psia)
43 ... 1300 mbar a

(0.62 ... 18.85 psi a)
10 bar a
(145 psia)
1300 mbar a
(18.9 psi a)
10 bar a
(145 psia)
160 ... 5000 mbar a

(2.32 ... 72.5 psia)
30 bar a
(435 psia)
5 bar a
(72.5 psia)
30 bar a
(435 psia)
1 ... 30 bar a
(14.5 ... 435 psia)
100 bar a
(1450 psia)
30 bar a
(435 psia)
100 bar a
(1450 psia)

0 mbar a (0 psia)
100 % of max. span
Output
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA


set to 22.0 mA
Without HART
RB (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in ,

With HART

Physical bus
IEC 61158-2
Load
Protected against short-circuit and polarity reversal.

Each connection against the other with max. supply voltage.

Set to 2 s (0 ... 100 s)
Measuring accuracy
Acc. to IEC 60770-1



- r 10
0.1 %
0.1 %
- 10 < r 30
0.2 %
0.2 %
(0.1 r) %/year
(0.1 r) %/year
at -10 ... +60 C (14 ... 140 F)
(0.1 r + 0.2) %1)
(0.1 r + 0.2) %1)
at -40 ... -10 C and 60 ... 85 C

(-40 ... +14 F and 140 ... 185 F)
(0.1 r + 0.15) %/10 K
(0.1 r + 0.15) %/10 K
Long-term stability
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/119
Siemens AG 2014

HART
Rated conditions
-40 ... +100 C (-40 ... +212 F)

-20 ... +100 C (-4 ... +212 F) with 30 bar a measuring cell
-20 ... +100 C (-4 ... +212 F)
-20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
- Transmitter
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
- Display readable
-30 ... +85 C (-22 ... +185 F)
Storage temperature
-50 ... +85 C (-58 ... +185 F)
Climatic class
- Condensation

Design
1.5 kg ( 3.3 lb)

Enclosure material
Low-copper die-cast aluminum, GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat. no. 1.4408

Connection shank
Oval flange
Seal diaphragm

Process connection
Connection shank GB to EN 837-1, female thread -14 NPT or oval flange

(PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psia)) to DIN 19213 with mounting thread M10 or 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518

Steel

Stainless steel
Power supply UH
10.5 ... 45 V DC
No
Not Ex
9 ... 32 V
9 ... 24 V
12.5 mA
Yes
15.5 mA
Yes
Bus voltage
Current consumption
1/120
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
HART

PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X

- Marking

- Connection

values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA,
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300
FISCO supply unit:

Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Linear barrier:
Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF
L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
Explosion-proof "d"
PTB 99 ATEX 1160
- Marking

- Connection

PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking
Ex II 1/2 D IP65 T 120 C
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
120 C (248 F)
- Connection

values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA,
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300
FISCO supply unit:

Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Linear barrier:
Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF
L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
PTB 01 ATEX 2055

- Marking
- Connection
Pmax = 1.2 W

Pmax = 1 W
PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X

- Marking
Um = 45 V
Um = 32 V
- Connection (Ex ic)

Ui = 45 V

Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF

1)
L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
Conversion of temperature error per 28 C. Valid for temperature range -3 ... +53 C < (0.08. r + 0.16) % / 28 C (50 F).
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/121
Siemens AG 2014

HART communication
HART
230 ... 1100
Protocol
HART Version 5.x
SIMATIC PDM
Configuration tool or local operation (standard setting address

126)
Cyclic data usage

Output byte

Input byte
metering)
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
communication
Function blocks

Analog input

characteristic
0 ... 100 s

- Failure mode

value)
- Limit monitoring
respectively
Yes
Device profile

3.0, class B
PID
Standard FOUNDATION
Physical block
1 resource block
Function blocks
Transducer blocks

characteristic

LCD
0 to 100 s
Input /Output
- Failure mode

value)
- Limit monitoring
respectively

Analog input
- Failure mode
incorrect value)
- Limit monitoring

Physical block
Transducer blocks

two pressures
Yes
Yes
characteristic with
Max. 30 nodes
Yes

Parameterizable
1/122
Siemens FI 01 2015

two pressures
Yes
Yes

Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
Article No.

from gauge pressure series
7MF 4 2 3 3 -

7MF 4 2 3 3 -
77777 - 7777
Silicone oil
Inert liquid1)
Measuring cell
cleaning
normal
grease-free to
cleanliness level 2

8.3 ... 250 mbar a
(0.12 ... 3.62 psia)
43 ... 1300 mbar a
(0.62 ... 18.85 psia)
0.16 ... 5 bar a
(2.32 ... 72.5 psia)
1 ... 30 bar a
(14.5 ... 435 psia)
Display
Without display
setting: mA)
with customer-specific display (setting as
1
3
Process connection
Male thread -14 NPT
Housing stainless steel precision casting7)
Version
Standard versions
None


9)
(Ex ia + Ex d)"
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure

and dust explosion protection (Ex ia+ Ex d +
Zone 1D/2D)"9)11)
Screwed gland Pg 13.512)
Screwed gland M20x1.5
connector12)
M12 connectors (stainless steel) 13) 14)
0
1
6
7

D
F
G
H


Seal diaphragm
Process connection
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Hastelloy
77777 - 7777
A
B
C
Y
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
3
1
2
1)
2)
Version 7MF4233-1DY... only up to max. span 200 mbar a (80 inH2O a).
3)

here.If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
4)
5)

must be included wiht the tranmitter order number, for example
7MF423.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
6)
is silicone oil.
7)

"Han7D plug".
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
Only in connection with Ex apporval A, B or E.
13)
Only in connection with Ex apporval A, B, E or F.
14)
A
B
D
P
E
R
F
S
NC
A
B
C
D
F
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/123
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.

7MF 4 2 3 4 -
7MF 4 2 3 5 -
Silicone oil
Inert liquid1)
Measuring cell
cleaning
normal
grease-free to
cleanliness level 2

250 mbar a
(3.62 psia)
1300 mbar a
(18.85 psia)
5 bar a
(72.5 psia)
30 bar a
(435 psia)
77777 - 7777
Process connection
Male thread -14 NPT
Version
Standard versions
None
(Ex ia + Ex d)"8)
- "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)" 9)
1/124
Siemens FI 01 2015
7MF 4 2 3 4 7MF 4 2 3 5 77777 - 7777
Display
Without display
with customer-specific display
required)
1
3
D
F
G
H
0
1
6
7


Seal diaphragm
Process connection
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Hastelloy
Version as diaphragm seal 2) 3) 4) 5) 6)
Article No.

A
B
C
Y
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
3
1
2
A
B
D
P
E
R
F
S
NC
B
C
F
1)
2)
Version 7MF4233-1DY... only up to max. span 200 mbar a (2.9 psia).
3)

here.
4)
5)

7MF423.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
6)
is silicone oil.
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
M12 delivered without cable socket.
Siemens AG 2014
Order code

Further designs
Order code
HART PA
FF
Further designs
HART PA
FF

code.

code.

Steel
Stainless steel

7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia) and IP65)
E01
Oxygen application
(140 F))
E10
E11
CRN approval Canada

E22
Dual seal
E24

to INMETRO (Brazil)
E254)

E264)
A01
A02
A30
A31
A32
A33
A50
Plug
Han 7D (metal)
Angled
Han 8D (metal)
(metal (CuZn))
English
French
Spanish
Italian
Cyrillic (russian)
B11
B12
B13
B14
B16

E284)
B21


E454)
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1
C12

E464)
Factory certificate
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2
C14
E554)

C20
Devices suitable for use according to IEC
61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL conformity declaration

NEPSI (China)
to NEPSI (China)
E564)
E574)


C213)

C23
Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI

(China)
E584)
Ex protection Ex ia, Ex d and Zone

2 to NEPSI (China)
E704)

cover (PU on epoxy)
G10
J01
Oval flange NAM (ASTAVA)
J06

support
C99

7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)

22.0 mA
D05

(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
D07

D12

(1 item), PTFE packing and screws in
thread of oval flange
D37


D59
1)

here.
2)
3)

configuration software in combination with S7-400H
4)
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/125
Siemens AG 2014

Order code
Additional data
HART PA
FF

Y01: ... up to ... mbar a, bar a, kPaabs,
MPaabs, psia2)
Y01
1)

description)
Y15: ...........................................
Y15

variable)
Y16: ...........................................
Y16

Y17: ...........................................
Y17
Setting of pressure indication in pres- Y21

sure units
Note:
The following pressure units can be
selected:
Y22 +
Y01
(specification of measuring range in pressure units "Y01" is essential, unit with max.
5 characters)
Preset bus address

Y25: .....................
Y25

(0 ... 100 s)
Y30

= available
1)

2)
Only absolute pressure units selectable. Negative pressure values not permitted.
3)
1/126
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
53 (2.1)
54 (2.13)
27
(1.1)
80 (3.15)
17 (0.67)
29 (1.14) 4)
5
84 (3.31)
72 (2.8)
120 (4.72)
68 (2.68)
SW 36
approx. 40
(1.6)
171 (6.7)
approx. 96 (3.78)
176 (6.93)
237 (9.33)
143 (5.6)
74 (2.9)
50 (1.97)
117 (4.61)
15
(0.6)
1
24
(0.94)
Space for rotation

of housing
min. 90 (3.54) 5)
123 (4.84)
50 ... 60
(1.97 ... 2.36)
105 (4.13)

Blanking plug
Terminal side1)

Process connection: Connection shank GB or Oval flange
Mounting bracket (option)
Harting adapter
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

Minimum distance for rotating
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for absolute pressure, from the pressure series, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/127
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS P DS III for absolute pressure (from differential pressure series)
SITRANS P, DS III for absolute pressure (from the differential pressure series)
HART
Input
Measured variable
max. permissible operating pressure
Absolute pressure
Maximum operating
pressure
Nominal measuring
range
Maximum operating
pressure
8.3 ... 250 mbar a

(0.12 ... 3.62 psia)
32 bar a
(464 psia)
250 mbar a
(3.62 psia)
32 bar a
(464 psia)
43 ... 1300 mbar a

(0.62 ... 18.85 psia)
32 bar a
(464 psia)
1300 bar a
(18.85 psia)
32 bar a
(464 psia)
160 ... 5000 mbar a

(2.32 ... 72.52 psia)
32 bar a
(464 psia)
5 bar a
(72.5 psia)
32 bar a
(464 psia)
1 ... 30 bar a
(14.5 ... 435 psia)
160 bar a
(2320 psia)
30 bar a
(435 psia)
160 bar a
(2320 psia)
5.3 ... 100 bar a

(76.9 ... 1450 psia)
160 bar a
100 bar a
(2320 psia)
(1450 psia)
(for connection thread
M10 and 7/16-20 UNF
in the process flanges)
160 bar a
(2320 psia)
(for connection thread
M10 and 7/16-20 UNF
in the process flanges)

0 mbar a (0 psia)
100 % of max. span

Output
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA


set to 22.0 mA
Without HART
RB (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in ,

With HART

Physical bus
IEC 61158-2
supply voltage.
Load
Set to 2 s (0 ... 100 s)

Acc. to IEC 60770-1
Measuring accuracy



- r 10
0.1 %
0.1 %
- 10 < r 30
0.2 %
0.2 %
(0.1 r) %/year
(0.1 r) %/year
at -10 ... +60 C (14 ... 140 F)
(0.1 r + 0.2) %1)
(0.1 r + 0.2) %1)
at -40 ... -10 C and 60 ... 85 C

(-40 ... +14 F and 140 ... 185 F)
(0.1 r + 0.15) %/10 K
(0.1 r + 0.15) %/10 K
Long-term stability
1/128
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
HART
Rated conditions
-40 ... +100 C (-40 ... +212 F)
-20 ... +100 C (-4 ... +212 F)
-20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
- Transmitter
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
- Display readable
-30 ... +85 C (-22 ... +185 F)
Storage temperature
-50 ... +85 C (-58 ... +185 F)
Climatic class
- Condensation

Design
4.5 kg ( 9.9 (lb)

Enclosure material

Seal diaphragm
Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819, Monel, mat. no. 2.4360,
tantalum or gold
Process flanges and sealing screw
Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4408, Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4610 or Monel, mat. no. 2.4360
O-Ring
FPM (Viton) or optionally: PTFE, FEP, FEPM and NBR

(maximum value with oxigen measurement pressure 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60 C (140 F))
Process connection
-18 NPT and flange connection with mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 or 7/16-20 UNF
to IEC 61518

Steel

Stainless steel
Power supply UH
10.5 ... 45 V DC
No
Not Ex
9 ... 32 V
9 ... 24 V
12.5 mA
Yes
15.5 mA
Yes
Bus voltage
Current consumption
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/129
Siemens AG 2014

HART

PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X

- Marking

- Connection

values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA,
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300
FISCO supply unit:

Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Linear barrier:
Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF
L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
Explosion-proof "d"
PTB 99 ATEX 1160
- Marking

- Connection

PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking
Ex II 1/2 D IP65 T 120 C
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
120 C (248 F)
- Connection

values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA,
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300
FISCO supply unit:

Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Linear barrier:
Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF
L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
PTB 01 ATEX 2055

- Marking
- Connection

Pmax = 1.2 W

Pmax = 1 W
PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X

- Marking
Um = 45 V
Um = 32 V

Ui = 45 V

Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF

1)
L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
Conversion of temperature error per 28 C. Valid for temperature range -3 ... +53 C < (0.08. r + 0.16) % / 28 C (50 F).
1/130
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
HART communication
HART
230 ... 1100
Protocol
HART Version 5.x
SIMATIC PDM

address 126)
Cyclic data usage

Output byte

Input byte
metering)
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
communication
Function blocks

Analog input

characteristic
0 to 100 s

- Failure mode

value)
- Limit monitoring
respectively
Yes
Device profile

3.0, class B
PID
Physical block
1 resource block
Function blocks
Transducer blocks

characteristic

LCD
0 ... 100 s
Input /Output
- Failure mode

value)
- Limit monitoring
respectively

Analog input
- Failure mode
incorrect value)
- Limit monitoring

Physical block
Transducer blocks

two pressures
Yes
Yes


two pressures
Yes
Yes
characteristic with
Max. 30 nodes
Yes

Parameterizable
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/131
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
Article No.

from differential pressure series,
7MF 4 3 3 3 -

from differential pressure series,
7MF 4 3 3 3 -
77777 - 7777
Silicone oil
Inert liquid1)

normal
grease-free to
cleanliness level 2

8.3 ... 250 mbar a
(0.12 ... 3.62 psia)
43 ... 1300 mbar a
(0.62 ... 18.85 psia)
0.16 ... 5 bar a
(2.32 ... 72.5 psia)
1 ... 30 bar a
(14.5 ... 435 psia)
5.3 ... 100 bar a
(76.9 ... 1450 psia)
Display
Without display
required)
1
3
Process connection
Female thread -18 NPT with flange connection
Sealing screw opposite process connection
(only for replacement requirement)
Vent on side of process flange 7)
Die-cast aluminum
Stainless steel precision
casting8)
Version
Standard versions
None
(Ex ia + Ex d)" 10)
dust explosion protection (Ex ia+ Ex d +
Zone 1D/2D)"10)12)
- "Intrinsic Safe und Explosion Proof (is + xp)" 9)
connector13)
1/132
Siemens FI 01 2015
6
7

Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
A
B
C
E
H
L
Y
2
0
6
4

process flange screws Electronics housing
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
0
1
D
F
G
H
KE

Seal diaphragm
Parts of measuring cell
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Hastelloy
Tantalum
Tantalum
Monel
Monel
Gold
Gold
77777 - 7777
2
3
1
2
A
B
D
P
E
R
F
S
NC
A
B
C
D
F
1)
For oxygen applications, add Order code E10.
2)
Version 7MF4333-1DY... only up to max. span 200 mbar a (2.9 psia).
3)

here.
4)
5)

7MF433.-..Y..-.... und 7MF4900-1...-.B
6)
is silicone oil.
7)
Not for span "5.3 ... 100 bar a (76.9 ... 1450 psia)". Position of the top vent
valve in the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
8)

"Han7D plug".
9)
10)
11)
12)
13)
14)
15)
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
Article No.
Pressure transmitter for absolute pressure

from differential pressure series
Pressure transmitter for absolute pressure

from differential pressure series
7MF 4 3 3 4 -
7MF 4 3 3 5 -
Silicone oil
Inert liquid1)

normal
grease-free to
cleanliness level 2

250 mbar a
(3.62 psia)
1300 mbar a
(18.85 psia)
5 bar a
(72.5 psia)
30 bar a
(435 psia)
100 bar a
(1450 psia)
77777 - 7777
Process connection
Vent on side of process flange 7)
1
3
Die-cast aluminum
casting
Version
Standard versions
None
(Ex ia + Ex d)" 9)
- "Intrinsic Safe und Explosion Proof (is + xp)" 8)
0
1
6
7

D
F
G
H
KE
A
B
C
E
H
L
Y
2
0
6
4

Stainless steel
Stainless steel
7MF 4 3 3 5 77777 - 7777
Display
Without display
With customer-specific display (setting as
specified, Order code "Y21" required)

Seal diaphragm
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Hastelloy
Tantalum
Tantalum
Monel
Monel
Gold
Gold
Version as diaphragm seal 2) 3) 4) 5) 6)
7MF 4 3 3 4 -
1)
2)
Version 7MF4334-1DY... only up to max. span 200 mbar a (80 inH2O a).
3)

here.
4)
5)

7MF433.-..Y..-.... und 7MF4900-1...-.B
6)
is silicone oil.
7)
Not for nominal measuring range 100 bar a (1450 psia). Position of the top
vent valve in the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
13)
2
3
1
2
A
B
D
P
E
R
F
S
NC
B
C
F
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/133
Siemens AG 2014

Order code
Further designs
Steel
Stainless steel
O-rings for process flanges
(instead of FPM (Viton))
PTFE (Teflon)
FEP (with silicone core, approved for food)
FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079),
for measured medium temperatures
-15 ... 100 C (5 ... 212 F))
NBR (Buna N)
HART PA
FF
A01
A02
A20
A21
A22
A23
A30
A31
A32
A33
Sealing screw
A40
-18 NPT, with valve in mat. of process flanges

(metal (CuZn))
Plug
Han 7D (metal)
Angled
Han 8D (metal)

(instead of German)
English
French
Spanish
Italian
Cyrillic (russian)
A50
Order code
Further designs
HART PA
FF
E01
Oxygen application
E10
(In the case of oxygen measurement and inert
liquid max. 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60C (140 F))
E11
CRN approval Canada

E22
Dual seal
E24

7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia) and IP65)

INMETRO (Brazil)


E284)

E454)

E464)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety"

to NEPSI (China)
E554)
B11
B12
B13
B14
B16

B21

NEPSI (China)
C11
Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E574)


Acc. to EN 10204-3.1

to NEPSI (China)
C12
Factory certificate
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2
C14
E704)

C20

7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
(PU on epoxy)
G10

C213)
Interchanging of process connection side
H01
Vent on side for gas measurements
H02
Stainless steel process flanges for vertical H03

differential pressure lines
(not together with K01, K02 and K04)5)

tion)
Chambered graphite gasket for process

flange
J02
Chambered PTFE graphite gasket
J03
EPDM O-rings for process flange with

approval (WRC/WRAS)
J05
Vent valve or blanking plug of process

flange welded-in (orientation: on right
when viewing the display)6)
J08

J09
flange welded-in (orientation: on left when
6)
viewing the display)

C23
C99
Setting of upper limit of

output signal to 22.0 mA
D05

(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
(only together with seal diaphragm made of
Hastelloy and stainless steel)
D07

D12

(1 item), PTFE packing and screws in thread
of process flange
D37

D59

support
1/134
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Order code
Further designs
Process flange
Hastelloy
K01
Monel
K02
Stainless steel with PVDF insert
K04
max. PN 10 (MAWP 145 psi),
max. temperature of medium 90 C (194 F)
For -14 NPT inner process connection on
the side in the middle of the process flange,
vent valve not possible
1)
2)
Order code
HART PA
FF
Additional data
HART PA
FF


here.
mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective remote seals.
3)
Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1 configuration software in combination with S7-400H
4)
5)
Not suitable for connection of remote seals.
6)
Blanking plug is standard configuration. Order option A40 if a vent valve is

required instead of a blanking plug.

Y01: ... up to ... mbar a, bar a, kPaabs,
MPaabs, psia2)
Y01
1)

Y15: ...........................................
Y15

Y16: ...........................................
Y16

Y17: ...........................................
Y17

units
Note:

Y22 +
Y01
3
Preset bus address

Y25: .....................
Y25

(0 ... 100 s)
Y30

= available
1)
2)
3)

Only absolute pressure units selectable. Negative pressure values not permitted.
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/135
Siemens AG 2014
143 (5.6)
29
(1.14) 4)
84 (3.31)
3
7
8
166 (6.54)
53 (2.1)
24
(0.94)
69 (2.7)
50 (1.97)
128 (5.04)
15
(0.6)
80 (3.15)
12
10
11
52 (2.05)
17 (0.67)
72 (2.83)
68 (2.7)
105 (4.1)
Terminal side1)
Han 7D/ Han 8D2) 3) plug
120 (4.7)
6
Blanking plug

Lateral venting for liquid measurement (Standard)
Lateral venting for gas measurement (suffix H02)
10 Mounting bracket (option)
Harting adapter
11 Sealing screw with valve (option)
12 Process connection: -18 NPT (IEC 61518)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for absolute pressure, from the differential pressure series, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/136
Siemens FI 01 2015
96 (3.8)
Space for rotation

of housing
approx. 96 (3.78)
262 (10.3)
min. 90 (3.54) 5)
134 (5.28)
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS P DS III for differential pressure and flow
SITRANS P, DS III for differential pressure and flow
HART
Input
Measured variable
max. permissible operating pressure
Differential pressure and flow

Maximum
operating
pressure
Maximum
operating
pressure
1 ... 20 mbar (0.4 ... 8 inH2O)
32 bar
(464 psi)
20 mbar (8 inH2O)
32 bar
(464 psi)
1 ... 60 mbar (0.4 ... 24 inH2O)
160 bar
(2320 psi)
60 mbar (24 inH2O)
160 bar
(2320 psi)
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1 ... 100 inH2O)
250 mbar (100 inH2O)
6 ... 600 mbar (2.4 ... 240 inH2O)
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.4 ... 642 inH2O)
1600 mbar (642 inH2O)
50 ... 5000 mbar (20 ... 2000 inH2O)
5 bar (2000 inH2O)
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi)

2.5 ... 250 mbar (1 ... 100 inH2O)
6 ... 600 mbar (2.4 ... 240 inH2O)
30 bar (435 psi)

420 bar
(6091 psi)

16 ... 1600 mbar (6.4 ... 642 inH2O)
1600 mbar (642 inH2O)
50 ... 5000 mbar (20 ... 2000 inH2O)
5 bar (2000 inH2O)
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi)
30 bar (435 psi)
420 bar
(6091 psi)

-100 % of max. span or 30 mbar a (0.44 psia) (-33 % with 30 bar (435 psi) measuring cell)
100 % of max. span (for oxygen version and inert filling liquid; max. 120 bar (1740 psi))
Output
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA

23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or optionally set to 22.0 mA
Load
Without HART
RB (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in ,

With HART

Physical bus
IEC 61158-2
supply voltage.
Set to 2 s (0 ... 100 s)
Acc. to IEC 60770-1
Measuring accuracy
(All error data refer always refer to the set
span)



- r 10
(0.0029 r + 0.071) %
(0.0029 r + 0.071) %
- 10 < r 30
(0.0045 r + 0.071) %
(0.0045 r + 0.071) %
- 30 < r 100
(0.005 r + 0.05) %
(0.005 r + 0.05) %
- r 10
0.1 %
0.1 %
- 10 < r 30
0.2 %
0.2 %
- r 10
0.2 %
0.2 %
- 10 < r 30
0.4 %
0.4 %
Square-rooted characteristic (flow > 50 %)
Square-rooted characteristic
(flow > 25 ... 50 %)
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/137
Siemens AG 2014

HART
Long-term stability
250, 600, 1600 and 5000 mbar (0.29, 0.87, (0.125 r) per 5 years
2.32 and 7.25 psi)-measuring cell
(0.125 r) per 5 years
20 mbar (8 inH2O)-measuring cell
(0.2 r) per year
(0.2 r) per year
60 mbar (24 inH2O)-measuring cell
30 bar (435 psi)-measuring cell
at -10 ... +60 C (14 ... 140 F)
(0.08 r + 0.1) %1)
(0.08 r + 0.1) %1)
at -40 ... -10 C and 60 ... 85 C

(-40 ... +14 F and 140 ... 185 F)
(0.1 r + 0.15) %/10 K
(0.1 r + 0.15) %/10 K
(0.15 r) % per 70 bar (1015 psi)
(0.15 r) % per 70 bar (1015 psi)
(0.15 r) % per 32 bar (464 psi)
(0.15 r) % per 32 bar (464 psi)
0.14 % per 70 bar (1015 psi)
0.14 % per 70 bar (1015 psi)
0.2 % per 32 bar (464 psi)
0.2 % per 32 bar (464 psi)

(Twice the value with 20 mbar (8 inH2O)measuring cell
Influence of static pressure

on the zero point (PKN)
- 20 mbar (0.29 psi)-measuring cell
on the span (PKS)
- 20 mbar (0.29 psi)-measuring cell
Rated conditions
-40 ... +100 C (-40 ... +212 F) -20 ... +100 C (-4 ... +212 F) with 30 bar measuring cell
-20 ... +100 C (-4 ... +212 F)
-20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
- Transmitter
(with 4-wire connection, observe temperature values of supplementary 4-wire electronics)
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
- Display readable
-30 ... +85 C (-22 ... +185 F)
Storage temperature
-50 ... +85 C (-58 ... +185 F)
Climatic class
- Condensation

- Emitted interference and interference
immunity
Design
Enclosure material
Die-cast aluminum: 4.5 kg ( 9.9 lb)

Stainless steel precision casting: 7.1 kg ( 15.6 lb)

Seal diaphragm
Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819, Monel, mat. no. 2.4360, tantalum or gold

Process connection
Female thread -18 NPT and flange connection with mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 or
7/ -20 UNF to IEC 61518
16

Steel
Stainless steel
1/138
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
HART

Power supply UH
10.5 ... 45 V DC
No
Not Ex
9 ... 32 V
9 ... 24 V
Bus voltage
Current consumption
12.5 mA
Yes
15.5 mA
Yes

PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi)
PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi)
For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with basic safety requirements of
Article 3, paragraph 1 (appendix 1); assigned to category III, conformity evaluation module H by the
TV Nord.
PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
- Marking
- Connection

To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with peak val- FISCO supply unit:
ues:
Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300 Linear barrier:
Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF

Explosion-proof "d"
PTB 99 ATEX 1160
- Marking


- Connection
- Marking
Ex II 1/2 D IP65 T 120 C
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)

- Connection
120 C (248 F)
To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA,
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300
- Marking
- Connection
FISCO supply unit:

Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Linear barrier:
Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1 W
L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF

PTB 01 ATEX 2055
PTB 01 ATEX 2055

Pmax = 1.2 W

Pmax = 1 W
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/139
Siemens AG 2014

HART
Ex II 2/3 G Ex nA IIC T4/T5/T6 Gc

- Marking
Um = 45 V
Um = 32 V

Ui = 45 V

Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W

1)

PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
1/140
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
HART communication
HART
230 ... 1100
Protocol
HART Version 5.x
Software for PC
SIMATIC PDM

address 126)
Cyclic data usage

Output byte

Input byte
metering)
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
communication
Function blocks

Analog input
- Adaptation to customerspecific process variables

characteristic
0 ... 100 s

- Failure mode

value)
- Limit monitoring
respectively
Yes
Device profile

3.0, class B
PID
Physical block
1 resource block
Function blocks
Transducer blocks

characteristic

LCD
0 ... 100 s
Input /Output
- Failure mode

value)
- Limit monitoring
respectively

Analog input
- Failure mode
incorrect value)
- Limit monitoring

Physical block
Transducer blocks

two pressures
Yes
Yes


two pressures
Yes
Yes
characteristic with
Max. 30 nodes
Yes

Parameterizable
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/141
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
Article No.
SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow,
PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi)
7MF 4 4 3 3 -
PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi)
7MF 4 4 3 3 -
77777 - 7777

connector13)14)
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning

Silicone oil
normal
} 1
Inert liquid1)
grease-free to
3
cleanliness level 2
1 ... 20 mbar2)
(0.4015 ... 8.03 inH2O)

1 ... 60 mbar
(0.4015 ... 24.09 inH2O)
2.5 ... 250 mbar
(1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O)
6 ... 600 mbar
(2.409 ... 240.9 inH2O)
16 ... 1600 mbar
(6.424 ... 642.4 inH2O)
50 ... 5000 mbar
(20.08 ... 2008 inH2O)
0.3 ... 30 bar
(4.35 ... 435 psi)
}
}
}
}
}
}
C
D
E
F
G
H
Die-cast aluminum
}
8)
casting
None


(Ex ia + Ex d)"10)
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure }

and dust explosion protection (Ex ia+ Ex d +
Zone 1D/2D)"10)12)
1/142
Siemens FI 01 2015
F
0
1
6
7
A
B
C
E
H
L
Y
2
0
6
4

Version
Standard versions
A
B
C
D
Process connection
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518 }

2)
Vent on side of process flange
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Display
Without display

}

required)

(stainless steel process flanges)
Seal diaphragm
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Hastelloy
Tantalum3)
Tantalum
Monel3)
Monel
Gold3)
Gold
Version for diaphragm seal4) 5) 6) 7)
77777 - 7777
2
3
1
2
A
B
D
P
E
R
F
S
NC
1)
2)
Not suitable for connection of remote seal. Position of the top vent valve in
the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
3)
Not in conjunction with max. span 20 and 60 mbar (8.03 und 24.09 inH2O))
4)

here.
5)
6)

7MF443.-..Y..-.... und 7MF4900-1...-.B
7)
is silicone oil.
8)

"Han7D plug".
9)
10)
11)
12)
13)
14)
Permissible only for crimp-contact of conductor cross-section 1 mm2
15)
16)
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure

and flow PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi)
Silicone oil
Inert liquid1)
Measuring cell
cleaning
normal
grease-free to
cleanliness level 2

and flow PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi)
7MF 4 4 3 4 -
7MF 4 4 3 5 -
77777 - 7777
1
3

60 mbar
(24.09 inH2O)
250 mbar
(100.4 inH2O)
600 mbar
(240.9 inH2O)
1600 mbar
(642.4 inH2O)
5 bar
(2008 inH2O)
30 bar
(435 psi)
C
D
E
F
G
H

7MF 4 4 3 5 77777 - 7777
Display
Without display
With customer-specific display
(setting as specified, Order code "Y21" required)
B
C
F
0
1
6
7


Seal diaphragm
Process connection
Venting on side of process flanges2)
7MF 4 4 3 4 -


20 mbar 2)
(8.03 inH2O)
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Hastelloy
Tantalum 3)
Tantalum
Monel3)
Monel
Gold 3)
Gold
Article No.
A
B
C
E
H
L
Y
2
0
6
4
1)
2)
Not suitable for connection of remote seal. Position of the top vent valve in
the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
3)
Not in conjunction with max. span 20 and 60 mbar (8.03 und 24.09 inH2O))
4)

here.
5)
6)

7MF443.-..Y..-.... und 7MF4900-1...-.B
7)
is silicone oil.
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
13)

Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Die-cast aluminum
casting
Version
Standard versions
None
(Ex ia + Ex d)"9)
Zone 1D/2D)"9) 11)(not for DS III FF)
2
3
1
2
A
B
D
P
E
R
F
S
NC
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/143
Siemens AG 2014

Order code

Further designs
code.
Steel
Stainless steel
HART PA
A01
A02

PTFE (Teflon)

-15 ... 100 C (5 ... 212 F)
NBR (Buna N)
FF
A20
A21
A22
A23
A30
A31
A32
A33
A40
A50
B11
B12
B13
B14
B16
B21

Inspection certificate2) to EN 10204-3.1
C12
Factory certificate to EN 10204-2.2
C14

C20
plug
Han 7D (metal)
Angled
Han 8D (metal)
Sealing screws (2 units)
-18 NPT, with valve in mat. of process
flanges
(metal (CuZn))
(instead of German)
English
French
Spanish
Italian
Cyrillic (russian)
Pressure units in inH2O and/or psi

(For price request please contact the technical support
1/144
Siemens FI 01 2015
C213)
C23
C99
Order code
Further designs
code.
HART PA
FF

D05

(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
D07

D12
Process flange screws made of Monel

(max. nominal pressure PN20)
D34
Supplied with oval flange set

(2 items), PTFE packings and screws in
thread of process flanges
D37

D59

7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)and IP65)
E01
Overfilling safety device for flammable

and non-flammable liquids
(max. PN 32 (MAWP 464 psi), basic device
with type of protection "Intrinsic safety
(Ex ia)", to WHG and VbF, not together with
measuring cell filling "inert liquid")
E08
Oxygen application
(140 F))
E10
E11
CRN approval Canada

E22
Dual seal
E24

to INMETRO (Brazil)
E254)

E264)

E284)

E454)

E464)

NEPSI (China)
E554)

to NEPSI (China)
E564)
Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI

(China)
E574)
Ex protection Ex ia, Ex d and Zone

2 to NEPSI (China)
E584)

7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
E704)
Siemens AG 2014
Order code
Further designs
code.
HART PA
FF
Additional data
in the case of linear characteristic curve Y01
(max. 5 characters):
in the case of square rooted characteristic Y02

cover (PU on epoxy)
G10
Interchanging of process connection

side
H01
H02
Stainless steel process flanges for vertical differential pressure lines

(not together with K01, K02 and K04)5)
H03
J01

flange
J02
Chambered PTFE graphite gasket
J03

approval (WRC/WRAS)
J05

J08

flange welded-in (orientation: on left
J09
K01
K02
K04
Process flange
Hastelloy
Monel
Stainless steel with PVDF insert
max. PN 10 (MAWP 145 psi),
max. temperature of medium 90 C
(194 F)
For -14 NPT inner process connection
on the side in the middle of the process
flange, vent valve not possible

Supplementary electronics for 4-wire connection, see accessories.
= available
1)
Order code
When the manufactures certificate (calibration certificate) has to be ordered

for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The
measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
2)
3)
4)
Option does not include ATEX approval, but instead includes only the countryspecific approval.
5)
Not suitable for connection of remote seal.
6)

HART PA
FF
1)

description)
Y15: ...........................................
Y15

variable)
Max. 27 char., specify in plain text: Y16:
.......
Y16
Y17
Max. 8 char., specify in plain text: Y17: .......
Y21
Setting of pressure indicator in
pressure units
Note: The following pressure units can be
selected:
Setting of pressure indicator in nonpressure units2)

(specification of measuring range in pressure units "Y01" or "Y02" is essential, unit
with max. 5 characters)
Y223)
+
Y01 or
Y02
Preset bus address

Y25

(0 ... 100 s)
Y30

Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22, Y25 und D05 can be factory preset
= available
1)

2)
3)
Not in conjunction with over-filling safety device for flammable and nonflammable liquids (Order code "E08")
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/145
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
Article No.
7MF 4 5 3 3 -
7MF 4 5 3 3 -
77777 - 7777
Silicone oil
Measuring cell
cleaning
normal

2.5 ... 250 mbar
(1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O)
6 ... 600 mbar
(2.409 ... 240.9 inH2O)
16 ... 1600 mbar
(6.424 ... 642.4 inH2O)
50 ... 5000 mbar
(20.08 ... 2008 inH2O)
0.3 ... 30 bar
(4.35 ... 435 psi)
Display
Without display
required)
1
D
E
F
G
H
Process connection
Venting on side of process flanges, location of
vent valve at top of process flanges (see dimensional drawing)
Die-cast aluminum
casting6)
Version
Standard versions
None
(Ex ia + Ex d)"8)
Zone 1D/2D)"8)10)
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof
(is + xp)" 7), max PN 360
connector11)12)
1/146
Siemens FI 01 2015
6
7
Scope of delivery: Pressure transmitter as ordered (Instruction Manual is

extra ordering item)
1)
A
B
L
Y
3
1
7
5
Not in conjunction with max. span 600 mbar (240.9 inH2O)
2)

here.
3)
4)

7MF453.-..Y..-.... und 7MF4900-1....-.B
5)
is silicone oil.
6)

"Han7D plug".
7)
8)
9)
10) Only
in connection with IP65.
11) Only
in connection with Ex approval A, B or E.
12) Permissible

Stainless steel
Stainless steel
0
1

Seal diaphragm
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Stainless steel
Gold1)
Gold
Ausfhrung als Membrandruckmittler 2) 3) 4) 5)
77777 - 7777
2
3
1
2
A
B
D
P
E
R
F
S
NC
A
B
C
D
F
only for crimp-contact of conductor cross-section 1 mm2
13) Only
in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
14) M12
delivered without cable socket.
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
Article No.

and flow, PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi)

and flow, PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi)
7MF 4 5 3 4 -
7MF 4 5 3 4 -
7MF 4 5 3 5 -
7MF 4 5 3 5 -
250 mbar
(100.4 inH2O)
600 mbar
(240.9 inH2O)
1600 mbar
(642.4 inH2O)
5 bar
(2008 inH2O)
30 bar
(435 psi)
1 7777 - 7777
D
E
F
G
H
Process connection
Venting on side of process flanges, location of
vent valve at top of process flanges (see dimensional drawing).
A
B
L
Y
1)
2)
3
1
7
5

Process flange screws Electronics housing
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Die-cast aluminum
casting
Version
Standard versions
None
(Ex ia + Ex d)"7)
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof
(is + xp)"6), max PN 360
0
1
6
7


Seal diaphragm
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Stainless steel
Gold 1)
Gold
Ausfhrung als Membrandruckmittler 2) 3) 4) 5)
1 7777 - 7777
Display
Without (display hidden)
2
3
Not in conjunction with max. span 600 mbar (240.9 inH2O)

here.
3)
4)

7MF453.-..Y..-.... und 7MF4900-1....-.B
5)
is silicone oil.
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
1
2
A
B
D
P
E
R
F
S
NC
B
C
F
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/147
Siemens AG 2014

Order code
Further designs
Steel
Stainless steel
PTFE (Teflon)
-15 ... 100 C (5 ... 212 F)
NBR (Buna N)
HART PA
A01
A02
FF
Order code
Further designs
HART PA
FF

7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)and IP65)
E01
E11
Dual seal
E24

INMETRO (Brazil)


E283)

E453)
A20
A21
A22
A23
A30
A31
A32
A33

E463)
Sealing screws (2 units)

A40
-18 NPT, with valve in mat. of process flanges

to NEPSI (China)
E553)
Cable sockets for M12 connection

(metal (CuZn))
Ex prot. "Explosion-proof" to NEPSI (China) E563)

Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E573)


to NEPSI (China)

7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
E703)

(PU on epoxy)
G10
Interchanging of process connection side
Plug
Han 7D (metal)
Angled
Han 8D (metal)

English
French
Spanish
Italian
Cyrillic (russian)
A50
B11
B12
B13
B14
B16

Pressure units in inH2O and/or psi
B21

C11
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1
C12
Factory certificate
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2
C14

C20
C211)

C23
Device passport Russia (For price request

please contact the technical support
C99

22.0 mA
D05

(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
D07

D12
Nom. press. rating PN 500 (MAWP 7250 psi) D56

(Only for measuring cell 600 mbar ... 30 bar
(240 inH2O ... 435 psi), SIL- und Ex-options
not possible))2)

1/148
Siemens FI 01 2015
H01
Stainless steel process flanges for vertical H03


tion)

flange
J02

approval (WRC/WRAS)
J05

J08

J09
4)
1)
D59
Tested according to IEC 61010. Only for measuring materials of the group
of fluids 2 in accordance with PED permissible. Not for use with dangerous
media suitable.
3)
4) Blanking plug is standard configuration. Order option A40 if a vent valve is
2)
Siemens AG 2014
Order code
Additional data
HART PA
FF

in the case of linear characteristic curve
in the case of square rooted characteristic
1)
Y01
Y02
Y15
Measuring point text (entry in device vari- Y16

able)
Max. 27 char., specify in plain text: Y16: .......

Y17
Max. 8 char., specify in plain text: Y17: .........

units
Note:

Y22 +
Y01 or
Y02
3
units "Y01" or "Y02" is essential, unit with
max. 5 characters)

Y15: ...........................................
Preset bus address

Y25

(0 ... 100 s)
Y30

Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22, Y25 and D05 can be factory preset.
= available
1)
2)

Siemens FI 01 2015
1/149
Siemens AG 2014
143 (5.6)
29
(1.14) 4)
84 (3.31)
3
7
8
166 (6.54)
53 (2.1)
24
(0.94)
69 (2.7)
50 (1.97)
128 (5.04)
15
(0.6)
80 (3.15)
12
10
11
52 (2.05)
17 (0.67)
72 (2.83)
68 (2.7)
105 (4.1)
Terminal side1)
120 (4.7)
6
Blanking plug

Lateral venting for liquid measurement (Standard)
Lateral venting for gas measurement (suffix H02)
10 Mounting bracket (option)
Harting adapter
11 Sealing screw with valve (option)
12 Process connection: -18 NPT (IEC 61518)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/150
Siemens FI 01 2015
96 (3.8)
Space for rotation

of housing
approx. 96 (3.78)
262 (10.3)
min. 90 (3.54) 5)
134 (5.28)
Siemens AG 2014
143 (5.6)
53 (2.1)
17 (0.67)
29 (1.14) 8)
5
84 (3.31)
80 (3.15)
50 (1.97)
approx. 96 (3.78)
min. 90 (3.54) 5)
approx. 85 (3.35) 6)
Space for rotation

of housing
60 (2.36) 5)
128 (5.04)
approx. 217 (8.54) 7)
15
(0.6)
24
(0.94)
approx. 87 (3.43)
65 (2.56)
Blanking plug
Terminal side1)

Sealing screw with valve (option)
Process connection: -18 NPT (IEC 61518)
Harting adapter
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)

74 mm (2.9 inch) for PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi)
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines, optional "H03" ,
dimensional drawing, dimensions in mm (inch)
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow,

with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/151
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS P DS III for level
HART
Input
Measured variable
Level
Spans (infinitely adjustable) or nominal measuring Span (min. ... max.)

range and max. permissible operating pressure
Maximum operating
pressure
Nominal measuring
range
Maximum operating
pressure
25 ... 250 mbar

(10 ... 100 inH2O)
See "Mounting flange"
250 mbar
(100 inH2O)
25 ... 600 mbar

(10 ... 240 inH2O)
600 mbar
(240 inH2O)
53 ... 1600 mbar

(21 ... 642 inH2O)
1600 mbar
(642 inH2O)
160 ... 5000 mbar

(64 ... 2000 inH2O)
5 bar
(2000 inH2O)

-100 % of max. span or 500 mbar a (7.25 psia)
Also available as vacuum-resistant remote seal: 30 mbar a (0.44 psi a)
100 % of max. span
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA


set to 22.0 mA

-
Output
Load
Without HART
RB (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in ,

Physical bus
IEC 61158-2
supply voltage.
With HART
Set to 2 s (0 ... 100 s)
Acc. to IEC 60770-1
Measuring accuracy

Span ratio r = max. span/set span)


- r 10
0.15 %
0.15 %
- 10 < r 30
0.3 %
0.3 %
- 30 < r 100
(0.0075 r + 0.075) %
(0.0075 r + 0.075) %
(0.25 r)% every 5 years

static pressure max. 70 bar (1015 psi)
(0.25 r)% every 5 years

static pressure max. 70 bar (1015 psi)
- 250 mbar- (100 inH2O)-measuring cell
(0.5 r + 0.2) %1) 4)
(0.5 r + 0.2) %1) 4)
%2) 4)
(0.3 r + 0.2) %2) 4)
Long-term stability
at -10 ... +60 C (14 ... 140 F)
(0.3 r + 0.2)
- 1600 and 5000 mbar- (642 and 2000 inH2O)- (0.25 r + 0.2)
measuring cell
%3) 4)
(0.25 r + 0.2) %3) 4)
at -40 ... -10 C and 60 ... 85 C

(-40 ... +14 F and 140 ... 185 F)
(0.25 r + 0.15) %/10 K

doubled values at 10 < r 30
(0.25 r + 0.15) %/10 K

(0.15 r + 0.15) %/10 K

(0.15 r + 0.15) %/10 K

- 1600 and 5000 mbar- (642 and 2000 inH2O)- (0.12 r + 0.15) %/10 K
measuring cell
double values at 10 < r 30
1/152
Siemens FI 01 2015
(0.12 r + 0.15) %/10 K

double values at 10 < r 30
Siemens AG 2014
HART
(0.3 r) % per nominal pressure

on the zero point
- 1600 and 5000 mbar- (642 and 2000 inH2O)- (0.1 r) % per nominal pressure
measuring cell
on the span
Rated conditions

Note: Always take into account assignment of max. permissible operating temperature to max.
permissible operating pressure of the respective flange connection!
-40 ... +1005) C (-40 ... +2125) F)

- High-pressure side
pabs 1 bar: -40 ... +175 C (-40 ... +347 F)

pabs < 1 bar: -40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
- Low-pressure side
-40 ... +100 C (-40 ... +212 F)

-20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F) in conjunction with dust explosion protection
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
- Transmitter
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
- -Display readable
-30 ... +85 C (-22 ... +185 F)
Storage temperature
-50 ... +85 C (-58 ... +185 F)
Climatic class
- Condensation
Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %, condensation permissible, suitable for use in the tropics
Design
To EN (pressure transmitter with mounting
flange, without tube)
11 ... 13 kg ( 24.2 ... 28.7 (lb)
To ASME (pressure transmitter with mounting

flange, without tube)
11 ... 18 kg ( 24.2 ... 39.7 lb)

Enclosure material
High-pressure side
Seal diaphragm of mounting flange
Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L, Monel, mat. no. 2.4360, Hastelloy B2, mat. no. 2.4617,
Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819, Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4610, tantalum, PTFE, ETCFE,
stainless steel Duplex, mat. no. 1.4462
Silicone oil
Process connection
High-pressure side
Flange to EN and ASME
Low-pressure side
Female thread -18 NPT and flange connection with mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 or
7/ -20 UNF to EN 61518
16
Power supply UH
10.5 ... 45 V DC
No
Not Ex
9 ... 32 V
9 ... 24 V
Bus voltage
Current consumption
12.5 mA
Yes
15.5 mA
Yes
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/153
Siemens AG 2014

HART

PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X

- Marking

- Connection

values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA,
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300
FISCO supply unit:

Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Linear barrier:
Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF
L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
Explosion-proof "d"
PTB 99 ATEX 1160
- Marking

- Connection

PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking
Ex II 1/2 D IP65 T 120 C
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
120 C (248 F)
- Connection

values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA,
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300
FISCO supply unit:

Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Linear barrier:
Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF
L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
PTB 01 ATEX 2055

- Marking
- Connection

Pmax = 1.2 W

Pmax = 1 W
PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X

- Marking
Um = 45 V
Um = 32 V

Ui = 45 V

Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF


L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF

1)
Conversion of temperature error per 28 C. Valid for temperature range -3 ... +53 C < (0.4 r + 0.16) % / 28 C (50 F).
2)
3)
4)
0.32 instead of 0.16 at 10 < r < 30
5)
This value may be increased if the process connection is sufficiently insulated.
1/154
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
HART communication
HART
230 ... 1100
Protocol
HART Version 5.x
SIMATIC PDM
Configuration tool or local

operation (standard setting
address 126)
Cyclic data usage

Output byte

Input byte
metering)
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
communication
Function blocks

Analog input

characteristic
0 ... 100 s

- Failure mode

value)
- Limit monitoring
respectively
Yes
Device profile

3.0, class B
PID
Physical block
1 resource block
Function blocks
Transducer blocks

characteristic

LCD
0 ... 100 s
Input/Output
- Failure mode

value)
- Limit monitoring
respectively
Analog input
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring

incorrect value)
Physical block
Transducer blocks

two pressures
Yes
Yes

Mounting flange
Nominal diameter
Nominal pressure
Acc. to EN 1092-1
- DN 80
PN 40
- DN100
PN16, PN40
To ASME B16.5
- 3 inch
class 150, class 300
- 4 inch

two pressures
Yes
Yes
characteristic with
Max. 30 nodes
Yes

Parameterizable
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/155
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
Pressure transmitter for level,

7MF 4 6 3 3 77 Y 77 - 7777
Silicone oil
Measuring cell
cleaning
normal

25 ... 250 mbar
(10 ... 100 inH2O)
25 ... 600 mbar
(10 ... 240 inH2O)
53 ... 1600 mbar
(21 ... 642 inH2O)
0.16 ... 5 bar
(64.3 ... 2000 inH2O)
Process connection of low-pressure side
Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518
Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213
Die-cast aluminum
casting1)
Version
Standard versions
None
(Ex ia + Ex d)"3)
Zone 1D/2D)"3)5)
connector6)
Display
Without display
With visible display (setting mA)
1/156
Siemens FI 01 2015
ordering example
Item line 1:
7MF4633-1EY20-1AA1-Z
B line:
Y01
C line:
Y01: 80 to 143 mbar (1.16 to 2.1 psi)
Item line 2:
7MF4912-3GE01

D
E
F
G
2
0

Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Ordering information
1st order item: Pressure transmitter 7MF4633-...
2nd order item: Mounting flange 7MF4912-3...
2
3
1
2
A
B
D
P
E
R
F
S
NC
A
B
C
D
F
0
1
6
7
1)
Not in conjunction with electrical connection "Screwed gland Pg 13.5" and

"Han7D plug".
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
1st order item: Pressure transmitter 7MF4634-...
2nd order item: Mounting flange 7MF4912-...

7MF 4 6 3 4 -
7MF 4 6 3 5 -
250 mbar
(100 inH2O)
600 mbar
(240 inH2O)
1600 mbar
(642 inH2O)
5 bar
(2000 inH2O)
Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518
Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213
1 7 Y 77 - 7777
ordering example
Item line 1:
7MF4634-1EY20-1AA1
Item line 2:
7MF4912-3GE01
D
E
F
G
2
0
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)

Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Die-cast aluminum
casting
Version
Standard versions
None
(Ex ia + Ex d)"2)
Zone 1D/2D)"2)4) (not for DS III FF)
Display
Without display
2
3
1
2
A
B
D
P
E
R
F
S
NC
B
C
F
0
1
6
7
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/157
Siemens AG 2014

Order code
Further designs
HART PA
FF
O-rings for process flanges on

low-pressure side
PTFE (Teflon)
-15 ... 100 C (5 ... 212 F)
NBR (Buna N)
Use on zone 1D / 2D
7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)and IP65)
Plug
Han 7D (metal)
Angled
Han 8D (metal)
A20
A21
A22
A23
A30
A31
A32
A33
Sealing screw
-18 NPT, with valve in mat. of process flanges A40
A50

(metal (CuZn))
(instead of German)
English
French
Spanish
Italian
Cyrillic (russian)
Order code
Further designs
HART PA
E01
Overfilling safety device for flammable and E08

non-flammable liquids
(max. PN 32 (MAWP 464 psi), basic device
with type of protection "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)",
to WHG and VbF, not together with measuring
cell filling "inert liquid")
E11
CRN approval Canada

E22
Dual seal
E24
FF

INMETRO (Brazil)

B11
B12
B13
B14
B16

E282)

E452)

B21

E462)

C11
E552)
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1
C12

to NEPSI (China)
C14

NEPSI (China)
Factory certificate
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2
C20
E572)

C211)

to NEPSI (China)

C23

7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
E702)
C99

(PU on epoxy)
G10
Replacement of process connection side

support


D05

D12

(1 item), PTFE packing and screws in thread
of process flange
D37

D59
H01

tion)

J08
J09
3)
1)
Option beinhaltet keine ATEX-Zulassung, sondern nur die landesspezifische Zulassung.
3)
2)
1/158
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Order code
Additional data
HART PA
FF

Y01
1)

Y15: ...........................................
Y15

Y16: ...........................................
Y16

Y17: ...........................................
Y17
Setting of pressure indicator in pressure

Y21
units
Note:
Setting of pressure indicator in

Y223)
+ Y01
3/h, m, USgpm, ...
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m
units "Y01" is essential, unit with
max. 5 characters)
Preset bus address

Y25: ...........................................
Y25

(0 ... 100 s)
Y30
= available
1)

3)
Not in conjunction with over-filling safety device for flammable and nonflammable liquids (Order code "E08")
2)
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/159
Siemens AG 2014

Article No. Ord. code
Mounting flange
7MF 4 9 1 2 -
Further designs
Directly mounted on the SITRANS P pressure

transmitter (converter part) for level, for DS III
series
3 7777
777
Connection to EN 1092-1
Nominal diameter
Nominal pressure
DN 50
PN 10/16/25/40
PN 100
A
B
DN 80
PN 10/16/25/40
DN 100
PN 10/16
PN 25/40
G
H
Connection to ASME B16.5

Nominal diameter
Nominal pressure
2 inch
class 150
class 300
class 400/600
class 900/1500
3 inch
class 150
class 300
4 inch
class 150
class 300
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal press.: ...
Stainless steel 316L
- Coated with PFA
- Coated with PTFE
Coated with ECTFE1)
L
M
N
P
Q
R
T
U
Z
J1Y
A
D
E0
F
Monel 400, mat. no. 2.4360

Tantalum
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462, incl. main body
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated,
thickness approx. 25 m
G
J
U
K
Q
R
S0
Tube length
None
50 mm
(1.97 inch)
100 mm
(3.94 inch)
150 mm
(5.90 inch)
200 mm
(7.87 inch)
Other version: add Order code and plain text:
material of parts in contact with medium: ........,
tubus length: ........
0
1
2
3
4
Z8
Filling liquid
Silicone oil M5
Silicone oil M50
High-temperature oil
Halocarbon oil (for O2-measurement)
Food oil (FDA-listed)
Other version, add
Order code and plain text:
filling liquid: ...
1)
For vacuum on request
1/160
Siemens FI 01 2015
K1Y
1
2
3
4
7
9
M1 Y
Order code
HART PA
FF

Spark arrester
A01
For mounting on zone 0 (incl. documentation)
Remote seal nameplate

attached out of stainless steel, contains Article No. and order number of the remote seal
supplier
B20
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version

C10
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed version, not for oxygen application, only in conjunction with halocarbon oil fill fluid, certified by
certificate acc. to EN 10204-2.2

C11
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1
C12
2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil

C17
Only in conjunction with filling liquid "Food oil"
(FDA listed)"
"Functional safety (SIL2)" certificate
C20
to IEC 61508
"Functional safety (SIL2/3)" certificate

C23
to IEC 61508
(only for conjunction with the Order code "C23"
in the case of SITRANS P DS III transmitter)
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0175

D07
Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 acc. to
EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of stainless steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276)

D08
Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 acc. to
EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of stainless steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276)

E10
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed version, only for oxygen application, only inert fill
fluid may be used. Max. temperature: 60 C
(140 F), max. pressure 50 bar (725 psi), only
in connection with halocarbon oil, certified by
Epoxy painting
E15
Not possible with vacuum-proof design
Color: transparent, coverage: front and rear of
the remote seal, capillary(ies) or connecting
tube, process connection of the transmitter.
With transmitters 7MF40.. and 7MF42.., only
possible with process connection GB
according to EN837-1.
Sealing surface B1 or
J12
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
instead of sealing surface B2 or RFSF
(only for wetted parts made of Hastelloy C276
(2.4819), tantalum and Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
and for nominal sizes 2", 3", DN 50 and DN 80)
Sealing surface groove, EN 1092-1, form D J14

instead of sealing surface B1 (only for wetted
parts made of stainless steel 316L)
Sealing surface RJF (groove) ASME B16.5 J24

instead of sealing surface ASME B16.5 RF
125 ... 250 AA (only for wetted parts made of
stainless steel 316L)
(only for conjunction with the Order code "C20"

in the case of SITRANS P DS III transmitter)
Siemens AG 2014
Order code
Further designs
HART PA
FF

Elongated pipe, 150 mm instead of 100 mm, R15
max. medium temperature 250 C, observe
the maximum permissible media temperature
of the filling liquid.
Elongated pipe, 200 mm instead of 100 mm, R20

max. medium temperature 300 C, observe
the maximum permissible media temperature
of the filling liquid.
Vacuum-proof design
(for use in low-pressure range)
Note: suffix "Y01" required with press. transm.
= available
V04
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/161
Siemens AG 2014
29 (1.14) 5)
177 (6.97)
84 (3.31)
53 (2.1)
2
3
143 (5.6)
74 (2.9)
15
(0.6)
166 (6.54)
d4
min. 90
(3.54) 5)
d 5
9
54 (2.1)
approx. 96 (3.78)
108 (4.25)
17 (0.67)
7
n x d2
b
f
L
Blanking plug

Terminal side1)

Sealing screw with valve (option)
Harting adapter
Process connection of low pressure side -18 NPT (IEC 61518)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure transmitters for level, including mounting flange, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/162
Siemens FI 01 2015
Space for rotation

of housing
Siemens AG 2014
Nominal
diameter
Nominal
pressure
DN 50
PN 10/16/
25/40
DN 80
DN 100
d2
d4
d5
dM
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
20
165
90
18
102
48.3
451)
125
0, 50, 100,
150 or 200
PN 100
28
195
90
26
102
48.3
451)
145
PN 10/16/
25/40
24
200
90
18
138
76
722)
160
PN 100
32
230
90
26
138
76
722)
180
PN 10/16
20
220
115
18
158
94
89
180
PN 25/40
24
235
115
22
162
94
89
190

Nominal
diameter
Nominal
pressure
lb./sq.in
inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm)
inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm)
2 inch
150
0.77 (19.5) 5.91 (150)
0.79 (20)
3.62 (92)
1.9 (48.3)
1.771) (45)
0.08 (2)
4.74 (120.5) 4
300
0.89 (22.7) 6.5 (165)
0.79 (20)
3.62 (92)
1.9 (48.3)
1.771) (45)
0.08 (2)
5 (127)
400/600
1.28 (32.4) 6.5 (165)
0.79 (20)
3.62 (92)
1.9 (48.3)
1.771) (45)
0.28 (7)
5 (127)
900/1500
1.78 (45.1) 8.46 (215)
1.02 (26)
5 (127)
1.9 (48.3)
1.771) (45)
0.28 (7)
6.5 (165)
8
4
3 inch
4 inch
d2
d4
d5
dM
inch (mm)
150
0.96 (24.3) 7.48 (190)
0.79 (20)
5 (127)
3 (76)
2.832) (72)
0.08 (2)
6 (152.5)
300
1.14 (29)
8.27 (210)
0.87 (22)
5 (127)
3 (76)
2.832) (72)
0.08 (2)
6.63 (168.5) 8
600
1.53 (38.8) 8.27 (210)
0.87 (22)
5 (127)
3 (76)
2.832) (72)
0.28 (7)
6.63 (168.5) 8
150
0.96 (24.3) 9.06 (230)
0.79 (20)
6.22 (158)
3.69 (94)
3.5 (89)
0.08 (2)
7.5 (190.5)
300
1.27 (32.2) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22)
6.22 (158)
3.69 (94)
3.5 (89)
0.08 (2)
7.87 (200)
400
1.65 (42)
6.22 (158)
3.69 (94)
3.5 (89)
0.28 (7)
7.87 (200)
10.04 (255) 1.02 (26)
0, 2, 3.94,
5.94 or 7.87
(0, 50, 100,
150 or 200)
d: Internal diameter of gasket to DIN 2690

dM: Effective diaphragm diameter
1)
59 mm = 2.32 inch with tube length L=0.
2)
89 mm = 3 inch with tube length L=0.
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/163
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS P DS III Supplementary electronics for 4-wire connection
Overview
Structural design
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
(inch)
80 x 120 x 60 (3.15 x 4.72 x 2.36)
Screw terminals (Pg 13.5 cable

inlet) or Han 7D / Han 8D plug
Power supply
Supply voltage
230 V AC (-10 ... +6 %,

47 ... 63 Hz, approx. 6 VA) or
24 V AC/DC (24 V AC 10 %,
47 ... 63 Hz, approx. 3 VA)
Permissible ripple (within the specified limits)
Approx. 2.5 V pp
212 (8.35)
80 (3.15)
Direct connection of the supplementary electronics to a

SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitter with HART produces a
transmitter for 4-wire connection.
The supplementary electronics cannot be attached to explosionprotected pressure transmitters. The supplementary electronics
is fitted in a light metal housing which is mounted on the left side
of the pressure transmitter.
Note on ordering:
The supplementary electronics can only be ordered as an
optional accessory for the corresponding pressure transmitter.
SITRANS P, supplementary electronics for 4-wire connection
Output
Output signal
0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA
Load
Max. 750
Voltage measurement
Linear (square-rooting in
transmitter if necessary)
Between power supply and

input/ output
Measuring accuracy
acc. to IEC 60770-1
Measurement deviation (in addition

to transmitter)
0.15 % of set span
0.1 % per 10 K
Power supply effect
0.1 % per 10 % change in

voltage or frequency
Load effect
0.1 % per 100 % change
Rated conditions
Ambient temperature
24 V version
-20 ... +80 C (-4 ... +176 F)
230 V version
-20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Storage temperature
-50 ... +85 C (-58 ... +185 F)
IP54 to IEC 60529
(EMC)
IEC 61236
Condensation

condensation permissible
1/164
Siemens FI 01 2015
114 (4.5)
SITRANS P pressure transmitters with supplementary electronics for fourwire connection, dimension drawing, dimensions in mm
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS P DS III Supplementary electronics for 4-wire connection
Schematics
1
Terminals
Ia
1 Han 8D/7D
plug
UH
6
SL
Supplementary electronics for 4-wire

connection
Article No. of the transmitter
7MF4.33-.....-.AB. add "-Z" and Order code.
V77
Power supply
24 V AC/DC
SL
2
Ia -
UH
6
+ Ia -
SL
2
3
UH
AC 230 V
UC 24 V
Han 7D
Han 7D
Han 7D
Han 8D
Ia
SL
UH Power supply
Output current
Order code
3
+
2 plugs
Protective earth
conductor
Supplementary electronics for 4-wire connection, connection diagram
230 V AC
Terminals; 2 Pg screwed
glands, to left
2 Han 7D/Han 8D plugs
incl. mating connector, to left
1 Han 7D plug incl. mating
connector, angled
gland, downwards
connector, downwards
(observe arrangement of
plug and differential pressure
line)
glands, to left
2 Han 7D plugs incl. mating
connector, to left
Output current
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
1
3
5
6
9
7
8
0
1
Accessories
Instruction Manual
German/English
A5E00322799
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/165
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS P DS III Accessories/Spare Parts

Article No.
Article No.
Replacement measuring cell for pressure

for SITRANS P DS III
7MF 4 9 9 0 -
Replacement measuring cell for absolute

pressure for SITRANS P DS III (from the
pressure series)
7777 0 - 0 DB 0
7777 0 - 0 DB 0
Silicone oil
Normal
Inert liquid
grease-free to
cleanliness level 2
Measured span (min. ... max.)
0.01 ... 1 bar
(0.15 ... 14.5 psi)
0.04 ... 4 bar
(0.6 ... 58 psi)
0.16 ... 16 bar
(2.32 ... 232 psi)
0.63 ... 63 bar
(9.14 ... 914 psi)
1.6 ... 160 bar
(23.2 ... 2320 psi)
4.0 ... 400 bar
(58.0 ... 5802 psi)
7.0 ... 700 bar
(102.0 ... 10153 psi)
Silicone oil
Normal
Inert liquid
grease-free to
cleanliness level 2
1
3

8.3 ... 250 mbar a
(0.12 ... 3.62 psia)
43 ... 1300 mbar a
(0.62 ... 18.85 psia)
0.16 ... 5 bar a
(2.32 ... 72.5 psia)
1 ... 30 bar a
(14.5 ... 435 psia)
B
C
D
E
F
G
J
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Hastelloy
A
B
C
Process connection
Oval flange made of stainless steel,
max. span 160 bar (2320 psi)
Further designs
0
1
2
3
Order code

Order code.
to EN 10204-3.1
1/166
Siemens FI 01 2015
1
3
D
F
G
H

Seal diaphragm
Process connection

Seal diaphragm
Process connection
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Hastelloy
7MF 4 9 9 2 -
C12
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
A
B
C
Process connection
Oval flange made of stainless steel,
max. span 160 bar (2320 psi)
Further designs
0
1
2
3
Order code

Order code.
to EN 10204-3.1
C12
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
Article No.
Replacement measuring cell for absolute pressure (from the differential pressure series) for
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS
PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus series
7MF 4 9 9 3 77777 - 0 DC 0
Replacement measuring cell for differential

pressure and PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi) for
77777 - 0 DC 0
Silicone oil
Normal
Inert liquid
grease-free to
cleanliness level 2
8.3 ... 250 mbar a
(0.12 ... 3.62 psia)
43 ... 1300 mbar a
(0.62 ... 18.85 psia)
0.16 ... 5 bar a
(2.32 ... 72.5 psia)
1 ... 30 bar a
(14.5 ... 435 psia)
5.3 ... 100 bar a
(76.9 ... 1450 psia)
Silicone oil
Normal
Inert liquid
grease-free to
cleanliness level 2
1 ... 20 mbar1)
(0.4 ... 8 inH2O)
1
3
D
F
G
H
KE

1 ... 60 mbar
(0.4 ... 24 inH2O)
2.5 ... 250 mbar
(1 ... 100 inH2O)
6 ... 600 mbar
(2.4 ... 240 inH2O)
16 ... 1600 mbar
(6.4 ... 642 inH2O)
50 ... 5000 mbar
(20 ... 2000 inH2O)
0.3 ... 30 bar
(4.35 ... 435 psi)

Seal diaphragm
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Hastelloy
Tantalum
Monel
Gold
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Tantalum
Monel
Gold
A
B
C
E
H
L
Process connection
Vent on side of process flange1)

PTFE (Teflon)
FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079), for measured medium temperatures -15 ... 100 C (5 ... 212 F)
NBR (Buna N)
1
3
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

Seal diaphragm
0
2
4
6

Stainless steel process flange screws
Further designs
Order code.
7MF 4 9 9 4 -
2
Order code
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Hastelloy
2)
Tantalum
Tantalum
2)
Monel
Monel
2)
Gold
Gold
Process connection
A
B
C
E
H
L
0
2
4
6

Further designs
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
A20
A21
A22
A23

PTFE (Teflon)
NBR (Buna N)
to EN 10204-3.1
2
Order code
A20
A21
A22
to EN 10204-3.1
C12
Process connection GB
D16
Remote seal flanges

(not together with K01, K02 and K04)
D20
Remote seal flanges

D20
H02
H02
H03
K00
Stainless steel process flanges for vertical

Process flanges
without
with process flange made of
- Hastelloy
- Monel
- Stainless steel with PVDF insert
max. PN 10 (MAWP 145 psi)
max.temperature of medium 90 C (194 F)
For -14 NPT inner process connection on the
side in the middle of the process flange, vent
valve not possible
1)
Not for span 5.3 ... 100 bar (76.9 ... 1450 psi)
K01
K02
K04
Process flanges
without
with process flange made of
- Hastelloy
- Monel
- Stainless steel with PVDF insert, max. PN 10
(MAWP 145 psi), max. temperature of medium
90 C (194 F). For -14 NPT inner process connection on the side in the middle of the process
flange, vent valve not possible
1)
2)
A23
C12
K00
K01
K02
K04
Not suitable for connection of remote seal

Only together with max. spans 250, 1600, 5000 and 30000 mbar
(100 inH2O, 642 inH2O, 2000 inH2O und 435 psi).
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/167
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
Replacement measuring cell for differential

pressure and PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi) for
77777 - 0 DC 0
7MF 4 9 9 5 -
Silicone oil

Normal

2.5 ... 250 mbar
(1 ... 100 inH2O)
6 ... 600 mbar
(2.4 ... 240 inH2O)
16 ... 1600 mbar
(6.4 ... 642 inH2O)
50 ... 5000 mbar
(20 ... 2000 inH2O)
0.3 ... 30 bar
(4.35 ... 435 psi)
1
D
E
F
G
H

Seal diaphragm
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Gold1)
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Gold
A
B
L
Process connection
Female thread -18 NPT with flange
connection
1
3

5
7

Further designs
2
Order code

code.
PTFE (Teflon)
NBR (Buna N)
A20
A21
A22
A23
to EN 10204-3.1
C12
Stainless steel process flanges for vertical

H03
without process flanges
K00
1)
Not together with max. span 600 mbar (240.9 inH2O)
1/168
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
Article No.
Spare parts/Accessories
Mounting screws
Mounting bracket and fastening parts

for pressure transmitters
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with
PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION
Fieldbus (7MF403.-.....-..C.)
For absolute pressure transmitters
Fieldbus (7MF423.-.....-..C.)
made of steel
For measuring point label, grounding and connection terminals or for display
(50 units)
Sealing screws
(1 set = 2 units) for process flange
made of Hastelloy
7MF4997-1AB
7MF4997-1AH

for pressure transmitters
Fieldbus (7MF403-.....-..A., -..B., ..D. and ..F.)
For absolute pressure transmitters
Fieldbus 7MF423-.....-..A., -..B., ..D. and ..F.)
made of steel
7MF4997-1AC
} 7MF4997-1AJ
7MF4997-1CD
7MF4997-1CG
7MF4997-1CH
Sealing screws with vent valve

Complete (1 set = 2 units)
made of Hastelloy
} 7MF4997-1CP
7MF4997-1CQ
Application electronics
for SITRANS P DS III with HART
for SITRANS P DS III with PROFIBUS PA
for SITRANS P DS III with FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
7MF4997-1DK
7MF4997-1DL
7MF4997-1DM
Connection board
for SITRANS P DS III
for SITRANS P DS III PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
7MF4997-1DN
7MF4997-1DP
Mounting and fastening brackets

For differential pressure transmitters with
flange thread M10
Fieldbus (7MF433.-... and 7MF443.-...)
made of steel
7MF4997-1AD
} 7MF4997-1AK
O-rings for process flanges made of:

FPM (Viton)
PTFE (Teflon)
FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079)
NBR (Buna N)
7MF4997-2DA
7MF4997-2DB
7MF4997-2DC
7MF4997-2DD
7MF4997-2DE
Sealing ring for process connection
see "Fittings"

flange thread M12
Fieldbus (7MF453.-...)
made of steel
Weldable sockets for PMC connection

PMC Style Minibolt: front-flush 1"
7MF4997-2HA
7MF4997-2HB

For differential and absolute pressure transmitters with flange thread 7/16 -20 UNF
Fieldbus
(7MF433.-..., 7MF443.-... and 7MF453.-...)
made of steel
7MF4997-1AE
7MF4997-1AL
Weldable socket for TG52/50 and TG52/150

connection
TG52/50 connection
TG52/150 connection
7MF4997-1AF
7MF4997-1AM
Cover
made of die-cast aluminum, including gasket,
for SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with
Fieldbus
without window
7MF4997-1BB
with window
} 7MF4997-1BE
Cover
made of stainless steel, including gasket,
for SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with
Fieldbus
without window
with window
Digital indicator
Including mounting material for SITRANS P
DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Measuring point label
without inscription (5 units)
Printed (1 unit)
Data according to Y01 or Y02, Y15, Y16 and
Y99 (see "Pressure transmitters")
Gaskets for PMC connection

(packing unit = 5 units)
PTFE seal for PMC Style Standard:
Thread 1"
Gasket made of Viton for PMC Style Minibolt:
front-flush 1"
Seals for TG 52/50 and TG 52/150 made of

silicone (FDA compliant)
Seals for flange connection with front-flush
diaphragm
Material FPM (Viton), 10 units
DN 25, PN 40 (M11)
DN 25, PN 100 (M21)
1", class 150 (M40)
1", class 300 (M45)
7MF4997-2HC
7MF4997-2HD
7MF4997-2HE
7MF4997-2HF
7MF4997-2HG
7MF4997-2HH
7MF4997-2HJ
7MF4997-2HK
7MF4997-2HL
7MF4997-1BC
7MF4997-1BF
7MF4997-1BR
7MF4997-1CA
7MF4997-1CB-Z
Y..: ......................
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/169
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
for SITRANS DS III with HART
- German
- English
- French
- Spanish
- Italian
for SITRANS DS III with PROFIBUS PA
- German
- English
- French
- Spanish
- Italian
for SITRANS DS III with FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
- German
- English
Compact operating instructions
English, german, spanish, french, italian,
dutch
English, estonian, latvian, lithuanian, polish,
romanian
English, bulgarian, czech, finnish, slovakian,
slovenian
English, danish, greek, portuguese, swedish,
hungarian
Korean
The compact operating instructions are available in 21 EU languages on the product CD
supplied with each transmitter. They can also
be downloaded from the SITRANS P web
page.
Brief instruction (Leporello)
German, English
for SITRANS DS III with HART
- German, English
for SITRANS DS III with PROFIBUS PA
- German, English
for SITRANS DS III with FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
- German, English
CD with SITRANS P documentation
incl. compact operating instructions in 21 EU
languages
Certificates (order only via SAP)
instead of Internet download
hard copy (to order)
on CD (to order)
Operating Instructions
for replacement of electronics, measuring cell
and connection board (only available from the
Internet)1)
HART modem
with USB interface
connection
A5E00047090
A5E00047092
A5E00053218
A5E00053219
A5E00053220
A5E00053275
A5E00053276
A5E00053277
A5E00053278
A5E00053279
A5E00279629
A5E00279627
A5E03434626
A5E03434631
A5E03434645
A5E03434656
A5E03693760
A5E00047093
A5E00053274
A5E00282355
A5E00090345
A5E03252406
A5E03252407
A5E00078060
} 7MF4997-1DB
See page 1/164
1)

1/170
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
60
30
25
12,5
25
30
60
R30
12,5
134
21
105
120
52,5
72
16,5
R30
3
115
11
72
Mounting bracket for SITRANS P DS III and SITRANS P280 gauge and absolute pressure-transmitters, dimensions in mm
mounting bracket material: Sheet-steel Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated, or stainless steel Mat. No. 1.4301 (304)
38
27
54
20,65
R30
41,3
27
20,65
R6,5
20
41,3
54
134
21
105
120
52,5
72
16,5
R30
3
115
11
72
Mounting bracket for SITRANS P DS III differential pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm

mounting bracket material: Sheet-steel Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated, or stainless steel Mat. No. 1.4301 (304)
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/171
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS P DS III - Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on transmitters

The 7MF9011-4FA valve manifolds are sealed with PTFE sealing
tape between the transmitter and the valve manifold.
Overview
SITRANS P transmitters
DS III for relative and absolute pressure (both designs) and
DS III for differential pressure
can be delivered factory-fitted with the following valve manifolds:
7MF9011-4EA and 7MF9011-4FA valve manifolds for gauge
pressure and absolute pressure transmitters
7MF9411-5BA and 7MF9411-5CA valve manifolds for absolute pressure and differential pressure transmitters
Design
The 7MF9011-4EA valve manifolds are sealed with gaskets
made of PTFE between transmitter and the valve manifold as
standard. Soft iron, stainless steel and copper gaskets are also
available for sealing purposes if preferred.
The 7MF9411-5BA and 7MF9411-5CA valve manifolds are

sealed with PTFE sealing rings between the transmitter and the
valve manifold.
leaks (compressed air 6 bar (87 psi)) and is certified leak-proof
with a test report to EN 10204 - 2.2.
All valve manifolds should preferably be secured with the respective mounting brackets. The transmitters are mounted on
the valve manifold and not on the unit itself.
If you order a mounting bracket when choosing the option "Factory mounting of valve manifolds", you will receive a mounting
bracket for the valve manifold instead of a bracket for mounting
the transmitter.
If you order an acceptance test certificate 3.1 to EN10204 when
choosing the option "Factory mounting of valve manifolds", a
separate certificate is provided for the transmitters and the valve
manifolds respectively.

7MF9411-5AA
valve manifold for relative and absolute pressure transmitters
Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmit- Order
ter and add order codes.
code
Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmit- Order

ter and add order codes.
code
SITRANS P DSIII
T05
7MF403.-...2.-..., 7MF423.-...2.-... ,
7MF403.-...3.-..., 7MF423.-...3.-... ,
7MF403.-...4.-..., 7MF423.-...4.-...
With process connection oval flange with
PTFE gasket and steel mounting screws.
Delivery including high-presure test certified by factory certificate according to
EN 10204-2.2
SITRANS P DSIII
T06
7MF403.-...2.-..., 7MF423.-...2.-... ,
7MF403.-...3.-..., 7MF423.-...3.-... ,
7MF403.-...4.-..., 7MF423.-...4.-...
With process connection oval flange with
PTFE gasket and stainless steel mounting
screws.
Delivery including high-presure test certified by factory certificate according to
EN 10204-2.2
Additional versions:
A02

C12
EN 10204- 3.1 for transmitters and mounted valve manifold
With manufacturer declaration according
to NACE, MR-0175
1/172
7MF9411-5AA
valve manifold for relative and absolute pressure transmitters
Siemens FI 01 2015
D07
Additional versions:
A02

C12
EN 10204- 3.1 for transmitters and mounted valve manifold
to NACE, MR-0175
D07
Siemens AG 2014
7MF9011-4FA
valve manifold on relative and absolute pressure transmitters
7MF9411-5BA
valve manifold on absolute and differential pressure transmitters

and add Order codes
code

and add Order codes
code
SITRANS P DSIII
7MF403.-...1.-..., 7MF423.-...1.-...
With process connection
female thread -14 NPT
in-sealed with PTFE sealing tape
by test report to EN10204-2.2
SITRANS P DSIII
7MF433.-, 7MF443.- and
7MF453.- 1)
mounted with gaskets made of PTFE and
screws made of
chromized steel
T03
Further designs:
Delivery includes mounting brackets and A02
Further designs:
Delivery includes mounting bracket and
mounting clips made of
Steel
A01
Stainless steel
A02
Supplied acceptance test certificate to EN C12

10204- 3.1 for transmitters and mounted
valve manifold
to NACE, MR-0175
D07
7MF9011-4EA
valve manifold on relative and absolute pressure transmitters
and add Order codes
code
SITRANS P DSIII
7MF403.-...0.-..., 7MF423.-...0.-...
with process connection
collar G1/2 A to EN 837-1
with gasket made of PTFE between valve
manifold and transmitter
Alternative sealing material:
Soft iron
Stainless steel, Mat. No. 14571
copper
T02
U01
U02

EN 10204-3.1 for transmitters and
C12

to NACE, MR-0175
D07
7MF9411-5CA
valve manifold on differential pressure transmitters
and add Order codes
code
SITRANS P DSIII
7MF443.-... and 7MF453.-1 1)
screws made of
chromized steel
Stainless steel
A70
A71
A72

U03
U04
Further designs:
Further designs:

Steel
A01
Stainless steel
A02
Delivery includes mounting brackets and A02

C12

to NACE, MR-0175
D07
1)

EN 10204-3.1 for transmitters and
C12

to NACE, MR-0175
D07
For 7MF453.-... transmitters, you require a 7/10-20 UNF connection thread

in the process flange
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/173
Siemens AG 2014
Valve manifolds mounted on SITRANS P DS III
7MF9011-4EA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and absolute pressure transmitters
118 (4.65)

118 (4.65)
84 (3.31)
84 (3.31)
149 (5.87)
176 (6.93)
192 (7.56)
7MF9011-4EA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and absolute pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/174
Siemens FI 01 2015
158 (6.2)
approx. 293 (11.54)
158 (6.2)
approx. 285 (11.2)
approx. 150 (5.91)
190 (7.5)

pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens AG 2014
7MF9411-5CA valve manifold with mounted differential pressure transmitter
192 (7.56)
7MF9411-5BA valve manifold with mounted differential pressure transmitter
244 (9.61)
215 (8.46)
190 (7.48)
7MF9411-5BA valve manifold with mounted differential pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)
245 (9.65)
256 (10.08)
7MF9411-5CA valve manifold with mounted differential pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/175
Siemens AG 2014
Transmitters for High Performance requirements
SITRANS P500 - Technical description
Overview
SITRANS P500 pressure transmitters are digital pressure transmitters featuring extensive user-friendliness and which fulfil the
most stringent demands of accuracy, long-term stability, speed
and lots more.
Extensive functionality allows you to set the pressure transmitter
specifically to your own requirements. Despite their many settings options, local set-up is easy. A multi-lingual menu with clear
text instructions guides you through the process. There are also
help texts available.
The innovative EDD with integrated QuickStart assistance is also
quick and easy to configure by computer using the HART protocol.
Extensive diagnostic functions, e.g. min/max pointer for pressure and temperature, or limit value indicator, make sure you always have the process under control. You can also display additional process values such as temperature or static pressure.
The simultaneous display of mass, resulting from a volume, is
also easy.
The SITRANS P500 pressure transmitters can be configured to
measure:
Level
Volume
Mass
Volume flow
Mass flow
Benefits

Very fast response time
Extremely good long-term stability
loads
Extensive diagnosis and simulation functions which can be
used both on site as well as via HART.
Optional separate replacement of measuring cell and electronics without recalibration.
Extremely low conformity error values
1/176
Siemens FI 01 2015
Infinitely adjustable spans of 1.25 mbar to 32 bar (0.018 to

465 psi; 0.5 to 12860 inH2O)
Extremely good total performance and conformity error
values with no loss of performance up to a turndown of 10
guaranteed.
Additional integrated sensor for static pressure
Parameterization via on-site control keys or HART
Short process flanges nable space-saving installation.
Application
The SITRANS P500 pressure transmitters can be used in industrial areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads. Electromagnetic compatibility in the range 10 kHz to 1 GHz makes them
suitable for locations with high electromagnetic emissions.
Pressure transmitters with ratings "Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive atmospheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The pressure transmitter comes
with a CE-declaration of conformity and fulfils the corresponding
unified European directives (ATEX).
With newly designed measuring cell, it is possible to work with
process temperatures of -40 to 125 C (-40 to +257 F)) without
having to use a remote seal.
highly viscous fluids.
The pressure transmitter can be fully parameterized locally via
the three operating keys and externally via HART.
Siemens AG 2014
Nominal diameter of the mounting flange
- DN 50 / PN 40
- DN 80 / PN 40
- DN 100/ PN 16, PN 40
- 2 inch/class 150, class 300
- 3 inch/class 150, class 300
- 4 inch/ class 150, class 300
- customized special version
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow

Measured variables:
- Differential pressure
- Small positive or negative pressure
- Flow q ~ p (together with a primary element
(see Chapter "Flow Meters"))
Span (freely adjustable)
for SITRANS P500: 1.25 mbar to 32 bar (0.018 to 465 psi;
0.5 to 12860 inH2O)
Measured variable: Level of aggressive and non-aggressive
liquids in open and closed vessels.
Span (freely adjustable)
for SITRANS P500: 1.25 to 6250 mbar (0.5 to 2509 inH2O)
In the case of level measurements in open vessels, the low-pressure connection of the measuring cell remains open (measurement "compared to atmospheric").
In the case of measurements in closed vessels, the lower-pressure connection has to be connected to the vessel in order to
compensate the static pressure.
The wetted parts are made from a variety of materials, depending on the degree of corrosion resistance required.
Design
10
1
8
14
2
11
3
13
4
6
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Cover for the pushbuttons

Cover, optionally with window
Display (optional)
TAG plate
Process flange with process connection
Lock screws (on two sides) for the measuring cell
Approval plate
Safety catch
9
10
11
12
13
14
Blanking plug
Terminal compartment
Cover for terminal compartment
PE/ground terminal
Nameplate
Cable inlet, optionally with cable gland or plug-in connection
View of transmitter
The electronics housing is made of coated die-cast aluminum.

The casing has round screwed covers front and back.
Depending on the design the front cover is fitted with an inspection window. You can read off the measured value directly
from the optional display through the window.
The inlet to the terminal compartment is located either on the
left or right side. The unused opening in each case is sealed
by a blanking plug.
The PE/ground terminal is on the back of the housing.
Access to the terminal compartment for auxiliary power and

shielding by unscrewing the cover.
Beneath the electronic housing is the measuring cell with its
process flanges at which the process connections are available. The modular design of the pressure transmitter lets you
replace the measuring cell, electronics and connection board
as required.
On the top of the housing you can see the screwed cover of
the three local pushbuttons of the transmitter.
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/177
Siemens AG 2014
Function
Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow

SIEMENS
EEPROM

Ia
A
UH
2
3
HART modem
Sensor
EEPROM
Sensor
EEPROM
Electronics
Application electronics
Sensor of the measuring cell

Measuring amplifier
Microcontroller
One EEPROM each in the measuring cell and in the electronics
HART modem
Keys (local operation)
Digital display
Output current
Auxiliary power

sensor.
This signal is amplified by the measuring amplifier and digitalized in an analog-to-digital converter.
The digital signal is analyzed in a microcontroller and corrected according to linearity and thermal characteristics.
In a digital-to-analog converter it is then converted into the
output current of 4 to 20 mA. When connected to supply lines,
a diode circuit provides reverse polarity protection.
The measuring cell-specific data, the electronic data and the
parameterization data is held in two EEPROMs. One EEPROM
is incorporated into the measuring cell electronics, the other is
incorporated into the application electronics.
Operation
The three local pushbuttons enable you both to navigate and
carry out configuration and to visually track messages and
process values, provided a display is available.
If you have a device without a display, you can carry out zero
adjustment using the three local pushbuttons. It is possible to
retrofit a display at any time.
You can also carry out settings by computer via a HART modem.
1/178
Measuring cell electronics

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
IA
UH
Siemens FI 01 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Input pressure PProcess flange with process connection

O-Ring
Measuring cell body
Overload diaphragm
Filling liquid
Seal diaphragm
Input pressure P+
Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow, function diagram
The differential pressure is transmitted via the seal diaphragm

and the filling liquid to the silicon pressure sensor.
If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload diaphragm
flexes until the seal diaphragm touches the body of the measuring cell. This protects the sensor module from overload.
The differential pressure causes the measuring diaphragm of
the silicon pressure sensor to flex.
The displacement changes the resistance value of the 4 piezo
resistors in the measuring diaphragm in a bridge circuit.
The change in the resistance causes a bridge output voltage
proportional to the input pressure.
Siemens AG 2014
Measuring cell for level
Configuration using HART

1
Parameterization using HART is carried out using a HART Communicator or a PC in conjunction with a HART modem.
230 ... 1100
SITRANS P500
transmitter
Power supply
HART
communicator
9
8
+
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Process flange with process connection

O-Ring
Measuring cell body
Overload diaphragm
Filling liquid of the measuring cell
Capillary tube with filling liquid of the mounting flange
Flange with optional tube
Seal diaphragm for mounting flange
Measuring cell for level, function diagram
The input pressure (hydrostatic pressure) acts hydraulically

on the measuring cell via the seal diaphragm on the mounting
flange.
The differential pressure applied to the measuring cell is transmitted via the seal diaphragm and the filling liquid to the silicon pressure sensor.
If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload diaphragm
flexes until the seal diaphragm touches the body of the measuring cell. This protects the sensor module from overload.
The differential pressure causes the measuring diaphragm of
the silicon pressure sensor to flex.
The displacement changes the resistance value of the 4 piezo
resistors in the measuring diaphragm in a bridge circuit.
The change in the resistance causes a differential pressure
proportional to the input pressure.
Configuration of SITRANS P500 HART
Depending on the version, there are a range of options for configuring the pressure transmitter and for setting or reading the
parameters.
Configuration using the pushbuttons (local operation)
You can configure the transmitter in situ using the three keys provided a display is available. If you have no display, you can only
carry out zero adjustment.
It is possible to retrofit a display. See accessories.
230 ... 500
SITRANS P500
transmitter
HART
modem
Power supply
PC or
laptop
USB/RS 232

transmitter
For configuring via PC a HART modem is used which connects

the transmitter to the PC.
HART 6.0 protocols are superimposed on the output current using the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method.
The necessary device files are available for download on the Internet.
SITRANS P500 configuration options
The transmission offers you full configuring options both via
HART as well as in situ provided the optional display is available.
For simple parameterizing we also offer the easy to understand
QuickStart function with guided commissioning.
SITRANS P500 diagnostic functions
Maintenance timer
Min/Max pointer (both resetable and non-resetable)
- Pressure (incl. time and temperature stamp)
- Static pressure (incl. time and temperature stamp)
- Sensor temperature (incl. time stamp)
- Electronic temperature (incl. time stamp)
Limit monitor block
Diagnostic warning
Diagnostic alarm
Display of trends and histograms
Operating hours meter
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/179
Siemens AG 2014

Physical dimensions available for the SITRANS P500 HART
display
Physical variable
Physical dimensions
Pressure (setting can also be made

in the factory)
Pa, MPa, kPa, bar, mbar, torr, atm,

psi, g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O
(4 C), inH2O (4 C), inH2O
(20 C), mmH2O, mmH2O (4 C),
ftH2O (20 C), inHg, mmHg, hPA
Level
m, cm, mm, ft, in
Volume
m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, gallon,

liquid, I; Norm (standard) I; Norm
(standard) m3, Norm (standard)
feet3
Mass
g, kg, t (metric), lb, Ston, Lton, oz
Volume flow
m3/d, m3/h, m3/s, l/min, l/s, ft3/d,

ft3/min, ft3/s, US gallon/min,
gallon/s, l/h, milL/d, gallon/d, gallon/h, milgallon/d, lmp.gallon/s,
Imp.gallon/m, Imp.gallon/h,
lmp.gallon/d, Norm (standard)
m3/h, Norm (standard) l/h, Norm
(standard) ft3/h, Norm (standard)
ft3/m, barrel liquid/s, barrel liquid/m, barrel liquid/h
Mass flow
t/d, t/h, t/min, kg/d, kg/h, kg/min,

kg/s, g/h, g/min, g/s, lb/d, lb/min,
lb/s, LTon/d, LTon/h, STon/d,
STon/h, STon/min
Temperature
K, C, F, R
Miscellaneous
%, mA
1/180
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS P500 for differential pressure and flow
Input
Measuring accuracy
Measured variable
Maximum
operating
pressure
(static
pressure)
1.25 ... 250 mbar

(0.5 ... 100 inH2O)
6.25 ... 1250 mbar
(2.5 ... 502 inH2O)
31.25 ... 6250 mbar
(12.54 ... 2509 inH2O)
160 bar
(2320 psi)
0.16 ... 32 bar

(2.33 ... 465 psi)
Lower range limit
Measuring cell with silicone oil -100 % of max. span and/or
filling
Upper range limit
100 % of max. span
Start of scale
Between measuring limits (freely

adjustable)
Output
Reference conditions (in accor- Rising characteristic curve

dance with IEC 60770-1)
Start of scale 0 bar
All error information always
Stainless steel seal diaphragm
refers to the set span.
Room temperature (25 C (77 F))
Error in measurement at limit
setting incl. hysteresis and
reproducibility
r: Span ratio
(r: Span ratio (r = max. span /
set span))
r 10
r 10

1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
32 bar (465 psi)
0.03 %
(0.003 . r) %
r 10
r 10
0.03 %
(0.003 . r) %
r 10
r 10
0.06 %
(0.006 . r) %
Square-rooted characteristic
Flow > 50 %
- 250 mbar (100 inH2O)
1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
32 bar (465 psi)
Output current signal
4 ... 20 mA
Lower current limit

(freely adjustable)
3.55 mA, factory setting 3.8 mA
Upper current limit

(freely adjustable)
23 mA, factory setting 20.5 mA
Ripple (without HART

communication)
Ipp 0.4 % of max. output current
Influence of ambient temperature per 28 C (50 F)
adjustable damping
0... 100 s in steps of 0.1 s,

factory-seting: 2 s
(0.025 . r + 0.014) %
current transmitter
3.55 ... 23 mA
(0.006 . r + 0.03) %
Failure signal
adjustable within limits::

Bottom: 3.55 3.7 mA
(default value: 3.6 mA)
Top: 21.0 23 mA
1250 mbar (502 inH2O)

6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
32 bar (465 psi)
Load
Without HART communication RB (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in ,
UH : Power supply in V
- HART Communicator
RB = 230 ... 1100
- HART modem
RB = 230 ... 500
Linearly rising, linearly falling, square

rooted characteristic rising, bidirectional square rooted characteristic
and user-specific
Flow 25 % 50 %
- 250 mbar (100 inH2O)
1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
32 bar (465 psi)

At the start of scale value
(PKN)
- 250 mbar (100 inH2O)
(0.035 . r) % per 70 bar (1015 psi)

correction via zero point correction
- 1250 mbar (502 inH2O)

6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
32 bar (465 psi)
(0.007 . r) % per 70 bar (1015 psi)

On the span (PKS)

- 250 mbar (100 inH2O)
1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
0.03 % per 70 bar (1015 psi)
- 6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
0.09 % per 70 bar (1015 psi)
- 32 bar (465 psi)
0.05 % per 70 bar (1015 psi)
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/181
Siemens AG 2014

Total Performance1)
Design
r5
5 < r 10
- 250 mbar (100 inH2O)
0.14 %
0.27 %
- 1250 mbar (502 inH2O)

6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
32 bar (465 psi)
0.09 %
0.14 %
r5
5 < r 10
Material of parts in contact with

the medium
Seal diaphragm
Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L,
Hastelloy C276, Monel 400
Process connection and seal- PN 160: stainless steel, mat.-No.
ing screw
1.4404/316L
- 250 mbar (100 inH2O)
0.14 %
0.27 %
- 1250 mbar (502 inH2O)

6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
32 bar (465 psi)
0.09 %
0.14 %
Square rooted characteristic

Flow > 50 %
r5
5 < r 10
- 250 mbar (100 inH2O)
0.28 %
0.54 %
- 1250 mbar (502 inH2O)

6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
32 bar (465 psi)
0.18 %
0.28 %
Flow 25 % 50 %

1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
32 bar (465 psi)
88 ms, contains a dead time of

45 ms
Long-term stability
(0.05 . r) % per 5 years

(0.08 . r) % per 10 years
0.005 %/1 V
Rated conditions
Any
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
(Note: Observe the temperature class in areas subject to
explosion hazard.)
- Total device
- Readable display
- Storage temperature
Sealing material in the process connections

- O-Ring
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)

-20 ... +85 C (-4 ... +185 F)
-50 ... +90 C (-58 ... +194 F)
Electronics housing
Low copper die-cast aluminum

AC-AlSi12 (Fe) or AC-AlSi 10 Mg (Fe)
to DIN EN 1706
Lacquer on polyurethane base, optional epoxy-based primer
Stainless steel name plates
(mat. no. 1.4404/316L)
Process connection screws
Mounting bracket
Steel or stainless steel

mat. no. 1.4301
Silicone oil
Process connection
-18 NPT female thread and flange

connection with M10 to DIN 19213 or
7/16-20 UNF mounting thread to IEC
61518
Screw terminals
Cable entry via the following
screwed glands:
- M20 x 1.5
- -14 NPT
- Han 7D/Han 8D connector
- M12 plug
Climatic class
Condensation
Relative humidity 0 100 %

(condensation permissible)
(to IEC 60529)
IP66/IP 68 and NEMA 4X (with corresponding cable gland)
Emitted interference and inter- Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
ference immunity
Permissible pressures
According to 97/23/EC pressure

equipment directive
Measuring cell with silicone oil -40 ... +125 C (-40 ... +257 F)
filling
1/182
Standard:
Viton (FKM (FPM))
Optional:
NBR
PTFE (virginal)
PTFE (glass fiber-reinforced)
FFPM (Kalrez)2)2)
Graphite
Material of parts not in contact

with media
Step response time T63 without

electrical damping
Mounting position
Approx. 3.3 kg (7.3 lb)
Siemens FI 01 2015

Pushbuttons
3 for local programming directly on

transmitter
Display
With or without integrated display

Cover with or without window
Auxiliary power supply

DC 10.6 ... 44 V
DC 10.6 ... 30 V
Siemens AG 2014
Explosion protection for USA
(to FM)

Classification according to PED
97/23/EC
For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids

of fluid group 1; complies with
requirements of article 3, paragraph 3
(sound engineering practice)
Certificate of Compliance
No. 3033013
Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS)
XP CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCDEFG T4 / T6
DIP CL II, III, DIV1, GP EFG T4/T6
IS CL I, II, III, DIV1, GP ABCDEFG T4
CL I, Zone 0, AEx ia IIC T4
CL I, Zone 1, AEx ib IIC T4
Explosion protection for Europe
(to ATEX)
- Marking
- Connection
PTB 09 ATEX 2004 X

Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
To certified intrinsically-safe circuits
with peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW;
Ri = 300
Li = 400 H
- Permissible Ambient Temperature
Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 C

(-40 ... +185 F)
Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 C
(-40 ... +140 F)
- Entity parameters
According to "control drawing":

A5E02189134N
Um = 30 V, Im = 100 mA,
Pi = 750 mW, Li = 400H , Ci = 6 nF
Marking (NI/NO)
- Effective internal inductance:

- Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF
Explosion-proof "d"
- Marking
- Connection
Dust explosion protection for
zone 20
- Marking
- Connection
BVS 09 ATEX E 027

Ex II 1/2 G Ex d IIC T4/T6
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
temperature class T4;
-40 ... +60 C (-40 ... +140 F)
temperature class T6
Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V
PTB 09 ATEX 2004 X
Ex II 1 D Ex iaD 20 T 120 C
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
120 C (248 F)
with peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA,
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300
Li = 400 H

zone 21/22
- Marking
- Connection
Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 C

(-40 ... +185 F)
Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 C
(-40 ... +140 F)
- (NI/S) parameters

A5E02189134N
Um = 45 V, Li = 400 H, Ci = 6 nF,
Explosion protection for

Canada (to CCSAUS )
No. 2280963
Marking (XP/DIP)
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 /T6;

CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG T4/T6
Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)

Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 C (-40 ... +140 F)
- Entity parameters

A5E02189134N
Um = 45 V
Marking (ia/ib)
BVS 09 ATEX E 027

Ex II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP68 T120 C Ex ia
D21
Um = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; Pmax = 1.2 W
Type of protection "n" (zone 2) PTB 09 ATEX 2004 X

Ex II 3 G Ex nA II T4/T6
- Marking
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ib/nL IIC T4/T6
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ib/ic IIC T4/T6
- "nA" connection
Um = 45 V DC
- "nL, ic" connection
Ui = 45 V
Li = 400 H
NI CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4/T6

NI CL I, Zone 2, GP IIC T4/T6
S CL II, III, GPFG T4/T6
NI CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4/T6, NIFW
NI CL I, Zone 2, GP IIC T4/T6, NIFW
NI CLII, III, DIV 2, GP FG T4/T6, NIFW
CL I, Ex ia/Ex ib IIC, T4
CL II, III, Ex ia/Ex ib, GP EFG, T4
CL I, AEx ia/AEx ib IIC, T4
CL II, III, AEx ia/ AEx ib, GP EFG, T4
Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 C

(-40 ... +185 F)
- Entity parameters
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW, Ri

= 300 , Li = 400 H, Ci = 6 nF
Marking (NI/n)
CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4/T6

CL II, III, DIV 2, GP FG T4/T6
Ex nA IIC T4/T6
AEx nA IIC T4/T6
Ex nL IIC T4/T6
AEx nL IIC T4/T6
Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)

Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 C (-40 ... +140 F)
- NI/nA parameters

A5E02189134N
Um = 45 V
- nL parameters

A5E02189134N
Ui = 45 V, Ii = 100 mA, Li = 400 H,
Ci = 6 nF
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/183
Siemens AG 2014

Explosion protection for China
(acc. to NEPSI)
GYJ111111X
Ex ia/ib IIB/IIC T4
- Marking
- Perm. ambient temperature 40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)

- Connection

with maximum values:
Ui = 30 V Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW
- Effective internal inductance Li = 400 mH

- Effective inner capacitance
Explosion-proof "d"
Ci = 6 nF
GYJ111112
- Marking
Ex dia IIC T4/T6

- Connection

Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V

zone 21/22
GYJ111112
- Marking
DIP A21 TA,T120 C IP68 D21
- Connection

Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V
Type of protection "n" (zone 2) GYJ111111X

- Marking
Ex nL IIB/IIC T4/T6
Ex nA II T4/T6
- Connection
Ui = 45 V DC

Ci = 6 nF
1)
The total performance includes the errors caused by temperature effects,

static pressure effects and conformity error, including hysteresis and repeatability.
2)
Not in combination wiht span "G".
HART communication
Load with connection of
HART communicator
RB = 230 ... 1100
HART modem
RB = 230 ... 500
Cable
2 wire shielded: 3.0 km

(1.86 miles),
multiwire shielded: 1.5 km
(0.93 miles)
Protocol
HART Version 6.0
PC/laptop requirements
IBM compatible, RAM > 32 MByte,

hard disk > 70 MByte, depending
on modem type: RS 232-interface
or USB connection,
VGA graphics
SIMATIC PDM 6.0
1/184
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow,

SITRANS P500 HART, PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)
7 MF 5 4 77 - 7777 0
Enclosure
Thread for cable gland
Die-cast aluminum, dual compartment
M20x1.5
-14 NPT
Output
4 ... 20 mA, HART
Silicone oil
normal
Measuring span
1.25 ... 250 mbar
(0.5 ... 100.4 inH2O)
6.25 ... 1250 mbar
(2.5 ... 502 inH2O)
31.25 ... 6250 mbar
(12.54 ... 2509 inH2O)
0.16 ... 32 bar
(2.33 ... 465 psi)

Seal diaphragm
Process connection
Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
Hastelloy C2761)
Monel 4001)
Process connection
- Mounting thread 7/16 - 20 UNF according to EN 61518
0
1
Vent on side of process flange2)

- Mounting thread 7/16 - 20 UNF according to EN 61518
4
5
1) Can be ordered for measuring ranges D, E, F and G.

2) Not in conjunction with remote seals.
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/185
Siemens AG 2014

Order code

Further designs
Mounting bracket made of steel
A01
Mounting bracket made of stainless steel
A02
Display
(Standard: no display, cover closed)
With display and blanking cover
A10
With display and glass cover
A11
Special casing / cover version

A20
Electrical connection and cable entry

(Standard: no cable gland, only dust protection
caps)
Cable gland made of plastic
(IP66/68)4)
A50
Cable glands made of metal (IP66/68)
A51
Cable glands made of stainless steel (IP66/68)
A52
M12 connectors without cable socket
(IP66/67)4)
Order code
Further designs
Attachments
Two coats of lacquer on casing, cover (PU on epoxy)
A60
M12 connectors complete with cable socket (IP66/67)4)
A61
Han 7D connectors, plastic, straight

(with cable socket) (IP65)4)
A71
Han 7D connectors, plastic, angled

A72
Han 7D connectors, metal enclosure, straight

A73
Han 7D connectors, metal enclosure, angled

A74

(with cable socket) (IP65)4)8)
A75

A76

Degree of protection approvals: Ex ia/ib (intrinsic safety)

Ex ia/ib protection (ATEX) (T4)
Ex IS protection (FM) (T4)
Ex IS protection (CCSAUS) (T4)
Ex ia/ib protection (NEPSI) (T4)
E00
E01
E02
E06
Degree of protection approvals: Ex d (flameproof)

Ex d explosion-proof (ATEX)(T4/T6)
Ex XP explosion-proof and DIP (FM)(T4/T6)
Ex XP explosion-proof and DIP (CCSAUS)(T4/T6)
Ex d explosion-proof (NEPSI)(T4/T6)
E20
E21
E22
E26
Degree of protection approvals: n/NI

Zone 2 (nA, nL, ic) (ATEX) (T4/T6)
Div2 NI, Div2 NI-field wiring (FM) (T4/T6)
Zone 2 (nA, nL), Div2 NI (CCSAUS) (T4/T6)
Zone 2 (nA, nL) (NEPSI) (T4/T6)
E40
E41
E42
E46
Degree of protection approvals: Dust Zone 20/21/22

Use in Zone 21/22 (Ex tD) (ATEX)
Use in Zone 20/21/22 (Ex iaD) (ATEX)
Use in Zone 21/22 (Ex DIP) (NEPSI)
E60
E61
E66
Degree of protection approvals: Combinations

IS protection and XP and DIP (FM)
IS protection and XP and DIP (CCSAUS)
IS protection and XP and DIP (FM/CCSAUS)
E71
E72
E73
Supplementary approvals/degree of protection

Dual Seal approval5)
E85
E86
Special process connection versions (diff. pressure)

Side vents for gas measurements7)
L32
Swap process connection: high-pressure side at front
L33
A77
Mosquito protection
4 pcs. for -18 NPT thread
L36

A78
Process flanges, O-rings, special material

Standard: Viton (FKM (FPM)
PG 13.5 adapters4)
A82
Process conn. sealing rings made of PTFE (Teflon), virginal L60

Process connection sealing rings made of PTFE (Teflon),
glass fiber-reinforced
Language for labels, leporellos, menu language

default 9)
(instead of English as standard)
L61
Process connection sealing rings made of FFPM (Kalrez)10) L62
German
B10
Process connection sealing rings made of NBR
L63
French
B12
Process connection sealing rings made of graphite
L64
Spanish
B13
Drain/Vent valve (1 set = 2 units)
Italian
B14
2 ventilation valves - 18 NPT, in material of process flanges) L80
Chinese
B15
Remote seals
Russian
B16
Japanese
B17
Transmitters with connection of remote seal6)

(For premounted valve manifolds see page 1/203)
English with units psi/inH2O/F
B21
Special version: Supplementary menu languages

(Standard: English, German, French, Spanish, Italian)
Asia language package
(in addition: Chinese, Japanese, Russian)
B80
Certificates
(available online for downloading)1)
Quality inspection certificate (Five-step factory calibration)
according to IEC 60770-22)
C11
Acceptance test certificate according to EN 10204-3.13)
C12
1/186
Siemens FI 01 2015
1)
V00
Enclosed in print or as CD: see page 1/201.

When also ordering the quality inspection certificate (factory calibration)
according to IEC 60770-2 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals:
Order this certificate only together with the remote seals. The measuring
accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
3)
When also ordering the acceptance test certificate according to EN 102043.1 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals: Order this certificate as
well in addition to the respective remote seals.
4)
Not together with types of protection "Explosion-proof", "Ex nA" and
"Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof"
5)
Only in conjunction with FM and/or CCSAUS
6)
Please select a remote seal separately. Also refer to the information under
footnote 2). Remote seals see page 1/199.
7) Only in conjunction with process connection "Vent on side".
8)
The Han 8D plug is identical with the former Han 8U version.
9)
For option B15, B16 and B17 the menu language default is english. Otherwise the Option B80 (Asia language package) is necessary.
10) Not together with Measuring span "G".
2)
Siemens AG 2014
Order code
Additional data
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code(s)
and plain text.
In the case of linear characteristic curve
Y01
In the case of square rooted characteristic

Y02
Measuring point number and measuring point identifier

(only standard ASCII character set)
Measuring point number (TAG No.), max. 16 characters
Y15: .........................................
Y15
Measuring point text (max. 27 char.)

Y16: .........................................
Y16
Entry of HART address (TAG), max. 32 characters

Y17: .........................................
Y17
Setting of pressure indication in pressure units
Y21
Specify in plain text (standard setting: mbar)

Y21: bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note: The following pressure units are selectable:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), in H2O*), ftH2O*), mmHG, inHG, psi,
Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2, kg/cm2, Torr, ATM, % or mA
*) Reference temperature 20 C
Setting of pressure indication in non-pressure units1)
Y22 +
Y01 or Y02
Y22: ... up to ... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
(specification of measuring range in pressure units "Y01" is
essential, unit with max. 5 characters)
Customer-specific settings
Damping setting (range: 0 ... 100 s)
(Standard setting: 2 s)
1)
Y30
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/187
Siemens AG 2014

139
(5.48)
87
(3.4)
approx. 30
(approx. 1.2)
45
(1.8)
23
(0.92)
FIELD TERMINALS

approx. 259
(approx.10.1)
157
(6.1)
125
(5)
81
(3.24)
58
(2.29
65
(2.6)
102
(4)

134
(5.36)
43
(1.68)
approx. 98
(approx. 3.82)

1
2
3
4
5
Terminal side
Process connection: -18 NPT (EN61518)
Electronics side, digital display
Protective cover for the pushbuttons
Cable entry:
- Screwed gland M20 x 1.53)
- Screwed gland -14 NPT
- Han 7D/Han 8D connector2)3)
- M12 connector
Mounting bracket (optional)
- Han 7D/Han 8D connector/socket2)3)
8 Vent valve (optional)
9 Safety catch
10 Blanking plug
1)
2)
3)
Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) additional thread length

to permit unscrewing
Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof"
Not with type of protection "FM + CCSAUS [IS + XP]"
SITRANS P pressure transmitter for differential pressure and flow, P500 series, measurements in mm (inch)
1/188
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS P500 for level
Long-term stability
Input
Measured variable
Level
(0.08 . r) % per 10 years

Maximum
operating
pressure
1.25 ... 250 mbar

(0.5 100 inH2O)
6.25 ... 1250 mbar
(2.5 ... 500 inH2O)
31.25 ... 6250 mbar
(12.54 ...
2509 inH2O)
(0.05 . r) % per 5 years
See "Mounting
flange"
Influence of ambient temperature per 28 C (50 F)1)

(0.025 . r + 0.014) %
1250 mbar (502 inH2O)

6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
(0.006 . r + 0.03) %

At the start of scale value
(PKN)
- 250 mbar (100 inH2O)
(0.035 . r) % je 70 bar (1015 psi)

- 1250 mbar (502 inH2O)

6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
(0.007 . r) % je 70 bar (1015 psi)

Lower range limit

Measuring cell with silicone oil -100 % of max. span or 500 mbar a
filling
(7.25 psia) vacuum resistance
Also available as vacuum-resistant
remote seal: 30 mbar a (0.44 psia)
Upper range limit
100% of max. span
Start of scale
Between measuring limits (freely

adjustable)
Output
On the span (PKS)

- 250 mbar (100 inH2O)
1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
0.03 % je 70 bar (1015 psi)
- 6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
0.09 % je 70 bar (1015 psi)
0.005 %/1 V
Rated conditions
Output current signal
4 ... 20 mA
Mounting position
Lower current limit

(freely adjustable)
3.55 mA, factory setting 3.8 mA
Ambient conditions
Upper current limit

(freely adjustable)
23 mA, factory setting 20.5 mA
Defined by flange
adjustable damping
0... 100 s in steps of 0.1 s, factory setting 2 s
Ambient temperature
(Note: Observe the temperature class in areas subject to
explosion hazard.)
- total device
- Readable display
- Storage temperature
current transmitter
3.55 ... 23 mA
Climatic class
Failure signal
Adjustable within limits:

Lower: 3.55 3.7 mA (factory setting 3.6 mA)
Upper: 21.0 23 mA (factory setting 22.8 mA)
Condensation
Relative humidity 0 100 %

(condensation permissible)
to IEC 60529
IP66/IP68 and NEMA 4X (with corresponding cable gland)
Ripple (without HART commu- Ipp 0.4 of max. output current

nication)
Load
Without HART communication RB (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in ,
UH : Power supply in V
Emitted interference and inter- Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
ference immunity
Permissible pressures

- HART Communicator
RB = 230 ... 1100
- HART modem
RB = 230 ... 500
According to 97/23/EC pressure

equipment directive
Medium temperature of highpressure side
Linearly rising or linearly falling and

user-specific
Measuring accuracy
(in accordance with
IEC 60770-1)
All error information always
refers to the set span.
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)

-20 ... +85 C (-4 ... +185 F)
-50 ... +90 C (-58 ... +194 F)
Rising characteristic curve

Start of scale 0 bar
Stainless steel seal diaphragm
Room temperature (25 C (77 F))
Error in measurement at limit

setting incl. hysteresis and
reproducibility
r: Span ratio
(r = max. span / set span)

filling
- pabs 1 bar
-40 ... +1752) C (-40 ... +3472) F)
- pabs 1 bar
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
Design
Weight
To EN (pressure transmitter
approx. 9.8 11.8 kg (21.6 26.0
with mounting flange, without (lb)
tube)
To ASME (pressure transmitter approx. 9.8 16.8 kg (21.6 37.0
with mounting flange, without lb)
tube)
r 10
r 10

1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
0.03 %
(0.003 . r) %
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/189
Siemens AG 2014

Material of wetted parts at the
high-pressure side
Seal diaphragm of mounting
flange
Sealing face

Stainless steel 1.4404/316L,
Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819,
Monel 400, mat. no. 2.4360, Tantal,
PFA auf Edelstahl 1.4404/316L,
PTFE auf Edelstahl 1.4404/316L
Smooth to EN 1092-1, Form B1 and/or
ASME B16.5 RF 125 250 AA for
stainless steel316L, EN1092-1 Form
B2 and/or ASME B16.5 RFSF in the
case of other materials
Sealing material in the process connection

- O-Ring
- For vacuum application of

mounting flange
Standard:
Viton (FKM (FPM))
Optional:
NBR
PTFE (virginal)
PTFE (glas fiber-reinforced)
FFPM (Kalrez)
Graphite
copper
Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L,

Hastelloy C276, Monel 400
Process connection and seal- Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L

ing screw
Sealing material in the process connection
- O-Ring
Standard:
Viton (FKM (FPM))
Optional:
NBR
PTFE (virginal)
PTFE (glas fiber-reinforced)
FFPM (Kalrez)
Graphite
Material of parts not in contact

with media
Electronics housing
DC 10.6 ... 44 V
DC 10.6 ... 30 V

Classification according to PED
97/23/EC

requirements of article 3, paragraph 3
(sound engineering practice)
Material of wetted parts at the

low-pressure side
Seal diaphragm
Low copper die-cast aluminum ACAlSi12 (Fe) or AC-AlSi 10 Mg (Fe) to

DIN EN 1706
Lacquer on polyurethane base, optional epoxy-based primer
Stainless steel serial plate
Process connection screws
Stainless steel
Silicone oil
Liquid mounting flange
Silicone oil or other material
Process connection
Explosion protection for Europe

(to ATEX)
PTB 09 ATEX 2004 X
- Marking
Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
- Connection

with peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW;
Ri = 300
Li = 400 H

Explosion-proof "d"
BVS 09 ATEX E 027
- Marking
Ex II 1/2 G Ex d IIC T4/T6
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)

temperature class T4;
-40 ... +60 C (-40 ... +140 F)
temperature class T6
- Connection

Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V

zone 20
PTB 09 ATEX 2004 X
- Marking
Ex II 1 D Ex iaD 20 T 120 C
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
120 C (248 F)
- Connection

with peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA,
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300
Li = 400 H

zone 21/22
BVS 09 ATEX E 027
High-pressure side
Flange to EN and ASME
- Marking
Low-pressure side
-18 NPT female thread and flange

connection with M10 to DIN 19213 or
7/16-20 UNF mounting thread to IEC
61518
Ex II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP68 T120 C Ex ia

D21
- Connection

UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; Pmax = 1.2 W
Screw terminals
Cable entry via the following
screwed glands:
- M20 x 1.5
- -14 NPT
- Han 7D/Han 8D connector
- M12 plug

Push buttons
3; for operation directly on the device
Display
With or without integrated display

Cover with or without window
1/190
Siemens FI 01 2015
Type of protection "n"

(zone 2)
PTB 09 ATEX 2004 X
- Marking
Ex II 3 G Ex nA II T4/T6
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ib/nL IIC T4/T6
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ib/ic IIC T4/T6
- "nA" connection
Um = 45 V DC
- "nL, ic" connection
Ui = 45 V
- Effective internal inductance Li = 400 H

Ci = 6 nF
Siemens AG 2014
Explosion protection for USA
(to FM)
Explosion protection for China

(acc. to NEPSI)
No. 3033013
Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS)
XP CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCDEFG T4 / T6
DIP CL II, III, DIV1, GP EFG T4/T6
IS CL I, II, III, DIV1, GP ABCDEFG T4
CL I, Zone 0, AEx ia IIC T4
CL I, Zone 1, AEX ib IIC T4
Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 C

(-40 ... +185 F)
Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 C
(-40 ... +140 F)
- Entity parameters

A5E02189134N
Um = 30 V, Im = 100 mA,
Pi = 750 mW, Li = 400 H , Ci = 6 nF
Marking (NI/NO)
- (NI/S) parameters
NI CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4/T6

NI CL I, Zone 2, GP IIC T4/T6
S CL II, III, GPFG T4/T6
NI CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4/T6, NIFW
NI CL I, Zone 2, GP IIC T4/T6, NIFW
NI CLII, III, DIV 2, GP FG T4/T6, NIFW
Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 C
(-40 ... +185 F)
Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 C
(-40 ... +140 F)
A5E02189134N
Um = 45 V, Li = 400 H, Ci = 6 nF
No. 2280963
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 /T6;
CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG T4/T6
Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 C

(-40 ... +185 F)
Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 C
(-40 ... +140 F)
- Entity parameters

A5E02189134N, Um = 45 V
Marking (ia/ib)
CL I, Ex ia/Ex ib IIC, T4
CL II, III, Ex ia/Ex ib, GP EFG, T4
CL I, AEx ia/AEx ib IIC, T4
CL II, III, AEx ia/ AEx ib, GP EFG, T4
Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 C

(-40 ... +185 F)
- Entity parameters
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW,

Ri = 300 , Li = 400 H, Ci = 6 nF
Marking (NI/n)
CL I, DIV2, GP ABCD T4/T6

CL II, III, DIV2, GP FG T4/T6
Ex nA IIC T4/T6
AEx nA IIC T4/T6
Ex nL IIC T4/T6
AEx nL IIC T4/T6
Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 C

(-40 ... +185 F)
Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 C
(-40 ... +140 F)
- NI/nA parameters

A5E02189134N, Um = 45 V
- nL parameters

A5E02189134N, Ui = 45 V,
Ii = 100 mA, Li = 400 H,
Ci = 6 nF
Ex ia/ib IIB/IIC T4
40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
- Connection

with maximum values:
Ui = 30 V Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW

Explosion-proof "d"
Ci = 6 nF
GYJ111112
- Marking
Ex dia IIC T4/T6

- Connection

Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V

zone 21/22
GYJ111112
- Marking
DIP A21 TA,T120 C IP68 D21
- Connection

Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V
Type of protection "n" (zone 2) GYJ111111X
Explosion protection for

Canada
(to CCSAUS )
Marking (XP/DIP)
GYJ111111X
- Marking
- Marking
Ex nL IIB/IIC T4/T6
Ex nA II T4/T6
- Connection
Ui = 45 V DC

Ci = 6 nF
1)
Only relevant for the pressure transmitter. The temperature error of the
remote seal must calculated separately.
2)
This value may be increased if the process connection is sufficiently insulated.
HART communication
HART Communicator
RB = 230 ... 1100
HART modem
RB = 230 ... 500
Cable
2 wire shielded:
3.0 km (1.86 miles),
multiwire shielded:
1.5 km (0.93 miles)
Protocol
HART Version 6.0
PC/laptop requirements
IBM compatible, RAM > 32 MByte,

hard disk > 70 MByte,
depending on modem type:
RS 232-interface or
USB connection,
VGA graphics
SIMATIC PDM 6.0
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/191
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
Order code
777
7 MF 5 6 77 - 7777 0 - 7777

Pressure transmitters for level, SITRANS P500 HART
Enclosure
Output
4 ... 20 mA, HART
Silicone oil
normal
1.25 ... 250 mbar
(0.5 ... 100 inH2O)
6.25 ... 1250 mbar
(2.5 ... 500 inH2O)
31.25 ... 6250 mbar
(12.54 ... 2509 inH2O)
Thread for cable gland

M20x1.5
-14 NPT
0
1
3
1
D
E
F
Wetted parts of the low-pressure side

Seal diaphragm
Process connection
Hastelloy C276
Monel 400
A
B
C

- Mounting thread 7/16 - 20 UNF according to IEC 61518
0
1

- Mounting thread 7/16 - 20 UNF according to IEC 61518
4
5
Wetted parts materials (high-pressure side)

Hastelloy C276 mat. no. 2.4819
Monel 400 mat. no. 2.4360
Tantalum
PFA coated on stainless steel
PTFE on stainless steel 1.4404/316L (not in combination with an extension)
Other version
Add Order code and plain text:
Material: ... ; Extension length: ...
0
1
2
3
4
6A
9Y
N1Y
Process connection on high-pressure side: Extension length

None
50 mm (1.97 inch)
100 mm (3.94 inch)
150 mm (5.90 inch)
200 mm (7.87 inch)
Other version: See option "9" for "Wetted parts materials"
A
B
C
D
E
Process connection on high-pressure side: Nominal diameter/Nominal pressure

DN 50, PN 406)
DN 80, PN 40
DN 100, PN 16
DN 100, PN 40
2", class 1506)
2", class 3006)
3", class 150
3", class 300
4", class 150
4", class 300
Other version, add
Nominal diameter: ... ; Nominal pressure: ...
1/192
Siemens FI 01 2015
B
D
G
H
L
M
Q
R
T
U
Z
Q1Y
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
Pressure transmitters for level, SITRANS P500 HART
7 MF 5 6 77 - 7777 0 - 7777
777
0
1
2
3
4
9
R1Y
Process connection on high-pressure side: Filling liquid

Silicone oil M5
Silicone oil M50
Halocarbon (for oxygen measurement)
FDA compliant oil
Other version, add
Filling liquid: ...
Siemens FI 01 2015
Order code
1/193
Siemens AG 2014

Order code
Further designs
Further designs
Display
(Standard: no display, cover closed)
Degree of protection approvals: Ex d (flameproof)
Order code
With display and blanking cover
Ex d explosion-proof (ATEX)(T4/T6)
E20
A10
With display and glass cover
Ex XP explosion-proof and DIP (FM)(T4/T6)
E21
A11
Ex XP explosion-proof and DIP (CCSAUS)(T4/T6)

Ex d explosion-proof (NEPSI)(T4/T6)
E22
E26
A20
Degree of protection approvals: n/NI
Special version: cover/casing

Two coats of lacquer on casing, cover (PU on epoxy)
Electrical connection and cable entry
(Standard: no cable gland, only dust protection
caps)
(IP66/68)4)
Zone 2 (nA, nL, ic) (ATEX) (T4/T6)
E40
Div2 NI, Div2 NI-field wiring (FM) (T4/T6)
E41
E42
E46
Cable glands made of metal (IP66/68)
A51
Zone 2 (nA, nL), Div2 NI (CCSAUS) (T4/T6)

Zone 2 (nA, nL) (NEPSI) (T4/T6)
Cable glands made of stainless steel (IP66/68)
A52
Degree of protection approvals: Zone 20/21/22
A60
Use in Zone 21/22 (Ex tD) (ATEX)
E60
Cable gland made of plastic
M12 connectors without cable socket
(IP66/67)4)
A50
A61
Use in Zone 20/21/22 (Ex iaD) (ATEX)
E61

A71
Use in Zone (Ex DIP) (ATEX)
E66

A72

A73

A74

A75
M12 connectors, cable socket
(IP66/67)4)
Degree of protection approvals: Combinations

IS protection and XP and DIP (FM)
E71
IS protection and XP and DIP (CCSAUS)
E72
IS protection and XP and DIP (FM/CCSAUS)
E73
Supplementary approvals / degree of protection

Dual Seal approval5)
E85
E86
Special process connection versions (diff. pressure)

A76
Swap process connection: high-pressure side at front
L33

A77
Mosquito protection
4 pcs. for -18 NPT thread
L36

A78
Process flanges, O-rings, special material

Standard: Viton (FKM (FPM)
PG 13.5 adapters4)
A82

virginal
L60

glass fiber-reinforced
L61
Language for labels, leporellos and menu language

default8)
(instead of English as standard)
German
B10
Process connection sealing rings made of FFPM (Kalrez)
L62
French
B12
Process connection sealing rings made of NBR
L63
Spanish
B13
Process connection sealing rings made of graphite
L64
Italian
B14
Chinese
B15
Drain/Vent valve
(1 set = 2 units)
Russian
B16
Japanese
B17
English with units: psi/inH2O
B21
Special version: Supplementary menu languages

(Standard: English, German, French, Spanish, Italian)
Asia language package (in addition: Chinese, Japanese,
Russian)
Certificates (available online for
B80
downloading)1)
Quality inspection certificate (Five-step factory calibration)

C11
Acceptance test certificate according to EN 10204-3.13)
C12
Degree of protection approvals: Ex ia/ib (intrinsic

safety)
2 ventilation valves - 18 NPT, in material of process

flange)
L80
Vacuum-proof design
Vacuum service
V04
Spark arrester
For mounting on zone 0 (including documentation)
V05
1)
Enclosed in print or as CD: see page 1/201.
2)
When also ordering the quality inspection certificate (factory calibration)

according to IEC 60770-2 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals:
Order this certificate only together with the remote seals. The measuring
accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
3)
When also ordering the acceptance test certificate according to

EN 10204-3.1 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals: Order this
certificate as well in addition to the respective remote seals.
4)
Not together with types of protection "Explosion-proof", "Ex nA" and

"Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof"
Only in conjunction with FM and/or CCSAUS
Ex ia/ib protection (ATEX) (T4)
E00
5)
Ex IS protection (FM) (T4)
E01
6)
Ex IS protection (CCSAUS) (T4)

Ex ia/ib protection (NEPSI) (T4)
E02
E06
7)
The Han 8D plug is identical with the former Han 8U version.
8)
For option B15, B16 and B17 the menu language default is english. Otherwise the Option B80 (Asia language package) is necessary.
1/194
Siemens FI 01 2015
Not recommended for Measuring span "D"
Siemens AG 2014
Order code
Additional data
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code(s)
and plain text.
Linear characteristic curve (max. 5 characters):
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, kPa, MPa, psi
Y01
Measuring point number and measuring point identifier

(only standard ASCII character set)
Measuring point number (TAG No.), max. 16 characters
Y15: .........................................
Y15
Measuring point text (max. 27 char.)

Y16: .........................................
Y16
Entry of HART address (TAG), max. 32 characters

Y17: .........................................
Y17
Setting of pressure indication in pressure units
Y21
Specify in plain text (standard setting: mbar)

Y21: bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note: The following pressure units are selectable:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), in H2O*), ftH2O*), mmHG, inHG, psi,
Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2, kg/cm2, Torr, ATM, % or mA
*) Reference temperature 20 C
Setting of pressure indication in non-pressure units1)
Y22 +
Y01
Y22: ... up to ... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
(specification of measuring range in pressure units "Y01" is
essential, unit with max. 5 characters)
Customer-specific settings
Damping setting (range: 0 ... 100 s)
(Standard setting: 2 s)
1)
Y30
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/195
Siemens AG 2014
178 (7)
appr. 30
(appr. 1.18)
87 (3.43)
58 (2.29)
139 (5.48)
74 (2.92)
10
1
3
5
154 (6.2)
L
70 (2.75)
6
11
d5
d4
k
D
54 (2.1)
108 (4.25)
n d2
f
b
98 (3.81)
2
5
- M20 x 1.53) or -14 NPT screwed gland
- Han 7D/Han 8D connector2)3) or M12
2 Cover for the push buttons
3 Dummy screwed gland
4 Terminal side 1)
5 Electronics side, display1)
6 Process connection low-pressure side, with valve (optional) or screwed gland
(optional)
7 Safety catch
(only for type of protection "Explosion-proof"; not shown in the diagram)
8 Process connection: low-pressure side -18NPT (IEC 61518)
9 Electrical connection:
- Han 7D/Han 8D connector/socket2)3)
10 Mounting flange according to EN 1092-1 or ASME B16.5
11 Clearance for turning the casing
SITRANS P pressure transmitter for filling level, P500 series, measurements in mm (inch)
1/196
Siemens FI 01 2015
1)
Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) additional thread length

Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof"
3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CCSAUS [IS + XP]"
2)
Siemens AG 2014
Nominal Nominal b
diameter pressure
d2
d4
d5
dM
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
DN50
PN 40
20
165
61
18
102
48.3
451)
125
DN 80
PN 40
24
200
90
18
138
76
722)
160
DN 100
PN 16
20
220
115
18
158
94
89
180
PN 40
24
235
115
22
162
94
89
190
L
mm
0, 50, 100,
150 or 200

Nominal
diameter
2 inch
3 inch
4 inch
Nominal
pressure
d2
d4
d5
dM
lb/sq.in.
inch (mm)
inch (mm)
inch (mm)
inch (mm)
inch (mm)
inch (mm)
inch (mm)
inch (mm)
class 150
0.77 (19.5) 5.91 (150)
0.75 (19.0) 3.62 (92)
1.9 (48.3)
1.77 (45)1) 0.079 (2.0) 4.75 (120.7) 4
class 300
0.89 (22.7) 6.49 (165)
0.75 (19.0) 3.62 (92)
1.9 (48.3)
1.77 (45)1) 0.079 (2.0) 5.0 (127)
class 150
0.96 (24.3) 7.5 (190.5) 0.75 (19.0) 5 (127)
3.0 (76)
2.83 (72)2) 0.079 (2.0) 6 (152.4)
class 300
1.14 (29.0) 8.27 (210)
0.87 (22.2) 5 (127)
3.0 (76)
2.83 (72)2) 0.079 (2.0) 6.69 (168.3) 8
class 150
0.96 (24.3) 9.06 (230)
0.75 (19.0) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94)
3.5 (89)
0.079 (2.0) 7.5 (190.5)
class 300
1.27 (32.2) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94)
3.5 (89)
0.079 (2.0) 7.88 (200)
L
inch (mm)
0, 2, 3.94,
5.94 or
7.87
(0, 50,
100, 150
or 200)
Explanations of tables:
d: Internal diameter of gasket to DIN 2690
d5: Diameter of extension
f: Milling edge
L: Extension length
1)
59 mm = 2.32 inch with tube length L=0..
2)
89 mm = 3 inch with tube length L=0.
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/197
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS P500 - Supplementary electronics for 4-wire connection
Overview
Structural design
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
(inch)
80 x 120 x 60 (3.15 x 4.72 x 2.36)
Screw terminals (Pg 13.5 cable

inlet) or Han 7D / Han 8D plug
Power supply
Supply voltage
230 V AC (-10 ... +6 %,

47 ... 63 Hz, approx. 6 VA) or
24 V AC/DC (24 V AC 10 %,
47 ... 63 Hz, approx. 3 VA)
Permissible ripple (within the specified limits)
Approx. 2.5 V pp
218 (8.58)
87 (3.43)
SITRANS P pressure transmitter with supplementary electronics for

4-wire connection
Direct connection of the supplementary electronics to a

SITRANS P pressure transmitter from the P500 series produces
a transmitter for four-wire connection.
The supplementary electronics cannot be attached to explosionprotected pressure transmitters. The supplementary electronics
is fitted in a light metal housing which is mounted on the left side
of the pressure transmitter.
Note on ordering:
The supplementary electronics has to be be ordered through the
supplementary options of the pressure transmitter in question.
Output
Output signal
0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA
Load
Max. 750
Voltage measurement
Linear (square-rooting in transmitter if necessary)
Between power supply and input/

output
Measuring accuracy
Conformity error (in addition to

transmitter)
0.15 % of set span
0.1 % per 10 K
Power supply effect
0.1 % per 10 % change in voltage or frequency
Load effect
0.1 % per 100 % change
Rated conditions
Ambient temperature
24 V version
-20 ... +80 C (-4 ... +176 F)
230 V version
-20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Storage temperature
-50 ... +85 C (-58 ... +185 F)
IP54 to IEC 60529
(EMC)
IEC 61236-1
Condensation

condensation permissible
1/198
Siemens FI 01 2015
95 (3.74)
SITRANS P pressure transmitters with supplementary electronics for fourwire connection, dimension drawing, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS P500 - Supplementary electronics for 4-wire connection
Schematics
1
Terminals
Ia
1 Han 8D/7D
plug
2 plugs
6
SL

connection
Article No. of the transmitter
7MF54..-.....-.... or 7MF56..-.....-.... add "-Z"
and Order code.
V77
Power supply
24 V AC/DC
SL
2
Ia -
UH
6
+ Ia -
SL
2
3
UH
AC 230 V
UC 24 V
Han 7D
Han 7D
Han 7D
Han 8D
Ia
SL
UH Power supply
Output current
Order code
3
+
UH
Protective earth
conductor
Supplementary electronics for 4-wire connection, connection diagram

(the HAN 8D conector is identical to the previous version of the HAN 8U)
230 V AC
glands, to left
2 Han 7D/Han 8D plugs
incl. mating connector, to left
connector, angled
gland, downwards
connector, downwards
(observe arrangement of
plug and differential pressure
line)
glands, to left
2 Han 7D plugs incl. mating
connector, to left
Output current
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
1
3
5
6
9
7
8
0
1
Accessories
Article No.
Instruction Manual
German/English
A5E00322799
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/199
Siemens AG 2014

Replacement measuring cells for differential
pressure
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for differential
pressure and flow, P500 HART PN 160 series
(MAWP 2320 psi)
Article No.
7MF 5 9 9 4 7777 1
Silicone oil

normal

1.25 ... 250 mbar
(0.5 ... 100.4 inH2O)
6.25 ... 1250 mbar
(2.5 ... 502 inH2O)
31.25 ... 6250 mbar
(12.54 ... 2509 inH2O)
0.16 ... 32 bar
(2.33 ... 465 psi)
D
E
F
G

Seal diaphragm
Stainless steel
1.4404/316L
Stainless steel
1.4404/316L
Hastelloy C276
Stainless
steel1.4404/316L
Monel 400
Stainless
steel1.4404/316L
Process connection
Further designs
0
1
4
5
Order code

Acceptance test certificate
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1
C12
Without process flanges
K00
Vent on side for gas measurements1)
L32
Process flanges, O-ring, special material

Standard: Viton (FKM (FPM))
Process connection sealing rings made of PTFE
(Teflon), virginal
L60
Process connection sealing rings made of PTFE

(Teflon), glass fiber-reinforced
L61
Process connection sealing rings made of FFPM

(Kalrez)2)
L62
Process flanges, O-rings made of NBR
L63
Process flanges, O-rings made of graphite
L64
1)
Only in conjunction with process connection code 4 or 5.
2)
Not together with Measuring span "G".
1/200
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
Mounting brackets
flange thread M10
(7MF54..-10 and 7MF54..-50)
Made of steel
Made of stainless steel
Mounting brackets
for differential pressure transmitter with
flange thread 7/16-20 UNF
(7MF54..-00 and 7MF54..-40)
Made of steel
7MF5987-1AA
7MF5987-1AD
7MF5987-1AC
7MF5987-1AF
Made of die-cast aluminum, including O-ring

Without window
With window
}
Digital indicator
Including mounting material
7MF5987-1BE
7MF5987-1BF
7MF5987-1BR
TAG plate (incl. fastening material)

7MF5987-1CA
Printed (1 pc.)
Data according to Y01 or Y02, Y15 and Y16
(see "SITRANS P transmitters")
7MF5987-1CB-Z
Y..: ......................
Mounting screws
For TAG plate, grounding and connection
terminals and securing and locking screws
(30 units)
7MF5987-1CC
Sealing plugs for process flange

(1 set = 2 units)
Made of Hastelloy
7MF4997-1CG
7MF4997-1CH
7MF4997-1CP
7MF4997-1CQ
7MF5987-1DC
Connection board (incl. fastening material)
O-rings for process flanges made of:

Viton (FKM (FPM)) (10 pcs.)
NBR (Buna N) (10 pcs.)
Push buttons assembly (incl. fastening
material)
English
A5E02344528
French
A5E02344529
Italian
A5E02344530
Spanish
A5E02344531
English, German, Spanish, French, Italian,

Dutch
A5E02344532
English, Estonian, Latviaan,

Lithuanian, Polish, Romanian
A5E02307339
English, Bulgarian, Czech,

Finnish, Slovakian, Slovenian
A5E02307340
English, Danish, Greek, Portuguese,

Swedish, Hungarian
A5E02307341
Russian
A5E02307338
German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,

Chinese
7MF5987-1DM
A5E02344536
DVD with SITRANS P documentation

Compact operating instructions in 21 EU
languages
A5E00090345
Service Instructions1)
for replacement of electronics, measuring
cell and terminal board
German
English
A5E02822443
A5E02344534
HART modem
With USB interface
Electronics module
HART, intrinsically safe Ex ia

for installation in transmitter casing (observe
warranty conditions)
A5E02344527
Without inscription (5 pcs.)
HART, intrinsically safe Ex ia

for installation in transmitter casing (observe
warranty conditions)
German
Compact operating instructions1)
Cover
Vent valve
Complete (1 set = 2 units)
Made of Hastelloy
Article No.
Operating instruction1)
connection
German, English
7MF4997-1DB
A5E00322799
Certificates (order only via SAP) additional to internet download

Hard copy (to order)
A5E03252406
On CD (to order)
A5E03252407
1)

} Available ex stock.
7MF5987-2DA
7MF5987-2DE
For power supply units, see catalog FI01 "Supplementary Compontents".
7MF5987-2AF
For replacement of operating keys for onsite operation of the transmitter

Sealing ring for
Process connection
NBR sealing ring for screw cover (10 pcs.)
NBR sealing ring for interface measuring
cell/housing (10 pcs.)
See catalog FI01,

"Fittings"
7MF4997-2EA
7MF5987-2EB
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/201
Siemens AG 2014
33,15 (1.31) 33,35 (1.32)
20,65
(0.81)
54 (2.13)
41,3 (1.63)
27 (1.06)
20,65
(0.81)
R30
R6,56)
(0.2
8)
(1.1
3 (0.12)
20
(0.79)
41,3 (1.63)
54 (2.13)
134 (5.28)
52,5 (2.07)
72 (2.83)
11 (0.43)
16,5
(0.65)
115 (4.53)
R30 )
8
(1.1
3
72 (2.83)
Mounting bracket for SITRANS P pressure transmitter, P500 series, measurements in mm (inch)
Mounting bracket material: Sheet-steel Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated, or stainless steel Mat. No. 1.4301 (304)
1/202
Siemens FI 01 2015
120 (4.72)
105 (4.13)
21 (0.83)
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS P500 Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on transmitters
Overview
Design
The SITRANS P500 transmitter can be delivered factory-fitted

with the following manifolds:
Valve manifolds 7MF9411-5BA: Three valve manifold for differential pressure transmitter
Valve manifolds 7MF9411-5CA: Three valve manifold for differential pressure transmitter
The 7MF9411-5BA and 7MF9411-5CA manifolds are sealed with

PTFE sealing rings between the transmitter and the manifold.
leaks (compressed air 6 bar (2411 inH2O)) and is certified leakproof with a test report to EN 10204 - 2.2.
All manifolds should preferably be secured with the respective
mounting brackets. The transmitters are mounted on the manifold and not on the unit itself.
If you order a mounting bracket when choosing the option "Factory mounting of manifolds", you will receive a mounting bracket
for the manifold instead of a bracket for mounting the transmitter.
If you order an acceptance test certificate 3.1 to EN10204 when
choosing the option "Factory mounting of manifolds", a separate
certificate is provided for the transmitters and the manifolds respectively.
Selection and ordering Data

Manifold 7MF9411-5BA on SITRANS P pressure transmitter P500
for differential pressure and flow
Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmitter and add Order codes
Order
code
Manifold 7MF9411-5CA on SITRANS P500 pressure transmitter for

differential pressure and flow
Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmitter and add Order codes
SITRANS P500 7MF54..-...
SITRANS P500 7MF54..-...

screws made of

screws made of
Chromized steel
Stainless steel
Order
code
U01
Chromized steel
U03
U02
Stainless steel
U04

by factory certificate to EN10204-2.2

by factory certificate to EN10204-2.2
Further designs:
Further designs:


Steel
A01
Steel
A01
Stainless steel
A02
Stainless steel
A02
(instead of the mounting bracket supplied with the transmitter)
(instead of the mounting bracket supplied with the transmitter)

EN10204-3.1 for transmitters and
C12

EN10204-3.1 for transmitters and
Siemens FI 01 2015
C12
1/203
Siemens AG 2014
Manifold 7MF9411-5BA with attached SITRANS P500 pressure transmitter for differential pressure and flow (incl. mounting bracket)
160 (6.3)
0
R3 18)
.
(1
232 (9.13)
215 (8.46)
Manifold 7MF9411-5BA with attached SITRANS P500 pressure transmitter for differential pressure and flow, measurements in mm (inch)
1/204
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Manifold 7MF9411-5CA with attached SITRANS P500 pressure transmitter for differential pressure and flow (incl. mounting bracket)
R
(1 30
.1
8)
158 (6.22)
256 (10.1)
233 (9.17)
Manifold 7MF9411-5CA with attached SITRANS P500 pressure transmitter for differential pressure and flow, measurements in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/205
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
In many cases the pressure transmitter and the measured medium have to be physically separated. It is then necessary to use
a remote seal.
However, the capillary influences the response time and the temperature response of the complete remote seal system. Two
capillaries of equal length must always be used to connect a remote seal to a pressure transmitter for differential pressure.
The remote seal can be optionally equipped with a projecting
diaphragm (tube).
The remote seals can be used with the following SITRANS P

pressure transmitter series:
Pressure (P300, DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS PA,
DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus)
Absolute pressure (P300, DS III with HART, DS III with
PROFIBUS PA, DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus)
Differential pressure and flow (P500, DS III with HART,
DS III with PROFIBUS PA, DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus)
With diaphragm seals, the pressure is measured by means of a

flat diaphragm which rests in a bed.
Note
The following types of diaphragm seals exist:
Remote seals of sandwich design are fitted with a dummy

flange.
Designs
Diaphragm seal
When configuring your remote seal, be sure to read the information about transmission response, temperature error and response time to be found in the sections "Function" and "Technical
data". Only then will the remote seal work to optimum effect.
Benefits
No direct contact between the pressure transmitter and the
medium
Individual configuration of the pressure transmitter for perfect
adaptation to the operating conditions
Available in many versions
Specially designed for difficult operating conditions
Quick-release versions available for the food industry
Application
Remote seal systems should be used if a separation between
the measured medium and the measuring instrument is essential
or appropriate.
Examples of such cases:
The temperature of the medium is outside the limits specified
for the pressure transmitter.
The medium is corrosive and requires diaphragm materials
which are not available for the pressure transmitter.
The medium is highly viscous or contains solids which would
block the measuring chambers of the pressure transmitter.
The medium may freeze in the measuring chambers or pulse
line.
The medium is heterogeneous or fibrous.
The medium tends towards polymerization or crystallization.
The process requires quick-release remote seals, as necessary e.g. in the food industry for fast cleaning.
The process requires cleaning of the measuring point, e.g. in
a batch process.
Diaphragm seal of sandwich design without (left) and with a projecting

diaphragm (tube)
Sandwich design
Sandwich design with projecting diaphragm (tube) to DIN or
ASME which are secured using a dummy flange.
Diaphragm seal of flange design without (left) and with a projecting diaphragm (tube)
Flange design
Flange design with projecting diaphragm (tube) to DIN or
ASME, secured using holes in the flange.
Design
A remote seal system consists of the following components.
One or two remote seals
Filling liquid
Connection between pressure transmitter and remote seal
(direct mounting or by means of capillary)
The volume in contact with the measured medium is terminated
by a flat elastic diaphragm lying in a bed. Between the diaphragm and the pressure transmitter is the filling liquid.
In many cases, a capillary has to be connected between the remote seal and the pressure transmitter in order e.g. to minimize
temperature effects on the latter when hot media are involved.
1/206
Siemens FI 01 2015
Quick-release diaphragm seal
Quick-release remote seals, e.g. to DIN 11851, SMS standard,

IDF standard, APV RJF standard, clamp connection, etc.
Miniature diaphragm seal with male thread for screwing into
tapped holes
Remote seals with customer-specific process connections
Siemens AG 2014
Function
The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm to the
filling liquid and passes through the capillary to the measuring
chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior of the diaphragm seal and of the capillary, as well as the measuring chamber of the transmitter, are filled gas-free by the filling liquid.
Transmission response
Miniature diaphragm seal with diaphragm flush with front
The transmission response of a remote seal is characterized by

the following variables:
Temperature error
Adjustment time
Temperature error
The quick-release remote seals are used above all in the food industry. Their design means that the measured medium cannot
accumulate in dead volumes. The quick-release clamp present
on the remote seal means that quick dismounting is possible for
cleaning.
Temperature errors are caused by the change of volume of the

filling liquid due to temperature variations. To select the right remote seal you must calculate the temperature error.
Clamp-on seal
Below you will find an overview of the factors which influence the
size of the temperature error, as well as information on how to
calculate the temperature error.
The temperature error is dependent on the following variables:
Rigidity of the diaphragm used
Filling liquid used
Influence of the filling liquid underneath the process flanges or
in the connection shank of the pressure transmitter
Internal diameter of the capillary: The bigger the internal diameter, the bigger the temperature error
Length of the capillary: The longer the capillary, the bigger the
temperature error
Diaphragm rigidity
Clamp-on seal with quick-release design (left) and for flange mounting
With clamp-on seals, the pressure is first measured using a cylindrical diaphragm positioned in a pipe, and then transmitted to
the pressure transmitter by means of the filling liquid.
The clamp-on seal is a special design for flowing media. It consists of a cylindrical pipe in which a cylindrical diaphragm is embedded. Since it is completely integrated in the process pipe, no
turbulences, dead volumes or other obstructions to the flow occur. Furthermore, the clamp-on seal can be cleaned by a pig.
The following types of clamp-on seals exist:
Quick-release clamp-on seals, e.g. to DIN 11851, SMS standard, IDF standard, APV/RJF standard, clamp connection etc.
The quick-release facility attached to the remote seal enables
the seal to be removed quickly for cleaning purposes.
Clamp-on seals for flanging to EN or ASME.
Clamp-on seals with customer-specific process connections.
Note:
The pressure data on the transmitter and the remote seal must
be observed with regard to pressure/temperature behavior.
The rigidity of the diaphragm is of decisive importance. The bigger the diameter of the diaphragm, the softer the diaphragm and
the more sensitively it reacts to temperature-induced changes in
volume of the filling liquid.
The result is that small measuring ranges are only possible with
large diaphragm diameters.
Other factors apart from diaphragm rigidity which also play a
role:
Diaphragm thickness
Diaphragm material
Coatings if present
Filling liquid
Every filling liquid reacts to temperature variations with a change
of volume. Temperature errors can be minimized by selecting a
suitable filling liquid, but the filling liquid must also be appropriate for the temperature limits and operating pressure. Furthermore, the filling liquid must also be physiologically harmless.
Since the filling liquid is present under the diaphragm, in the
capillary and under the process flange of the pressure transmitter (or in the connection shank), the temperature error must be
calculated separately for each combination.
Note:
A vacuum-resistant remote seal is recommended for continuous
low-pressure operation at 500 mbar a or below, including during
commissioning (see ordering data).
An example of a temperature error calculation can be found in
the section "Technical Specifications".
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/207
Siemens AG 2014
Response time
The response time is dependent on the following factors:
Internal diameter of the capillary: The bigger the internal diameter, the shorter the response time
Viscosity of the filling liquid The greater the viscosity, the longer the response time
Length of the capillary: The longer the capillary, the longer the
response time
Pressure in the pressure measuring system: The higher the
pressure, the shorter the response time
Recommendations
The following should be observed to obtain an optimum combination of transmitter and remote seal:
Choose the biggest possible diameter for the remote seal. The
effective diameter of the seal diaphragm is then bigger and
the temperature error smaller.
Choose the shortest possible capillary. The response time is
then shorter and the temperature error smaller
Choose the filling liquid with the least viscosity and the smallest coefficient of expansion. Make sure, however, that the filling liquid meets the process requirements with regard to pressure, vacuum and temperature. And ensure that the filling
liquid and the medium are compatible with one another.
Note the following points for use in the vacuum range:
- The pressure transmitter must always be positioned below
the lowest spigot.
- The operating range of some filling liquids is very limited with
regard to the permissible temperature of the medium.
- A vacuum-proof seal is necessary for continuous operation
in the low-pressure range.
Recommendations for the minimum span can be found in the
section "Technical data".
Note
The remote seals listed here are a selection of the most common
designs. On account of the large variety of process connections,
certain remote seals which are not listed here may be available
nevertheless.
Other versions can be:
Other process connections, standards
Aseptic or sterile connections
Other dimensions
Other nominal pressures
Special diaphragm materials, including coatings
Other sealing faces
Other filling liquids
Other capillary lengths
Sheathing of capillaries with protective hose
Calibration at higher/lower temperatures etc.
Please contact your local Siemens office for further information.
1/208
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Temperature error Diaphragm seals
Temperature errors of diaphragm seals when connected to pressure transmitters for pressure, absolute pressure, differential pressure (single-sided) and level
Nominal diameter/
design
Diaphragm
diameter
Temperature
Temperature error of
error of remote capillary fCap
seal fRS
Temperature
error of process
flange/connection spigot fPF
Recommended
min. spans (guidance values,
observe temp.
error)
mm
(inch) mbar/ (psi/

10 K 10 K)
mbar/
(10 K mCap)
(psi/
mbar/ (psi/
(10 K mCap))) 10 K 10 K)
mbar
(psi)
DN 50 without tube
59
(2.32) 1.5
(0.022)
(0.029)
(0.029)
200
(2.90)
DN 50 with tube
45
(1.89) 5
(0.073)
10
(0.145)
10
(0.145)
500
(7.25)
DN 80 without tube
89
(3.50) 0.2
(0.003)
0.2
(0.003)
0.2
(0.003)
100
(1.45)
DN 80 with tube
72
(2.83) 1
(0.015)
(1.015)
(1.015)
250
(3.63)
DN 100 without tube
89
(3.50) 0.2
(0.003)
0.4
(0.006)
0.4
(0.006)
100
(1.45)
DN 100 with tube
89
(3.50) 0.4
(0.006)
0.4
(0.006)
0.4
(0.006)
100
(1.45)
DN 125 without tube
124
(4.88) 0.2
(0.003)
0.1
(0.002)
0.1
(0.002)
20
(0.29)
DN 125 with tube
124
(4.88) 0.2
(0.003)
0.1
(0.002)
0.1
(0.002)
20
(0.29)
2 inch without tube
59
(2.32) 1.5
(0.022)
(0.029)
(0.029)
200
(2.90)
2 inch with tube
45
(1.89) 5
(0.073)
10
(0.145)
10
(0.145)
500
(7.25)
3 inch without tube
89
(3.50) 0.2
(0.003)
0.2
(0.003)
0.2
(0.003)
100
(1.45)
3 inch with tube
72
(2.83) 1
(0.015)
(1.015)
(1.015)
250
(3.63)
4 inch without tube
89
(3.50) 0.2
(0.003)
0.4
(0.006)
0.4
(0.006)
100
(1.45)
4 inch with tube
89
(3.50) 0.4
(0.006)
0.4
(0.006)
0.4
(0.006)
100
(1.45)
5 inch without tube
124
(4.88) 0.2
(0.003)
0.1
(0.002)
0.1
(0.002)
20
(0.29)
5 inch with tube
124
(4.88) 0.2
(0.003)
0.1
(0.002)
0.1
(0.002)
20
(0.29)
Remote seal
DN 25
with union nut to
DN 32
DIN 11851
DN 40
25
(0.98) 20
(0.290)
60
(0.870)
60
(0.870)
6000
(87)
32
(1.26) 8
(0.116)
25
(0.363)
25
(0.363)
4000
(58)
40
(1.57) 4
(0.058)
10
(0.145)
10
(0.145)
2000
(29)
DN 50
52
(2.05) 4
(0.058)
(0.073)
(0.073)
500
(7.25)
DN 65
59
(2.32) 3
(0.044)
(0.058)
(0.058)
500
(7.25)
DN 80
72
(2.83) 1
(0.015)
(0.015)
(0.015)
250
(3.63)
Remote seal,
screwed gland
design
DN 50
52
(2.05) 4
(0.058)
(0.073)
(0.073)
500
(7.25)
Remote seal
with threaded
socket to
DIN 11851
DN 25
25
(0.98) 20
(0.290)
60
(0.870)
60
(0.870)
6000
(87)
DN 32
32
(1.26) 8
(0.116)
25
(0.363)
25
(0.363)
4000
(58)
DN 40
40
(1.57) 4
(0.058)
10
(0.145)
10
(0.145)
2000
(29)
DN 50
52
(2.05) 4
(0.058)
(0.073)
(0.073)
500
(7.25)
DN 65
59
(2.32) 3
(0.044)
(0.058)
(0.058)
500
(7.25)
DN 80
72
(2.83) 1
(0.015)
(0.015)
(0.015)
250
(3.63)
Clamp connec- 1 inch

tion
2 inch
32
(1.26) 8
(0.116)
25
(0.363)
25
(0.363)
4000
(58)
40
(1.57) 4
(0.058)
10
(0.145)
10
(0.145)
2000
(29)
2 inch
59
(2.32) 3
(0.044)
(0.073)
(0.073)
500
(7.25)
3 inch
72
(2.83) 1
(0.015)
(0.015)
(0.015)
250
(3.63)
G1B
25
(0.98) 20
(0.290)
60
(0.870)
60
(0.870)
6000
(87)
G1B
40
(1.57) 4
(0.058)
10
(0.145)
10
(0.145)
2000
(29)
G2B
52
(2.05) 4
(0.058)
(0.073)
(0.073)
500
(7.25)
Sandwich
design or with
flange to
EN 1092-1
Sandwich
design or with
flange to
ASME B16.5
Miniature diaphragm seal
Remarks:
Values apply for the filling liquids silicone oil M5, silicone oil M50, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil and food oil (FDA listed).
Values apply to stainless steel as the diaphragm material.
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/209
Siemens AG 2014
Temperature errors of diaphragm seals with connection to differential pressure transmitters (double-sided)
Nominal diameter/
design
Diaphragm
diameter
Temperature error Temperature error of

of remote seal fRS capillary fCap
mm
(inch)
mbar/
10 K
(psi/
10 K)
DN 50 without tube
59
(2.32)
0.3
(0.0043) 0.3
(0.0045)
DN 50 with tube
45
(1.89)
1.26
(0.018)
1.7
(0.025)
DN 80 without tube
89
(3.50)
0.05
(0.001)
0.05
DN 80 with tube
72
(2.83)
0.24
(0.004)
DN 100 without tube
89
(3.50)
0.05
DN 100 with tube
89
(3.50)
DN 125 without tube
124
DN 125 with tube
124
2 inch without tube
Temperature error
of process
flange/connection spigot fPF
(psi/
10 K)
mbar
(psi)
0.3
(0.0045)
250
(3.626)
1.7
(0.025)
250
(3.626)
(0.001)
0.05
(0.0007)
50
(0.725)
0.17
(0.003)
0.17
(0.003)
100
(1.45)
(0.001)
0.07
(0.001)
0.07
(0.001)
50
(0.725)
0.1
(0.002)
0.07
(0.001)
0.07
(0.001)
50
(0.725)
(4.88)
0.05
(0.001)
0.03
(0.0004)
0.03
(0.0004)
20
(0.29)
(4.88)
0.05
(0.001)
0.03
(0.0004)
0.03
(0.0004)
20
(0.29)
59
(2.32)
0.3
(0.0043) 0.3
(0.0043)
0.3
(0.0045)
250
(3.626)
2 inch with tube
45
(1.89)
1.26
(0.018)
1.7
(0.025)
1.7
(0.025)
250
(3.626)
3 inch without tube
89
(3.50)
0.05
(0.001)
0.05
(0.0007)
0.05
(0.0007)
50
(0.725)
3 inch with tube
72
(2.83)
0.24
(0.004)
0.17
(0.003)
0.17
(0.003)
100
(1.45)
4 inch without tube
89
(3.50)
0.05
(0.001)
0.07
(0.001)
0.07
(0.001)
50
(0.725)
4 inch with tube
89
(3.50)
0.1
(0.002)
0.07
(0.001)
0.07
(0.001)
50
(0.725)
5 inch without tube
124
(4.88)
0.05
(0.001)
0.03
(0.0004)
0.03
(0.0004)
20
(0.29)
5 inch with tube
124
(4.88)
0.05
(0.001)
0.03
(0.0004)
0.03
(0.0004)
20
(0.29)
DN 50
52
(2.05)
(0.015)
0.83
(0.012)
0.83
(0.012)
250
(3.626)
Remote seal
DN 50
with union nut to
DN 65
DIN 11851
DN 80
52
(2.05)
(0.015)
0.83
(0.012)
0.83
(0.012)
250
(3.626)
59
(2.32)
0.7
(0.010)
0.67
(0.010)
0.67
(0.010)
250
(3.626)
72
(2.83)
0.24
(0.004)
0.17
(0.003)
0.17
(0.003)
100
(1.450)
Remote seal
with threaded
socket to
DIN 11851
DN 50
52
(2.05)
(0.015)
0.83
(0.012)
0.83
(0.012)
250
(3.626)
DN 65
59
(2.32)
0.7
(0.010)
0.67
(0.010)
0.67
(0.010)
250
(3.626)
DN 80
72
(2.83)
0.24
(0.004)
0.17
(0.003)
0.17
(0.003)
100
(1.450)
40
(1.57)
(0.015)
2.5
(0.036)
2.5
(0.036)
2000
(29.01)
59
(2.32)
0.7
(0.010)
0.67
(0.010)
0.67
(0.010)
250
(3.626)
72
(2.83)
0.24
(0.004)
0.17
(0.003)
0.17
(0.003)
100
(1.450)
Sandwich
design or with
flange to
EN 1092-1
Sandwich
design with
flange to
ASME B16.5
Remote seal,
screwed gland
design
Clamp connec- 2 inch

tion
2 inch
3 inch
mbar/
(psi/
mbar/
(10 K mCap) (10 K mCap)) 10 K
Recommended
min. spans
(guidance values, observe
temperature
error)
Remarks:
1/210
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Temperature error Clamp-on seals
Temperature errors of clamp-on seals when connected to pressure transmitters for gauge pressure and absolute pressure, and with
single-sided connection to pressure transmitters for differential pressure
Nominal diameter/
design
Temperature error of remote

seal fRS
capillary fCap
Temperature error of process flange/connection

spigot fPF
Recommended min. spans

temperature error)
mbar/10 K
(psi/10 K)
mbar/10 K
(psi/10 K)
mbar/10 K
(psi/10 K)
mbar
(psi)
DN 25 (1 inch)
6.0
(0.0870)
8.5
(0.123)
8.5
(0.123)
1000
(14.5)
DN 40 (1 inch)
4.5
(0.065)
4.5
(0.065)
4.5
(0.065)
250
(3.63)
DN 50 (2 inch)
4.0
(0.058)
3.0
(0.044)
3.0
(0.044)
100
(1.45)
DN 80 (3 inch)
9.5
(0.138)
5.0
(0.073)
5.0
(0.073)
100
(1.45)
DN 100 (4 inch)
8.0
(0.012)
3.0
(0.044)
3.0
(0.044)
100
(1.45)
Temperature errors of clamp-on seals with double-sided connection to pressure transmitters for differential pressure
Nominal diameter/
design
Temperature error of remote

seal fRS
capillary fCap
Temperature error of process flange/connection

spigot fPF
Recommended min. spans

temperature error)
mbar/10 K
(psi/10 K)
mbar/10 K
(psi/10 K)
mbar/10 K
(psi/10 K)
mbar
(psi)
DN 25 (1 inch)
2.3
(0.033)
1.8
(0.026)
1.8
(0.026)
1000
(14.5)
DN 40 (1 inch)
0.8
(0.012)
0.3
(0.004)
0.3
(0.004)
250
(3.63)
DN 50 (2 inch)
0.3
(0.004)
0.1
(0.002)
0.1
(0.002)
100
(1.45)
DN 80 (3 inch)
3.0
(0.044)
0.5
(0.007)
0.5
(0.007)
100
(1.45)
DN 100 (4 inch)
1.0
(0.015)
0.1
(0.002)
0.1
(0.002)
100
(1.45)
Remarks:
Half the values apply to glycerin/water mixture as the filling liquid.
Diaphragm thickness 0.05 mm (0.002 inch) for DN 25/DN 40/DN 50 and 0.1 mm (0.004 inch) for DN 80/DN 100
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/211
Siemens AG 2014
Calculation of the temperature error
Dependence of temperature error on diaphragm material
The following equation is used to calculate the temperature error:
The temperature errors listed in the previous table are based on

the use of stainless steel as the diaphragm material. If other diaphragm materials are used, the temperature errors change as
follows:
dp = (RS Cal) fRS + (Cap Cal) lCap fCap + (TR Cal) fPF
dp
Additional temperature error (mbar)
RS
Temperature on remote seal diaphragm (generally

corresponds to temperature of medium)
Cal
Calibration (reference) temperature (20 C (68 F))
fRS
Temperature error of remote seal
Cap
Ambient temperature on the capillaries
lCap
Capillary length
fCap
Temperature error of capillaries
TR
Ambient temperature on pressure transmitter
fPF
Temperature error of the oil filling in the process

flanges of the pressure transmitter
Example of temperature error calculation

Existing conditions:
SITRANS P pressure transmitter for
differential pressure, 250 mbar, set
to 0 ... 100 mbar, with DN 100
remote seal diaphragms without
tube, diaphragm made of stainless
steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
fRS = 0.05 mbar/10 K

(0.039 inH2O/10 K)
Capillary length
lCap = 6 m (19.7 ft)
Capillaries fitted on both sides
fCap = 0.07 mbar/(10 K mCap)

(0.028 inH2O/(10 K mCap))
Filling liquid silicone oil M5
fPF = 0.07 mbar/10 K

(0.028 inH2O/10 K)
Process temperature
RS = 100 C (212 F)
Temperature on the capillaries
Cap = 50 C (122 F)
Diaphragm material
Change in temperature error of

remote seal
Increase in values by
Stainless steel, Duplex, ...
See previous tables
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610
50 %
50 %
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
60 %
Tantalum
50 %
Titanium
50 %
PTFE coating on stainless steel

diaphragm
80 %
ECTFE coating or PFA coating on

stainless steel diaphragm
100 %
Gold coating on stainless steel dia- 40 %

phragm
Inconel
50 %
Incoloy
50 %
Maximum temperature of medium

The following maximum temperatures of the medium apply depending on the material of the wetted parts:
Material
pabs < 1 bar

(402 inH2O)
pabs > 1 bar

(402 inH2O)
(F)
(F)
Stainless steel, 316L
200
(392)
400
(662)
200
(392)
260
(500)
Temperature on pressure
transmitter
TR = 50 C (122 F)
PTFE coating
ECTFE coating
100
(212)
150
(302)
Calibration temperature
Cal = 20 C (68 F)
PFA coating
200
(392)
260
(500)
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 200
(392)
260
(500)
Additional temperature error of remote seals: dp
Hastelloy C276, mat. No.

2.4819
200
(392)
400
(662)
Calculation:
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
200
(392)
400
(662)
in mbar
Tantalum
200
(392)
300
(572)
dp = (100 C 20 C) 0.05 mbar/10 K + (50 C 20 C) 6 m

0.07 mbar/(10 K m) + (50 C 20 C) 0.07 mbar/10 K
Duplex, mat. No. 1.4462
200
(392)
300
(572)
Required:
Titanium
100
(212)
150
(302)
dp = 0.4 mbar + 1.26 mbar + 0.21 mbar
Inconel
200
(392)
400
(752)
in inH2O
Incoloy
200
(392)
400
(752)
dp = (212 F - 68 F) 0.039 inH2O/10 K + (112 F - 68 F) 19.7 ft

0.028 inH2O/(10 K 3.28 ft) + (112 F - 68 F) (0.028 inH2O/10 K)
Gold coating
200
(392)
400
(752)
dp = 0.16 inH2O + 0.51 inH2O + 0.08 inH2O
Maximum capillary length for diaphragm seals

(guidance values)
Nom. diam.
Max. length of capillary
Result:
Diaphragm seal
Clamp-on seal
dp = 1.87 mbar (0.75 inH2O)

(corresponds to 2.27% of set span)
(ft)
Note
The determined temperature error only applies to the error resulting
from connection of the remote seal.
The transmission response of the respective transmitter is not included
in this consideration.
It must be calculated separately, and the resulting error added to the
error determined above from connection of the remote seal.
1/212
Siemens FI 01 2015
(ft)
DN 25
(1 inch)
2.5
(8.2)
2.5
(8.2)
DN 32
(1 inch)
2.5
(8.2)
2.5
(8.2)
DN 40
(1 inch)
(13.1)
(19.7)
DN 50
(2 inch)
(19.7)
10
(32.8)
DN 65
(2 inch)
(26.2)
10
(32.8)
DN 80
(3 inch)
15
(49.1)
10
(32.8)
DN 100
(4 inch)
15
(49.1)
10
(32.8)
DN 125
(5 inch)
15
(49.1)
Siemens AG 2014
Response times
The values listed in the following table are the response times (in
seconds per meter of capillary) for a change in pressure which
corresponds to the set span.
The listed values must be multiplied by the respective length of
the capillary, or with transmitters for differential pressure and flow
by the total length of both capillaries.
Filling liquid
Density
Silicone oil M5
Silicone oil M50
Halocarbon oil
Response time in s/m (s/ft) with max. span of pressure transmitter
(lb/in3)
(F)
250 mbar
(101 inH2O) 600 mbar
(241 inH2O) 1600 mbar
(643 inH2O)
0.914
(0.033)
+60
(140)
0.06
(0.018)
0.02
(0.006)
0.01
(0.003)
+20
(68)
0.11
(0.034)
0.02
(0.006)
0.02
(0.006)
- 20
(-4)
0.3
(0.091)
0.12
(0.037)
0.05
(0.015)
+60
(140)
0.6
(0.183)
0.25
(0.076)
0.09
(0.027)
+20
(68)
0.61
(0.186)
0.26
(0.079)
0.1
(0.030)
- 20
(-4)
1.69
(0.515)
0.71
(0.216)
0.27
(0.082)
+60
(140)
0.14
(0.043)
0.06
(0.018)
0.02
(0.006)
+20
(68)
0.65
(0.198)
0.27
(0.082)
0.1
(0.030)
-10
(14)
3.96
(1.207)
1.65
(0.503)
0.62
(0.189)
+60
(140)
0.07
(0.021)
0.03
(0.009)
0.01
(0.003)
+20
(68)
0.29
(0.088)
0.12
(0.037)
0.05
(0.015)
- 20
(-4)
2.88
(0.878)
1.2
(0.366)
0.45
(0.137)
+60
(140)
0.75
(0.229)
0.33
(0.101)
0.17
(0.052)
+20
(68)
(1.220)
1.75
(0.534)
0.67
(0.204)
- 20
(-4)
20
(6.100)
8.5
(2.593)
3.25
(0.991)
1.070
1.968
Food oil (FDA listed)
Temperature
on capillary
kg/dm3
0.966
The response times are independent of the set span within the
range of the respective transmitter. The response times are of insignificant importance for spans above 10 bar (145 psi). The response times of the pressure transmitters are not considered in
the table.
0.920
(0.035)
(0.039)
(0.071)
(0.033)
Technical data of filling liquids

When selecting the filling liquid, check that it is suitable with respect to the permissible temperature of the medium and the process pressure.
Oxygen and chlorine are special cases of measured medium.

The liquid must not react with either of these two media or a leaking remote seal may lead to an explosion or fire.
Also check the compatibility of the filling liquid with the measured medium. For example, only physiologically harmless filling
liquids may be used in the food industry.
Halocarbon oil must be used as the fill fluid with the media oxygen and chlorine.
Filling liquid
Digit in Permissible temperature of medium

Article
No.
Density at
20 C (68 F)
pabs <
1 bar
(pabs <
402 inH2O)
pabs >
1 bar
(pabs >
402 inH2O)
(F)
(F)
(-76 ... +176) -90 ... +180 (-130 ... +356) 0.914
Silicone oil M5
-60 ... +80
Silicone oil M50
-40 ... +150 (-40 ... +302) -40 ... +250 (-40 ... +482)
Halocarbon oil
Food oil (FDA
listed)
1)
Viscosity at
20 C (68 F)
Coefficient of
expansion
kg/dm3 (lb/in3) m2/s106 (ft2/s106) 1/C
(1/F)
(0.03)
(43)
0.00108
(0.00060)
0.96
(0.03)
50
(538)
0.00104
(0.00058)
-10 ... +200 (+14 ... +392) -20 ... +400 (-4 ... +752)
1.07
(0.04)
57
(613)
0.00080
(0.00044)
41)
-40 ... +80
1.968
(0.07)
14
(151)
0.00086
(0.00048)
-20 ... +160 (-4 ... +320)
0.92
(0.03)
10
(107)
0.00080
(0.00044)
(-40 ... +176) -40 ... +175 (-40 ... +347)

-20 ... +200 (-4 ... +392)
Max. pressure and temperature for oxygen measurements: 50 bar (725 psi) and 60 (140 F).
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/213
Siemens AG 2014
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design with flexible capillary
Overview
Nominal diameter
Nominal pressure
DN 50
PN 16 ... PN 400
DN 80
DN 100
DN 125
PN 16 ... PN 400
2 inch
Class 150 ... class 2500
3 inch
4 inch
5 inch
Copper
PN 16 ... PN 400
For pressure transmitters, absolute

pressure transmitters and lowpressure applications
PN 16 ... PN 400
For other applications
Viton
Maximum pressure
See above and the technical data

of the pressure transmitters
Tube length
Without tube as standard (tube

available on request)
Sealing face
For stainless steel, mat. No.
1.4404/316L
For the other materials
Sealing material in the process

flanges
To EN 1092-1, form B1 or
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
ASME B16.5 RFSF
Capillary
Length
Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer

lengths on request
Internal diameter
max. 2 mm (0.079 inch)
Minimum bending radius
150 mm (5.9 inch)
Filling liquid
Silicone oil M5
Silicone oil M50
Materials
Main body
Stainless steel mat. no.

1.4404/316L
Wetted parts

1.4404/316L
Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)
Dependent on the pressure transmitter and the filling liquid of the

remote seal
More information can be found in
the technical data of the pressure
transmitters and in the section
"Technical data of filling liquid" in
the Technical description to the
remote seals
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
Weight
Certificate and approvals

equipment directive
(DRGL 97/23/EC)
Without coating
PTFE coating (for vacuum on request)
ECTFE coating (for vacuum on
request)
PFA coating (for vacuum on request)
Tantalum
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462
Capillary
Stainless steel, mat. No.

1.4571/316Ti
Sheath
Spiral hose made of stainless

steel, mat. No. 1.4301/316
1/214
Siemens FI 01 2015

practice)
Siemens AG 2014
Article No. Ord.code
Diaphragm seal
Diaphragm seal
Sandwich-type design, with flexible capillary

connected to a SITRANS P transmitter
(order separately):
Sandwich-type design, with flexible capillary

connected to a SITRANS P transmitter
(order separately):
for pressure 7MF403.-... and 7MF423.-...

together with Order code "V01" (vacuum-proof
design) and 7MF802.-...1); Scope of delivery
(1 off)
7MF 4 9 0 0 -

design) and 7MF802.-...1); Scope of delivery
(1 off)
7MF 4 9 0 0 -
for absolute pressure 7MF433.-...;

Scope of delivery (1 off)
7MF 4 9 0 1 -

Scope of delivery (1 off)
7MF 4 9 0 1 -
for differential pressure and flow 7MF443.-...

and 7MF54..-...; scope of delivery 2 off
7MF 4 9 0 3 -

and 7MF54..-...; scope of delivery 2 off
7MF 4 9 0 3 -
1 7777 - 7B 777
Length of capillary5)
1.0 m
1.6 m
2.5 m
4.0 m
6.0 m
8.0 m
10.0 m
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure
DN 50
PN 16 ... 400
(recommended only for pressure transmitters
for pressure)
DN 80
PN 16 ... 400
DN 100
PN 16 ... 400
DN 125
PN 16 ... 400
2 inch
Class 150 ... 2500
(recommended only for pressure transmitters
for pressure)
3 inch
Class 150 ... 2500
4 inch
Class 150 ... 2500
5 inch
Class 150 ... 2500
Smooth sealing face to EN 1092-1, form B1 or
to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
Other version
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ...
Sealing face: see "Technical data"
- without coating
- with PTFE
coating2)
- with ECTFE coating 2) 3)

2)
- with PFA coating

Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
Tantalum
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462
Other version
Wetted parts materials: ...
Tube length
without tube
Other version:
Tube length: ...
Filling liquid
Silicone oil M5
Silicone oil M50
Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)4)
Food oil (FDA listed)l
Other version
Filling liquid: ...
B
C
D
(3.28 ft)
(5.25 ft)
(8.20 ft)
(13.1 ft)
(19.7 ft)
(26.25 ft)
(32.8 ft)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Special lengths for capillaries
H
L
N
2.0 m
3.0 m
5.0 m
9
9
9
N1C
N1E
N1G
7.0 m
9.0 m
9
9
N1J
N1L
11.0 m
12.0 m
13.0 m
9
9
9
N1N
N1P
N1Q
14.0 m
15.0 m
9
9
N1R
N1S
only for 7MF4903-...

Z
J1Y
1)
With 7MF802.-... and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order the vacuum-tight version.
2)
Only possible up to max. PN 100.
A
E0
3)
For vacuum on request

Oil- and grease- free cleaning to DIN 25410, level 2 and packaging
included in the scope of delivery.
5)
Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description".
F
D
4)
G
J
U
K
Q
R
S0
Z
K1Y
0
9
L1Y
1
2
3
4
7
9
M1 Y
1 7777 - 7B 777
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/215
Siemens AG 2014

Order code
Order code
Further designs
Further designs

code.

code.
Spark arrestor
With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0
(including documentation)
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
J12
Pressure and absolute pressure
A01
for differential pressure transmitters
A02

Attached out of stainless steel, contains Article
No. and order number of the remote seal supplier
B20
Sealing surface groove, EN 1092-1, form D

J14

C10
Sealing surface RJF (groove) ASME B16.5

instead of sealing surface
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
(only for wetted parts made of stainless steel
316L)
J24

C11
to EN 10204, section 3.1
C12
PE protective tube
over the spiral protective tube (color: white) of
the capillaries

Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liquid
(FDA listed)"
C17
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2") to

IEC 61508
(Only in conjunction with the Order code "C20"
in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
C20
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2/3") to

IEC 61508
C23

Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 according to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of
stainless steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276)
D07

D08

(140 F), max. pressure 50 bar (725 psi), only in
connection with halocarbon oil, certified by certificate acc. to EN 10204-2.2
E10
Epoxy painting
(not possible with vacuum-proof design and not
for 7MF4901-...)
possible with process connection GB according to EN837-1
E15
1/216
Siemens FI 01 2015
1.0 m
1.6 m
2.0 m
N20
N21
N22
2.5 m
3.0 m
4.0 m
N23
N24
N25
5.0 m
6.0 m
7.0 m
N26
N27
N28
8.0 m
9.0 m
10.0 m
N29
N30
N31

11.0 m
12.0 m
13.0 m
N32
N33
N34
14.0 m
15.0 m
N35
N36
Vacuum-proof design
for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
Gauge and absolute pressure from the pressure series
Differential pressure transmitters
V01
V03
Siemens AG 2014
D
dM
D
dM
Handhold
16 (6.3)
Handhold
16 (6.3)
R
(5. 150
9)
0
15
.9)
R (5
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design with flexible capillary for connection to SITRANS P pressure transmitters for pressure, dimensions in mm
(inch)
Nom.
diam.
Nom. press.
b
mm
dM
mm
mm
mm
PN 16 ... PN 400 20
102
59
100
DN 80
20
138
89
100
DN 100
20
158
89
100
DN 125
22
188
124
100
lb/sq.in.
2 inch
3 inch
4 inch
5 inch
150 .... 2500
Nom.
diam.
Nom. press.
dM
DN 50
PN 16 ... PN 400 20
mm
mm
mm
mm
102
59
DN 80
100
20
138
89
100
DN 100
20
158
89
100
DN 125
22
188
124
100

Nom.
diam.

Nom. press.
DN 50
Nom.
diam.
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design (without flange) with flexible capillary for connection to SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute pressure or differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)
dM
mm
mm
mm
mm
(inch)
(inch)
(inch)
(inch)
20
100
59
100
(0.79)
(3.94)
(2.32)
(3.94)
20
134
89
100
(0.79)
(5.28)
(2.32)
(3.94)
20
158
89
100
(0.79)
(6.22)
(2.32)
(3.94)
22
186
124
100
(0.87)
(7.32)
(4.88)
(3.94)
d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1 /

ASME B16.5
2 inch
3 inch
4 inch
5 inch
Nom. press.
dM
lb/sq.in.
mm
mm
mm
mm
(inch)
(inch)
(inch)
(inch)
20
100
59
100
(0.79)
(3.94)
(2.32)
(3.94)
20
134
89
100
(0.79)
(5.28)
(2.32)
(3.94)
20
158
89
100
(0.79)
(6.22)
(2.32)
(3.94)
22
186
124
100
(0.87)
(7.32)
(4.88)
(3.94)
150 ... 2500

ASME B16.5
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/217
Siemens AG 2014
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary
Overview
Diaphragm seals of flange design

flanges
Nominal diameter
Nominal pressure
DN 50 (recommendable only for

pressure transmitters for pressure)
PN 10/16/25/40, PN 100

Copper
DN 80
PN 10/16/25/40, PN 100
Viton
DN 100
PN 10/16, PN 25/40
Maximum pressure
DN 125
PN 16, PN 40

of the pressure transmitter
2 inch (recommendable only for

pressure transmitters for pressure)
class 150, class 300,

class 400/600, class 900/1500
Tube length
Without tube as standard (tube

available on request)
3 inch
Class 150, class 300, class 600
Capillary
4 inch
Length
5 inch

lengths on request
Internal diameter
2 mm (0.079 inch)
150 mm (5.9 inch)
Sealing face
For stainless steel, mat.
No. 1.4404/316L
ASMR B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
ASME B16.5 RFSF
Filling liquid
(for remote seals of sandwich and
flange design)
Silicone oil M50
Materials
Main body
Stainless steel
mat. no. 1.4404/316L
Wetted parts
Stainless steel
mat. no. 1.4404/316L

remote seal
remote seals
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
Weight

equipment directive
(DRGL 97/23/EC)
Without coating
PTFE coating (for vacuum on
request)
ECTFE coating (for vacuum
on request)
PFA coating (for vacuum on
request)
Tantalum
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462
Capillary

No. 1.4571/316Ti
Sheath

steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
1/218
Silicone oil M5
Siemens FI 01 2015

practice)
Siemens AG 2014
Diaphragm seal
Diaphragm seal
Flange design, with flexible capillary, connected

to a pressure transmitter
SITRANS P (order separately):
Flange design, with flexible capillary, connected

to a pressure transmitter
SITRANS P (order separately):

design) and 7MF802.-...1); scope of delivery: 1 off
7MF 4 9 2 0 -

design) and 7MF802.-...1); scope of delivery: 1 off
7MF 4 9 2 0 -

scope of delivery: 1 off
7MF 4 9 2 1 -

7MF 4 9 2 1 -

and 7MF54..-...; scope of delivery: 2 off
7MF 4 9 2 3 -

and 7MF54..-...; scope of delivery: 2 off
7MF 4 9 2 3 -
DN 50
PN 10/16/25/40
PN 100
(DN 50 recommended only for pressure
transmitters for pressure)
1 7777 - 7B 777
A
B
DN 80
PN 10/16/25/40
PN 100
D
E
DN 100
PN 10/16
PN 25/40
G
H
DN 125
PN 16
PN 40
J
K
2 inch
Class 150
Class 300
class 400/600
class 900/1500
(2 inch recommended only for pressure
transmitters for pressure)
3 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
L
M
N
P
4 inch
T
U
V
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
5 inch
W
X
Y
Other version
Sealing face: See "Technical data"

- without coating
- with PTFE coating
- with ECTFE coating2)
- with PFA coating
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
Tantalum
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462
Other version
Tube length
without tube
Other version:
Tube length: ...
1.0 m
1.6 m
2.5 m
4.0 m
6.0 m
8.0 m
10.0 m
1
2
3
4
7
9
(3.28 ft)
(5.25 ft)
(8.20 ft)
(13.1 ft)
(19.7 ft)
(26.25 ft)
(32.8 ft)
M1 Y
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Q
R
S
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
1 7777 - 7B 777
Filling liquid
Silicone oil M5
Silicone oil M50
Other version
Filling liquid: ...
2.0 m
3.0 m
5.0 m
9
9
9
N1C
N1E
N1G
7.0 m
9.0 m
9
9
N1J
N1L
11.0 m
12.0 m
13.0 m
9
9
9
N1N
N1P
N1Q
14.0 m
15.0 m
9
9
N1R
N1S
1)
J1Y
With 7MF802.-... and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order the
vacuum-tight version.
For vacuum on request.
3)
4)
2)
A
E0
F
D
G
J
U
K
Q
R
S0
Z
K1Y
0
9
L1Y
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/219
Siemens AG 2014

Order code
Order code
Further designs
code.
Further designs
code.
Spark arrestor
(including documentation) for transmitters for
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
J12
pressure and absolute pressure
A01
differential pressure
A02

Attached out of stainless steel, contains MLFB
and order number of the remote seal
B20

J14

C10

ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
316L)
J24

C11
C12
PE protective tube
the capillaries

(FDA listed)"
C17
1.0 m
1.6 m
2.0 m
N20
N21
N22

IEC 61508
C20
2.5 m
3.0 m
4.0 m
N23
N24
N25

IEC 61508
C23
5.0 m
6.0 m
7.0 m
N26
N27
N28

D07
8.0 m
9.0 m
10.0 m
N29
N30
N31

D08

E10
Epoxy painting
(not possible with vacuum-proof design and not
for 7MF4921-...)
possible with process connection GB according to EN837-1.
E15
1/220
Siemens FI 01 2015

11.0 m
12.0 m
13.0 m
N32
N33
N34
14.0 m
15.0 m
N35
N36
Vacuum-proof design
V01
V03
Siemens AG 2014
D
dM
b
f
n x d2
k
d4
100
(3.94)
Handhold
16 (6.3)
Nom.
diam.
Nom.
press.
DN 50
b
mm
D
mm
d2
mm
d4
mm
dM
mm
f
mm
k
mm
PN 10/16/ 20
25/40
165
18
102
59
125
PN 100
28
195
26
102
59
145
PN 10/16/ 24
200
18
138
89
160
PN 100
32
230
26
138
89
180
DN 100 PN 10/16 20
220
18
158
89
180
PN 25/40 24
235
22
162
89
190
DN 80
DN 125 PN 16
22
250
18
188
124
210
PN 40
26
270
26
188
124
220

Nom.
diam.
2 inch
Nom.
press.
d2
d4
dM
lb/sq.in.
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
150
300
0
15
.9)
R (5
400/600
(inch) (inch)
19.5
20
150
150
300
600
4 inch
150
300
120.5 4
(0.79) (3.62) (2.32) (0.08) (4.74)
22.7
20
165
92
59
127
(0.89) (6.50)
(0.79) (3.62) (2.32) (0.08) (5)
32.4
20
900/1500 45.1
3 inch
59
(0.77) (5.80)
165
(1.28) (6.50)
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary for connection to

SITRANS P pressure transmitters for pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)
92
215
92
59
127
26
92
59
165
(1.02) (3.62) (2.32) (0.28) (6.5)
24.3
20
127
89
(0.79) (5)
(3.50) (0.08) (6)
29
22
89
127
(0.87) (5)
(3.50) (0.08) (6.63)
38.8
22
89
127
168.5 8
(1.53) (8.27)
(0.87) (5)
(3.50) (0.28) (6.63)
24.3
20
89
230
158
190.5 4
(0.96) (9.06)
(0.79) (6.22) (3.50) (0.08) (7.5)
32.2
22
255
158
89
168.5 8
(1.14) (8.27)
210
152.5 4
(0.96) (7.48)
210
(0.79) (3.62) (2.32) (0.08) (5)
(1.78) (8.46)
190
200
(1.27) (10.04) (0.87) (6.22) (3.50) (0.08) (7.87)

400
42
255
26
158
89
200
(1.65) (10.04) (1.02) (6.22) (3.50) (0.28) (7.87)

5 inch
150
24.3
255
22
186
124
216
(0.96) (10.04) (0.87) (7.32) (4.88) (0.08) (8.50)

300
35.8
280
22
186
124
235
(1.41) (11.02) (0.87) (7.32) (4.88) (0.08) (9.25)

400
45.1
280
26
186
124
235
(1.79) (11.02) (1.02) (7.32) (4.88) (0.28) (9.25)
d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1 / ASME B16.5

Siemens FI 01 2015
1/221
Siemens AG 2014
D
dM
b
f
n x d2
Handhold
16 (6.3)
100
(3.94)
100
(3.94)
k
d4
R
(5. 150
9)
Handhold
16 (6.3)
R
(5. 150
9)
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary for connection to SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute pressure or for differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)
Nom.
diam.
Nom.
press.
b
mm
D
mm
d2
mm
d4
mm
dM
mm
f
mm
k
mm
DN 80
PN 10/16
24
200
18
138
89
160
PN 100
32
230
26
138
89
180
20
220
18
158
89
180
DN 100 PN 10/16
PN 25/40
DN 125 PN 16
PN 40
24
235
22
162
89
190
22
250
18
188
124
210
26
270
26
188
124
220
Nom. Nom.
diam. press.
mm
lb/sq.in mm
.
(inch) (inch)
150
3 inch 300
600
150
4 inch 300
400
150
5 inch 300
400
24.3
190
d2
d4
dM
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm

20
127
89
152.5
(0.96) (7.48)
(0.79) (5)
(3.50) (0.08) (6)
29
22
89
210
127
168.5
(1.14) (8.27)
(0.87) (5)
(3.50) (0.08) (6.63)
38.8
22
89
210
127
168.5
(1.52) (8.27)
(0.87) (5)
(3.50) (0.28) (6.63)
24.3
20
89
230
158
190.5
(0.96) (9.06)
(0.79) (6.22) (3.50) (0.08) (7.5)
32.2
22
255
158
89
200
(1.27) (10.04) (0.87) (6.22) (3.50) (0.08) (7.87)

42
255
26
158
89
200
(1.65) (10.04) (1.02) (6.22) (3.50) (0.28) (7.87)

24.3
255
22
186
124
216
(0.96) (10.04) (0.87) (7.32) (4.88) (0.08) (8.50)

35.8
280
22
186
124
235
(1.41) (11.02) (0.87) (7.32) (4.88) (0.08) (9.25)

45.1
280
26
186
124
235
(1.79) (11.02) (1.02) (7.32) (4.88) (0.28) (9.25)
d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1 / ASME B16.5

1/222
Siemens FI 01 2015
4
8
8
4
8
8
4
8
8
Siemens AG 2014
Diaphragm seals of flange design directly fitted on transmitter
Overview
Diaphragm seals of flange design, directly fitted on a pressure transmitter

for pressure
Diaphragm seals (flange design) for pressure and absolute pressure, directly fitted on a transmitter
Maximum pressure

of the transmitter
Nominal diameter
Nominal pressure
Tube length
DN 50
PN 10/16/25/40, PN 100
DN 80
PN 10/16/25/40, PN 100
DN 100
PN 10/16, PN 25/40
2 inch

class 400/600, class 900/1500
Without tube
50 mm (1.97 inch)
100 mm (3.94 inch)
150 mm (5.91 inch)
200 mm (7.87 inch)
Capillary
3 inch
Length
4 inch

lengths on request
Internal diameter
2 mm (0.079 inch)
150 mm (5.9 inch)
Filling liquid
Silicone oil M5
Silicone oil M50
Halocarbon oil (for measuring
O2)
Max. recommended process

temperature
170 C (338 F)

remote seal.
remote seals.
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
Weight
Classification according to
(DRGL 97/23/EC)
Sealing face
1.4404/316L
To EN 1092-1, form B1 or ASME

B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
Smooth to EN 1092-1, form B2 or

ASME B16.5 RFSF
Materials
Main body
Stainless steel
mat. no. 1.4404/316L
Wetted parts
Stainless steel
mat. no. 1.4404/316L
Without coating
PTFE coating (for vacuum on
request)
ECTFE coating (for vacuum
on request)
PFA coating (for vacuum on
request)
Tantalum
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462
Capillary
Stainless steel, 1.4571/316Ti
Sealing material at the transmitter

connection
Copper

practice)
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/223
Siemens AG 2014

Diaphragm seal
7MF 4 9 1 0 -
Diaphragm seal
7MF 4 9 1 0 -
Directly fitted to a pressure transmitter

SITRANS P for pressure 7MF403.-... and
7MF423.-... together with Order code "V01"
(vacuum-proof design) and 7MF802.-...1); must
be ordered separately
77777
Directly fitted to a pressure transmitter

SITRANS P for pressure 7MF403.-... and
7MF423.-... together with Order code "V01"
(vacuum-proof design) and 7MF802.-...1); must
be ordered separately
77777
777
1
2
3
4
7
9
M1 Y
777
Process connection
Vertical (pressure transmitter upright)
Horizontal
DN 50
PN 10/16/25/40
PN 100
DN 80
PN 10/16/25/40
PN 100
0
2
A
B
D
E
PN 10/16
PN 25/40
G
H
2 inch
Class 150
Class 300
class 400/600
class 900/1500
L
M
N
P
3 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
Q
R
S
4 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Smooth sealing face to DIN 1092-01, form B1 or
B2, or to ASME B16.5 125 ... 250 AA or RFSF
T
U
V
Other version

- with PFA coating
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
Tantalum
Duplex 2205, W.-Nr. 1.4462
Tube length
Without tube
50 mm
100 mm
150 mm
200 mm
(1.97 inch)
(3.94 inch)
(5.90 inch)
(7.87 inch)
Other version:
Wetted parts materials: ...,
Tube length: ...
1/224
Siemens FI 01 2015
1)
With 7MF802.-... and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order the vacuum-tight version.
3) Oil- and grease- free cleaning to DIN 25410, level 2 and packaging
2)
DN 100

- without coating
- with PTFE coating
Filling liquid
Silicone oil M5
Silicone oil M50
Other version
Filling liquid: ...
J1Y
A
E0
F
D
G
J
U
K
Q
S0
0
1
2
3
4
Z8
K1Y
Siemens AG 2014
Order code
Order code
Further designs
Further designs

code.

code.
Spark arrestor
(including documentation) for transmitters for
gauge pressure and absolute pressure
A01

B20

C10

C11
C12

(FDA listed)"
C17

IEC 61508
C20

IEC 61508
C23

D07

D08

E10
Epoxy painting
Not possible with vacuum-proof design
E15
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
Instead of sealing surface B2 and RFSF
(Only for wetted parts in Hastelloy C276
(2.4819), Tantal and Duplex 2205 (1.4462) and
for sizes 2, 3, DN 50 and DN 80)
J12

J14

ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
316L)
J24
Elongated pipe
200 mm instead of 89 mm,
max. medium temperature 300 C, observe the
maximum permissible media temperature of the
filling liquid.
R20
Elongated pipe elbow

200 mm instead of 130 mm,
filling liquid.
R21
Cooling element
filling liquid.
R22
Vacuum-proof design
gauge and absolute pressure from the pressure
series
V01
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/225
Siemens AG 2014
89 (3.39)1)
d4
DN 50
PN 10/16/ 20
25/40
165
18
102
48.3 451)
125
28
195
26
102
48.3 451)
145
1)
160
PN 100
230
26
138
76
721)
180
DN 100 PN 10/16 20
220
18
158
94
89-2 2
180
24
235
22
162
94
89
190
195 (7.68)
d 5
k
d4
lb/
mm mm
sq.in.
(inch) (inch)
dM
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)

20
92
48.3
451)
120.5 4
(0.77) (5.91)
(0.79) (3.62) (1.9)
(1.77)1) (0.08) (4.74)
22.7
20
451)
165
92
48.3
127
32.4
20
451)
(1.28) (6.5)
(0.79) (3.62) (1.9)
(1.77)1) (0.28) (5)
900/
1500
45.1
26
451)
4 inch 150
300
1)
400
165
215
92
92
48.3
48.3
7
7
127
165
(1.78) (8.46)
(1.02) (3.62) (1.9)
(1.77)1) (0.28) (6.5)
24.3
20
76
722)
(0.96) (7.48)
(0.79) (5)
(3)
(2.83)2) (0.08) (6)
29
22
190
127
76
722)
(0.87) (5)
(3)
(2.83)2) (0.08) (6.63)
38.8
22
127
76
722)
(0.87) (5)
(3)
(2.83)2) (0.28) (6.63)
24.3
20
94
89
230
127
158
7
2
190.5 8
(0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50)
(0.08) (7.5)
32.2
22
158
94
89
200
(1.27) (10.04) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50)
(0.08) (7.87)
42
255
26
158
94
89
(1.65) (10.04) (1.02) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50)

1)
59 mm = 2.32 inch with tube length L = 0
2)
89 mm = 3 inch with tube length L = 0
200
(0.28) (7.87)
d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1/

ASME B16.5
168.5 8
(0.96) (9.06)
255
168.5 8
(1.53) (8.27)
210
152.5 4
(1.14) (8.27)
210
(inch) (inch)
400/
600
600
200 (7.9) with option R20, 278 (11.0) with cooling element opt. R22)
2)
324 (12.8) mit option R20, 326 (12.9) with cooling element opt. R22)
3)
283 (11.14) mit option R21
4)
318 (12.52) mit option R21
d5
(1.77)1) (0.08) (5)
300
Horizontal process
connection
150
d4
(0.79) (3.62) (1.9)
3)
248 (9.76) 4)
19.5
d2
(0.89) (6.5)
3 inch 150
32
Siemens FI 01 2015
72
300
1/226
76
Nom. Nom. b
diam. press.
Diaphragm seals of flange design, direct connection to a SITRANS P

pressure transmitter (process connection vertical (top) and horizontal
(bottom)), dimensions in mm (inch)
dM
138
PN 100
n x d2
d5
18
213 (8.39)
d4
200
2 inch 150
d2
PN 10/16/ 24
25/40
DN 80
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
Tube length L see

Ordering Data
d 5
Nom.
press.
PN 25/40
n x d2
Nom.
diam.
Cooling
element
215 (8.46) 2)
198 (7.8)
Vertical process
connection
95 (3.74)
8
8
Siemens AG 2014
Diaphragm seals of flange design fixed connection and with capillary
Overview
Diaphragm seals of screwed design for pressure transmitters for differential pressure, fixed connection and with flexible capillary
Diaphragm seals of screwed design for pressure transmitters for
differential pressure, fixed connection and with flexible capillary

flanges
Copper
Viton
Maximum pressure

Tube length
Without tube
Nominal diameter
Nominal pressure
DN 50
PN 10/16/25/40, PN 100
DN 80
PN 10/16/25/40
DN 100
PN 10/16, PN 25/40
2 inch

class 400/600, class 900/1500
3 inch
Class 150, class 300
50 mm (1.97 inch)
4 inch
Class 150, class 300
100 mm (3.94 inch)

150 mm (5.91 inch)
Sealing face
For stainless steel, mat.
No. 1.4404/316L
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
ASME B16.5 RFSF
200 mm (7.87 inch)

Capillary
Length

lengths on request
Materials
Internal diameter
2 mm (0.079 inch)
Main body

1.4404/316L
150 mm (5.9 inch)
Filling liquid
Silicone oil M5
Wetted parts

1.4404/316L
Silicone oil M50
Without coating
PTFE coating (for vacuum on request)
temperature
170 C (338 F)

remote seal
remote seals
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462
Weight

ECTFE coating (for vacuum on

request)
PFA coating (for vacuum on request)
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
Tantalum
Capillary

No. 1.4571/316Ti
Sheath

steel, mat. No. 1.4301/316

equipment directive
(DRGL 97/23/EC)

practice)
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/227
Siemens AG 2014

Diaphragm seal
7MF 4 9 1 3 -
Diaphragm seal
7MF 4 9 1 3 -
Mounting flange (with tube as option) for

direct mounting to high-pressure side and
flanged remote seal without tube, fitted by
means of capillary to low-pressure side of
SITRANS P for differential pressure, DS III series
(7MF443.-...) and SITRANS P500 (7MF54..-...)
1 7777 - 7B 777
Mounting flange (with tube as option) for

direct mounting to high-pressure side and
flanged remote seal without tube, fitted by
means of capillary to low-pressure side of
SITRANS P for differential pressure, DS III series
(7MF443.-...) and SITRANS P500 (7MF54..-...)
1 7777 - 7B 777
Flange, connection to EN 1092-1
Nom. diam.
Nom. press.
DN 50
PN 10/16/25/40
PN 100
DN 80
PN 10/16/25/40
DN 100
PN 10/16
PN 25/40
A
B
D
G
H
3 inch
4 inch
class 150
class 300
class 400/600
class 900/1500
L
M
N
P
Class 150
Class 300
Class 150
Class 300
Q
R
T
U
Other version
Flange: ..., Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal
pressure: ...
B2, or to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA or RFSF
- without coating
- with PTFE coating
- with PFA coating
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
Tantalum
Duplex, mat. no. 1.4462
Duplex, mat. no. 1.4462, incl. main body
Filling liquid
Silicone oil M5
Silicone oil M50
Other version
Filling liquid: ...
1/228
Siemens FI 01 2015
2
3
4
5
6.0 m
8.0 m
10.0 m
(19.7 ft)
(26.25 ft)
(32.8 ft)
6
7
8
2.0 m
3.0 m
5.0 m
9
9
9
N1C
N1E
N1G
7.0 m
9.0 m
9
9
N1J
N1L
1)

3)
2)
J1Y
A
E0
F
D
G
J
U
K
Q
R
S0
Tube length
(for mounting flange on high-pressure side)
Without tube
50 mm
(1.97 inch)
100 mm
(3.94 inch)
150 mm
(5.90 inch)
200 mm
(7.87 inch)
Other version:
Wetted parts materials: ......,
Tube length: ...
(3.28 ft)
(5.25 ft)
(8.20 ft)
(13.1 ft)
Flange, connection to ASME B16.5

Nom. diam.
Nom. press.
2 inch
1.0 m
1.6 m
2.5 m
4.0 m
0
1
2
3
4
Z8
K1Y
1
2
3
4
7
9
M1 Y
Siemens AG 2014
Order code
Order code
Further designs
Further designs

code.

code.
Spark arrestor
A02
PE protective tube
the capillaries

B20
1.0 m
1.6 m
2.0 m
N20
N21
N22

C10
2.5 m
3.0 m
4.0 m
N23
N24
N25

C11
5.0 m
6.0 m
7.0 m
N26
N27
N28
C12

(FDA listed)"
C17
8.0 m
9.0 m
10.0 m
N29
N30
N31
R15

IEC 61508
C20
Elongated pipe, distance from transmitter

process flange to flange is 150 mm instead of
100 mm,
filling liquid.

IEC 61508
C23
R20

D07
Elongated pipe, distance from transmitter

process flange to flange is 100 mm instead of
100 mm,
filling liquid.
Vacuum-proof design
for use in low-pressure range
V03

D08

E10
Epoxy painting
Not possible with vacuum-proof design.
E15
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
Instead of sealing surface B2 and RFSF
(Only for wetted parts in Hastelloy C276
(2.4819), Tantal and Duplex 2205 (1.4462) and
for sizes 2, 3, DN 50 and DN 80)
J12

J14

ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
316L)
J24
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/229
Siemens AG 2014
D
dM
Nom.
diam.
Nom.
press.
DN 50
PN 10/16/ 20
25/40
165
18
102
48.3 451)
125
PN 100
R 150
(5.9)
k
d4
100
(3.94)
Handhold
16 (6.3)
DN 80
d5
dM
26
102
48.3 451)
145
18
138
76
722)
160
PN 100
32
230
26
138
76
722)
180
20
220
18
158
94
89
180
PN 25/40
24
235
22
162
94
89
190
lb/
sq.in.
d 5
6)
Tube length L see

Ordering Data
Diaphragm seals of screwed design with flexible capillary, fixed connection, for connection to a SITRANS P pressure transmitter for differential
pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)
mm
d2
d4
d5
dM
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)

19.5
150
20
92
48.3
451)
120.5 4
(0.77) (5.91)
(0.79) (3.62) (1.9)
(1.77)1) (0.08) (4.74)
22.7
20
451)
165
92
48.3
127
(0.79) (3.62) (1.9)
(1.77)1) (0.08) (5)
400/
600
32.4
20
451)
(1.28) (6.5)
(0.79) (3.62) (1.9)
(1.77)1) (0.28) (5)
900/
1500
45.1
26
451)
3 inch 150
4 inch 150
300
165
215
92
92
48.3
48.3
7
7
127
165
(1.78) (8.46)
(1.02) (3.62) (1.9)
(1.77)1) (0.28) (6.5)
24.3
20
76
722)
190
127
(0.79) (5)
(3)
(2.83)2) (0.08) (6)
29
22
76
722)
127
(0.87) (5)
(3)
(2.83)2) (0.08) (6.63)
24.3
20
94
89
158
(0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50)
(0.08) (7.5)
32.2
22
255
158
94
89

1)
59 mm = 2.32 inch with tube length L = 0
2)
89 mm = 3 inch with tube length L = 0
200
(0.08) (7.87)

ASME B16.5
190.5 8
(0.96) (9.06)
(1.27) (10.04) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50)
168.5 8
(1.14) (8.27)
230
152.5 4
(0.96) (7.48)
210
(inch) (inch)
(0.89) (6.5)
300
Siemens FI 01 2015
200
300
1/230
195
2 inch 150
k
d4
d4
DN 100 PN 10/16
n x d2
d2
28
100 (3.93)
PN 10/16/ 24
25/40
Nom. Nom. b
diam. press.
L
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
f
n x d2
Siemens AG 2014
Diaphragm seal, screwed design directly mounted or/and with capillary
Overview
Diaphragm seal, screwed gland design with inside diaphragm for gauge,
absolute and differential pressure for direct mounting
Diaphragm seal, screwed gland with inside diaphragm
Capillary
Process connection
Nominal pressure
Length
Max. 10 m (32.8 ft)
Male thread GB to EN 837-1
PN 100, PN 250
Internal diameter
2 mm (0.079 inch)
External thread -14 NPT-M
PN 100, PN 250
150 mm (5.9 inch)
Filling liquid
Silicone oil M5
Silicone oil M50
Halocarbon oil
(for measuring O2)
Max. recommended process temperature
170 C (338 F)
Dependent on the pressure

transmitter and the filling liquid
of the remote seal
the technical specifications of the
pressure transmitters and in the
section "Technical data of filling
liquid" in the introduction to the
remote seals
Weight
open measurement flange

- DN 25
PN 10 ... PN 40
- 1 inch
Sealing face for open measurement

flange
For stainless steel, mat. no.
1.4404/316L
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
Materials
Lower section (in the case of process connection thread)
Stainless steel, Mat. no.

1.4404/316L
Diaphragm
Stainless steel, Mat. no.

1.4404/316L
No coating
With PTFE coating
Monel 400, mat. no. 2.4360
Tantal
Top section (process connection

in the case of an open measurement flange)
Stainless steel, mat. no.

1.4404/316L
Capillary
Stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti
Sealing material on the process

connection
Viton or copper (in the case of

vacuum-free version)
Sealing material between top and

bottom section
Viton (FKM) (standard)

Teflon (PTFE)
metal spring ring (silver-coated)

(PED 97/23/EC)

practice)
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/231
Siemens AG 2014

Article No. Ord. Code

Remote seal, screwed gland with inside
diaphragm
Remote seal, screwed gland with inside

diaphragm
Mounted on SITRANS P pressure transmitter

for
gauge pressure
7MF403.-... and SITRANS P300, 7MF802.-...
absolute pressure
In conjunction with Order code "V01" (vacuumproof design)
7MF 4 9 3 0 -
Mounted on SITRANS P pressure transmitter

for
gauge pressure
absolute pressure
In conjunction with Order code "V01" (vacuumproof design)
7MF 4 9 3 0 -
Mounted on either side of SITRANS P

pressure transmitter for
differential pressure 7MF443.-... and
7MF54..-...
7MF 4 9 3 3 -
Mounted on either side of SITRANS P

pressure transmitter for
differential pressure 7MF443.-... and
7MF54..-...
7MF 4 9 3 3 -
Type
no flushing hole
with flushing hole 1x 1/8 NPT unsealed (only
with process connection 316L)
Other version, add
Version: ...
77777 - 7B 777
1
2
9
H1Y
Process connection version

Lower flange Process con- Nominal diammaterial
nection
eter and pressure level
316L/1.4404
316L/1.4404
316L/1.4404
Thread
Thread
Thread
GB/PN100
GB/PN250
NPT-M/PN100
B
C
E
316L/1.4404
316L/1.4404
316L/1.4404
Thread
Thread
Thread
NPT-M/PN250
NPT-F/PN100
NPT-F/PN250
F
H
J
316L/1.4404

DN 25/
PN 10 ... 40
1"/Class 150
1"/Class 300
Thread
GB/PN100
DN 25/
PN 10 ... 40
1"/Class 150
T
U
1"/Class 300
316L/1.4404
316L/1.4404
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Other version, add

Lower flange material: ...;
Process connection: ...;
Nominal diameter/pressure level: ...
J1Y

316L stainless steel with PTFE film
Hastelloy C276
A
E
J
Hastelloy C4
Tantalum
U
K
S
Other version, add

Diaphragm material: ...
Siemens FI 01 2015
FKM (standard with diaphragm and 316L process connection)

PTFE (standard with custom material with max.
260 C)
Metal C- circlip, silver coated for >260 C) incl.
high temperature-resistant screwed gland
1
2
3
Filling liquid
Silicone oil M5
Silicone oil M50
1
2
3

Food oil (FDA-listed)
4
7
Other version, add

filling liquid: ...
M1 Y
Capillary length2)
none, direct mounting
none, direct mounting with cooling element
(not in conjunction with transmitter for differential pressure)
0
1
1m
1.6 m
2.5 m
4m
2
3
4
5
6m
8m
10 m
6
7
8

Z
Diaphragm material
1/232
77777 - 7B 777
Sealing material between top and bottom

section
K1Y
2.0 m
3.0 m
5.0 m
9
9
9
N1C
N1E
N1G
7.0 m
9.0 m
9
9
N1 J
N1L
1)
2)
Siemens AG 2014
Order code
Further designs
Order code

Further designs

B20
PE protective tube
the capillaries

C10
1.0 m
1.6 m
2.0 m
N20
N21
N22

C11
2.5 m
3.0 m
4.0 m
N23
N24
N25
C12

(FDA listed)"
C17
5.0 m
6.0 m
7.0 m
N26
N27
N28

IEC 61508
C20
8.0 m
9.0 m
10.0 m
N29
N30
N31
V01

IEC 61508
C23
Vacuum-proof design
for use in low-pressure range for tranmitters for

D07

D08

E10
Epoxy painting
Not possible with vacuum-proof design.
E15

J14

ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
316L)
J24
V03
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/233
Siemens AG 2014
Cooling
element
Number of
screws
3
20
(0.12) (0.79)
b b1
39
(1.54)
~29
(1.14)
95 (3.74)
GB or
-NPT
b1
SW 27
Number of
screws
SW 27
1)
In case of connection shanks to DIN EN 837-1
d1
l2
1)
l1
Diaphragm seal, screwed gland with inside diaphragm, for gauge and
absolute pressure, direct and attached directly to the transmitter with with
capillaries, dimensions in mm (inch)
D
b1
mm
mm
mm
Number of
screws
bis 100 bar
98
14
16
bis 250 bar
98
14
20
12
6 Screws
98
b1
Range
Connection shanks to
DIN EN 837-1
DN
d4
k
Number of holes
Diaphragm seal, screwed gland with inside diaphragm, for differential

pressure, direct and attached directly to the transmitter with with capillaries, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/234
Siemens FI 01 2015
Nomi- Nominal
nal
pressure
diameter
d4
mm
mm
mm
Number
of holes
b1
DN 25 PN 10/16/
25/40
115
68
85
M12 4
26
12
1 inch 150
lb/sq.in
108
50.8
79.2
M12 4
22
12
1.6
1 inch 300
lb/sq.in
124
50.8
88.9
M16 4
22
12
1.6
mm mm mm
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Clamp connection
- 1 inch
PN 16
- 2 inch
PN 16
- 2 inch
PN 16
- 3 inch
PN 10
For differential pressure and flow

To DIN 11851 with slotted union nut
- DN 50
PN 25
- DN 65
PN 25
- DN 80
PN 25
To DIN 11851 with threaded socket
- DN 50
PN 25
- DN 65
PN 25
- DN 80
PN 25
Clamp connection
Quick-release diaphragm seals, to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut
- 2 inch
PN 16
- 2 inch
PN 16
- 3 inch
PN 10
Sealing face
1.4404/316L
ASME B 16.5RF 125 ... 250 AA
ASME B16.5 RFSF
Materials
Main body
Wetted parts
Capillary

No. 1.4571/316Ti
Sheath

steel, mat. No. 1.4301/316
Maximum pressure

Tube length
Without tube
Quick-release diaphragm seals, with clamp connection
Quick-release diaphragm seals are available for the following

SITRANS P pressure transmitter series:
For pressure: P300, DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS
PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
For differential pressure and flow: P500, DS III with HART,
DS III with PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
The quick-release remote seals are common designs in the
food industry. Their design means that the measured medium
cannot accumulate in dead volumes. The quick-release clamp
present on the remote seal means that quick dismounting is
possible for cleaning.
Capillary
Length

lengths on request
Internal diameter
2 mm (0.079 inch)
150 mm (5.9 inch)
Filling liquid

remote seal
remote seals
Weight

Connection, nominal diameter
Nominal pressure
For pressure
To DIN 11851 with slotted union nut
- DN 25
- DN 32
- DN 40
- DN 50
- DN 65
- DN 80
PN 40
PN 40
PN 40
PN 25
PN 25
PN 25
To DIN 11851 with threaded socket

- DN 25
- DN 32
- DN 40
- DN 50
- DN 65
- DN 80
PN 40
PN 40
PN 40
PN 25
PN 25
PN 25

equipment directive
(DRGL 97/23/EC)

practice)
EHEDG
Complies with EHEDG recommendations
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/235
Siemens AG 2014

7MF 4 9 4 0 -
Further designs
for SITRANS P pressure transmitters for

pressure 7MF403.-... and 7MF423.-... together
with Order code "V01" (vacuum-proof design)
and 7MF802.-...1); must be ordered separately
Filling liquid: Food oil (FDA listed)
Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4435
77 A 0 7 - 7B 777

code.
B20

C11
C12
1B
1C
1D
1E
1F
1G

(FDA listed)"
C17

IEC 61508
C20
2B
2C
2D
2E
2F
2G

IEC 61508
C23
4L
4M
4N
4P
1.0 m
1.6 m
2.0 m
N20
N21
N22
2.5 m
3.0 m
4.0 m
N23
N24
N25
5.0 m
6.0 m
7.0 m
N26
N27
N28
8.0 m
9.0 m
10.0 m
N29
N30
N31
Cooling element
filling liquid.
R22
Vacuum-proof design
for use in low-pressure range for gauge and
absolute pressure from the pressure series
V01
Nom. diam.
Nom. press.
Connection to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut
- DN 25
PN 40
- DN 32
PN 40
- DN 40
PN 40
- DN 50
PN 25
- DN 65
PN 25
- DN 80
PN 25
Connection to DIN 11851 with screw necks
- DN 25
PN 40
- DN 32
PN 40
- DN 40
PN 40
- DN 50
PN 25
- DN 65
PN 25
- DN 80
PN 25
Tri-Clamp connection to DIN 32676/ISO 2852
- DN 40/1 inch
PN 16
- DN 50/2 inch
PN 16
- DN 65/2 inch
PN 16
- DN 80/3 inch
PN 10
Other version
Add Order codes and plain text:
Process connection: ..., Nominal diameter: ...;
Nominal pressure: ...
Filling liquid
Other version
Filling liquid: ...
PE protective tube
the capillaries
9A
H1Y
7
9
M1 Y
Connection to pressure transmitter

direct
through capillary, length:2)

1.0 m
(3.28 ft)
1.6 m
(5.25 ft)
2.5 m
(8.20 ft)
4.0 m
(13.1 ft)
6.0 m
(19.7 ft)
8.0 m
(26.25 ft)
10.0 m
(32.8 ft)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

2.0 m
3.0 m
5.0 m
9
9
9
N1C
N1E
N1G
7.0 m
9.0 m
9
9
N1J
N1L
1)
2)
Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description"
1/236
Siemens FI 01 2015
Ord. code
Siemens AG 2014
7MF 4 9 4 3 -
Further designs
for SITRANS P pressure transmitters for pressure for differential pressure and flow, type
7MF443.-... and 7MF54..-...; order separately
Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4435
Delivery unit: 2 off
77 A 0 7 - 7B 777

code.
Nom. diam.
Nom. press.
Connection to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut
- DN 50
PN 25
- DN 65
PN 25
- DN 80
PN 25
Connection to DIN 11851 with threaded
socket
- DN 50
PN 25
- DN 65
PN 25
- DN 80
PN 25
Tri-Clamp connection to DIN 32676/ ISO 2852
- DN 50/2 inch
PN 16
- DN 65/2 inch
PN 16
- DN 80/3 inch
PN 10
Other version
1E
1F
1G
2E
2F
2G
4M
4N
4P
H1Y
7
9
M1 Y
Connection to transmitter
through capillary, Length:1)
1.0 m
(3.28 ft)
1.6 m
(5.25 ft)
2.5 m
(8.20 ft)
4.0 m
(13.1 ft)
6.0 m
(19.7 ft)
8.0 m
(26.25 ft)
10.0 m
(32.8 ft)

B20

C11
C12

(FDA listed)"
C17

IEC 61508
C20

IEC 61508
C23
PE protective tube
the capillaries
9A
Filling liquid
Other version
Filling liquid: ...
Order code
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1.0 m
1.6 m
2.0 m
N20
N21
N22
2.5 m
3.0 m
4.0 m
N23
N24
N25
5.0 m
6.0 m
7.0 m
N26
N27
N28
8.0 m
9.0 m
10.0 m
N29
N30
N31
Vacuum-proof design
V03

2.0 m
3.0 m
5.0 m
9
9
9
N1C
N1E
N1G
7.0 m
9.0 m
9
9
N1J
N1L
1)
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/237
Siemens AG 2014
147 (5.79)
Cooling
element
116 (4.57)
dM
dM
DN
DN
G1
dM
DN
G1
Mounted directly on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure
0
15
.
(5
9)
dM
dM
DN
DN
G1
dM
DN
G1
Mounted on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure or differential pressure and flow
Quick-release diaphragm seal, dimensions in mm (inch)

Clamp connection (left)
DN
40 (1 inch)
50 (2 inch)
65 (2 inch)
80 (3 inch)
dM
32 (1.26)
40 (1.57)
52 (2.05)
72 (2.83)
D
50.5
64
77.5
91
(2)
(2.52)
(3.05)
(3.58)
dM Effective diaphragm diameter
1/238
Siemens FI 01 2015
H
35
35
35
35
(1.38)
(1.38)
(1.38)
(1.38)
Connection to DIN 11851 with slotted

union nut (center)
Connection to DIN 11851 with

threaded socket (right)
DN
25
32
40
50
65
80
25
DN
25
32
40
50
65
80
dM
25
32
40
52
65
72
25
D
63
70
78
112
112
127
63
H
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
G1
Rd 52x1/6
Rd 52x1/6
Rd 65x1/6
Rd 78x1/6
Rd 95x1/6
Rd 110x1/6
Rd 52x1/6
dM
25
32
40
52
65
72
H
36
36
36
36
36
36
G1
Rd 52x1/6
Rd 52x1/6
Rd 65x1/6
Rd 78x1/6
Rd 95x1/6
Rd 110x1/6
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
G
G1B
G1B
G2B
dM
mm (inch)
25 (0.98)
40 (1.57)
50 (1.97)
G
mm
1-NPT 27
1-NPT 34
2-NPT 46
SW
mm (inch)
41 (1.61)
55 (2.17)
60 (2.36)
dM
(inch)
(1.06)
(1.34)
(1.81)
mm
41
55
65
d
mm (inch)
39 (1.53)
60 (2.36)
70 (2.76)
SW
(inch)
(1.61)
(2.17)
(2.56)
mm
25
26
26
L
mm (inch)
28 (1.1)
30 (1.18)
30 (1.18)
L
(inch)
(0.98)
(1.02)
(1.02)
H
mm (inch)
56 (2.21)
50 (1.97)
63 (2.48)
mm
40
45
45
H
(inch)
(1.57)
(1.77)
(1.77)
The miniature diaphragm seals are available for the following

SITRANS P pressure transmitter series for pressure:
P300, DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS PA and DS III
with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Suitable for high pressures, contaminated, fibrous and viscous
media in the chemical, paper, food and drink industries.
Design
Flush-mounted diaphragm
No dead spaces
Fixed threaded stems

Span with
G1B and 1-NPT
G1B and 1-NPT
G2B and 2-NPT
> 6 bar (> 87 psi)

> 2 bar (> 29 psi)
> 600 mbar (> 8.7 psi)
Filling liquid
Silicone oil M5 or food oil (FDA listed)
Material
Main body
Diaphragm
Stainl. steel mat No. 1.4404/ 316L

Stainl. steel mat No. 1.4404 / 316L
Maximum pressure
100% of nominal pressure of pressure

transmitter, up to maximum of PN 400
(5802 psi) (depending on the seal
used)
Temperature of use
Same as pressure transmitter
Temperature range of medium
Same as pressure transmitter

temperature
150 C (302 F)
151 (5.94)
Weight
G1B and 1-NPT
G1B and 1-NPT
G2B and 2-NPT
(DRGL 97/23/EC)
Approx. 0.3 kg (approx. 0.66 lb)

requirements of article 3, paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
95 (3.74)
Cooling
element
SW
dM
G
d
Miniature diaphragm seal, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/239
Siemens AG 2014

7MF 4 9 6 0 -
Further designs
code.
directly fitted to SITRANS P pressure transmitters 1 7 7 0 7

for pressure; type, 7MF403.-... and 7MF423.-...
design) and 7MF802.-...1); must be ordered separately
Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
Nominal pressure, see "Pressure transmitters"
777
Process connection
G1B
G1B
G2B
1 - NPT
1 - NPT
2 - NPT
Process connection: ...
Filling liquid
Silicone oil M5
Filling liquid: ...
1)
C
D
E
K
L
M
Z
J1Y
A
Z
K1Y
1
7
9
M1 Y
1/240
Siemens FI 01 2015
Order code

B20

C11
C12

(FDA listed)"
C17

IEC 61508
C20

IEC 61508
C23

D07

D08
Cooling element
filling liquid.
R22
Vacuum-proof design
V01
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Flushing ring for remote seals of sandwich and flange design
Nominal diameter
Nominal pressure
DN 50
PN 16 ... PN 100
DN 80
PN 16 ... PN 100
DN 100
PN 16 ... PN 100
DN 125
PN 16 ... PN 100
2 inch
3 inch
4 inch
5 inch
Flushing ring
Sealing face
Flushing rings are required for flange-mounted and sandwichtype remote seals (Article No. 7MF4900 ... 7MF4923) if the danger exists that the process conditions and the geometry of the
connection could cause the medium to form deposits or blockages.
To EN 1092-1
Form B2
Form D/Form D
Form C/Form C
The flushing ring is clamped between the process flange and

the remote seal.
Deposits can be flushed away from the diaphragm through the
holes in the side, or the pressure volume can be vented. Different
nominal diameters and forms permit adaptation to the respective process flange.
Form B1
Form C/Form C
Form E
Form F
To ASME B16.5
RF 125 ... 250 AA

RFSF
RJF ring groove
Process connection
Flushing holes (2 off), female
thread
For flanges to EN and ASME:

DN 50, 80, 100, 125; PN 16 ... 100 or
DN 2 inch, 3 inch, 4 inch, 5 inch; Class 150 ... 600
G
G
-18 NPT
Standard design
-14 NPT
Material: CrNi-Stahl, mat. No. 1.4404/316L

Sealing faces and flushing holes: See Selection and Ordering
data
Material
Design
Remote seal flange
Flushing ring
Flushing outlet
Flushing inlet
Gasket
Measuring
point flange
Installation example
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/241
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.Ord. code
Flushing ring
7MF 4 9 2 5 -
for remote seals 7MF4900 to 7MF4923
1 7777
777
Thread
Nom. diam.
DN 50
DN 80
DN 100
DN 125
Nom. press.
PN 16 ... PN 100
PN 16 ... PN 100
PN 16 ... PN 100
PN 16 ... PN 100
A
B
C
D
2 inch
3 inch
4 inch
5 inch
Class 150 ... 600

Class 150 ... 600
Class 150 ... 600
Class 150 ... 600
G
H
J
K
Other version
Sealing face
EN 1092-1
- Form B1
- Form B2
di
d4
Flushing ring, dimension drawing
J1Y
A
C
- Form C/Form C
- Form D/Form C
- Form D/Form D
- Form E
- Form F
ASME B16.5
- RF 125 ... 250 AA
- RFSF
- RJF ring groove
Other version
Sealing face: ...
D
E
F
K1Y
1
2
3
4
0
9
Order code
C12
Siemens FI 01 2015
di
Weight
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(kg)
50
16 ... 100
102
62
30
1.10
80
16 ... 100
138
92
30
1.90
100
16 ... 100
162
92
30
3.15
125
16 ... 100
188
126
30
3.50
inch
Further designs
code.
1/242
d4
(bar)
DN
M
Q
R
Z
Material
Other version
Material: ...
PN
(mm)
Connection to ASME B 16.5
G
H
Flushing holes (2 off)

Female thread G
Female thread G
DN
M1 Y
Class
d4
mm
(in.)
di
mm (in.)
mm (in.)
Weight
kg
(lb)
150 ... 600 92
(3.62) 62
(2.44) 30
(1.18) 0.60
(1.32)
150 ... 600 127
(5)
92
(3.62) 30
(1.18) 1.05
(2.31)
150 ... 600 157
(6.18) 92
(3.62) 30
(1.18) 2.85
(6.28)
150 ... 600 185.5 (7.3)
126 (4.96) 30
(1.18) 3.30
(7.28)
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
The inline seal is completely integrated in the process line. It is

particularly suitable for flowing and highly viscous media.
The inline remote seal consists of a cylindrical jacket into which
a thin-walled pipe is welded. It is clamped directly between two
flanges in the pipeline.
Design
Inline seals for flange-mounting (flange design) to EN/ASME
for SITRANS P pressure transmitters
- For pressure: P300, DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS
PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
- For differential pressure and flow: DS III with HART,
DS III with PROFIBUS PA, DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
and P500
Sealing face to EN 1092-1 or ASME B16.5
Connection to the transmitter directly or by means of a flexible
capillary (max. 10 m long)
See Technical data for details of materials used for the wetted
parts
Material used for the capillary, the guard sleeve, the seals
main body and the measuring cell: Stainless steel,
mat.-No. 1.4571
Filling liquid: Silicone oil, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil,
food oil (FDA listed) or glycerin/water (not suitable for uses in
low-pressure range)
Nominal diameter
Nominal pressure
DN 25
PN 6 ... PN 100
DN 40
PN 6 ... PN 100
DN 50
PN 6 ... PN 100
DN 80
PN 6 ... PN 100
DN 100
PN 6 ... PN 100
1 inch
1 inch
2 inch
3 inch
4 inch
Process connection
Flange to EN 1092-1 or
ASME B 16.5
Sealing face
To EN 1092-1, form B1 or to
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 A or
RFSF
Materials
Main body
Diaphragm
Wetted parts

Without coating
ECTFE coating
PFA coating
(for vacuum on request)
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
Tantalum
Capillary

No. 1.4571/316Ti
Sheath

steel, mat. No. 1.4301/316
Capillary
Length
Max. 10 m (32.8 ft)
Internal diameter
2 mm (0.079 inch)
150 mm (5.9 inch)
Filling liquid
Silicone oil M5
Function
The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm to the
filling liquid and passes either directly or through the capillary to
the measuring chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior
of the diaphragm seal and of the capillary, as well as the measuring chamber of the pressure transmitter, are filled gas-free by
the filling liquid.
Note:
When operating in the low-pressure range, also during commissioning, it is recommended to use a vacuum-proof remote seal
(see Selection and Ordering data).
Silicone oil M50

Halocarbon oil
See pressure transmitters, see filling liquid
Weight

equipment directive
(DRGL 97/23/EC)

with the requirements of article 3,
TV Nord
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/243
Siemens AG 2014

Inline seal for flange-mounting for

SITRANS P pressure transmitters
Inline seal for flange-mounting for

SITRANS P pressure transmitters
for gauge pressure

7MF403.-... and 7MF423.-... together with Order
code "V01" (vacuum-proof design) and
7MF802.-...1); must be ordered separately,
7MF 4 9 8 0 -
for gauge pressure

7MF802.-...1); must be ordered separately,
7MF 4 9 8 0 -

7MF4433 or 7MF54..-...; order separately, scope
of delivery: 1 pair (set); Material: Completely of
stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L;
Process connection to EN 1092-1 or ASME
B16.5; sealing face to EN 1092-1, form B1,
or to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
7MF 4 9 8 3 -

7MF4433 or 7MF54..-...; order separately, scope
of delivery: 1 pair (set); Material: Completely of
stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L;
Process connection to EN 1092-1 or ASME
B16.5; sealing face to EN 1092-1, form B1,
or to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
7MF 4 9 8 3 -
1 77 0 7 - 7B 777

DN 25
PN 6 ... 100
DN 40
PN 6 ... 100
DN 50
PN 6 ... 100
DN 80
PN 6 ... 100
DN 100
PN 6 ... 100
B
D
E
G
H
1 inch
1 inch
2 inch
3 inch
4 inch
L
M
N
P
Q
Class 150 ... 2500

Class 150 ... 2500
Class 150 ... 2500
Class 150 ... 2500
Class 150 ... 2500
Other version
- Without coating
- With PFA coating
- With ECTFE coating2)
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
Tantalum
Other version
Filling liquid
Silicone oil M5
Silicone oil M50
Other version
Filling liquid: ...
1/244
Siemens FI 01 2015
1 77 0 7 - 7B 777
direct (only for 7MF4980)
through capillary, length:4)
1.0 m
(3.28 ft)
1.6 m
(5.25 ft)
2.5 m
(8.20 ft)
4.0 m
(13.1 ft)
6.0 m
(19.7 ft)
8.0 m
(26.25 ft)
10.0 m
(32.8 ft)
0
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
J1Y
2.0 m
3.0 m
5.0 m
9
9
9
N1C
N1E
N1G
7.0 m
9.0 m
9
9
N1J
N1L
11.0 m
12.0 m
13.0 m
N1N
9
9
N1P
N1Q
14.0 m
15.0 m
9
9
N1R
N1S
A
D
F
G
J
U
K
Z
K1Y
1)
3) Oil- and grease- free cleaning to DIN 25410, level 2 and packaging
4)
2)
1
2
3
4
7
9
M1 Y
Siemens AG 2014
Order code
Order code
Further designs
Further designs

code.

code.
Spark arrestor
Cooling element
filling liquid.
Pressure and absolute pressure

for differential pressure transmitters
A01
A02

B20

C10

C11
C12

(FDA listed)"
C17

IEC 61508
C20

IEC 61508
C23
Vacuum-proof design
for gauge and absolute pressure from the pressure series
for transmitters for differential pressure
Note:
Suffix Y01 required with pressure transmitter
R22
V01
V03

D07
Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 according
to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of stainless steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276)
D08
Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 according
to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of stainless steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276)
E10
PE protective tube
the capillaries
1.0 m
1.6 m
2.0 m
N20
N21
N22
2.5 m
3.0 m
4.0 m
N23
N24
N25
5.0 m
6.0 m
7.0 m
N26
N27
N28
8.0 m
9.0 m
10.0 m
N29
N30
N31

11.0 m
12.0 m
13.0 m
N32
N33
N34
14.0 m
15.0 m
N35
N36
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/245
Siemens AG 2014

Cooling
element
DN
PN
Mb
mm
bar
mm
mm
mm
mm
25
6 ... 100
63
28.5
60
78.5
40
6 ... 100
85
43
60
89.5
50
6 ... 100
95
54.5
60
92.5
80
6 ... 100
130
82.5
60
112
100
6 ... 100
150
107
60
122
Mb
mm
mm
mm
mm
(inch)
(inch)
(inch)
(inch)
63
28.5
60
78.5
(2.48)
(1.12)
(2.36)
(3.1)
85
43
60
86
(3.35)
(1.69)
(2.36)
(3.4)
95
54.5
60
94.5
(3.74)
(2.15)
(2.36)
(3.72)
130
82.5
60
112
(5.12)
(3.25)
(2.36)
(4.4)
150
107
60
122
(5.9)
(4.21)
(2.36)
(4.8)

95 (3.74)
DN
Class
(inch)
1
150 ... 2500
1
2
150 ... 2500

150 ... 2500
0E
'
3
4
Bending radius 150 mm (5.9)
Inline seal for flange-mounting, connected to SITRANS P pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/246
Siemens FI 01 2015
150 ... 2500

150 ... 2500
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Function
The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm,
mounted on the inner circumference of the inline seal, to the filling liquid and then passes through the capillary to the measuring chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior of the inline
seal and of the capillary, as well as the measuring chamber of
the pressure transmitter, are filled gas-free by the filling liquid.
Note:
When operating in the low-pressure range, also during commissioning, it is recommended to use a vacuum-proof pressure
transmitter (see Selection and Ordering data).
Inline seals of quick-release design for pressure
Quick-release inline seals, to DIN 11851 with threaded socket
Connection
Nominal
diameter
Nominal
pressure
To DIN 11851 with threaded

socket
DN 25
PN 40
DN 40
PN 40
DN 50
PN 25
DN 65
PN 25
DN 80
PN 25
DN 100
PN 25
1 inch
PN 40
2 inch
PN 40
2 inch
PN 40
3 inch
PN 40
Clamp connection
Material
Main body
Diaphragm
Capillary
Quick-release inline seals, with clamp connection
Quick-release inline seals for pressure are available for the following SITRANS P pressure transmitter series:
P300
DS III with HART
DS III with PROFIBUS PA
DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Length
Max. 10 m (32.8 ft)
Internal diameter
2 mm (0.079 inch)
150 mm (5.9 inch)
Filling liquid

remote seal
remote seals
Weight
Approx. 4 kg (approx. 8.82 lb)
Application
The quick-release inline seal is a special design for flowing media and high-viscosity media. Since it is completely integrated in
the process pipe, no turbulences, dead volumes or other obstructions to the flow occur. The measured medium flows unhindered through the inline seal and results in self-cleaning of the
measuring chamber. Furthermore, the inline seal can be cleaned
by a pig.

Classification according to pressure equipment directive
(DRGL 97/23/EC)
For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with
the requirements of article 3,
TV Nord
EHEDG
Complies with EHEDG recommendations
Design
The quick-release clamp is available in two versions:
DIN 11851 with threaded socket
Clamp connection
The inline seal is connected to the pressure transmitter either directly or by way of a capillary.
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/247
Siemens AG 2014

Quick-release inline seal
7MF 4 9 5 0 -
Further designs
for SITRANS P pressure transmitters for

pressure
7MF802.-...1); must be ordered
separately
Material: Stainless steel 316L
77 A 0 7 - 7B 777

code.
Nom. diam.
Nom. press.
- DN 25
PN 40
- DN 40
PN 40
- DN 50
PN 25
- DN 65
PN 25
- DN 80
PN 25
- DN 100
PN 25
Clamp connection
- 1 inch
PN 16
- 2 inch
PN 16
- 2 inch
PN 16
- 3 inch
PN 10
Other version
Filling liquid
Other version
Filling liquid: ...
2B
2D
2E
2F
2G
2H
4L
4M
4N
4P
9A
H1Y
7
9
M1 Y
Through capillary, length:2)

1.0 m
(3.28 ft)
1.6 m
(5.25 ft)
2.5 m
(8.20 ft)
4.0 m
(13.1 ft)
6.0 m
(19.7 ft)
8.0 m
(26.25 ft)
10.0 m
(32.8 ft)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2.0 m
3.0 m
5.0 m
9
9
9
N1C
N1E
N1G
7.0 m
9.0 m
9
9
N1J
N1L
2)
Siemens FI 01 2015
B20

C11
C12

(FDA listed)"
C17

IEC 61508
C20

IEC 61508
C23
2.0 m (select 2.5 m capillary pipe length for

order and add N1C as identifier)
3.0 m (select 4 m capillary pipe length for order
and add N1E as identifier)
and add N1G as identifier)
N1C

and add N1J as identifier)
9.0 m (select 10 m capillary pipe length for
order and add N1L as identifier)
N1J
N1E
N1G
N1L
PE protective tube
the capillaries
1/248

Direct
1)
Order code
1.0 m
1.6 m
2.0 m
N20
N21
N22
2.5 m
3.0 m
4.0 m
N23
N24
N25
5.0 m
6.0 m
7.0 m
N26
N27
N28
8.0 m
9.0 m
10.0 m
N29
N30
N31
Cooling element
filling liquid.
R22
Vacuum-proof design
V01
Siemens AG 2014
151 (5.94)
H
D1
D2
G1
D1
D2
DN
95 (3.74)
Cooling
element
L
Mounted directly on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure
0
15
D1
9)
D2
G1
D1
D2
DN
.
(5
Mounted on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure or differential pressure and flow
Clamp connection for pipes to BS 4825/3 and o.D. tubes
DN
D1
D2
G1
25
38
52
68
128
Rd 52x1/6
mm
(inch) mm
(inch) mm
(inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch)
40
55
65
74.5
160
Rd 65x1/6
22.2
(1)
38
(1.5)
(1.97) 67
50
68
78
81
170
Rd 78x1/6
34.9
(1)
43
(1.69) 65
(2.56) 74.5 (2.93) 146 (5.75) 50.5 (1.98)
65
85
95
89.5
182
Rd 95x1/6
47.6
(2)
56
(2.2)
(2.95) 79.5 (3.13) 156 (6.14) 64
80
110
110
97
182
Rd 110x1/4
60.3
(2)
68
(2.68) 77
(3.03) 80.5 (3.17) 156 (6.14) 77.5 (3.05)
100
130
130
107
182
Rd 110x1/4
73.0
(3)
82
(3.23) 91
(3.58) 87.5 (3.44) 156 (6.14) 91
D1
D2
50
75
(2.64) 114 (4.49) 50.5 (1.98)

(2.52)
(3.58)
Quick-release inline seal, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/249
Siemens AG 2014
Measuring setups
Possible combinations of pressure transmitters and remote
seals
Overview
This section shows examples of typical measuring setups for using SITRANS P pressure transmitters with and without remote
seals.
Equations for calculating start of scale and full scale are provided for each example.
Type of installation
Pressure transmitters
Remote seals
A/B
7MF4033
7MF4034
7MF4035
7MF8023
7MF8024
7MF8025
7MF4900
7MF4910
7MF4920
C1 and C2
7MF4233
7MF4234
7MF4235
7MF4900
7MF4910
7MF4920
(vacuum-proof design
in each case)
7MF4333
7MF4334
7MF4335
7MF4901
7MF4921
7MF4433
7MF4434
7MF4435
7MF5403
7MF5413
7MF4903
7MF4923
7MF4433
7MF4434
7MF4435
7MF5403
7MF5413
7MF4913
G, H and J
7MF4433
7MF4434
7MF4435
7MF5403
7MF5413
7MF4903
7MF4923
Questionnaires are included to help you select the right combination of remote seal and pressure transmitter.
Installation
Remote seals of sandwich design are fitted between the connection flange of the measuring point and a dummy flange. Remote seals of flange design are fitted directly on the connection
flange of the measuring point. The respective pressure rating of
the dummy flange or the flanged remote seal must be observed.
The pressure transmitter should be installed below the connection flange (and below the lower connection flange in the case of
differential pressure transmitters). This arrangement must be
used in the low-pressure range.
When measuring at pressures above atmospheric, the pressure
transmitter can also be installed above the connection flange.
The capillaries between the remote seal and the pressure transmitter should be as short as possible to obtain a good transmission response.
Offset of measuring range
If there is a difference in height between the two connection
flanges when measuring with two remote seals, an additional differential pressure will result from the oil filling of the remote seal
capillaries. This results in a measuring range offset which has to
be taken into account when you set the pressure transmitter.
An offset in the measuring range also occurs when combining a
remote seal with a transmitter if the remote seal is not installed at
the same height as the transmitter.
Pressure transmitter output
If the level, separation layer or density increase in closed vessels, the differential pressure and hence the output signal of the
pressure transmitter also increase.
For an inverted relationship between the differential pressure
and the output signal, the start-of-scale and full-scale values of
the SITRANS P must be interchanged.
With open vessels, a rising pressure is usually assigned to an increasing level, separation layer or density.
Temperature differences between the individual capillaries and
between the individual remote seals should be avoided.
Temperature variations in the area of the measuring setup cause
a change in volume of the filling liquid and hence measuring errors.
Notes
For the separation layer measurement, the separation layer
has to be positioned between the two spigots. Also you must
make sure that the level in the container is always above the
top spigot.
When measuring density, make sure that the level of the medium remains constant. The level should be above the top
spigot.
1/250
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Measuring setups with remote seals
Types of installation for pressure and level measurements (open vessels)
Installation type A
Installation type B
Installation type A
Start-of-scale: pMA = FL g HU - Oil g H1
Full-scale:
Installation type B
HO
HO
pME = FL g HO - Oil g H1
Start-of-scale: pMA = FL g HU + Oil g H1
HU
Full-scale:
HU
H1
pME = FL g HO + Oil g H1
Legend
H1
above the measuring point
below the measuring point
H1 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as filling liquid only H1 4 m (13.1 ft)
pMA
Start-of-scale value to be set
pME
Full-scale value to be set
FL
Density of medium in vessel
Oil
Density of filling oil in the capillary to the remote

seal
Local acceleration due to gravity
HU
Start-of-scale value
HO
Full-scale value
H1
Distance between vessel flange and pressure

trans.
Types of installation for absolute level measurements (closed vessels)

Installation type C2
Installation type C1
Installation type C1 and C2

Start-of-scale: pMA = pSTART + Oil g H1
Full-scale:
pME = pEND + Oil g H1
Legend
H1
pMA
pabs
pabs
H1
pME
pSTART
pEND
Full-scale value
Oil
Density of filling oil in the capillary to

the remote seal
H1
Distance between vessel flange and

pressure trans.
Pressure transmitter for absolute pressure always below the measuring point: H1 200 mm (7.9 inch)
Type of installation for differential pressure and flow measurements

Installation type D
Filter monitoring
Installation type D
Start-of-scale: pMA = pSTART - Oil g HV
Full-scale:
pME = pEND - Oil g HV
Legend
H1
HV
H2
pMA
pME
pSTART
pEND
Full-scale value
Oil
Density of filling oil in the capillary

to the remote seal
HV
Distance between the measuring

points (spigots)
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/251
Siemens AG 2014
Measuring setups with remote seals

Types of installation for level measurements (closed vessels)
Installation type E
Installation type E
Start-of-scale: pMA = FL g HU - Oil g HV

Full-scale:
pME = FL g HO - Oil g HV
Legend
H
HV
HO
HU
Installation type G
Installation type H

FL
Oil

the remote seal
HU
HO
Full-scale value
HV

points (spigots)
H2
pMA
pME
Installation type J
H1
H1
H
HV
HO
H1
H2
HU
H2
+
below the lower measuring point
Pressure transmitter for differential pressure

above the upper measuring point, no vacuum
Installation type for vacuum applications
H1 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as filling

liquid only H1 4 m (13.1 ft)
between the measuring points, no vacuum
H2 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as filling

liquid only H2 4 m (13.1 ft)
Installation type G, H and J
Legend
Start-of-scale: pMA = FL g HU - Oil g HV
pMA
Full-scale:
pME
HU
FL
HO
Full-scale value
Oil

the remote seal
HV

points (spigots)
1/252
pME = FL g HO - Oil g HV
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Measuring setups without remote seals
Overview
Notes
For the separation layer measurement, the separation layer
has to be positioned between the two spigots.
Also you must make sure that the level in the container is always above the top spigot.
When measuring density, make sure that the level of the medium
remains constant. The level should be above the top spigot
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure, for flanging
Measuring setups for open containers
Level measurement
Full-scale value
Start-of-scale: pMA = g HU
Full-scale:
pME = g HO
Legend
pMA
HO
HU
pME
HU
HO
Full-scale value
Separation layer measurement

Constant level
= full-scale value
Start-of-scale: pMA = g (HU 1 + (HO - HU) 2)

Full-scale:
2
Legend
Separation layer
1
HO
pME = 1 g HO
HU
pMA
pME
Density of heavier liquid
Density of lighter liquid
HU
HO
Full-scale value
Density measurement
Start-of-scale: pMA = MIN g HO
Constant level
Full-scale:
pME = MAX g HO
Legende
pMA
HO
pME
MIN
Minimum density of medium in vessel
MAX
Maximum density of medium in vessel
HO
Full-scale value in m
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/253
Siemens AG 2014
Measuring setups without remote seals

Measuring setups for closed containers
Level measurement, Version 1
Static
pressure
Start-of-scale: pMA = g HU
Gas-filled negative
pressure line
Full-scale:
pME = g HO
Legend
Maximum level
Full-scale value
HO
HU
pMA
pME
HU
HO
Full-scale value
Transmitter
reference line
Level measurement, Version 2

Static
pressure
Start-of-scale: pMA = g (HU - HV ')
Constant
reference
level
Full-scale:
pME = g (HO - HV ')
Legend
Mamimum level
Liquid-filled negative
pressure line
Full-scale value
'
pME
'
Density of liquid in the negative pressure

line (corresponding to the temperature
existing there)
HV
HO
HU
pMA
HU
HO
Full-scale value
HV
Distance between the measuring points

(spigots)
Transmitter
reference line
Separation layer measurement
Static
pressure
Static
pressure
Constant level
Start-of-scale: pMA = g (HU 1 + (HO - HU) 2 - HV '2)
Full-scale:
Max. separation layer
pME = g (HO 1 - HV '2)
Legend
pMA
Full-scale value
'2
HU
Transmitter
reference line
Siemens FI 01 2015
Density of heavier liquid with separation layer

in vessel
Density of lighter liquid with separation layer
'2
Density of liquid in the negative pressure line

(corresponding to the temperature existing
there)
1/254
1
HV
HO
pME
HU
HO
Full-scale value
HV
Distance between the measuring points

(spigots)
Siemens AG 2014
Questionnaire
Checking of transmitter/remote seal combinations
* Customer:___________________ Tag. No.: ____________________

* Plant: ___________________
Item No.: ____________________
* Ordering code:________________ Person responsible: __________
* Ordering department: _____
Phone:
____________________
* Transmitter Article No. SITRANS P DSIII/P300: 7MF
1
* Transmitter Article No. SITRANS P500: 7MF5
Y
0 Z
1
V00
Article No. of diaphragm seal known?

Yes
No
* Article No. of remote seal:

* 7MF 4 9
Z
Suffixes _______________________
Suffixes _______________________
* Or without Article No.: Process connection

* Standard:
________________________
* Nominal diameter:
________________________
* Nominal pressure:
________________________
* Constructional design:
Sandwich-type rem. seal
Flanged remote seal
Quick-release
remote seal
Clamp-on seal
Other.: ______________
* Connection:
Direct connection
Capillary on one side;
connection to:
+ side
side
Capillaries on both sides;
Capillary length: ___ m
* Vacuum-proof design
Yes
No
* Wetted parts materials:
________________________
* Tube:
No
Yes, ___mm long
* Filling liquid
________________________
* Miscellaneous
________________________
Calculation of measuring range necessary?

No
* Range to be set:
* (without calculation)
Start-of-scale: _________ mbar ( 4 mA)
Full-scale:
_________ mbar (20 mA)
* Required measuring accuracy:
< . % of set span per
Error:
_________
:
_________ 10 V change in
:
_________ temperature
Please fill in this questionnaire

and enclose with every order!
*) Values must be entered here!
Checked:
Name:
Department:
Date:
Yes
* Medium ____________________________
* Density of medium: _______
* Temperature of medium:
kg/m3
Normal ________ C
Minimum ________ C
Maximum________ C
* Ambient temperature on capillaries:
Normal ________ C
Minimum ________ C
Maximum________ C
* Ambient temperature on transmitter:
Normal ________ C
Minimum ________ C
Maximum________ C
* Operating pressure referred to absolute zero: ____ bar a
* Does a vacuum occur during startup?
No
Yes
If yes, associated temperature of medium:
________ C
A
B C1 C2 D
* Installation type, see pages 1/251 and 1/252
E
* Measuring: With install. types A, B, C1, C2 and D: from ___ to ___ mbar
range
With install. types A, B, G, H and J: HU = ___ mm; HO = ___ mm
* Dimensions: With install. types A, B, C1 and C2: H1 = ___ mm
With install. types D, G, H and J:
HV = ___ mm
* Start-of-scale value following calculation:_________ mbar ( 4 mA)
* Full-scale value following calculation:_________ mbar (20 mA)
* Associated span:
_________ mbar
< . % of set span per 10 K
* Error to be expected:
_________
_________ change in temperature
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/255
Siemens AG 2014
Questionnaire
for hydrostatic level measurements
1
Order date: _______________________________________________
Processing date: __________________________________________
Ordering code (customer): _________________________________
Ordering code (supplier): __________________________________
Customer reference:_______________________________________
Measuring point: __________________________________________
Position:__________________________________________________
Dimensions: ______________________________________________
Pressure:
bar
Temperature:
Measuring range:
cm
(please mark with cross)
C
m
Article No. of transmitter SITRANS P DS III/P3001):

7 M F 4
Y01
Article No. of transmitter SITRANS P5001):
0
7 M F 5
The different pressures and temperatures (densities) in the vessel

and in the reference column result
in an offset in the start-of-scale
and full-scale values.
The calibration data are determined in addition.
It is also checked whether as a
result of the range offset the
ordered transmitter is suitable for
this measurement.
Please supply the following characteristic data so that we can calculate the measuring range,
start-of-scale value, full-scale value and calibration data:
Please mark type of boiler with a cross:
Closed1)
Open or not under pressure2)
Medium ____________________
Licensed boiler pressure (absolute)
Operating pressure (absolute)
_______________ bar
Lowest
_______________ bar
Normal3)
_______________ bar
Highest
_______________ bar
Temperature of reference column (cold)
_______________ K
Distance between measuring points (dimension according to sketch) HV = _________ m

Measuring range4) = start-of-scale value to full-scale value
HU =___________ m
Full-scale value
HO =___________ m
Position of equalizing vessel above bottom measuring

point if different from HV
Please mark pressure correction of level with a cross:
_______________ m
No
Yes4)
1)
2)
3)
4)
1/256
Siemens FI 01 2015
Reference line filled with condensation! Falling differential pressure with increasing level.
Reference line without gas or filled with gas (air). Rising differential pressure with increasing level.
If not specified otherwise, this value is assumed as the calculation pressure of the level meter.
The input signal (differential pressure) depends on the density (pressure and temperature).
The influence is practically negligible for a lowest liquid level of 20 to 30% of the distance between the
measuring points.
If a pressure correction of the level is required, the measuring range must be the same as the
distance between the measuring points, and the transmitter is designed for the calculation pressure
of 1 bar (absolute).Pressure correction means: the static pressure and the temperature are measured
separately and calculated by a correction computer or measured-value computer.
Siemens AG 2014
Questionnaire (suitable for US market)

Checking of transmitter/remote seal combinations
* Customer:___________________ Tag. No.: _____________________

* Plant: ___________________
Item No.: _____________________
* Ordering code:________________ Person responsible: ___________
* Ordering department: _____
Phone: _____________________
* Transmitter Article No. SITRANS P DS III/P300: 7MF
1
Y
* Transmitter Article No. SITRANS P500: 7MF5
0 Z
1
V00
Article No. of diaphragm seal known?

Yes
No
* Article No. of remote seal:

* 7MF 4 9
Z
Suffixes _______________________
Suffixes _______________________
* Or without Article No.: Process connection

* Standard:
________________________
* Nominal diameter:
________________________
* Nominal pressure:
________________________
* Constructional design:
Sandwich-type rem. seal
Flanged remote seal
Quick-release
remote seal
Clamp-on seal
Other.: ______________
* Connection:
Direct connection
Capillary on one side;
connection to:
+ side
side
Capillaries on both sides;
Capillary length: ___ ft
* Vacuum-proof design
Yes
No
* Wetted parts materials:
________________________
* Tube:
No
Yes, __inch long
* Filling liquid
________________________
* Miscellaneous
________________________
Calculation of measuring range necessary?

No
* Range to be set:
* (without calculation)
Start-of-scale: _________ psi ( 4 mA)
Full-scale:
_________ psi (20 mA)
* Required measuring accuracy:
< . % of set span per
Error:
_________
:
_________ 18 F change in
:
_________ temperature
Please fill in this questionnaire

and enclose with every order!
*) Values must be entered here!
Checked:
Name:
Department:
Date:
Yes
* Medium ____________________________
* Density of medium: _______
* Temperature of medium:
kg/m3
Normal
________ F
Minimum ________ F
Maximum ________ F
* Ambient temperature on capillaries:
Normal
________ F
Minimum ________ F
Maximum ________ F
* Ambient temperature on transmitter:
Normal
________ F
Minimum ________ F
Maximum ________ F
* Operating pressure referred to absolute zero: ____ psiabs
* Does a vacuum occur during startup?
No
Yes
If yes, associated temperature of medium:
________ F
A
B C1 C2 D
* Installation type, see pages 1/251 and 1/252
E
* Measuring: With install. types A, B, C1, C2 and D: from ___ to ___ psi
range
With install. types A, B, G, H and J: HU = ___ inch; HO = ___ inch
* Dimensions: With install. types A, B, C1 and C2: H1 = ___ inch
With install. types D, G, H and J:
HV = ___ inch
* Start-of-scale value following calculation: _________ psi ( 4 mA)
* Full-scale value following calculation:
_________ psi (20 mA)
* Associated span:
_________ psi
< . % of set span per 18 F
* Error to be expected:
_________
_________ change in temperature
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/257
Siemens AG 2014
Fittings
(PED 97/23/EC):
Overview
All shut-off fittings can be secured onto walls, racks (72 mm grid)
and vertical and horizontal pipes.
This offers the advantage when assembling a plant that the shutoff fittings can be secured first and the lines for the medium and
differential pressure connected to them. It is then possible to
check all connections for leaks and to blow out or flush the pipes
in order to remove dirt (welding residues, shavings etc.).
The measuring instruments can be screwed onto the shut-off fittings right at the end when all piping has been completed.
If an instrument has to be removed for maintenance, the fittings
and pipes remain as they are. It is only necessary to close the
valves the instrument can then be removed, and refitted following maintenance.
For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; compliance with requirements of article 3, paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice).
New standard IEC 61518
The flange connection between transmitter and valve manifold
was modified in the new standard IEC 61518. The only connection thread approved for use in the process flanges of the pressure transmitter is 7/16-20 UNF.
The valve manifolds for M12 screws, including the accessory
sets, have therefore been deleted.
Material acceptance test certificate to EN 10204-3.1
If a material acceptance test certificate to EN 10204-3.1 is required when ordering valve manifolds or shut-off fittings, please
note that a single certificate is sufficient for each ordered item
type. This means that you will only be charged for one certificate
in the cost calculations.
Pressure transmitters with shut-off fittings - mounting examples
SITRANS P transmitter for gauge pressure with double shut-off valve,

SITRANS P pressure transmitter with multiway cock or 3-spindle valve
manifold
SITRANS P pressure transmitter for differential pressure, mounted in protective box (available on request)
SITRANS P transmitter for differential pressure with 3-way valve manifold,

3-spindle valve manifold or valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8
SITRANS P pressure transmitter mounted on valve combination "Monoflange" for direct connection to flanges (available on request)
1/258
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Fittings
Selection aid
Selection of available shut-off valves

Transmitters
Shut-off valves for general

applications
Page
Shut-off valves for

special applications
Relative and absolute presShut-off valves/double shutsure transmitters with process off valves to DIN 16270,
connection G" male thread
DIN 16271 and DIN 16272
e.g.
SITRANS P200
7MF1565-...
SITRANS P210
7MF1566-...
SITRANS P220
7MF1567-...
SITRANS P300
7MF802.-...0.-....
SITRANS P DS III series
7MF403.-...0.-.... and
7MF423.-...0.-....
1/261
Double shut-off valve DN 5 1/264

for crossover -NPT-F to
G nipple connection
7MF9011-4EA
Relative and absolute pressure transmitter with

"-14 NPT female thread
e.g.
SITRANS P200
7MF1565-...
SITRANS P210
7MF1566-...
SITRANS P220
7MF1567-...
SITRANS P300
7MF802.-...1.-....
7MF403.-...1.-.... and
7MF423.-...1.-....
Double shut-off valve DN 5

7MF9011-4EA, -4FA, -4GA
and -4KA
Page
2-spindle valve manifold

1/282
DN 5 for installation in protective boxes
7MF9412-1B
1/264
Double shut-off valve

DN 5 for process
connection
-NPT
7MF9011-4HA
1/264
7MF9011-4FA
7MF9011-4KA
Absolute pressure transmitter 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 1/267
with process connection to
7MF9411-5A.
IEC 61518
e.g.
7MF433.-...

1/282
DN 5 for installation in protective boxes
7MF9412-1C.
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/259
Siemens AG 2014
Fittings
Selection aid
Transmitters
Shut-off valves for general

applications
Differential pressure transmitter with process connection to

IEC 61518
e.g.
7MF443.-... and
7MF453.-...
SITRANS P500
7MF54..-...
For 3/5-spindle valve manifold 1/267

DN 5
7MF9411-5B. and
7MF9411-5C.
PN 100 multiway cocks

7MF9004-...
1/260
Siemens FI 01 2015
Page
1/270
Shut-off valves for

special applications
Page
3-way valve manifolds,

DN 5, forged version
7MF9410-1..
1/272

7MF9410-3..
1/272

7MF9416-1.. and
7MF9416-2..
1/275
Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 for vapor

measurement
7MF9416-6..
1/278
Valve manifold combination DN 8 for vapor measurement

7MF9416-4..
1/280
3- and 5-spindle valve

manifolds for DN 5 for
installation in protective
boxes
7MF9412-1D. and
7MF9412-1E.
1/282
3- and 5-spindle valve

manifolds for vertical differential pressure lines
7MF9413-1..
1/286
Low-pressure multiway
cock
7MF9004-4..
1/289
Siemens AG 2014
Fitttings - Shut-off valves for gauge and absolute pressure transmitters
Shut-off valves to DIN 16270, DIN 16271 and DIN 16272
Overview
Article No.

Shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16270
without test collar, pipe union with ferrule
12 S DIN EN ISO 8434-1, without certificate
Material
Valve housing
Maximum permissible
working pressure
P250GH
(mat. No. 1.0460)
400 bar (5800 psi)
7MF9401-8AB
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar (5800 psi)

(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
7MF9401-8AC

with test collar, pipe union with ferrule
Transmitter for pressure with double shut-off valve 7MF9401-...
The shut-off valves for pressure gauges are used to shut off the
line of the measured medium when dealing with aggressive and
non-aggressive gases, vapors and liquids.
Design
A water trap must be connected upstream of the shut-off valve
in the case of temperatures of the medium above 120 C. The
shut-off valves form B have a shaft with which they can be secured on an instrument bracket. An adapter is therefore not required to secure these valves. The vent/test connection can be
shut off separately with the double shut-off valves DN 5. This permits checking of the zero on the pressure gauge. In addition, the
characteristic of the pressure gauge can be checked using an
external pressure source.
Article No.

without test collar, connection shank,
without certificate
Material
Valve housing
Maximum permissible
working pressure
Material
Valve housing
Maximum permissible
working pressure
P250GH
(mat. No. 1.0460)
400 bar (5800 psi)
7MF9401-8BB

(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
7MF9401-8BC
Double shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16272

with test collar, connection shank,
without certificate
Material
Valve housing
Maximum permissible
working pressure
CW614N (CuZn39Pb3) 250 bar (3626 psi)

(mat. No. 2.0402)
7MF9401-7DA
P250GH
(mat. No. 1.0460)
400 bar (5800 psi)
7MF9401-7DB

(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
7MF9401-7DC
Double shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16272

with test collar, pipe union with ferrule
Material
Valve housing
Maximum permissible
working pressure
P250GH
(mat. No. 1.0460)
400 bar (5800 psi)
7MF9401-8DB

(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
7MF9401-8DC
Accessories

(mat. No. 2.0402)
7MF9401-7AA
Factory test certificate EN 102042.2
7MF9000-8AB
7MF9000-8AD
P250GH
(mat. No. 1.0460)
400 bar (5800 psi)
7MF9401-7AB
Material acceptance test certificate

EN 10204-3.1

(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
7MF9401-7AC
Instrument bracket, see page 1/266.

with test collar, connection shank,
without certificate
Material
Valve housing
Maximum permissible
working pressure

(mat. No. 2.0402)
7MF9401-7BA
P250GH
(mat. No. 1.0460)
400 bar (5800 psi)
7MF9401-7BB

(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
7MF9401-7BC
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/261
Siemens AG 2014
Characteristic curves
Operating pressure
bar
400
Steel or stainless steel version

400 bar (5800 psi) at 120 C
(248 F)
350 bar (5076 psi) at 200 C
(392 F)
300
200
100
0
100 200 300 400 C
Operating temperature
Brass version
250 bar (3626 psi) at 120 C
(248 F)
200 bar (2901 psi) at 200 C
(392 F)
Permissible operating pressure as a function of the permissible operating

temperature
18
120 5
20
20
63
120 5
28
26 h11
20
34
D
A Connection on device side: to DIN 16284, G, SW 27
B Connection on measurement side: connection shank to
DIN EN 837-1, G
C Connection on measurement side: pipe union with ferrule
12 mm diameter, S series, to DIN EN ISO 8434-1
D Connection on test collar (with sealing cap): thread M20 x 1,5
Shut-off valve, form B, dimension drawing, dimensions in mm

approx. 90
approx. 85
28
18
A
26 h11
45
20
SW 27
B
6
20
20
63
120 5
A Connection on device side: to DIN 16284, G, SW 27

B Connection on measurement side: connection shank to
DIN EN 837-1, G
C Connection on measurement side: pipe union with ferrule
12 mm diameter, S series, to DIN EN ISO 8434-1
D Connection on test collar (with sealing cap): thread M20 x 1,5
Double shut-off valve, form B, dimension drawing, dimensions in mm
1/262
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Angle adapter
Overview
32
35
18
G
7
3
20
39
55
Angle adapter, dimensions in mm

P300 pressure transmitter with shut-off valve and angle adapter
The angle adapter enables pressure transmitters with top displays to be read from the front.
Article No.
Angle adapters
7MF9401-7WA
Material: X 12 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 (mat. No.

1.45714/316Ti), max. permissible operating
pressure 400 bar (5800 psi)
Accessories
7MF9000-8AB

EN 10204-3.1
7MF9000-8AD
Operating pressure
bar
400
Stainless steel version

400 bar (5800 psi) at 120 C
(248 F)
350 bar (5076 psi) at 200 C
(392 F)
300
200
100
0
100 200 300 400 C
Permissible operating overpressure as a function of the permissible operating temperature
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/263
Siemens AG 2014
Double shut-off valves
The double shut-off valves DN 5 are suitable for pressure

gauges and pressure transmitters and available in 5 versions:
Sleeve-nipple
Sleeve-sleeve
Sleeve-collar
Collar-collar
Collar-sleeve
18.5
6.4
31.75
approx. 90
50
39.5
approx.
25.5
58
17
18
33
6
63.5
100.5
Overview
12
Operating pressure
bar
400
420 bar (6092 psi) at 120 C

(248 F)
350 bar (5076 psi) at 200 C
(392 F)
300
200
31
60
approx. 118
A Connection on device side: nipple to DIN 16284, G, SW 27

B Connection on measurement side: -14 NPT
C Vent and test connection: -18 NPT
100
0
Double shut-off valve DN 5 (sleeve-nipple) 7MF9011-4EA,

dimensions in mm
100 200 300 400 C

temperature
32
Article No.
-14 NPT
Double shut-off valves DN 5

Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 13 2 (mat. No.
1.4404/316L), max. permissible working
pressure 420 bar (6092 psi);
33
13,6
Sleeve-nipple connection
7MF9011-4EA
Sleeve-sleeve
7MF9011-4HA
Sleeve-collar
7MF9011-4FA
Collar-collar
7MF9011-4GA
Collar-sleeve
7MF9011-4KA
Accessories
7MF9000-8AB

EN 10204-3.1
7MF9000-8AD
Further designs
Order code
55
44
97
A Connection on device side : -14 NPT
Double shut-off valve DN 5 (sleeve-sleeve) 7MF9011-4HA,

dimensions in mm

code.
110
Oil- and grease-free cleaning for oxygen

applications, max. pressure PN 100 (1450 psi)
and max. temperature 60 C (140 F)
S12
NACE MR-0175-certified
D07
incl. acceptance test certificate 3.1 to EN 10204
- 18 NPT
-14 NPT
-14 NPT
max. open 163
33
-14 NPT
-18 NPT

Double shut-off valve DN 5 (sleeve-collar) 7MF9011-4FA,

dimensions in mm
1/264
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
approx. 71
50
70
31,75
-18 NPT
-14 NPT
-14 NPT
38
A
approx. 74
Double shut-off valves
120

Double shut-off valve DN 5 (collar-collar) 7MF9011-4GA,

dimensions in mm
32
NPT
NPT
23
50
max. open 163
-18 NPT
55
44
114
Double shut-off valve DN 5 (collar-sleeve) 7MF9011-4KA,

dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/265
Siemens AG 2014
Accessories for shut-off valves/double shut-off valves
Overview
Overview
The mounting set is suitable for the double shut-off valves

7MF9011-4.A and for wall, rack and pipe mounting.
Article No.

Mounting set for shut-off valves
7MF9011-4DA und -4EA
made of stainless steel, scope of delivery:
1x mounting bracket,
2x hexagon screws M6x40,
1x mounting clip,
2x washers 8.4 to DIN 125;
2x hexagon nuts 8.4 to DIN EN 24032
7MF9011-8AB
7MF9011-4FA und -4GA

made of stainless steel, scope of delivery:
1x mounting bracket,
2x hexagon screws M6x10,
1x mounting clip,
2x washers 8.4 to DIN 125;
2x hexagon nuts 8.4 to DIN EN 24032
7MF9011-8AC
Article No.

(e.g. for gauge)
made of aluminium alloy, painted black,
for wall mounting, screw-type bracket cover
Projection length 60 mm
Projection length 100 mm
(e.g. for transmitter)
made of annealed cast iron, galvanized and
primed for mounting on a wall or rack or or
on a sectional rail (horizontal/vertical);
Screw-type bracket cover
(e.g. for transmitter)
made of annealed cast iron, galvanized and
primed with pipe clamp for wall and pipe
mounting (horizotal/vertical)
Screw-type bracket cover
M56340-A0079
72
90
65
(60)
100
(160)
10
26 h11
6,5
56
28
18
85
100
60,3
R3
M56340-A0053
Instrument bracket, form A, DIN 16281
SW 10
25
72
90
M56340-A0046
M56340-A0047
Instrument bracket, form A, DIN 16281
11
50
The instrument brackets are needed to mount the following units:

Pressure gauges with threaded connection at the bottom
(7MF9401-7.. and 7MF9401-8..)
Instrument bracket, form H, DIN 16281
65
Mounting bracket (7MF9011-8AB) for shut-off valves 7MF9011-4DA and

7MF9011-4EA for wall, rack or pipe mounting, dimensions in mm
Instrument bracket form H, for wall mounting, M56340-A0046/-A0047,
dimensions in mm
65
50
100
11
72
10
28
85
M8
72
63
25
72
90
11
SW 10
85
100
34
91
6,5
60,3
Mounting bracket (7MF9011-8AC) for shut-off valves 7MF9011-4FA and

7MF9011-4GA for wall, rack or pipe mounting, dimensions in mm
1/266
Siemens FI 01 2015
Instrument bracket form A, wall or pipe mounting,

M56340-A0053/-A0079, dimensions in mm
26 h11
72
90
R3
Siemens AG 2014
Fitttings - Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds DN 5
Overview
Article No.
Valve manifolds DN 5
7 MF 9 4 1 1 - 77A
for liquids and gases, for flanging to pressure
transmitters for absolute and differential
pressure, max. working pressure 420 bar
(order accessory set with Order code),
without certificate
5A
5B
5C
Accessories
The 2-spindle, 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifolds

7MF9411-5.. are for pressure transmitters for absolute pressure
or differential pressure.
The valve manifolds are used to shut off the differential pressure
lines and to check the pressure transmitter zero.
The 2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold enable in addition venting on the transmitter side and checking of the pressure
transmitter characteristic.
Benefits
Max. working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi)
Each available in version for oxygen
Application
The spindle valve manifolds DN 5 are designed for liquids and
gases.
Each is available in a version for oxygen on request.
7MF9000-8AB

EN 10204-3.1
7MF9000-8AD
Order code
Article No.
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x

1 inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
steel
1x gasket made of PTFE,
max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
80 C (176 F)
K35
7MF9411-7DB

1 inch to ASME B18.2.1;
stainless steel
80 C (176 F)
K45
7MF9411-7DC

steel
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
80 C (176 F)
K36
7MF9411-5DB

1 inch to ASME B18.2.1;
stainless steel
80 C (176 F)
K46
7MF9411-5DC

Further designs1)
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and
specify Order code.
Accessory set to EN
(connection between valve manifold
and pressure transmitter)
for valve manifold 7MF9411-5A.
for valve manifold 7MF9411-5B. and

-5C.
Design
All versions of the valve manifolds have a process connection 14 NPT. The connection for the pressure transmitter is always
designed as a flange connection to IEC 61518, form B . The
2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold have in addition a
vent and test connection -18 NPT.
The valves have an external spindle thread.
Materials used
Component
Material
Mat. No.
Housing
X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2
1.4404/316L
Cones
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2
1.4571/316Ti
Spindles
X 2 CrNiMo 18 10
1.4404/316L
Accessory set to DIN2)

Head parts
X 5 CrNiMo 18 10
1.4401/316
for valve manifold 7MF9411-5A.
Packings
PTFE
2x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014;

chromized steel
2x washers 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
80 C (176 F)
K15
7MF9411-7BB

stainless steel
2x washers 10.5 mm to DIN 125,
stainless steel;
80 C (176 F)
K25
7MF9411-7BC
Function
Functions of all valve manifolds:
Shutting off the differential pressure lines
Checking the pressure transmitter zero
Additional functions of the 2-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifolds through the vent and test connection:
Venting on the transmitter side
Checking the pressure transmitter characteristic
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/267
Siemens AG 2014
Order code
Article No.
Further designs1)
Accessory set for 2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds

specify Order code.
for valve manifolds 7MF9411-5B.
and -5C.
chromized steel
80 C (176 F)
Flange connection with M10 screws
only permissible up to PN 160.
K16

stainless steel
4x washers 10.5 mm to DIN 125,
stainless steel;
80 C (176 F)
Flange connection with M10 screws
only permissible up to PN 160.
K26
7MF9411-6BB
7MF9411-6BC
for valve manifold, made of

stainless steel
- for wall mounting or for securing
on rack (72 mm grid), weight
0.5 kg
Scope of delivery:
1 mounting plate with bolts for
mounting on valve manifold
- for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg
Scope of delivery:
1x mounting plate M21, 2x pipe
brackets with nuts and washers
(for pipe with max. 60.3 mm)
incl. acceptance test certificate 3.1
to EN 10204
1)
Note: Flange connection with M10 screws only permissible up to

PN 160!
Mounting plate
M11
7MF9006-6EA
M12
7MF9006-6GA
Siemens FI 01 2015
Made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel

M11: For wall mounting or for securing on rack (72 mm grid)
Scope of delivery:
- 1 mounting plate with bolts for mounting on valve manifold
M12: For pipe mounting
Scope of delivery:
- 1 mounting plate M11
- 2 pipe brackets with nuts and washers for pipes with max.
60.3 mm
Valve manifold 100 bar, suitable for oxygen
S12: For 2-way valve manifold
M21
M22
7MF9006-6EC
7MF9006-6GC
bar
400
300
200
100
0
100 200 300 400 C
S12
S13
S14
D07
When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the valve

manifolds, please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
2)
Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160 (2321 psi)!
1/268
3-spindle and 5-way valve manifold DN 5

K36: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch to ASME B18.2.1,
2 flat gaskets
K16: 4 screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
2 flat gaskets
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar (6092 psi), 80 C
(176 F)
Valve manifold 100 bar

Oil- and grease-free cleaning for
oxygen applications, max. pressure
PN 100 (1450 psi) and max. temperature 60 C (140 F)
for 7MF9411-5A.
for 7MF9411-5B.
for 7MF9411-5C.
2-spindle valve manifold DN 5

K35: 2 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch to ASME B18.2.1,
1 flat gasket
K15: 2 screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014, 2 washers,
1 flat gasket
Washers 10.5 to DIN 125
Mounting plate
electrogalvanized sheet-steel
- for wall mounting or for securing
on rack (72 mm grid), weight
0.5 kg
Scope of delivery:
- for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg
Scope of delivery:
and fastening screws for mounting on valve manifold
Accessories
Operating pressure
Valve manifolds PN 5 (7MF9411-5..), permissible working pressure as a

function of the permissible working temperature
Siemens AG 2014
55
10
-14 NPT
-18 NPT
B
55
63,5
41,3
R3
72
11
11,5
12
31,75
72
M10
54
80
A
54
68
203
A Process connection: -14 NPT
B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to EN 61518, form B
C Vent / test connection: -18 NPT
Valve design: external spindle thread
Mounting plate 7MF9006-6.. (M11, M12) for valve manifold,

dimensions in mm
Schematics
A
48
2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9411-5A.), dimensions in mm
-14 NPT
55
41,3
63,5
A
M10
12
38
54
80
96
210
31,75
A Process connection
B Transmitter connection
C Blow-out and test connection
2-spindle, 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifold DN 5, connections

3-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9411-5B.), dimensions in mm
55
M10
12
38
54
80
96
142
255
B 31,75
-18 NPT
-14 NPT
32,5
43
63,5
41,3
48
115

5-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9411-5C.), dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/269
Siemens AG 2014
Multiway cocks PN 100
Overview
Measured medium
Water, non-aggressive Aggressive liquids,

liquids and gases
gases and vapors
Material
P250GH,
mat. No.: 1.0460
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2,
mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti
Connections
Steel, for pipe

12 mm, L series
Stainless steel, for

pipe 12 mm, L
series
Process connection 2 bulkhead glands

Connection for blow- Pipe union with ferrule
ing out
Max. permissible
working temperature
Max. permissible
working pressure
Weight
Multiway cock PN 100 (1450 psi) (7MF9004-1P.) for differential pressure

transmitters
The multiway cock PN 100 (1450 psi) can be flanged to pressure

transmitters for differential pressure.
Benefits
Version available for aggressive liquids, gases and vapors

Robust design
Oil-free and grease-free version possible
One-hand operation
Application
Design
The multiway cock can be flanged with four screws to pressure
transmitters for differential pressure.
The PN 100 (1450 psi) has 2 process connections and one blowout connection. A steel version of the multiway cock is available
for non-aggressive media, and a stainless steel version for aggressive media. The housing is forged in one piece. The switching lever is removable.
Sealing can be improved during operation.
Note: An accessory set is always required for flanging of the
multiway cock to a differential pressure transmitter.
Function
5
3
Test
5
3
Operation
5
3
Blow out
Line 2
Cock positions; the symbols are printed on the cock
Article No.
Multiway cock PN 100 (1450 psi)
7 MF 9 0 0 4 - 77A
for flanging to pressure transmitters, weight
2.5 kg (without accessory set), without certificate
For water and non-aggressive gases and vapors
1P
For aggressive liquids, gases and vapors
1Q
Accessories
7MF9000-8AB
Material acceptance test certificate EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AD
Siemens FI 01 2015
Order code Article No.
Further designs1)
Accessory set to EN
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch to
ASME B18.2.1; chromized steel
2x gaskets made of PTFE, max.
permissible temperature 80 C (176 F)
L31
7MF9004-5CC
L11
L15
7MF9004-6AD
7MF9004-6AE
Accessory set to DIN

4x screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017; chromized steel, 4x washers 10.5 mm to
DIN 125; 2x gaskets made of PTFE, max.
permissible temperature 80 C (176 F)
Standard design
Version for oxygen (together with Order code S11
Blow out
Line 1
Oil- and grease-free cleaning for oxygen applications, max. pressure PN

100 (1450 psi) and max. temperature
60 C (140 F), BAM-tested lubricant,
gasket suitable for oxygen measurement (only with Article No. 7MF9004
1Q.Z)
S11
Mounting bracket
Required for wall mounting or for
securing on rack (72 mm grid), made
of electrogalvanized sheet-steel,
weight 0.85 kg
M13
incl. acceptance test certificate 3.1 to
EN 10204 (only available for version
7MF9004-1QA)
D07
1)
1/270
2.5 kg
Multiway cock in oil-free and greasefree design

Blowing out the differential pressure lines
Testing the pressure transmitter zero
100 bar (1450 psi) (up to max. 60 C (140 F))
The PN 100 (1450 psi) multiway cock is available in versions for

aggressive and non-aggressive liquids, gases and vapors.
200 C (392 F)
7MF9004-6AA
When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the multiway cock,
please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
Siemens AG 2014
Accessories
Accessory set for multiway cock PN 100

L31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch, 2 flat gaskets
L11: 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017, 4 washers,
2 flat gaskets
L15 (suitable for oxygen): 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017,
4 washers, 2 flat gaskets
41,3
63
12

Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. permissible temperature 80 C
(176 F)
40
49
15
4
54
1 and 2 Process connections

3 and 4 Connections for transmitter (DIN EN 61518, form A)
5
Connections for blowing out
100
18
75
2,4
Operating pressure
3
bar
200
170
58
Mounting brackets
M13: Required for wall mounting or for securing on rack
(72 mm grid); made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
98
1
103
Multiway cock in oil-free and grease-free design

S11 (only for aggressive liquids, gases and vapors
(7MF9004-1Q.)): Max. PN 63 (914 psi) (instead of PN 100
(1450 psi)), BAM-tested lubricant, gasket suitable for oxygen
88
100
200 C
Multiway cock 7MF9004-1P. for flanging to pressure transmitters for differential pressure, dimensions in mm
40
19
70
90
Multiway cock PN 100 (1450 psi), permissible operating pressure as a

function of the permissible operating temperature
11
72
120
24
60
Mounting bracket 7MF9004-6AA (M13), dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/271
Siemens AG 2014
3-way and 5-way valve manifolds DN 5
Overview
Function
In addition, the five-way valve manifold permits blowing out of
the differential pressure lines.
Article No.
3-way valve manifold DN 5
7 MF 9 4 1 0 - 77A
For flanging to pressure transmitters for differential pressure, process connection: Pipe
union with ferrule, max. working pressure
420 bar (6092 psi), weight 2.9 kg (order
accessory set and mounting plate with Order
code),
without certificate
The three-spindle and five-spindle valve manifolds DN 5

(7MF9410-1../-3..) are used to shut off the differential pressure
lines and to check the transmitter zero.
In addition, the five-way valve manifold permits blowing out of
the differential pressure lines.
Benefits
Available for aggressive and non-aggressive liquids and
gases
Max. working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi), with version for oxygen max. 100 bar (1450 psi)
Application
for non-aggressive liquids and gases
1E
for aggressive liquids and gases
1F

For flanging to pressure transmitters for differential pressure, process connection: Pipe
union with ferrule, max. working pressure
420 bar (6092 psi), weight 4.4 kg (order
accessory set and mounting plate with Order
code), without certificate
for non-aggressive liquids and gases
3E
for aggressive liquids and gases
3F
Accessories
The 3-way and 5-way valve manifolds are available in versions

for aggressive and non-aggressive liquids and gases.
Mounting plates are available for wall mounting, for securing to
mounti ng racks or for pipe mounting.
Design
The process connection of the 3-way and 5-way valve manifolds
is a pipe union with ferrule.
Both valve manifolds have 2 flange connections for connecting
a pressure transmitter.
In addition, the five-way valve manifold has 2 blow-out connections.
Depending on the version the valve manifold has either 3 or 5
valves, each with an internal spindle thread.
Materials used
For non-aggressive liquids and
gases
Component Material
Mat. No. Material Mat. No.
Housing
P250GH
1.0460
Head parts
C 35
1.0501
Spindles
X 12 CrMoS 17
1.4104
Cones
X 35 CrMo 17 hardened
and tempered
1.4122
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2

Packings
PTFE
1/272
Siemens FI 01 2015
For aggressive
liquids and gases
X6
1.4571/
CrNiMoTi 316Ti
17 12 2
1.4571/
316Ti
-
PTFE
7MF9000-8AB

EN 10204-3.1
7MF9000-8AD
Siemens AG 2014
Order code
Article No.
Further designs1)
specify Order code.
Accessory set to EN
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; chromized
steel
80 C (176 F)
B31
7MF9010-5CC

steel
2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max.
permissble 420 bar (6092 psi),
120 C (248 F)
B34
7MF9410-5CA
Accessories
Accessory set for 3-way and 5-way valve manifold DN 5 for
flanging
B31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2.1,
2 flat gaskets
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
B11: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
2 flat gaskets
B15 (suitable for oxygen): 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014,
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
(176 F)

O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 S FPM90, max. 420 bar

(6092 psi), 120 C (248 F)

chromized steel
80 C (176 F)
Note: M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160 (2320 psi)!

Mounting plate
Standard design
B11
7MF9010-6AD
Version for oxygen
B15
7MF9010-6AE

chromized steel
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max.
120 C (248 F)
B16
7MF9010-6CC
Mounting plate
for wall mounting or for securing on
rack (72 mm grid), weight 0.5 kg
Scope of delivery:
for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg
Scope of delivery:

Scope of delivery:
- 1 mounting plate 7MF9006-6EA with bolts for mounting on
valve manifold
Scope of delivery:
60.3 mm
S12: Only in combination with versions for aggressive liquids
and gases
M11
7MF9006-6EA
M12
7MF9006-6GA

suitable for oxygen
for 7MF9410-1F
S13
for 7MF9410-3F
S14
to EN 10204 (only available for version 7MF9410-1FA and -3FA)
D07
1)

2) Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160 (2321 psi)
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/273
Siemens AG 2014
55
10
bar
400
R3
300
72
11
11,5
200
54
80
100
72
Operating pressure
100 200 300 400 C

temperature
Mounting plate 7MF9006-6.. (M11, M12) for valve manifold, dimensions
in mm
Schematics
51
2,4
A
12
38
70
8
41,3
25
22
M10
54
72
108
147
41
A Process connection (e.g. on primary device): Pipe union with

ferrule, diameter 12 mm, S series to DIN 2353
B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to EN 61518, form A
Valve design: internal spindle thread
215
41,3
18
12
51
B
54
72
108
175
252
22
41
2,4

C Blow-out connection: Pipe union with ferrule, diameter 12 mm,
S series to DIN 2353
5-way valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9410-3..), dimensions in mm
1/274
Siemens FI 01 2015
50
38
A
M10, 8
Five-way valve
manifold for liquids
and gases or vapors
3-way and 5-way valve manifolds, connections
3-way valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9410-1..), dimensions in mm
Three-way valve
manifold for
liquids and gases
25
A Process
connection
B Transmitter
connection
C Vent/test
connection
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Function
The 3-way valve manifold DN 8 performs two functions as standard:
All versions are also available with a test connection, to which a
test device for checking the pressure transmitter characteristic
can be connected.
Article No.
7 MF 9 4 1 6 - 77A
For flanging to pressure transmitters for differential pressure, max. working pressure
420 bar (6092 psi), (order accessory set and
mounting plate with Order code), without certificate
The 3-way valve manifold DN 8 (7MF9416-1../-2..) is for pressure

transmitters for differential pressure. It is used to shut off and
blow out differential pressure lines and to test the pressure transmitter zero.
In the designs with a test connection, a test device can be connected to test the pressure transmitter characteristic.
Benefits
For aggressive and non-aggressive liquids and gases
The maximum working pressure is 420 bar (6092 psi).
Application
For non-aggressive liquids and gases

procedss connection: Pipe union with ferrule
12 mm
without test connection
1B
with test connection
1C
For non-aggressive liquids and gases

procedss connection: Welding pin 14 x 2.5
2C
2D
For aggressive liquids and gases

process connection: Pipe union with ferrule
12 mm
1D
The 3-way valve manifold is available in versions for aggressive

and non-aggressive liquids and gases.
1E
Mounting plates are available for wall mounting, for securing to

mounting racks or for pipe mounting.
7MF9000-8AB

EN 10204-3.1
7MF9000-8AD
Design
Accessories
For the process connection on the version for non-aggressive

media it is possible to choose between a pipe union with ferrule
and welding pins.
The version for aggressive media always has a pipe union with
ferrule.
Both versions are available optionally with a test connection
M20x1.5.
The valves have an internal spindle thread.
Materials used
For non-aggressive liquids and
gases
Component Material
Mat. No.
Material
X6
1.4571/
CrNiMoTi 316Ti
17 12 2
Housing
P250GH
1.0460
Head parts
C 35
1.0501
Spindles
X 12 CrMoS 17
1.4104
Cones
X 35 CrMo 17 hardened and tempered
1.4122
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2
1.4571/316Ti
Packings
PTFE
For aggressive
liquids and gases
PTFE
Mat. No.
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/275
Siemens AG 2014
Order code
Article No.
Further designs1)
specify Order code.
Accessory set to EN
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2;
chromized steel
80 C (176 F)
B31
7MF9010-5CC

chromized steel
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permissble 420 bar (6092 psi), 120 C
(248 F)
B34
7MF9410-5CA
7MF9010-6AD

chromized steel
(248 F)
B16
7MF9010-6CC

Scope of delivery:
- 1 mounting plate with bolts for mounting on valve manifold
Scope of delivery:
60.3 mm
Mounting plate
For valve manifold, made of
for wall mounting or for securing on
rack (72 mm grid),
weight 0.5 kg
Scope of delivery:
M11
for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg

Scope of delivery:
M12
to EN 10204 (only available for version 7MF9416-1DA and -1EA)
D07
7MF9006-6EA
7MF9006-6GA
bar
400
300
200
100
0
100 200 300 400 C
When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the valve manifold,
Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160 (2321 psi)!
Siemens FI 01 2015

(176 F)
Mounting plate
B11
1/276

chromized steel
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, max.
permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
80 C (176 F)
2)
Accessory set for 3-way valve manifold DN 8 for flanging

2 flat gaskets
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
2 flat gaskets
2 O-rings (FPM 90)

(6092 psi), 120 C (248 F)

1)
Accessories
Operating pressure
3-way valve manifold DN 8, permissible working pressure as a function

of the permissible working temperature
Siemens AG 2014
Schematics
7
A C
D Vent/test connection
12
38
8
41,3
M10
22
54
72
108
147
160
195
A
D
31,5
48
25
48
Three-way valve manifold

for liquids and gases
3-way valve manifold DN 8, connections
41

C Test connection: M20 x 1,5
3-way valve manifold DN 8 (7MF9416-1..) with pipe union,

dimensions in mm
31,5
12
48
25
48
M10
50
54
72
108
147
160
195
38
8
41,3
22
41
A Process connection (e.g. on primary device):

Welding pin, diameter 14 x 2,5
C Test connection: M20 x 1,5
55
10
3-way valve manifold DN 8 (7MF9416-2..) with welding pin,

dimensions in mm
R3
72
11,5
54
80
72
11
Mounting plate 7MF9006-6.. (M11, M12) for valve manifold,

dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/277
Siemens AG 2014
Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8
Overview
Function
As an option it is possible to order a version with a test connection, to which a test device for checking the transmitter characteristic can be connected.
Article No.
Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 for

vapors
7MF 9 4 1 6 - 6 7A
The valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 (7MF9416-6..) is for

pressure transmitters for differential pressure.
For flanging to pressure transmitters for differential pressure, max. working pressure
420 bar (6092 psi), also available in stainless
steel on request (order accessory set with
Order code), without certificate
The combination is used to shut off and blow out differential

pressure lines and to test the pressure transmitter zero.
with test connection M20 1.5
In the designs with a test connection, a test device can be connected to test the pressure transmitter characteristic.
7MF9000-8AB

EN 10204-3.1
7MF9000-8AD
Benefits
Accessories
Application
The valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 is designed for vapors.
Design
Article No.
B34
7MF9410-5CA
B16
7MF9010-6CC

specify Order code.
Accessory set to EN
The connection for the pressure transmitter is designed as as

flange connection, while the blow-out connection is designed as
a pipe union with ferrule.

chromized steel
(248 F)
The manifold valves have an internal spindle thread, while the

blow-out valves have an external spindle thread.

The optional test connections are M20x1.5.

chromized steel
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max.
120 C (248 F);Flange connection
to DIN 19213 only permissible up to
PN 160!
The valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 has a process connection with welding pins.
Materials used
Valve manifold DN 5
Blow-out valves DN 8
Component Material
Mat. No.
Material
Mat. No.
Housing
P250GH
1.0460
16 Mo 3
1.5415
Head parts
C 35
1.0501
21 CrMo V57 1.7709
Spindles
X 12
CrMoS 17
1.4104
X 20 Cr 13
1.4021
Cones
X 35
CrMo 17
1.4122
X 35
CrMo 17
hardened
and tempered
1.4122
Valve seats
X 6 CrNiMoTi 1.4571/316Ti X 20 Cr 13
1.4021
Packings
PTFE
Welding pins -
1/278
Order code
Further designs1)
Pure
graphite
16 Mo 3
1.5415
Siemens FI 01 2015
1)
When ordering accessory set together with the valve manifold combination, please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
2)
Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160 (2321 psi)
Siemens AG 2014
Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8
Accessories
Accessory set for valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 for

flanging
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
142
41,3

5
21,5
43
O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 - S FPM90, max. 420 bar

(6092 psi), 120 C (248 F)
12

temperature
B
170
(200)
230
(270)
50
22
11
41
100
According to DIN 19210 the

design can be such that the
1)
temperatures for the
2
1
differential pressure line
can be set approx. 100 C
(212 F) lower than the
100 200 300 400 500 C media temperature.
117
1)
200
1 Valve manifold
2 Blow-out connection
300
14
2,5
30
bar
400
M10
54
72
30
Operating pressure
A Process connection (e.g. on primary device): Welding pin

Valve design:
- Manifold valves: internal spindle thread
- Blow-out valves: external spindle thread
Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 (7MF9416-6C.), dimensions in

mm (deviating dimensions for 7MF9416-6D. shown in brackets)
Schematics
A
A
B
C
D
Valve manifold combination for vapors
Process connection
Transmitter connection
Blow-out connection
Test connection
Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8, connections
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/279
Siemens AG 2014
Valve manifold combination DN 8
Overview
Function
As an option it is possible to order a version with a test connection, to which a test device for checking the pressure transmitter
characteristic can be connected.
Article No.
Valve manifold combination DN 8 for

vapors
7 MF 9 4 1 6 - 77A
for flanging to pressure transmitters for differential pressure, with mounting plate, max.
working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi), also
available in stainless steel on request (order
accessory set with Order code), without certificate
The valve manifold combination DN 8 (7MF9416-4..) is for pressure transmitters for differential pressure.
4C
with test connection M20 1.5
4D
It is used to shut off and blow out the differential pressure lines
and to check the pressure transmitter zero.
Accessories
7MF9000-8AB
In the designs with a test connection, a test device can be connected to check the pressure transmitter characteristic.

EN 10204-3.1
7MF9000-8AD
Benefits
Order code
Article No.
B34
7MF9410-5CA
B16
7MF9010-6CC
Further designs1)

specify Order code.
Application
The valve manifold combination DN 8 is designed for vapors.
Design
The valve manifold combination DN 8 has a process connection
with welding pins.
The connection for the pressure transmitter is designed as as
flange connection, while the blow-out connection is designed as
a pipe union with ferrule.
The manifold valves have an internal spindle thread, while the
blow-out valves have an external spindle thread.

Blow-out valves
Mat. No.
Material
Mat. No.
1)
1.5415
2)
The valve manifold combination DN 8 is supplied with a mounting plate.

Materials used
Valve manifold
Housing
P250GH
1.0460
16 Mo 3
Head parts
C 35
1.0501
21 CrMo V57 1.7709
Spindles
X 12
CrMoS 17
1.4104
X 20 Cr 13
1.4021
Cones
X 35
CrMo 17
1.4122
X 35
CrMo 17
hardened
and tempered
1.4122
Valve seats
X 6 CrNiMoTi 1.4571/316Ti X 20 Cr 13
1.4021
Packings
PTFE
Welding pins -

steel
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
max. permissble 420 bar (6092 psi),
120 C (248 F)

chromized steel
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
120 C (248 F)
Flange connection to DIN 19 213
only permissible up to PN 160!
The optional test connection is M20x1.5.
Component Material
Accessory set to EN
Pure
graphite
16 Mo 3
1.5415
When ordering accessory set together with the valve manifold combination,
Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160 (2321 psi)
Accessories
Accessory set for valve manifold combination DN 8 for
flanging
B34: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B 18.2.1,
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 S FPM90, max. 420 bar (6092
psi), 120 C (248 F)
1/280
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Valve manifold combination DN 8
Operating pressure
Schematics
bar
400
300
1)
200
100
0
1 Valve manifold
2 Blow-out connection
According to DIN 19210 the

design can be such that the
1)
temperatures for the
2
1
differential pressure line
can be set approx. 100 C
(212 F) lower than the
100 200 300 400 500 C media temperature.
A
B
C
D
Valve manifold combination for vapors
Process connection
Transmitter connection
Blow-out connection
Test connection
Valve manifold combination DN 8, connections

temperature
160
155
11
14
2,5
109
M20 x 1,5
D
72
525
351
54
72
195
38
B
12
41,3
38
approx. 119
26
14 x 2,5
17
5,5
195
11
72
C
155
approx. 110
A Process connection (e.g. on primary device): Welding pin

D Test connection (only with Article No. 7MF9416-4D.): M20 x 1,5
Valve design:
- Manifold valves: internal spindle thread
- Blow-out valves: external spindle thread
Valve manifold combination DN 8 (7MF9416-4..), dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/281
Siemens AG 2014
2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds for installing in protective boxes
Overview
Article No.
Valve manifolds DN 5 for mounting in

protective boxes
7 MF 9 4 1 2 - 77A
for flanging to pressure transmitters for
absolute and differential pressure
Material: stainless steel, mat. No: 1.4404/316L
max. working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi)
without certificate
2-spindle valve manifold with rotatng sleeve
G
1B
2-spindle valve manifold with flange

connection
1C
1D
1E
Accessories
The 2-spindle, 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifolds

(7MF9412-1..) are used to shut off the differential pressure lines
and to check the transmitter zero.
The five-spindle valve manifold permits venting on the transmitter side and checking of the transmitter characteristic.
7MF9000-8AB

EN 10204-3.1
7MF9000-8AD
Order code
Article No.
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x 2 inch to

ASME B18.2.1; chromized steel
1x O-ring to DIN 3771,
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
max. permissble 420 bar
(6092 psi), 120 C (248 F)
F32
7MF9412-6CA

steel
80 C (176 F)2)
F35
7MF9412-6DA

steel
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
120 C (248 F)2)
F34
7MF9412-6GA

steel
80 C (176 F)2)
F36
7MF9412-6HA
These valve manifolds are preferentially used when mounting in

protective boxes. In addition, they can also be used for wall,
frame or pipe mounting together with the mounting bracket.
Further designs1)
Transmitters of the DS series can be operated and read from the

front when using these valve manifolds.
Accessory set to EN
Application
for valve manifold 7MF94121C.
The valve manifolds DN 5 are designed for liquids and vapors

and for installing in protective boxes.
Each is available in a version for oxygen on request
Design
All versions of the spindle manifolds have a process connection
-14 NPT.
The connection for the pressure transmitter is always designed
as a flange connection to IEC 61518, Form A.
The 2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold have in addition
a vent and test connection -18 NPT.
The valves have an external spindle thread.
Materials used
Components
Material
Mat. No.
Housing
X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2
1.4404/316L
Cones
1.4571/316Ti
Spindles
X 2 CrNiMo 18 10
1.4404/316L
Head parts
X 5 CrNiMo 18 10
1.4401/316
Packings
PTFE
Functions
1/282

specify Order code.
Siemens FI 01 2015
for valve manifold 7MF94121D and

-1E.
Siemens AG 2014
Order code
Article No.
Further designs1)
Accessory set for 2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds

(Connection between manifold and transmitter)

specify Order code.
For valve manifold 7MF94121C.
chromized steel
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max.
120 C (248 F)2)
F12
7MF9412-6AA

chromized steel
80 C (176 F)2)
For valve manifold 7MF94121D and
-1E.
F15
7MF9412-6BA

chromized steel
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max.
120 C (248 F)2)
F14
7MF9412-6EA

chromized steel
80 C (176 F)2)
F16
3-spindle and 5-way valve manifold DN 5

F34: 4 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch toASME B 18.2.1,
2 O-rings (FPM90)
F36: 4 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch toASME B 18.2.1,
2 flat-gaskets
F14: 4 screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
2 O-rings (FPM90)
2 flat-gaskets
Flat-gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar (6092 psi), 80 C
(176 F)
7MF9412-6FA
O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90; max.420 bar

(6092 psi), 120 C (248 F)
Note:
Flange connections with M10 screws only permissible up to
PN 160 (2321 psi)!
Mounting bracket for wall mounting or for securing to
mounting rack

and -1C.
M14
7MF9006-6LA
for valve manifold 7MF9412-1D.
M17
7MF9006-6NA
for valve manifold 7MF9412-1E.
M18
7MF9006-6PA
M16
7MF9006-6KA
Mounting clip
With bolds for mounting on valve manifold

M14: For 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5
Mounting clips (2 off)
M16: For securing the mounting brackets M14, M17 and M18
to pipe
S12: For 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5

Oil- and grease-free cleaning for
oxygen applications, max. pressure
PN 100 (1450 psi) and max. temperature 60 C (140 F)
and -1C.
S12
S13
S14
to EN 10204
D07
1)
2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 with flange connection

F32: 2 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch to ASME B 18.2.1,
1 O Ring (FPM90)
F35: 2 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch to ASME B 18.2.1,
1 flat-gasket
1 O-ring (FPM90)
1 flat gasket
Mounting bracket
required for wall mounting or for
securing to mounting rack, with bolts
for mounting on valve manifold
2 off, to secure mounting bracket to

pipe
Accessories

2)
Flange connections with M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160
(2321 psi)!
Operating pressure
bar
400
420 bar (6092 psi) at 120 C

(248 F)
350 bar (5076 psi) at 200 C
(392 F)
300
200
100
0
100 200 300 400 C

temperature
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/283
Siemens AG 2014
12
54
37
41,3
115
63,5
80
M8
103
38
A
10
80
M8
38
-14 NPT
M8
38
88,9
10

B Transmitter connection: Flange connection EN 61518, form A
M8
-14 NPT

B Transmitter connection: Nipple to DIN 16284, G, SW 27
3-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9412-1D..), dimensions in mm
2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9412-1B..) with rotating sleeve,

dimensions in mm
70
41,3
12
15
41,3
approx. 157
115
54
M8
12
115
-14 NPT
-18 NPT
M8
B
C
10
38
-18 NPT
M8
A
C
M8
10
-18 NPT
80
38
87
114
approx. 228

-14 NPT
5-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9412-1E..), dimensions in mm

2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9412-1C..), dimensions in mm
1/284
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
72
100
72
R5
+1
0
R1
2,
12
R
R2
4 x 11
M8
12
0
8
60,3
155
100
110
180
72
2,5
55
72
17
180
26
9
26
R4,5
24
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6PA)/(M18) for 5-spindle valve manifolds,

dimensions in mm
26,6
31,6
57,6
77,1
19
38
76
19
31,5
6,5
16
6,35
Schematics
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6LA)/(M14) for 2-spindle valve manifolds,

dimensions in mm
B
B Connection for pressure gauge or
transmitter for pressure or absolute
pressure
C Vent/test connection
72
2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (with rotating sleeve G or flange connection), connections
72
60,3
110
180
26
38
76
19
3-spindle valve manifold DN 5, connections

C
C
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6NA)/(M17) for 3-spindle valve manifolds,

dimensions in mm
B
5-spindle valve manifold DN 5, connections
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/285
Siemens AG 2014
3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds for vertical angular differential pressure lines
Overview
Article No.
Valve manifolds for vertical differential

pressure lines
7 MF 9 4 1 3 - 77A
for flanging to pressure transmitters for absolute and differential pressure
Material: stainless steel, mat. No: 1.4404/316L
max. working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi)
without certificate
1D
1E
Accessories
7MF9000-8AB

EN 10204-3.1
7MF9000-8AD
Order code
Article No.
K36
7MF9411-5DB
K16
7MF9411-6BB
M17
7MF9006-6NA
M18
7MF9006-6PA
M19
7MF9006-6QA
M16
7MF9006-6KA
These 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifolds 7MF9413-1..

were developed specially for vertical differential pressure lines.
The valve manifolds are used to shut off the differential pressure
lines and to check the pressure transmitter zero.

specify Order code.
The 5-spindle valve manifold permits venting on the transmitter

side and checking of the pressure transmitter characteristic.
Accessory set to EN
Benefits
For vertical differential pressure lines
Max. operating pressure 420 bar (6092 psi)
Transmitters of the DS series can be operated and read from
the front.
Application
The 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifolds for vertical differential pressure lines are for liquids and gases. The valve manifolds
are flanged on the pressure transmitter.
Design
All versions of the spindle valve manifolds have a process connection -14 NPT.
The connection for the pressure transmitter is always designed
as a flange connection to IEC 61518, form B .
The 2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold have in addition
a vent and test connection -18 NPT.
Materials used:
Component
Material
Mat. No.
Housing
X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2
1.4404/316L
Cones
1.4571/316Ti
Spindles
X 2 CrNiMo 18 10
1.4404/316L
Head parts
X 5 CrNiMo 18 10
1.4401/316
Packings
PTFE
Function
1/286
Siemens FI 01 2015
Further designs1)

1 inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized steel
80 C (176 F)
chromized steel
80 C (176 F); Flange connection
with M10 screws only permissible up
to PN 160 (2321 psi).
Mounting bracket
securing to mounting rack, with bolts
for mounting on valve manifold
required for mounting on 2" standpipe, with bolts for mounting on

valve manifold
Mounting clip
2 off, to secure mounting bracket to
pipe
Valve manifold 100 bar (1450 psi)
suitable for oxygen
S13
S14
to EN 10204
D07
1)
2)
Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160

(2321 psi)!
Siemens AG 2014
Accessories
76,2
41,3
47
55
-18 NPT
B
C
38
M8
Note: Flange connection with M10 screws only permissible up to

PN 160 (2321 psi)!
-14 NPT
31,75
76
115
134
242

(176 F)
Mounting bracket for wall mounting or for securing to

mounting rack
40
54
12
Accessory set (connection between manifold and

transmitter)
K36: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch to ASME B18.2.1, 2 flat
gaskets
K16: 4 screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers, 2 flat
gaskets
5-spindle valve manifold 7MF9413-1E. for vertical differential pressure

lines, dimensions in mm
72
With bolts for mounting on valve manifold

M17: For 3-spindle valve manifold
Mounting bracket for mounting on 2" standpipe
With bolts for mounting on valve manifold
Mounting clips (2 off)
72
60,3
110
For securing the mounting brackets M17, M18 and M19 to pipe
180

For 3-spindle valve manifold
For 5-spindle valve manifold
26
bar
400
420 bar (6092 psi) at 120 C

(248 F)
350 bar (5076 psi) at 200 C
(392 F)
300
200
38
76
19
Operating pressure
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6NA)/(M17) for 3-spindle valve manifolds,

dimensions in mm
100
0
100 200 300 400 C

72

temperature
72
60,3
155
54
180
12
76,2
41,3
38
76
89
197
-14 NPT
38
76
19
47
B
M8
17
55
26
9
31,75
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6PA)/(M18) for 5-spindle valve manifolds,

dimensions in mm
3-spindle valve manifold 7MF9413-1D. for vertical differential pressure

lines, dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/287
Siemens AG 2014
100
72
72
76
9
19
50
26
16
38
92
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6QA)/(M19) for 3-spindle valve manifolds,

dimensions in mm
Schematics
A
A
3-spindle valve manifold for vertical differential pressure lines, connections

A
A
1/4-18 NPT
C
B
5-spindle valve manifold for vertical differential pressure lines, connections
1/288
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Low-pressure multiway cock
Overview
Article No.

for liquids and gases, for flanging to pressure
transmitters, max. working pressure 25 bar
(363 psi), max. working temperature 60 C
(140 F) (up to 80 C (176 F) for a short time),
weight 1.75 kg (without accessory set)
Test connections
2x sealing screws G3/8
7MF9004-4CA
2x quick-release couplings
7MF9004-4DA
Accessories
Test report to EN 10204-3.1
7MF9000-8AB
Material acceptance test certificate to

EN 10204-3.1
7MF9000-8AD
Order code
Article No.
L31
7MF9004-5CC
Further designs1)
The low-pressure multiway cock 7MF9004-4CA/-4DA can be

flanged to pressure transmitters for differential pressure.
Benefits

specify Order code.
Accessory set to EN
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch
to ASME B18.2.1; chromized steel
permissible temperature 80 C
(176 F)
Robust design
For liquids and gases
One-hand operation

Design
The multiway cock has 2 process connections and 2 test connections, which are available in 2 versions (with sealing screws
G3/8 or quick-release couplings). The housing is made of hotpressed brass CuZn39Pb3, CW 614N. Test connections with
sealing screws or with self-sealing quick-release couplings.

chromized steel
permissible temperature 80 C
(176 F)
Note: An accessory set is always required for flanging of the

multiway cock to a differential pressure transmitter.
Standard design
L11
7MF9004-6AD
Version for oxygen
L15
7MF9004-6AE
Multiway cock in oil-free and

grease-free design
BAM-tested lubricant, gasket
suitable for oxygen
Function
Testing the pressure transmitter zero
Testing the pressure transmitter characteristic
1
1
6
5
3
1
6
5
3
Mounting bracket
securing on rack (72 mm grid),
made of electrogalvanized sheetsteel, weight 0.85 kg
2
6
1)
S11
M13
7MF9004-6AA
Operation
Characteristic
test
Zero test
Cock positions; the symbols are printed on the cock
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/289
Siemens AG 2014
Options
Accessory set for low-pressure multiway cock

L31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch, 2 flat gaskets
L11: 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017, 4 washers, 2 flat gaskets
L15 (suitable for oxygen): 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017,
Test connections
2 sealing screws G3/8
2 quick-release couplings
Operating pressure
Accessories

Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. permissible temperature 80 C
(176 F)
Multiway cock in oil-free and grease-free design
S11: BAM-tested lubricant, gasket suitable for oxygen
bar
40
30
20
10
0
Mounting brackets
M13: Required for wall mounting or for securing on rack
(72 mm grid); made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
20
40
60
80 C
Low-pressure multiway cock, permissible operating pressure as a function of the permissible operating temperature
41,3
41,3
86
54
12
54
23
56,5
12
23
56,5
12,5
18
61
25,2
49
58
15
G3/8
49
58
98
98
85,5
34
85,5
34
G3/8
15
4
18
25,2
12
61
1 and 2 Process connections (hose sleeve, diameter 12 mm)

3 and 4 Transmitter connections (EN 61518, form A)
5 and 6 Text connections (with sealing screws G3/8 or with quick-release couplings
Low-pressure multiway cock 7MF9004-4CA/-4DA for direct flanging to pressure transmitters for differential pressure, dimensions in mm
40
19
70
90
11
72
120
24
60
Mounting bracket 7MF9004-6AA (M13), dimensions in mm
1/290
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Fittings - Accessories
Oval flange
Overview
Article No.

Oval flange
with female thread -14 NPT, max. working
pressure 420 bar (6092 psi), flange connection to IEC 61518, form A
Material
P250GH, mat. No.: 1.0460
7MF9408-2CE
X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
7MF9408-2CL
Order code
Article No.

1 inch to ASME B 18.2.3; chromized steel
1x flat gasket made of PTFE,
80 C (176 F)
E36
7MF9408-5DA

1 inch to ASME B 18.2.3; chromized steel
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
120 C (248 F)
E34
7MF9408-5CA
2x screws M10x40 to
DIN EN ISO 4762; chromized steel
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
120 C (248 F)2)
E13
7MF9408-6AA
2x screws M10x40 to
DIN EN ISO 4762; chromized steel
1x flat gasket made of PTFE,
80 C (176 F)2)
E16
7MF9408-6BA
to EN 10204
D07

Further designs1)
specify Order code.
Accessory set to EN
Accessories
Accessory set for oval flange
E36: 2 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch to ASME B18.2.1,
1 flat gasket
E34: 2 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch to ASME B18.3,
1 O-ring (FPM 90)
E13: 2 screws M10x40 to DIN EN 4762, 2 washers,
1 O-ring (FPM 90)
E16: 2 screws M10x40 to DIN EN ISO 4762, 2 washers,
1 flat gasket
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar (6092 psi),
80 C (176 F)
(6092 psi), 120 C (248 F)
1)
When ordering accessory set together with the oval flange, please use
Order code; otherwise use Article No.
2)
Flange connections with M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160

(2321 psi)
12
11,8
28
31,6 -0,2
The oval flange 7MF9408-2C. for pressure transmitters for absolute pressure and differential pressure has a -14 NPT female
thread and is designed for max. operating pressure 400 bar
(5800 psi).
-14 NPT
41,3 0,2
Oval flange 7MF9408-2C., dimensions in mm

Siemens FI 01 2015
1/291
Siemens AG 2014
Adapters
Overview
-14 NPT
3,5
-14 NPT
SW 22
Adapters enable e.g. a transition from medium connections with

NPT thread to shut-off valves to DIN 16270 ... 16272 or pipes in
conjunction with a connection gland (e.g. 7MF9008).
Design
The connection pieces are made of X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2, mat.
No. 1.4571 and available in 3 versions
Thread -18 NPT and connection shank G to DIN EN 837-1
Thread -14 NPT and connection shank G to DIN EN 837-1
Thread -14 NPT and thread -14 NPT
13,6
20
13,6
20
50
Connection piece with thread -14 NPT and thread -14 NPT
(7MF9001-1DA), dimensions in mm
SW 22
7MF9001-1AA
with thread -14 NPT G
7MF9001-1CA
with thread -14 NPT -14 NPT
7MF9001-1DA
with thread -14 NPT M20 x 1.5
7MF9001-1EA
with pipe union with ferrule 12 S,

12 mm -14 NPT
-14 NPT
with thread -18 NPT G
3,5
Adapter
(weight 0.2 kg)
M20 x 1,5
Article No.
13,6
20
20
55
Connection piece with thread -14 NPT and connection shank M20 x 1.5
(7MF9001-1EA), dimensions in mm
7MF9008-1CB
with pipe union with ferrule 14 S,

14 mm -14 NPT
9 SMnPb 28, mat. No. 1.0718
7MF9008-1CC
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122, mat. No. 1.4571
7MF9008-1CD
SW 22 SW 24
12
7MF9008-1CA
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122, mat. No. 1.4571
-14 NPT
9 SMnPb 28, mat. No. 1.0718
19,8
34,5
51
Connection piece with pipe union with ferrule 12 S, 12 mm and thread

-14 NPT (7MF9008-1CA and -1CB), dimensions in mm
15
48
14
20
SW 24 SW 27
-14 NPT
G
3,5
-18 NPT
SW 22
19,8
36
Connection piece with thread -18 NPT and connection shank G

(7MF9001-1AA), dimensions in mm
-14 NPT
13,6
20
20
55
Connection piece with thread -14 NPT and connection shank G

(7MF9001-1CA), dimensions in mm
1/292
Siemens FI 01 2015
54
Connection piece with pipe union with ferrule 14 S, 14 mm and thread

-14 NPT (7MF9008-1CC and -1CD), dimensions in mm
SW 22
G
3,5
Siemens AG 2014
Connection glands
Overview
Connection glands to connect medium or differential pressure
lines to collars G to DIN EN 837-1
For rated pressures up to PN 630 (9137psi)
For oxygen only up to PN 250 (3626 psi)
Article No.

Connection screwed gland
for pipelines
(weight 0.2 kg)
Material
Design
11SMn30
(mat. No. 1.0715)
Standard
7MF9008-1GA
Standard
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
7MF9008-1GB
Grease-free
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
7MF9008-1GC
G
7
12
M20 x 1,5
SW 27
14
18,5
7,5
35
approx. 47
Connection gland 7MF9008-1G., dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/293
Siemens AG 2014
Connection parts G 1/2
Connection parts G for pressure gauges and shut-off fittings

are available in 3 versions:
Nipple connection
Clamping sleeve
Collar connection piece
Article No.
Adapters G
for pressure gauges and shut-off fittings
CW 614N
Union nut
9 SMn 28 k
Nipple:
RSt 37-2
1.0715
SW 27
M56340-A0001
M56340-A0002
1.0037
Union nut
X 8 CrNiS 18 9
1.4305
Nipple:
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti
Nipple connection M20 x 1.5 (M56340-A0008), dimensions in mm
SW 27
15,5
Clamping sleeve (M56340-A0004/-A0005), dimensions in mm
Mat. No.
20
M56340-A0008
SW 22
Clamping sleeve
G to DIN 16283; max. working pressure
400 bar (5802 psi); weight 0.1 kg;
Connections: G to DIN EN 837-1;
Female thread: G right-hand G left-hand
Material
Mat. No.
Collar connection piece (M56340-A0006/-A0007), dimensions in mm
CuZn39Pb3
CW614N
M56340-A0004
9 SMn 28 k
1.0715
M56340-A0005
Collar-adapter
max. working pressure; weight 0.1 kg;
Connections: G to DIN EN 837-1;
Male thread: G, G
Material
Mat. No.
CuZn39Pb3
CW614N
M56340-A0006
9 SMn 28 k
1.0715
M56340-A0007
Siemens FI 01 2015
50
Union nut
X 8 CrNiS 18 9
1.4305
Nipple:
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti
1/294
14
M56340-A0003
Nipple connection
M20 x 1.5 to DIN 16284 (union nut with nipple
and gasket); max. working pressure 400 bar
(5802 psi); weight 0.1 kg;
connection: M20 x 1.5 to DIN EN 837-1;
Material
16
30
48
CuZn39Pb3
M20 x 1,5
7
15,5
Mat. No.
12
Nipple connection G (M56340-A0001 to -A0003), dimensions in mm
Nipple connection
G to DIN 16284 (union nut with nipple and
gasket); max. working pressure 400 bar
(5802 psi); weight 0.1 kg;
connection: G to DIN EN 837-1;
Female thread G
Material
SW 27
36
G
7
16
30
48
Overview
20
Siemens AG 2014
Water traps, Sealing rings to EN 837-1
Overview
Overview
Water traps protect pressure gauges and shut-off fittings from

heating up (e.g. by steam) by the water column produced by the
water trap.
The max. working temperature is 120 C (248 F) at 100 bar
(1450 psi), 300 C (572 F) at 80 bar (1160 psi) or 400 C
(752 F) at 63 bar (914 psi). If the temperature of the measured
medium is higher, a sufficiently long line has to be connected upstream of the trap to enable heat dissipation.
The sealing rings to EN 837-1 are required to seal measuring instruments for pressure with the process connection GB.
The water traps are available in U shape (type B) or circular

shape (type D) to DIN 16282. They have a weld-on end
20 mm 2.6 mm on the measurement side. The connection
on the device side is a clamping sleeve G to DIN 16283.
The water traps are made of steel (P250GH) or stainless steel
(X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2)
Water traps are designed as standard for max. operating temperature 120 C (248 F) at max. operating pressure 100 bar
(1450 psi) (300 C (572 F) at 80 bar (1160 psi), 400 C (752 F)
at 63 bar (914 psi). Water traps for higher operating pressures
and temperatures are available on request.
Article No.

Water traps
for pressure gauges and pressure transmitters, max. working temperature 120 C
(248 F), max. working pressure 100 bar
(1450 psi) (or 300 C (572 F) at 80 bar
(1160 psi), or 400 C (752 F) at 63 bar
(914 psi)), weight 0.7 kg
2,0
6,2
17,5
Design
Sealing ring 7MF9007-7A. to EN 837-1, dimensions in mm
Article No.

Sealing ring to EN 837-1 for thread G
made of
(packing unit 100 pcs)

Copper
7MF9007-7AA
Soft iron
7MF9007-7AB
7MF9007-7AC
PTFE
7MF9007-7AD
Accessories
Test report to EN 10204-3.1
7MF9000-8AB
Material acceptance test certificate to

EN 10204-3.1
7MF9000-8AD
Water trap B to DIN 16282

Material
Mat. No.
P235GH
1.0345
M56340-A0043
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti
M56340-A0061
Water trap D to DIN 16282

Material
Mat. No.
P235GH
1.0345
M56340-A0045
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti
M56340-A0063
155
200
145
20
56
110
56
130
Water traps, type B, M56340-A0043/-A0061, dimensions in mm
Water traps, type D, M56340-A0045/-A0063, dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/295
Siemens AG 2014
Pressure surge reducers
Overview
The pressure surge reducer protects the pressure gauge
against damage, premature wear and tear and inaccurate/fluctuating indications.
Application
The pressure reducer is used when pulsations occur in the measured medium (e.g. in slow-running vapor engines, piston
pumps and compressors), or if drastic fluctuations are likely to
occur in the measured medium (e.g. in hydraulic presses and
tensile testing machines).
Design
Enclosure made of brass or stainless steel (mat. no. 1.4571)

Adjustable nozzle
Sleeve for connection to the measuring instrument
Pin for connection to supply lead
Article No.

Pressure surge reducer
Weight approx. 0.21 kg
Material
Full-scale value
Weight
approx.
in kg
Brass
250 bar (3626 psi)
0.21
M56340-A54
Stainless
steel
600 bar (8702 psi)
0.21
M56340-A59
*
Sleeve for connection to
the pressure display

Pin for connection to

supply lead
*
Pressure surge reducer, dimensions in mm
1/296
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Primary shut-off valves
Overview
Primary shut-off valves are available in the following versions:

For non-corrosive liquids, gases and vapors
For corrosive liquids and gases
Grease-free for oxygen
80
95
The shut-off valves are available in various materials and with

various connections (see Selection and Ordering data)
500
400
11,2
G
bar
G
11,2
Operating pressure
22
22
90
300
Shut-off valve 7MF90171A., dimensions in mm

B
200
80
100
200
300
400
500
95
100
600 C
Operating pressure
Shut-off valve 7MF9017-1.., permissible working pressure as a function

of the permissible working temperature
12
Shut-off valve 7MF9017-1..
G
11,2
22
bar
M20 x 1,5
90
500
Shut-off valve 7MF9017-1B. and -2B., dimensions in mm

400
80
300
G
95
200
F
J
100
200
300
400 C 0
100
200 C
12 (14)
12 (14)
100
Shut-off valve
7MF9017-2..
Shut-off valve
7MF9017-3..
Shut-off valve 7MF9017-2.. and -3.., permissible working pressure as a

function of the permissible working temperature
M20 x 1,5
(M22 x 1,5)
90
M20 x 1,5
(M22 x 1,5)
Shut-off valves 7MF9017-1C., -1D. and -2C., dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/297
Siemens AG 2014
Primary shut-off valves
2,5
14
141
120
4,5
65
130
Shut-off valves 7MF9017-, dimensions in mm

Axb
7MF901714 mm x 2.5 mm
1F. and 1G.
21.3 mm x 6.3 mm
1H. and 2H.
24 mm x 7.1 mm
1J., 1K. and 2J.

Primary shut-off valves, without certificate
Max.
Charac- Material
Mat. No. Spindle Connections
working
teristic1)
thread
pressure
Shut-off valve for non-aggressive liquids, gases and vapors
160 bar (2321 psi) A
P250GH
1.0460 Internal Threaded socket G form R, DIN 19207
160 bar (2321 psi) A
P250GH
1.0460 Internal Threaded socket G form R, DIN 19207
DIN 19207 and pipe union
with ferrule for pipe 12 mm, S series
400 bar (5800 psi) C
P250GH
1.0460 Internal Pipe union with ferrule
for pipe 12 mm, S series
400 bar (5800 psi) C
P250GH
1.0460 Internal Pipe union with ferrule
500 bar (7252 psi) D
16 Mo 3
1.5415 External Welding sleeves 14 mm 2.5 mm
500 bar (7252 psi) E
11 CrMo 9 10
500 bar (7252 psi) D
16 Mo 3
1.5415 External Welding sleeves 21.3 mm 6.3 mm
and 14 mm 2.5 mm
500 bar (7252 psi) D
16 Mo 3
and 14 mm 2.5 mm
500 bar (7252 psi) E
11 CrMo 9 10
and 14 mm 2.5 mm
Shut-off valve for aggressive liquids and gases
160 bar (2321psi) F
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/ Internal Threaded socket G form R, DIN 19207
316Ti
DIN 19207 and pipe union
with ferrule for pipe 12 mm, S series
400 bar (5800 psi) G
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/ Internal Pipe union with ferrule
316Ti
400 bar (5800 psi) H
400 bar (5800 psi) H
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/
316Ti
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/
316Ti
External Welding sleeves 21.3 mm 6.3 mm

and 14 mm 2.5 mm
External Welding sleeves 24 mm 7.1 mm
and 14 mm 2.5 mm
Accessories
Material acceptance test certificate EN 10204-3.1
1)
See Figure "Permissible working pressure as a function of the permissible working temperature"
1/298
Siemens FI 01 2015
Approx.
weight kg
Article No.
7MF 9 0 1 7 - 1 7A
0.8
0.8
A
B
1.6
1.6
1.6
F
G
H
1.6
1.6
0.8
7MF 9 0 1 7 - 2 7A
B
1.6
1.6
7MF9000-8AB
7MF9000-8AD
Siemens AG 2014
Compensation vessels
Overview
The compensation vessels prevent the level difference which occurs with pressure changes in the pressure lines and which falsifies the measurement.
88
,9
100
According to DIN 19211, the temperature in the compensation

vessel must be assumed to be 50 K less than the steam temperature in the pipe when calculating the wall thicknesses. This is
because the temperature in the compensation vessel during operation can only rise up to the saturated steam temperature.
100
A material acceptance test certificate A to EN 10204-3.1 is available for the materials from which the compensation vessels are
made.
Operating pressure
O
I Input (see Ordering data for dimensions)
O Output (see Ordering data for dimensions)
bar
500
Compensation vessel 7MF9015-1.., dimensions in mm

400
E
D
approx. 110
65
300
C
B
O
100
351)
581)
200
I Input (see Ordering data for dimensions)

O Output (see Ordering data for dimensions)
1)
30 mm longer with 7MF9015-5A.
0
100
200
300
400
500
600 C
Compensation vessel 7MF9015-5.., dimensions in mm

temperature
Compensation vessel, without certificate
Max.
Charac- Material
working
teristic1)
pressure
Mat. No. Connections

Input
Output
Approx. Approx.
contents weight
cm
kg
Article No.
7 MF 9 0 1 5 - 77A
160 bar (2321 psi) A
16 Mo 3
1.5415 Threaded socket G,
Threaded socket G,
form R, DIN 19207
form V, DIN 19207
250 bar (3626 psi) B
16 Mo 3
1.5415 Welding sleeve
Welding sleeve
21.3 mm 6.3 mm
21.3 mm 6.3 mm
250 bar (3626 psi) B
16 Mo 3
Welding sleeve
24 mm 7.1 mm
24 mm 7.1 mm
500 bar (7252 psi) E
11 CrMo 9 10 1.7383 Welding sleeve
Welding sleeve
24 mm 7.1 mm
24 mm 7.1 mm
250 bar (3626 psi) B
16 Mo 3
Welding sleeve
33.7 mm 4.5 mm
24 mm 7.1 mm
160 bar (2321 psi) A
16 Mo 3
1.5415 Threaded socket G,
Threaded socket G,
form R, DIN 19207
form V, DIN 19207
500 bar (7252 psi) D
16 Mo 3
Welding sleeve
21.3 mm 6.3 mm
21.3 mm 6.3 mm
500 bar (7252 psi) D
16 Mo 3
Welding sleeve
24 mm 7.1 mm
24 mm 7.1 mm
500 bar (7252 psi) E
11 CrMo 9 10 1.7383 Welding sleeve
Welding sleeve
24 mm 7.1 mm
24 mm 7.1 mm
Accessories
Material acceptance test certificate EN 10204-3.1
1)
250
0.8
1A
250
0.8
1B
250
1C
170
1D
700
0.7
1E
20
1.6
5A
20
1.6
5B
20
1.6
5C
20
1.6
5D
7MF9000-8AB
7MF9000-8AD
See Figure "Permissible working pressure as a function of the permissible working temperature"
Siemens FI 01 2015
1/299
Siemens AG 2014
Connection parts
Connection parts are available in the following versions:

Threaded flange pair G with stainless steel gasket
Nipple G form V to DIN 19207
Union nut G made of C 35 to DIN 16284
Gasket B (grooved) to DIN 19207
50
All connection parts are also available grease-free for oxygen.
17-1
14 -1
11,5
28
70
Overview
Article No.
Threaded flange pair G

7MF9007-4DA
Threaded flange 7MF9007-4CA/-4DA, dimensions in mm
8,7
Scope of delivery:
12
2x threaded flanges G to DIN 19207; material:

P250GH (mat. No. 1.0460)
4x hexagon screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014;
Material: C35E (mat. No. 1.1181)
17,5 -0,3
7MF9007-4CA
grease-free for oxygen, with stainless

steel gasket
11-0,1
with stainless steel gasket
5
2,5
37,5
4x hexagon screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24032

1x gasket G (7MF9007-6BA) grooved,
to DIN 19207;
Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2
(mat. No. 14571/316Ti)
Only for 7MF9007-4CA!
Nipple G 7MF9007-4KA/-4LA, dimensions in mm
1x gasket G (7MF9k007-6CA), grease-free for

oxygen, grooved, to DIN 19207;
(mat. No. 14571/316Ti)
Only for 7MF9007-4DA!
12,5
30
Union nut G 7MF9007-4MA/-4NA, dimensions in mm
Nipple G
to DIN 19207
Material: 16 Mo 3 (mat. No. 1.5415)
7MF9007-4KA
grease-free for oxygen,

(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
7MF9007-4LA
11,2
17
Union nut G
to DIN 16284
Gasket 7MF9007-6BA/-6CA, dimensions in mm
Material: C35E (mat. No. 1.1181)
7MF9007-4MA

(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
7MF9007-4NA
Gasket G
to DIN 19207, grooved
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
7MF9007-6BA

(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
7MF9007-6CA
1/300
1,5
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
2/2
2/7
2/11
2/18
2/25
2/31
2/38
2/45
Product overview
Transmitters for mounting in sensor
head
SITRANS TH100 two-wire system
(Pt100)
universal
universal, HART
SITRANS TH400 fieldbus transmitter
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR200 two-wire system
universal
SITRANS TR300 two-wire system
universal, HART
SITRANS TW four-wire system
universal, HART
2/126
2/130
2/134
2/138
2/142
2/146
2/150
2/154
2/158
2/57
2/62
2/71
Transmitters for field mounting

SITRANS TF280 WirelessHART
SITRANS TF two-wire system
SITRANS TF fieldbus transmitter
2/62
Field indicator
SITRANS TF Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA
2/78
2/100
2/105
2/109
SITRANS TS
Detailed product overview
Conversion assistance old appliance
Ordering examples
2/168
2/110
SITRANS TS100
Cable, mineral-insulated
2/170
2/114
SITRANS TS200
Compact, mineral-insulated
2/118
2/122
SITRANS TS300
for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
- Modular build
- Clamp-on build
2/162
2/166
2/167
2/169
2/172
2/173
2/174
SITRANS TS500
Type 2, tubular version without process
connection
Type 2N, tubular version, with screw socket
Type 2G, tubular version, with screw socket
and extension
Type 2F, tubular version, with flange and
extension
Type 3, tubular quick, without process
connection
Type 3G, tubular quick,
with screw socket and extension
Type 3F, tubular quick, with flange and
extension
Type 4+4F barstock thermowell, with
extension
For the installation of existing protective
tubes
SITRANS TSinsert
Measuring inserts for retrofits and
upgrades - European and American type
Resistance thermometers
Temperature transmitters for mounting in
the connection head
Questionnaire for temperature sensors
(resistance thermometers and thermocouples)
Flue gas resistance thermometers,
with connection head
Resistance thermometers for
damp rooms
Accessories Welding-type protective
tubes, neck tubes and connection heads
Thermocouples
Straight thermocouples
- to DIN 43733, with connection head
- Individual parts and accessories

catalogs and certificates for SITRANS T
address: www.siemens.com/sitranst
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Product overview
Overview
Application
Mounting of transmitter with

Ex protection
Page
Software for parameterization
Transmitter
Sensor
zone 2 and
zone 1
zone 2, zone 1 2/7

and zone 0
SIPROM T
SITRANS TH200
zone 2 and
zone 1
Transmitters for connection to
resistance thermometers, resistance-based sensors, thermocouples and DC voltages up to 1.1 V
Two-wire system
Universal
zone 2, zone 1 2/11

and zone 0
SIPROM T
SITRANS TH300
zone 2 and
zone 1
Two-wire system
Universal
HART
zone 2, zone 1 2/18

and zone 0
SIMATIC PDM
Temperature transmitter for head mounting

SITRANS TH100
Transmitters for Pt100
Two-wire system
SITRANS TH400
zone 2, zone 1 zone 2, zone 1, 2/25
and zone 21
zone 0, zone
21, zone 20
Fieldbus transmitters
PROFIBUS PA
FOUNDATION fieldbus
SIMATIC PDM for TH 400 with

PROFIBUS PA
Temperature transmitters for rail mounting
2/2
SITRANS TR200
and zone 21
zone 0, zone
21, zone 20
Two-wire system
Universal
SIPROM T
SITRANS TR300
and zone 21
zone 0, zone
21, zone 20
Two-wire system
Universal
HART
SIMATIC PDM
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Product overview
Application
Mounting of transmitter with

Ex protection
Transmitter
SITRANS TW
Safe area
resistance thermometers, resistance-based sensors, thermocouples, DC voltages and DC
currents for:
Four-wire system
Page
Software for parameterization
Sensor
zone 1, zone 0, 2/45
zone 21,
zone 20
SIMATIC PDM
SITRANS TF280
Transmitter for connection to resistance-based sensor
In field enclosure for heavy industrial use
battery-operated
WirelessHART
Local operation via buttons

SIMATIC PDM local with HART
modem and
wireless via WirelessHART
SITRANS TF
Zone 2 and
zone 1
HART, Universal
zone 2, zone 1 2/62

and zone 0
depending on the installed

TH200/TH300 transmitter
SITRANS TF
Zone 2 and
Fieldbus transmitters for connec- zone 1
tion to resistance thermometers,
resistance-based sensors, thermocouples and DC voltages up to
0.8 V
PROFIBUS PA
FOUNDATION fieldbus
zone 2, zone 1 2/71

and zone 0
SIMATIC PDM for PROFIBUS PA
--
Temperature transmitters for field mounting

2/57
Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA signals

SITRANS TF
Display of units can be userdefined
Zone 2 and
zone 1
2/62
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/3
Siemens AG 2014
Product overview
Type
Description
Page
Software for
parameterization
Replaceable
Mineral-insulated
2/162
2/164
Measuring inserts for temperature sensors

European type
American type
Temperature sensors
2/4
Siemens FI 01 2015
TS100
Cable connection
Universal use
For unfavorable space conditions
Mineral-insulated
2/110
TS200
Compact version
Universal use
Mineral-insulated
2/114
TS300
Resistance thermometer for food, pharmaceiticals and biotechnology

Modular design, for installation in pipelines and tanks
2/118
Clamp-on design, for attachment on the

pipe primarily for sterilization processes
2/122
TS500, Type 2
For the process industry

2/126
(piping and tanks)
Tubular thermowell for minimal to medium
stress
Thermowell as per DIN 43772, Type 2
without process connection
Without extension, plug-in or use with
moveable compression fittings
TS500, Type 2N

2/130
(vessels and pipings)
stress
Thermowell Type 2N similar to DIN 43772,
screwed in
Without extension, connection head not
adjustable
TS500, Type 2G

Tubular version for minimal to medium
stress
Thermowell as per DIN 43722, Type 2G,
screwed in
With extension
2/134
Siemens AG 2014
Product overview
Type
Description
Page
Software for
parameterization
TS500, Type 2F

stress
Thermowell as per DIN 43722, Type 2F
with flange
With extension
2/138
TS500, Type 3

2/142
stress
Thermowell as per DIN 43722, Type 3
without process connection, improved response time
Without extension, plug-in or use with
TS500, Type 3G

stress
screwed in, improved response time
With extension
2/146
TS500, Type 3F

2/150
stress
Thermowell as per DIN 43722, Type 3F
with flange, improved response time
With extension X
TS500, Type 4

2/154
Barstock thermowell for medium to highest stress
Thermowell as per DIN 43722
Type 4 for weld-in
Type 4F with flange

2/158
For the installation of existing thermowells
Suitable for thermowells as per
DIN 43772 as well as ASME B40.9-2001
With European or American type extension
TS500, Type 4F
TS500, installation
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/5
Siemens AG 2014
Product overview
Measuring instrument
Largest measuring range
Page
Flue gas resistance thermometers
-50 ... +600 C (-58 ... +1112 F)
2/168
Resistance thermometers for damp rooms
-30 ... +60 C (-22 ... +140 F)
2/169
Straight thermocouples
0 ... 1250 C (32 ... 2282 F)
2/173
Temperature sensors for combustion processes and damp rooms
2/6
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH100 two-wire system (Pt100)
Overview
Application
Used in conjunction with Pt100 resistance thermometers, the
SITRANS TH100 transmitters are ideal for measuring temperatures in all industries. Due to its compact size it can be installed
in the connection head type B (DIN 43729) or larger.
The output signal is a direct current from 4 to 20 mA that is proportional to the temperature.
Parameterization is implemented over the PC using the parameterization software SIPROM T and the modem for
SITRANS TH100/TH200. If you already have a "modem for
SITRANS TK" (Article No. 7NG3190-6KB), you can continue using this to parameterize the SITRANS TH100.
Transmitters of the "intrinsically-safe" type of protection can be
installed within potentially explosive atmospheres. The devices
comply with the Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX), as well as FM and
CSA regulations.
Function
The SITRANS TH100 dispenses with electrical isolation and universal sensor connection to provide a low-cost alternative for
Pt100 measurements.
For the parameterization, the SIPROM T software is used in combination with the modem for SITRANS TH100/TH200.
Its extremely compact design makes the SITRANS TH100 ideal
for the retrofitting of measuring points or for the use of analog
transmitters.
The transmitter is available as a non-Ex version as well as for use
in potentially explosive atmospheres.
Benefits
Mode of operation
The measured signal supplied by a Pt100 resistance thermometer (2, 3 or 4-wire system) is amplified in the input stage. The voltage, which is proportional to the input variable, is then converted
into digital signals by a multiplexer in an analog/digital converter.
They are converted in the microcontroller in accordance with the
sensor characteristics and further parameters (measuring
range, damping, ambient temperature etc.).
The signal prepared in this way is converted in a digital/analog
converter into a load-independent direct current of 4 to 20 mA.
An EMC filter protects the input and output circuits against electromagnetic interferences.
Two-wire transmitter
Assembly in connection head type B (DIN 43729) or larger, or
on a standard DIN rail
Can be programmed, which means that the sensor connection, measuring range, etc. can also be programmed
Intrinsically-safe version for use in potentially explosive areas
Input
Pt100
EMC_1
IC
MUX
A/D
Uref
Ic
6
A/D
5
Pt100
Output
D/A
U/I
EMC_1
MUX
C
EMC_2
Uaux
Iout
D/A
Resistance thermometer
Input level with protective components
Constant current source
Multiplexer
Analog-digital converter
Digital-analog converter
Voltage transformers, current
transformers, constant voltage
and reference voltage source
Output level with protective components
Output current
Microcontroller
C
Linearization functions and storage
of all data
Uref
+
U
EMC_2
Uaux, Iout
4 ... 20 mA
-
SITRANS TH100, function diagram
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/7
Siemens AG 2014
Input

Explosion protection ATEX
EC type test certificate
"Intrinsic gas safety" type of protection
Measured variable
Temperature
Sensor type
PT100 to IEC 60751
Temperature-linear
"Non-sparking" type of protection
Type of connection
2-, 3- or 4-wire circuit
Resolution
14 bit
Measuring accuracy
Span <250 C (450 F)
Span >250 C (450 F)
< 0.25 C (0.45 F)

< 0.1 % of span
Repeatability
< 0.1 C (0.18 F)
"Intrinsic dust safety" type of protection

Explosion protection FM for USA
and Canada (cFMUS)
FM approval
Measuring current
approx. 0.4 mA
Measuring cycle
< 0.7 s
Measuring range
-200 ... +850 C

-328 ... +1562 F)
Measuring span
25 ... 1050 C (77 ... 1922 F)
Unit
C or F
Offset
programmable:
-100 ... +100 C (-180 ... +180 F)
Line resistance
Max. 20 (total from feeder and

return conductor)
Noise rejection
50 and 60 Hz
Output
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA, two-wire
Auxiliary power
8.5 ... 36 V DC
(30 V for Ex ia and ib;
32 V for Ex nL/ic; 35 V for Ex nA)
Max. load
(Uaux - 8.5 V)/0.023 A
Overrange
3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable

(default range: 3.84 ... 20.5 mA)
Error signal (following sensor fault)

(conforming to NE43)

(default range: 3.6 mA or 22.8
mA)
Damping time
0 ... 30 s (default value: 0 s)
Protection
Against reversed polarity
Resolution
12 bit
Accuracy at 23 C (73.4 F)
< 0.1 % of span
Temperature effect
< 0.1 %/10 C (0.1 %/18 F)
Effect of auxiliary power
< 0.01 % of span/V
Effect of load impedance
< 0.025 % of max. span/100
Long-term drift
< 0.025 % of the max. span in

the first month
< 0.035 % of the max. span after
one year
< 0.05 % of the max. span after
5 years
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature range
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Storage temperature range
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Relative humidity
98 %, with condensation
According to EN 61326 and

NAMUR NE21
Construction
Weight
50 g
Dimensions
See dimensional drawing
Material
Molded plastic
Cross-section of cables
Max. 2.5 mm2 (AWG 13)

Enclosure
IP40
Terminals
IP00
2/8
Siemens FI 01 2015
Other certificates
Software requirements for
SIPROM T
PC operating system
PTB 05 ATEX 2049X

II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6/T4
II (1) 2 G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6/T4 Gb
II (1) 3 G Ex ic [ia Ga] IIC T6/T4 Gc
II 3 G Ex ic IIC T6/T4 Gc
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4 Gc
II 3 G Ex nA[ic] IIC T6/T4 Gc
II 1 D Ex ia IIIC T115 C Da
PID 3024169
IS Cl I, II, III, Div 1, GP ABCDEFG
T4/T5/T6
Cl I, ZN 0,1 AEx ia IIC T4/T5/T6
NI Cl I, II, III, Div 2, GP ABCDFG
T4/T5/T6
Cl I, ZN 2, NI IIC T4/T5/T6
GOST, NEPSI, PESO
Windows ME, 2000, XP, Win 7 and

Win 8; can also be used in connection with RS 232 modem
under Windows 95, 98 and 98SE
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
Without explosion protection
7NG3211-0NN00
With explosion protection "Intrinsic safety"

type of protection and for zone 2
- to ATEX
- to FM (cFMUS)
}
}
7NG3211-0AN00
7NG3211-0BN00
20.8 (0.82)
SITRANS TH100 temperature transmitters

for Pt100
for installation in connection head, type B
(DIN 43729), two-wire system, 4 ... 20 mA,
programmable, without electrical isolation
44 (1.73)
Order code
Further designs
Internal diameter
Center hole 6.3 (0.25)
4..20mA
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code(s)

Test report (5 measuring points)
C11
Measuring point no. (TAG), max. 8 characters
Y172)
Measuring point descriptor, max. 16 characters
Y232)
Pt100 (IEC) 2-wire, RL = 0
U023)
Pt100 (IEC) 3-wire
U033)
Pt100 (IEC) 4-wire
U043)
Special differing customer-specific programming, specify in plain text
Y094)
Fail-safe value 3.6 mA (instead of 22,8 mA)
U362)
Accessories
Article No.
}
Modem for SITRANS TH100, TH200, TR200
and TF with TH200 incl. SIPROM T parameterization software
With USB connection
7NG3092-8KU
MiniDVD for temperature measuring instru- }

ments
With documentation in German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese and
SIPROM T parameterization software
A5E00364512
7NG3092-8KA
Connecting cable
4-wire, 150 mm, for sensor connections when
using head transmitters in the high hinged
cover (set with 5 units)
6
4
7NG3092-8KC
Mounting screw
M4x25
3-W
Y011)
DIN rail adapters for head transmitters

(Quantity delivered: 5 units)
SIEMENS
Customer-specific programming
Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits):
Y01: ... to ... C, F
33 (1.3)
1(+) and 2(-)
3, 4, 5 and 6
Auxiliary power supply Uaux, output current IOut

Pt100 sensor (for connection, see
sensor connection assignment)
SITRANS TH100, dimensions in mm (inch)
Mounting on DIN rail
SITRANS TH100, mounting of transmitter on DIN rail

14 (0.55)
50.5 (1.99)
33 (1.30)

1)
59.6 (2.35)
For customer-specific programming for RTD and TC, the start value and
the end value of the required measuring span must be specified here.
2)
For this selection, Y01 or Y09 must also be selected.
3)
For this selection, Y01 must also be selected.
4) For customer-specific programming, for example mV and ohm, the start
value and the end value of the required measuring span and the unit must
be entered here.
Supply units see Chapter "Supplementary Components".
Ordering example
7NG3211-0NN00-Z Y01+Y23+U03
Y01: -10 ... +100 C
Y23: TICA1234HEAT
Factory setting:
Pt100 (IEC 751) with 3-wire circuit
Measuring range: 0 100 C (32 212 C)
Error signal in the event of sensor breakage: 22.8 mA
Sensor offset: 0 C (0 F)
Damping 0.0 s
DIN rail adaptor, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/9
Siemens AG 2014
Schematics
6
6
4
3-W
3-W
6
4
Pt100
Two-wire system
(parameterizable line
resistance)
Three-wire system
Uaux
3
6
4
Pt100
3-W
4..20mA
5
1
SIEMENS
Pt100
6
5
Four-wire system
Connection of auxiliary
power supply (Uaux)
power supply (Uaux)
SITRANS TH100, sensor connection assignment
2/10
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TH200 two-wire system, universal
Overview
Application
SITRANS TH200 transmitters can be used in all industrial sectors. Due to their compact size they can be installed in the connection head type B (DIN 43729) or larger. The following sensors/signal sources can be connected over their universal input
module:
Resistance thermometers (2, 3 or 4-wire system)
Thermocouples
Resistance-based sensors and DC voltage sources
The output signal is a direct current from 4 to 20 mA in accordance with the sensor characteristic.
Transmitters of the "intrinsically safe" type of protection can be installed within potentially explosive atmospheres. The devices
CSA regulations.
Function
Ultra flexible - with the universal SITRANS TH200 transmitter
Two-wire devices for 4 to 20 mA
Mounting in the connection head of the temperature sensor
Universal input for virtually any type of temperature sensor
Configurable over PC
Benefits
Compact design
Flexible mounting and center hole allow you to select your preferred type of installation
Electrically isolated
Test sockets for multimeters
Diagnostics LED (green/red)
Sensor monitoring
open circuits and short-circuits
Self-monitoring
Configuration status stored in EEPROM
SIL2 (with Order Code C20), SIL2/3 (with C23)
Expanded diagnostic functions, such as slave pointer, operating hours counter, etc.
Special characteristic
Electromagnetic compatibility to EN 61326 and NE21
The SITRANS TH200 is configured over a PC. A USB or RS 232

modem is linked to the output terminals for this purpose. The
configuration data can now be edited using the SIPROM T software tool. The configuration data are then permanently stored in
the non-volatile memory (EEPROM).
Once the sensors and power supply have been correctly connected, the transmitter outputs a temperature-linear output signal and the diagnostics LED displays a green light. In the case
of a sensor short-circuit, the LED flashes red, an internal device
fault is indicated by a steady red light.
The test socket can be used to connect an ammeter at any time
for monitoring purposes and plausibility checks. The output current can be read without any interruption, or even without opening the current loop.
SITRANS TH200/TH300
(2)
Test
TC/RTD
sensor
+1
A
D
Input
A/D
Sensors
C1
mC2
mC1
Resistance thermometer, thermocouple,
resistance-based sensor, mV sensor
Microcontroller, secondary circuit
(1)
D
A
4 ... 20 mA
Uaux, Iout
-2
Output
C2
D/A
Uaux
Iout
Microcontroller, primary circuit

Output current
(1) Electrically isolated

(2) LED
SITRANS TH200 function diagram

Siemens FI 01 2015
2/11
Siemens AG 2014
Input
Measured variable
Temperature
Sensor type
Response time
250 ms for 1 sensor with opencircuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring
Always active (cannot be disabled)
Short-circuit monitoring
can be switched on/off (default

value: OFF)
Measuring range
parameterizable max. 0 ... 2200

(see table "Digital measuring
errors")
to IEC 60751
Pt25 Pt1000
To JIS C 1604; a = 0.00392 K-1
Pt25 Pt1000
to IEC 60751
Ni25 Ni1000
Special type
over special characteristic (max.

30 points)
Min. measured span
5 ... 25 (see Table "Digital

measuring errors")
Sensor factor
0.25 ... 10 (adaptation of the

basic type, e.g. Pt100 to version
Pt25 ... 1000)
Resistance-linear or special characteristic
Units
C or F
Connection
Standard connection
1 resistance thermometer (RTD)

in 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire system
Generation of average value
2 identical resistance thermometers in 2-wire system for generation of average temperature
Generation of difference
2 identical resistance thermometers (RTD) in 2-wire system

(RTD 1 RTD 2 or RTD 2 RTD 1)
Interface
Thermocouples
Measured variable
Type B
Type C
Type D
Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh to DIN IEC 584

W5 %-Re acc. to ASTM 988
Type E
Type J
Type K
NiCr-CuNi to DIN IEC 584

Fe-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
NiCr-Ni to DIN IEC 584
Type L
Type N
Type R
Fe-CuNi to DIN 43710

NiCrSi-NiSi to DIN IEC 584
Pt13Rh-Pt to DIN IEC 584
Cu-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
Cu-CuNi to DIN 43710
C or F
Two-wire system
Parameterizable line resistance

100 (loop resistance)
Three-wire system
No balancing required
Four-wire system
Type S
Type T
Type U
Sensor current
0.45 mA
Units
Response time
Connection

value: ON)
Measuring range
parameterizable (see table "Digital measuring errors")
Min. measured span
10 C (18 F)
Temperature-linear or special
characteristic
Resistance-based sensors
Temperature
Sensor type (thermocouples)
Standard connection
1 thermocouple (TC)
2 thermocouples (TC)
2 thermocouples (TC) (TC1 TC2

or TC2 TC1)
Response time
Can be switched off
Cold junction compensation

Internal
With integrated Pt100 resistance

thermometer
External
With external Pt100 IEC 60571

(2-wire or 3-wire connection)
Measured variable
Actual resistance
Sensor type
Resistance-based, potentiometers
External fixed
Cold junction temperature can be

set as fixed value
Units
Measuring range
Parameterizable (see table "Digital measuring errors")
Normal connection
1 resistance-based sensor (R) in

2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire system
Min. measured span
2 resistance-based sensors in
2-wire system for generation of
average value
Min. 40 ... 100 C (72 ... 180 F)

errors")
characteristic
2 resistance thermometers in
2-wire system
(R1 R2 or R2 R1)
Measured variable
DC voltage
Sensor type
DC voltage source (DC voltage

source possible over an externally connected resistor)
Connection
Interface
mV sensor
Two-wire system

Units
mV
Three-wire system
Response time
Four-wire system
Sensor current
0.45 mA
Can be switched off
Measuring range
-10 ... +70 mV-100 +1100 mV
2/12
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Min. measured span
2 mV or 20 mV
Overload capability of the input
-1.5 ... +3.5 V DC
Input resistance
1 M
PTB 05 ATEX 2040X
Voltage-linear or special characteristic
"Intrinsic safety" type of protection
II 2 (1) G Ex ia/ib IIC T6/T4
II 3(1) G Ex ia/ic IIC T6/T4
II 1D Ex iaD 20 T115 C
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire
Auxiliary power
11 ... 35 V DC ((to 30 V for Ex ia

and ib; to 32 V for Ex nA / nL / ic)
"Operating equipment that is nonignitable and has limited energy"

type of protection
II 3 G Ex nL IIC T6/T4
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4
Max. load
(Uaux 11 V)/0.023 A
Explosion protection: FM for USA
Overrange

(default range: 3.80 mA ...
20.5 mA)
FM approval
FM 3024169
IS / Cl I, II, III / Div 1 / GP

ABCDEFG T6, T5, T4
Cl I / ZN 0 / AEx ia IIC T6, T5, T4
NI / Cl I / Div 2 / GP ABCDFG T6,
T5, T4
NI / Cl I / ZN 2 / IIC T6, T5, T4
Output
Error signal (e.g. following sensor

fault) (conforming to NE43)

Sample cycle
0.25 s nominal
Damping
Software filter 1st order 0 ... 30 s

(parameterizable)
Protection
FM approval
FM 3024169C
Input against output (1 kVeff)
IS / Cl I, II, III / Div 1/ GP

ABCDEFG T6, T5, T4
NI / Cl I / DIV 2 / GP ABCD T6, T5,
T4
NIFW / Cl I, II, III / DIV 2 / GP
ABCDFG T6, T5, T4
DIP / Cl II, III / Div 2 / GP FG T6,
T5, T4
Cl I / ZN 0 / Ex ia IIC T6, T5, T4
Cl I / ZN 2 / Ex nA nL IIC T6, T5,
T4
Other certificates
GOST, NEPSI, PESO, IEC,

EXPOLABS
Explosion protection to FM for Canada (cFMUS)
Measuring accuracy
Digital measuring errors
See table "Digital measuring

errors"
Auxiliary power
24 V 1 %
Load
500
Ambient temperature
23 C
Warming-up time
> 5 min
Error in the analog output (digital/analog converter)
< 0.025 % of span
Error due to internal cold junction
< 0.5 C (0.9 F)

Analog measuring error
0.02 % of span/10C (18 F)

- with resistance thermometers
0.06 C (0.11 F)/10C (18 F)
- with thermocouples
0.6 C (1.1 F)/10C (18 F)
Auxiliary power effect
< 0.001 % of span/V
< 0.002 % of span/100
Long-term drift
In the first month
< 0.02 % of span
After one year
< 0.2 % of span
After 5 years
< 0.3 % of span

SIPROM T
PC operating system

Win 8; can also be used in connection with RS 232 modem
under Windows 95, 98 and 98SE
Factory setting:
Measuring range: 0 ... 100 C (32 ... 212 F)
Fault current: 22.8 mA
Damping 0.0 s
Conditions of use
Ambient conditions
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Relative humidity
< 98 %, with condensation
acc. to EN 61326 and NE21
Construction
Material
Molded plastic
Weight
50 g (0.11 lb)
Dimensions
See "Dimensional drawings"
Max. 2.5 mm (AWG 13)

Enclosure
IP40
Terminals
IP00
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/13
Siemens AG 2014
Thermocouples
Input
Input
Measuring range
Min. measured span
Digital
accuracy
C / (F)
(F)
(F)
Pt25
-200 ... +850

(-328 ... +1562)
10
(18)
0,3
Pt50
-200 ... +850

(-328 ... +1562)
10
(18)
Pt100 ... Pt200
-200 ... +850

(-328 ... +1562)
10
Pt500
-200 ... +850

(-328 ... +1562)
Pt1000
Measuring range
Min. measured span
Digital
accuracy
(F)
C/(F)
(F)
Type B
0 ... 1820
(32 ... 3308)
100
(180) 21)
(3.60)1)
(0.54)
Type C (W5)
0 ... 2300
(32 ... 4172)
100
(180) 2
(3.60)
0,15
(0.27)
Type D (W3)
0 ... 2300
(32 ... 4172)
100
(180) 12)
(1.80)2)
(18)
0,1
(0.18)
Type E
-200 ... +1000

(-328 ... +1832)
50
(90)
(1.80)
10
(18)
0,15
(0.27)
Type J
-210 ... +1200

(-346 ... +2192)
50
(90)
(1.80)
-200 ... +350

(-328 ... +662)
10
(18)
0,15
(0.27)
Type K
-230 ... +1370

(-382 ... +2498)
50
(90)
(1.80)
Type L
(90)
(1.80)
-200 ... +649

(-328 ... +1200)
10
(18)
0,3
(0.54)
-200 ... +900

(-328 ... +1652)
50
Pt25
Type N
(90)
(1.80)
-200 ... +649

(-328 ... +1200)
10
(18)
0,15
(0.27)
-200 ... +1300

(-328 ... +2372)
50
Pt50
Type R
(180) 2
(3.60)
-200 ... +649

(-328 ... +1200)
10
(18)
0,1
(0.18)
-50 ... +1760

(-58 ... +3200)
100
Pt100 ... Pt200
Type S
(180) 2
(3.60)
-200 ... +649

(-328 ... +1200)
10
(18)
0,15
(0.27)
-50 ... +1760

(-58 ... +3200)
100
Pt500
Type T
(72)
(1.80)
-200 ... +350

(-328 ... +662)
10
(18)
0,15
(0.27)
-200 ... +400

(-328 ... +752)
40
Pt1000
Type U
(90)
(3.60)
-60 ... +250

(-76 ... +482)
10
(18)
0,1
(0.18)
-200 ... +600

(-328 ... +1112)
50
Ni 25 ... Ni1000
to IEC 60751
to JIS C1604-81
Input
1)
The digital accuracy in the range 0 to 300 C (32 to 572 F) is 3 C (5.4 F).
2)
The digital accuracy in the range 1750 to 2300 C (3182 to 4172 F) is 2 C

(3.6 F).
Measuring range
Min. measured span
Digital
accuracy
mV sensor
Input
Resistance
0 ... 390
0,05
Resistance
0 ... 2200
25
0,25
Measuring
range
Min. measured
span
Digital
accuracy
mV
mV
mV sensor
-10 ... +70
40
mV sensor
-100 ... +1100
20
400
The digital accuracy is the accuracy after the analog/digital conversion including linearization and calculation of the measured
value.
An additional error is generated in the output current 4 to 20 mA
as a result of the digital/analog conversion of 0.025 % of the set
span (digital-analog error).
The total error under reference conditions at the analog output is
the sum from the digital error and the digital-analog error (poss.
with the addition of cold junction errors in the case of thermocouple measurements).
2/14
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
Temperature transmitter SITRANS TH200

(DIN 43729), two-wire system, 4 ... 20 mA,
programmable, with electrical isolation
} 7NG3211-1NN00
With explosion protection

- to ATEX
} 7NG3211-1AN00
- to FM (cFMUS)
} 7NG3211-1BN00
Further designs
Order code
Accessories
Article No.
Modem for SITRANS TH100, TH200, TR200 }

With USB connection
7NG3092-8KU

ments
A5E00364512
7NG3092-8KA

Connecting cable
7NG3092-8KC
With test protocol (5 measuring points)
C11
Functional safety SIL2
C20
Functional safety SIL2/3
C23

1)
2)
3)
4)
Internal cold junction compensation is selected as the default for TC.
5)
For customer-specific programming, for example mV and ohm, the start

be entered here.

Y01: ... to ... C, F
Y011)
Y172)
Y232)
Measuring point message, max. 32 characters
Y242)
U023)
Pt100 (IEC) 3-wire
U033)
Ordering example 1:
Pt100 (IEC) 4-wire
U043)
Thermocouple type B
U203)4)
Thermocouple type C (W5)
U213)4)
7NG3211-1NN00-Z Y01+Y17+U03
Y01: -10 ... +100 C
Y17: TICA123
Thermocouple type D (W3)
U223)4)
Ordering example 2:
Thermocouple type E
U233)4)
Thermocouple type J
U243)4)
Thermocouple type K
U253)4)
7NG3211-1NN00-Z Y01+Y23+U25
Y01: -10 ... +100 C
Y23: TICA1234HEAT
Thermocouple type L
U263)4)
Thermocouple type N
U273)4)
Thermocouple type R
U283)4)
Thermocouple type S
U293)4)
Thermocouple type T
U303)4)
Thermocouple type U
U313)4)
With TC: CJC external (Pt100, 3-wire)
U41
With TC: CJC external with fixed value, specify

in plain text
Y50
Y095)
U362)
Cable extension
Transmitter with installed cable extension
200 mm (7.81 inch),
for Pt100 in four-wire system
W01
Factory setting:
Measuring range: 0 100 C (32 212 F)
Damping 0.0 s
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/15
Siemens AG 2014
44 (1.73)
33 (1.30)
(1)
st
Te
(2)
4...20 mA
SIEMENS
(2)
3-W
(3)
(1)
Te
st
+ -
14 (0.55)
50.5 (1.99)
33 (1.30)
59.6 (2.35)
26.3 (1.04)
(4)
M4 x 30
1(+) and 2(-)
3, 4, 5 and 6
Test (+), Test (-)

Pt100 sensor (for connections, see Sensor
connection assignment)
Measurement of the output current with a multimeter
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Test terminal
Mounting screw M4x30
LED for operation indication
Internal diameter of center hole 6.3 (0.25)
DIN rail adapter, dimensions in mm (inch)
SITRANS TH200, dimensions and pin assignment, dimensions in mm

(inch)
2/16
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Schematics
6
+ -
+ TC -
6
+ -

Internal/fixed value
Two-wire system 1)
3-W
3-W
Two-wire system 1)
RTD
6
+ -
3-W
6
+ -
6
+ -
RTD
3-W
3-W
Thermocouple
Resistance
3-W
6
+ -
+ TC -
R
RTD
6
+ -
Cold junction compensation with

external Pt100 in two-wire system 1)
6
+ -
3-W
3-W
Three-wire system
3-W
Three-wire system
6
+ -
+ TC -
3-W
6
+ -

external Pt100 in three-wire system
Four-wire system
3-W
Four-wire system
RTD
6
+ -
RTD2
3-W
RTD
6
+ -
+ TC2 -
R2
+ TC1 -
R1
RTD1
Generation of average
value / difference 1)
Generation of average value / difference

with internal cold junction compensation
Programmable line resistance for the purpose of correction.
Voltage measurement
3-W
6
+ -
Current measurement
6
+ -
power supply (Uaux)
3
3-W
1)
st
Te
Uaux
4..20mA
SIEMENS
+
I
Te
st
6
5
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/17
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TH300 two-wire system, universal, HART
Overview
Application
SITRANS TH300 transmitters can be used in all industrial sectors. Due to their compact size they can be installed in the connection head type B (DIN 43729) or larger. The following sensors/signal sources can be connected over their universal input
module:
Thermocouples
The output signal is a direct current from 4 to 20 mA in accordance with the sensor characteristic, superimposed by the digital HART signal.
CSA regulations.
Function
"HART" to beat - the universal SITRANS TH300 transmitter
Two-wire devices for 4 to 20 mA, HART
Mounting in the connection head of the temperature sensor
Configurable over HART
The SITRANS TH300 is configured over HART. This can be done

using a handheld communicator or even more conveniently with
a HART modem and the SIMATIC PDM parameterization software. The configuration data are then permanently stored in the
non-volatile memory (EEPROM).
Benefits
Compact design
Flexible mounting and center hole allow you to select your preferred type of installation
Sensor monitoring
Self-monitoring
SITRANS TH200/TH300
(2)
Test
TC/RTD
sensor
+1
A
D
Input
A/D
Sensors
C1
Resistance thermometer, thermocouple,
resistance-based sensor, mV sensor
SITRANS TH 300 function diagram
2/18
Siemens FI 01 2015
mC2
mC1
(1)
D
A
4 ... 20 mA
Uaux, Iout
-2
Output
C2
D/A
Uaux
Iout

Output current
(1) Electrically isolated

(2) LED
Siemens AG 2014
Input
Response time

value: OFF)
Measuring range

errors")
Measured variable
Temperature
Sensor type
to IEC 60751
Pt25 Pt1000
To JIS C 1604; a = 0.00392 K-1
Pt25 Pt1000
to IEC 60751
Ni25 Ni1000
Min. measured span
Special type

30 points)
5 ... 25 (see table "Digital measuring errors")
Sensor factor

Pt25 ... 1000)
Measured variable
C or F
Units
Connection
Standard connection
Thermocouples
Temperature
Type B

Type C
Type D
Type E
Type J
Type K
Type L
Type N
Type R
Type S
Type T
Type U
Units
C or F
2 identical resistance thermometers (RTD) in 2-wire system

(RTD 1 RTD 2 or RTD 2 RTD 1)
Interface
Two-wire system

Three-wire system
Four-wire system
Sensor current
0.45 mA
Response time
Standard connection
1 thermocouple (TC)

value: ON)

or TC2 TC1)
Measuring range
Response time
Min. measured span
10 C (18 F)
can be switched off
characteristic
Connection
Internal

thermometer
Measured variable
Actual resistance
External
Sensor type

External fixed
Units

set as fixed value
Measuring range
Connection
Normal connection

Min. measured span
average value
Min. 40 ... 100 C (72 ... 180 F)

errors")
2 resistance thermometers in 2wire system

(R1 R2 or R2 R1)
characteristic
Measured variable
DC voltage
Sensor type

Units
mV
Response time
Can be switched off
Interface
Two-wire system

Three-wire system
Four-wire system
Sensor current
0.45 mA
mV sensor
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/19
Siemens AG 2014
Measuring range
-10 ... +70 mV

-100 +1100 mV
Min. measured span
2 mV or 20 mV
-1.5 ... +3.5 V DC
Input resistance
1 M
Construction
Material
Molded plastic
Weight
50 g (0.11 lb)
Dimensions
Output
Enclosure
IP40
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire with communication acc. to HART Rev. 5.9
Terminals
IP00
Auxiliary power
11 ... 35 V DC (to 30 V for Ex ia

and ib; to 32 V for Ex nA/nL/ic)
Max. load
(Uaux 11 V)/0.023 A
Overrange

(default range: 3.80 mA ...
20.5 mA)

fault)
(conforming to NE43)

Sample cycle
0.25 s nominal
Damping

(parameterizable)
FM approval
FM 3024169
IS / Cl I, II, III / Div 1 / GP

ABCDEFG T6, T5, T4
Cl I / ZN 0 / AEx ia IIC T6, T5, T4
NI / Cl I / Div 2 / GP ABCDFG T6,
T5, T4
NI / Cl I / ZN 2 / IIC T6, T5, T4
Protection

PTB 05 ATEX 2040X
II 2 (1) G Ex ia/ib IIC T6/T4
II 1D Ex iaD 20 T115 C

type of protection
Measuring accuracy
See Table "Digital measuring

errors"
Auxiliary power
24 V 1 %
Load
500
Ambient temperature
23 C
Warming-up time
> 5 min
< 0.025 % of span
< 0.5 C (0.9 F)
Explosion protection to FM for

Canada (cFMUS)
FM approval
FM 3024169C
IS / Cl I, II, III / Div 1/ GP

ABCDEFG T6, T5, T4
NI / Cl I / DIV 2 / GP ABCD T6, T5,
T4
NIFW / Cl I, II, III / DIV 2 / GP
ABCDFG T6, T5, T4
DIP / Cl II, III / Div 2 / GP FG T6,
T5, T4
Cl I / ZN 0 / Ex ia IIC T6, T5, T4
Cl I / ZN 2 / Ex nA nL IIC T6, T5,
T4
Other certificates
GOST, NEPSI, PESO, IEC,

EXPOLABS

0.02 % of span/10C (18 F)

0.06 C (0.11 F)/10C (18 F)
0.6 C (1.1 F)/10C (18 F)
< 0.001 % of span/V
< 0.002 % of span/100
Long-term drift
In the first month
< 0.02 % of span
After one year
< 0.2 % of span
After 5 years
< 0.3 % of span
Conditions of use
Ambient conditions
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Relative humidity
2/20
Siemens FI 01 2015
Factory setting:
Damping 0.0 s
Siemens AG 2014
Thermocouples
Input
Input
Measuring range
Min. measured span
Digital
accuracy
C/(F)
(F)
(F)
to IEC 60751
Measuring range
Min. measured span
Digital
accuracy
C
C/(F)
(F)
Type B
0 ... 1820
(32 ... 3308)
100
(180) 21)
(F)
(3.60)1)
Type C (W5)
0 ... 2300
(32 ... 4172)
100
(180) 2
(3.60)
Type D (W3)
0 ... 2300
(32 ... 4172)
100
(180) 12)
(1.80)2)
Type E
-200 ... +1000

(-328 ... +1832)
50
(90)
(1.80)
Type J
-210 ... +1200

(-346 ... +2192)
50
(90)
(1.80)
Type K
-230 ... +1370

(-382 ... +2498)
50
(90)
(1.80)
Type L
-200 ... +900

(-328 ... +1652)
50
(90)
(1.80)
Pt25
-200 ... +850

(-328 ... +1562)
10
(18)
0,3
(0.54)
Pt50
-200 ... +850

(-328 ... +1562)
10
(18)
0,15
(0.27)
Pt100 ... Pt200
-200 ... +850

(-328 ... +1562)
10
(18)
0,1
(0.18)
Pt500
-200 ... +850

(-328 ... +1562)
10
(18)
0,15
(0.27)
Pt1000
-200 ... +350

(-328 ... +662)
10
(18)
0,15
(0.27)
Pt25
-200 ... +649

(-328 ... +1200)
10
(18)
0,3
(0.54)
Type N
-200 ... +1300

(-328 ... +2372)
50
(90)
(1.80)
Pt50
-200 ... +649

(-328 ... +1200)
10
(18)
0,15
(0.27)
Type R
-50 ... +1760

(-58 ... +3200)
100
(180) 2
(3.60)
Pt100 ... Pt200
-200 ... +649

(-328 ... +1200)
10
(18)
0,1
(0.18)
Type S
-50 ... +1760

(-58 ... +3200)
100
(180) 2
(3.60)
Pt500
-200 ... +649

(-328 ... +1200)
10
(18)
0,15
(0.27)
Type T
-200 ... +400

(-328 ... +752)
40
(72)
(1.80)
Pt1000
-200 ... +350

(-328 ... +662)
10
(18)
0,15
(0.27)
Type U
-200 ... +600

(-328 ... +1112)
50
(90)
(3.60)
Ni 25 to Ni1000
-60 ... +250

(-76 ... +482)
10
(18)
0,1
(0.18)
to JIS C1604-81
Input
Measuring range
Min. measured span
Digital
accuracy
Resistance
0 ... 390
0,05
Resistance
0 ... 2200
25
0,25
1)
2)
The digital accuracy in the range 1750 to 2300 (3182 to 4172 F) is 2 C

(3.6 F).
mV sensor
Input
Measuring range
Min. measured span
Digital
accuracy
mV
mV
mV sensor
-10 ... +70
40
mV sensor
-100 ... +1100
20
400
value.
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/21
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.

(DIN 43729), two-wire system 4 ... 20 mA,
communication capable to HART, with galvanic isolation
} 7NG3212-0NN00

- to ATEX
} 7NG3212-0AN00
- to FM (CFMUS)
} 7NG3212-0BN00
Further designs
Order code

with test protocol (5 measuring points)
C11
C20
C23
Accessories
Article No.

ments
A5E00364512
HART modem
With USB connection
7MF4997-1DB
SIMATIC PDM operating software
See Section 8
7NG3092-8KA

Connecting cable
7NG3092-8KC
1)
2)
3)
Y172)
4)
Y232)
5)
Y242)

be entered here.
U023)
Pt100 (IEC) 3-wire
U033)
Pt100 (IEC) 4-wire
U043)
Thermocouple type B
U203)4)
U213)4)
7NG3212-0NN00-Z Y01+Y17+U03
Y01: -10 ... +100 C
Y17: TICA123
U223)4)
Ordering example 2:
Thermocouple type E
U233)4)
Thermocouple type J
U243)4)
Thermocouple type K
U253)4)
7NG3212-0NN00-Z Y01+Y23+U25
Y01: -10 ... +100 C
Y23: TICA1234HEAT
Thermocouple type L
U263)4)
Thermocouple type N
U273)4)
Thermocouple type R
U283)4)
Thermocouple type S
U293)4)
Thermocouple type T
U303)4)
Thermocouple type U
U313)4)

Y01: ... to ... C, F
Y011)
U41

in plain text
Y50
Y095)
U362)
Cable extension
Transmitter with installed cable extension
200 mm (7.87 inch),
for Pt100 in four-wire system
W01
2/22
Siemens FI 01 2015
Ordering example 1:
Factory setting:
Damping 0.0 s
Siemens AG 2014
44 (1.73)
33 (1.30)
(1)
st
Te
(2)
4...20 mA
SIEMENS
(2)
3-W
(3)
(1)
Te
st
+ -
(4)
50.5 (1.99)
33 (1.30)
59.6 (2.35)
26.3 (1.04)
14 (0.55)
M4 x 30
1(+) and 2(-)
3, 4, 5 and 6
Test (+), Test (-)

Pt100 sensor (for connections, see Sensor
connection assignment)
Measurement of the output current with a multimeter
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Test terminal
Mounting screw M4x30
LED for operation indication
Internal diameter of center hole 6.3 (0.25)
DIN rail adapter, dimensions in mm (inch)
SITRANS TH300, dimensions and pin assignment, dimensions in mm

(inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/23
Siemens AG 2014
Schematics
6
+ -
6
+ -
+ TC -
6
+ -

Two-wire system 1)
3-W
3-W
Two-wire system 1)
6
5
RTD
6
+ 5
3-W
6
+ -
RTD
3-W
3-W
Thermocouple
Resistance
3-W
6
+ -
+ TC -
R
RTD
6
+ -

6
+ -
3-W
3-W
Three-wire system
3-W
Three-wire system
6
+ -
+ TC -
3-W
6
+ -

Four-wire system
3-W
Four-wire system
RTD
6
+ -
RTD2
3-W
RTD
6
+ -
+ TC2 -
R2
+ TC1 -
R1
RTD1

Voltage measurement
3-W
6
+ -
Current measurement
6
+ -
power supply (Uaux)
3
3-W
1)
st
Te
Uaux
4..20mA
SIEMENS
+
I
2/24
Siemens FI 01 2015
Te
st
6
5
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Application
Linearized temperature measurement with resistance thermometers or thermal elements
Differential, mean-value or redundant temperature measurement with resistance thermometers or thermal elements
Linear resistance and bipolar millivolt measurements
Differential, mean-value or redundant resistance and bipolar
millivolt measurements
Function
Features
Mounting in connection head, type B, to DIN 43729, or larger
Polarity-neutral bus connection
24-bit analog-digital converter for high resolution
Intrinsically-safe version for use in potentially explosive areas
Sensor redundance
SITRANS TH400 fieldbus transmitters

Versions:
For FOUNDATION fieldbus
For PROFIBUS PA
With PROFIBUS PA communication

Function blocks: 2 x analog
The SITRANS TH400 temperature transmitter is a small field bus

transmitter for mounting in the connection head of form B. Extensive functionality enables the temperature transmitter to be precisely adapted to the plants requirements. Operation is very
simple in spite of the numerous setting options. Thanks to its universal concept it can be used in all industries and is easy to integrate in the context of Totally Integrated Automation applications.
CSA regulations.
With FOUNDATION fieldbus communication

Function blocks: 2 x analog and 1 x PID
Functionality: Basic or LAS
Mode of operation
The following function diagram explains the mode of operation
of the transmitter.
The only difference between the two versions of the SITRANS
TH400 (7NG3214-... and 7NG3215-...) is the type of fieldbus
protocol used (PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION fieldbus).
Installing SITRANS TH400 in temperature sensors turns them

into complete, bus-capable measuring points; compact - and in
a single device.
Transformer
Input 1
Input 2
Differential
Mean value
Redundancy
Terminal temperature
Engineering units
Table linearization
Polynomial linearization
Process calibration
Optional inputs:
- Resistance thermometer
- Thermocouple
- mV sensor
- Resistance-based sensors
Input 1
5
4
Input 2
A/D
converter
CPU
Communication
Internal
Pt100
EEPROM
Complex configuration
Correction coefficient
Factory settings
Ex power circuit
Electrically
isolated
1
Bus connection
- PROFIBUS protocol (7NG3214)

or
- Foundation Fieldbus protocol (7NG3215)
SITRANS TH400, function diagram
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/25
Siemens AG 2014
System communication
Thermocouple
Output:
Bus
terminator
PROFIBUS PA
Segment
coupler
2
SITRANS
TH400 PA
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Segment
coupler
2
SITRANS
TH400 FF
Measuring range
Type B
400 .. +1820 C (752 ... 3308 F)
Type E
-100 ... +1000 C (-148 ... +1832 F)
Type J
-100 ... +1000 C (-148 ... +1832 F)
Type K
-100 ... +1200 C (-148 ... +2192 F)
Type N
-180 ... +1300 C (-292 ... +2372 F)
Type R
-50 ... +1760 C (-58 ... +3200 F)
Type S
-50 ... +1760 C (-58 ... +3200 F)
Type T
-200 ... +400 C (-328 ... +752 F)
to DIN 43710
Bus connection
Bus
terminator
to IEC 584
Type L
-200 ... +900 C (-328 ... +1652 F)
Type U
-200 ... +600 C (-328 ... +1112 F)
to ASTM E988-90
Type W3
0 ... 2300 C (32 ... +4172 F)
Type W5
0 ... 2300 C (32 ... +4172 F)
External cold junction compensation
-40 ... +135 C (-40 ... +275 F)
Sensor fault detection

Bus connection
SITRANS TH400, communication interface
Sensor break detection
Yes
Sensor short-circuit detection
Yes, < 3 mV
Sensor current in the event of

open-circuit monitoring
4 A
mV sensor - voltage input
Input
Measuring range
-800 ... +800 mV
Analog-to-digital conversion
Input resistance
10 M
Measurement rate
< 50 ms
Output
Resolution
24-bit
Filter time (programmable)
0 ... 60 s
Update time
< 400 ms
Pt25 ... Pt1000 to IEC 60751/JIS C

1604
Measuring accuracy
Measuring range
-200 ... +850 C

(-328 ... +1562 F)
Ni25 ... Ni1000 to DIN 43760

Measuring range
Accuracy is defined as the higher

value of general values and basic
values.
General values
-60 ... +250 C

(-76 ... +482 F)
Cu10 ... Cu1000, = 0.00427

Measuring range
-50 ... +200 C

(-58 ... +392 F)
Line resistance per sensor cable
Max. 50
Sensor current
Nominal 0.2 mA
Type of input
Absolute accuracy
Temperature
coefficient
All
0.05 % of the 0.002 % of

measured value the measured
value/C
Basic values
Type of input
Basic accuracy
Temperature
coefficient
Pt100 and Pt1000
0.1 C
0.002 C/C
Yes
Ni100
0.15 C
0.002 C/C
Yes, < 15
Cu10
1.3 C
0.02 C/C
0.05
0.002 /C
Measuring range
0 ... 10 k
Voltage source
10 V
0.2 % V/C
Max. 50
0.5 C
0.01 C/C
Sensor current
Nominal 0.2 mA
Thermocouple, type:
E, J, K, L, N, T, U
Thermocouple, type:
B, R, S, W3, W5
1 C
0.025 C/C
0.5 C

Yes
Yes, < 15
2/26
Siemens FI 01 2015
Warming-up time
30 s
Signal-to-noise ratio
Min. 60 dB
Calibration condition
20 ... 28 C (68 ... 82 F)
Siemens AG 2014
Conditions of use
Ambient conditions
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
KEMA 06 ATEX 0264
Permissible storage temperature
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Relative humidity
II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4...T6
II 2(1) G Ex ib[ia] IIC T4...T6
II 1 D Ex iaD
KEMA 06 ATEX 0263 X
Type of protection for "equipment

is non-arcing"
II 3 GD Ex nA[nL] IIC T4...T6

II 3 GD Ex nL IIC T4...T6
II 3 GD Ex nA[ic] IIC T4...T6
II 3 GD Ex ic IIC T4...T6
Insulation resistance
Test voltage
500 V AC for 60 s
Mechanical testing
Vibrations (DIN class B) to
IEC 60068-2-6 and

IEC 60068-2-64
4 g/2 ... 100 Hz
EMC noise voltage influence
< 0.1 % of span
Extended EMC noise immunity:

NAMUR NE 21, criterion A, Burst
< 1 % of span
EMC 2004/108/EC Emission and

Noise Immunity to
EN 61326
Construction

FM approval
FM 3027985
IS Class I, Div 1, Groups A, B, C,

D T4/T5/T6, FISCO
IS Class I, Zone 0, AEx ia, IIC
T4/T5/T6, FISCO
NI Class I, Div 2, Groups A, B, C,
D T4/T5/T6, FNICO
Material
Molded plastic
Explosion protection CSA for

Canada
Weight
55 g (0.12 lb)
CSA approval
CSA 1861385
Dimensions
See Dimensional drawings
Max. 2.5 mm2 (AWG 13)
IS Class I, Div 1, Groups A, B, C,

D T4/T5/T6
Ex ia IIC T4/T5/T6 and
Ex ib [ia] IIC T4/T5/T6
NI Class I, Div 2, Groups A, B, C,
D T4/T5/T6
Ex nA II T4/T5/T6
Other certificates
GOST, PESO
Transmitter enclosure
IP40
Terminal
IP00
Auxiliary power
Power supply
Standard, Ex "nA", Ex "nL", NI
9.0 ... 32 V DC
ATEX, FM, UL and CSA
9.0 ... 30 V DC
In FISCO/FNICO installations
9.0 ... 17.5 V DC
Power consumption
< 11 mA
Max. increase in power consumption in the event of a fault
< 7 mA
Communication
Parameterization interface
PROFIBUS PA connection
- Protocol
Profile 3.0
- Address (for delivery)
126
FOUNDATION fieldbus connection

- Protocol
FF protocol
- Functionality
Basic or LAS
- Version
ITK 4.6
- Function blocks
2 x analog and 1 x PID
Factory setting
only for SITRANS TH400 PA
Sensor
Pt100 (IEC)
Type of connection
3-wire circuit
Unit
Failure mode
Last valid value
Filter time
0s
PA address
126
PROFIBUS Ident No.
Manufacturer-specific
only for SITRANS TH400 FF

Sensor
Pt100 (IEC)
Type of connection
3-wire circuit
Unit
Failure mode
Last valid value
Filter time
0s
Node address
22
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/27
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
MiniDVD for temperature measuring

instruments
for installation in connection head, with

electrical isolation, order operating instructions separately.
- With explosion protection "Intrinsically

safe to ATEX/FM/CSA/IECEX/NEPSI"
}
}
7NG3214-0NN00
See Chapter 8
7NG3092-8KA
7NG3214-0AN00
Connecting cable
4-wire, 150 mm, for sensor connections
when using head transmitters in the high
hinged cover (set with 5 units)
7NG3092-8KC
for additional PA components
See Catalog IK PI
- No explosion protection or Zone 2/Div 2

to ATEX/FM/CSA/IECEX/NEPSI
7NG3215-0NN00
- With explosion protection "Intrinsically

safe to ATEX/FM/CSA/IECEX/NEPSI"
7NG3215-0AN00
Order code

C111)
code(s)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

be entered here.

Y01: ... to ... C, F
Y011)
Y172)
Y232)
7NG3214-0NN00-Z Y01+Y17+U03
Y01: 0...100 C
Y17: TICA1234HEAT
Y242)
Ordering example 2:
Bus address, specify in plain text
Y252)
U023)
Pt100 (IEC) 3-wire
U033)
Pt100 (IEC) 4-wire
U043)
Thermocouple type B
U203)4)
U213)4)
U223)4)
Thermocouple type E
U233)4)
Thermocouple type J
U243)4)
Thermocouple type K
U253)4)
Thermocouple type L
U263)4)
Thermocouple type N
U273)4)
Thermocouple type R
U283)4)
Thermocouple type S
U293)4)
Thermocouple type T
U303)4)
Thermocouple type U
U313)4)
U41
With TC: CJC external with fixed value, specify in plain text
Y50
Y095)
2/28
Siemens FI 01 2015
A5E00364512
Bus-compatible to FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Further designs

Bus-compatible to PROFIBUS PA
- No explosion protection or Zone 2/Div 2
to ATEX/FM/CSA/IECEX/NEPSI
Article No.
Accessories
Ordering example 1:
7NG3214-0NN00-Z Y01+Y17+Y25+U25
Y01: 0...500 C
Y17: TICA5678HEAT
Y25: 33
Factory setting:
For SITRANS TH400 PA:
- Pt100 (IEC 751) with 3-wire circuit
- Unit: C
- Failure mode: Last valid value
- Filter time: 0 s
- PA address: 126
- PROFIBUS Ident No.: Manufacturer-specific
For SITRANS TH400 FF:
- Pt100 (IEC 751) with 3-wire circuit
- Unit: C
- Failure mode: Last valid value
- Filter time: 0 s
- Node address: 22
Siemens AG 2014
s
2
M4 x 30
3
6
3-W
4 + -
6.3 (0.25)
26.3 (1.04)
33 (1.3)
44 (1.73)
Terminals 1, 2: fieldbus connection

Terminals 3 ... 6: sensor connection
SITRANS TH400 dimensions in mm (inches) and connections

50.5 (1.99)
33 (1.30)
59.6 (2.35)
14 (0.55)
DIN rail adaptor, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/29
Siemens AG 2014
Schematics
Thermocouple
Resistance
+ Two-wire system 1)
Internal
cold junction compensation
Three-wire system
Four-wire system

with external Pt100 in three-wire system
Mean-value/differential or
redundancy generation
2 x two-wire system 1)
Three-wire system
2
1

with external Pt100 in two-wire system 1)
Four-wire system
Two-wire system 1)
Mean value, differential or

redundancy generation with internal
2
1
Mean value, differential or redundancy generation

1 resistor in two-wire system 1)
1 resistor in three-wire system
Voltage measurement
2
1
1 sensor in two-wire system 1)
1 sensor in three-wire system
1)
Siemens FI 01 2015

redundancy generation and
with internal Pt100
in two-wire system 1)
2/30
+1 -
One voltage source
2
+ -
Measurement of mean value, differential and

redundancy with 2 voltage sources
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TR200 two-wire system, universal
Overview
Application
SITRANS TR200 transmitters can be used in all industrial sectors. Their compact design enables simple mounting on standard DIN rails on-site in protective boxes or in control cabinets.
The following sensors/signal sources can be connected over
their universal input module:
Thermocouples
The output signal is a direct current from 4 to 20 mA in accordance with the sensor characteristic.
comply with the Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX).
Function
Ultra flexible - with the universal SITRANS TR200 transmitter
Two-wire devices for 4 to 20 mA
Enclosure for rail mounting
Configurable over PC
Benefits
Compact design
Sensor monitoring
Self-monitoring
The SITRANS TR200 is configured over a PC. A USB or RS 232

modem is linked to the output terminals for this purpose. The
configuration data can now be edited using the SIPROM T software tool. The configuration data are then permanently stored in
the non-volatile memory (EEPROM).
SITRANS TR200/TR300
7
1
Test
Sensor
TC/RTD
A
D
mC2
mC1
2
3
Sensor such as resistance thermometer,

thermocouple, resistance-based,
sensor, mV sensor
4
5
6
7
4 ... 20 mA
4
5
D
Uaux, Iout
LED
Uaux
Iout
Test

Output current
Test terminals for temporary
connection of an amperemeter
SITRANS TR200 function diagram
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/31
Siemens AG 2014
Input
Measured variable
Temperature

value: OFF)
Measuring range

errors")
Min. measured span
Sensor type
to IEC 60751
to JIS C 1604; a=0.00392
Pt25 1000
K-1
Pt25 1000
to IEC 60751
Ni25 1000
Special type
over special characteristic

(max. 30 points)
Sensor factor
0.25 ... 10 (adaptation of the basic

type, e.g. Pt100 to version Pt25 ...
1000)
Units
C or F
Type B
Type C
Type D

Standard connection
1 resistance thermometer (RTD) in

average temperature
Type E
Type J
Type K

2 resistance thermometers (RTD) in

2-wire system (RTD 1 RTD 2 or
RTD 2 RTD 1)
Type L
Type N
Type R

Type S
Type T
Type U

Units
C or F
Connection
Interface
Two-wire system

Three-wire system
Four-wire system
Sensor current
0.45 mA
Response time T63
250 ms for 1 sensor with open-circuit monitoring
Thermocouples
Measured variable
Temperature
Connection
Standard connection
1 thermocouple (TC)
(TC1 TC2 or TC2 TC1)
Response time T63

value: ON)
Can be switched off
Measuring range
parameterizable (see table "Digital

measuring errors")
Internal

thermometer
Min. measured span
10 C (18 F)
External
Temperature-linear or special characteristic

External fixed

set as fixed value
Measuring range
parameterizable (see table "Digital

measuring errors")
Min. measured span
Min. 40 ... 100 C (72 ... 180 F) (see

table "Digital measuring errors")
Temperature-linear or special characteristic
Measured variable
Actual resistance
Sensor type
Units
Connection
Normal connection
1 resistance-based sensor (R) in 2wire, 3-wire or 4-wire system
mV sensor
Measured variable
DC voltage
Sensor type
2-wire system
(R1 R2 or R2 R1)

source possible over an externally
connected resistor)
Units
mV
Response time T63
Two-wire system

Can be switched off
Three-wire system
Measuring range
parameterizable max. 100 1100 mV
Four-wire system
Min. measured span
2 mV or 20 mV
Sensor current
0.45 mA
-1.5 ... +3.5 V DC
Response time T63
Input resistance
1 M
average value
Interface
2/32
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Output
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire
Auxiliary power
11 ... 35 V DC (to 30 V for Ex i/ic;

to 32 V for Ex nA)
PTB 07 ATEX 2032X
II 2(1) G Ex ia/ib IIC T6/T4

II 3 G Ex ic IIC T6/T4
II 2(1) D Ex iaD/ibD 20/21 T115 C
Type of protection, "equipment is

non-arcing"
Other certificates
NEPSI
Max. load
(Uaux 11 V)/0.023 A
Overrange

(default range: 3.84 mA ... 20.5 mA)


Sample cycle
0.25 s nominal
Damping

(parameterizable)
Protection
Input against output 2.12 kV DC

(1.5 kVeff AC)
Measuring accuracy
See Table "Digital measuring errors"

SIPROM T
PC operating system

Win 8; can also be used in connection with RS 232 modem under
Windows 95, 98 and 98SE
Factory setting:
Damping 0.0 s
Auxiliary power
24 V 1 %
Load
500
Ambient temperature
23 C
Warming-up time
> 5 min
< 0.025 % of span
< 0.5 C (0.9 F)
Input
Measuring range
Min. measured span
Digital
accuracy
C/(F)
(F)
(F)
Pt25
-200 ... +850

(-328 ... +1562)
10
(18)
0.3
(0.54)
Pt50
-200 ... +850

(-328 ... +1562)
10
(18)
0.15
(0.27)
Pt100 ... Pt200
-200 ... +850

(-328 ... +1562)
10
(18)
0.1
(0.18)
Pt500
-200 ... +850

(-328 ... +1562)
10
(18)
0.15
(0.27)
Pt1000
-200 ... +350

(-328 ... +662)
10
(18)
0.15
(0.27)
Pt25
-200 ... +649

(-328 ... +1200)
10
(18)
0.3
(0.54)
Pt50
-200 ... +649

(-328 ... +1200)
10
(18)
0.15
(0.27)
Pt100 ... Pt200
-200 ... +649

(-328 ... +1200)
10
(18)
0.1
(0.18)
Pt500
-200 ... +649

(-328 ... +1200)
10
(18)
0.15
(0.27)
Pt1000
-200 ... +350

(-328 ... +662)
10
(18)
0.15
(0.27)
Ni 25 to Ni1000
-60 ... +250

(-76 ... +482)
10
(18)
0.1
(0.18)

0.02 % of span/10 C (18 F)

- With resistance thermometer
0.06 C (0.11 F)/10 C (18 F)
0.6 C (1.1 F)/10 C (18 F)
< 0.001 % of span/V
< 0.002 % of span/100
Long-term drift
In the first month
< 0.02 % of span in the first month
After one year
< 0.2 % of span after one year
After 5 years
< 0.3 % of span after 5 years
Conditions of use
Ambient conditions
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Relative humidity
to IEC 60751
to JIS C1604-81
Construction
Material
Plastic, electronic module potted
Weight
122 g
Dimensions
Degree of protection to
IEC 60529
Enclosure
IP20
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/33
Siemens AG 2014
Input
Measuring range
Min. measured span
Digital
accuracy
Resistance
0 ... 390
0.05
Resistance
0 ... 2200
25
0.25
Measuring range
Min. measured span
Digital
accuracy
Thermocouples
Input
C/(F)
(F)
(F)
Type B
0 ... 1820
(32 ... 3308)
100
(180)
21)
(3.6)1)
Type C (W5)
0 ... 2300
(32 ... 4172)
100
(180)
(3.6)
Type D (W3)
0 ... 2300
(32 ... 4172)
100
(180)
12)
(1.8)2)
Type E
-200 ... +1000

(-328 ... +1832)
50
(90)
(1.8)
Type J
-210 ... +1200

(-346 ... +2192)
50
(90)
(1.8)
Type K
-230 ... +1370

(-382 ... +2498)
50
(90)
(1.8)
Type L
-200 ... +900

(-328 ... +1652)
50
(90)
(1.8)
Type N
-200 ... +1300

(-328 ... +2372)
50
(90)
(1.8)
Type R
-50 ... +1760

(-58 ... +3200)
100
(180)
(3.6)
Type S
-50 ... +1760

(-58 ... +3200)
100
(180)
(3.6)
Type T
-200 ... +400

(-328 ... +752)
40
(72)
(1.8)
Type U
-200 ... +600

(-328 ... +1112)
50
(90)
(3.6)
1)
2)

(3.6 F).
mV sensor
Input
Measuring
range
Min. measured
span
Digital
accuracy
mV
mV
mV sensor
-10 ... +70
40
mV sensor
-100 ... +1100
20
400
value.
2/34
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
Temperature transmitter SITRANS TR200

For mounting on a standard DIN rail, two-wire
system, 4 to 20 mA, programmable, with electrical isolation, with documentation on MiniDVD
} 7NG3032-0JN00
With explosion protection to ATEX
} 7NG3032-1JN00
Further designs
Order code
Please add "-Z" to Article No. with and specify

Order codes(s).
Accessories
Article No.

With USB connection
7NG3092-8KU

ments for
A5E00364512

C11

C20
1)
C23
2)
3)
Text on front plate is not saved in the device.
4)
5)
6)

be entered here.
Y01: ... to ... C, F
Y011)
Y172)
Y232)
Y242)
Ordering example 1:
Text on front label, max. 16 characters
Y292)3)
U024)
Pt100 (IEC) 3-wire
U034)
7NG3032-0JN00-Z Y01+Y17+Y29+U03
Y01: -10 ... +100 C
Y17: TICA123
Y29: TICA123
Pt100 (IEC) 4-wire
U044)
Ordering example 2:
Thermocouple type B
U204)5)
U214)5)
U224)5)
Thermocouple type E
U234)5)
7NG3032-0JN00-Z Y01+Y17+Y23+Y29+U25
Y01: -10 ... +100 C
Y17: TICA123
Y23: TICA123HEAT
Y29: TICA123HEAT
Thermocouple type J
U244)5)
Thermocouple type K
U254)5)
Thermocouple type L
U264)5)
Thermocouple type N
U274)5)
Thermocouple type R
U284)5)
Thermocouple type S
U294)5)
Thermocouple type T
U304)5)
Thermocouple type U
U314)5)
U41

in plain text
Y50
Y096)
Fail-safe value 3.6 mA (instead of 22.8 mA)
U362)
Factory setting:
Measuring range: 0 100 C (32 212 F)
Damping 0.0 s
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/35
Siemens AG 2014
22.5
Schematics
8
5
SITRANS
TR200
4..20mA
3
2
TEST
SIEMENS
(0.89)
TEST
4..20mA
SIEMENS
SITRANS
TR200
99
(3.9)
Made in Croatia
TC sens. with
int./fixed CJC
U sensor
TC sensor
with external
2W RTD CJC
TC sensor
with external
3W RTD CJC
+
6
RTD or R
2W sensor
5
4..20mA loop
& test
1
S1
2x RTD or R
2W sensor
6
+
S1
S2
5
2x TC sensor
with int./fixed
CJC
TEST +UB + A
RTD or R
4W sensor
RTD or R
3W sensor
114
(4.49)
Asssignments
1 (+) and 2 (-)
+
S2
7
Connection Plan
3 (+) and 4 (-)

5, 6, 7 and 8
SITRANS TR200, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/36
Siemens FI 01 2015
Test terminals (test) for measurement of the output

current with a multimeter
Power supply Uaux, output current Iout
Sensor assignment, see schematics
SITRANS TR200, pin assignment
Siemens AG 2014
Thermocouple
Resistance
2
5
R
RTD
Two-wire system 1)
5
5
Three-wire system
RTD
RTD

8
5
R2
TC2
- +
TC1
- +
R1
RTD1
value/difference 1)
1)
TC
- +
Four-wire system
RTD2

Four-wire system
TC
- +
Three-wire system
RTD
RTD

internal/fixed value
Two-wire system 1)
TC
- +

value/difference 1)
Voltage measurement
Current measurement
Test terminals
+
1
5
- +
U
Power supply/
4 ... 20 mA (Uaux)
Uaux
+ 3
R
- +
I
SITRANS TR200, sensor connection assignment
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/37
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TR300 two-wire system, universal, HART
Overview
Application
SITRANS TR300 transmitters can be used in all industrial sectors. Their compact design enables simple mounting on standard DIN rails on-site in protective boxes or in control cabinets.
The following sensors/signal sources can be connected over
their universal input module:
Thermocouples
The output signal is a direct current from 4 to 20 mA in accordance with the sensor characteristic, superimposed by the digital HART signal.
comply with the Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX).
Function
"HART" to beat - the universal SITRANS TR300 transmitter
Two-wire devices for 4 to 20 mA, HART
Device for rail mounting
Configurable over HART
Benefits
Compact design
Sensor monitoring
Self-monitoring
The SITRANS TR300 is configured over HART. This can be done

using a handheld communicator or even more conveniently with
a HART modem and the SIMATIC PDM parameterization software. The configuration data are then permanently stored in the
non-volatile memory (EEPROM).
SITRANS TR200/TR300
7
1
Test
Sensor
TC/RTD
A
D
mC2
mC1
2
3
Sensor such as resistance thermometer,

thermocouple, resistance-based,
sensor, mV sensor
SITRANS TR300 function diagram
2/38
Siemens FI 01 2015
4
5
4
5
6
7
4 ... 20 mA
LED
Uaux Auxiliary power supply

Iout
Output current
Test Test terminals for temporary
connection of an amperemeter
Uaux, Iout
Siemens AG 2014
Input
Measured variable
Temperature
Sensor type
Response time T63

value: OFF)
Measuring range

errors")
to IEC 60751
Pt25 Pt1000
to JIS C 1604; a=0.00392 K-1
Pt25 Pt1000
to IEC 60751
Ni25 Pt1000
Special type

30 points)
Min. measured span
Sensor factor

Pt25 ... 1000)
Units
C or F
Connection
Standard connection

2 identical resistance thermometers (RTD) in 2-wire system (RTD

1 RTD 2 or RTD 2 RTD 1)
Interface
Thermocouples
Measured variable
Type B
Type C
Type D

Type E
Type J
Type K

Type L
Type N
Type R

C or F
Two-wire system

Three-wire system
Four-wire system
Type S
Type T
Type U
Sensor current
0.45 mA
Units
Response time T63
Connection
Always active (cannot be

isabled)

value: ON)
Measuring range
parameterizable (see table

"Digital measuring errors")
Min. measured span
10 C (18 F)
characteristic
Temperature
Standard connection
1 thermocouple (TC)

or TC2 TC1)
Response time T63
Can be switched off

Internal

thermometer
External

Measured variable
Actual resistance
Sensor type
External fixed
Cold junction temperature can

be set as fixed value
Units
Measuring range
parameterizable (see table

"Digital measuring errors")
Normal connection

Min. measured span
average value
Min. 40 ... 100 C (72 ... 180 F)

errors")
characteristic
2-wire system
(R1 R2 or R2 R1)
Measured variable
DC voltage
Sensor type

Units
mV
Response time T63
Can be switched off
Connection
Interface
Two-wire system

Three-wire system
Four-wire system
Sensor current
0.45 mA
mV sensor
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/39
Siemens AG 2014
Measuring range
parameterizable
max. -100 1100 mV
Min. measured span
2 mV or 20 mV
-1.5 ... +3.5 V DC
Input resistance
1 M
Output

PTB 07 ATEX 2032X
II 2(1) G Ex ia/ib IIC T6/T4

II 3 G Ex ic IIC T6/T4
II 2(1) D Ex iaD/ibD 20/21 T115 C
Type of protection, "equipment is

non-arcing"
NEPSI
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire with communication acc. to HART Rev. 5.9
Other certificates
Auxiliary power
11 ... 35 V DC (to 30 V for Ex i/ic;

to 32 V for Ex nA)
Max. load
(Uaux 11 V)/0.023 A
Overrange

(default range: 3.84 ... 20.5 mA)


Factory setting:
Damping 0.0 s
Sample cycle
0.25 s nominal
Damping

(parameterizable)
Protection
Measuring accuracy
see table "Digital measuring

errors"
Auxiliary power
24 V 1 %
Load
500
Ambient temperature
23 C
Warming-up time
> 5 min
< 0.025 % of span
< 0.5 C (0.9 F)
Ambient temperature effect

Analog measuring errors of span
< 0.2 % of max. span/10 C (18 F)

- at resistance thermometers
- at thermocouples
0.06 C (0.11 F)/10 C (18 F)

0.6 C (1.1 F)/10 C (18 F)
< 0.001 % of span/V
< 0.002 % of span/100
Long-term drift
In the first month
< 0.02 % of span in the first month
After one year
< 0.2 % of span after one year
After 5 years
< 0.3 % of span after 5 years
Conditions of use
Ambient conditions
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Relative humidity
Design
Material
Plastic, electronic module potted
Weight
122 g
Dimensions

Enclosure
2/40
IP20
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Thermocouples
Input
Input
Measuring range
Min. measured span
Digital
accuracy
C / (F)
(F)
(F)
to IEC 60751
Measuring range
Min. measured span
Digital
accuracy
C / (F)
(F)
(F)
Type B
0 ... 1820
(32 ... 3308)
100
(180)
21)
(3.6)1)
Type C (W5)
0 ... 2300
(32 ... 4172)
100
(180)
(3.6)
Type D (W3)
0 ... 2300
(32 ... 4172)
100
(180)
12)
(1.8)2)
Type E
-200 ... +1000

(-328 ... +1832)
50
(90)
(1.8)
Type J
-210 ... +1200

(-346 ... +2192)
50
(90)
(1.8)
Type K
-230 ... +1370

(-382 ... +2498)
50
(90)
(1.8)
Type L
-200 ... +900

(-328 ... +1652)
50
(90)
(1.8)
Pt25
-200 ... +850

(-328 ... +1562)
10
(18)
0.3
(0.54)
Pt50
-200 ... +850

(-328 ... +1562)
10
(18)
0.15
(0.27)
Pt100 ... Pt200
-200 ... +850

(-328 ... +1562)
10
(18)
0.1
(0.18)
Pt500
-200 ... +850

(-328 ... +1562)
10
(18)
0.15
(0.27)
Pt1000
-200 ... +350

(-328 ... +662)
10
(18)
0.15
(0.27)
Pt25
-200 ... +649

(-328 ... +1200)
10
(18)
0.3
(0.54)
Type N
-200 ... +1300

(-328 ... +2372)
50
(90)
(1.8)
Pt50
-200 ... +649

(-328 ... +1200)
10
(18)
0.15
(0.27)
Type R
-50 ... +1760

(-58 ... +3200)
100
(180)
(3.6)
Pt100 ... Pt200
-200 ... +649

(-328 ... +1200)
10
(18)
0.1
(0.18)
Type S
-50 ... +1760

(-58 ... +3200)
100
(180)
(3.6)
Pt500
-200 ... +649

(-328 ... +1200)
10
(18)
0.15
(0.27)
Type T
-200 ... +400

(-328 ... +752)
40
(72)
(1.8)
Pt1000
-200 ... +350

(-328 ... +662)
10
(18)
0.15
(0.27)
Type U
-200 ... +600

(-328 ... +1112)
50
(90)
(3.6)
Ni 25 to Ni1000
-60 ... +250

(-76 ... +482)
10
(18)
0.1
(0.18)
to JIS C1604-81
Input
Measuring range
Min. measured span
Digital
accuracy
Resistance
0 ... 390
0.05
Resistance
0 ... 2200
25
0.25
1)
2)

(3.6 F).
mV sensor
Input
Measuring range
Min. measured span
Digital
accuracy
mV
mV
mV sensor
-10 ... +70
40
mV sensor
-100 ... +1100
20
400
value.
as a result of the digital/analog conversion of 0,025 % of the set
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/41
Siemens AG 2014
Accessories
Article No.
Temperature transmitter SITRANS TR300

ments
A5E00364512
For mounting on a standard DIN rail, two-wire

system, 4 20 mA, HART, with electrical isolation, with documentation on MIniDVD

Article No.
} 7NG3033-0JN00
HART modem
With explosion protection to ATEX
} 7NG3033-1JN00
With USB connection
Further designs
Order code
Please add "-Z" to Article No. with and specify

Order codes(s).
Simatic PDM operating software
7MF4997-1DB
See Section 8
C11

C20
1)
C23
2)
3)
Text on front plate is not saved in the device.
4)
5)
6)

be entered here.
Y01: ... to ... C, F
Y011)
Y172)
Y232)
Y242)
Text on front label, max. 16 characters
Y292)3)
U024)
Pt100 (IEC) 3-wire
U034)
7NG3033-0JN00-Z Y01+Y17+Y29+U03
Y01: -10 ... +100 C
Y17: TICA123
Y29: TICA123
Pt100 (IEC) 4-wire
U044)
Ordering example 2:
Thermocouple type B
U204)5)
U214)5)
U224)5)
Thermocouple type E
U234)5)
7NG3033-0JN00-Z Y01+Y17+Y23+Y29+U25
Y01: -10 ... +100 C
Y17: TICA123
Y23: TICA123HEAT
Y29: TICA123HEAT
Thermocouple type J
U244)5)
Thermocouple type K
U254)5)
Thermocouple type L
U264)5)
Thermocouple type N
U274)5)
Thermocouple type R
U284)5)
Thermocouple type S
U294)5)
Thermocouple type T
U304)5)
Thermocouple type U
U314)5)
U41

in plain text
Y50
Y096)
U362)
2/42
Siemens FI 01 2015
Ordering example 1:
Factory setting:
Damping 0.0 s
Siemens AG 2014
22.5
8
SITRANS
TR300
4..20mA
3
2
TEST
SIEMENS
(0.89)
99
(3.9)
Made in Croatia
TC sens. with
int./fixed CJC
U sensor
TC sensor
with external
2W RTD CJC
TC sensor
with external
3W RTD CJC
+
6
RTD or R
2W sensor
5
4..20mA loop
& test
1
S1
2x RTD or R
2W sensor
S2
5
2x TC sensor
with int./fixed
CJC
TEST +UB + A
RTD or R
4W sensor
RTD or R
3W sensor
114
(4.49)
+
S2
+
S1
Connection Plan
s
SITRANS TR300, dimensions in mm (inch)
Schematics
TEST
4..20mA
SIEMENS
SITRANS
TR300
Assignments
1 (+) and 2 (-)
3 (+) and 4 (-)
5, 6, 7 and 8
Test terminals (Test) for measurement of the output

current with a multimeter
Power supply Uaux, Output current Iout
Sensor assignment, see schematics
SITRANS TR300, pin assignment

Siemens FI 01 2015
2/43
Siemens AG 2014
Thermocouple
Resistance
2
5
R
RTD
Two-wire system 1)
5
5
RTD
RTD

8
5
R2
R1
RTD1
value/difference 1)

value/difference 1)
Voltage measurement
Current measurement
Test terminals
+
1
5
- +
U
SITRANS TR300, sensor connection assignment
2/44
TC2
- +
TC1
- +
1)
TC
- +
Four-wire system
RTD2

Four-wire system
TC
- +
Three-wire system
RTD
RTD
Three-wire system

internal/fixed value
Two-wire system 1)
TC
- +
Siemens FI 01 2015
6
R
- +
I
Power supply/
4 ... 20 mA (Uaux)
Uaux
+ 3
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TW four-wire system, universal, HART
Overview
Temperature-linear characteristic can be selected for all temperature sensors

Automatic correction of zero and span
Monitoring of sensor and cable for open-circuit and short- circuit
Sensor fault and/or limit can be output via an optional sensor
fault/limit monitor
Hardware write protection for HART communication
Slave pointer functions
SIL1
Mode of operation
TC
9
RTD
The user-friendly transmitters for the control room

The SITRANS TW universal transmitter is a further development
of the service-proven SITRANS T for the 4-wire system in a
mounting rail housing. With numerous new functions it sets new
standards for temperature transmitters.
With its diagnostics and simulation functions the SITRANS TW
provides the necessary insight during commissioning and operation. And using its HART interface the SITRANS TW can be
conveniently adapted with SIMATIC PDM to every measurement
task.
All SITRANS TW control room devices are available in a non-intrinsically safe version as well as in an intrinsically safe version
for use with the most stringent requirements.
Application
The SITRANS TW transmitter is a four-wire rail-mounted device
with a universal input circuit for connection to the following sensors and signal sources:
Thermocouples
Resistance-based sensors/potentiometers
mV sensors
As special version:
- V sources
- Current sources
The 4-wire rail-mounted SITRANS TW transmitter wire is designed for control room installation. It must not be mounted in potentially explosive atmospheres.
All SITRANS TW control room devices are available in a non-intrinsically safe version as well as in an intrinsically safe version
for use with the most stringent requirements.
Function
Features
Transmitter in four-wire system with HART interface
Housing can be mounted on 35 mm rail or 32 mm G rail
Screw plug connector
All circuits electrically isolated
Output signal: 0/4 to 20 mA or 0/2 to 10 V
Power supplies: 115/230 V AC/DC or 24 V AC/DC
Explosion protection [EEx ia] or [EEx ib] for measurements
with sensors in the hazardous area
Temperature-linear characteristic for all temperature sensors
10
HART modem/
communicator
D
5
A
C
D
1
2
EEPROM
3
6
Power
supply
unit
Output
11 U or I
12
Current test
0/4 ... 20 mA
13
UH
The signal output by a resistance-based sensor (two-wire, threewire, four-wire system), voltage source, current source or thermocouple is converted by the analog-to-digital converter (1,
function diagram) into a digital signal. This is evaluated in the microcontroller (2), corrected according to the sensor characteristic, and converted by the digital-to-analog converter (6) into an
output current (0/4 to 20 mA) or output voltage (0/2 to 10 V). The
sensor characteristics as well as the electronics data and the
data for the transmitter parameters are stored in the non-volatile
memory (3).
AC or DC voltages can be used as the power supply (13). Any
terminal connections are possible for the power supply as a result of the bridge rectifier in the power supply unit. The PE conductor is required for safety reasons.
A HART modem or a HART communicator permit parameterization of the transmitter using a protocol according to the HART
specification. The transmitter can be directly parameterized at
the point of measurement via the HART output terminals (10).
The operation indicator (4) identifies a fault-free or faulty operating state of the transmitter. The limit monitor (9) enables the signaling of sensor faults and/or limit violations. In the case of a current output, the current can be checked on a meter connected
to test socket (12).
Diagnosis and simulation functions
The SITRANS TW comes with extensive diagnosis and simulation functions.
Physical values can be defined with the simulation function. It is
thus possible to check the complete signal path from the sensor
input to inside the control system without additional equipment.
The slave pointer functions are used to record the minimum and
maximum of the plants process variable.
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/45
Siemens AG 2014
Integration
Input
System configuration
Selectable filters to suppress the

line frequency
SIMATIC S7-400
50 Hz, 60 Hz, also 10 Hz for special applications (line frequency

filter is similar with measuring frequency)
SIMATIC PDM
ET 200M
Control system
UH
Measured variable
Temperature
Measuring range
Parameterizable
Measuring span
min. 25 C (45 F) x 1/scaling factor
or
A
Sensor type
Load
4...20 mA
SITRANS TW
transmitter
HART
communicator
PC/laptop with
SIMATIC PDM
HART
modem
or
Acc. to IEC 751
Pt100 (IEC 751)
Acc. to JIS C 1604-81
Pt100 (JIS C1604-81)
to DIN 43760
Ni100 (DIN 43760)
Special type (RRTD 500 )
Multiples or parts of the defined

characteristic values can be
parameterized (e.g. Pt500, Ni120)
Temperature-linear, resistance-linear or customer-specific
Type of connection
Normal connection
Sum or parallel connection
Mean-value or differential connection
Interface
2, 3 or 4-wire circuit
Measuring range limits
Depending on type of connected

thermometer (defined range of
resistance thermometer)
Sensor breakage monitoring
Monitoring of all connections for

open-circuit (function can be
switched off)
Sensor short-circuit monitoring
Parameterizable response threshold (function can be switched off)
RS-232-C
Possible system configurations
The SITRANS TW transmitter as a four-wire rail-mounted device

can be used in a number of system configurations: as a standalone version or as part of a complex system environment, e.g.
with SIMATIC S7. All device functions are available via HART
communication.
Communication options through the HART interface:
HART communicator
HART modem connected to PC/laptop on which the appropriate software is available, e.g. SIMATIC PDM
HART-compatible control system (e.g. SIMATIC S7-400 with
ET 200M)
Resistance-based sensor, potentiometer
2/46
Siemens FI 01 2015
Measured variable
Actual resistance
Measuring range
Parameterizable
Measuring span
min. 10
Resistance-linear or customerspecific
Type of connection
Normal connection
Differential connection
Mean-value connection
Interface
2, 3 or 4-wire circuit
Input range
0 ... 6000 ;
with mean-value and difference
circuits: 0 ... 3000
Monitoring of all connections for

open-circuit (function can be
switched off)
Sensor short-circuit monitoring
Parameterizable response threshold (function can be switched off)
Siemens AG 2014
A-, mA sources
Thermocouples
Measured variable
Temperature
Measured variable
DC voltage
Measuring range
Parameterizable
Measuring range
Parameterizable
Measuring span
min. 50 C (90 F) x 1/scaling factor
Current-linear or customer- specific
Depend. on type of thermocouple

element
Thermocouple element
Input range/min. span

Devices with 7NG3242-xxxx4
-12 ... +100 A/0.4 A
Type B: Pt30 %Rh/Pt6 %Rh

(DIN IEC 584)
-120 ... +1000 A/4 A
-1.2 ... +10 mA/0.04 mA
Type C: W5 %-Re (ASTM 988)
-12 ... +100 mA/0.4 mA
Type D: W3 %-Re (ASTM 988)
Devices with 7NG3242-xxxx7 or

7NG3242-xxxx0 with U/I plug
Type E: NiCr/CuNi (DIN IEC 584)
-120 ... +1000 mA/4 mA
Type J: Fe/CuNi (DIN IEC 584)
Not possible
Type K: NiCr/Ni (DIN IEC 584)
Output
Type L: Fe-CuNi (DIN 43710)
Output signal
Type N: NiCrSi-NiSi (DIN IEC 584)

Type R: Pt13 %Rh/Pt
(DIN IEC 584)
Overrange
-0.5 ... +23.0 mA, continuously

adjustable
Type T: Cu/CuNi (DIN IEC 584)
Output range following sensor

fault (conforming to NE43)
-0.5 ... +23.0 mA, continuously

adjustable
Load
650
No-load voltage
30 V
Special type
(-10 mV UTC 100 mV)
Type of connection
Current 0/4 ... 20 mA
Type S: Pt10 %Rh/Pt

(DIN IEC 584)
Type U: Cu/CuNi (DIN 43710)
Load-independent direct current

0/4 ... 20 mA, can be switched to
load-independent DC voltage 0/2
... 10 V using plug-in jumpers
Temperature-linear, voltage-linear
or customer-specific
Normal connection
Averaging connection
Mean-value connection
Differential connection
None, internal measurement,
external measurement or predefined fixed value
Function can be switched off
mV sensors
Measured variable
DC voltage
Measuring range
Parameterizable
Measuring span
min. 4 mV
Input range
-120 ... +1000mV
Voltage-linear or customer-specific
Overload capacity of inputs
Voltage 0/2 ... 10 V

Overrange
-0.25 ... +10.75 V, continuously

adjustable
Output range following sensor

fault
-0.25 ... +10.75 V, continuously

adjustable
Load resistance
1 k
Load capacitance
10 nF
Short-circuit current
100 mA (not permanently shortcircuit-proof)
Electrical damping
- adjustable time constant T63
0 ... 100 s, in steps of 0.1 s
Current source/voltage source
Continuously adjustable within

the total operating range
Sensor fault/limit signalling
By operation indicator, relay output or HART interface
Operation indicator
Flashing signal
Limit violation
Flashing frequency 5 Hz
max. 3.5 V
Sensor fault monitoring
Flashing frequency 1 Hz
Input resistance
1 M
Relay outputs
Sensor current
Approx. 180 A
Either as NO or NC contact with

1 changeover contact
Function can be switched off
V sources
Measured variable
DC voltage
Measuring range
Parameterizable
Voltage-linear or customer-specific
Input range/min. span

Devices with 7NG3242-xxxx1 or
7NG3242-xxxx0 with U/I plug
-1.2 ... + 10 V/0.04 V
-12 ... +100 V/0.4 V
-120 ... +140 V/4.0 V
Not possible
Switching capacity
150 W, 625 VA
Switching voltage
125 V DC, 250 V AC
Switching current
2.5 A DC
Sensor fault monitoring
Signalling of sensor or line breakage and sensor short-circuit
Limit monitoring
Operating delay
0 ... 10 s
Monitoring functions of limit

module
Sensor fault (breakage and/or

short-circuit)
Lower and upper limit
Window (combination of lower
and upper limits)
Limit and sensor fault detection
can be combined
Hysteresis
Parameterizable between 0 and

100 % of measuring range
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/47
Siemens AG 2014
Auxiliary power
Universal power supply unit
115/230 V AC/DC or 24 V AC/DC
Tolerance range for power supply
With 115/230 V AC/DC PSU
80 ... 300 V DC; 90 ... 250 V AC
With 24 V AC/DC PSU
18 ... 80 V DC; 20.4 ... 55.2 V AC

(in each case interruption-resistant up to 20 ms in the complete
tolerance range)
Tolerance range for mains frequency
47 ... 63 Hz
Power consumption with
ATEX
Intrinsic safety to EN 50 020
for 7NG3242-xAxxx
II (1) G D [EEx ia/ib ] IIB
for 7NG3242-xBxxx
II (1) G D [EEx ia/ib ] IIC
TV (German Technical Inspectorate) 01 ATEX 1675
Other certificates
GOST, NEPSI
Conditions of use
230 V AC
5 VA
230 V DC
5W
24 V AC
5 VA
Location (for devices with explosion

protection)
24 V DC
5W
Electrically isolated circuits
Working voltage between all electrically isolated circuits
Input, output, power supply and

sensor fault/limit monitoring output are electrically isolated from
one another. The HART interface
is electrically connected to the
output.
The voltage Urms between any
two terminals must not exceed
300 V
Measuring accuracy
Transmitters
Outside the potentially explosive

atmosphere
Sensor
Within the potentially explosive

atmosphere zone 1 (also in zone
0 in conjunction with the prescribed protection requirements
for the sensor)
Ambient conditions
-25 ... +70 C (-13 ... +158 F)
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Climatic class
Relative humidity
Accuracy
3 C 0.1 C / 10 C
( 5.4 F 0.18 F / 18 F)
Error of external cold junction terminal 7NG3092-8AV
0.5 C 0.1 C / 10 C
( 0.9 F 0.18 F / 18 F)
Digital output
See "Digital error"
Analog output IAN or UAN
0.05 % of the span plus digital

error
Influencing effects (referred to the

digital output)
Compared to the max. span:
Temperature drift
0.08 % / 10 C ( 0.08 % /18 F)

0.2 % in the range
-10 ... +60 C (14 ... 140 F)
Long-term drift
0.1 % / year
Protocol
Influencing effects referred to the

analog output IAN or UAN
Compared to the span:
Temperature drift
0.08 % / 10C ( 0.08 % / 18 F)

0.2 % in the range
-10 ... +60 C (14 ... 140 F)
Power supply
0.05 % / 10 V
Load with current output
0.05 % on change from 50 to

650
Load with voltage output
0.1 % on change in the load

current from 0 mA to 10 mA
Long-term drift (start-of-scale value, span)
0.03 % / month
Response time (T63 without electrical damping)
0.2 s
According to EN 61 326 and

NAMUR NE21
Siemens FI 01 2015
5 ... 95 %, no condensation
Design
Error in the internal cold junction
2/48
To DIN EN 50014: 1997,

EN 50020: 1994
Weight
Enclosure material
PBT, glass-fibre reinforced
IP20
Degree of protection to VDE 0100
Protection class I
35-mm DIN rail (1.38 inch)

(EN 50022) or 32-mm G-type rail
(1.26 inch) (EN 50035)
Electrical connection / process con- Screw plug connectors, max.

2.5 mm (0.01 inch)
nection
HART, version 5.9
HART communicator
230 ... 650
HART modem
230 ... 500
Software for PC/laptop
SIMATIC PDM version V5.1 and

later
Siemens AG 2014
Digital error
Thermocouples
Measuring range
Digital error 1)
C / (F)
C (F)
0 ... +1820
(+32 ... +3308)
3 (5.4)
Type C
0 ... +2300
(+32 ... +4172)
2 (3.6)
Type D
0 ... +2300
(+32 ... +4172)
1 (1.8)
Type E
-200 ... +1000

(-328 ... +1832)
1 (1.8)
Type J
-210 ... +1200

(-346 ... +2192)
1 (1.8)
Type K
-200 ... +1372

(-328 ... +2501)
1 (1.8)
Type L
-200 ... +900

(-328 ... +1652)
2 (3.6)
Type N
-200 ... +1300

(-328 ... +2372)
1 (1.8)
3.0 (5.4)
Type R
-50 ... +1760

(-58 ... +3200)
2 (3.6)
50
0.6 (1.1)
Type S
-50 ... +1760

(-58 ... +3200)
2 (3.6)
-200 ... +649

(-328 ... +1200)
100
0.3 (0.5)
Type T
-200 ... +400

(-328 ... +752)
1 (1.8)
Type U
-60 ... +250
(-76 ... +482)
50
0.3 (0.5)
-200 ... +600

(-328 ... +1112)
2 (3.6)
Ni50
Ni100
-60 ... +250

(-76 ... +482)
100
0.3 (0.5)
Voltage/current sources
Ni120
-60 ... +250

(-76 ... +482)
100
0.3 (0.5)
Input
Measuring range
Digital error
mV sources (linear)
mV
-60 ... +250

(-76 ... +482)
100
-1 ... +16
35
-3 ... +32
20
-7 ... +65
20
-15 ... +131
50
-31 ... +262
100
-63 ... +525
200
-120 ... +1000
300
mV
Input
Measuring range
Max. permissi- Digital error

ble line resistance
Input
C / (F)
C / (F)
Type B
Pt10
-200 ... +850

(-328 ... +1562)
20
3.0 (5.4)
Pt50
-200 ... +850

(-328 ... +1562)
50
0.6 (1.1)
Pt100
-200 ... +850

(-328 ... +1562)
100
0.3 (0.5)
Pt200
-200 ... +850

(-328 ... +1562)
100
0.6 (1.1)
Pt500
-200 ... +850

(-328 ... +1562)
100
1.0 (1.8)
Pt1000
-200 ... +850

(-328 ... +1562)
100
1.0 (1.8)
Pt10
-200 ... +649

(-328 ... +1200)
20
Pt50
-200 ... +649

(-328 ... +1200)
Pt100
IEC 751
JIS C 1604-81
DIN 43760
Ni1000
1)
Accuracy data refer to the largest error in the complete measuring range
0.3 (0.5)
Input
Resistance
(linear)
Measuring
range
Max. permissible line resistance
Digital error
0 ... 24
0.08
0 ... 47
15
0.06
0 ... 94
30
0.06
-1.2 ... +10
0.08
-12 ... +100
30
0.1
-120 ... +140
300
A/mA
-12 ... +100 A
0.05
-120 ... +1000 A
0.5
-1.2 ... +10 mA
-12 ... + 100 mA
50
-120 ... +1000 mA
500
0 ... 188
0 ... 375
50
100
0 ... 750
100
0.2
0 ... 1500
75
1.0
0 ... 3000
100
1.0
0 ... 6000
100
2.0
V sources (linear)
A/mA sources
(linear)
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/49
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering examples
Parameter:
Example 1:
SITRANS TW,
transmitter in four-wire system
with explosion protection ATEX
230 V AC/DC power supply
current output
without sensor fault/limit monitor
- Sensor PT100, three-wire circuit
- Measuring range 0 ... 150 C
- Temperature-linear characteristic
- Filter time 1 s
- Output 4 ... 20 mA, line filter 50 Hz
- Output driven to full-scale in event
of like breakage
Example 2:
SITRANS TW,
without explosion protection
Voltage output
Sensor fault/limit monitor
- Rating plate in English
- Sensor NiCr/Ni, type K
- Cold junction internal
- Measuring range 0 ... 950 C
- Temperature-linear characteristic
- Filter time 1 s
- Output 0 ... 10 V, line filter 50 Hz
- Output driven to full-scale in event
of like breakage
- Limit monitoring switched off
Example 3:
SITRANS TW,
without explosion protection
Current output
without sensor fault/limit monitor
- Voltage input, measuring
range -1.2 V ... +10 V
- Measuring range 0 ... 5 V
- Source-proportional characteristic
- Filter time 10 s
- Output 0 ... 20 mA, line filter 60 Hz
- No monitoring for sensor fault
2/50
Siemens FI 01 2015
Ordering
design
7NG3242-1AA00
(stock item)
Special
X
X
X
X
X
X
S76
A05
X
Y30
X
X
H10
7NG3242-0BB10-Z
Y01 + S76 + A05 + Y30 + H10
Y01: see Order code
Y30: MA=0; ME= 950; D=C
Standard
X
X
A40
Y32
X
(X)
G07
H11
J03
7NG3242-0BA01-Z
Y01 + A40 + Y32 + G07 + H11 + J03
Y01: see Order code
Y32: MA=0; ME= 5; D=V
Desired transmitter
The article number structure shown below is used to specify a
fully functioning transmitter. The selection of the operating data
(type of source, measuring range, characteristic etc.) is made
according to the following rules:
Operating data already set in factory to default values:
The default settings can be obtained from the list of parameterizable operating data (see "Special operating data"). The
presets can be modified by the customer to match the requirements precisely.
Operating data set on delivery according to customer requirements:
Supplement the Article No. by "-Z" and add the Order code
"Y01". The operating data to be set can be obtained from the
list of parameterize operating data. The Order codes A 7 7 to
K 7 7 for operating data to be set need only be specified in the
order if they deviate from the default setting.
The default setting is used if no Order code is specified for operating data.
The selected parameters are printed on the transmitter's rating
plate.
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
SITRANS TW universal transmitter

for rail mounting, in four-wire system
(order instruction manual separately)
7 NG 3 2 4 2 - 77777
}
}
Power supply
115/230 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC
}
}
0
1
Instruction Manual for SITRANS TW

German/English
French/Italian/Spanish
} A5E00054075
} A5E00064515
Cold junction terminal
} 7NG3092-8AV
} 7NG3092-8AW
U/I plug
(-1.2 ... +10 V DC pr -12 ... +100 mA)
A
B
see Chapter 8
HART modem
}
With USB interface
0
1
Input for
Temperature sensor, resistance-based sen- }
sor and mV sensor with measuring range
-120 ... +1000 mV DC and with U/I plug
Voltage input (V sources) 1)
Measuring range:
-1.2 ... +10 V DC
-12 ... +100 V DC (not Ex version)
-120 ... +140 V DC (not Ex version)
Current input (A, mA sources) 1)
Measuring range:
-12 ... +100 A DC
-120 ... +1000 A DC
-1.2 ... +10 mA DC
-12 ... +100 mA DC
-120 ... +1000 mA DC
} 7MF4997-1DB
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Further designs
Order code(s) (see "List of parameterizable
operating data").
Order code
Customer-specific setting of operating data

(see "List of parameterizable operating
data")
Note:
specify in plain text: see Order code
Meas. point description (max. 16 char.)
Text on front of device (max. 32 char.)
HART tag (max. 8 characters)
With test report
With shorting plug to HART communication
for 0 mA or 0 V
With plug for external cold junction compensation
With U/I plug
(-1.2 ... +10 V DC or -12 ... +100 mA)
Language of rating plate
(together with Y01 Order Code only)
Y01
Italian
English
French
Spanish
S72
S76
S77
S78
1)
} A5E00364512

Without
For inputs [EEx ia] or [EEx ib]
Sensor fault/limit monitor

Without (retrofitting not possible)
Relay with changeover contact
Accessories
instruments
Output signal
0/4 ... 20 mA (can be switched to
0/2 ... 10 V)
0/2 ... 10 V (can be switched to
0/4 ... 20 mA)
Article No.
Y23
Y24
Y25
P01
S01
S02
S03
Observe max. values with Ex version.
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/51
Siemens AG 2014
List of parameterizable operating data (Order codes A 7 7 + B 7 7 ... E 7 7)

Operating data acc. to default setting
Order codes: A 7 7 ... E 7 7
Article No. with Order code: 7NG3242 - 7 7 7 7 7 -Z Y01

+
777
777
777
777
777
Sensor
Thermocouples
Type
Temperature range
B: Pt30 %Rh/Pt6 %Rh

C:W5 %Re
D:W3 %Re
E:NiCr/CuNi
J:Fe/CuNi (IEC)
K:NiCr/Ni
0 ... 1820 C
0 ... 2300 C
0 ... 2300 C
-200 ... +1000 C
-210 ... +1200 C
-200 ... +1372 C
A 0 0 Standard
A 0 1 Sum n 1)
n=2
A02
...
A03
n = 10
A 0 4 Difference 2) Diff1
A05
Diff2
B0
B0
. .
B1
B3
B3
L: Fe/CuNi (DIN)
N:NiCrSi/NiSi
R:Pt13 %Rh/Pt
S:Pt10 %Rh/Pt
T:Cu/CuNi (IEC)
U:Cu/CuNi (DIN)
-200 ... +900 C

-200 ... +1300 C
-50 ... +1760 C
-50 ... +1760 C
-200 ... +400 C
-200 ... +600 C
A 0 6 Mean-val. 2) MW
A07
A08
A09
A10
A11
B4 1
(or max. permissible line resistance see
Technical specifications)
Pt100 (DIN IEC)
Pt100 (JIS)
Ni100 (DIN)
-200 ... +850 C

-200 ... +649 C
-60 ... +250 C
Resistance-based sensors, potentiometers

(or max. permissible line resistance see
Connection
Cold junction
compensation
Connection
A 2 0 Standard
A 2 1 Sum n 4)
A22
n=2
...
n = 10
Parallel n 5) n = 0.1
n= 0.2
n= 0.5
Special value 6) 7)
2)
Difference Diff1
Diff2
Mean-val. 2) MW
0 C
20 C
50 C
60 C
70 C
Special value 7)
External meas.
(through Pt100
DIN IEC 751) 7)
C0
C1
C2
C2
C2
C2
0
0
0
2
5
6
C2 7
Y10
Y11
Connection
B0
B0
. .
B1
B2
B2
B2
Y0
B5
B5
B6
Connection
A 3 0 Standard
Difference 2) Diff1
Diff2
Mean val.2) MW
1 None
2 Internal
. Fixed val.
0
1
2
Measuring
ranges
1 2-wire-system
2 3-wire-system
. 4-wire-system
0
1
2
5
0
1
2
1
Line resistance 3)
C3 2 0
C 3 3 10
C 3 4 20
50
Special val.7)
Connection
B0
B5
B5
B6
1 2-wire-system
1 3-wire-system
2 4-wire-system
1
D0
D1
D2
D5
Y2
0
0
0
0
0
Line resistance 3)
C3 2 0
C 3 3 10
C 3 4 20
50
-30 ... +60 C

-20 ... +20 C
0 ... 40 C
0 ... 60 C
0 ... 80 C
0 ... 100 C
0 ... 120 C
0 ... 150 C
0 ... 200 C
0 ... 250 C
0 ... 300 C
0 ... 350 C
0 ... 400 C
0 ... 450 C
0 ... 500 C
0 ... 600 C
0 ... 700 C
0 ... 800 C
0 ... 900 C
0 ... 1000 C
0 ... 1200 C
0 ... 1400 C
0 ... 1600 C
0 ... 1800 C
50 ... 100 C
50 ... 150 C
100 ... 200 C
100 ... 300 C
100 ... 400 C
200 ... 300 C
200 ... 400 C
200 ... 500 C
300 ... 600 C
500 ... 1000 C
600 ... 1200 C
800 ... 1600 C
Special range 7)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
A 4 0 Meas. range with Article No.
n = number of thermocouple elements to be connected in series

See Circuit diagrams for meaning of type circuit
Line resistance of channels 1 and 2, for max. permissible line resistance see
Technical specifications (only with C32, not with C33 and C34)
n = number of resistance thermometers to be connected in series
1/n = number of resistance thermometers to be connected in parallel
Combination of series and parallel connection of resistance thermometers
Operating data: see Special operating data
This range does not apply to mean-value and difference circuits.
The max. permissible currents and voltages according to conformity certificate must be observed in devices with explosion protection.
Without detection of line breakage
2/52
Siemens FI 01 2015
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
0
E4
E4
E4
E4
0
1
2
3
E4
E4
E4
Y3
4
5
6
1
Measuring
ranges
D0
D1
D2
D5
0
0
0
0
0 ... 100
0 ... 200
0 ... 500
0 ... 1000
Special val. 7) Y 2 0 0 ... 2500

0 ... 5000 8)
0 ... 6000 8)
Special range 7)
mV, V and A, mA sensors 9)
E0
E0
E0
E0
E0
E0
E0
E0
E0
E0
E1
E1
E1
E1
E1
E1
E1
E1
E1
E1
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Y3
7NG 3242 - 7 7 7 7 7 -Z Y01
E50
0
1
2
3
-120 ... +1000 mV

-1,2 ... +10 V 10)
-12 ... +100 V 10)
-120 ... +140 V 10)
4
5
6
7
8
-12 ... +100 A 10)

-120 ... +1000 A 10)
-1,2 ... +10 mA 10)
-12 ... +100 mA 10)
-120 ... +1000 mA 10)
Special range 7)
Y32
Siemens AG 2014
List of parameterizable operating data (Order codes F 7 7 ... K 7 7)

Operating data according to default setting
Order codes: F 7 7 ... K 7 7
777
Article No. with Order code: 7NG3242 - 7 7 7 7 7 -Z Y01

+
777
777
777
777
Sensor
Thermocouple elements
Voltage
measurement
Type
Temperature range
B: Pt30 %Rh/
C:W5 %Re
D:W3 %Re
E:NiCr/CuNi
J:Fe/CuNi (IEC)
K:NiCr/Ni
0 ... 1820 C
0 ... 2300 C
0 ... 2300 C
-200 ... +1000 C
-210 ... +1200 C
-200 ... +1372 C
A00
A01
A02
A03
A04
A05
L: Fe/CuNi (DIN)
N:NiCrSi/NiSi
R:Pt13 %Rh/Pt
S:Pt10 %Rh/Pt
T:Cu/CuNi (IEC)
U:Cu/CuNi (DIN)
-200 ... +900 C

-200 ... +1300 C
-50 ... +1760 C
-50 ... +1760 C
-200 ... +400 C
-200 ... +600 C
A06
A07
A08
A09
A10
A11
(max. permissible line resistances see
Pt100 (DIN IEC)
Pt100 (JIS)
-200 ... +850 C

-200 ... +649 C
Ni100 (DIN)
-60 ... +250 C
Filter
time1)
Temperature- F 0 0 0 s
linear
0.1 s
VoltageF 1 0 0.2 s
linear
0.5 s
1s
2s
5s
10 s
20 s
50 s
100 s
Special
time 5)
Voltage
measurement
Filter
time1)
same as for
A 2 0 Temperature- F 0 0 thermocouple eleA 2 1 linear
ments
A 2 2 Resistance- F 2 0
linear
Output signal and line

filter 2)
Failure signal
G0 0
G0 1
G0 2
G0 3
G0 4
G0 5
4 ... 20 mA/
2 ... 10 V
with line filter:
50 Hz
H00
60 Hz
H01
10 Hz 4)
H02
with line breakage/fault:
G0 6
G0 7
G0 8
G0 9
G1 0
Y50
0 ... 20 mA/
0 ... 10 V
no monitoring
with line filter:
50 Hz
H 1 0 Safety value 5)
60 Hz
H11
10 Hz
H12

filter 2)
same as for
thermocouple elements
to full scale
to start of scale
hold last value
Limit
monitor 3)
Limit monitor- K 0 0
ing ineffective
(but sensor
J 0 0 fault signalling
J 0 1 with closedJ 0 2 circuit operation)
J03
Effective 5)
Y70
Y60
Failure signal
Limit
monitor 3)
same as for
thermocouple
elements

to full scale
to start of scale
hold last value
J00
J01
J02
no monitoring
J03
Safety value 5)
Y60
with line breakage or short-circuit/fault:

to full scale
J10
to start of scale J 1 1
hold last value J 1 2
Resistance-based sensors, potentiometers
Filter
time1)
same as for
(max. permissible line resistances see A 3 0 Resistance- F 2 0 thermocouple eleTechnical specifications)
linear
ments
mV, V and A, mA sources
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Voltage
measurement
A 4 0 Voltage
measurement
Filter
time1)
same as for
Source pro- F 3 0 thermocouple eleportional
ments

filter 2)
same as for

filter 2)
same as for
no monitoring
J13
Safety value 5)
Y61
Failure signal
Limit
monitor 3)
same as for
thermocouple
elements

to full scale
to start of scale
hold last value
J00
J01
J02
no monitoring
J03
Safety value 5)
Y60
Limit
monitor 3)
same as for
thermocouple
elements
Software filter to smooth the result

Filter to suppress line disturbances on the measured signal.
If signalling relay present
for special appliciations
Operating data: see Special operating data
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/53
Siemens AG 2014
Special operating data

Order
code
Plain text
required
Options
Y00
N=.
Y10
TV=.
D=
RL=.
Factor N for multiplication with the characteristic values of resistance thermometers

Range of values: 0.10 to 10.00
1. Example: 3 x Pt500 parallel:
N = 5/3 = 1.667;
2. Example: Ni120: N = 1.2
Temperature TV of the fixed cold junction
Dimension; range of values: C, K, F, R
Line resistance RL in for compensation of
cold junction line of external Pt100
DIN IEC 751
Line resistances RL of channel 1 (RL1) and
channel 2 (RL2) in if the resistance thermometer or the resistance-based sensor is
connected in a two-wire system
Range of values depending on type of sensor: 0.00 to 100.00
Start-of-scale value MA and full-scale value
ME for thermocouples and resistance thermometers
(Range of values depending on type of sensor)
Dimension, range of values: C, K, F, R)
ME for resistance-based sensors or potentiometers in
Range of values: 0.00 to 6,000.00
ME for mV, V, A and mA sources
Range of values depending on type of sensor: -120.00 to 1,000.00
Dimension (mV entered as MV, V as V,
A as UA, mA as MA)
Response time T63 of software filter in s
Safety value S of signal output in mA or in V
corresponding to the set type of output.
Range of values
- with current output: -0.50 to 23.00
- with voltage output: -0.25 to 10.75
Safety value S with line breakage of sensor
Safety value S with line breakage or shortcircuit of sensor
Lower limit value (dimension as defined by
measuring range)
Upper limit value (dimension as defined by
measuring range)
Hysteresis (dimension as defined by measuring range)
Switch on/off combination of limit function
and sensor fault detection; J=on; N=off
(standard: J)
Type of relay output: A=open-circuit operation; R=closed-circuit operation (standard: R)
Switching delay T of relay output in s
Range of values: 0.0 to 10.0 (standard: 0.0)
Y11
Y20
RL1=.
RL2=.
Y30
MA=.
ME=.
Y31
D=
MA=.
ME=.
Y32
MA=.
ME=.
D=
Y50
T63=.
Y60
Y61
S= .
S=.
Y70
UG=.
OG=.
H=.
K=
A=
T=.
2/54
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Schematics
Sensor input connections

557'
557'

7&
7&

P9

7&
7&
1*$9

3W
3W

7&
557' 557'

557'

8

9
8
,
,

P$
1*$:
5HVLVWDQFHWKHUPRPHWHUVUHVLVWDQFHEDVHG
VHQVRUVSRWHQWLRPHWHUV

7ZRZLUHV\VWHPUHVLVWDQFHFDQEH
SDUDPHWHUL]HGIRUOLQHFRPSHQVDWLRQ

7KUHHZLUHV\VWHP

)RXUZLUHV\VWHP

'LIIHUHQFHPHDQYDOXHFLUFXLW
UHVLVWRUVFDQEHSDUDPHWHUL]HG
IRUOLQHFRPSHQVDWLRQ
7KHUPRFRXSOHV
)XUWKHUVRXUFHV

'HWHUPLQDWLRQRIFROGMXQFWLRQWHPSHUDWXUHXVLQJ
EXLOWLQ3WRUIL[HGUHIHUHQFHWHPSHUDWXUH
P9VRXUFHVZLWKWZRZLUHV\VWHP
1*[[[[

H[WHUQDO3WUHVLVWDQFHFDQEHSDUDPHWHUL]HG
IRUOLQHFRPSHQVDWLRQ
9VRXUFHVZLWKWZRZLUHV\VWHP
1*[[[[>@

FROGMXQFWLRQWHUPLQDO1*$9

'LIIHUHQFHPHDQYDOXHFLUFXLWZLWKLQWHUQDO
FROGMXQFWLRQWHPSHUDWXUH
P$P$VRXUFHVZLWKWZRZLUHV\VWHP
1*[[[[>@
9ROWDJHPHDVXUHPHQWWR9ZLWK8,
SOXJ1*$:1*[[[[
&XUUHQWPHDVXUHPHQWWRP$ZLWK
8,SOXJ1*$:1*[[[[
Connection diagram for the input signal
Channel 1 is the measured variable between the terminals 2 and 3 on the input plug. With a difference or mean-value circuit, the
calculation of the measured value is defined by the type of measurement. Otherwise the measured value is determined via channel
1. The following code is used for the type of measurement:
The short-circuit jumpers shown in the circuits must be inserted
type of measurement
Calculation of measured value
in the respective system on site.
Single channel
Channel 1
Differential connection 1
Channel 1 - Channel 2
Differential connection 2
Channel 2 - Channel 1
Mean-value 1
(Channel 1 + Channel 2)
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/55
Siemens AG 2014
Limit
monitor
14 13 12
11 10 9
~ ~
+ UH 1 to 4
5, 6
7, 8
9 to 11
12
13, 14
Relay output
HART/
Sensor
6 5
HART +
2 1
Signal input (see "sensor input connections" for possible

types of connection)
Analog output (U or I output parameterizable using plug-in
jumpers)
Connection with HART communication for local
parameterization
Output for sensor fault/limit monitor as relay contact
(see below for possible parameterization)
PE connection
Power supply input (protected against reverse polarity)
Connection diagram for power supply, input and outputs
Relay outputs
Connected terminals
Closed-circuit operation (relay opens when
error)
Device switched off
10 and 11
Device switched on and no error
9 and 11
Device switched on and error
10 and 11
Open-circuit operation (relay closes when

error)
Device switched off
10 and 11
Device switched on and no error
10 and 11
Device switched on and error
9 and 11
12 (0.47)
112.5 (4.43)
38 (1.5)
26.6
(1.04)
1
114 (4.5)
Power supply
connection
135 (5.3)
1
In devices with explosion protection
Dimensions for control room mounting, rail mounting in mm (inches)
2/56
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Application
The SITRANS TF280 is a WirelessHART field device for temperature measurement with a Pt100 sensor.
This sensor can be installed directly on the field device, or connected at an offset with a cable connection. On the wireless
communication side, the transmitter supports the WirelessHART
standard. A HART modem can be connected to the transmitter
particularly for initial parameterization. Alternatively the device
can be commissioned comfortably by means of the local pushbuttons w/o any additional handset devices.
It can be used in all industries and applications in non-explosive
areas.
Design
The SITRANS TF280 has a robust aluminum enclosure and is
suitable for outside use. It conforms with the IP65 safety class.
SITRANS TF280 for flexible and cost-effective temperature measurements
Very high security level for wireless data transmission
Built-in local user interface (LUI) with 3-button operation
Optimum representation and readability using graphical display (104 x 80 pixels) with integrated backlight
Stand-by (deep sleep phase) mode can be turned on and off
with push of a button
Battery power supply
Battery life time up to 5 years
Extend battery life time with HART modem interface which can
be switch off
Optimized power consumption through new design, and increase in battery life time
Simple configuration thanks to SIMATIC PDM
Housing meets IP65 degree of protection
Supports all Pt100 sensors as per IEC 751/DIN EN 60751
Benefits
The SITRANS TF280 is a temperature transmitter that features
WirelessHART as the standard communication interface.
Also available is a wired interface to connect a HART modem:
Flexible temperature measurement
Save costs on wiring at difficult installation conditions. Wireless technology offers cost advantages in cases where extensive wiring costs would normally apply.
It enables additional hitherto unfeasible measuring points,
particularly for monitoring purposes
Easy installation also on moveable equipment parts
Enables cost-effective temporary measurements, for example
for process optimizations.
Optimum solution in addition to wired communication and for
system solutions in process automation
The operation temperature range is -40 to +80 C

(-40 to +176 F). Power supply is provided through an integrated
battery, which is available as an accessory. The device is only
approved for operation with this battery.
The antenna features a rotatable joint which can be used for
directional alignment. Wireless signals can thus be optimally
received and transmitted.
A special highlight is the possibility to operate directly on the
device with 3 push buttons. It perfectly matches the strategy of
all new Siemens field devices.
Using the devices push buttons, it is easy to turn the HART
modem interface of the device on and off. The device can be put
to passive status and reactivated at any time. This helps to
extend the life time of the battery.
The SITRANS TF280 transmitter features a cable gland or a
Pt100 sensor including protective piping.
Function
The SITRANS TF280 can join to a WirelessHART network. It can
be parameterized and operated through this network. Measured
process values are transmitted via the network to the
SIEMENS IE/WSN-PA LINK.
Field device data received by the IE/WSN-PA LINK is transmitted
to the connected systems, for example the process control system SIMATIC PCS 7. For an introduction of WirelessHART,
please see the FI 01 catalogue Sec. 8 or
www.siemens.com/wirelesshart.
Detailed information on IE/WSN-PA LINK can be found in the
FI 01 catalogue Sec. 7 or www.siemens.com/wirelesshart.
Integration
Connecting to SIMATIC PCS 7
The integration of field devices in SIMATIC PCS 7 and other process control systems can be now done seamlessly and cost-effectively with wireless technology, especially in situations where
high wiring costs may be expected. Of particular interest are
measuring points which are to be added and for which no wiring
is available.
Where larger distances between the IE/WSN-PA LINK and control systems need to be overcome, this connection can also be
implemented on a wireless and cost-effective basis using the
SCALANCE W series of products. Siemens WirelessHART devices operate with optimum coexistence to SCALANCE W family
products.
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/57
Siemens AG 2014
ES
MS
Industrial Ethernet
SITRANS
AW210
SIMATIC
system
SITRANS
AW200
The SITRANS TF280 can be mechanically installed in two ways:

Direct at the measuring point with a M20x1.5 thread.
A connection to other threads can be done via the adapter.
Remotely from the Pt100 sensor, which is connected to the
transmitter via a cable.
The data in the following table refer to the transmitter only excluding a connected sensor, except as noted otherwise.
Input
Sensor
SIMATIC ET 200
with HART support
Wireless
HART
IE/WSNPA LINK
Sensor type
Pt100 as per
IEC 751/DIN EN 607511)
Connection
Two, three or four-wire system
Measuring range
-200 ... +850 C (-328 ... 1560 F)
Cable length SITRANS TF280 and

Pt100 sensor element
3m
Measuring accuracy2)
SITRANS
AW210
SITRANS SITRANS
P280
TF280
DP/PA
LINK
PROFIBUS
OS
Accuracy
< 0.04 % of the measuring range
Long-term drift
< 0.035 % of the measuring range

in first year
Ambient temperature effect
max. 0.1 C/10 K
Rated conditions
PROFIBUS PA
Integration of a meshed network into SIMATIC PCS 7
Ambient temperature
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
Storage temperature
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Relative humidity
< 95%
Climatic class
4K4H in accordance with

EN 60721-3-4
(stationary use at locations not protected against weather)
IP65/NEMA 4
Max. permissible temperature at

transmitter for directly mounted
Pt100
80 C (176 F)
Configuration
Configuration of the SITRANS TF280 transmitter may be carried
out as follows:
Initial commissioning for the SITRANS TF280 with SIMATIC
PDM is generally carried out via a HART modem or the integrated local user interface, since the network ID and join Key
must be set up on the device before it can be accepted and
integrated into the WirelessHART network.
Once it is integrated into the network, the device can be conveniently operated with the WirelessHART network or onsite
with a HART modem or via the local user interface.
Design
Enclosure
Die-cast aluminum
Shock resistance
in accordance with
DIN EN 60068-2-29 / 03.95
DIN EN 60068-2-6/12.07
Weight
2/58
Siemens FI 01 2015
without battery
1.5 kg (3.3 lb)
with battery
1.6 kg (3.5 lb)
See "Dimensional drawing"
Thread for cable gland/

sensor connection
M20x1.5
other threads via adapter
Material of protective tubes and

process connection (only for premounted sensor pipe)
Stainless steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L,

UNS S 31603, X2CrNiMo17-12-2)
Cable between transmitter and

sensor element
3 m fr two-, three- or four-wire

connections
Cable resistance < 1 (setting
range in m 0...9999)
Sensor break
Recognized
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
Display (with illumination)
SITRANS TF280 WirelessHART Temperature

transmitter
(Required battery not included with delivery, see
accessories)
7 MP 1 1 1 0 -
Size of display
104 x 80 pixels
Number of digits
Adjustable
Number of spaces after comma
Adjustable
Setting options
on site with 3 push buttons

with SIMATIC PDM or HART Communicator
Auxiliary power
Battery
3.6 V DC
Communication
Wireless standard
WirelessHART V7.1 conforming
2.4 GHz (ISM-Band)
Range under reference conditions
Up to 250 m (line of sight) in outside areas

Up to 50 m (greatly dependent on
obstacles) in Inside areas
Communication interfaces
HART communication with HART

modem
WirelessHART

Wireless communication approvals R&TTE, FCC
General Product Safety
CSAUS/C, CE, UL
Pressure equipment directive
This device is not included in the

pressure device guideline; classification according to pressure
device guideline (PED 97/23/EC),
Directive 1/40; article 1, paragraph
2.1.4
1)
Pre-mounted Pt100: Class A (maximum MES: 0.15 + 0.002*|t| C)
2)
Calculation for errors:

Probable total error = (MES2 + AET2 + LTD2 + ATE2)
Max. error = MES + AET + LTD + ATE
|t|: Absolut value of measured temperature
MES: Measurement error of sensor
AET: Accuracy error transmitter
LTD: Long term drift
ATE: Ambient temperature drift
0 A777 - 0 77 0
Connections/cable entry
Cable gland M20x1.51)
Sensor pipe with Pt100, G" male thread, premounted and connected
}
}
C
D
Display
Digital display, visible
Enclosure
Die-cast aluminum
Not included
Antenna
Variable, attached to device
A
Order code
Further designs
Measuring point number (TAG Nr.)
max. 16 digits entered in plain text
Y15: ....................
Y15
Measuring point message

max. 27 characters entered in plain text:
Y16: ....................
Y16
Article No.
Accessories
Lithium battery for SITRANS TF280/P280
Mounting bracket, steel
7MP1990-0AA00
7MF4997-1AC
Mounting bracket, stainless steel
7MF4997-1AJ
Cover, die-cast aluminum, without window
7MF4997-1BB
Cover, die-cast aluminum, with window
7MF4997-1BE
Thread adapter M20x1.5 (male thread) on

-14 NPT (female thread)
7MP1990-0BA00
Thread adapter M20x1.5 (male thread) on

G (female thread)
7MP1990-0BB00
IE/WSN-PA Link
HART modem with USB interface
SIMATIC PDM
see Sec. 7
}
7MF4997-1DB
see Sec. 8
1)
Please order sensor separately.
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/59
Siemens AG 2014
2
Antenna
112 (4.4)
130 (5.12)
80 (3.15)
242 (9.5)
90
SW27
Pt100
154 (6.06)
80 (3.15)
14 (0.55)
352 (13.9)
SITRANS TF280 WirelessHART temperature transmitter with Pt100, dimensions in mm (inch).

Please see the dimensional drawing of the mounting bracket on page 1/171.
2/60
Siemens FI 01 2015
8 (0.32)
GB
52 (2.05)
101 (3.98)
Siemens AG 2014
112 (4.4)
130 (5.12)
80 (3.15)
242 (9.5)
90
Antenna
154 (6.06)
52 (2.05)
80 (3.15)
Cable gland
for cable 6 ... 12 mm
(0.24 ... 0.47 inch)
264 (10.4)
SITRANS TF280 WirelessHART temperature transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)

Please see the dimensional drawing of the mounting bracket on page 1/171.
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/61
Siemens AG 2014
Transmitter for field mounting/field indicator
SITRANS TF - Transmitter, two-wire system and SITRANS TF - Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA
Overview
Function
Configuration
The communication capability over the HART protocol V 5.9 of
the SITRANS TF with an integrated SITRANS TH300 permits parameterization using a PC or HART communicator (hand-held
communicator). The SIMATIC PDM makes it easy.
Parameterization is carried out using a PC for SITRANS TF with

the integrated and programmable SITRANS TK. Available for
this purpose are a special modem and the software tool
SIPROM T.
Mode of operation
Mode of operation of SITRANS TF as temperature transmitter
The sensor signal, whether resistance thermometer, thermocouple element or or mV signal, is amplified and linearized. Sensor and output side are electrically isolated. An internal cold
junction is integrated for measurements with thermocouple elements.
Our field devices for heavy industrial use
HART, Universal
4 to 20 mA, universal
The temperature transmitter SITRANS TF works where others
feel uncomfortable.
SITRANS TF automatically detects when a sensor should be interrupted or is indicating a short-circuit. The practical test terminals allow direct measurement of 4 to 20 mA signals over an ammeter without interrupting the output current loop.
Mode of operation of SITRANS TF as field indicator
Benefits
Universal use
- as transmitter for resistance thermometer, thermocouple element, or mV signal
- as field indicator for any 4 to 20 mA signals
Local sensing of measured values over digital display
Rugged two-chamber enclosure in die-cast aluminium or
stainless steel
Test terminals for direct read-out of the output signal without
breaking the current loop
Can be mounted elsewhere if the measuring point
- is hard to access,
- is subject to high temperatures,
- is subject to vibrations from the system,
- or if you want to avoid long neck tubes and/or protective
tubes.
Can be mounted directly on American-design sensors
Wide range of approvals for use in potentially explosive atmospheres. "Intrinsically safe, non-sparking and flameproof" type
of protections, for Europe and USA.
Application
SITRANS TF can be used everywhere where temperatures need
to be measured under particularly adverse conditions, or where
a convenient local display is ideal. Which is why users from all
industries have opted for this field device. The rugged enclosure
protects the electronics. The stainless steel model is almost
completely resistant to sea water and other aggressive elements. The inner workings offer high measuring accuracy, universal input and a wide range of diagnostic options.
2/62
The device outputs a temperature-linear direct current of 4 to

20 mA. As well as the analog transmission of measured values
from 4 to 20 mA, the HART version also supports digital communication for online diagnostics, measured value transmission
and configuration.
Siemens FI 01 2015
Any 4 to 20 mA signal can be applied to the generous terminal

block. As well as a range of predefined measurement units, the
adjustable indicator also supports the input of customized units.
This means that any 4 to 20 mA signal can be represented as
any type of unit, e.g. pressure, flow rate, filling level or temperature.
Power supply
SITRANS TF
Sensor
TC RTD
SITRANS TH300
1
3
2
A
0000
00C
8
9
Load
A
7
6
1 Analog-to-digital converter
2 Electrical isolation
3 Microprocessor
4 Digital-to-analog converter
5 Power supply
6 PC/laptop
7 HART modem
8 Digital display (option)
9 Test connector
Mode of operation: SITRANS TF with integrated transmitter and digital

display
Siemens AG 2014
Measuring range

errors")
Temperature
Min. measured span
5 ... 25 (see Table "Digital measuring errors")
to IEC 60751
Pt25 Pt1000
to JIS C 1604; a=0.00392 K-1
Pt25 Pt1000
to IEC 60751
Ni25 Ni1000
Units
C and F
Input
Measured variable
Sensor type
Connection
Normal connection

Series or parallel connection of

several resistance thermometers in
a two-wire system for the generation of average temperatures or for
adaptation to other device types
2 resistance thermometers (RTD)

in 2-wire system (RTD 1 RTD 2
or RTD 2 RTD 1)
Interface
Two-wire system

Three-wire system
Four-wire system
Sensor current
0.45 mA
Response time
Thermocouples
Measured variable
Temperature

Type B
Type C
Type D
Type E
Type J
Type K
Type L
Type N
Type R
Type S
Type T
Type U

Units
C or F
Connection
Normal connection
1 thermocouple (TC)
(TC 1 TC 2 or TC 2 TC 1)
Response time

value: ON)
Can be switched off
Measuring range
Internal
Min. measured span
10 C (18 F)

thermometer
characteristic
External

External fixed

set as fixed value
Measured variable
Actual resistance
Measuring range
Sensor type
Min. measured span
Units
Min. 40 ... 100 C (72 ... 180 F)

errors")
characteristic
Connection
Normal connection

average value
2 resistance-based sensor in
2-wire system (R 1 R 2 or
R 2 R 1)
Interface
mV sensor
Measured variable
DC voltage
Sensor type

Units
mV
Response time
Two-wire system

Can be switched off
Three-wire system
Measuring range
Four-wire system
-10 ... +70 mV

-100 ... +1100 mV
Sensor current
0.45 mA
Min. measured span
2 mV or 20 mV
Response time
-1.5 ... +3.5 V DC
Input resistance
1 M
Can be switched off
Can be switched off (value is

adjustable)
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/63
Siemens AG 2014
Output
Auxiliary power
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire
Communication with SITRANS

TH300
acc. to HART Rev. 5.9
Digital display
Digital display (optional)
In current loop
Display
Max. 5 digits
Digit height
9 mm (0.35 inch)
Display range
-99 999 ... + 99 999
Units
any (max. 5 char.)
Setting:
Zero point, full-scale value and unit
with 3 buttons
Load voltage
2.1 V
Measuring accuracy
See table "Digital measuring

errors"
Without digital display
11 ... 35 V DC (30 V for Ex ib;

32 V for Ex ic and Ex nA)
With digital display
13.1 ... 5 V DC (30 V for Ex ib;

32 V for Ex ic and Ex nA)
Between input and output
Test voltage
U eff = 1 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min

- EC type test certificate

"Operating equipment that is nonignitable and has limited energy
for zone 2" type of protection
Auxiliary power
24 V 1 %
Load
500
Ambient temperature
23 C (73.4 F)
Warming-up time
> 5 min
< 0.025 % of span
< 0.5 C (0.9 F)
"Flame-proof enclosure" type of

protection
with digital display:

II 2 (1) G EEx ia IIC T4
without digital display:
II 2 (1) G EEx ia IIC T6
ZELM 11 ATEX 0471 X
II 3G EEx nAL IIC T6/T4
ZELM 11 ATEX 0471 X

II 2 G EEx d IIC T5/T6
II 1D Ex tD A20 IP65 T100 C,
T85 C
ZELM 11 ATEX 0472 X
Explosion protection to FM
3017742
Identification (XP, DIP, NI, S)
XP/I/1/BCD/T5 Ta = 85 C
(185 F), T6 Ta = 50 C (112 F),
Type 4X

0.02 % of span/10 C (18 F)
DIP/II, III/1/EFG/T5 Ta = 85 C
(185 F), T6 Ta = 50 C (112 F),
Type 4X
0.06 C (0.11 F)/10C (18 F)
0.6 C (1.1 F)/10C (18 F)
NI/I/2/ABCD/T5 Ta = 85 C
(185 F), T6 Ta = 50 C (112 F)
, Type 4X

< 0.001 % of span/V
< 0.002 % of span/100
Long-term drift
Other certificates
In the first month
< 0.02 % of span
After one year
< 0.3 % of span
After 5 years
< 0.4 % of span
Conditions of use
Ambient conditions
Storage temperature
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Condensation
Permissible
According to EN 61326 and

NAMUR NE21
Degree of protection to EN 60529
IP67
Construction
Weight
Approx. 1.5 kg (3.3 lb) without

options
Dimensions
Enclosure material
Die-cast aluminum, low in copper,

GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel,
polyester-based lacquer, stainless steel rating plate
Electrical connection, sensor connection
Screw terminals, cable inlet via

M20 x 1.5 or -14 NPT screwed
gland
Steel, galvanized and chromeplated or stainless steel
2/64
Siemens FI 01 2015
S/II, III/2/FG/T5 Ta = 85 C
(185 F), T6 Ta = 50 C (112 F),
Type 4X
IECEx, GOST, INMETRO, NEPSI,
KOSHA
Hardware and software requirements

For the parameterization software
SIPROM T for SITRANS TF with
TH200
- Personal computer
PC with CD-ROM drive and USB
- PC operating system
Windows 98, NT, 2000, XP, 7 and

Win 8
For the parameterization software See chapter 8 "Software",

SIMATIC PDM for SITRANS TH300 "SIMATIC PDM"
Communication
Load for HART connection
230 ... 1100
Two-core shielded
3.0 km (1.86 mi)
Multi-core shielded
1.5 km (0.93 mi)
Protocol
HART protocol, version 5.9
Factory setting (transmitter):

Damping 0.0 s
Siemens AG 2014
Thermocouples
Input
Input
Measuring range
Min. measured span
Digital
accuracy
C / (F)
C)
(F)
(F)
to IEC 60751
Measuring range
Min. measured span
Digital
accuracy
C
C / (F)
(F)
Type B
0 ... 1820
(32 ... 3308)
100
(180) 2 1)
(F)
(3.6) 1)
Type C (W5)
0 ... 2300
(32 ... 4172)
100
(180) 1 2)
(1.8) 2)
Type D (W3)
0 ... 2300
(32 ... 4172)
100
(180) 12)
(1.8)2)
Type E
-200 ... +1000

(-328 ... +1832)
50
(90)
(1.8)
Type J
-210 ... +1200

(-346 ... +2192)
50
(90)
(1.8)
Type K
-200 ... +1370

(-328 ... +2498)
50
(90)
(1.8)
Type L
-200 ... +900

(-328 ... +1652)
50
(90)
(1.8)
Pt25
-200 ... +850

(-328 ... +1562)
10
(18)
0.3
(0.54)
Pt50
-200 ... +850

(-328 ... +1562)
10
(18)
0.15
(0.27)
Pt100 ... Pt200
-200 ... +850

(-328 ... +1562)
10
(18)
0.1
(0.18)
Pt500
-200 ... +850

(-328 ... +1562)
10
(18)
0.15
(0.27)
Pt1000
-200 ... +350

(-328 ... +662)
10
(18)
0.15
(0.27)
Pt25
-200 ... +649

(-328 ... +1200)
10
(18)
0.3
(0.54)
Type N
-200 ... +1300

(-328 ... +2372)
50
(90)
(1.8)
Pt50
-200 ... +649

(-328 ... +1200)
10
(18)
0.15
(0.27)
Type R
-50 ... +1760

(-58 ... +3200)
100
(180) 2
(3.6)
Pt100 ... Pt200
-200 ... +649

(-328 ... +1200)
10
(18)
0.1
(0.18)
Type S
-50 ... +1760

(-58 ... +3200)
100
(180) 2
(3.6)
Pt500
-200 ... +649

(-328 ... +1200)
10
(18)
0.15
(0.27)
Type T
-20 ... +400

(-328 ... +752)
40
(72)
(1.8)
Pt1000
-200 ... +350

(-328 ... +662)
10
(18)
0.15
(0.27)
Type U
-200 ... +600

(-328 ... +1112)
50
(90)
(3.6)
Ni 25 to Ni1000
-60 ... +250

(-76 ... +482)
10
(18)
0.1
(0.18)
to JIS C1604-81
1)
2)

(3.6 F).
Input
Measuring range
Min. measured span
Digital
accuracy
Resistance
0 ... 390
0.05
Resistance
0 ... 2200
25
0.25
mV sensor
Input
Measuring span
Min. measured span
Digital
accuracy
mV
mV
mV sensor
-10 ... +70
40
mV sensor
-100 ... +1100
20
400
value.
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/65
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
Temperature transmitter in field housing

Two-wire system 4 ... 20 mA, with electrical
isolation, with documentation on MiniDVD
7 NG 3 1 3 7 - 77777
code(s)
Integrated transmitter
SITRANS TH200, programmable
Without Ex protection
With Ex ia
With Ex nAL for zone 2
Total device SITRANS TF Ex d1)
Total device SITRANS TF according to FM
(XP, DIP, NI, S)1)
SITRANS TH300, communication capability
according to HART V 5.9
Without Ex-protection
With Ex ia
(XP, DIP, NI, S)1)
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
Enclosure
Die-cast aluminium
Stainless steel precision casting
B
C
Digital indicator
Without
With
0
1
Mounting bracket and securing parts

Without
Made of steel
0
1
2
Further designs
Order code
Test protocol (5 measuring points)

Explosion protection Ex ia to INMETRO
(Brazil) (only with 7NG313.-1....)
Explosion protection Ex d to INMETRO
Explosion protection Ex nA to INMETRO
(Brazil) (only with 7NG313.-2...)
Explosion protection Ex i to NEPSI
(China) (only with 7NG313.-1...)
Explosion protection Ex d to NEPSI
(China) (only with 7NG313.-4....)
Explosion protection Ex nA to NEPSI
Explosion protection Ex d to KOSHA
(Korea) (only with 7NG313.-4...)
(PU on epoxy)
Transient protection
Cable gland CAPRI 1/2 NPT ADE 4F,
nickle-plated brass (CAPRI 848694 and
810634) included
Cable gland 1/2 NPT ADE 1F,
cable diam. 6 ... 12 (CAPRI 818694 and
810534) included
Cable gland 1/2 NPT ADE 4F, stainless steel
(CAPRI 848699 and 810634) included
cable diam. 4 ... 8.5 (CAPRI 818674 and
810534) included
C11
C20
C23
Siemens FI 01 2015
0
1
2
4
5
A
E
Connections/cable inlet
Screwed glands M20x1.5
Screwed glands -14 NPT
2/66
0
1
2
4
5
Order Code

Y01: ... to ... C, F
Y012)
Y173)
Meas. point descriptor, max. 16 characters
Y234)
Meas. point message, max. 32 characters
Y244)
Only inscription on measuring point label:

specify in plain text: Measuring range
Y224)
U025)
Pt100 (IEC) 3-wire
U035)
Pt100 (IEC) 4-wire
U045)
Thermocouple type B
U205)6)
U215)6)
U225)6)
Thermocouple type E
U235)6)
Thermocouple type J
U245)6)
Thermocouple type K
U255)6)
Thermocouple type L
U265)6)
Thermocouple type N
U275)6)
Thermocouple type R
U285)6)
Thermocouple type S
U295)6)
Thermocouple type T
U305)6)
Thermocouple type U
U315)6)
U41
With TC: CJC external with fixed value, specify in plain text
Y50
Y097)
U363)

1)
2)
3)
E25
4)
If only Y22, Y23 or Y24 are ordered and the label only has to be on the tag
plate, Y01 does not have to be specified.
E26
5)
6)
7)

be entered here.
E27
E55
E56
E57
E70
G10
J01
D57
D58
D59
D60
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.

Accessories
and TF with TH200 incl. parameterization
software T
with USB interface
7NG3092-8KU

}
instruments
with documentation in German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian and Portuguese, and
parameterization software SIPROM T
(included in delivery with SITRANS TF)
A5E00364512
HART modem
With USB interface
SIMATIC PDM parameterization software

also for SITRANS TH300
Made of steel for 7NG313.-..B..
Made of steel for 7NG313.-..C..
Made of stainless steel for 7NG313.-..B..
Made of stainless steel for 7NG313.-..C..
7MF4997-1DB
see chapter 8
7MF4997-1AC
7MF4997-1AB
7MF4997-1AJ
7MF4997-1AH
Digital indicator1)
7MF4997-1BS
Connection board
A5E02226423
1)
It is not possible to upgrade devices with Ex protection
Ordering example 1:
7NG3135-0AB11-Z Y01+Y23+U03
Y01: -10 ... +100 C
Y23: TICA1234HEAT
Ordering example 2:
7NG3136-0AC11-Z Y01+Y23+Y24+U25
Y01: -10 ... +100 C
Y23: TICA 1234 ABC
Y24: HEATING BOILER 56789
Factory setting (transmitter):
Pt100 (IEC 751) with three-wire circuit
Fault current 22.8 mA
Damping 0.0 s
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/67
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
SITRANS TF field indicator

for 4 ... 20 mA signals,
with documentation on MiniDVD
7 NG 3 1 3 0 - 77777
code(s)
Without Ex-protection
With Ex ia
(XP, DIP, NI, S)1)
0
1
2
4
5
Enclosure
Die-cast aluminium
A
E
B
C
Digital indicator
With

Without
Made of steel
Test protocol (5 measuring points)

Y01: ... to ... C, F
Y012)
Only inscription on TAG plate: specify in plain

text: Measuring range
Y223)
Only inscription on TAG plate: Measuring

point descriptor, max. 16 characters
Y233)
Only inscription on TAG plate: Measuring

point message, max. 27 characters
Y243)
Y094)
Screwed glands -14 NPT
Further designs
1
1
1
1
1
Order Code
0
1
2
1)
2)
3)
4)

be entered here.
Order code
Article No.

C11
Accessories
}
instruments
A5E00364512

E25

E26

E27

E55

E56
Digital indicator1)
7MF4997-1BS

E57
Connection board
A5E02226423

E70
1)

(PU on epoxy)
G10
Ordering example 1:
J01

810634) included
D57
7NG3130-0AB10-Z Y01+Y23
Y01: -5...100 C
Y23: TICA1234HEAT

810534) included
D58

D59

810534) included
D60
2/68
Siemens FI 01 2015

7MF4997-1AC
7MF4997-1AB
7MF4997-1AJ
7MF4997-1AH
It is not possible to upgrade devices with Ex protection
Ordering example 2:
7NG3130-0AC10-Z Y01+Y23+Y24
Y01: 0 ... 20 BAR
Y23: PICA 1234 ABC
Y29: HEATING BOILER 67890
Factory setting (field indicator):
4 ... 20 mA
Siemens AG 2014
138* (5.43)
55
(2.17)
52 (2.05)
28
(1.10)
237 (9.33)
80 (3.15)
36.5 (1.44)
a: max. 164 (6.46) (M20x1.5)

max. 189 (7.44) (-14 NPT)
120 (4.72)
68 (2.68)
72 (2.83)
80 (3.15)
100* (3.94)
6
50
(1.97)
117 (4.61)
50* (1.97)
20
(0.79)
144 (5.67)
13 (0.51)
15* (0.59)
b: max. 25 (0.98) (M20x1.5)

max. 50 (1.97) (-14 NPT)
*) Dimensions for stainless
steel enclosure
123 (4.84)
50 ... 60
(1.97 ... 2.36)
7
105 (4.13)
1 Sensor connection (screwed gland M20x1.5 or -14 NPT)

2 Blanking plug
6 Protective cover (without function)
3 Electrical connection (screwed gland M20x1.5 or -14 NPT)
7 Mounting bracket (option) with clamp for securing to a

vertical or horizontal pipe
4 Terminal side, output signal
8 Cover with window for digital display
5 Terminal side, sensor
SITRANS TF, dimensions in mm (inches)
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/69
Siemens AG 2014
Schematics
6
+ -
6
+ -
+ TC -
6
+ -

Two-wire system 1)
3-W
3-W
Two-wire system 1)
6
5
RTD
6
+ 5
3-W
6
+ -
RTD
3-W
3-W
Thermocouple
Resistance
3-W
6
+ -
+ TC -
R
RTD
6
+ -

6
+ -
3-W
3-W
Three-wire system
3-W
Three-wire system
6
+ -
+ TC -
3-W
6
+ -

Four-wire system
3-W
Four-wire system
RTD
6
+ -
RTD2
+ TC2 -
R2
3-W
RTD
6
+ -
+ TC1 -
R1
RTD1
Voltage measurement
3-W
6
+ -
Current measurement
6
+ -
+
I
SITRANS TF, sensor connection assignment
2/70
Siemens FI 01 2015
3-W
1)

Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Application
The SITRANS TF can be used everywhere where temperatures
need to be measured under particularly harsh conditions. Which
is why users from all industries have opted for this field device.
The rugged enclosure protects the electronics. The stainless
steel model is almost completely resistant to sea water and other
aggressive elements.
The inner workings offer high measuring accuracy, universal input and a wide range of diagnostic options.
Function
Our field devices for heavy industrial use

FOUNDATION fieldbus
PROFIBUS PA
The SITRANS TF temperature transmitter works where others
cant cope.
Benefits
For universal use as a transmitter for resistance thermometers,
thermocouple elements, or mV signals
Rugged two-chamber enclosure in die-cast aluminium or
stainless steel
Can be mounted elsewhere if the measuring point
- is hard to access,
- is subject to high temperatures,
- is subject to vibrations from the system,
- or if you want to avoid long neck tubes and/or protective
tubes.
Can be mounted directly on American-design sensors
Wide range of approvals for use in potentially explosive atmospheres. "Intrinsically safe, non-sparking and flameproof" type
of protection, for Europe and USA
- Resistance thermometer
- Thermocouple
- mV sensor
- Resistance-based sensors
Transmitter with FOUNDATION fieldbus communication

Function blocks: 2 x analog and 1 x PID
Functionality: Basic or LAS
Mode of operation
The following function diagram explains the mode of operation
of the transmitter.
The only difference between the two versions of the SITRANS TF
(7NG3137-... and 7NG3138-...) is the type of field bus protocol
used (PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION fieldbus).
5
4
A/D
converter
CPU
Communication
Internal
Pt100
EEPROM
Complex configuration
Correction coefficient
Factory settings
Ex power circuit
Electrically
isolated
Input 2
Transmitter with PROFIBUS PA communication

Function blocks: 2 x analog
Transformer
Input 1
Input 2
Differential
Mean value
Redundancy
Terminal temperature
Engineering units
Table linearization
Polynomial linearization
Process calibration
Optional inputs:
Input 1
Features
Polarity-neutral bus connection
24-bit analog-digital converter for high resolution
Version for use in hazardous areas
Sensor redundance
1
Bus connection
- PROFIBUS PA protocol (7NG3137)

or
- FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol
(7NG3138)
SITRANS TF with TH400, function diagram

Siemens FI 01 2015
2/71
Siemens AG 2014
System communication
Bus terminator
PROFIBUS PA
Segment
coupler
2
SITRANS TF
with TH400 PA
Type R
-50 ... +1760 C (-58 ... +3200 F)
Type S
-50 ... +1760 C (-58 ... +3200 F)
Type T
-200 ... +400 C (-328 ... +752 F)
to DIN 43710
Type L
-200 ... +900 C

(-328 ... +1652 F)
Type U
-200 ... +600 C

(-328 ... +1112 F)
to ASTM E988-90
Bus terminator
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Segment
coupler
SITRANS TF
with TH400 FF
SITRANS TF with TH400, communication interface
Type W3
0 ... 2300 C (32 ... 4172 F)
Type W5
0 ... 2300 C (32 ... 4172 F)
External cold junction compensation
-40 ... +135 C (-40 ... +275 F)

Yes
Yes, < 3 mV
Sensor current in the event of

open-circuit monitoring
4 A
mV sensor - voltage input

Measuring range
-800 ... +800 mV
Input resistance
10 M
Output
Input
Analog/digital conversion
Measurement rate
< 50 ms
Resolution
24-bit
Pt25 ... 1000 to IEC 60751/JIS C
1604
Measuring range
-200 ... +850 C

(-328 ... +1562 F)
Ni25 ... 1000 to DIN 43760

Measuring range
-60 ... +250 C (-76 ... +482 F)
Cu10 ... 1000, = 0.00427

Measuring range
-50 ... +200 C (-58 ... +392 F)
Max. 50
Sensor current
Nominal 0.2 mA
Filter time (programmable)
0 ... 60 s
Update time
< 400 ms
Measuring accuracy
Accuracy is defined as the higher
value of general values and basic
values.
General values
Type of input
Absolute accuracy
Temperature
coefficient
All
0.05 % of the 0.002 % of

measured value the measured
value/C
Basic values
Type of input
Basic accuracy
Temperature
coefficient
Pt100 and Pt1000
0.1 C
0.002 C/C
Ni100
0.15 C
0.002 C/C
Yes
Cu10
1.3 C
0.02 C/C
Yes, < 15
0.05
0.002 /C
Voltage source
10 V
0.2 V/C
Thermocouple, type:
E, J, K, L, N, T, U
0.5 C
0.01 C/C
Thermocouple, type:
B, R, S, W3, W5
1 C
0.025 C/C
0.5 C
Measuring range
0 ... 10 k
Max. 50
Sensor current
Nominal 0.2 mA

Yes
Yes, < 15
Thermocouple
to IEC 584
Measuring range
Type B
400 ... 1820 C (752 ... 3308 F)
Type E
-100 ... +1000 C

(-148 ... +1832 F)
Type J
-100 ... +1000 C

(-148 ... +1832 F)
Type K
-100 ... +1200 C

(-148 ... +2192 F)
Type N
-180 ... +1300 C

(-292 ... +2372 F)
2/72
Siemens FI 01 2015
Warming-up time
30 s
Signal-to-noise ratio
Min. 60 dB
Calibration condition
20 ... 28 C
(68 ... 82 F)
Siemens AG 2014
Conditions of use
Communication
Ambient conditions
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
- Protocol
A&D profile, Version 3.0
Relative humidity
- Protocol
EN 50170 Volume 2
- Address (for delivery)
126
- Function blocks
2 x analog
Test voltage
500 V AC for 60 s
Continuous operation
50 V AC/75 V DC
NAMUR
NE21
EMC 2004/108/EC Emission and

Noise Immunity
EN 61326-1, EN 61326-2-5
Construction
Weight
Approx. 1.5 kg (3.3 lb) without

options
Dimensions
Enclosure materials
Die-cast aluminum, low in copper, GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel

Polyester-based lacquer for GD
AlSi 12 enclosure
Stainless steel rating plate
Electrical connection, sensor connection
screw terminals
Cable inlet via M20 x 1.5 or
-14 NPT screwed gland
Bus connection with M12 plug
(optional)
FOUNDATION fieldbus connection

- Protocol
FF protocol
- Protocol
FF design specifications
- Functionality
Basic or LAS
- Version
ITK 4.6
- Function blocks
2 x analog and 1 x PID
Factory setting
for SITRANS TH400 PA
Sensor
Pt100 (IEC)
Type of connection
3-wire circuit
Unit
Failure mode
Last valid value
Filter time
0s
PA address
126
PROFIBUS Ident No.
Manufacturer-specific
for SITRANS TH400 FF
Steel, galvanized and chromeplated or stainless steel
Sensor
Pt100 (IEC)
IP67 to EN 60529
Type of connection
3-wire circuit
Auxiliary power
Unit
Power supply
Failure mode
Last valid value
Standard, Ex "d", Ex "nA", Ex "nL",

XP, NI
10.0 ... 32 V DC
Filter time
0s
Node address
22
Ex "ia", Ex "ib"
10.0 ... 30 V DC
In FISCO/FNICO installations
10.0 ... 17.5 V DC
Power consumption
< 11 mA
Max. increase in power consumption in the event of a fault
< 7 mA

ZELM 11 ATEX 0471 X
Type of protection "intrinsic safety i" II 2(1) G Ex ia IIC T4/T6

(version: 7NG313x-1xxxx)
Conformity statement
ZELM 11 ATEX 0471 X

type of protection
(version: 7NG313x-2xxxx)
II 3 G Ex nA [nL] IIC T4/T6

ZELM 11 ATEX 0472 X
"Flame-proof enclosure" type of

protection (version: 7NG313x4xxxx)
II 2 G Ex d IIC T5/T6
II 1D Ex tD A20 IP65 T100 C,
T85 C

FM approval
FM 3017742
Type of protection XP, DIP, NI and S XP / I / 1 / BCD / T5,T6; Type 4X

(version 7NG313x-5xxxx)
DIP / II, III / 1 / EFG / T5,T6; Type
4X
NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T5,T6; Type 4X
S / II, III / 2 / FG T5,T6; Type 4X
Other certificates
GOST, INMETRO, NEPSI, KOSHA

Siemens FI 01 2015
2/73
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
Temperature transmitter in field enclosure

with fieldbus communication and electrical
isolation, with documentation on MiniDVD
7 NG 3 1 3 7 - 777 0 7
code(s)
Integrated transmitter
SITRANS TH400 with PROFIBUS PA
With Ex ia (ATEX)
With Ex nAL for zone 2 (ATEX)
(XP, DIP, NI, S)1)
SITRANS TH400, with FOUNDATION fieldbus
With Ex ia (ATEX)
With Ex nAL for zone 2 (ATEX)
(XP, DIP, NI, S)1)
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
8
Enclosure
Die-cast aluminium
0
1
2
4
5
0
1
2
4
5
A
E
Screwed gland s -14 NPT
B
C

None
Made of steel
Stainless steel
0
1
2
Order Code.

Y01: ... to ... C, F
Y013)
Meas. point no. (TAG), max. 32 characters
Y154)
Meas. point descriptor, max. 32 characters
Y234)
Meas. point message, max. 32 characters
Y245)
Bus address, specify in plain text
Y254)
U026)
Pt100 (IEC) 3-wire
U036)
Pt100 (IEC) 4-wire
U046)
Thermocouple type B
U206)7)
U216)7)
U226)7)
Thermocouple type E
U236)7)
Thermocouple type J
U246)7)
Thermocouple type K
U256)7)
Thermocouple type L
U266)7)
Thermocouple type N
U276)7)
Thermocouple type R
U286)7)
Thermocouple type S
U296)7)
Thermocouple type T
U306)7)
Thermocouple type U
U316)7)
With TC: CJC: external (Pt100, 3-wire)
U41
With TC: CJC: external with fixed value, specify in plain text
Y50
Y098)
Further designs
Order code
Test report (5 measuring points)
C11
M12 plug (metal), without mating connector
M002)
1)
Without cable gland
M12 plug (metal), with mating connector
M012)
2)
Not available for explosion protection Ex d or XP.
3)

E25
4)

E26
5)
6)

E27
7)

8)
E55

be entered here.

E56

E57

E70

(PU on epoxy)
G10
J01

810634) included
D57

810534) included
D58

D59

810534) included
D60
Bus connection
2/74
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.

Accessories
instruments
} A5E00364512

SIMATIC PDM parameterization software
also for SITRANS TF with TH400 PA
see Sec. 8
7MF4997-1AC
7MF4997-1AB
} 7MF4997-1AJ
7MF4997-1AH
Connection board
A5E02391790
Ordering example 1:
7NG3137-0AB01-Z Y01+Y15+Y25+U03
Y01: -10 ... +100 C
Y15: TICA1234HEAT
Y25: 33
Ordering example 2:
7NG3137-0AC01-Z Y01+Y15+Y25+U25
Y01: -10 ... +100 C
Y15: TICA 1234 ABC 5678
Y25: 35
Factory setting:
for SITRANS TH400 PA:
- Pt100 (IEC) with 3-wire circuit
- Unit: C
- Failure mode: last valid value
- Filter time: 0 s
- PA address: 126
- PROFIBUS Ident No.: manufacturer-specific
for SITRANS TH400 FF:
- Pt100 (IEC) with 3-wire circuit
- Unit: C
- Failure mode: last valid value
- Filter time: 0 s
- Node address: 22
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/75
Siemens AG 2014
55 (2.17)
28
(1.10)
80 (3.15)
100* (3.94)
6
b: max. 25 (0.98) (M20x1.5)

max. 50 (1.97) (-14 NPT)
123 (4.84)
*) Dimensions for stainless
steel enclosure
50 ... 60
(1.97 ... 2.36)
1 Sensor connection (screwed gland M20x1.5 or -14 NPT)

2 Blanking plug
3 Electrical connection (screwed plug M20x1.5 orr -14 NPT),
optional M12 plug
4 Terminal side, bus connection
SITRANS TF with TH400, dimensions in mm (inches)
2/76
Siemens FI 01 2015
105 (4.13)
5 Terminal side, sensor
6 Protective cover (without function)
7 Mounting bracket (optional) with clamp securing to
a vertical or horizontal pipe
36.5 (1.44)
120 (4.72)
1
a: max. 164 (6.46) (M20x1.5)
max. 189 (7.44) (-14 NPT)
68 (2.68)
72 (2.83)
237 (9.33)
80 (3.15)
50 (1.97)
52 (2.05)
50* (1.97)
117 (4.61)
144 (5.67)
138* (5.43)
20 (0.79)
Siemens AG 2014
Schematics
Thermocouple
Resistance
+ Internal
Two-wire system 1)
Three-wire system
Three-wire system
Four-wire system

with external Pt100 in three-wire system
2
1
2 x two-wire system 1)

with external Pt100 in two-wire system 1)
Four-wire system
Two-wire system 1)

redundancy generation with internal
2
1
Mean value, differential or redundancy generation

1 resistor in two-wire system 1)
1 resistor in three-wire system
Voltage measurement
2
1
1 sensor in two-wire system 1)
1 sensor in three-wire system
1)
+1 -

redundancy generation and
with internal Pt100
in two-wire system 1)
One voltage source
2
+ -
Measurement of mean value, differential and

redundancy with 2 voltage sources
SITRANS TF with TH400, sensor connection assignment
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/77
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
SITRANS TS100 and SITRANS TS200
Overview
Temperature sensors of the SITRANS TS100 series are cable

thermometers with different electrical connection options (e.g.
plug, soldered connections, connection cables)
Temperature sensors of the SITRANS TS product family are used

to measure temperatures in industrial equipment.
Siemens offers the following temperature sensors:
SITRANS TS100
- General use
- Compact design with connection cable
SITRANS TS200
- General use
- Compact design with plug/wire ends
SITRANS TS300
- Use n food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
- Modular or clamp-on design
SITRANS TS500
- General use
- Modular design with connection head and thermowell
Benefits
The modular design makes it possible to customize the temperature sensor for most applications, while still being able to use
many standardized individual components.
Application
Depending on the specification, sensors can be combined with
different connection heads, neck tubes and process connections. As a result, the sensors can be used in a large number of
technical applications in the following industries:
Chemical industry
Petrochemical industry
Power engineering
Primary industry
Pharmaceutical industry
Biotechnology
Food manufacturing
2/78
Siemens FI 01 2015
The SITRANS TS200 series of compact thermometers is charcterized by a compact design. Both temperature sensor series
are suitable for the following:
Measurements of temperatures of solids, where additional
thermowells are not required for replacements done during
ongoing operations, e.g. bearing block temperature.
Measurements which are particularly critical with regard to response times. The advantages offered by an additional thermowell are purposely omitted.
Measuring points which must be easy to convert or relocate.
Surface temperature measurements: The temperature sensor
is used in conjunction with a surface connection piece.
Cost-effective transport: The mineral-insulated design allows
for economically feasible transport even at large lengths. From
a length of 0.8 m (2.63 ft), the sensors can be delivered rolled
up or bended.
SITRANS TS300 temperature sensors for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
The temperature sensors of the SITRANS TS300 series are thermometers especially designed for measurements with high hygienic demands, such as in the food, pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries. The basic versions are:
Thermometers in modular design with replaceable measuring
insert and process connections usual in the industry
Clamp-on thermometers for measurement of the pipe surface
temperature without interrupting the process
SITRANS TS500 Temperature sensors as a module system
Due to their modular design, temperature sensors of the
SITRANS TS500 series are well suited to a large number of applications.
The replaceable measuring insert makes it possible to conduct
maintenance work even during ongoing operations. These devices are used particularly frequently in vessels and pipelines of
the following industries:
Power stations
Chemical industry
General process engineering
Water, waste water
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
Design
SITRANS TS100 7MC711xx
The following image illustrates the available designs for

SITRANS TS100 temperature sensors:

15
(1.59)
0
B
150
(5.91)
U
10
(0.39)
B
1
40
(1.57)
U
10
(0.39)
B
36
(1.41)
U
10
(0.39)
B
50
(1.97)
U
5
(0.20)
SITRANS TS100, mineral-insulated (MIC)

IP54 at the transition sensor/cable, plug see table
9HUVLRQ
)O\LQJOHDGV

/(02FRXSOLQJ6
0SOXJV

7KHUPRFRXSOHFRXSOLQJ
,3
,3
,3
,3
65 (2.56)
20
(0.79)
SITRANS TS100
The following types of process connections can be implemented:

Compression fitting
Spring-loaded compression fitting
Soldering nipple
Direct soldering/welding in
B
H
U
Measuring insert length

Head height
Insertion length
Basic sensor
U=B
IP00
Flying leads
U = B + 10 (0.39)
IP00
LEMO coupling 1S
U = B - 10 (0.39)
IP50
M12 plugs
U = B - 10 (0.39)
IP54
Thermocouple coupling
U = B - 5 (0.20)
IP20
Mini connection head
U = B - 20 (0.79)
IP54
SITRANS TS 200, dimensions in mm (inch)
The following types of process connections can be implemented:

Compression fitting
Soldering nipple
Direct soldering/welding in
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/79
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
SITRANS TS300 Clamp-on
SITRANS TS300 modular design
Temperature measurement is carried out over a modified and

quick-response Pt100 measuring element, which is positioned
and insulated over a pipe collar made of heat-resistant plastic.
The following figure shows the available versions and components of the SITRANS TS300 temperature sensors in modular
design.
Cable gland
M12x1.5
for cable 3 ... 6.5
(0.12 ... 0.26)
60 (2.36)
The measuring insert contains a special temperature sensor tip

made of silver, which is pressed evenly onto the pipeline by
means of a spring.
The compulsory guide of the replaceable measuring insert ensures even pressure contact on the pipeline, which ensures a reproducible measuring result.
26 (1.02)
6
9
5
4
d
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Vibration-locking-screw
Mounting screws
Process pipeline
Temperature sensor
Thermal decoupling
Spring load
M12
8 Replaceable measuring
insert
9 Heat insulated pipe collar
2
1
X
B = N + 26 (1.24)
50.5
(1.99)
Design
U
SITRANS TS300
Measuring insert
Special measuring insert made

of stainless steel; hygienic design
Measuring element made of silver, thermal decoupling through
plastic insert
Measuring insert screwed into
collar with spring load. Use heatconductive-compound (see
accessories) prior to mounting
the device.
Pipe collar
D3
Material
Temperature resistant high-performance plastic with integrated

insulating system in the hygienic
design
Ambient temperature influence
Approx. 0.2 %/10 K
D
B
d
D
D3
H
N
U
X

Measuring insert outer diameter (6 (0.24))
Process connection outer diameter
Protective pipe inner diameter
Head height
Nominal length
Insertion length
Extension length
SITRANS TS modular design, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/80
Siemens FI 01 2015
The pipe diameter of the measuring tube is required for correct

device selection. For special sizes, you start by selecting the
matching collar size and entering the required size in plain text.
Space-saving designs are available (latch fastener version) for
installation in a limited space (e.g., tube bundles).
For correct assignment after recalibration, the collar as well as
the measuring insert are identified with serial number and pipe
diameter. This information can also be engraved.
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
The following figure illustrates the available designs and components for SITRANS TS300 temperature sensors in clamp-on design:
Measuring transducer
with round connector M12x1
Field housing, screw cap

Material stainless steel IP 67
60 (2.36)
11.5
(0.45)
~ 83.5 (3.70)
max. 29
(1.41)
94 (3.70)
Round connector
M12x1
51 (2.01)
Round connector
M12x1
can be rotated by 170
19
(0.75)
Cable gland
M12x1.5 for cable
3 ... 6.5 (0.12 ... 0.26)
37
(1.46)
Clamp-on, clamping band installation

with hose clamps
for pipelines 10 ... ca. 300
(0.39 ... ca.11.81)
Clamp-on,
clamping block installation
for pipelines 4 ... 57 (0.16 ... 2.24)
20
(0.79)
36 (1.42)
Cable gland
M16x1.5 for cable
4.5 ... 10 (0.18 ... 0.39)
23
(0.91)
20
(0.79)
Clamp-on,
latch fastener installation for pipelines
4 ... 17.2 (0.16 ... 0.68)
A
20
(0.79)
30
(1.18)
40
(1.57)
B
30
(1.18)
40
(1.57)
50
(1.97)
Pipe diameter
6 ... 17.2
(0.24 ... 0.68)
18 ... 35
(0.71 ... 1.38)
38 ... 50.8
(1.50 ... 2.00)
B
30
(1.18)
40
(1.57)
50
(1.97)
C
35
(1.38)
60
(2.36)
80
(3.15)
Latch fastener version

3 (0.12)
Pipe radius
Pipe diameter
4 ... 17.2
(0.16 ... 0.68)
18 ... 38
(0.71 ... 1.49)
38.1 ... 57
(1.50 ... 2.24)
19
(0.75)
Example 21 (4.76)
C
35
(1.38)
70
(2.76)
85
(3.35)
6 (0.24)
C
H
79
(3.11)
99
(3.90)
119
(4.68)
Standard version
SITRANS TS300 clamp-on design, round connector, field enclosure, cable gland, versions, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/81
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
The temperature sensors of the SITRANS TS500 series are available in three different designs:

Version Description
Application
Process
connection
Tubular thermoMinimal to medium Welded connecwell

process load
tion with thread or
flange
Tubular thermowell and exten connection with
sion made of one
compression fitpipe; closed at
ting
the tip with a
welded bottom
cap
Barstock therMedium to highest

mowell
process load
Barstock thermowell, tubular
extension, extension screwed into
thermowell
Directly welded
into pipeline
With welded
flange
With male thread
For installation
Process load
into existing ther- depends on thermowells.
mowell design
Tubular extension
Screwed into existing thermowell
Function
A complete measuring point consists of a measuring insert
which contains the basic sensors, the protective fitting and an
optional measurement value processor (transmitter).
The basic sensors are:
Resistance thermometers:
Temperature measurement is based on the temperature dependency of the installed measuring resistor.
Thermocouples:
Temperature measurement is based on the Seebeck effect.
A thermocouple which subjected to a temperature drop produces thermoelectric voltage that can be measured.
Transmitters:
1
SITRANS TS500, tubular thermowell
SITRANS TS500, tubular thermowell
SITRANS TS500, for installation in an existing thermowell
SITRANS TS500 temperature sensors; the IP degree of protection depends on the connection head (see page 2/84)
The optional Siemens transmitters assume the following functions:

Optimum measurement processing
Strengthening of weak sensor signals directly on site
Transmits standardized signals
Protects against electromagnetic interfrences
Support enhanced diagnosis options
The resistance thermometer is intended for installation in containers and pipelines for hygienic requirements.
Modular design consisting of protective pipe, measuring insert, connection head and optional transmitter for replacement during operation.
Hygienic version, design according to recommendations of
the EHEDG
Transmitter can be integrated (4 to 20 mA, PROFIBUS PA or
FOUNDATION Fieldbus)
2/82
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
Configuration
Components: Process connections
This catalog is limited to the standard versions. Special versions
are available on request. The technical data is designed to assist
the user. It is the responsibility of the ordering party to make the
correct selection of suitable devices.
Welding
A welded thermowell provides a permanent, secure and highly
resilient process connection. This advantage requires an adequate weld-in quality.
Thread type: Cylindrical thread

Cylindrical threads do not seal in the thread but due to an additional sealing face or seal. For example, threads with the short
form "G" (as per ISO 228) feature a threat type with a defined
screw gauge.
It is not possible to accidentally open the process conneciton.

Additional gaskets are not required. If the tube is not thick
enough to ensure a secure welding connection, the appropriate
weldable sockets are used. With weldable sockets of matching
length it is also possible to largely stadardize a plants measuring points. Stocks of spare parts can therefore be reduced to a
minimum
Weldable sockets
Thread
Type of installation: Welded threads
Welded threads of different thread types and sizes are firmly
welded to the thermowell.
Cylindrical thread
The male threads of our G screw sockets fit with both female
G as well as Rp threads.
Thread type: Tapered thread
Unlike cylindrical threads, tapered threads such as the American "NPT" seal metallically in the thread itself. The relevant length
information in the catalog refers to the "torque point" of the
thread, which cannot be precisely defined due to standardized
tolerance levels. However, the spring unit of the measuring insert
compensates for the differences in length.
Welded threads
Type of installation: Compression fittings

Compression fittings are available as accessories. They fit with
the diameter of the thermowell and provide for flexible installation. The mounting length can be selected on site. When installed correctly, compression fittings are well suited for low and
medium pressure.
The difference between a normal and spring-loaded design is as
follows:
In the case of spring-loaded compression fitting, the sensor is
pressed against the measured object or the tip of the thermowell, thus achieving outstanding heat contact.
K
E
NPT thread
Flanges
The different properties of the flanges are as follows:
Standard series EN 1092, ASME 16.5,..
Nominal pressure
Nominal diameter
Sealing face
This information is stamped into the flange, as well as the material code and batch number for "3.1 Material".
Compression fitting
Industry-specific process connections

Special process connections have become popular in different
industries. For example, hygiene technology: clamp connections, milk pipe unions and others.
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/83
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
Components: Thermowell
Thermowells fulfill two basic functions:

They protect the measuring insert from aggressive media
They make it possible to replace units during ongoing operations
This catalog is limited to the standard versions. Special versions
are available on request. The large number of available types
can be classified as follows:
Tubular thermowells
Tubular thermowells are also described as "welded" or "multipart" thermowells (not to be confused with "multi-part protective armatures"). They are suitable for low to medium process
loads and can be manufactured on a cost-effective basis.
Versions :
- Form 2N similar to DIN 43772
with straight tip and shortest possible extension length
not adjustable connection head
- Form 2 as per DIN 43772
with straight tip and extension
adjustable connection head
- Form 2: with process connection
Form 2G: Threaded connection
Form 2F: Flange connection
- Form 3 as per DIN 43772
Design with tapered tip and extension
adjustable connection head
For these thermowells, thermowell tip is tapered by rotary
swaging. This results in an excellent fit with the measuring insert and very good response times.
Analogous to forms 2, versions 3/3G/3F are also available for
form 3
Barstock thermowells
Where process loads are too high, or where thermowells with
welded seams are not allowed, deep hole drilled barstock
thermowells are used. Form 4 thermowells (as per DIN 43772)
are very popular in this area. This thermowell type replaces
the D1-D5 types of the predecessor standard DIN 43763:
DIN 43763 design
invalid
DIN 43772 design 4

current
D1
140
65
125
D2
200
D4
200
65
D5
200
125
2/84
Siemens FI 01 2015
The following table shows the dimensions of the different thermowells.

Tip
Process connection
Inner
Outer
Inner
Outer
[mm (inch)] [mm (inch)] [mm (inch)] [mm (inch)]
Thermowell
type, design
D1
D2
D3
D4
2N/2/2G/2F,
tubular
7 (0.28)
9 (0.35)
7 (0.28)
9 (0.35)
2/2G/2F, tubular 7 (0.28)
12 (0.47)
7 (0.28)
12 (0.47)
3/3G/3F, tubular 6 (0.24 )

tolerance
acc. to
DIN 43772
9 (0.35)
7 (0.28)
12 (0.47)
4/4F, barstock
7 (0.28)
12,5 (0.49)
7 (0.28)
24 (0.94)
4/4F, fast
response, barstock
3.5 (0.14)
9 (0.35)
3.5 (0.14)
18 (0.71)
D4
D3
D1
D2
Sizing of thermowells
Components: Extension (neck tube)

The extension is the section from the lower edge of the connection head to the fixed point of the process connection or thermowell. There is a variety of terms for this components, e.g. neck
tube. For this reason the term extension has been selected as a
standardized term for the different designs. Function is the deciding factor:
Thermal decoupling of connection head from process temperature see image page 16
Installation of connection head over existing insulation
Simple standardization of measuring inserts: In general, the
length of the extension may be freely selected. However, when
using standardized insertion lengths, the option "Extension as
per DIN 43 772" is recommended. This ensures that measuring inserts which are quickly available can be used. In case of
special lengths, it is possible to standardize the measuring insert length through a clever combination with the respective
special extension length. This allows customers to optimize
their costs in purchasing and logistics.
In the case of American-designed sensors, the extension also
takes the spring load of the measuring unit.
Depending on the design, the extension can also be used to
achieve an alignment of the connection head.
The form of the extension depends on the form of the thermowell:
- Tubular thermowell
The extension and thermowell usually consist of one continuous tube. The process connection is welded on. (= onepiece protective armature).
- Barstock thermowells
Extension and thermowell of two components which are
welded together. The process connection is attached to the
thermowell (= multi-piece protective armature).
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
Thermowell type
X [mm (inch)]
M [mm (inch)]
Divisible
2G
129 (5.08)
145 (5.71)
No
2F
64 (2.52)
80 (3.15)
No
3G
131 (5.19)
147 (5.79)
No
3F
66 (2.60)
82 (3.23)
No
4 (only L=110)
139 (5.47)
155 (6.10)
Yes
4 (others)
149 (5.87)
165 (6.50)
Yes
Versions
With regard to their function, extensions can be classified into
two types:
Ajustable/not ajustable:
Function on the neck tube to align the connection head to the
desired direction
Integrated measuring insert spring load:
In the case of American-type sensors, the spring load of the
measuring insert is integrated into the extension. Measuring
insert and extension form one unit.
European type
ajustable, cylindrical
European type
ajustable, tapered
wihtout extension
wihtout thread
(optional gland)
European type
not ajustable,
cylindrical
European type
European type
not ajustable, tapered not ajustable, nipple
European type
ajustable
nipple-union-nipple
American type
ajustable,
nipple-union-nipple
spring load
X
M
Extensions as per DIN 43772
American type
not ajustable
nipple-union-nipple
spring load
Versions: particularly with heavy stainless steel connection heads in combination with vibration, a short extension length should be selected or external support should be provided.
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/85
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
The connection head features sufficient room for mounting a
clamping base or transmitter.
Components: Connection head

Connection head
The connection head protects the connection department.
Connection head
Different connection heads are used depending on the application and preference:
Type
Material
Designation
Cable gland
Degree of
protection
Transmitter
installation
Connection
Explosion
height
protection
H1 [mm (inch)] optional
BA0
Aluminum
Flange lid
M20 x 1,5
brass
IP54
Measuring
insert
26 (1.02)
Ex i
BB0
Aluminum
Hinged cover
low
M20 x 1,5
brass
IP65
Measuring
insert
26 (1.02)
Ex i
BC0
Aluminum
BP0
Plastic
Hinged cover
high
M20 x 1,5
IP65
BC0: brass
BP0: polyamide
Measuring
insert and/or
hinged cover
(tandard)
26 (1.02)
Ex i
BM0
Plastic
Screw cover
M20 x 1,5
polyamide
IP65
Measuring
insert
26 (1.02)
Ex i
BS0
Stainless steel
Screw cover
M12 x 1,5
polyamide
IP67
Measuring
insert
26 (1.02)
Ex i
AG0
Aluminum
AU0
Stainless steel
Screw cover,
heavy-duty
M20 x 1,5
IP66/68
not Ex: plastic
Ex i/Ex n: brass
Ex d: without
cable gland
Measuring
insert
41 (1.61)
Ex i, Ex d
AH0
Aluminum
AV0
Stainless steel
Screw cover,
sight glass,
heavy-duty,
with 4 ... 20 mA
display
M20 x 1,5
IP66/68
not Ex: plastic
Ex i/Ex n: brass
Ex d: without
cable gland
Measuring
insert
41 (1.61)
Ex i, Ex d
H1
H1
H1
H1
oX
H1
H1
2/86
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
Components: Measuring insert
Measuring insert
SITRANS TH product family
The measuring insert of the temperature sensor is built into the

protective armature (thermowell, extension and connection
head). The sensor element is protected in the measuring insert.
The spring load of the Siemens measuring inserts provide good
thermal contact with the bottom of the thermowell, and vibration
resistance is significantly increased. Only highly resistant mineral-insulated cables (so-called MIC) are used for the electrical
connection between the sensor element and connection head.
The highly compacted insulation of magnesium oxide achieves
excellent level of vibration resistance. The following measuring
insert designs are the most widely used on the world market:
For detailed technical data on the SITRANS TH transmitters,

please refer to the catalog FI 01.
TH100 - the basic device
- Output 4 to 20mA
- for Pt100
- can be configured using simple software
TH200 - the universal device
- Output 4 to 20mA
- Resistance thermometer, thermocouples
- can be configured using simple software
TH300 - HART universal
- Output 4 to 20 mA/HART
- HART conforming
- Diagnostic functions
TH400 - Fieldbus PA and FF
- Output PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
- Diagnostic functions; for detailed technical description of the
SITRANS TH transmitter please refer to the related chapter
of this catalog.
Installation types
All SITRANS TH transmitters can be installed in type B connection heads. The following installation forms are used:
Measuring insert installation
Our standard version offers the following advantages
- Small vibrating masses and compact design
- Insert-transmitter unit can be replaced quickly
European type
American type
European type
European type measuring inserts can be replaced without having to dismantle the connection head. The springs are located
either on the transmitter or the terminal block. This makes it possible to achieve a 8 to 10 mm spring range. If no transmitter is
mounted, there is a ceramic base in its place. However, with the
order option G01, a version with free wire ends instead of a ceramic base can be selected for mounting head-mounted transmitters.
American type
American-type measuring inserts feature a large spring range.
These measuring inserts are ideal for use with NPT threads with
the typical loose tolerances. In this configuration, the extension
function is partially or fully integrated (nipple-union-nipple).
Moreover it is also possible to directly attach field devices, e.g.
SITRANS TF.
Installation of measuring insert
Hinged cover installation

- Standard for head type BC0 and BP0
- Advantage: Measuring insert and transmitter can be repaired/maintained separately (recalibration).
Components: Transmitters
SITRANS TH head transmitters process the weak non-linear sensor signals and transmit a stable and temperature-linear standard signal, thereby minimizing sensor signal disruptions.
The transmitters permanently monitor the temperature sensors
and transmit diagnostic data to superordinate systems.
Because of the low energy feed of the SITRANS TH head transmitters, self-heating of the temperature sensors can be maintained at minimal levels.
The electrical isolation and integrated cold junction ensure that
temperature sensors with thermocouples provide reliable measurements at a low cost.
Hinged cover installation
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/87
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
Measuring technology: Sensor elements
Measuring technology: Measuring accuracy
The diverse application spectrum for industrial temperature

measuring technology requires different sensor technologies.
Sensor elements made of other basic materials with different
nominal resistances or different underlying standards are available on request. Resistance thermometers can be classified as
follows:
Basic design:
The sensor element is built with thin layer technology. The
resistance material is applied in the form of a thin layer on a
ceramic carrier material.
Versions featuring increased vibration-resistance:
In addition to the basic design, the vibration resistance is
improved through extra measures.
Versions with expanded measuring range:
Elements in wire-wound design. The wire winding is embedded in a ceramic body.
Thermocouples
Other thermocouples based on other thermo couples or underlying standards are available upon request.
The most common base metal thermocouples include:
Type N (NiCrSi-NiSi) high degree of stability even in upper
temperature range.
Type K (NiCr-Ni) more stable than type J, but drifts in upper
range.
Type J (Fe-CuNi) narrow application band
Measuring technology: Measuring range
The measuring range describes the temperature limits within
which the thermometer can be used in a way that is meaningful
for measurement purposes. Depending on the loads present,
the thermowell materials and the desired accuracy levels, the
actual application range for the thermometer may be smaller.
Resistance thermometer [C (F)]
Basic version and increased
vibration resistance
-50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752)
Expanded measuring range
-196 ... +600 (-320.8 ... +1112)
Thermocouple [C (F)]
Type N
-40 ... +1100 (-40 ... +2112)
Type K
-40 ... +1000 (-40 ... +1132)
Type J
-40 ... +750 (-40 ... +1382)
The tolerance classes of the resistance thermometers correspond with IEC 751/EN 60751:
Tolerance
Basic accuracy, Class B
(0.30 C +0.0050|t[C]|)
(0.54 F +0.0050|t [F]-32|)
Increased accuracy, Class A
(0.15 C +0.0020|t[C]|)
(0.27 F +0.0020|t [F]-32|))
High degree of accuracy,

Class AA (1/3 B)
(0.10 C +0.0017|t[C]|)
(0.18 F +0.0017|t [F]-32|))
The following tables provide an overview of the scope of these

tolerances. If you exceed the specified limits with a resistance
thermometer, the values of the next lower accuracy class apply:
Basic version [C (F)]
Tolerance
Range
Basic accuracy,
Class B
-50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752)
Increased accuracy,
Class A
-30 ... +300 (-22 ... +572)
High degree of accuracy

Class AA (1/3 B)
0 ... 150 (32 ... 302)
Increased vibration-resistance [C (F)]
Tolerance
Range
Basic accuracy,
Class B
-50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752)
Increased accuracy,
Class A
-30 ... +300 (-22 ... +572)
High degree of accuracy

Class AA (1/3 B)
0 ... 150 (32 ... 302)
Expanded measuring range [C (F)]
Tolerance
Range
Basic accuracy,
Class B
-196 ... +600 (-321 ... +1112)
Increased accuracy,
Class A
-100 ... +450 (-148 ... +842)
Thermocouples
The tolerance classes of the thermocouples correspond with IEC 584/EN 60584:
Catalog versions
Type Basic accuracy, Class 2
Increased accuracy, Class 1
-40 C ... +333 C2.5 C (-40 F ... +631 F 4.5 F)

-40 C ... +375 C1.5 C (-40 F ... +707 F 2.7 F)
333 C ... 1100 C 0.0075x|t[C]| (631 F ... 2012 F 0.0075x|t[F]-32|) 375 C ... 1000 C0.004x|t[C]| (707 F ... 1832 F 0.004x|t[F]-32|)
-40 C ... +333 C2.5 C (-40 F ... +631 F 4.5 F)

-40 C ... +375 C1.5 C (-40 F ... +707 F 2.7 F)
333 C ... 1000 C0.0075x|t[C]| (631 F ... 1832 F 0.0075x|t[F]-32|) 375 C ... 1000 C 0.004x|t[C]| (707 F ... 1832 F0.004x|t[F]-32|)
-40 C ... +333 C2.5 C (-40 F ... +631 F 4.5 F)

333 C ... 750 C0.0075x|t[C]| (631 F ... 1382 F 0.0075x|t[F]-32|)
-40 C ... +375 C1.5 C (-40 F ... +707 F 2.7 F)

375 C ... 750 C 0.004x|t[C]| (707 F ... 1382 F 0.004x|t[F]-32|)
Other thermocouples, ignoble

Type
Basic accuracy, Class 2
Increased accuracy, Class 1
-40 C ... 133 C 1 C (-40 F ... +271 F 1.8 F)

133 C ... 350 C0.0075x|t[C]| (271 F ... 662 F0.0075x|t[F]-32|)
-40 C ... +125 C 0.5 C (-40 F ... +257 F 0.9 F)

125 C ... 350 C 0.004x|t[C]| (257 F ... 662 F 0.004x|t[F]-32|)
-40 C ... +333 C2.5 C (-40 F ... +631 F4.5 F)

-40 C ... +375 C 1.5 C (-40 F ... +707 F 2.7 F)
333 C ... 900 C 0.0075x|t[C]| (631 F ... 1652 F 0.0075x|t[F]-32|) 375 C ... 800 C0.004x|t[C]| (707 F ... 1472 F0.004x|t[F]-32|)
2/88
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
Other thermocouples. noble
Type
Basic accuracy, Class 2
Increased accuracy. Class 1
R and
S
0 C ... 600 C1.5 C (32 F ... 1112 F2.7 F)

600 C ... 1600 C0.0025 x |t| (1112 F ... 2912 F0.0025 x |t|)
0 C ... 1100 C1 C (32 F ... 2012 F1.8 F)

1100 C ... 1600 C[1 + 0.003 (t - 1100)] C
(2112 F ... 2912 F[1.8 + 0.003 (t - 212)] F)
600 C ... 1700 C0.0025 x |t|

(1112 F ... 3092 F0.0025 x |t|)
Thermocouples
Measuring accuracy
Typical values as per EN 60751 in water at 0.4m/s can be found

in the following table.
Pipeline
13 x 1.5 mm (0.51 x 0.06 inch)

made of stainless steel using
using thermal paste
Thermowell form Diameter

[mm (inch)]
T0.5
T0.9
None
6 (0.24)
Ambient temperature
20 C (68 F)
Straight (2)
Medium
Water, 120 C (248 F)
9 (0.35)
12 (0.47)
20
19
63
66
Flow speed
3 m/s (9.84 ft/s)
Tapered (3)
12 (0.47)
22
Measuring accuracy using

thermal paste (The accuracy
depends on the geometry of the
pipeline, the medium and the ambient conditions.
TM = process temperature;
TA = ambient temperature)
Process-optimized for steam

sterilization
Barstock (4)
U=65
24 (0.95)
22
73
Barstock (4)]
U=125
24 (0.95)
20
53
Application, process-optimized for

steam sterilization
for 100 ... 150 C (212 ... 302 F)

(TA-TM) x 0.01
Application, alternative class A as

per IEC 60751
-40 ... +150 C (-40 ... 302 F)

(TA-TM) x 0.02
Measuring technology: Response times

Response time describes the speed of the measurement system
in the case of a temperature change, and is typically indicated
as T0.5 or T0.9. The values indicate the time in which a measured value has increased to 50% or 90% of the actual temperature increase.
The main variables which affect response time are as follows:
Ideal thermowell geometry includes:
- smallest possible material at the tip
- use of conductive material
Thermal connection of measuring insert to thermowell:
Due to the optimized design of the Siemens inserts (small gap
width, spring system), they feature very good response behavior. Because of the good fit, additional contact materials
are not usually required except in certain applications e.g. attachment of a surface sensor.
Size of temperature increase
Medium and flow rate
Typical values as per EN 60751 in water at 0.4m/s can be found
in the following table.
Thermowell form Diameter
[mm (inch)]
T0.5
T0.9
None
6 (0.24)
15
Straight (2)
9 (0.35)
12 (0.47)
34
45
90
143
Tapered (3)
12 (0.47)
15
31
Barstock (4)
U=65
24 (0.95)
40
100
Barstock (4)]
U=125
24 (0.95)
45
110
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/89
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
Measuring technology: Mounting depth
Measuring technology: Connection types
Measuring insert
Type
Temperature-sensitive length (TSL

[mm (inch)]
Non-bendable length
[mm (inch)]
Basic
50 (1.97)
30 (1.82)
Increased vibration
resistance
50 (1.97)
30 (1.82)
Expanded measuring range
50 (1.97)
60 (2.36)
Thermocouple
20 (0.79)
5 (0.20)
In the case of resistance thermometers, the type of sensor connection directly affects the level of accuracy:
Two-wire system
The resistance of sensor lines are included in the measurement
result as an error. Adjustments are recommended in this case.
Pt100
Immersion depth/contact with media

Ambient conditions (temperature/climate/insulation) and the design of the thermowell, process connection and piping result in
so-called "heat transmission errors".
To prevent such an error, the submersion depth and diameter of
the thermowell tip will be defined. The temperature-sensitive
length (TSL) of the thermowell must also be taken into account.
The following rule of thumb can be used:
Water
Submersion depth TSL + 5 x of thermowell
Air
Submersion depth TSL + 10 ... 15 x of thermowell
Recommendations
- Select largest possible submersion depth
- Select measuring location with higher flow velocity
- Thermal insulation for outer thermometer components
- Smallest possible surface for outer components
- Insertion in pipe bends
- Direct measurements without additional thermowell if no suitable solution can be found using other measures.
Pt100 Two-wire system
Three-wire system
Line resistance is not included in the measurement result. Requirements: all terminal and line resistances (corrosion) are at
the same level, and terminals are at the same temperature level.
Pt100
Pt100 Three-wire system
Four-wire system
Line resistance is not included in the measurement result. This
type of connection is the most secure and most accurate.
Pt100
Pt100 Four-wire system
Siemens measuring inserts can be used to implement all types

of connections for 1 x Pt100 devices. In the case of 2 x Pt100 versions, two- and three-wire systems are also possible. For measurement-related reasons, we always recommend a 1 x four-wire
or 2 x 3-wire connection.
2/90
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
Temperature influence
At the connection head TS5001)
Without transmitter
[C (F)]
With transmitter
[C (F)]
Aluminum or stainless
steel
-40 ... +100

(-40 ... +212)
-40 ... +85

(-40 ... +185)
Plastic
-40 ... +85

(-40 ... +185)
-40 ... +85

(-40 ... +185)
1)
Notice manual at Ex-applications, please
At the TS100/200 connector/cable connection point:

The specified measuring range is valid for the hot end of the sensor. At the cold end, the maximum permitted temperature depends
on the cables and plugs used. < 80 C (176 F) is uncritical for all types
Influence of extension
The illustration below assists you in selecting the right length for the neck tube. In this case, the following applies: Connection head
temperature = Ambient temperature + Overtemperature. The temperature in the connection head can thus be assessed as follows:
Overtemperature in head B
C (F)
60 (140)
50 (122)
40 (104)
30 (86)
X = 20 (0.79) (Type 2N)

X = 40 (1.57)
20 (68)
X = 80 (3.15)
10ber0
X = 120 (4.72)
X = 165 (6.50)
150 (302)
300 (572)
450 (842)
600 (1112)
750 (1382)
C (F)
Medium temperature
Extension length X, effect on temperature, dimensions in mm (inch)
Please note that guidance values may change due to local conditions. Please consider these potential changes particularly
with respect to explosion protection.
Also note that the accuracy of the transmitter also depends on
the temperature in the connection head.
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/91
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
Process load
Design
Measuring insert
Special measuring insert made

of stainless steel; hygienic design
Measuring element made of silver, thermal decoupling through
plastic insert
Measuring insert screwed into
collar with spring load. Use heatconductive-compound (see
accessories) prior to mounting
the device.
Ambient temperature influence
Correction options
Temperature
Material selection
Pressure
Thermowell type
Flow velocity
Insertion length, thermowell type
Temperature resistant high-performance plastic with integrated

insulating system in the hygienic
design
Viscosity
Insertion length, thermowell type
Vibration
Support against vibration
Corrosiveness
Material selection, coating
Approx. 0.2 %/10 K
Abrasion (e.g. carbon dust)
Sensing rod, coating
Process connection/Thermowell
When selecting a process connection, the process parameters
sometimes only allow a specific technology. In addition, regional
standard-related and customer-specific requirements must be
abserved. The range of products therefore includes a broad selection of standard connections.
In the case of redesigned or newly designed facilities, it is possible to achieve cost savings by implementing various measures:
Use of standard lengths through clever selection of screw,
weld or flange sockets
Moveable compression fittings
The temperature resistance of a material for process connections and thermowells also limits the application area of the temperature sensor. The temperature range indicated on the type
plate always refers to the measuring insert, not the material
which comes into contact with media. Two aspects must be considered when assessing temperature stability:
What maximum temperature may the material reach without a
load?
What is the behavior under load?
2/92
Siemens FI 01 2015
Load on the thermowell and remedies:

The process itself
Pipe collar
Material
Because of the large variety of possible applications and variables, it is not possible to make general binding statements regarding the resilience of components which comes into contact
with media. The load diagrams below can be used for common
applications. However, where operating conditions vary significantly, please contact our technical support team.
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
Load diagrams
Permissible pressure Pmax
bar (psi)
250 (3626)
Steam pressure curve
200 (2901)
Form 2/2G/2N/2F 9x1 (0.35x0.04)

Material No. 1.4571
150 (2176)
100 (1450)
v L = 25 m/s
140 (5.51)
(82.02 ft/s)
315 (12.40)
510 (20.08)
50 (725)
0
0
(32)
Speed v
v W = 3 m/s
140 (5.51)
(9.84 ft/s)
315 (12.40)
510 (20.08)
50
(122)
100
150 200
250 300
350
400
450
500
550 C
(212) (302) (392) (482) (572) (662) (752) (842) (932) (1022) (F)
Temperature T
Thermowells with 9 x 1 mm (0.35 x 0.04 inch), dimensions in mm (inch)
bar (psi)
250 (3626)
200 (2901)
Form 2/2G/2N/2F 12x2.5 (0.47x0.10)
Material No. 1.4571
150 (2176)
U
100 (1450)
140 (5.51)
v L = 25 m/s
(82.02 ft/s)
315 (12.40)
510 (20.08)
50 (725)
0
0
(32)
Speed v
140 (5.51)
v W = 3 m/s
(9.84 ft/s)
315 (12.40)
510 (20.08)
50
(122)
150 200
250 300
350
450
550 C
100
400
500
(212) (302) (392) (482) (572) (662) (752) (842) (932) (1022) (F)
Temperature T
Thermowells with 12 x 2.5 mm (0.47 x 0.10 inch), dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/93
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
250 (3626)
200 (2901)
Form 3/3G/2F 12x2.5 (0.47x0.10)
Material No. 1.4571

150 (2176)
100 (1450)
140 (5.51)
v L = 25 m/s
(82.02 ft/s)
315 (12.40)
510 (20.08)
0
0
(32)
Speed v
140 (5.51)
v W = 3 m/s
(9.84 ft/s)
315 (12.40)
510 (20.08)
50 (725)
50
(122)
100
150 200
250 300
350
400
450
500
550 C
(212) (302) (392) (482) (572) (662) (752) (842) (932) (1022) (F)
Temperature T
Thermowells with 12 x 2.5 mm (0.47 x 0.10 inch), 14 x 2.5 mm (0.55 x 0.10 inch), dimensions in mm (inch)
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
Form 4/4F 24 (0.94); C=65 (2.56)

Material No. 1.4571
400 (5802)
350 (5076)
Speed v
140/510
v W = 5 m/s
(16.40 ft/s)
(5.51/20.08)
315 (12.40)
300 (4351)
140 (5.51)
v L = 40 m/s
(131.20 ft/s)
315 (12.40)
510 (20.08)
250 (3626)
200 (2901)
Form 4/4F 24 (0.94); C=65 (2.56)

Material No. 1.7335
150 (2176)
100 (1450)
140 (5.51)
v L = 40 m/s
(131.20 ft/s)
315 (12.40)
510 (20.08)
50 (725)
0
0
(32)
50
(122)
100
150 200
250 300
350
400
450
500
550 C
(212) (302) (392) (482) (572) (662) (752) (842) (932) (1022) (F)
Temperature T
Thermowells with 24 mm (0.95 inch), C= 65 mm (2.60 inch), dimensions in mm (inch)
2/94
Speed v
140 (5.51)
v W = 5 m/s
(16.40 ft/s)
315 (12.40)
510 (20.08)
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
bar (psi)
450 (6527)
400 (5802)
Form 4/4F 18 (0.71); C=65 (2.56)

Material No. 1.4571
U
350 (5076)
Speed v
140/315
v W = 5 m/s
(16.40 ft/s)
(5.51/12.40)
510 (20.08)
300 (4351)
140 (5.51)
v L = 40 m/s
(131.20 ft/s)
315 (12.40)
510 (20.08)
250 (3626)
200 (2901)
Form 4/4F 18 (0.71); C=65 (2.56)

Material No. 1.7335
150 (2176)
100 (1450)
140 (5.51)
v L = 40 m/s
(131.20 ft/s)
315 (12.40)
510 (20.08)
50 (725)
0
0
(32)
Speed v
140/315
v W = 5 m/s
(16.40 ft/s)
(5.51/12.40)
510 (20.08)
50
(122)
100
150 200
250 300
350
400
450
500
550 C
(212) (302) (392) (482) (572) (662) (752) (842) (932) (1022) (F)
Temperature T
Thermowells with 18 mm (0.71 in), C= 65 mm (2.60 inch), dimensions in mm (inch)
bar (psi)
400 (5802)
Form 4/4F 24 (0.94); C=125 (4.92)

Material No. 1.4571
U
350 (5076)
Speed v
140/315
v W = 5 m/s
(16.40 ft/s)
(5.51/12.40)
510 (20.08)
300 (4351)
140 (5.51)
v L = 40 m/s
(131.20 ft/s)
315 (12.40)
510 (20.08)
250 (3626)
200 (2901)
Form 4/4F 24 (0.94); C=125 (4.92)

Material No. 1.7335
150 (2176)
100 (1450)
140 (5.51)
v L = 40 m/s
(131.20 ft/s)
315 (12.40)
510 (20.08)
50 (725)
0
0
(32)
Speed v
140/315
v W = 5 m/s
(16.40 ft/s)
(5.51/12.40)
510 (20.08)
50
(122)
100
150 200
250 300
350
400
450
500
550 C
(212) (302) (392) (482) (572) (662) (752) (842) (932) (1022) (F)
Temperature T
Thermowells with 24 mm (0.95 inch), C= 125 in (4.92 in), dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/95
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
Thermowell calculation
Properly applied load diagrams will provide a sufficient degree
of safety for the most common thermowell configurations.
However, there are cases in which operating conditions deviate

too greatly from standard parameters. In this case, a customized
thermowell calculation may be required.
Another reason for doing this calculation is the fact that flowing
media can create turbulence at the tip of the thermowell under
certain conditions. The thermowell will then vibrate and may
even be destroyed if not configured correctly. This is the most
frequent cause of thermowell bailure.
SIEMENS offers the two recognized methods for calculating the

thermowell:
DIN/Dittrich method
ASME/Murdock method
This method also takes into account turbulence formation on
a mathematical level.
Both methods provide a high degree of safety with regard to
thermowell configuration, however, they do not provide a guarantee against breakdowns.
Materials
Material descriptions/Standards comparison
Max. temperature
[C (F)]
(unloaded)
Properties
Applications
Mat. No.: AISI/Trade

name:
EN 10028-2:
Description
1.4404 or AISI 316 L

1.4435
X2CrNiMo17-12-2
Austenitic stain- 600

less steel
(1112)
Good acid resistance, resistant Chemical industry, waste treatagainst grain boundary corro- ment, paper and cellulose
sion
industry, food industry
1.4571
AISI 316 Ti
X6CrNiMoTi 17 12-2
Austenitic stain- 800

less steel
(1472)
Good acid resistance, resistant Chemical industry, textile

against grain boundary corro- industry, paper and cellulose
sion (supported by TI portion) industry, water supply, food
and pharmaceuticals
1.5415
A 204 size A
16Mo3
Carbon steel,
high-alloy
500
(932)
Resistant at higher temperatures, well suited for welding
Steam turbines, steam lines,

water pipes
1.7335
A 182 F11
13CrMo4-5
Carbon steel,
high-alloy
540
(1004)
Resistant at higher temperatures, well suited for welding
Steam turbines, steam lines,

water pipes
1.4841
SS 314
X15CrNiSi25-20
Austenitic heat- 1150

resistant stain- (2102)
less steel
Resistant at high temperatures, also resistant against

low-O2 and nitrogen-containing gases.
Flue gas, petrochemical industry, chemicals industry, power

plants
1.4762
446
X10CrAl24
Ferritic heatresistant steel
1150
(2102)
Resistant at high temperatures, in oxidizing and reducing sulphur-containing

atmosphere
Chemical industry, power

plants, steel industry, waste
gas treatment
2.4816
Inconel 600
NiCr15Fe
Nickel-Chrome
alloy
1150
(2102)
Resistant at high temperatures, resistant against chlorine-induced cold crack

corrosion
Chemical industry, petrochemical industry, food industry
1.4876
Incoloy 800
X10NiCrAlTi32-21
Austenitic heat- 1100

resistant stain- (2012)
less steel
Excellent resistance against

oxidation and carbonization at
high temperatures, good corrosion resistance
O&G industry, waste gas treatment, power plants (steam

boiler, heat exchanger), applications using aggressive fluids
2.4819
Hastelloy C 276 NiMo16Cr15W
Nickel-Chrome- 1100
Molybdenum
(2012)
alloy
Resistant at high temperatures, in oxidizing and reducing atmosphere, resistant

against pitting and crevice corrosion, good corrosion resistance after welding
Chemicals industry, paper and

cellulose industry, waste treatment, waste incinerators, emissions controls, shipbuilding
and offshore industry
2.4360
Monel 400
Nickel-Copper
alloy
Excellent corrosion resistance, Chemical industry, offshore

particularly against chlorineindustry, nuclear technology,
induced cold crack corrosion petrochemical industry
NiCu30Fe
500
(932)
Where cost-intensive materials are used with flange thermowells, cost savings can be achieved by using a so-called flanged wheel.
A thin disc of the material which comes into contact with media is applied prior to the flange (ordinary stainless steel).
Materials sensor tube/measuring inserts:
SITRANS TSinsert, TS100, TS200
- Resistance thermometer Cr-Ni-Mo
- Thermocouples 2.4816/Inconel600
2/96
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
Vibration resistance of measuring insert, cable sensor
Pressure equipment directive:
Similar to the thermowell, inner (Karman vortices) and outer (plant)

vibrations also affect the measuring insert. For this reason, a special
assembly of measurement elements is required. Other than a few exceptions for cable and compact thermometers, Siemens only produces sensors based on a mineral-insulated cable. Together with
precautions taken when installing the measuring element, the Siemens basic version already exceeds EN 60751 by more than a factor of 3. Pursuant to the measurement methods of this standard, the
following values are obtained (tip-tip):
10 g: Basic version and expanded measuring range
60 g: Increased vibration-resistance and thermocouple
This device is not included in the pressure device guideline; classification according to pressure device guideline
(PED 97/23/EC), Directive 1/40; article 1, paragraph 2.1.4
Bending ability of measuring insert/cable sensor

All Siemens measuring inserts SITRANS TSinsert are made with a
mineral-insulated cable (MIC). The same applies to a portion of the
cable and compact thermometer. In addition to the properties already described, another advantage of the MIC is its bending ability.
This makes it possible to install these thermometers even in difficult
to access areas. Please ensure that you are not below the following
bending radius:
MIC [mm (inch)]
Rmin = 4x MIC [mm (inch)]
3 (0.12)
12 (0.48)
6 (0.24)
24 (0.95)
Where a smaller bending radius is required due to installation conditions, subsequent testing of the insulation resistance is recommended.
Electrical stability
The insulation resistance between each measuring circuit and the fitting is tested at a voltage of 500 V DC at room temperature.
Riso 100 M
Due to the property of the mineral-insulated cable, the insulation resistance decreases as temperature increases. Because of the special production method, it is, however, possible to achieve very good
values even at high temperatures.
Line resistance
When connected to two-wire systems, the line resistance is included
in the measurement result. The following rule of thumb can be used:
Measuring insert 3 mm (0.12 inch) 5 /m or 12.8 C (55.04 F)
Measuring insert 6 mm (0.24 in) 2.8 /m or 44.78 (44.78 )
For this reason a connection to three- or four-wire systems is highly
recommended.
In addition, statutory, standards-based or operating specifications

also require additional testing. The results are certified in certificates
as per EN 10204:
As per EN 10204-2.1, order conformity (C35)
Certificate in which Siemens confirms that the delivered products
correspond with the requirements of the order, without indicating
test results. The testing does not have to be carried out on the delivered devices.
As per EN 10 204-3.1
Certificate in which Siemens confirms that the delivered
products meet the requirements set out in the order, with indication of the specific test results. Testing is carried out by an organization which is independent of production. The inspection certificate 3.1 replaces 3.1.B of the previous edition.
Material certificate for parts which come into contact with media
(C12)
This certificate confirms the properties of the material and warrants traceability up to the melting batch.
Pressure-resistant (C31)
Hydrostatic pressure test on thermowell as per customer specifications. Where operating pressure is not specified, testing is carried out using the nominal pressure of the process connection.
Helium leak test (C32)
This test can be used to detect even the smallest leaks in thermowells and welded seams.
Dye penetration test (C33)
The dye penetration method can detect cracks and other surface
defects.
Comparative test (calibration) (Y33)
The test object is measured in at an equalized temperature level
against a highly precise thermometer, and the measured values of
test object and normal values are documented. However, calibration requires the measuring insert to be of a certain minimum
length.
Measuring inserts can be calibrated together with the associated
transmitter. Calibration values can be stored in the transmitter in
order to increase the accuracy of the system.
As per EN 10204-3.2
This acceptance certificate can be prepared on request, together
with an acceptance representative of the ordering party or a representative indicated as per official requirements (e.g. TV) It confirms that the delivered products meet the requirements set out in
the order; it also contains the test results.
Approvals
Explosion protection according to ATEX and IECEx:
Designator
Addition
Type of protection
Ex-identifier
For zone
TSinsert
E01
Intrinsic safety "ia", "ic
II 1 D Ex ia IIIC T 200 C Da
II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6/T4T1 Ga
II 3 G Ex ic IIC T6/T4T1 Gc
20
0
2
E02
E03
for SITRANS TS500 with protection type Ex d
E04
E01
20
0
2
E02, E03, E04
E01
20
0
2
E02, E03, E04
E01
II 1/2 D Ex ia/ib IIIC T200 C Da/Db

II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T6/T4T1 Ga/Gb
II 3 G
Ex ic IIC T6/T4T1 Gc
20*/21
0*/1
2
E02
E03
Flameproof enclosure "d"

Dust protection by enclosure "t"
only in combination with connection heads code AG0,
AH0, AU0, AV0, without cable gland
II 1/2 G Ex d IIC T6,T4,T3

0*/1
II 1/2 D Ex tD A21 IP65 T85, 100, 150 C 20*/21
E04
Non-sparking "n"
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4T1 Gc
TS100
TS200
TS500
* Up to process connection
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/97
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
Schematics
Thermocouples
1 thermocouple
2 thermocouples
Double Pt100 measuring inserts (for 6 mm OD only) are designed as a three-wire system.
3-conductor connection
1 x Pt100
SITRANS TSinsert measuring inserts are designed as a four-wire

system for single Pt100 if not mentioned differently. This makes
it possible to implement all of the aforementioned connection
types.
2 x Pt100
Red
Red
Black
Red
Red
Black
White
White
Yellow
Red
Red
Black
Red
Red
Black
White
Yellow
White
White
White
+
Black
Green
Pink
Brown
Red
Red
White
White
White
White
Blue
White
Circuit diagram for thermocouple
Where thermocouples are used, the use of head transmitters offers particular advantages: The cold junction is already integrated into the universal transmitter. There is no need for expensive thermo or extension cable. This also removes a number of
possible error sources. The weak millivolt signal of the thermocouple is already converted into a stable and temperature-linear
DC or bus signal on site. This drastically reduces the effects of
electromagnetic factors on the measurement result.
If a head transmitter is not installed, the sensor feed line consists
either of the appropriate thermo or extension leads. The thermo
line is made from the thermo material of the relevant thermocouple, while the extension lead uses a cost-effective substitute material. The extension cable behaves similar to a thermo line at an
electrical level, within a limited temperature range of up to
200C.
Red
Red
White
White
Schematics 1 x Pt100-2W up to 2 x Pt100-4W
Pt100
3-wire version
4
2
J
Connection diagram for round connector M12 x 1, 4-pole
2/98
Type
J
K
N
E
L
T
Siemens FI 01 2015
A wide spectrum of color coding is available for thermocouples

on an international level. This must be taken into account during
the electrical connecting.
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
Coun International/
try
Germany
North America
UK/
Czech Republic
Stan- Not intrinsically

dard safe1)
Extension lead2)
BS 1843
Jacket +
Jacket +
Jacket +
PN
PN
WH
OG
OG
RD
OG
OG
BU
GN
GN
WH
YE
YE
RD
RD
BR
BU
BK
BK
WH
BK
WH
RD
BK
YE
BU
BR
BR
WH
BU
BU
RD
BU
WH
BU
VT
VT
WH
VT
VT
RD
BR
BR
BU
R+S
OG
OG
WH
BK
RD
GN
WH
BU
GY
GY
WH
GY
RD
GY
1)
With an intrinsically safe line as per IEC 584-3, the sheath is always blue.
2)
For thermo lines as per ANSI MC96, the sheath is always blue.
Coun Netherlands
try
Japan
France
Stan- DIN 43714

dard
ISC 1610-198
NF C42-323
Transmitters
Where SITRANS TH transmitters are used in the connection
head of the temperature sensor, connection takes place according to the following pattern
SITRANS TH100/TH200/TH300
Jacket +
Jacket +
GN
RD
GN
BU
RD
WH
VT
VT
YE
BU
RD
BU
YE
RD
WH
BK
BK
YE
BR
RD
BR
BR
RD
WH
BU
BU
YE
BK
RD
BK
VT
RD
WH
OG
OG
YE
WH
RD
WH
BK
RD
WH
GN
GN
YE
R+S
GY
RD
GY
GY
RD
WH
GN
RD
GN
BU
RD
WH
VT
VT
YE
3
4
BU: blue
GD: gold
GN: green
GY: gray
OG: orange
PN: pink
RD: red
SR: silver
TQ: turquoise
VT: violet
WH: white
YE: yellow
6
5+ -
6
5
Thermocouples
SITRANS TH400
BR: brown
6
5
Abbreviation for colors

BK: black
6
5+ -
Jacket +
6
5+ -
6
5
SITRANS TH100SLIM
4
1+
+
10 ... 35 VDC
3 2
0V
In addition, our transmitters also allow for a large number of

other possible connections (e.g. difference, average, two sensors). More information can be obtained at:
http://www.siemens.com/temperature
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/99
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
Type
TSinsert
TS100
TS200
Description
Measuring insert
Temperature sensors in cable version
Temperature sensors in compact version
Application
Replaceable
Universal use
Universal use
Version
Mineral-insulated version
Type
in European or
American type
Catalog page
2/162
2/110
2/114
Order
Nr. 7MC70*
7MC711*
7MC72*
Wetted material
Cr-Ni-Mo (RTD): 2.4816 (TC)

(Cr-Ni-Mo; Inconnel600)
Cr-Ni-Mo (RTD); 2.4816 (TC)

Cr-Ni-Mo (RTD); 2.4816 (TC)

Thermowell
types
To order separately
Without/with separate thermowell
Without/with separate thermowell
Process connections
Compression fittings
Soldering nipple:
- G , G
- NPT
- M 8x1, M18x1.5
Surface connection piece for installation
on surfaces/tubes
Soldering nipple:
- G , G
- NPT
- M 8x1, M18x1.5
Surface connection piece for installation
on surfaces/tubes
Sensor elements
Pt100 + thermocouples
Sensor connection
1 x 4 wire
2 x 3 wire
1 x 4 wire
2 x 3 wire
1 x 4 wire
2 x 3 wire
Sensor accuracy
Class AA
Class A
Class B
Class 1
Class 2
Class AA
Class A
Class B
Class 1
Class 2
Class AA
Class A
Class B
Class 1
Class 2
Connection
heads
Type B (Type A flameproof)
Cable, optional with misc. plugs
flying leads
misc. plugs
Explosion
Intrinsic safety "ia", "ic"
protection,
for TS500 in Ex d
(ATEX IECEx)
Output signal Sensor signal:

4 ... 20 mA (TH100/TH200)
HART (TH300)
PA (TH400)
FF (TH400)
Sensor signal
Sensor signal
Image
Application
Spare parts
Machinery and equipment

Bearing temperature
Surfaces
Machinery and equipment

Bearing temperature
Surfaces
Limit
temperat.1)
[C (F)]
Pt100 basis:
-50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752)
Pt100 ext. measuring range:
-196 ... +600 (-321 ... +1112)
Thermocouple:
-40 ... +1100 (-40 ... +2012)
(depends on type)
Pt100 basis:
-50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752)
-196 ... +600 (-321 ... +1112)
Thermocouple:
-40 ... +1100 (-40 ... +2012)
(depends on type)
Pt100 basis:
-50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752)
-196 ... +600 (-321 ... +1112)
Thermocouple:
-40 ... +1100 (-40 ... +2012)
(depends on type)
Max. nominal pressure1)

(static pressure at 20C)
Compression fitting max. 5 bar (145 psi)
Compression fitting max. 5 bar (145 psi)
Min. response 2 6 s
time t0.5
26s
26s
See drawing page 2/79
See drawing page 2/79
Degree of
protection
1)
IP54
Load combinations (temperature, flow, vibration, pressure) can at times significantly restrict these values. Other temperature limits result from e.g. thermowelmaterials with lower limit values [e.g. 1.4571 pressure resilient, 450 ... 550 C (842 ... 1022 F), limit temperature 800 C (1472 F)].
2/100
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
Type
TS300 Modular
TS300 Clamp-on
Description
Temperature sensors for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
Temperature sensors for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
Application
Measurements submersed in medium

(pipelines and vessels)
Clamp-on measurement of pipe surface temperature
Version
Protective pipe similar to DIN 43772, Type 2F and tapered

design
Protective pipe similar to DIN 43772, Type 2F and tapered

design
Type
Image
Catalog page
2/118
2/122
Order
7MC8005*
7MC8016
Wetted material
1.4404 or1.4435 (316L)
1.4404 or 1.4435 (316L)
Thermowell types
Similar to 2F
Similar to 2F
Process connections
DIN 11851, clamp connection

(Triclamp/ISO 2852/DIN 32676), Varivent, Ingold connection
(Fermenter connection), Neumo Biocontrol, ball weld sleeve,
(gaskets are not included in scope of delivery)
Clamp-on connections suitable for the following pipe diameters:

Collar 4 ... 57 mm (0.16 ... 2.24 inch)
Tensioning 6 ... 50,8 mm (0.24 ... 2.00 inch)
Tensioning 50 ... 200 mm (1.97 ... 7.87 inch)
Sensor elements
Pt100
Pt100
Sensor connection 1x4 wire

2x3 wire
Sensor accuracy
1x3 wire
Class A
Class A
Process-optimized design
Typ B
Connection heads Typ B

Explosion
protection,
(ATEX IECEx)
Output signal
Sensor signal:
4 ... 20 mA (TH100/TH200)
HART (TH300)
PA (TH400)
FF (TH400)
Sensor signal:
4 ... 20 mA TH100slim
HART (TH300)
PA (TH400)
FF (TH400)
Application
Surface roughness:
Standard applications
Ra < 1.5 m (5.9 10-5 inch)
Surface roughness:
Standard applications
Ra < 1.5 m (5.9 10-5 inch)
Limit temperat. 1)
[C (F)]
-20 ... +400 C (-4 ... +752 F)
-40 ... +150 C (-40 ... +302 F)
Max. nominal
0 ... 150 (0 ... 5.91)
pressure1)
150 ... 300 (5.91 ... 11.81)
(static pressure at
20C)
50 bar
40 bar
Min. response time 20 ... 34 s

t0.5
1)
IP54 ... IP67 dep. to connection head, see page 2/86
No pressure load due to clamp-on principle
4s
(See "Reference conditions SITRANS TS300 Clamp-on"
page 2/89)
IP65 for pipe collar, IP67 for elektrical connection
Load combinations (temperature, flow, vibration, pressure) can at times significantly restrict these values. Other temperature limits result from e.g. thermowelmaterials with lower limit values [e.g. 1.4571 pressure resilient, 450 ... 550 C (842 ... 1022 F), limit temperature 800 C (1472 F)].
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/101
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
Type
TS500 for installation
TS500 Type 2
TS500 Type 2N
Description
Temperature sensors for the process

industry (vessels and pipings)


Application
Temperature sensors for the installation of

existing thermowells
Tubular version for minimal to medium stress Tubular version for minimal to medium stress
Version
Suitable for thermowells as per DIN 43772

as well as ASME B40.9-2001
Thermowell as per DIN43722, Type 2 without Thermowell Type 2N similar to DIN 43772,
process connection
screwed in
Type
With extension
European type
American type
Without extension, plug-in

Use with moveable compression fittings
Without extension
Catalog page
2/158
2/126
2/130
Article No.
Nr. 7MC750*
7MC751*-0*(A/B)**-0***
7MC751*-1****-0***
Wetted material
None: Measuring insert made of 1.4571,

1.4404 or 1.4435 (RTD); 2.4816 (TC) (316L;
Inconnel600)
1.4404 or 1.4435; 1.4571 (316L; 316TI)
1.4404 or 1.4435; 1.4571 (316L; 316TI)
Thermowell
types
To order separately
Form 2
Form 2N (similar to form 2)
Process connections
Connection to thermowell:
M14x1.5
M18x1.5
G
NPT
G
NPT
G
NPT
Insertion
length
110 mm (4.33 inch) 2.5 inch 15 inch

140 mm (5.51 inch) 4 inch 18 inch
200 mm (7.87 inch) 6 inch 24 inch
260 mm (10.24 inch) 9 inch
410 mm (16.14 inch) 12 inch
Variable
100 mm (3.94 inch)

160 mm (6.30 inch)
230 mm (9.06 inch)
360 mm (14.17 inch)
510 mm (20.08 inch)
Neck tube
length
as per DIN 43772
as per DIN 43772
not adjustable X=20 mm (0.79 inch)
Sensor elem.
Sensor connection
1 x 4 wire
2 x 3 wire
1 x 4 wire
2 x 3 wire
1 x 4 wire
2 x 3 wire
Sensor accuracy
Class AA
Class A
Class B
Class 1
Class 2
Class AA
Class A
Class B
Class 1
Class 2
Class AA
Class A
Class B
Class 1
Class 2
Conn. heads
Type B (Type A for Ex d versions)
Explosion
protection,
(ATEX IECEx)

Non sparking "n"

Non sparking "n"

Non sparking "n"
Output signal
Sensor signal:
4 ... 20 mA (TH100/TH200)
HART (TH300)
PA (TH400)
FF (TH400)
Sensor signal:
4 ... 20 mA (TH100/TH200)
HART (TH300)
PA (TH400)
FF (TH400)
Sensor signal:
4 ... 20 mA (TH100/TH200)
HART (TH300)
PA (TH400)
FF (TH400)
Application
Pressure vessel and piping
Limit
temperature1)
[C (F)]
Pt100 Basis:
-50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752)
-196 ... +600 (-321 ... +1112)
Thermocouple:
-40 ... +1100 (-40 ... +2012)
(depends on type)
Pt100 Basis:
-50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752)
-196 ... +600 (-321 ... +1112)
Thermocouple:
-40 ... +1100 (-40 ... +2012)
(depends on type)
Pt100 Basis:
-50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752)
-196 ... +600 (-321 ... +1112)
Thermocouple:
-40 ... +1100 (-40 ... +2012)
(depends on type)
Max. nominal
pressure1)
(static pressure at 20C),
dimensions in
mm (inch)
s. thermowell
Tube 9 (0.35):
0 ... 150 (0 ... 5.91)
150 ... 300 (5.91 ... 11.81)
Compression fitting
Tube 12 (0.47):
0 ... 150 (0 ... 5.91)
150 ... 300 (5.91 ... 11.81 )
Compression fitting
Min. response
time t0.5
s. thermowell
Image
Degree of prot. IP54 ... IP67 dep. on connection head see

page 2/86
1)
50 bar
40 bar
5 bar
Tube 9 (0.35):
0 ... 150 (0 ... 5.91)
150 ... 300 (5.91 ... 11.81)
50 bar
40 bar
75 bar
60 bar
5 bar
20 45 s
20 34 s
IP54 ... IP67 dep. on connection head see

page 2/86

page 2/86
Load combinations (temperature, flow, vibration, pressure) can at times significantly restrict these values. Other temperature limits result from e.g. thermowell
materials with lower limit values [e.g. 1.4571 pressure resilient, 450 ... 550 C (842 ... 1022 F), limit temperature 800 C (1472 F)].
2/102
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
Type
TS500 Type 2G
TS500 Type 2F
TS500 Type 3
Description



quicker than form 2
Application
Pipe version for minimal to medium stress
Version

screwed in
Thermowell as per DIN 43722, Type 2F with

flange
Thermowell as per DIN 43722, Type 3 without process connection, improved response
time
Type
with extension
with extension
Without extension, plug-in

Use with moveable compression fittings
Catalog page
2/134
2/138
2/142
Article No.
7MC751*-1*(A/B)**-1***
7MC751*-2*(A/B)**-1***
7MC751*-0*K**-0***
Image
Wetted mater. 1.4404 or 1.4435; 1.4571 (316L; 316TI)
1.4404 or 1.4435; 1.4571 (316L; 316TI)
1.4404 or 1.4435; 1.4571 (316L; 316TI)
Therm. types
Form 2G
Form 2F
Form 3
Process connections
Welded threads:
G1
G
NPT
Welded flange
DN 25, PN 40
1RF150
1.5RF150
1.5RF300
G
NPT
Insertion
length
160 mm (6.30 inch)

250 mm (9.84 inch)
400 mm (15.75 inch)
225 mm (8.86 inch)

315 mm (12.40 inch)
465 mm (18.31 inch)
225 mm (8.86 inch)

315 mm (12.40 inch)
465 mm (18.31 inch)
Neck tube
length
As per DIN 43772
As per DIN 43772
As per DIN 43772
Sensor
elements
Sensor connection
1 x 4 wire
2 x 3 wire
1 x 4 wire
2 x 3 wire
1 x 4 wire
2 x 3 wire
Sensor
accuracy
Class AA
Class A
Class B
Class 1
Class 2
Class AA
Class A
Class B
Class 1
Class 2
Class AA
Class A
Class B
Class 1
Class 2
Connection
heads
Explosion
protection,
(ATEX IECEx)

Non sparking "n"

Non sparking "n"

Non sparking "n"
Output signal
Sensor signal:
4 ... 20 mA (TH100/TH200)
HART (TH300)
PA (TH400)
FF (TH400)
Sensor signal:
4 ... 20 mA (TH100/TH200)
HART (TH300)
PA (TH400)
FF (TH400)
Sensor signal:
4 ... 20 mA (TH100/TH200)
HART (TH300)
PA (TH400)
FF (TH400)
Application
Limit
temperat.1)
[C (F)]
Pt100 Basis:
-50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752 )
-196 ... +600 (-321 ... +1112 )
Thermocouple:
-40 ... +1100 (-40 ... +2012)
(depends on type)
Pt100 Basis:
-50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752 )
-196 ... +600 (-321 ... +1112 )
Thermocouple:
-40 ... +1100 (-40 ... +2012)
(depends on type)
Pt100 Basis:
-50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752 )
-196 ... +600 (-321 ... +1112 )
Thermocouple:
-40 ... +1100 (-40 ... +2012)
(depends on type)
Max. nominal
pressure1)
dimensions in
mm (inch)
Tube 9 (0.35 ):
0 ... 150 mm (0 ... 5.91 inch)
150 ... 300 (5.91 ... 11.81)
Compression fitting
Tube 12 (0.47):
0 ... 150 (0 ... 5.91)
150 ... 300 (5.91 ... 11.81)
Tube 9 (0.35 ):
0 ... 150 mm (0 ... 5.91 inch)
50 bar
150 ... 300 (5.91 ... 11.81)
40 bar
Tube 12 (0.47):
0 ... 150 (0 ... 5.91)
75 bar
150 ... 300 (5.91 ... 11.81)
60 bar
Note restriction imposed by PN of the flange
Tube 12 (0.47):
0 ... 200 (0 ... 7.87)
200 ... 300 mm (7.87 ... 11.81)
Compression fitting
Min. response 20 34 s
time t0.5
20 34 s
7 15 s
Degr. of protec. IP54 ... IP67 dep. on connection head see

page 2/86

page 2/86

page 2/86
1)
50 bar
40 bar
5 bar
75 bar
60 bar
75 bar
60 bar
5 bar
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/103
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
Type
TS500 Type 3G
Description
Temperature sensors for the process industry Temperature sensors for the process industry Temperature sensors for the process industry
faster as form 2
faster as form 2
Quick-respone version available
TS500 Type 3F
TS500 Type 4/4F
Applic. area
Tubular version for minimal to medium stress
Tubular version for minimal to medium stress
Tubular version for medium to highest stress
Version

screwed in
Thermowell as per DIN 43722, Type 3F with

flange
Thermowell to DIN 43722:

Type 4 for weld-in
Type 4F with flange
Type
with extension
with extension
with extension
Catalog page
2/146
2/150
2/154
Article No.
7MC751*-1*K**-1***
7MC751*-2*K**-1***
7MC752*
Wetted material
1.4404 or 1.4435; 1.4571 (316L; 316TI)
1.4404 or 1.4435; 1.4571 (316L; 316TI)
Form 4F:
1.4404 or 1.4435; 1.4571 (316L; 316TI)
Additional Form 4:
1.7335; 1.5415(A 182 F11; A 204 Size A)
Thermowell
types
Form 3G
Form 3F
Form 4
Form 4F
Process connections
Welded threads:
G1
G
NPT
Welded flange
DN 25, PN 40
1RF150
1.5RF150
1.5RF300
For 4 for welding in, Form 4F with flange:

DN 25, PN 40
1RF150
1RF300
1.5RF150
1.5RF300
Insertion
length
160 mm (6.30 inch)

220 mm (8.66 inch)
280 mm (11.02 inch)
225 mm (8.86 inch)

285 mm (11.22 inch)
345 mm (13.58 inch)
Form 4F:
as per customer-specification
Form 4:
110 mm (4.33 inch) fast
140 mm (5.51 inch) fast/normal
200 mm (7.87 inch) fast/normal
260 mm (10.23 inch) normal
Neck tube
length
As per DIN 43772
As per DIN 43772
As per DIN 43772
Sensor elem.
Sensor
connection
1 x 4 wire
2 x 3 wire
1 x 4 wire
2 x 3 wire
1 x 4 wire
2 x 3 wire
Sensor
accuracy
Class AA
Class A
Class B
Class 1
Class 2
Class AA
Class A
Class B
Class 1
Class 2
Class AA
Class A
Class B
Class 1
Class 2
Conn. heads
Explosion
prot., Europe

Non sparking "n"

Non sparking "n"

Non sparking "n"
Output signal
Sensor signal:
4 ... 20 mA (TH100/TH200)
HART (TH300)
PA (TH400)
FF (TH400)
Sensor signal:
4... 20 mA (TH100/TH200)
HART (TH300)
PA (TH400)
FF (TH400)
Sensor signal:
4 ... 20 mA (TH100/TH200)
HART (TH300)
PA (TH400)
FF (TH400)
Application
Vessels and pipings
Vessels and pipings
Vessels and pipings
Limit
temperat.1)
[C (F)]
Pt100 Basis:
-50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752)
-196 ... +600 C (-321 ... +1112)
Thermocouple:
-40 ... +1100 (-40 ... +2012)
(depends on type)
Pt100 Basis:
-50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752)
-196 ... +600 C (-321 ... +1112)
Thermocouple:
-40 ... +1100 (-40 ... +2012)
(depends on type)
Pt100 Basis:
-50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752)
-196 ... +600 C (-321 ... +1112)
Thermocouple:
-40 ... +1100 (-40 ... +2012)
(depends on type)
Max. nominal
pressure1)
dimensions in
mm (inch)
Pipe 12 (0.47):
0 ... 200
200 ... 300
Pipe 12 (0.47):
0 ... 200
75 bar
200 ... 300
60 bar
Note restriction imposed by PN of the flange
Mat. (1.4404; 1.4571) :

65
450 bar
125
350 bar
Mat. (1.7335; 1.5415) :
65
500 bar
125
400 bar
Form 4F: Note restriction imposed by PN of
the flange
Min. response
time t0.5
7 15 s
7 15 s
24 mm (0.95 inch): 20 45 s
IP54 ... IP67 dep. on connection head, see

page 2/86
IP54 ... IP67 dep. on connection head, see

page 2/86
Image
75 bar
60 bar
Deg. of protect. IP54 ... IP67 dep. on connection head, see

page 2/86
1)
2/104
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
Sensor type
Number of sensors
-Z
E01
-Z
E01
7
7MC1007-
-Z
E01
-Z
E01
6
7
7MC751
7
7MC1008-
Ex protection
Connection side
Neck tube
7MC751
Length of 2nd digit
Length of 1st digit
Thermowell form
PA characteristic
PA weights
Number of sensors + Ex
7MC1006-
New
Material
Material
Old
Connection head
Length
7MC751
5
1
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/105
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
Number of sensors
N2D: X45
{Y45:209 mm}
N2D: X45
{Y45:179 mm}
N2D: X45
{Y45:179 mm}
N1D: X45
{Y45:119 mm}
1
A
-Z
E01
-Z
E01
7
7
7MC751
1
2
2/106
N2D: X45
{Y45:129 mm}
-Z
E01
-Z
E01
7
7MC1041-
N2D: X45
{Y45:179 mm}
7MC1017-
Ex protection
Sensor type
Connection side
Neck tube
7MC752
Length of 2nd digit
Length of 1st digit
Thermowell form
PA characteristic
7MC1010-
PA weights
Number of sensors + Ex
New
Material
Material
Old
Connection head
Length
7MC751
-Z
E01
-Z
E01
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
-Z
Y44: B=1025 mm
-Z
Y44: B=1425 mm
-Z
E01
-Z
Y44: U=300 mm
-Z
J03
-Z
S03
-Z
L03
7MC701
A
7
B
7MC1913-
D
7
7MC701
8
D
Type of cable
7
External diameter of sheath
Length
7
New
7MC711
Connection side
Number of sensors
Sensor
Nominal length
Old
7MC2027-
Ex protection
Length of 2nd digit
Diameter
7MC701
Length of 1st digit
Number of sensors
Ex-protection
7MC1910-
Connection head
Length
7MC1900-
Sensor
New
Number of sensors
Old
Measuring insert type
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/107
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
-Z
7MC721
Ex-protection
Number
Sensor type
Length
Type + number of sensor
Material of sheath
7MC2021-
New
Length
Old
6
C
L
E
D
1
4
1
3
6
1
2
Siemens FI 01 2015
0
-Z
2/108
7MC721
Y44: U=250 mm
Ex-protection
Number
New
Sensor type
Length
A04
-Z
A03
Material of sheath
7MC2028-
A02
Number of sensors
Length
Old
A01
Y44: U=300 mm
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS
Ordering examples
Connection head, Form B
Old
New
- Screw cover
- Standard hinged cover
- Hinged cover high
Made of stainless steel, with 1 cable bushing and screw cover
Measuring insert, single
Measuring insert, single, explosion protection
1 and additional E01
Measuring insert, double
Measuring insert, double, explosion protection
5 and additional E01
Made of cast light alloy, with 1 cable bushing and
More information
Ordering examples for SITRANS TS100/200
Ordering example for SITRANS TS500
Desired features
Article No.
Desired features
Article No.
SITRANS TS100
7MC7111
SITRANS TS500
7MC751
Sensor diameter
Material
Standard length 200 mm

(scope of sensor length 101 ... 250 mm)
Process connection
1E
Sensor
Thermowell form
A1
flying leads
Enclosed compression fitting
A41
Insertion length U Standard 250 mm

(insertion length customer-specific
220 mm)
12
Connection cable PVC, 10 m
J10
Extension X customer-specific
Y15: TTSA5458
Head
Sensor
Sensor number/Accuracy
Extension X customer-specific
N2D
TAG plate
Full article no.:
7MC7111-6CA11-Z A41+J10+Y15
Y15: TTSA5458
Insertion length U customer-specific
Y44: 220 mm
Desired features
Article No.
Extension length X customer-specific
Y45: 200 mm
SITRANS TS100
7MC7111
Plant calibration per 3-point
Sensor diameter
Standard length 200 mm

(scope of sensor length 101 ... 250 mm)
Y33: 0C
Y33: 50C
Y33: 150C
Sensor
A1
flying leads
Enclosed compression fitting
A41
Connection cable PVC, 10 m
J10
TAG plate
Y15: TTSA5458
Customer-specific length 211 mm
Y44: 211 mm
Full article no.:

7MC7511-1EA12-9CA1-Z N2D+Y44+Y45 +Y33+Y33+Y33
Y44: 220 mm
Y45: 200 mm
Y33: 0C
Y33: 50C
Y33: 150C
Full article no.:

7MC7111-6CA11-Z A41+J10+Y15+Y44
Y15: TTSA5458
Y44: 211 mm
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/109
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS100
Cable mineral-insulated
Design of connection side
LC
25
(0.98)
Flying leads, IP00, dimensions in mm (inch)
40
(1.57)
35
(1.38)
10
(0.40)
12
(0.47)
Coupling LEMO 1S, IP50, dimensions in mm (inch)
60 (2.36)
19
(0.75)
TSL
NBL
B = U + 10 (0.40)
U = B - 10 (0.40)
M12x1
M12 plug, IP54, dimensions in mm (inch)
B
d
LC
NBL
TSL
U

Cable length
Non-bending length
Temperature-sensitive length
Insertion length
SITRANS TS100, temperature sensors in cable version, universal use,

mineral-insulated version, for unfavorable space conditions, IP54 at sensor/cable transition, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/110
Siemens FI 01 2015
50
(1.97)
25,4
(1.0)
Thermocouple plug, IP20, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS100
SITRANS TS100
Temperature sensors in cable version, universal use, mineral-insulated version, for
unfavorable space conditions
Article No.
Further designs
77777
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Code.

Customer-specific length of sensor element B,
effective length U = B-10
Select range, enter desired length in plain text
(No entry = standard length)
Sensor diameter
6 mm (0.24 inch)
Length of sensor element B, effective
length U = B-10; see dimensional drawings
page 2/110
200 mm (7.87 inch)
500 mm (19.68 inch)
750 mm (29.53 inch)
Customer-specific length of sensor element B, effective length U = B-10; see
dimensional drawings page 2/110
enter customer specific length with Y44,
see Order Codes below
70 ... 100 mm (2.76 ... 3.94 inch)
Initial: 100 mm (3.94 inch)
101 ... 250 mm (3.98 ... 9.84 inch)
251 ... 500 mm (9.88 ... 19.68 inch)
501 ... 750 mm (19.72 ... 29.53 inch)
751 ... 1 000 mm (19.72 ... 39.37 inch)
Initial: 1 000 mm (39.37 inch)
1 001 ... 1500 mm
(39.4 ... 59.00 inch)
Sensor
Please note: The accuracy class range can
be lower than the measuring range. For more
information, see page 2/88
Pt100, basis, -50 ... +400 C
(-58 ... +752 F)
Pt100, vibration-resitant, -50 ... +400 C
(-58 ... +752 F)
Pt100, expanded range,
-196 ... 600 C (-320.8 ... 1 112 F)
Thermocouple Type K, -40 ... +1000 C
(-40 .... +1 832 F)
Thermocouple Type J, only class 2,
-40 ... +750 C (-40 ... +1 382 F)
Single, basic accuracy
(Class 2/Class B)
Single, increased accuracy
(Class 1/Class A)
Single, highest accuracy
(Class AA)
Double, basic accuracy
(Class 2/Class B)
Double, increased accuracy
(Class 1/Class A)
Double, highest accuracy
(Class AA)
Flying leads
LEMO coupling 1S
M12 connector, not for double Pt100
Thermocouple coupling, from TC-material
(2xTC on request)
Order code
7MC7111-
Y44
Options
Add "-Z" to Article No., add options, separate extensions

with "+".
Connection cable, type and length
Cable type = 1st letter,
Length 1 ... 99 m (3.28 ... 324.80 ft) = 2nd + 3rd
place
e.g.: 34 m (111.55 ft) connection cable PVC
(PVC code is J34)
with ?? meters connection cable (JJ) PVC/PVC,
Operating temperature (-10...+105C) (14 ... 221 F)
with ?? meters connection cable (SLFP)
Silicone/Fluorpolymer, operating temperature
-10 ... +80 C (-14 ... +356 F)
with ?? meters connection cable (TGLV) PTFE/glass
fiber/reinforced with stainless steel), Operating temperature (-100...+205C (148 ... 401F))
C
D
E
B
C
D
J01 ... J99

S01 ... S99
L01 ... L99
Additional configurations on page after next page!
You find ordering examples on page 2/109.
F
G
A
B
C
K
J
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/111
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS100
D
50
(1.97)
30
(1.81)
42 (1.65)
AF
Compression fitting, dimensions in mm (inch)
16
(0.63)
20
(0.79)
AF
42 (1.65)
Surface connection piece, dimensions in mm (inch)
Compression fitting NPT, dimensions in mm (inch)
60 (2.36)
Spring rate 8 (0.31)
AF
Spring-loaded compression fitting, dimensions in mm (inch)
60 (2.36)
AF
Spring-loaded compression fitting NPT, dimensions in mm (inch)

D
25 (0.98)
AF
Soldering nipple, metric, dimensions in mm (inch)

D
30 (1.18)
AF
Soldering nipple NPT, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/112
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS100
Order code
Options
Add "-Z" to Article No., add options, separate extensions with "+".
Process connection
Soldering nipple G", enclosed
A20
A21
Soldering nipple NPT", enclosed
A22
Soldering nipple M18x1.5, enclosed
A23
Compression fitting G", enclosed
A30
A31
Compression fitting NPT ", enclosed
A32
Surface connection piece, enclosed (non Ex)
A50
EN10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for materials coming into contact with media
EN10204-3.1 Inspection certificate visual: measurement and functional inspection
EN 10204-2.1: Declaration of compliance with the
order
ISO 9001 grease-free
(cleaned for e.g. oxygen applications)
E01
C12
C34
C35
C51
Further options
Stainless steel TAG plate ,
Enter lettering in plain text
Y15
Plant calibration per 1 point, enter temperature in

plain text, Attention: For devices with built-in head
transmitters, select test points within the set measurement range
Y33
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/113
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS200
Compact mineral-insulated
15
(1.59)
0
B
150
(5.91)
U
10
(0.39)
B
1
40
(1.57)
U
10
(0.39)
B
36
(1.41)
U
10
(0.39)
B
50
(1.97)
U
5
(0.20)
B
U
65 (2.56)
20
(0.79)
B
B
H
U

Head height
Insertion length
Basic sensor
U=B
IP00
Flying leads
U = B + 10 (0.39)
IP00
LEMO coupling 1S
U = B - 10 (0.39)
IP50
M12 plugs
U = B - 10 (0.39)
IP54
Thermocouple coupling
U = B - 5 (0.20)
IP20
Mini connection head
U = B - 20 (0.79)
IP54
SITRANS TS200, temperature sensors in cable version, universal use,

mineral-insulated version, for unfavorable space conditions, dimensions
in mm (inch)
2/114
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS200
Article No.
SITRANS TS200
Temperature sensors in compact version,
universal use, mineral-insulated version,
for unfavorable space conditions
7MC7212-
Further designs
77777

Customer-specific length of sensor element B,
effective length, U see dimensional drawing on
page 2/114
Sensor diameter
6 mm (0.24 inch)
Length of sensor element B, effective
length U see dimensional drawing on
page 2/114
200 mm (7.87 inch)
500 mm (19.68 inch)
750 mm (29.53 inch)
Customer-specific length of sensor element B, effective length U see dimensional
drawing on page 2/114
70 ...100 mm (2.76 ... 3.94 inch)
101 ... 250 mm (3.98 ... 9.84 inch)
251 ... 500 mm (9.88 ... 19.68 inch)
501 ... 750 mm (19.72 ... 29.53 inch)
751 ... 1 000 mm (29.57 ... 39.37 inch)
1 001 ... 1 500 mm (39.4 ... 59.00 inch)
Sensor
Pt100, basis, -50 ... +400 C
(-58 ... +752 F)
Pt100, vibration-resistant, -50 ... +400 C
(-58 ... +752 F)
-196 ... +600 C (-320.8 ... +1 112 F)
Thermocouple Type K, -40 ... +1 000 C
(-40 ... +1 832 F)
-40 ... +750 C (-40 ... +1 382 F)
Number/Accuracy
(Class 2/Class B)
(Class 1/Class A)
(Class AA)
(Class 2/Class B)
(Class 1/Class A)
(Class AA)
Solid wire ends (sensor element)
Flying leads
LEMO coupling 1S
M12 connector, not for double Pt100
Thermocouple coupling, from TC-material
(2xTC on request)
Mini connection head, aluminum, not for double Pt100
Order code
Y44

C
D
E
B
C
D
E
F
G
A
B
C
K
J
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
1
2
3
4
5
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/115
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS200
D
50
(1.97)
30
(1.81)
42 (1.65)
AF
Compression fitting, dimensions in mm (inch)
16
(0.63)
20
(0.79)
AF
42 (1.65)
Surface connection piece, dimensions in mm (inch)
Compression fitting NPT, dimensions in mm (inch)
60 (2.36)
AF
Spring-loaded compression fitting, dimensions in mm (inch)
60 (2.36)
AF
Spring-loaded compression fitting NPT, dimensions in mm (inch)

D
25 (0.98)
AF
Soldering nipple, metric, dimensions in mm (inch)

D
30 (1.18)
AF
Soldering nipple NPT, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/116
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS200
Order code
Options
Add "-Z" to Article No., add options, separate extensions with "+".
Process connection
A20
A21
Soldering nipple NPT", enclosed
A22
Soldering nipple M18x1.5, enclosed
A23
A30
A31
Compression fitting NPT", enclosed
A32
Surface connection piece, enclosed (non Ex)
A50
E01

C12
EN10204-3.1 Inspection certificate visual, measurement and functional inspection
C34

order
C35
ISO 9001 grease-free (cleaned for e.g. oxygen applications)
C51
Setting, designation, calibration

Stainless steel TAG plate ,
Enter lettering in plain text
Y15

plain text. Attention: For devices with built-in head
transmitters, select test points within the set measurement range
Y33
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/117
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS300
For food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology modular design
26 (1.02)
60 (2.36)
50.5
(1.99)
B = N + 26 (1.24)
Cable gland
M12x1.5
for cable 3 ... 6.5
(0.12 ... 0.26)
D3
D
B
d
D
D3
H
N
U
X

Protective pipe inner diameter
Head height
Nominal length
Insertion length
Extension length
SITRANS TS300 modular design
2/118
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS300
Article No.
SITRANS TS300
for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology, modular design for installation in
pipelines and vessels
7MC8005-
Order code
7777 0 - 777 0
777
Head
Stainless steel head, BS0, screw cover
(Standard version)
Aluminum head, BA0, flange cover standard
Plastic cover, BM0, srew cover
Aluminum head, BB0, hinged cover low
Aluminum head, BC0, hinged cover high
Special version:
Process connection,
material 1.4404 or 1.4435/316L
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with slotted
union nut and nominal diameter/pressure
DN 25/PN 40
DN 32/PN 40
DN 40/PN 40
DN 50/PN 25
Clamp connection:
ISO 2852 DIN
32676
NEUMO/BioControl
Size 25
Size 50
Size 65
Protective tube
D = 6 mm
(0.24 inch)
5
1
2
3
4
9
H1Y
AA
AB
AC
AD
CA
CB
Measuring insert
3/3.2 mm,
(0.12/0.13 inch)
miner. insul.
6 mm (0.24 inch)
D =9 mm
(0.35 inch)
D =9 mm
6 mm (0.24 inch)
(0.35 inch)
miner. insul.
D =9 mm
3/3.2 mm,
(0.35 inch)
(0.12/0.12 inch)
tapered tip
miner. insul.
D2 =5 x 20 mm
(0.2 x 0.79 inch)
Special version:
7MC8005-
Order code
7777 0 - 777 0
Insertion length
Enter customer specific length with Y44,
15 mm (0.59 inch)
16 ... 35 mm (0.63 ...1.38 inch)
36 ... 50 mm (1.42 ... 1.97 inch)
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94 inch)
101 ... 160 mm (3.98 ... 6.30 inch)
161 ... 250 mm (6.34 ... 9.84 inch)
251 ... 400 mm (9.88 ... 15.75 inch)
1 ... 4 inch, Initial: 4 inch
Special version:
KU
KV
JA
LA
ZA
J1Y
1
2
3
777
1
2
9
N1Y
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
Z
Sensor
Thin-film technology:
measuring range -50 ... +400 C
(-58 ... +752 F)
2 x Pt100, class A, three-wire
1 x Pt100, class A, four-wire
Special version:
CC
CD
CE
BA
BB
BC
Ingold flange
DN 25 with hexagon union nut G 1",
mounting length 40 mm (1.57"), diameter
24.8 mm (0.98") incl. O-ring
Welding piece
(sphere diameter 30 x 40 mm
(1.2 x 1.6 inch) long)
Special version:
Type of screwed gland and nominal diameter (add Order code and plain text)
Article No.
SITRANS TS300
for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology, modular design for installation in
pipelines and vessels
Neck tube length X
65 mm (2.56 inch) [M = 80 mm (3.15 inch)]
130 mm (5.12 inch) [M = 145 mm (5.71 inch)]
Special version:
Tri-Clamp Outer
diameter
D
/
25.0 mm
DN 25/ DN
1, 1
50.5 mm
33.7/38 25/32/40
DN 40/51 DN 50
2
64.0 mm
DN 63.5
2
77.5 mm
DN 88.9 DN 80
106.0 mm
Varivent connection (Tuchenhagen)
D6 = 50 mm (1.97 inch),
for Varivent housing DN 25 and DN 1"
D6 = 68 mm (2.68 inch),
for Varivent housing DN 40 ... 125
and 1" ... 6"
P1Y
G
H
Z
Further designs
Add "-Z" to Article No. and add Order code
Order code
Process connection completely electropolished

Hygiene version
(Ra < 0.8 m (3.1 x 10-5 inch))
Certificates
certified by factory certificate to
EN 10204-3.1
Material certificate to EN 10204-3.1
TAG plate made of stainless steel
specify TAG No. in plain text
Test report (at 0, 50 and 100%)
specify measuring range in plain text
If optional head transmitters are integrated,
please note that all calibration points are
located in the set measuring range. If the
points are located outside the standard
measuring range, a Y01 addition is always
required.
P01
Insertion length customer-specific

Select range, enter desired length in plain
text (No entry = standard length)
Y44
Q1Y
H01
C18
C12
Y15
Y33
L1Y
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/119
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS300
Tri-Clampconnection
Clamp- connection
acc. to DIN 32676
or ISO 2852
Ball weld sleeve

Ball 30 x 40
(1.18 x 1.58)
X
U
Ingold connection
DN 25 with union nut
Protective pipe
design based on DIN 43772
da
D
Process connections, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/120
Siemens FI 01 2015
24.8
(0.98)
G1A
D6
L=40
(1.58)
D6
Form 2
O-ring EPDM
SW 46
Similar to form 3
tapered tip
D
3 (0.12)
NEUMO BioControl
Varivent connection
20
(0.79)
G1A without dead space

due to
conical metal cone
3 (0.12)
D6
D6
D6=30
(1.81)
Conical connection with

union nut according
acc. to DIN 11851
D2
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS300
Order code
Further designs
Built-in head transmitter
Measuring range to be set must be specified with
plain text data "Y11".
SITRANS TH100, 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100
T10
SITRANS TH100 Ex i (ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100
T11
SITRANS TH200, 4 ... 20 mA, universal
T20
SITRANS TH200 Ex i(ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA, universal
T21
SITRANS TH300, HART, universal
T30
SITRANS TH300 Ex i (ATEX), HART, universal
T31
SITRANS TH400 PA, universal
T40
SITRANS TH400 PA Ex i, universal
T41
SITRANS TH400 FF, universal
T45
SITRANS TH400 FF Ex i, universal
T46
Transmitter options
Transmitter, enter complete setting in plain text
(Y11:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F)
Y11
Enter measuring point (max. 8 characters) in plain

text
Y17
Transmitter, enter measuring point description (max.

16 characters) in plain text
Y23
Transmitter, enter measuring point text

(max. 32 characters) in plain text
Y24
Transmitter, enter bus address in plain text
Y25
Transmitter, fail-safe value 3.6 mA

(instead of 22.8 mA)
U36
Transmitter with a SIL 2 conformity
C20
Transmitter with a SIL 2/3 conformity
C23
Transmitter test protocol (5 points)
C11
Further options
Connection form, flying leads (for the direct transmitter assembly, delivery without screws and springs)
G01
M12 plug (in combination with 1x Pt100 and/or transmitter , Non-Ex)
G12
Option not found?

Specify special version in plain text
Y98
Process number for the special version
Y99
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/121
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS300
For food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology clamp-on design
7
6
9
5
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Vibration-locking-screw
Mounting screws
Process pipeline
Temperature sensor
Thermal decoupling
Spring load
M12
8 Replaceable measuring
insert
9 Heat insulated pipe collar
2
1
Resitance thermometer with protection pipe in Clamp-on design,

2/122
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS300
Article No.
SITRANS TS300
Clamp-on design for the measuring of
the pipe surface temperature
7MC8016- 7 7 7 7 0 7 7 7
Ord. code
Design
Acc. to IEC 60751, class A
[-40 ... +150 C (-40 ... +302 F)]
Process optimized for steam sterilization
[100 ... 150 C (212 ... 302 F)]
Type of connection
Round connector M12 x 1
connection head form B, stainless steel
4 ... 20 mA compact transmitter
SITRANS TH100slim (standard measuring
range 0 ... 100 C (32 ... 212 F))
A
B
C
Collar size
mm (inch)
A1
B1
6.35 (0.25)
8 (0.31)
C1
D1
9.35 (0.37)
10 (0.39)
E1
F1
50 x 35 x 20
(1.97 x 1.38 x 0.79)
J1
K1
13 (0.51)
13.5 (0.53)
L1
M1
13.7 (0.54)
14 (0.55)
N1
P1
15.88 (0.62)
16 (0.63)
Q1
R1
17.2 (0.68)
S1
18.0 (0.71)
19.0 (0.74)
A2
B2
19.05 (0.75)
20.0 (0.79)
C2
D2
21.3 (0.84)
22.0 (0.87)
E2
F2
23.0 (0.90)
24.0 (0.94)
G2
H2
25.0 (0.98)
25.4 (1.00)
J2
K2
70 x 70 x 20
(2.76 x 2.76 x 0.79)
Ord. code
38.1 (1.50)
41.0 (1.61)
A3
B3
42.4 (1.67)
44.5 (1.75)
C3
D3
90 x 85 x 20
(3.54 x 3.35 x 0.79)
E3
F3
53.0 (2.09)
54.0 (2.13)
G3
H3
57.0 (2.24)
J3
Special size1)
Z0
K1 Y
Special sizes for pipe outer diameters: In order to process "Z0" special
sizes, the following two additional items of information are essential:
- the required diameter specified in plain text under "K1Y"
- Selection of the corresponding pipe collar, clamping band or clamping
bracket size (Order codes "S11" to "S35")
Recommended for all versions: Heat-conductive-compound, siliconefree, syringe 3 g, Order Code: L15 (see page 2/125)
G1
H1
12 (0.47)
12.7 (0.50)
26.7 (1.05)
26.9 (1.06)
7MC8016- 7 7 7 7 0 7 7 7
1)
4 (0.16)
6 (0.24)
10.2 (0.40)
10.3 (0.41)
Article No.
SITRANS TS300
Clamp-on design for the measuring of
the pipe surface temperature
48.3 (1.90)
50.8 (2.00)
Mounting with pipe collar

Pipe outer-
mm (inch)
L2
M2
28.0 (1.10)
29.0 (1.14)
N2
P2
30.0 (1.18)
31.8 (1.25)
Q2
R2
32.0 (1.26)
33.4 (1.31)
S2
T2
33.7 (1.33)
34.0 (1.34)
U2
V2
35.0 (1.38)
36.0 (1.42)
W2
X2
38.0 (1.49)
Y2
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/123
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS300
Measuring transducer
with round connector M12x1
Field housing, screw cap

Material stainless steel IP 67
60 (2.36)
11.5
(0.45)
~ 83.5 (3.70)
max. 29
(1.41)
94 (3.70)
Round connector
M12x1
51 (2.01)
Round connector
M12x1
can be rotated by 170
19
(0.75)
Cable gland
M12x1.5 for cable
3 ... 6.5 (0.12 ... 0.26)
37
(1.46)
Clamp-on, clamping band installation

with hose clamps
for pipelines 10 ... ca. 300
(0.39 ... ca.11.81)
Clamp-on,
clamping block installation
for pipelines 4 ... 57 (0.16 ... 2.24)
20
(0.79)
36 (1.42)
Cable gland
M16x1.5 for cable
4.5 ... 10 (0.18 ... 0.39)
23
(0.91)
20
(0.79)
Clamp-on,
latch fastener installation for pipelines
4 ... 17.2 (0.16 ... 0.68)
A
20
(0.79)
30
(1.18)
40
(1.57)
B
30
(1.18)
40
(1.57)
50
(1.97)
Pipe diameter
6 ... 17.2
(0.24 ... 0.68)
18 ... 35
(0.71 ... 1.38)
38 ... 50.8
(1.50 ... 2.00)
C
35
(1.38)
70
(2.76)
85
(3.35)
6 (0.24)
C
H
79
(3.11)
99
(3.90)
119
(4.68)
Standard version
SITRANS TS300 Clamp-on design, round connector, field housing, cable gland, variants, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/124
Siemens FI 01 2015
B
30
(1.18)
40
(1.57)
50
(1.97)
Latch fastener version

3 (0.12)
Pipe radius
Pipe diameter
4 ... 17.2
(0.16 ... 0.68)
18 ... 38
(0.71 ... 1.49)
38.1 ... 57
(1.50 ... 2.24)
19
(0.75)
Example 21 (4.76)
C
35
(1.38)
60
(2.36)
80
(3.15)
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS300
Order code
Further designs
Built in head transmitter
Measuring range to be set must be specified with plain
text data "Y11".
SITRANS TH100, 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100
T10
T11
SITRANS TH200, 4 ... 20 mA, universal
T20
SITRANS TH200 Ex i (ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA, universal
T21
SITRANS TH300, HART, universal
T30
SITRANS TH300 Ex i (ATEX), HART, universal
T31
SITRANS TH400 PA, universal
T40
SITRANS TH400 PA Ex i, universal
T41
SITRANS TH400 FF, universal
T45
SITRANS TH400 FF Ex i, universal
T46
Transmitter options
(Y11:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F)
Y11
Enter measuring point (max. 8 characters) in plain text
Y17
Transmitter, enter measuring point description

Y23
Transmitter, enter measuring point text

Y24
Y25

U36
C20
C23
C11
Other cable gland (only for connection head)

Polyamide for cable diameter
4.5 10 mm (0.18 0.39 inch)
Stainless steel for cable diameter
3 6,5 mm (0.12 0.25 inch)
Round connector M12 x 1
Deviating pipe;
Collar size;
mm (inch)
mm (inch)
4 17.2 (0.16 0.68)
50 x 35 (1.97 x 1.38)
18 38 (0.71 1.49)
70 x 70 (2.76 x 2.76)
38.1 57 (1.5 2.24)
90 x 85 (3.54 x 3.35)
Larger nominal diameters on request
Space-saving mounting (latch fastening)
Outer pipe; mm (inch):
4 17.2 (0.16 0.68)
18 35 (0.71 1.38)
(Clamping band version recommended, see below)
38 50.8 (1.45 2.00)
(Clamping band version recommended, see below)
Order code
Further Options
Assignment marking, engraving instead of adhesive label
(Serial number and pipe diameter on plug and plastic
block)
L11
2 mm drain hole
Sensor 4-wire connection
Heat-conductive-compound, silicone-free, syringe 3 g
L12
L14
L15
Suffixes
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code and plain
text.
TAG plate made of stainless steel (specify TAG No. in plain
text)
Test report at 50 % and 100 % (specify the measuring
range in plain text)
If optional head transmitters are integrated, please note
that all calibration points are located in the set measuring
range. If the points are located outside the standard measuring range, a Y01 addition is always required.
Special version, specify in plain text
Process number for special version
Y15
Y33
Y98
Y99
K02
K03
K11
S11
S12
S13
S19
S21
S22
S23
Clamping band fastening (specify external tube diameter same as for standard collar)
Outer pipe; mm (inch):
10 ... 57 (0.39 ... 2.24)
S31
58 ... 220 (2.28 ... 8.66)
S32
Without clamping band
S35
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/125
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
Type 2, tubular version without process connection
2
Cable entry
B = N + H1
D3
D
B
d
D
D3
H
H1
N
P

Thermowell internal diameter
Head height
Typ Axx> 41 (1.61)
Typ Bxx> 26 (1.02)
Nominal length
Space for process connection P ~ N - 9 (0.35)
SITRANS TS500, temperature sensors for vessels and pipings, tubular

version for minimal to medium stress, without process connection, without extension, plug-in or use with moveable compression fittings, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/126
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
Article No.
Article No.
SITRANS TS500
Pipe version for minimal to medium
stress, as per thermowell DIN 43722,
Type 2, without process connection,
without extension, plug-in or use with
7MC751-
SITRANS TS500
Pipe version for minimal to medium
7MC751-
7 - 77777 - 7777

configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Material, in contact with media
316Ti (1.4571)
316L (1.4404 or 1.4435)
Process connection
Without process connection (for compression fitting) N=U
Thermowell form
2; 9 mm (0.35 inch)
2; 12 mm (0.47 inch)
Insertion length U (=N), Standard
160 mm (6.3 inch)
250 mm (9.84 inch)
400 mm (15.75 inch)
Insertion length U (=N), customer-specific
see Order Codes on page 2/129
80 ... 100 mm (3.15 ... 3.94 inch)
101 ... 120 mm (3.98 ... 4.72 inch)
121 ... 140 mm (4.76 ... 5.51 inch)
7 - 77777 - 7777
651 ... 700 (25.63 ... 27.56 inch)

34
701 ... 750 (27.6 ... 29.53 inch)

751 ... 800 (29.57 ... 31.50 inch)
35
801 ... 850 (31.5 ... 33.47 inch)

851 ... 900 (33.5 ... 35.43 inch)
901 ... 950 (35.47 ... 37.4 inch)
Initial: 950 (37.4 inch)
37
43
04
12
22
951 ... 1 000 (37.44 ... 39.37 inch)

1001 ... 1 100 (39.4 ... (43.30 inch)
Initial: 1 100 (43.30 inch)
1 101 ... 1 200 (43.35 ... 47.24 inch)
46
01
1 201 ... 1 300 (47.28 ... 51.18 inch)

1 301 ... 1 400 (51.22 ... 55.11 inch)
1 401 ... 1 500 (55.15 ... 59.05 inch)
1
2
0N
A
B
02
03
141 ... 160 mm (5.55 ... 6.30 inch)

161 ... 180 (6.34 ... 7.09 inch)
Initial: 180 mm (7.09)
181 ... 200 (7.13 ... 7.87 inch)
04
201 ... 220 (7.91 ... 8.66 inch)

221 ... 240 (8.7 ... 9.45 inch)
241 ... 260 (9.48 ... 10.24 inch)
07
261 ... 280 (10.28 ... 11.02 inch)

281 ... 300 (11.02 ... 11.81 inch)
301 ... 320 (11.85 ... 12.6 inch)
13
321 ... 340 (12.64 ... 13.39 inch)

341 ... 360 (13.43 ... 14.17 inch)
361 ... 380 (14.21 ... 14.96 inch)
16
381 ... 400 (15 ... 15.75 inch)

401 ... 420 (15.79 ... 16.54 inch)
421 ... 440 (16.57 ... 17.32 inch)
22
441 ... 460 (17.36 ... 18.11 inch)

461 ... 480 (18.15 ... 18.90 inch)
481 ... 500 (18.94 ... 19.68 inch)
25
501 ... 550 (19.72 ... 21.65 inch)

551 ... 600 (21.69 ... 23.62 inch)
601 ... 650 (23.66 ... 25.59 inch)
31
36
41
42
44
45
47
51
Extension X
Standard length for Type 2 as per
DIN 43722 (without extension N=U)

05
You find ordering examples on page 2/109!
06
11
12
14
15
20
21
23
24
26
27
32
33
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/127
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
75 (2.95)
Cable entry
~50 (1.97)
131 (5.16)
Cable entry
Connection head,
process entry
Connection head, aluminum, Type BA0, dimensions in mm (inch)

~65 (2.56)
80 (3.15)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
119 (4.69)
Connection head, aluminum, Type BB0, dimensions in mm (inch)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
70 (2.76)
Connection head, aluminum, Type BC0, plastic, type BP0, dimensions in

mm (inch)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
Connection head, plastic, Type BM0, dimensions in mm (inch)
117 (4.51)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
Connection head, aluminum, Type AG0, stainless steel, Type AU0, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/128
Siemens FI 01 2015
Connection head,
process entry
Connection head with 4-20 mA display, aluminum, Type AH0, stainless

steel, Type AV0, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
Article No.
SITRANS TS500
7MC751-
Options
Add "-Z" to Article No. and add options, separate
extensions with "+".
7 - 77777 - 7777
Head
Aluminum head, BA0, flange cover,
Standard
Aluminum head, BB0, low hinged cover,
screw connection
Aluminum head, BC0, high hinged cover,
screw connection
Aluminum head, AG0, screw cover,
suitable for suitable for Ex d
Aluminum head, AH0, screw cover, suitable for Ex d, display
Plastic head, BM0, screw cover
Plastic head, BP0, high hinged cover,
screw connection
Stainless steel head, AU0, screw cover,
suitable for Ex d
Stainless steel head, AV0, screw cover,
suitable for Ex d, display
B
C
G
H
U
V

EN10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for hydrostatic
pressure test
EN10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for helium leak test
EN10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for surface tear
test
EN10204-3.1Inspection certificate: visual, measurement and functional inspection
order
Designation, calibration
A
B
C
K
1
2
3
5
6
7
Order code
Further designs
Intrinsic safety "ia", "ic" (please select Ex i version of
the optional transmitter)
Flameproof enclosure "d"; dust protection through
housing "t" only with connection heads code AG0,
AH0, AU0, AV0, without cable gland (please select
non-Ex version of the optional transmitter)
Non sparking "n"
M
P
(Class 2/Class B)
(Class 1/Class A)
Single, highest accuracy (Class AA)
(Class 2/Class B)
Double, increased accuracy (Class
1/Class A)
Double, highest accuracy (Class AA)

SITRANS TH100, 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100
SITRANS TH200, 4 ... 20 mA, Universal
SITRANS TH200 Ex i (ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA, Universal
SITRANS TH300, HART, Universal
SITRANS TH300 Ex i (ATEX), HART, Universal
SITRANS TH400 PA, Universal
SITRANS TH400 PA Ex i, Universal
SITRANS TH400 FF, Universal
SITRANS TH400 FF Ex i, Universal
Sensor
Please note: The accuracy class range
can be lower than the measuring range.
For more information, see page 2/88
Pt100, basis, -50 ... +400 C
(-58 ... +752 F)
Pt100, vibration-resistant,
-50 ... +400 C (-58 ... +752 F)
-196 ... +600 C (-321 ... +1 112 F)
(-40 ... +1 832 F)
Thermocouple Type J, -40 ... +750 C
(-40 ... +1 382 F)
Thermocouple Type N, -40 ... +1 000 C
(-40 ... +1 832 F)
Y44
Order code
Stainless steel TAG plate , enter lettering in plain text

Plant calibration per 1 point, enter temperature in plain
text
Transmitter options
(Y01:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F)
Enter measuring point (max. 8 characters) in plain text
Transmitter, enter measuring point text (max.
Further options
Connection form, flying leads (for the direct transmitter
assembly, delivery without screws and springs)
Harting plug Han 7 D (Non Ex, without mating connector)
Connection head with " NPT thread without cable
gland, for AU0 and AH0 only IP66
with outer earth screw for heads AG0, AH0, AU0 and
AV0
with inner earth screw for heads BC0, AG0, AH0, AU0
and AV0
Compression fitting NPT", enclosed
2
T10
T11
T20
T21
T30
T31
T40
T41
T45
T46
E01
E03
E04
C12
C31
C32
C33
C34
C35
C51
Y15
Y33
Y01
Y17
Y23
Y24
Y25
U36
C20
C23
C11
G01
G12
G13
G20
A02
A03
A31
A32
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/129
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
Type 2N, tubular version with screw socket
SITRANS TS500, temperature sensors for vessels and pipelines, tubular version for minimal to medium stress, thermowell Type 2N
similar to DIN 43722, screwed in, without extension, non-alignable connection head.
H
15
(0.59)
30 (1.18)
20
(0.79)
9 (0.35)
N
NPT 1/2"
G 1/2"
9 (0.35)
9 (0.35)
H Head height
N Nominal length
U Insertion length
Connection type "G", dimensions in mm (inch)
2/130
Siemens FI 01 2015
H Head height
N Nominal length
U Insertion length
Connection type "NPT", dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
Article No.
Article No.
SITRANS TS500
Tubular thermowell, minimal to medium
stress, Type 2N similar to DIN 43722,
screwed in, without extension, for maximum process temperatures of 100 C
7MC751-
SITRANS TS500
7MC751-
7 - 77777 - 7777

316Ti (1.4571)
316L (1.4404 or 1.4435)
Process connection
G " ("BSPF)
" NPT
Thermowell form
2N, 9 mm (0.35 inch)
Standard insertion length
100 mm (3.97 inch)
160 mm (6.30 inch)
230 mm (9.06 inch)
360 mm (14.17 inch)
510 mm (20.08 inch)
Customer-specific insertion length
see page 2/133 Order Codes
80 ... 100 mm (3.15 ... 3.94 inch)
101 ... 120 mm (3.98 ... 4.72 inch)
121 ... 140 mm (4.76 ... 5.51 inch)
1
2
1C
1J
A
01
04
10
20
31
01
02
03
141 ... 160 mm (5.55 ... 6.30 inch)

161 ... 180 mm (6.34 ... 7.09 inch)
181 ... 200 mm (7.13 ... 7.87 inch)
04
201 ... 220 mm (7.91 ... 8.66 inch)

221240 mm (8.70 ... 9.45 inch)
241260 mm (9.49 ... 10.24 inch)
07
261280 mm (10.28 ...11.02 inch)

281300 mm (11.06 ... 11.81 inch)
Initial: 285 mm 11.22 inch)
301320 mm (11.85 ... 13.00 inch)
13
321340 mm (12.64 ... 13.39 inch)

341360 mm (13.43 ... 14.17 inch)
361380 mm (14.21 ... 14.96 inch)
16
381400 mm (14.99 ... 15.75 inch)

401420 mm (15.79 ... 16.54 inch)
421440 mm (16.57 ... 17.32 inch)
22
441460 mm (17.36 ... 18.11 inch)

461480 mm (18.15 ... 1890 inch)
Initial: 465 mm (1830 inch)
481500 mm (18.94 ... 19.69 inch)
25
05
06
7 - 77777 - 7777
501550 mm (19.72 ... 21.65 inch)

551600 mm (21.69 ... 23.62 inch)
601650 mm (23.66 ... 25.59 inch)
651700 mm (25.63 ... 27.56 inch)
701750 mm (27.60 ... 29.53 inch)
751800 mm (29.57 ... 31.50 inch)
31
801850 mm (31.54 ... 33.46 inch)

851900 mm (33.50 ... 35.43 inch)
901950 mm (35.47 ... 37.40 inch)
37
9511 000 mm (37.44 ... 39.37 inch) Initial: 1 000 mm (39.37 inch)
1 0011 100 mm (39.41 ... 43.31 inch)
1 1011 200 mm (43.35 ... 47.24 inch)
43
1 2011 300 mm (47.28 ... 51.18 inch)

1 3011 400 mm (51.22 ... 55.12 inch)
1 4011 500 mm (55.16 ... 59.05 inch)
46
32
33
34
35
36
41
42
44
45
47
51
Extension X
without neck tube, (not adjustable)

10
12
14
15
20
21
23
24
26
27
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/131
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
75 (2.95)
Cable entry
~50 (1.97)
131 (5.16)
Cable entry
Connection head,
process entry

~65 (2.56)
80 (3.15)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
119 (4.69)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
70 (2.76)

mm (inch)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
117 (4.51)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
2/132
Siemens FI 01 2015
Connection head,
process entry

Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
Article No.
SITRANS TS500
7MC751-
Options
7 - 77777 - 7777
Head
Standard
screw connection
screw connection
Aluminum head, AG0, screw cover, suitable for Ex d
Plastic head, BP0high hinged cover,
screw connection
suitable for Ex d
B
C
G
H
M
P

EN10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for materials
coming into contact with media
pressure test
EN10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for helium leak
test
test
EN10204-3.1 Inspection certificate: visual, measurement and functional inspection
order
A
B
C
K
J
N
1
2
3
5
6
7
Order code
Further designs
Non sparking "n"
(Class 2/Class B)
(Class 1/Class A)
(Class AA)
(Class 2/Class B)
(Class 1/Class A)

SITRANS TH100, 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100
SITRANS TH200 Ex i (ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA,Universal
Sensor
Pt100, basis, -50 ... +400 C
(-58 ... +752 F)
-50 ... +400 C (-58 ... +752 F)
-196 ... +600 C (-321 ... +1 112 F)
(-40 ... +1 832 F)
(-40 ... +1 382 F)
(-40 ... +1 832 F)
Y44
Order code
plain text
Transmitter options
(Y01:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F)
text
Further options
Connection form, flying leads
(for the direct transmitter assembly, delivery without
screws and springs)
AV0
with inner earth screw for heads BC0, AG0, AH0,
AU0 and AV0
2
T10
T11
T20
T21
T30
T31
T40
T41
T45
T46
E01
E03
E04
C12
C31
C32
C33
C34
C35
C51
Y15
Y33
Y01
Y17
Y23
Y24
Y25
U36
C20
C23
C11
G01
G12
G13
G20
A02
A03
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/133
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
Type 2G, tubular version with screw socket and extension
45 (1.77)
D
E
Cable entry
Tapered process connection, dimensions in mm (inch)
B = N + 26 (1.02 )
D3
D
B
d
D
D3
E
H
K
N
U
X

Measuring insert outer, diameter (6 (0.24))
Process connection, outer diameter
Process connection, thread size
Head height
Screw depth
Nominal length
Insertion length
Extension length
SITRANS TS500, temperature sensors for vessels and pipelines, tubular

version for minimal to minimum to medium stress, thermowell as per
DIN 43722, Type 2G, screwed in, with extension, dimensions in mm
(inch)
2/134
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
Article No.
SITRANS TS500
stress, thermowell as per DIN 43722,
Type 2G, screwed in, with extension
7MC7517 - 77777 - 7777 777

316Ti (1.4571)
316L (1.4404 or 1.4435)
Process connection
Cylindrical: G " ( "BSPF)
Cylindrical: G1 " (1 "BSPF)
Tapered: NPT "
Thermowell form
2G, 9 mm (0.35 inch)
2G, 12 mm (0.47 inch)
Insertion length U standard
160 mm (6.30 inch)
250 mm (9.84 inch)
400 mm (15.75 inch)
80 ... 100 mm (3.15 ... 3.94 inch)
101 ... 120 mm (3.98 ... 4.72 inch)
121 ... 140 mm (4.76 ... 5.51 inch)
Ord. Code
1
2
1C
1E
1J
A
B
04
12
22
01
02
03
141 ... 160 mm (5.55 ... 6.30 inch)

161 ... 180 mm (6.34 ... 7.09 inch)
181 ... 200 mm (7.13 ... 7.87 inch)
04
201 ... 220 mm (7.91 ... 8.66 inch)

221240 mm (8.70 ... 9.45 inch)
241260 mm (9.49 ... 10.24 inch)
07
261280 mm (10.28 ...11.02 inch)

281300 mm (11.06 ... 11.81 inch)
301320 mm (11.85 ... 13.00 inch)
13
321340 mm (12.64 ... 13.39 inch)

341360 mm (13.43 ... 14.17 inch)
361380 mm (14.21 ... 14.96 inch)
16
381400 mm (14.99 ... 15.75 inch)

401420 mm (15.79 ... 16.54 inch)
421440 mm (16.57 ... 17.32 inch)
22
441460 mm (17.36 ... 18.11 inch)

461480 mm (18.15 ... 1890 inch)
481500 mm (18.94 ... 19.69 inch)
25
05
06
11
12
14
15
Article No.
SITRANS TS500
7MC751-
Ord. Code
7 - 77777 - 7777 777
501550 mm (19.72 ... 21.65 inch)

551600 mm (21.69 ... 23.62 inch)
601650 mm (23.66 ... 25.59 inch)
31
651700 mm (25.63 ... 27.56 inch)

701750 mm (27.60 ... 29.53 inch)
751800 mm (29.57 ... 31.50 inch)
34
801850 mm (31.54 ... 33.46 inch)

851900 mm (33.50 ... 35.43 inch)
901950 mm (35.47 ... 37.40 inch)
37
9511 000 mm (37.44 ... 39.37 inch)

1 0011 100 mm (39.41 ... 43.31 inch)
1 1011 200 mm (43.35 ... 47.24 inch)
43
1 2011 300 mm (47.28 ... 51.18 inch)

1 3011 400 mm (51.22 ... 55.12 inch)
1 4011 500 mm (55.16 ... 59.05 inch)
46
32
33
35
36
41
42
44
45
47
51
Extension X
Standard length for Type 2G DIN 43772
(X=129 mm (5.08 inch))
Extension length X - customer specific
45 ...150 mm (1.77 ... 5.91 inch)
151 ... 300 mm (5.95 ... 11.81 inch)
301 ... 450 mm (11.85 ... 17.72 inch)
N1D
N2D
N3D

20
21
23
24
26
27
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/135
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
75 (2.95)
Cable entry
~50 (1.97)
131 (5.16)
Cable entry
Connection head,
process entry

~65 (2.56)
80 (3.15)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
119 (4.69)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
70 (2.76)

mm (inch)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
117 (4.51)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
2/136
Siemens FI 01 2015
Connection head,
process entry

Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
Article No.
SITRANS TS500
7MC751-
Ord. Code
7 - 77777 - 7777
Head
Standard
screw connection
screw connection
screw connection
suitable for Ex d
B
C
G
H
M
P
Non sparking "n"
U
V

pressure test
test
test
order
A
B
C
K
J
N
(Class 2/Class B)
(Class 1/Class A)
(Class AA)
(Class 2/Class B)
(Class 1/Class A)
1
2
3
5
6
7
Order Code
Further designs
Select range, enter desired length in plain text (No
entry = standard length)
Y44
Extension X length customer-specific

Y45
Options
SITRANS TH100, 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100
Sensor
Pt100, Basis, -50 ... +400 C
(-58 ... +752 F)
Pt100, vibration resistant,
-50 ... +400 C (-58 ... +752 F)
-196 ... +600 C (-321 ... +1 112 F)
(-40 ... +1 832 F)
(-40 ... +1 382 F)
(-40 ... +1 832 F)
Order Code
plain text
Transmitter options
(Y01:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F)
text
Further options
AV0
AU0 and AV0
2
T10
T11
T20
T21
T30
T31
T40
T41
T45
T46
E01
E03
E04
C12
C31
C32
C33
C34
C35
C51
Y15
Y33
Y01
Y17
Y23
Y24
Y25
U36
C20
C23
C11
G01
G12
G13
G20
A02
A03
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/137
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
Type 2F, tubular version with flange and extension
2
Cable entry
D3
B = N + 26 (1.02)
D
B
d
D
D3
H
N
U
X

Head height
Nominal length
Insertion length
Extension length

version for minimal to minimum to medium stress, thermowell as per DIN
43722, Type2F, with flange, with extension, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/138
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
Article No.
SITRANS TS500
Type 2F, with flange, with extension
7MC7517 - 77777 - 7777 777

316Ti (1.4571)
316L (1.4404 or 1.4435)
Process connection
Flange EN, DN25PN40 B1
Flange ASME, 1"RF150
Flange ASME, 1"RF300
Flange ASME, 1.5"RF150
Flange ASME, 1.5"RF300
Thermowell form
2F, 9 mm (0.35 inch)
2F, 12 mm (0.47 inch)
Insertion U standard
225 mm (8.86 inch)
315 mm (12.40 inch)
465 mm (18.31 inch)
see page 2/141 Order codes
80 ... 100 mm (3.15 ... 3.94 inch)
101 ... 120 mm (3.98 ... 4.72 inch)
121 ... 140 mm (4.76 ... 5.51 inch)
Ord. Code
1
2
2A
2E
2F
2G
2H
A
B
11
15
26
01
02
03
Article No.
SITRANS TS500
7MC751-
Ord. Code
7 - 77777 - 7777 777
501550 mm (19.72 ... 21.65 inch)

551600 mm (21.69 ... 23.62 inch)
601650 mm (23.66 ... 25.59 inch)
31
651700 mm (25.63 ... 27.56 inch)

701750 mm (27.60 ... 29.53 inch)
751800 mm (29.57 ... 31.50 inch)
34
801850 mm (31.54 ... 33.46 inch)

851900 mm (33.50 ... 35.43 inch)
901950 mm (35.47 ... 37.40 inch)
37
9511 000 mm (37.44 ... 39.37 inch)

1 0011 100 mm (39.41 ... 43.31 inch)
1 1011 200 mm (43.35 ... 47.24 inch)
43
1 2011 300 mm (47.28 ... 51.18 inch)

1 3011 400 mm (51.22 ... 55.12 inch)
1 4011 500 mm (55.16 ... 59.05 inch)
46
32
33
35
36
41
42
44
45
47
51
141 ... 160 mm (5.55 ... 6.30 inch)

161 ... 180 mm (6.34 ... 7.09 inch)
181 ... 200 mm (7.13 ... 7.87 inch)
04
201 ... 220 mm (7.91 ... 8.66 inch)

221240 mm (8.70 ... 9.45 inch)
241260 mm (9.49 ... 10.24 inch)
07
261280 mm (10.28 ...11.02 inch)

281300 mm (11.06 ... 11.81 inch)
301320 mm (11.85 ... 13.00 inch)
13
45 ...150 mm (1.77 ... 5.91 inch)

151 ... 300 mm (5.95 ... 11.81 inch)
301 ... 450 mm (11.85 ... 17.72 inch)
14
15
321340 mm (12.64 ... 13.39 inch)

341360 mm (13.43 ... 14.17 inch)
361380 mm (14.21 ... 14.96 inch)
16
381400 mm (14.99 ... 15.75 inch)

401420 mm (15.79 ... 16.54 inch)
421440 mm (16.57 ... 17.32 inch)
22
441460 mm (17.36 ... 18.11 inch)

461480 mm (18.15 ... 1890 inch)
481500 mm (18.94 ... 19.69 inch)
25
05
06
Extension X
Standard length for Type 2F DIN 43772
(X=64 mm (2.52 inch))
Extension length X - customer specific
11
12

see page 2/141 Order codes
N1D
N2D
N3D
20
21
23
24
26
27
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/139
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
75 (2.95)
Cable entry
~50 (1.97)
131 (5.16)
Cable entry
Connection head,
process entry

~65 (2.56)
80 (3.15)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
119 (4.69)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
70 (2.76)

mm (inch)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
117 (4.51)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
2/140
Siemens FI 01 2015
Connection head,
process entry

Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
Article No.
SITRANS TS500
7MC751-

7 - 77777 - 7777 777
Options
Head
Standard
screw connection
screw connection
screw connection
suitable for Ex d
B
C
G
H
M
P
Non sparking "n"
U
V

pressure test
test
test
order
A
B
C
K
J
N
(Class 2/Class B)
(Class 1/Class A)
Double, basic accuracy (Class 2/Class B)
(Class 1/Class A)

SITRANS TH100, 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100
Sensor
Pt100, Basis, -50 ... +400 C
(-58 ... +752 F)
Pt100, vibration resistant,
-50 ... +400 C (-58 ... +752 F)
-196 ... +600 C (-321 ... +1 112 F)
(-40 ... +1 832 F)
(-40 ... +1 382 F)
(-40 ... +1 832 F)
1
2
3
5
6
7
Order code
Further designs
Insertionlength customer-specific
Y44
Extension X length customer-specific

Y45
Order code
plain text
Transmitter options
(Y01:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F)
text
Further options
screws and springs)
AV0
AU0 and AV0
2
T10
T11
T20
T21
T30
T31
T40
T41
T45
T46
E01
E03
E04
C12
C31
C32
C33
C34
C35
C51
Y15
Y33
Y01
Y17
Y23
Y24
Y25
U36
C20
C23
C11
G01
G12
G13
G20
A02
A03
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/141
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
Type 3, tubular quick without process connection
Cable entry
B = N + H1
D3
50 (1.97)
35 (1.34)
D1
D2
B
d
D
D1
D2
D3
H
H1
N
P

Tip internal diameter
Tip outer diameter
Thermowell diameter
Head height
Typ Axx> 41 (1.61)
Typ Bxx> 26 (1.02)
Nominal length
Space for process connection
SITRANS TS500, temperature sensors for vessel and pipings, tubular

version for minimum to medium stress, without process connection, without extension, plug-in or use with moveable compression fitting, dimension in mm (inch)
2/142
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
Article No.
Article No.
SITRANS TS500
7MC751-
SITRANS TS500
7MC751-

stress, thermowell per DIN 43722, Type 3,
without process connection, improved
response time, plug-in or use with moveable
compression fittings
7 - 77777 - 7777

stress, thermowell per DIN 43722, Type 3,
without process connection, improved
response time, plug-in or use with moveable
compression fittings
7 - 77777 - 7777
316Ti (1.4571)
316L (1.4404 or 1.4435)
Process connection
Without process connection (for compression
joints) N=U
Thermowell form
3, 12/9 mm (0.47/0.35 inch)
Insertion length U (=N), Standard
160 mm (6.3 inch)
220 mm (8.66 inch)
280 mm (11.02 inch)
1
2
0N
K
04
07
13
Insertion length U (=N), customer-specific
enter customer specific length with Y44, see page

2/145 Order Codes
121 ... 140 mm (4.76 ... 5.51 inch)

03
141 ... 160 mm (5.55 ... 6.30 inch)

161 ... 180 (6.34 ... 7.09 inch)
181 ... 200 (7.13 ... 7.87 inch)
04
201 ... 220 (7.91 ... 8.66 inch)

221 ... 240 (8.7 ... 9.45 inch)
241 ... 260 (9.48 ... 10.24 inch)
07
261 ... 280 (10.28 ... 11.02 inch)

281 ... 300 (11.02 ... 11.81 inch)
301 ... 320 (11.85 ... 12.6 inch)
13
321 ... 340 (12.64 ... 13.39 inch)

341 ... 360 (13.43 ... 14.17 inch)
361 ... 380 (14.21 ... 14.96 inch)
16
05
06
11
12
14
15
381 ... 400 (15 ... 15.75 inch)

401 ... 420 (15.79 ... 16.54 inch)
421 ... 440 (16.57 ... 17.32 inch)
22
441 ... 460 (17.36 ... 18.11 inch)

461 ... 480 (18.15 ... 18.90 inch)
481 ... 500 (18.94 ... 19.68 inch)
25
501 ... 550 (19.72 ... 21.65 inch)

551 ... 600 (21.69 ... 23.62 inch)
601 ... 650 (23.66 ... 25.59 inch)
31
651 ... 700 (25.63 ... 27.56 inch)

701 ... 750 (27.6 ... 29.53 inch)
751 ... 800 (29.57 ... 31.50 inch)
34
801 ... 850 mm (31.53 ... 33.46 inch)

851 ... 900 mm (33.50 ... 35.43 inch)
901 ... 950 mm (35.47 ... 37.40 inch)
37
951 ... 1 000 mm (37.44 ... 39.37 inch)

1 001 ... 1 100 mm (39.41 ... 43.31 inch)
43
23
24
26
27
32
33
35
36
41
42
44
Extension
Standard length for Type 2 as per DIN 43722
(without extension N=U)

20
21
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/143
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
75 (2.95)
Cable entry
~50 (1.97)
131 (5.16)
Cable entry
Connection head,
process entry

~65 (2.56)
80 (3.15)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
119 (4.69)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
70 (2.76)

mm (inch)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
117 (4.51)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
2/144
Siemens FI 01 2015
Connection head,
process entry

Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
Article No.
SITRANS TS500
7MC751-

improved response time, plug-in or use
with moveable compression fittings
7 - 77777 - 7777
Options
Head
Standard
screw connection
screw connection
screw connection
Ex d
B
C
G
H
U
V

pressure test
test
test
order
A
B
C
J
K
N
1
2
3
5
6
7
Order code
Further designs
Non sparking "n"
M
P
(Class 2/Class B)
(Class 1/Class A)
(Class 2/Class B)
(Class 1/Class A)

SITRANS TH100, 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100
Sensor
Pt100, basis, -50 ... +400 C
(-58 ... +752 F)
Pt100, vibration-resistant, -50 ... +400 C
(-58 ... +752 F)
-196 ... +600 C (-321 ... +1112 F)
-40 ... +750 C (-40 ... +1 382 F)
Thermocouple Type K, -40 .. . +1 000 C
(-40 ... +1 832 F)
Thermocouple Type N,
-40 ... +1 000 C (-40 ... +1 832 F)
Y44
Order code
plain text
Transmitter options
(Y01:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F)
text
Further options
M12 plug(in combination with 1x Pt100 and/or transmitter , Non-Ex)
with outer earth screw for heads AG0, AH0, AU0
and AV0
AU0 and AV0
Compression joint G", enclosed
Compression joint NPT", enclosed
2
T10
T11
T20
T21
T30
T31
T40
T41
T45
T46
E01
E03
E04
C12
C31
C32
C33
C34
C35
C51
Y15
Y33
Y01
Y17
Y23
Y24
Y25
U36
C20
C23
C11
G01
G12
G13
G20
A02
A03
A31
A32
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/145
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
Type 3G, tubular quick with screw socket and extension
45 (1.77)
D
H
Tapered process connection, dimensions in mm (inch)
Cable entry
B = N + 26 (1.02)
D3
35 (1.38)
50 (1.97)
D1
D2
B
d
D
D1
D2
D3
E
H
K
N
U
X

Tip outer diameter
Head height
Screw depth
Nominal length
Insertion length
Extension length

DIN 43722, Type 3G, screwed in, with extension, dimensions in mm
(inch)
2/146
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
Article No.
SITRANS TS500
7MC7517 - 77777 - 7777 777

316Ti (1.4571)
316L (1.4404 or 1.4435)
Process connection
Cylindrical: G" inch (" BSPF)
Cylindrical: G1" inch (1" BSPF)
Tapered: NPT"
Thermowell form
3G, 12/9 mm (0.47/0.35 inch)
160 mm (6.30 inch)
220 mm (8.66 inch)
280 mm (11.02 inch)
Insertion length U customerspecific
121 ... 140 mm (4.76 ... 5.51 inch)
Ord. Code
1
2
1C
1E
1J
K
04
07
13
03
141 ... 160 mm (5.55 ... 6.30 inch)

161 ... 180 mm (6.34 ... 7.09 inch)
181 ... 200 mm (7.13 ... 7.87 inch)
04
201 ... 220 mm (7.91 ... 8.66 inch)

221240 mm (8.70 ... 9.45 inch)
241260 mm (9.49 ... 10.24 inch)
07
261280 mm (10.28 ...11.02 inch)

281300 mm (11.06 ... 11.81 inch)
301320 mm (11.85 ... 13.00 inch)
13
321340 mm (12.64 ... 13.39 inch)

341360 mm (13.43 ... 14.17 inch)
361380 mm (14.21 ... 14.96 inch)
16
381400 mm (14.99 ... 15.75 inch)

401420 mm (15.79 ... 16.54 inch)
421440 mm (16.57 ... 17.32 inch)
22
441460 mm (17.36 ... 18.11 inch)

461480 mm (18.15 ... 1890 inch)
481500 mm (18.94 ... 19.69 inch)
25
05
06
11
Article No.
SITRANS TS500
7MC751-
Ord. Code
7 - 77777 - 7777 777
501 ... 550 mm (19.72 ... 21.65 inch)

551 ... 600 mm (21.69 ... 23.62 inch)
601 ... 650 mm (23.66 ... 25.59 inch)
31
651 ... 700 mm (25.63 ... 27.56 inch)

701 ... 750 mm (27.6 ... 29.53 inch)
751 ... 800 mm (29.57 ... 31.50 inch)
34
801 ... 850 mm (31.53 ... 33.46 inch)

851 ... 900 mm (33.50 ... 35.43 inch)
901 ... 950 mm (35.47 ... 37.40 inch)
37
951 ... 1 000 mm (37.44 ... 39.37 inch)

43
32
33
35
36
41
42
Extension X
(X=131 mm (5.08 inch))
Extension length - customer specific

55 ...150 mm (2.17 ... 5.91 inch)
151 ... 300 mm (5.95 ... 11.81 inch)
N1D
N2D

12
14
15
20
21
23
24
26
27
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/147
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
75 (2.95)
Cable entry
~50 (1.97)
131 (5.16)
Cable entry
Connection head,
process entry

~65 (2.56)
80 (3.15)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
119 (4.69)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
70 (2.76)

mm (inch)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
117 (4.51)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
2/148
Siemens FI 01 2015
Connection head,
process entry

Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
Article No.
SITRANS TS500
7MC751-
Options
7 - 77777 - 7777
Head
Standard
screw connection
screw connection
screw connection
Ex d
Stainless steel head, screw cover,
Ex d, display
B
C
G
H
M
P
Non sparking "n"
U
V

EN10204-3.1 Inspeciton certificate for materials
pressure test
test
test
EN10204-3.1 Inspectiont certificate: visual, measurement and functional inspection
order
A
B
C
J
K
N
(Class 2/Class B)
(Class 1/Class A)
(Class AA)
(Class 2/Class B)
(Class 1/Class A)

SITRANS TH100, 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100
Sensor
Pt100, basis, -50 ... +400 C
(-58 ... +752 F)
Pt100, vibration resistant, -50 ... +400 C
(-58 ... +752 F)
-196 ... +600 C (-321 ... 1112 F)
-40 ... +750 C (-40 ... +1 382 F)
(-40 ... +1 832 F)
-40 ... + 000 C (-40 ... +1 832 F)
1
2
3
5
6
7
Order code
Further designs
Y44
Extension length customer-specific

Y45
Order code
plain text
Transmitter options
(Y01:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F)
text
Further options
screws and springs)
AV0
AU0 and AV0
2
T10
T11
T20
T21
T30
T31
T40
T41
T45
T46
E01
E03
E04
C12
C31
C32
C33
C34
C35
C51
Y15
Y33
Y01
Y17
Y23
Y24
Y25
U36
C20
C23
C11
G01
G12
G13
G20
A02
A03
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/149
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
Type 3F, tubular quick with flange and extension
2
Cable entry
B = N + 26 (1.02)
D3
35 (1.38)
50 (1.97)
D1
D2
B
d
D
D1
D2
D3
H
N
U
X

Tip outer diameter
Head height
Nominal length
Insertion length
Extension length

DIN 43722, Type 3F, with flange, with extension, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/150
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
Article No.
SITRANS TS500
7MC7517 - 77777 - 7777 777

316Ti (1.4571)
316L (1.4404 or 1.4435)
Process connection
Flange EN; DN25PN40 B1
Flange ASME; 1"RF150
Flange ASME; 1"RF300
Flange ASME; 1.5"RF150
Flange ASME; 1.5"RF300
Thermowell form
3F; 12/9 mm (0.47/0.35 inch)
225 mm (8.86 inch)
285 mm (11.22 inch)
345 mm (13.58 inch)
121 ... 140 mm (4.76 ... 5.51 inch)
Ord. Code
1
2
2A
2E
2F
2G
2H
K
11
14
17
03
141 ... 160 mm (5.55 ... 6.30 inch)

161 ... 180 (6.34 ... 7.09 inch)
181 ... 200 (7.13 ... 7.87 inch)
04
201 ... 220 (7.91 ... 8.66 inch)

221 ... 240 (8.7 ... 9.45 inch)
241 ... 260 (9.48 ... 10.24 inch)
261 ... 280 (10.28 ... 11.02 inch)
07
281 ... 300 (11.02 ... 11.81 inch)

301 ... 320 (11.85 ... 12.6 inch)
321 ... 340 (12.64 ... 13.39 inch)
14
341 ... 360 (13.43 ... 14.17 inch)

361 ... 380 (14.21 ... 14.96 inch)
381 ... 400 (15 ... 15.75 inch)
17
401 ... 420 (15.79 ... 16.54 inch)

421 ... 440 (16.57 ... 17.32 inch)
441 ... 460 (17.36 ... 18.11 inch)
461 ... 480 (18.15 ... 18.90 inch)
23
481 ... 500 (18.94 ... 19.68 inch)

27
05
06
Article No.
SITRANS TS500
7MC751-
Ord. Code
7 - 77777 - 7777 777
501 ... 550 mm (19.72 ... 21.65 inch)

551 ... 600 mm (21.69 ... 23.62 inch)
601 ... 650 mm (23.66 ... 25.59 inch)
31
651 ... 700 mm (25.63 ... 27.56 inch)

701 ... 750 mm (27.6 ... 29.53 inch)
751 ... 800 mm (29.57 ... 31.50 inch)
34
801 ... 850 mm (31.53 ... 33.46 inch)

851 ... 900 mm (33.50 ... 35.43 inch)
901 ... 950 mm (35.47 ... 37.40 inch)
37
951 ... 1 000 mm (37.44 ... 39.37 inch)

1 001 ... 1 100 mm (39.41 ... 43.31 inch)
43
32
33
35
36
41
42
44
Extension
(X=66 mm (2.60 inch))
Extension length - customer specific

55 ...150 mm (2.17 ... 5.91 inch)
151 ... 300 mm (5.95 ... 11.81 inch)
N1D
N2D
11
12
13
15
16
21
22
24
25
26
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/151
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
75 (2.95)
Cable entry
~50 (1.97)
131 (5.16)
Cable entry
Connection head,
process entry

~65 (2.56)
80 (3.15)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
119 (4.69)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
70 (2.76)

mm (inch)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
117 (4.51)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
2/152
Siemens FI 01 2015
Connection head,
process entry

Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
Article No.
SITRANS TS500
7MC751-
Ord. Code
7 - 77777 - 7777 777
Head
Standard
screw connection
screw connection
screw connection
Ex d
Stainless steel head, screw cover,
Ex d, display
B
C
G
H
M
P
Non sparking "n"
U
V

pressure test
test
test
order
A
B
C
J
K
N
Single, basic accuracy (Class 2/Class B)
(Class 1/Class A)
(Class 2/Class B)
(Class 1/Class A)
1
2
3
5
6
7
Order code
Further designs
Y44

Y45
Options
SITRANS TH100, 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100
Sensor
Pt100, basis, -50 ... +400 C
(-58 ... +752 F)
Pt100, vibration.resistant, -50 ... +400 C
(-58 ... +752 F)
-196 ... +600 C (-321 ... +1112 F)
-40 ... +750 C (-40 ... +1 382 F)
(-40 ... +1 832 F)
-40 ... +1 000 C (-40 ... 1 832 F)
Order code
plain text
Transmitter options
(Y01:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F)
text
Further options
screws and springs)
with outer earth screw for heads AG0, AH0, AU0
and AV0
AU0 and AV0
2
T10
T11
T20
T21
T30
T31
T40
T41
T45
T46
E01
E03
E04
C12
C31
C32
C33
C34
C35
C51
Y15
Y33
Y01
Y17
Y23
Y24
Y25
U36
C20
C23
C11
G01
G12
G13
G20
A02
A03
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/153
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
Type 4+4F barstock thermowell, with extension
SITRANS TS500, temperature sensors for vessels and pipelines, barstock version for minimal to minimum to medium stress,
thermowell as per DIN 43722.
Cable entry
Cable entry
d
D4
d
X
M18x1.5
B = N + 26 (1.02)
D
D3
M18x1.5
B = N + 26 (1.02)
D4
D3
D2
D2
B
C
d
D
D2
D3
D4
H
L
N
X

Cone length = Umin
Tip outer diameter
Extension outer diameter
Head height
Length of thermowell
Nominal length
Extension length
Thermowell type 4, for welding in, with extension, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/154
Siemens FI 01 2015
B
C
d
D
D2
D3
D4
H
L
N
U
X

Cone length = U
min
Tip outer diameter
Head height
Length of thermowell
Nominal length
Insertion length (Standard: U = L - 70 (2.76))
Extension length
Thermowell type 4F, with flange, with extension, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
Article No.
Article No.
SITRANS TS500
7MC752-
Ord. Code
SITRANS TS500
7MC752-
Barstock thermowell for medium to

highest stress, thermowell as per
DIN 43722, Type 4, for welding in,
Type 4F with flange, with extension
7 - 77777 - 7777 777
Barstock thermowell for medium to

highest stress, thermowell as per
DIN 43722, Type 4, for welding in,
Type 4F with flange, with extension
7 - 77777 - 7777 777

316Ti (1.4571)
316L (1.4404 or 1.4435)
1.7335 heat resistant, only for versions
without flange
1.5415 heat resistant, only for versions
without flange
Process connection
Without (for welding in)
Flange DN25 PN40 B1
Flange 1"RF150
Flange 1"RF300
Flange 1.5"RF150
Flange 1.5"RF300
Thermowell form
For flanged types only: specify with Y44 in
plain text if insertion length "U" deviates
from standard (U=L-70 mm (2.76 inch)).
(Min: U = C; Max; U= L-50 mm (1.97 inch))
Specify with Y46 in plain text if protective
tube length "L" deviates from standard
Type 4/4F,
L=140 (5.51 inch), C= 65 (3.74 inch),
d=24 (0.95 inch), d=6 (0.24 inch)
Type 4/4F,
L=200 (7.87 inch), C= 65 (3.74 inch),
d=24 (0.95 inch), d=6 (0.24 inch)
Type 4/4F,
L=200 (7.87 inch), C= 125 (4.92 inch),
d=24 (0.95 inch), d=6 (0.24 inch)
Type 4/4F,
L=260 (10.24 inch), C= 125 (4.92 inch),
d=24 (0.95 inch), d=6 (0.24 inch)
Extension X
as per DIN 43772
(X=149 mm (5.87 inch))
Head
Standard
screw connection
screw connection
screw connection
Ex d
Ex d, display
1
2
3
4
0N
2A
2E
2F
2G
2H
2
A
B
C
G
H
M
P
U
V
Sensor
Pt100, basis, -50 ... +400 C
(-58 ... +752)
(-58 ... +752)
-196 ... 600 C (-321 ... +1 112)
(-40 ... +1 832)
-40 ... +750 C (-40 ... +1 382)
(-40 ... +1 832)
A0 0
B0 0
D0 0
E00
N1D
Single, basic accuracy (Class 2/Class B)
(Class 1/Class A)
Double, basic accuracy (Class 2/Class B)
(Class 1/Class A)
N2D
N3D
N4D
N5D
N6D
N7D
Extension X, customer-specific

55 ...150 mm (2.17 ... 5.91 inch)

151 ... 300 mm (5.95 ... 11.81 inch)
301 ... 450 mm (11.85 ... 17.72 inch)
451 ... 600 mm (17.86 ... 23.62 inch)
601 ... 750 mm (23.66 ... 29.53 inch)
751 ... 900 mm (29.57 ... 45.43 inch)
901 ... 1 050 mm (45.47 ... 41.34 inch)
Ord. Code
A
B
C
K
J
N
1
2
3
5
6
7
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/155
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
75 (2.95)
Cable entry
~50 (1.97)
131 (5.16)
Cable entry
Connection head,
process entry

~65 (2.56)
80 (3.15)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
119 (4.69)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
70 (2.76)

mm (inch)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
117 (4.51)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
2/156
Siemens FI 01 2015
Connection head,
process entry

Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
Order code
Order code

Select range, enter desired length in plain text Insertion length U deviating from standard;
(Min: U = C; Max; U= L-50 mm (1.97 inch)),
no entry = standard length (U=L-70 mm (2.76 inch))
Y44
plain text
Y15
Y33

Y45

Further designs
Options
SITRANS TH100, 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100
Non sparking "n"
pressure test
test
test
order
NACE Standard MR-01-75 compliance
T10
T11
T20
T21
T30
T31
T40
T41
T45
T46
E01
E03
E04
Transmitter options
(Y01:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F)
text
Transmitter, enter measuring point description
Further options
screws and springs)
Connection head with NPT thread without cable
AV0
AU0 and AV0
Y01
Y17
Y23
Y24
Y25
U36
C20
C23
C11
G01
G12
G13
G20
A02
A03
C12
C31
C32
C33
C34
C35
C50
C51
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/157
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
For the installation of existing protective tubes
K2
E2
2
M
d2
K1
Cable entry
E1
Neck tube (1, 2, 3), ajustable, european, cylindrical, dimensions in mm (inch)
D4
K2
E2
K1
Spring load european 6 (0.24)

Spring load amrican 20.0 (0.79)
E1
Neck tube NPT (1, 2, 3), ajustable, european, conical, dimensions in

mm (inch)
K2
E2
d2
E1
B = N + 26 (1.02)
K1
d2

Measuring insert outer diameter
Head height
Screw depth
Nominal length
Insertion length
Extension length
B
d
D4
E1
H
K1
N
U
X
K1
E1
Neck tube NUN, ajustable, conical, european (5), american (8), dimensions in mm (inch)
E2
K2
Recommended rebound = inside length of the protective tube + 3 (0.12)
SITRANS TS500, temperature sensors for vessels and pipings, temperature sensors for installation in existing thermowells, suitable for thermowells as per DIN 43772 as well as ASME B40.9-2001 with extension European or American types, dimensions in mm (inch)
K1
d2
E1
Neck tube, nipple, non ajustable, conical, european (4), american (6), dimensions in mm (inch)
1)
2/158
Siemens FI 01 2015
Numerics 1 ... 8: s. Selection and Ordering data option extension

page 2/159
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
SITRANS TS500
Temperature sensors for installation in
existing thermowells, suitable for thermowells as per DIN 43772 as well as
ASME B40.9-2001 with extension European or American types
7MC7500-
SITRANS TS500
existing thermowells, suitable for thermowells as per DIN 43772 as well as
ASME B40.9-2001 with extension European or American types
7MC7500-
77777 - 7777 777
Model
existing thermowells
Thread type
G" ("BSPF) (not for American type)
NPT"
M14x1.5 (not for American type)
M18x1.5 (not for American type)
Insertion ength U free length, standard
lengths
110 mm (4.33 inch)
140 mm (5.51 inch)
200 mm (7.87 inch)
260 mm (10.24 inch)
410 mm (16.14 inch)
Extension X
European type: X=65 (M=80 mm) (3.15 inch)
adjustable
European type: X=139 mm (5.47 inch)
(M=155 mm (6.10 inch)) adjustable (DIN
standard length for L=110)
European type: X=149 mm (5.87 inch)
(M=165 mm (6.50 inch)) adjustable
European type:NIP, =150 mm (5.91 inch) not
adjustable (NPT")
European type: X=150 mm (5.91 inch) NUN
adjustable (NPT")
American type: X=74 mm (2.91 inch) integrated sensor spring, NIP, not adjustable
(NPT")
American type: X=150 mm (5.91 inch) integrated sensor spring NUN adjustable
(NPT")
1
C
J
T
U
B1
B2
C1
C2
E1
Insertion U free length, customer-specific
Measurement tip diameter

6 mm (0.24 inch)
8 mm (0.31 inch) (with sleeve)
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
Extension X, customer-specific

10 ... 100 mm (0.39 ... 3.94 inch)

101 ... 200 mm (3.98 ... 7.87 inch)
201 ... 300 mm (7.91 ... 11.81 inch)
301 ... 400 mm (11.85 ... 15.75 inch)
401 ... 500 mm (15.79 ... 19.68 inch)
501 ... 600 mm (19.72 ... 23.62 inch)
601 ... 800 mm (23.66 ... 31.50 inch)
801 ... 1 000 mm (31.54 ... 39.37 inch)
1 001 ... 1 250 mm (39.41 ... 49.21 inch)
1 251 ... 1 500 mm (49.25... 59.05 inch)
77777 - 7777 777

A0
55 ...150 mm (2.17 ... 5.91 inch)

Standard: 150 mm (5.91 inch)
151 ... 300 mm (5.95 ... 11.81 inch)
301 ... 450 mm (11.85 ... 17.72 inch)
B0
C0
D0
N1
N2
N3
E0
Model
European type (M24 adjustable)
F0
G0
H0
J0
K0
6
8
0
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/159
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
75 (2.95)
Cable entry
~50 (1.97)
131 (5.16)
Cable entry
Connection head,
process entry

~65 (2.56)
80 (3.15)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
119 (4.69)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
70 (2.76)

mm (inch)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
117 (4.51)
Cable entry
~65 (2.56)
Connection head,
process entry
2/160
Siemens FI 01 2015
Connection head,
process entry

Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TS500
SITRANS TS500
existing thermowells, suitable for thermowells as per DIN 43772 as well as ASME
B40.9-2001 with extension European or
American types
7MC7500-
Options
77777 - 7777 777
Head
Standard
screw connection
screw connection
Aluminum head, AG0, screw cover, suitable
for Ex d
Aluminum head, AH0, screw cover, suitable
for Ex d, display
Plastic head, BP0high hinged cover, screw
connection
Stainless steel head, AU0, screw cover, Ex d
Stainless steel head, AV0, screw cover, Ex d,
display
B
C
G
H
Non sparking "n"
M
P
U
V

EN10204-3.1 Factory certificate: visual, measurement and functional inspection
order
A
B
plain text
C
J
K
N
(Class 2/Class B)
(Class 1/Class A)
(Class AA)
(Class 2/Class B)
(Class 1/Class A)

SITRANS TH100, 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100
Sensor
Pt100, Basis, -50 ... +400 C
(-58 ... +752 F)
(-58 ... +752 F)
-196 ... +600 C (-321 ... +1112 F)
-40 ... +750 C (-40 ... +1 382 F)
(-40 ... +1 832 F)
-40 ... +1 000 C (-40 ... +1 832 F)
1
2
3
5
6
7
Order code
Further designs
Y44

Y45
Order code
Transmitter options
(Y01:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F)
text
Further options
screws and springs)
AV0
AU0 and AV0
2
T10
T11
T20
T21
T30
T31
T40
T41
T45
T46
E01
E03
E04
C34
C35
Y15
Y33
Y01
Y17
Y23
Y24
Y25
U36
C20
C23
C11
G01
G12
G13
G20
A02
A03
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/161
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TSinsert
Measuring inserts for retrofits and upgrades European and American type
33
(1.30)
33 (1.30)
42
(1.66)
25
(0.99)
25 (0.99)
42
(1.65)
B = N + H1
Cold End type, ceramic base, dimensions in mm (inch)
Cold End type, free wire ends, dimensions in mm (inch)
TSL
NBL
28 (1.10)
33 (1.30)
42
(1.65)
Cold End type, built-on transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)

d
B
d
N
NBL
TSL

Nominal length
Non-bending length
SITRANS TSinsert measuring inserts for temperature sensors,

replaceable, mineral-insulated design
European type (DIN ceramic base), spring load approx. 8 mm (0.31 inch)
Cold End types: see drawings on right side, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/162
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TSinsert
Article No.
Article No.
SITRANS TSinsert for temperature sensors, replaceable, mineral-insulated

design, European or American type
7MC701 7 - 7 7 7 7 7
SITRANS TSinsert for temperature sensors, replaceable, mineral-insulated

design, European or American type
7MC701 7 - 7 7 7 7 7

Measurement tip diameter
6 mm (0.24 inch)
Type
European type - DIN ceramic base
European type - DIN flying leads, absolutely necessary with built-on transmitter
American type - ANSI (nipple spring)
Sensor
Pt100, basis, -50 ... +400 C
(-58 ... +752 F)
-50 ... +400 C (-58 ... +752 F)
-196 ... +600 C (-321 ... +1112 F)
(-40 ... 1 382 F)
(-40 ... +1 832 F)
-40 ... 1+ 000 C (-40 ... +1 832 F)
(Class 2/Class B)
(Class 1/Class A)
(Class AA)
(Class 2/Class B)
(Class 1/Class A)
(Class AA)
Measuring insert length B, standard
145 mm (6.89 inch)
205 mm (8.07 inch)
275 mm (10.83 inch)
315 mm (12.40 inch)
345 mm (13.58 inch)
375 mm (14.76 inch)
405 mm (15.94 inch)
435 mm (17.13 inch)
555 mm (21.85 inch)
585 mm (23.03 inch)
Measuring insert length B, customer-specific

specify length with Y44, s. page 2/165
50 ... 100 mm (1.97 ... 3.94 inch)
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91 inch)
151 200 mm (5.95 ... 7.87 inch)
201 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84 inch)
251 300 mm (9.88 ... 11.81 inch)
301 350 mm (11.85 ... 13.78 inch)
351 400 mm (13.82 ... 15.75 inch)
401 450 mm (15.79 ... 17.72 inch)
451 500 mm (17.76 ... 19.68 inch)
501 550 mm (19.72 ... 21.65 inch)
551 600 mm (21.69 ... 23.92 inch)
601 700 mm (23.66 ... 27.56 inch)
701 800 mm (27.60 ... 31.50 inch)
801 900 mm (31.54 ... 35.43 inch)
901 1 000 mm (35.47 ... 39.37 inch)
1 001 1 500 mm (39.41 ... 59.05 inch)
6
8
0
1
2
5
A
B
C
J
K
N
A
B
11
13
15
17
21
23
25
27
31
33
35
37
41
43
45
47
13
17
21
23
24
25
27
20
35
36
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/163
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TSinsert
150 (5.90)
NPT1/2
K1
K2
TSL
NBL
NPT1/2)
d
B
d
K1
K2
N
NBL
TSL
X

Screw depth
Screw depth
Nominal length
Non-bending length
Extension
SITRANS TSinsert, measuring inserts for temperature sensors, replaceable, mineral-insulated design
American type, spring load approx. 21 mm (0.83 inch)
2/164
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS TSinsert
Order code
Further designs
Measeuring insert length B
Y44
Options
SITRANS TH100, 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100
SITRANS TH200 Ex i(ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA, Universal
for SITRANS TS500 with protection type Ex n
plain text
Transmitter options
(Y01:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F)
text
T10
T11
T20
T21
T30
T31
T40
T41
T45
T46
E01
E03
E04
Y15
Y33
Y01
Y17
Y23
Y24
Y25
U36
C20
C23
C11
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/165
Siemens AG 2014
Temperature transmitters for mounting in the connection head
Overview
Selection and Ordering Data

Detailed information on the transmitters can be found for the respective products under "Transmitters for temperature.
Transmitter to be fitted
Order code
To order the sensor with a built-in

temperature transmitter, add "-Z" to
the Article No. of the sensor, and
supplement by the following Order
code:
SITRANS TH100, only for Pt100
Without Ex
T10
EEx ia IIC and EEx n for zone 2
T11
FM
T13
SITRANS TH200
The following temperature transmitters are available for mounting in the connection head:
SITRANS TH100
Programmable two-wire temperature transmitter (4 to 20 mA),
without electrical isolation, only for Pt100 resistance thermometers.
Without Ex
T20
EEx ia IIC and EEx n for zone 2
T21
FM (IS, I, NI)
T23
SITRANS TH300
Without Ex
T30
EEx ia IIC und EEx n for zone 2
T31
FM (IS, I, NI)
T33
SITRANS TH200
SITRANS TH400 PA
Programmable two-wire temperature transmitter (4 to 20 mA),

electrical isolation for resistance thermometers and thermocouple elements.
Without Ex
T40
EEx ia
T41
SITRANS TH300
Without Ex
T45
Two-wire temperature transmitter with HART communication

(4 to 20 mA), electrical isolation for resistance thermometers and
thermocouple elements.
EEx ia
T46
Customer-specific setting of the

built-in transmitter (specify settings in plain text)
Y11
SITRANS TH400
Temperature transmitter with PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION
Fieldbus connection, electrical isolation for resistance thermometers and thermocouple elements.
Note:
SITRANS TH100/TH200/TH300/TH400 can be fitted instead of
the terminal block or in the high hinged cover. Additional fitting
only possible in high hinged cover.
If using intrinsically-safe temperature sensors any installed
temperature transmitters must also be intrinsically-safe.
2/166
Siemens FI 01 2015
SITRANS TH400 FF
Siemens AG 2014
Questionnaire for temperature sensors (resistance thermometers and thermocouples)
General information
Customer: ....................................................................................
Address: ......................................................................................
Contact partner: .........................................................................

Purchasing dept.: ........................................................................
Tel.: ...........................................................................
Sales dept.: .................................................................................
Tel.: ...........................................................................
Process dept.: .............................................................................
Tel.: ...........................................................................
Inquiry:.........................................................................................
Quotation: ....................................................................................
Place and date: ...........................................................................
Operating conditions
1.
Application: ......................................................................
(e.g. exhaust gas measurement)
2.
Location:...........................................................................
(e.g. pipe bend, tank)
3.
Mounting position:............................................................
(e.g. vertical, 45 against flow)
4.
Temperature (measuring point): ......................................

Operating temperature:....................................................
Temperature range: .........................................................
5.
Medium: ...........................................................................
6.
Pressure: ..........................................................................
Nominal pressure: ............................................................
Operating pressure: .........................................................
7.
Flow: .................................................................................
8.
Vibrations: ........................................................................
9.
Miscellaneous: .................................................................
(e.g. vessel or pipe materials, PTFE lining)
Ambient conditions
(e.g. seawater atmosphere, chemical plant)
Definition:.................................................................................
.................................................................................................
.................................................................................................
Special information
1.
2.
Mounting of temperature transmitter in connection head:

.........................................................................................
.........................................................................................
Packaging regulations: ....................................................
.........................................................................................
.........................................................................................
Miscellaneous
Please additionally provide the following: rough sketch, installation diagram, section of drawing, photo
Sensor design
1.
Measuring element...........................................................
(type and standard) (e.g. Pt100 or TC type K)
1.1. Tolerance:.........................................................................
1.2. Design: .............................................................................
(e.g. Pt100 or 2, 3 or 4-wire system)
1.3. Degree of protection/type of protection: ..........................
2.
Protective fitting:...............................................................
2.1. Protective tube: ................................................................

(dimensions/material)
2.2. Mounting: .........................................................................
2.3. Neck tube:........................................................................
2.4. Mounting length/nominal length:......................................
3.
Material certificates: .........................................................
4.
Connection: ......................................................................
4.1. Connection head/box:......................................................

4.2. Cable:...............................................................................
(dimensions/insulation/standard)
4.3. Other: ...............................................................................
.........................................................................................
5.
Tests: ................................................................................
.........................................................................................
6.
Accessories:.....................................................................
.........................................................................................
7.
Supplementary requirements:..........................................
.........................................................................................
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/167
Siemens AG 2014
Flue gas resistance thermometers with connection head
Overview
Article No.
Flue gas resistance thermometer

Measuring resistor
(winding) embedded in ceramic
1 Pt100 measuring resistor,
three-wire circuit
2
The flue gas resistance thermometer with connection head is
suitable for the temperature range from -50 to +600 C
(-58 to +1112 F) and can also be supplied with a built-in temperature transmitter.
Please order mounting flange or threaded sleeve separately.
Design
According to DIN 43764:

Thermometer without mount
Protective tube
Form
1, DIN 43772; cylindrical, 15 mm

diameter (0.59 inch), wall thickness 3 mm (0.12 inch), seamless
Material
St 35.8, mat. No. 1.0305, enamelled
Mounting length/
mm (inch):
500 (19.7)
710 (28.0)
1000 (39.4)
1400 (55.1)
2000 (78.7)
Weight/
kg (lb):
0.9 (1.98)
1.1 (2.43)
1.5 (3.31)
1.9 (4.19)
2.7 (5.95)
7MC1000
7MC1000
7MC1000
7MC1000
7MC1000
1 BA 2 7
2 BA 2 7
3 BA 2 7
4 BA 2 7
5 BA 2 7
Connection head, form B,
made of cast light alloy,
with 1 cable inlet and
Screw cover
Standard hinged cover
High hinged cover
1
4
6
Further designs
Order code
Y98
Y99
Y15
Loading capacity
1 bar (14.5 psi) above atmospheric, to DIN 43772

Measuring insert
Replaceable, with measuring

insert tube (8 mm diameter
(0.31 inch)) made of stainless
steel; terminal block with clamping springs
Calibration carried out at one point, specify

desired temperature in plain text (order
equivalent number of times for several calibration points).
required.
Y33
Accessories
Article No.
Mounting flange
Adjustable, to DIN 43734;
Material: GTW 35, mat. No. 0.8035,
for protective tube diameter
15 mm (0.59 inch),
0.3 kg (0.66 lb)
7 M C 2 9 9 8 - 5 CA
15
(0.6)
500 (19.7)
710 (28.0)
1000 (39.4)
1400 (55.1)
2000 (78.7)
Threaded sleeve
76 (3.0)
Stop flange
16
(0.6)
9.5
(0.4)
55 (2.2)
SW 27
75 (3.0)
SW 27
M20 x 1.5
SW 22
20 (0.8)
75 (3.0)
32 (1.3)
Gas-tight threaded sleeve

Material: 9 SMnPb 28
Material No. 1.0718,
for protective tube diameter
15 mm (0.59 inch),
0.4 kg (0.88 lb)
G internal thread with gasket
G internal thread with gasket
7 M C 2 9 9 8 - 5 DA
7 M C 2 9 9 8 - 5 DC
To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head

and transmitters for SIL applications, see "Temperature transmitters for mounting in the connection head" (page 2/166).
Individual parts: Measuring inserts, see "Accessories".on page 2/170
Flue gas resistance thermometer with connection head, dimensions in

mm (inches)
2/168
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Resistance thermometers for damp rooms
Overview
The resistance thermometer for damp rooms is suitable for a
temperature range from -30 to +60 C (-22 to +140 F).
Protective tube
Connection head
Made of cast light alloy, with

cable bushing; made of plastic on
request
1 or 2 Pt measuring resistors to
DIN EN 60751, connection in
three-wire or two-wire system,
class B
Measuring insert
IP65 acc. to DIN EN 60529
13 (0.5)
85 (3.4)
52 (2.1)
80 (3.2)
75 (3.0)
63 (2.5)
6
(0.24)
4.5 (0.2)
60 (2.4)
M20x1.5
36
(1.4)
Article No.

Resistance thermometer for
damp rooms
stainless steel protective tube
with one Pt100 measuring resistor
0.1 kg (0.22 kg)
with two Pt100 measuring resistors
0.1 kg (0.22 kg)
} 7MC1027-1AA
7MC1027-1AB
Further designs
Order code
Y98
Y99

Y15

required.
Y33
To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head
and transmitters for SIL applications, see "Temperature transmitters for mounting in the connection head" (page 2/166).
Note:
Additional fitting of head mounted transmitter of SITRANS TH series is
possible.
Resistance thermometer for damp rooms, dimensions in mm (inches)
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/169
Siemens AG 2014
Accessories Welding-type protective tubes, neck tubes and connection heads
Welding-type protective tube

Welding-type protective tube for high-pressure resistance
thermometers to DIN 43 767, without neck tube, without connection head
Tapered shank with cylindrical welding stubs
For measuring insert tube with 6 mm (0.24 inch)
OD female thread M18 x 1.5 (including steel screw plug)
Neck tube for high-pressure screw-in resistance thermometer

Made of stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4571
With threads at both ends
For measuring insert tube with 6 mm (0.24 inch) OD
Connection heads for low and high-pressure resistance thermometers, flue gas and flange-type resistance thermometers
Connection head, form B, degree of protection IP65, made of cast light
alloy, with standard hinged cover, dimensions in mm (inches)
50 (1.97)
M20 x 1.5
17
(0.67)
Knurled
M20 x 1.5
26
(1.02)
17
(0.67)
Gasket
15
(0.59)
65 (2.56)
59 (2.32)
M20 x 1.5
83 (3.27)
Connection head, form B, degree of protection IP54, made of plastic, with

screw cover, dimensions in mm (inches)

alloy, with high hinged cover, dimensions in mm (inches)
53 (2.09)
26 (1.02)
17
(0.67)
x 1.5
100 (3.94)
M24 x 1.5
72 (2.83)
M20
M24 x 1.5
M20 x 1.5
26
(1.02)

alloy, with screw cover, dimensions in mm (inches)
114 (4.49 )
M24 x 1.5
41.5
(1.63)
26
(1.02)
17
(0.67)
73 (2.87)
50 (1.97)
65 (2.56)
17
(0.67)
2/170
Connection head, form B-VA, degree of protection IP65, made of stainless steel, with screw cover, dimensions in mm (inches)
26
(1.02)
85 (3.35)
M24 x 1.5
29
(1.14)
41 (1.61)
Neck tube
Siemens FI 01 2015
M24 x 1.5
Siemens AG 2014
Accessories Welding-type protective tubes, neck tubes and connection heads
Article No.

Welding protective tube for high-pressure resistance thermometers according to DIN 43767,
without neck tube, without connection head
tapered shank with cylindrical welding stub, for measuring insert tube with 6 mm (0.24 inch) OD;
female thread M18 x 1.5 (including steel screw plug)
Up to 540 C (1004 F)
Protective tube to DIN 43772, form 4 made of 13 CrMo 44, mat. No. 1.7335
Cone
length C
mm (inch)
65 (2.56)
65 (2.56)
125 (4.92)
125 (4.92)
Protective tube
length L
mm (inch)
140 (5.51)
200 (7.87)
200 (7.87)
260 (10.24)
Weight
mm (inch)
0.3 (0.66)
0.5 (1.1)
0.5 (1.1)
0.6 (1.32)
7MC1905-1GA
7MC1905-2GA
7MC1905-3GA
7MC1905-4GA
Up to 550 C (1022 F)
Protective tube to DIN 43772, form 4 made of 6 CrNiMoTi 17122, mat. No. 1.4571
Cone
length C
mm (inch)
65 (2.56)
65 (2.56)
125 (4.92)
125 (4.92)
Protective tube
length L
mm (inch)
140 (5.51)
200 (7.87)
200 (7.87)
260 (10.24)
Weight
kg (lb)
0.3 (0.66)
0.5 (1.1)
0.5 (1.1)
0.6 (1.32)
7MC1905-1DA
7MC1905-2DA
7MC1905-3DA
7MC1905-4DA
Article No.

Neck tube for high-pressure screw-in resistance thermometer
made of stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4571, with thread at both ends, for measuring insert tube with 6 mm (0.24 inch) OD
Neck tube
length
mm (inch)
Total length of the resistance thermometer,

without connection head
mm (inch)
Protective
tube length
mm (inch)
Weight
135 (5.31)
165 (6.50)
195 (7.68)
225 (8.86)
255 (10.04)
395 (15.55)
305/365 (12.01/14.37)
395 (15.55)
365 (14.37)
395 (15.55)
260 (10.24)
140/200 (5.51/7.87)
200 (7.87)
140 (5.51)
140 (5.51)
0.14 (0.31)
0.15 (0.33)
0.18 (0.40)
0.20 (0.44)
0.22 (0.49)
kg (lb)
7MC1906-1AA
7MC1906-2AA
7MC1906-3AA
7MC1906-4AA
7MC1906-5AA
Article No.
Connection heads for low-pressure,

high-pressure, flue gas and flange-type resistance
thermometers
Connection head, form B, degree of protection IP54
Made of cast light alloy,
with screw cover and with 1 cable bushing, weight:
0.14 kg (0.31 lb)
Made of plastic,
0.08 kg (0.18 lb)
Connection head, form B, degree of protection IP65
Weight: 0.3 kg (0.66 lb)
with standard hinged cover and with 1 cable bushing
with high hinged cover and with 1 cable bushing
7MC1907-1BA
7MC1907-1BK
7MC1907-1BF
7MC1907-1BL
Connection head, form B-VA, degree of protection IP65

Made of stainless steel,
0.65 kg (1.43 lb)
7MC1907-1BV
Accessories
for connection head, form B, degree of protection IP65
Quick-release clamp (degree of protection of connection head reduced to IP54)
Weight: 0.02 kg (0.04 lb)
7MC1907-1BS
Connection heads with a drilled hole of 15.5 mm diameter (0.61 inch)

instead of the female thread M24 x 1.5 on request.
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/171
Siemens AG 2014
Thermocouples
Calibration data for thermoelectric voltages and permissible
deviations
Design
The thermocouple element is formed by two conductors of dissimilar metals or metal alloys which are soldered or welded together at one end, the measuring junction:
C
6
4
3
The calibration data and the permissible deviations for commonly used thermocouples are defined isee Technical Data,
Table "Calibration data for thermoelectric voltages and error
limits").
The thermocouples Cu-CuNi and Fe-CuNi to DIN 43710 are
used for replacement purposes. Thermocouples of class 2 are
supplied as standard. For more accurate measurements, thermocouples are available with half the DIN tolerance or with a test
certificate. The tolerances only apply to the condition upon delivery.
During operation at high temperatures, the tolerances of the
thermocouples may change due to absorption of foreign matter,
oxidation or evaporation of alloy components.
10
11
Mode of operation
12
The thermocouples are extended from the connection point to a

point whose temperature is as constant as possible (the cold
junction) by means of extension leads.
2
lN
A thermocouple comprises
The thermocouple element (sensor) and
The mounting and connection parts required in each case.
13
+
14
8
Cross section of
thermocouple
with insulating beads
15
Connection
diagram
lN
Nominal length
Ceramic protective tube
Locating flange
10 Lead
Support tube
11
Retaining ring
12 Extension lead
Terminal
13 Connection point
Connection head
Terminal block
14 Thermocouple element with

positive and negative legs
Temperature sensor
15 Measuring junction
Balancing resistor
Cold junction
Function
Measuring principle of the thermocouple element
If the measuring junction is exposed to a temperature different
from that at the free ends of the thermocouple, a voltage (the
thermoelectric voltage, Seebeck effect) is produced at these
free ends. The magnitude of the thermoelectric voltage depends
on the difference in temperature between the measuring junction
and the free ends, and on the combination of materials in the
thermocouple. Since a thermocouple always measures a temperature difference, the free ends of the thermocouple must be
connected to a reference junction (cold junction) and held constant at a known temperature.
The extension leads have the same color code as the associated
thermocouple elements; the positive pole is marked in red.
Correct polarity must be ensured since otherwise large errors
will occur. Up to 200 C, the same calibration data and tolerances apply to the extension leads as to the corresponding
thermo-couples.
The influence of temperature changes at the cold junction can
be balanced by means of a compensating circuit, e.g. a compensating box. The reference temperature is 0 (32 F) or
20 C (68 F).
It is also possible to keep the cold junctions at a constant temperature of 50, 60 or 70 C (122, 140 or 158 F) using a thermostat (for several measuring junctions).
The connections from the cold junction to the measuring or process instrument are made using copper leads. With energy-consuming instruments such as indicators or multipoint recorders,
the complete measuring circuit (thermocouple, extension lead
and copper lead) must be balanced in the operating condition
using a resistor. SITRANS T transmitters and process recorders
for connection to thermocouple elements have a built-in compensating circuit for balancing the effect of the ambient temperature on the cold junction. Lead balancing is not necessary in
this case because of the high input impedance.
Protection fitting/protective tubes
The thermocouple can be protected against mechanical stress
and chemical attack by a ceramic or metal protective tube which
may be mounted using flanges, screwed glands or by welding
into the pipeline or tank. The thermocouple element terminates
in the connection head.
Installation examples with specification of the recommended
thermocouples and protective tube materials are listed on pages
"Technical Data"and "Installation Examples".
Owing to the different operating conditions, no guarantee can be
given for protective fittings. The manufacturer is responsible for
damages and measuring errors caused by wrong installation in
compliance with the General Terms of Delivery if the instruments
have been installed by the manufacturer and if the specifications
for the operating conditions furnished by the customer were correct and sufficiently detailed.
Thermocouple elements are very compatible since it is almost
always possible to adapt them in shape and size to the particular
problem. The temperature-responsive part is almost pointshaped. Thermocouple elements are therefore particularly suitable for measuring rapidly changing temperatures.
2/172
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Thermocouples
Straight thermocouples to DIN 43733, with connection head
Overview
Article No.
7MC2000 - 7770 7
Straight thermocouple with

Ni Cr/Ni thermocouple (type K)
with metallic protective tube
Nominal length
Enter customer specific length with Y44,
The straight thermocouple together with a metal protective tube

is suitable for temperatures from 0 to 1250 C (32 to 2282 F) and
can be supplied with a built-in temperature transmitter.
Ni Cr/Ni type K
Number
1 or 2
Leg diameter
2 ... 3 mm (0.08 ... 0.12 inch)
Insulation of legs
Insulating beads
Protective tube
Metal
Connection head
Form A, DIN 43729; made of cast

light alloy, with one cable bushing
100 (3.9)
22 (0.9)
26 (1.0)
500 (19.7)
710 (28.0)
1000 (39.4)
501 ... 710 mm (19.72 ... 27.95 inch)

711 ... 1000 mm (27.11 ... 39.37 inch)

1 001 ... 1 400 mm (39.41 ... 55.12 inch)

1 401 ... 2 000 mm (55.16 ... 78.74 inch)

Protective tube
Thermocouples
M20 x 1.5
SW 22
300 ... 500 mm (11.81 ... 19.68 inch)

97 (3.8)
Straight thermocouple, dimensions in mm (inches)
Design
to 1 000 C (1 832 F);

X 10 CrAl 24, material No. 1.4762
22 mm x 2 mm (0.87 inch x 0.079 inch)
Leg diameter 2 mm (0.08 inch)
to 1 100 C; (2 012 F)
X 18 CrN28, material No. 1.4749
26 x 4 mm (1.02 x 0.16 inch)
to 1 200 C; (2 192 F)
X 15 CrNi Si 24 19, material No. 1.4841
22 x 2 mm (0.87 x 0.079 inch)
to 1 250 C; (2 282 F)
CrAl 205 (Kantal AF), material No. 1.4767
22 x 2 mm (0.87 x 0.079 inch)
Number of thermocouples
1 thermocouple
2 thermocouples
Connection head, form A,

made of cast light alloy, with 1 cable inlet and
- screw cover
- high hinged cover
Order code
Metal protective tube

with insulating beads
Section A - A
Connection head
Terminal block
Straight thermocouple with base-metal element Ni Cr/Ni with metal protective tube
1
6
Straight thermocouple with

Ni Cr/Ni thermocouple (type K)
for temperatures to 1250 C (2282 F);
with metallic protective tube
Further designs
Y98
Y99

Y15

Y33

Select range,
enter desired length in plain text
Y44
To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head,

see "Temperature transmitters for installation in the connection
head" (page 2/166).
Installation of a transmitter is only possible here in the versions with a
high hinged cover (7MC2000-....6).
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/173
Siemens AG 2014
Thermocouples
Straight thermocouples Individual parts and accessories
Article No.
Metallic protective tubes for straight

thermocouple elements according
to DIN 43733
7MC2900-1DA
7MC2900-2DA
7MC2900-3DA

; 26 mm x 4 mm (; 1.02 inch x 0.16 inch),
1.25 ... 2.20 kg (2.76 ... 4.85 lb), dished
Nominal length
Protective tube length
in mm (inch):
in mm (inch):
500 (19.7)
520 (20.5)
710 (28.0)
730 (28.7)
1000 (39.4)
1020 (40.2)
7MC2900-1EC
7MC2900-2EC
7MC2900-3EC
X 15 CrNiSi 25 20, material No. 1.4841

; 22 mm x 2 mm (; 0.87 inch x 0.08 inch),
1.05 kg (2.31 lb), dished
Nominal length
in mm (inch):
in mm (inch):
1000 (39.4)
1020 (40.2)
7 M C 2 9 0 0 - 3 FA
CrAl 205 (Megapyr), material No. 1.4767

; 22 mm x 2 mm (; 0.87 inch x 0.05 inch),
0.55 ... 1.10 kg (1.21 ... 2.42 lb)
Nominal length
in mm (inch):
in mm (inch):
500 (19.7)
520 (20.5)
710 (28.0)
730 (28.7)
1000 (39.4)
1020 (40.2)
7MC2900-1HA
7MC2900-2HA
7MC2900-3HA
Siemens FI 01 2015
Article No.
Thermocouples elements for straight

thermocouple according to DIN 43733

; 22 mm x 2 mm (; 0.87 inch x 0.08 inch),
0.55 ... 1.10 kg (1.21 ... 2.42 lb), dished
Nominal length
in mm (inch):
in mm (inch):
500 (19.7)
520 (20.5)
710 (28.0)
730 (28.7)
1000 (39.4)
1020 (40.2)
2/174
Base-metal thermocouple with insulating

beads
Wire diameter 3 mm (0.12 inch)
Ni Cr/Ni, to 1000 C (maximal 1300 C),
(to 1832 F (max. 2372 F))
0.55 ... 2.10 kg (1.21 ... 4.63 lb)
Nominal
Thermocouple
length L1 in
length L2 in
mm (inch):
mm (inch):
500 (19.7)
540 (21.3)
710 (28.0)
750 (29.5)
1000 (39.4)
1040 (40.9)
7MC2903-1CA
7MC2903-2CA
7MC2903-3CA
Siemens AG 2014
Thermocouples
Straight thermocouples Individual parts and accessories
Connection heads
Mounting accessories for connection heads
Connection head, form A (without terminal block and terminals)

for protective tube diameter (bore = protective tube diameter
+0.5 mm (0.02 inch))
Article No.
Connection head, form A,

(without terminal block and terminals)
1 Cable inlet, degree of protection IP53,
0.35 kg (0.77 lb)
Article No.
Mounting accessories
7MC2905-4AA
7MC2905-4BA
7MC2998-1AA
Terminal
for base-metal thermocouples;
0.01 kg (0.02 lb)
7MC2998-1BA
Set of gaskets (100 off)

for the connection head cover;
0.01 kg (0.02 lb)
7MC2998-1CA
Set of washers (100 off)

for the terminal block; 0.01 kg (0.02 lb)
7MC2998-1CB
Mounting flange, adjustable; made of GTW

for protective tube outer diameters
22 mm (0.87 inch); 0.35 kg (0.77 lb)
26 mm (1.02 inch); 0.32 kg (0.71 lb)
Threaded sleeve
Gas-tight up to 1 bar (14.5 psi), adjustable,
materiall No. 1.0718, with gasket;
0.40 kg (0.88 lb)
22 mm (0.87 inch), G1
26 mm (1.02 inch), G1
7MC2998-2CB
7MC2998-2CC
7MC2998-2DB
7MC2998-2DC
33
(1.3)1)
9.5
(0.4)
SW 41
SW 36
23
(0.9)1)
M6 DIN 84
G1
7MC2905-1AA
7MC2905-1BA
Terminal block without terminals

for base-metal thermocouples;
0.06 kg (0.13 lb)
8
(0.31)
Cast light alloy

high hinged cover
for protective tube diameter in mm (inch)
(bore = protective tube diam. +0.5 mm)
(0.02 inch):
22 (0.87)
26 (1.02)
32 (1.3)
Cast light alloy

fastener, unscrewable
for protective tube diameter in mm (inch)
(bore = protective tube diam. +0.5 mm)
(0.02 inch):
22 (0.87)
26 (1.02)
Terminal block
Terminal
Set of gaskets
Set of washers
Mounting flange
Threaded sleeve
65 (2.6)
20 (0.8)
90 (3.5)
70 (2.8)
90 (3.5)
1) For protective tube diameter 22 mm (0.9 inch)
Mounting flange to DIN 43734 (left) and threaded sleeve (right) for installing straight thermocouples, dimensions in mm (inches)
Siemens FI 01 2015
2/175
Siemens AG 2014
Notes
2/176
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
3/2
3/11
3/12
3/13
3/31
3/33
3/45
3/50
3/58
3/69
3/85
3/92
3/104
3/114
3/121
3/125
3/131
3/140
3/149
3/156
3/163
3/173
3/177
3/180
3/185
3/194
3/199
3/203
3/208
3/212
3/217
3/228
3/235
3/236
3/244
3/251
3/258
3/264
3/273
3/284
3/289
3/297
3/300
Product overview
Introduction
Criteria for selection of flowmeter
Communication solutions
SITRANS F M (electromagnetic)
System information
SITRANS F M Verificator
Transmitters
- MAG 5000/6000
- MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex
Flow sensors
- MAG 1100 and MAG 1100 HT
- MAG 1100 F
- MAG 3100 and MAG 3100 HT
- MAG 3100 P
- MAG 5100 W
Transmitter TRANSMAG 2 with sensor 911/E
Battery-operated water meter MAG 8000
- MAG 8000 for abstraction and distribution
network applications (7ME6810)
- MAG 8000 CT for revenue and
bulk metering (7ME6820)
- MAG 8000 for irrigation appl. (7ME6880)
SITRANS F C (coriolis)
System information
Flowmeter
- Flowmeter SITRANS FC430
- Flowmeter SITRANS FC410
- Flow sensor SITRANS FCS400
- Transmitter SITRANS FCT030
- Flowmeter - Accessories/Spare parts
Transmitter
- MASS 6000 IP67 compact/remote
- MASS 6000 for 19 insert/19 wall mounting
- MASS 6000 Ex d compact/remote
- SIFLOW FC070
Flow sensors
- SITRANS FCS200
- MASS 2100 DI 1.5
- SITRANS FC300
- MASS 2100 DI 3 to DI 40
- MC2
SITRANS F US (ultrasonic)
Inline ultrasonic flowmeters
System information
Transmitters
- SITRANS FUS060
- SITRANS FUS080/FUE080
Flowmeters
- SONO 3300/FUS060
- SONO 3100/FUS060
- SONOKIT (with FUS060 or FUS080)
- SITRANS FUS380 standard
- SITRANS FUE380 with CT approval
- SITRANS FUS380 and FUE380
Dimensional drawings and Schematics
Energy calculator
- SITRANS FUE950
3/375
3/385
SITRANS F US (ultrasonic)
System information
Thickness gauge
SITRANS FUS1010 (Standard)
SITRANS FST020 (Basic)
SITRANS FUP1010 (Portable)
SITRANS FUP1010 Water/Liquid
Check metering kits
SITRANS FUE1010 (Energy)
SITRANS FUE1010 (HVAC) Check
metering kit
SITRANS FUH1010 (Oil)
SITRANS FUG1010 (Gas)
SITRANS FUG1010 Gas Check
metering kit
SITRANS FUT1010 (Liquid and Gas)
Accessories/Spare parts
3/393
SITRANS F X (vortex)
SITRANS FX300
3/410
SITRANS F VA
SITRANS FVA250 variable area meter
3/311
3/313
3/327
3/328
3/338
3/342
3/348
3/350
3/358
3/360
3/367
3/374
3/419
3/425
3/428
3/429
3/435
3/440
3/444
3/445
3/450
3/455
3/456
3/457
3/459
SITRANS F O delta p - Primary

differential pressure devices
Pressure equipment directive 97/23/EC
SITRANS F O - Questionnaire online
Orifice plate with annular chamber
Orifice plate with single tapping
Metering pipe with orifice plate and annular
chamber
Calculation of primary devices
SITRANS F R (liquid meters)
Rotary-piston meters and automatic batchmeters
- Introduction
- Ordering data rotary-piston meters
- Ordering data automatic batchmeters
- Dimensional drawings
SITRANS F RA110 electric
flow register
Pulser with inductive pick-up

catalogs and certificates for SITRANS F
address:
www.siemens.com/sitransf
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Product overview
Overview
Application
Description
Catalog
page
Software for
parameterization
SITRANS F M electromagnetic flowmeters - Pulsed DC magnetic flowmeter

Designed in robust IP67 polyamide
enclosures for compact or remote
mounting.
19", back of panel and front of panel
enclosure program.
Transmitter MAG 5000/6000

3/33
Superior signal resolution for optimum
turn down ratio
Comprehensively self-diagnostic, for
error indication and logging
Multi-lingual display and keypad interface
Custody transfer approval: PTB K7.2,
OIML R 117, OIML R 49 and MI-001
SIMATIC PDM
Designed in robust die-cast aluminum Transmitter MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex

3/45
enclosure for demanding applications Remote and compact mounting with all
and where explosion proof protection
sensors
is necessary.
Communication modules: HART,
Modbus, PROFIBUS,
FOUNDATION Fieldbus, DeviceNet
Ex Approval:
ATEX, IECEx, FM, UL, CSA
Multi-lingual display and
touchpad keypad
Comprehensively self-diagnostic
SIMATIC PDM
Designed for the general industry

Flow sensor MAG 1100
environment
Metering tube DN 2 ... DN 100
The obstructionless performance of
(1/12 ... 4) flangeless design.
this sensor is unaffected by the sus
Communication
modules: HART,
pended solids, viscosity and temperaModbus, PROFIBUS,
ture challenges.
Corrosion-resistant AISI 316 stainless
steel housing.
Highly resistant liner (ceramic or PFA)
and electrodes fitting most extreme
process media.
Temperature rating up to 200 C
(390 F)
Ex Approval: ATEX, FM
3/50
Specially designed for the food & bev- Flow sensor MAG 1100 F
erage and pharmaceutical industry
AISI 316 stainless steel enclosure
Hygienic seal, 3A and EHEDG
Easy to clean
Supplied with connections according
to your specification
Ex Approval: ATEX, FM
3/58
The MAG 3100 series with its flexibility Flow sensor MAG 3100
3/69
in the choice of liner, electrode and
For a wide range of pipe dimensions:
flange material allows the measureDN 15 ... DN 2000 ( ... 78)
ment of even the most extreme pro Wide range of liner and electrode macess media.
terials
High-temperature version for application with temperatures up to 180 C
(355 F)
High-pressure solutions
Custody transfer approval:
PTB, OIML R 117
3/2
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Product overview
Application
Description
Catalog
page
Software for
parameterization
Designed for all water and waste

Flow sensor MAG 5100 W
3/92
water applications in water plants and Metering tube DN 15 ... DN 1200
industrial applications
(DN 2000) (" ... 48" (78))
Hard Rubber or EPDM lining
Integral grounding electrodes as
standard
Increased low flow accuracy for water
leak detection
Drinking water approvals and custody
transfer approvals , OIML R 49, MI-001
and PTB K7.2
SITRANS F M electromagnetic flowmeters - High-power AC magnetic flowmeter

Designed for heavy-duty applications Transmitter TRANSMAG 2
3/104
like pulp & paper stock over 3 %;
Magnetic flowmeter with a very strong
heavy mining slurries and mining slurpulsed AC magnetic field
ries with magnetic particles
PROFIBUS PA or HART communication
Comprehensive self-test function
Ex approval:
ATEX, IECEx, FM, UL, CSA
SIMATIC PDM
Designed for heavy-duty applications- Flow sensor 911/E

3/104
like pulp & paper stock over 3 %;
Metering tube: DN 15 ... DN 1000
heavy mining slurries and mining slur(" ... 40")
ries with magnetic particles
Metering tube liner: Hard Rubber, Linatex, Soft rubber, PTFE and Novolak
Integral smartPLUG for storing of calibration values
Multi-lingual display and touchpad
keypad
Only remote version
SITRANS F M electromagnetic flowmeters - Battery-operated magnetic water meter
Battery-operated electromagnetic
water meter for water applications
within abstraction, distribution network, revenue metering and irrigation
Water meter MAG 8000

3/114
Battery- and/or mains power operated
water meter
Metering tube DN 25 ... DN 1200
(1" ... 48")
Remote and compact installation
IP68/ NEMA 6P enclosure
Custody transfer approval: PTB K7.2,
OIML R 49 and MI-001
Drinking water approvals
Communication modules:
GSM/GPRS, Modbus, Encoder
SIMATIC PDM
and Flow Tool
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/3
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Product overview
Application
Description
Catalog
page
Designed for a variety of liquid and

gas applications
Measurement of mass flow, density,
temperature and fraction
Flowmeters FC430
3/149
(Dual tube design)
DN 15, DN 25, DN 50 and DN 80
Flow from 0.2 ... 181 000 kg/h
(400 000 lb/h) - water
Pipe material: AISI 316L
Accuracy, typically: Flow: 0.1 %,
Density: 0.005 g/cm
Liquid temp./pressure: -50 ... +200 C
(-58 ... + 392 F)/up to 100 bar
(1450 psi)
Approvals: ATEX, IECEx, FM CSA, NEPSI, OIML R 117, SIL 2/3, EHEDG, 3A

gas applications
Measurement of mass flow, density,
temperature
Modbus RS 485 RTU communication
for direct integration into skids, OEM
and pre-assembled plant packages
Flowmeters FC410
(Dual tube design)
DN 15, DN 25, DN 50 and DN 80
Flow from 0.2 ... 181 000 kg/h
(0.4 ... 400 000 lb/h)
Pipe material: AISI 316L or Hastelloy
C22
Accuracy, typically: Flow: 0.1 %,
Density: 0.005 g/cm3
Liquid temperature/pressure:
-50 ... +200 C (-58 ... +392 F)/up to
160 bar (2321 psi)
Approvals: ATEX, IECEx, FM CSA,
NEPSI, OIML R 117, EHEDG, 3A
3/156
Designed for accurate mass flow mea- Flow sensor FCS200

surement of gases in high pressure
DN 10, DN 15, DN 25
applications
Flow from 0 ... 30 000 kg/h
Pipe material: Hastelloy C22
Accuracy: 0.5 % of rate
Process temperature: -40 ... +125 C
(-40 ... 257 F)
Pressure: Up to 350 bar
Ex approvals: ATEX, IECEx, FM
PTB - OIML R 139
3/203
SITRANS F C mass flowmeters

gas applications
3/4
Siemens FI 01 2015
Flow sensors MASS 2100

3/208,
(Single tube design) and FC300
3/212
DI 1.5, DI 3, DI 6, DI 15, DI 25, DI 40
and DN 4
Flow from 0.1 ... 52 000 kg/h
(114 640 lb/h)
Pipe material: Stainless steel AISI 316L/
1.4435; Hastelloy C22/2.4602
Accuracy, typically:
- Flow: 0.1 % of flow rate
- Density: 0.0005 g/cm3
Liquid temp./pressure: -50 ... +180C
(-58 ... +356 F) / Up to 410 bar
(5946 psi)
Approved according to ATEX, UL
Software for
parameterization
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Product overview
Application
Description
Catalog
page
Measurement of liquids. Measurement Flow sensor MC2 Standard

of mass flow, density and temperature. (Dual tube design)
DN 100 and DN 150
Flow from 0 ... 510 000 kg/h
(112 400 lb/h)
Tube material: AISI 316Ti/1.4571 and
Hastelloy C4/2.4610
Accuracy: 0.15 % of rate
Density: 0.001 g/cm3
Liquid temp.: -50 ... +180 C
(-58 ... +356 F)
Pressure: < 100 bar (1450 psi)
Approvals: ATEX EEx em [ib] IIC
T2 ... T6
Software for
parameterization
3/228
Measurement of liquids and gases

Multiparameter transmitter for remote
or compact mounting measuring mass
flow, density, temperature and fraction
e.g. Brix and Plato
Transmitters MASS 6000

3/180,
(IP67, 19, Ex d)
3/194
Superior signal resolution for optimumturn down ratio
Comprehensively self-diagnostic, for
error indication and logging
Adaptive batch function
Multi-lingual display and keypad interface
Approvals: ATEX [EEx ia] IIC T6
Ex Approval: ATEX, IECEx,C-UL
HART, Modbus, PROFIBUS,
SIMATIC PDM
Measurement of liquids and gases

Multiparameter transmitter for remote
or compact mounting measuring mass
flow, density, temperature and fraction
e.g. Brix and Plato
Transmitters SIFLOW FC070

3/199
Standard and Ex CT
Digital signal processing measuring
30 times a second.
3 current, 2 freq. and 2 relay outputs
Adaptive batch function
SENSORPROM memory unit making it
easy to start up the flowmeter.
Direct integration into SIMATIC S7 and
SIMATIC PCS7
Automation systems
Ex approval: Ex Approval:
ATEX, IECEx, FM
PTB - OIML R 139
SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC STEP 7
SIMATIC PCS 7
SITRANS FUS060 transmitter

3/244
Die cast aluminum enclosure
EEx approved according to ATEX
HART communication + 1 analog
output, 1 digital output for frequency or
pulse and 1 relay output for alarms and
flow direction
PROFIBUS PA communication with
1 digital output for frequency or pulse
Multi-functional output for process
control
Easy menu based local operation with
two-line display
SIMATIC PDM
SITRANS F US ultrasonic inline flowmeters

SITRANS FUS060 is a time-based
transmitter designed for ultrasonic
flowmetering in pipes for the F US
inline industry series up to DN 4000
SITRANS FUS080 is a time-based trans- SITRANS FUS080 transmitter

mitter designed for ultrasonic flowmeter- Battery or mains-powered
ing in pipes for the SONOKIT, FUS380
Easy one-button operation
and FUE380 series up to DN 1200
Bidirectional measuring
IrDA optical eye communication
Robust poyamide enclosure
3/251
SIMATIC PDM
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/5
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Product overview
Application
Description
The main application for SONO 3300

ultrasonic flowmeters is to measure
the volume flow of:
Water and treated waste water
Oil and liquefied gases
Hot water/cooling systems
SONO 3300/FUS060
3/258
ATEX-approved
DN 50 DN 300 (2 12) steel
pipes
PN 10 ... PN 40 or class 150 ... class
300 pressure rates
Flow 0.3 3200 m/h
(1.3 ... 14 089 GPM)
No pressure drop
FUS060 transmitter for separate
mounting
Signal cables from sensor to transducer are highly protected from aggressive environment by stainless steel
pipes
SIMATIC PDM
The main application for SONO 3100

ultrasonic flowmeters is to measure
the volume flow of:
Water and treated waste water
Liquid cryogenic application
District heating systems
SONO 3100/FUS060
3/264
DN 100 ... DN 600 (4" ... 24")
Pipe in carbon steel
Transducers can be replaced under
pressure
FUS060 transmitter for separate
mounting
ATEX-approved
Measure of all liquids less than
350 Cst, conductive or non-conductive
No pressure drop
1-path; 4-path on request
Special material on request
SIMATIC PDM
Installation of one, two or four transSONOKIT

ducer sets in existing concrete or steel FUS060 or FUS080 transmitter for
pipes. Typically installed in pipes with
separate mounting
large diameters or in hot/cold water
DN 100 ... DN 4000 (4" ... 160")
applications
Control and display unit
Temperature of medium:
-20 ... +200 C (-4 ... +395 F)
Installation on empty pipes or pipes
under pressure (hot-tap installation)
Standard 1-path or 2-path
(4-path on request)
3/6
Siemens FI 01 2015
Catalog
page
Software for
parameterization
3/273
SIMATIC PDM
Battery or mains-powered ultrasonic

flowmeter for use within water-based
district heating, cooling systems and
utility.
The FUS380 can also be used for
water irrigation systems.
SITRANS FUS380/FUE380 are
designed to work with the
SITRANS FUE950 energy calculator.
FUS380/FUE380
3/284,
3/289
FUS380/FUE380: DN 50 ... DN 1200
(2" ... 48")
FUE380: Approved for custody transfer
according to EN 1434 Class 2,
OIML R 75, MID and MI004
FUS380/FUE380: Red brass or painted
carbon steel flanges and metering
tube. AISI transducers
Water temperatures 2 200 C
(35.6 ... 392 F)
Battery or mains-powered
SIMATIC PDM
Universal thermal energy calculator

for district heating and cooling applications.
SITRANS FUE950
3/300
Battery or mains-powered
24 periods memory
2 ports for plug-in modules as data
output, extra input, M-Bus,
RS 232/RS 485, current output
Complete set with temperature sensors
and pockets
MID heating approval, PTB K7.2
cooling approval, MI004 type approval
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Product overview
Application
Description
Catalog
page
Software for
parameterization
SITRANS F US ultrasonic clamp-on flowmeters

The thickness gauge can be used in
any field application where there is a
need for flow measurement. Including
but not limited to:
Water and waste water
Energy measurement
Dedicated flowmeters are suitable for

a wide variety of liquid applications,
including those in the:
Water Industry
Wastewater Industry
HVAC Industry
Power Industry
Processing Industry
Thickness gauge
3/327
The hand-held micro-processor controlled gauge is designed to measure
the thickness of various metallic or nonmetallic pipes.
Materials include steel, aluminum,
titanium, plastics and ceramics
Measurements shown in millimeter or
inches
Simple-to-read 4-digit LCD display
Weights 150 g (5.3 oz)
Battery operation for 250 h
SITRANS FUS1010 General purpose

3/328
Suitable for virtually any liquid, even
those with high aeration or suspended
solids
Full range of safety approvals, I/O's
and enclosure types available
Has wide applicability but not the
special functions found in FUH1010,
FUG1010 and FUE1010 meters
Hazardous area approvals: FM, CSA,
ATEX
Dedicated flowmeter is a basic option SITRANS FST020 Basic

3/338
for many clean liquid applications in
Has FUS1010 system function but
the:
without the same I/O capability or
Water Industry
safety approval ratings
Wastewater Industry
This basic meter is intended for single
liquid applications that do not require
HVAC & Power Industries
these features
Processing Industry
Not available with hazardous area
approvals
Unclassified, ordinary locatons
approvals: UL, C-UL, CE and C-TICK
Portable flowmeters are suitable for a
wide variety of liquid applications,
including those in the:
Water Industry
Wastewater Industry
HVAC Industry
Power Industry
Processing Industry
SITRANS FUP1010 Portable

3/342
Basic function portable meter
Has all the capabilities of the FUS1010
meter but in a battery-powered,
portable configuration
Ideal for high-accuracy flow survey
applications
Not available with hazardous area
approvals
Unclassified, ordinary location
approvals: UL, C-UL, CE
The SITRANS FUP1010 check meter

measures practically all conductive or
non-conductive clean or moderately
aerated liquids or liquids with suspended solids. This basic feature
enables the perfomance check and
verification of existing meters used in
various water and wastewater applications such as:
Water Industry
- Raw water
- Potable water
- Chemicals
Wastewater industry
- Raw sewage
- Effluent
- Sludges
- Mixed liquor
- Chemicals
SITRANS FUP1010 Portable Check

3/348
metering kit
Pipe sizes 25.4 mm ... 9.14 m
(1 ... 360)
Current, voltage, frequency and
RS 232 outputs
Optional current, voltage and
temperature inputs
Zeromatic Path automatically sets zero
Bi-directional flow operation
1 MByte data logger with both site and
data logger storage
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/7
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Product overview
Application
Description
Portable and dedicated energy

meters are ideal for thermal energy/
power applications:
Chilled & hot water submetering
Condenser water, potable water
Glycol and brine solution
Thermal storage
SITRANS FUE1010 Energy

3/350
Accurate absolute and differential
temperature measurement with two
matched 1000 RTD elements installed on supply and return side of the
heating or cooling system
Efficiency calculation (kW/ton, EER or
COP) available in systems with optional
analog input
Dedicated available with hazardous
area approvals: FM, CSA
Portable available with unclassified/
ordinary locations approval: UL, C-UL,
FM
The SITRANS FUE1010 check metering kit is a highly accurate clamp-on

non-intrusive ultrasonic flow display
computer for revenue grade thermal
energy sub-metering and energy efficiency distribution monitoring, with a
real-time coefficient of performance
(COP) for HVAC systems. This kit is
ideal for applications which include:
Chilled water sub-metering
Condenser water
Potable water
Ammonia and glycol
River and lake water
Lake source cooling
SITRANS FUE1010 HVAC Check

3/358
metering kit
Pipe sizes 25.4 mm ... 9.14 m
(1 ... 360)
Built-in energy/BTU mode
4-wire 1000 platinum RTDs for supply and return temperature measurements are precision matched to within
0.01 C (0.02 F)
Chiller efficiency analysis: accepts an
independent analog input representing
kW usage for calculation of the following functions which can be selected for
data logging or output purposes:
- Cooling load (kW/ton)
- Coefficient of performance (COP)
- Energy efficiency ratio (EER)
Current, voltage, frequency and
RS 232 outputs
1 MByte data logger with both site and
data logger storage
Dedicated hydrocarbon flowmeters

are ideal for crude oil, refined petroleum or liquefied gas. There are three
application areas:
Viscosity compensated volumetric
flowmeters
Standard volume (Net) mass flowmeters
Interface detectors/density meters
SITRANS FUH1010 Oil

3/360
Volumetric flowmeters output viscosity
compensated gross volume to external
RTUs or flow computers
Mass flowmeters output standard volume (net) mass flow, API, liquid identification, density, interface & pig
detection
Interface Detectors are used for liquid
identification and API density output,
but do not output flow
ATEX
Dedicated gas flowmeters are ideal

for most natural and process gas
industry applications, including:
Checkmetering
Allocation
Flow survey verification
Lost and unaccounted for (LAUF)
gas analysis
Production
SITRANS FUG1010 Gas

Suitable for most gases (natural gas,
oxygen, nitrogen, carbon monoxide,
etc.) with typical minimum operating
pressure of 10 bar g (145 psi g).
Standard volume or mass flow output
for fixed gas compositions
Analog input for pressure and temperature compensation
ATEX
3/8
Siemens FI 01 2015
Catalog
page
3/367
Software for
parameterization
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Product overview
Application
Description
Catalog
page
The clamp-on SITRANS FUG1010 Gas

Check Metering Kit is an all-inclusive
solution developed especially for verifying the accuracy and performance
of any brand or type of flowmeter. The
kit is ideal for applications that
include:
Check metering
Allocation
Lost and unaccounted for (LAUF)
gas analysis
Production
Storage
FUG1010 Check Metering Kit

3/374
Pipe sizes 50 ... 1200 mm (2 ... 48") up
to 15.7 mm (0.62") pipe wall thickness
Analog inputs for pressure and temperature
Internal AGA-8 table for fixed gas composition is available for standard volume computation
Upward compatibility and compliance
with AGA-10 speed of sound measurement practice
Software for
parameterization
Ideal for applications within the liquid SITRANS FUT1010 Basic

3/375
and gas hydrocarbon industry capa- WideBeam technology allows for
ble of providing custody transfer
precision flow measurement by
accuracy. Both versions are offered in
reducing the meter's sensitivity to
pipe sizes ranging from 4 ... 24
changes in the medium's physical
(DN 100 ... DN 600) with flange ratings
properties
of ANSI Class 150/300/600 for liquid
TransLoc permanent mounting system
and 300/600 for gas.
ensures sealing and virtually no maintenance
High viscosity range (up to 2800 Cst)
Completely cavity free design which
eliminates any signal degrading buildup or ports to clog
Large bi-directional flow range
Modbus RTU RS 232/485 output
available.
Dynamic Reynolds number compensation
SITRANS F X Vortex Flowmeter
Measurement of steam, gases and
liquids in:
Chemical
HVAC/Power plants
Oil & Gas
Food & Beverage
Pharma
SITRANS FX300
3/393
Flange DN 15 DN 300 (" 12")
Sandwich DN 15 DN 100 (" 4")
2-wire device 4 ... 20 mA, with integrated temperature and pressure
sensors for compensation
HART communication
Medium temp.: -40 ... +240 C
(-40 ... +464 F)
Medium pressure: up to 100 bar
(1450 psi)
ATEX
Compact or remote mounted transmitter
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/9
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Product overview
Application
Description
Catalog
page
SITRANS F VA variable area meters

Measurement of flow of liquids and
gases, also highly suitable for corrosive media, high temperatures and
high pressures.
SITRANS FVA250
3/410
All-metal variable area meter with various float materials
Connections: DN 15 ... DN 100
(" ... 4")
-20 C ... +300 C (-4 ... +572 F)
Optionally available with analog output
or contacts
SITRANS F O delta p - primary differential pressure devices

Measurement of flow with orifice
Nominal diameters DN 10 ... DN 1000
plates and metering pipes for mount(0.4" ... 40")
ing between flanges, e.g. together
with SITRANS P transmitters,
-200 ... +500 C (-328 ... +932 F) for
DS III HART, DS III PROFIBUS PA and
vapors, gases and liquids.
DS III FOUNDATION Fieldbus series.
SITRANS P transmitters
DS III HART series
DS III PROFIBUS PA series
DS III FOUNDATION Fieldbus series
3/419
SITRANS F R liquid meters
3/10
Siemens FI 01 2015
Rotary-piston meters
Industrial design for measurement of
flowing liquids
DN 15 ... DN 80 (" ... 3") for industrial 3/445

requirements
With the required registers and
quantity-preset registers
-30 ... +300 C (-22 ... +572 F)
Automatic batchmeter
Any quantity of liquid can be preselected and filled automatically.
DN 25 ... DN 50 (1" ... 2")

-30 ... +300 C (-22 ... +572 F)
3/445
Software for
parameterization
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Introduction
Overview
Each method for measuring flow has specific properties, and
each flow measuring point is characterized by specific requirements. The table shown below compares the properties of the
various measuring instruments and thus provides assistance in
selection of the optimum device.
This section of the field device catalog includes the following instruments for measuring flow:
Electromagnetic
Coriolis mass flow
Ultrasonic
Vortex volumetric- and mass flow
Variable area meter
Orifice plate
Rotary-piston meters and drum meters
Measuring principle
Electromagnetic
Coriolis
Ultrasonic
(inline)
Ultrasonic
(clamp-on)
Vortex
Variable area Orifice plate

meter
Rotary-piston meter
Medium
Liquid
(conductive)
Liquid or gas
Liquid
Liquid or gas
Steam/vapor,
gases, liquid
Liquid or gas
Liquid, vapor,
gas
Liquid
Nominal diameter
DN 2 2000
(0.08 78)
1.5150 mm
(0.06 6)
DN 504000 6.4 mm ...

(2" 160")
9.14 m
optional down (0.25"...360")
to DN 15 ()
DN 15 300
(" 12")
DN 10 100
(0.4 4)
G G3
DN 101000
(0.4 40)
DN 15 80
( 3)
Temperature range C (F)
-40 +200
(-40 +392)
-50 +180
(-58 +356)
-200 ... +250 -40 ... +120

(-328 ... +482) (-40 ... +248)
-40 ... +240

(-40 ... +464)
-20 +300
(-4 +572)
-200 +500 -30 +300

(-328 +932) (-22 +572)
Max. pressure
bar (psi)
160 (2 320),
Up to 410
optional higher (Up to 5 950)
40 (580)
optionally
160 (2 320)
100 (1 450)
100 (1 450)
315 (4 569)
63 (914)
Accuracy
0.2 or 0.4
0.1 or 0.15 0.5 2
0.5 ... 1.0 % of 0.75 1

flow, for velocities greater
than 0.3 m/s
(1 ft/s)
1.6 2.0
0.5 2
0.2 0.5
Repeatability
0.1/0.2
0.05
0.25
0.15 % of flow, 0.1

for velocities
greater than
0.3 m/s (1 ft/s)
0.5
0.5
0.005
1:100
1:100
1:100
1:100
1:25
1:10
1:6
1:10
0 (0)
0 (0)
0 (0)
0 (0)
0.4 (1.31)
2.0 (6.56)
0.2 (0.66)
Re > 500
0.3 (0.98)
Dynamic response
range
Start-of-scale
value
m/s (ft/s)
Re < 108
36/120
Full-scale value
For liquids
Unlimited
m/s (ft/s)
0.25 10
10 (32.8)
(0.825 32.8)
For steam/vapor, m/s (ft/s)

gases
10 (32.8)
Approx. 300
(1000)
12/40
10 (32.8)
3.5 (11.4)
3 (9.8)
12/40
80 (262.5)
60 (197)
50/25
(164/82)
3 (9.8)
Measured values
Volume flow
Sound velocity
Sound amplitude
Density
Mass flow
For custody
transfer
As batching system
Bidirectional
measurement
Use
In viscosity range mPas

(cp)
0.1 100 000 0 ... 100 000

0 ... 350
(0.1100 000) (0 ... 100 000) (0 ... 350)
0.5 ... 2800

(0.5 ... 2800)
Power supply
Mains or
battery
90... 240 V AC, 2-wire

50...60 Hz,
15 VA or
9 ... 36 V DC,
10 W
Mains
Mains or
battery
0 10
(0 10)
0.5 100
(0.5 100)
0 10
(0 10)
0.3
350 000
(0.3
350 000)
non
2-wire
non
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/11
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Introduction
Transmitter
HART
PROFIBUS PA PROFIBUS DP FOUNDATION DeviceNet

Fieldbus H1
Modbus RTU
SITRANS F M MAG 5000
1) 2) 4)
1) 2) 4) 5)
1) 5) 6) 7)
1) 5) 6) 7)
2) 4) 5)
5)
1) 5) 10)
SITRANS F M MAG 6000 I
1) 2) 4) 5)
1) 5) 6) 7)
1) 5) 6) 7)
2) 4) 5)
5)
1) 5) 10)
SITRANS F M MAG 6000 I Ex
1) 2) 4) 5)
1) 5) 6) 7)
GSM/GPRS
SITRANS F M MAG 5000/6000 CT8)
SITRANS F M TRANSMAG 2
1) 4)
1) 6)
1) 3) 10) 11) 12) 14)

SITRANS F C FCT030
1) 2) 4) 8)
SITRANS F C MASS 6000
1) 2) 4) 5)
1) 5) 6) 7)
1) 2) 4) 5)
1) 5) 6) 7)
SITRANS F C MASS 6000 Ex d
2) 4) 5)
5)
2) 4) 5)
5)
13)
SIFLOW FC070
SITRANS FUS060
1) 5) 6) 7)
1)
1) 10) 11)
1) 6)
SITRANS FUS10109)
9) 10) 11)
SITRANS FX300
1)
SITRANS P DS III
1) 2)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
Supports SIMATIC PDM

Supports AMS
Supports Siemens Flow Tool
Supports HH275/375
Pluggable add-on modules
Profile 2
Profile 3
3/12
Siemens FI 01 2015
1) 10)
1) 2) 7)
2)
8)
CT versions are not approved with communication modules.

All wall mount models
10) RS 485
11)
RS 232
12)
IrDA (Infrared)
13) Connected to ET200M PROFIBUS interface
14)
Only with 7ME6810
9)
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
System information SITRANS F M
Overview
SITRANS F M electromagnetic flowmeters are designed for measuring the flow of electrically conductive mediums.
High-powered flowmeters are used for difficult applications

where other flowmeters cannot stand up to the task. This flowmeter can handle liquids and heavy slurries in industries such as
mining, cement and pulp and paper.
The full SITRANS F M program consists of three different types

of flowmeters making Siemens unique in that it covers all possible applications where electromagnetic flowmeters are a suitable match:
Modular pulsed DC flowmeters cover all ordinary applications
within all industries. The wide variety of combinations and versions from the modular system means that ideal adaptation is
possible to each measuring task and application.
SITRANS F M 911/TRANSMAG 2
SITRANS F M products
Battery-operated water meters (fully electronic) are the perfect

match for drinking water applications like network distribution,
revenue metering and irrigation where mains power is not available. In addition, it complies with the MID (EU) and OIML R 49
water meter standards and has the MCERTS certificate.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/13
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Easier commissioning of MAG 5000, 6000, 6000 I
Benefits
All SITRANS F M pulsed DC electromagnetic flowmeters feature

a unique SENSORPROM memory unit which stores sensor calibration data and transmitter settings for the lifetime of the product.
At commissioning the flowmeter commences measurement
without any initial programming.
The factory settings matching the sensor size are stored in the
SENSORPROM unit. Also customer specified settings are downloaded to the unit. Should the transmitter be replaced, the new
transmitter will upload all previous settings and resume measurement without any need for reprogramming.
Further, the fingerprint used in connection with the

SITRANS F M Verificator is stored during the initial sensor calibration.
Easier service
Transmitter replacement requires no programming.
SENSORPROM automatically updates all settings after initialization.
Room for growth
USM II the Universal Signal Module with "plug & play" simplicity,
makes it easy to access and integrate the flow measurement
with almost any system and bus-protocol and it ensures the flowmeter will be easy to upgrade to future communication/bus platforms.
Greater flexibility
Wide product program
Compact or remote installation using the same transmitter and
sensor
USM II communication platform for easy integration with all
systems
Application
Electromagnetic flowmeters are suitable for measuring the flow
of almost all electrically conductive liquids, pastes and slurries.
A prerequisite is that the medium must have a minimum conductivity. The temperature, pressure, density and viscosity have no
influence on the result.
The main applications of the electromagnetic flowmeters can be
found in the following sectors:
Chemical industries
Pharmaceutical industries
Food and beverage industry
Mining, aggregates and cements industries
Pulp and paper industry
Steel industry
Power; utility and chilled water industry
The wide variety of combinations and versions from the modular
system means that ideal adaptation is possible to each measuring task.
3/14
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Please see product selector
on the Internet, because some
constrains might be related to
some of the features:
www.pia-selector.automation.
MAG
siemens.com
1100
MAG
1100 HT
MAG
1100 F
MAG
3100
MAG
3100 HT
MAG
3100 P
MAG
5100 W
911/E
MAG 8000/ MAG 8000

MAG
Irrigation
8000 CT
7ME6110 7ME6120 7ME6140 7ME6310 7ME6320 7ME6340 7ME6520 7ME6580 7ME5610 7ME6810
7ME6820
Industry
Water / waste water
Chemical
Pharmaceutical
Food and beverage
Mining, aggregates and cement
HPI
Other
Design
Compact
Remote
Constant field (DC)
Alternating field (AC)
Battery-operated constant field
(DC)
Size
DN 2 (1/12)
DN 3 (1/8)
DN 6 (1/4)
DN 10 (3/8)
DN 15 ()
DN 25 (1)
DN 32 (1)
DN 40 (1)
DN 50 (2)
DN 65 (2)
DN 80 (3)
DN 100 (4)
DN 125 (5)
DN 150 (6)
DN 200 (8)
DN 250 (10)
DN 300 (12)
DN 400 (16)
DN 450 (18)
DN 500 (20)
DN 600 (24)
DN 700 (28)
DN 750 (30)
DN 800 (32)
DN 900 (36)
DN 1000 (40)
DN 1050 (42)
DN 1100 (44)
DN 1200 (48)
DN 1400 (54)
DN 1500 (60)
DN 1600 (66)
DN 1800 (72)
DN 2000 (78)
XX
XXX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XXX
XX
X
XX
XX
XX
XXX
XX
X
XXX
XX
XX
XX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XX
X
X
XXX
XX
X
X
XX
XX
XX
XXX
X
X
X
X
X
XX
XXX
X
X
X
X
X
XX
XXX
XXX
7ME6880
XXX1)
X
X
X
X
X
X
XXX1)
= available, X = can be used, XX = often used, XXX = most often used

1) Not
suitable for wastewater applications
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/15
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
MAG
siemens.com
1100
MAG
1100 HT
MAG
1100 F
MAG
3100
MAG
3100 HT
MAG
3100 P
MAG
5100 W
911/E
MAG 8000/ MAG 8000

MAG
Irrigation
8000 CT
7ME6820
7ME6880
Process connection
Wafer design
Sanitary process connections
Flanges
3)
EN 1092-1
3)
ANSI B 16.5 class 150
3)
ANSI B 16.5 class 300
ASME B 16.47 class 150
AWWA class D
AS 2129
Flange norms
3)
AS 4087, PN 16
AS 4087, PN 21
AS 4087, PN 35
JIS 10K
JIS 20K
Pressure rating1)
PN 6
PN 10
PN 16
PN 25
PN 40
PN 63
PN 100
Accuracy
0.2 %
0.4 %
0.5 %
0.8 %
Repeatability5)
0.1 %
0.2 %
Grounding electrodes, incl.2)
Grounding rings premounted
from factory
= available
1)
Pressure may be limited by the liner material chosen

Not for PTFE liner.
3)
Drilled pattern flange max. 7 bar (107 psi).
4)
Optional on PFA
5) Of actual flow for v 0.5 m/s (1.5 ft/s) and conductivity > 10 S/cm
2)
3/16
Siemens FI 01 2015
4)
()
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
MAG
siemens.com
1100
MAG
1100 HT
MAG
1100 F
MAG
3100
MAG
3100 HT
MAG
3100 P
MAG
5100 W
911/E
MAG 8000/ MAG 8000

MAG
Irrigation
8000 CT
7ME6820
7ME6880
Materials/temperature:
Liner material/max . temperatures

NBR Hard Rubber: 70 C
(158 F)
EPDM: 70 C (158 F)
Soft rubber: 70 C (158 F)
PTFE: 100 C (212 F)
PTFE: 130 C (266 F)
PTFE: 180 C (356 F)
Ebonite Hard Rubber: 95 C

(203 F)
Linatex: 70 C (158 F)
Ceramic: 150 C (302 F)
Ceramic: 200 C (392 F)
( )1)
3)
3)
2)
PFA: 100 C (212 F)

PFA: 150 C (302 F)
Novolak: 130 C (266 F)
Electrodes
Stainless steel
Titanium
Tantalum
Hastelloy C
Platinum
Flange/housing material
Carbon steel
Stainless steel / carbon steel
Polished stainless steel
Approvals
Custody transfer
Cold water - MI-001 (EU)
Cold water approval OIML R 49/OIML R 49 MAA
4)
Cold water pattern approval OIML R 49 (Denmark)
4)
Cold water pattern approval

PTB (Germany)
4)
4)
4)
Hot water pattern approval PTB (Germany)
4)
4)
4)
Other media than water pattern

approval - OIML R 117
(Denmark)
4)
4)
4)
Chilled water pattern approval

PTB K 7.2
4)
OE12/C 040 (Austria)

4)
= available
1)
150 C (302 F)
Ex sensor: 180 C (356 F)
3) 70 C (158 F)
4)
For verification submit Product Variation Request
2)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/17
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
MAG
siemens.com
1100
MAG
1100 HT
MAG
1100 F
MAG
3100
MAG
3100 HT
MAG
3100 P
MAG
5100 W
911/E
MAG 8000/ MAG 8000

MAG
Irrigation
8000 CT
7ME6820
7ME6880
Approvals (continued)
Hazardous areas
ATEX - 2 GD (Zone 1/21)
IECEx Gb Zone 1/21
FM Class I/II/III, Div 1
9)
9)
9)
CSA Class I, Zone 1/21
CSA Class I, Div 2
FM Class I, Zone 1/21

FM Class I, Div 2
4)
5)
ACS (FR) EPDM liner
Belgaqua (B) EPDM liner
DVGW-W270 (D) EPDM liner
MCERTS (UK environmental)
6)
4)
7)
7)
Hygienic
EHEDG
3A
EC 1925:2003
European food contact material
Drinking water
WRAS (WRc) - (UK)
ANSI/NSF 61
(US)8)
Other
FM Fire Service
(class number 1044)
GOSS/GOST (Russia )
CRN (Canada)
1)
PED 97/23 EC
1)
VdS
8)
8)
3)
Other national approvals, see

internet
8)
8)
8)
8)
8)
8)
8)
8)
Verificator compatible
2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
= available
6)
Only PFA liner.

2) Only in combination with MAG 5000 and MAG 6000 transmitters.
3)
Only valid for DN 50 to DN 300 (2" to 12")
4)
EPDM liner
5) Only EPDM with Hastelloy electrodes
7)
1)
3/18
Siemens FI 01 2015
EPDM or PTFE liner with AISI 316 or Hastelloy electrodes.

Sizes: DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150, DN 200, DN 250, and DN 300
(2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10", and 12") with ANSI B16.5 Class 150 flanges
8) Including Annex G
9)
Only DN 15 to DN 300 (" to 12") with MAG 6000 I Ex, compact mounted
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Please see Product selector on the
Internet, because some constrains
might be related to some of the features:
siemens.com
MAG 5000
MAG 6000
MAG 6000 I
MAG 6000 I
Ex
MAG 6000 +
Ex Safety
barrier
TRANSMAG 2
MAG8000
MAG 8000/
MAG 8000 CT Irrigation
7ME6910
7ME6920
7ME6930
7ME6930
7ME6920
7ME5034
7ME6810
7ME6820
7ME6880
XXX
XXX
XX
XXX
XXX
XX
XX
XXX
XXX
Industry
Water / waste water
Chemical
Pharmaceutical
XXX
XX
Food and beverage
XX
XXX
XX
Mining, aggregates and cement
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
Compact
Remote
Constant field (DC)
HPI
Other
X
XXX
X
X
XX
Design
Alternating field (AC)
1)
1)
Battery-operated constant field (DC)

Enclosure transmitter
Polyamide, IP67
Die-cast aluminum
Stainless steel
19 rack
Back of panel
Panel mounting
IP67 wall mounting
Accuracy
0.2 %
0.4 %
0.5 %
0.8 %
Repeatability3)
0.1 %
2)
2)
Encoder interface module (Sensus

protocol) for Itron 200WP radio
GSM/GPRS module
0.2 %
Communication
HART
PROFIBUS PA
PROFIBUS DP
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
DeviceNet
Modbus RTU/RS 485
Batching
= available, X = can be used, XX = often used, XXX = most often used

1)
IP68 enclosure
Modbus RTU also as serial RS 232
3)
Of actual flow for v 0.5 m/s (1.5 ft/s) and conductivity > 10 S/cm
2)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/19
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Please see Product selector on the
Internet, because some constrains
might be related to some of the features:
siemens.com
MAG 5000
MAG 6000
MAG 6000 I
MAG 6000 I
Ex
MAG 6000 +
Ex Safety
barrier
TRANSMAG 2
MAG8000
MAG 8000/
MAG 8000 CT Irrigation
7ME6910
7ME6920
7ME6930
7ME6930
7ME6920
7ME5034
7ME6810
7ME6820
7ME6880
1)
1)
1) 2)
1) 2)
2)
2)
Power supply
24 V
115 V - 230 V
Battery
Approvals
Custody transfer
Cold water - MI-001 (EU)
Cold water pattern approval OIML R 49 (Denmark)
Cold water approval OIML R 49/OIML R 49 MAA
Cold water pattern approval PTB

(Germany)

PTB K 7.2
Hot water pattern approval PTB

(Germany)

approval - OIML R 117 Denmark
OE12/C 040 (Austria)

Hazardous areas
ATEX - 2 GD (Zone 1/21)
IECEx Gb Zone 1/21
FM Class I/II/III, Div 1
4)

FM Class I, Div 2/Zone 2
()3)
CSA Class I, Div 2
UL / C-UL- general safety
FM Fire Service (1044)
C - tick (Australia )
GOSS / GOST (Russia )
VdS
Other national approvals, see

internet
Verificator compatible
Other
1)
12/24 V AC/DC
Main power with battery backup
Only sensor in hazardous area
4)
Only with sensors sizes DN 15 to DN 300 (" to 12") compact
2)
3)
For more national approvals please check our internet page

http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/10806954/134200
Siemens FI 01 2015
= available
3/20
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Practical examples of ordering

SITRANS F M compact installation
SITRANS F M remote installation
+
+
=
Wall bracket
MAG 6000
transmitter
MAG 3100
sensor
MAG 6000
MAG 6000 compact

mounted on a
MAG 3100 sensor
Example
MAG 3100
2 x cable
Sensor
7ME6310-3TC11-1JA1
Pipe size
DN 100
Liner
Soft rubber
Sensor
7ME6310-3TC11-1AA1
Electrodes
SS 316
Pipe size
DN 100
EN 1092-1, PN 16
Liner
Soft rubber
MAG 6000, Polyamide, 115 ... 230 V AC
Electrodes
SS 316
Accuracy
0.2 % 1 mm/s
Flanges
EN 1092-1, PN 16
Supply
230 V AC
Transmitter
7ME6920-1AA10-0AA0
Accuracy
0.2 % 1 mm/s
Supply
230 V AC
Wall mounting kit
FDK:085U1018
Cable kit with sensor

cabel and electrode
cable
A5E01181647
Flanges
Transmitter
Note:
MAG 5000/6000 transmitters and sensors are packed in separate boxes, the final assembly takes place during installation at
the customer's place.
=
MAG 3100 remote
installation
Example
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/21
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Siemens offers accredited calibrations assured to ISO 17025 in
the flow range from 0.0001 m/h to 10 000 m/h.
Siemens Flow Instruments accredited laboratories are recognized by ILAC MRA (International Laboratory Accreditation Corporation - Mutual Recognition Arrangement) ensuring international traceability and recognition of the test results worldwide.
Flowmeter Calibration and traceability

To ensure continuous accurate measurement, flowmeters must
be calibrated. The calibration is conducted at Siemens flow facilities with traceable instruments referring directly to the physical unit of measurement according to the International System of
Units (SI).
A calibration certificate is shipped with every sensor and calibration data are stored in the SENSORPROM memory unit.
Therefore, the calibration certificate ensures recognition of the

test results worldwide, including the US (NIST traceability).
Flowmeter uncertainty
MAG 5000 with MAG 1100, MAG 1100 F, MAG 5100 W, MAG 3100, MAG 3100 P
and MAG 6000 with MAG 1100 (PFA), MAG 1100 F (PFA)
[% E]
3,0
2,8
V: Flow velocity
E: Meter uncertainty as a percentage of measured value
v 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: 0.4 1 mm/s *
v < 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: (0.25/v) % of measured value
2,6
2,4
2,2
* MAG 5100 W (Article No. 7ME652...) DN 350 ... 1200

v 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: 0.4 2 mm/s
2,0
1,8
* MAG 1100 with PFA liner DN 10 and DN 40

v 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: 0.4 2 mm/s
1,6
1,4
1,2
1,0
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,2
0,0
0
10
11
12
[m/s]
3.3
6.6
9.9
13
16
20
23
26
30
33
36
39
[ft/s]
MAG 6000 and MAG 6000 I with MAG 1100 (not PFA), MAG 1100 F (not PFA), MAG 5100 W, MAG 3100 and MAG 3100 P
[% E]
1.4
V: flow velocity
E: meter uncertainty as a percentage of measured value
v 0,1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: 0,2 1 mm/s *
v < 0,1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: (0,125/v) % of measured value *
1.2
1.0
* MAG 5100 W (Article No. 7ME652...) DN 350 ... 1200

v 0,1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: 0,2 2,5 mm/s
v < 0,1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: (0,25/v) % of measured value
0.8
* MAG 1100 and MAG 1100F with ceramic liner DN 10 and DN 40

v 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: 0.2 2 mm/s
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
0
0
3/22
Siemens FI 01 2015
1
3.3
2
6.6
3
9.9
4
13
5
16
6
20
7
23
8
26
9
30
10
33
11
36
12
39
[m/s]
[ft/s]
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Calibration reference conditions
Reference conditions (ISO 9104 and DIN EN 29104)
Temperature medium
20 C 10 K (68 F 18 F)
Temperature ambient
25 C 10 K (77 F 18 F)
Supply voltage
Un 1 %
Warming-up time
30 minutes
Incorporation in conductive pipe

section
Inlet section
10 x DN (DN 1200/48)
5 x DN (DN > 1200/48)
Outlet section
5 x DN (DN 1200/48)
3 x DN (DN > 1200/48)
Flow conditions
Developed flow profile
Additions in the event of deviations from reference conditions

Current output
As pulse output ( 0.1 % of actual

flow + 0.05 % FSO)
Effect of ambient temperature

Display / frequency / pulse output
< 0.003 %/K act.
Current output
< 0.005 %/K act.
Effect of supply voltage
< 0.005 % of measuring value on

1% change
Repeatability
0.1 % of actual flow for

v 0.5 m/s (1.5 ft/s) and conductivity > 10 S/cm
Certificates
EN 10204-2.1
Certificate of conformity, stating

that the delivered parts are made
of the material quality that was
ordered. Available as Z option
C15.
EN 10204-2.2
Test report certificate, a non

batch specific material analysis of
the ordered material. Available as
Z option C14.
EN 10204-3.1
Material analysis certificate, a

batch specific analysis of the
material issued by an independent inspector.
Certification covers all pressure
containing and wetted parts.
Available as Z option C12.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/23
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
General specifications
IS (Intrinsic Safety) data
PROFIBUS device profile
3.00 Class B
Certified
No
MS0 connections
MS1 connections
MS2 connections
Electrical specification DP
Physical layer specifications
Applicable standard
IEC 61158/EN 50170
Physical Layer (Transmission

technology)
RS 485
Transmission speed
Number of stations
Required sensor electronics
Compact or remote mounted

SITRANS F M MAG 6000 I Ex
FISCO
Yes
Max. UI
17.5 V
Max. II
380 mA
Max. PI
5.32 V
Max. LI
0 H
Max. CI
0 nF
FISCO cable requirements

Loop resistance RC
15 ... 150 /km
1.5 Mbits/s
Loop inductance LC
0.4 ... 1 mH/km
Up to 32 per line segment, (maximum

total of 126)
Capacitance CC
80 ... 200 nF/km
Max. Spur length in IIC and IIB
30 m
Max. Trunk length in IIC
1 km
Max. Trunk length in IIB
5 km
Cable specification (Type A)

Cable design
Two-wire twisted pair
Shielding
CU shielding braid or shielding braid

and shielding foil
Impedance
35 up to 165 at frequencies from

3 ... 20 MHz
Cable capacity
< 30 pF per meter
PROFIBUS parameter support

The following parameters are accessible using a MS0 relationship from a Class 1 Master.
MS0 specifies cyclic Data Exchange between a Master and a
Slave.
Core diameter
> 0.34 mm, corresponds to AWG 22
Cyclic services
Resistance
< 110 per km
Input (Master view)
Signal attenuation
Max. 9 dB over total length of line

section
Mass flow
Max. bus length
200 m at 1500 kbit/s, up to 1.2 km at

93.75 kbit/s. Extendable by repeaters
Temperature
Parameter
MAG 6000/MAG 6000 I
Volume flow
Density
Electrical specification PA
Fraction A1)
Fraction B1)
Applicable standard
IEC 61158/EN 50170

technology)
IEC-61158-2
Totalizer 1
Transmission speed
31.25 Kbits/second
Totalizer 22)
Number of stations
Up to 32 per line segment, (maximum

total of 126)
Batch progress2)
Batch setpoint
Max. basic current [IB]
14 mA
Batch compensation
Fault current [IFDE]
0 mA
Batch status (running ...)
Bus voltage
9 ... 32 V (non Ex)
Pct Fraction A1)
Output (Master view) Set Totalizer 1+2
Preferred cable specification

(Type A)
Batch control
(start, stop ...)
Batch setpoint
Batch compensation
Cable design
Two-wire twisted pair
Conductor area (nominal)
0.8 mm2 (AWG 18)
Loop resistance
44 /km
Impedance
100 20 %
1)
Wave attenuation at 39 kHz
3 dB/km
2)
Capacitive asymmetry
2 nF/km
When ON, Batch progress is returned.
Bus termination
Passive line termination at both
When OFF, TOTALIZER 2 is returned.
Max. bus length
Up to 1.9 km. Extendable by repeaters
3/24
Siemens FI 01 2015
Set Mode Totalizer 1+2
Requires a SENSORPROM containing valid fraction data.

Value returned is dependent on the BATCH function.
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Flow and speed chart
Metric
m3/h
I/min.
2 10 6
100 000
50 000
20 000
0
180
DN 0 0
14
DN
0
110
N
D
0
0
9
DN
70 0
DN
50 0
DN
00
4
DN
300
DN
10 000
5 000
2 000
1 000
500
200
DN
100
20 0
0
20 0
DN
0
0
16
DN
0
120
DN 0
0
10
DN 0
80
DN
600
DN
450
DN 0
35
N
D
25 0
DN
10 6
2 10 4
5 10 5
10 4
5 000
2 10 5
10 5
2 000
5 10 4
1 000
2 10 4
150
D N 25
1
DN
10 0
DN N80
D
65
DN
20
200
5000
100
50
2000
500
50
DN
100
25
50
DN
15
DN
10
DN
0.1
0.02
0.1
N3
DN
0.2
0.05
0.05
1
0.5
10
DN
0.2
20
1
0.5
10
5
40
DN
20
200
10
5
500
10 4
1000
50
I/s
0.5
0.02
0.01
0.005
0.01
0.2
0.005
0.1
0.05
0.002
0.002
0.001
0.0005
0.001
0.02
0.0005
0.01
0.005
0.0002
0,05
0.1
0.15 0.2
0.3
0.5
1.5
10 m/s
0.0002
0.0001
0.00005
)ORZYHORFLW\
Sizing table (DN 2 DN 2000)
The table shows the relationship between flow velocity v, flow

quantity Q and sensor dimension DN.
Guidelines for selection of sensor
Min. measuring range: 0 to 0.25 m/s
Max. measuring range: 0 to 10 m/s
Normally the sensor size is selected so that the nominal flow velocity v lies within the measuring range 1 to 3 m/s.
Flow velocity calculation formula Units

v = 1273.24 Q / DN2 or
v = 353.68 Q /
DN2
v : [m/s], Q : [l/s], DN : [mm]

v : [m/s], Q : [m3/h], DN : [mm]
Link to "Sizing program":

https://pia.khe.siemens.com/index.aspx?nr=11501
Example:
Flow quantity of 50 m3/h and a sensor dimension of DN 80 gives
a flow velocity of 2.7 m/s, which is within the recommended
measuring range of 1 to 3 m/s.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/25
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Imperial
GPM
MGD
1 000
500 000
500
200 000
200
I/min.
2 000 000
1 000 000
500 000
100 000
100
78 "
66"
4"
"
5
0
6
4"
"
4
8
4
"
"
/42 36
40 "
30"
32 "
4"
28 " 2
8"
"
1
20
4"
16 " 1
50
50 000
72 "
20
10
5
2
1
12 "
0.5
8"
0.1
0.05
50 000
5 000
2 000
0.01
500
200
50
2"
200
100
20
10
50
20
10
2
5
"
0.001
0.5
1/4"
0.0005
1 000
500
"
1/2
3 /8
2 000
100
0.002
10 000
5 000
1"
0.005
20 000
1 000
1"
0.02
100 000
10 000
10 "
6"
5"
4"
3"
"
0.2
20 000
200 000
2
1
0.2
0.0002
0.5
0.0001
"
1/8
0.00005
"
1/12
0.1
0.05
0.02
0.00002
0.01
0.00001
0.005
0.000005
0.2
0.1
0.05
0.002
0.001
0.002
0.000002
0.0005
0.001
0.000001
0.1
0.15 0.2
0.3
0.5
0.8
1.5
10
15 20
30 33 f/s
Flow velocity
Sizing table (1/12 78)
The table shows the relationship between flow velocity v, flow

quantity Q and sensor dimension size.
Min. measuring range: 0 to 0.8 ft/s
Max. measuring range: 0 to 33 ft/s
Normally the sensor size is selected so that the nominal flow velocity v lies within the measuring range 3 to 10 ft/s.
Example:
Flow quantity of 500 GPM and a sensor dimension of 6" gives a
flow velocity of 5.6 ft/s, which is within the recommended measuring range of 3 to 10 ft/s.
3/26
Siemens FI 01 2015
Flow velocity calculation formula Units

v = 0.408 Q / (Pipe I.D.)2 or
v : [ft/s], Q : [GPM], Pipe I.D. : [inch]
v = 283.67 Q / (Pipe I.D.)2
v : [ft/s], Q : [MGD], Pipe I.D. : [inch]
Link to "Sizing program":

https://pia.khe.siemens.com/index.aspx?nr=11501
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Vibrations
For partially filled pipes or pipes with downward flow and free
outlet the flowmeter should be located in a U-Tube.
Strong vibrations should be avoided.

In applications with strong vibrations, remote mounting of the
transmitter is recommended.
Install in U-tubes when pipe is partially filled
Installation in vertical pipes

Recommended flow direction: upwards. This minimizes the
effect on the measurement of any gas/air bubbles in the liquid.
The sensor must always be completely filled with liquid.
Install in vertical pipes with upward flow direction
Installation in horizontal pipes

Install in pipelines which are always full
The sensor must always be completely filled with liquid. Therefore avoid:
Installation at the highest point in the pipe system
Installation in vertical pipes with free outlet
The sensor must be mounted as shown in the below figure. Do

not mount the sensor as shown in the lower figure. This will position the electrodes at the top where there is possibility for air
bubbles and at the bottom where there is possibility for mud,
sludge, sand etc.

Do not install in pipelines which can run empty
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/27
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Measuring abrasive liquids and liquids containing particles
Recommended installation is in a vertical/inclined pipe to minimize the wear and deposits in the sensor.
Potential equalization
Potential equalization
Install in vertical pipelines with upward flow direction if measuring abrasive liquids
Inlet and outlet conditions

min. 5 x Di
min. 3 x Di
The electrical potential of the liquid must always be equal to the

electrical potential of the sensor. This can be achieved in different ways depending on the application:
Wire jumper between sensor and adjacent flange (MAG 1100,
MAG 3100)
Direct metallic contact between sensor and fittings
(MAG 1100 F)
Build-in grounding electrodes (MAG 3100, MAG 5100 W)
Optional grounding/protection flanges/rings (MAG 1100,
MAG 3100, MAG 8000)
Optional graphite gaskets on MAG 1100 (standard for
MAG 1100 High Temperature)
MAG 8000 installed in plastic or coated pipes: two grounding
rings to be used.
Grounding
Installation between elbows, pumps and valves: standard inlet and outlet
pipe sections
To achieve maximum accurate flow measurement it is essential

to have straight length of inlet and outlet pipes and a certain distance between the flowmeter and pumps or valves.
It is also important to center the flowmeter in relation to pipe
flange and gaskets.
MAG 3100 (not PTFE), MAG 5100 W: with earthing electrodes in conductive and non-conductive pipes (no further action necessary)
M6 x 16
Ambient temperature-Installation
Temperature changes can cause expansion or contraction in the
pipe system. To avoid damage on the sensor use of proper gasket and torque should be ensured. For more information see sensor instruction.
MAG 1100, MAG 3100 (PTFE): without earthing electrodes in conductive

pipes (MAG 1100 use graphite gasket)
3/28
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
p [psi] p [mbar]
0.5
100
1.50
0.75
0.60
50
40
0.45
30
0.30
20
0.15
10
Without earthing electrodes in non-conductive pipes use grounding ring

(MAG 1100 use graphite gasket)
MAG 1100 F grounding via process connections. MAG 8000

grounding see MAG 8000 pages.
Vacuum
Avoid a vaccum in the measuring pipe, because this can damage certain
liners.
0.075
0.060
5
4
0.045
0.030
0.015
0.0075
0.0060
0.5
0.4
0.0045
0.3
0.0030
0.2
0.0015
0.1
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
3
V=8 m/s
[25 ft/sec.]
V=7 m/s
[23 ft/sec.]
V=6 m/s
[20 ft/sec.]
V=5 m/s
[16 ft/sec.]
V=4 m/s
[13 ft/sec.]
V=3 m/s
[10 ft/sec.]
V=2 m/s
[6 ft/sec.]
V=1.5 m/s
[5 ft/sec.]
V=1 m/s
[3 ft/sec.]
0.5
0.6
0.8
0.7
0.9
d1 /d2
Installation in large pipes
Pressure drop as function of diameter reduction between reducers
Example:
8
d2
d1
Flow velocity (v) of 3 m/s (10 ft/s) in a sensor with a diameter reduction DN 100 (4) to DN 80 (3) (d1/d2 = 0.8) gives a pressure
drop of 2.9 mbar (0.04 psi).
Ambient temperature
Ambient temp.
C (F)
Reduction in nominal pipe diameter
The flowmeter can be installed between two reducers (e.g.

DIN 28545). Assuming that at 8 the following pressure drop
curve applies. The curves are applicable to water.
MAG 6000 I/MAG 6000 I Ex
60 (140)
50 (122)
MAG 5000/6000
40 (104)
30 (86)
20 (68)
10 (50)
Temperature
of medium
0 (32)
50
(122
75
167
100
212
125
257
150 C
302 F)
Max. ambient temperature as a function of temperature of medium
The transmitter can be installed either compact or remote.

With compact installation the temperature of medium must be
according to the graph.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/29
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Sensor cables and conductivity of medium
Empty pipe detection
Compact installation:
The installation has to fulfill the following limitations for usage of

the empty pipe detection function:
media conductivity 20 S/cm
length of cable at remote installation 50 m (150 ft)
special shield cable must be used
Liquids with an electrical conductivity 5 S/cm.
Note for MAG 1100 sizes DN 2 and DN 3:

empty pipe detection is not available
the media conductivity must be 30 S/cm
Note for MAG 5000/6000 CT (FW 3.03):

empty pipe detection is not available
Remote installation
Standard cable
[S/cm]
300
200
Conductivity
of medium
100
5
5
150 300
300 [m]
200
100
600
Cabel length
900
[ft]
Minimum conductivity of medium (using standard electrode cable)

Special cable
[S/cm]
50
40
Conductivity
of medium
30
20
10
5
50 100
200
150 300 600
300
400
500
900 1200 1500
[m]
[ft]
Cable length
Minimum conductivity of medium (using special electrode cable)
3/30
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
SITRANS F M diagnostics
Function
B = Magnetic flux density which permeates the flowing medium

perpendicular to the flow direction.
The diagnostic functions are all internal tools in the meter:

Identification in clear text and error log
Error categories: function; warning; permanent and fatal
errors
Transmitter self-check including all outputs and the accuracy
Sensor check: coil and electrode circuit test
Overflow
Empty pipe: partial filling; low conductivity; electrode fouling
v = flow velocity of medium
SITRANS F M Verificator (MAG 5000 and 6000)
d = internal diameter of metering tube
The SITRANS F M Verificator is an external tool designed for

MAG 5000 and MAG 6000 with MAG 1100, MAG 1100 F,
MAG 3100, MAG 3100 P or MAG 5100 W sensors to verify the
entire product, the installation and the application.
All electromagnetic flowmeters are based on Faradays law of induction:

UM = B v d k
UM = Measured voltage induced in the medium perpendicular to
the magnetic field and the flow direction. The voltage is tapped
at two point electrodes.
k = proportionality factor or sensor constant
The goal is to improve operation, reduce downtime and maintain

measurement accuracy as long as possible.
Sensor
The SITRANS F M Verificator is highly advanced and carries out

the complex verification and performance check of the entire
flowmeter system, according to unique Siemens patented principles. The whole verification test is automated and easy to operate so there is no opportunity for human error or influence. The
system is traceable to international standards and tested by
WRc (Water Research Council).
UM
Function and measuring principle of electromagnetic measurement
An electromagnetic flowmeter generally consists of a magnetically non-conducting metering tube with an internal electrically
non-conducting surface, magnet coils connected in series and
mounted diametrically on the tube, and at least two electrodes
which are inserted through the pipe wall and are in contact with
the measured medium. The magnet field coils through which the
current passes generate a pulsed electromagnetic field with the
magnetic flux density B perpendicular to the pipe axis.
This magnetic field penetrates the magnetically non-conducting
metering tube and the medium flowing through it, which must
have a minimum electrical conductivity.
According to Faradays law of induction, a voltage UM is generated in an electrically conducting medium, and is proportional to
the flow velocity v of the medium, the magnetic flux density B,
and the distance between the electrodes d (internal diameter of
pipe).
The signal voltage UM is tapped by the electrodes which are in
contact with the medium, and passed through the insulating
pipe wall. The signal voltage UM which is proportional to the flow
velocity is converted by an associated transmitter into appropriate standard signals such as 4 to 20 mA.
Stand alone Verificator to measure a number of selected parameters in the flow sensor and a transmitter which affects the
integrity of the flow measurement
Up to 20 measurements can be stored in the Verificator
The Verificator can be connected via a serial cable to a PC enabling download of the data. A Windows program enables
printing and management of verificator reports.
Verification - Steps
Verification of a SITRANS F M flowmeter consists of the following
test routines:
1. Transmitter test
2. Flowmeter and cable insulation test
3. Sensor magnetism test
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/31
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
1. Transmitter test
The transmitter test is the traditional way of on-site testing on the
market and checks the complete electronic system from signal
input to output.
3
Transmitter test
Using the excitation power output, which is generated to drive

the magnetic field of the sensor, the verificator simulates flow
signal to the transmitter input. By measuring the transmitter outputs the verificator calculates its accuracy against defined values. Test includes:
Excitation power to drive the magnetic field
Signal function from signal input to output
Signal processing gain, offset and linearity
Test of analogue and frequency output
2. Insulation test
The verification of the sensor magnetism is a "boost" test of the

magnetic field coil. The test ensures that the magnetism behaviour is like the first time, by comparing the current sensor magnetism with the "fingerprint" which was determined during initial
calibration and stored in the SENSORPROM memory unit.
In the "boost" test the verificator changes the magnetic field in
certain pattern and with high voltage to get quick stable magnetic condition. This unique test is fulfilled without any interference or compensation of surrounding temperature or interconnecting cabling.
Changes in dynamic magnetic behaviour
Magnetic influence inside and outside the sensor
Missing or poor coil wire and cable connection
Certificate
The test certificate generated by a PC contains:
Test result with passed or failed
Installation specification
Flowmeter specification and configuration
Verificator specification with date of calibration ensuring
traceability to international standards.
MAGFLO Verification Certificate
Customer:
MAGFLO Identification:
Name
TAG No./Name
Address
Sensor Code No.
7ME634
Sensor Serial No.
057701H142
Transmitter Code No. 7ME692

Phone
Transmitter Serial No. 109418N080
Email
Location
Results:
Verification file name or No.

Transmitter
Sensor
Insulation
FT-103FT2801
Passed
Passed
Magnetic Circuit
Theoretical
Flowmeter insulation test
The verification test of the flowmeter insulation is a cross talk

test of the entire flowmeter which ensures that the flow signal
generated in the sensor is not affected by any external influences.
In the "cross-talk" test the verificator generates a high voltage
disturbance within the coil circuit and then looks for any "crosstalk" induced in the flow signal circuit. By generating dynamic
disturbances close-coupled to the flow signal, the flowmeter is
tested for noise immunity to a maximum level:
EMC influence on the flow signal
Moisture in sensor, connection and terminal box
Non-conductive deposit coating the electrodes within the sensor
Missing or poor grounding, shielding and cable connection.
3. Sensor magnetism test
Passed
Current Output
Velocity
Theoretical
4.800mA
5.600mA
8.800mA
0.5m/s
1.0m/s
3.0m/s
Actual
4.802mA
5.601mA
8.804mA
Frequency Output
Deviation
0.25%
0.08%
0.08%
Theoretical
Actual
Deviation
0.500kHz
1.000kHz
3.000kHz
0.501kHz
1.001kHz
3.004kHz
0.11%
0.07%
0.14%
Frequency Output 0-10kHz
Current Output 4-20mA
Sensor Details:
Transmitter Settings:
Basic
Qmax.
Flow Direction
Low flow Cut-off
Empty Pipe
2.00000 m /h
Positive
1.50%
ON
Size
DN 15 1/2 IN
Cal. Factor
0.16531426
Output
Current Output
Time Constant
ON (4-20mA)
Correction Factor
1.0
Relay Output
5.0 Sec.
Error Level
Excitation Freq.
12.5Hz
Digital Output
Frequency Range
Time Constant
Volume/pulse
Pulse width
Pulse polarity
Pulse
N/A
N/A
1.0 l/p
0.51999998 sec.
Positiv
Totalizer 1 value before test

Totalizer 1 value after test
819442.93213 l
819458.92334 l
Totalizer 2 value before test

Totalizer 2 value after test
Operating time in days
693.87579 l
693.88145 l
1068
Verificator Details (083F5060)

Serial No.
107920N490
Device No.
94683
Software Version
1.40
PC-Software Version
5.01
Cal. date
2012.10.26
ReCal. date
2013.10.26
Comments
These tests verify that the flowmeter is functioning within 2% deviation of the original test parameters.
Verification is traceable to National and International Standards.
Date and signature
2013.04.17
Description
Article No.
Sensor magnetism test
11 ... 30 V DC, 11 ... 24 V AC, 115 ... 230 V, 50 Hz
FDK:083F5060
11 ... 30 V DC, 11 ... 24 V AC, 115 ... 230 V, 60 Hz
FDK:083F5061
Note:
It is mandatory to have the Verificator returned to the factory
once a year for check and re-verification.
3/32
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Overview
Design
The transmitter is designed as either IP67 NEMA 4X/6 enclosure
for compact or wall mounting or 19" version as a 19 insert as a
base to be used in:
19" rack systems
Panel mounting IP20/NEMA 1 (prepared for IP65/NEMA 2
display side)
Back of panel mounting IP20/NEMA 1
Wall mounting IP66/NEMA 4X
Several options on 19 versions are available such as:
Transmitters mounted in safe area for Ex ATEX approved flow
sensors (incl. barriers)
Transmitters with electrode cleaning unit on request
Function
Transmitter MAG 5000/6000 compact version (left) and 19 insert version
(right)
The MAG 5000 and 6000 are transmitters engineered for high
performance, easy installation, commissioning and maintenance. The transmitters evaluate the signals from the
SITRANS F M sensors type MAG 1100, MAG 1100 F,
MAG 3100, MAG 3100 P and MAG 5100 W.
Transmitter types:
MAG 5000: Max. measuring error 0.4 % 1 mm/s (incl. sensor)
MAG 6000: Max. measuring error 0.2 % 1 mm/s (incl. sensor, see also sensor specifications) and with additional features such as: "plug & play" add-on bus modules; integrated
batch functions.
Benefits
Superior signal resolution for optimum turn down ratio
Digital signal processing with many possibilities
Automatic reading of SENSORPROM data for easy commissioning
User configurable operation menu with password protection.
3 lines, 20 characters display in 11 languages.
Flow rate in various units
Totalizer for forward, reverse and net flow as well as additional
information available
Multiple functional outputs for process control, minimum configuration with analogue, pulse/frequency and relay output
(status, flow direction, limits)
Comprehensive self-diagnostic for error indication and error
logging (see under SITRANS F M diagnostics)
Batch control (MAG 6000 only)
Custody transfer approval: PTB, OIML R 117, OIML R 49, MI001, PTB K 7.2 and OE12/C 040 for chilled water
MAG 6000 with add-on bus modules for HART, FOUNDATION
Fieldbus H1, DeviceNet, Modbus RTU/RS 485, PROFIBUS PA
and DP
Application
The SITRANS F M flowmeters are suitable for measuring the flow
of almost all electrically conductive liquids, pastes and slurries.
The main applications can be found in:
Chemical and pharmaceutical industries
Food and beverage industries
Power generation and utility
The MAG 5000/6000 are transmitters with a build-in alphanumeric display in several languages. The transmitters evaluate
the signals from the associated electromagnetic sensors and
also fulfil the task of a power supply unit which provides the
magnet coils with a constant current.
Further information on connection, mode of operation and installation can be found in the data sheets for the sensors.
Operation of the transmitter can be carried out using:
Control and display unit
HART communicator
PC/laptop and SIMATIC PDM software via HART communication
PC/laptop and SIMATIC PDM software using PROFIBUS or
Modbus communication
Transmitter
min. 230
PC/
laptop
Operating and
display panel
HARTCommunicator
Coupling
module
RS 232
HART communication
PROFIBUS DP
Master
PROFIBUS PA
+
Coupler with
power supply
T
Bus
term.
.......
Transmitter with
PROFIBUS PA interface
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/33
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Mode of operation and design
Measuring principle
Empty pipe
Excitation frequency
Electrode input impedance
Electromagnetic with pulsed constant field

Detection of empty pipe (special
cable required in remote mounted
installation)
Depend on sensor size
> 1 x 1014
Input
Digital input
Activation time
Current
11 ... 30 V DC, Ri = 4.4 K

50 ms
I11 V DC = 2.5 mA, I30 V DC = 7 mA
Output
Current output
Signal range
Load
Time constant
Digital output
Frequency
Pulse (active)
Pulse (passive)
Time constant
Relay output
Time constant
0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA
< 800
0.1 30 s, adjustable
0 ... 10 kHz, 50 % duty cycle
(uni/bidirectional)
24 V DC, 30 mA,
1 K Ri 10 K, short-circuitprotected (power supplied from
flowmeter)
3 30 V DC, max. 110 mA,
200 Ri 10 K (powered
from connected equipment)
Load
Changeover relay, same as current output

42 V AC/2 A, 24 V DC/1 A
Low flow cut off
0 ... 9.9 % of maximum flow
Galvanic isolation
All inputs and outputs are galvanically isolated.
Display and keypad

Totalizer
Display
Time constant
Design
Enclosure material
Compact version
19" insert
Back of panel
Panel mounting
Wall mounting
0.4 % 1 mm/s
MAG 6000
0.2 % 1 mm/s
See dimensional drawings
19 insert
Weight
Compact version
0.75 kg (2 lb)
19 insert
Power supply
115 ... 230 V AC +10 % -15 %,

50 ... 60 Hz
11 ... 30 V DC or 11 ... 24 V AC
Power consumption
230 V AC: 17 VA
24 V AC: 9 VA, IN = 380 mA,
IST = 8 A (30 ms)
12 V DC: 11 W, IN = 920 mA,
IST = 4 A (250 ms)
24 V DC: 8.4 VA, IN = 350 mA,
IST = 4 A (10 ms)
IST= 4 A (250 ms):
For solar panel please secure
stable current supply
CE, C-UL general purpose,

C-tick; FM Class I, Div 2, CSA
Class I, Div 2
Cold water: MI-001, PTB/OIML
R 49 (pattern approval DE/DK)
Hot water: PTB and DANAK
(MAG 6000 CT)
Chilled water: PTB K 7.2;
OE12/C 040
Other media than water (milk,
beer etc.): PTB and DANAK
OIML R 117 (pattern approval
DE/DK) (MAG 6000 CT)
Ambient temperature
Display version:
-20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Blind version:
-20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
MI-001 version
-25 ... +55 C (-13 ... +131 F)
Custody transfer approval

(MAG 5000/6000 CT)
Custody Transfer (CT) version

-20 ... +50 C (-4 ... +122 F)
Storage
-40 ... +70 C (-40 ... +158 F)
Mechanical load (vibration)

Compact version
19 insert
18 ... 1000 Hz, 3.17 g RMS,

sinusoidal in all directions to
IEC 68-2-36
1 ... 800 Hz, 1 g, sinusoidal in all
directions to IEC 68-2-36
Compact version
19 insert
EMC performance
3/34
Siemens FI 01 2015
IP67/NEMA 4X/6 to IEC 529 and

DIN 40050 (1 mH2O 30 min.)
IP20/NEMA 1 to IEC 529 and
DIN 40050
IEC/EN 61326-1 (all environments)
IEC/EN 61326-2-5
Fiber glass reinforced polyamide;

stainless steel AISI 316/1.4436
(IP65)
Standard 19 insert of aluminum/steel (DIN 41494), width:
21 TE, height: 3 HE
IP20/NEMA 1; Aluminum
IP20/NEMA 1 (prepared for
IP65/NEMA 2 display side);
ABS plastic
IP66/NEMA 4X; ABS plastic
Dimensions
Rated operation conditions

Operation
Background illumination with

alphanumeric text, 3 x 20 characters to indicate flow rate, totalized
values, settings and faults;
Reverse flow indicated by negative sign
Time constant as current output
time constant
Compact version
Max. measuring error (incl. sensor and zero point)

MAG 5000
Two eight-digit counters for forward, net or reverse flow
Communication
Standard
MAG 5000
MAG 6000
Optional (MAG 6000 only)
MAG 5000/6000 CT
Without serial communication or

HART as option
Prepared for client-mounted addon modules
HART, Modbus RTU/RS 485,
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS PA,
PROFIBUS DP as add-on modules
No communication moduls
approved
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Safety barrier (e/ia)
Application
For use with MAG 5000/6000 19 and MAG 1100 Ex ATEX/MAG 3100 Ex ATEX
Ex approval
MAG 1100 Ex [EEx e ia] IIB ATEX

MAG 3100 Ex [EEx e ia] IIC ATEX
Cable parameter
Group
Capacity in F
Inductance in mH
Electrode
IIC
4.1
80
IIB
45
87
IIA
45
87
Ambient temperature
During operation
-20 ... +50 C (-4 ... +122 F)
During storage
-20 ... +70 C (-4 ... +158 F)
Enclosure
Material
Standard 19 insert in aluminum/steel (DIN 41494)
Width
21 TE (4.75)
Height
3 HE (5.25)
Rating
IP20 / NEMA 1 to EN 60529
Mechanical load
1 g, 1 800 Hz sinusoidal in all directions to EN 60068-2-36
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/35
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M

Transmitter MAG 6000

Article No.
Description
Transmitter MAG 5000 Blind
for compact and wall mounting; IP67/NEMA 4X/6, fibre
glass reinforced polyamide
11 ... 30 V DC/
11 ... 24 V AC
Description
Article No.
Transmitter MAG 6000 Blind

7ME69101AA30-0AA0
11 ... 30 V DC/
11 ... 24 V AC
7ME69201AA30-0AA0
115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME69101AA10-0AA0
115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME69201AA10-0AA0
Transmitter MAG 5000 Display for compact and wall

mounting;
IP67/NEMA 4X/6, fibre glass
reinforced polyamide

11 ... 30 V DC/
11 ... 24 V AC
7ME69101AA30-1AA0
115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME69101AA10-1AA0

115 ... 230 V AC,
50/60 Hz, with HART
7ME69101AA10-1BA0
Transmitter MAG 5000 CT

for compact and wall mounting, approved for custody
transfer (only with approval
marks, no verification only
a complete flowmeter can
be verified, i.e. sensor
together with the transmitter);
11 ... 30 V DC/
11 ... 24 V AC
7ME69101AA30-1AB0
115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
7ME69101AA10-1AB0
Transmitter MAG 5000 for

19 rack and wall mounting
11 ... 30 V DC/
11 ... 24 V AC
7ME69102CA30-1AA0
115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME69102CA10-1AA0

11 ... 30 V DC/
11 ... 24 V AC
7ME69201AA30-1AA0
115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME69201AA10-1AA0

compact and wall mounting;
IP65/NEMA 4, stainless
steel AISI 316/1.4436 (only
for sensor with SS terminal
box) (for remote installation
order SS terminal box separately)
11 ... 30 V DC/
11 ... 24 V AC
7ME69201QA30-1AA0
115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
7ME69201QA10-1AA0
Transmitter MAG 6000 CT

for compact and wall mounting, approved for custody
transfer (no communication
modules possible; only with
approval marks, no verification only a complete flowmeter can be verified, i.e.
sensor together with the
transmitter);
11 ... 30 V DC/
11 ... 24 V AC
7ME69201AA30-1AB0
115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
7ME69201AA10-1AB0
Transmitter MAG 6000 SV

for compact and wall mounting; special excitation 44 Hz
settings for Batch application DN 25/1
11 ... 30 V DC/
11 ... 24 V AC
7ME69201AB30-1AA0
115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
7ME69201AB10-1AA0

19 rack and wall mounting
11 ... 30 V DC/
11 ... 24 V AC
7ME69202CA30-1AA0
115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME69202CA10-1AA0
3/36
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Description
Article No.
Transmitter MAG 6000 SV

for 19 rack and wall mounting; special excitation 44 Hz
settings for Batch application DN 25/1
Operating instructions for SITRANS F add-on modules

Description
Article No.
HART
English
A5E03089708
PROFIBUS PA/DP
11 ... 30 V DC/
11 ... 24 V AC
7ME69202CB30-1AA0
115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
7ME69202CB10-1AA0
MAG 6000 with

IP66/NEMA 4X enclosure;
115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz;
cable gland PG13.5
7ME69202EA10-1AA0
English
A5E00726137
German
A5E01026429
Modbus
English
A5E00753974
German
A5E03089262
Spanish
A5E03089278
French
A5E03089265
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
MAG 6000 with safety barrier for Ex-approved sensors, complete mounted
with IP66/NEMA 4X wall
mounting enclosure, ATEX,
115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz;
cable gland PG13.5
For ATEX 2G D sensors
A5E02318728
German
A5E02488856
Spanish
A5E02512177
French
A5E02512169
DeviceNet
7ME69202MA11-1AA0
English
A5E03089720
This device is shipped with a Quick Start guide and a CD containing further SITRANS F literature.
MAG 6000 SV, 19 insert, in

IP66/NEMA 4X , ABS plastic enclosure, excitation frequency 44 Hz for Batch
application DN 25/1;
cable gland PG13.5
Accessories for MAG 5000 and MAG 6000

Description
11 30 V DC,
11 24 V AC, 50/60 Hz
7ME69202EB30-1AA0
115 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
7ME69202EB10-1AA0

Operating instructions for SITRANS F M MAG 5000/6000

Description
English
Article No.
Wall mounting unit for IP67/

NEMA 4X/6 version, wall
bracket, terminal box in
polyamide1)
4 x M20 cable glands
FDK:085U1018
4 x NPT cable glands
FDK:085U1053
Sun lid for MAG 5000/6000

transmitter (Frame and lid)
A5E02328485
Article No.
For SITRANS F M
MAG 5000/6000 IP67
English
A5E02338368
German
A5E02944982
Spanish
A5E02944995
Cable for standard electrode

or coil, 3 x 1.5 mm / 18 gage
with shield PVC;
Temperature range:
-30 ... +70 C (-22 ... +158 F)
French
A5E02944990
10 m (33 ft)
FDK:083F0121
20 m (65 ft)
FDK:083F0210
40 m (130 ft)
FDK:083F0211
60 m (200 ft)
FDK:083F0212
For SITRANS F M
MAG 5000/6000 19"
English
A5E02082880
100 m (330 ft)
FDK:083F0213
FDK:083F3052
All literature is also available for free at:

http://www.siemens.com/flowdocumentation
150 m (500 ft)

200 m (650 ft)
FDK:083F3053
500 m (1650 ft)
FDK:083F3054
Communication modules for MAG 6000

Description
HART (not for MAG 6000 I)
Article No.
FDK:085U0226
Modbus RTU/RS 485
FDK:085U0234
PROFIBUS PA Profile 3
FDK:085U0236
PROFIBUS DP Profile 3
FDK:085U0237
DeviceNet
FDK:085U0229

1)
For stainless steel wall mounting kit, order:

- M20: FDK:085U1018 and A5E00836867
- NPT: FDK:085U1053 and A5E00836868
A5E02054250
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/37
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Article No.
Description
Electrode cable for empty
pipe or low conductivity1),
double shielded,
3 x 0.25 mm.
Temperature range :
-30 ... +70 C (-22 ... +158 F)
10 m (33 ft)
FDK:083F3020
20 m (65 ft)
FDK:083F3095
40 m (130 ft)
FDK:083F3094
60 m (200 ft)
FDK:083F3093
100 m (330 ft)
FDK:083F3092
150 m (500 ft)
FDK:083F3056
200 m (650 ft)
FDK:083F3057
500 m (1650 ft)
FDK:083F3058
Low-noise electrode coax

cable for low conductivity
and high vibration levels of
cables, 3 x 0.13 mm2
2 m (6.6 ft)
A5E02272692
5 m (16.5 ft)
A5E02272723
10 m (33 ft)
A5E02272730
Cable kit with standard coil

cable1), 3 x 1.5 mm/18 gage
with shield PVC and electrode cable double shielded,
3 x 0.25 mm
Temperature range:
-30 ... +70 C (-22 ... +158 F)
5 m (16.5 ft)
A5E02296329
10 m (33 ft)
A5E01181647
15 m (49 ft)
A5E02296464
20 m (65 ft)
A5E01181656
25 m (82 ft)
A5E02296490
30 m (98 ft)
A5E02296494
40 m (130 ft)
A5E01181686
50 m (164 ft)
A5E02296498
60 m (200 ft)
A5E01181689
100 m (330 ft)
A5E01181691
150 m (500 ft)
A5E01181699
200 m (650 ft)
A5E01181703
500 m (1650 ft)
A5E01181705
Potting kit for terminal box of FDK:085U0220

flow sensors for IP68/NEMA
6P
19 safety barrier (21 TE)1)
[EEx e ia] IIC for MAG 1100
Ex sensors and MAG 3100
Ex sensors 12 ... 24 V, 115 ...
230 V, incl. back plate
(A5E02559810)
FDK:083F5034
Panel mounting enclosure

for 19 insert (21 TE);
IP65/NEMA 2 enclosure in
ABS plastic for front panel
mounting
FDK:083F5030
Panel mounting enclosure

for 19 insert (42 TE);
mounting
FDK:083F5031
3/38
Siemens FI 01 2015
Description
Article No.
Back of panel mounting

enclosure for 19 insert
(21 TE); IP20/NEMA 1 enclosure in aluminum
FDK:083F5032

FDK:083F5033
IP66/NEMA 4X, wall mounting enclosure for 19 inserts

(without back plates). Use
with PCB A5E02559813 or
A5E02559814. Cable
glands (FDK:083G0288) not
included
21 TE
FDK:083F5037
42 TE
FDK:083F5038
Front cover (7TE) for panel

mounting enclosure
FDK:083F4525
Sun shield for remote

MAG 5000/6000 transmitters
A5E01209496
Sun Shield for compact

MAG 5000/6000 transmitters on MAG 3100
(DN 15 ... 2000 (" ... 78") or
MAG 5100 W
(DN 150 ... 1200 (6" ... 48")
A5E01209500

1)
Special cables cannot be used with 19" safety barrier
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Spare parts
Description
Article No.
Connection board
(for polyamide terminalbox)
Description
Article No.
Cable glands, for above

cable, 4 pcs.
12 ... 24 V
A5E02559817
M20
A5E00822490
115 ... 230 V
A5E02559816
NPT
A5E00822501
Connection board
(for stainless steel terminalbox)
12 ... 24 V
A5E02604280
115 ... 230 V
A5E02604272
A5E02559809
Connection board for

transmitter ia and safety
barrier
A5E02559810

transmitter ia/ib and safety
barrier (only for sensors
produced before October
2007)
A5E02559811

transmitter and cleaning
unit
FDK:083F4123
SENSORPROM memory
unit
(Sensor code and serial
numbers must be specified
on order)
- 1 pc.
FDK:085U1005
- 10 pcs.
FDK:083F5052
FDK:085U0221
M20
M20
FDK:085U1050
" NPT
FDK:085U1052
Terminal box lid, in polyamide
FDK:085U1003
Terminal box, in stainless

steel, inclusive lid, terminal
blocks, gasket and screws,
for MAG 6000 in stainless
steel and for all Ex sensors,
M20
A5E00836867
" NPT
A5E00836868
Terminal box (3A) for

MAG 1100 F in polyamide,
inclusive lid, terminal
blocks, gasket and screws
M20
A5E00822478
" NPT
A5E00822479
PCB for standard

transmitter
A5E02559813
PCB for transmitter ia/e

and safety barrier
A5E02559814
PCB for transmitter ia/ib

and safety barrier
(7ME6130, 7ME6150 and
7ME6330)
A5E02559812
PCB for transmitter and

cleaning unit
A5E02559815
FDK:085U1008
Display unit
for MAG 5000/6000
Black neutral front
Sealing screws for sensor/

transmitter, 2 pcs
NPT
Wall unit enclosure IP66,

12 ... 24 V, 115 ... 230 V
2 kB
(for MAG 5000/6000/
MAG 6000 I)
250 B
(for MAG 2500/3000)
FDK:083G0228
Terminal box, in polyamide,

inclusive lid, terminal
blocks, gasket and screws
19 enclosure, 12 ... 24 V,
115 ... 230 V
Connection board for standard 19 transmitter
PG 13.5, 2 pcs.
FDK:085U1038
Siemens front
FDK:085U1039
HW key
On request

Siemens FI 01 2015
3/39
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Transmitter IP67/NEMA 4X/6 compact polyamide
71 (2.80)
6 (0.24)
71 (2.80)
178 (7.01)
8 (0.31)
12 (0.47)
8 (0.31)
30 (1.18)
13 (0.51)
155 (6.10)
Transmitter compact mounted, dimensions in mm (inch)
240 (9.45)
155 (6.10)
102 (4.02)
131 (5.16)
13 (0.51)
155 (6.10)
50 (2.0)
170 (6.70)
Transmitter wall mounted, dimensions in mm (inch)
Transmitter, 19 IP20/NEMA 1 standard unit

14 (0.6)
106 (4.17)
175 (6.89)
91 (3.58)
168 (6.61)
122 (4.80)
128 (5.04)
193 (7.60)
2.8 (0.11)
Weight incl. back print 0.8 kg (1.8 lbs)
Dimensions in mm (inch)
3/40
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Transmitter, wall mounting IP66/NEMA 4X, 21 TE
235 (9.25)
22 (0.86)
13 (0.51)
90 (3.54)
90 (3.54)
146 (5.75)
120 (4.72)
13 (0.51)
210 (8.27)
Weight excl. transmitter: 2.3 kg (5.0 lbs)
192 (7.56)
13 (0.51)
Transmitter, wall mounting IP66/NEMA 4X, 42 TE
235 (9.25)
13 (0.51)
22 (0.87)
90 (3.54)
90 (3.54)
146 (5.75)
120 (4.72)
357 (14.05)
339 (13.35)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/41
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Transmitter, panel front IP20/NEMA 1, 21 TE
144 (5.67)
197 (7.75)
198 (7.80)
50 (1.97)
140 (5.51)
184 (7.24)

185 (7.28)
Transmitter, panel front IP20/NEMA 1, 42 TE
144 (5.67)
294 (1.57)
198 (7.80)
140 (5.51)
281 (1.06)

282 (1.10)
3/42
Siemens FI 01 2015
50 (1.97)
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Transmitter, back of panel IP20/NEMA 1, 21 TE
163 (6.42)
144 (5.67)
218 (8.58)
57 (2.24)
132 (5.20)
117 (4.61)
Weight: 0.7 kg (1.6 lbs)
218 (8.58)
132 (5.20)
57 (2.24)
269 (10.59)
253 (9.96)
223 (8.87)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/43
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Schematics
Grounding
PE must be connected due to safety class 1 power supply.
Mechanical counters
When mounting a mechanical counter to terminals 57 and 58

(active output), a 1000 F capacitor must be connected to the
terminals 56 and 58. Capacitor + is connected to terminal 56
and capacitor - to terminal 58.
Output cables
If the output cable length is long in noisy environment, we
recommend to use shielded cable.
Power supply
Transmitter
115 ... 230 V AC
11 ... 30 V DC/11 ... 24 V AC
L1
PE
Outputs
PE
Current output
(Powered from transmitter)
31
32
0/4 - 20 mA
Load 800
Passive output
(External powered)
56
57
58
Digital output
Vx 3 ... 30 V
max. 110 mA
Menu setup
PLC-Digital input
Active output
24 V max. 30 mA
Counter or PLC-Digital input
56
57
58
Negative:
Positive:
R = Pull up/down resistor

1... 10 K may be
required - depending on
Cables/Input resistance
Relay output
44
45
46
NO
Relay
24 V DC/1 A
42 V AC/2 A
NC
Common
Digital input
77
78
11 ... 30 V DC
Input
91 92 93 94 95 96 97
Sensor
Reserved for communication modules
Sensor connection
1)
81
82
0
83
84
Electrode cable
81
82
0
83
84
Coil cable
85
86
85
86
Shield
1) Note:
Special cable with individual wire shields (shown as dotted lines) are only required
when using empty pipe function or long cables.
3/44
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Transmitter MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex
Overview
Limit switches and pulse output

Batch control
The MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex is a microprocessor-based transmitter with a build-in alphanumeric display in several languages.
The transmitters evaluate the signals from the associated electromagnetic sensors and also fulfil the task of a power supply
unit which provides the magnet coils with a constant current.
Displays and keypads
Keypad and display unit
HART communicator
PC/laptop and SIMATIC PDM software using PROFIBUS or
Modbus communication
The SITRANS F M MAG 6000 I/MAG 6000 I Ex transmitter is designed for the demands in the process industry. The robust die
cast aluminum housing provides superb protection, even in the
most harsh industrial environments. Full input and output functionality is given even in the Ex version.
Benefits
Full range of Ex-rated flowmeters with intrinsically safe rated
input and outputs
For compact or remote installation
HART, FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS PA
and DP, Modbus RTU/RS 485 add-on communication modules available
Digital signal processing with many possibilities
Automatic reading of SENSORPROM data for easy commissioning
User configurable operation menu with password protection
- 3 lines, 20 characters display in 11 languages
- Flow rate in various units
- Totalizer for forward, reverse and net flow as well as much
more information available.
Multiple functional outputs for process control, minimum configuration with analogue, pulse/frequency and relay output
(status, flow direction, limits)
logging
Batch control
MAG 6000 I NAMUR: compliant with NAMUR NE 21, NE 32,
NE 43, NE 53 and NE 70
Design
The transmitter is designed for either compact or remote installation in non-hazardous or hazardous areas (compact mounted
transmitter to be ordered together with the sensors).
Function
The following functions are available:
Flow rate
2 measuring ranges
2 totalizers
Low flow cut-off
Flow direction
Error system
Operating time
Uni-/bidirectional flow
Measuring principle
Electromagnetic with pulsed constant field
Empty pipe
Detection of empty pipe (special

cable required in remote mounted
installation)
Depend on sensor size
Electrode input impedance
> 1 x 1014
Input
Digital input
11 ... 30 V DC, Ri = 4.4 k
Activation time
50 ms
Current
I11 V DC = 2.5 mA, I30 V DC = 7 mA
Output
Current output
Signal range
4 ... 20 mA (active/ passive)
Load
< 560
Time constant
Digital output
Frequency
0 10 kHz, 50 % duty cycle

(uni-/bidirectional)
Time constant
Pulse (passive)
3 30 V DC, max 110 mA

(30 mA Ex version),
200 Ri 10 k (powered from
connected equipment)
Time constant
Relay output
Time constant
Changeover relay, same as current output
Load
42 V AC/2 A, 24 V DC/1 A
Low flow cut off
0 9.9 % of maximum flow
Galvanic isolation
All inputs and outputs are

galvanic isolated
Max. measuring error

(incl. sensor)
0.2 % 1 mm/s
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/45
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Cable entries
Remote installation
Ambient temperature
MAG 6000 I
2 x M25 (for supply/output) and

2 x M16 (for sensor connection) or
2 x " NPT (for supply/output) and
2 x M16 (for sensor connection)
MAG 6000 I Ex ATEX 2G D
2 x M20 (for supply/output) and

2 x M16 (for sensor connection)
Operation
- MAG 6000 I
-20 +60 C (-4 +140 F)
- MAG 6000 I Ex
-20 +60 C (14 140 F)
Storage
-40 +70 C (-40 +158 F)
Mechanical load
18 ... 1000 Hz random in x, y, z,

directions for 2 hours according
to EN 60068-2-36
Transmitter: 1.14 g RMS
IP67/NEMA 4X to IEC 529 and

DIN 40050 (1 mH2O 30 min.)
EMC performance
IEC/EN 61326-1 (all environments)

IEC/EN 61326-2-5
NAMUR NE 21
Display and keypad

Totalizer
Two eight-digit counters for

forward, net or reverse flow
Display

alphanumeric text, 3 x 20 characters to indicate flow rate, totalized
values, settings and faults;
Keypad
Capacitive touch keypad with

LED light for feedback indication
Time constant
Time constant as current output

time constant
Design
Enclosure material
Die cast aluminum, with corrosion

resistant Basic Polyester powder
coating (min. 60 m)
Wall mounting
Wall mounting bracket enclosed

for remote version
Dimensions
Weight
Power supply
Standard transmitter:
18 ... 90 V DC;
115 ... 230 V AC +10 %/-15 %;
50 ... 60 Hz
Ex transmitter: 18 ... 30 V DC
Ex transmitter: 115 ... 230 V AC;
50 ... 60 Hz
Ex transmitter NAMUR:
18 ... 30 V DC;
115 ... 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
Power consumption
230 V AC: 20 VA
24 V DC: 9.6 W, IN = 0.4 A,
IST = 1 A (3 ms)

MAG 6000 I
CE
C-tick
FM Class I, Div 2
FM Class I, Zone 2
CSA Class I, Div 2
MAG 6000 I Ex
IEC Ex de [ia] [ib] ia IIC T6 Gb

Ex tDa 21 IP67
ATEX II 2(1)(2) GD EEx de [ia] ia
[ib] IIC T6
FM Class I, Div 11)
FM Class I, Zone 1
Communication
Standard versions
HART, Modbus RTU/RS 485,

FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS PA, PROFIBUS DP add-on modules
Ex versions
HART, PROFIBUS PA,
1)
Applicable for: Compact mounted MAG 6000 I Ex on MAG 3100

(sizes DN 15 ... DN 300 (" ... 12"))
Article No.
SITRANS F M Transmitter MAG 6000 I/Ex

Remote with standard wall mounting bracket, local
display, die cast aluminum
7 ME 6 9 3 0 -
Supply voltage
Standard transmitter:
18 ... 90 V DC; 115 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
Standard transmitter (NAMUR):
18 ... 30 V DC; 115 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
Ex transmitter: 18 ... 30 V DC
Ex transmitter: 115 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
Ex transmitter (NAMUR):
18 ... 30 V DC; 115 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
Siemens FI 01 2015
Communication
None
HART
PROFIBUS DP Profile 3 (not for Ex version)
Modbus RTU/RS 485 (not for Ex version)
Cable gland entries
Metric
" NPT
2
3
Ex approval
Standard sensor: FM Class I, Div 2, CSA Class I,
Div 2
Ex sensor: Hazardous area (ATEX 2 GD;
FM Class I, Zone 1; CSA Class I, Zone 1)
4
5
6
0
2
A
B
F
G
E
J
0
2

Order code

Further design
Please add -Z to Article No. and specify Order
Tag name plate, stainless steel fixed with SS wire
(add plain text)
Y17
Tag name plate, plastic (self adhesive)
Y18
Other, post-production requirements (add plain text)
Y99
Operating instructions for SITRANS F M MAG 6000 I

Description
Article No.
English
A5E02083319
German
A5E02210835
French
A5E02342413
This device is shipped with a Quick Start guide and a CD containing

further SITRANS F literature.
3/46
2 B A77 - 1 7 A 7
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Communication modules for MAG 6000 I
(All standard outputs can still be used)
Article No.
Description
HART (only for MAG 6000 I/Ex) FDK:085U0321

Modbus RTU/RS 4851)
FDK:085U0234
FDK:085U0236
PROFIBUS DP Profile
31)
DeviceNet1)
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H11)
FDK:085U0237
FDK:085U0229
A5E02054250

1)
Not for Ex versions
Cable kit with standard coil

cable, 3 x 1.5 mm/18 gage
with shield PVC and electrode cable double shielded,
3 x 0.25 mm
5 m (16.5 ft)
A5E02296329
10 m (33 ft)
A5E01181647
15 m (49 ft)
A5E02296464
20 m (65 ft)
A5E01181656
25 m (82 ft)
A5E02296490
30 m (98 ft)
A5E02296494
40 m (130 ft)
A5E01181686
50 m (164 ft)
A5E02296498
60 m (200 ft)
A5E01181689
100 m (330 ft)
A5E01181691
Description
Article No.
150 m (500 ft)
A5E01181699
HART, English
A5E03089708
200 m (650 ft)
A5E01181703
500 m (1650 ft)
A5E01181705
PROFIBUS PA/DP
English
German
A5E00726137
A5E01026429
Modbus
English
German
Spanish
French
A5E00753974
A5E03089262
A5E03089278
A5E03089265
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
English
German
Spanish
French
A5E02318728
A5E02488856
A5E02512177
A5E02512169
DeviceNet, English
A5E03089720
Low noise electrode coax

cable for low conductivity
and high vibration levels of
cables, 3 x 0.13 mm2
2 m (6.6 ft)
A5E02272692
5 m (16.5 ft)
A5E02272723
10 m (33 ft)
A5E02272730

Spare parts
Description
Article No.
MAG 6000 I Display
FDK:085U3122
Accessory bag including

cable gland inserts coil and
electrode connectors
FDK:085U3144

Accessories MAG 6000 I/MAG 6000 I Ex

Description
Article No.
Cable for standard electrode

or coil, 3 x 1.5 mm/
18 gage with shield PVC.
Temperature range:
-30 ... +70 C (-22 ... +158 F)
10 m (33 ft)
FDK:083F0121
20 m (65 ft)
FDK:083F0210
40 m (130 ft)
FDK:083F0211
60 m (200 ft)
FDK:083F0212
100 m (330 ft)
FDK:083F0213
150 m (500 ft)
FDK:083F3052
200 m (650 ft)
FDK:083F3053
500 m (1650 ft)
FDK:083F3054
Electrode cable for empty

pipe or low conductivity, double shielded, 3 x 0.25 mm
Temperature range:
-30 ... +70 C (-22 ... +158 F)
10 m (33 ft)
FDK:083F3020
20 m (65 ft)
FDK:083F3095
40 m (130 ft)
FDK:083F3094
60 m (200 ft)
FDK:083F3093
100 m (330 ft)
FDK:083F3092
150 m (500 ft)
FDK:083F3056
200 m (650 ft)
FDK:083F3057
500 m (1650 ft)
FDK:083F3058
Electronics cover with Ex glass 7ME5933plate. Die cast aluminum, with 0AC01
corrosion-resistant Basic Polyester powder coating (min.
60 m).
Cover for connection board

7ME5933incl. gasket (for remote ver0AC02
sion). Die cast aluminum, with
corrosion-resistant Basic Polyester powder coating (min.
60 m).
Cover for mains supply/communication. Die cast aluminum, with corrosion-resistant
Basic Polyester powder coating (min. 60 m).
7ME59330AC03
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/47
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Description
Article No.
Safety clamp
7ME59330AC06
98.5 (3.88)
205 (8.07)
248 (9.76)
153 (6.08)
33.5 (1.32)
250 (9.84)
Standard wall mounting bracket. 7ME5933Steel AISI 316L/EN10088-20AC04

1.4404
220 (8.66)
100 (3.94)
Wall-/pipe mounting bracket kit, 7ME5933BI 2.5 DIN59382 X6Cr17

0AC05
80 (3.15)
Dimensions in mm (inch), weight: 6 kg (13.5 lb)
Complete spare part PCB unit

Description
Article No.
MAG 6000 I PCBA (not for Ex) FDK:085U3123

MAG 6000 I std. (NAMUR),
A5E31426892
18 ... 30 V DC; 115 ... 230 V AC
Spare PCBA unit
A5E314268771)
MAG 6000 I Ex (NAMUR),
18 ... 30 V DC; 115 ... 230 V AC
Spare PCBA unit for use with Ex
sensors with increased safety e
(For Ex sensors: 7ME6110,
7ME6120, 7ME6140,
7ME6310, 7ME6320,
7ME6340) (For 7ME6330 >
DN300)
1)
Ex spare parts may only be exchanged by Siemens Ex Authorized

personnel.
Please use online Product selector to get latest updates.

Product selector link:
www.pia-selector.automation.siemens.com
3/48
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Schematics
Power supply
Transmitter
L1
N
PE
Ex 18 - 30 V DC
Ex 115 - 230 V AC
Non Ex 18-90 V DC/ 115-230 V DC
Outputs
Current
Active
Factory setting non Ex
Passive
(External powered)
Factory setting Ex
4-20 mA
Load 560
31
32
0/4-20 mA
Load 560
Digital
56
57
Vx 3-30 V max. 110 mA
+
-
+
y
PLC-Digital Input
Negativ:
Menu setup:
Positiv: ydGwGVkGGXTXWGr
GGTG
GVpGU
Relay
44
uv
45
uj
46
kG
77 78
y
Y[G}GkjVXGh
[YG}GhjVYGh
XXTZWG}Gkj p
Bus communication
91 92 93 94 95 96 97
z
Sensor connection (remote transmitter)
81
Electrode cable
_X
_Y
82
0
83
84
_Z
_[
Coil cable
85
_\
86
_]
wl
UG[GY OGlGP
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/49
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Flow sensor MAG 1100 and MAG 1100 HT
Overview
Mode of operation
The flow measuring principle is based on Faradays law of electromagnetic induction according to which the sensor converts
the flow into an electrical voltage proportional to the velocity of
the flow.
Integration
The complete flowmeter consists of a flow sensor and an associated transmitter SITRANS F M MAG 5000, 6000 or 6000 I. The
flexible communication concept USM II simplifies integration
and update to a variety of fieldbus systems such as HART,
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP and PA,
Modbus RTU/RS 485.
The SITRANS F M MAG 1100 is an electromagnetic flow sensor

in a compact wafer design designed for flow applications in the
process industry.
Benefits
Sensor sizes: DN 2 to 100 (1/12 to 4)
Compact wafer design meets EN 1092, DIN and ANSI flange
standards
Corrosion resistant AISI 316 stainless steel sensor housing
Highly resistant liner and electrodes fitting most extreme process media
Temperature rating up to 200 C (392 F)
Hose proof IP67/NEMA 4X enclosure rating
Designed that patented in-situ verification can be conducted.
Using SENSORPROM fingerprints.
Application
The main applications of the SITRANS F M electromagnetic flow
sensors can be found in the following fields:
Process industry
Chemical industry
Water treatment like e.g. chemical dosing
Design
Compact or remote mounting possible

Easy "plug & play" field changeability of transmitter
Simple on site upgrade to IP68/NEMA 6P terminal box
Ex ATEX 2G D version
FM Class I, Div 2
3/50
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Version
MAG 1100
MAG 1100 HT (High temperature)
Measuring principle
Electromagnetic induction
(Mains supply: 50 Hz/60 Hz)
DN 2 ... 65 (1/12 2): 12.5 Hz/15 Hz

DN 80, 100 (3, 4): 6.25 Hz/7.5 Hz
DN 15 ... 50 ( 2): 12.5 Hz/15 Hz

DN 80, 100 (3, 4): 6.25 Hz/7.5 Hz
MAG 1100 (Ceramic)
DN 2 DN 100 (1/12" 4")
DN 15 DN 100 ( 4")
MAG 1100 (PFA)
DN 10 DN 100 (3/8" 4")
Mating flanges
EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501), ANSI B 16.5 class 150 and 300 EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501), ANSI B 16.5 class 150 and 300
or equivalent
or equivalent
Option:
DN 2 ... 10 (1/12 ... 3/8):
G / NPT pipe connection adapters
Process connection
Nominal size
Rated operating conditions

Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature1)
Standard sensor
-40 +100 C (-40 +212 F)
-40 +100 C (-40 +212 F)
Ex sensor
-20 +60 C (-4 +140 F)
-20 +60 C (-4 +140 F)
Compact transmitter
MAG 5000/60002)
-20 +60 C (-4 +140 F)
Compact transmitter MAG 6000 I -20 +60 C (-4 +140 F)

Compact transmitter
MAG 6000 I Ex
-20 +60 C (-4 140 F)
MAG 1100 (Ceramic)
-20 +150 C (-4 +302 F)
-20 +200 C (-4 +392 F)
MAG 1100 Ex (Ceramic)
-20 +150 C (-4 +302 F)
-20 +180 C (-4 +356 F)
MAG 1100 (PFA)
-30 +130 C (-22 +266 F)

Suitable for steam sterilization at 150 C (302 F)
Temperature shock
MAG 1100 (Ceramic)
- Duration 1 min, followed by
10 min rest
MAG 1100 (PFA)
DN 2, 3 (1/12, 1/8) No limitations

DN 6, 10, 15, 25: Max. T 80 C/min
(, 3/8, , 1: Max. T 144 F/min)
DN 40, 50, 65: Max. T 70 C/min
(1, 2, 2: Max. T 126 F/min)
DN 80, 100: Max. T 60 C/min
(3, 4: Max. T 108 F/min)
DN 15, 25: Max. T 80 C/min

(, 1: Max. T 144 F/min)
DN 40, 50: Max. T 70 C/min
(1, 2: Max. T 126 F/min)
DN 80, 100: Max. T 60 C/min
(3, 4: Max. T 108 F/min)
Max. 100 C (212 F) momentarily
Operating pressure
MAG 1100 (Ceramic)
DN 2 ... 65: 40 bar (1/12 2: 580 psi)

DN 80: 37.5 bar (3: 540 psi)
DN 100: 30 bar (4: 435 psi)
Vacuum: 1 x 10-6 barabs (1.5 x 10-5 psiabs)
DN 15 ... 50: 40 bar ( 2: 580 psi)

DN 80: 37.5 bar (3: 540 psi)
DN 100: 30 bar (4: 435 psi)
Vacuum: 1 x 10-6 barabs (1.5 x 10-5 psiabs)
MAG 1100 (PFA)
20 bar (290 psi)

Vacuum: 0.02 barabs (0.3 psiabs)
DN 80 ... DN 100: CO2 pressure max. 7 bar (101.5 psi)
18 ... 1000 Hz random in x, y, z, directions for 2 hours 18 ... 1000 Hz random in x, y z, directions for 2 hours
according to EN 60068-2-36
Sensor: 3.17 g RMS
Sensor: 3.17 g RMS
Sensor with compact MAG 5000/ 6000 mounted transmitter: 3.17 g RMS
Sensor with compact MAG 6000 I/ 6000 I Ex mounted
transmitter: 1.14 g RMS
For compact installation with the MAG 6000 I, transmitter to be supported to avoid tension on sensor part.
Enclosure rating (standard)
IP67 to EN 60529 (NEMA 4X), 1 mH2O for 30 min
IP67 to EN 60529 (NEMA 4X), 1 mH2O for 30 min
EMC
2004/108/EC
2004/108/EC
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/51
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Version
MAG 1100
MAG 1100 HT (High temperature)
Design
Weight
Enclosure
- MAG 1100
Stainless steel AISI 316L/1.4404
Terminal box
- Standard
- Option
Fibre glass reinforced polyamide (not for Ex)

Stainless steel AISI 316/1.4436
Stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301,

Number and size to EN 1092-1:2001
Stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301,

Number and size to EN 1092-1:2001
Material
Fixing studs
Gaskets
- Standard
- Option
EPDM (max. 150 C, PN 40 (max. 302 F, 600 psi))

Graphite (max. 200 C, PN 40 (max. 392 F, 600 psi))
Graphite (max. 200 C, PN 40 (max. 392 F, 600 psi))
PTFE (max. 130 C, PN 25 (max. 266 F, 300 psi))
Pipe connection adapters:

Stainless steel, AISI 316/1.4436
DN 2, 3, 6 and 10 (1/12, 1/8, Hastelloy C22/2.4602
and 3/8)
PVDF
Liner
MAG 1100 (Ceramic)
DN 2, 3 (1/12, 1/8): Zirconium oxide (ZrO2)

(ceramic)
DN 6 ... 100 ( ... 4): Aluminum oxide Al2O3
MAG 1100 (PFA)
Reinforced PFA (not for Ex)
DN 15 ... 100 ( ... 4): Aluminum oxide Al2O3
Electrodes
MAG 1100 (Ceramic)
DN10 ... 100 (3/8" ... 4") : Platinum with gold / Titanium Platinum with gold / Titanium brazing alloy
brazing alloy
DN 2 ... 6 (1/12 ... ): Platinium
MAG 1100 (PFA)
DN 10 ... 15 (3/8" ... "): Hastelloy C276/2.4819

DN 25 ... 100 (1" ... 4"): Hastelloy C22/2.4602
Cable entries
Remote installation 2 x M20 or 2 x " NPT

Compact installation
- MAG 5000/MAG 6000: 4 x M20 or 4 x NPT
- MAG 6000 I: 2 x M25 (for supply/output)
- MAG 6000 I Ex: 2 x M25 (for supply/output)
Remote installation 2 x M20 or 2 x NPT
Standard production calibration

(default), calibration report
shipped with sensor
Zero-point, 2 x 25 %, 2 x 90 %
Zero-point, 2 x 25 %, 2 x 90 %
Special calibration
5-point calibration: 20 %, 40 %, 60 %, 80 %, 100 % of

factory Qmax
10-point calibration: ascending and descending at
20 %, 40 %, 60 %, 80 %, 100 % of factory Qmax
Matched-pair calibration: default, 5-point or 10-point
Conforms to
PED 97/23/EC3) (Fluid group: Liquid of fluid group 1)

CRN (PFA)
PED 97/23/EC3)
CRN (PFA)
Material certificate EN 10204-3.1
Available when ordering together with meter4)
- Ex sensor or Compact with

MAG 6000 I Ex
ATEX 2G D sensor Ex de ia IIB T3 - T6
ATEX 2G D sensor Ex de ia IIB T3 - T6
- Sensor with/without
MAG 5000/6000 /6000 I
FM Class I, Div 2
FM Class I, Div 2

Calibration
Ex approvals
MAG 1100 (Ceramic)
MAG 1100 (PFA)

- Sensor with/without
MAG 5000/6000/6000 I
(MAG 5000/6000 CT)2)
FM Class I, Div 2
Cold water pattern approval PTB (Germany)
Other media than water pattern approval- OIML R 117
(Ceramic liner) (Denmark)
1)
Conditions are also dependent on liner characteristics
2)
With compact transmitter MAG 5000 CT/6000 CT -20 ... +50 C (-4 ... +122 F)
3) For further information on the PED standard and requirements, see page 9/6.
4) Has to be ordered with the meter. It is not possible to order the certificate afterwards.
For technical specification for transmitter - see transmitter pages.
3/52
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Article No.
Sensor SITRANS F M MAG 1100

EPDM gaskets included
7 ME 6 1 1 0 -
Additional information
7 7 0A 7 00 - 7 7 7 7

Special calibration
Diameter
DN 2 (1/12)
1D
DN 3 (1/8)
1H
DN 6 ()
1M
1)
1)
1)
DN 10 (3/8)
DN 15 ()
1R
1V
DN 25 (1)
DN 40 (1)
DN 50 (2)
2D
2R
2Y
DN 65 (2)
DN 80 (3)
DN 100 (4)
3F
3M
3T
Liner material
PFA - DN 10 ... 100 (3/8 ... 4) (not for Ex)
Ceramic
1
2
Electrode material
Hastelloy C (only with PFA liner)
Platinum (only with ceramic liner)
Transmitter
Standard sensor for remote transmitter
(order transmitter separately)
Ex sensor for remote transmitter
(order transmitter separately)
MAG 6000 I, Aluminum 18 ... 90 V DC,
115 ... 230 V AC
MAG 6000 I, Aluminum 18 ... 30 V DC, Ex
MAG 6000 I, Aluminum 115 ... 230 V AC, Ex
MAG 6000 Polyamide, 11 ... 30 V DC/
11 24 V AC
MAG 5000, Polyamide, 11 ... 30 V DC/
11 ... 24 V AC
5-point calibration1)
D01
D06
Default (2 x 25 % and 2 x 90 %) matched-pair

calibration
D11
5-point, matched-pair calibration1)
D15
D18
Customer-specific converter setup
Y20

(add plain text)
Y17
Y18
Material certificate according to EN 10204-3.1
C12
Factory certificate according to EN 10204-2.2
C14
C15
Sensor cables wired (specify cable Article No.)
Y40
Sensor for remote transmitter's junction box potted to

IP68 with wired cable (specify cable Article No.)
(not for Ex sensors)
Y41
Other postproduction requirements (add desired text)
Y99
Additional calibrations
1
2
A
Matched pair - (Standard production calibration

where sensor and transmitter is calibrated together)
On request3)
Customer-specified calibration up to 10 points
On request3)
Customer-witnessed calibration
Any of above calibration
On request3)
1)
2)
C
3)
D
E
H
A
B
F
Cable glands/terminal box

Metric: Polyamide terminal box or 6000 I compact
" NPT: Polyamide terminal box or 6000 I compact
Metric: SS terminal box (mandatory for stainless
steel MAG 6000 transmitter)
" NPT: SS terminal box (mandatory for stainless
20 %, 40 %, 60 %, 80 %, 100 % of factory Qmax

Ascending and descending at 20 %, 40 %, 60 %, 80 %, 100 % of factory
Qmax
Ordering On request as dedicated information from the customer on the
individual sensors is required. Please fill in the calibration form found on
http://www.automation.siemens.com/mcms/automation/en/sensor-systems/process-instrumentation/Pages/Default.aspx and send together with
the order. (Size dependent restriction on maximum flow rates may apply
Operating instructions for SITRANS F M MAG 1100
J
K
Communication
No communication, add-on possible
HART
(only MAG 6000/MAG 6000 I)
PROFIBUS DP Profile 3 (not for Ex)
Modbus RTU/RS 485 (not for Ex)
Order code
Description
Article No.
Handbook
English
A5E02435647
Accessories
,
Description
Potting kit for terminal box
of flow sensors for
IP68/NEMA 6P
1
2
3
Article No.
FDK:085U0220


1) Quick ship only in combination with Ceramic liner
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/53
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Article No.
Sensor SITRANS F M
MAG 1100 HT High Temperature
Ceramic liner, Platinum electrode,
Graphite gaskets included
7 ME 6 1 2 0 7 7 0A 2 00 - 2 7 A 7
Article No.
Handbook
English
A5E02435647
Description

Diameter
DN 15 ()
DN 25 (1)
DN 40 (1)
1V
2D
2R
DN 50 (2)
DN 80 (3)
DN 100 (4)
2Y
3M
3T
the customer's place. MAG 6000 I/MAG 6000 I Ex ATEX 2G D
transmitters and sensors are delivered compact mounted from
factory. Communication module will be premounted in the transmitter.
Transmitter
Standard sensor for remote transmitter (order transmitter separately)
Ex sensor for remote transmitter (order transmitter
separately)
Accessories
,
Description

Metric: SS terminal box
" NPT: SS terminal box

3
4
Article No.

flow sensors for IP68/
NEMA 6P
Order code

Special calibration
D01
D06
Default (2 x 25 % and 2 x 90 %) matched-pair calibration
D11
D15
D18
Y20

(add plain text)
Y17
Y18
C12
C14
C15
Y40

IP68 with wired cable (specify cable Article No.) (not
for Ex sensors)
Y41
Y99
On request3)
On request3)
On request3)
1)
2)
3)
20 %, 40 %, 60 %, 80 %, 100 % of factory Qmax

Qmax
http://pi.khe.siemens.de/index.aspx?Nr=17460 and send together with the
order. (Size dependent restriction on maximum flow rates may apply
3/54
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Accessories
for MAG 1100 sensor
Article No.
Pipe connection " external thread

For DN 2 ... 10 (1/12 ... 3/8) sensor,
material: SS 316
2 pipe connections, 2 EPDM gaskets,
12 pcs M4 x 12 screws
" G, ISO 7-1 tappered thread, SS 316
" NPT thread, SS 316
For DN 2 ... 10 (1/12 ... 3/8) sensor,
material: Hastelloy C
2 pipe connections, 2 PTFE gaskets,
12 pcs M4 x 14 screws
" G, ISO 7-1 tappered thread
" NPT thread
For DN 210 (1/123/8) sensor
2 PVDF pipe connections (Max. 70 C,
PN 8 bar/max 158 F, 116 PSI), 1 grounding
ring1), 1 earthing wire, 3 PTFE gaskets,
2 space rings, 6 pcs. M4 x 12 and 6 pcs.
M4 x 20 screws
G, ISO 7-1 tapered thread PVDF incl.
grounding ring Hastelloy C22/2.4602
NPT thread PVDF incl. grounding ring
Hastelloy C22/2.4602
FDK:083G0080
FDK:083G4330
FDK:083G4332
FDK:083G4331
A5E01018395
A5E01018400
EPDM gaskets
Material: EPDM; each set includes:
2 EPDM gaskets, 1 earthing wire, 1 M6 screw,
1 nut, 1 washer, 1 bolt earthing plate
DN 2 ... 10 (1/12 ... 3/8)
FDK:083G3116
DN 15 ()
FDK:083G3117
DN 25 (1)
FDK:083G3119
DN 40 (1)
DN 50 (2)
DN 65 (2)
FDK:083G3121
FDK:083G3122
FDK:083G3123
DN 80 (3)
DN 100 (4)
FDK:083G3124
FDK:083G3125
PTFE gaskets
Material: PTFE; each set includes:
2 gaskets, 2 earthing wires, 3 M6 screws
(DN 2 ... DN 10: 12 pcs M4 x 14)
DN 2 ... 10 (1/12 ... 3/8)
DN 15 ()
DN 25 (1)
FDK:083G0156
FDK:083G0157
FDK:083G0159
DN 40 (1)
DN 50 (2)
DN 65 (2)
FDK:083G0161
FDK:083G0162
FDK:083G0163
DN 80 (3)
DN 100 (4)
FDK:083G0164
FDK:083G0165
Graphite gaskets
Material: Graphite; conductive,
each set includes: 2 gaskets (conductive (can
also be used as grounding ring))
DN 2 ... 10 (1/12 ... 3/8)
FDK:083G0116
DN 15 ()
FDK:083G0117
DN 25 (1)
FDK:083G0119
DN 40 (1)
DN 50 (2)
DN 65 (2)
FDK:083G0121
FDK:083G0122
FDK:083G0123
DN 80 (3)
DN 100 (4)
FDK:083G0124
FDK:083G0125
Article No.
Accessories
for MAG 1100 sensor
Grounding ring SS
Material: AISI 316/1.4436;
each set includes: 1 grounding ring1), 3 PTFE
gaskets, 1 earth wire, 1 M6 screw
DN 2 ... 10 (1/12 ... 3/8)
FDK:083G0686
DN 15 ()
FDK:083G0687
DN 25 (1)
FDK:083G0689
DN 40 (1)
DN 50 (2)
DN 65 (2)
FDK:083G0691
FDK:083G0692
FDK:083G0693
DN 80 (3)
DN 100 (4)
FDK:083G0694
FDK:083G0695
Grounding ring (Hastelloy C)

Material: Hastelloy C22/2.4602;
each set includes:
1 grounding ring1), 3 PTFE gaskets, 1 earth
wire, 1 M6 screw
DN 2 ... 10 (1/12 ... 3/8)
DN 15 ()
DN 25 (1)
FDK:083G3256
FDK:083G3257
FDK:083G3259
DN 40 (1)
DN 50 (2)
DN 65 (2)
FDK:083G3261
FDK:083G3262
FDK:083G3263
DN 80 (3)
DN 100 (4)
FDK:083G3264
FDK:083G3265
Grounding ring (Tantalum)

Material: Tantalum; each set includes:
1 grounding ring1), 3 PTFE gaskets, 1 earth
wire, 1 M6 screw
DN 2 ... 10 (1/12 ... 3/8)
DN 15 ()
DN 25 (1)
A5E01181599
A5E01181606
A5E01181610
DN 40 (1)
DN 50 (2)
DN 65 (2)
A5E01181613
A5E01181615
A5E01181616
DN 80 (3)
DN 100 (4)
A5E01181619
A5E01181622
Studs and nuts

for DN 100 PN 25/40, 8 M20 studs,
16 M20 nuts
Material: AISI 304/1.4305
DN 100 (4)
1)
FDK:083G0226
Thickness of grounding ring is 2 mm (0.08 inch)

Siemens FI 01 2015
3/55
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Sensor MAG 1100, compact/remote
131 (5.16)
155 (6.10)
218 (8.58)
208 (8.19)
6,75$16)00$*)/20$*,1'8675<
&RGHQR)'.)
6HULDOQR
)LUPZDUHYHUVLRQ

6XSSO\
(QFORVXUH
7HPS$PE

,,*
6,5$$7(;;
(([GH>LD@LD,,%7
2 x M25
,6,17(5)$&(
6HHPDQXDO
6LHPHQV)ORZ,QVWUXPHQWV$6
0DGHLQ'HQPDUN
A1
M20
(" NPT/
PG 13.5)
131 (5.16)
A2
B1
A
DP
Di
DG
Important note: For compact installation with MAG 6000 I/Ex - transmitter to be supported to avoid tension on the sensor part
Size
DN
A1)
[mm]
B1)
[mm]
A1/A23)
[mm]
B1
[mm]
D
[mm]
Di
[mm]
161
186
315
340
48.7
161
186
315
340
48.7
161
186
315
340
10
161
186
315
15
161
186
25
169
40
DP
[mm]
DG
[mm]
Weight2)
[kg]
17.3
34
2.2
17.3
34
2.2
48.7
17.3
34
2.2
340
48.7
10
10
13.6
34
2.2
315
340
48.7
15
16
17.3
40
2.2
201
323
354
63.5
25
26
28.5
56
2.7
179
221
333
375
84.0
40
38
43.4
75
3.4
50
188
239
342
393
101.6
50
50
54.5
90
4.2
65
198
258
351
412
120.9
65
66
68.0
112
5.5
80
204
270
357
424
133.0
80
81
82.5
124
7.0
100
217
296
370
450
159.0
100
100
107.1
150
10.0
Size
[inch]
A1)
[inch]
B1)
[inch]
A1/A23)
[inch]
B1
[inch]
D
[inch]
Di
[inch]
Di (PFA)
[inch]
DP
[inch]
DG
[inch]
Weight2)
[lb]
1/12
6.34
7.33
12.40
13.39
1.92
0.08
0.68
1.34
4.8
1/8
6.34
7.33
12.40
13.39
1.92
0.12
0.68
1.34
4.8
6.34
7.33
12.40
13.39
1.92
0.24
0.68
1.34
4.8
3/8
6.34
7.33
12.40
13.39
1.92
0.39
0.39
0.53
1.34
4.8
6.34
7.33
12.40
13.39
1.92
0.59
0.63
0.68
1.57
4.8
6.66
7.92
12.72
13.94
2.50
0.98
1.02
1.12
2.20
4.9
7.05
8.70
13.11
14.76
3.31
1.57
1.50
1.71
2.95
7.5
7.40
9.41
13.47
15.47
4.00
1.97
1.97
2.15
3.54
9.2
7.80
10.16
13.82
16.22
4.76
2.56
2.60
2.68
4.41
12
8.03
10.63
14.06
16.70
5.24
3.15
3.19
3.25
4.88
15
8.54
11.65
14.57
17.72
6.26
3.94
3.94
4.22
5.91
22
1)
Di (PFA)
[mm]
14.5 mm/0.571" shorter when the AISI terminal box is used (Ex or high temperature 200 C (392 F) version)
2)
With transmitter MAG 5000 or MAG 6000 installed, weight is increased by approximately 0.8 kg (1.8 lb).
With MAG 6000 I weight is increased with 5.5 kg (12.1 lb).
3)
A2 is 3 mm (0.12) shorter than A1
3/56
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
The total build-in length L [mm]/[inch] before assembling depends on the gasket selected
Size
EPDM
PTFE (Teflon)
Without gasket
Earthing ring
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
1/12 ... 3/8 64
2.52
66
2.60
70
2.75
64
2.52
77
3.03
15
65
2.56
66
2.60
70
2.75
64
2.52
77
3.03
25
80
3.15
81
3.19
85
3.35
79
3.10
92
3.62
40
95
3.74
96
3.78
100
3.94
94
3.70
107
4.21
50
105
4.13
106
4.17
110
4.33
104
4.05
117
4.61
65
130
5.12
131
5.15
135
5.31
129
5.05
142
5.60
80
155
6.10
156
6.14
160
6.30
154
6.00
167
6.57
100
185
7.28
186
7.31
190
7.48
184
7.20
197
7.76
DN
inch
2 ... 101)
1)
[mm]
Graphite
Mounting between two flanges
Sensor MAG 1100 DN 2 ... 10 (1/12 ... 3/8) with adapters
1/2" thread
6 x M4
20 (0.79)
35 (1.38)
52 (2.05)
The MAG 1100 DN 2, 3, 6 and 10 (1/12, 1/8, and 3/8) are prepared for assembly with the pipe connections. Dimensions in mm (inch)
The length L varies dependent on the gasket choice.

Stainless steel and Hastelloy pipe connections
PVDF pipe connections
Without gasket
EPDM
Graphite
PTFE
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
PTFE
[mm]
[inch]
150
5.9
150
5.9
152
6.0
156
6.1
133
5.2
Important note:
For compact installation with the MAG 6000 I, transmitter to be supported to avoid tension on sensor part.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/57
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Flow sensor MAG 1100 F
Overview
Integration
The complete flowmeter consists of a sensor and an associated
transmitter SITRANS F M MAG 5000, 6000 and 6000 I. The flexible
communication concept USM II simplifies integration and update to
a variety of fieldbus systems such as PROFIBUS DP and PA,
Modbus RTU/RS 485, HART, FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1,
DeviceNet.
Pressure/temperature curve; material AISI 316L/1.4404

bar
45
PN 40
40
35
30
PN 25
25
20
PN 16
15
10
PN 6
5
0
The electromagnetic sensor SITRANS F M MAG 1100 F is designed to meet applications in the food and beverage industry.
20
40
60
C
80 100 120 140 160 180 200
Benefits
Sensor sizes: DN 10 to DN 100 (3/8 to 4)
AISI 316 stainless steel enclosure
Sensor: Hygienic connection, 3A approval and EHEDG certified
Sanitary design for CIP / SIP cleaning
Conforms to FDA
Easy commissioning, the SENSORPROM unit automatically
updates settings
Hose proof IP67/NEMA 4X enclosure rating
Designed that patented in-situ verification can be conducted.
Using SENSORPROM fingerprints
Application
The main applications of the SITRANS F M electromagnetic sensors can be found in the following fields:
Food industry
Beverage industry
Design
Unique mechanical design with a wide range of customer
specified sanitary connection
Compact or remote mounting possible easy "plug & play" field
changeable
Simple on site upgrade to IP68/NEMA 6P terminal box
Ex ATEX 2G D version for hazardous areas (ceramic liner)
Mode of operation
the flow.
3/58
-20
Siemens FI 01 2015

psi
700
PN 40
600
500
400
PN 25
300
PN 16
200
PN 6
100
0
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
F
400
For further information on the PED standard and requirements,

see page 9/6.
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Measuring principle
Process connection
Nominal size
Process connection

Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature1)
Sensor
Ex sensor
Compact transmitter
MAG 5000/60002)
Transmitter MAG 6000 I
Compact transmitter
MAG 6000 I Ex
DN 10 ... 65 ( 2):
12.5 Hz/15 Hz
DN 80 ... 100 (3, 4):
6.25 Hz/7.5 Hz
DN 10 DN 100 (3/8" 4")
Hygienic adapters available for:
Direct welding onto pipe
Clamp fitting
Threaded fitting
Design
Weight
Enclosure
MAG 1100 F
-20 +60 C (-4 +140 F)

-20 +60 C (-4 +140 F)
Standard
Option
Fibre glass reinforced polyamide

Ex ATEX (remote version only)
MAG 1100 F (PFA)
-20 +150 C (-4 +302 F)

Suitable for steam sterilization
MAG 1100 F (PFA)
-30 +130 C (-22 +266 F)

Suitable for steam steralization at
150 C (302 F)
Electrodes
Platinum with gold /Titanium
brazing alloy
MAG 1100 F (PFA)
DN 10 ... 15 (3/8" ... "):

DN 25 ... 100 (1" ... 4"):
Cable entries
Remote installation 2 x M20 or

2 x " NPT
- MAG 5000/MAG 6000: 4 x M20
or 4 x " NPT
- MAG 6000 I: 2 x M25 (for supply/output)
- MAG 6000 I Ex: 2 x M25 (for
supply/output)
Temperature shock
MAG 1100 F
Duration 1 min, followed by
10 min rest
MAG 1100 F (PFA)

Operating pressure
MAG 1100 F (Ceramic)
MAG 1100 F (PFA)
Enclosure rating
EMC
DN 10, 15, 25:

Max. T 80 C/min
(3/8, , 1:
Max. T 144 F/min)
DN 40, 50, 65:
Max. T 70 C/min
(1, 2, 2:
Max. T 126 F/min)
DN 80, 100:
Max. T 60 C/min
(3, 4: Max. T 108 F/min)
Max. 100 C (212 F) momentarily
DN 10 ... 65: 40 bar (3/8 2:
580 psi)
DN 80: 25 bar (3: 363 psi)
DN 100: 25 bar (4: 363 psi)
Vacuum: 1 x 10-6 barabs
(1.5 x 10-5 psiabs)
20 bar (290 psi)
Vacuum: 0.02 barabs (0.3 psiabs)
DN 80 ... DN 100: CO2 pressure
max. 7 bar (101.5 psi)
18 ... 1000 Hz random in x, y z,
directions for 2 hours according to
EN 60068-2-36
Sensor: 3.17 g RMS
Sensor with compact MAG 5000/
6000 mounted transmitter:
3.17 g RMS.
Sensor with compact
mounted transmitter: 1.14 g RMS
For compact installation with the
MAG 6000 I/MAG 6000 I Ex, transmitter to be supported to avoid
tension on sensor part.
IP67 to EN 60529 (NEMA 4X),
1 mH2O for 30 min
2004/108/EC
Aluminum oxide Al2O3

(ceramics)
Reinforced PFA (teflon)
(not for Ex)
Terminal box (remote version only)
Liner
-40 +100 C (-40 +212 F)
-20 +60 C (-4 +140 F)
-20 +60 C (-4 +140 F)
Material

Calibration
Standard Production calibration,
Zero-point, 2 x 25 %, 2 x 90 %
calibration report shipped with sensor
3A (sensor with Polyamide terminal box and FKM/FPM or EPDM

gaskets), transmitter not part of the
approval
Ex ATEX approvals for sensor or

compact with MAG 6000 I Ex
Sensor with/without
MAG 5000/6000/6000 I
ATEX 2G D sensor EEx d e ia IIB

T3 - T6
FM Class I, Div 2
MAG 1100 F (PFA)
3A (sensor with Polyamide terminal box with EPDM gasket), transmitter not part of the approval
EHEDG certified
(use EPDM gasket)
(DN 25 ... 100 (1 ... 4"))
FM Class I, Div 2
Hygienic EC 1925:2003
European food contact material
Material certificate EN 10204 3.1
Available when ordering together

with meter3)
Conforms to
PED 97/23/EC4)
CRN (PFA)
FDA
Custody transfer approvals

(MAG 5000/6000 CT)
Cold water pattern approval PTB

(Germany)
Hot water pattern approval PTB
(Germany)
approval- OIML R 117 (Ceramic
liner)(Denmark)
1)
Conditions are also dependent on liner characteristics.

With compact transmitter MAG 5000 CT/6000 CT -20 ... +50 C
(-4 ... +122 F)
3)
Has to be ordered with the meter. It is not possible to order the certificate
afterwards.
4) For further information on the PED standard and requirements, see
page 9/6.
2)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/59
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Accessories
Article No.
Weld-in adapter
Sensor SITRANS F M MAG 1100 F
7 ME 6 1 4 0 -
Adapter for welding onto dairy pipe
Tri-Weld, ISO 2037, DIN 11850,

SMS 3008, BS 4825-1
DN 10, 15, 25, 40, 50 and 65

(3/8, , 1, 1, 2and 2)
PN 40 (600 psi)
DN 80 and DN 100 (3" and 4)
PN 25 (350 psi)
Clamp adapter
Tri-Clamp, ISO 2852, DIN 32676,

SMS 3016, BS 4825-3
DN 10, 15, 25, 40 and 50 (3/8, ,

1, 1, and 2)
PN 16 (200 psi)
DN 65, 80 and 100 (2, 3 and 4)
PN 10 (150 psi)
Thread adapter
DIN 11851
77777 - 7777
Diameter
DN 10 (3/8)
DN 15 ()
DN 25 (1)
1R
1V
2D
DN 40 (1)
DN 50 (2)
DN 65 (2)
2R
2Y
3F
DN 80 (3)
DN 100 (4)
3M
3T
DN 10, 15, 25, and 40 (3/8, , 1,

and 1)
PN 40 (600 psi)
Process connections
No adaptors (specials see accessories)
DN 50, 65, 80 and 100 (2, 2, 3

and 4)
PN 25 (350 psi)
Weld in
DIN 11850
ISO 2037 (SMS 3008)
BS 4825-1
Tri-Weld
B
C
D
E
Clamp type
DIN 32676
ISO 2852 (SMS 3016)
BS 4825-3
Tri-Clamp
G
H
J
K
Threaded type
DIN 11851
SMS 11451)
M
N
FKM/FPM with stainless steel

insert (AISI 304/1.4301)
(-20 ... +150 C (-4 ... +302 F))
Liner material
PFA (not for Ex)
Ceramic
EPDM (-20 ... +150 C

(-4 ... +302 F))
Gasket material1)
EPDM flat gasket (FDA, 3A)
FPM/FKM (FDA, 3A) (only with ceramic liner)

EPDM-P gasket (only for PFA) (FDA, EHEDG certified, 3A)
ISO 2853, BS 4825-4

DN 10, 15, 25, 40, 50, 65 and 80
(3/8, , 1, 1, 2, 2 and 3)
PN 16 (200 psi)
SMS 1145
DN 25, 40, 50, 65 and 80 (1, 1,
2, 2 and 3)
PN 6 (80 psi)
Design
Material
Adapter
Gasket
MAG 1100 F (PFA)
EPDM (-20 ... +150 C

(-4 ... +302 F))
NBR (-20 ... +100 C
(-4 ... +212 F))
Note:
When combined sensor and adapter, the operating pressure is
the lower rated of the pair.
Electrode material
Hastelloy C (only with PFA liner)
Platinum (only with ceramic liner)
Transmitter
Standard sensor for remote transmitter (order
transmitter separately), 3A
Ex sensor for remote transmitter (order transmitter
separately) 3A
MAG 6000 I, Alu.18 ... 90 V DC, 115 ... 230 V AC
MAG 6000 I, Aluminum 18 ... 30 V DC, Ex

MAG 6000 I, Aluminum 115 ... 230 V AC, Ex
MAG 6000, Polyamide, 11 ... 30 V DC/11 ... 24 V AC

11 ... 24 V AC
Communication
HART
1)
3/60
Siemens FI 01 2015
SMS 1145 standard is not approved by 3A
1
2
0
2
3
1
2
A
B
C
D
E
H
J
K
A
B
F
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Article No.
Operating instructions for SITRANS F M MAG 1100F
Sensor SITRANS F M MAG 1100 F
7 ME 6 1 4 0 -
Description
Article No.
77777 - 7777
Handbook
English
A5E02435647

Metric: SS terminal box (mandatory for Stainless
steel MAG 6000 Transmitter)
" NPT: SS terminal box (mandatory for Stainless
1
2
3
4

Order code

the customer's place. MAG 6000 I/MAG 6000 I Ex ATEX 2G D
transmitters and sensors are delivered compact mounted from
factory. Communication module will be pre-mounted in the transmitter.
Y20


(add plain text)
Y17
Accessories
Y18
C12
C14
C15
Y40
Sensor for remote transmitter's junction box potted

with wired cable (specify cable Article No.) (not for Ex
sensors)
Y41
Y99

Description
of flow sensors for
IP68/NEMA 6P
Article No.
FDK:085U0220

On request1)
On request1)
On request1)
1)
Ordering "On request" as dedicated information from the customer on the

http://intranet.automation.siemens.com/w1/automation-technology-flowmeasurement-18626.htm#content-19336&para1=Flow%20Measurement
and send together with the order. (Size dependent restriction on maximum
flow rates may apply
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/61
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Article No.
Accessories
Weld-in connection fittings for MAG 1100 F
with P gaskets for EHEDG
Only for sensors with PFA liner.
2 pcs. fittings
2 pcs. clamps (to join flow sensor and fitting),
P gaskets not included

2 pcs. fittings
DIN 11850
DIN 32676
Adapter
Article No.
Sensor
Adapter
DN
(mm)
Do
(mm)
Di
(mm)
DN
(mm)
10
15
25
40
34
34
50.5
50.5
10
16
22.6
38
10
15
25
40
A5E02211143
A5E02211144
A5E02211146
A5E02211147
50
65
80
100
64
91
106
119
50
66
81
100
50
65
80
100
A5E02211148
A5E02211151
A5E02211152
A5E02211153
DN
(mm)
Do
(mm)
Di
(mm)
DN
(mm)
25
50.5
22.6
251)
A5E02213581
33.7
38
51
50.5
50.5
64
31.3
35.6
48.6
25
40
50
A5E02213582
A5E02213583
A5E02213584
63.5
76.1
101.6
77.5
91
119
60.3
72.9
97.6
65
80
100
A5E02213585
A5E02213586
A5E02213587
DN (mm)
Do (mm)
DT (mm)
DN (mm)
102)
152)
20
13
19
23
1.5
1.5
1.5
10
153)
15
A5E02054630
A5E02054633
A5E02054634
25
32
40
29
35
41
1.5
1.5
1.5
253)
25
40
A5E02054635
A5E02054637
A5E02054638
50
65
80
100
53
70
85
104
1.5
2.0
2.0
2.0
50
65
80
100
Sensor
A5E02054640
A5E02054643
A5E02054644
A5E02054646
ISO 2037
Adapter
DN
(mm)
Do
(mm)
DT
(mm)
DN
(mm)
12.7
17.2
25
12.7
17.2
25
1.0
1.0
1.6
10
15
253)
A5E03727946
A5E03728098
A5E02196073
33
38
40
33.7
38
40
1.6
1.6
1.6
25
403)
40
A5E02196074
A5E02196075
A5E02196076
51
63.5
76.1
51
63.5
76.1
1.6
1.6
1.6
50
65
80
A5E02196077
A5E02196078
A5E02196080
101.6
101.6
2.0
100
A5E02196082
Tri-Weld (BS 4825-1)

Sensor
DN
(mm)
Do
(mm)
DT
(mm)
DN
(mm)
12.7
19.05
25.4
12.7
19.05
25.4
10
15
25
A5E02199113
A5E02199114
A5E02199115
38.1
50.8
63.51)
38.1
50.8
63.5
1.2
1.2
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
40
50
65
A5E02199116
A5E02199117
A5E02199118
76.2
101.61)
76.2
101.6
1.6
2.0
80
100
A5E02199119
A5E02199120

Do: Outer diameter
Di: Inner diameter
1)
For BS 4825-1 see ISO 2037
2)
Not EHEDG approved
3)
Default delivery
3/62
Siemens FI 01 2015
ISO 2852
Adapter
Sensor
Adapter
Di
Do
D{
Do
Accessories
Clamp-type connection fittings for
MAG 1100 F with P gaskets for EHEDG
Sensor
Tri-Clamp (BS 4825-3)

Adapter
Sensor
DN
(mm)
Do
(mm)
Di
(mm)
DN
(mm)
12.7
19.05
25.4
38.1
25.4
25.4
50.5
50.5
9.5
15.85
22.2
34.9
10
15
25
40
A5E02213596
A5E02213597
A5E02213598
A5E02213599
50.8
63.5
76.2
101.6
64
77.5
91
119
47.6
60.3
73
97.6
50
65
80
100
A5E02213600
A5E02213601
A5E02213602
A5E02213603
Do: Outer diameter

Di: Inner diameter
1)
Default delivery
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Accessories
Threaded type connection fittings for
2 pcs. fittings
Article No.
Accessories
2 pcs. fittings
Article No.
SMS 11451)
DIN 11851
Adapter
Do (mm)
Di (mm)
DN (mm)
DN (mm)
Do (mm)
Di (mm)
Sensor
DN (mm)
10
15
20
28
34
44
10
16
20
10
152)
15
A5E02218293
A5E02218294
A5E02218295
25
38
40
60
22.6
35.6
25
40
A5E02218310
A5E02218312
25
32
40
52
58
65
26
32
38
252)
25
40
A5E02218296
A5E02218297
A5E02218298
51
63.5
76
70
85
98
48.6
60.3
72
50
65
652)
A5E02218313
A5E02218314
A5E02218315
50
65
80
100
78
95
110
130
50
66
81
100
50
65
80
100
A5E02218299
A5E02218300
A5E02218301
A5E02218302

Di
Do
Sensor
DN (mm)
Di
Do
Adapter
Do: Outer diameter

Di: Inner diameter
1)
2)
Default delivery
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/63
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Article No.
Accessories
Weld in connection fittings for MAG 1100 F
with flat gaskets for 3A
For sensors with ceramic and PFA liner.
2 pcs. fittings
flat gaskets not included

2 pcs. fittings
DIN 11850
DIN 32676
Adapter
Do (mm)
DT (mm)
DN (mm)
10
15
20
13
19
23
1.5
1.5
1.5
10
152)
15
FDK:083G2116
FDK:083G2117
FDK:083G2118
25
32
40
29
35
41
1.5
1.5
1.5
252)
25
40
FDK:083G2119
FDK:083G2120
FDK:083G2121
50
65
80
100
53
70
85
104
1.5
2.0
2.0
2.0
50
65
80
100
Sensor
DN
(mm)
Do
(mm)
DT
(mm)
DN
(mm)
10
15
34
34
10
16
10
15
FDK:083G2186
FDK:083G2187
25
40
50.5
50.5
26
38
25
40
FDK:083G2179
FDK:083G2181
50
65
80
100
64
91
106
119
50
66
81
100
50
65
80
100
FDK:083G2182
FDK:083G2183
FDK:083G2184
FDK:083G2185
DN
(mm)
Do
(mm)
DT
(mm)
DN
(mm)
FDK:083G2122
FDK:083G2123
FDK:083G2124
FDK:083G2125
Do
DO
DN (mm)
Article No.
DT
Sensor
DT
Adapter
Accessories
Clamp-type connection fittings for
MAG 1100 F with flat gaskets for 3A
ISO 2852
Adapter
ISO 2037
Adapter
Sensor
Sensor
DN
(mm)
Do
(mm)
DT
(mm)
DN
(mm)
25
50.5
22.6
251)
FDK:083G2189
12.7
17.2
25
12.7
17.2
25.6
1.0
1.0
1.6
10
15
252)
A5E03720273
FDK:083G2107
FDK:083G2109
33.7
38
51
50.5
50.5
64
31.3
35.6
48.6
25
40
50
FDK:083G2190
FDK:083G2191
FDK:083G2192
33.7
38
40
33.7
38
40
1.6
1.6
1.6
25
402)
40
FDK:083G2100
FDK:083G2111
FDK:083G2101
63.5
76.1
101.6
77.5
91
119
60.3
72.9
97.6
65
80
100
FDK:083G2193
FDK:083G2194
FDK:083G2195
51
63.5
76.1
51
63.5
71.1
1.6
1.6
1.6
50
65
80
FDK:083G2112
FDK:083G2113
FDK:083G2114
Tri-Clamp (BS 4825-3)
101.6
114.3
101.6
118.3
2.0
2.0
100
100
FDK:083G2115
FDK:083G2105
Tri-Weld (BS 4825-1)

Adapter
Sensor
DN
(mm)
Do
(mm)
DT
(mm)
DN
(mm)
12.7
19.05
25.4
12.7
19.05
25.4
1.2
1.2
1.6
10
15
25
FDK:083G2276
FDK:083G2277
FDK:083G2279
38
50.8
63.51)
38.1
50.8
63.5
1.6
1.6
1.6
40
50
65
FDK:083G2281
FDK:083G2282
FDK:083G2283
76.2
101.61)
76.2
101.6
1.6
2.0
80
100
FDK:083G2284
FDK:083G2285

Do: Outer diameter
Di: Inner diameter
1)
For BS 4825-1 see ISO 2037
2)
Default delivery
3/64
Siemens FI 01 2015
Adapter
Sensor
DN
(mm)
Do
(mm)
DT
(mm)
DN
(mm)
12.7
19.05
25.4
38.1
25.4
25.4
50.5
50.5
9.5
15.85
22.2
34.9
10
15
25
40
FDK:083G2286
FDK:083G2287
FDK:083G2289
FDK:083G2291
50.8
63.5
76.2
101.6
64
77.5
91
119
47.6
60.3
73
97.6
50
65
80
100
FDK:083G2292
FDK:083G2293
FDK:083G2294
FDK:083G2295
Do: Outer diameter

Di: Inner diameter
1)
Default delivery
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Accessories
2 pcs. fittings
Article No.
Accessories
2 pcs. fittings
Article No.
SMS 11451)
DIN 11851
Adapter
Do (mm)
Di (mm)
DN (mm)
DN (mm)
Do (mm)
Di (mm)
Sensor
DN (mm)
10
15
20
28
34
44
10
16
20
10
152)
15
FDK:083G2156
FDK:083G2157
FDK:083G2158
25
38
40
60
22.6
35.6
25
40
FDK:083G2139
FDK:083G2141
25
32
40
52
58
65
26
32
38
252)
25
40
FDK:083G2159
FDK:083G2160
FDK:083G2161
51
63.5
76
70
85
98
48.6
60.3
72
50
65
652)
FDK:083G2142
FDK:083G2143
FDK:083G2144
50
65
80
100
78
95
110
130
50
66
81
100
50
65
80
100
FDK:083G2162
FDK:083G2163
FDK:083G2164
FDK:083G2165

Di
Do: Outer diameter

Di: Inner diameter
ISO 2853
Adapter
Sensor
Do (mm)
Di (mm)
DN (mm)
25
38
51
37
51
64
22.6
35.6
48.6
25
40
50
FDK:083G2149
FDK:083G2151
FDK:083G2152
63.5
76.1
78
91
60.3
72.9
65
80
FDK:083G2153
FDK:083G2154
DN (mm)
Do (mm)
Di (mm)
DN (mm)
25.4
38.1
50.8
37
51
64
22.2
34.9
47.6
25
40
50
A5E03732429
A5E03732431
A5E03732433
63.5
76.2
101.6
78
91
126
60.3
73
97.6
65
80
100
A5E03732434
A5E03732435
FDK:083G2145
1)
2)
Default delivery
Di
Do
DN (mm)
Do
Sensor
DN (mm)
Di
Do
Adapter
BS 4825-4
Adapter
Sensor
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/65
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Article No.
Spare parts for MAG 1100 F

Gaskets
(delivered in pairs, to be placed between flow
sensor and adapter)
MAG 1100 F (PFA) - P gaskets
Rubber: EPDM (FDA)

DN 10
DN 15
DN 25
DN 40
A5E02055286
A5E02055287
A5E02055290
A5E02055291
DN 50
DN 65
DN 80
DN 100
A5E02055292
A5E02055293
A5E02055295
A5E02055297
Rubber: FKM/FPM (FDA)

DN 10
DN 15
DN 25
DN 40
A5E00915707
A5E00915764
A5E00915771
A5E00915773
DN 50
DN 65
DN 80
DN 100
A5E00915775
A5E00915780
A5E00915782
A5E00915784
Rubber: EPDM (FDA)

DN 10
DN 15
DN 25
DN 40
FDK:083G2206
FDK:083G2207
FDK:083G2209
FDK:083G2211
DN 50
DN 65
DN 80
DN 100
FDK:083G2212
FDK:083G2213
FDK:083G2214
FDK:083G2215
MAG 1100 F (ceramic) - flat gaskets
MAG 1100 F (PFA) - flat gaskets
Rubber: NBR
DN 10
DN 15
DN 25
DN 40
FDK:083G2216
FDK:083G2217
FDK:083G2219
FDK:083G2221
DN 50
DN 65
DN 80
DN 100
FDK:083G2222
FDK:083G2223
FDK:083G2224
FDK:083G2225

3/66
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Sensor MAG 1100 F compact/remote
131 (5.16)
155 (6.10)
218 (8.58)
208 (8.19)
2 x M25
A2
A1
131 (5.16)
Di
B1
M20
("NPT)
Important note:
For compact installation with MAG 6000 I/Ex - Supports the transmitter to avoid tension on the sensor part.
Size
A13)
B2)
B1
Di
PFA
[mm]
Weight1)
[mm]
Di
(Al2O3)
[mm]
DN
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
10
64
161
315
193.7
344.7
64.0
10
10
15
64
161
315
193.7
2.2
344.7
64.0
15
16
25
79
169
323
2.2
207.5
359.0
77.5
25
26
40
94
179
2.7
333
228.0
379.0
91.0
40
38
3.4
50
104
65
131
188
342
247.7
398.7
119.0
50
50
4.2
197.5
351
262.6
413.6
130.0
65
66
80
5.5
156
204
357
281.0
432.0
155.0
80
81
7.0
100
186
217
370
308.0
459.0
183.0
100
100
10.0
Size
A13)
B2)
B1
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
Di
PFA
[inch]
Weight1)
[inch]
Di
(Al2O3)
[inch]
3/8
2.52
6.34
12.40
7.62
13.57
2.52
0.39
0.39
4.8
2.52
6.34
12.40
7.62
13.57
2.52
0.59
0.63
4.8
3.11
6.66
12.72
8.17
14.13
3.05
0.98
1.02
4.9
3.70
7.05
13.11
8.98
14.92
3.58
1.57
1.50
7.5
4.09
7.40
13.47
9.75
15.70
4.68
1.97
1.97
9.2
5.16
7.78
13.82
10.34
16.28
5.12
2.56
2.60
12.0
6.14
8.03
14.06
11.06
17.01
6.10
3.15
3.19
15.0
7.32
8.54
14.57
12.13
18.07
7.20
3.94
3.94
22.0
[kg]
[lb]
1)
With transmitter MAG 5000 or MAG 6000 compact, weight is increased by approximately 0.8 kg (1.8 lb)
With MAG 6000 I weight is increased with 5.5 kg ( 12.1 lb)
14.5 mm (0.571) shorter when the AISI terminal box is used (always Ex version)
3) A is 3 mm (0.12) shorter than A
2
1
2)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/67
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Sensor MAG 1100 F compact/separate build-in length
Size
L1)
DN
inch
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
10
3/8
99
3.90
146
5.75
15
99
3.90
146
5.75
25
113
4.45
161
6.34
40
126
4.96
176
6.93
50
154
6.06
186
7.32
65
165
6.50
223
8.78
80
200
7.87
258
10.16
100
225
8.86
288
11.34
1)
The total build-in length L is independent of the adapter type selected.
3/68
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Overview
Design

Easy plug & play field changeability of transmitter
Ex ATEX and FM/CSA versions
High temperature sensor for applications with temperatures
up to 180 C (356 F)
Approvals for PTB and OIML R 117
Meets EEC directives: PED, 97/23/EC pressure directive for
EN1092-1 flanges
Build-in length according to ISO 13359, the standard includes
sizes up to DN 400
Onsite or factory upgrade to IP68/NEMA 6P of a
standard sensor.
Mode of operation
the flow.
Integration
The SITRANS F M MAG 3100 is an electromagnetic flow sensor
in a large variety that meets the demands of almost every flow
application.
Benefits
The complete flowmeter consists of a flow sensor and an associated transmitter MAG 5000, 6000 and 6000 I.
The flexible communication concept USM II simplifies integration and update to a variety of fieldbus systems such as HART,
Modbus RTU/RS 485.
Wide range of sizes: DN 15 to DN 2000 ( to 78)

The flexible design is for all applications not covered by the
standard industry-specific sensors: MAG 1100, MAG 1100 F,
MAG 3100 P and MAG 5100 W
Wide pressure range: PN 6 to PN 100
ANSI Class 150/300, AS 2129, AS 4087, JIS K10 and K20. On
request up to 690 bar (10 000 psi)
Wide range of electrode and liner material to fit even the most
extreme process media
Fully welded construction provides a ruggedness that suits
the toughest applications and environments
updates settings.
Designed to allow patented SITRANS F M in-situ verification
using the SENSORPROM fingerprints.
Application
Process industry
Chemical industry
Steel industry
Mining
Utility
Power generation and distribution
Oil and gas / HPI
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/69
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Pressure/temperature curve;
material AISI 316L/1.4404 AS 2129, Class E
Pressure/temperature curve to EN (DIN) flanges AISI 304

Pressure - Temperature curve to EN (DIN)
AISI 304
Pressure/temperature curve;
material AISI 316L/1.4404 AS 2129, Class E
100
90
bar
16
Class E
14
80
70
12
bar 60
10
50
40
30
20
PN 25
10
PN 16
PN 10
PN 6
4
2
0
-50
50
100
150
200
250
300
PN 40
-20
-10
50
100
150
180
Pressure/temperature curve to EN (DIN) flanges AISI 316

Pressure/temperature curve - JIS 2200
Pressure - Temperature curve to EN (DIN)
Flanges AISI 316
100
Pressure/temperature curve - JIS 2200
90
bar
40
35
80
20K
70
30
bar
40
20
15
60
50
25
10K
PN 40
30
10
20
10
0
-30
C
20
70
120
170
220
PN 25
PN 16
PN 10
-20
-10
50
270
100
150
Pressure/temperature curve to ANSI B16.5 flanges
Pressure/temperature curve to EN (DIN) flanges,

material A 105 carbon steel
Pressure - temperature curve to ANSI B16.5 flanges

800
Pressure - temperature curve to EN (DIN)

flanges material A 105 carbon steel
700
120
100
PN 100
500
psi
80
bar
PN 63
400
300
60
40
A 105 class 300
600
A 105 class 150

AISI 316 class 150
200
PN 40
AISI 304 class 150
100
PN 25
20
0
3/70
PN 16
PN 10
PN 6
-20
-10
50
Siemens FI 01 2015
100
150
-20
100
200
300
400
180
Note: The pressure-temperature curves only assist in the selection of a system. No responsibility is taken for the correctness of
the information. For further information on the PED standard and
requirements, see page 9/6.
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Version
MAG 3100
MAG 3100 HT (High Temperature)
Product characteristic
Flexible product program
Flexible product program
Nominal size
DN 15 ... DN 2000 ( ... 78)
DN 15 DN 300 ( ... 12)
Measuring principle
DN 15 ... 65 ( 2):
12.5 Hz/15 Hz
DN 80 ... 150 (3 ... 6):
6.25 Hz/7.5 Hz
DN 200 ... 1200 (8 ... 48): 3.125 Hz/3.75 Hz
DN 1400 ... 2000 (54 ... 78): 1.5625 Hz/1.875 Hz
DN 15 ... 65 ( 2):
12.5 Hz/15 Hz
DN 80 ... 150 (3 ... 6):
6.25 Hz/7.5 Hz
DN 200 ... 300 (8 ... 12): 3.125 Hz/3.75 Hz
EN 1092-1, raised face1)

(EN 1092-1, DIN 2501 and BS 4504 have the same
mating dimensions)
DN 65 ... 2000 (2 78): PN 6 (87 psi)
DN 200 ... 2000 (8 78): PN 10 (145 psi)
DN 65 ... 2000 (2 78): PN 16 (232 psi)
DN 200 ... 600 (8 24): PN 25 (362 psi)
DN 15 ... 600 ( 24): PN 40 (580 psi)
DN 50 ... 300 (2 12): PN 63 (913 psi)
DN 25 ... 300 (1 12): PN 100 (1450 psi)
ANSI B16.5 (~BS 1560), raised face
... 24: Class 150 (20 bar (290 psi))
... 24: Class 300 (50 bar (725 psi))
AWWA C-207, flat face 28 ... 78: Class D (10 bar)
AS 2129, raised face ... 48: Table E
AS 4087, raised face:
PN 16 (DN 50 ... 1200, 16 bar (232 psi))
PN 21 (DN 50 ... 600, 21 bar (304 psi))
PN 35 (DN 50 ... 600, 35 bar (508 psi))
JIS B 2220:2004
K10 (1" ... 24")
K20 (1" ... 24")
Other flanges and pressure ratings on request
EN 1092-1, raised face

(EN 1092-1, DIN 2501 and BS 4504 have the same
mating dimensions)
DN 15 ... 300 ( 12): PN 40 (580 psi)
DN 65 ... 300 (2 12): PN 16 (232 psi)
DN 200 ... 300 (8 12): PN 10 (145 psi)
DN 200 ... 300 (8 12): PN 25 (362 psi)
Standard sensor
-40 +100 C (-40 +212 F)
-40 +100 C (-40 +212 F)
Ex sensor
-20 +60 C (-4 +140 F)
For medium temperature up to 150 C (302 F):

-20 +60 C (-4 +140 F)
For medium temperature 150 ... 180 C (302 ... 356 F):
-20 +50 C (-4 +122 F)
- MAG 5000/60002)
-20 +60 C (-4 +140 F)
-20 +60 C (-4 +140 F)
- MAG 6000 I
-20 +60 C (-4 +140 F)
-20 +60 C (-4 +140 F)
- MAG 6000 I Ex
-20 +60 C (-4 +140 F)
-20 +60 C (-4 +140 F)
Process connection
Flanges
ANSI B16.5 (~BS 1560), raised face:

... 12: Class 150 (20 bar (290 psi))
... 12: Class 300 (50 bar (725 psi))
AS 2129, raised face ... 12: Table E
Other flanges and pressure ratings on request

Ambient temperature
(conditions also dependent on
liner characteristiques)
With compact transmitter
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/71
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Version
MAG 3100
Operating pressure [abs. bar]

Soft rubber 0.01 ... 100 bar
(maximum operating pressure
(0.15 ... 1450 psi)
decreases with increasing oper- EPDM 0.01 ... 40 bar (0.15 ... 580 psi)
ating temperature and with stain Linatex 0.01 ... 40 bar
less steel flanges)
(0.15 ... 580 psi)
Ebonite 0.01 ... 100 bar
(0.15 ... 1450 psi)
PTFE
- DN 300 ( 12):
0.3 ... 50 bar (4 ... 725 psi)
- 350 DN 600 (14 DN 24):
0.3 ... 40 bar (4 ... 580 psi)
PFA
- DN 15 ... 150 ( 6):
Vacuum 0.02 ... 50 bar
(0.29 ... 725 psi)
PTFE Teflon
- DN 15 ... 300 ( 12)
(130/180 C (266 F/356F)):
0.3/0.6 ... 50 bar (4/8 ... 725 psi) (180 C (356 F)
PTFE has factory mounted grounding SS rings type E
and SS terminal box)
PFA
- DN 15 ... 150 ( 6):
(0.29 ... 725 psi)
Enclosure rating
IP67 to EN 60529/NEMA 4X/6, 1 mH2O for 30 min

Option: IP68 to EN 60529/NEMA 6P, 10 mH2O cont.
IP67 to EN 60529/NEMA 4X/6, 1 mH2O for 30 min

Option: IP68 to EN 60529/NEMA 6P, 10 mH2O cont.
Pressure drop at 3 m/s
As straigth pipe
1.5 x PN (where applicable)
Test pressure
18 ... 1000 Hz random in x, y, z, directions for 2 hours

Sensor: 3.17 g RMS
18 ... 1000 Hz random in x, y, z, directions for 2 hours

Sensor: 3.17 g RMS
Soft rubber 0 +70 C (32 158 F)

EPDM -10 +70 C (14 158 F)
Linatex (rubber) -40 +70 C
(-40 +158 F)
(for temperatures below -20 C (-4 F) AISI 304 or
316 flanges must be used)
Ebonite 0 95 C (32 203 F)
PTFE -20 +100 C (-4 +212 F)
PFA -20 +100 C (-4 +212F)
PTFE -20 +130 C (-4 +266 F)

PTFE -20 +180 C (-4 ... +356 F) Factory mounted
grounding rings type E in SS and SS terminal box. Can
only be used with remote transmitter.
PFA -20 +150 C (-4 +300 F)
EMC
2004/108/EC
2004/108/EC
Design
Weight
Flange and housing material
Carbon steel ASTM A 105, with corrosion resistant two

component epoxy coating (150 m/300 m)
or
Stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301 flanges and carbon
steel housing, with corrosion resistant two component
epoxy coating (150 m/300 m)
or
Stainless steel AISI 316L/1.4404 flanges and housing,
polished
Carbon steel ASTM A 105, with corrosion resistant two

component epoxy coating (150 m/)
or
AISI 304/1.4301 flanges and carbon steel housing, with
corrosion resistant two component epoxy coating (min.
150 m)
or
AISI 316L/1.4404 flanges and housing, polished
Measuring pipe material
AISI 304/1.4301
Electrode material
Stainless steel AISI 316Ti/1.4571

Hastelloy C276/2.4819 (PFA: Hastelloy C22/2.4602)
Platinum/Iridium
Titanium
Tantalum
AISI 316Ti/1.4571
Hastelloy C276/2.4819 (PFA: Hastelloy C22/2.4602)
Platinum/Iridium
Titanium
Tantalum
Grounding electrode
material
Soft rubber, EPDM, Linatex, Ebonite:

available with measuring electrodes in stainless steel
AISI 316Ti/1.4571 or Hastelloy
PTFE: none
PFA: optional in Hastelloy, Tantalum or Platinium
PTFE: none
PFA: optional in Hastelloy, Tantalum or Platinium
3/72
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Version
MAG 3100
Terminal box (remote version

only)
Standard fibre glass reinforced polyamide

Option Stainless steel AISI 316/1.4436
Ex Stainless steel AISI 316/1.4436
Standard fibre glass reinforced polyamide

(max. 150 C (302 F))
Ex Stainless steel AISI 316/1.4436
Cable entries

- MAG 5000/MAG 6000: 4 x M20 or 4 x NPT
- MAG 6000 I: 2 x M25 or 2 x " NPT
(for supply/output)
- MAG 6000 I Ex: 2 x M25 or
2 x " NPT (for supply/output)
Design (continued)

Calibration
Standard production calibration Zero-point, 2 x 25 % and 2 x 90 % (default)
(default), calibration report
shipped with sensor
Zero-point, 2 x 25 % and 2 x 90 % (default)
Special calibration
5-point calibration: 20 %, 40 %, 60 %, 80 %, 100 % of

factory Qmax
20 %, 40 %, 60 %, 80 %, 100 % of factory Qmax
Matched-pair calibration: default, 5-point or 10-point
Conforms to
PED (All EN1092-1 flanges conforms to PED)

97/23/EC3)
CRN
PED (All EN1092-1 flanges conforms to PED)

97/23/EC3)
CRN
Material certificate
EN 10204-3.1
Ex approvals5)
Ex sensors
ATEX 2 GD DN 15 ... 300:
EEx d e ia IIC T4 - T6
DN 350 ... 2000: EEx e ia IIC T4 - T6
IEC Ex de ia IIC T3-T6
FM Class I/II/III, Div 16)
CSA Class I, Zone 1
Standard sensors
CSA Class I, Div 2/Zone 2
Ex sensors
ATEX 2 GD DN 15 ... 300:
EEx d e ia IIC T3 - T6
FM Class I/II/III, Div 16)
CSA Class I, Zone 1
EPDM lining:
WRAS (WRc, BS690 cold water, GB)
NSF/ANSI Standard 617) (Cold water, US)
ACS listed (F)
DVGW W270 (D)
Belgaqua (B)
MCERTS (GB) (EPDM or PTFE lining with AISI 316 or
Hastelloy electrodes)
Custody transfer (CT)

( DN2000)
(only together with
MAG 5000/6000 CT), order as
special
Cold water pattern approval - DANAK TS 22.36.001,

PTB (Denmark and Germany)
Hot water pattern approval - PTB
(Germany)
Other media than water - OIML R 117 (Denmark)
Standard sensors
CSA Class I, Div 2/Zone 2

(Germany)
Technical specification for transmitter - see transmitter pages.

1)
PN 6-40: DN 600 type 01 (SORF); DN > 600 type 11 (WNRF); PN 63-100:

type 11 (WNRF)
2)
With compact transmitter MAG 5000 CT/6000 CT -20 ... +50 C (-4 ... +122 F).
3)
For sizes larger than 600 mm (24) in PN 16 PED conformity is available as a cost-added option. The basic unit will carry the LVD (Low Voltage Directive) and
EMC approval. All products sold outside of EU and EFTA are excluded from the Pressure Equipment directive, also products sold into certain market sectors
are excluded. These include:
a) Meters used in networks for the supply, distribution and discharge of water.
b) Meters used in pipelines for the conveyance of any fluid from offshore to onshore.
c) Meters used in the extraction of petroleum or gas, including christmas tree and manifold equipment.
d) Any meter mounted on a ship or mobile offshore platform. For further information on the PED standard and requirements see page 9/6.
4)
Has to be ordered with the meter. It is not possible to order the certificate afterwards.
5)
Not for sensors with 300 m coating.
6)
Only with sensors sizes DN 15 ... 300 (" ... 12") compact.
7)
Including Annex G
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/73
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Article No.
Article No.
7 ME 6 3 1 0 -
7 ME 6 3 1 0 -
77777 - 7777
Diameter
DN 15 () (PTFE and PFA liner)

DN 25 (1)
DN 40 (1)
1V
2D
2R
DN 50 (2)
DN 65 (2)
DN 80 (3)
2Y
3F
3M
DN 100 (4)
DN 125 (5)
DN 150 (6)
3T
4B
4H
DN 200 (8)
DN 250 (10)
DN 300 (12)
4P
4V
5D
DN 350 (14)
DN 400 (16)
DN 450 (18)
5K
5R
5Y
DN 500 (20)
DN 600 (24)
DN 700 (28)
6F
6P
6Y
DN 750 (30) (AWWA and AS 2129 only)

DN 800 (32)
DN 900 (36)
7D
7H
7M
DN 1000 (40)
DN 1050 (42) (AWWA only)
DN 1100 (44) (AWWA only)
77777 - 7777
Flange material and coating

Carbon steel flanges ASTM A 105, 150 m coating
Stainless steel flanges, AISI 304/1.4301, 150 m
coating
Stainless steel flanges and sensor body,
AISI 316L/1.4404, polished
Stainless steel flanges, AISI 304/1.4301, 300 m
coating
1
2
3
4
5
Liner material
Soft rubber
EPDM
PTFE (DN 300, PN 50 bar / 12, PN 725 psi),
PTFE (350 DN 600, PN 40 bar /
14 DN 24, PN 580 psi)
Ebonite
Linatex (PN 40 bar (580 psi) DN 600 (24))
PFA (DN 15 ... 150 (" ... 6"))
(PN 40 bar (580 psi))
1
2
3
4
5
7
Electrode material
(Grounding electrodes not for PTFE liner or
Pressure PN 100)
AISI 316Ti/1.4571 (not for PFA)
(PFA liner: Hastelloy C22/2.4602)
Platinum (DN 300 (12")) (not ebonite liner)
1
2
7R
7U
7V
Titanium (not PFA liner) (DN 600 (24"))

Tantalum (DN 600 (24")) (not ebonite liner)
Hastelloy C22/2.4602 incl. grounding electrodes
(only PFA)
4
5
6
DN 1200 (48)
DN 1400 (54)
DN 1500 (60)
8B
8F
8K
Platinium incl. grounding electrodes (only PFA)

Tantalum incl. grounding electrodes (only PFA)
7
8
DN 1600 (66)
DN 1800 (72)
DN 2000 (78)
8P
8T
8Y
Standard sensor for remote transmitter (Order transmitter separately)

Ex sensor for remote transmitter (Order transmitter
separately)
MAG 6000 I, Alu.18 ... 90 V DC, 115 ... 230 V AC
D
E
H
Transmitter with display
Flange norm and pressure rating

EN 1092-1
PN 6 (DN 65 ... 2000 (2 ... 78))
PN 10 (DN 200 ... 2000 (8 ... 78))
PN 16 (DN 65 ... 1200 (2 ... 48))
A
B
C
MAG 6000 I Alu. 18 ... 30 V DC, Ex

MAG 6000 I Alu. 115 ... 230 V, Ex
MAG 6000 Polyamide, 11 30 V DC / 1124 V AC
PN 16, non-PED (DN 700 ... 2000 (28 ... 78))

PN 25 (DN 200 ... 600 (8 ... 24))1)
PN 40 (DN 15 ... 600 ( ... 24))
D
E
F
MAG 5000, Polyamide, 11 30 V DC / 1124 V AC

K
L
PN 63 (DN 50 ... 300 (2 ... 12))

PN 100 (DN 25 ... 300 (1 ... 12))
G
H
ANSI B16.5
Class 150 ( ... 24)
Class 300 ( ... 24)
J
K
AWWA C-207
Class D (28 ... 78)
Communication
HART
PROFIBUS PA Profile 3 (only MAG 6000/MAG 6000 I)
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 (only MAG 6000/MAG
6000 I)
AS
2129, table E
4087, PN 16 (DN 50 ... 1200 (2 ... 48))
(Not PTFE and PFA)
4087, PN 21 (DN 50 ... 600 (2 ... 24))
(Not PTFE and PFA)
4087, PN 35 (DN 50 ... 600 (2 ... 24))
(Not PTFE and PFA)
JIS B 2220:2004
K10 (1" ... 24")
K20 (1" ... 24")
M
N
P
Q
R
S
A
B
F
G
E
J

Metric: SS terminal box (mandatory for stainless
" NPT: SS terminal box (mandatory for stainless
1)
1
2
3
4
Under preparation

3/74
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Order code
Description
Article No.

English
A5E03005599
German
A5E03086288
C12
Spanish
A5E03086291
C14
French
A5E03086290
C15
Special calibration
5-point calibration for DN 15 ... DN 2001)
2002)
D01
D02
D03

Accessories
10-point calibration for DN 15 ... DN

D06
D07
D08
Default (2 x 25 % and 2 x 90 %) match-pair calibration

for DN 15 ... DN 200
for DN 250 ... DN 600
for DN 700 ... DN 1200
D11
D13

5-point, matched-pair calibration for

DN 15 ... DN 2001)
DN 250 ... DN 6001)
DN 700 ... DN 12001)
D15
D16

10-point, matched-pair calibration

for DN 15 ... DN 2002)
for DN 250 ... DN 6002)
for DN 700 ... DN 12002)
D18

(add plain text)
Y17
Y18
Y20
Y40

(not for Ex)
Y41
Y99
Description
Article No.

flow sensors for
IP68/NEMA 6P
D12
D17
D19
the customer's place. MAG 6000 I/MAG 6000 I ATEX 2G D transmitters and sensors are delivered compact mounted from factory.
Communication module will be pre-mounted in the transmitter.
D20
Accredited Siemens Flow Instruments matched pair
Calibration acc. to ISO/IEC 17025: 2005
On request3)
CT verification and authority seal according to:

On request3)
On request3)
1)
2)
3)
20 %, 40 %, 60 %, 80 %, 100 % of factory Qmax

Qmax
pi.khe.siemens.de/index.aspx?Nr=17460 and send together with the order.
(Size dependent restriction on maximum flow rates may apply)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/75
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Article No.
Article No.
Sensor SITRANS F M
7 ME 6 3 2 0 -
Sensor SITRANS F M
7 ME 6 3 2 0 -
77777 - 7777
Diameter
DN 15 ()
DN 25 (1)
DN 40 (1)
1V
2D
2R
DN 50 (2)
DN 65 (2)
DN 80 (3)
2Y
3F
3M
DN 100 (4)
DN 125 (5)
DN 150 (6)
3T
4B
4H
DN 200 (8)
DN 250 (10)
DN 300 (12)
4P
4V
5D
EN 1092-1
PN 10 (DN 200 ... 300 (8 ... 12))
PN 16 (DN 65 ... 300 (2 ... 12))
PN 25 (DN 200 ... 300 (8 ... 12))
PN 40 (DN 15 ... 300 ( ... 12))
B
C
E
F
ANSI B16.5
Class 150 ( ... 12)
Class 300 ( ... 12)
J
K
AS
2129, table E
Modbus RTU/RS 485

E
J
1
2
3
4
Order code
1
2
3
2
3
7
AISI 316Ti/1.4571 (not for PFA)

(PFA liner: Hastelloy C22/2.4602)
Platinum
1
2
Titanium (not for PFA)

Tantalum
Hastelloy C22/2.4602 incl. grounding electrodes
(only PFA)
4
5
6
Platinium incl. grounding electrodes (only PFA)

Tantalum incl grounding electrodes (only PFA)
7
8
C12
C14
C15
Y20
Tag name made, stainless steel fixed with SS wire

(add plain text)
Y17
Y18
Y40

(not for Ex)
Y41
Y99

Standard sensor for remote transmitter (Order
transmitter separately)
Ex sensor for remote transmitter (Order transmitter
separately)
MAG 6000 I, Alu.18 ... 90 V DC, 115 ... 230 V AC
MAG 6000 I, Alu. 18 ... 30 V DC, Ex

MAG 6000 I, Alu. 115 ... 230 V AC, Ex
11 ... 24 V AC
D
E
H

11 ... 24 V AC
J
K
Siemens FI 01 2015
Electrode material
3/76
HART
Metric: SS terminal box (mandatory for Stainless

" NPT: SS terminal box (mandatory for Stainless
Flange material
Liner material
PTFE (130 C (266 F))
PTFE including type E protection rings
AISI 316/1.4436 (180 C (356 F))
PFA (150 C (302 F)) (DN 15 ... 150 (" ... 6"))

Metric: Polyamide terminal box (PTFE 130 C
(266 F)) or 6000 I compact
" NPT: Polyamide terminal box (PTFE 130 C
(266 F)) or 6000 I compact
Carbon steel flanges ASTM A 105

Stainless steel flanges, AISI 304/1.4301
Stainless steel flanges and sensor body,
AISI 316L/1.4404, polished
77777 - 7777
Communication
B
C
Matched pair - (Standard production calibration where

sensor and transmitter is calibrated together)
On request1)

On request1)
On request1)

On request1)
On request1)
1)

order. (Size dependent restriction on maximum flow rates may apply)
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
MAG 3100 and MAG 3100 HT1) Type C Grounding and protection rings
1 pc. AISI 304 grounding and protection ring type C for all liners except PTFE and
PFA
Type C
tC
DN
PN 6
Article No.
PN 10
Article No.
PN 16
Article No.
PN 25
Article No.
DN 25
DN 40
DN 50
PN 40
Article No.
AS 2129 Table E
Article No.
FDK:083N8361
FDK:083N8362
FDK:083N8344
FDK:083N8361
FDK:083N8362
FDK:083N8344
DN 65
DN 80
DN 100
FDK:083N8345
FDK:083N8347
FDK:083N8070
FDK:083N8345
FDK:083N8347
FDK:083N8025
FDK:083N8345
FDK:083N8347
FDK:083N8025
FDK:083N8346
FDK:083N8347
FDK:083N8025
DN 125
DN 150
DN 200
FDK:083N8071
FDK:083N8072
FDK:083N8074
FDK:083N8011
FDK:083N8071
FDK:083N8008
FDK:083N8011
FDK:083N8011
FDK:083N8071
FDK:083N8008
FDK:083N8075
FDK:083N8071
FDK:083N8008
FDK:083N8011
DN 250
DN 300
DN 350
FDK:083N8078
FDK:083N8080
FDK:083N8083
FDK:083N8013
FDK:083N8012
FDK:083N8039
FDK:083N8013
FDK:083N8012
FDK:083N8039
FDK:083N8013
FDK:083N8081
FDK:083N8084
FDK:083N8079
FDK:083N8082
FDK:083N8085
FDK:083N8013
FDK:083N8012
FDK:083N8039
DN 400
DN 450
DN 500
FDK:083N8099
FDK:083N8103
FDK:083N8107
FDK:083N8100
FDK:083N8103
FDK:083N8107
FDK:083N8100
FDK:083N8104
FDK:083N8108
FDK:083N8101
FDK:083N8104
FDK:083N8108
FDK:083N8102
FDK:083N8105
FDK:083N8109
FDK:083N8100
FDK:083N8104
FDK:083N8108
DN 600
DN 700
DN 750
FDK:083N8111
FDK:083N8300
FDK:083N8111
FDK:083N8294
FDK:083N8112
FDK:083N8294
FDK:083N8112
DN 800
DN 900
DN 1000
FDK:083N8303
FDK:083N8306
FDK:083N8309
FDK:083N8304
FDK:083N8307
FDK:083N8310
FDK:083N8304
FDK:083N8307
FDK:083N8310
FDK:083N8373
FDK:083N8396
FDK:083N8397
DN 1100
DN 1200
DN 1400
FDK:083N8312
FDK:083N8467
FDK:083N8367
FDK:083N8313
FDK:083N8468
FDK:083N8367
FDK:083N8313
FDK:083N8469
FDK:083N8367
FDK:083N8398
DN 1500
DN 1600
DN 1800
DN 2000
FDK:083N8471
FDK:083N8475
FDK:083N8479
FDK:083N8483
FDK:083N8472
FDK:083N8476
FDK:083N8480
FDK:083N8484
FDK:083N8473
FDK:083N8477
FDK:083N8481
FDK:083N8485
1)
FDK:083N8113
FDK:083N8372
Also for MAG 5100 W (7ME6520 > DN 300; and 7ME6580).
Size
AWWA C-207
Size ANSI
Class 150
Article No.
Class 300
Article No.
JIS K10
Article No.
JIS K20
Article No.
FDK:083N8361
1
1 FDK:083N8362
2
FDK:083N8344
FDK:083N8361
FDK:083N8362
FDK:083N8344
FDK:083N8361
FDK:083N8362
FDK:083N8344
FDK:083N8361
FDK:083N8362
FDK:083N8344
28
30
32
FDK:083N8302
FDK:083N8366
FDK:083N8305
2 FDK:083N8345
3
FDK:083N8347
4
FDK:083N8025
FDK:083N8345
FDK:083N8347
FDK:083N8025
FDK:083N8345
FDK:083N8347
FDK:083N8070
FDK:083N8345
FDK:083N8347
FDK:083N8025
36
40
42
FDK:083N8308
FDK:083N8311
FDK:083N8394
5
6
8
FDK:083N8071
FDK:083N8008
FDK:083N8011
FDK:083N8071
FDK:083N8073
FDK:083N8076
FDK:083N8071
FDK:083N8008
FDK:083N8011
FDK:083N8071
FDK:083N8008
FDK:083N8011
44
48
54
FDK:083N8395
FDK:083N8314
FDK:083N8470
10
12
14
FDK:083N8013
FDK:083N8012
FDK:083N8039
FDK:083N8079
FDK:083N8082
FDK:083N8085
FDK:083N8013
FDK:083N8012
FDK:083N8083
FDK:083N8079
FDK:083N8081
FDK:083N8039
16
18
20
24
FDK:083N8100
FDK:083N8104
FDK:083N8107
FDK:083N8113
FDK:083N8102
FDK:083N8106
FDK:083N8110
FDK:083N8114
FDK:083N8100
FDK:083N8103
FDK:083N8107
FDK:083N8111
FDK:083N8101
FDK:083N8104
FDK:083N8108
FDK:083N8112
60
66
72
78
FDK:083N8474
FDK:083N8478
FDK:083N8482
FDK:083N8486
Article No.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/77
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
MAG 3100 and 3100 HT Type E grounding and protection ring
1 pc. AISI 316 grounding and protection ring type E for PTFE liners incl.
straps and screws
Type E
Note:
For MAG 3100 HT High temperature version 7ME6320... for PTFE
180 C (356 C) versions - grounding ring type E is included and factory
mounted.
tE
DN
PN 6
Article No.
PN 10
Article No.
PN 16
Article No.
PN 25
Article No.
DN 15
DN 25
DN 40
PN 40
Article No.
FDK:083N8365
FDK:083N8271
FDK:083N8278
DN 50
DN 65
DN 80
FDK:083N8284
FDK:083N8288
FDK:083N8285
FDK:083N8289
FDK:083N8282
FDK:083N8286
FDK:083N8290
DN 100
DN 125
DN 150
FDK:083N8116
FDK:083N8120
FDK:083N8124
FDK:083N8117
FDK:083N8121
FDK:083N8125
FDK:083N8118
FDK:083N8122
FDK:083N8126
DN 200
DN 250
DN 300
FDK:083N8129
FDK:083N8135
FDK:083N8144
FDK:083N8130
FDK:083N8136
FDK:083N8144
FDK:083N8130
FDK:083N8137
FDK:083N8145
FDK:083N8131
FDK:083N8138
FDK:083N8146
FDK:083N8132
FDK:083N8139
FDK:083N8147
DN 350
DN 400
DN 450
FDK:083N8152
FDK:083N8160
FDK:083N8168
FDK:083N8153
FDK:083N8161
FDK:083N8169
FDK:083N8154
FDK:083N8162
FDK:083N8170
FDK:083N8155
FDK:083N8163
FDK:083N8171
FDK:083N8156
FDK:083N8164
FDK:083N8172
DN 500
DN 600
FDK:083N8177
FDK:083N8186
FDK:083N8178
FDK:083N8187
FDK:083N8179
FDK:083N8188
FDK:083N8180
FDK:083N8189
FDK:083N8181
Protection of PTFE liner use 2 pcs.

Earthing of PTFE lined flowmeter use 1 pc.
Size ANSI
Class 150
Article No.
Class 300
Article No.
JIS K10
Article No.
JIS K20
Article No.
FDK:083N8365
1
FDK:083N8272
1 FDK:083N8279
FDK:083N8365
FDK:083N8272
FDK:083N8279
FDK:083N8271
FDK:083N8278
FDK:083N8271
FDK:083N8278
FDK:083N8283
2
2 FDK:083N8287
FDK:083N8291
3
FDK:083N8283
FDK:083N8287
FDK:083N8292
FDK:083N8282
FDK:083N8285
FDK:083N8288
FDK:083N8282
FDK:083N8285
FDK:083N8289
4
5
6
FDK:083N8118
FDK:083N8122
FDK:083N8126
FDK:083N8119
FDK:083N8123
FDK:083N8127
FDK:083N8116
FDK:083N8121
FDK:083N8125
FDK:083N8117
FDK:083N8122
FDK:083N8126
8
10
12
FDK:083N8370
FDK:083N8140
FDK:083N8148
FDK:083N8133
FDK:083N8141
FDK:083N8149
FDK:083N8130
FDK:083N8137
FDK:083N8144
FDK:083N8370
FDK:083N8139
FDK:083N8146
14
16
18
FDK:083N8157
FDK:083N8165
FDK:083N8173
FDK:083N8158
FDK:083N8166
FDK:083N8174
FDK:083N8152
FDK:083N8160
FDK:083N8169
FDK:083N8154
FDK:083N8165
FDK:083N8171
20
24
FDK:083N8182
FDK:083N8190
FDK:083N8183
FDK:083N8191
FDK:083N8178
A5E32709738
FDK:083N8180
A5E32710253

Grounding of PTFE lined flowmeter use 1 pc.
3/78
Siemens FI 01 2015
AS2129, Table E
DN
Article No.
DN 15
DN 25
DN 40
FDK:083N8365
FDK:083N8272
FDK:083N8280
DN 50
DN 65
DN 80
FDK:083N8281
FDK:083N8284
FDK:083N8293
DN 100
DN 125
DN 150
FDK:083N8117
FDK:083N8121
FDK:083N8128
DN 200
DN 250
DN 300
FDK:083N8134
FDK:083N8143
FDK:083N8151
DN 350
DN 400
DN 450
FDK:083N8153
FDK:083N8161
FDK:083N8176
DN 500
DN 600
FDK:083N8185

Grounding of PTFE lined flowmeter use 1 pcs.
A5E32710253
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
MAG 3100 and MAG 3100 HT type E grounding and protecting ring
1 pc. Hastelloy C276 grounding and protection ring type E for PTFE liners incl. straps
and screws
Type E
tE
DN
PN 6
Article No.
PN 16
Article No.
DN 15
DN 25
DN 40
DN 50
DN 65
DN 80
DN 100
FDK:083N8494
FDK:083N8498
FDK:083N8503
FDK:083N8495
FDK:083N8499
FDK:083N8504
PN 40
Size
Article No.
ANSI
Class 150
Article No.
Class 300
Article No.
FDK:083N8487
FDK:083N8488
FDK:083N8490
1
1
FDK:083N8487
FDK:083N8489
FDK:083N8491
FDK:083N8487
FDK:083N8489
FDK:083N8491
FDK:083N8492
FDK:083N8496
FDK:083N8500
FDK:083N8505
2
2
3
4
FDK:083N8493
FDK:083N8497
FDK:083N8501
FDK:083N8506
FDK:083N8493
FDK:083N8497
FDK:083N8502
FDK:083N8507

MAG 3100 and MAG 3100 HT1) Grounding rings: Flat rings
1 pc. AISI 316 grounding flat ring for all liners (PTFE max. 130 C (266 F))
t F = 2 mm (0.08 inch)
tF
DN
PN 10
PN 16
PN 40
Article No.
Article No.
Article No.
DN 15
DN 25
DN 40
Size
ANSI
Class 150
Article No.
Class 300
Article No.
A5E01191969
A5E01150880
A5E01191952
1
1
A5E01191968
A5E01150022
A5E01191961
A5E01150378
DN 50
DN 65
DN 80
A5E01150918
A5E01191954
A5E01152876
2
2
3
A5E01151121
A5E01191962
A5E01152910
A5E01151194
A5E01191940
A5E01152876
DN 100
DN 125
DN 150
A5E01158875
A5E01191941
A5E01191943
A5E01159072
A5E01191956
A5E01191957
4
5
6
A5E01159146
A5E01191963
A5E01191964
A5E01159628
A5E01191944
A5E01191946
A5E01191947
A5E01191958
A5E01191959
A5E01191960
8
10
12
A5E01191965
A5E01191966
A5E01191967
DN 200
DN 250
DN 300
1)
A5E01191951
A5E01191950
A5E01191949
A5E01153422
Also for MAG 5100 W (7ME6520 DN 40 ... 300)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/79
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
MAG 3100 and MAG 3100 HT Grounding rings : Flat rings
1 pc. Hastelloy C276 grounding flat ring for all liners (PTFE max. 130 C (266 F))
t F = 2 mm (0.08 inch)
tF
DN
PN 10
PN 16
PN 40
Article No.
Article No.
Article No.
DN 15
DN 25
DN 40
Size
ANSI
Class 150
Article No.
A5E01191981
A5E01150882
A5E01191982
1
1
A5E01191989
A5E01150028
A5E01191990
Class 300
Article No.
A5E01150379
DN 50
DN 65
DN 80
A5E01150922
A5E01191983
A5E01152889
2
2
3
A5E01151124
A5E01191991
A5E01152913
A5E01151197
A5E01191971
A5E01152889
DN 100
DN 125
DN 150
A5E01158886
A5E01191973
A5E01191974
A5E01159074
A5E01191984
A5E01191985
4
5
6
A5E01159150
A5E01191992
A5E01191993
A5E01159629
A5E01191975
A5E01191976
A5E01191977
A5E01191986
A5E01191987
A5E01191988
8
10
12
A5E01191994
A5E01191995
A5E01191996
DN 200
DN 250
DN 300
A5E01191978
A5E01191979
A5E01191980
A5E01153424

MAG 3100 and MAG 3100 HT Grounding rings : Flat rings
1 pc. Tantalum grounding flat ring for all liners (PTFE max. 130 C (266 F))
tF = 1 mm (0.04 inch)
tF
DN
PN 16
PN 40
Article No.
Article No.
DN 15
DN 25
DN 40
DN 50
DN 65
DN 80
DN 100
3/80
A5E01192005
A5E01152890
A5E01158891
Siemens FI 01 2015
Size
ANSI
Class 150
Article No.
A5E01192007
A5E01150883
A5E01192008
1
1
A5E01192010
A5E01150030
A5E01192011
A5E01150926
A5E01192009
A5E01152890
A5E01159076
2
2
3
4
A5E01151129
A5E01192012
A5E01152916
A5E01159156
Class 300
Article No.
A5E01150381
A5E01151199
A5E01153427
A5E01159631
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
MAG 3100 and MAG 3100 HT sensor with compact or remote transmitter
131 (5.16)
218 (8.58)
155 (6.10)
208 (8.19)
2 x M25
D1
D1
A1
M20
("NPT)
A2
131 (5.16)
B
L
TC
TE
B
L
TE
Metric
DN
[mm]
15
25
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000
1050
1100
1200
1400
1500
1600
1800
2000
A1)
[mm]
187
187
197
205
212
222
242
255
276
304
332
357
362
387
418
443
494
544
571
606
653
704
704
755
810
925
972
1025
1123
1223
A1
[mm]
341
341
351
359
366
376
396
409
430
458
486
511
516
541
572
597
648
698
725
760
807
858
858
904
964
1079
1126
1179
1277
1377
A2
[mm]
338
338
348
356
363
373
393
406
427
455
483
508
513
538
569
594
645
695
722
757
804
855
855
901
961
1076
1123
1176
1274
1374
[mm]
59
59
82
72
72
72
85
85
85
137
157
157
270
270
310
350
320
450
556
560
630
670
670
770
792
1000
1020
1130
1250
1375
D1
[mm]
104
104
124
139
154
174
214
239
282
338
393
444
451
502
563
614
715
816
869
927
1032
1136
1136
1238
1348
1574
1672
1774
1974
2174
L2)
EN 1092-1-201
PN 6, 10 PN 16/ PN 16
non-PED
[mm]
[mm]
200
200/200
200/250
250/250
250/300
300/350
350/450
450/500
500/550
550/600
600/600
600/600
600/600
600/700
875/700
-/800
1000/800
900
1125/900
1000
1250/1000
-/-/1200
1500/1200
1400
-/1400
1500
-/1500
1600
-/1600
1800
-/1800
2000
-/2000
PN
25
[mm]
350
450
500
550
600
600
625
750
800
900
1000
1100
1300
-
PN
40
[mm]
200
200
200
200
200
2723)
250
250
300
350
450
500
550
600
600
680
800
-
PN
63
[mm]
276
320
323
380
420
415
480
550
600
-
PN
100
[mm]
260
280
300
350
340
400
450
450
530
620
680
-
ANSI 16.5
Class
Class
150
300
[mm]
[mm]
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
272
2723)
2723)
250
310
250
335
300
300
350
350
450
450
500
500
550
550
600
600
600
640
600
730
600
860
800
950
900
1100
1100
1400
-
1)
14.5 mm shorter with AISI terminal box (Ex and high temperature version)
When earthing flanges are used, the thickness of the earthing flange must be added to the built-in length
3)
Not according to ISO 13359
2)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/81
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
DN
[mm]
15
25
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000
1050
1100
1200
1400
1500
1600
1800
2000
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
L1)
AS 2129 E
AS 4087
PN 16, 21, 35
[mm]
200
200
200
200
200
2004)
250
250
300
350
450
500
550
600
600
6005)
6006)
7007)
7507)
8007)
9007)
10007)
12007)
-
AWWA
C-207
Class D
[mm]
700
750
800
900
1000
1050
1100
1200
1400
1500
1600
1800
2000
JIS K10
JIS K20
[mm]
200
200
200
200
200
2008)
250
250
300
350
450
500
550
600
600
600
600
-
[mm]
200
200
240
240
272
2728)
310
335
300
350
450
500
550
600
640
680
800
-
TC2)
TE2)
TF2)
TT2)
Wgt.3)
[mm]
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
[mm]
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
-
[mm]
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
-
[mm]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
-
[kg]
4
5
8
9
11
12
16
19
27
40
60
80
110
125
175
200
287
330
360
450
530
660
660
1140
1180
1600
2460
2525
2930
3665
TC = Type C grounding ring, TE = Type E grounding ring (Included and factory mounted on high temperature 180 C PTFE sensor),
TF = Flat type grounding rings
Weights are approx. (for PN 16) without transmitter
PN 35 DN 80 = 272 mm (not according to ISO 13359)
PN 35 DN 500 = 680 mm
PN 35 DN 600 = 750 mm
Not AS 4087 PN 21 or PN 35
- not available
D = Outside diameter of flange, see flange tables
3/82
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
MAG 3100 and MAG 3100 HT sensor with compact or remote transmitter
Imperial
Size
A1)
A1
A2
D1
L2)
ANSI 16.5/ASME B16.473)
EN 1092-1-201
PN 6, 10 PN 16/ PN 16
non PED
PN
25
PN
40
PN
63
PN
100
Class
150
Class
300
Class
600
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
7.36
13.31
13.25
2.32
4.09
7.87
7.87
7.87
7.36
13.31
13.25
2.32
4.09
7.87
10.24
7.87
7.87
11.02
7.76
13.70
13.64
3.23
4.88
7.87
11.02
7.87
7.87
12.60
8.07
14.01
13.95
2.83
5.47
7.87
10.87
11.81
7.87
7.87
12.99
8.35
14.29
14.23
2.83
6.06
7.87
7.87/-
7.87
12.60
13.78
7.87
10.71
on request
12.72
13.39
10.714)
10.714)
13.78
8.74
14.69
14.63
2.83
6.85
7.87
7.87/-
10.714)
9.53
15.47
15.41
3.35
8.43
9.84
9.84/-
9.84
14.96
9.84
12.20
18.11
10.04
15.98
15.92
3.35
9.41
9.84
9.84/-
9.84
16.54
9.84
13.10
18.90
10.87
16.81
16.75
5.39
11.10
11.81
11.81/-
11.81
16.34
11.81
11.81
19.68
11.97
17.91
17.85
5.39
13.31
13.78
13.78/-
13.78
13.78
18.90
13.78
13.78
23.62
10
13.07
19.02
18.96
6.18
15.47
17.72
17.72/-
17.72
17.72
17.72
17.72
23.62
12
14.05
20.00
19.94
6.18
17.48
19.69
19.69/-
19.69
19.69
19.69
19.69
27.56
14
14.25
20.20
20.14
10.63
17.76
21.65
21.65/-
21.65
21.65
21.65
21.65
16
15.24
21.18
21.12
10.63
19.76
23.62
23.62/-
23.62
23.62
23.62
23.62
18
16.45
22.40
22.34
12.20
22.16
23.62
23.62/-
23.62
23.62
23.62
23.62
20
17.44
23.39
23.33
13.78
24.17
23.62
23.62/-
24.61
26.77
23.62
28.70
24
19.45
25.39
25.33
12.59
28.15
23.62
23.62/-
29.53
31.50
23.62
33.80
28
21.42
27.36
27.30
17.72
32.13
27.56
34.45/27.56
31.50
31.50
30
22.48
28.43
28.37
21.89
34.21
-/-
37.41
32
23.86
29.80
29.74
22.05
36.50
31.50
39.37/31.50
35.44
35.44
36
25.71
31.65
31.59
24.80
40.63
35.43
44.29/35.43
39.38
43.32
40
27.72
33.85
33.79
26.38
44.72
39.37
49.21/39.37
43.32
43.32
42
27.72
33.85
33.79
26.38
44.72
-/-
44
29.72
35.67
35.61
30.31
48.74
-/-
48
31.89
37.83
37.77
31.18
53.07
47.24
59.06/47.24
51.19
55.12
54
36.42
42.36
42.30
39.37
61.97
55.12
-/55.12
60
38.27
44.21
44.15
40.15
65.83
59.06
59.06/59.06
66
40.35
46.30
46.24
44.49
69.84
62.99
-/62.99
72
44.21
50.16
50.10
49.21
77.72
70.87
-/70.87
78
48.15
54.09
54.03
54.13
85.59
78.74
-/78.74
1)
0.571 inch shorter with AISI terminal box (Ex and high temperature version)
2)
3) ANSI 16.5 for DN 24"; ASME B16.47 for DN 28"
4)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/83
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Size
L1)
TC2)
TE2)
TF2)
TT2)
Weight3)
AS 2129 E
AS 4087
PN 16, 21, 35
AWWA
C-207
Class D
JIS K10
JIS K20
[in.]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[lb]
7.87
7.87
7.87
0.24
0.08
0.04
7.87
7.87
7.87
0.05
0.24
0.08
0.04
11
7.87
7.87
9.44
0.05
0.24
0.08
0.04
17
7.87
7.87
9.44
0.05
0.24
0.08
0.04
20
7.87
7.87
10.70
0.05
0.24
0.08
0.04
24
7.874)
7.878)
10.708)
0.05
0.24
0.08
0.04
26
9.84
9.84
12.20
0.05
0.24
0.08
0.04
35
9.84
9.84
13.18
0.05
0.24
0.08
42
11.81
11.81
11.81
0.05
0.24
0.08
60
13.78
13.77
13.77
0.05
0.31
0.08
88
10
17.72
17.71
17.71
0.05
0.31
0.08
132
12
19.69
19.68
19.68
0.06
0.31
0.08
176
14
21.65
21.65
21.65
0.06
0.31
242
16
23.62
23.62
23.62
0.06
0.39
275
18
23.62
23.62
25.19
0.06
0.39
385
20
23.625)
23.62
26.77
0.06
0.39
440
24
23.626)
23.62
31.49
0.06
0.39
633
28
27.567)
27.56
0.08
728
30
29.537)
29.52
0.08
794
32
31.507)
31.50
0.08
992
36
35.437)
35.43
0.08
1168
40
39.377)
39.37
0.08
1455
42
39.37
0.08
1455
44
43.31
0.08
2513
48
47.247)
47.24
0.08
2601
54
55.12
0.12
3528
60
59.06
0.12
5423
66
63.00
0.12
5566
72
70.87
0.12
6460
78
78.74
0.12
8080
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
TC = Type C grounding ring, TE = Type E grounding ring (Included and factory mounted on high temperature 356 F PTFE sensor),
TF = Flat type grounding rings
Weights are for ANSI 150 without transmitter
PN 35 DN 80 = 10.70 inch
PN 35 DN 500 = 26.77 inch
PN 35 DN 600 = 29.53 inch
Not AS 4087 PN 21 or PN 35
- not available
3/84
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Flow sensor MAG 3100 P
Overview
Mode of operation
the flow.
Integration
The complete flowmeter consists of a flow sensor and an associated transmitter MAG 5000, 6000 and 6000 I.
The flexible communication concept USM II simplifies integration and update to a variety of fieldbus systems such as HART,
Modbus RTU/RS 485.
Pressure/temperature curve to EN (DIN) flanges,
material A 105 carbon steel
Pressure - temperature curve to EN (DIN)
flanges material A 105 carbon steel
120
100
80
The SITRANS F M MAG 3100 P is designed to meet the most

common specifications within chemical and process industries.
bar
60
40
Benefits
DN 15 to DN 300 ( to 12)
Included in Quick Ship Program (delivery time see PIA LCP)
Most used flowmeter in the chemical and process industries
with PTFE/PFA liner and Hastelloy electrodes
Excellent chemical resistance
Full scope of global approvals for hazardous areas:
- ATEX, FM, CSA, IEcEx
- 24 V and 115/230 V Ex compact and remote
- intrinsically safe ia analog output
logging
the toughest applications and environments
updates settings.
MAG 6000 I full NAMUR compliance
- compliant with NE 21, NE 32, NE 43, NE 53 and NE 70
Application
Chemical industry
Process industry
Pulp and paper
Industrial waste water
20
0
PN 40
PN 16
PN 10
-20
-10
50
100
150
180

Pressure - temperature curve to ANSI B16.5 flanges
800
700
600
500
psi
400
300
A 105 class 150
200
100
0
-20
100
200
300
400
Note: The pressure-temperature curves only assist in the selection of a system. No responsibility is taken for the correctness of
Design
Easy plug & play field changeability of transmitter
High temperature sensor for applications with temperatures
up to 150 C (302 F)
EN1092-1 flanges, and CRN
Build-in length according to ISO 13359
Onsite or factory upgrade to IP68/NEMA 6P of a standard sensor.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/85
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Chemical and process industryoriented (Included in Quick Ship

Program (delivery time see PIA
LCP))
Nominal size
PTFE: DN 15 ... 300 ( 12)

PFA: DN 15 ... 150 ( 6)
Measuring principle
DN 15 ... 65 ( 2):
12.5 Hz/15 Hz
DN 80 ... 150 (3 ... 6):
6.25 Hz/7.5 Hz
DN 200 ... 300 (8 ... 12):
3.125 Hz/3.75 Hz
Process connection
EN 1092-1, raised face1)
(EN 1092-1, DIN 2501 and BS 4504
have the same mating dimensions)
DN 15 ... 50 ( 2):
PN 40 (580 psi)
DN 65 ... 300 (2 12):
PN 16 (232 psi)
DN 200 ... 300 (8 12):
PN 10 (145 psi)
ANSI B16.5 (~BS 1560), raised
face
... 12: Class 150 (20 bar
(290 psi))
Flanges
Design
Weight
Carbon steel ASTM A 105, with

corrosion resistant two component
epoxy coating (min. 150 m)
AISI 304/1.4301
Electrode material
PTFE: Hastelloy C276/2.4819

PFA: Hastelloy C22/2.4602
Grounding electrode
material
PTFE: No grounding electrodes

PFA: Hastelloy
Terminal box (remote version only) Standard fibre glass reinforced

polyamide
Option Stainless steel
AISI 316/1.4436
Ex sensor: Stainless steel
AISI 316/1.4436
Cable entries

Ambient temperature (conditions

also dependent on liner characteristiques)
Calibration
Standard sensor
-40 +100 C (-40 +212 F)
Ex sensor
-20 +60 C (-4 +140 F)
With compact transmitter

- MAG 5000/60002)
-20 +60 C (-4 +140 F)
- MAG 6000 I
-20 +60 C (-4 +140 F)
- MAG 6000 I Ex
-20 +60 C (-4 +140 F)
PTFE Teflon
Operating pressure [abs. bar]
- DN 15 ... 300 ( 12) :
(maximum operating pressure
0.3 ... 40 bar (4 ... 580 psi)
decreases with increasing operating temperature and with stainless PFA
steel flanges)
- DN 15 ... 150 ( 6):
(0.29 ... 725 psi)
Enclosure rating
IP67 to EN 60529/NEMA 4X/6,

1 mH2O for 30 min
Option: IP68 to EN 60529/NEMA 6P,
10 mH2O cont. (not for Ex)
Pressure drop at 3 m/s
As straigth pipe
Test pressure
18 ... 1000 Hz random in x, y, z,

directions for 2 hours according
to EN 60068-2-36
Sensor: 3.17 g RMS
Sensor with compact MAG 5000/
6000 mounted transmitter:
3.17 g RMS
Sensor with compact MAG 6000 I/
6000 I Ex mounted transmitter:
1.14 g RMS
PTFE -20 +130 C

(-4 +266 F)
PFA -20 +150 C
(-4 +302 F)
EMC
2004/108/EC
3/86
Siemens FI 01 2015
Remote installation 2 x M20 or

2 x " NPT
- MAG 5000/MAG 6000: 4 x M20
or 4 x NPT
- MAG 6000 I: 2 x M25 or
2 x " NPT
(for supply/output)
- MAG 6000 I Ex: 2 x M25 or
2 x " NPT (for supply/output)
Standard production calibration,

calibration report shipped with
sensor
Zero-point, 2 x 25 % and 2 x 90 %
Conforms to
PED (All EN1092-1 flanges conforms to PED) 97/23/EC3)

CRN

with meter4)
Ex approvals
Ex sensor
ATEX 2G D: DN 15 ... 300:
EEx de ia IIC T3 - T6
FM Class I/II/III, Div 1 (compact
only)
Standard sensor
FM Class I, Div 2
CSA Class I, Div 2
Custody transfer (CT)

(only together with MAG 5000/
6000 CT), order as special

(Germany)
Other media than water OIML R 117 (Denmark)
1)
DN 600 type 01 (SORF); DN > 600 type 11 (WNRF)

With compact transmitter MAG 5000 CT/6000 CT -20 ... +50 C
(-4 ... +122 F)
3) For further information on the PED standard and requirements, see page
9/6.
4) Has to be ordered with the meter. It is not possible to order the certificate
afterwards.
2)
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Article No.
Sensor SITRANS F M MAG 3100 P

(Short delivery time)
7 ME 6 3 4 0 -
77777 - 7777

Diameter
DN 15 ()
DN 25 (1)
DN 40 (1)
1V
2D
2R
DN 50 (2)
DN 65 (2)
DN 80 (3)
2Y
1) 3 F
3M
DN 100 (4)
DN 125 (5)
DN 150 (6)
3T
4B
4H
DN 200 (8)
DN 250 (10)
DN 300 (12)
4P
4V
5D
B
C
F
ANSI B16.5
Class 150 ( ... 12)
Flange material
Carbon steel flanges ASTM A 105
Liner material
PTFE (130 C (266 F))
PFA (150 C (302 F)) (DN 15 ... 150 (" ... 6"))
Transmitter
Standard sensor for remote transmitter (Order
transmitter separately)
Ex sensor for remote transmitter (Order transmitter separately)
MAG 6000 I, Aluminum,
18 ... 90 V DC, 115 ... 230 V AC
MAG 6000 I, Aluminum, 18 ... 30 V DC, Ex
MAG 6000 I, Aluminum, 115 ... 230 V AC, Ex
MAG 6000 I (NAMUR), Aluminum, 18 ... 30 V DC,
115 ... 230 V AC
MAG 6000 I (NAMUR), Aluminum, 18 ... 30 V DC,
115 ... 230 V AC, Ex
MAG 6000, Polyamide, 11 30 V DC/11 ... 24 V AC
MAG 5000, Polyamide, 11 ... 30 V DC/11 ... 24 V AC
C15
C14

(add plain text)
Y17
Y18
Y20
Power cable wired (specify cable Article No.)
Y40
Sensor for remote transmitter's junction box IP68 with

wired cable (specify cable Article No.) (not for ATEX)
Y41
Y99
1
3
7
2
6
On request2)

On request2)
On request2)

On request2)
On request2)
1)
Under preparation.
2)

Operating instructions for SITRANS F M MAG 3100 P

A
Description
Article No.
English
A5E03005599
German
A5E03086288
Spanish
A5E03086291
French
A5E03086290
Matched pair - (Standard production calibration where

sensor and transmitter is calibrated together)
D
E
F

the customer's place. MAG 6000 I/MAG 6000 I ATEX 2G D transmitters and sensors are delivered compact mounted from factory.
H
J
K
L
A
B
F

Metric SS terminal box (mandatory for stainless
" NPT SS terminal box (mandatory for stainless
1)
C121)
Communication
HART


EN 1092-1
PN 10 (DN 200 ... 300 (8 12))
PN 16 (DN 65 ... 300 (2 12))
PN 40 (DN 15 ... 50 ( 2)
Electrode material
Hastelloy C
Hastelloy C incl. grounding electrode, (only PFA)
Order code
Accessories
Description
of flow sensors for
IP68/NEMA 6P
1
2
3
4
Article No.
FDK:085U0220


Only for ANSI flanges
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/87
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
MAG 3100 P Type E grounding and protection ring
1 pc. AISI 316 grounding and protection rings type E for PTFE liners
incl. straps and screws
Type E
tE
DN
PN 10
Article No.
PN 16
Article No.
DN 15
DN 25
DN 40
PN 40
Article No.
ANSI1)
Class 150
Article No.
FDK:083N8365
FDK:083N8271
FDK:083N8278
1
1
FDK:083N8365
FDK:083N8272
FDK:083N8279
FDK:083N8282
DN 50
DN 65
DN 80
FDK:083N8285
FDK:083N8289
2
2
3
FDK:083N8283
FDK:083N8287
FDK:083N8291
DN 100
DN 125
DN 150
FDK:083N8117
FDK:083N8121
FDK:083N8125
4
5
6
FDK:083N8118
FDK:083N8122
FDK:083N8126
FDK:083N8130
FDK:083N8137
FDK:083N8145
8
10
12
FDK:083N8370
FDK:083N8140
FDK:083N8148
DN 200
DN 250
DN 300
FDK:083N8130
FDK:083N8136
FDK:083N8144

Earthing of PTFE lined flowmeter use 1 pc.

MAG 3100 P type E grounding and protecting ring
1 pc. Hastelloy C276 grounding and protection ring type E for PTFE liners incl. straps
and screws
Type E
tE
DN
1)
ANSI1)
Class 150
Article No.
FDK:083N8487
FDK:083N8488
FDK:083N8490
1
1
FDK:083N8487
FDK:083N8489
FDK:083N8491
FDK:083N8492
2
2
3
4
FDK:083N8493
FDK:083N8497
FDK:083N8501
FDK:083N8506
PN 40
Article No.
Article No.
DN 15
DN 25
DN 40
DN 50
DN 65
DN 80
DN 100
Size
PN 16
FDK:083N8495
FDK:083N8499
FDK:083N8504
For dimensions of MAG 3100 P see table on page 3/90
3/88
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
MAG 3100 P Grounding rings: Flat rings
1 pc. AISI 316 grounding flat ring for all liners
t F = 2 mm (0.08 inch)
tF
DN
ANSI1)
Class 150
Article No.
A5E01191968
A5E01150880
A5E01191952
1
1
A5E01191969
A5E01150022
A5E01191961
A5E01150918
PN 16
PN 40
Article No.
Article No.
Article No.
DN 15
DN 25
DN 40
Size
PN 10
DN 50
DN 65
DN 80
A5E01191940
A5E01152876
2
2
3
A5E01151121
A5E01191962
A5E01152910
DN 100
DN 125
DN 150
A5E01158875
A5E01191941
A5E01191943
4
5
6
A5E01159146
A5E01191963
A5E01191964
A5E01191944
A5E01191946
A5E01191947
8
10
12
A5E01191965
A5E01191966
A5E01191967
DN 200
DN 250
DN 300
A5E01191951
A5E01191950
A5E01191949

MAG 3100 P Grounding rings : Flat rings
1 pc. Hastelloy C276 grounding flat ring
t F = 2 mm (0.08 inch)
tF
DN
Size
ANSI1)
Class 150
Article No.
A5E01191981
A5E01150882
A5E01191982
1
1
A5E01191989
A5E01150028
A5E01191990
A5E01150922
PN 10
PN 16
PN 40
Article No.
Article No.
Article No.
DN 15
DN 25
DN 40
DN 50
DN 65
DN 80
A5E01191971
A5E01152889
2
2
3
A5E01151124
A5E01191991
A5E01152913
DN 100
DN 125
DN 150
A5E01158886
A5E01191973
A5E01191974
4
5
6
A5E01159150
A5E01191992
A5E01191993
A5E01191975
A5E01191976
A5E01191977
8
10
12
A5E01191994
A5E01191995
A5E01191996
DN 200
DN 250
DN 300
1)
A5E01191978
A5E01191979
A5E01191980
For dimensions of MAG 3100 P see table on page 3/90
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/89
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
MAG 3100 P sensor with compact or remote transmitter
131 (5.16)
218 (8.58)
155 (6.10)
208 (8.19)
2 x M25
D1
D1
A1
M20
("NPT)
A2
131 (5.16)
B
L
B
L
TC
TE
TE
Metric
TF3)
Wgt.4)
ANSI 16.5
Class 150
[mm]
[mm]
200
6
[mm]
2
[kg]
4
[mm]
15
[mm]
187
[mm]
341
[mm]
338
[mm]
59
[mm]
104
25
187
341
338
59
104
200
200
40
197
351
348
82
124
200
200
50
205
359
356
72
139
200
200
65
212
369
366
72
154
200/-
200
11
80
222
376
373
72
174
200/-
2725)
12
100
242
396
393
85
214
250/-
250
16
125
255
409
406
85
239
250/-
250
19
150
276
430
427
85
282
300/-
300
27
200
304
458
455
137
338
350
350/-
350
40
250
332
486
483
157
393
450
450/-
450
60
300
357
511
508
157
444
500
500/-
500
80
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
A1)
TE3)
L2)
EN 1092-1-201
PN 10
PN 16
[mm]
[mm]
-
DN
A1
A2
D1
PN 40
[mm]
200
14.5 mm shorter with AISI terminal box (Ex and high temperature version)
TE = Type E grounding ring, TF = Flat type grounding rings
Weights are approx. (for PN 16) without transmitter
- not available
3/90
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
MAG 3100 P sensor with compact or remote transmitter
Imperial
Size
A1)
A1
A2
D1
L2)
EN 1092-1-201
TC3)
TE3)
TF3)
Wgt.4)
ANSI 16.5
PN 10
PN 16
PN 40
Class 150
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[lb]
7.36
13.4
13.34
2.32
4.09
7.87
7.87
0.24
0.08
7.36
13.4
13.34
2.32
4.09
7.87
7.87
0.05
0.24
0.08
11
7.76
13.8
13.74
3.23
4.88
7.87
7.87
0.05
0.24
0.08
17
8.07
14.1
14.04
2.83
5.47
7.87
7.87
0.05
0.24
0.08
20
8.35
14.4
14.34
2.83
6.06
7.87/-
7.87
0.05
0.24
0.08
24
8.74
14.8
14.74
2.83
6.85
7.87/-
10.715)
0.05
0.24
0.08
26
9.53
15.6
15.54
3.35
8.43
9.84/-
9.84
0.05
0.24
0.08
35
10.04
16.1
16.04
3.35
9.41
9.84/-
9.84
0.05
0.24
0.08
42
10.87
16.9
16.84
3.35
11.10
11.81/-
11.81
0.05
0.24
0.08
60
11.97
18.0
17.94
5.39
13.31
13.78
13.78/-
13.78
0.05
0.31
0.08
88
10
13.07
19.1
19.04
6.18
15.47
17.72
17.72/-
17.72
0.05
0.31
0.08
132
12
14.05
20.1
20.04
6.18
17.48
19.69
19.69/-
19.69
0.06
0.31
0.08
176
1)
0.571 inch shorter with AISI terminal box (Ex and high temperature version)
TC = Type C grounding ring, TE = Type E grounding ring, TF = Flat type grounding rings
4)
Weights are for ANSI 150 without transmitter
5)
2)
3)
- not available
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/91
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Overview
Application
Water abstraction
Water treatment
Water distribution network (leak detection management)
Custody transfer water meters
Irrigation
Waste water treatment
Filtration plant (e.g. reverse osmosis and ultra filtration)
Industrial water applications
Mode of operation
the flow.
Integration
The complete flowmeter consists of a flow sensor and an associated transmitter SITRANS F M MAG 5000, MAG 6000 or
MAG 6000 I.
The SITRANS F M MAG 5100 W is an electromagnetic flow sensor designed to meet ground water, drinking water, waste water,
sewage or sludge applications.
Benefits
DN 15 to DN 1200 / 2000 ( to 48"/78)
Stock program of MAG 5100 W secures short delivery time
Connection flanges EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501), ANSI, AWWA, AS
and JIS.
NBR Hard Rubber and Ebonite Hard Rubber liner for all water
applications
EPDM liner with drinking water approvals
Hastelloy integrated grounding and measuring electrodes
Increased low flow accuracy for water leak detection, due to
coned liner design (Article No. 7ME6520, DN 15 to 300 mm
(" to 12")).
Suitable for direct burial and constant flooding
Custody transfer approvals
Build-in length according to ISO 13359; the standard includes
sizes up to DN 400.
Easy commissioning, SENSORPROM unit automatically uploads calibration values and settings.
Designed so patented in-situ verification can be conducted.
Using SENSORPROM fingerprint.
Custody Transfer option for water billing, with type approval after OIML R 49 and verified according to MI-001 - 0D inlet/
0D outlet installation
- pattern approval OIML R 49 (Denmark, Germany)
- conforms to ISO 4064 and EN 14154 for mechanical flowmeters
- PTB K7.2
FM Fire Service Meter (Class Number 1044) for automatic fire
protection systems
EN1092-1 flanges
Simple onsite or factory upgrade to IP68/NEMA 6P of a standard sensor
MCERTS approval for UK environmental market
3/92
Siemens FI 01 2015
The flexible communication concept USM II simplifies integration and update to a variety of fieldbus systems, e.g. HART,
DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP and PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
or Modbus RTU/RS 485.
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
MAG 5100 W (7ME6520)

Mainly for the European market
MAG 5100 W (7ME6580)

Mainly for the non-European market
EPDM or NBR lining
Ebonite lining
Design and nominal size
Coned sensor
(octagon liner): DN 15 ... 40 ( ... 1)
Coned sensor: DN 50 ... 300 (2 ... 12)
Full bore sensor: DN 350 ... 1200 (14 ... 48)
Full bore sensor: DN 25 ... 2000 (1 ... 78)
Measuring principle
Excitation frequency (Mains supply: 50/60 Hz)
DN 15 ... 65 ( ... 2): 12.5 Hz/15 Hz

DN 80 ... 150 (3 ... 6): 6.25 Hz/7.5 Hz
DN 200 ... 300 (8 ... 12): 3.125 Hz/3.75 Hz
DN 350 ... 1200 (14 ... 48): 1.5625 Hz/1.875 Hz
DN 25 ... 65 (1 ... 2): 12.5 Hz/15 Hz

DN 80 ... 150 (3 ... 6): 6.25 Hz/7.5 Hz
DN 200 ... 1200 (8 ... 48): 3.125 Hz/3.75 Hz
DN 1400 ... 2000 (54 ... 78): 1.5625 Hz/1.875 Hz
EN 1092-1
PN 10 (145 psi) : DN 200 ... 300 (8 ... 12)

Flat face
PN 10 (145 psi): DN 350 ... 1200 (14 ... 48)
Raised face2)
PN 16 (232 psi): DN 50 ... 300 (2 ... 12)
Flat face3)
PN 16 (232 psi): DN 350 ... 1200 (14 ... 48)
Raised face
PN 40 (580 psi): DN 15 ... 40 ( ... 1)
Flat face
Raised face3) (EN 1092-1, DIN 2501 and BS

4504 have the same mating dimensions)
PN 6 (87 psi): DN 1400 ... 2000 (54 ... 78)
PN 10 (145 psi): DN 200 ... 2000 (8 ... 78)
PN 16 (232 psi): DN 65 ... 600 (2 ... 24)
PN 40 (580 psi): DN 25 ... 50 (1 ... 2)
ANSI B16.5
Class 150: " ... 12" flat face;

14" ... 24" raised face
Class 150: 1 ... 24; raised face
AWWA C-207
Class D: 28 ... 48, flat face
Class D: 28 ... 78, flat face
AS4087
PN 16 (DN 50 ... 1200), (2" ... 48")

16 bar (232 psi)
PN 16 (DN 50 ... 1200), (2" ... 48")

16 bar (232 psi)
JIS B 2220:2004
K10 (1" ... 24")
Process connection
Flanges1)
Rated Operation conditions

Ambient temperature
Sensor
-40 ... +70 C (-40 ... +158 F)
-20 ... +70 C (-4 ... +158 F)
With compact transmitter MAG 5000/60004)
-20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
-20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Operating pressure (Abs)

[abs. bar] (Maximum operating pressure
depending on flange standard, decreases with
increasing operating temperature)
DN 15 ... 40 ( ... 1):

0.01 ... 40 bar (0.15 ... 580 psi)
DN 50 ... 300 (2 ... 12):
0.03 ... 20 bar (0.44 ... 290 psi)
DN 350 ... 1200 (14 ... 48):
0.01 ... 16 bar (0.15 ... 232 psi)
DN 25 ... 50 (1 ... 2):

0.01 ... 40 bar (0.15 ... 580 psi)
DN 65 ... 1200 (2 ... 48):
0.01 ... 16 bar (0.15 ... 232 psi)
DN 1400 ... 2000 (54 ... 78):
0.01 ... 10 bar (0.15 ... 145 psi)
Standard
IP67 to EN 60529/NEMA 4X/6

(1 mH2O for 30 min)
IP67 to EN 60529/NEMA 4X/6

(1 mH2O for 30 min)
Option
IP68 to EN 60529/NEMA 6P
(10 mH2O continuously)
IP68 to EN 60529/NEMA 6P
(10 mH2O continuously)
Pressure drop
DN 15 and 25 (" and 1"): Max. 20 mbar (0.29 psi) Insignificant

at 1 m/s (3 ft/s).
DN 40 ... 300 (1" ... 12"): Max 25 mbar (0.36 psi)
at 3 m/s (10 ft/s)
DN 350 ... 1200 (14 ... 48): Insignificant
Test pressure

FM Fire Service: 2 x PN
18 ... 1000 Hz random in x, y, z, directions for

2 hours according to EN 60068-2-36
Sensor: 3.17 g RMS
Sensor with compact MAG 5000/6000 mounted
Sensor with compact MAG 6000 I mounted
18 ... 1000 Hz random in x, y, z, directions for

2 hours according to EN 60068-2-36
Sensor: 3.17 g RMS
Sensor with compact MAG 5000/6000 mounted
Sensor with compact MAG 6000 I mounted
Enclosure rating
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/93
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Mainly for the European market (7ME6520)
Mainly for the non-European market

(7ME6580)
EPDM or NBR lining
Ebonite lining
Medium conditions
NBR
-10 ... +70 C (14 ... 158 F)
EPDM
-10 ... +70 C (14 ... 158 F)
EPDM/NBR (MI-001)
0.1 ... 30 C (32 ... 76 F)
Ebonite
-10 ... +70 C (14 ... 158 F)
EMC
2004/108/EC
2004/108/EC
Housing and flanges
Carbon steel ASTM A 105, with corrosionresistant two-component epoxy coating

(150 m/300 m)
Corrosivity category C4, according to
ISO 12944-2
Carbon steel ASTM A 105, with corrosionresistant two-component epoxy coating

(150 m/300 m)
Corrosivity category C4, according to
ISO 12944-2
Measuring pipe
Electrode
Hastelloy C
Hastelloy C
Grounding electrode
Hastelloy C
Hastelloy C
Terminal box
Standard production calibration (default),

Special calibration
5-point calibration: 20 %, 40 %, 60 %, 80 %,
100 % of factory Qmax
20 %, 40 %, 60 %, 80 %, 100 % of factory Qmax
Matched-pair calibration: default, 5-point or 10point
5-point calibration: 20 %, 40 %, 60 %, 80 %,
100 % of factory Qmax
20 %, 40 %, 60 %, 80 %, 100 % of factory Qmax
Matched-pair calibration: default, 5-point or 10point
Custody Transfer (only together with

MAG 6000 CT)
OIML R 49 pattern approval cold water (Denmark and Germany): DN 50 ... 300 (2 ... 12")
MI-001 cold water (EU): DN 50 ... 300 (2 ... 12")
PTB K7.2: Chilled water energy metering
DN 50-300 (order as special)
Certificate number: 22 76.10 02
EPDM liner:
ACS (F),
DVGW W270 (D)
Belgaqua (B)
Other approvals
MCERTS
PED conforming: All EN1092-1 flanges and
ANSI Class 150 (< DN 300 (<12)) 97/23/EC7)
CRN (DN 50 - DN 1200 (2" ... 48"))
CSA Class I, Div 28)
FM Class I, Div 28)
FM Fire Service Approval according to class
10448)9)
VdS: Extinguishing systems DN 50 ... 300
Design
Material

Calibration
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)

PED conforming: All EN1092-1 flanges

( DN 600 ( 24") 97/23/EC7)
CRN
CSA Class I, Div 28)
FM Class I, Div 28)
DN 750, DN 1050 and DN 1100 (30", 42" and 44") not available with EN 1092-1 (PN 10 and PN 16) and AS4087 flanges
Type 01 (SORF)
DN 600 type 01 (SORF); DN > 600 type 11
With compact transmitter MAG 5000 CT/6000 CT -20 ... +50 C (-4 ... +122 F); with compact MI-001 approved transmitter -25 ... +55 C (-13 ... +131 F)
Has to be ordered with the meter. It is not possible to order the certificate afterwards.
Including Annex G
For sizes larger than 600 mm (24) in PN 16 PED conformity is available as a cost-added option. The basic unit will carry the LVD (Low Voltage Directive) and EMC
approval. All products sold outside of EU and EFTA are excluded from the directive, also products sold into certain market sectors are excluded. These include:
a) Meters used in networks for the supply, distribution and discharge of water.
b) Meters used in pipelines for the conveyance of any fluid from offshore to onshore.
c) Meters used in the extraction of petroleum or gas, including Christmas tree and manifold equipment.
d) Any meter mounted on a ship or mobile offshore platform. For further information on the PED standard and requirements see page 9/6.
DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150, DN 200, DN 250, and DN 300 (2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10", and 12") with ANSI B16.5 Class 150 flanges
3/94
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
MAG 5100 W (7ME6520) with MAG 6000 CT (Revenue program) MI-001
MAG 5100 W (7ME6520) with MAG 5000/MAG 6000 or

MAG 6000 CT for Fire Service applications
MAG 5100 W CT program is type approved according to international water meter standard OIML R 49. Since the first November 2006 the MI-001 water meter directive is in force, which
means that all water meters can be sold across the EU borders
if the water meters contain a MI-001 label.
The MAG 5100 W MI-001 verified and labeled products are a
Class II approval according to Directive 2004/22/EC of the
European Parliament and Council of March 31, 2004 on measuring instruments (MID), Annex MI-001 in the sizes from DN 50 to
DN 300 (Article No. 7ME6520).
The MID certification is obtained as a modul B + D module approval according to the above mentioned directive.
Module B : Type approval according to OIML R 49
Module D : Quality insurance approval of production
MAG 5100 W (7ME6520) is FM Fire Service approved for automatic fire protection systems. The approval is applicable for the
sizes DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150, DN 200, DN 250 and
DN 300 (2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10" and 12") with ANSI B16.5 Class 150
flanges. The FM Fire Service approved product can be ordered
via the Z-options P20, P21 and P22.
E%
FM Fire Service verification tolerances
3
1.5 %
MI-001 verification tolerances
E%
Qmin
Cl. II = 5%
Qmax
Cl. II = 2%
Q1 Q2
Q3
Q4
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/95
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
MAG 5100 W (7ME6520) MI-001 verified and labeled products at a given Q3 and Q3/Q4 = 1.25 and Q2/Q1 = 1.6 measuring ranges see
table below:
Order code: P11
DN 50 (2) DN 65 (2) DN 80 (3)
DN 100 (4) DN 125 (5) DN 150 (6) DN 200 (8) DN 250 (10) DN 300 (12)
R Q3/Q1
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
Q4 [m3/h]
20
31.25
50
78.75
125
200
312.5
500
787.5
Q3 [m3/h]
16
25
40
63
100
160
250
400
630
Q2 [m3/h]
1.02
1.6
2.6
4.03
6.4
10.24
16
25.6
40.32
Q1 [m3/h]
0.64
1.00
1.60
2.52
4.0
6.4
10.0
16.0
25.2
Order code: P12
DN 50 (2) DN 65 (2) DN 80 (3)
DN 100 (4) DN 125 (5) DN 150 (6) DN 200 (8) DN 250 (10) DN 300 (12)
R Q3/Q1
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
[m3/h]
20
31.25
50
78.75
125
200
312.5
500
787.5
Q3 [m3/h]
16
25
40
63
100
160
250
400
630
Q2 [m3/h]
0.41
0.63
1.02
1.6
2.54
4.06
6.35
10.2
16.0
Q1 [m3/h]
0.25
0.40
0.63
1.00
1.59
2.54
3.97
6.35
10.0
Order code: P13
DN 50 (2) DN 65 (2) DN 80 (3)
DN 100 (4) DN 125 (5) DN 150 (6) DN 200 (8) DN 250 (10) DN 300 (12)
R Q3/Q1
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
Q4 [m3/h]
20
31.25
50
78.75
125
200
312.5
500
787.5
Q3 [m3/h]
16
25
40
63
100
160
250
400
630
Q2 [m3/h]
0.32
0.50
0.80
1.20
2.00
3.20
5.0
8.0
12.6
Q1 [m3/h]
0.20
0.31
0.50
0.75
1.25
2.00
3.13
5.0
7.90
Order code: P16
DN 50 (2) DN 65 (2) DN 80 (3)
DN 100 (4) DN 125 (5) DN 150 (6) DN 200 (8) DN 250 (10) DN 300 (12)
R Q3/Q1
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
Q4 [m3/h]
50
78.75
125
200
312.5
500
787.5
1250
2000
[m3/h]
Q4
Q3
40
63
100
160
250
400
630
1000
1600
Q2 [m3/h]
0.40
0.63
1.00
1.60
2.50
4.00
6.3
10.0
16.0
Q1 [m3/h]
0.25
0.39
0.63
1.00
1.56
2.50
3.94
6.3
10.0
Order code: P17
DN 50 (2) DN 65 (2) DN 80 (3)
DN 100 (4) DN 125 (5) DN 150 (6) DN 200 (8) DN 250 (10) DN 300 (12)
R Q3/Q1
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
Q4 [m3/h]
50
78.75
125
200
312.5
500
787.5
1250
2000
Q3 [m3/h]
40
63
100
160
250
400
630
1000
1600
Q2 [m3/h]
0.32
0.50
0.80
1.28
2.00
3.20
5.0
8.0
12.8
[m3/h]
0.20
0.32
0.50
0.80
1.25
2.00
3.15
5.0
8.0
Q1
Order code: P18
DN 50 (2) DN 65 (2) DN 80 (3)
DN 100 (4) DN 125 (5) DN 150 (6) DN 200 (8) DN 250 (10) DN 300 (12)
R Q3/Q1
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
Q4 [m3/h]
50
78.75
125
200
312.5
500
787.5
1250
2000
Q3 [m3/h]
40
63
100
160
250
400
630
1000
1600
Q2 [m3/h]
0.26
0.40
0.64
1.02
1.60
2.56
4.0
6.4
10.24
Q1 [m3/h]
0.16
0.25
0.40
0.64
1.00
1.60
2.52
4.0
6.4
The Label is placed on the side of the encapsulation. An example of the product label is shown below:
OIML R 49/MI-001 approvals valid for:

DN 50 to 300 mm (2" to 12")
Horizontal installation
Compact or remote with max. 3 m cable
Power supply 115/230 V AC
Other restrictions may apply (see certificate).
Special OIML / MI-001 settings:
Unit: m3
Qmax: Q3
Digital output: Frequency
For other factory settings, see Operating Instructions.
3/96
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Article No.
Article No.
Sensor SITRANS F M MAG 5100 W

Hastelloy electrodes, carbon steel flanges,
EU water markets and low flow applications
7 ME 6 5 2 0 -

EU water markets and low flow applications
7 ME 6 5 2 0 -
77777 - 2 777
Communication
None
HART

PROFIBUS DP Profile 3 (only MAG 6000/MAG 6000 I)
Modbus RTU/RS 485 (only MAG 6000/MAG 6000 I)
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 (only MAG 6000/
MAG 6000 I)
Diameter
DN 15 ()
DN 25 (1)
DN 40 (1)
DN 50 (2)
DN 65 (2)
DN 80 (3)
DN 100 (4)
3F
3M
3T
DN 125 (5)
DN 150 (6)
DN 200 (8)
4B
4H
4P
DN 250 (10)
DN 300 (12)
DN 350 (14)
4V
5D
5K
DN 400 (16)
DN 450 (18)
DN 500 (20)
5R
5Y
6F
DN 600 (24)
DN 700 (28)
DN 750 (30)
6P
6Y
7D
DN 800 (32)
DN 900 (36)
DN 1000 (40)
7H
7M
7R
(42)
(44)
DN 1200 (48)
7U
7V
8B

to EN 1092-1
PN 10 (DN 200 ... 1200/8 ... 48)
PN 16 (DN 50 ... 1200/2 ... 48)
PN 16, non PED (DN 700 ... 1200/28 ... 48)
PN 40 (DN 15 ... 40/ ... 1)
to ANSI B16.5
class 150 ( ... 24)
1V
2D
2R
2Y

Metric/Polyamid terminal box or 6000 I compact
" NPT/Polyamid terminal box or 6000 I compact
to AWWA C-207
Class D (28 ... 48)
to AS 4087
PN 16 (DN 50 ... 1200/2 ... 48)
Liner material
EPDM
NBR Hard Rubber
Transmitter
Sensor for remote transmitter (Order transmitter
separately)
MAG 6000 I, Aluminum, 18 ... 90 V DC,
115 ... 230 V AC
A
B
F
G
E
J
3
1
2

B
C
D
F

77777 - 2 777
1
4
2
3
MAG 6000, Polyamid, 11 ... 30 V DC/11 ... 24 V AC

MAG 6000, Polyamid, 115 ... 230 V AC
MAG 5000, Polyamid, 11 ... 30 V DC/11 ... 24 V AC

MAG 5000, Polyamid, 115 ... 230 V AC
MAG 6000 CT, Polyamid, 115 ... 230 V AC
H
J
K
L
M
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/97
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Additional Calibrations
Order code
Order code


Calibration acc. to ISO/IEC 17025:2005
On request5)
On request5)
C12
C14
C15
FP2E marking (only France)
C17
3)
Special calibration
2001)
5-point calibration for DN 15 ... DN

D01
D02
D03

D06
D07
D08
Default (2 x 25 % and 2 x 90 %) match-pair calibration for DN 15 ... DN 200

D11

DN 15 ... DN 2001)
DN 250 ... DN 6001)
DN 700 ... DN 12001)
D15

DN 15 ... DN 2002)
DN 250 ... DN 6002)
DN 700 ... DN 12002)
D18
D17
D19
D20
Without verification according to OIML R 49
P10
MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 25
P11
MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 63
P12
MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 80
P13
MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 160
P16
MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 200
P17
MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 250
P18
FM Fire Service Approval

(with ANSI B16.5 Class 150 flanges)
DN 50, DN 80 and DN 100 (2", 3" and 4")
P20
DN 150 and DN 200 (6" and 8")
P21
DN 250 and DN 300 (10" and 12")
P22

(add plain text)
Y17
Tag name plate, plastic (self-adhesive)
Y18
Y20
Y40

Y41
Y99
Siemens FI 01 2015

Qmax
For more details and references of the ranges please see the tables on
page 3/96.
For remote version submit Product Variation Request.
5)

Operating instructions for SITRANS F M MAG 5100 W
D13
D16
20 %, 40 %, 60 %, 80 %, 100 % of factory Qmax
4)
D12
Approval/Verification3)
(MI-001 : DN 50 ... 300 (compact only), EN 1092-1
PN10 and PN16 flanges with MAG 6000 CT)4)
3/98
1)
2)
Description
Article No.
English
German
Spanish
French
Chinese
A5E03063678
A5E03376527
A5E00376529
A5E03376521
A5E03376501
Accessories
,
Description
of flow sensors for
IP68/NEMA 6P
Article No.
FDK:085U0220

the customer's place. MAG 6000 I transmitters and sensors are
delivered compact mounted from factory.
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Article No.
Article No.
7 ME 6 5 8 0 -
7 ME 6 5 8 0 -

Non EU water markets
77777 - 7777

Non EU water markets
77777 - 7777
Diameter
DN 25 (1)
DN 40 (1)
DN 50 (2)
2D
2R
2Y
DN 65 (2)
DN 80 (3)
DN 100 (4)
3F
3M
3T
DN 125 (5)
DN 150 (6)
DN 200 (8)
4B
4H
4P
DN 250 (10)
DN 300 (12)
DN 350 (14)
4V
5D
5K
DN 400 (16)
DN 450 (18)
DN 500 (20)
5R
5Y
6F
DN 600 (24)
DN 700 (28)
DN 750 (30)
6P
6Y
7D
DN 800 (32)
DN 900 (36)
DN 1000 (40)
7H
7M
7R
(42)
(44)
7U
7V
DN 1200 (48)
DN 1400 (54)
DN 1500 (60)
8B
8F
8K
DN 1600 (66)
DN 1800 (72)
DN 2000 (78)
8P
8T
8Y
Sensor for remote transmitter (Order transmitter

separately)
MAG 6000, Polyamid, 11 ... 30 V DC/11 ... 24V AC

MAG 6000, Polyamid, 115 ... 230 V AC
MAG 5000, Polyamid, 11 ... 30 V DC/11 ... 24V AC
MAG 5000, Polyamid, 115 ... 230 V AC
Communication
HART
PROFIBUS PA Profile 3 (only MAG 6000)
PROFIBUS DP Profile 3 (only MAG 6000)
Modbus RTU/RS 485 (only MAG 6000)
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 (only MAG 6000)
H
J
K
L

Metric
" NPT
1)
3
A
B
F
G
E
J
1
2
DN 1400 to DN 2000 (54" to 78") do not conform to PED or CRN.

to EN 1092-1
PN 6 (DN 1400 ... 2000 (54 ... 78))1)
PN 10 (DN 200 ... 2000 (8 ... 78))1)
PN 16 (DN 65 ... 600 (2 ... 24))
PN 16, non-PED (DN 700 ... 2000 (28 ... 78))
PN 40 (DN 25 ... 50 (1 ... 2))
to ANSI B16.5
class 150 (1 ... 24)
A
B
C
D
F
to AWWA C-207
Class D (28 ... 78)1)
to AS 4087
PN 16 (DN 50 ... 1200 (2" ... 48"))
to JIS
B 2220:2004 K10 (1" ... 24")

1
4
Liner material
Ebonite Hard Rubber
Electrode material
Hastelloy
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/99
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Order code
Description
Article No.

German
English
French
Spanish
Chinese
A5E03376527
A5E03063678
A5E03376521
A5E03376529
A5E03376501
C121)
C14
C15
Special calibration
Operating instructions for SITRANS F M MAG 5100 W

D01
D02
D03

D06
D07
D08

for DN 15 ... DN 200
for DN 250 ... DN 600
for DN 700 ... DN 1200
D11

DN 15 ... DN 2002)
DN 250 ... DN 6002)
DN 700 ... DN 12002)
D15

DN 15 ... DN 2003)
DN 250 ... DN 6003
DN 700 ... DN 12003)
D18
Y17
Tag name plate, plastic (self-adhesive)
Y18
Y20
Y40

Y41
Y99
1)
Under preparation
2)
20 %, 40 %, 60 %, 80 %, 100 % of factory Qmax
3)
Accessories
Description
of flow sensors for
IP68/NEMA 6P
Article No.
FDK:085U0220
D12
D13
D16
D17
D19
D20

Siemens FI 01 2015

,

Qmax
3/100


the customer's place.
Product selector link: www.pia-selector.automation.siemens.com
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
155 (6.10)
155 ( 6.10)
M20
( NPT)
D1
D1
D1
M20
( NPT)
M20
( NPT)
178 (7.01)
178 (7.01)
178 (7.01)
155 (6.10)
7ME6520: DN 15 ... 40 (" ... 1")
7ME6520: DN 50 ... 300 (2" ... 12")
7ME6520: DN 350 ... 1200 (14" ... 48")

7ME6580: DN 25 ... 2000 (1" ... 78")
7ME6520 NBR or EPDM liner

Nominal size A
7ME6580 Ebonite liner
D1
D1
[mm] [inch] [mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
15
25
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000
7.0
7.4
8.0
7.4
7.6
7.9
8.1
8.5
9.1
10.1
11.2
12.2
15.0
16.0
17.2
18.2
20.2
22.2
23.3
24.3
26.1
28.1
28.1
30.1
32.3
-
77
96
127
76
89
102
114
140
168
219
273
324
451
502
563
614
715
816
869
927
1032
1136
1136
1238
1348
-
3.0
3.8
5.0
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.5
6.6
8.6
10.8
12.8
17.8
19.8
22.2
24.2
28.2
32.1
34.2
36.5
40.6
44.7
44.7
48.7
53.1
-
187
197
205
212
222
242
255
276
304
332
357
362
387
418
443
494
544
571
606
653
704
704
755
810
925
972
1025
1123
1223
7.4
7.8
8.1
8.3
8.7
9.5
10.0
10.9
12.0
13.1
14.1
14.3
15.2
16.5
17.4
19.4
21.4
22.5
23.9
25.7
27.7
27.7
29.7
31.9
36.4
38.2
40.4
44.2
48.1
104
124
139
154
174
214
239
282
338
393
444
451
502
563
614
715
816
869
927
1032
1136
1136
1238
1348
1574
1672
1774
1974
2174
4.09
4.88
5.47
6.06
6.85
8.43
9.41
11.1
13.31
15.47
17.48
17.76
19.76
22.16
24.17
28.15
32.13
34.21
36.5
40.63
44.72
44.72
48.74
53.07
65.94
65.83
75.39
77.72
85.59
200
200
200
200
200
200
250
250
300
350
450
500
550
600
600
600
600
700
750
800
900
1000
1000
1100
1200
1400
1500
1600
1800
2000
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
9.8
9.8
11.8
13.8
17.7
19.7
21.7
23.6
23.6
23.6
23.6
27.6
29.5
31.5
35.4
39.4
39.4
43.3
47.2
55.1
59.1
63
70.9
78.7
1200
1400
1500
1600
1800
2000
1
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40
42
44
48
54
60
66
72
78
177
187
202
188
194
200
207
217
232
257
284
310
382
407
438
463
514
564
591
616
663
714
714
765
820
-
- not available
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/101
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
MAG 5100 W/6000 I Compact
208 (8.19)
208 (8.19)
2 x M25
155 (6.10)
208 (8.19)
2 x M25
155 (6.10)
M20
( NPT)
A1
M20
( NPT)
D1
D1
D1
A1
A1
M20
( NPT)
2 x M25
155 (6.10)
7ME6520: DN 15 ... 40 (" ... 1")
7ME6520: DN 50 ... 300 (2" ... 12")
7ME6520: DN 350 ... 2000 (14" ... 78")

7ME6580: DN 25 ... 2000 (1" ... 78")
7ME6520 NBR or EPDM liner

A
[mm] [inch]
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
15
25
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000
177
187
202
188
194
200
207
217
232
257
284
310
382
407
438
463
514
564
591
616
663
714
714
765
820
-
7.0
7.4
8.0
7.4
7.6
7.9
8.1
8.5
9.1
10.1
11.2
12.2
15.0
16.0
17.2
18.2
20.2
22.2
23.3
24.3
26.1
28.1
28.1
30.1
32.3
-
331
341
356
342
348
354
361
371
386
411
438
464
536
561
592
617
668
718
745
770
817
868
868
919
974
-
13.0
13.4
14.0
13.5
13.7
14.0
14.2
14.6
15.2
16.2
17.2
18.3
21.1
22.1
23.3
24.3
26.3
28.3
29.3
30.3
32.2
34.2
34.2
36.2
38.3
-
77
96
127
76
89
102
114
140
168
219
273
324
451
502
563
614
715
816
869
927
1032
1136
1136
1238
1348
-
3.0
3.8
5.0
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.5
6.6
8.6
10.8
12.8
17.8
19.8
22.2
24.2
28.2
32.1
34.2
36.5
40.6
44.7
44.7
48.7
53.1
-
187
187
197
205
212
222
242
255
276
304
332
357
362
387
418
443
494
544
571
606
653
704
704
755
810
925
972
1025
1123
1223
7.4
7.4
7.8
8.1
8.3
8.7
9.5
10.0
10.9
12.0
13.1
14.1
14.3
15.2
16.5
17.4
19.4
21.4
22.5
23.9
25.7
27.7
27.7
29.7
31.9
36.4
38.2
40.4
44.2
48.1
341
351
359
366
376
396
409
430
458
486
511
516
541
572
597
648
698
725
760
807
858
858
904
964
1079
1126
1179
1277
1377
13.4
13.8
14.1
14.4
14.8
15.6
16.1
16.9
18.0
19.1
20.1
20.3
21.3
22.5
23.5
25.5
27.5
28.5
29.9
31.8
33.8
33.8
35.6
38.0
42.5
44.3
46.4
50.3
54.2
104
124
139
154
174
214
239
282
338
393
444
451
502
563
614
715
816
869
927
1032
1136
1136
1238
1348
1574
1672
1774
1974
2174
4.09
4.88
5.47
6.06
6.85
8.43
9.41
11.1
13.31
15.47
17.48
17.76
19.76
22.16
24.17
28.15
32.13
34.21
36.5
40.63
44.72
44.72
48.74
53.07
61.97
65.83
69.84
77.72
85.59
200
200
200
200
200
200
250
250
300
350
450
500
550
600
600
600
600
700
750
800
900
1000
1000
1100
1200
1400
1500
1600
1800
2000
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
9.8
9.8
11.8
13.8
17.7
19.7
21.7
23.6
23.6
23.6
23.6
27.6
29.5
31.5
35.4
39.4
39.4
43.3
47.2
55.1
59.1
63.0
70.9
78.7
1200
1400
1500
1600
1800
2000
1
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40
42
44
48
54
60
66
72
78
A1
7ME6580 Ebonite liner
Nominal size
- not available
3/102
Siemens FI 01 2015
D1
A1
D1
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Weight
7ME6520
NBR or EPDM liner
7ME6580
Ebonite liner
Nominal size
PN 10
Class 150/AWWA
AS
[mm]
[inch]
[kg]
[lb]
PN 16
[kg]
[lb]
PN 40
[kg]
[lb]
[kg]
[lb]
[kg]
[lb]
PN 16
[kg]
[lb]
15
11
25
12
11
11
40
18
15
15
17
50
20
20
20
20
65
10.7
24
11
24
10.7
24
11
24
80
11.6
26
13
28
11.6
26
12
26
100
15.2
33
19
41
15.2
33
16
35
125
20.4
45
24
52
19
42
150
26
57
29
64
26
57
27
60
200
48
106
48
106
56
124
48
106
40
88
250
10
64
141
69
152
79
174
69
152
60
132
300
12
76
167
86
189
110
243
86
189
80
176
350
14
104
229
125
274
139
307
115
254
110
242
400
16
119
263
143
314
159
351
125
277
125
275
450
18
136
299
173
381
182
400
141
311
175
385
500
20
163
359
223
491
225
495
189
418
200
440
600
24
236
519
338
744
320
704
301
664
287
633
700
28
270
595
314
692
273
602
320
704
330
728
750
30
329
725
360
794
800
32
346
763
396
873
365
804
428
944
450
992
900
36
432
951
474
1043
495
1089
619
1362
530
1168
1000
40
513
1130
600
1321
583
1282
636
1399
660
1455
42
687
1512
44
763
1680
1140
2513
1200
48
643
1415
885
1948
861
1896
813
1789
1180
2601
1400
54
1592
3510
1600
3528
1500
60
2460
5423
1600
66
2110
4652
2525
5566
1800
72
2560
5644
2930
6460
2000
78
3640
8025
3665
8080
- not available
With transmitter MAG 5000 and MAG 6000 compact, weight is increased by approximately 0.8 kg (1.8 lb), with MAG 6000 I, weight is increased by 5.5 kg
(12.1 lb).
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/103
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Overview
Mode of operation
the flow.
Function
The TRANSMAG 2 is a microprocessor-based transmitter with a
build-in alphanumeric display in several languages. The transmitters evaluate the signals from the associated electromagnetic
sensors and also fulfil the task of a power supply unit which provides the magnet coils with a constant current.
The magnetic flux density in the sensor is additionally monitored

by reference coils.
Displays and keypad
SITRANS F M TRANSMAG 2 with the SITRANS F M 911/E sensor

is a pulsed alternating field magnetic flowmeter where the magnetic field strength is much higher than conventional DC pulsed
magnetic flowmeters.

HART communicator
PC/laptop and SIMATIC PDM software using PROFIBUS PA
communication
Benefits
min. 230
Wide range of sizes DN 15 to DN 1000 (" to 40")

Broad range of liner and electrode materials for extreme process medias
the toughest applications and environments.
Automatic reading of SmartPLUG for easy commissioning
Simple menu operation with two-line display
Comprehensiv self-diagnostic with selfmonitoring and internal
simulation
Application
The main applications of the SITRANS F M transmitter
TRANSMAG 2 can be found in the following sectors:
Pulp and Paper industry
Mining industry
The patented pulse alternating field technology is ideal for difficult applications like:
High concentrated paper stock > 3 %
Heavy mining slurries
Mining slurries with magnetic particles.
Low conductive medias 1 S/cm (0.1 S/cm depending on
medium)
Design
Available for remote mounting
PROFIBUS PA (profile 2.0) / HART communication
Analog output and digital outputs for pulses, device status,
limits, flow direction, frequency output
3/104
Siemens FI 01 2015
Operating and
display panel
PC/
laptop
HART
communicator
Coupling
module
RS 232
HART communication
PROFIBUS DP
Master
PROFIBUS PA
+
Coupler with
power supply
.......
Transmitter with
T
Bus
term.
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Output configuration
Transmitter TRANSMAG 2
Pulse

Measuring principle
Magnetic field excitation
Electromagnetic with pulsed

alternating field (PAC)
Automatic power supply synchronization
- 50 Hz AC power supply
Bipolar (16.7 Hz)

Bipolar with prepulse (10 Hz)
Unipolar (8.33 Hz)
- 60 Hz AC power supply
Bipolar (20 Hz)

Bipolar with prepulse (12 Hz)
Unipolar (10 Hz)
Accuracy under reference

conditions
Measuring tolerance of pulse output
- Pulse significance
5000 pulses/s
- Pulse width
0.1 ms
Limit frequency
10000 Hz
Limits
Limits for flow and quantity, flow

direction, alarm
Digital output 2 (relay)

(only 7ME5034-0.)
Relay
NC or NO function
Rating
Max. 5 W, max. 50 V AC/DC,

max. 200 mA
Limits for flow and quantity, flow

direction, alarm
With v > 0.25 m/s (0.82 ft/s)
0.5 % of measured value

1.2 mm/s (0.05 inch/s)
With v < 0.25 m/s (0.82 ft/s)
2.5 mm/s (0.1 inch/s)
Digital input (optional to digital

output 2)
(only 7ME5034-2.)
Measuring tolerance of analog output
As pulse output plus 0.1 %

conversion error 20 A
Input function configurable as

high-active or low-active
Set measured value or counter to

zero
Repeatability
0.2 % of measured value
Signal voltage
Max. 30 V DC, Ri = 3 k:
High level: +11 ... +30 V DC
Low level: -30 ... +5 V DC
Process temperature
25 C 5 C (77 F 9 F)
Ambient temperature
25 C 5 C (77 F 9 F)
Warm-up time
Min. 30 min
Inlet pipe section 10 x DN

Outlet pipe section 5 x DN
Installed centered in pipe
Medium
Water without gaseous or solid

components
Calibration
Standard production calibration,
For PROFIBUS devices

PROFIBUS PA (for
PROFIBUS-devices 7ME5034-1.)
Communication
Layer 1 and 2 according to

PROFIBUS PA
Transmission according to
IEC 1158-2
Layer 7 (protocol layer) according
to PROFIBUS PA and DP V1
(EN 50170)
Device class B, device profile 2.0
Max. 4 simultaneous C2 connections
Output
Bus voltage
9 ... 32 V DC permissible
Outputs electrically isolated from

one another and from the power
supply, max. 60 V permissible
against PE/equipotential bonding
Current consumption from bus
10 mA; limited to 15 mA in event

of fault by electrical current limitation
Current output
0/4 ... 20 mA
(7ME5034-0. or 7ME5034-2.)

See also sensor
Ambient temperature
Signal
- Upper limit
0/4 20 mA, selectable
Operation
-20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
- Failure
20 22.5 mA,
optional 3.6; 20 or 24 mA
Display module
0 ... 50 C (32 ... 122 F)
Storage
-25 ... +80 C (-13 ... +176 F)
IP67/NEMA 4X
Load
- Output
max. 600 , max. load voltage

15 V DC
- For HART communication
250
Communication
Protocol
Via analog output with PC coupling module or HART communicator

HART, version 5.1
(EMC)
Emitted interference
To IEC/EN 61326 for use in

industrial areas
Noise immunity
To IEC/EN 61326 for use in

industrial areas
Digital output
Signal
Output
Configurable as active or passive

signals
- Active signal
24 V DC, 24 mA, Ri = 170
- Passive signal
Open collector, max. 30 V DC,

200 mA
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/105
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Medium conditions
Process temperature
-20 ... +150 C (-4 ... 302 F)

depending on the liner
Minimum conductivity of medium

With SITRANS F M 911/E sensors
1 S/cm (0.1 S/cm depending

on medium)
Design
Weight of transmitter
4.4 kg (9.7 lb)
Remote version
Transmitter must be connected to

sensor using shielded cable
Maximum cable length
100 m (328 ft)
Housing
Die-cast aluminum, painted
Displays and keypad

General display
LCD, backlid, two lines with

16 characters each
Multi-display for
Flow, totalizer, flow velocity
Keypad
4 keys for entering parameters
Power supply
corresponding to rating plate
Article No.
SITRANS F M electromagnetic
transmitter TRANSMAG 2
for alternating field, remote version,
110 ... 230 V AC
7 ME 5 0 3 4 - 7AA7 1 - 7AA 0

Cycle Portal.
Output/communication
4 ... 20 mA with HART protocol
4 ... 20 mA with HART protocol,
digital input
0
1
2
Operator display and keypad

Without
With
0
1
Cable glands
M20/M16 x 1.5
NPT
1
2
Order code
AC supply
100 ... 250 V AC 15 %,

47 ... 63 Hz
Power consumption
Approx. 120 ... 630 VA, depending on sensor
Line fuse
100 ... 230 V AC: T1.6A
Magnet current fuse
F5A/250 V
Sensor cables between sensor and transmitter

The signal voltage proportional to the flow and present at the
electrodes of the EMF is only a few V to mV. Superimposed on
this are electrochemical interferences resulting from the contact
between the electrodes and liquid, and which can be up to several Volt. Also frequently superimposed are line frequency interferences, interferences resulting from vibrations on the pipelines
or signal cables, as well as strong magnetic fields in the vicinity.
Sufficient shielding must therefore be provided, as well as fixed
routing of the signal cables (electrode and magnet current cable) in the case of remote versions. This also applies to devices
with integral preamplifier (smartPLUG). The cable length between the sensor and transmitter must not exceed 100 m
(328 ft).
Attention must also be paid to the cable routing. Signal cables
must be routed free of vibration, and protected against strong
magnetic and stray fields. In case of doubt, the sensor cables
must be routed in earthed steel conduit.
Strengthened mounting bracket for wall and pipeline
installation
A02
Measuring range, specify in plain text:

Y01: 0 to ... m3/h
Y01
Pulse significance, specify in plain text:

Y02: 0 to ... pulses/l
Setting of digital outputs, specify in plain text:
Y03: Setting of digital outputs: ...
Y02
Measuring-point number (max. 8 characters), specify in

plain text: Y15: ..........
Y15
Measuring-point description (max. 16 characters),

specify in plain text: Y16: ..........
Y16
Stainless steel tag plate
Y17
Other post-production requirements (add plain text)
Y99
Y03
Operating instructions for SITRANS F M TRANSMAG 2

Description
Article No.
English
A5E00102775
German
A5E00192774
Spanish
A5E00135276
French
A5E00135275

3/106
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Accessories
Spare parts
Description
Article No.
Description
Article No.
Standard wall mounting

bracket. Steel AISI 316L/
EN10088-2-1.4404
7ME5933-0AC04
Operating/Display module
7ME5933-0AC00
Special wall-/pipe mounting bracket kit. BI 2.5

DIN 59382 X6Cr17
7ME5933-0AC05
Potting kit for terminal box FDK:085U0220

of flow sensors for
IP68/NEMA 6P

Electronics cover with glass 7ME5933-0AC01

plate (non Ex). Die cast aluminum, with corrosion-resistant Basic Polyester powder
coating (min. 60 m)
Cover for sensor cable and

gasket. Die cast aluminum,
with corrosion-resistant
Basic Polyester powder
coating (min. 60 m)
7ME5933-0AC02
Cover for mains

supply/communication. Die
cast aluminum, with corrosion-resistant Basic Polyester powder coating
(min. 60 m)
7ME5933-0AC03
Safety clamp for electronic

cover with glass plate
(7ME5933-0AC01)
7ME5933-0AC06
M20 cable gland set for

power and output connection, gray PA plastic, 2 pcs.
cables 6 ... 12 mm
(0.24" ... 0.47")
-40 ... +100 C
(-40 ... +212 F)
A5E02246350
1/2" NPT cable gland set for A5E02246396

power and output connection, gray PA plastic, 2 pcs.
cables 6 ... 12 mm
(0.24" ... 0.47")
-40 ... +100 C
(-40 ... +212 F)
M16 x 1.5 cable gland set for A5E02246369

sensor connection, brass
chrome, 2 pcs. and
2 pcs. blind
cables 5 ... 9 mm
(0.20" ... 0.35")
-20 ... +105C
(-4 ... +221 F)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/107
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Schematics
70
(2.76)
Transmitter
1
2
150 (5.91)
90
(3.54)
5
6
90
(3.54)
SITRANS F M transmitter TRANSMAG 2 with wall mounting bracket,

92 (3.62)
205 (8.07)
Power supply L/N

PE conductor
7
8
100 ... 230 V AC 15%

47-63 Hz
0/4 ... 20mA

Load 600
max. 15 V
7
8
95 (3.74)
Power supply
Digital output 1
5
active 24 V DC max. 24 mA Ri 170
6
(active/passive)
Passive open collector max. 30 V DC 200 mA
150 (5.91)
248 (9.76)
89 (3.50) 105 (4.13)
Sensor connection
154 (6.06)
80 (3.15)
SITRANS F M transmitter TRANSMAG 2 with wall and pipeline

mounting bracket, dimensions in mm (inch)
PROFIBUS
Digital output 1
Passive open
collector
max. 30 DC
100 mA
Digital output 2 (Relay)

NC/NO max. 5W, 50 V DC, 200 mA or
Digital input
High +11 ... +30 V DC
Low -30 ... +5 V DC
153 (6.02)
5
6
7
7
8
Coil cable
Magnetic fieldcorrent 1
Magnetic fieldcorrent 2
PE
Sensor
5
6
7
brown
white
green/yellow
29
22
30
SmartPlug connect
Supply (-6V)
Ground (0V)
Supply (+6V)
29
22
30
green
red/orange
blue
23
24
Electrode connect
Electr. 1 (EL 1)
Electr. 2 (EL 2)
23
24
brown
white
55
66
Reference coil
Ref. 1
Ref. 2
55
66
black/gray
yellow
SITRANS F M transmitter TRANSMAG 2, connection diagram
3/108
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
911/E sensor
Protection rings for liners
Process connection
Nominal diameters
DN 15 ... 1000 (" ... 40")
Metering tube connections
EN 1092-1, ANSI B16.5, AWWA

C-207 and JIS 10 K
Function
To protect the edges of liners from

abrasion (e.g. gravel, sand etc.).
Used mainly with soft rubber liners
and for PTFE liners at high
temperatures from 100 to 150 C
(212 to 302 F).
See system information
Contact with
medium
Yes, please always check resistance

to measured medium.
Soft rubber liner
0 ... 70 C (32 ... 158 F)
Material
Hard rubber liner
0 ... 90 C (32 ... 194 F)

Option: 100 C (212 F)
Stainless steel AISI 316Ti/1.4571,

optionally Hastelloy C276/2.4819
PTFE liner
-20 ... +150 C (-4 ... +302 F)

at 25 bar (363 psi)
-20 ... +100 C (-4 ... +212 F)
at 40 bar (580 psi)
Linatex (rubber) liner
-40 ... +70 C (-40 ... +158 F) (for

temperatures below -20 C (-4 F)
AISI 316L/1.4404 flanges must be
used)
Novolak liner
130 C (266 F) at 40 bar (580 psi)
IP67/NEMA 4X
Optional IP68/NEMA 6
Material thickness The overall length of the sensor is

increased by
6 mm for DN 15 to DN 150
(0.24 for to 6) or
10 mm for DN 200 to DN 600
(0.4 for 8 to 24)
Standard
Optional for all liners.

Must be ordered separately.
Article No.
7ME5912-....
Earthing washers
Function
Electrical reference and earthing of

the medium. Required if the pipelines
are not electrically conducting or are
lined (plastic pipelines, concrete
pipelines etc.). All earthing rings must
be connected to the earthing screw
present on the sensor.
Contact with
medium
Yes, please always check resistance

to measured medium.
Material
Stainless steel AISI 316Ti/1.4571 or

Hastelloy C4/2.4610
Medium conditions
Maximum flow velocity
12 m/s (39.4 ft/s)
Full scale value of flow velocity
0.15 ... 12 m/s (0.49 ... 39.4 ft/s)
Design
Weight
Mild steel (1.0460/1.0570, with

corrosion resistant two component epoxy coating (min. 150 m)
or
AISI 316L/1.4404 flanges and carbon steel housing, with corrosionresistant two-component epoxy
coating (min. 150 m)
Stainless steel AISI 304 or higher
Electrode material
AISI 316Ti/1.4571
PTFE: Hastelloy C276/2.4819
Platinum
Titanium
Tantalum
Grounding electrode material
Defined via the Order code
Material thickness The overall length of the sensor is

increased by 2 mm (0.08) per
earthing ring.
Standard
Optional for all liners. Required

between the medium and sensor for
equipotential bonding between nonconducting pipelines or lined pipelines.
Article No.
7ME5902-....
Important:
The rings must be ordered together with the sensor.
In case of replacement please include the sensor MLFB code on
the order.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/109
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Notes on pressure equipment directive
The devices are designed for liquids of danger group "Gases of
fluid group 1". The categories differ according to the version,
and are listed in the table below.
The minimum temperature is defined at -10 C (14 F) for the
flange materials C22.8 (1.0460).
The minimum temperature is defined at -20 C (-4 F) for the
flange material 1.4404/316L. For further information on the PED
standard and requirements, see page 9/6.
Classification according to pressure equipment directive (PED 97/23/EC)

Nominal diameter
Nominal pressure
DN
(inch)
PN
(MWP psi)
Permissible media
Category
15 ... 25
(" ... 1")
40
200 ... 300
(8" ... 12")
10
(580)
Gases fluid group 1 and liquids fluid group 1
Article 3.3
(145)
65 ... 250
(2" ... 10")
II
16
(232)
40 ... 100
II
(1" ... 4")
40
(580)
II
350 ... 1000
(14" ... 40")
10
(145)
III
300 ... 1000
(12" ... 40")
16
(232)
III
200 ... 600
(8" ... 24")
25
(363)
III
125 ... 600
(5" ... 24")
40
(580)
III
3/110
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Article No.
Flowsensor SITRANS F M 911/E
7 ME 5 6 1 0 -
77777 - 7AA7

Order Code
Two earthing (grounding) electrodes made of

stainless steel AISI 316Ti/1.4571
A02
1V
2D
2R
Two earthing (grounding) electrodes made of

A04
Two earthing (grounding) electrodes made of Platinum
A05
DN 50 (2")
DN 65 (2")
DN 80 (3")
2Y
3F
3M
Two earthing (grounding) electrodes made of Titanum
A06
Two earthing (grounding) electrodes made of Tantalum
A07
DN 100 (4")
DN 125 (5")
DN 150 (6")
3T
4B
4H
Factory certificate to EN 10204-2.2
C14
Acceptance test B to DIN 50049, section 3.1 and

EN 10204
C16
DN 200 (8")
DN 250 (10")
DN 300 (12")
4P
4V
5D
Tag name plate, stainless steel, add plain text
Y17
Other postproduction requirements, add plain text
Y99
DN 350 (14")
DN 400 (16")
DN 450 (18")
5K
5R
5Y
DN 500 (20")
DN 600 (24")
DN 700 (28")
6F
6P
6Y
Article No. Order code

7 ME 5 9 3 0 -
DN 750 (30")
DN 800 (32")
DN 900 (36")
DN 1000 (40")
7D
7H
7M
7R
SITRANS F M TRANSMAG 2 and

sensor 911/E
Cable
5 7A 0 0 - 0 AA 0 777
Nominal diameter
DN 15 (")
DN 25 (1")
DN 40 (1")
B
C
E
F
ANSI B16.5, Class 150 (" ... 24")1)

ANSI B16.5, Class 300 (" ... 24")2)
J
K
AWWA C-207 Class D (28" ... 40")

JIS 10 K (" ... 24")
L
R
Liner material
Soft rubber (from DN 25)
PTFE (without protection washers)
Hardrubber
Linatex (from DN 40)
Novolak (sealing material FFKM) (from DN 50)
Electrode material
AISI 316Ti/1.4571
Platinum
Titanium
Tantalum
Metric: Polyamide terminal box
" NPT: Polyamide terminal box
1)
20 C (68 F), max. 19.6 bar (285 psi) for steel flanges and max. 15.9 bar
(231 psi) for stainless seel flanges
2)
20 C (68 F), max. 51.1 bar (741 psi) for steel flanges and max. 41.4 bar
(600 psi) for stainless seel flanges

EN 1092-1, PN 10 (DN 200 ... 1000 (8" ... 40"))
EN 1092-1, PN 16 (DN 65 ... 1000 (2" ... 40"))
EN 1092-1, PN 25 (DN 200 ... 1000 (8" ... 40"))
EN 1092-1, PN 40 (DN 15 ... 1000 (" ... 40"))
Flange material
Mid steel flanges 1.0460/1.0570
Stainless steel flanges, AISI 316L/1.4404
Cable kit for sensor 911/E with alternating

field, Magnet current cable 3 x 1.0 mm2
(3 x 0.0016 inch2), electrode/reference
cable 7 x 0.5 mm2 (7 x 0.0008 inch2) with
shield PVC
Length: 5 m (16.4 ft)
Specify other length: in plain text
B
C
D
E
Z
J1Y
1
3
1
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/111
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Article No.
Order code
SITRANS F M
electromagnetic flowmeter
Protection rings for flow sensor 911E
(per pair)
Article No.
Order code
SITRANS F M
electromagnetic flowmeter
7 ME 5 9 1 2 - 7777 777

Portal.
Liner
Hard rubber/soft rubber/Linatex
Novolak
PTFE
Earthing rings for flow sensor 911E

(per unit)
7 ME 5 9 0 2 - 7777 777

Portal.
Liner
Hard rubber/soft rubber
Novolak
PTFE
1
7
0
Nominal diameter
1
7
0
Nominal diameter
for PTFE, mat. no. 1.4571/316 Ti

DN 15 (")
DN 25 (1")
AA
CA
Mat. no. 1.4571/316 Ti

DN 15 (")
DN 25 (1")
AA
CA
DN 40 (1")
DN 50 (2")
EA
FA
DN 40 (1")
DN 50 (2")
EA
FA
DN 65 (2")
DN 80 (3")
DN 100 (4")
GA
HA
JA
DN 65 (2")
DN 80 (3")
DN 100 (4")
GA
HA
JA
DN 125 (5")
DN 150 (6")
DN 200 (8")
KA
LA
MA
DN 125 (5")
DN 150 (6")
DN 200 (8")
KA
LA
MA
DN 250 (10")
DN 300 (12")
NA
PA
Other nominal diameters:

specify in plain text
ZA
DN 250 (10")
DN 300 (12")
DN 350 (14")
NA
PA
QA
DN 400 (16")
DN 500 (20")
DN 600 (24")
RA
SA
TA
DN 700 (28")
DN 800 (32")
DN 900 (36")
DN 1000 (40")
UA
VA
WA
XA
Other nominal diam.: specify in plain text
ZA
Material Hastelloy C4/2.4610

DN 15 (")
DN 25 (1")
AB
CB
DN 40 (1")
DN 50 (2")
EB
FB
DN 65 (2")
DN 80 (3")
DN 100 (4")
GB
HB
JB
DN 125 (5")
DN 150 (6")
DN 200 (8")
KB
LB
MB
DN 250 (10")
DN 300 (12")
DN 350 (14")
NB
PB
QB
DN 400 (16")
DN 500 (20")
DN 600 (24")
RB
SB
TB
Other nominal diam.: specify in plain text
ZB
for Hard/Soft rubber, Novolak, mat. no.

1.471/316 Ti
DN 15 (")
DN 25 (1")
AB
CB
DN 40 (1")
DN 50 (2")
EB
FB
DN 65 (2")
DN 80 (3")
DN 100 (4")
GB
HB
JB
DN 125 (5")
DN 150 (6")
DN 200 (8")
KB
LB
MB
DN 250 (10")
DN 300 (12")
NB
PB
Other nominal diameters:

ZB
Flange design
Flange to DIN
Flange to ANSI
Flange to JIS
J1Y
J1Y
1
2
3
Flange design
Flange to DIN
Flange to ANSI
Flange to JIS
3/112
Siemens FI 01 2015
J1Y
J1Y
1
2
3
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
131 (5.16)
155 (6.1)
3
D1
B
L
SITRANS F M flow sensor 911/E, remote version, dimensions in mm (inch)
Build-in length 911/E [in mm and inch]

Nominal diameter
DN 15
DN 25
1
DN 40
1
DN 50
2
DN 65
2
DN 80
3
DN 100
4
DN 125
5
DN 150
6
DN 200
8
DN 250
10
Build-in length L1)

Hard rubber version
Linatex/soft rubber version
270
(10.63)
280
(11.02)
330
(12.99)
340
(13.39)
370
(14.57)
410
(16.14)
470
(18.50)
PTFE-liner without protection rings
270
(10.63)
280
(11.02)
330
(12.99)
340
(13.39)
370
(14.57)
410
(16.14)
470
(18.50)
275
(10.83)
325
(12.79)
362
(14.25)
401
(15.79)
460
(18.11)
Novolak-version
335
(13.19)
333
(13.11)
Dimensions of sensor housing

Housing width B
Height A
170 (6.69)
240 (9.45)
206 (8.11)
222
(8.74)
229
(9.02)
262
(10.32)
274
(10.79)
286
(11.26)
299
(11.78)
334
(13.15)
358
(14.10)
135
(5.35)
167
(6.58)
182
(7.17)
247
(9.73)
272
(10.71)
296
(11.65)
322
(12.68)
392
(15.43)
440
(17.32)
Housing diameter D1
Weight of PN16 version in kg

8.0
(MWP 232 psi version in lb) approx. (17.64)
8.5
(18.74)
11.5
(25.35)
25.0
(55.12)
26
(57.32)
27
(59.53)
28
(61.73)
34
(74.95)
38
(83.78)
68
(149.9)
81
(178.6)
Nominal diameter
DN 300
12
DN 350
14
DN 400
16
DN 450
18
DN 500
20
DN 600
24
DN 700
28
DN 750
30
DN 800
32
DN 900
36
DN 1000
40
Hard rubber version

Linatex/soft rubber version
500
(19.68)
550
(21.65)
600
(23.62)
650
(25.59)
650
(25.59)
780
(30.71)
1040
(40.95)
1170
(46.06)
1300
(51.18)
PTFE-liner without protection rings
500
(19.68)
550
(21.65)
600
(23.62)
660
(25.98)
650
(25.59)
780
(30.71)
Novolak-version
489
(19.25)
538
(21.18)
592
(23.31)
638
(25.12)
638
(25.12)
772
(30.39)
1033
(40.63)
1163
(45.79)
1293
(50.91)
Housing width B
240
(9.45)
225
(8.86)
250
(9.84)
270
(10.63)
300
(11.81)
360
(14.17)
500
(19.69)
560
(22.05)
620
(24.41)
Height A
383
(15.08)
375
(14.76)
400
(15.75)
433
(17.05)
453
(17.84)
505
(19.88)
558
(21.97)
590
(23.23)
608
(23.94)
658
(25.91)
713
(28.07)
Housing diameter D1
490
(19.29)
474
(18.66)
524
(20.63)
591
(23.26)
629
(24.76)
734
(28.90)
839
(33.03)
904
(35.59)
939
(36.97)
1039
(40.91)
1150
(45.28)
Weight of PN10 Version in kg

95
(MWP 145 psi version in lb) approx. (209.4)
118
(260.2)
161
(354.9)
185
(407.9)
233
(513.7)
401
(884.1)
420
(925.9)
450
(992.1)
500
560
620
(1102.3) (1234.6) (1366.9)
Build-in length L1)

910
(35.83)
903
(35.55)
Dimensions of sensor housing
1)
420
(16.54)
Tolerance for build-in lenght: L + 0.0/-4.0 mm (+0.00/-0.157 inch)

With protection rings for > DN25 + 6.0 mm, > DN200 + 10.0 mm (> 1 + 0.236 inch, > 8 + 0.394 inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/113
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Overview
Application
The following MAG 8000 versions are available as stand-alone
water meters:
MAG 8000 (7ME6810) for abstraction and distribution network
MAG 8000 CT (7ME6820) for revenue and bulk metering
MAG 8000 (7ME6880) for irrigation
Design
MAG 8000 is designed to minimize power consumption.
The product program consists of
Basic and advanced version
Sensor sizes from DN 25 to 1200 (1" to 48")
Compact and remote installation in IP68/NEMA 6P enclosure
and factory-mounted cable
SIMATIC PDM and Flow Tool PC configuration softwares
MAG 8000 is a comprehensive meter which intelligent information and high performance measurement as well as the easy to
install concept take cost of ownership and customer service to a
new level for water meter.
Benefits
Easy to install
Compact or remote solution with factory mounted cable and
customer setting from factory
IP68/NEMA 6P enclosure. Sensor can be buried
Flexible power supply - internal or external battery pack or
mains power supply with battery back-up possibilities
Superior measurement
Down to 0.2 % maximum uncertainty
OIML R 49 type approval
PTB K7.2
Bi-directional measurement
Long lasting performance/Low cost of Ownership
Verification according to Directive 2004/22/EC of the
European Parliament and Council of March 31, 2004 on
measuring instruments (MID), Annex MI-001
No moving parts means less wear and tear
Up to 6 to 10 years maintenance-free operation in typical revenue application
Robust construction built for the application
Intelligent information, easy to access
Advanced information on site
Data logger
Advanced statistics and diagnostics
Add-on communication modules
3/114
Siemens FI 01 2015
Modbus/Encoder module
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
MAG 8000 GSM/GPRS Wireless Communication Module
The MAG 8000 GSM/GPRS wireless communication module
provides the latest mobile technology using a Quad Band
(850/900/1800/1900 MHz) module.
The GSM/GPRS module logs data from the MAG 8000 memory
and from the two analog inputs (one 4 to 20 mA not powered by
the module and one 5 V ratiometric powered by the module) and
storage in the internal memory and later transmit it into a system
or PC via email or SMS.
GSM/GPRS communication module
An additional synchronization function secures the initial collection time of the data independent of the sample rate used (minimum collection time: 1 per minute).
The package of information retrieved via the csv file includes:
Time stamp
Flow rate
Tot 1
Tot 2
Tot 3
Analog 1 (mA)
Analog 2 (V)
Battery lifetime
Alarm list (as decimal format)
PC-IrDA connection
The GPRS technology makes it possible to send a higher

amount of data via email. The data is secured using a POP 3
server configuration avoiding encryptions that require additional
software. The configuration of the module is performed via SMS
commands that allow you to define the users, email accounts,
transmission settings, collection, etc.
The GSM/GPRS module is a compact built-in solution which can
be installed in the existing MAG 8000 with SW version 3.02 and
higher.
The battery lifetime will depend on signal strength and especially on the number of transmissions. Therefore we recommend
an optimal setting of transmission once a day (see page 3/119).
The module also includes the same power management algorithm that secures a very good calculation of the remaining battery lifetime.
The OPC server specifically designed for the MAG 8000
GSM/GPRS module is offered free of charge. With this valueadded package, the opportunity for measurement data collection and further processing/analyzing for system integration and
automation is offered.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/115
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Function
MAG 8000 is a microprocessor-based water meter with graphical display and key for optimum customer operation and information on site. The transmitter drives the magnetic field in the
sensor, evaluates the flow signal from the sensor and calculates
the volume passing through. It delivers the required information
via the integrated pulse output or communication interfaces as
part of a system solution. Its intelligent functionality, information
and diagnostics ensure optimum meter performance and information to optimize water supply and billing.
MAG 8000 can be ordered as a Basic or an Advanced version.

Features / Version
MAG 8000 Basic/

MAG 8000 Advanced
MAG 8000 Irrigation
Measuring frequency in 1/15, 1/30 or 1/60 Hz from 6.25 to 1/60 Hz

battery power mode
depending of sensor
(Manually selected)1)
size
Output MAG 8000
2 FW/RV/Al/CA (max. 2 FW/RV/Al/CA (max.

50 Hz pulse rate)
100 Hz pulse rate)
Communication
Add-on
Add-on
Data logger
Yes
Yes
Insulation test
No
Yes
Leakage detection
No
Yes
Meter utilization
No
Yes
Statistics
No
Yes
Tariff
No
Yes
Settle date (Revenue)
No
Yes
1)
Excitation frequency settings with mains power supply, see technical specifications for each version
Some information is accessible via the display whereas all information is accessible via the IrDA communication interface with
the PDM software. Data and parameters are registered in a
EEPROM. They can all be read, but changing the information demands a software password or a hardware key attached to the
printed circuit board.
3/116
Siemens FI 01 2015
The SIMATIC PDM tool gives the possibility of testing and verifying the flowmeter on site and creating a printed Qualification
Certificate with all specific data that define the quality status of
the measurement.
The Qualification Certificate consists of two pages with information about the actual status of the sensor:
Part 1 provides general settings, sensor and battery info, totalizer values and pulse output settings.
Part 2 provides detailed information about electronic and sensor
functionality and a main parameter list for evaluating the functionality of the MAG 8000 water meter.
SIMATIC PDM
Details about the SIMATIC PDM tool can be found in chapter
"Communication and Software" (see page 8/11).
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Transmitter
Installation
Mains power supply

Compact (integral)
Remote with factory-mounted cable
5, 10, 20 or 30 m (16.4, 32.8, 65.6 or
98.4 ft)
Enclosure
Stainl. steel top housing (AISI 316) and

coated brass bottom.
Remote wall mount bracket in stainless steel (AISI 304).
Cable entries
2 x M20 (one gland for one cable of

size 6 8 mm (0.02 ... 0.026 ft) is
included in the standard delivery)
Display
Display with 8 digits for main information.

Index, menu and status symbols for
dedicated information
Resolution
Totalized information can be displayed with 1, 2 or 3 decimals or

automatic adjustment (default)
Flow unit
Europe
US
Australia
Volume: m3 x 100, l x 100, G x 100, G x

1000, MG, CF x 100, CF x 1000, AF, Al,
kl, BBL42
Flow: m3/min, m3/d, l/s, l/min, GPS,
GPH, GPD, MGD, CFS, CFM, CFH,
BBL42/s, BBL42/min, BBL42/h,
BBL42/d
Digital output
2 passive outputs (MOS), individual

galvanically isolated
Maximum load 35 V DC, 50 mA
short circuit protected
Programmable as pulse volume
forward reverse forward/net
reverse/net
Programmable as pulse volume (like
output A), alarm
Max. pulse rate of 50 Hz (only Basic
version) and 100 Hz (only Advanced
version), pulse width of
5, 10, 50, 100, 500 ms
Output B function
Output
Communication
Add-on modules
Power supply
Internal battery pack
External battery pack
Volume in m3 and flow rate in m3/h

Volume in Gallon and flow rate in
GPM
Volume in Ml and flow rate as Ml/d
Optional display units
Output A function
Cable
12 ... 24 V AC/DC (10 32 V) 2 VA

115 ... 230 V AC (85 264 V) 2 VA
Both mains power supply systems
are upgradable for battery backup
via internal D-Cell (3.6 V 16.5 Ah) or
external battery pack.
3 m (9.8 ft) for external connection to
mains supply (without cable plug)
IrDA: Standard integrated infrared

communication interface with Modbus RTU protocol
RS 232 serial interface with Modbus
RTU (Rx/Tx/GND), point to point
with max. 15 m cable
RS 485 serial interface with Modbus
RTU (+/-/GND), multidrop with up to
32 devices with max. 1000 m cable
Encoder interface module (for Itron
200WP) "Sensus protocol"
GSM/GPRS module with or without
analog input cable
Auto detection of power source with
display symbol for operation power.
1 D-Cell 3.6 V/16.5 Ah
2 D-Cell 3.6 V/33 Ah
4 D-Cell 3.6 V/66 Ah
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/117
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Features
Application identification
Tag number up to 15 characters
Time and date
Real time clock
Totalizer
MAG 8000
3 totalizer: Configurable to
Forward, Reverse and Bidirectional
netflow
1 totalizer (following totalizer 1 setting) resetable via display key
Insulation test
(only Advanced version)
Test of signal immunity against disturbance and bad installation. Test

interval is selectable and measurement is interrupted during the test
period of 4 min.
Leakage detection
Monitoring the lowest flow or volume

during selected time window within
24 hours. Leakage is detected over
a selectable period where monitored value exceed the possible
leakage level. Min and max values
are stored with date registration. Last
store value visible on the display.
Meter Utilization
6 registers for monitoring total time

the meter has operated in different
flow intervals. Registered intervals
are free selectable as % of Qn (Q3)
Tariff
6 tariff registers count the volume

delivered within the selected tariff
windows, based on time of day or
flow rates or a combination.
Tariff can also be used for consumption profile where consumption is
related to different time intervals or
flow rates.
Tariff values visible on the display.
Settling date
On a predefined date the totalizer 1

index value is stored. Old values are
stored to show the latest two totalized 1 index values.
Settling values visible on the display.
Statistic
Min. flow rate with time and date registration

Max. flow rate with time and date
registration
Min. daily consumption with date
registration
Max. daily consumption with date
registration
Latest 7 days total and daily consumption
Actual month consumption
Latest month consumption
PC Configuration Software
PDM
Meter configuration online and offline mode

Own parameter settings
Parameter documentation
Print and export of data and parameters
PDM 6.0 Service Pack 2 Basic and
Online version
Measurement
Low flow cut-off
0.05 % of Q3 free adjustable
Symbolised in display
Data logger
Logging of 26 records: selectable as

daily, weekly or monthly logging
Alarm
Active alarm is indicated on the display
Data protection
All data stored in an EEPROM. Totalizers 1 and 2 are backed up every

10 min, statistic every hour and
power consumption and temperature
measurement every 4 hour.
Password protection of all parameters and hardware protection of calibration and revenue parameters.
Battery power management
Optimal battery information on

remaining capacity.
Calculated capacity includes all consuming elements and available battery capacity is adjusted related to
change in ambient temperature.
Numbers of power-ups
Date and time registered for first and
last time power alarm.
Diagnostic
Continuous self test including
Coil current to drive the magnetic

field
Signal input circuit
Data calculation, handling and storing
Alarm statistics and logging for

fault analyzing
Electrode impedance to check

actual media contact
Flow simulation to check pulse and
communication signal chain for correct scaling
Number of sensor measurements
(excitations)
Transmitter temperature (battery
capacity calculation)
Low impedance alarm for change in
media
Flow alarm when defined high flow
exceeds
Verification mode for fast measure
performance check
3/118
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
MAG 8000 water meter uncertainty
Units (SI).
Siemens offers accredited calibrations assured to ISO 17025 in
the flow range from 0.0001 m3/h to 10 000 m3/h.
Grounding
The sensor body must be grounded using grounding straps
and/or grounding rings to protect the flow signal against stray
electrical noise. This ensures that the noise is carried through the
sensor body and a noise-free measuring area within the sensor
body. For MAG 8000 Irrigation grounding rings on both sides are
factory-mounted.
Metal pipes
M6 x 16
On metal pipes, connect the straps

to both flanges.
3
Metal pipe
Metal pipe
The selected calibration determines the accuracy of the meter.

A standard calibration results in max. 0.4 % uncertainty and an
extended calibration 0.2 % (for MAG 8000 irrigation 0.8 %).
A calibration certificate follows every sensor and calibration data
are stored in the meter unit.
Plastic pipes
On plastic pipes and lined metal
pipes, optional grounding rings must
be used at both ends.
Grounding rings has to be ordered
separately see Grounding ring kit
E%
1.2
Plastic pipe
Error
Plastic pipe
Standard calibration (7ME688)

E= 0.8 % of rate 2.5 mm/s
1.0
0.8
0.6
Standard calibration (7ME681)

E= 0.4 % of rate 2 mm/s
0.4
Combination of metal and

plastic pipes
M6 x 16
A combination of metal and plastic

requires straps for metal pipe and
grounding rings for plastic pipe.
Extended calibration(7ME681)
E= 0.2 % of rate 2 mm/s
0.2
0.0
0
10
12 m/s
Flowrate
Metal pipe
MAG 8000 (7ME6810) for Fire Service applications

MAG 8000 (7ME6810) is FM Fire Service approved for automatic
fire protection systems according to the Fire Service Meters
Standard, Class Number 1044. The approval is applicable for
the sizes DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150, DN 200, DN 250, and
DN 300 (2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10", and 12") with ANSI B16.5 Class 150
flanges. The FM Fire Service approved product can be ordered
via the Z-options P20, P21 and P22
Battery operation time and calculation

The battery operation time depends on the connected battery
pack as well as the operation condition of the meter.
MAG 8000 calculates the remaining capacity every 4 hours and
includes all consuming elements. Calculation compensates for
temperature influence on battery capacity.
E%
20
Qmin
Capacity to 2 Volts/Ah
1.5 %
Plastic pipe
Available capacity
0.6 mA
15
10
Qmax
0
-50 -35 -20 -5 10 25 40 55 70 85 100
(-58) (-31) (-4) (23) (50) (77) (104) (131)(158)(185) (212)
Temperature C (F)
The graphic shows the effect from other temperatures.

A variation in temperature from 15 C to 55 C (59 to 131 F)
reduces the capacity by 17 % from 15 Ah to 12.5 Ah.
At typical revenue scenario of expected battery operation time
can be seen in the table below.
The measurement for calculating the rest capacity of the battery
life time is only completed if the system has no active fatal faults
or the empty pipe is active. Maximum battery specification is
10 years operation.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/119
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Scenario - Revenue application
Output A
Pulse rate max. 10 Hz
Output B
Alarm or call-up
Meter dialog
1 hour per month
Add-com
None
Temperature
5 % at 0 C (32 F)
80 % at 15 C (59 F)
15 % at 50 C (122 F)
Battery lifetime (subject to the assumptions mentioned above)

MAG 8000 for abstraction and distribution network applications (7ME6810) and MAG 8000 CT for revenue and bulk metering (7ME6820)
Excitation frequency (24 h operation)
1/60 Hz
1/30 Hz
1/15 Hz
1/5 Hz
1.5625 Hz
3.125 Hz
6.25 Hz
2 D-Cell battery 33 Ah
DN 25 ... 200
(1" ... 8")
8 years
8 years
6 years
40 months
8 months
4 months
2 months
DN 250 600
(10" ... 24")
8 years
6 years
4 years
20 months
4 months
2 months
N/A
DN 700 ... 1 200

(28" ... 48")
6 years
4 years
2 years
1 year
2 months
N/A
N/A
DN 25 ... 200
(1" ... 8")
N/A
10 years
10 years
80 months
16 months
8 months
4 months
DN 250 ... 600

(10" ... 24")
N/A
10 years
10 years
40 months
8 months
4 months
N/A
DN 700 ... 1 200

(28" ... 48")
10 years
8 years
4 years
2 years
4 months
N/A
N/A
MAG 8000 for irrigation applications (7ME6880)

Excitation frequency (24 h operation)
1/60 Hz
1/30 Hz
1/15 Hz
1/5 Hz
1.5625 Hz
3.125 Hz
1 D-Cell battery
DN 25 ... 600 (1" ... 24")
52 months
40 months
25 months
12 months
2 months
1 month
DN 700 ... 1 200 (28" ... 48")
3 years
2 years
1 years
6 months
1 month
N/A
DN 50 600 (2" ... 24")
8 years
80 months
50 months
24 months
4 months
2 months
DN 700 ... 1 200 (28" ... 48")
6 years
4 years
2 years
1 year
2 months
N/A
DN 50 ... 600 (2" ... 24")
10 years
10 years
8 years
48 months
8 months
4 months
DN 700 ... 1 200 (28" ... 48")
10 years
8 years
4 years
2 years
4 months
N/A
MAG 8000 GSM/GPRS battery lifetime scenario

Transmission once a day and MAG 8000 factory settings
2 D-Cell battery 33 Ah Internal battery pack
3 years
4 D-Cell battery 66 Ah Internal battery pack
7 years
External battery pack can be used as battery backup for mains

power supply (if two cable entries in one cable gland are
needed, order cable glands with two entries, see accessories on
page 3/137).
Serial RS 232/RS 485 add-on communication modules are designed for mains powered systems as the battery operation time
will be reduced. At 1 hour communication per month (all meter
data collected 2 times per day) and the module is connected,
the operation time is reduced to:
RS 232 at low excitation frequency to 10 % and at high excitation frequency to 80 % of calculated operation time
RS 485 at low excitation frequency to 50 % and at high excitation frequency to 90 % of calculated operation time
3/120
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
MAG 8000 for abstraction and distribution network applications (7ME6810)
Overview
Meter
Accuracy
Standard calibration:
0.4 % of rate 2 mm/s
Extended calibration
DN 50 ... DN 300 (2" ... 12"):
0.2 % of rate 2 mm/s
Low flow cut-off (default)
0.05 %
Media conductivity
Clean water > 20 s/cm
Temperature
Ambient
-20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Media
0 ... 70 C (32 ... 158 F)
Storage
-40 ... +70 C (-40 ... +158 F)
Enclosure rating
Remote sensor
IP68 to EN 60529/NEMA 6P,

10 mH2O cont.
Compact version

3 mH2O for six months

Calibration
Standard calibration
Special calibration
Benefits
Easy to install
IP68/NEMA 6P enclosure. Sensor can be buried.
Long-term stability/Low cost of ownership
No moving parts in a robust construction means less wear and
tear
Basic and advanced transmitter versions with different optional add-on communication modules fulfil various customer
requirements for high cost efficiency
Up to 0.2 % maximum uncertainty
Bi-directional measurement with an outstanding low flow performance
Up to 10 years maintenance-free operation in typical applications
Optional high-performance GSM/GPRS module offers an efficient solution for remote measurement and monitor via wireless communication.

Fire Service Approvals

Conformity
2 x 25 % and 2 x 90 % (default)
5-point calibration: 20 %, 40 %,
60 %, 80 %, 100 % of factory Qmax
10-point calibration: ascending and
descending at 20 %, 40 %, 60 %,
80 %, 100 % of factory Qmax
Matched-pair calibration: default,
5-point, 10-point
with meter1)
NSF/ANSI Standard 612) (cold
water) USA
WRAS (BS 6920 cold water) UK
ACS Listed France
DVGW W270 Germany
Belgaqua (B)
MCERTS (GB)
FM Fire Service Meter
(Class Number 1044)3)
PED: 97/23EC4)
For pressure/temperature curves
see MAG 3100 on page 3/70.
EMC: IEC/EN 61326
Sensor version
DN 25 1200 (1" 48")
Sensor material
Carbon steel ASTM A 105, with corrosion resistant two-component

Corrosivity category C4, according
to ISO 12944-2
Measuring principle
Basic version
Battery-powered
DN 25 ... 150 (1 ... 6): 1/15 Hz

DN 200 600 (8 24): 1/30 Hz
DN 700 ... 1200 (28 ... 48):
1/60 Hz
Mains-powered
DN 25 ... 150 (1 ... 6): 6.25 Hz

DN 200 600 (8 24):
3.125 Hz
DN 700 ... 1200 (28 ... 48):
1.5625 Hz
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/121
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Advanced version
Battery-powered
DN 25 ... 150 (1 ... 6): 1/15 Hz

(adjustable up to 6.25 Hz; reduced
battery lifetime)
DN 200 600 (8 24): 1/30 Hz
(adjustable up to 3.125 Hz;
reduced battery lifetime)
DN 700 ... 1200 (28 ... 48):
1/60 Hz
Mains-powered
DN 25 ... 150 (1 ... 6): 6.25 Hz

DN 200 600 (8 24):
3.125 Hz
DN 700 ... 1200 (28 ... 48):
1.5625 Hz
Flanges
EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501)
DN 25 and DN 40 (1" and 1"):

PN 40 (580 psi)
DN 50 150 (2" 6"):
PN 16 (232 psi)
DN 200 1200 (8" 48"):
PN 10 or PN 16 (145 psi or 232 psi)
ANSI 16.5 Class 150
1 24: 20 bar (290 psi)
AWWA C-207
28" 48": PN 10 (145 psi)
AS 4087
DN 50 1200 (2" 48"): PN 16

(232 psi)
Liner
EPDM
Electrode and grounding

electrodes
Grounding straps
Grounding straps are premounted

from the factory on each side of the
sensor.
1)
afterwards.
2)
Including Annex G
3)
4)
For further information on the PED standard and requirements see page 9/6.
3/122
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Article No.
SITRANS F M MAG 8000 water meter
7 ME 6 8 1 0 77777 - 7777
2D
2R
2Y
DN 65 (2)
DN 80 (3)
DN 100 (4)
3F
3M
3T
DN 125 (5)
DN 150 (6)
DN 200 (8)
4B
4H
4P
DN 250 (10)
DN 300 (12)
DN 350 (14)
4V
5D
5K
DN 400 (16)
DN 450 (18)
DN 500 (20)
DN 600 (24)
5R
5Y
6F
6P
DN 700 (28)1)
DN 750 (30)1)
DN 800 (32)1)
DN 900 (36)1)
DN 1000 (40)1)
6Y
7D
7H
7M

EN 1092-1
PN 10 (DN 200 ... 1200 (8" ... 48"))
PN 16 (DN 50 ... 1200 (2" ... 48"))
PN 16 non-PED (DN 700 .... 1200 ( 28"... 48"))
PN 40 (DN 25 ... 40 (1" ... 1))
ANSI B16.5
Class 150
AWWA C-207
Class D (28" ... 48")
AS4087
PN 16 (DN 50 ... 1200 (2" ... 48"))
Sensor version
EPDM liner and Hastelloy electrodes, 150 m
coating
EPDM liner and Hastelloy electrodes , 300 m
coating
No additional "add-on" communication module

installed
Serial RS 485 with Modbus RTU
(Terminated as end device)
Encoder interface with Sensus protocol
GSM/GPRS communication module with remote
antenna; 5 m (16.4 ft) cable
GSM/GPRS communication module with analog
inputs and remote antenna; 5 m (16.4 ft) cable
Internal battery (no battery included)

Internal battery pack installed2)
Power cable (1.5 m (4.9 ft)) with IP68/NEMA 6P
plugs for external battery (no battery included)
B
C
D
F
B
C
D
S
T
0
1
2
12/24 V AC/DC power supply with battery backup

and 3 m (9.8 ft) power cable for external connection (no battery included)
115 ... 230 V AC power supply with battery backup
3
4
The Diameter DN 700 (28") to DN 1200 (48") is only available as remote

transmitter type installation.
Lithium batteries are subject to special transportation regulations according to United Nations "Regulation of Dangerous Goods, UN 3090 and
UN 3091". Special transport documentation is required to observe these
regulations. This may influence both transport time and costs.

J
L
N
Description
Article No.
English
A5E03071515
German
A5E00740986
Spanish
A5E00741031
A5E00741021
French
1
2
Operating instructions for MAG 8000 GSM/GPRS communication module
Region version
(m3,
1)
Calibration
Standard 0.4 % of rate 2 mm/s
Extended 0.2 % of rate 2 mm/s DN 50... 300
(2" ... 12")
Power supply
2)
L
M
N
P
Communication interface
7R
7U
7V
8B
DN 1050 (42)1)
DN 1100 (44)1)
DN 1200 (48)1)
7 ME 6 8 1 0 77777 - 7777
Advanced version, remote cables mounted on sensor with IP68/NEMA 6P plugs:

5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
20 m (65.6 ft)
30 m (98.4 ft)
Diameter
DN 25 (1)
DN 40 (1)
DN 50 (2)
Article No.
m3/h,
Europe
50 Hz)
USA (Gallon, GPM, 60 Hz)
Australia (Ml, Ml/d, 50 Hz)
1
2
3
Description
Article No.
English
A5E03644134
Transmitter type and installation

Basic version integral on sensor
Basic version, remote cables mounted on sensor
with IP68/NEMA 6P plugs:
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
20 m (65.6 ft)
30 m (98.4 ft)
Advanced version integral on sensor
B
C
D
E
K
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/123
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Order code


Certificate
C121)
Special calibration

D01
D02
D03

D06
D07
D08

for DN 15 ... DN 200
for DN 250 ... DN 600
for DN 700 ... DN 1200
D11

DN 15 ... DN 2002)
DN 250 ... DN 6002)
DN 700 ... DN 12002)
D15

DN 15 ... DN 2003)
DN 250 ... DN 6003)
DN 700 ... DN 1200 3)
D18
D12
D13
D16
D17
D19
D20
Flow unit
l/s
MGD
CFS
L00
L01
L02
l/min
m3/min
GPM
L03
L04
L05
CFM
l/h
m3/h
L06
L07
L08
GPH
CFH
GPS
L09
L10
L11
Ml/d
m3/d
GPD
L12
L13
L14
BBL42/s
BBL42/min
BBL42/h
BBL42/d
L15
L16
L17
L18
Totalizer
Volume calculation (default totalizer 1= forward and
totalizer 2 = reverse)
Totalizer 1 = RV, reverse flow
Totalizer 1 = NET, net flow
Totalizer 2 = FW, forward flow
L20
L22
L30
L31
Volume unit
m3
Ml
G
L40
L41
L42
AF
l x 100
m3 x 100
L43
L44
L45
3/124
Siemens FI 01 2015
Order code
G x 100
CF x 100
MG
L46
L47
L48
G x 1000
CF x 1000
AI
L49
L50
L51
kI
BBL42 (US oil barrel, 1 barrel = 42 US gallons)
L52
L54
Pulse set up
(default pulse A = forward and pulse B = Alarm, pulse
width = 50 ms)
A function = RV, reverse flow
A function = FWnet, forward net flow
A function = RVnet, reverse net flow
A function = Off
L62
L63
L64
L65
Volume per pulse A = x 0.00014)

Volume per pulse A = x 14)
L70
L71
L72
L73
L74
B function = FW, forward flow

B function = RV, verse flow
B function = FWnet, forward net flow
L80
L81
L82
B function = RVnet, reverse net flow

B function = Alarm
B function = Call up
L83
L84
L85
Volume per pulse B = x 0.00014)

L90
L91
L92

Volume per pulse B = x 14)
L93
L94
Data logger set up (default month logging)

DataloggerInterval = Daily
DataloggerInterval = Weekly
M31
M32
Factory mounted cables

5 m (16.4 ft) pulse cable A+B
5 m (16.4 ft) communication cable RS 232/RS 485
terminated as end device
M81
M82

Cello 2 channel, input cable 3 m (9.84 ft) with
Brad Harrison micro-change 3 way connector
MIL-C-26482 spec. connectors
Encoder interface cable with connector for ITRON
200WP radio, lenght 25 ft
Encoder interface cable with connector for ITRON
200WP radio, length 5 ft
SOFREL data logger cable 2 m with connector for
SOFREL GSM module
M84
M85

DN 50, DN 80 and DN 100 (2, 3" and 4")
DN 150 and DN 200 (6" and 8")
DN 250 and DN 300 (10" and 12")
1)
Under preparation
2)
20 %, 40 %, 60 %, 80 %, 100 % of factory Qmax
3)
4)
M87
M89
M90
M91
M92
P20
P21
P22

Qmax
Pulse width = 10 ms
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
MAG 8000 CT for revenue and bulk metering (7ME6820)
Overview
Meter
Accuracy
OIML R 49/OIML R 49 MAA for

DN 50 ... DN 300 (2" ... 12"),
Class I and II with turn down up to
Q3/Q1 = 400 at Q2/Q1 =1.6
MI-001 verification for
DN 50 DN 400 (2" ... 16"),
Class II with turn down ratio Q3/Q1
= 250, Q3/Q1 = 200 or Q3/Q1 =
160 at Q2/Q1 = 1.6
FM Fire Service for
DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150,
DN 200, DN 250, and DN 300 (2",
3", 4", 6", 8", 10", and 12")
1.5% (Qmin to Qmax)
0.25 %
Media conductivity
Temperature
Ambient
-20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)

MI-001: -25 ... +55 C
(-13 ... +131 F)
Media
0.1 ... 50 C (32 ... 122 F)
Storage
-40 ... +70 C (-22 ... +158 F)
Benefits
Approvals
MI-001, OIML R 49/OIML R 49 MAA
PTB K7.2
FM Fire Service
Easy to install
IP68/NEMA 6P enclosure. Sensor can be buried
Long-term stability/Low cost of ownership
tear
Basic and advanced transmitter versions with different optional add-on communication modules fulfil various customer
requirements for high cost efficiency
Bi-directional measurement with an outstanding low flow performance
Up to 10 years maintenance-free operation in typical applications
Insignificant pressure drop
Connectable to common AMR systems
Enclosure rating
Remote sensor

10 mH2O cont.
Compact version


Calibration (standard)
2 x 25 % and 2 x 90 %
with meter1)
NSF/ANSI Standard 612) (cold

water) USA
ACS Listed France
DVGW W270 Germany
Belgaqua (B)
MCERTS (GB)
Fire Service approval
FM Fire Service (1044)3)
OIML R 49 and OIML R 49 MAA

approval (DN 50 ... DN 300
(2" ... 12"))
MI-001 approval
(DN 50 ... DN 600 (2" ... 24"))
(DK-0200-MI-001-011)
CEN EN 14154, ISO 4064
PED: 97/23/EC4)
For pressure/temperature curves,
see MAG 3100 on page 3/70.
EMC: IEC/EN 61326
Conformity
Sensor version
DN 50 ... 600 (2" ... 24")
Sensor material
Carbon steel ASTM A 105, with

corrosion resistant two-component
to ISO 12944-2
Measuring principle
Basic version
Battery-powered
Mains-powered
DN 50 ... 150 (2 ... 6): 1/15 Hz

DN 200 600 (8 24): 1/30 Hz
DN 50 ... 150 (2 ... 6): 6.25 Hz
DN 200 600 (8 24): 3.125 Hz
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/125
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Advanced version
Battery-powered
DN 50 ... 150 (2 ... 6): 1/15 Hz

(adjustable up to 6.25 Hz; reduced
battery lifetime)
DN 200 600 (8 24): 1/30 Hz
DN 50 ... 150 (2 ... 6): 6.25 Hz
DN 200 600 (8 24): 3.125 Hz
Mains-powered
Flanges
EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501)
1)
afterwards.
2)
Including Annex G
3)
4)
For further information on the PED standard and requirements see page 9/6.
DN 50 150 (2" 6"):

PN 16 (232 psi)
DN 200 300 (8" 12"):
PN 10 or PN 16
(145 psi or 232 psi)
up to DN 600 (24") in preparation
2 12: 20 bar (290 psi)
28" 48": PN 10 (145 psi)
DN 50 300 (2" 12"):
PN 16 (232 psi)
3
ANSI 16.5 Class 150
AWWA C-207
AS 4087
Liner
EPDM
Electrode and grounding

electrodes
Grounding straps
Grounding straps are premounted

from the factory on each side of the
sensor
MAG 8000 CT (Revenue program) water meter type approval

MAG 8000 CT program is type approved and verified according to international water meter standard OIML R 49. The Custody Transfer program is approved as Class I and Class II, for the sensor program from DN 50 to DN 300, at different Q3 and Q3/Q1. Q2/Q1 =
1.6 and follows OIML R 49 specification.
E%
Cl. II = 5%
Cl. I = 3%
Cl. II = 2%
Cl. I = 1%
Q1 Q2
Q3
Cl. I / Cl. II = OIML R 49 Class I / Class II
Q4
OIML R 49/2006-DK2-10.01 Revision 1 approval specification for Class I (1 %)1)

Size
DN 50
(2)
DN 65
(2)
DN 80
(3)
DN 100 DN 125 DN 150 DN 200 DN 250 DN 300 DN 350 DN 400 DN 450 DN 500 DN 600
(4)
(5)
(6)
(8)
(10)
(12)
(14)
(16)
(18)
(20)
(24)
R Q3/Q1
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
125
Q1 [m3/h]
0.25
0.40
0.63
1.00
160
2.50
4.00
6.40
12.8
Q2 [m3/h]
0.40
0.64
1.00
1.60
2.60
4.00
6.40
10.24
20.48
Q3 [m3/h]
63
100
160
250
400
630
1000
1600
1600
Q4 [m3/h]
78.75
125
200
312.5
500
787.5
1250
2000
2000
OIML R 49/2006-DK2-10.01 Revision 1 approval specification for Class II (2
%)1)
Size
DN 50
(2)
DN 65
(2)
DN 80
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(8)
(10)
(12)
(14)
(16)
(18)
(20)
(24)
R Q3/Q1
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
200
Q1 [m3/h]
0.16
0.25
0.40
0.63
1.00
1.60
2.50
4.00
10.00
Q2 [m3/h]
0.25
0.40
0.63
1.00
1.60
2.50
4.00
6.40
16.00
Q3 [m3/h]
63
100
160
250
400
630
1000
1600
1600
Q4 [m3/h]
78.75
125
200
312.5
500
787.5
1250
2000
2000
1)
The product will be delivered according to requested specifications, which may deviate from the specifications of the approval frame described in tables
below.
3/126
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
MAG 8000 CT (Revenue program) MI-001
MAG 8000 CT program is type approved according to international water meter standard OIML R 49. Since the first November 2006
the MI-001 water meter directive is in force, which means that all water meters can be sold across the EU borders if the water meters
contain a MI-001 label.
The MAG 8000 CT MI-001 verified and labeled products are a Class II aproval according to Directive 2004/22/EC of the
European Parliament and Council of March 31, 2004 on measuring instruments (MID), Annex MI-001 in the sizes from DN 50 to DN 400.
The MID certification is obtained as a B + D module approval according to the above mentioned directive.
Module B : Type approval according to OIML R 49
Module D : Quality insurance approval of production
MI-001 verification tolerances
E%
Cl. II = 5%
Cl. II = 2%
Q1 Q2
Q3
Q4
MAG 8000 CT MI-001 verified and labeled products at a given Q3 and Q4/Q3 = 1.25 and Q2/Q1 = 1.6 measuring ranges see below table:
7ME6820xxxx1
DN 50
(2)
DN 65
(2)
DN 80
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(8)
(10)
(12)
(14)
(16)
(18)
(20)
(24)
R Q3/Q1
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
Q4 [m3/h]
20
31.25
50
78.75
125
200
312.5
500
750
1250
1250
1250
2000
3125
Q3 [m3/h]
16
25
40
63
100
160
250
400
630
1000
1000
1000
1600
2500
Q2 [m3/h]
0.96
1.60
2.60
4.03
6.40
10.24
16
25.60
38.4
64
64
64
102.4
160
[m3/h]
0.60
1.60
2.52
6.40
10
16
24
40
40
40
64
100
7ME6820xxxx2
DN 50
(2)
DN 65
(2)
DN 80
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(8)
(10)
(12)
(14)
(16)
(18)
(20)
(24)
R Q3/Q1
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
Q4 [m3/h]
20
31.25
50
78.75
125
200
312.5
500
750
1250
1250
3125
3125
5000
Q3 [m3/h]
16
25
40
63
100
160
250
400
630
1000
1000
2500
2500
4000
Q2 [m3/h]
0.41
0.63
1.02
1.60
2.54
4.06
6.35
10.16
16
25.4
25.4
63.49
63.49
101.6
Q1 [m3/h]
0.25
0.40
0.63
1.59
2.54
3.97
6.35
10
15.9
15.9
39.68
39.68
63.49
7ME6820xxxx3
DN 50
(2)
DN 65
(2)
DN 80
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(8)
(10)
(12)
(14)
(16)
(18)
(20)
(24)
R Q3/Q1
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
Q4 [m3/h]
20
31.25
50
78.75
125
200
312.5
500
750
1250
1250
5000
5000
7875
Q3 [m3/h]
16
25
40
63
100
160
250
400
630
1000
1000
4000
4000
6300
Q2 [m3/h]
0.32
0.50
0.80
1.20
3.20
12.6
20
20
80
80
126
Q1 [m3/h]
0.20
0.31
0.50
0.75
1.25
3.13
7.88
12.5
12.5
50
50
78.75
7ME6820xxxx4
DN 50
(2)
DN 65
(2)
DN 80
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(8)
(10)
(12)
(14)
(16)
(18)
(20)
(24)
R Q3/Q1
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
Q4 [m3/h]
50
78.75
125
200
312.5
500
787.5
1250
2000
2000
2000
7875
Q3 [m3/h]
40
63
100
160
250
400
630
1000
1600
1600
1600
6300
63
39.38
Q1
Q2
[m3/h]
0.40
0.63
1.60
2.50
6.30
10
16
16
16
Q1
[m3/h]
0.25
0.39
0.63
1.56
2.50
3.94
6.25
10
10
10
7ME6820xxxx5
DN 50
(2)
DN 65
(2)
DN 80
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(8)
(10)
(12)
(14)
(16)
(18)
(20)
(24)
R Q3/Q1
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
Q4 [m3/h]
50
78.75
125
200
312.5
500
787.5
1250
Q3 [m3/h]
40
63
100
160
250
400
630
1000
Q2 [m3/h]
0.32
0.50
0.80
1.28
3.20
5.04
Q1 [m3/h]
0.20
0.32
0.50
0.80
1.25
3.15
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/127
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
7ME6820xxxx6
DN 50
(2)
DN 65
(2)
DN 80
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(8)
(10)
(12)
(14)
(16)
(18)
(20)
(24)
R Q3/Q1
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
Q4 [m3/h]
50
78.75
125
200
312.5
500
787.5
1250
40
63
100
160
250
400
630
1000
[m3/h]
0.26
0.40
0.64
1.02
1.60
2.56
6.40
Q1 [m3/h]
0.16
0.25
0.40
0.64
1.60
2.52
Q3 [m3/h]
Q2
The Label is placed on the side of the encapsulation.

An example of the product label is shown below:
MAG 8000 CT (7ME6820) for Fire Service applications

MAG 8000 CT (7ME6820) is FM Fire Service approved for automatic fire protection systems according to the Fire Service Meters Standard, Class Number 1044. The approval is applicable
for the sizes DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150, DN 200, DN 250,
and DN 300 (2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10", and 12") with ANSI B16.5 Class
150 flanges. The FM Fire Service approved product can be ordered via the Z-options P20, P21 and P22.
E%
Please refer to System information SITRANS F M electromagnetic flowmeters.
Battery operation time and calculation
The battery operation time depends on the connected battery
pack as well as the operation condition of the meter.
MAG 8000 calculates the remaining capacity every 4 hours and
includes all consuming elements. Calculation compensates for
temperature influence on battery capacity (drawing).
3/128
Siemens FI 01 2015
1.5 %
MAG 8000 CT
Qmin
Qmax
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Article No.
Article No.
SITRANS F M
SITRANS F M
MAG 8000 CT water meter with EPDM liner and

Hastelloy electrodes
7ME 6 8 2 0 77777 - 7777
2Y
3F
3M
DN 100 (4)
DN 125 (5)
DN 150 (6)
3T
4B
4H
DN 200 (8)
DN 250 (10)
DN 300 (12)
4P
4V
5D
DN 350 (14")1)
DN 400 (16")1)
DN 450 (18")1)
5K
5R
5Y
500 (20")1)
6F
6P
DN
DN 600 (24")1)
EN 1092-1
PN 16
ANSI B16.5
Class 150
AS4087
PN 16
C
D
S
T
0
1
2

and 3 m (9.8 ft) power cable for external connection
(no battery included)
and 3 m (9.8 ft) power cable for external connection.
(no battery included)
2)
Under preparation.
3)
For more details and references of the ranges please see the tables on
pages 3/126 to 3/128.
4)
Standard calibration or according to FM Fire Service requirements if P20,

P21 or P22 is selected as Z option.

4
Description
3)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Article No.
English
A5E03071515
German
A5E00740986
Spanish
A5E00741031
French
A5E00741021
Operating instructions for MAG 8000 GSM/GPRS communication module
Region version
Europe (m3, m3/h, 50 Hz)
USA (m3, m3/h, 60 Hz)

Internal battery pack installed2)
1)
Approval/Verification
Without verification according to OIML R 494)
MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 25
MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 63
MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 80
MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 160
MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 200
MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 250
Without verification calibrated to OIML R 49-Class II
(Q3/Q1 = 100)
Without verification calibrated to OIML R 49-Class II
(Q3/Q1 = 250)
Power supply
Sensor version
EPDM liner and Hastelloy electrodes,
150 m coating
EPDM liner and Hastelloy electrodes,
300 m coating
7ME 6 8 2 0 77777 - 7777
installed
Encoder interface for ITRON 200WP radio with
"Sensus" protocol"
GSM/GPRS module without analog inputs cable
GSM/GPRS module with analog inputs cable
Diameter
DN 50 (2)
DN 65 (2)
DN 80 (3)
MAG 8000 CT water meter with EPDM liner and

Hastelloy electrodes
1
2
Description
Article No.
English
A5E03644134

with IP68/NEMA 6P plugs
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
20 m (65.6 ft)
30 m (98.4 ft)
Advanced version integral on sensor

Advanced version, remote cables mounted on sensor with IP68/NEMA 6P plugs
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
20 m (65.6 ft)
30 m (98.4 ft)
B
C
D
E
L
M
N
P
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/129
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Order code
C121)
FP2E marking (France only)
C17
Totalizer

L20
L22
L30
L31
Pulse set up
width = 50 ms)
A function = Off
L62
L63
L64
L65

L71
L72
L73
L74

B function = RV, reverse flow
L80
L81
L82

B function = Alarm
L83
L84
L85

L91
L92

L93
L94

M31
M32

M81
M82

5 ft. Encoder interface cable with connector for
ITRON 200WP radio
25 ft. Encoder interface cable with connector for
ITRON 200WP radio
SOFREL GSM module
M84
M85

DN 50, DN 80 and DN 100 (2, 3" and 4")
DN 150 and DN 200 (6" and 8")
DN 250 and DN 300 (10" and 12")
1)
Under preparation
2)
Pulse width = 10 ms
3/130
Siemens FI 01 2015
M87
M89
M91
M90
M92
P20
P21
P22
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
MAG 8000 for irrigation applications
Overview
Meter
Accuracy
0.8 % 2.5 mm/s

0.4 % 2.5 mm/s
NMI (class 2.5)
1.0 %
Media conductivity
Temperature
Ambient
-20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Media
0 ... 70 C (32 ... 158 F)
Storage
-40 ... +70 C (-40 ... +158 F)
Enclosure rating
Remote sensor

10 mH2O cont.
Compact version

Approvals
Benefits
IP68/NEMA 6P rating with tamper proof
tear
Up to 8 years maintenance-free operation in typical application
Connectable to AMR systems
Adaptor for conduit installation to provide a clean, protected
pathway for device cables
ANSI/NSF 611) (cold water) USA

NMI10 Australia
Sensor material
Carbon steel ASTM A 105, with corrosion resistant two-component

to ISO 12944-2
Conformity
IEC/EN 61326
Flanges
EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501) PN 10
drilled pattern
DN 50 ... 600 (2" ... 24")

(max. pressure 7 bar (101.5 psi))
ANSI 16.5 Class 150 drilled pattern 2" ... 24"

AS 2091-1 Table D drilled pattern
DN 50 ... 600 (2" ... 24")

AS 2129
DN 25, DN 40, DN 125 (1", 1", 5")
AS 4087 PN 16
DN 50 ... DN 1200 (2" ... 48")
Battery-powered
DN 50 600 (2 24): 1/15 Hz

DN 700 1200 (28 48):
1/60 Hz
Mains-powered
DN 50 600 (2 24): 3.125 Hz

DN 700 1200 (28 48):
1.5625 Hz
Liner
Ebonite
Electrodes
Stainless steel
1)
Including Annex G
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/131
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Article No.
Article No.

including factory-mounted grounding rings
7 ME 6 8 8 0 -

including factory-mounted grounding rings
7 ME 6 8 8 0 -
77777 - 7777

installed
Encoder inferface
GSM module with remote antenna and 5 m cable
GSM module with analog input, remote antenna
and 5 m cable
Diameter
DN 25 (1)
DN 40 (1)
DN 50 (2)
2D
2R
2Y
DN 65 (2)
DN 80 (3)
DN 100 (4)
3F
3M
3T
DN 125 (5)
DN 150 (6)
DN 200 (8)
4B
4H
4P
DN 250 (10)
DN 300 (12)
DN 350 (14)
4V
5D
5K
DN 400 (16)
DN 450 (18)
DN 500 (20)
5R
5Y
6F
DN 600 (24)
DN 700 (28)
DN 750 (30)
6P
6Y
7D
DN 800 (32)
DN 900 (36)
DN 1000 (40)
7H
7M
7R
DN 1050 (42)
DN 1100 (44)
DN 1200 (48)
7U
7V
8B
B
J
M
G
N
4
0
1
3
1
2
3

2 m (6.56 ft)
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
20 m (65.6 ft)
30 m (98.4 ft)
3/132
Siemens FI 01 2015

Internal battery pack installed 2 D-cell1) 2)
0
1
2

Internal battery pack installed 1 D-cell1) 2)
3
4
5
1)
2)
Can be ordered by US region only.
Description
Article No.
English
A5E03071515
German
A5E00740986
Spanish
A5E00741031
French
A5E00741021

Region version
Europe (m3, m3/h, 50 Hz)
USA (Gallon, GPM, 60 Hz)
Australia (Ml, Ml/d, 50 Hz)
C
D
S
T
Calibration
0.8 %, 2.5 mm/s
0.4 %, 2.5 mm/s
NMI (2.5 %)
Sensor version
Ebonite liner and stainless steel electrodes
Power supply

EN 1092-1 drilled pattern PN 10/max. 7 bar (101 psi)
ANSI B16.5 drilled pattern Cl 150/max. 7 bar (101 psi)
AS2129 drilled pattern table D/max. 7 bar (101 psi)
AS2129 table E (DN 25, DN 40, DN 125)
AS4087 PN 16 (DN 50 ... DN 1200)
77777 - 7777
T
B
C
D
E
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Order code
Order code


Flow unit

L90
L91
L92

L93
L94
l/s
MGD
CFS
L00
L01
L02
l/min
m3/min
GPM
L03
L04
L05
CFM
l/h
m3/h
L06
L07
L08
GPH
CFH
GPS
L09
L10
L11
Ml/d
m3/d
GPD
L12
L13
L14
Totalizer
L20
L22
L30
L31
Volume unit
m3
Ml
G
L40
L41
L42
AF
l x 100
m3 x 100
L43
L44
L45
G x 100
CF x 100
MG
L46
L47
L48
G x 1000
CF x 1000
AI
kI
L49
L50
L51
L52
Device operation
Only operator menu activated
M11

M31
M32

M81
M82

5 ft Encoder interface cable with connector for
ITRON 200WP radio
25 ft Encoder interface cable with connector for
ITRON 200WP radio
SOFREL GSM module
Adaptors for conduit installation
M84
M85
1)
M87
M89
M91
M90
M92
M94
Pulse width = 10 ms
Pulse set up
width = 50 ms)
A function = Off
L62
L63
L64
L65

L70
L71
L72
L73
L74
Pulse A pulse width 5 ms (volume per pulse x 1)

L75
L76
L77
L78
L79

B function = RV, verse flow
L80
L81
L82

B function = Alarm
L83
L84
L85
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/133
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
161 (6.34)
161 (6.34)
115 (4.53)
155 (6.10)
155 (6.10)
155 (6.10)
152 (5.98)
152 (5.98)
152 (5.98)
M20
M20
M20
( NPT)
161 (6.34)
114 (4.49)
104 (4.09)
84 (3.31)
131 (5.16)
7ME6810/7ME6820
DN 25 and 40 (1" and 1")
7ME6880
DN 50 ... 300 (2" ... 12")
DN 350 ... 1200 (14" ... 48")
N/A
N/A
DN25...600 (1" ... 24")

For DN 50 ... 300 (2" ... 12"):
Add 7 mm (0.28) to length (L)
For DN 350 ... 1200 (14" ... 48"):
Add 8 mm (0.31) to length (L)
Nominal DN size A
Weight1)
L, lenghts
EPDM
(7ME6810 and
7ME6820)
EN 1092-1
PN 10
EN 1092-1
PN 16/
PN 16 non-PED
EN 1092-1
PN 40
ANSI 16.5
Class 150
AS 4087 AWWA C-207 AS 2129

PN 16
Class D
Table E
mm (inch)
mm (inch)
mm
mm
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
lb
25 (1)
188 (7.4)
200
7.9
200
200
13
40 (1)
203 (8.0)
200
7.9
200
200
20
50 (2)
178 (7.0)
200
7.9
200
11
25
65 (2)
181 (7.1)
200
7.9
200
13
29
80 (3)
191 (7.5)
200
7.9
200
15
34
100 (4)
197 (7.8)
250
9.8
250
17
38
125 (5)
210 (8.3)
250
9.8
250
250
22
50
150 (6)
224 (8.8)
300
11.8
300
28
63
200 (8)
249 (9.8)
350
350
13.8
350
50
113
250 (10)
276 (10.9)
450
450
17.7
450
71
160
300 (12)
303 (11.9)
500
500
19.7
500
88
198
350 (14)
365 (14.4)
550
550
21.7
550
127
279
400 (16)
391 (15.4)
600
600
23.6
600
145
318
450 (18)
421 (16.6)
600
600
23.6
600
175
384
500 (20)
447 (17.6)
600
600
26.8
600
225
494
600 (24)
497 (19.6)
600
600
32.3
600
340
747
700 (28)
548 (21.6)
700
875/700
N/A
700
700
316
694
750 (30)
573 (22.6)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
750
N/A
N/A
800 (32)
603 (23.7)
800
1000/800
N/A
800
800
398
1045
900 (36)
656 (25.8)
900
1125/900
N/A
900
900
476
1045
1000 (40)
708 (27.9)
1000
1250/1000
N/A
1000
1000
602
1322
1050 (42)
708 (27.9)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
1050
N/A
N/A
1100 (44)
759 (29.9)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
1100
N/A
N/A
1200 (48)
814 (32.0)
1200
1500/1200
N/A
1200
1200
887
1996
1)
For remote version the sensor weight is reduced with 2 kg (4.5 lb)
3/134
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
13 (0.51)
Remote version
71 (2.80)
31.5 (1.24)
21.5 (0.85)
13 (0.51)
96 (3.78)
8 (0.31)
104 (4.09)
164 (6.46)
8 (0.31)
120 (4.72)
71 (2.80)
12 (0.47)
77 (3.03)
50.65 (1.99)
158 (6.22)
Dimensions in mm (inch), weight 3.5 kg (8 lb)
3 (0.12)
4 (0.16)
12.4 (0.49)
75 (2.95)
8 (0.31)
6.5 (0.26)
189 (7.44)
12 (0.47)
20 (0.79)
10 (0.39)
44 (1.73)
4 (0.16)
Grounding rings
76.5 (3.01)
47 (1.85)
18.5 (0.73)
Dimensions in mm (inch), weight 2.0 kg (4.5 lb)
Battery pack has to be mounted in upwards position to ensure

maximum battery capacity.
Dimensions in mm (inch) for grounding rings MAG 8000 with EPDM lining
(7ME6810 and 7ME6820) DN 25 to DN 300
Dimension
Internal
diameter (d)
Outside
diameter (D)
DN 25
27
68
143
DN 40
38
88
163
DN 50
52
100
175
DN 65
64
120
195
DN 80
79
133
208
DN 100
95
158
233
DN 125
115
188
263
DN 150
145
216
336
DN 200
193
268
343
DN 250
246
324
399
DN 300
295
374
449
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/135
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Electrical installation of GSM/GPRS module
Schematics
Electrical installation and pulse output Connection diagram
91
92
93
94
95
Module
interface
(option)
1
087L4101 002900N423
HL
56
57
66
67
Output A
Output B
+ 3.6 V DC
3
4
V
1 SIM card slot
2 GSM/GPRS antenna connector
3 Analog inputs inlet
4 Rechargeable battery inlet
HL = Hardware lock key connection

V = Push button for verification mode
Pulse wire connection
MAG 8000
External connection
Internal connection
Connection variant
Passive output
Open-Drain
Output A
56
Positive logic
< 50 mA
+
V
0V
V 35 V DC
Signal
57
R
Negative logic
66
Output B
V
0V
67
V 35 V DC
< 50 mA
+
-
R
Signal
-
The pulse output can be configured as volume, alarm or call-up.

The output can be connected as positive or negative logic.
R = pull up/down is selected in relation to the Vx power supply
and with a max. current I of 50 mA.
Use shielded cable to avoid EMC problems. Make sure the
shield is correctly mounted under the cable clamp (no pig tail).
3/136
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Accessories
Description
Article No.
Description
Article No.
PC Flow Tool on CD
(Download for free from
www.siemens.com/flow)
FDK:087L6001
A5E03412758
IrDA infrared interface

adapter with USB for data
acquisition with 1.2 m
(3.9 ft) cable
FDK:087L4163
MAG 8000 GSM/GPRS

communication module.
Rechargeable battery,
antenna and analog cable
input must be ordered separately
Battery backup for mains

power supply, 1 pc. D-cell
(3.6 V, 16.5 Ah)1)
A5E03354392
One cable entry 6 ... 8 mm

FDK:087L4196
(0.24 ... 0.31 ")
2)
M20 brass glands package
(1 pc)
Rechargeable Lithium bat- A5E03436686

tery for MAG 8000
GSM/GPRS communication
module1)
Internal battery pack, one
FDK:087L4150
set of 2 D-cell (3.6 V, 33 Ah)
and accessories for
replacement1)

FDK:087L4151
IP68/NEMA 6P with connec1)
tor, 4 D-cell (3.6 V, 66 Ah) .
Order cable FDK:087L4152
separately.
Mains power supply

12 ... 24 V AC/DC (average
power consumption during
line 0.1 VA) with battery
backup and 3 m (9.8 ft)
power cable for external
connection (no battery
included)
Temperature range:
Fixed laying: -40 ... +90 C
(-40 ... +194 F)
Flexible application:
-30 ... +80 C
(-22 ... +176 F)
FDK:087L4210
Mains power supply

FDK:087L4211
115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz,
with battery backup up and
3 m (9.8 ft) power cable for
external connection (no battery included)
RS 232 add-on module,
point to point communication interface with Modbus
RTU protocol
FDK:087L4212
RS 485 add-on module,

multidrop communication
interface with Modbus RTU
protocol
FDK:087L4213
Encoder interface module,

with "Sensus" protocol for
ITRON 200WP and 100W
radio
A5E02475650

(0.08 ... 0.20 ")
M12 brass glands with M20
reduction2) . Package of
10 pcs
FDK:087L4154

(0.24 ... 0.31 ") M20 brass
glands package2) (10 pcs)
FDK:087L4155

(0.31 ... 0.43 ") M20 brass
FDK:087L4156
One cable entry

11 ... 15 mm (0.43 ... 0.59 ")
M20 brass glands
package2) (10 pcs)
FDK:087L4157
Two cable entries

3.5 ... 5 mm (0.14 ... 0.20 ")
M20 brass glands
package2) (10 pcs)
FDK:087L4158
Two cable entries

5.5 ... 7.5 mm
(0.22 ... 0.30 "), M20 brass
FDK:087L4159
High gain antenna for

MAG 8000 GSM/GPRS
(PVC, IP68, cable length
5 m (16.4 ft), with SMA
male connector (type RG
58) and internal SMA to
SMP female cable adapter,
and single entry cable
gland)
A5E03436689
Analog input cable for MAG

8000 GSM/GPRS (3 m
(9.8 ft) cable with M12 connector A-Coding female
5 pins, and two-entry cable
gland)
A5E03436698

flow sensors for
IP68/NEMA 6P
MAG 8000 Hardware key to FDK:087L4165

access protected parameters
MAG 8000 demo - training
unit pack operating on Alkaline batteries. Transmitter
with Flow tool CD, IrDA
interface adapter and hardware key (No dangerous
goods limitations)
FDK:087L4080
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/137
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Description
Article No.
Description
Article No.
Alkaline battery for

MAG 8000 demo transmitter
(3 V 13 Ah)
(No dangerous goods limitations)
FDK:087L4142
MAG 8000 (Advanced version) transmitter remote

replacement kit1).
No battery included.
No system number required.
FDK:087L4204
MAG 8000 (Basic version)

transmitter PCB replacement kit1). No system number required.
A5E01171569
MAG 8000 (Advanced version) transmitter PCB

replacement kit1). No system number required.
FDK:087L4168
Enclosure top including

plastic lid, screws and blank
product label
FDK:087L4167
Power cable (1.5 m (4.9 ft))

for external battery (no battery included); PE jacket,
ambient temperature:
-20 ... +60 C
(-4 ... +140 F)
FDK:087L4152
5 ft. Encoder interface cable

included, for ITRON 200WP
and 100W radio; 22 AWG
stranded TC conductors,
polypropylene insulation,
twisted pair, overall Beldfoil
shield, 22 AWG stranded TC
drain wire, PVC jacket
A5E02551263
25 ft. Encoder interface

cable with IP68/NEMA 6P
plugs included, for ITRON
200WP radio; 22 AWG
stranded TC conductors,
polypropylene insulation,
twisted pair, overall Beldfoil
shield, 22 AWG stranded TC
drain wire, PVC jacket
A5E02551182

1)
Lithium batteries are subject to special transportation regulations

according to United Nations "Regulation of Dangerous Goods, UN 3090
and UN 3091". Special transport documentation is required to observe
these regulations. This may influence both transport time and costs.
2)
For cable connection through MAG 8000 transmitter bottom part.
When MAG 8000 (7ME6810 and 7ME6820) is installed in PVC or

coated pipelines, grounding rings must be installed additionally.
Grounding rings, type C must be used for the 7ME6810 and
7ME6820 routes (sizes > DN 300). Please see grounding rings
in the section MAG 3100 Grounding rings and be aware that the
mentioned MLFB codes include only 1 grounding ring. Grounding rings DN 25 to DN 300 in stainless steel are packed in pairs
and sold as a grounding ring kit.
Dimension
Article No.
DN 25
A5E01002946
DN 40
A5E01002947
DN 50
A5E01002948
DN 65
A5E01002950
DN 80
A5E01002952
DN 100
A5E01002953
DN 125
A5E01002954
DN 150
A5E01002955
DN 200
A5E01002957
DN 250
A5E01002958
DN 300
A5E01002962
Spare parts
Description
Article No.
MAG 8000 transmitter compact replacement kit1).

System number specified by
ordering.
FDK:087L4166
MAG 8000 transmitter

remote replacement kit1).
System number specified by
ordering.
FDK:087L4202
MAG 8000 (Advanced version) transmitter compact

replacement kit1).
No system number required.
FDK:087L4203
3/138
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Description
Article No.
Service tool kit package with

various component for service and replacement.
FDK:087L4162
MAG 8000 (7ME6880) grounding ring service kit, consisting of

2 pcs. grounding rings, screws and gaskets
Article No.
Dimension
Drilled pattern flanges (7 bar)
10
20
10
10
10
10
20
10
Remote cable set 5 m

(16.4 ft) with IP68/NEMA 6P
plugs - PG 13.52)
FDK:087L4108

plugs - M20
A5E00862482

plugs - PG 13.52)
FDK:087L4109

plugs - M20
A5E00862487

plugs - PG 13.52)
FDK:087L4110

plugs - M20
A5E00862492

plugs - PG 13.52)
FDK:087L4111

plugs - M20
A5E00862497
10 m cable set with premounted conduit adaptor
A5E33400834
20 m cable set with premounted conduit adaptor
A5E33400836
1)
Not applicable to Custody Transfer (CT) verified systems without re-verification
2)
For sensors produced before October 2007.
DN 50
2"
A5E03082907
DN 65
2"
A5E03082908
DN 80
3"
A5E03082909
DN 100
4"
A5E03082910
DN 125
5"
A5E03082911
DN 150
6"
A5E32877967
DN 200
8"
A5E03082913
DN 250
10"
A5E03082914
DN 300
12"
A5E03082915
DN 350
14"
A5E03082916
DN 400
16"
A5E03082917
DN 450
18"
A5E03082918
DN 500
20"
A5E03082919
DN 600
24"
A5E03082920
AS 2191 table E flanges

DN 25
1"
A5E33474999
DN 40
1"
A5E33475000
DN 125
5"
A5E33475006
AS 4087 PN 16 flanges
DN 50
2"
A5E33475001
DN 65
2"
A5E33475002
DN 80
3"
A5E33475003
DN 100
4"
A5E33475004
DN 150
6"
A5E33475007
DN 200
8"
A5E33475008
DN 250
10"
A5E33475009
DN 300
12"
A5E33475010
DN 350
14"
A5E33475011
DN 400
16"
A5E33475012
DN 450
18"
A5E34240921
DN 500
20"
A5E33475013
DN 600
24"
A5E33475014
DN 700
28"
A5E33414889
DN 800
32"
A5E33414890
DN 900
36"
A5E33414891
DN 1000
40"
A5E33414892
DN 1200
48"
A5E33414893
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/139
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
System information SITRANS F C
Overview
3
SITRANS F C Coriolis mass flowmeters are designed for measurement of a variety of liquids and gases. The meter offers accurate measurement of mass flow, volume flow, density, temperature and fraction.
Compatibility between transmitters and sensors
Transmitter
Page
Compact
Remote
Ex-Approval
Sensor
Page
FCT030
3/173
Yes
Yes
Yes
FCS400 Standard, DN 15 ... DN 80
3/163
Yes
Yes
Yes
FCS400 Hygienic, DN 15 ... DN 80
3/163
Yes
Yes
Yes
FCS400 NAMUR, DN 15 ... DN 80
3/163
Yes
No
Yes
FCS400 Standard, DN 15 ... DN 80
3/163
Yes
No
Yes
FCS400 Hygienic, DN 15 ... DN 80
3/163
Yes
No
Yes
FCS400 NAMUR, DN 15 ... DN 80
3/163
No
Yes
No
FCS200, DN 10 ... DN 25
3/203
No
Yes
No
FC300, DN 4
3/212
No
Yes
No
MASS 2100, DI 1.5
3/208
Yes
Yes
No
MASS 2100, DI 3 ... DI 40
3/217
No
Yes
No
MASS MC2, DN 100...DN 150
3/228
No
Yes
Yes
MASS MC2 Ex, DN 100...DN 150
3/228
No
Yes
No
FCS200, DN 10 ... DN 25
3/203
No
Yes
No
FC300, DN 4
3/212
No
Yes
No
MASS 2100, DI 1.5
3/208
No
Yes
No
MASS 2100, DI 3 ... DI 40
3/217
No
Yes
No
MASS MC2, DN 100...DN 150
3/228
No
Yes
Yes
MASS MC2 Ex, DN 100...DN 150
3/228
No
Yes
Yes
FCS200, DN 10 ... DN 25
3/203
No
Yes
Yes
FC300, DN 4
3/212
No
Yes
Yes
MASS 2100 Ex, DI 1.5
3/208
No
Yes
Yes
MASS 2100 Ex, DI 3 ... DI 40
3/217
No
Yes
Yes
FCS200, DN 10 ... DN 25
3/203
No
Yes
Yes
FC300, DN 4
3/212
No
Yes
Yes
MASS 2100 Ex, DI 1.5
3/208
Yes
Yes
Yes
MASS 2100 Ex, DI 3 ... DI 40
3/217
FCT010 (only compact - FC410)
3/156
MASS 6000 IP67 Polyamide enclosure 3/180
MASS 6000 19
MASS 6000 Ex 19
MASS 6000 Ex d
Stainless steel enclosure
3/185
3/185
3/194
SIFLOW FC070 Standard
3/199
No
Yes
No
all
SIFLOW FC070 Ex CT
3/199
No
Yes
Yes
all except MC2
3/140
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Benefits
Greater flexibility
Wide product program
High performance and top-end flowmeters
Compact or remote installation using the same transmitters
and sensors within their flowmeter series
Easier commissioning
All SITRANS F C Coriolis flowmeters feature a sensor related
memory unit SENSORPROM or SensorFlash which stores calibration data and transmitter settings for the lifetime of the product.
At commissioning the flowmeter commences measurement
without any initial programming.
Easier service
Comprehensive self-diagnosis and service menu enhances
troubleshooting and meter verification.
Transmitter replacement requires no programming.
SENSORPROM automatically updates all settings after initialization.
Room for growth
FC430:
Digital platform allows for any sensor in the range to be
matched in compact or remote. The wide range of sensors are
all certified to SIL2 or SIL3 (redundant) with the FCT030 transmitter in compact mode.
MASS 6000:
USM II the Universal Signal Module with "plug & play" simplicity makes it easy to access and integrate the flowmeter with almost any system and bus-protocol and it ensures the flowmeter will be easy to upgrade to future communication/bus
platforms.
SIFLOW:
Direct integration into SIMATIC S7-300 systems as a flowmeter
specific I/O module ensures fast and smooth startup, seamless integration, fast operation.
Application
Coriolis flowmeters are generally suitable for measuring liquids
and gases. The flow measurement is independent of changes in
process conditions/parameters such as temperature, density,
pressure, viscosity, conductivity and flow profile.
Due to this versatility the meter is easy to install and use. The Coriolis flowmeter is recognized for its high accuracy over a wide
turn-down ratio.
The main applications of the Coriolis flowmeter can be found in all
industries, such as:
Chemical and pharma
Detergents, bulk chemicals, pharmaceuticals, acids, alkalis, filling

and dosing
Food and beverage
Dairy products, beer, wine, softdrinks, Plato/Brix, fruit juices and

pulps, bottling, CO2 dosing, CIPliquids
Automotive
Fuel injection nozzle and pump

testing, filling of AC units, engine
consumption measurement, paint
robots
Oil and gas
Filling of gas bottles, furnace control, CNG-dispensers, test separators, LPG, well-head water-cut
monitoring
Dosing of chemicals for water

treatment
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/141
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Please see Product selector
www.pia-selector.automation.siemens.com on the
Internet, since some constrains might be related to
some of the features
FC430
FC410
MASS
2100
DI 1.5
MASS
FC300
2100
DN 4
DI 3 to DI 40
MC2
DN 100 to
DN 150
FCS200
DN 10 to
DN 25
MASS
6000
IP67
MASS
6000
19"
MASS
6000
Ex d
SIFLOW
FC070
Std/Ex CT
7ME4613
7ME4623
7ME4713
7ME4611
7ME4621
7ME4711
7ME4100
7ME4100,
7ME4200,
7ME4210
7ME4300
7ME4500
7ME4110
7ME4110
7ME4110
7ME4120
7ME4400
Design
Compact
Remote
Polyamide, IP67/NEMA 6
Noryl (SIMATIC S7-300),

IP20/NEMA 2
Stainless steel
IP67/NEMA 6
19" rack IP20/NEMA 2 aluminum
Back of panel IP20 aluminum
Wall mounting IP65 ABS

plastic
Front of panel IP65 ABS

plastic
Aluminium IP67
Communication
HART
PROFIBUS PA
PROFIBUS DP
DeviceNet
Modbus RTU/RS 485
Modbus RTU/RS 232
Supply voltage
24 V DC
24 V AC/DC
115/230 V AC
Pipe size
DI 1.5 (1/16)
DI 3 (1/8)
DN 4 (1/6)
DI 6 ()
DN 10 (3/8)
DI 15 ()
DN 15 ()
DI 25 (1)
DN 50 (2)
DN 80 (3)
DI 40 (1)
DN 100 (4)
DN 150 (6)
Process connection norms and pressure

Pipe thread
NPT ANSI/ASME
B.20.1; PN 100
NPT ANSI/ASME
B.20.1; PN 350
VCO
ISO 228/1; PN 100
= available
3/142
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
FC430
FC410
MASS
2100
DI 1.5
MASS
FC300
2100
DN 4
DI 3 to DI 40
MC2
DN 100 to
DN 150
FCS200
DN 10 to
DN 25
MASS
6000
IP67
MASS
6000
19"
MASS
6000
Ex d
SIFLOW
FC070
Std/Ex CT
7ME4613
7ME4623
7ME4713
7ME4611
7ME4621
7ME4711
7ME4100
7ME4100,
7ME4200,
7ME4210
7ME4300
7ME4500
7ME4110
7ME4110
7ME4110
7ME4120
7ME4400
Flange
EN 1092-1 PN 40
EN 1092-1 PN 100
1)
EN 1092-1 PN 1607)
ANSI B16.5 Class 150
1)
ANSI B16.5 Class 9008)
DIN 11851 PN 25
1)
DIN 11851 PN 40
DIN 11864-1A
DIN 11864-2A
DIN 11864-3A
Clamp ISO 2852 PN 16
ISO 2853 PN 16
DIN 32676 Tri-Clamp

PN 10/PN 16
Others on request
Dairy
Pipe material
Stainless steel AISI
316L/1.4435
Stainless steel AISI
316Ti/1.4571
4)
6)
Hastelloy C4/2.4610
With heating jacket

Internal U - tube
External electric
jacket
PN 40
PN 100
PN 160
Pressure rating
1)
PN 214
PN 350
High-pressure version2)
Accuracy
Flow error 0.1 % of rate
Density error 0.0005 g/cm3

3)
Cable glands
5)
PG 13.5
NPT
M20
= available
1)
5)
2)
6)
Not available for DN 150 sensor.

See technical specifications.
3)
DI 3 and DI 6
4) DI 15, DI 25 and DI 40 are not available for Hastelloy C22/2.4602.
Only when mounted in enclosure.

Process connectors in AISI 316Ti/1.4571
7)
Sensor pressure limited to 100 bar (AISI 316L) and 160 bar (Hastelloy C22)
8) Sensor pressure limited to 100 bar (AISI 316L) and 150 bar (Hastelloy C22)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/143
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
FC430
FC410
MASS
2100
DI 1.5
MASS
FC300
2100
DN 4
DI 3 to DI 40
MC2
DN 100 to
DN 150
FCS200
DN 10 to
DN 25
MASS
6000
IP67
MASS
6000
19"
MASS
6000
Ex d
SIFLOW
FC070
Std/Ex CT
7ME4613
7ME4623
7ME4713
7ME4611
7ME4621
7ME4711
7ME4100
7ME4100,
7ME4200,
7ME4210
7ME4300
7ME4500
7ME4110
7ME4110
7ME4110
7ME4120
7ME4400
Approvals
Custody Transfer
Compressed gaseous fuel measuring systems for
vehicles OIML R 139
10)
Other media than

water pattern
approval OIML R 117
Harzardous locations
ATEX
IECEx
FM
CSA
NEPSI
INMETRO
9)
1)
4)
USL, CNL-Flowmeter
c-UL-us
2)
7)
USR, CNR-Flowmeter
c-UL-us
2)
5)6)
PED
PED
Directive
97/23/EC
Module B1 + D
0/25 ... 100 bar,
-80/200C,
DN 20 ...150
PED
Directive
97/23/EC
8)
CRN
Category F
OF10769.5C
CRN
TUM
11)
Pharma
EHEDG
3A
Note: Special conditions for safe use might be specified in certificates or operating instructions.
= available
1)
Sensor pressure max. 100 bar (1450 psi)
2)
Only remote version
3)
Can be placed in zone 2 if mounted in minimum IP54 cabinet.
4) Only Ex version
5) 24 V; IP20
6) 115 ... 230 V; IP20
7) 115 ... 230 V; IP65
8) Only DI 25 and DI 40
9) For sizes DN 100 only
10) Install in Div. 2, sensor interface into Div. 1, only Ex CT version
11) Only DI 6 is CRN
3/144
Siemens FI 01 2015
3)4)
4)
2)
Ordinary locations
Fluid group 1
Category II,
Module H
9)
1)
UL
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Function
The flow measuring principle is based on the Coriolis effect. The
flowmeter consists of a system FC410 or FC430 or a combination of a sensor type MASS 2100/FC300/FCS200/MC2 and a
transmitter type MASS 6000/SIFLOW FC070.
The SITRANS F C sensors are energized by an electro-mechanical driver circuit which oscillates the pipe at its resonant frequency.
Two pick-ups, 1 and 2 are placed symmetrically on both sides of
the driver. When liquid or gas flows through the sensor, Coriolis
force will act on the measuring pipe and cause a pipe deflection
which can be measured as a phase shift on pick-up 1 and 2. The
phase shift is proportional to the mass flow rate.
The amplitude of the driver is automatically regulated to ensure
a stable output from the 2 pick-ups.
The temperature of the sensor is measured by a Pt1000. For
MC2 the temperature is measured with a Pt100.
The flow-proportional signal from the 2 pick-ups, the temperature measurement and the driver frequency are fed into the
SITRANS F C transmitter for calculations of mass, volume, fraction, temperature and density.
The signal transfer function is based on a DFT technology (Discrete Fourier Transformation).
The transmitter has a built-in noise filter, which can be used to
improve the meters performance if the installation and application conditions are not ideal. Typically influence from process
noise such as pump pulsations, mechanical vibrations, oscillating valves can be reduced considerably.
For communication purposes the SITRANS F C MASS 6000
transmitters have a CAN interface with a Siemens specific protocol. This concept is known as the USM II (Universal Signal
Module) concept. The idea is that extra output modules or communication modules can be connected to this bus, making it
possible to configure the flowmeter for the precise task in hand.
When the internal CAN bus detects the installed module, it is automatically programmed to factory settings via the
SENSORPROM memory unit, and the new menu is visible in the
MASS 6000 display.
SENSORPROM and SensorFlash flow memory units
FC410 flow transmitters communicate via Modbus RTU and

FC430 via HART. Currently the USM platform handles all present
and future communication protocols, e.g., PROFIBUS DP,
PROFIBUS PA, HART, Modbus, FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 and
DeviceNet.
Integration
Installation of MASS 2100/FC300 and MC2 sensors
Installation requirements/System design information
The SITRANS F C mass flowmeter is suitable for in- and outdoor
installations. The standard instrument meets the requirements of
Protection Class IP67/NEMA 6 or IP65. The flowmeter is bidirectional and can be installed in any orientation, however, the sensor is not self-emptying in all positions.
It is important to ensure that the meter tubes are always completely filled with homogeneous fluid. Otherwise measuring errors may occur.
The corrosion resistance of the fluid-wetted materials must be

evaluated.
The pressure drop through the sensor is a function of the properties of the fluid and the flow rate. The Sizing Program (download from https://pia.khe.siemens.com/index.aspx?nr=11501)
can be used to calculate the pressure drop.
The preferred flow direction is indicated by the arrow on the flowmeter. Flow in this direction will be indicated as positive.
Installation orientation
FCS400 sensors
The optimal installation orientation is vertical with flow upwards (liquids) and up to 10 off vertical for self-draining.
MASS 2100/FC300 sensors
The optimal installation orientation is horizontal.
MC2 sensors
The optimal installation orientation is vertical with the flow upwards.
Supports
In order to support the weight of the flowmeter and to ensure
reliable measurements when external effects exist (e.g. vibrations), the sensor should be installed in well-supported pipelines. Supports or hangers should be installed symmetrically
and stress-free in close proximity to the process connections.
FCS400 sensors can be supported at the junction between
the process connection and the main body of the sensor.
Shut-off devices
To conduct a system zero adjustment, shut-off devices are required in the pipeline.
- In horizontal installations at the outlet for FC300 and MC2
and the inlet for MASS 2100.
- In vertical installations at the inlet.
When possible, shut-off devices should be installed both upand downstream of the flowmeter. A bypass valve is recommended where regular zero adjustment is planned to avoid
disruption of the flowing system.
Installation: straight run requirements
The mass flowmeter does not require any flow condition or
straight inlet sections. Care should be exercised to ensure that
any valves, gates, sight glasses etc. do not cavitate and are
not set into vibration by the flowmeter.
System design information
The presence of gas bubbles in the fluid may result in erroneous measurements, particularly in the density measurement. Therefore the flowmeter should not be installed at the
highest point in the system where bubbles are possibly largest.
Long drop lines downstream from the flowmeter should be
avoided to prevent the meter tube from draining during operation.
The flowmeter should not come into contact with any other objects. Avoid attachments to the housing.
When the cross-section of the connecting pipeline is larger
than the sensor size, suitable standard reducers may be installed.
If strong vibrations exist in the pipeline, they should be
damped using elastic pipeline elements. The damping devices must be installed outside the supported flowmeter section and outside the section between the shut-off devices.
Make sure that any dissolved gases, which are present in
many liquids, do not outgas. The back pressure at the outlet
should be at least 0.2 bar (3 psi).
Assure that operation below the vapor pressure cannot occur
when a vacuum exists in the meter tube or for fluids which boil
readily.
The sensor should not be installed in the vicinity of strong electromagnetic fields, e.g. near motors, pumps, transformers etc.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/145
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
When operating more than one meter in one or multiple interconnected pipelines, the sensors should be spaced distant
from each other or the pipelines should be decoupled to prevent cross talk.
Zero adjustment
In order to adjust the zero under operating conditions it must
be possible to reduce the flow rate to ZERO while the meter
tube is completely filled. It is important for accurate measurements that during the zero adjustment there are no gas bubbles in the flowmeter. It is also important that the pressure and
temperature in the meter tube be the same as that which exists
during operation.
Flowmeter uncertainty/specifications
be calibrated. The calibration is conducted at Siemens flow facilities accredited according to ISO/IEC 17025 by DANAK.
The accreditation body DANAK has signed the ILAC MRA
agreement (International Laboratory Accreditation Corporation Mutual Recognition Arrangement). Therefore the accreditation
ensures international traceability and recognition of the test results in 39 countries worldwide, including the US (NIST traceability).
A calibration certificate is shipped with every sensor and calibration data are stored in the SENSORPROM memory unit.
FC410 and FC430 meters have the calibration data written to the
front end section. A backup of all calibrations and PDF copies of
all certificates are stored in the SensorFlash.
FCS400 sensors and FCT030/FCT010 transmitters
5%
50 %
5%
(lb/h)
kg/h
(lb/h)
kg/h
(lb/h)
DN 15 ()
185
(408)
1 850
(4 079)
3 700
(8 157)
DN 25 (1)
575
(1 268)
5 750
(12 677)
11 500
(25 353)
DN 50 (2)
2 600
(5 732)
26 000
(57 320)
52 000
(114 640)
DN 80 (3)
6 800
(15 000)
68 000
(150 000) 136 000
(300 000)
MASS 2100 sensors and MASS 6000 transmitters

50 %
100 %
kg/h
(lb/h)
kg/h
(lb/h)
kg/h
(lb/h)
DI 1.5 (1/16)
1.5
(3.3)
15
(33)
30
(66)
DI 3 (1/8)
12
(26)
125
(275)
250
(550)
DN 4 (1/6")
17.5
(38)
175
(386)
350
(770)
DI 6 ()
50
(110)
500
(1 102)
1 000
(2 200)
DI 15 ()
280
(617)
2 800
(6 173)
5 600
(12 345)
DI 25 (1)
1 250
(2 756)
12 500
(27 558)
25 000
(55 100)
DI 40 (1)
2 600
(5 732)
26 000
(57 320)
52 000
(114 600)
50 %
100 %
kg/h
(lb/h)
kg/h
(lb/h)
DN 100 (4)
7 100
(15 653)
71 000
(156 528) 142 000
(313 056)
DN 150 (6)
21 050
(46 407)
210 500
(464 073) 421 000
(928 145)
kg/h
(lb/h)
Qmax (100%) is calibrated with water at:

- FCS400 sensors: a pressure drop of 1 bar (14.5 psi)
- MASS 2100 sensors (all except Di 1.5): a flow speed of
10 m/s (Di 1.5: a flow speed of 4.7 m/s)
- MC2 sensors: a pressure drop of 2 bar (29 psi).
For flow > 5 % of the sensors max. flow rate, the error can be
read directly from the curve below.
For flow < 5 % of the sensors max. flow rate, use the formula
to calculate the error.
The error curve is plotted from the formula:
(Cal.)2 +
E=
( z xqm100)
E = Error [%]
Z = Zero point error [kg/h]1)
qm = Mass flow [kg/h]
Cal. = Calibrated flow accuracy: 0.10 or 0.15
1)
Zero point error for each sensor is shown in the tables below.
Error in % of actual mass flow rate with 95% confidence

(accuracy)
1.0
0.5
0.1
-0.1
-0.5
-1.0
100 %
kg/h
5%
MC2 sensors and MASS 6000 transmitters
5%
25%
50%
Actual mass
flow rate
75%
100%
FSO (sensors
max. flow rate)
Reference conditions for flow calibrations (ISO 9104 and DIN/EN

29104)
Flow conditions
Fully developed flow profile
Temperature, medium
20 C 2 C (68 F 3.6 F)
Temperature, ambient
20 C 2 C (68 F 3.6 F)
Liquid pressure
2 1 bar
Density
0.997 g/cm3
Brix
40 Brix
Supply voltage
Un 1 %
Warming-up time
30 min.
Cable length
5 m between transmitter and sensor
Additions in the event of deviations from reference conditions
3/146
Siemens FI 01 2015
Current output
As pulse output (0.1% of actual

flow +0.05 % FSO)
Display/frequency/pulse output:
< 0.003%/K act.
Current output: < 0.005 %/
K act.
Effect of supply voltage
< 0.005 % of measuring value on

1 % alteration
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Sensor type
FC300
MASS 2100
Sensor size
DN 4 (1/6")
DI 1.5 (1/16) DI 3 (1/8)
DI 6 ()
DI 15 ()
DI 25 (1)
DI 40 (1)
Number of measuring pipes
Mass flow
Linearity error
% of rate
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.10
Repeatability error
% of rate
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
Max. zero point

error
[kg/h]
0.010
0.001
0.010
0.050
0.200
1.500
6.000
Density error1)
[g/cm3]
0.00252)
0.001
0.0015
0.0015
0.0005
0.0005
0.0005
Repeatability error
[g/cm3]
0.0002
0.0002
0.0002
0.0002
0.0001
0.0001
0.0001
Range
[g/cm3]
0 ... 2.9
0 ... 2.9
0 ... 2.9
0 ... 2.9
0 ... 2.9
0 ... 2.9
0 ... 2.9
[C (F)]
0.5 (0.9)
0.5 (0.9)
0.5 (0.9)
0.5 (0.9)
0.5 (0.9)
0.5 (0.9)
0.5 (0.9)
[Brix]
0.3
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.1
0.1
0.1
Density
Temperature
Error
Brix
Error
1)
2)
Accuracy is only valid when sensor is density-calibrated.

Hastelloy C22 version.
Sensor type
FCS400
MC2
Sensor size
DN 15 ()
DN 25 (1)
DN 50 (2)
DN 80 (3)
DN 100 (4)
DN 150 (6)
Number of measuring pipes
Mass flow:
Linearity error
% of rate
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.15
0.15
Reproducibility of
flowrate at rates
> 5 % of Qmax
% of rate
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.1
0.1
Max. zero point

error
[kg/h (lb/h)]
0.2 (0.44)
2 (4.41)
7.5 (16.5)
18.0 (39.7)
24.96 (55.03)
330 (727.53)
(Standard) [g/cm3]
Density
Density error
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
(Extended) [g/cm3] 0.001
0.001
0.001
0.001
0.001
Not available
Range
[kg/dm3]
0.001 ... 5.0
0.001 ... 5.0
0.001 ... 5.0
0.001 ... 5.0
0.5 ... 3.5
0.5 ... 3.5
Repeatability error
[g/l]
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
[C (F)]
0.5 (0.9)
0.5 (0.9)
0.5 (0.9)
0.5 (0.9)
1.0 (1.8)
1.0 (1.8)
[Brix]
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
On request1)
Not available
Temperature
Error
Brix1)
Error
1)
Flow and density calibration (1 kg/m) required. Brix/Plato and Fraction available as PVR.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/147
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Technical specifications PROFIBUS PA/DP

General specifications
IS (Intrinsic Safety) data
PROFIBUS device profile
3.00 Class B
Required sensor electronics
Certified
Yes, according to Profile for process

control devices V3.00.
Compact mounted
SITRANS F C MASS 6000 Ex d
FISCO
Yes
MS0 connections
Max. UI
17.5 V
MS1 connections
Max. II
380 mA
MS2 connections
Max. PI
5.32 V
Max. LI
10 H
Electrical specification DP
Max. CI
5 nF
Max. Uo
1.3 V
Applicable standard
IEC 61158/EN 50170
Max. Io
50 A

technology)
RS 485
Transmission speed
Number of stations
FISCO cable requirements

Loop resistance RC
15 ... 150 /km
1.5 Mbit/s
Loop inductance LC
0.4 ... 1 mH/km
Up to 32 per line segment,

(maximum total of 126)
Capacitance CC
80 ... 200 nF/km
Max. Spur length in IIC and IIB
30 m
Max. Trunk length in IIC
1 km
Max. Trunk length in IIB
5 km
Cable specification (Type A)

Cable design
Two wire twisted pair
Shielding
CU shielding braid or shielding braid

and shielding foil
Impedance
35 up to 165 at frequencies from

3 ... 20 MHz
Cable capacity
< 30 pF per meter
Core diameter
> 0.34 mm, corresponds to AWG 22
Resistance
< 110 per km
Signal attenuation
Max. 9 dB over total length of line

section
Max. bus length
200 m at 1500 kbit/s, up to 1.2 km at

93.75 kbit/s. Extendable by repeaters
PROFIBUS parameter support

The following parameters are accessible using a MS0 relationship from a Class 1 Master.
MS0 specifies cyclic Data Exchange between a Master and a
Slave.
Cyclic services:
Input (Master view) Parameter
Electrical specification PA
Volume flow
Temperature
Density
Fraction
MASS 6000
Mass flow
A1)
Applicable standard
IEC 61158/EN 50170
Fraction B1)

technology)
IEC-61158-2
Pct Fraction A1)
Transmission speed
31.25 kbit/s
Totalizer 1
Number of stations
Up to 32 per line segment, maximum

total of 126)
Totalizer 22)
Batch progress2)
Batch setpoint
Batch compensation
Batch status (running ...)
Max. basic current [IB]
14 mA
Fault current [IFDE]
0 mA
Bus voltage
9 ... 32 V (non Ex)
Preferred cable specification

(Type A)
Output (Master view)Set Totalizer 1+2
Set Mode Totalizer 1+2
Cable design
Two wire twisted pair
Batch control (start, stop ...)
Conductor area (nominal)
0.8 mm2 (AWG 18)
Batch setpoint
Batch compensation
Loop resistance
44 /km
Impedance
100 20 %
1)
Wave attenuation at 39 kHz
3 dB/km
Requires a SENSORPROM containing valid fraction data.
2)
Value returned is dependent on the BATCH function.
Capacitive asymmetry
2 nF/km
When ON, Batch progress is returned.
Bus termination
Passive line terminated at both ends
When OFF, TOTALIZER 2 is returned.
Max. bus length
Up to 1.9 km. Extendable by repeaters
3/148
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Flowmeter SITRANS FC430
Overview
Sizes
DN 15 ("), DN 25 (1"),
DN 50 (2"), DN 80 (3")
Accuracy
0.10 %
Repeatability
0.05 %
Flow range
(water @ 1 bar pressure loss)
DN 15: 3 700 kg/h (8 157 lb/h)

DN 25: 11 500 kg/h (25 353 lb/h)
DN 50: 52 000 kg/h (114 640 lb/h)
DN 80: 136 000 kg/h (300 000 lb/h)
Architecture
Compact or remote configuration with

selection of twelve languages including Chinese and Russian
Display
Full graphical display, 240 x 160

pixels
Power supply
24 ... 90 V DC 10%;
100 ... 240 V AC 10 %,
50 ... 60 Hz 10%
Weight
4.6 ... 50 kg
Material
The complete flowmeter system SITRANS FC430 can be ordered for standard, hygienic or NAMUR service. All versions can
be ordered for CT service, according to OIML R 117 (Liquids
other than water).
SIL specified compact variants can be validated and configured
for SIL 2 or SIL 3 operation. SIL 3 operation requires two flowmeters in series and monitored by a SIL-rated control system. Series mounting must not introduce cross-talk between the sensors. Refer to installation guidelines.
The flowmeter is based on the latest developments within digital
signal processing technology engineered for high measuring
performance:
Fast response to rapid changes in flow
Fast dosing applications
High immunity against process noise
High turndown ratio of flowrates
Suitable for liquid and gas service
Easy to install, commission and maintain
FC430 is available as standard with 4 to 20 mA analog output
with HART 7.2. Additional functions can be freely configured for
analog, pulse, frequency, relay or status output or binary input.
The transmitter comes with a user-configurable graphical display and SensorFlash, a micro SD card for configuration backup,
firmware update and data storage.
The SITRANS FC430 flowmeter system consists of a
SITRANS FCS400 sensor and a SITRANS FCT030 transmitter.
Benefits
It is narrow and light, fitting neatly into dense piping arrangements
Easy maintenance because modules can be exchanged rapidly
Effective separation of measurement from plant vibration
Highly secure operation in safety critical applications
Non-volatile memory of all setup and operation data
Reliable measurements due to high signal to noise ratio
Secure, digital transfer of measurement data from the sensor
Short overall length; easy drop-in replacement into most existing installations
Functional Safety (SIL X). Device suitable for use in accordance with IEC 61508 and IEC 61511.
Sensor
- Wetted parts
- Enclosure
316L stainless steel or Hastelloy C22

304 stainless steel
Transmitter
Aluminum with corrosion-resistant

coating
Enclosure rating
IP67
Pressure ratings
Measuring tubes
- 316L
- Hastelloy C22
Sensor enclosure
100 bar (1450 psi)

160 bar (2321 psi)
20 bar (DN15, DN 25)
17 bar (DN 50, DN 80)
Sensor enclosure burst pressure >160 bar (all sizes)

Temperature ratings
Process medium
-50 ... +200 C (-58 ... +392 F)
Ambient
-40 ... +60 C (-40 ... +140 F)
Display
-20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Process connections
Flanges
EN 1092-1 B1, EN 1092-1 D,

ANSI/ASME B16.5, JIS B 2220,
DIN 11864-2
Pipe threads
ASME B1.20 (NPT), ISO228-1 G

(BSPP), VCO Quick-connect
Hygienic threads
DIN 11851, DIN 11864-1A,

ISO 2853, SMS 1145
Hygienic clamps
DIN 11864-3A, DIN 32676, ISO 2852
Approvals
Hazardous area
ATEX, IECEx, FM, NEPSI, CSA,

INMETRO
Pressure equipment
PED, CRN
Hygienic
3A, EHEDG
Custody transfer
OIML R 117
Operational safety
(compact system only)
SIL 2 Single
SIL 3 Redundant system
NAMUR
NAMUR-compliant (e.g. NE 21,

NE 41 and NE 132)
I/O
Up to 4 channels combining analog, relay or digital outputs and

binary input
Communication
HART 7.2
EMC performance
EN 61326-3-2
Mechanical load
18 to 400 Hz random
The flow meter will mechanically tolerate 3.17 g RMS in all directions.
Flow accuracy cannot be guaranteed under all conditions.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/149
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Article No.
SITRANS FC430 Digital coriolis flowmeter

with SITRANS FCS400 Standard flow sensor with hygienic and flange/pipe thread
connections and compact or remote
mounting with FCT030 transmitter
7 ME 4 6 1 3 -
Ord. code
7777 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Sensor size, connection size

DN 15, DN 10 (", 3/8")
DN 15, DN 15 (", ")
DN 15, DN 20 (", ")
DN 15, DN 25 (", 1")
3F
3G
3H
3J
DN 25, DN 15 (1", ")

DN 25, DN 25 (1", 1")
DN 25, DN 40 (1", 1")
3K
3L
3N
DN 50, DN 40 (2", 1")

DN 50, DN 50 (2", 2")
4B
4C
DN 80, DN 65 (3", 2")

DN 80, DN 80 (3", 3")
DN 80, DN 100 (3", 4")
4J
4K
4L
Process connection
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 16
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 40
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 63
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 100
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 160
EN 1092-1 D NUT, PN 40
EN 1092-1 D NUT, PN 63
EN 1092-1 D NUT, PN 100
EN 1092-1 D NUT, PN 160
A0
A1
A2
A3
B1
A5
A6
A7
A8
F1
DIN 32676 hygienic Tri-Clamp
G1
DIN 11864-1A asceptic screwed

DIN 11864-2A asceptic flanged
DIN 11864-3A clamped
H1
H2
H3
ISO 2852 hygienic clamped

ISO 2853 hygienic screwed
J1
J5
Cable glands
Metric, no glands
Metric, plastic
D1
D2
D3
D4
Siemens FI 01 2015
1
3
Order code
A01
A02
Metric, brass/Ni plated

Metric, stainless steel
NPT, no glands
A05
A06
A11
NPT, Plastic
NPT, brass/Ni plated
NPT, stainless steel
A12
A15
A16
Sofware functions and CT approvals

Standard
CT standard
B11
B31
I/O configuration Ch1

Ca 4 ... 20 mA HART active SIL certified
Cp 4 ... 20 mA HART passive SIL certified
Ca 4 ... 20 mA HART active
Cp 4 ... 20 mA HART passive
Only compact versions can be used in SIL applications.
K1
K5
L2
L4
L6
L7
Wetted parts material
3/150
A
C
F
H
M

code(s).
DIN 11851 hygienic screwed
Transmitter/DSL material & mounting style

Compact, IP67, aluminum
Remote, IP67, aluminum, M12
Remote, IP67, aluminum, T/Box
Further designs
E1
E3
7 77 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Calibration/Accuracy class
0.1 % flow, 5 kg/m density
Standard fraction calibration
Ord. code

ISO228-1 G pipe thread

ASME B1.20.1 NPT pipe thread
AISI 316L/W1.4435/W1.4404 (100 barg max.)

Hastelloy C22 (only for 7ME461)
7 ME 4 6 1 3 -
Local User Interface

Blind
Graphical, 240 x 160 pxl
SMS 1145 hygienic screwed

12-VCO-4 quick connect
JIS B2200:2004/10K
JIS B2220:2004/20K
JIS B2220:2004/40K
JIS B2220:2004/63K
Article No.
Ex approval
Non-Ex
ATEX II 2GD
IECEx GDb
FM, Class 1, Div 1
CSA, Class 1, Zone 1
ANSI B16.5-2009, class 150

ANSI B16.5-2009, class 300
ANSI B16.5-2009, class 600
ANSI B16.5-2009, class 900

connections and compact or remote
mounting with FCT030 transmitter
1
3
1
4
8
D
G
K
E04
E05
E06
E07
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Order code
I/O configuration Ch2, Ch3 and Ch4

None
Order code
Add-on options and accessories

F00
aSignal, None, None

aSignal, aSignal, None
aSignal, aSignal, aSignal
F40
F41
F42
aSignal, aSignal, Ia
aSignal, aSignal, R
aSignal, Ia, None
F43
F44
F45
aSignal, Ia, Ia
aSignal, Ia, R
aSignal, R, None
F46
F47
F50
aSignal, R, R
pSignal, None, None
pSignal, pSignal, None
F51
F60
F61
pSignal, pSignal, pSignal

pSignal, pSignal, Ip
pSignal, pSignal, R
F62
F63
F64
pSignal, Ip, None

pSignal, Ip, Ip
pSignal, Ip, R
F65
F66
F67
pSignal, R, None
pSignal, R, R
aSignal, aSignal, pSignal
F70
F71
F80
aSignal, aSignal, Ip
aSignal, pSignal, None
aSignal, pSignal, pSignal

code(s).
Certificates
Pressure test certificate CRN
Pressure test certificate PED
C01
C02
C05
Welding inspection report

Factory certificate to EN 10204 2.1
C07
C10
C11
None
L50
5 m (16.4 ft), standard with M12 plugs fitted

5 m (16.4 ft), standard
L51
L52
10 m (32.8 ft) standard with M12 plugs fitted

L55
L56
25 m (82 ft), standard with M12 plugs fitted

25 m (82 ft), standard
L59
L60

L63
L64

L67
L68
F81
F82
F83

L71
L72
aSignal, pSignal, Ia
aSignal, pSignal, Ip
aSignal, pSignal, R
F84
F85
F86

aSignal, Ia, Ip
aSignal, Ip, None
aSignal, Ip, Ip
F87
F90
F91
aSignal, Ip, R
pSignal, pSignal, Ia
pSignal, Ia, None
F92
F93
F94
pSignal, Ia, Ia
pSignal, Ia, Ip
pSignal, Ia, R
F95
F96
F97
Notes on I/O configurations:

a or p suffix: The I/O module is selected at ordering
with either active or passive function.
Signal: The output can be selected for Current (0 or 4
to 20 mA), frequency or pulse function in the menu.
I: Discrete status input to the flowmeter. Functions are
selected in the menu including 'Freeze output', Reset
totalizer'.
R: Relay output for discrete status reporting. Function is
selected in the menu, including 'Error', 'High flow warning'.
The MLFB structure for FC430 systems must be filled to
this level, including "-Z" options A.., B.., E.. and F..
Cable
Additional data
Tag name
Tag name plate, stainless steel
Y17

Operating instructions for SITRANS FC430

Description
Article No.
English
A5E03361511
German
A5E03651143
Spanish
A5E03651152
French
A5E03651188
Italian
A5E03651190
Chinese
A5E03922773

further SITRANS F C literature.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/151
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Article No.
7 ME 4 6 2 3 -
Ord. code
Further designs
with SITRANS FCS400 Flow sensor

Hygienic version with Ra < 0.8 m, 3A
approved, and compact or remote mounting with FCT030 transmitter
7 77 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

code(s).

DN 15, DN 10 (", 3/8")
DN 15, DN 15 (", ")
DN 15, DN 20 (", ")
DN 15, DN 25 (", 1")
3F
3G
3H
3J
Cable glands
Metric, no glands
Metric, plastic
NPT, no glands
NPT, plastic
DN 25, DN 25 (1", 1")

DN 25, DN 32 (1", 1")
DN 25, DN 40 (1", 1")
3L
3M
3N

Standard
CT standard
B11
B31
DN 50, DN 40 (2", 1")

DN 50, DN 50 (2", 2")
4B
4C
DN 80, DN 65 (3", 2")

DN 80, DN 80 (3", 3")
4J
4K

Ca 4 ... 20 mA HART active SIL certified
Cp 4 ... 20 mA HART passive SIL certified
Order code
Process connection
DIN 11851 0.8 m hygienic screwed
F1
DIN 32676 0.8 m hygienic Tri-Clamp
G1
DIN 11864-1 0.8 m hygienic screwed
DIN 11864-2A BF-A 0.8 m hygienic

screwed (metric)
DIN 11864-3A BF-A 0.8 m hygienic
clamped
DIN 11864-2B BF-A 0.8 m hygienic flanged
(NPS)
H1
H2
ISO 2852 0.8 m hygienic clamped

ISO 2853 0.8 m hygienic screwed
J1
J5
H3
H4

AISI 316L/1.4435 (40 bar max.)
Transmitter/DSL material and mounting
style
Ex approval
Non-Ex
ATEX II 2GD
IECEx GDb
FM, Class 1, Div 1
Blind
1
1
4
8
D
G
K
A
C
F
H
M
1
3

3/152
Siemens FI 01 2015
A01
A02
A05
A06
A11
A12
A15
A16
E04
E05
E06
E07
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Order code

None
Order code

F00
aSignal, None, None

F40
F41
F42
aSignal, aSignal, R
aSignal, Ia, None
F43
F44
F45
aSignal, Ia, Ia
aSignal, Ia, R
aSignal, R, None
F46
F47
F50
aSignal, R, R
pSignal, None, None
F51
F60
F61

pSignal, pSignal, R
F62
F63
F64
pSignal, Ip, None

pSignal, Ip, Ip
pSignal, Ip, R
F65
F66
F67
pSignal, R, None
pSignal, R, R
F70
F71
F80

code(s).
Certificates
C01
C02
C05

C07
C10
C11
None
L50
L51
L52

L55
L56

L59
L60

L63
L64

L67
L68
F81
F82
F83

L71
L72
aSignal, pSignal, R
F84
F85
F86

aSignal, Ia, Ip
aSignal, Ip, None
aSignal, Ip, Ip
F87
F90
F91
aSignal, Ip, R
pSignal, Ia, None
F92
F93
F94
pSignal, Ia, Ia
pSignal, Ia, Ip
pSignal, Ia, R
F95
F96
F97

totalizer'.
Cable
Additional data
Tag name
Y17


Description
Article No.
English
A5E03361511
German
A5E03651143
Spanish
A5E03651152
French
A5E03651188
Italian
A5E03651190
Chinese
A5E03922773

Siemens FI 01 2015
3/153
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Article No.
Article No.
7 ME 4 7 1 3 -
Ord. code
7 ME 4 7 1 3 -
with SITRANS FCS400 NAMUR complient

flow sensor with flange/pipe thread connections and compact or remote mounting with FCT030 transmitter
7 77 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

flow sensor with flange/pipe thread connections and compact or remote mounting with FCT030 transmitter
7777 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Sensor size, Connection size

DN 15, DN 6 (", ")
DN 15, DN 10 (", 3/8")
DN 15, DN 15 (", ")
DN 15, DN 20 (", ")
DN 15, DN 25 (", 1")
DN 25, DN 25 (1", 1")

DN 25, DN 32 (1", 1")
DN 25, DN 40 (1", 1")
3L
3M
3N
DN 50, DN 40 (2", 1")

DN 50, DN 50 (2", 2")
4B
4C
DN 80, DN 65 (3", 2")

DN 80, DN 80 (3", 3")
DN 80, DN 100 (3", 4")
4J
4K
4L
Process connection
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 16
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 40
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 63
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 100
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 160
EN 1092-1 D, PN 40
EN 1092-1 D, PN 63
EN 1092-1 D, PN 100
EN 1092-1 D, PN 160
Ex approval
Non-Ex
ATEX II 2GD
IECEx GDb
FM, Class 1, Div 1
3E
3F
3G
3H
3J

Blind

E1
E3
DIN 11851 Hygienic screwed
F1
DIN 32676-C (inch) Hygienic clamped
G1
DIN 11864-1 Hygienic screwed
DIN 11864-2A BF-A Hygienic flanged metric

DIN 11864-3A Hygienic clamped
DIN 11864-2B BF-A Hygienic flanged NPS
H1
H2
H3
H4
ISO 2852 Hygienic clamped

ISO 2853 Hygienic screwed
J1
J5
K1
K5
L2
L4
L6
L7
Transmitter/DSL material & mounting

style
3/154
Siemens FI 01 2015
Order code

code(s).
A0
A1
A2
A3
B1
D1
D2
D3
D4
AISI 316L/W1.4435/W1.4404 (100 barg

max.)
1
3
Further designs
JIS B2200/10K
JIS B2200/20K
JIS B2200/40K
JIS B2200/63K
A5
A6
A7
A8
A
C
F
H
M

ANSI B16.5, RF, class 150

SMS 1145 Hygienic screwed

Swagelok Quick Connect
Ord. code
1
4
8
D
G
K
Cable glands
Metric, no glands
Metric, plastic
NPT, no glands
NPT, plastic
A01
A02
A05
A06
A11
A12
A15
A16

Standard
CT standard
B11
B31

Ca 4 ... 20 mA HART active, SIL certified
Cp 4 ... 20 mA HART passive, SIL certified
E04
E05
E06
E07
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Order code

None
Order code

F00
aSignal, None, None

F40
F41
F42
aSignal, aSignal, R
aSignal, Ia, None
F43
F44
F45
aSignal, Ia, Ia
aSignal, Ia, R
aSignal, R, None
F46
F47
F50
aSignal, R, R
pSignal, None, None
F51
F60
F61

pSignal, pSignal, R
F62
F63
F64
pSignal, Ip, None

pSignal, Ip, Ip
pSignal, Ip, R
F65
F66
F67
pSignal, R, None
pSignal, R, R
F70
F71
F80

code(s).
Certificates
C01
C02
C05

C07
C10
C11
None
L50
L51
L52

L55
L56

L59
L60

L63
L64

L67
L68
F81
F82
F83

L71
L72
aSignal, pSignal, R
F84
F85
F86

aSignal, Ia, Ip
aSignal, Ip, None
aSignal, Ip, Ip
F87
F90
F91
aSignal, Ip, R
pSignal, Ia, None
F92
F93
F94
pSignal, Ia, Ia
pSignal, Ia, Ip
pSignal, Ia, R
F95
F96
F97

totalizer'.
this level, including "-Z" options A..., B..., E... and F...
Cable
Additional data
Tag name
Y17


Description
Article No.
English
A5E03361511
German
A5E03651143
Spanish
A5E03651152
French
A5E03651188
Italian
A5E03651190
Chinese
A5E03922773

Siemens FI 01 2015
3/155
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Overview
Sizes
DN 15 ("), DN 25 (1"),
DN 50 (2"), DN 80 (3")
Accuracy
0.10 %
Repeatability
0.05 %
Flow range
(water @ 1 bar pressure loss)
DN 15: 3 700 kg/h (8 157 lb/h)

DN 25: 11 500 kg/h (25 353 lb/h)
DN 50: 52 000 kg/h (114 640 lb/h)
DN 80: 136 000 kg/h (300 000 lb/h)
Power supply
24 V DC 20 %; 110 mA
Weight
4.6 ... 50 kg
Material
Sensor
- Wetted parts
- Enclosure
The compact flowmeter SITRANS FC410 can be ordered for industrial, hygienic or NAMUR service.
Intended for integration into OEM skids, machines or pre-assembled plant systems, the flowmeter is based on the latest developments within digital signal processing technology - engineered for high measuring performance:
Fast response to rapid changes in flow
Fast dosing applications with control in host system
High immunity against process noise
High turndown ratio of flowrates
Suitable for liquid and gas service
Easy to install, commission and maintain
FC410 is available with Modbus RTU (RS 485) multi-drop serial
communication.
The flowmeter is supplied with SensorFlash, a micro SD card
containing all relevant certificates.
The SITRANS FC410 flowmeter system consists of a SITRANS
FCS400 sensor and a SITRANS FCT010 transmitter always compact mounted.
Benefits
It is narrow and light, fitting neatly into dense piping arrangements
Effective separation of measurement from plant vibration
Reliable measurements due to high signal to noise ratio
Short overall length; easy drop-in replacement into most existing installations
Direct connection to host with high-speed Modbus simplifies
machine or skid construction and set-up.
3/156
Siemens FI 01 2015
316L stainless steel or Hastelloy

C22
304 stainless steel
Transmitter
Aluminum with corrosion-resistant coating
Enclosure rating
IP67
Pressure ratings
Measuring tubes
- 316L
100 bar (1450 psi)
- Hastelloy C22
160 bar (2321 psi)
Sensor enclosure
20 bar (DN15, DN 25)

17 bar (DN 50, DN 80)
Sensor enclosure burst pressure
>160 bar (all sizes)
Temperature ratings
Process medium
-50 ... +200 C (-58 ... +392 F)
Ambient
-40 ... +60 C (-40 ... +140 F)
Process connections
Flanges
EN 1092-1 B1, EN 1092-1 D,

ANSI/ASME B16.5, JIS B 2220,
DIN 11864-2
Pipe threads
ASME B1.20 (NPT), ISO228-1 G

(BSPP), VCO Quick-connect
Hygienic threads
DIN 11851, DIN 11864-1A,

ISO 2853, SMS 1145
Hygienic clamps
DIN 11864-3A, DIN 32676,

ISO 2852
Approvals
Hazardous area
ATEX, IECEx, FM, NEPSI, CSA,

INMETRO (installed with flameproof conduit)
Pressure equipment
PED, CRN
Hygienic
3A, EHEDG
Marine
Germanischer Lloyd/det Norske

Veritas, Bureau Veritas, Lloyds of
London, American Bureau of
Shipping
NAMUR
NAMUR-compliant (e.g. NE 21,

NE 41 and NE 132)
Communication
Modbus RTU
EMC performance
EN 61326-3-2
Mechanical load
18 to 400 Hz random
The flow meter will mechanically
tolerate 3.17 g RMS in all directions. Flow accuracy cannot be
guaranteed under all conditions.
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Article No.

connections and compact mounting with
FCT010 transmitter
7 ME 4 6 1 1 -
Ord. code
Further designs
7777 7 - 7 D 7 1
777

code(s).
Cable glands
Metric, no glands
Metric, plastic
DN 15, DN 10 (", 3/8")
DN 15, DN 15 (", ")
DN 15, DN 20 (", ")
DN 15, DN 25 (", 1")
3F
3G
3H
3J
DN 25, DN 15 (1", ")

DN 25, DN 25 (1", 1")
DN 25, DN 40 (1", 1")
3K
3L
3N
DN 50, DN 40 (2", 1")

DN 50, DN 50 (2", 2")
4B
4C
DN 80, DN 65 (3", 2")

DN 80, DN 80 (3", 3")
DN 80, DN 100 (3", 4")
4J
4K
4L
Process connection
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 16
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 40
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 63
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 100
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 160
EN 1092-1 D NUT, PN 40
EN 1092-1 D NUT, PN 63
EN 1092-1 D NUT, PN 100
EN 1092-1 D NUT, PN 160
Order code
A05
A06
A11
NPT, Plastic
A12
A15
A16
Integral M12 socket
A20

Standard
B11

Modbus RTU RS 485
E14
None
F00
A0
A1
A2
A3
B1
A5
A6
A7
A8

DIN 11851 hygienic screwed
F1
DIN 32676 hygienic Tri-Clamp
G1
DIN 11864-1A asceptic screwed

DIN 11864-2A asceptic flanged
DIN 11864-3A clamped
H1
H2
H3
ISO 2852 hygienic clamped

ISO 2853 hygienic screwed
J1
J5
SMS 1145 hygienic screwed

12-VCO-4 quick connect
JIS B2200:2004/10K
JIS B2220:2004/20K
JIS B2220:2004/40K
JIS B2220:2004/63K

NPT, no glands
ANSI B16.5-2009, class 150

ANSI B16.5-2009, class 300
ANSI B16.5-2009, class 600
ANSI B16.5-2009, class 900
A01
A02

D1
D2
D3
D4
E1
E3
K1
K5
L2
L4
L6
L7

AISI 316L/W1.4435/W1.4404 (100 barg max.)
Hastelloy C22 (only for 7ME461)
Ex approval
Non-Ex
ATEX II 2GD
IECEx GDb
FM, Class 1, Div 1
1
3
1
4
8
A
C
F
H
M

Siemens FI 01 2015
3/157
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Order code

code(s).
Certificates
C01
C02
C05

C07
C10
C11
Cable1)
None
L50

L51
L52

L55
L56

L59
L60

L63
L64

L67
L68

L71
L72
Additional data
Tag name
1)
Y17
M12 versions of cable have a plug at both ends.


Description
Article No.
English
A5E33120874
German
A5E33124885
Spanish
A5E33209358
French
A5E33209377
Italian
A5E33209408
Chinese
A5E33209431

3/158
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Article No.
7 ME 4 6 2 1 -
Ord. code
with SITRANS FCS400 Flow sensor

Hygienic version with Ra < 0.8 m, 3A
approved, and compact mounting with
FCT010 transmitter
7 77 7 7 - 7 D 7 1
Order code
Further designs
777

code(s).
Cable glands
Metric, no glands
Metric, plastic
NPT, no glands
NPT, plastic
Integral M12 socket
A01
A02
A05
A06
A11
A12
A15
A16
A20

Standard
B11
E14

DN 15, DN 10 (", 3/8")
DN 15, DN 15 (", ")
DN 15, DN 20 (", ")
DN 15, DN 25 (", 1")
3F
3G
3H
3J
DN 25, DN 25 (1", 1")

DN 25, DN 32 (1", 1")
DN 25, DN 40 (1", 1")
3L
3M
3N
DN 50, DN 40 (2", 1")

DN 50, DN 50 (2", 2")
4B
4C

Modbus RTU RS 485
DN 80, DN 65 (3", 2")

DN 80, DN 80 (3", 3")
4J
4K

None
F00
Process connection
DIN 11851 0.8 m hygienic screwed
F1
DIN 32676 0.8 m hygienic Tri-Clamp
G1
DIN 11864-1 0.8 m hygienic screwed
DIN 11864-2A BF-A 0.8 m hygienic flanged

(metric)
DIN 11864-3A BF-A0.8 m hygienic
clamped
DIN 11864-2B BF-A0.8 m hygienic flanged
(NPS)
H1
H2
ISO 2852 0.8 m hygienic clamped

ISO 2853 0.8 m hygienic screwed
J1
J5

H3
H4

AISI 316L/1.4435 (40 bar max.)
Ex approval
Non-Ex
ATEX II 2GD
IECEx GDb
FM, Class 1, Div 1
1
1
4
8
A
C
F
H
M

Siemens FI 01 2015
3/159
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Order code

code(s).
Certificates
C01
C02
C05

C07
C10
C11
Cable1)
None
L50
L51
L52

L55
L56

L59
L60

L63
L64

L67
L68

L71
L72
Additional data
Tag name
1)
Y17


Description
Article No.
English
A5E33120874
German
A5E33124885
Spanish
A5E33209358
French
A5E33209377
Italian
A5E33209408
Chinese
A5E33209431

3/160
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Article No.

flow sensor with flange/pipe thread connections and compact mounting with
FCT010 transmitter
7 ME 4 7 1 1 -
Ord. code
Further designs
7 77 7 7 - 7 D 7 1
777
Sensor size, Connection size
DN 15, DN 6 (", ")
DN 15, DN 10 (", 3/8")
DN 15, DN 15 (", ")
DN 15, DN 20 (", ")
DN 15, DN 25 (", 1")
DN 25, DN 25 (1", 1")

DN 25, DN 32 (1", 1")
DN 25, DN 40 (1", 1")
3L
3M
3N
DN 50, DN 40 (2", 1")

DN 50, DN 50 (2", 2")
4B
4C
DN 80, DN 65 (3", 2")

DN 80, DN 80 (3", 3")
DN 80, DN 100 (3", 4")
4J
4K
4L
Process connection
EN1092-1 B1, PN 16
EN1092-1 B1, PN 40
EN1092-1 B1, PN 63
EN1092-1 B1, PN 100
EN1092-1 B1, PN 160
EN1092-1 D, PN 40
EN1092-1 D, PN 63
EN1092-1 D, PN 100
EN1092-1 D, PN 160
3E
3F
3G
3H
3J

code(s).
Cable glands
Metric, no glands
Metric, plastic
NPT, no glands
NPT, plastic
A01
A02
A05
A06
A11
A12
A15
A16

Standard
B11

Modbus RTU RS 485
E14

None
F00
this level, including "-Z" options A..., B..., E... and F...
A0
A1
A2
A3
B1
A5
A6
A7
A8

D1
D2
D3
D4

E1
E3
F1
DIN 32676-C (inch) Hygienic clamped
G1
DIN 11864-1 Hygienic screwed
DIN 11864-2A BF-A Hygienic flanged metric

DIN 11864-3A Hygienic clamped
DIN 11864-2B BF-A Hygienic flanged NPS
H1
H2
H3
H4

J1
J5
SMS 1145 Hygienic screwed

Swagelok Quick Connect
Order code
JIS B2200/10K
JIS B2200/20K
JIS B2200/40K
JIS B2200/63K
K1
K5
L2
L4
L6
L7

AISI 316L/W1.4435/W1.4404 (100 barg max.)
Ex approval
Non-Ex
ATEX II 2GD
IECEx GDb
FM, Class 1, Div 1
1
1
4
8
A
C
F
H
M

Siemens FI 01 2015
3/161
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Order code

code(s).
Certificates
C01
C02
C05

C07
C10
C11
Cable1)
None
L50
L51
L52

L55
L56

L59
L60

L63
L64

L67
L68

L71
L72
Additional data
Tag name
1)
Y17


Description
Article No.
English
A5E33120874
German
A5E33124885
Spanish
A5E33209358
French
A5E33209377
Italian
A5E33209408
Chinese
A5E33209431

3/162
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Flow sensor SITRANS FCS400
Overview
The preferred flow direction is indicated by an arrow on the sensor. Flow in the direction of the arrow will be measured as positive. The flow direction can be adjusted at the transmitter to compensate for reverse installation.
Installation orientation
The optimal installation orientation is vertical with the flow upwards. This ensures that suspended solids or bubbles are completely pushed through the sensor. A drain valve below the sensor will allow the pipe and sensor to drain completely.
Supports
In order to support the weight of the flowmeter and to ensure reliable measurements when external effects exist (e.g. plant vibrations), the sensor should be installed in rigidly supported
pipelines.
Supports or hangers should be installed symmetrically and
stress-free in close proximity to both of the process connections.
Shut-off devices
The flow measuring principle is based on the Coriolis Effect. The

FCS400 sensors measuring tubes are energized by an electromechanical driver circuit which oscillates them at their resonance frequency.
Two pick-ups are placed symmetrically upstream and downstream of the central driver. When a process fluid passes
through the sensor, the Coriolis Effect will act on the vibrating
tubes and cause deflection which can be measured as a phase
shift between pick-ups 1 and 2. The phase shift is proportional
to the mass flow rate.
The amplitude of the driver is automatically regulated to ensure
a stable output from both of the pickups.
The temperatures of the sensor tubes and frame are measured
with high precision to provide compensation for changes with
temperature in the measuring properties.
The sensor signals are analyzed for flow, density and fluid temperature in the sensor front end. The digital signal is controlled
to conform to high Safety Integrated Level (SIL) and sent digitally
to the transmitter via standard cable. The FCT030 further calculates total mass and volume, fraction, dosing control and many
other functions.
The front-end module has a process noise filter, which can be
used to improve the meters performance when installation and
application conditions are not ideal. Typical interferences from
process conditions such as pump pulsations, mechanical vibrations, oscillating valves can be reduced considerably.
Integration
The SITRANS FCS400 Massflow sensor is suitable for both indoor and outdoor installation and meets the requirements of Protection Class IP67/NEMA 4X. Optionally the sensor can be supplied with hazardous certification to Class 1 Zone 1 (ATEX,
IECEx) or Class 1 Div. 1 (FM).
The flowmeter is bidirectional and can be installed in any orientation. The sensor is self-draining in many positions, with vertical
mounting preferred.
It is important to ensure that the sensor tubes are always completely filled with homogeneous fluid; otherwise measuring errors may occur. Suitable fluids are clean liquids, pastes, light
slurries or gases. Condensing vapours, aerated liquids or slush
are not recommended.
The materials in contact with the process medium must be evaluated for corrosion and erosion resistances for long sensor life.
The pressure drop through the sensor is a function of the properties of the fluid and the flow rate. A pressure loss and accuracy
calculator can be found on the Siemens Internet site
www.siemens.com/fc430/sizer
To conduct a system zero adjustment, secure shut-off devices

are required in the pipeline.
Where possible, shut-off devices should be installed both upstream and downstream of the flowmeter.
System design
The sensor design consists of process connections, inlet and
outlet manifolds mounted in a stiff frame and two parallel tubes
equally sharing the process medium flow. The meter is protected in a pressure-rated stainless steel enclosure with two
purge ports to support a pressure guard in non-Ex applications.
The sensing tubes are curved in the CompactCurve shape
which gives high sensitivity and low pressure loss. The
CompactCurve shape was selected to ensure that the smallest flows are measured with optimal signal to noise ratio.
Vibration mode separation creates a controlled measuring environment only within the CompactCurve part of the tubes. As
a result the sensor has high immunity to plant vibration while
avoiding large mass balancing of the meter components.
The 15 slope of the CompactCurve shape ensures secure
self-draining when the sensor axis is mounted vertically or up
to 10 off vertical.
The sensor frame is designed to conduct plant vibrations directly through the sensor body to adjacent pipeline while providing isolation of the metering section from the vibration.
Careful mounting of the pipeline with regard to minimizing vibration at the meter will ensure a secure measurement environment.
Installation guidelines
The mass flowmeter does not require any flow conditioning or
straight inlet pipe sections. Care should be exercised however
to ensure that any upstream valves, gates, sight glasses etc.
do not cavitate and are not set into vibration by the flow.
It is always preferred to place the flowmeter upstream of any
control valve (what goes in, comes out) or other pipeline component which may cause flashing, cavitation or vibrations.
The presence of gas bubbles in the fluid may result in erroneous measurements, particularly in the density measurement.
Therefore the flowmeter should not be installed at the lowest
pressure point in the liquid piping system or where vapour can
collect. Install the meter in pipeline sections with high pressure
to maintain system pressure and compress any bubbles.
Drop lines downstream from the flow sensor should be
avoided to prevent the meter tube from draining during flowing
conditions. A back-pressure device or orifice is recommended to ensure that flow does not separate within the flow
sensor but the metering section remains at positive pressure
at all times while there is flow.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/163
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
The flowmeter should not come into contact with any other objects. Avoid making attachments to the housing except for the
pressure guard components (if required).
When the connecting pipeline is larger than the sensor size,
suitable standard reducers may be installed. A selection of
oversize and undersize connections can be ordered - refer to
the sizes tables below.
The flow sensor may be supported at the junction between
process connection and the manifold, but should not be used
to support adjacent piping. Ensure that the piping is also supported on both sides so that connection stresses are neutral.
If strong vibrations exist in the pipeline, they should be
damped using elastic pipeline elements. The damping devices must be installed outside the supported flowmeter section. Direct connection of flexible elements to the sensor
should be avoided.
Make sure that any dissolved gases, which are present in
many liquids, do not outgas. The back pressure at the outlet
should be at least 0.2 bar (3 psi) above the vapour pressure
of the process fluid.
Assure that operation below the vapour pressure cannot occur
particularly for fluids with low latent heat of vaporisation.
The sensor should not be installed in the vicinity of strong electromagnetic fields, e.g. near motors, pumps, variable frequency drives, transformers etc.
When operating meters on a common mounting base the sensors should be mounted and spaced separate from each
other to avoid cross-talk and other vibration interferences.
When operating meters in interconnected pipelines the pipes
should be decoupled to prevent cross talk.
Remote system cabling

The system is designed so that standard instrumentation cable
with four cores and overall screen or two screened pairs can be
used, or cable sets can be ordered with the flowmeter. The cable
can be ordered in various set lengths and terminated in the field.
The maximum design length for the sensor cable is 200 m
(656.17 ft), limited to 150 m (492 ft) for Ex applications with
Class IIC gases. Data transmission speed and process variable
update rates may be affected by the cable characteristics. For
best results, choose a cable with the following electrical characteristics:
Property
Unit
Value
Resistance
[/km]
59
Characteristic impedance
[]
100 @ 1 MHz
[M/km]
200
Maximum voltage
[V]
300
The flowmeter system applies maximum 15 V DC in operation

and is certified intrinsically safe. The complete system is insulation tested to 1500 V in production.
Cabling solutions which can be ordered with the flowmeter are
as follows:
1. High performance plugged cable using M12 plugs into prepared sockets
2. Cable glands for either metric or NPT threaded terminal housings.
3. Plain cable in set lengths to be passed through flexible and
rigid conduit (not supplied) for metric or NPT threaded terminal housings
Cable for items 1, 2 and 3 are available either gray for standard
applications or light blue for Ex applications to identify the circuit
as intrinsically safe.
Insulation and heating
For applications where pipeline insulation is required for personnel protection or process temperature maintenance, the
SITRANS FCS400 flow sensor may also be insulated. The form
and material of insulation is not prescribed and entirely depends
on the practices at the application location or plant.
Insulation must not be crowded around the sensor pedestal but
shaped at a 45 cone to allow the pedestal to radiate excess
heat and maintain a suitable working temperature within the
front-end housing.
Where trace heating is employed, an electric heating jacket can
be ordered as an accessory. It is shaped to the sensor body and
controlled from a weatherproof setpoint device.
The jacket can heat the sensor enclosure up to 200 C (392 F).
However further insulation is also recommended for personnel
protection or low loss temperature maintenance.
Calibration
To ensure accurate measurement all flowmeters must be initially
calibrated. The calibration of each SITRANS FCS400 coriolis
sensor is conducted at SIEMENS flow facilities accredited according to ISO/IEC 17025 by DANAK. A calibration certificate is
shipped with every sensor and calibration data are stored in the
SensorFlash memory unit. The accreditation body DANAK has
signed the ILAC MRA agreement (International Laboratory Accreditation Corporation - Mutual Recognition Arrangement).
Therefore the accreditation ensures international traceability and
recognition of the test results in 39 countries worldwide, including the US (NIST traceability).
3/164
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Flow sensor FCS400
Parameter
Unit
Value
Process pressure range
[barg (psi)]
316L: 0 ... 100 (0 ... 1450)

Hastelloy C22: 0 ... 160 (0 ... 2321)
Process temperature range
[C (F)]
-50 ... +200 (-58 ... +392)
[C (F)]
-40 ... +60 (-40 ... +140)
Transport temperature range
[C (F)]
-40 ... +70 (-40 ... +158)
Density range
[kg/m3 (lb/ft3)]
1 ... 5000 (0.062 ... 312.2)
Process media
Fluid group
1 (suitable for dangerous fluids)
Form
Light slurry, liquid and non-condensing gas
No. of process values

Primary process values
Mass flow
Density
Process medium temperature
Derieved process values
Volume flow
Corrected volume flow (with reference density)
Fraction A:B
Fraction % A:B
Performance specifications
Sensor
Parameter
Unit
DN 15
DN 25
DN 50
DN 80
Max. zero point error
[kg/h (lb/min)]
0.2 (0.007)
2.0 (0.072)
7.5 (0.276)
18 (0.66)
Qmin
[kg/h (lb/min)]
20 (0.735)
200 (7.35)
750 (27.6)
900 (33.1)
Qnom
[kg/h (lb/min)]
3 700 (136.0)
11 500 (422.6)
52 000 (1 911)
136 000 (4 997)
Qmax
[kg/h (lb/min)]
31 900 (1 172)
88 400 (3 248)
353 500 (12 990)
904 800 (33 246)
Linearity error
[%]
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
Repeatability
[%]
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
Density error
[kg/m3 (lb/ft3)]
5 ( 0.31)
5 ( 0.31)
5 ( 0.31)
5 ( 0.31)
Extended density calibration
[kg/m3 (lb/ft3)]
1 ( 0.062)
1 ( 0.062)
1 ( 0.062)
1 ( 0.062)
Temperature error
[C (F)]
0.5 ( 0.9)
0.5 ( 0.9)
0.5 ( 0.9)
0.5 ( 0.9)
Pressure/temperature curves
Process pressure (bar)
Metric flange ratings, EN 1092-1

120
100
ANSI Flange Ratings per ASME B16.5

With two major exceptions, the pressure rating of the flow sensors is independent of the process medium temperature. Design
rules for flange connections in both the EN1092-1 and ASME
B16.5 standards dictate pressure derating with increasing temperature. The charts below show the effect of process medium
temperature on the pressure ratings for the flanges within the
FCS400 product program.
120
100
80 Class 600
60
40 Class
Graphic
300
follows end of the week
20
Class 150
0
-50
PN 100
80
100
150
200
Process temperature (C)
ASME B16.5 flanged sensors
60 PN 63
40
50
Graphic
PN 40
follows end of the week
20
PN 16
0
-50
50
100
150
200
EN1092-1 flanged sensors
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/165
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Sensor variants
SITRANS FCS400 sensors are available in three main variants:
Standard, hygienic and NAMUR. A wide range of process connections is available for the FCS400 sensors. The available combinations of type, sensor size and connection size are shown in
the tables below.
12-VCO-4 Quick connect
JIS B2200:2004/10K
JIS B2200:2004/20K
JIS B2200:2004/40K
SMS 1145 Hygineic screwed
DIN 11864-2A Aseptic flanged
DIN 11864-1A Aseptic secrewed
DIN 32676 Hygienic Tri-clamp
ISO 228-1 G pipe thread
ANSI B16.5-2009, class 600
ANSI B16.5-2009, class 300
ANSI B16.5-2009, class 150
EN 1092-1 D Nut, PN 100
EN 1092-1 D Nut, PN 63
EN 1092-1 D Nut, PN 40
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 100
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 63
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 16
Connection
Sensor
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 40
Standard sensors
316 Stainless - Standard: 7ME461.-...

DN 15 (") DN 6 (")
DN 10
8")
DN 15 (")
O
O
DN 20 (")
DN 25 (1")
DN 25 (1")
(3/
DN 15 (")
DN 25 (1")
DN 32 (1")
DN 40 (1")
DN 50 (2")
O
O
DN 40 (1")
DN 50 (2")
DN 65 (2")
DN 80 (3")
DN 100 (4")
DN 25 (1")
O
DN 65 (2")
DN 80 (3")
DN 50 (2")
Combinations shown are Mainstream products with delivery

time of up to 15 days depending on the combination and production stock levels.
Combinations shown O are Sidestream products with delivery
from 45 to 90 days. Not all components are held in production
stock for Sidestream products.
3/166
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
ISO 2853 0.8 m screwed
ISO 2852 0.8 m clamped
DIN 11864-2 0.8 m flanged
Connection
DIN 11864-1 0.8 m screwed
The aseptic flanges offered for FCS400 conform with the standard DIN 11864-2A BF-A. The flange fitted to the sensor is therefore the back flange and the seal is an O-ring.
DIN 32676 0.8 m Tri-clamp
The hygienic sensors all have maximum internal surface roughness < 0.8 m and are EHEDG and 3A approved. Hygienic sensors are offered with process connection conforming to various
international quick-connect clamps or threaded connectors.
Pressure ratings are according to the relevant standard and the
sensor size. Maximum pressure in the hygienic program is
PN 40.
DIN 11851 0.8 m screwed
Aseptic flanged process connections
Sensor
Hygienic sensor variants
316 SS - Hygienic: 7ME462.-...

DN 15 (")
DN 6 (")
O
DN 15 (")
DN 20 (")
DN 25 (1")
Bore
d1
Ring OD
d11
Bolt Circle Bolt

d5
holes
Flange
diameter
d10
10
13 x 1.5
10
22.4
37
4 x 9
54
15
19 x 1.5
16
28.4
42
4 x 9
59
20
23 x 1.5
20
32.4
47
4 x 9
64
25
29 x 1.5
26
38.4
53
4 x 9
70
32
35 x 1.5
32
47.7
59
4 x 9
76
40
41 x 1.5
38
53.7
65
4 x 9
82
50
53 x 1.5
50
65.7
77
4 x 9
94
65
70 x 2.0
66
81.7
95
8 x 9
107
80
85 x 2.0
81
97.7
112
8 x 11
113
DN 15 (")
DN 25 (1")
DN 32 (1")
DN 40 (1")
DN 50 (2")
Size DN Pipe
DIN 11864-2A BF-A flange dimensions
DN 10 (3/8")
DN 25 (1")
The flange dimensions in the FCS400 program are as follows:
DN 25 (1")
DN 40 (1")
DN 50 (2")
DN 65 (2")
DN 80 (3")
DN 50 (2")
DN 65 (2")
DN 80 (3")
DN 100 (4")

Siemens FI 01 2015
3/167
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
NAMUR sensor variants
DIN 11864-2A Aseptic flanged
DIN 11864-1A Aseptic secrewed
DIN 32676 Hygienic Tri-clamp
ISO 228-1 G pipe thread
ANSI B16.5-2009, class 600
ANSI B16.5-2009, class 300
ANSI B16.5-2009, class 150
EN 1092-1 D Nut, PN 100
EN 1092-1 D Nut, PN 63
EN 1092-1 D Nut, PN 40
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 100
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 63
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 40
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 16
Connection
Sensor
The NAMUR variants have build-in lengths according to NAMUR

recommendation NE 132. The recommendations of NE 132 are
stated for sensors with flanges the same size as the sensor nominal size, and for flanges to EN1092-1 PN 40 with B1 flange facing. For couplings of other standards such as ASME B16.5
Class 150, the overall length incorporates the difference in
length between standard EN and ASME flanges. NAMUR variants are offered with flange and pipe thread connections according to EN, ISO oand ASME standards, as shown in the table
below.
316 Stainless - NAMUR: 7ME471.-...

DN 15 (") DN 6 (")
DN 10 (3/8")
DN 15 (")
O
O
DN 20 (")
DN 25 (1")
DN 25 (1")
DN 15 (")
DN 25 (1")
DN 32 (1")
DN 40 (1")
DN 50 (2")
DN 80 (3")
O
O
DN 40 (1")
DN 50 (2")
DN 65 (2")
DN 25 (1")
O
DN 50 (2")
DN 65 (2")
DN 80 (3")
DN 100 (4")

3/168
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
'
&
Sensor
Weight
[DN]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
[mm]
[inch]
[kg]
[lb]
15
90
3.54
280
11.02
90
3.54
4.6
10.14
25
115
4.53
315
12.40
90
3.54
7.9
17.42
50
180
7.09
390
15.35
90
3.54
15
33.07
80
294
11.57
424
16.69
90
3.54
53
116.84
SITRANS FCS400, dimensions in mm (inch), weights in kg (lb), for a EN 1092 PN 40 flanged version.
The build-in length D depends on the flange.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/169
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Overall length
The overall length (build-in length) of each sensor depends on the connection standard and the pressure rating. The tables below
summarize the dimensions available at the time of publishing. Please contact Siemens for further information about our desired process connection specification.
316L stainless - Standard: 7ME461.-...
Sensor
DN 15 (")
Connection
DN 6
(")
DN 25 (1")
265
265
360
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 40
265
265
360
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 63
265
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 100
270
ANSI B16.5, class 150
270
270
360
270
270
270
285
265
ANSI B1.20.1 NPT pipe thread
265
DN 80 (3")
DN 10 DN 15 DN 20 DN 25 DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 40 DN 50 DN 65 DN 80 DN 100
(3/8") (")
(")
(1")
(1")
(1") (1") (1") (2")
(2") (3")
(4")
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 16
ISO 228-1 GH pipe thread
DN 50 (2")
275
265
610
915
840
840
610
610
915
840
840
360
610
610
915
915
915
360
610
610
915
915
915
365
620
915
875
360
380
620
915
875
360
380
620
915
875
840
840
365
270
265
610
620
365
265
193
360
DIN 32676-C Hygienic clamp
265
265
360
DIN 11864-1 Aseptic screwed
265
265
360
DIN 11864-2 Aseptic flange
265
265
ISO 2852 Hygienic clamp
620
360
265
610
360
360
265
365
274
360
360
610
610
875
610
875
620
610
875
610
610
840
610
860
274
SITRANS FCS400, overall length, dimensions in mm

Sensor
DN 15 (")
Connection
DN 6
(")
DN 25 (1")
10.43
10.43
14.17
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 40
10.43
10.43
14.17
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 63
10.43
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 100
10.63
10.63
10.63
14.17
10.63
10.63
10.63
11.22
10.43
10.43
10.83
10.43
24.02
36.02
33.07
33.07
24.02
24.02
36.02
33.07
33.07
14.17
24.02
24.02
36.02
36.02
36.02
14.17
24.02
24.02
36.02
36.02
36.02
14.37
24.41
36.02
34.45
14.17
14.96
24.41
36.02
34.45
14.17
14.96
24.41
36.02
34.45
33.07
33.07
7.60
14.17
10.43
10.43
14.17
10.43
10.43
14.17
10.43
10.43

SITRANS FCS400, overall length, dimensions in inch
Siemens FI 01 2015
14.17
10.43
10.43
24.41
14.37
10.43
14.37
14.37
10.63
10.43
24.02
3/170
DN 80 (3")
(3/8") (")
(")
(1")
(1")
(1") (1") (1") (2")
(2") (3")
(4")
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 16
DN 50 (2")
24.41
14.17
24.02
14.17
10.78
14.17
14.17
10.78
24.02
24.02
34.45
24.02
34.45
24.41
24.02
34.45
24.02
24.02
33.07
24.02
33.86
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
316L stainless - Hygienic 0.8 m: 7ME462.-...
Sensor
DN 15 (")
Connection
DN 10
(3/8")
DN 15
(")
265
265
DN 25 (1")
DN 20
(")
DN 25
(1")
265
DN 25
(1")
DN 32
(1")
360
360
360
DN 40
(1")
DN 50 (2")
DN 80 (3")
DN 40
(1")
DN 50
(2")
DN 65
(2")
DN 80
(3")
610
610
840
840
265
265
360
265
360
620
610
265
360
265
360
360
610
875
610
875
610
875
610
840
610
860

Sensor
DN 15 (")
Connection
DN 10
(3/8")
DN 15
(")
10.43
10.43
DN 25 (1")
DN 20
(")
DN 25
(1")
DN 25
(1")
DN 32
(1")
7.60
14.17
14.17
10.43
10.43
14.17
10.43
14.17
10.43
14.17
10.43
14.17
10.43
14.17
DN 40
(1")
DN 50 (2")
DN 80 (3")
DN 40
(1")
DN 50
(2")
DN 65
(2")
DN 80
(3")
24.20
24.20
33.07
33.07
14.17
24.20
34.45
24.20
34.45
24.41
24.20
34.45
24.20
24.20
33.07
24.20
33.86
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/171
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
316L stainless - NAMUR: 7ME471.-...
Sensor
DN 15 (")
Connection
DN 6
(")
DN 25 (1")
DN 80 (3")
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 16
510
510
600
715
715
915
915
915
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 40
510
510
600
715
715
915
915
915
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 63
510
600
715
715
915
915
915
600
715
715
915
915
915
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 100
DN 50 (2")
(3/8") (")
(")
(1")
(1")
(1") (1") (1") (2")
(2") (3")
(4")
EN 1092-1 D, PN 16
510
600
715
715
915
EN 1092-1 D, PN 40
510
915
600
715
715
EN 1092-1 D, PN 63
600
715
715
600
915
600
915
600
915

510
510
915
510
510
510
510
510
600
510
600
600
715
600
715
915
915
715
600
715

510
600
510
600
715
715
915
715

Sensor
DN 15 (")
Connection
DN 6
(")
DN 25 (1")
DN 50 (2")
DN 80 (3")
(3/8") (")
(")
(1")
(1")
(1") (1") (1") (2")
(2") (3")
(4")
EN 1091-1 B1, PN 16
20.08
20.08
23.62
28.15
28.15
36.02
36.02
36.02
EN 1091-1 B1, PN 40
20.08
20.08
23.62
28.15
28.15
36.02
36.02
36.02
EN 1091-1 B1, PN 63
20.08
23.62
28.15
28.15
36.02
36.02
36.02
23.62
28.15
28.15
36.02
36.02
36.02
EN 1091-1 B1, PN 100

EN 1092-1 D, PN 16
20.08
23.62
28.15
28.15
36.02
EN 1092-1 D, PN 40
20.08
23.62
28.15
28.15
36.02
EN 1092-1 D, PN 63
23.62
28.15
28.15
23.62
36.02
23.62
36.02
23.62
36.02
20.08
20.08
36.02
20.08
20.08
20.08
20.08
20.08
23.62
20.08
23.62
23.62
28.15
23.62
28.15
36.02
36.02
28.15
23.62
28.15

20.08
23.62
20.08
23.62
3/172
Siemens FI 01 2015
28.15
28.15
28.15
36.02
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Transmitter SITRANS FCT030
Food & Beverage: dairy products, beer, wine, soft drinks,
Brix/Plato, fruit juices and pulps, bottling, CO2 dosing,
CIP/SIP-liquids, mixture recipe control
Automotive: fuel injection nozzle & pump testing, filling of AC
units, engine consumption
Oil & Gas: filling of gas bottles, furnace control, test separators
Hydrocarbon processing: oil refining, derivatives manufacturing, polymerisation
Water & Waste Water: dosing of chemicals for water treatment
Overview
The multiple outputs and bus communication mean that all of the
process information can be read either instantaneously (10 ms
update) or periodically as plant operation requires.
Benefits
FCT030 is based on the latest developments within digital signal

processing technology engineered for high measuring performance, fast response to step changes in flow, fast dosing applications, high immunity against process noise, easy to install
commission and maintain.
The FCT030 transmitter delivers true multi-parameter measurements i.e. massflow, volumeflow, corrected volumeflow, density,
temperature and fraction.
The FCT030 IP67 transmitter can be remote connected or compact mounted with all sensors of type FCS400, sizes DN 15 to
DN 80.
Fraction
The transmitter FCT030 can be set up at works to measure and
report various fraction concentrations of two-part mixtures or solutions. Where a discrete relationship exists between concentration and density at particular temperatures a calculation is performed and the percentage concentration by volume or mass of
Part A or Part B (100 % minus Part A) is measured. For solutions
and some mixtures the total mass, or dry weight, is also available.
In some industries, a selection of standard density scales has
been adopted to represent the density or relative density of the
process fluid.
If "Standard fractions" option is chosen at ordering, the following
fraction or standard density scales can be selected in the setup
menu:
API number
Balling
Baum light
Baum heavy
Brix
Oeschl
Plato
Specific Gravity
Twaddell
%HFCS42
%HFCS55
%HFCS90
Ethanol-Water 0 % to 20 %
Application
SITRANS FC430 mass flowmeters are suitable for applications
within the entire process industry where there is a demand for
accurate flow measurement. The meter is capable of measuring
both liquid and gas flow.
Coriolis flowmeters can be applied in all industries, such as:
Chemical & Pharma: detergents, bulk chemicals, acids, alkalis, pharmaceuticals, blood products, vaccines, insulin production
Flow calculation and measurement

Dedicated mass flow calculation with DSP technology
Fast dosing and flow step response with maximum 10 ms response time.
100 Hz update rate to all outputs
Maximum data age from pickup to output is 20 ms (two update
cycles)
Independent low flow cut-off settings for mass and volume
flowrates
Automatic zero-point adjustment on command from discrete
input or host system
Empty pipe monitoring
Operation and display
User-configurable operation display
- Full graphical display 240 x 160 pixels with up to 6 programmable views
- Self-explaining alarm handling/log in clear text
- Help text for all parameters appears automatically in the configuration menu
- Keypad can be used for controlling dosing as start/stop/
hold/reset
SensorFlash technology stores production specific system
documentation and provides removable memory of all flowmeter setups and functions
- Calibration certificates
- Pressure and material test certificates (as ordered)
- Non-volatile memory backup of operational data
- Transfer of user configuration to other flowmeters
Alarms and safety
Advanced diagnosis and service menu enhances troubleshooting and meter validation
Configurable upper and lower alarm and warning limits for all
process values
Alarm handling can be selected between Siemens and
NAMUR standard configurations
Designed from the ground up and certified for integrated
safety in accordance with IEC 61508 and IEC 61511.
- SIL 2 (single-channel operation)
- SIL 3 (dual-channel operation)
Unlike many systems which are certified in practice, the
SITRANS FC430 system is certified in design, which is a
higher qualification and more robust for secure implementation of safety systems.
Outputs and control
Built-in dosing controller with compensation and monitoring
comprising 3 built-in totalizers
Multi-parameter outputs, individually configurable for massflow, volumeflow, corrected volumeflow, density, temperature
or fraction flow such as Brix or Plato
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/173
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Up to four I/O channels are configured as follows:
SensorFlash
Channel 1
SensorFlash is a standard, 1 GByte micro SD card with the ability

to be updated by PC. It is supplied with each sensor with the
complete set of certification documents including calibration report. Material, pressure test, factory conformance certificates
are optional at ordering.
Channel 1 is 4 to 20 mA analog output with HART 7.2 which can

be validated and setup for safety critical applications (SIL 2).
The current signal can be configured for massflow, volumeflow
or density.
Channel 2
Channel 2 is a signal output which can be freely configured for

any process variable.
Analog current (0/4 to 20 mA)
3 stage analog valve dosing control
Frequency or pulse
Discrete one or two-valve dosing control in combination with
channel 3 or 4
Operational and alarm status
Channels 3 and 4
Channels 3 and 4 can be ordered with signal (freely configured
for any process variable) or relay outputs, or signal input.
Signal
Signal output can be user configured to:
Analog current (0/4 to 20 mA)
3 stage analog valve dosing control
Frequency or pulse
Redundant frequency or pulse (linked to Channel 2)
Discrete one or two-valve dosing control
Operational and alarm status
Relay
Relay output(s) can be user configured to:
Discrete one or two-valve dosing control
Operation status including flow direction
Alarm status
Signal input
Signal input can be user-configured for
Dosing control
Totalizer reset functions
Force or freeze output(s)
Inititate automatic zero point adjustment
Signal outputs and inputs are individually ordered as active or
passive.
During service and maintenance all outputs can be forced to a
preset value for simulation, verification or calibration purposes.
Approvals and certificates
The FC430 coriolis flowmeter program was designed from the
ground up to comply with or exceed the requirements of international standards and regulations.
Design
The transmitter SITRANS FCT030 is designed in an
IP67/NEMA 4X aluminum enclosure with corrosion resistant
coating. It can be remote connected or compact mounted with
an FCS400 sensor of size DN 15, DN 25, DN 50 or DN 80.
FCT030 is available as standard with one current, HART 7.2 output and can be ordered with additional input/output functions.
The transmitter has a modular design with discrete, replaceable
electronic modules and connection boards to maintain separation between functions and facilitate field service. All modules
are fully traceable and their provenance is included in the transmitter setup.
3/174
Siemens FI 01 2015
The Siemens SensorFlash memory unit offers the following features and benefits:
Automatically program any similar transmitter in seconds to
the operation standard
Transmitter replacement in less than 5 minutes
True "plug & play" provided by integrated cross-checking data
consistency and HW/SW version verification
Permanent database of operational and functional information
from the moment that the flowmeter is switched on
New firmware updates can be downloaded from the SIEMENS
internet portal for Product Support and placed onto SensorFlash (unmounted from the transmitter and inserted into a PCs
SD card slot). The firmware is then inserted into the existing
flowmeter and the complete system upgraded.
Function
Mass flowrate, volume flowrate, density, process temperature,
fraction flow
Up to four output/input channels selected at ordering
Outputs can be individually configured with mass, volume,
density etc.
Three built-in totalizers which can count positive, negative or
net flows
Low flow cut-off, adjustable
Density cut-off or empty pipe cut-off, adjustable
Flow direction adjustable
Alarm system consisting of alarm-log, alarm pending menu
Internal data logger is updated each 10 minutes with operational data such as system health, totalizer values, all configurations and data needed for Custody Transfer requirements to
OIML R 117
Display of operating time with real-time clock. Daylight saving
time is not implemented
Uni/bidirectional flow measurement
Flowrate outputs are freely configurable between maximum
negative and maximum positive flows according to the sensor
capacity
Limit switches programmable for flow, density, temperature or
fraction process values. Limit points can be graded as warning and alarm for values both above and below nominal process conditions
Process noise filter for optimization of measurement performance under non-ideal application conditions. 5-stage pumping filter compensates for flow fluctuations caused by e.g. single acting piston pumps
Full dosing controller with 5 user-configurable recipes
Automatic zero adjustment menu, with zero point evaluation
display
Full service menu for effective and straight forward application
and meter troubleshooting
Precise temperature measurement ensures optimum accuracy on massflow, density and fraction flow.
Fraction flow computation is based on a 5th-order algorithm
matching known applications. All standard fraction calculations fit within 0.1% of the true value.
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Process media
Fluid Group 1 (suitable for

dangerous fluids)
Ambient temperature
Aggregate state: Paste/light

slurry, liquid and gas
Transmitter
-40 ... +60 C (-40 ... +140 F),

(humidity max. 95 %)
Display
-20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Number of process variables
Measurement of
Mass flow
Volume flow
Operation
Storage
Transmitter
-40 ... +70 C (-40 ... +158 F)

(Humidity max. 95 %)
Process media temperature
Display
-20 ... +70 C (-4 ... +158 F)
Corrected volume flow
Communication
HART 7.2
Density
Reference density
Enclosure
Fraction A flow
Material
Aluminum
Fraction B flow
Rating
IP67/NEMA 4X to IEC 529 and

DIN 40050 (1 mH2O for 30 min.)
Mechanical load
18 ... 400 Hz random,

3.17 g RMS, in all directions
Fraction A %
Fraction B %
Current output
Supply voltage
Current
0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA
(Channel 1 only 4 ... 20 mA)
Load
< 500 per channel
Time constant
Digital output1)
Supply
20 ... 27 V DC 10%;
100 ... 240 V AC 10 %,
47 ... 63 Hz
Fluctuation
No limit
Power consumption
7.5 W/15 VA
Pulse
41.6 s ... 5 s pulse duration
EMC performance
Frequency
0 ... 10 kHz, 50 % duty cycle,

120 % overscale provision
Emission
EN/IEC 61326-1-4 (Industry)
Immunity
NAMUR
Within the value limits according

to "General requirements" with
error criteria A in accordance with
NE 21
Time constant
Active
0 ... 24 V DC, 110 mA,

short-circuit-protected
Passive
3 ... 30 V DC, max. 110 mA
Relay
Type
Change-over voltage-free relay

contact
Load
30 V AC/100 mA
Functions
Alarm level, alarm number, limit,

flow direction
Environment
Environmental conditions acc. to
IEC/EN/UL 61010-1
Altitude up to 2000 m
Pollution degree 2
Maintenance
The flowmeter has a built-in error

log/pending menu which should
be inspected on a regular basis.
Cable glands
Cable gland are available in

Nylon, Nickel plated brass or
stainless steel (316L/W1.4404) in
the following dimensions:
M20
" NPT
Cable
Standard industrial signal cable

up to 200 m long with 2 x
screened pairs or 4-wire overall
screen can be laid between the
sensor and transmitter. Siemens
offers cables in a selection of precut lengths and prepared for
either gland or plug connection.
Digital input
Voltage
15 ... 30 V DC (2 ... 15 mA)
Functionality
Start/stop/hold/continue dosing,
reset totalizer 1 and 2, force output, freeze output
Galvanic isolation
All inputs and outputs are galvanically isolated, isolation voltage

500 V.
Cut-off
Low-flow
Limit function
Mass flow, volume flow, fraction,

density, sensor temperature
Totalizer
Three eight-digit counters for forward, net or reverse flow
Display

alphanumerical text, 3 20
characters to indicate flow rate,
totalized values, settings and
faults.
Time constant as current
output 1
Reverse flow indicated by
negative sign
Zero point adjustment
Via keypad or remote via digital

input
1)
With 300 internal impedance. For coil switching use the passive output
option.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/175
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Approvals
Certificates
Hazardous area
ATEX Ex II 2(1) GD
Ex d e [ia] ia IIC T6 Gb
Safety Integration Level (applies

only to compact versions)
FM/CSA Class1 Div. 1

IECEx II 2(1) GD
Ex d e [ia] ia IIC T6 Gb
OIML R 117 type approval to a
wide variety of liquids other than
water
Pressure equipment
PED
CRN
Hygienic applications
SIL 2 for hardware

SIL 3 for redundant hardware
systems
CE mark
Pressure equipment
Low voltage directive
WEEE
RoHS
Regional certifications
EHEDG for hygienic variant sensors
C-TICK (Australia and New

Zealand EMC)
NEPSI (China Ex)
3A for hygienic variant sensors

External cleanability satisfies
EHEDG and 3A rules
200 (7.87)
118 (4.65)
155 (6.1)
250 (9.84)
SITRANS FCT030, compact version, dimensions in mm (inch)

307 (12.09)
216 (8.5)
Custody transfer
SIL 3 for software
SITRANS FCT030, remote version, dimensions in mm (inch)
3/176
Siemens FI 01 2015
200 (7.87)
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Flowmeter - Accessories/Spare parts
Accessories
Description
Article No.
Description
CT plug
Tamper cover for CT locking. Fits over the M12 plug
at both sensor and transmitter ends of the remote system cable
A5E31478498
Standard cable (Ex) with

M12 plugs, PO insulation
and PUR sleeve, blue,
-40 ... +80 C
(-40 ... +176 F)
5m
A5E03914929
Bag of glands (metric) in

black plastic1)
A5E03907414
10 m
A5E03914962
25 m
A5E03914995
50 m
A5E03915004
75 m
A5E03915074
150 m
A5E03915088
Bag of glands, (metric) in

gray plastic Ex e/i1)
A5E03907424

AISI 316 SS Ex e/i1)
A5E03907429

NiPlatedBrass Ex e/i1)
A5E03907430
Bag of glands (NPT) in

black plastic2)
Bag of glands (NPT) in gray

plastic Ex e/i2)
A5E03907435
A5E03907451

AISI 316 SS Ex e/i2)
A5E03907467

NiPlatedBrass Ex e/i2)
A5E03907473
Standard cable (non-Ex)

with M12 plugs, PO insulation and PUR sleeve, gray,
-40 ... +80 C
(-40 ... +176 F)
5 m (16.4 ft)
A5E03914805
10 m (32.8 ft)
A5E03914850
25 m (82 ft)
A5E03914853
50 m (164 ft)
A5E03914859
75 m (246 ft)
A5E03914861
150 m (492 ft)
A5E03914874
Article No.
Standard cable (Ex) for termination, PO insulation and

PUR sleeve, blue,
-40 ... +80 C
(-40 ... +176 F)
5m
A5E03914945
10 m
A5E03914973
25 m
A5E03914984
50 m
A5E03915015
75 m
A5E03915057
150 m
A5E03915100
Suitcase for comprehensive sales and training for

FC430
It comes in a special suitcase with a fan implemented that allows the
flowmeter to demonstrate
airflow.
A5E31467598
Suitcase for comprehensive sales support and

training for FC410.
It comes in a special suitcase with an S7-1200 PLC
and HMI touch-screen display. The operating code is
open-source and can be
copied to customers to
assist with system integration.
A5E33219071
Service toolkit for field maintenance of transmitter and

sensor components. Contains all hand tools necessary for maintenance. Other
tools may be required for
installation.
A5E03722877
Standard cable (non-Ex) for

termination, PO insulation
and PUR sleeve, gray,
-40 ... +80 C
(-40 ... +176 F)
5 m (16.4 ft)
A5E03914833
10 m (32.8 ft)
A5E03914849
25 m (82 ft)
A5E03914854
50 m (164 ft)
A5E03914856
75 m (246 ft)
A5E03914864
150 m (492 ft)
A5E03914873
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/177
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Article No.
Description
Heating Jacket, indoor use,
0 ... 200 C (32 ... 392 F)
max. temperature. Complete
with 5 m (16.4 ft) high temperature cable fitted. Dedicated plug connection to
controller
Description
Dimension
Article No.
Mating parts for hygienic fittings

DIN 11851
Includes:
2 unions
2 mating parts (for welding in)
2 EPDM gaskets
DN 10
FDK:085U1016
DN 15
FDK:085U1017
DN 25
FDK:085U1019
DN 32
FDK:085U1020
DN 40
FDK:085U1021
DN 50
FDK:085U1022
DN 65
FDK:085U1023
Mating parts for hygienic clamp

ISO 2852
Includes:
2 clamps
2 mating parts
2 EPDM gaskets
25 mm
FDK:085U1029
40 mm
FDK:085U1031
50 mm
FDK:085U1032
2 EPDM gaskets with collar for

mounting set DIN 11851
DN 10
FDK:085U1006
DN 15
FDK:085U1007
DN 25
FDK:085U1009
DN 32
FDK:085U1010
DN 40
FDK:085U1011
DN 50
FDK:085U1012
DN 65
FDK:085U1013
230 V AC
- DN 15 electric
A5E33035287
- DN 25 electric
A5E33035324
- DN 50 electric
A5E33035325
- DN 80 electric
A5E33035336
115 V AC
- DN 15 electric
A5E32877520
- DN 25 electric
A5E32877556
- DN 50 electric
A5E32877557
- DN 80 electric
A5E32877561
Heating jacket controller,

IP65. Digital display for
0 ... 200 C (32 .. 392 F)
control setpoint
230 V AC
A5E03839193
115 V AC
A5E03839194
1)
2 pcs M20; 1 pce M25 with single and dual cable inserts
2)
2 pcs " NPT; 1 pce " NPT with single and dual cable inserts
3/178
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Spare parts - transmitter FCT030
Article No.
Description
Article No.
Display and keypad assembly with firewire connection

to the transmitter module
A5E03548971
Mounting bracket - FCT030;

in painted aluminum for
pipe or wall mounting of
transmitter FCT030 remote
version. Including lock ring,
pressure pads and seal cap
A5E03906091
Sensor interface (Compact).

Front end flow calculator and
process detection. SIL 3
approved
A5E03549142
M12 option for sensor housing in stainless steel. Prewired and potted to replace
M12 socket in DSL housing
A5E03906095
Sensor interface (Remote);

barrier unit for high speed
digital communication and
Ex ib power supply to
remote front end
DSL module
M12 option - remote - in

painted aluminum. Prewired and potted replacement M12 connection for
FCT030 transmitter remote
version
A5E03906104
A5E03549098
Remote terminal house M20
A5E03906112
Display lid in painted aluminum with Ex glass plate and

o-ring seal
A5E03549344
Remote terminal house NPT - in painted aluminum

for sensor cable termination
at FCT030 transmitter
remote version. Pre-wired
and potted
A5E03906130
Transmitter cassette
(active) with SIL approved
4 ... 20 mA output and
HART 7.2
A5E03549357
Transmitter cassette (passive) with SIL approved

4 ... 20 mA output and
HART 7.2
A5E03549383
Bag of loose spare parts;

including cable strain relief
components, mounting tool,
seals and gasket, assorted
screws and washers, hex
cap nut, blind plugs, and
o-rings
A5E03549396
Power supply
240 V AC, 47 ... 63 Hz
24 ... 90 V DC
A5E03549413
Blind lid in painted aluminum with o-ring seal
A5E03549429
I/O assembly
Advise Order code
F00 to F97 from Selection
and Ordering data
A5E03939114
SensorFlash
(1 GB micro SD card)
A5E03915258
Description
Spare parts - sensor FCS400

Description
Article No.
Blind lid in painted aluminum with o-ring seal
A5E03549295
Sensor link insert. Front end

flow calculator and process
detection. SIL 3 approved
A5E03549191
Sensor housing metric
A5E03549313
Sensor housing NPT in

painted aluminum
A5E03906080
Bag of loose parts for sensor; including cable strain

relief components, washer,
seals, o-rings, and assorted
screws
A5E03549324
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/179
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Transmitter MASS 6000 IP67 compact/remote
4-wire Pt1000 temperature measurement ensures optimum
accuracy on mass flow, density and fraction flow.
Fraction flow computation based on a 3rd-order algorithm
matching all applications.
USM II platform enables fitting of add-on bus modules without
loss of functionality.
- All modules can be fitted through true "plug & play"
- Module and transmitter are automatically configured through
the SENSORPROM.
Installation of the transmitter to the sensor is simple "plug &
play" via the sensor pedestal.
Overview
Application
SITRANS F C mass flowmeters are suitable for all applications
within the entire process industry, where there is a demand for
accurate flow measurement. The meter is capable of measuring
both liquid and gas flow.
MASS 6000 is based on the latest developments within digital

signal processing technology engineered for high performance, fast flow step response, fast batching applications, high
immunity against process noise, easy to install, commission and
maintain.
The MASS 6000 transmitter delivers true multiparameter measurements i.e. mass flow, volume flow, density, temperature and
fraction.
The MASS 6000 IP67 transmitter can be compact mounted on all
sensors of type MASS 2100 DI 3 to DI 40, and can be used in
remote version for all types of MASS 2100/MC2 and FC300 sensors.
Benefits
Dedicated mass flow chip with the latest ASIC technology
Fast batching and flow step response with an update rate of
true 30 Hz
Superior noise immunity due to a DFT (Discrete
Fourier Transformation) algorithm.
Front end resolution better than 0.35 ns improves zero point
stability and enhances dynamic turn-down ratio on flow and
density accuracy.
Advanced diagnosis and service menu enhances troubleshooting and meter verification.
Built-in batch controller with compensation and monitoring
Multi-parameter outputs, individual configurable for mass
flow, volume flow, density, temperature or fraction flow such as
Brix or Plato
Digital input for batch control, remote zero adjust or forced
output mode
All outputs can be forced to preset value for simulation, verification or calibration purposes.
User-configurable operation menu with password protection
- Self-explaining error handling/log in text format
- Keypad can be used for controlling batch as
start/stop/hold/reset
SENSORPROM technology automatically configures transmitter at start-up providing:
- Factory pre-programming with calibration data, pipe size,
sensor type, output settings
- Any values or settings changed by users are stored
automatically
- Automatically re-programming any new transmitter without
loss of accuracy
- Transmitter replacement in less than 5 minutes.
- True "plug & play"
3/180
Siemens FI 01 2015
The main applications for the MASS 6000 IP67 transmitter can
be found in:
Automotive industry
Oil and gas industry
Power generation and utility industry
Water and waste water industry
Design
The transmitter is designed in an IP67/NEMA 6 compact
polyamide enclosure which can be compact mounted on the
MASS 2100 sensor range DI 3 to DI 40 (1/8" to 1") and remote
mounted for the entire sensor series.
The MASS 6000 IP67 is available as standard with 1 current,
1 frequency/pulse and 1 relay output and can be fitted with addon modules for bus communication.
Function
Mass flow rate, volume flow rate, density, temperature, fraction
flow
1 current output, 1 frequency/pulse output, 1 relay output,
1 digital input
All outputs can be individually configured with mass, volume,
density etc.
2 built-in totalizers which can count positive, negative or net
Low flow cut-off
Flow direction adjustable
Error system consisting of error-log, error pending menu
Display of operating time
Limit switches with 1 or 2 limits, programmable for flow, density or temperature
Noise filter setting for optimization of measurement performance under non-ideal application conditions
Full batch controller
feed back
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Measurement of
Mass flow [kg/s (lb/min)],

volume flow [l/s (gpm)],
fraction [%],
Brix, density [kg/m3, (lb/ft3)],
temperature [C (F)]
Current output
Enclosure
Material
Rating
IP67/NEMA 6
Mechanical load
18 ... 1000 Hz random,

3.17 g RMS, in all directions, to
IEC 68-2-36
Current
0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA
Load
< 800
Supply voltage
0 ... 99.9 s adjustable
24 V version
Time constant
Supply
Digital output
Frequency
Time constant
Active
24 V DC, 30 mA,
1 K Rload 10 K,
short-circuit-protected
Passive
3 ... 30 V DC, max. 110 mA,

250 Rload 10 K
Relay
18 ... 30 V DC
20 ... 30 V AC
230 V version
Supply
87 ... 253 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
Power consumption
24 V DC
6W
24 V AC
10 VA
230 V AC
9 VA
Fuse
Type
Change-over relay
Load
42 V/2 A peak
Functions
Error level, error number, limit,

flow direction
Digital input
11 ... 30 V DC (Ri = 13.6 k)
EMC performance
Functionality
Start/hold/continue batch, zero

point adjust, reset totalizer 1/2,
force output, freeze output
Emission
Immunity

Isolation voltage:
500 V to supply
50 V between outputs
NAMUR

to "General requirements with
NE 21
Galvanic isolation
Cut-off
Low-flow
Limit function

Totalizer
Display

alphanumerical text, 3 20
characters to indicate flow rate,
faults. Time constant as current
output 1

input
230 V version
T 400 mA, T 250 V (IEC 127) - not

replaceable by operator
24 V version
T 1 A, T 250 V (IEC 127) - not

Environment
Environmental conditions acc. to
IEC/EN/UL 61010-1:
Altitude up to 2000 m
POLLUTION DEGREE 2
Maintenance

Cable glands
Two types of cable gland are

available in polyamide in the following dimensions:
M20 or NPT
Ambient temperature
Operation
-20 ... +50 C (-4 ... +122 F),

max. rel. humidity 80 % at 31 C
(87.8 F) decreasing to 50 % at
40 C (104 F) according to
IEC/EN/UL 61010-1
Storage
-40 ... +70 C (-40 ... +158 F)

Communication
Add-on modules: HART,

PROFIBUS PA and DP,
Modbus RTU RS 485,
DeviceNet,
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/181
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Article No.
Add-on module
SITRANS F C MASS 6000 transmitter

Transmitter for wall mounting with wall mounting
bracket, fibre glass reinforced polyamide (1 current
output, 1 frq./pulse output, 1 relay output and connection board/PCB)
7 ME 4 1 1 0 -
Description
7AA7 0 - 77A7
HART1)
Version
Remote IP67/NEMA 6 enclosure
Supply voltage
PROFIBUS PA Profile 31)
FDK:085U0236
FDK:085U0237
Modbus RTU RS 485
FDK:085U0234
A5E02054250
DeviceNet
FDK:085U0229
1)
115/230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz

24 V AC/DC
1
2
Article No.
FDK:085U0226
Modules are rated Ex i when used with MASS 6000 Ex d.

Display/Keypad
with display
Serial communication
Description
Article No.
HART
English
A5E03089708
PROFIBUS PA/DP
English
German
A5E00726137
A5E01026429
Modbus
English
German
Spanish
French
A5E00753974
A5E03089262
A5E03089278
A5E03089265
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
English
German
Spanish
French
A5E02318728
A5E02488856
A5E02512177
A5E02512169

DeviceNet
English
A5E03089720

No communication
HART
B
F
G
Modbus RTU RS 485

DeviceNet
E
H
J
Cable glands
M20
NPT
1
2
Operating instructions for SITRANS F C MASS 6000 IP67

Description
Article No.
English
A5E03071936
Accessories
Article No.
Description
Cable glands, screwed
entries type in polyamide
(100 C (212 F)) black,
2 pcs.
M20
A5E00822490
NPT
A5E00822501
Sun lid for MASS 6000

transmitter (Frame and lid)
A5E02328485
Spare parts for compact or remote IP67 version

Description
Article No.
MASS 6000 transmitter

IP67/NEMA 6
Fibre glass reinforced polyamide and without connection board
1 current output
1 frq./pulse output
1 relay output
115/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
7ME41101AA10-1AA0
24 V AC/DC
7ME41101AA20-1AA0
Wall mounting unit for

IP67/NEMA 6 version with
wall bracket, without connection board but with
3/182
Siemens FI 01 2015
4 x M20 cable glands
FDK:085U1018
4 x NPT cable glands
A5E01164211
Connection board/PCB
Supply voltage:
115/230 V/24 V AC/DC
FDK:083H4260
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Description
Article No.
Terminal box kit with
Compact
M20 cable glands
A5E00832338
NPT cable glands
A5E00832342

+
Change from remote to safe

area compact mounting of
MASS 6000 IP67/NEMA 6
with MASS 2100.
The kit consists of a terminal
box in polyamide incl. connection board, cable and
connector between PCB and
sensor pedestal, PCB, seal
and screws (4 pcs.) for
mounting on sensor.
Not approved for hazardous
locations
+
3
/
Terminal box, in polyamide,

inclusive lid
M20 cable glands
FDK:085U1050
NPT cable glands
FDK:085U1052
MASS 2100
Not approved for hazardous

locations
Sensor size L3
H5
H6
[Di (inch)]
[mm (inch)] [mm (inch)] [mm (inch)]
82 (3.23)
72 (2.83)
87 (3.43)
173 (6.81)
227 (8.94)
306 (12.04)
316 (12.44)
326 (12.83)
330 (13.00)
330 (13.00)
388 (15.28)
388 (15.28)
413 (16.26)
503 (19.80)
557 (21.93)
Transmitter wall mounted

71 (2.80)
8 (0.31)
12 (0.47)
8 (0.31)
13 (0.51)
155 (6.10)
240 (9.45)
155 (6.10)
102 (4.02)
FDK:085U1039
75 (2.95)
62 (2.44)
75 (2.95)
75 (2.95)
75 (2.95)
30 (1.18)
Display and keypad

Siemens Front
3 (1/8)
6 ()
15 ()
25 (1)
40 (1)
13 (0.51)
FDK:085U1003
71 (2.80)
Terminal box lid in polyamide
H5 + H6
[mm (inch)]
50 (2.0)
170 (6.70)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/183
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Schematics
Grounding
Mechanical counters

Output cables
If long cables are used in a noisy environment, it is recommended to use shielded cables.
Transmitter
1)
1
18 - 30 V DC
20 - 30 V DC
150 - 230 V AC
L
PE
Current
output
L
PE
PE
2)
31
0/4 - 20 mA
Load 800
32
Relay
44
45
Relay
Relay shown in de-energised condition
46
Passive output
max. 30 V/110 mA
42 V AC / 2 A
42 V AC / 2 A
$FWLYHRXWSXW
PD[P$
56
56
57
57
58
Digital input
PE
24 V
77
&RXQWHUSOF
58
11 - 30 V DC
78
MASS FC300
MASS MC2
MASS 6000 IP67
MASS 2100
Brown
81
Driver
82
1
Red
0
TEMP.SENSE IN
83
84
Yellow
0
89
TEMP.SENSE OUT
90
85
Pick-up 1
86
Pick-up 2
3/184
88
3
4
9
White
Black
Green
Blue
0
87
2
9
Orange
5
6
9
Violet
Gray
Siemens FI 01 2015
7
8
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Transmitter MASS 6000 for 19" insert/19" wall mounting
Overview

maintain.
The MASS 6000 transmitter delivers true multi parameter measurements i.e.: Mass flow, volume flow, density, temperature and
fraction.
The MASS 6000 19" transmitter can be connected to all sensors
of types MASS 2100/MC2/FC300/FCS200 and are available in
different versions depending of number of output facilities, Ex
protection and grade of enclosure.
Benefits
true 30 Hz
Superior noise immunity due to a DFT (Discrete
Fourier Transformation) algorithm.
density accuracy.
Brix or Plato
Many output capacities, up to 3 current, 2 frequency/pulse
and 2 relay outputs (excludes the possibility of an
add-on module)
Digital input for batch-control, remote zero adjust or forced
output mode

- Any values or settings changed by users are stored automatically
loss of accuracy
- Transmitter replacement in less than 5 minutes. True "plug &
play"
accuracy on mass flow, density and fraction flow
matching all applications
loss of functionality.
- All modules can be fitted as true "plug & play"
- Module and transmitter automatically configured through the
SENSORPROM.
Transmitter available with ATEX and UL approval
All electrical connections are easily accessible on the large
back plane PCB
Application
SITRANS F C Coriolis mass flowmeters are suitable for all applications within the entire process industry, where there is a demand for accurate flow measurement. The meter can measure
both liquids and gases.
The main applications for the MASS 6000 19 transmitter can be
found in:
Chemical and pharmaceutical industries
Automotive industry
Water and waste water industry
Design
The transmitter is designed as a 19" insert as base to be used in:
19" rack system
Panel mounting IP65
Back of panel mounting IP20
Wall mounting IP66
The MASS 6000 19" is available as standard or as ATEX-approved transmitter which is to be mounted in the safe area.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/185
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Function

flow
2 output versions available as standard:
- 1 current output, 1 frequency/pulse output, 1 relay output,
1 digital input
- 3 current outputs, 2 frequency/pulse outputs, 2 relay outputs,
1 digital input
density etc.
Low flow cut-off
Flow direction
Operating time
feed-back
Measurement of

fraction [%], Brix,
density [kg/m3 (lb/ft3)],
temperature [C (F)]
Current output
Current
0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA
Load
< 800
Time constant
Digital output
Frequency
Time constant
Active
24 V DC, 30 mA,
1 K Rload 10 K, short-circuit-protected
3 ... 30 V DC, max. 110 mA,
250 Rload 10 K
Passive
Limit function

Totalizer
Display
Background illumination with alphanumerical text, 3 20 characters to indicate flow rate,

faults

input
Ambient temperature
Operation
-20 ... +50 C (-4 ... +122 F)
Storage
-40 ... +70 C (-40 ... +158 F)

Communication

PROFIBUS PA and DP,
Modbus RTU RS 485,
DeviceNet,
Enclosure 19
Material
Aluminum/steel (DIN 41494)
Rating
IP20
Mechanical load
18 ... 1000 Hz random,

IEC 68-2-36
Supply voltage
24 V version
Supply
24 V DC/AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
Fluctuation
18 ... 30 V DC
20 ... 30 V AC
Power consumption
10 W
IN = 250 mA, IST = 2 A (30 ms)
230 V version
Supply
87 ... 253 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
Power consumption
26 VA
Fuse
230 V version
T 400 mA, T 250 V (IEC 127) - not

24 V version
T 1 A, T 250 V (IEC 127) - not

Power consumption
230 V AC
9 VA max.
24 V DC
6W
EMC performance
Emission
Change-over relay
Immunity
Load
42 V/2 A peak
Ex approval
Functions

direction
[Ex ia] IIC, DEMKO 03 ATEX

135251X
Maintenance
Digital input
11 ... 30 V DC

Functionality

Cable
Galvanic isolation

Isolation voltage:
500 V to supply
Max. 300 m
C: max. 300 [pF/m];
LC/RC: max. 100 [H/]
The total cable capacity must be
max. 200 nF.
Cable glands
The cable gland is available in

polyamide, in dimension: PG 13.5
Relay
Type
Cut-off
Low-flow
3/186

Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Article No.
Accessories

Transmitter for rack and wall mounting, incl. connection board
7 ME 4 1 1 0 -
Enclosure (without PCB, connection board)
2 7777 - 77A 0
Enclosure
19 inch insert IP20 (rack mount, purchase rack
separately)
19 inch insert in IP65 (wall mount, enclosure
included)
Description

A5E02559814
21 TE
Article No.
FDK:083F5037
1 current, 1 frequency, 1 relay
A
C
42 TE
Supply voltage
115/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
24 V AC/DC
FDK:083F5038
1
2
Ex Approvals
Standard (No Ex-approval)
ATEX
0
1
Enclosure
Display/Keypad
With display
Serial communication (Only possible to connect

to MASS 6000 version with 1 current output)
No communication
HART
B
F
G
Modbus RTU RS 485

DeviceNet
E
H
J
Attention (Ex applications)!

MC2 Ex version sensors must only be connected to MASS 6000 standard. The MASS 6000 connection board must be replaced by a connection board approved FDK:083H4294 or FDK:083H4295 (see
connection boards/PCB for MASS 6000 and MC2 sensors).
Operating instructions for SITRANS F C MASS 6000 19

Description
Article No.
English
A5E02944875

further SITRANS F iterature.
Description
Article No.
Panel mounting enclosure for

19 insert (21 TE);
mounting
FDK:083F5030
Panel mounting enclosure for

19 insert (42 TE);
mounting
FDK:083F5031

FDK:083F5032

FDK:083F5033
Front cover (7TE) for panel

mounting enclosure
FDK:083F4525
Cable glands
Description
Article No.

entries type PG 13.5 in
nickel-plated brass, 2 pcs.
FDK:083G3140

entries type PG 13.5 in
polyamide (100 C (212 F))
black, 2 pcs.
FDK:083G0228
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/187
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Add-on module
Note:
Only possible to connect to MASS 6000 versions with 1 current
output.
Description
Article No.
HART
English
A5E03089708
PROFIBUS PA/DP
English
German
A5E00726137
A5E01026429
Modbus
English
German
Spanish
French
A5E00753974
A5E03089262
A5E03089278
A5E03089265
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
English
German
Spanish
French
A5E02318728
A5E02488856
A5E02512177
A5E02512169
DeviceNet
English
A5E03089720
Description
Article No.
HART (Ex-i)
FDK:085U0226
PROFIBUS PA Profile 3 (Ex-i)
FDK:085U0236
FDK:085U0237
Modbus RTU RS 485
FDK:085U0234
(Ex-i)
A5E02054250
DeviceNet
FDK:085U0229

Connection boards/PCB for MASS 6000 and MASS 2100 sensors

Description
Version
Article No.
Connection board MASS 6000 for 19 IP20 rack mounting version
24 V
115/230 V
FDK:083H4272
Connection board MASS 6000 Ex [ia] IIC for 19 IP20 rack mounting version
24 V
115/230 V
FDK:083H4273
Connection board MASS 6000 for 19 wall mounting version,

for enclosure FDK:083F5037/FDK:083F5038
24 V
115/230 V
FDK:083H4274
Connection board MASS 6000 Ex [ia] IIC for 19 wall mounting version,
24 V
115/230 V
FDK:083H4275
Description
Version
Article No.
Connection board MASS 6000 for 19 IP20 rack mounting version
24 V
115/230 V
FDK:083H4272
Connection board MASS 6000 for Ex application1) and 19 IP20 rack mounting
version (connection board MASS 6000 to MC2 sensors Ex-approved)
24 V
115/230 V
FDK:083H4294
Connection board MASS 6000 for 19 wall mounting version,

24 V
115/230 V
FDK:083H4274
Connection board MASS 6000 for Ex application1) and 19 wall mounting version 24 V
(connection board MASS 6000 to MC2 sensors Ex-approved),
115/230 V
FDK:083H4295
Connection boards/PCB for MASS 6000 and MC2 sensors
1)
Attention (Ex application): MC2 Ex version sensors must only be connected to connection board FDK:083H4294 or FDK:083H4295.
Description
Article No.
Wall mounting enclosure in

ABS plastic IP65 with connection board/PCB for Ex
application connected to
MC2 Ex sensors
FDK:083H4296
3/188
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Spare parts 19 versions
Enclosure (without PCB, connection board)
Description
Article No.

A5E02559814
21 TE
FDK:083F5037
3
42 TE
FDK:083F5038
Display unit for 19" versions

Order the Display and Keypad accessory from MASS
6000 IP67 compact/remote
(FDK:085U1039) and use
the display for replacement
FDK:085U1039
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/189
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Transmitter 19 insert
14 (0.6)
193 (7.60)
106 (4.17)
175 (6.89)
91 (3.58)
168 (6.61)
128 (5.04)
122 (4.80)
2.8 (0.11)
Weight incl. back print 0.8 kg (1.8 lbs)
Transmitter 19 wall mounting
235 (9.25)
22 (0.86)
13 (0.51)
90 (3.54)
90 (3.54)
146 (5.75)
120 (4.72)
13 (0.51)
210 (8.27)
192 (7.56)
3/190
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Transmitter 19 front of panel
144 (5.67)
197 (7.75)
3
198 (7.80)
50 (1.97)
140 (5.51)
184 (7.24)

185 (7.28)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/191
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
163 (6.42)
144 (5.67)
218 (8.58)
57 (2.24)
132 (5.20)
117 (4.61)
132 (5.20)
57 (2.24)
269 (10.59)
253 (9.96)
223 (8.87)
3/192
Siemens FI 01 2015
218 (8.58)
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Schematics
Grounding
Mechanical counters
Output cables
If long cables are used in noisy environment, it is recommended
to use shielded cables.
Transmitter
1)
1
18 - 30 V DC
20 - 30 V DC
150 - 230 V AC
L
PE
Current
output
Relay
PE
PE 2)
44
45
46
Passive output
max. 30 V/110 mA
56
Relay
Active output
max. 30 mA
57
58
Current
output 2
56
Counter (plc)
24 V
58
11 - 30 V DC
78
91
0/4 - 20 mA
load 800
92
Current
output 3
95
96
97
Relay 2
0/4 - 20 mA
load 800
93
94
Passive output 2
max. 30 V/110 mA
Extended version
42 V AC / 2 A
42 V AC / 2 A
57
77
Digital input
PE
0/4 - 20 mA
load 800
31
32
$FWLYHRXWSXW
PD[P$
&RXQWHUSOF
95
24 V
96
97
98
99
100

(relay 2 only available in 19 version)
Relay
42 V AC / 2 A
42 V AC / 2 A
MASS FC300
MASS MC2
MASS 6000 19
Driver
TEMP.SENSE
IN
TEMP.SENSE
OUT
Pick-up 1
Pick-up 2
81
82
0
83
84
0
89
90
85
86
0
87
88
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
MASS 2100
1
2
9
3
4
9
White
Black
Green
Blue
Violet
Gray
5
6
9
7
8
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/193
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Transmitter MASS 6000 Ex d compact/remote
Overview

maintain.
The MASS 6000 transmitter delivers true multiparameter measurements i.e.: Mass flow, volume flow, density, temperature and
fraction flow.
The MASS 6000 Ex d transmitter is manufactured in stainless
steel (AISI 316L/1.4404) and able to withstand harsh installation
conditions in hazardous applications within the process and
chemical industry. The conservative choice of material guarantees the user a low cost of ownership and a long trouble-free lifetime.
The Ex d can be compact mounted on all sensors of type
MASS 2100 DI 3 to DI 40, and can be used in remote version for
all types of MASS 2100. MASS 6000 Ex d cannot be combined
with MC2 sensors.
Benefits
Fully stainless steel flameproof Ex d enclosure, ensuring optimum cost of ownership
Intrinsically safe keypad and display directly programmable in
hazardous area
ATEX-approved transmitter which can be mounted in hazardous area Zone 1 or Zone 2.
Sensor and transmitter interface intrinsically safe Ex ia IIC
Exchange of transmitter directly in hazardous area without
shut-down of process pipe line due to ia IIC sensor/transmitter
interface.
true 30 Hz
Superior noise immunity due to a DFT (Discrete Fourier Transformation) algorithm
density accuracy.
Brix or Plato
1 current output, 1 frequency/pulse and 1 relay as standard
output
3/194
Siemens FI 01 2015
Current output can be selected as passive or active output

Digital input for batch-control, remote zero adjust or forced
output mode
- Any values or settings changed by users are stored automatically
loss of accuracy
- Transmitter replacement in less than 5 minutes. True "plug &
play"
loss of functionality:
- All modules can be fitted as true "plug & play"
- Module and transmitter automatically configured through the
SENSORPROM
Installation of the transmitter to the sensor is simple "plug &
play" via the sensor pedestal.
Application
SITRANS F C mass flowmeters are suitable for all applications
within the entire process industry where there is a demand for
accurate flow measurement in hazardous area. The meter can
measure both liquids and gases.
The main applications for the MASS 6000 Ex d transmitter can
be found in:
Chemical process industry
Automotive industry
Design
The transmitter is designed in an Ex d compact stainless steel
enclosure which can be compact mounted on the MASS 2100
sensor range DI 3 to DI 40, and remote mounted for the entire
sensor series except MC2.
The MASS 6000 Ex d is available as standard with 1 current,
1 frequency/pulse and 1 relay output and can be fitted with addon modules for bus communication.
Flameproof d enclosure
Enclosure stainless steel, IP67/NEMA 6 as compact and IP65
as remote
Supply voltage 24 V AC/DC
MASS 6000 Ex d is ATEX approved together with all
MASS 2100 sensors, but can not be used together with MC2
Ex versions
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Function
flow
1 current output, 1 frequency/pulse output, 1 relay output,
1 digital input
density etc.
Low flow cut-off
Flow direction
Operating time
feed back
Current output

fraction [%], Brix,
density [kg/m3 (lb/ft3)],
temperature [C (F)]
Classified Ex ia, selectable as
active or passive outputs. Default
setting is active mode.
Current
0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA
Load
< 350
Time constant
Current characteristics
Active mode
Passive mode (max input from

external barrier)
11 ... 30 V DC (Ri = 13.6 k
Functionality

Output characteristics
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 3.45 mA,
Pi = 0.10 W, Ci = 0 nF, Li = 0 mH
Galvanic isolation

Isolation voltage:
500 V to supply
Cut-off
Low-flow
Empty pipe
Detection of empty sensor
Density
0 ... 2.9 g/cm3
Totalizer
Display
Background illumination with alphanumerical text, 3 20 characters to indicate flow rate,

faults. Time constant as current
output

input
Ambient temperature
Measurement of
Digital input
Operation
-20 ... +50 C (-4 ... +122 F)
Storage
-40 ... +70 C (-40 ... +158 F)

Communication

PROFIBUS PA,
HART
Active mode
Uo = 6.88 V, Io = 330 mA,

Po = 0.57 W, Co = 20 nF,
Lo = 100 H

external barrier)
Ui = 10 V, Ii = 200 mA, Pi = 0.5 W,

Ci = 0 nF, Li = 0 H
PROFIBUS PA
Uo = 24 V, Io = 82 mA,
Po = 0.5 W, Co = 125 nF,
Lo = 2.5 mH
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA,
Pi = 0.75 W, Ci = 52 nF,
Li = 100 H
Digital output
Active mode
Not available
Passive mode
Ui = 17.5 V, Ii = 380 mA,

Pi = 5.32 W, Ci = 5 nF, Li = 10 H
Active mode
Not available
Passive mode
Ui = 17.5 V, Ii = 380 mA
Frequency
Enclosure
Time constant
0.1 ... 30 s adjustable
Material
Passive
6 ... 30 V DC, max. 110 mA,

1 K Rload 10 k
Rating
Compact mounted on sensor:

IP67/NEMA 4X
Remote mounted: IP65
Active mode
Not available
Load

external barrier)
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA,
Pi = 0.75 W, Ci = 52 nF,
Li = 100 H
18 ... 1000 Hz random,

IEC 68-2-36, Curve E
Relay
Type
Change-over relay
Load
30 V/100 mA
Functionality

direction
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA,
Pi = 0.75 W, Ci = 0 nF, Li = 0 mH
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/195
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Supply voltage
Article No.
24 V AC

Transmitter Ex d for remote mounting inclusive of
wall mounting kit
7ME 4 1 1 0 -
Range
20 ... 30 V AC
Power consumption
6 VA IN = 250 mA, IST = 2 A

(30 ms)
Power supply
The power supply shall be from a

safety isolating transformer. Maximal cable core is 1.5 mm2
24 V DC
Range
18 ... 30 V DC
Power consumption
6 W IN = 250 mA, IST = 2 A

(30 ms)
Power supply
The power supply shall be from a

safety isolating transformer. Maximal cable core is 1.5 mm2.
EMC performance
2 7777 - 77A7
Enclosure
Ex d SS with 5 m (16.5 ft) cable
G
H
J
Supply voltage
24V AC/DC
Ex approvals
ATEX
Display/Keypad
With display
Emission
Immunity
NAMUR

to "Allgemeine Anforderung" with
NE 21
Ex approval
Ex de [ia/ib] IIC T6, DEMKO 03

ATEX 135253X
Temperature class:
Process liquid temperature:
T6
T < 85 C (185 F)
T5
85 C < T < 100 C

(185 F < T < 212 F)
Operating instructions for SITRANS F C MASS 6000 Ex d
T4
100 C < T < 135 C

(212 F < T < 275 F)
Description
Article No.
English
A5E02944883
T3
135 C < T < 180 C

(275 F < T < 356 F)
Serial communication
No communication
HART
A
B
F
J
Cable gland
M20

Note:
Only communication modules with Ex approvals are allowed.
3/196
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
MASS 6000 Ex d compact version
Accessories
Add-on module for remote and compact MASS 6000 Ex d
130 (5.12)
Article No.
HART (Ex-i)
FDK:085U0226
PROFIBUS PA Profile 3 (Ex-i)
FDK:085U0236
(Ex-i)
A5E02054250
255.1 (10.04)
H6
Description
Description
Article No.
HART
English
A5E03089708
PROFIBUS PA/DP
English
German
A5E00726137
A5E01026429
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
English
German
Spanish
French
A5E02318728
A5E02488856
A5E02512177
A5E02512169
H5

L3
DImensions in mm (inch)
Sensor size L3
H5
H6
[Di (inch)]

H5 + H6
[mm (inch)]
3 (1/8)
75 (2.95)
82 (3.23)
247 (9.72)
329 (12.95)
6 ()
62 (2.44)
72 (2.83)
257 (10.12)
329 (12.95)
15 ()
75 (2.95)
87 (3.43)
267 (10.51)
354 (13.94)
25 (1)
75 (2.95)
173 (6.81)
271 (10.67)
444 (17.48)
40 (1)
75 (2.95)
227 (8.94)
271 (10.67)
498 (19.61)
MASS 6000 Ex d remote version
60
40
2.36
1.57
5.91
M5
0.39
1.1
0.35
3.94
10
150
100
28
4x9
10
176 (6.93)
Dimensions in inch
2x9
336 (13.23)
Dimensions in mm
13
130 (5.12)
255 (10.04)
Weight: 3 kg (6.6 lbs)
M5
0.51
4x0.35
0.39
2x0.35
8 (0.31)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/197
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Schematics
Electrical connection compact or remote
+D]DUGRXVORFDWLRQ
1RQKD]DUGRXVORFDWLRQ
7UDQVPLWWHU
1+
9'&
9$&
2PE
&XUUHQW
RXWSXW
PE
PE
31
PE
P$
/RDG
32
5HOD\
44
45
5HOD\VKRZQLQGHHQHUJLVHGFRQGLWLRQ
46
5HOD\
9$&P$
9'&P$
3DVVLYHRXWSXW
PD[9P$
56
57
58
77
'LJLWDOLQSXW
9'&
78
91
92
95
7HUPLQDOVIRU$GGRQPRGXOH
)RUHOHFWULFDOFRQQHFWLRQ
SOHDVHUHIHUWRGRFXPHQWDWLRQ
VXSSSOLHGZLWKWKH$20
96
0$66)&
0$66([G
0$66
81
'ULYHU
82
%URZQ
5HG
83
84
2UDQJH
<HOORZ
89
90
85
3LFNXS
86
3LFNXS
3/198
88
Siemens FI 01 2015
:KLWH
%ODFN
*UHHQ
%OXH
5
6
9
0
87
0
7(036(16(287
2
9
0
7(036(16(,1
9LROHW
*UD\
7
8
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Transmitter SIFLOW FC070
Overview
SIFLOW FC070 is based on the latest developments within the

digital processing technology engineered for high performance, fast flow step response, immunity against process generated noise, easy to install, commission and maintain.
SIFLOW FC070 is available in two versions:
SIFLOW FC070 Ex CT
The SIFLOW FC070 transmitter delivers true multi-parameter
measurements i.e. mass flow, volume flow, density, temperature
and fraction.
SIFLOW FC070 is designed for integration in a variety of automation systems, i.e.:
Central mounted in S7-300, C7
Decentralized in ET 200M for use with S7-300 and S7-400 as
PROFIBUS DP/PROFINET masters
Decentralized in ET 200M for use with any automation system
using standardized PROFIBUS DP/PROFINET masters
Stand-alone via a Modbus RTU master, i.e. SIMATIC PDM
The SIFLOW FC070 transmitter can be connected to all sensors
of types MASS 2100, MC2, FCS200 and FC300.
Benefits
Easy integration in SIMATIC S7 and PCS 7
Support of SIMATIC PDM configuration tool via Modbus
Dedicated mass flow chip with high-performance ASIC technology
True 30 Hz update rate securing fast batching and step response
Superior noise immunity due to a DFT (Discrete Fourier Transformation) algorithm
density accuracy.
Advanced diagnostics enhancing troubleshooting and meter
verification
Built-in batch controller with two-stage control and compensation
Digital outputs for direct batch control, frequency/pulse
Modbus RTU RS 232/RS 485 interface for connection to
SIMATIC PDM or any other Modbus master
Digital input for batch control, zero adjust

Extensive simulation options for measurement values, I/O and
errors easy communication/fault-finding
Multiple LEDs for easy indication of flow, error and I/O state
SENSORPROM technology automatically configures the
transmitter during start-up providing:
sensor type and I/O settings
- Any values or settings changed by the user is stored automatically
- Automatically re-programming of a new transmitter, without
loss of settings and accuracy
- Transmitter replacement in less than 30 seconds
Four-wire Pt1000 measurement ensuring optimum accuracy
mass flow, density and fraction flow
SIFLOW FC070 Ex CT is Custody transfer approved, according to OIML R 139 (Compressed gaseous fuel measuring systems for vehicles), when using the redundant digital output or
the encrypted ActiveX component for SIMATIC touch panels.
Free of charge ActiveX component for SIMATIC touch panels,
enables encrypted sensor process values to be communicated between SIFLOW FC070 Ex CT and SIMATIC touch
panels
Application
SIFLOW FC070 mass flowmeters are suitable for all applications
within the entire process industry, where there is a demand for
accurate flow measurement. The meters are suitable for measuring on liquid and gas.
The main applications for the SIFLOW FC070 transmitter can be
found in the following industries:
Food and beverage
Pharmaceutical
Automotive
Oil and gas
Design
SIFLOW FC070 is designed in an IP20 SIMATIC S7-300 enclosure and for use in central and de-central cabinets where sensors: FCS200, FC300, MASS 2100 and MC2 are remotely
mounted.
Function
The following key functionalities are available:
Mass flow rate, volume flow rate, density, temperature and
fraction flow
Two built-in totalizers which can freely be set for counting
mass, volume or fraction
1 frequency/pulse output
1 phase shifted 90/180 frequency/pulse output
Two-stage batch controller
1 digital input
Low flow cut-off
Noise filter settings for different applications
Simulation
Automatic zero point adjustment with zero point evaluation
feed back
Configurable upper and lower alarm and warning limits for all
process values
Comprehensive status and error reporting
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/199
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Measurement of
Mass flow, volume flow, density,

sensor temperature, fraction A
flow, fraction B flow, fraction A in %
Measurement functions
Totalizer 1
Totalization of mass flow, volumeflow, fraction A, fraction B
Totalizer 2
Totalization of mass flow, volumeflow, fraction A, fraction B
Single and 2-stage batch function
Batching function with the use of

one or two outputs for dosing in
high and low speed
4 programmable limits
4 programmable high/low limits for

mass flow, volume flow, density,
sensor temperature, fraction A
flow, fraction B flow, fraction A in
%. Limits will generate an alarm if
reached.
Power
Supply
24 V DC nominal
Tolerance
20.4 V DC ... 28.8 V DC
Consumption
Max. 7.2 W
Fuse
T1 A/125 V, not replaceable by

operator
Environment
Ambient temperature
Storage -40 ... +70 C

(-40 ... +158 F)
Operation conditions
Horizontally mounted rail.

For SIFLOW FC070 Std.:
0 60 C (32 ... 140 F)
For SIFLOW FC070 Ex CT:
-40 ... +60 C (-40 ... +140 F)
Vertically mounted rail
For SIFLOW FC070 Std.:
0 45 C (32 ... 113 F)
For SIFLOW FC070 Ex CT:
-40 ... +45 C (-40 ... +113 F)
Altitude
Operation: -1000 ... 2000 m

(pressure 795 ... 1080 hPa)
Digital input
Functions
Start batch, stop batch, start/stop

batch, hold/continue batch,
reset totalizer 1, reset totalizer 2,
reset totalizer 1 and 2, zero adjust,
force frequency output, freeze frequency output
High signal
Nominal voltage: 24 V DC
Lower limit: 15 V DC
Upper limit: 30 V DC
Current: 2 ... 15 mA
Enclosure
Material
Noryl, color: anthracite
Rating
IP20/NEMA 2 according to
IEC 60529
Mechanical load
According to SIMATIC standards

(S7-300 devices)
Nominal voltage: 0 V DC
Lower limit: -3 V DC
Upper limit: 5 V DC
Current: -15 ... +15 mA
CE, C-UL, ATEX II 3G Ex nA IIC
Input
Approx. 10 k
SIFLOW FC070 Ex CT
Switching
Max. 100 Hz.
CE, C-UL, UL Haz.Loc.,

FM Class I, Div. 2 Groups A, B, C,
D
ATEX II (1)G [Ex ia] IIC Ga / II 3G
Ex nA IIC T4 Gc and IECEx Ex nA
[ia] IIC T4
Low signal
Approvals Ex
Digital output 1 and 2

Functions
Output 1:
Pulse, frequency, redundancy
pulse, redundancy frequency
2-stage batch, batch
Output 2:
Redundancy pulse, redundancy
frequency, 2-stage batch
SIFLOW FC070 Ex CT
PTB Germany approval no.:

5.4.11/11.22 OIML R 139 Compressed gaseous fuel measuring systems for vehicles
Voltage supply
3 ... 30 V DC (passive output)
Switching current
Max. 30 mA at 30 V DC
Voltage drop
3 V DC at max. current
Leakage current
0.4 mA at max. voltage 30 V DC
Requirements of EMC law;

Noise immunity according to
EN/IEC 61326-1
Emitted interference according to
EN 55011/CISPR-11
Load resistance
1 ... 10 k
NAMUR
Switching frequency
0 ... 12 kHz 50 % duty cycle
Functions
Pulse, frequency, redundancy

pulse, redundancy frequency
2-stage batch, batch
Within the limits according to

General recommendations with
NE 21
Approvals Custody transfer
Programming tools
SIMATIC S7
Configuration through backplane

P-BUS, PLC program and
WinCC flexible
SIMATIC PCS7
Configuration trough backplane PBUS and PLC/WinCC faceplates,

certified driver
SIMATIC PDM
Through Modbus port RS 232C

and RS 485, certified driver
Communication
Modbus RS 232C
Max. baud rate: 115 200 baud

Max. line length: 15 m at
115 200 baud
Signal level: according to
EIA-RS 232C
Modbus RS 485
Max. baud rate: 115 200 baud

Max. line length: 1200 m at
115 200 baud
Signal level: according to
EIA-RS 485
Bus termination: Integrated. Can
be enabled by inserting wire
jumpers.
Galvanic isolation
All inputs, outputs and communication interfaces are galvanically

isolated. Isolation voltage: 500 V
3/200
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Accessories
Description
Article No.
Description
Article No.
SIFLOW FC070 flow transmitter

Remember to order 40 pin front
plug connector.
7ME4120-2DH20-0EA0
40 pin front plug with screw contacts
6ES7392-1AM00-0AA0
40 pin plug with spring contacts
6ES7392-1BM01-0AA0
5 m (16.4 ft)
FDK:083H3015
SIFLOW FC070 Ex CT
flow transmitter
Remember to order 20 pin front
plug connector.
7ME4120-2DH21-0EA0
10 m (32.8 ft)
FDK:083H3016
25 m (82 ft)
FDK:083H3017
20 pin plug with spring contacts
6ES7392-1BJ00-0AA0
50 m (164 ft)
FDK:083H3018
20 pin front plug with screw

contacts
6ES7392-1AJ00-0AA0
75 m (246 ft)
FDK:083H3054
150 m (492 ft)
FDK:083H3055
Operating instructions for SITRANS F C SIFLOW FC070

Description
Article No.
SIFLOW FC070 system manual

English
A5E00924779
German
A5E00924776
SIFLOW FC070 with S7

English
A5E02254228
German
A5E02665536
French
A5E02591639
SIFLOW FC070 with PCS7
Cable with multiplug for connecting MASS 2100, FCS200

and FC300 sensors,
5 x 2 x 0.34 mm2 twisted and
screened in pairs. Temperature
range -20 ... +110C
(-4 ... +230 F)
Cable without multiplug for

connecting MC2 sensors,
range -20 ... +110C
(-4 ... +230 F)
10 m (32.8 ft)
FDK:083H3001
25 m (82 ft)
FDK:083H3002
75 m (246 ft)
FDK:083H3003
150 m (492 ft)
FDK:083H3004
SIMATIC S7-300 rail

The mechanical mounting rack
of the SIMATIC S7-300
160 mm (6.3")
6ES73901AB60-0AA0

482 mm (18.9")
6ES73901AE80-0AA0
530 mm (20.8")
6ES73901AF30-0AA0
830 mm (32.7")
6ES73901AJ30-0AA0
2000 mm (78.7")
6ES73901BC00-0AA0
SIFLOW FC070 Demo suitcase with MASS 2100 DI 1.5

sensor and SIMATIC HMI TP
177B touch panel
A5E01075465
SIMATIC S7-300, stabilized

power supply PS307
Input: 120/230 V AC
Output: 24 V DC/2 A
6ES73071BA01-0AA0
English
A5E03694109
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/201
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Schematics
SIFLOW FC 070
Dl1
FLO
DO1
SE
DO2
WP
COM
SIM

PE
MODBUS
ADDRES
WP
ON
OFF
76543210
56
RUN
56
MASS FLOWMETER
SF
6KLHOG
6KLHOG

7['

6KLHOG
5['

'59
0

'59
$

7,Q
%

7,Q
$

%

57$

57%

6HQVRU
x 2
3 4
7ME4 120-2DH20-0EA0
;

SIFLOW FC070, dimensions in mm (inch)
MASS FLOWMETER EX
RUN
DI1
FLO
DO1
SE
DO2
WP
SIM
125 (4.92)
PE
COM
WP
MODBUS
ADDRESS
ON
OFF
76543210
9'&
,2
SIFLOW FC070
SF
',

',

38
'2

38
'2

6KLHOG
'2

38
'2

38
6KLHOG

6KLHOG
/

72XW
0

72XW
6KLHOG

6KLHOG
ATEX / FM
APPROVED
UL HAZ. LOC.
LISTED
X 2
3 4
SIFLOW FC070, electrical connection
7ME4 120-2DH21-0EA0
80 (3.15)
116.9 (4.60)
Weight of module: 0.50 kg (1.13 lbs) without front connectors

X2
RS485
RS232
SIFLOW FC070 Ex CT, dimensions in mm (inch)
Shield
TxD
RxD
2M
485 A
485 B
485 A'
485 B'
RT A
RT B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Shield Ex
Shield Ex
DRV +
DRV -
T In +
T In -
7
8
9
I/O
X3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
X4
X1
11
12
PU1 +
13
PU1 -
14
24 V DC
1
2
3
PU2 +
16
PU2 T Out +
19
T Out -
SIFLOW FC070 Ex CT, electrical connection

Siemens FI 01 2015
Shield Ex
18
20
3/202
Shield Ex
15
17
1L +
1M
Shield
Sensor (Ex)
DI1 +
DI1 DO1 +
DO1 DO2 +
DO2 Shield
10
Shield Ex
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Overview
Function
The flow measuring principle is based on the Coriolis effect. See
"System information SITRANS F C".
Integration
The complete flowmeter consists of the sensor (SITRANS
FCS200) and a transmitter SITRANS F C MASS 6000 or SIFLOW
FC070. All communication options are available for MASS 6000.
The sensor is shipped with a SENSORPROM memory unit containing all information about calibration data, device identity and
factory pre-programming of transmitter settings.
Installation guidelines
Siemens Flow Instruments recommends installing the sensor in
one of the following ways:
SITRANS FCS200 (DN10, DN 15 and DN 25) is a Coriolis sensor

specialized for accurate mass flow measurement of gases.
The sensor offers superior performance in terms of flow accuracy and turn down ratio. The ultra compact sensor design
makes installation, replacement and commissioning very
straight forward and easy.
Benefits
High accuracy gas measurement
Approved for use in hazardous area
DN 10 and DN 15 is custody transfer approved, according to
OIML R 139 (Compressed gaseous fuel measuring systems
for vehicles). For custody transfer applications SIFLOW
FC070 Ex CT must be used.
Self-draining in vertical orientation
Pt1000 temperature measurement for optimum accuracy
SENSORPROM enabling true "plug & play"
Rigid enclosure design reducing influence from pipeline vibration and thermal stress
High-pressure measurement up to 350 bar (5076 psi)
Ultra compact sensor design with space-saving split flow
Vertical orientation with an upwards flow
Application
SITRANS FCS200 is designed for measurement of gases and is
suitable for use in the oil and gas industry:
Filling of gas bottles
CNG dispensers
Metering of general gas applications
Horizontal installation, tubes up
Design
SITRANS FCS200 is available in DN 10, DN 15 and DN 25.
The sensor consists of 2 parallel measuring pipes, welded directly onto a flow splitter at each end of the sensor to eliminate a
direct coupling to the process connectors and significantly reduce effects from external vibrations. The flow-splitters are
welded directly onto a rigid sensor housing which acts as a mechanical low pass filter.
Horizontal installation, tubes sideways
The SITRANS FCS200 DN 10 and DN 15 wetted parts material is

Hastelloy C22, and the DN 25 wetted parts material is AISI
316Ti/1.4571. The enclosure is made of stainless steel
AISI 316L/1.4404 with a grade of encapsulation of IP67.
The two black rupture discs are designed to protect the
enclosure from overpressure.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/203
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Sensor size
DN 10
DN 15
DN 25
DN 10
Mass Flow
Accuracy [% of rate]
0.5
Repeatability [% of rate]
0.25

[kg/h (lb/h)]
0.25 (0.55)
Measuring range
[kg/min (lb/min)]
0 42
(0 92.6)
1.2 (2.65)
bar
2.5
3.0 (6.6)
2.0
0 200
0 500
(0 440.9) (0 1102.3)
Process temperature
-40 ... +125 C (-40 ... +257 F)
Ambient temperature
-40 ... +60 C (-40 ... +140 F)
Temperature error
Pressure [bar (psi)]
1.5
1.0
0.5 C (0.9 F)
350 (5076)
Enclosure grade
350 (5076)
0.5
214 (3104)
0
IP66/IP67 (EN 60529)
200
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 [kg/h]
400
600
800 1000 1200 1400 [kg/h]
Material
Measuring pipe
Hastelloy
C22/2.4602
Hastelloy
C22/2.4602
Splitter
Hastelloy
C22/2.4602
Stainless
Stainless
steel AISI
steel AISI
316L/1.4571 316L/1.4571
Enclosure and connection

(flanges)
Connection thread
Stainless
steel AISI
316L/1.4571
DN 15
bar
1.2
1.0
Stainless steel
0.8
" NPT
" NPT
" VCO
" NPT
" NPT
1" NPT
" VCO
1" NPT
1" NPT
1" VCO
0.6
0.4
Ex approval
0.2
ATEX
II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T5/T4 Ga/Gb
IECEx
Ex ia IIC T5/T4 Ga/Gb
FM
Class I, Div 1, Groups A, B, C and D
Weight approx.
2.8 kg
(6.2 lb)
6.0 kg
(13.2 lb)
11 kg
(24.2 lb)
Approvals Custody
transfer
DN 10/DN 15
PTB Germany approval nr: 5.4.11/11.22

OIML R 139 - Compressed gaseous fuel
measuring systems for vehicles
DN 25
bar
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0
0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000 [kg/h]
The pressure drop as a function of capacity for CNG with a pressure of 200 bar (2900 psi) and an ambient temperature of 20 C
(68 F).
3/204
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Operating instructions for SITRANS FCS200
Article No.

SITRANS F C Flow sensors
SITRANS FCS200 sensor, without heating
jacket
7 ME 4 5 0 0 7 77 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Sensor size and material
DN 10, Hastelloy C22/2.4602
DN 15, Hastelloy C22/2.4602
DN 25, Stainless steel AISI 316Ti/1.4571
2D
2E
1F
Pressure
PN 214 (DN 25)
PN 350 (DN 10 and DN 15)
Description
Article No.
English
A5E02508199
German
A5E03082574
Spanish
A5E03082587
French
A5E03082581
Italian
A5E03504933
Spare parts
K
N
Process connection/flange
/VCO
/VCO
1/VCO
71
72
73
/NPT pipe thread

/NPT pipe thread
81
82
/NPT pipe thread

1/NPT pipe thread
1/NPT pipe thread
83
84
85
Configuration
Standard
Description
Article No.
Multiple plug for cable mounting
FDK:083H5056
2 kB SENSORPROM unit
(Sensor Serial No. and Article No. must
be specified by ordering)
FDK:083H4410
Transmitter
None
Cable
No cable
Calibration
Order code
Pressure testing certificate PED: 97/23/EC
C11
C12
NDT-Penetrant inspection report ISO 3452
C13
Factory certificate according to EN 10204 2.2
C14
C15
Y17
Accessories
Article No.
Description
Cable with multiple plug
Standard blue cable between
SIFLOW FC070/MASS 6000 and
FCS200,
5 x 2 x 0.34 mm2 twisted and screened
in pairs.
Temperature range -20 C ... +110 C
(-4 F ... +230 F)
5 m (16.4 ft)
FDK:083H3015
10 m (32.8 ft) FDK:083H3016

25 m (82 ft)
FDK:083H3017
50 m (164 ft) FDK:083H3018

75 m (246 ft) FDK:083H3054
150 m (492 ft) FDK:083H3055
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/205
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
SITRANS FCS200, DN 10 ... DN 15
SITRANS FCS200, DN 10 ... DN 15, dimensions in mm (inch)
Position
DN 10 with NPT DN 10 with VCO DN 15

connectors
connectors
mm (inch)
mm (inch)
mm (inch)
(1)
350 (13.78)
330 (12.99)
450 (17.72)
(2)
72 (2.84)
72 (2.84)
72 (2.84)
(3)
100 (3.94)
100 (3.94)
148 (5.83)
(4)
204 (8.03)
204 (8.03)
253 (9.96)
(5)
40 (1.57)
40 (1.57)
48 (1.89)
3/206
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
SITRANS FCS200, DN 25
DN 25 - NPT

DN 25 - VCO

SITRANS FCS200, DN 25, dimensions in mm (inch)
Position
DN 25
DN 25
with NPT connection with VCO connection
mm (inch)
mm (inch)
(1)
520 (20.47)
550 (21.65)
(2)
72 (2.84)
72 (2.84)
(3)
200 (7.87)
200 (7.87)
(4)
357 (14.77)
357 (14.77)
(5)
74 (2.91)
74 (2.91)
(6)
80 (3.15)
80 (3.15)
(7)
125 (4.92)
125 (4.92)
(8)
32 (1.26)
32 (1.26)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/207
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Flow sensor MASS 2100 DI 1.5
Overview
Application
In many industries such as the food and beverage or pharamceutical industry, accurate recipe control means everything. The
MASS 2100 DI 1.5 has demonstrated superiour performance in
numerous applications and field trails relating to accuracy and
turn-down ratio. It is today the preferred meter for research and
development and mini-plant applications for liquid or gas measurement, where measuring small quantities is important.
The main applications for the MASS 2100 DI 1.5 sensor can be
found in:
MASS 2100 DI 1.5 is suitable for low flow measurement applications of a variety of liquids and gases.
The sensor offers superior performance in terms of flow accuracy, turn-down ratio and density accuracy. The ease of installation through a "plug & play" mechanical and electrical interface
ensures optimum performance and operation.
The sensor delivers true multi-parameter measurements i.e.:
Mass flow, volume flow, density, temperature and fraction.
Benefits
High accuracy better than 0.1 % of mass flow rate
Large dynamic turn-down ratio better than 500:1, from 30 kg/h
to a few g/h
Densitometer performance available through a density accuracy better than 0.001 g/cm3 with a repeatability better than
0.0002 g/cm3.
Single continuous tube design, with no internal welds, reductions or flow splitters offers optimal hygiene, safety and CIP
cleanability for food and beverage and pharmaceutical applications.
Markets biggest wall thickness, ensuring optimal life-time and
corrosion resistance and high-pressure durability
Balanced pipe design with little mechanical energy-loss, ensures optimal performance and stability under non-ideal and
unstable process conditions (pressure, temperature, densitychanges etc.).
Multi-plug electrical connector and SENSORPROM enables
true "plug & play". Installation and commissioning in less than
10 minutes
Intrinsically safe Ex ia design as standard
Sensor pipe available in high-quality stainless steel AISI 316L/
1.4435 or Hastelloy C22/2.4602 offering optimum corrosion resistance
Dual-drive pick-up and driver construction facilitate ultra lowweight pipe construction giving the markets smallest and
most stable zero point.
Rugged and space-saving sensor design in stainless steel
matching all environments
High-pressure program as standard
The sensor calibration factor is also valid for gas measurement.
3/208
Siemens FI 01 2015
Chemical industry
Liquid and gas measurement

within Miniplant and R & D, dosing
of additives and catalysts
Cosmetic industry
Dosing of essence and fragrances
High-speed dosing and coating of

pills, filling of ampuls/injectors
Dosing of flavourings, colours and

additives, density measurement,
inline measurement of liquid or
gaseous CO2
Automotive industry

consumption, paint robots, ABS
test-beds
Design
The MASS 2100 sensor consists of a single bent tube in a double
omega pipe configuration, welded directly to the process connectors at each end.
The sensor is available in 2 material configurations, AISI 316L/
1.4404 or Hastelloy C22/2.4602 with NPT or ISO process
connections.
The enclosure is made in stainless steel AISI 316L/1.4404 with
a grade of encapsulation of IP65/NEMA 4.
The sensor is available in either a standard version with a maximum liquid temperature of 125 C (257 F) or a high-temperature version, with raised electrical connector for 180 C (356 F).
The sensor can be installed in horizontal or vertical position. The
enclosed single quick release clamp fitting which, along with its
compact design and single multi-plug electrical connector, will
keep installation costs and time to a minimum as shown below.
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Function
The measuring principle is based on the Coriolis effect. See
System information SITRANS F C Coriolis mass flowmeters.
Integration
The sensor can be connected to all MASS 6000 transmitters for
remote installation only.
All sensors are delivered with a SENSORPROM containing all information about calibration data, identity and factory pre-programming of transmitter settings
Installation guidelines MASS 2100 DI 1.5 (1/16)
Installation of MASS 2100 sensor
The optimal installation is horizontal.
If vertical mounting is necessary, upward flow is recommended to facilitate the removal of air bubbles. To remove the
air from the sensor the flow speed in the sensor must be at
least 1 m/s.
If there are solid particles in the liquid, especially in connection with low flow, it is recommended that the sensor be
mounted horizontally with inlet flange uppermost so that particles are more easily flushed out. To ensure that the sensor
does not become partially empty, there must be sufficient
counter-pressure on the unit min. 0.2 bar (2.9 psi).
Mount the sensor on a vibration-free wall or steel frame.
Locate the sensor low in the system in order to avoid an underpressure in the sensor separating air/gas in the liquid.
Ensure that the sensor is not emptied of liquid (during normal
operation) otherwise incorrect measurement will occur.
Inside pipe diameter (sensor consists of one continuous pipe)
1.5 mm (0.06)
Pipe wall thickness
0.25 mm (0.010)
Mass flow measuring range
0 ... 30 kg/h (0 ... 66 lb/h)
Density
0 ... 2.9 g/cm3 (0 ... 0.10 lb/inch3)
Fraction e.g.
0 ... 100 Brix
Temperature
Standard
-50 ... +125 C (-58 ... +257 F)
High-temperature version
-50 ... +180 C (-58 ... +356 F)
Liquid pressure measuring pipe1)

Stainless steel
230 bar (3336 psi) at 20 C

(68 F)
365 bar (5294 psi) at 20 C

(68 F)
Materials
Measuring pipe and connection

IP65 and stainless steel
AISI316L/1.4404
Enclosure and enclosure

material2)
Connection thread
ISO 228/1
G male
ANSI/ASME B1.20.1
NPT male
Cable connection
Multiple plug connection to sensor 5 x 2 x 0.35 mm2 twisted and

screened in pairs, ext. 12 mm
Ex-version
II 1G Eex ia IIC T3-T6,

DEMKO 03
ATEX 135252X
c-UL-us
Ex ia IIC T3-T6
UL WYMG.E232147
Weight approx.
2.6 kg (5.73 lb)
Horizontal
1)
According to DIN 2413, DIN 17457
2)
Housing is not rated for pressure containment.
For accuracy specifications see System information

SITRANS F C.
Pressure drop
Viscosity [cSt]
Liquid and gas application
p [bar]
100
1000 500
Vertical
200
100
50
10
20
10
5
1
1.0
0.1
Liquid application (left), gas application (right)
0.01
0.1
10
70
Mass flow [kg/h]
MASS 2100 DI 1.5 (1/16), pressure drop for density = 1000 kg/m3
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/209
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
7 ME 4 1 0 0 -
MASS 2100 DI 1.5 (1/16) sensor
7 77 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

Order code
C11
Diameter
C12

DI 1.5, max. 125 C (257 F)
DI 1.5, max. 180 C (356 F)
Welding certificate NDT-Penetrant: ISO 3452
C13
C14
C15
Y17
Tag name plate, plastic
Y18
Customer-specific transmitter setup
Y20
Customer-specified, matched pair (5 x 2)
Y60
Customer-specified calibration (5 x 2)
Y61
Y62
Y63
Cleaned for oil and grease
Y80
Special version
Y99
DI 1.5, max. 125 C (257 F)
DI 1.5, max. 180 C (356 F)
1A
1B
2A
2B
Pressure
PN 100
PN 230 (AISI 316L/1.4404)
PN 365 (C22/2.4602)
D
L
P
Pipe thread
G male
NPT male
10
11
Operating instructions for SITRANS F C MASS 2100 DI 1.5
Configuration
Standard
Density
Brix/Plato
1
2
3
Fraction (specification required)
N0Y
Description
Article No.
English
A5E03089952

Transmitter compact mounted on sensor

No transmitter, sensor and adapter only
MASS 6000, Ex d, stainless steel enclosure,

1 current, 1 freq./pulse and 1 relay output,
24 V AC/DC with Ex de [ia/ib] T3 -T6 Exapproval.
Accessories
MASS 6000, IP67, Polyamide enclosure,

cable glands M20, 1 current, 1 freq./pulse
and 1 relay output, 24 V AC/DC.

and 1 relay output, 115/230 V AC 50/60 Hz

cable glands " NPT, 1 current, 1 freq./pulse
and 1 relay output, 24 V AC/DC
MASS 6000, IP67, Polyamide enclosure, cable

glands " NPT, 1 current, 1 freq./pulse and 1
relay output, 115/230 V AC 50/60 Hz, " NPT
Cable
No cable
5 m (16.4 ft) cable
10 m (32.8 ft) cable
25 m (82 ft) cable
50 m (164 ft) cable
75 m (246 ft) cable
150 m (492 ft) cable
Description
Article No.

MASS 6000 and MASS 2100,
range -20 C ... +110 C
(-4 F ... +230 F)
A
B
C
D
5 m (16.4 ft)
FDK:083H3015
10 m (32.8 ft)
FDK:083H3016
25 m (82 ft)
FDK:083H3017
50 m (164 ft)
FDK:083H3018
75 m (246 ft)
FDK:083H3054
150 m (492 ft)
FDK:083H3055
Spare parts
E
F
Description
Article No.
Multiple plug for cable

mounting
FDK:083H5056
FDK:083H4410
(Sensor Serial No. and Article No.
must be specified by ordering)
Calibration
Standard calibration 3 flow x 2 points
Standard calibration matched pair 3 flow x
2 points
Accredited calibration matched pair 5 flow x
2 points (DANAK)
1
2
Extended calibration customer-specified

select Y60, Y61, Y62 or Y63 (see additional
information)
3/210
Siemens FI 01 2015
Bracket
A5E02590427
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
MASS 2100 DI 1.5 (1/16)
57 (2.4)
15 (0.6)
12 (0.47)
64,5 (2.54)
NV21
G 1/4
18,8 (0.74)
24 (0.94)
1/4 NPT
18,8 (0.74)
24 (0.94)
1/4 NPT
ANSI/ASME
B1.20.1-1983
10 (0.39)
4 (0.16)
120 (4.72)
20 (0.79)
15 (0.6)
12 (0.47)
86 (3.39)
152 (5.98)
NV21
78 (3.07)
20 (0.79)
129 (5.08)
46 (1.81)
25 (0.98)
9 (0.35)
G 1/4
ISO 228/1
100 (3.94)
MASS 2100 DI 1.5 High-temperature version to 180 C (356 F)

57 (2.4)
192,6 (7.58)
1/4 NPT
18,8 (0.74)
24 (0.94)
1/4 NPT
ANSI/ASME
B1.20.1-1983
4 (0.16)
120 (4.72)
NV21
G 1/4
18,8 (0.74)
24 (0.94)
G 1/4
ISO 228/1
9 (0.35)
20 (0.79)
NV21
15 (0.6)
12 (0.47)
15 (0.6)
12 (0.47)
86 (3.39)
152 (5.98)
10 (0.39)
64,5 (2.54)
78 (3.07)
20 (0.79)
129 (5.08)
46 (1.81)
25 (0.98)
100 (3.94)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/211
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Flow sensor SITRANS FC300
The sensor calibration factor is also valid for gas measurement.
Overview
Application
The industry today has an increasing demand for mass flowmeters with a reduced physical size without loss of performance.
The meters must be suitable for installation in traditional process
industry environment as well as OEM equipment for instance
within automotive or appliance industry. Independent of industry
application the meter must deliver accurate and reliable measurements. The new and versatile design of the FC300 offers this
flexibility.
The main applications for the SITRANS FC300 DN 4 can be found in:
SITRANS FC300 is a compact Coriolis mass sensor suitable for

flow measurement of a variety of liquids and gases.
The sensor offers superior performance in terms of flow accuracy, turn-down ratio and density accuracy. The ease of installation through a plug & play interface ensures optimum performance and operation.
A new designed encapsulation in stainless steel with a surprisingly low weight of only 3.5 kg (7.7 lb), ensures a rigid and robust
sensor performance for a wide range of applications.
Benefits
Large dynamic turn-down ratio better than 500:1
Densitometer performance available through a density accuracy as follows:
- For 316L/1.4404 version better than 0.0015 g/cm3
(0.000036 lb/inch3) with repeatability better than
0.0002 g/cm3 (0.0000072 lb/inch3)
- For C22/2.4602 version better than 0.0025 g/cm3
(0.000090 lb/inch3) with repeatability better than
0.001 g/cm3 (0.000036 lb/inch3)
One tube without internal welds, reductions or flow splitters offers optimal hygiene, safety and CIP cleanability for
food and beverage and pharmaceutical applications
Larger wall thickness, ensures optimal life-time and corrosion
resistance and high-pressure durability
Balanced pipe design with little mechanical energy loss, ensures optimal performance and stability under non-ideal and
unstable process conditions (pressure, temperature, densitychanges etc.).
Multi-plug electrical connector and SENSORPROM enable
true plug & play. Installation and commissioning in less than
10 minutes.
Intrinsically safe Ex design ia IIC as standard
Sensor pipe available in high-quality stainless steel
AISI 316L/1.4435 or Hastelloy C22/2.4602 offering optimum
corrosion resistance.
matching all applications.
3/212
Siemens FI 01 2015
Chemical industry
Liquid and gas measurement in

normal as well as corrosive environments
Cosmetic industry
Dosing of essence and fragrances
High-speed dosing and coating

of pills, filling of ampuls/injectors
Filling, dosing of flavorings, colors

and additives, inline density measurement
Measurement and dosing of
liquid or gaseous CO2
Automotive industry

consumption, paint robots, ABS
test-beds
Design
The FC300 sensor consists of a single tube bent in double
omega pipe geometry, welded directly to the process connectors at each end. The sensor is available in 2 material configurations, AISI 316L/1.4404 or Hastelloy C22/2.4602 with -NPT or
G-ISO process connections.
The enclosure is made of stainless steel AISI 316L/1.4409 with a
grade of encapsulation of IP67/NEMA 4. The enclosure has a
very robust design and with an overall size of
130 x 200 x 60 mm (5.12 x 7.87 x 2.36) the sensor is very compact and requires only little installation space.
The sensor can be delivered in a standard version with a maximum liquid temperature of 115 C (239 F) or a high-temperature version, with raised electrical connector for 180 C (356 F).
The sensor can be installed in horizontal or vertical position. The
sensor can be mounted directly on any given plane surface or if
desired with the enclosed quick release clamp fitting which,
along with its compact design and multi-plug electrical connector, will keep installation costs and time to a minimum.
Function
Integration
The sensor can be connected to all MASS 6000 and
SIFLOW FC070 (standard and Ex types) transmitters for remote
installation only.
All sensors are delivered with a SENSORPROM containing all information about calibration data, identity and factory pre-programming of transmitter settings
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Installation guidelines for SITRANS FC300 sensor
Horizontal installation as shown in figure A is recommended with
gas or liquid applications.
This installation is also recommended when the flow velocity is
low (< 1 m/s) or the liquid contains solid particles or air bubbles.
Sensor size
DN 4 (1/6)
Mass flow
Measuring range
0 ... 350 kg/h (0 ... 772 lb/h)
Vertical installation as shown in figure B can be used for liquid or

gas applications.
Accuracy, mass flow
0.1 % of rate
Repeatability
0.05 % of rate
For liquid applications upwards flow is recommended to facilitate the removal of air bubbles and to avoid partly emptying of
the sensor.
For gas applications we recommend to place the flow inlet on the
sensor high and the outlet low to remove impurities and oil films.
To ensure that the sensor does not become partly empty, there
must be a sufficient counter-pressure on the unit min. 0.2 bar
(2.9 psi).
Mount the sensor on a vibration-free and plane wall or steel
frame.
Locate the sensor low in the system in order to avoid underpressure in the sensor separating air/gas in the liquid.
Ensure that the sensor is not emptied of liquid (during normal
operation) otherwise incorrect measurement will occur.
0.010 kg/h (0.022 lb/h)
Horizontal mounting (recommended) (fig. A)
Density
Density range
0 ... 2.9 g/cm3

(0 ... 0.105 lb/inch3)
Density error
Stainless steel
0.007 g/cm3
(0.00025 lb/inch3)
0.0025 g/cm3
(0.00009 lb/inch3)
Repeatability error
0.0002 g/cm3
(0.0000072 lb/inch3)
Temperature
Standard
-40 ... +115 C (-40 ... +239 F)
High-temperature version
-40 ... +180 C (-40 ... +356 F)
Temperature error
0.5 C (0.9 F)
Brix
Measuring range
0 ... 100 Brix
Brix error
0.3 Brix
Inside pipe diameter

3.5 mm (0.14)
Hastelloy version
3.0 mm (0.12)
Pipe wall thickness

0.25 mm (0.0098)
Liquid or gas (low to high flow)
Hastelloy version
0.5 mm (0.0196)
Vertical mounting (fig. B)

Stainless steel
130 bar (1885 psi) at 20 C

(68 F)
410 bar (5945 psi) at 20 C

(68 F)
Materials
Measuring pipe and connection
Enclosure2)
Material
Enclosure grade
IP67/NEMA4
Connection thread
ISO 228/1
G male
ANSI/ASME B1.20.1
NPT male
Ex approval
Ex ia IIC T3-T6
05ATEX138072X
c-UL-us Class 1 Div. 1,
Gr. A, B, C, D
Liquid or gas (medium to high flow)

Weight
3.5 kg (7.7 lb)
Dimensions
135 x 205 x 58 mm
(5.31 x 8.07 x 2.28)
1)
According to DIN 2413, DIN 17457
2)
Housing is not rated for pressure containment.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/213
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
7 ME 4 4 0 0 -
SITRANS FC300 DN 4 (1/6) sensor
7 77 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Please add -Z to Article No. and specify Order code(s)
and plain text.
Pipe material and temperature
115 C (239 F)
180 C (356 F)
115 C (239 F)
180 C (356 F)
Pressure
PN 100
PN 130 (316L/C22)
PN 410 (C22)
1G
1H
2G
2H
D
G
Q
Process connection
Pipe thread
G male
NPT male
10
11
Configuration
Standard
Density
Brix/Plato
Order code
C11
C12
Welding certificate NDT-Penetrant: ISO 3452
C13
C14
C15
Y17
Y18
Y20
Y60
Y61
Y62
Y63
Y80
Special version
Y99
Operating instructions for SITRANS F C FC300
1
2
3
9
N0Y
Description
Article No.
English
A5E00698213
German
A5E00728101
Spanish
A5E00746629
A5E00746625
French

24 V AC/DC with Ex de [ia/ib] T3 -T6 Exapproval

glands M20, 1 current, 1 freq./pulse and 1
relay output, 24 V AC/DC


glands M20, 1 current, 1 freq./pulse and 1
relay output, 115/230 V AC 50/60 Hz

relay output, 24 V AC/DC

relay output, 115/230 V AC 50/60 Hz, " NPT
Cable
No cable
5 m (16.4 ft) cable
25 m (82 ft) cable
50 m (164 ft) cable
75 m (246 ft) cable
Calibration
Standard calibration matched pair 3 flow x
2 points
Accredited calibration matched pair 5 flow x 2
points (DANAK)
information)
3/214
Siemens FI 01 2015
Accessories
Description
Article No.

range -20 C ... +110 C
(-4 F ... +230 F)
A
B
C
D
E
F
5 m (16.4 ft)
FDK:083H3015
10 m (32.8 ft)
FDK:083H3016
25 m (82 ft)
FDK:083H3017
50 m (164 ft)
FDK:083H3018
75 m (246 ft)
FDK:083H3054
150 m (492 ft)
FDK:083H3055
Spare parts
G
1
2
3
Description
Article No.
Multiple plug for cable

mounting
FDK:083H5056
FDK:083H4410
(Sensor Serial No. and Article No.
must be specified by ordering)
Mounting bracket in AISI 304
A5E02590439
Demo suitcase
including MASS 6000,
FC300 (DN 4),
and HART module
A5E00789737
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Pressure drop
Viscosity [cSt]
p [bar]
1000
10
500
200
100
50
20
10
5
2
1
1.0
0.1
10
100
500
Mass flow [kg/h]
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404
9LVFRVLW\>F6W@
P [bar]

10

1.0
0.1
3
10
100
300 [kg/h]
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/215
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
1/4-18 NPT
18,8 (0.74)
SITRANS FC300 DN 4
15 (0.59)
12 (0.47)
38 (1.50)
15 (0.59)
12 (0.47)
G 1/4
18,8 (0.740)
1/4-18 NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1)
G 1/4 (ISO 228/1 )
M8
NV 5 (0.20)
190 (3.54)
14 2 (0.55 0.08)
121 (4.76)
77 (3.03)
19 (0.75)
205 (8.07)
20 (1.33)
NV 24 (0.95)
M4
58 (2.28)
135 (5.31)
2 x M8
32 (1.26)
75 (2.95)
NV 6 (0.24)
SITRANS FC300, dimensions in mm (inch)
3/216
Siemens FI 01 2015
28,8 (1.134)
27 (1.06)
18,8 (0.74)
110 (4.33)
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Flow sensor MASS 2100 DI 3 to DI 40
Overview
Application
Coriolis mass flowmeters are suitable for measuring all liquids
and gases. The measurement is independent of changes in process conditions/parameters such as temperature, density, pressure, viscosity, conductivity and flow profile.
Due to this versatility the meter is easy to install and the Coriolis
flowmeter is recognized for its high accuracy in a wide turndown ratio which is a paramount in many applications.
MASS 2100 DI 3 to DI 40 is suitable for accurate mass flow

measurement of a variety of liquids and gases.
The sensor offers superior performance in terms of flow accuracy, turn-down ratio and density accuracy. The ease of installation through a "plug & play" mechanical and electrical interface
ensures optimum performance and operation.
The sensor delivers true multi-parameter measurements i.e.:
Mass flow, volume flow, density, temperature and fraction.
Chemical and pharma
Detergents, bulk chemicals,

pharmaceuticals, acids, alkalis
Food and beverage
Dairy products, beer, wine,

soft-drinks, Brix/Plato,
fruit juices and pulps, bottling,
CO2 dosing, CIP-liquids
Automotive

consumption, paint robots
Oil and gas
Filling of gas bottles, furnace control, test separators, LPG

treatment
Benefits
Large dynamic turn-down ratio better than 500:1
Densitometer performance available through density accuracy (depending upon sensor size) ranging from 0.0005 to
0.0015 g/cm3 with a typical repeatability better than
0.0001 to 0.0002 g/cm3
Single continuous tube design, with no internal welds, reductions or flow splitters offers optimal hygiene, safety and CIP
cleanability for food and beverage and pharmaceutical applications
Markets thickest sensor walls ensure optimal life-time and
corrosion resistance and high-pressure durability
Full bore design provides lower pressure loss due to same internal diameter throughout the entire sensor
Balanced pipe design with little mechanical energy loss, ensures optimal performance and stability under non-ideal and
unstable process conditions (pressure, temperature, density
changes etc.)
Multi-plug electrical connector and SENSORPROM enables
true "plug & play". Installation and commissioning in less than
10 minutes
Intrinsically safe Ex design ia IIC as standard, making service
in hazardous area possible without having to demount the
sensor if a compact Ex d transmitter needs service
AISI 316L/1.4435 or Hastelloy C22/2.4602 offering optimum
corrosion resistance
Centre-block design decouples process noise from the environment such as vibrations, pulsations, pressure shocks etc.
making installation flexible and versatile
matching all environments
The sensor calibration factor is also valid for gas measurement
Uniform sensor interface matching all transmitter versions at
the same time whether it is compact IP67/NEMA 6, compact
Ex d or remote installation, one sensor fits all
The wide varity of combinations and versions from the modular

system means that ideal adaptation is possible to each measuring task.
Design
The MASS 2100 sensor consists of a single bent tube in a double
bent pipe configuration, welded directly to the process connectors at each end.
The centre-block is brazed onto the sensor pipes from the outside acting as a mechanical low pass filter.
The sensor is available in 2 material configurations,
AISI 316L/1.4404 or Hastelloy C22/2.4602 with a wide variety of
process connections.
The enclosure is made in stainless steel AISI 316L/1.4404 with a
grade of encapsulation of IP67.
The sensor is as standard Ex ia approved, intrinsically safe.
The sensor can be installed in horizontal or vertical position. In
horizontal position the sensor is self draining.
Heating: All the sensors MASS 2100, DI 3 to DI 40, can optionally be equipped with a heating coil to avoid solidification of sensitive fluids during down-time or period between discontinuing
processes. This feature gives the user an alternative to the costly
electrical heating normally used, as it gives the freedom to
choose either hot water, superheated steam or hot oil, to maintain a constant temperature inside the sensor.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/217
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Function
Integration
The sensor can be connected to all MASS 6000 transmitters for
compact and remote installation as well as SIFLOW FC070 standard and Ex type transmitters.
All sensors are delivered with a SENSORPROM containing all information about calibration data, identity and factory pre-programming of transmitter settings.
Installation guidelines MASS 2100 DI 3 ... DI 40 (1/8" ... 1")
Installation of sensor
In order to perform according to given specifications for flow and
density accuracy, the sensor must be installed using rigid
mounting brackets as shown in the installation examples.
If the liquid is volatile or contains solid particles, vertical mounting is not recommended.
Liquid
Gas
Horizontal
Vibration
Always locate the flowmeter as far away as possible from components that generate mechanical vibration in the piping.
Vertical
Cross talk
Cross talk between sensors mounted close to each other may

disturb the measurement. To avoid cross talk never mount more
than one meter on each frame and mount flexible hose connections between the sensors as shown.
To facilitiate zero point adjustment a shut-off valve should always

be mounted in connection with the sensor as a proper zero point
setting is essential for a good accuarcy.
3/218
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Versions (mm (inch))
DI 3 (1/8)
DI 6 ()
DI 15 (5/8)
DI 25 (1)
DI 40 (1)
Inside pipe diameter (sen- mm (inch)

sor consists of one continuous pipe)
3.0 (0.12)
6.0 (0.24)
14.0 (0.55)
29.7 (1.17)
43.1 (1.70)
Pipe wall thickness
mm (inch)
0.5 (0.02)
1.0 (0.04)
1.0 (0.04)
2.0 (0.08)
2.6 (0.10)
Mass flow measuring

range
kg/h (lb/h)
0 ... 250 (0 ... 550)
0 ... 1000
(0 ... 2200)
0 ... 5600
(0 ... 12345)
0 ... 25000
(0 ... 55100)
0 ... 52000
(0 ... 114600)
Density
g/cm3
(lb/inch3)
Fraction e.g.
Brix
0 ... 2.9 (0 ... 0.10)
0 ... 70 (applicable temperature range: 10 ... 99 C (50 ... 210.2 F))
Temperature
Standard
C (F)
-50 ... +180 C (-58 ... +356 F)

Stainless steel
bar (psi)
230 (3336)
265 (3844)
130 (1885)
110 (1595)
105 (1523)
bar (psi)
350 (5076)
410 (5946)
200 (2900)
185 (2683)
not available
Materials
Measuring pipe, flange and
thread connection

not available
IP67 (NEMA 4) and stainless steel AISI 316L/1.4404,

The housing is not rated for pressure containment
Enclosure and enclosure

material
Process connections2)
Flange
EN 1092-1, PN 40
DN 10
DN 15
DN 25
DN 40
ANSI B16.5, Class 150
ANSI B16.5, Class 600

(Class 300)
DIN 11851
DN 10
DN 15
DN 32
DN 40
ISO 2853/BS 4825 part 4

(SS3351)
25 mm
25 mm
38 mm
51 mm
25 mm
25 mm
38 mm
51 mm
Dairy screwed connection (PN 16/25/40)3)
Dairy clamp connection

(PN 16)3)
ISO 2852/BS 4825 part 3
(SMS3016)
Thread
ISO 228/1, PN 100
G female
G male
G male
G1 male
G2 male
ANSI/ASME B1.20.1,
PN 100
NPT female
NPT male
NPT male
1 NPT male
2 NPT male
Multiple plug connection to sensor 5 x 2 x 0.35 mm2 twisted and screened in pairs, ext. 12 mm
Cable connection
Ex ia IIC T3-T6, DEMKO 03 ATEX 135252X
Ex-version
Weight approx.
kg (lb)
4 (8.8)
1)
Max. at 20 C (68 F), DIN 2413, DIN 17457
2)
Other connections to order, see Selection and Ordering data
3)
Material, AISI 316/1.4401 or corresponding
8 (17.6)
12 (26.5)
48 (105.8)
70 (154.5)
For accuracy specification see System information SITRANS F C.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/219
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Pressure drop
D p [ bar]
Viscosity [cSt]
p [bar]
1000
10
500
200
100
50
20
Viscosity [cSt]
10
10
00
0
50
0
20
10
0
10
20
50
1.0
1.0
0.1
10
100
300
Mass flow [kg/h]
MASS 2100 DI 3 (1/8), pressure drop for density = 1000 kg/m3
0.1
60
100
1000
MASS 2100 DI 15 (), pressure drop for density = 1000 kg/m3
Viscosity [cSt]
p [bar]
1000
10
500
6000
Mass flow [kg/h]
Viscosity [cSt]
200
100
p [bar]
1000
10
500
50
20
200
100
50
1.0
1.0
20
1
0.1
10
100
1000
Mass flow [kg/h]
MASS 2100 DI 6 (), pressure drop for density = 1000 kg/m3
3/220
Siemens FI 01 2015
0.1
300
1000
10000
30000
Mass flow [kg/h]
MASS 2100 DI 25 (1), pressure drop for density = 1000 kg/m3
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
ANSI Flange Ratings per ASME B16.5, Group Material 3.8
Viscosity [cSt]
p [bar]
1000
500
200
100
1.0
Process Pressure (bar)
110
10
CLASS600
100
98
90
80
70
60
50
20
CLASS300
50
49
1
40
30
20 CLASS150
0.1
500
1000
10000
50000
Mass flow [kg/h]
15
10
-20
30
80
MASS 2100 DI 40 (1), pressure drop for density = 1000 kg/m3
DIN 32676
ANSI Flange Ratings per ASME B16.5, Material Group 2.3

45
110
100
90
CLASS600
70
60
40
35
30
25 PN25
25
20
60
50
15 PN16
16
40 CLASS300
10 PN10
10
30
30
-20
20
20
40
60
80
100 120 140 160 180

10 CLASS150
-20
180
ASME flanges B16.5 Hastelloy C22/2.4602
80
130
30
80
130
12
180
DIN 32676 flanges stainless steel (PN 10 ... PN 25)

DIN 11851
45
ASME flanges B16.5 stainless steel
40 PN40 DN10 - DN40
40
35
30
25 PN25 DN50 - DN100
25
20
15 PN16 DN125 - DN150
16
10
5
-20
20
40
60
80
100 120 140 160 180

DIN 11581 flanges stainless steel (PN 25 ... PN 40)

Siemens FI 01 2015
3/221
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
ISO 228, Pipe thread
NPT - ANSI/ASME B1.20.1, Pipe thread
Metric flange ratings, EN 1092-1, Material group 13E0

360
100 PN100
90
80
82
70
60
PN63
110
310
260
PN265
PN230
50
52
210
40 PN40
188
33
30
160
164
20
PN130
10
-20
30
80
130
110
180
92
PN100
71
60
EN 1092 flanges stainless steel (PN 40 ... PN 100)

-20
30
80
Flange EN 1092-1, UNS NO6022

110
180
ISO 228 and NPT pipe thread stainless steel (PN 100 ... PN 265)
100 PN100
ISO 228, Pipe thread
NPT - ANSI/ASME B1.20.1, Pipe thread UNS NO6022
90
420
80
79
70
60
PN63
50
50
40 PN40
30
130
PN410
370 PN365
PN350
320
322
270
287
275
31
20
10
-20
30
80
130
180
220
EN 1092 flanges Hastelloy C22/2.4602 (PN 40 ... PN 100)
PN200
PN185
170
157
145
120
-20
30
80
130
180
ISO 218 and NPT pipe thread stainless steel (PN 185 ... PN 410)

see page 9/6.
3/222
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
SITRANS F C sensors

SITRANS F C sensors
MASS 2100 without heating jacket
7 ME 4 1 0 0 -
MASS 2100 without heating jacket
7 ME 4 1 0 0 -
MASS 2100 heated, DN 15 connection
7 ME 4 2 0 0 -
MASS 2100 heated, DN 15 connection
7 ME 4 2 0 0 -
MASS 2100 heated, inch, ANSI B16.5

connection
7 ME 4 2 1 0 -
MASS 2100 heated, inch, ANSI B16.5

connection
7 ME 4 2 1 0 -
7 77 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
7777 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Dairy screwed connection DIN 11851
Diameter
DI 3 (PN 100/PN 230)
1C
DI 6
DI 15
DI 25
DI 40
1D
1E
1F
1G
DI 3 (PN 100/PN 350)
DI 6
2C
2D
DN 10 (PN 40)
DN 15 (PN 40)
DN 25 (PN 40)
40
41
42
DN 32 (PN 40)
DN 40 (PN 25)
DN 50 (PN 25)
43
44
45
DN 65 (PN 25)
46
Dairy clamp connection ISO 2852 (DIN 32676)

Cone down the sensor in order to obtain selfdrainage with connectors ISO 2852
25 mm (PN 16)
38 mm (PN 16)
51 mm (PN 16)
Pressure
PN 16 (DI 6, DI 15, DI 25 and DI 40)
PN 25 (DI 6, DI 15, DI 25 and DI 40)
PN 40 (DI 6, DI 15, DI 25 and DI 40)
A
B
C
PN 100 (DI 3, DI 6, DI 15, DI 25 and DI 40)

PN 105 (DI 40, 2, AISI 316L/1.4404)
PN 110 (DI 25, 1, AISI 316L/1.4404)
D
E
F
PN 130 (DI 15, , AISI 316L/1.4404)

PN 185 (DI 25, 1, Hastelloy C22/2.4602)
G
J
PN 200 (DI 15, , Hastelloy C22/2.4602)

PN 230 (DI 3, , AISI 316L/1.4404)
PN 265 (DI 6, , AISI 316L/1.4404)
K
L
M
PN 350 (DI 3, , Hastelloy C22/2.4602)

PN 410 (DI 6, , Hastelloy C22/2.4602)
N
Q
Class 150 (DI 6, DI 15, DI 25 and DI 40)

Class 600 (DI 6, DI 15, DI 25 and DI 40)
R
S
50
51
52
Dairy screwed connection ISO 2853

25 mm (PN 16)
38 mm (PN 16)
51 mm (PN 16)
60
61
62
Configuration/calibration type
Standard
Density
Brix/Plato
1
2
3
N0Y
Pipe thread
G
NPT
G
10
11
12
NPT
G1
1 NPT
13
14
15
G 2
2 NPT
16
17
Flange EN1092-1 Form B

DN 10 (PN 40/PN 100)
DN 15 (PN 40/PN 100)
DN 25 (PN 40/PN 100)
20
21
22
DN 40 (PN 40/PN 100)

DN 50 (PN 40/PN 100)
23
24
Flange ASME/ANSI B 16.5

(class 150/class 600)
(class 150/class 600)
1 (class 150/class 600)
30
31
32

33
34

24 V AC/DC with Ex de [ia/ib] T3 -T6 Exapproval


and 1 relay output, 115/230 V AC 50/60 Hz

cable glands " NPT, 1 current, 1 freq./pulse

relay output, 115/230 V AC 50/60 Hz
Cable
No cable
5 m (16.4 ft) cable
A
B
C
25 m (82 ft) cable

50 m (164 ft) cable
75 m (246 ft) cable
D
E
F
Calibration/verification
Stand. calibration matched pair 3 flow x 2 points
Accredited calibration matched pair 5 flow x
2 points (DANAK to ISO 17025)
1
2
3

information)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/223
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Dairy MLFB example

7 ME 4 1 0 0 - 77777 7777
MASS 2100
Sensor size DI 15,
AISI 316L/1.4435
1E
Description
Dimension
Article No.
Mating parts for hygienic fittings

DIN 11851
Includes:
2 unions
2 mating parts (for welding in)
2 EPDM gaskets
DN 10
FDK:085U1016
DN 15
FDK:085U1017
DN 25
FDK:085U1019
DN 32
FDK:085U1020
DN 40
FDK:085U1021
DN 50
FDK:085U1022
DN 65
FDK:085U1023
Mating parts for hygienic clamp

ISO 2852
Includes:
2 clamps
2 mating parts
2 EPDM gaskets
25 mm
FDK:085U1029
40 mm
FDK:085U1031
50 mm
FDK:085U1032
2 EPDM gaskets with collar for

mounting set DIN 11851
DN 10
FDK:085U1006
DN 15
FDK:085U1007
DN 25
FDK:085U1009
DN 32
FDK:085U1010
Addtional information
DN 40
FDK:085U1011

DN 50
FDK:085U1012
DN 65
FDK:085U1013
PN 40
DN 15 connector
41
Standard configuration/calibration
MASS 6000 IP67 compact mounted
Accessories
No cable
Standard calibration, 3 flow x 2 points
Order code
C11
C12
NDT- X-ray inspection report: EN 1435

DI3 sensor only: NDT-Penetrant inspection report
ISO 3452.
C13
Description
C14
C15
Y17

screened in pairs. Temperature range
-20 C ... +110 C (-4 F ... +230 F)
Y18
Y20
Y60
Y61
Y62
Y63
Y80
Special version
Y99
Operating instructions for

SITRANS F C MASS 2100 DI 3 to DI 40
25 m (82 ft)
FDK:083H3017
50 m (164 ft)
FDK:083H3018
75 m (246 ft)
FDK:083H3054
Description
Article No.
Adapter for MASS 2100
FDK:083L8889
FDK:083H5056
English
A5E02896535
German
A5E03073519
Spanish
A5E03073549
2 kB SENSORPROM unit, including

programming
(Sensor Serial No. and Article No. must
be specified by ordering)
French
A5E03073539
Siemens FI 01 2015
FDK:083H3015
Spare parts
Multiple plug for cable mounting
3/224
5 m (16.4 ft)
150 m (492 ft) FDK:083H3055
Article No.

Article No.
10 m (32.8 ft) FDK:083H3016
Description

Length
FDK:083H4410
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
MASS 2100 sensor
155 (6.10)
130 (5.12)
L2
225 (8.86)
L2
88 (3.5)
D1
D4
H1
D2
77 (3.03)
B1
D3
284 (11.2)
L1
D5
L1
Flange EN 1092-1
ANSI B16.5
L1
Clamp
ISO 2852
L1
Dairy screwed connection DIN 11851
(Connection)
L1
Screwed connector for Di 3 ISO 228/1-G 1/4

and ANSI/ASME B1.20.1-1983 1/4 NPT
17.5 (0.69)
Dimension in mm (inch)
For not listed variants please contact product support

Sensor
size
Connections
DI (inch)
Type
Pressure rating Size
DI 3
(1/8)
Pipe thread ISO 228/1 - G

Pipe thread
ANSI/ASME B 1.20.1 - NPT
PN 100
PN 100
DI 6
()
Flange EN 1092-1
Flange EN 1092-1
Flange ANSI B16.5
Flange ANSI B16.5
Screwed connection DIN 11851
Clamp ISO 2852
Flange EN 1092-1
Flange EN 1092-1
Flange ANSI B16.5
Flange ANSI B16.5
Clamp ISO 2852
Flange EN 1092-1
Flange EN 1092-1
Flange ANSI B16.5
Flange ANSI B16.5
Clamp ISO 2852
Flange EN 1092-1
Flange EN 1092-1
Flange ANSI B16.5
Flange ANSI B16.5
Clamp ISO 2852
PN 100
PN 40
Class 150
Class 600
PN 40
PN 16
PN 100
PN 40
Class 150
Class 600
PN 40
PN 16
PN 100
PN 40
Class 150
Class 600
PN 40
PN 16
PN 100
PN 40
Class 150
Class 600
PN 25
PN 25
DI 15
()
DI 25
(1)
DI 40
(1)
L1
mm
L2
mm
L3
mm
H1
mm
B1
mm
D1
mm
D2
mm
D3
mm
D4
mm
D5
mm
400
400
280
280
75.5
75.5
60
60
0
0
21.3
21.3
104
104
DN 10
DN 10
DN 10
25 mm
DN 15
DN 15
DN 15
25 mm
DN 25
DN 25
1
1
DN 32
38 mm
DN 40
DN 40
1
1
DN 50
51 mm
580
560
624
608
532
570
634
620
639
660
586
624
970
934
967
992
922
940
1100
1063
1100
1128
1090
1062
390
390
390
390
390
390
444
444
444
444
444
444
700
700
700
700
700
700
850
850
850
850
850
850
62.0
62.0
62.0
62.0
62.0
62.0
75.5
75.5
75.5
75.5
75.5
75.5
75.5
75.5
75.5
75.5
75.5
75.5
75.5
75.5
75.5
75.5
75.5
75.5
40
40
40
40
40
40
44
44
44
44
44
44
126
126
126
126
126
126
180
180
180
180
180
180
12
12
12
12
12
12
20
20
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
25
25
0
0
0
0
0
0
17.0
17.0
17.0
17.0
17.0
17.0
21.3
21.3
21.3
21.3
21.3
21.3
33.7
33.7
33.7
33.7
33.7
33.7
48.3
48.3
48.3
48.3
48.3
48.3
104
104
104
104
104
104
129
129
129
129
129
129
219
219
219
219
219
219
273
273
273
273
273
273
100
90.0
88.9
95.3
105
95.0
88.9
95.3
140.0
115.0
108.0
124.0
170.0
150.0
127.0
155.4
-
70.0
60.0
60.5
66.5
75.0
65.0
60.5
66.5
100.0
85.0
79.2
88.9
125.0
110.0
98.6
114.3
-
14.0
14.0
15.7
15.7
14.0
14.0
15.7
15.7
18.0
14.0
15.7
19.1
22.0
18.0
15.7
22.4
-
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/225
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
For not listed variants please contact product support.
Sensor
size
Connections
DI (inch)
Type
DI 3
(1/8)
Pipe thread ISO 228/1 - G
PN 100
Pipe thread
ANSI/ASME B 1.20.1 - NPT
PN 100
DI 6
()
Flange EN 1092-1
Flange EN 1092-1
3
DI 15
()
DI 25
(1)
DI 40
(1)
3/226
L3
inch
H1
inch
B1
inch
D1
inch
D2
inch
D3
inch
D4
inch
D5
inch
15.75 11.02 2.97
2.36
0.84
4.09
15.75 11.02 2.97
2.36
0.84
4.09
PN 100
DN 10
22.83 15.35 2.44
1.57
0.47
0.67
4.09
3.94
2.76
0.55
PN 40
DN 10
22.05 15.35 2.44
1.57
0.47
0.67
4.09
3.54
2.36
0.55
Flange ANSI B16.5
Class 150
24.57 15.35 2.44
1.57
0.47
0.67
4.09
3.5
2.38
0.62
Flange ANSI B16.5
Class 600
23.94 15.35 2.44
1.57
0.47
0.67
4.09
3.75
2.62
0.62
Screwed connection DIN 11851 PN 40
DN 10
20.94 15.35 2.44
1.57
0.47
0.67
4.09
Clamp ISO 2852
PN 16
25 mm
22.44 15.35 2.44
1.57
0.47
0.67
4.09
Flange EN 1092-1
PN 100
DN 15
24.96 17.48 2.97
1.73
0.79
0.84
5.08
2.95
4.13
0.55
Flange EN 1092-1
PN 40
DN 15
24.41 17.48 2.97
1.73
0.79
0.84
5.08
3.74
2.56
0.55
Flange ANSI B16.5
Class 150
25.16 17.48 2.97
1.73
0.79
0.84
5.08
3.5
2.38
0.62
Flange ANSI B16.5
Class 600
25.98 17.48 2.97
1.73
0.79
0.84
5.08
3.75
2.62
0.62
DN 15
23.07 17.48 2.97
1.73
0.79
0.84
5.08
Clamp ISO 2852
PN 16
25 mm
24.57 17.48 2.97
1.73
0.79
0.84
5.08
Flange EN 1092-1
PN 100
DN 25
38.19 27.56 2.97
4.96
0.98
1.33
8.62
3.94
5.51
0.71
Flange EN 1092-1
PN 40
DN 25
36.77 27.56 2.97
4.96
0.98
1.33
8.62
4.53
3.35
0.55
Flange ANSI B16.5
Class 150
38.07 27.56 2.97
4.96
0.98
1.33
8.62
4.25
3.12
0.62
Flange ANSI B16.5
Class 600
39.06 27.56 2.97
4.96
0.98
1.33
8.62
4.88
3.50
0.75
DN 32
36.30 27.56 2.97
4.96
0.98
1.33
8.62
Clamp ISO 2852
PN 16
38 mm
37.01 27.56 2.97
4.96
0.98
1.33
8.62
Flange EN 1092-1
PN 100
DN 40
43.31 33.46 2.97
7.09
1.9
10.75 4.92
6.69
0.87
Flange EN 1092-1
PN 40
DN 40
41.85 33.46 2.97
7.09
1.9
10.75 5.91
4.33
0.71
Flange ANSI B16.5
Class 150
43.31 33.46 2.97
7.09
1.9
10.75 5
3.88
0.62
Flange ANSI B16.5
Class 600
44.41 33.46 2.97
7.09
1.9
10.75 6.12
4.50
0.88
DN 50
42.91 33.46 2.97
7.09
1.9
10.75 -
Clamp ISO 2852
51 mm
41.81 33.46 2.97
7.09
1.9
10.75 -
Siemens FI 01 2015
L1
inch
PN 25
L2
inch
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
MASS 2100 sensor with heating jacket
H3
L5
D6
D7
B2
H3
D8
Sensor size Connections heated
L5
H3
B2
D6
D7
D8
DI (inch)
Type
mm (inch)
mm (inch)
mm (inch)
mm (inch)
mm (inch)
mm (inch)
DI 3 (1/8)
EN 1092-1
PN 40
DN 15
234 (9.21)
122 (4.8)
22 (0.87)
95 (3.74)
65.0 (2.56)
14.0 (0.55)
ANSI B16.5
Class 150
"
234 (9.21)
131.6 (5.18)
22 (0.87)
88.9 (3.5)
60.5 (2.38)
15.7 (0.62)
EN 1092-1
PN 40
DN 15
234 (9.21)
112 (4.41)
22.7 (0.89)
95 (3.74)
65.0 (2.56)
14.0 (0.55)
ANSI B16.5
Class 150
"
234 (9.21)
121.6 (4.79)
22.7 (0.89)
88.9 (3.5)
60.5 (2.38)
15.7 (0.62)
EN 1092-1
PN 40
DN 15
234 (9.21)
126.5 (4.98)
31.5 (1.24)
95 (3.74)
65.0 (2.56)
14.0 (0.55)
ANSI B16.5
Class150
"
234 (9.21)
136.1 (5.36)
31.5 (1.24)
88.9 (3.5)
60.5 (2.38)
15.7 (0.62)
EN 1092-1
PN 40
DN 15
420 (16.54)
213.6 (8.41)
60 (2.36)
95 (3.74)
65.0 (2.56)
14.0 (0.55)
ANSI B16.5
Class 150
"
420 (16.54)
223.2 (8.79)
60 (2.36)
88.9 (3.5)
60.5 (2.38)
15.7 (0.62)
EN 1092-1
PN 40
DN 15
500 (19.68)
267.5 (10.53) 43 (1.69)
95 (3.74)
65.0 (2.56)
14.0 (0.55)
ANSI B16.5
Class 150
"
500 (19.68)
277.1 (10.91) 43 (1.69)
88.9 (3.5)
60.5 (2.38)
15.7 (0.62)
DI 6 ()
DI 15 ()
DI 25 (1)
DI 40 (1)
MASS 2100 and MASS 6000 Ex d compact version
MASS 2100 and MASS 6000 IP67 compact version

130 (5.12)

+
H5
H6
+
255.1 (10.04)
L3
/
Sensor size L3
[mm (inch)]
[DI (inch)]
H5
H6
H5 + H6
Sensor size L3
H5
H6
[DI (inch)]
H5 + H6
[mm (inch)]
3 (1/8)
75 (2.95)
82 (3.23)
247 (9.72)
329 (12.95)
3 (1/8)
75 (2.95)
82 (3.23)
306 (12.04)
388 (15.28)
6 ()
62 (2.44)
72 (2.83)
257 (10.12)
329 (12.95)
6 ()
62 (2.44)
72 (2.83)
316 (12.44)
388 (15.28)
15 ()
75 (2.95)
87 (3.43)
267 (10.51)
354 (13.94)
15 ()
75 (2.95)
87 (3.43)
326 (12.83)
413 (16.26)
25 (1)
75 (2.95)
173 (6.81)
271 (10.67)
444 (17.48)
25 (1)
75 (2.95)
173 (6.81)
330 (13.00)
503 (19.80)
40 (1)
75 (2.95)
227 (8.94)
271 (10.67)
498 (19.61)
40 (1)
75 (2.95)
227 (8.94)
330 (13.00)
557 (21.93)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/227
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Flow sensor MC2
Overview

3
SITRANS F C MC2 is available in sizes DN 100 and DN 150 (4"
and 6").
The MC2 sensor is suitable for accurate mass flow measurement
of a variety of liquids.
The sensor offers superior performance in terms of flow accuracy, turn-down ratio and density accuracy and delivers true
multi-parameter measurements i.e.: mass flow, volume flow,
density, temperature and fraction flow.
The very compact sensor construction makes installation and
commissioning of even the largest sizes very straight forward
and easy.
Benefits
Large dynamic turn-down ratio
Densitometer performance available through density accuracy better than 0.001 g/cm3
Space-saving split-flow sensor design facilitating low pressure loss
Parallel S-tube design and optimal oriented inductive sensors
enhances accuracy and turn-down ratio.
Self-draining in both horizontal and vertical position
Rigid enclosure design reduces the influence from pipeline vibration and thermal stress
4-wire Pt100 temperature measurement ensures optimum accuracy on mass flow, density and fraction flow
SENSORPROM enables true "plug & play" - installed and commissioned in less than 10 minutes.
Safe Ex design Ex em [ib] IIC
AISI 316Ti/1.4571 or Hastelloy C4/2.4610 offering optimum
CIP cleanability for food and beverage and pharmaceutical
applications
Chemical and pharma
Detergents, bulk chemicals, pharmaceuticals, acids, alkalis
Food and beverage
Dairy products, beer, wine, softdrinks, Plato/Brix, fruit juices and

pulps, bottling, CO2 dosing, CIPliquids
Oil and gas
Liquid measurement, furnace control, test separators, LPG, oil bunkering

treatment
The wide variety of combinations and versions from the modular

system means that ideal adaptation is possible to each measuring task. MC2 ist not recommended for gas applications.
Design
The MC2 sensor consists of 2 parallel measuring pipes, welded
directly onto a flow-splitter at each end to eliminate a direct coupling to the process connectors and significantly reduce effects
from external vibrations.
The flow-splitters are welded onto a rigid sensor housing which
acts as a mechanical low-pass filter.
The sensor is available in 2 material configurations, AISI 316L/
1.4436 or Hastelloy C4/2.4610 with a wide variety of process
connections.
The enclosure is made of stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301 with an
encapsulation grade of IP67/NEMA 4.
The sensor is Ex-approved Ex em [ib] IIC.
It can be installed in horizontal or vertical position, and is selfdraining in both positions.
The MC2 Ex version sensor is based on a different Ex concept

than MASS 6000. Therefore the MC2 Ex version sensor can only
be connected to MASS 6000 IP67, MASS 6000 19" or SIFLOW
FC070 standard versions, which have to be remote mounted in
the safe area. MASS 6000 Ex d, MASS 6000 19" Ex and SIFLOW
FC070 Ex can not be used with MC2 Ex sensors.
Application
Coriolis mass flowmeters are suitable for measuring all liquids.
The measurement is independent of changes in process conditions/parameters such as temperature, density, pressure, viscosity, conductivity, and flow profile.
Due to this versatility the meter is easy to install and the Coriolis
flowmeter is recognized for its high accuracy in a wide turndown
ratio which is paramount in many applications.
MC2 sensors are not designed or approved for flow measurement of gaseous process media.
The product is manufactured by ABB Automation Products
GmbH and distributed by Siemens.
3/228
Siemens FI 01 2015
Hazardous area
Zone 1 + 2
Safe area
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Flow sensor MC2
Avoid cross talk
Function
System information Coriolis mass flowmeters.
Integration
Installation guidelines MC2 DN 100 and DN 150
Installation of sensor
Rigid mounting brackets must be used when installing the sensor. The brackets must be installed as close to the sensor as
possible, attached to the piping outside the process connections.
The optimal installation orientation is a vertical installation with an
upward flow as shown in the following figure. This has the advantage that any solids contained in the fluid will settle downward
and gas bubbles will move upward out of the meter tube when
the flow rate is zero. Additionally, it is easy to drain the meter
tube. Deposits can thereby be avoided.
3
Installation in a drop line
Mount with reduction (A) or orifice (B) to prevent partially draining (min. back pressure: 0.2 bar).
Vertical orientation:
A
B
Vertical installation self-draining (upward flow)
Horizontal orientation, self-draining
Installation in a drop line
Avoid vibrations
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/229
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Flow sensor MC2
Inside pipe diameter
mm (inch) 43.1 (1.69)
76.1 (2.99)
Pipe wall thickness
mm (inch) 2.6 (0.10)
3.2 (0.13)
Fraction e.g. Brix
Brix
602 000
(1 327 181)
10 0
0.5 ... 3.5 (0.18 ... 0.126)
DN
g/cm3
(lb/inch3)
p [mbar]
1000
100
(6
)
Density
203 500
(448 640)
Pressure drop
0 ... 100
(on request)
Not possible
DN
Mass flow measurkg/h

ing range at pressure (lb/h)
drop of 2 bar (29 psi)
at 1 g/cm3
(0.036 lb/inch3)
150 (6)
(4 )
100 (4)
150
Versions (mm (inch))
Temperature
Standard-version
-50 ... +200 C (-58 ... +392 F)
Ex-version
-50 ... +200 C (-58 ... +392 F)
Liquid pressure
measuring pipe
Stainless steel
(DIN 2413, 20 C
(68 F))
bar (psi)
40 (580)
40 (580)
Materials
Measuring pipe

or Hastelloy C4/2.4610
IP67
Enclosure
Enclosure material/
connection box
AISI 304 (1.4301)/aluminum,

max. pressure 40 bar (580 psi)
Process connections
Screw terminals, M 20
screened in pairs, ext. 12 mm
Cable
10, 25, 75 or 150 m

(32.8, 82, 246 or 492 ft.)
Cable length
Ex-version
ATEX 1443X
II 2G Ex em [ib] IIC T2-T6
Weight approx.
kg (lb)
91 (201)
261 (573)
For accuracy specifications see System information Coriolis

mass flowmeters.
3/230
Siemens FI 01 2015
10
10
100
1000
10000
0DVVIORZ>NJPLQ@
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Flow sensor MC2
SITRANS F C flow sensors MC2
7 ME 4 3 0 0 7 77 7 7 - 777 7 77 7
Article No.
7 ME 4 3 0 0 - 77777 - 7777
Dairy MLFB example

MC2 sensor
Sensor size DN 100. AISI 316Ti/1.4571
Nominal pressure: Clamps
DIN 11851, DN 100, PN 25
1D
F
43
Nominal diameter
DN 100
DN 150
1D
1E
Configuration/calibration type: flow

and density (5 kg/m3 [0.31 lb/ft3])
Without Ex appproval
No cable
Hastelloy C4/2.4610
DN 100
DN 150
Nominal pressure
PN 40
Class 150
Class 300
Clamps/screwed-connections
2D
2E
A
C
D
F
A
A
1
Order code

Process connections
C11
Flange EN 1092-1
DN 80 (PN 40, PN 100)
DN 100 (PN 40)
DN 150 (PN 40)
C12
22
23
24
Material certificate according to NACE
C16
Y17
Flange ASME/ANSI B16.5

3 (class 150/300/600)
4 (class 150/300)
6 (class 150/300)
Tag name plate, plastic self-adhesive
Y18
32
33
34
On request
On request
On request
On request
Dairy screwed connection to DIN 11851

DN 80 (PN 25)
DN 100 (PN 25)
42
43
Operating instructions for SITRANS F C MC2
Dairy clamp connection DIN 32676

(ISO 2852) Tri-clamp
81 mm clamp (PN 10)
100 mm clamp (PN 10)
52
53
Aseptic nut flange DIN 11864-2 form A for

pipes dimensioned by DIN 11866
DN 80 (3)
DN 100 (4)
63
64
Configuration
Flow (0.15% of rate) and density
(5 kg/m3 [0.31 lb/ft3])
Flow (0.15% of rate) and density
(1 kg/m3 [0.06 lb/ft3])
Ex-approval and cable gland
Non-Ex, M20 x 1.5
ATEX, M20 x 1.5
Cable
No cable
Calibration
Standard
This device is shipped with ABB documentation and an installation/connection instruction in four languages (Article No. A5E34730442).
1
5
A
B
A
1
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/231
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Flow sensor MC2
Remote design, flanged construction, DIN EN/ANSI

)ODQJHV
(1
$16,%
,62
)
)ORZGLUHFWLRQ
Process L
connec- [mm (inch)]
tion size
inch DN inch DN DIN 11864-2
form A
4
100 3
80 1618 (63.70)
4
100 1463 (57.60)
6
150 N/A
6
150 6
150 N/A
G1)
F
B
A
Weight
[mm
[mm
[mm
[kg (lb)]
[mm
(inch)] (inch)] (inch)] (inch)]
Meter
size
1)
EN 1092-1
PN 40
1640 (64.57)
1480 (58.27)
1778 (69.92)
2040 (80.31)
EN 1092-1
PN 100
1680 (66.14)
1530 (60.24)
N/A
N/A
ANSI B16.5
CL 150
1660 (65.35)
1500 (59.06)
1806 (71.10)
2070 (81.50)
ANSI B16.5
CL 300
1680 (66.14)
1520 (59.84)
1826 (71.89)
2090 (82.28)
ANSI B16.5
CL 600
1702 (67.01) 500
1568 (61.73) (19.69)
N/A
N/A
613
(24.13)
215
(8.46)
131
(5.16)
170
(6.69)
285
190
(11.22) (7.84)
260
(9.84)
84 (185)
91 (201)
120 (265)
260 (573)
For Ex add 54 mm
Remote design, food industry fittings, DIN 11851

Food industry fittings DIN 11851
80
80
Threaded
stubs
Threaded stubs
Flow direction
L
Meter size
Process connection size
inch
4
inch
3
4
1)
DN
100
DN
80
100
For Ex add 54 mm
3/232
Siemens FI 01 2015
Rd 110 x 1/6
Rd 130 x
L [mm
(inch)]
g [mm
(inch)]
1618 (63.70) 8 (0.31)

1463 (57.60) 10 (0.39)
G1) [mm
(inch)]
F [mm
(inch)]
500 (19.69)
215 (8.46) 131 (5.16) 170 (6.69) 401 (15.79)

314 (12.36)
B [mm
(inch)]
A [mm
(inch)]
R [mm
(inch)]
Weight
[kg (lb)]
82 (180)
86 (190)
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Flow sensor MC2
Remote design, Tri-clamp DIN 32676 (ISO 2852)
80
80
3
Flow direction
L
G1)
F
B
A
R
[mm (inch)] 3 [mm (inch)] [mm (inch)] [mm (inch)] [mm (inch)] [mm (inch)]
Weight
[kg (lb)]
80
1598 (62.91)
440 (17.32)
71 (157)
100
1448 (57.01)
365 (14.37)
69 (152)
Meter size
Process connection
size
inch
DN
inch
DN
100
3
4
1)
500 (19.69) 215 (8.46)
131 (5.16)
170 (6.69)
For Ex add 54 mm
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/233
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F C
Flow sensor MC2
The max. allowable operating pressure is a function of the process connection type, the fluid temperature, the bolts and the
gaskets.
80
PN 40
20
PN 16
0
-50
Housing as secondary containment

Max. 40 bar
Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EG
Conformity evaluation category III, fluid group 1
Material strength for process connections

Size
PSmax.
at 20 C
(68 F)
TSmax.
50
100
150
7HPSHUDWXUH>r&@
DIN-Flanges stainless steel AISI 316Ti/1.4571 to DN 100 (4)
Corrosion resistance of measuring pipe material to measuring

medium has to be considered.
TSmin.
120
100
80
60
DN
inch
bar (psi g) C (F)
100
25 (363)
140 (284) -40 (-40)
Tri-Clamp acc. 100

DIN 32676
10 (145)
120 (248) -40 (-40)
Thread acc.
DIN 11851
100
40
Pressure Rating
PN 16, PN 40
Class 150, Class 300
Process
connection
120
60 PN 63
3UHVVXUH>EDU@
3UHVVXUH>EDU@
Process Connections
Flanges EN 1092-1/ANSI B16.5
Tri-Clamp DIN 32676 (ISO 2852)
- DN 100: Series 1
Food Industry fittings DIN 11851
C (F)
40
20
300 lb
150 lb
0
-50
50
100
150
7HPSHUDWXUH>r&@
ASME-Flanges stainless steel AISI 326Ti/1.4571 to DN 100 (4)

see page 9/6.
3/234
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Inline ultrasonic flowmeters
Overview
Siemens offers two types of ultrasonic flowmeters, inline flowmeters and clamp-on flowmeters. This offers the end user the maximum flexibility to choose the technology that best fits his needs.
This chapter shows the inline versions.
Application
Inline ultrasonic flowmeters are suitable for measuring the flow of
liquids with good acoustic permeability, independent of conductivity, viscosity, temperature, density and pressure.
max. 3 % solids
max. 3 % air and gas
max. 350 cSt
The main applications can be found in the following sectors:
Raw water intake for water treatment plants
Treated waste water
Oil and gas industry and petrochemical industry
Irrigation systems
Cooling water plants within the industry and in power stations
Plants transporting non-conductive liquids
HART/4 to 20 mA output
PROFIBUS PA
ATEX
SITRANS F US inline ultrasonic flowmeters measure flow of electrically conductive and non-conductive liquids.
Benefits
Greater flexibility:
- Sensor sizes from DN 50 to 1 200 mm (2" to 48")
- Inline retrofit as 1-path and 2-path up to DN 4 000 (160")
- Compact and remote transmitter installation
- HART and PROFIBUS PA communication
- Mains or battery powered solutions
- Dedicated transmitter portfolio for HVAC, power generation,
utility and general industry as well as more demanding applications
Easier service:
- Comprehensive self-diagnostic for error indication and logging
- Exchange of the transducers without interrupting operation
- Battery lifetime of up to 6 years
Approvals/certificates:
- Custody transfer approvals within district heating
- ATEX
- Standard with calibration certificate
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/235
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
System information SITRANS F US
Please see Product selector on the Internet, since some
constrains might be related to some of the features:
SONO 3300/
FUS060
SONO 3100/
FUS060
SONOKIT/
FUS060
FUS080
FUE380
FUS380
7ME3300...
7ME3100...
7ME3210.../
7ME3220...
7ME3410...
7ME3400...
Industry
Water, treated waste water
Irrigation
Utility, district heating water, cooling
Utillity, district heating, CT approvals required
Oil
Cryogenic fluids (only on request)
Onshore and Offshore applications
Chemical
Design
Transmitter compact mounted
Transmitter remote mounted
Transducers can be replaced under pressure
Retrofit on existing steel pipes/non-weldable
Polyamid, IP67
Die-cast aluminum (painted), IP65
XXX
XX
XXX
XX
XX
XX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XX
XX
XX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XX
X
2)
2)
2)
Communication
HART
PROFIBUS PA
Power supply
3.6 V Battery
115 230 V AC
115 230 V AC and 3.6 V battery backup
24 V AC/DC
Accuracy
0.25 % (with 4-path system on request)
0.50 %
Sensor design
1-path ultrasonic measurement (special request)
2-path ultrasonic measurement
4-path ultrasonic measurement (special request)
2)
Siemens FI 01 2015
1)
SONOKIT 1-path DN 100 to DN 2400 and 2-path DN 200 to DN 4000

Only available as PVR (product variation request - special request)
3/236
Dimension
DN 50
2"
DN 65
2"
DN 80
3"
DN 100
4"
DN 125
5"
DN 150
6"
DN 200
8"
DN 225
9"
DN 250
10"
DN 300
12"
DN 350
14"
DN 400
16"
DN 500
20"
DN 600
24"
DN 700
28"
X = can be used, XX = often used, XXX = most often used, = available
1)
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
1)
1)
1)
2)
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
SONO 3300/
FUS060
SONO 3100/
FUS060
SONOKIT/
FUS060
FUS080
FUE380
FUS380
7ME3300...
7ME3100...
7ME3210.../
7ME3220...
7ME3410...
7ME3400...
Dimension (continued)
DN 800
32"
DN 900
36"
DN 1000
40"
DN 1200
48"
DN 1400 ... 4000 54" ... 160"
Process connection
Flanges
2)
2)
2)
5)
2)
1) 5)
Flangeless (for weld-in)
Flanges Norm
EN 1092-1
EN 1759-1
ANSI B16.5
Pressure rating
PN 6
PN 10
PN 16
on request
PN 25
PN 40
Class 150
Class 300
Pipe, flange and transducer material

Carbon steel
Stainless steel
Die cast bronze
Other materials
on request
on request
Media temperature
C
-20
-4
-10
+14
+2
+35.6
6)
+60
+140
+120
+248
3)
3)
+150
+302
4)
4)
+160
+320
+190
+374
+200
+392
Measuring principle
Transit time principle
= available
1)
SONOKIT 1-path DN 100 to DN 2400 and 2-path DN 200 to DN 4000

Only available as PVR (product variation request - special request).
Compact
4) Pipe material bronze brass
5)
SONOKIT with FUS080 up to DN 1200
6)
Min. 5 C (41 F)
2)
3)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/237
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
SONO 3300/
FUS060
SONO 3100/
FUS060
SONOKIT/
FUS060
FUS080
FUE380
FUS380
7ME3300...
7ME3100...
7ME3210.../
7ME3220...
7ME3410...
7ME3400...
Approvals
MID, MI-004, EN 1434
(European energy meter standard)
Other country-specific type approval available for:

- Russia
- China
Ex approval
Ex d ATEX
Ex i ATEX
= available
3/238
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Function
Physical principle
2-path solution
B
1A
1B
3
2A
2B
Ultrasonic 2-path flowmeter with 4 transducers. In the upper path transducers 1A / 1B and in the lower path 2A / 2B are displayed.
The accuracy of ultrasonic flowmeters depends on the pipe geometry before and after the flowmeter and the number of ultrasonic measuring paths.
When water flows through a pipe, it has a tendency to swirl
and/or flow with different velocities inside the pipe, depending
on the pipe design.
Velocity distribution along sound path
A sound wave traveling in the same direction as the liquid flow

arrives at point B from point A in a shorter time than the sound
wave traveling against the direction of flow (from point B to A).
The difference in sound transit time indicates the flow velocity in
the pipe.
Since delay time is measured at short intervals both in and
against flow direction, viscosity and temperature have no influence on measurement accuracy.
Measuring principle
In SITRANS F US flowmeters the two ultrasonic transducers are
placed at an angle in relation to the pipe axis. The transducers
function as transmitters and receivers of the ultrasonic signals.
Measurement is performed by determining the time the ultrasonic signal takes to travel with and against the flow. The principle can be expressed as follows:
A 2-path ultrasonic flowmeter offers:

less sensitivity to upstream obstruction like bends, pumps or
valves.
high security in the measurements as the meter continues to
measure even if, for some reason, one path stops working.
Typical straight inlet requirements are upstream 10 x Di
(Di = diameter of the flowmeter) and downstream 3 x Di.
Typical accuracy that can be reached with 2-path ultrasonic
flowmetering is 0.5 % with installations according to above demands.
4-path ultrasonic flowmeters
Some applications require accuracy under extreme short inlet
conditions and swirl that cannot be obtained with 2-path solutions.
For these applications we can offer a 4-path solution
customer-specified according to actual inlet conditions.
Please contact Siemens Flow Instruments for specific applications.
v = K (tB,A tA,B) / (tA,B tB,A) = K t/t

v = Average flow velocity
t = Transit time
K = Proportional pipe geometry factor
This measuring principle offers the advantage that it is independent of variations in the actual sound velocity of the liquid, i.e. independent of the temperature.
Proportional factor K is determined by wet calibration.
Direct signal processing
The ultrasonic signal is sent directly between the transducers.
The advantage gained sending signals from point to point is an
extremely good signal strength.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/239
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
MGD
(US)
500
m 3/h
l/min.
105
DN
50
(16
0")
12
0(
0
)
0
3
04"
DN 00 (1
6
)
"
2
88
DN
0 (
220
N
D
")
(72
800
1
")
DN
(60
500 8")
1
DN 00 (4
12
)
DN
40"
0(
0
0
1
DN
")
(32
00
8
DN
")
(24
00
6
DN
")
(18
50
4
DN
")
(14
350
N
D
")
(10
250
N
D
0")
2")
(11
8 0 0 4")
2
D N 00 (9
24
")
DN
(80
000
2
DN
")
(64
600 6")
1
DN 00 (5
14
")
DN
(44
100
1
DN
")
(36
900
N
D
")
(28
700
N
D
200
0
400
20
100
104
50
50
20
20
10
103
00
N5
DN
500
2
200
00
2
DN
(1
400
3
DN
(20
")
6")
(12
")
DN
50
GPM
(US)
20
106
20
50
104
105
50
20
105
50
20
20
50
103
104
500
20
50
200
104
20
100
50
(8"
00
)
1
DN
100
0.5
l/s
125
)
(5"
50
00
N1
(6"
(4"
103
50
20
500
20
103
200
0.2
DN
20
0.1
DN
10
DN
0.05
80
6
3")
2.
5(
50
500
100
5")
(2"
10
200
50
2
100
5
20
1
0.02
50
10
0.5
0.01
20
1
0.005
10
0.5
0.25 0.3
1 ft/s
Nominal size and flow
3/240
Siemens FI 01 2015
1 m/s
0.5
1.5
1.5
5
10 m/s
5
10 ft/s
15
20
33 ft/s
0.2
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Min. measuring range: 0 1 m/s
Max. measuring range: 0 10 m/s
Nominal flow velocity:
Normal: 1 3 m/s
Minimum: not permanently below 0.5 m/s
Maximum: up to 8 m/s
Flow velocity calculation formula:
v = (4 x Qmax ) / ( x Di2 x 3600)
v in m/s, Qmax in m/h, Di in m
Reductions
The flowmeter can be installed between two reducers (e.g.
DIN 28545). At 8 the pressure drop curve below applies.
Example:
A flow velocity of 3 m/s (V) in a sensor with a diameter reduction
from DN 250 to DN 200 (d1/d2 = 0.8) gives a pressure drop of
3 mbar.
Additional to the flow velocity check it is recommended to observe the Reynolds number (Re):
The optimal performance of the flowmeter is with a Re above
10 000, which is typical for flow velocities (water) above 0.5 m/s.
Avoid an Re value between 2000 and 5000. In order to observe
this and to be above the recommended 0.5 m/s flow velocity limit
the sensor size must be reduced.
Re formula:
Re = V x Di / Viscosity
2
V in m/s, Di in m, Viscosity in cSt (x x E-6 m /s)

Example: Viscosity for water at 20 C = 1 x E-6
m2/s
Inlet and outlet conditions
min. 10 x Di
min. 3 x Di
min. 10 x Di
p [psi] p [mbar]
0.5
100
1.50
0.75
0.60
50
40
0.45
30
0.30
20
0.15
10
0.075
0.060
5
4
0.045
0.030
0.015
To maximize performance inlet and outlet must be straight. There

must be a certain distance between flowmeter and bends,
pumps and valves. It is also important to centre the flowmeter in
relation to pipe flanges and gaskets.
0.0075
0.0060
0.5
0.4
0.0045
0.3
Valves must always be installed after the flowmeter. The only exception is installation of the sensor in a vertical pipe. In this case
a valve below the sensor is necessary to allow zero point adjustment. It is important to select a valve which does not alter the
flow when fully open.
0.0030
0.2
0.0015
0.1
min. 20 x Di
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
V=6 m/s
[20 ft/sec.]
V=5 m/s
[16 ft/sec.]
V=4 m/s
[13 ft/sec.]
V=3 m/s
[10 ft/sec.]
Recommended inlets and outlets
90 bend
Fully opened
valve
Partially
opened valve
2 x 90 bends
in same plane
2 x 90 bends
in two planes
Reductions
(Outlet 0 x Di)
Pumps
Outlet
1)
10 x Di
10 x Di
10 x Di
10 x Di
20 x Di
20 x Di
40 x Di
40 x Di
40 x Di
15 x Di
15 x Di
25 x Di
20 x Di
20 x Di
40 x Di
10 x Di
10 x Di
20 x Di
20 x Di
3 x Di
20 x Di
3 x Di
40 x Di
3 x Di
Inlet for FUE380 with MID approval should be for sizes DN 80: 1.5 m
V=8 m/s
[25 ft/sec.]
V=7 m/s
[23 ft/sec.]
min. 40 x Di
Recommended inlet/outlet
SONO 3300,
FUS380/FUE3801) SONOKIT
SONO 3100,
1-path
SONOKIT 2-path
GG_
V=2 m/s
[6 ft/sec.]
V=1.5 m/s
[5 ft/sec.]
V=1 m/s
[3 ft/sec.]
0.5
0.6
0.8
0.7
0.9
d1 /d2
The sensor must always be completely filled with liquid:
The following installations must be avoided:

Installation at the highest point of the pipe system
Installation in vertical pipes with free outlet
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/241
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Pressure/temperature curve to EN (DIN) flanges
(Material: Carbon steel, P250 GH, material group 3E0)
180
150
120
90
60
30
0
400
300
250
350
200
150
100
wGGOP
(Material: bronze)
60
50
40
30
20
PN 40
PN 25
PN 16
10 PN 10
With partially full pipes or pipes with free outlet the flowmeter
should be located in a U-shaped tube:
0
0
40
80
120
160
200
240
Installing the transducers in horizontal position is recommended:
3URFHVVSUHVVXUHEDU
(Material: Carbon steel, A-105)

60
Class 300
50
40
30
20
Class 150
10
0
-100
100
200
300
400
500
600
Note: The pressure/temperature curves only assist in the selection of a system. No responsibility is taken for the correctness of
3/242
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Units (SI).
Therefore the calibration certificate ensures recognition of the
Siemens offer accredited calibrations assured to ISO 17025.
Flowmeter calibration data are stored in the internal EEPROM of

the transmitters FUS060 or FUS080.
The system accuracy refers to the following systems:
SONO 3300/FUS060, SONO 3100/FUS0601) which are typically
calibrated on the frequency output.
2.5
Standard calibration better than:

v 0.5 m/s (1.6 ft/s) --> E: 0.5 % of measured value
v: Flow velocity
E: Meter uncertainty as a percentage of measured value
Error [%]
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
-0.5
-1.0
-1.5
-2.0
-2.5
7
8
9
Velocity [m/s]
10
Typical calibration reference

conditions:
Fluid
Water
Fluid temperature
22 5 C
Ambient temperature
22 5 C
Supply voltage
115/230 V AC +10 -15 %

24 V DC +25 -15 %,
24 V AC 15 %
Straight inlet length
20 x Di
Outlet
3 x Di
Rangeability
0 1 m/s to 0 10 m/s
Repeatabilty
Better than 0.25 % in the range

0.5 10 m/s
Linearity (for water)

Reynolds number
1000 < Re < 5000
Better than 1 %
Reynolds number > 5000
Better than 0.5 %
1)
Only systems with transmitter FUS060. For systems with transmitter

FUS080 see chapter on FUS380 and FUE380.
Additional effects of deviations from reference conditions

Current output: As frequency output ( 0.1 % of actual flow
+0.05 % FSO)
Effect of ambient temperature: Frequency/pulse output:
< 0.005 % SPAN/K; Current output: < 0.0075 % SPAN/K
Effect of supply voltage: 0.005 % of measuring value at 1 %
change
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/243
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Transmitter SITRANS FUS060
Overview
Function
Displays and keypad
Operation of the SITRANS FUS060 transmitter can be carried out
using:
HART communicator
PC/laptop and SIMATIC PDM software using PROFIBUS PA
communication
min. 230
SITRANS FUS060 is a transit time based transmitter designed

for ultrasonic flowmetering with dedicated sensors in the FUS inline series up to DN 4000. SITRANS FUS060 is engineered for
high performance and is suitable for 1-path, 2-path and 4-path
flowmeters.
Operating and
display panel
PC/
laptop
HART
communicator
Benefits
Simple menu-based local operation with two-line display and
four optical input elements, for unlimited use in potentially explosive atmospheres
Self-monitoring and diagnostic
Operate up to 4 paths
ATEX II 2G Ex dem [ia/ib] IIC T6/T4/T3
Remote installation up to 120 m from sensor
1 analog output (4 to 20 mA) standard with HART-protocol,
1 digital frequency or pulse output, 1 relay output for limit,
alarms, flow direction
PROFIBUS PA Profile 2, 1 digital frequency or pulse output
RS 232
HART communication
PROFIBUS DP
Master
PROFIBUS PA
+
Coupler with
power supply
T
Bus
term.
.......
Transmitter with
Design
The transmitter type FUS060 is designed for remote installation
in non-hazardous or hazardous areas.
The transmitter is designed for use in a flowmeter system
together with sensors type SONOKIT, SONO 3300 and
SONO 3100.
The operating and display panel permits simple operation without supplementary equipment. It is not necessary to open the
housing. All changes to a setting can therefore also be carried
out in the potentially explosive atmosphere.
The FUS060 is ordered as part of a complete flowmeter system.

It can be ordered separately as spare part and manually programmed with the sensor data.
LCD-Display (2 lines
16 characters with
backlight)
Application
Optical keypad
The main application for flowmeters with the transmitter

SITRANS FUS060 is measurement volume of flow within the general, petrochemical and chemical industries, power engineering
and water and waste water, as well as various types of oils and
liquid gases.
Infrared key
Integration
The transmitter output is often used as input for an automation
system or as input for systems of remote reading.
The SITRANS FUS060 transmitter offers current, pulse and relay
outputs as standard output functions and supports HART or
Profibus PA communication.
The settings of the transmitter output functions are individually
programmed via keypad and display menu.
3/244
Coupling
module
Siemens FI 01 2015
Operating and display panel
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
The individual functions and parameters are selected using a
hierarchical, multi-language input menu and four infrared keys.
The parameters can be specifically selected and modified using
codes, e.g.:
Operating parameters such as measuring range, physical dimensions, device information
Limits for flow, totalizer, ultrasonic velocity or ultrasonic amplitude
Noise suppression using damping, error stages and hysteresis
Display parameters (freely-configurable display)
Display in volume or mass dimensions
Density as constant input value for conversion of volume into
mass dimensions
Forward/backward measurement
Flow direction
Diagnostics functions and control values
Functions of the PROFIBUS PA output:
flow, net quantity (volume or mass), ultrasonic velocity, ultrasonic amplitude, forward quantity (volume or mass), backward quantity (volume or mass)
Functions of the analog output:
flow, ultrasonic velocity or ultrasonic amplitude
Functions of digital output 1:
pulse output, frequency output, limit, flow direction or device
status
Functions of digital output 2:
limit, flow direction or device status
Simulation of output signal via analog output, digital output 1
and digital output 2
The HART protocol is implemented via the analog output (current output). Using this communication facility, the device can be
parameterized with a PC/laptop and SIMATIC PDM software in
addition to local operation.
In the version with PROFIBUS PA, the analog output is replaced
by the digital PROFIBUS PA output. The device can then be parameterized via PROFIBUS communication and with
SIMATIC PDM in addition to local operation.
Input
Measurement
Flow by measuring the transit

time difference of ultrasonic signals through ultrasonic transducers in DN 100 ... 4000 2-path
sensor pipes (optional, depending on selected size, 1-path or
4-path special solutions are possible).
Nominal diameters and number of

paths
2-path DN 100 ... DN 4000

(optionally also 1-path and
4-path, depending on size
(DN 25 ... DN 4000))
Max. cable length
120 m (395 ft) (shielded coaxial

cable). For Ex version the transducer cable length is restricted to
3 m (9.84 ft) in order to meet
requirements for electrical immunity. For 2-path and 4-path systems
with sizes DN 3000 cable length
is restricted to 30 m (98.4 ft).
Output
Function
Current output programmable for

flow, sound velocity or amplitude
level.
Analog output
Signal range
Active current output (13.2 V <

open loop voltage < 15.8 V)
4 ... 20 mA
Upper limit
20 ... 22.5 mA, adjustable
Signal on alarm
3.6 mA, 22 mA, or 24 mA
Load
Max. 600 for non Ex version

230 for HART communication
330 for Ex-version
Only PROFIBUS PA version:
Analog output omitted, is

replaced by digital PROFIBUS PA
interface
Digital output 1
Function
Pulse, frequency or status

output - programmable for
pulses, frequency, alarm,
limit or status.
Active or passive signal,

can be configured with positive
or negative logic
Active: 24 V DC, 24 mA,

Ri = 300
Passive: open collector,
30 V DC, 200 mA
For explosion protection

(ATEX version) and PROFIBUS PA
version
Only passive: open collector

30 V DC, 100 mA
Output function, configurable
Pulse output
Adjustable pulse significance
5000 pulses/s
Adjustable pulse width
0.1 ms
Frequency response
fEND selectable up to 10 kHz
Limit for flow, totaliziers,ultrasonic
velocity or ultrasonic amplitude
device status, flow direction
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/245
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Digital output 2
Function
Relay, NC or NO contact
For explosion protection

(ATEX version)
Output function, configurable
Only PROFIBUS PA version:

Relay output - programmable for
alarm, limit or status indication.
Switching capacity max. 5 W
Max. 50 V DC, max. 200 mA DC
Self-resetting fuse,
Ri = 9
Max. 30 V DC, max. 100 mA DC,
50 mA AC (cf. EC-Type Examination certificate)
Limit for
flow, ultrasonic velocity or ultrasonic amplitude
flow direction
device status
Digital output 2 omitted
Communication via
analog output 4 ... 20 mA
PC/laptop or HART communicator
with SITRANS F flowmeter
- Load with connection of
coupling module
min. 230
(max. 330 for Ex-version)
- Load with connection of

HART communicator
min. 230
- Cable
2-wire shielded
3 km ( 1.86 miles)
Multi-core shielded
1.5 km ( 0.93 miles)
- Protocol
HART, version 5.1
Communication via
Power supply
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
Operation
-20 ... +50 C (-4 ... +122 F)
In potentially explosive
atmospheres
Storage
Observe temperature classes
Enclosure rating
IP65 (NEMA 4)
For use in industrial environments
To EN 55011/CISPR-11
Noise immunity
To EN/IEC 61326-1 (Industry)
Medium conditions
The measuring media must be

ultrasonic signal compatible. It
must be homogeneous and not
two-phased to transfer the acoustic ultrasonic signals.
Process temperature
-200 ... +250 C (-328 ... +482 F)

(not directly influenced by
medium temperature)
Gases/solids
Influence accuracy of measurement (approx. max. 3 % gases or

solids)
-25 ... +80 C (-13 ... +176 F)
Design
Separate version
Layers 1 + 2 according to
PROFIBUS PA
Communication system according to IEC 61158/EN 50170
Transmitter is connected to the

transducers via 3 ... 120 m
(9.8 ... 395 ft) long specially
shielded cables (coaxial cable)
For ATEX versions mounted in the
Ex area only with 3 m (9.8 ft) long
cables.
Enclosure material
Separate supply, four-wire device

Permissible bus voltage 9 ... 32 V
See certificates and approvals
Wall mounting bracket

(standard and special)
Stainless steel
(standard: always incl.)
4.4 kg (9.7 lb)
Cable glands (always incl.)

Power supply and outputs
- 2 x M20 (HART)/
M25 (PROFIBUS) or
- 2 x "-NPT (HART)
Transducers/sensor
- 2/4 x M16 or
- 2/4 x " NPT
Current consumption from bus
10 mA; 15 mA in event of error

with electronic current limiting
Outputs electrically isolated from

power supply and from one
another
Accuracy
Error in measurement
(at reference conditions)
Pulse output
Display
0.5 % of measured value at

0.5 ... 10 m/s or
0.25/V[m/s] % of measured
value at flow < 0.5 m/s
Analog output
As pulse output plus 0.1 % of

measured value, 20 A
Repeatability
0.25 % of measured value at

0.5 ... 10 m/s
Reference conditions (water)
Multi-display:
2 freely-selectable values are displayed simultaneously in two lines
Operation
LCD, two lines with 16 characters

each
Flow, volume, mass flow, mass,
flow velocity, speed of sound,
ultrasonic signal information, current, frequency, alarm information
4 infrared keys,
hierarchical menu shown with
codes
Power supply
Process temperature in the

connected sensor
25 C 5 C (77 F 9 F)
Ambient temperature at the

transmitter
25 C 5 C (77 F 9 F)
Transmitter warming-up time

Installation conditions of connected
sensor
Supply voltage
Standard version
120 ... 230 V AC 15 %

(50/60 Hz) or 19 ... 30 V DC/
21 ... 26 V AC
30 min.
Ex version
19 ... 30 V DC/21 ... 26 V AC
Upstream section > 10 x DN and

downstream section > 5 x DN
Power failure
No effect for at least 1 period

(20 ms)
Power consumption
Approx. 10 VA/10 W

3/246
Siemens FI 01 2015
ATEX ll 2G Ex dem [ia/ib] llC

T6/T4/T3
T6 for media < 85 C (185 F)
T5 for media < 100 C (212 F)
T4 for media < 135 C (275 F)
T3 for media < 200 C (392 F)
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Material (outside
jacket)
black PE
Ambient temperature
-10 ... +70 C

(14 ... 158 F)
High temperature
Coaxial cable (75 )
Coaxial cable with SMB

straight plug on one
end for the connection
to FUS060
Outside diameter
5.13 mm (first 0.3 m

(0.98 ft) part to the
transducer), 5.8 mm
(for remaining cable to
the transmitter - with
SMB plug at the end)
and between these is a
black hot melt junction
16 mm (length
70 mm)
Length
3, 15, 30, 60, 90, 120 m

(9.84, 49.21, 98.43,
196.85, 295.28,
393.70 ft) between sensor and transmitter
(max 3 m 9.84 ft) transducer cable length for
Ex area mounted transmitters)
Material (outside
jacket)
Brown PTFE (0.3 m

(0.98 ft) part) and
black PE (for remaining cable)
Ambient temperature
-200 ... +200 C

(-328 ... +392 F)
(brown PTFE transducer part) and
-10 ... +70 C
(14 ... 158 F) (black PE
for remaining transmitter cable part)
80 (3.15)
SITRANS FUS060 with standard mounting bracket,

92 (3.62)
205 (8.07)
153 (6.02)
150 (5.91)
3, 15, 30, 60, 90, 120 m

(9.84, 49.21, 98.43,
196.85, 295.28,
220 (8.66)
250 (9.84)
Length
153 (6.02)
33.5 (1.32)
98.5 (3.88)
89 (3.50) 105 (4.13)
5.8 mm
248 (9.76)
Outside diameter
205 (8.07)
100 (3.94)
150 (5.91)

end for connection to
the FUS060
248 (9.76)
Standard Coaxial
cable (75 )
248 (9.76)
Coaxial cable
154 (6.06)
80 (3.15)
SITRANS FUS060 with optional special mounting bracket,

Schematics
Earth connection for signal cable screen
Digital output 2 (relays)
(only for HART)
Digital output 1 (active/passive)

Analog output (active) 4 ... 20 mA
(or PROFIBUS)
Power
supply:
L/N for 120 ... 230 V AC

L+/L- for 24 V AC/DC
Earth terminal for PE
5
+
6 7 8
+
20 mA
1 2
L N
L+ L
Electrical connection SITRANS FUS060
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/247
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Transmitter FUS060 operating instructions, accessories and spare parts

Operating instructions
Description
Article No.
English
A5E01204521
German
A5E02123845
This device is shipped with a Quick Start guide and a CD containing further SITRANS F US literature.

Accessories
Description
Article No.
Process Device Manager SIMATIC PDM
Standard wall mounting

bracket
7ME5933-0AC04
SIMATIC PDM
Details about the SIMATIC
PDM tool can be found on
page 8/11, chapter "Communication and Software"
See page 8/18,

chapter "Communication and
Software"
HART modem for communication with FUS060 HART, PC and

SIMATIC PDM
Special wall-/pipe mounting
bracket kit
7ME5933-0AC05
Safety clamp for electronic

cover with glass plate
(7ME5933-0AC01)
7ME5933-0AC06
HART modem
With USB connection
7MF4997-1DB
Spare parts
SITRANS FUS060 transmitter, available standard and Ex versions
The transmitter configuration is made in the flowmeter Order codes (together with the sensors).
The information below is for spare part ordering only and with fixed standardized pre-settings for a DN 2000 2-path system.
Article No.
Description
Version
Enclosure
Supply
FUS060, 230 V, HART,

Metric cable glands
Transmitter for remote

connection
IP65 (NEMA 4)
115 230 V AC 7ME3050-2BA10-1BA1

50/60 Hz
FUS060, 230 V, HART,

Imperial cable glands

connection
IP65 (NEMA 4)
115 230 V AC 7ME3050-2BA10-1BA2

50/60 Hz
FUS060, 230 V, PROFIBUS,

Metric cable glands

connection
IP65 (NEMA 4)
115 230 V AC 7ME3050-2BA10-1DA1

50/60 Hz


connection
IP65 (NEMA 4)
115 230 V AC 7ME3050-2BA10-1DA2

50/60 Hz
FUS060, 24 V, HART,
Metric cable glands

connection
IP65 (NEMA 4)
19 ... 30 V DC/
21 ... 26 V AC
7ME3050-2BA20-1BA1
FUS060, 24 V, HART,

connection
IP65 (NEMA 4)
19 ... 30 V DC/
21 ... 26 V AC
7ME3050-2BA20-1BA2
Metric cable glands

connection
IP65 (NEMA 4)
19 ... 30 V DC/
21 ... 26 V AC
7ME3050-2BA20-1DA1

connection
IP65 (NEMA 4)
19 ... 30 V DC/
21 ... 26 V AC
7ME3050-2BA20-1DA2
FUS060, ATEX, 24 V, HART,

Metric cable glands

connection
IP65 (NEMA 4)
ATEX approval
19 ... 30 V DC/
21 ... 26 V AC
7ME3050-2BA21-1CA1
3/248
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Description
Article No.
Description
Operating/Display module
7ME5933-0AC00

A5E02246356
FUS060 ATEX version power
and output connection, PA
plastic,
1 x in blue (ATEX Ex i) and
1 x gray (ATEX Ex-e)
cables 5 ... 9 mm
(0.20" ... 0.35")
-20 ... +95 C (-4 ... +203 F)
Electronics cover with glass

plate (non Ex) . Die cast aluminum, with corrosion-resistant Basic Polyester powder
coating (min. 60 m)
7ME5933-0AC01
1/2" NPT cable gland set for A5E02246396

FUS060 (NPT) power and output connection, gray PA plastic, 2 pcs.
cables 6 ... 12 mm
(0.24" ... 0.47")
-40 ... +100 C
(-40 ... +212 F)
Cover for sensor cable and

7ME5933-0AC02
gasket. Die cast aluminum,
with corrosion-resistant Basic
Polyester powder coating
(min. 60 m)
Cover for mains
7ME5933-0AC03
supply/communication. Die
cast aluminum, with corrosion-resistant Basic Polyester
powder coating (min. 60 m)
FUS060 Sensor connection

PCBA,
Standard versions only, 1 pc.
A5E02551331
Article No.
M25 cable gland set for the

A5E02246378
FUS060 PA (M25) power and
output connection, gray PA
plastic, 2 pcs.
cables 9 ... 16 mm
(0.35" ... 0.63")
-40 ... +100 C
(-40 ... +212 F)
M16x1.5 cable gland set for
FUS060 (M16) sensor connection, gray PA plastic,
2 pcs. and 2 pcs. blind.
cables 5 ... 9 mm
(0.20" ... 0.35")
-40 ... +100C
(-40 ... +212 F)
A5E02593526
A5E02551334
M16 x 1.5 cable gland set for A5E02246369

FUS060 (M16) sensor connection, brass chrome, 2 pcs.
and 2 pcs. blind
cables 5 ... 9 mm
(0.20" ... 0.35")
-20 ... +105C (-4 ... +221 F)

A5E02246350
FUS060 (M20) power and output connection,
gray PA plastic, 2 pcs.
cables 6 ... 12 mm
(0.24" ... 0.47")
-40 ... +100 C
(-40 ... +212 F)
" NPT cable gland set for

A5E02247877
FUS060 (NPT) sensor connection,
4 pcs. M16 bush to " NPT
and 4 pcs. " NPT gray PA
plastic glands
cables 5 ... 9 mm
(0.20 ... 0.35")
-20 ... +100 C (-4 ... +212F)
FUS060 Sensor connection

PCBA,
ATEX version only, 1 pc.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/249
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Cables for FUS060
Description
Length m (ft)
Article No.
Coaxial cable for FUS060, (75 , max. 70 C (158 F), black PVC)
(2 pcs.)
3 (9.84)
A5E00875101
15 (49.21)
A5E00861432
30 (98.43)
A5E01278662
60 (196.85)
A5E01278682
90 (295.28)
A5E01278687
120 (393.70)
A5E01278698
High temp. coaxial cable for FUS060; with 0.3 m brown PTFE high temp. trans3 (9.84)
ducer part, max. 200 C (392 F) and black PVC for remaining transmitter part with 15 (49.21)
SMB plug, max. 70 C (158 F); (impedance 75 )
30 (98.43)
A5E00875105
Special coaxial cable sets for low temperature cryogenic systems; with SMB plug
for transmitter SITRANS FUS060, PTFE material, temp. -200 ... +200 C
(-328 ... .+392 F), impedance 75 (2 pcs.)
10 (32.84)
A5E02085593
15 (49.21)
A5E03262088
30 (98.43)
A5E02085644
40 (131.23)
A5E02085649
3/250
Siemens FI 01 2015
A5E00861435
A5E01196952
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Transmitter SITRANS FUS080/FUE080
Overview
SONOKIT (1-path or 2-path)

FUS380 (2-path)
FUE380 (2-path)
The transmitter FUS080 is always ordered as part of a complete
flowmeter system.
It can be manually ordered separately as spare part preprogrammed with the given sensor data.
Integration
The flowmeter pulse output is often used as input for an energy
meter or as input for digital systems for remote reading.
SITRANS FUS380 has two pulse outputs, with functions that can
be individually selected.
The settings of the transmitter, eg. flow and pulse output rate, are
defined when ordering the complete flowmeter.
SITRANS FUS080 is a transit time based transmitter designed

for ultrasonic flowmetering with any sensor in the FUS inline series SONOKIT, FUS380 and FUE380 up to DN 1200.
The ultrasonic flowmeter transmitter SITRANS FUS080 comes as
battery or mains powered version.The SITRANS FUS080 is designed to measure flow water applications.
The SONOKIT retrofit flowmeter series are shown from
page 3/273. The standard flowmeter series SITRANS FUS380 is
described from page 3/284. The type approved flowmeter series
for flowmetering in energy meter custody transfer systems are
named SITRANS FUE380 - see page 3/289.
Benefits
Battery-powered up to 6 years
115/230 V mains-powered with back-up battery option in case
of mains power failure
Fast measuring frequency 15 Hz/0.5 Hz (230 V AC/Battery)
Easy one button straight forward display
IrDA optical interface for local communication
2-path measuring principle for optimum accuracy
Compact or remote mounting
Measures on all district water qualities and water conductivities
No pressure drop
Long-term stability
2 galvanic isolated digital outputs for easy connection to a calculator (potential free)
Bidirectional measurement, with 2 totalizers and outputs
Dynamic range Qi (min) : Qs (max) up to 1:400
Application
The main application for flowmeters with the transmitter
SITRANS FUS080 is measurement of water flow in district heating plants, local networks, boiler stations, substations, chiller
plants, irrigations plants and other general water applications.
Design
The transmitter type SITRANS FUS080 is designed with fiberglass reinforced polyamide enclosure for remote or compact installation in normal areas. The remote versions are available with
up to 30 meter distance from flowmeter to transmitter. When ordering as a compact version in the series FUS380 and FUE380
the transducer cables are pre-mounted at the sensor.
If the flowmeter forms part of an energy meter system for custody transfer, no further approvals are needed, except eventually
local approvals on the flowmeter.
Input
Measurement
Flow by measuring the transit

time difference of ultrasonic
signals through ultrasonic transducers in the sensor pipes.
Supporting of 1-path or 2-path
sensors in sizes DN 50 ... 1200
measuring on water.
Measuring rate
Battery mode
0.5 Hz
Mains supply
Up to 15 Hz
Back-up mode
0.5 Hz (at mains supply drop)
Flow rate
0.02 ... 9 m/s (0.065 ... 29.5 ft/s),

bidirectional flow metering
Output
2 pulse or status outputs (A and

B), individual galvanically isolated
MOS relay outputs, passive
mode, max. 35 V AC/DC, max.
50 mA
Max. pulse frequency
100 Hz at Qs (Qmax)
Pulse value and length
Selectable with the ordering of the

flowmeter
Output A function
Pulse: forward, reverse, forward

net, reverse net (preset: forward)
Output B function

net, reverse net (preset: forward)
or alarm indication or call-up indication (preset: alarm)
Pulse value A and B
0.1 l/p, 0.25 l/p, 0.5 l/p, 1 l/p,

2.5 l/p, 10 l/p, 25 l/p, 50 l/p,
100 l/p, 250 l/p, 500 l/p, 1 m3/p,
2.5 m3/p, 5 m3/p, 10 m3/p,
25 m3/p, 50 m3/p, 100 m3/p,
250 m3/p, 500 m3/p, 1 000 m3/p
Pulse length (depending on Qmax

by DN selection)
5, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500 ms

(standard 5 ms)
Alarm indication
Path 1 (F1), path 2 (F2) internal,

failure (F3, F4), powers supply
warning or low battery indication
(F5), Qmax overflow (F6), pulse
overflow (F7, F8), internal data
logger warning (F9)
The transmitter is available in an IP67/NEMA 4X/6 enclosure and

is designed for use in the flowmeters series:
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/251
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
SONOKIT, FUS380, FUE380
Ambient conditions
The flow values and settings are predefined according to dimension selection.
Ambient temperature
Operation
-10 ... +60 C (14 ... 140 F) (MID

version: max. +55 C (131 F))
Storage
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)

(battery included)
Enclosure rating
IP67/NEMA 4X/6 to EN 60529 and

DIN 40050
Immunity
MID approved (FUE380 series)
Environment class E2 and M1
Mechanical vibration
2 g, 1 ... 800 Hz sinusoidal in all

directions according to
IEC 68-2-6
The transmitter settings are changeable by using the SW tool

PDM (for FUE380 series some of the setting are only readable,
restriction of the approval requirements).
Accuracy/Error in measurement:
(at reference conditions for FUS380 and FUE380 series,
SONOKIT series will differ in the accuracy)
Pulse output
- 0.5 % of measured value at 0.5 ... 10 m/s or
- 0.25/V [m/s] % of measured value at flow < 0.5 m/s
Repeatability 0.25 % of measured value at 0.5 ... 10 m/s
- Process temperature and ambient temperature: 25 C 5 C
(77 F 9 F)
- Transmitter warming-up time 30 min.
- Installation conditions of the sensor: Upstream section
> 10 x DN and downstream section > 5 DN
Design
Enclosure material
Fibre-glass reinforced polyamide, light gray color
Wall mounting kit
IP67/NEMA 4X/6 terminal box for

the wall mounting of the transmitter, fiber-glass reinforced polyamide with stainless steel bracket,
cable glands entries: 2 x 2 M20 or
PG 13.5 for power supply and
outputs and 2 x M20 or PG 13.5
for the sensor cables, glands
(supply and outputs and double
cable entries for sensor cables)
are included.
Sensor cable
Coaxial cable sets for remote

transmitter up to 30 m (98.4 ft)
long transducer cable, 75
impedance, cables sets are prepared for the connection to the
sensors
Display and controls

Display
LCD, 8 digits, additional 2 digits

and symbols for status information
Resolution
Totalized information can be displayed with 1, 2 or 3 decimals or

automatic adjustment (default)
Display setting
Flow unit: Preset: m3/h

Volume unit: Preset: m3
Push button
One push button for menu selection and display information
Communication (IrDA optical eye)
IrDA optical communication and

control interface with Modbus
RTU protocol for read or write
transmitter settings and data via
PC and PDM tool
Power supply
Battery
D-cell battery pack, 3.6 V LiSOCI

(Lithium Thionyl Chloride, 32 Ah),
replaceable, life- and workingtime up to 6 years
Mains
87 ... 265 V AC (50 ... 60 Hz) or

87 ... 265 V AC (50 ... 60 Hz) with
D-cell single battery backup,
2.6 V LiSOCI (Lithium Thionyl
Chloride, 12.5 Ah), replaceable,
life time up to 8 years
Power consumption
Mains version
3/252
Siemens FI 01 2015
Approx. 2.5 VA
[%]
5
4
3
2
Type accuracy limits FUS380
1
0
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1
0 0.5 1
1.5
2
5
2.5
[m/s] 10
[ft/s] 33
[%]
5
4
FUE380 - admissible limits according
to OIML R 75 class 2
3
2
FUE380 - admissible limits according

to EN 1434 class 2
1
0
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1
0 0.5 1
1.5
5
2.5
8
[m/s] 10
[ft/s] 33
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Sensor coaxial cable for SONOKIT series with FUS080

Coaxial cable
)RUZDUG
&XWRII
5HYHUVH
&XWRII
PR [s] =
Standard coaxial
cable (75 )
1
PF [Hz]
Outside diameter
5.8 mm
Length
15, 30 m (49.2, 98.4 ft)

between sensor and
transmitter
Material (outside
jacket)
Black PE
Ambient temperature
-10 ... +70 C

(14 ... 158 F)
Sensor coaxial cable for FUS380/FUE 380 series

PD[
Coaxial cable
PLQ
High temperature
coaxial cable (75 )
With special designed

glands for connection
in the sensor/transducer
Outside diameter

transducer), 5.8 mm
the transmitter black
holt melt junction part
between ( 16 mm,
length 70 mm)
Length
Up to 30 m (98.4 ft)
between sensor and
transmitter
Material (outside
jacket)
Brown PTFE (0.3 m

(9.84 ft) part) and black
PE (for remaining
cable)
Ambient temperature
-200 ... +200 C

(-328 ... +392 F)
-10 ... +70 C
(14 ... 158 F) (black PE
3: DQGPV
35 SXOVHUDWH
3) SXOVHIUHTXHQF\
Pulse volume: output A/B configured as volume per pulse, calculated on forward/reverse or net forward/reverse flow. The volume per pulse is free scaleable (via PDM software).
Alarm output
On
Off
Error
Alarm status
No error
Pulse output B can be used as stated above or as alarm or callup function.

Call-up output
On
Off
Call-up reset
On
Call-up status
Off
Call-up: the call-up output is active until manually reset by use of

PDM tool. The call-up function is activated when an alarm is activated.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/253
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Transmitter FUS080 operating instructions, accessories and spare parts

Spare part transmitter for FUE380 approved systems (7ME3410)
Description
Article No.
for use with SONOKIT

English
A5E03059912
integrated in FUS/FUE380
English
German
Spanish
French
A5E00730100
A5E00740611
A5E00754188
A5E00754173
Description
This device is shipped with a Quick Start guide and a CD containing further SITRANS F US literature. All literature is also available for free at: http://www.siemens.com/flowdocumentation
Accessories
Description
Article No.
Sun lid for FUS080 transmitter

(frame and lid)
A5E02328485
Brace (holder) for optical IrDA

eye
A5E00695277
IrDA infrared interface adapter

with USB for data acquisition
with 1.2 m (3.9 ft) cable
FDK:087L4163
See page 8/18,

chapter "Communication
and Software"
Spare parts
A spare part transmitter can be ordered for a specific system. In the
description of the following spare part transmitters the related transmitter Article No. found on the device silver front label is noted.
Spare part transmitter for FUS380 systems (7ME3400)
Article No.
Description
FUS080 transmitter 3.6 V

A5E02729700
battery (no battery included, to
be ordered separate) as spare
part transmitter for FUS380 flowmeter series. Transmitter Article
No. 7ME3450-0AA10-2AA0
FUS080 transmitter 3.6 V
A5E02729035
battery (battery included) as
spare part transmitter for FUS380
flowmeter series1).
Transmitter Article No.
7ME3450-0AA20-2AA0
FUS080 transmitter 230 V mains
as spare part transmitter for
FUS380 flowmeter series.
7ME3450-0AA30-2AA0
A5E02699309
FUS080 transmitter 230 V mains A5E02729610

with backup-battery as spare
part transmitter for FUS380 flowmeter series. Transmitter Article
No. 7ME3450-0AA40-2AA0
When ordering: Inform on flowmeter Article No. and flowmeter serial
no. (e.g. 7ME3400-xxxxx-xxxx-Z, XX.... and xxxxxxHxxx)
3/254
Article No.
FUE080 transmitter 3.6 V battery A5E02734600

(no battery included, to be
ordered separate) as spare part
transmitter for FUE380 flowmeter series. Transmitter Article
No. 7ME3450-0AA10-2AB0
FUE080 transmitter 3.6 V
battery (battery included) as
spare part transmitter for
FUE380 flowmeter serie.s1).
7ME3450-0AA20-2AB0
A5E02734568
FUE080 transmitter 230 V

A5E02734539
mains as spare part transmitter
for FUE380 flowmeter series.
7ME3450-0AA30-2AB0
FUE080 transmitter 230 V
mains with backup-battery as
FUE380 flowmeter series.
7ME3450-0AA40-2AB0
A5E02734585

Spare part transmitter for SONOKIT systems (7ME3210/7ME3220)
Process Device Manager SIMATIC PDM

SIMATIC PDM
Details about the SIMATIC PDM
tool can be found on page 8/11,
chapter "Communication and
Software"
(only with MID approval marks, no MID verification only a complete flowmeter can be MID-verified, i.e. sensor together with the
transmitter)
Siemens FI 01 2015
Description
Article No.
FUS080 transmitter 3.6V battery

(no battery included, to be
ordered separate) as spare
part transmitter for SONOKIT
flowmeters. Transmitter Article
No. 7ME3450-0AA10-2AA0
A5E03048726
FUS080 transmitter 3.6V battery (battery included) as

SONOKIT flowmeters1).
7ME3450-0AA20-2AA0
A5E03048714
A5E03048701
FUS080 transmitter 230V
mains as spare part transmitter
for SONOKIT flowmeters.
7ME3450-0AA30-2AA0
FUS080 transmitter 230V
mains with backup-battery as
SONOKIT flowmeters.
7ME3450-0AA40-2AA0
A5E03048719

1)
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Spare part transmitter for FUS880 retrofitting systems (7ME3440)
Description
Article No.
Sparepart FUS080
A5E03412669
transmitter 3.6 V, incl. 3.6V
dual batterie pack, USA version
Transmitter Article No.:
7ME3450-0AA20-1CA0:
Label, 0:
Siemens FUS080 transmitter;
Version, 0:
Without connection box;
Enclosure, A:
IP67/NEMA 4X/6;
Code A: Standard;
Supply Voltage, 2:
3.6V DC battery;
Ex. Approval, 0:
no Ex approval;
Display, 1:
With display and unit label;
Region version, C: USA:
AcFt,CFS;
Application, A:
Standard FUS080 (for
SITRANS Retrofit - 7ME344);
Code, 0: Standard
FUS080 transmitter for
FUS880 retrofit systems,
USA version,
incl. wall-mounting kit, 2
transducers and 2 pcs. 60ft
(20 m) of cables.
Label, 0:
Diameter, 0A: None;
Wall Thickness, A: None;
Pipe Material, 0: No Pipe;
Track configuration, 1:
1-Track;
Region version, 2: USA:
AcFt,CFS;
Transmitter, D: FUS080,IP67,
Battery, Remote, unit label;
Template, A: None;
Transducer coax cable,
4: 20 m with gland
7ME34400AA01-2DA4
FUS080 transmitter for

7ME3440FUS880 retrofit systems,
0AA03-2DA4
USA version,
incl. wall-mounting kit, 4
transducers and 4 pcs. 60ft
(20m) of cables:
Label, 0:
Diameter, 0A: None;
Wall Thickness, A: None;
Pipe Material, 0: No Pipe;
Track configuration, 3:
2-Track (X-Configuration);
Region version, 2: USA:
AcFt,CFS;
Transmitter, D: FUS080 ,IP67,
Battery, Remote,unit label;
Template, A: None;
Transducer coax cable, 4:
20 m with gland
Description
Article No.
Internal battery pack, one set

of 2 D-cell (3.6 V 33 Ah)1)
1 pc. pack
A5E02679676
24 pcs. pack
A5E02896941
Single battery back-up to main A5E02679923

supply (13.5 Ah)1)
3
Battery cover for transmitter
FUS080
A5E00694468
PG 13.5 cable gland set for

FUS080 power and output
connection, black PA plastic,
2 pcs.
cables 6 ... 12 mm
(0.24" ... 0.47")
-40 ... +100 C
(-40 ... +212 F)
FDK:083G0228
PG 13.5 cable gland set

A5E00694500
(two cable entries) for FUS080
sensor connection, black PA
plastic, 2 pcs.
cables 6 ... 12 mm
(0.24" ... 0.47")
-40 ... +100 C
(-40 ... +212 F)
SITRANS FUS/FUE380 wall
A5E00694509
mounting kit for remote transmitter mounting, including connection plate
(DN 50 ... DN 1200/2" ... 48")
SITRANS FUS/FUE380 termi- A5E01208138

nal box for compact transmitter
mounting, including connection plate, (bronze sensors
only, DN 50 ... DN 80/2" ... 3")
SITRANS FUS/FUE380 termi- A5E00694660
nal box for compact transmitter
mounting, including connection plate, (steel sensors only,
DN 100 ... DN 1200/4" ... 48")
FUS080 display and keypad
1)
A5E00873496
Downloads for DEVICE description FUE380
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/23036121/133100
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/255
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Sensor cables for FUS380/FUE380 flowmeters
Article No.
Description
DN 50 to 80 flowmeters
Coaxial cable for FUS080;
with 0.3 m brown PTFE high
temp. transducer part,
max. 200 C (392 F) and
black PVC for remaining transmitter part, max. 70 C
(158 F); impedance 75
5 m (16.4 ft) cable set (4 pcs.) A5E01208092

for DN 50 ... DN 80 (2" ... 3")
remote mounting
10 m (32.8 ft) cable set
(4 pcs.) for DN 50 ... DN 80
(2" ... 3") remote mounting
A5E01208114

(4 pcs.) for DN 50 ... DN 80
A5E01208117

(4 pcs.) for DN 50 ... DN 80
A5E01208121
0.5 m (1.64 ft) cable set

(4 pcs.) for DN 50 ... DN 80
(2" ... 3") for compact version
of FUS380/FUE380
A5E01208126
DN 100 to 1200 flowmeters

Coaxial cable for FUS080;
with 0.3 m brown PTFE high
temp. transducer part,
max. 200 C (392 F) and
black PVC for remaining transmitter part, max. 70 C
(158 F); impedance 75
5 m (16.4 ft) cable set (4 pcs.) A5E00695476
for DN 100 ... DN 1200
A5E00695479
(4 pcs.) for DN 100 ... DN 1200
A5E00695480
(4 pcs.) for DN 100 ... DN 1200
A5E00695483
(4 pcs.) for DN 100 ... DN 1200
Approx. 1 m (3.28 ft) cable set A5E00695486
(4 pcs.) for DN 100 ... DN 1200
(4" ... 48") for compact version
of FUS380/FUE380
Sensor cables for SONOKIT flowmeter with FUS080

Description
Article No.

(2 pcs.) remote mounting with
SONOKIT flowmeters
A5E02478541

(2 pcs.) remote mounting with
SONOKIT flowmeters
A5E02478751
3/256
Siemens FI 01 2015
Sensor cables for FUS880 retrofitting systems (7ME3440)

Description
Article No.
Coaxial cable with transducer connection

for use in FUS880 and
SONO 3300 sensors; with
0.3 m brown PTFE high temperature transducer part, max.
200 C (392 F) and black PVC
for the remaining transmitter
part, max. 70 C (158 F);
cable impedance 75 .
1 x 10 m (32.8 ft)
FDK:085L2400
1 x 20 m (65.6 ft)
FDK:085L2401
1 x 30 m (98.4 ft)
FDK:085L2402
Transducer spare part set of FDK:087H3007

two transducers with gaskets for STRANS FUS880
retrofitting systems
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
FUS080 transmitter IP67/NEMA 4X/6, wall mounting and compact mounting
71 (2.8)
6 (0.24)
8.5 (0.34)
25
(0.98)
13 (0.5)
178 (7.01)
8 (0.3)
131 (5.16)
102 (4.02)
12 (0.5)
240 (9.45)
71 (2.8)
8 (0.3)
155 (6.10)
13 (0.5)
155 (6.10)
190 (7.45)
170 (6.69)
Transmitter wall mounted, dimensions in mm (inch)
Transmitter compact mounted, dimensions in mm (inch)
Schematics
Internal connection
Top of connection Board
External connection
Connection Variant
Positive logic
Passive output
Open drain
Output A
V
0V
I < 50 mA
Shield
V 35 V DC
Signal
R
Output B
Negative logic
V
0V
I < 50 mA
V 35 V DC
R
Signal
Electrical connection of SITRANS FUS080
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/257
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Flowmeter SONO 3300/FUS060
Overview
The transmitter related to this system is the
SITRANS FUS060.
Technical specifications to the FUS060 see page 3/245.
2-path sensor with flanges and inline transducers
Error in measurement at reference

conditions
v > 0.5...10 m/s, < 0.5 % of rate

(v=flow speed)
Max. flow velocity
10 m/s (32 ft/s)
Nominal size
DN 50, DN 65, DN 80, DN 100,

DN 125, DN 150, DN 200,
DN 250, DN 300 (2" 12")
Media temperature
Separate version: -10 +160 C

(14 320 F)
Ambient temperature (sensor)
Separate version: -20 ... +60 C

(-4 ... +140 F)
Storage: -40 +85 C
(-40 +185 F)
Enclosure
Standard version: IP67

(NEMA 4X/NEMA 6)
ATEX version: As standard, but
with ATEX approval (see below)
Process connections
The combination of SONO 3300 sensor and FUS060 transmitter

is ideal for applications within the general industry. Measurements are independent of liquid temperature, density, pressure
and conductivity. Transducers cannot be replaced.
PN designated
EN 1092-1, type 11
DN 100 ... 300 (4" 12"),

PN 16
DN 200 ... 300 (8" 12"),
PN 10
Benefits
Robust remote transmitter FUS060
Robust design for industrial applications
Measures all liquids less than 350 cSt, conductive or non-conductive
No pressure drop
Reliable and accurate flow measurements
Long-time stability
ATEX approval
Application
The main application for SONO 3300/FUS060 ultrasonic flowmeter is measurement of volume.
SONO 3300/FUS060 can be used for water and treated waste
water, oil, hot water/cooling systems.
Design
The SONO 3300/FUS060 consists of a casted sensor
(DN 50 to 80 (2" to 3")), welded pipes (DN 100 to 300 (4" to 12"))
and a transmitter FUS060.
The transmitter can only be mounted separately.
The internal signal cables from transducers to sensor connection box are protected from an aggressive environment by stainless steel pipes.
Sensor installation
See system information.
3/258
DN 50 ... 300 (2" 12"),

PN 40
Siemens FI 01 2015
Class designated
EN 1759-1
DN 50 ... 300 (2" ... 12"),

class 150
DN 50 ... 300 (2" ... 12"),
class 300
Transducer
Inline version welded into pipe
Materials
Pipe
DN 50 ... 80 (2" 3"):

Cast steel EN 1.1131-GS-15Mn5
DN 100 ... 300 (4" 12"): Carbon steel EN 1.0345-P235GH
Flange
DN 50 ... 300 (2" 12"):

EN 1.0025-S235JRG2
Class
ASTM A105
Transducer
Stainless steel AISI 316 or similar
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Conformity certificate
The devices are supplied as standard with a Siemens Certificate of

Conformity on CD
Material certificate according to

EN 10204-3.1 is optionally available
NDT examination report
Extended material certificate is

available on request
Calibration report
A standard calibration report is

shipped with each flowmeter.
Extended accredited ISO/IEC

17025 calibration certificates
Coaxial cable between sensor SONO 3300 and

transmitter FUS060
Standard Coaxial
cable (75 )

end for the FUS060
connector
Outside diameter
5.8 mm
Length
3, 15, 30, 60, 90, 120 m

(9.84, 49.21, 98.43,
196.85, 295.28,
Optionally available
Material (outside
jacket)
black PE
Approvals
No custody transfer approvals
Ambient temperature
Ex approval
System ATEX approval for

SONO 3300 with remote transmitter FUS060-Ex (ATEX II 2G
Ex dem [ia/ib] IIC T6/T4/T3)
For Ex version the transducer
cable length is restricted to 3 m
(9.84 ft), in order to meet requirements.
-10 ... +70 C

(14 ... 158 F)
High temperature
Coaxial cable (75 )

end for the FUS060
connector
Outside diameter

transducer), 5.8 mm
the transmitter - with
SMB plug at the end)
and between these is a
black hot melt junction
16 mm (length
70 mm)
Length
3, 15, 30, 60, 90, 120 m

(9.84, 49.21, 98.43,
196.85, 295.28,
(max. 3 m (9.84 ft))
transducer cable
length for Ex area
mounted transmitters)
Material (outside
jacket)
Brown PTFE (0.3 m

(0.98 ft) part) and
black PE (for remaining cable)
Ambient temperature
-200 ... +200 C

(-328 ... +392 F)
-10 ... +70 C
(14 ... 158 F) (black PE
The sensors are approved according to EU directive 97/23/EC dated

29 May 1997 regarding fluid group 1, classified in category III.
Design according to EN 13480 (PED Directive).
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/259
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Sensor SONO 3300 with

transmitter FUS060
7 ME 3 3 0 0 -
Sensor SONO 3300 with

transmitter FUS060
7 ME 3 3 0 0 -
7 77 7 0 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Diameter
Qn setting [m3/h]
DN 50 (2")
DN 50 (2")
DN 50 (2")
10
26
60
1A
1B
1D
DN 65 (2")
DN 65 (2")
DN 65 (2")
15
42
100
1E
1F
1H
DN 80 (3")
DN 80 (3")
DN 80 (3")
20
60
150
1J
1K
1M
DN 100 (4")
DN 100 (4")
DN 100 (4")
36
100
230
1N
1P
1R
DN 125 (5")
DN 125 (5")
DN 125 (5")
50
150
360
1S
1T
1V
DN 150 (6")
DN 150 (6")
DN 150 (6")
80
220
500
2A
2B
2D
DN 200 (8")
DN 200 (8")
DN 200 (8")
120
380
900
2E
2F
2H
DN 250 (10")
DN 250 (10")
DN 250 (10")
200
600
1400
2J
2K
2M
DN 300 (12")
DN 300 (12")
DN 300 (12")
300
850
2200
2N
2P
2R
B
C
PROFIBUS PA, 1 pulse/frequency
Transducer coaxial cable

4 x 3 m, max. 70 C (158 F), the only option
for Ex i
4 x 15 m, max. 70 C (158 F)
4 x 30 m, high temp. max.200 C (392 F)
4 x 30 m, max. 70 C (158 F)
4 x 3 m, high temp. max. 200 C (392 F), the

only option for Ex i
4 x 15 m, high temp. max. 200 C (392 F)
Calibration
Production calibration DN 50 ... DN 300
(with certificate, 2 x 3 points in 10 %, 25 % and
100 % Qn)
Included
Accredited Siemens ISO/IEC 17025 calibration

for DN 50 to DN 200 with Qn as selected in Diameter. Calibration certificate: 2 x 5 points in 5%,
10 %, 25 %, 50% and 100 % Qn
(max. flow 630 m3/h).
D20
Accredited Siemens ISO/IEC 17025 calibration for D21

DN 200 to DN 300 with Qn as selected in Diameter.
Calibration certificate: 2 x 5 points in 5 %, 10 %,
25 %, 50 % and 100 % Qn (max. flow 2000 m3/h).
ANSI B16.5
class 150 (DN 50 ... 300 (2" ... 12"))
class 300 (DN 50 ... 300 (2" ... 12" ))
H
J
Stainless steel TAG plate (1 x 24 x 80 mm),

wire fixed. Font size depends on text length:
8 mm for 1 ... 10 characters, 4 mm for
11 ... 20 characters (specify in plain text).
EN 10204-3.1
F10
Tag name plate
Sensor type (approval) and transmitter

mounting
Siemens FI 01 2015
Order code
Please add -Z" to Article No. and specify

3/260
B
C
E
Transmitter version of SITRANS FUS060

IP65 (NEMA 4), 120/230 V AC
IP65 (NEMA 4), 24 V AC/DC
IP65 (NEMA 4), 24 V AC/DC, Ex-version
(ATEX)
1
2
3
4
5
6
EN 1092-1
PN 10 (DN 200 ... 300 (8" ... 12"))
PN 16 (DN 80 ... 300 (3" ... 12"))
PN 40 (DN 50 ... 300 (2" ... 12"))
Cable gland entries in FUS060 and

SONO 3300
Cable glands M20 in sensor and in
transmitter M25/20/16 x 1.5
4 x 60 m, max. 70 C (158 F)
4 x 90 m, max. 70 C (158 F)
4 x 120 m, max. 70 C (158 F)

(All sizes are not available in all pressure
ratings)
IP67 standard, remote transmitter

IP67 Ex-version (ATEX), remote transmitter
(Ex-version)
7777 0 - 7 7 7 7 777
FUS060 output module

HART, 4 ... 20 mA, 1 pulse output, 1 relay
HART, Ex version, 4 ... 20 mA, 1 pulse output,
1 relay
Y17
Please use online Product selector to get latest

updates. Product selector link:
1
3
N
P
Q
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Flowmeter SONO 3300 with FUS060 operating instructions, accessories and spare parts
Article No.
Description
SITRANS FUS060
English
A5E01204521
German
A5E02123845
SITRANS F US SONO 3300

English
A5E01365400
German
A5E02690975
Spanish
A5E02690992
French
A5E02690987
Accessories
Potting kit
Description
Article No.
Potting kit for terminal box of SONO 3200 transducers for IP68/NEMA 6P (not for Ex sensors)
FDK:085L2403
Cable connection boxes

(Optional for the connection of individually transducer cables with the FUS060 transducer cables)
Article No.
Description
Junction box for coaxial cable
IP68 metal box for 4 coaxial cables
FDK:085B1361
Spare parts
Cables for SONO 3300 with FUS060 (only as spare parts)
Description
Length m (ft)
Article No.
Coaxial cable for FUS060, (75 , max. 70 C (158 F), black PVC) (2 pcs.)
3 (9.84)
A5E00875101
High temp. coaxial cable for FUS060; with 0.3 m brown PTFE high temp. transducer part (max. 200 C (392 F)) and black PVC transmitter part with SMB plug
(max. 70 C (158 F)); impedance 75 (2 pcs.)
15 (49.21)
A5E00861432
30 (98.43)
A5E01278662
60 (196.85)
A5E01278682
90 (295.28)
A5E01278687
120 (393.70)
A5E01278698
3 (9.84)
A5E00875105
15 (49.21)
A5E00861435
30 (98.43)
A5E01196952
Cable glands (for the SONO 3300 terminal box) (only as spare parts)
Type
Material
Temperature range [C (F)]
Article No.
M20
Nickel-plated brass,
2x cables 5 ... 6 mm
(2 pcs.)
-25 ... +200 (-13 ... +392)
A5E02246329
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/261
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Article No.
SONO 3300 terminal box lid,

in stainless steel painted
black (1 pc.)
FDK:085U1505
Gasket for SONO 3300 terminal lid in EPDM (1 pc.)
FDK-085U1820
SONO 3300 stainless steel

terminal box (1 pc.),
M20 cable gland version,
incl. lid in stainless steel
(painted black) and gasket
in EPDM
A5E00836867
75
(2.95)
Description
Di
D
Sensor SONO 3300, dimensions in mm (inch)

DN
EN 1092-1
PN 10
PN 16
L1)
mm
D
inch
mm
inch
mm
PN 40
L1)
Di
inch
mm
D
inch
mm
L1)
Di
inch
mm
inch
Di
mm
inch
mm
inch
mm
inch
50
475
18.70 165
6.50
52.60
2.07
65
475
18.70 185
7.28
62.70
2.47
3.07
80
380
14.96 200
7.87
78.00
3.07
400
15.75 200
7.87
78.00
100
375
14.76 220
8.66
102.40 4.00
400
15.75 235
9.25
102.40 4.00
125
375
14.76 250
9.84
128.30 5.05
400
15.75 270
10.63
128.30 5.05
150
360
14.17 285
11.22 154.20 6.07
400
15.75 300
11.81
154.20 6.07
200
400
15.75 340
13.39 207.30 8.16
400
15.75 340
13.39 207.30 8.16
450
17.72 375
14.76
206.50 8.13
250
400
15.75 395
15.55 260.40 10.25
400
15.75 405
15.94 260.40 10.25
500
19.69 450
17.72
258.80 10.19
300
400
15.75 445
17.52 309.70 12.19
420
16.54 460
18.11 309.70 12.19
500
19.69 515
20.28
307.90 12.12
DN
Weight2)
ANSI
150 Ib
L1)
300 Ib
D
L1)
Di
EN and ANSI EN
D
Di
ANSI
mm inch
mm inch
mm
inch
mm inch
mm inch
mm
inch
mm inch
kg
lb
kg
lb
50 mm/2"
510
20.08
152
5.98
52.6
2.07
520
20.47
165 6.50
52.6
2.07
180 7.09
14
30.9
17
37.5
65 mm/2"
510
20.08
178
7.01
62.7
2.47
520
20.47
190 7.48
62.7
2.47
186 7.32
16
35.3
20
44
80 mm/3"
420
16.54
191
7.52
78.0
3.07
440
17.32
210 8.27
78.0
3.07
193 7.60
19
42
23
51
100 mm/4"
420
16.54
229
9.01
102.4
4.03
440
17.32
254 10
102.4
4.03
205 8.07
25
55
35
78
125 mm/5"
440
17.32
254
10.00
128.3
5.05
460
18.11
279 10.98
128.3
5.05
218 8.58
29
64
40
89
150 mm/6"
430
16.93
279
10.98
154.2
6.07
450
17.71
318 12.52
154.2
6.07
232 9.13
35
78
50
111
200 mm/8"
480
18.90
343
13.50
202.7
7.98
500
19.69
381 15
202.7
7.98
256 10.08
54
119
72
160
250 mm/10"
490
19.29
406
15.98
254.5
10.02
520
20.47
444 17.48
254.5
10.03
283 11.14
85
189
98
217
300 mm/12"
550
21.65
483
19.02
306.3
12.06
580
22.83
521 20.51
306.3
12.06
309 12.17
115
256
142
322
1)
Length tolerance (mm): DN 50 ... 100 +2/-3, DN 125 ... 200 +3/-4, DN 250 ... 300 +4/-5
2)
Approximate weights without transmitter FUS060 - weight of FUS060 is 4.4 kg (9.7 lb)
3/262
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
85F1674.10
Schematics
3
Electrical connection of SITRANS FUS060 and SONO 3300
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/263
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Overview
Design
The SONO 3100 in combination with FUS060 consists of a
SONO 3100 sensor, SONO 3200 transducers with O-rings or
flanges depending on selection - and a FUS060 transmitter.
SONO 3100 is basically supplied in a 2-path solution with
flanges in sizes from DN 100 to DN 600 and without flanges in
sizes from DN 100 to DN 300.
1-path or 4-path special versions are avaible on request, depending on size (DN 25 to DN 4000).
SONO 3100 is as standard available in carbon steel from DN 100
to DN 600.
FUS060 is designed for remote wall mounting only.
The transmitter related to this system is the SITRANS FUS060.
Technical specifications to the FUS060 see page 3/245.
2-path sensor fitted with four SONO 3200 transducers
The combination of the SONO 3100 sensor and the FUS060

transmitter is ideal for applications where process shut-down is
impossible during service and where there is a need for extreme
high/low temperatures and pressures.
Transducers can be changed without interrupting operation.
SONO 3100 can optionally be delivered as a 4-path solution for
absolute best performance and accuracy.
Benefits
Transducers can be replaced under pressure
Measurement of all liquids less than 350 Cst, conductive or
non-conductive
No pressure drop
Reliable and accurate flow measurements
Long-time stability
On request as special versions:
- Special sensor material, e.g. Duplex, stainless steel
- High/low temperature sensor version: +250 C (+482 F)/
-200 C (-328 F) sensors
- Pressure rating 430 bar (6235 psi)
- Special sensor sizes down to DN 25
- 1-path or 4-path sensor technology
Error in measurement at reference
conditions
v > 0.5 ... 10 m/s, < 0.5 % of rate

(v=flow velocity)
Max flow velocity
10 m/s (32 ft/s)
Nominal size
DN 100 ... 600 (4" ... 24")
Media temperature
Standard
-10 ... +200 C (14 ... 392 F)
ATEX Ex d version
-20 ... +200 C (-4 +392 F)
ATEX Ex i version
-10 ... +200 C (14 ... +392 F)
Specials
-200 C (-328 F) or
up to 250 C (482 F)
Ambient temperature
Standard and Ex-i version
-20 ... +180 C (-4 ... +356 F)
Enclosure
IP67 (NEMA 4X/6)/IP68 (NEMA 6P)

and ATEX (see below)
Process connections
PN designated, EN 1092-1,
type 11
Pipe material carbon steel
Application
The main application for SONO 3100 in combination with transmitter type FUS060 is to measure volume flow within:
Power engineering
SITRANS FUS060 holds ATEX for hazardous areas, HART and
PROFIBUS PA. SONO 3100 holds ATEX Ex approval.
Class designated, EN 1759-1

Pipe material carbon steel
Siemens FI 01 2015
DN 200 ... 600 (8" ... 24"), PN 10

DN 100 ... 600 (4" ... 24"), PN 16
DN 200 ... 600 (8" ... 24"), PN 25
DN 100 ... 500 (4" ... 20"), PN 40
DN 100 600 (4" 24")
Class 150
DN 100 300 (4" 12")
Class 300
Without flanges (EN 10217),

(weld-in version)
only in carbon steel
DN 350 600 (14" 24"), PN 10

DN 100 600 (4" 24"), PN 16
DN 200 600 (8" 24"), PN 25
DN 100 500 (4" 20"), PN 40
Transducer SONO 3200
O-ring or flange versions
Materials
Pipe
Flange
PN
Class
Transducer body
Transducer terminal house
3/264
-20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Ex d version
Steel EN 1.0345-P235GH
EN 10025-S235JRG2, 1E1
ASTM A105,1,1
Stainless steel AISI 316 or similar
Stainless steel AISI 316 or plastic
PA 6.6
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
SONO 3100 together with transmitter FUS060-Ex
ATEX II 2G Ex dem [ia/ib] IIC

T6/T4/T3 or
ATEX II 2G Ex d IIC T3-T6 Gb with
SONO 3200 Exd transducers (for
standard FUS060 transmitter,
installed outside of Ex zone)
For FUS060 Ex version the transducer cable length is restricted to
3 m (9.84 ft), in order to meet
requirements for electrical immunity.

Conformity on CD
Material certificate according to

NDT examination report
Extended material certificate is

optionally available
Pressure certificate
Pressure test according

EN 1024-2.3 optionally available
Calibration report

shipped with each flowmeter.
Optionally available:
Approvals
The sensor SONO 3100 with transmitter FUS060 conforms to Product

Family Standard EN 61326/A3 appendix A (Title: Electrical Equipment
for Measurement control and laboratory use EMC requirements).
The sensors are approved according to EU directive 97/23/EC dated 29
May 1997 regarding fluid group 1, classified in category III. Design
according to EN 13480 (PED Directive).
The SONO 3100 as weld-in version does not include the flanges. Thus, it
can neither be tested nor approved according to PED. After the installation, all installation-related activities (welding, pressure test etc.) are the
responsibility of the customer.
SITRANS F US SONO 3100 sensor

2-path
7 ME 3 1 0 0 7 77 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Diameter
Qn setting [m3/h]
DN 100 (4")
DN 100 (4")
DN 100 (4")
28
100
220
1N
1P
1R
DN 125 (5")
DN 125 (5")
DN 125 (5")
44
150
350
1S
1T
1V
DN 150 (6")
DN 150 (6")
DN 150 (6")
64
220
500
2A
2B
2D
DN 200 (8")
DN 200 (8")
DN 200 (8")
110
380
900
2E
2F
2H
DN 250 (10")
DN 250 (10")
DN 250 (10")
180
600
1300
2J
2K
2M
DN 300 (12")
DN 300 (12")
DN 300 (12")
250
850
2000
2N
2P
2R
DN 350 (14")
DN 350 (14")
DN 350 (14")
350
1000
28001)
2S
2T
2V
DN 400 (16")
DN 400 (16")
DN 400 (16")
450
1300
3600
3A
3B
3D
DN 500 (20")
DN 500 (20")
DN 500 (20")
1300
2200
42001)
3J
3K
3M
DN 600 (24")
DN 600 (24")
DN 600 (24")
1300
3200
42001)
3S
3T
3V

(All sizes are not available in all pressure ratings)
EN 1092-1
PN 10 (DN 200 ... DN 600)
PN 16 (DN 100 ... DN 600)
PN 25 (DN 200 ... DN 600)
PN 40 (DN 100 ... DN 500)
B
C
D
E
ANSI B16.5
class 150 (DN 100 ... DN 600)
class 300 (DN 100 ... DN 300)
H
J
Pipe without flanges (EN 10217) (weld-in

version)2)
PN 10 (DN 200 ... DN 600)
PN 16 (DN 100 ... DN 600)
PN 25 (DN 200 ... DN 600)
PN 40 (DN 100 ... DN 500)
P
Q
R
S
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/265
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
SITRANS F US SONO 3100 sensor

2-path
7 ME 3 1 0 0 -
7 77 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Please add -Z" to Article No. and specify Order

Pipe and flange material

Carbon steel (DN 100 ... 1200)
Calibration
Transducer type and approval
IP67 (NEMA 4X/6) PA housing, PN 40,

O-ring, 50 mm, 100 C (212 F)
(DN 100 ... 600)
IP68 SS housing, PN 40, O-ring, 50 mm,
200 C (392 F) (DN 100 ... 600)
180 C (356 F), Ex d ATEX approval (only
with standard FUS060) (DN 100 ... 600)

flange, 88 mm, 100 C (212 F)
(DN 100 ... 300)
IP68 SS housing, PN 40, flange, 88 mm,
200 C (392 F) (DN 100 ... 300)
180 C (356 F), Ex d ATEX approval (only
with standard FUS060) (DN 100 ... 300)

190 C (374 F), Ex i ATEX approval (only
with FUS060 Ex-version) (DN 100 ... 600)
190 C (374 F), Ex i ATEX approval (only
with FUS060 Ex-version) (DN 100 ... 300)
Cable gland entries

Cable glands M20 in transducers and in
Cable glands " NPT in transducers and in
transmitter
2
3
D
0
1
2
3
4 x 60 m, max. 70 C (158 F)
4 x 90 m, max. 70 C (158 F)
4 x 120 m, max. 70 C (158 F)
4
5
6
4 x 3 m, high temp. max. 200 C (392 F),

the only option for Ex i
7
8
This device is shipped with a Quick Start guide and the SITRANS F
manual CD containing the complete manual library. Printed Operating
Instructions are available for purchase via PMD.
Reduced Q value during calibration (Qn setting unchanged).
For weld-in sensor versions according to EN 10217 (flangeless sensors
7ME3100-xxYxx-xxxx, Y = P, Q, R, S) the tube roundness shall be agreed
by ordering (only if the factor of Du / Wxx > 100).
3/266
Siemens FI 01 2015
D20
Accredited Siemens ISO/IEC 17025 calibration for

DN 200 to DN 600 with Qn as selected in diameter.
25 %, 50 % and 100 % Qn (max. flow 2800 m3/h).
D21

25 %, 50 % and 100 % Qn (max. flow 8000 m3/h).
D22
F10
F11
F12
F21
Y17

N
P
Q
2)

25 %, 50 % and 100 % Qn (max. flow 630 m3/h).

B
C
1)
Included
Tag name plate
FUS060 output module

HART, 1 pulse output, 1 relay
HART Ex, 1 pulse output, 1 relay
Transducer coaxial cable
4 x 3 m, max. 70 C (158 F),
4 x 15 m, max. 70 C (158 F)
4 x 30 m, max. 70 C (158 F)
Production calibration DN 100 ... DN 600

(with certificate)
EN 10204-3.1
EN 10204-3.1 and 100 % NDT on weldings,
DN 100 ... DN 400
EN 10204-3.1 and 100 % NDT on weldings,
DN 500 ... DN 600
Pressure certificate
EN 10204-2.3

IP65 (NEMA 4), 120/230 V AC
IP65 (NEMA 4), 24 V AC/DC ATEX Ex version
Order code
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Flowmeter SONO 3100 with FUS060 operating instructions, accessories and spare parts
Description
Article No.
SITRANS FUS060
English
German
A5E01204521
A5E02123845
SITRANS F US SONO 3100

English
A5E00814513
Article No.
Potting kit for terminal box of

SONO 3200 transducer for
IP68/NEMA 6P
(not for Ex sensors)
FDK:085L2403
Transducer
length
Article No.
Extraction tool for

replacement of
SONO 3200 O-ring
transducers
under pressure and
for hot-tapping (working conditions:
typically water,
max. 40 bar and max.
60 C (max. 580 psi
and max. 140 F))
50 mm
(1.97")
transducers
FDK:085B5331

(For the connection of individually transducer cables with the
FUS060 transducer cables)
Accessories
Description
Description
Article No.
Description
IP68 metal box for 4 coaxial
cables
FDK:085B1361
IP68 EEx e plastic box for 4

coaxial cables, no ATEX approval
FDK:085B1363
Spare parts
Transducer SONO 3200 spare parts, complete units
Type
Material Gasket
Press.
rating
Terminal housing
Approv. Temp. range [C (F)]
Length
mm (inch)
Article No.
O-ring 316 SS
O-ring
PN 40
Plastic, PA 6.6 M20
-20 ... +100 (-4 ... +212)
50 (1.97)
FDK:085B5453
O-ring 316 SS
O-ring
PN 40
316 SS M20
-20 ... +200 (-4 ... +392)
50 (1.97)
FDK:085B5450
O-ring 316 SS
O-ring
PN 40
316 SS M20
Ex d1)
-20 ... +200 (-4 ... +392)
50 (1.97)
FDK:085B5451
O-ring 316 SS
O-ring
PN 40
316 SS M20
Ex i2)
-10 ... +200 (14 ... 392)
50 (1.97)
A5E00836448
O-ring 316 SS
O-ring
PN 40
Plastic, PA 6.6 " NPT
-20 ... +100 (-4 ... +212)
50 (1.97)
A5E00839472
O-ring 316 SS
O-ring
PN 40
316 SS " NPT
-20 ... +200 (-4 ... +392)
50 (1.97)
A5E00839431
Flange 316 SS
Graphite
PN 40
Plastic, PA 6.6 M20
-20 ... +100 (-4 ... +212)
88 (3.47)
FDK:085B5461
Flange 316 SS
Graphite
PN 40
316 SS M20
-20 ... +200 (-4 ... +392)
88 (3.47)
FDK:085B5462
Flange 316 SS
Graphite
PN 40
316 SS M20
-20 ... +200 (-4 ... +392)
88 (3.47)
FDK:085B5463
Ex d1)
Flange 316 SS
Graphite
PN 40
316 SS M20
-10 ... +200 (14 ... +392)
88 (3.47)
A5E00836465
Flange 316 SS
Graphite
PN 40
Plastic, PA 6.6 " NPT
-20 ... +100 (-4 ... +212)
88 (3.47)
A5E00839479
Flange 316 SS
Graphite
PN 40
316 SS " NPT
-20 ... +200 (-4 ... +392)
88 (3.47)
A5E00839440
Flange 316 SS
Copper
ring
PN 40
316 SS PG13.5
(cryogenic version)
-200 ... +100 (-328 ... +212) 88 (3.47)
FDK:085B5416
Flat
316 SS
flange
Flat
gasket
PN 40
316 SS M20
(cryogenic version)
-200 ... +100 (-328 ... +212) 88 (3.47)
A5E02593524
-20 ... +180 (-4 ... +356)
88 (3.47)
FDK:085B5464
-20 ... +200 (-4 ... +392)
88 (3.47)
FDK:085B5465
Flange 316 SS
Graphite
PN 160
316 SS M20
Flange 316 SS
Graphite
PN 160
316 SS M20
Ex i
2)
Ex d1)
1)
ATEX (Ex) IIC 2G Ex d IIC T3-T6 Gb
2)
For systems with FUS060 ATEX IIC 2G Ex dem [ia/ib] T6/T4/T3
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/267
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Terminal housing for SONO 3200 sensor
Type
Pressure rating Material
Temp. range [C (F)]
Article No.
Terminal housing (M20 cable gland)
N/A
PA 6.6
-20 ... +100 (-4 ... +212)
FDK:085B5501
Terminal housing (M20 cable gland)
N/A
ASTM 316
-20 ... +200 (-4 ... +392)
FDK:085B5504
Terminal housing (" NPT cable gland)
N/A
PA 6.6
-20 ... +100 (-4 ... +212)
A5E00839460
Terminal housing (" NPT cable gland)
N/A
ASTM 316
-20 ... +200 (-4 ... +392)
A5E00839427
Ex d1) terminal housing (M20 cable gland)
N/A
ASTM 316
-20 ... +200 (-4 ... +392)
FDK:085B5505
Ex i2) terminal housing (M20 cable gland)
N/A
ASTM 316
-10 ... +200 (14 ... 392)
A5E00835255
1)
ATEX (Ex) IIC 2G EEx d IIC T3 ... T6
2)
SONO 3200 spare parts, transducer body without terminal housing, including insert
Type
Material
Gasket
Pressure rating
Temp. range [C (F)]
Length
Article No.
mm (inch)
O-ring
316 SS
O-ring
PN 40
-20 ... +200 (-4 ... +392)
50 (1.97)
FDK:085B1405
Flange
316 SS
Graphite
PN 40
-20 ... +200 (-4 ... +392)
88 (3.47)
FDK:085B1464
Type
Temp. range [C (F)]
Length
Article No.
mm (inch)
Insert
-20 ... +200 (-4 ... +392)
50 (1.97)
FDK:085B1411
Insert
-20 ... +200 (-4 ... +392)
88 (3.47)
FDK:085B1459
SONO 3200 spare parts, transducer insert
Transducer SONO 3200 gaskets

Type
Pressure rating
Material
Temperature range
[C (F)]
Article No.
Gasket O-ring (3 pcs. for o-ring transducers)
PN 40
FKM
-20 +200 (-4 ... +392)
FDK:085B1089
Gasket flange
PN 40/160
Graphite
-20 +200 (-4 ... +392)
FDK:085B1080
Gasket and 12 mm (0.47") bolts and nuts PN 40

for flange transducers
Flat ring type
-20 +200 (-4 ... +392)
FDK:085B1083
Gasket and 16 mm (0.63") bolts and nuts PN 160

for flange transducers
Graphite, 316 SS -20 +200 (-4 ... +392)
FDK:085B1084
Gasket for cryogenics transducer with

flat flange (2 pcs.)
Graphite/metal
3/268
Siemens FI 01 2015
PN 40
-200 +100 (-328 ... +212) A5E02593522
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
SONO 3200 cable glands
Type/description
Temperature range
[C (F)]
black PA
plastic,
cable
-20 ... 100

(-4 ... +212)
Cables for SONO 3100 with FUS060
Appr. Article No.
Description
Coaxial cable for
FUS060, (75 , max.
70 C (158 F), black
PVC)
(2 pcs.)
A5E02246304
5 ... 13 mm
Length
m (ft)
Article No.
3 (9.84)
A5E00875101
15 (49.21)
A5E00861432
30 (98.43)
A5E01278662
60 (196.85) A5E01278682
90 (295.28) A5E01278687
" NPT
-20 ... 100
gray PA
(-4 ... +212)
plastic,
cable
5 ... 9 mm
A5E02246309
" NPT
-40 ... 100
crome(-40 ... +212)
plated
brass,
cable
5 ... 9 mm
A5E02246258
M20 stain- -25 ... 200

Ex i
less steel,
(-13 ... +392)
cable
4 ... 6 mm
A5E02246194
M20 Stain- -60 ... 180

Ex d
less steel,
(-76 ... +356)
cable
5 ... 8 mm
A5E02246311
120 (393.7) A5E01278698

High temp. coaxial 3 (9.84)
cable for FUS060;
15 (49.21)
with 0.3 m brown
PTFE high temp.
30 (98.43)
transducer part,
max. 200 C
(392 F) and black
PVC for remaining
transmitter part
with SMB plug, max.
70 C (158 F);
(impedance 75 )
(2 pcs.)
A5E00875105
SITRANS F US
special coaxial
cable sets for low
temperature cryogenic systems, with
SMB-plug for transmitter SITRANS
FUS060,
PTFE material, temp.
-200 ... +200 C
(-328 ... .+392 F),
impedance 75
(2 pcs.)
10 (32.84)
A5E02085593
15 (49.21)
A5E03262088
30 (98.43)
A5E02085644
A5E00861435
A5E01196952
40 (131.23) A5E02085649
Schematics
1
Xi
4
Path 1
Sensor
1
4 1A
1A
2B
1B
2A
1
2B
4
Path 2
1A
1B
2A
2B
Sensor
1
2A
4
Electrical connection of SITRANS FUS060 and SONO 3100
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/269
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Dimensional drawings of sensor SONO 3100

H
B
D10 ... D300
Du
L10 ... L300

L
A**
Sensor SONO 3100 with EN norm

PN 10
DN
PN 16
PN 25
PN 40
DU
L1) 4)
B 5)
W102) D10
L101)
W162) D16
L161)
W252)
D25
L251)
W402)
D40
L401)
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
100
114.3
860
305
453) 42.8
3.6
220
960
3.6
235
990
125
139.7
862
325
453) 64.5
4.0
250
970
4.0
270
990
150
168.3
862
350
453) 78.1
4.5
285
970
4.5
300
1010
200
219.1
668
430
453) 102.1
6.3
340
790
6.3
340
790
6.3
360
820
6.3
375
840
250
273.0
714
480
453) 127.6
6.3
395
850
6.3
405
850
7.1
425
890
7.1
450
920
300
323.9
607
525
453) 151.8
7.1
445
740
7.1
460
760
8.0
485
790
8.0
515
830
350
355.6
639
550
453) 166.4
8.0
505
770
8.0
520
800
8.0
555
840
8.8
580
880
400
406.4
703
600
453) 191.3
8.0
565
850
8.0
580
875
8.8
620
925
11.1
660
975
500
508.0
797
690
453) 241.1
7.1
670
950
8.0
715
980
10.0
730
1050
14.2
755
1080
600
610.0
912
705
60
7.1
780
1075
8.8
840
1105
11.0
845
1165
294.8
1)
Length tolerance (mm): DN 100 +2/-3, DN 125 ... 200 +3/-4, DN 250 ... 400
+4/-5, DN 500 ...600 +5/-6
3)
For all sensors with flange transducers path angle are 60
4)
2)
Wall thickness for pressure rates PN 6 ... 40. For weld-in sensor versions
according EN10217 (flangeless sensors 7ME3100-xxYxx-xxxx, Y=P, Q, R, S )
the tube roundness shall be agreed by ordering (only if the factor of
Du/Wxx > 100).
L is the length of sensor versions without flanges (weld-in version)
5)
B dimension value is an approximate information and may differ a little by

flange pressure rate.
A**) Space required for replacement of transducer min. 230 mm (9.1 inch).
For replacement with special tool (extraction tool) see more information
on page 3/267.
SONO 3100, 2-path

Nominal diam.
Flange type - Weight [kg (lb)]
DN
PN 10
PN 16
PN 25
PN 40
100 (4")
32 (70.5)
35 (77.2)
125 (5")
38 (83.8)
44 (97.0)
150 (6")
45 (99.2)
52 (114.6)
200 (8")
59 (130.0)
58 (127.9)
70 (154.3)
79 (174.2)
250 (10")
73 (161.0)
75 (163.3)
96 (211.6)
117 (257.9)
300 (12")
83 (183.0)
92 (202.8)
114 (251.3)
151 (332.9)
350 (14")
98 (216.0)
113 (249.1)
145 (332.9)
191 (421.1)
400 (16")
119 (262.4)
141 (310.9)
191 (421.1)
275 (606.3)
500 (20")
153 (337.3)
207 (456.4)
284 (626.0)
379 (836.0)
600 (24")
193 (425.5)
276 (608.5)
363 (800.3)
Weight of system incl. process flanges and standard O-ring transducers. For sensors with flange transducer please add approx. 10 kg (22.05 lb).
For SS terminal housings instead of the standard PA housing add approx. 5 kg (11.03 lb).
3/270
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
H
B
D10 ... D300
Du
L10 ... L300

L
3
A**
Sensor SONO 3100 with ANSI norm

Class 150
Class 300
Size (DN) DU
L1) 4)
B 5)
W1502)
D150
L1501)
W3002)
D300
L3001)
inch (mm) [inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
4 (100)
33.86
12.01
453)
1.69
0.14
9.00
39.86
0.25
10.00
40.62
4.50
5 (125)
5.50
33.94
12.80
453)
2.54
0.15
10.00
40.94
0.27
11.00
41.70
6 (150)
6.63
33.94
13.78
453)
3.07
0.16
11.00
40.94
0.30
12.50
41.70
8 (200)
8.63
26.30
16.93
453)
4.02
0.16
13.50
34.30
0.29
15.00
35.06
10 (250)
10.75
28.11
18.90
453)
5.02
0.18
16.00
36.11
0.34
17.50
37.35
12 (300)
12.75
23.90
20.67
453)
5.98
0.20
19.00
32.90
0.39
20.50
34.14
14 (350)
14.00
25.16
21.65
453)
6.55
0.21
21.00
35.16
16 (400)
16.00
27.68
23.62
453)
7.53
0.22
23.50
33.74
9.49
0.26
27.50
42.76
11.61
0.30
32.00
47.91
20 (500)
20.00
31.38
27.17
453)
24 (600)
24.00
35.91
27.76
60
1)
Length tolerance (mm): 4" +0.08"/-0.12" (+2/-3mm), 5" ... 8" +0.12"/
-0.16" (+3/-4mm), 10" to 16" +0.16"/-0.20" (+4/-5mm), 20" ... 24" +0.20"/
-0.24" (+5/-6mm)
2)
Minimum wall thickness for pressure rates Class 150 or Class 300. For
weld-in sensor versions according to EN 10217 (flangeless sensors
7ME3100-xxYxx-xxxx, Y = P, Q, R, S) the tube roundness shall be agreed
by ordering (only if the factor of Du/Wxx > 100).
3)
For all sensors with flange transducers path angle are 60
4)
L is the length of sensor versions without flanges (weld-in version)
5)
B dimension value is an approximate information and may differ a little by

flange pressure rate.
A**) Space required for replacement of transducer min. 230 mm (9.1 inch).
For replacement with special tool (extraction tool) see more information in
Sensor SONO 3100 accessories and spare parts" on page 3/267.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/271
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Approximate weights for SONO 3100 sensor with ANSI B16.5 flanges
Nominal diameter
Weight [kg (lb)]1)
DN
DN
CL150
[inch]
[mm]
[kg]
[lb]
[kg]
[lb]
100
32
70.5
35
77.2
125
38
83.8
44
97.0
150
45
99.2
52
114.6
200
58
127.9
79
174.2
10
250
75
165.3
117
257.9
12
300
92
202.8
151
332.9
14
350
113
249.1
16
400
141
310.9
20
500
207
456.4
600
276
608.5
24
1)
CL300
Weight of system incl. process flanges and standard O-ring transducers. For sensors with flange transducer please add approx. 10 kg (22.05 lb). For SS
terminal housings instead of the standard PA housing add approx. 5 kg (11.03 lb).
3/272
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Flowmeter SONOKIT (with FUS060 or FUS080)
Overview
Design
The SONOKIT package box contains all necessary parts to build
an ultrasonic flowmeter on existing pipes depending on choices
at ordering:
Papers to wrap around pipes for alignment of sensors
Transducer alignment tools
Mounting plates, transducer holders and SONO 3200 transducers
Transducer cables
SITRANS FUS060 or FUS080 transmitter for wall mounting
4-path version is available on request
The transmitter related to this system is the
SITRANS FUS080 or FUS060.
Technical specifications to the FUS060 see page 3/245 and to
FUS080 see page 3/251.
SONOKIT is a transit time based ultrasonic flowmeter for retrofitting on existing pipelines.
The kit offers all necessary parts and special tools to make the
installation as 1-path or 2-path flowmeter.
The set is made for installation on empty pipes or pipes under
pressure without process shut-down (hot-tap).
Please contact Siemens for further information on hot-tap tools
and instructions.
SONOKIT has inline transducers (in contact with media) which
assure superior accuracy and performance.
Accuracy
Typical, depending on accuracy of
measurements of installation
Note:
Accuracy depends on the accuracy of the measurements taken at location. This means that inaccurate measurements of angles, distance
between transducers, wall thickness and pipe diameter have a direct
effect on the accuracy. Values measured are entered into the memory of
the FUS060 or FUS080 transmitter.
Requirements for pipes

Size
FUS060:
DN 100 DN 4000 (4" 160")
FUS080:
DN 100 DN 1200 (4" 48")
Line pressure
max. 40 bar (580 psi)
Benefits
Cost-effective solution contains all the necessary components for retrofitting
SONOKIT is easy to install in pipeline sizes DN 200 to
DN 4000 (8" to 160") 1-path DN 100 to DN 2400 (4" to 96").
No bypass installation necessary withstands pressures up to
40 bar (580 psi) and media temperatures between -20 C and
+200 C (-4 F and +392 F)
High accuracy the bigger the pipe, the more accurate the result
Solid construction and no moving parts for a 100 % maintenance and obstruction-free flowmeter
The SONOKIT comes with transducers in IP68 enclosure
Available in a robust version that can be buried and withstands constant flooding
Inline transducers assure superior accuracy and performance
Automatic calculation of the calibration factor when pipe
geometry data are entered in the transmitter
FUS060 transmitter versions with HART or PROFIBUS PA
FUS080 transmitter, battery or mains-powered
Media temperature
Standard
-10 ... +200 C (14 ... 392 F)
ATEX Ex d version
-20 .... +200 C (-4 +392 F)
ATEX Ex i version
-10 ... +200 C (+14 ... +392 F)
Specials
-200 C (-328 F) or
up to 250 C (482 F)
Ambient temperature sensor

Standard and Ex-i version
-20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Ex d version
-20 ... +180 C (-4 ... +356 F)
Transducer enclosure/
approvals/certificates
Standard version
IP67 (NEMA 6)/IP68 (NEMA 6P)
Ex approval

SONO 3200 Ex i transducers
together with transmitter
FUS060-Ex:
ATEX II 2G Ex dem [ia/Ib] IIC
T6/T4/T3 or
ATEX II 2G Ex d IIC T3-T6 Gb with
SONO 3200 Ex d transducers (for
standard FUS060 transmitter,
installed outside of Ex zone)
Material certificates
EN 10204-3.1 material certificate

on transducer mounting parts
Application
Raw water intake for water treatment plants

Water distribution systems
Irrigation systems
Power generation (energy and water)
District heating plants
Cooling water plants within the industry and in power stations
Systems within the oil and refinery business
Sewage treatment plants
Plants transporting non-conductive liquids
2-path: (0.5 1.5 %)

1-path: (1 3 %)
Transducer materials
Terminal housing
Standard version: PA 6.6, 100 C

(212 F) or stainless steel
AISI 316, 200 C (392 F)
Transducer body
Standard version: Stainless steel

AISI 316, 200 C (392 F)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/273
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Materials of existing pipeline
Steel
Transducer holder: EN 10273 or

EN 10216 (P235GH)
Mounting plates1): EN 10273 or
EN 10216 (P235GH)
Transducer holder: Stainless steel
AISI 316 or similar
Dimension of the package box

(L x W x H, approx.)
856 x 390 x 344 mm

(33.7" x 15.4" x 13.5")
Weight example of a package

(standard 2-path with FUS060)
approx. 53 kg (116.8 lb)

The devices are supplied as

standard with a Siemens
Certificate of Conformity on a CD
Mounting plates1): Stainless steel

AISI 316 or similar
Material certificate for the transducer parts according to

Approvals
Steel pipe (AISI 316 and St. 37.2 or

corresponding material)
Transducer and holder available

in length L = 160, allowing a pipe
wall thickness up to 20 mm
(0.79")
Information on PED approval:

The SONOKIT includes the pipe mounting parts only and therefore it
cannot be PED-approved. After the installation, all installation-related
activities (welding, pressure test etc.) are the responsibility of the customer.
Concrete pipe
Transducer and holder available

in length L = 230, allowing a pipe
wall thickness up to 200 mm
(7.9") and pipe sizes DN 600
Concrete
Mounting plates1): (not included)

Stainless steel
Transducer holder: Stainless steel

AISI 316 or similar
3
Pipe wall thickness
1)
Mounting plates are only included for empty pipe installation types (refer to
selection "A"). For tapping-band types holder and mounting plates are not
included (refer to selection "C").
Installation requirements
min. (1 x DN) + 1500

min. 1400
Empty pipe installation
3/274
Siemens FI 01 2015
min. 1400
min. 100
min. 500
min. 100
min. 500
min. (1 x DN) + 1500
min. (1 x DN) + 1000
min. (1 x DN) + 1000
The space requirements (in mm) around the pipe for retrofitting a SITRANS F US ultrasonic flowmeter type SONOKIT are given below:
Hot-tap installation
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Article No.
SITRANS F US SONOKIT
1-path sensor
7 ME 3 2 1 0 -
Ord. code
7 77 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Article No.
1-path sensor
7 ME 3 2 1 0 7777 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
IP68 SS housing, Sylgard potting kit, PN 40,

O-ring, 200 C (392 F), no approval
IP67 SS housing, PN 40, O-ring, 190 C

(374 F), Ex i type, ATEX approval
(only with FUS060 Ex)
Diameter
Qn setting [m3/h]
DN 100 (4")
DN 125 (5")
DN 150 (6")
100
150
220
1P
1T
2B
DN 200 (8")
DN 250 (10")
DN 300 (12")
380
600
850
2F
2K
2P
DN 350 (14")
DN 400 (16")
DN 450 (18")
1000
1300
1700
2T
3B
3F
DN 500 (20")
DN 550 (22")
DN 600 (24")
2200
2600
3200
3K
3P
3T
IP65 (NEMA 4), 120/230 V AC

IP65 (NEMA 4), 24 V AC/DC Ex version
DN 650 (26")
DN 700 (28")
DN 750 (30")
3600
4200
4800
4B
4F
4K

(only DN 100 ... 1200 (4" ... 48"))
DN 800 (32")
DN 900 (36")
DN 1000 (40")
5500
7500
9000
4P
5B
5K
DN 1100 (44")
DN 1200 (48")
10000
13200
5P
5T
DN 1300 (52")
DN 1400 (56")
DN 1500 (60")
14000
16800
19000
6A
6C
6E
DN 1600 (64")
DN 1700 (68")
DN 1800 (72")
22800
25000
27600
6G
6J
6L
DN 1900 (76")
DN 2000 (80")
DN 2100 (84")
31000
36000
37000
6N
6Q
6S
DN 2200 (88")
DN 2300 (92")
DN 2400 (96")
42000
45000
51000
6U
6W
7A
Transducer holder
None (for tapping band)
Carbon steel, length = 160 mm, mounting
plates in carbon steel
Stainless steel, length = 160 mm, mounting
plates in stainless steel
Stainless steel, length = 230 mm, for concrete pipe (DN 600 ... DN 2400)
Cable gland entries

(FUS080 only M20)

transmitter (only with FUS060)

(only DN 100 ... 2400 (4" ... 96")
N
P
Q
PDM software tool and IrDA-adapter, which

are needed for settings update, to be
ordered separately, see FUS080 accessories
IP67/NEMA 4X/6 115 ... 230 V AC
IP67/NEMA 4X/6 3.6 V battery version,
incl. dual battery pack
IP67/NEMA 4X/6 115 ... 230 V AC, incl. 3.6 V
single battery backup
IP67/NEMA 4X/6 3.6 V battery version
(no battery pack included)2)
Only for FUS060
Installation method3)
Empty pipe (incl. transducer holder and
mounting plates). Alignment rods and tools
must be ordered as accessories.
Hot tap, mounting under pressure (mounting
plates not incl.). Special mounting tools to
be ordered separately.
SONOKIT for tapping band
(DN 200 ... DN 1800) (trandsducer holder
and mounting plates not incl., tapping band
to be ordered separately)1)
Ord. code
U
V
W
X
Transmitter output module

Transmitter SITRANS FUS080:
Pulse and/or alarm output (standard for
FUS080).
HART Ex version, 1 pulse output, 1 relay
B
C
Transducer coaxial cables

(with FUS080 only, 15 and 30 m, 70C
(158 F) cable types)
A
B
C
0
1
2 x 3 m, max. 70 C (158 F), the only option

for Ex i
2 x 15 m, max. 70 C (158 F)
2 x 30 m, max. 70 C (158 F)
2 x 60 m, max. 70 C (158 F)
2 x 90 m, max. 70 C (158 F)
3
4
5
2 x 120 m, max. 70 C (158 F)

6
7
1
2
Special version (add Order code):

No transducer cable, cable length 2 x 3 m,
No transducer cable, cable length 2 x 15 m
9 R0A

9 R0C
9 R0D

9 R0E
9 R0F

(356 F), Ex d, ATEX approval (only with
standard FUS060)
1)
Tapping band via special request
2)
IP68 PA housing, Sylgard potting kit, PN 40,

Lithium batteries are subject to special transportation regulations according to United Nations "Regulation of Dangerous Goods, UN 3090 and UN
3091". Special transport documentation is required to observe these regulations. This may influence both transport time and costs."
3)
Mounting tools must be ordered separately as "-Z"-options.

2
3
Siemens FI 01 2015
9 R0B
3/275
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Order code
EN 10204-3.1, transducer body material
EN 10204-3.1, transducer holder material
EN 10204-3.1, mounting plate material
F30
F31
F32
Tag name plate

Y17
Accessories
Alignment rods-set for DN 100 ... 650 (4" ... 26")
= 25 mm, L = 500 mm, 3 pcs.
S10

= 25 mm, L = 500 mm, 6 pcs.
S11

= 25 mm, L = 500 mm, 8 pcs.
S12
Spanner key for tranducer mounting type SONO 3200

O-ring type
Tool set with various mounting/spare parts for
SONOKIT installation
T11
T12
Article No.
Description
SITRANS FUS060
English
A5E01204521
German
A5E02123845
SITRANS FUS080
English
A5E03059912
German
A5E31628428
Spanish
A5E31628493
French
A5E31628438
SITRANS F US SONOKIT 1-path

English
A5E00814557
German
A5E02610428
Spanish
A5E02608231
French
A5E02610419
3/276
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
2-path sensor
Article No.
7 77 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Qn setting [m3/h]
DN 200 (8")
DN 250 (10")
DN 300 (12")
380
600
850
2F
2K
2P
DN 350 (14")
DN 400 (16")
DN 450 (18")
1000
1300
1700
2T
3B
3F
DN 500 (20")
DN 550 (22")
DN 600 (24")
2200
2600
3200
3K
3P
3T
DN 650 (26")
DN 700 (28")
DN 750 (30")
3600
4200
4800
4B
4F
4K
DN 800 (32")
DN 900 (36")
DN 1000 (40")
5500
7500
9000
4P
5B
5K
DN 1100 (44")
DN 1200 (48")
10 000
13 200
5P
5T
DN 1300 (52")
DN 1400 (56")
DN 1500 (60")
DN 1600 (64")
14 000
16 800
19 000
22 800
6A
6C
6E
6G
DN 1700 (68")
DN 1800 (72")
DN 1900 (76")
25 000
27 600
31 000
6J
6L
6N
DN 2000 (80")
DN 2100 (84")
DN 2200 (88")
36 000
37 000
42 000
6Q
6S
6U
DN 2300 (92")
DN 2400 (96")
DN 2500 (100")
45 000
51 000
53 000
6W
7A
7C
DN 2600 (104")
DN 2700 (108")
DN 2800 (112")
60 000
62 000
72 000
7E
7G
7J
DN 2900 (116")
DN 3000 (120")
DN 3100 (124")
71 000
78 000
82 000
7L
7N
7Q
DN 3200 (128")
DN 3300 (132")
DN 3400 (136")
85 000
92 000
100 000
7S
7U
7W
DN 3500 (140")
DN 3600 (144")
DN 3700 (148")
100 000
110 000
120 000
8A
8C
8E
DN 3800 (152")
DN 3900 (156")
DN 4000 (160")
130 000
130 000
144 000
8G
8J
8L
2)
Ord. code
7 ME 3 2 2 0 7777 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
None (for tapping band)

Carbon steel, length = 160 mm, mounting
plates in carbon steel
Stainless steel, length = 160 mm, mounting
plates in stainless steel
Stainless steel, length = 230 mm, for concrete pipe (DN 600 ... DN 4000)
0
1
2
3
Only for FUS060
1)
Article No.

2-path sensor
Transducer holder
Diameter
Installation method2)
Empty pipe (incl. transducer holder and
mounting plates). Alignment rods and tools
must be ordered as accessories.
Hot tap, mounting under pressure (mounting
plates not incl.). Special mounting tools to
SONOKIT for tapping band
(DN 200 ... DN 1800) (trandsducer holder
and mounting plates not incl., tapping band
to be ordered separately)1)
Ord. code
7 ME 3 2 2 0 -


(356 F), EEx d, ATEX approval
(only with standard FUS060)
IP68 PA housing, Sylgard potting kit, PN 40,

SS, O-ring, 100 C (212 F), no approval
IP68 SS housing, Sylgard potting kit, PN 40,

SS, O-ring, 200 C (392 F), no approval

(374 F), Ex i, ATEX approval (only with
FUS060 Ex)
Cable gland entires

(FUS080 only M20)

transmitter (only with FUS060)

(only DN 200 ... 4000 (8" ... 160"))
IP65 (NEMA 4), 120/230 V AC
IP65 (NEMA 4), 24 V AC/DC Ex version
N
P
Q

(only DN 200 ... 1200 (8" ... 48"))
PDM software tool and IrDA-adapter, which
are needed for settings update, to be
ordered separately, see FUS080 accessories
IP67/NEMA 4X/6 115 ... 230 V AC
IP67/NEMA 4X/6 3.6 V battery version, incl.
dual battery pack
IP67/NEMA 4X/6 115 ... 230 V AC, incl. 3.6 V
single battery backup
IP67/NEMA 4X/6 3.6 V battery version (no
battery pack included)4)
U
V
W
X
Transmitter output module

Pulse and/or alarm output (standard for
FUS080).
HART Ex version, 1 pulse output, 1 relay
B
C
A
B
C
Tapping band via special request

Mounting tools must be orderd separately as "-Z" options
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/277
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
2-path sensor
Article No.
Ord. code
Order code
7 ME 3 2 2 0 -
7 77 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

Transducer coaxial cables

(with FUS080 only, 15 and 30 m,
70C (158 F) cable types)
4 x 3 m, max. 70 C (158 F), the only option for Ex i
4 x 15 m, max. 70 C (158 F)
4 x 30 m, max. 70 C (158 F)
0
1
2
3
4 x 60 m, max. 70 C (158 F) (up to DN 3000)

4 x 90 m, max. 70 C (158 F) (up to DN 3000)
4 x 120 m, max. 70 C (158 F) (up to DN 3000)
4
5
6

Special version (add Order code):

No transducer cable, cable length 4 x 3 m,
9 R0A

(up to DN 3000)
9 R0C
9 R0D

(up to DN 3000)
(up to DN 3000)
9 R0E
9 R0B
9 R0F
EN 10204-3.1, transducer body material

EN 10204-3.1, transducer holder material
EN 10204-3.1, mounting plate material
F30
F31
F32
Tag name plate

Y17
Accessories
= 25 mm, L = 500 mm, 3 pcs.
= 25 mm, L = 500 mm, 6 pcs.
= 25 mm, L = 500 mm, 8 or 10 pcs.
S10
Spanner key for tranducer mounting type

SONO 3200 O-ring type
Tool set with various mounting/spare parts for
SONOKIT installation
T11
S11
S12
T12
Article No.
Description
SITRANS FUS060
English
A5E01204521
German
A5E02123845
SITRANS FUS080
English
A5E03059912
German
A5E31628428
Spanish
A5E31628493
French
A5E31628438
SITRANS F US SONOKIT 2-path

English
A5E02445496
German
A5E02554972
Spanish
A5E02555037
French
A5E02555044
Czech
A5E02814192

3/278
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Flowmeter SONOKIT accessories and spare parts

Accessories
Potting kit for SONO 3200 terminal housing
Description
Article No.
Potting kit for terminal box of SONO 3200 transducers for IP68/NEMA 6P (not for Ex sensors)
FDK:085L2403
3
Tools for SONO 3200 transducers and SONOKIT
Description
Article No.
Extraction tool for replacement of SONO 3200 O-ring transducers under pressure and for hot-tapping
(working conditions: typically water, max. 40 bar and max. 60 C (max. 580 psi and max. 140 F))
For transducer length:
Up to 160 mm (6.3")
FDK:085B5333
Up to 230 mm (9.1")
FDK:085B5335
Angle measurement tool for SONOKIT
FDK:085B5330
Hot-tap drilling tool for SONOKIT, the extraction tool is required, max. pressure 40 bar (580 psi)
FDK:085B5392
Alignment tool for SONOKIT (typically for hot-tapping)

For use on pipe sizes in the range DN 300 to DN 1200.
FDK:085B5393
Description
Article No.
Alignment rods-set for DN 100 ... 650 (4" ... 26"), = 25 mm, L = 500 mm, 3 pcs.
A5E02609214
A5E02609215
A5E02609216
Spanner key for tranducer mounting type SONO 3200 O-ring type
A5E02609218
Tool set with various mounting/spare parts for SONOKIT installation
A5E02609219
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/279
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
(For the connection of individual transducer cables with the
FUS060 transducer cables)
Article No.
Description

cables
FDK:085B1360

cables
FDK:085B1361
IP68 EEx e plastic box for

2 coaxial cables, no ATEX
approval
FDK:085B1362
IP68 EEx e plastic box for

4 coaxial cables, no ATEX
approval
FDK:085B1363
Spare parts
Transducer SONO 3200 spare parts, complete transducer with "-NPT cable glands
Approval Temperature range Length
Article No.
[C (F)]
[mm (inch)]
TransMaterial Gasket
ducer type
Pressure Terminal
rating
housing
O-ring
316 SS
O-ring
PN 40
Plastic PA 6.6
-20 +100
(-4 ... +212)
160 (6.3)
A5E00839476
O-ring
316 SS
O-ring
PN 40
316 SS
-20 +2001)
(-4 ... +392)
160 (6.3)
A5E00839435
O-ring
316 SS
O-ring
PN 40
Plastic PA 6.6
-20 +100
(-4 ... +212)
230 (9.41)
A5E00839477
O-ring
316 SS
O-ring
PN 40
316 SS
-20 +2001)
(-4 ... +392)
230 (9.41)
A5E00839437
1)
316 SS housing for -20 ... +200 C (-4 ... +392 F) media temp. but cable glands only for -20 ... +100 C (-4 ... +212 F) ambient temp.
Transducer SONO 3200 spare parts, complete transducer with M20 cable glands
Approval Temperature range Length
Article No.
[C (F)]
[mm (inch)]
TransMaterial Gasket
ducer type
Pressure Terminal
rating
housing
O-ring
316 SS
O-ring
PN 40
Plastic PA 6.6
-20 +100
(-4 ... +212)
160 (6.3)
FDK:085B5454
O-ring
316 SS
O-ring
PN 40
316 SS
-20 +2001)
(-4 ... +392)
160 (6.3)
FDK:085B5455
O-ring
316 SS
O-ring
PN 40
Plastic PA 6.6
-20 +100
(-4 ... +212)
230 (9.41)
FDK:085B5458
O-ring
316 SS
O-ring
PN 40
316 SS
Ex d2)
-20 +200
(-4 ... +392)
160 (6.3)
FDK:085B5452
O-ring
316 SS
O-ring
PN 40
316 SS
Ex i3)
-10 +200
(14 ... 392)
160 (6.3)
A5E00836462
O-ring
316 SS
O-ring
PN 40
316 SS
-20 +2002)
(-4 ... +392)
230 (9.41)
FDK:085B5459
1)
316 SS housing for -20 ... +200 C (-4 ... +392 F) media temp. but cable glands only for -20 ... +100 C (-4 ... +212 F) ambient temp.
2)
3)
Transducer SONO 3200 spare parts, transducer terminal housing with M20 cable glands
Type
Article No.
Material: PA 6.6, Temperature range: -20 +100 C (-4 ... +212 F)
FDK:085B5501
Material: AISI 316, Temperature range: -20 +200 C (-4 ... +392 F)
FDK:085B5504
Material: AISI 316, Ex
d1),
Temperature range: -20 +200 C (-4 ... +392 F)
Material: AISI 316, Ex i2), Temperature range: -10 +200 C (14 ... 392 F)
1)
2)
3/280
Siemens FI 01 2015
FDK:085B5505
A5E00835255
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Transducer SONO 3200 spare parts, transducer terminal housing with "-NPT cable glands
Type
Article No.
Material: PA 6.6, Temperature range: -20 +100 C (-4 ... +212 F)
A5E00839460
Material: AISI 316, Temperature range: -20 +200 C (-4 ... +392 F)
A5E00839427
Transducer SONO 3200 spare parts transducer body with insert as well as insert only
Gasket
Length [mm (inch)]
Article No.
-20 +200 (-4 ... +392)
O-ring (FFKM O-ring material)1)
160 (6.3)
FDK:085B1406
-20 +200 (-4 ... +392)
O-ring (FKM 602 O-ring material)2)
160 (6.3)
FDK:085B5510
-20 +200 (-4 ... +392)
O-ring
230 (9.41)
FDK:085B5511
1)
2)
Chemical resistant O-ring material. Body specially for Ex-approved transducers.

Body specially for standard transducers.
Length [mm (inch)]
Article No.
-20 +200 (-4 ... +392)
160 (6.3)
FDK:085B1419
-20 +200 (-4 ... +392)
230 (9.41)
FDK:085B1420
Transducer SONO 3200 gasket

Type
Pressure rating Material
Gasket O-ring (3 pcs. for O-ring transducers) PN 40
FKM
Temperature range
[C (F)]
Article No.
-20 +200
(-4 ... +392)
FDK:085B1089
Cables for SONOKIT SONO 3200 transducers with FUS060

Description
Length [m (ft)]
Article No.
(2 pcs.)
3 (9.84)
A5E00875101
15 (49.21)
A5E00861432
30 (98.43)
A5E01278662
60 (196.85)
A5E01278682
90 (295.28)
A5E01278687
120 (393.70)
A5E01278698
3 (9.84)
A5E00875105
15 (49.21)
A5E00861435
30 (98.43)
A5E01196952
Description
Length [m (ft)]
Article No.
(2 pcs.)
15 (49.21)
A5E02478541
30 (98.43)
A5E02478751
High temp. coaxial cable for FUS060; with 0.3 m brown PTFE high temp.
transducer part, max. 200 C (392 F) and black PVC transmitter part
with SMB plug, max. 70 C (158 F); (impedance 75 )
(2 pcs.)
Cables for SONOKIT SONO 3200 transducers with FUS080
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/281
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Transducer holder for SONOKIT SONO 3200 transducers
Type/
description
Temperature range
[C (F)]
160 mm (6.3") stainless steel

45, DN 100 DN 150
(4" ... 6")
FDK:085L1103
-20 ... 100

(-4 ... +212)
A5E02246304
160 mm (6.3") carbon steel

45, DN 100 DN 150
(4" ... 6")
FDK:085L1102
black PA
plastic,
cable
5 ... 13 mm
" NPT gray -20 ... 100

PA plastic, (-4 ... +212)
cable
5 ... 9 mm
A5E02246309
" NPT
-40 ... 100
crome(-40 ... +212)
plated
brass, cable
5 ... 9 mm
A5E02246258
M20 stain- -25 ... 200

Ex i
less steel,
(-13 ... +392)
cable
4 ... 6 mm
A5E02246194
1-path (each incl. 1 pc.)
SONO 3200 cable glands
Article No.
Description
230 mm (9.1") for concrete

FDK:085L1107
pipe 60, DN 600 DN 2400
(24" ... 96")
60, DN 200 DN 2400
(8" ... 96")
FDK:085L1105

60, DN 200 DN 2400
(8" ... 96")
FDK:085L1104

230 mm (9.1") for concrete
FDK:085L1111
pipe 60, DN 600 DN 4000
(24" ... 160")
60, DN 200 DN 4000
(8" ... 160")
FDK:085L1109

60, DN 200 DN 4000
(8" ... 160")
FDK:085L1108
The other transducer holder parts are either completely in stainless steel for the concrete and stainless steel pipes
(AISI 316L/1.4404 or similar). For carbon pipes the part welded
onto the pipe is in carbon steel (St.37 or similar). Thread part is
stainless steel (AISI 316L/1.4404 or similar).
Mounting plate for SONOKIT SONO 3200 transducers
Article No.
Description
Stainless steel plate, 45,
DN 100 DN 150 (4" ... 6")
FDK:085L1113
Carbon steel plate, 45,

DN 100 DN 150 (4" ... 6")
FDK:085L1112

FDK:085L1115
DN 200 DN 2400 (8" ... 96")
FDK:085L1114
DN 200 DN 2400 (8" ... 96")
DN 200 DN 4000
(8" ... 160")
FDK:085L1119

DN 200 DN 4000
(8" ... 160")
FDK:085L1118
The mounting plates are either in stainless steel

(AISI 316L/1.4404 or similar) or carbon steel (St.37 or similar).
3/282
Siemens FI 01 2015
Appr Article No.
M20 stain- -60 ... 180

Ex d A5E02246311
less s
(-76 ... +356)
teel, cable
5 ... 8 mm
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Schematics
1
Xi
4
Path 1
Sensor
1
4 1A
1A
2B
1B
2A
1
2B
4
Path 2
1A
1B
2A
2B
Sensor
1
2A
4
Electrical connection of SITRANS FUS060 and SONOKIT 2-path. Max. 30 m transducer cable length for sizes DN 3000.
Track 1
1
1B
4
Sensor
1A
1B
1
4 1A
1A
2B
1B
2A
Electrical connection of SITRANS FUS060 and SONOKIT 1-path
2A 1A
2A 1A
2A 1A
2A 1A
2A 1A
1B 2B
2A 1A
1B 2B
1B 2B
1A
1B 2B
1B 2B
1B
1A
2A
1B 2B
1B
2B
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/283
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Flowmeter SITRANS FUS380 standard
Overview
Design
The 2-path design of SITRANS FUS380 ensures maximum accuracy under short inlet conditions. The flowmeter consists of a
flow sensor pipe, 4 transducers/transducer cables and a transmitter SITRANS FUS080.
The unit is available in a compact or a remote version with up to
30 meter distance from flowmeter to transmitter. When ordering
a compact version the transducer cables are pre-mounted and
ready for installation.
Compact mounting is only possible up to 120 C (248 F). The
sensor must be isolated to protect transmitter from heat. The
transmitter is available in an IP67/NEMA 4X/6 enclosure.
Integration
The flowmeter digital output is often used as input for an energy
SITRANS FUS380 has two digital output functions that can be individually selected.
Pulse output rate is defined when ordering. To get optimal benefit the pulse value must be selected as low as possible.
If the flowmeter forms part of an energy meter system for custody transfer, no further approvals are needed, except possible
The 2-path flowmeter SITRANS FUS380 comes as battery or
mains-powered and is designed to measure water flow in district
heating plants, local networks, boiler stations, substations,
chiller plants and other general water applications.
The type-approved flowmeter version is named
SITRANS FUE380 - see page 3/289.
Technically, the meter types SITRANS FUS380 and
SITRANS FUE380 are completely identical, only difference is the
calibration limit and the type approval for custody transfer.
Benefits
Easy one-button straight forward display
Measures on most district water qualities and water conductivities
No pressure drop
Long-term stability
2 galvanically isolated digital outputs for easy connection to a
calculator (potential-free)
Dynamic range Qi (min) : Qs (max) up to 1:400
Application
The main application for SITRANS FUS380 is measurement of
water flow or water flow in energy meter systems in district heating networks or chilled water.
3/284
Siemens FI 01 2015
Function
Together with the SIMATIC PDM tool the FUS380 offers the possibility of testing and verifying the flowmeter on site and creating
a printed Qualification Certificate with specific data that defines the quality status of the measurement.
The Qualification Certificate shows information about the actual
status of the flowmeter:
General settings, flowmeter and battery information, totalizer
values, and pulse output settings
Detailed information about the transmitter and the sensor
functionality, and a main parameter list for evaluating the functionality of the flowmeter
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Configuration SITRANS FUS380

Selection guide SITRANS FUS380, standard version
DN
Qs (m3/h)
Qmax (m3/h)
(105 % of Qs)
Qp (m3/h)
Qi (m3/h)
(1:100 of Qp)
Cut-off (m3/h)
Cut-off
(% of Qmax)
Typical pulse
value1) (l/pulse)
50
50
50
65
65
65
80
80
80
100
100
100
125
125
125
150
150
150
200
200
200
250
250
250
300
300
300
350
350
350
400
400
400
500
500
500
600
600
600
700
700
700
800
800
800
900
900
900
1 000
1 000
1 000
1 200
1 200
1 200
15
45
45
25
72
72
40
120
120
60
180
240
10
280
400
150
420
560
250
700
900
400
1 120
1 400
560
1 560
2 100
750
2 100
2 800
950
2 660
3 600
1 475
4 130
5 500
2 150
6 020
8 000
2 900
8 120
10 800
3 800
10 640
14 200
5 000
14 000
20 000
6 000
16 800
24 000
9 000
25 200
36 000
15.75
47.25
47.25
26.25
75.6
75.6
42
126
126
63
189
252
10.5
294
420
157.5
441
588
262.5
735
945
420
1 176
1 470
588
1 638
2 205
787.5
2 205
2940
9 97.5
2 793
3 780
1 548.75
4 336.5
5 775
2 257.5
6 321
8 400
3 045
8 526
11 340
3 990
11 172
14 910
5 250
14 700
21 000
6 300
17 640
25 200
9 450
26 460
37 800
15
15
30
25
25
50
40
40
80
60
60
120
100
100
200
150
150
300
250
250
500
400
400
800
560
560
1 120
750
750
1 500
950
950
1 900
1 475
1 475
2 950
2 150
2 150
4 300
2 900
2 900
5 800
3 800
3 800
7 600
3 800
5 000
5 000
3 800
6 000
12 000
3 800
9 000
18 000
0.15
0.15
0.3
0.25
0.25
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.8
0.6
0.6
1.2
1
1
2
1.5
1.5
3
2.5
2.5
5
4
4
8
5.6
5.6
11.2
7.5
7.5
15
9.5
9.5
19
14.75
14.75
29.5
21.5
21.5
43
29
29
58
38
38
76
38
50
50
38
60
120
38
90
180
0.075
0.075
0.150
0.125
0.125
0.250
0.200
0.200
0.400
0.300
0.300
0.600
0.500
0.500
1.000
0.750
0.750
1.500
1.250
1.250
2.500
2.000
2.000
4.000
2.800
2.800
5.600
3.750
3.750
7.500
4.750
4.750
9.500
7.375
7.375
14.750
10.750
10.750
21.500
14.500
14.500
29.000
19.000
19.000
38.000
19.000
25.000
25.000
19.000
30.000
60.000
19.000
45.000
90.000
0.48
0.16
0.32
0.48
0.17
0.33
0.48
0.16
0.32
0.48
0.16
0.24
4.76
0.17
0.24
0.48
0.17
0.26
0.48
0.17
0.26
0.48
0.17
0.27
0.48
0.17
0.25
0.48
0.17
0.26
0.48
0.17
0.25
0.48
0.17
0.26
0.48
0.17
0.26
0.48
0.17
0.26
0.48
0.17
0.25
0.36
0.17
0.12
0.30
0.17
0.24
0.20
0.17
0.24
1
1
1
1
1
1
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
The values Qi, Qp and Qs are shown on the system label of the FUS380. Qi (Qmin) means the minimal and Qp (Qnom) the nominal flow
rate. Qs is the highest operatable flow rate. The maxium flow rate (Qmax) is 105 % of Qs. The low flow cut-off is 50 % of Qi.
In order to obtain best pulse output resolution in the range Qmin to Qs of approx. 100 Hz at Qs, two or three flow values for every
dimension can be selected at ordering. Therefore the ordering data table also shows Qp (Qn). This flow rate is between Qi (Qmin) and
Qs and indicates the normal or typical flow.
To get optimal benefit of the pulses the pulse value and pulse length shall be selected as low as possible. The following calculation
formula can be used for determining the shortest pulse value at a pulse length of 5 ms: L/pulse > Qs (m3/h) /360.
For example Qs = 300 m3/h; L/pulse > 300/360; L/pulse > 0.83; therefore the pulse value must be 1 l/pulse
1)
Typical pulse values for SITRANS FUS380 with pulse length 5 ms. Other values are possible - please see the selections at the 7ME340 Order codes.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/285
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
The sensors are approved according to EU directive 97/23/EC

dated 29 May 1997 regarding fluid group 1, classified in category III. Design according to EN 13480 (PED Directive).
Sensor design
2-path sensor with flanges and

inline transducers wet-calibrated
from factory
Nominal size
(DN 50 ... DN 80 in bronze)
DN 50, 65, 80, 100, 125, 150,

200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 500, 600,
700, 800, 900, 1000, 1200
SITRANS FUS380 uncertainty
Pressure rate
PN 16, PN 25, PN 40
EN 1092-1 flanges:
type 01: DN 100 to DN 125
type 11: DN 150 to DN 1200
type 11 'design': DN 50 to DN 80
Flow value setting
Predefined settings according to

dimension
Approval
No approval
Flow rate vf
0.02 9 m/s (0.065 29.5 ft/s)
Output A

net, reverse net (Preset: forward)
Output B
Pulse (forward, reverse, forward

net, reverse net, alarm, call-up
(Preset: alarm)
Pulse value A & B

(depending on DN value)
0.1 l/p, 0.25 l/p, 0.5 l/p, 1 l/p,

2.5 l/p, 10 l/p, 25 l/p, 50 l/p,
100 l/p, 250 l/p, 500 l/p, 1 m3/p,
2.5 m3/p, 5 m3/p, 10 m3/p,
25 m3/p, 50 m3/p, 100 m3/p,
250 m3/p, 500 m3/p, 1000 m3/p
Pipe material
DN 100 ... DN 1200: Carbon

Steel EN 1.0345/P235 GH,
painted in light-gray.
DN 50 ... 80: Die-cast bronze
G-CuSn10/W2.1050.01
(EN 1982)
Transducer design
DN 100 ... DN 1200: Inline version and welded onto the pipe
DN 50 ... DN 80:
Screwed into the pipe
Transducer material
Stainless steel (AISI 316/1.4404)/

brass (CuZn36Pb2As)
FUS380
Pulse width
5/10/20/50/100/200/500 ms
Sensor operating conditions
Flow unit setup
Preset: m3/h
Ambient temperature
Volume unit setup
Preset: m3
Operation
-10 +60 C (14 ... 140 F)

(MID version:
-10 +55 C (14 ... 131 F))
Storage
-40 +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Measured media
Heating water, according to

VDI-2035 (pH 8.2 - 10.5),
industrial VdTV information
sheet 1466 and AGFW information sheet FW 510.
Media/surface temperature
DN 100 ... DN 1200
DN 50 ... DN 80
DN 50 ... DN 1200
Remote: 2 200 C
(35.6 392 F)
Remote: 2 150 C
(35.6 302 F)
Compact: 2 120 C
(35.6 248 F)
Sensor connection
IP67/NEMA 4X/6
Max. flow velocity
DN 50 DN 1200: 9 m/s (29.5 ft/s)

Units (SI).
test results worldwide, including the US (NIST traceability). Siemens offers accredited calibrations assured to ISO 17025 in the
flow range from 0.0001 m/h to 10 000 m/h. Siemens Flow Instruments accredited laboratories are recognized by ILAC MRA
(International Laboratory Accreditation Corporation - Mutual
Recognition Arrangement) ensuring international traceability
and recognition of the test results worldwide.
A standard calibration certificate with Qn as selected flow is
shipped with each SITRANS FUS380. This production calibration protocol consists of 2 x 3 points at Qi, 10 % Qp and Qp
(max. 4 200 m3/h).
Accuracy SITRANS FUS380:
To EN 55011/CSPRI-11
Noise immunity
Transmitter
0.5 % for 0.5 m/s < v < 10 m/s and 0.25/Vact. [%] below 0.5 m/s
[%]
The transmitter related to this system is the SITRANS FUS080.

Technical specifications to the FUS080 see page 3/251 ff.
Sensor cable
Cable length
Max. 30 m (98.4 ft) between

transmitter and sensor
5
4
3


Conformity on CD
Material certificate according

EN 3.1 is optionally available
Calibration report

shipped with every flowmeter.
optionally available
Approvals
3/286
Siemens FI 01 2015
2
Type accuracy limits FUS380
1
0
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1
0 0.5 1
1.5
2
5
2.5
8
[m/s] 10
[ft/s] 33
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Article-No. Order code
Flowmeter SITRANS FUS380 (standard)
7 ME 3 4 0 0 -
Flowmeter SITRANS FUS380 (standard)
Article-No. Order code
7 77 7 0 - 7 7 A 7 7 7 7
7 ME 3 4 0 0 7 77 7 0 - 7 7 A 7 7 7 7

System without sensor - only a transmitter
FUS080 as spare part - settings as defined
with this Article No.
EN 1092-1 Flanges
PN 16 (DN 100 ... DN 1 200)
PN 25 (DN 200 ... DN 1 000)
PN 40 (DN 50 ... DN 250)3)
Diameter
Flow setting [m3/h]

Qp (Qn)1) Qs
DN 50 (2")2)
DN 50 (2")2)
DN 50 (2")2)
15
15
30
15
45
45
1A
1C
1D
DN 65 (2")2)
DN 65 (2")2)
DN 65 (2")2)
25
25
50
25
72
72
1E
1G
1H
DN 80 (3")2)
DN 80 (3")2)
DN 80 (3")2)
40
40
80
40
120
120
1J
1L
1M
DN 100 (4")
DN 100 (4")
DN 100 (4")
60
60
120
60
180
240
1N
1Q
1R
DN 125 (5")
DN 125 (5")
DN 125 (5")
100
100
200
100
280
400
1S
1U
1V
Pulse output value setup5)

0.1 l/p
1 l/p
2.5 l/p
1
2
3
DN 150 (6")
DN 150 (6")
DN 150 (6")
150
150
300
150
420
560
2A
2C
2D
10 l/p
50 l/p
100 l/p
4
5
6
DN 200 (8")
DN 200 (8")
DN 200 (8")
250
250
500
250
700
900
2E
2G
2H
250 l/pulse
1 m3/pulse
7
8
DN 250 (10")
DN 250 (10")
DN 250 (10")
400
400
800
400
1 120
1 400
2J
2L
2M
0.25 l/pulse
0.5 l/pulse
5 l/pulse
25 l/pulse
9
9
9
9
N0A
N0B
N0C
N0D
DN 300 (12")
DN 300 (12")
DN 300 (12")
560
560
1 120
560
1 560
2 100
2N
2Q
2R
500 l/pulse
2.5 m3/pulse
5 m3/pulse
9
9
9
N0E
N0F
N0G
DN 350 (14")
DN 350 (14")
DN 350 (14")
750
750
1 500
750
2 100
2 800
2S
2U
2V
10 m3/pulse
25 m3/pulse
50 m3/pulse
9
9
9
N0H
N0 J
N0K
DN 400 (16")
DN 400 (16")
DN 400 (16")
950
950
1 900
950
2 660
3 600
3A
3C
3D
100 m3/pulse
250 m3/pulse
500 m3/pulse
9
9
9
N0L
N0M
N0N
DN 500 (20")
DN 500 (20")
DN 500 (20")
1 475
1 475
2 950
1 475
4 130
5 500
3J
3L
3M
1000 m3/pulse
N0P
DN 600 (24")
DN 600 (24")
DN 600 (24")
2 150
2 150
4 300
2 150
6 020
8 000
3S
3U
3V
DN 700 (28")
DN 700 (28")
DN 700 (28")
2 900
2 900
5 800
2 900
8 120
10 800
4E
4G
4H
DN 800 (32")
DN 800 (32")
DN 800 (32")
3 800
3 800
7 600
3 800
10 640
14 200
4N
4Q
4R
DN 900 (36")
DN 900 (36")
DN 900 (36")
5 000
5 000
10 000
5 000
14 000
20 000
5A
5C
5D
DN 1 000 (40")
DN 1 000 (40")
DN 1 000 (40")
6 000
6 000
12 000
6 000
16 800
24 000
5J
5L
5M
DN 1 200 (48")
DN 1 200 (48")
DN 1 200 (48")
9 000
9 000
18 000
9 000
25 200
36 000
5S
5U
5V
This device is shipped with a Quick Start guide and the SITRANS F
manual CD containing the complete manual library. Printed Operating
Instructions are available for purchase via PMD.
C
D
E
Compact/remote connection
Compact version, max. 120 C (248 F)
Remote version, max. 150/200 C (302/392 F)
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
20 m (65.6 ft)
30 m (98.4 ft)
0
2
3
4
5
IP67/NEMA 4X/6 115 ... 230 V AC

IP67/NEMA 4X/6 3.6 V battery version, incl.
dual battery pack4)
IP67/NEMA 4X/6 115 ... 230 V AC,
including 3.6 V single battery backup4)
(no battery pack included)
Pulse width setup
5 ms (standard)
10 ms
20 ms
50 ms
100 ms
200 ms
500 ms
B
D
E
G
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1)
2)
3)
4)
Qp (Qn) is the normal or typical flow. Qp and Qs is shown on the system label.
Pipe material bronze brass.
PN 40 standard for DN 50 ... DN 80 die-cast bronze pipes.
5)
To get optimal benefit of the pulses the pulse value and pulse length shall
be selected as low as possible. The following calculation formula can be
used for determining the shortest pulse value at a pulse length of 5 ms:
L/pulse > Qs (m3/h) /360.
For example Qs = 300 m3/h; L/pulse > 300/360;
L/pulse > 0.83; therefore the pulse value must be 1 l/pulse
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/287
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Order code
accessories and spare parts
Please add -Z" to Article No. and following addon code(s) with plain text.
Calibration/certificate FUS380
Flowmeter SITRANS FUS380 operating instructions,
Description
Article No.
English
A5E00730100
German
A5E00740611
Spanish
A5E00754188
French
A5E00754173
Production calibration for DN 50 ... DN 1200 with

Qn as selected in diameter.
Incl. Calibration protocol: 2 x 3 points, Qi, 10 %
Qp and Qp (max. 8000 m3/h).
Included

for DN 50 ... DN 200 with Qn as selected in
diameter. Certificate: 2 x 5 points, Qi, 5 %, 10 %,
50 % and 100 % of Qp (max. 630 m3/h).
D20

for DN 250 ... DN 600 with Qn as selected in
diameter. Certificate: 2 x 5 points, 5 %, 10 %,
50 % and 100 % of Qp (max. 2800 m3/h).
D21

Accredited Siemens ISO/IEC 17025 calibration,

DN 500 ... DN 1200 with Qn as selected in diameter.
Certificate: 2 x 5 points, Qi, 5 %, 10 %, 50 % and
100 % of Qp (max. 8000 m3/h).
D22
For accessories and spare parts see chapter of transmitter

SITRANS FUS080/FUE080 on page 3/254.
Output B as reverse flow pulses.

No calibration/verification of this function.
E21
EN 10204-3.1 (pipe material)
F10
Tag name plate

Y17

3/288
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Flowmeter SITRANS FUE380 with CT approval
Overview
Design
The 2-path design of SITRANS FUE380 ensures maximum accuracy under short inlet conditions. The approved flowmeter consists of a flow sensor pipe, 4 transducers/transducer cables and
a transmitter SITRANS FUE080.
The unit is available in a compact or a remote version with up to
30 meter distance from flowmeter to transmitter. When ordering
a compact version the transducer cables are pre-mounted and
ready for installation.
Compact mounting is only possible up to 120 C (248 F). The
sensor must be isolated to protect transmitter from heat. The
transmitter is available in an IP67/NEMA 4X/6 enclosure.
FUE380 MI-004 approval
The SITRANS FUE380 program is type-approved according to
international energy meter standard EN 1434. On 1 November
2006 the MI-004 energy meter directive became effective providing that all energy meters with a MI-004 verification label can
be sold across the EU borders.
The FUE380 are MI-004 verified and labeled products according
to Directive 2004/22/EC of the European Parliament and Council
of March 31, 2004 on measuring instruments (MID), Annex MI004, in sizes from DN 50 to DN 1200.
The 2-path flowmeter SITRANS FUE380 comes as battery or

mains-powered and is designed to measure water flow in district
heating plants, local networks, boiler stations, substations,
chiller plants and other general water applications.
The flowmeter FUE380 is approved according to energy meter
standards EN 1434 class 2, OIML R 75 class 2 and MID class 2.
Metrological parameters are protected against manipulation.
The type-approved flowmeter version is named SITRANS
FUE380. For a standard flowmeter type FUS380 without a type
approval, see separate FUS380 chapter.
Technically, the meter types SITRANS FUS380 and
SITRANS FUE380 are completely identical, only difference is the
calibration limit and the type approval for custody transfer.
The MID certification is obtained as module B + module D approvals according to the above-mentioned directive.
Module B: MI-004 Type MID approval according to
EN 1434: 2007
Module D: Quality insurance MID approval of production
The MID system label with the approval information is placed on
the side of the transmitter and on the sensor. An example of the
product label is shown below:
Benefits
Easy one-button straight forward display
Measures on most district water qualities and water conductivities
No pressure drop
Long-term stability
2 galvanically isolated digital outputs for easy connection to a
calculator (potential-free)
Dynamic range Qi:Qp up to 1:50/100 or max. range Qi:Qs up
to 1:400
FUE380 transmitter label (with MID first verification)
Application
The main application for SITRANS FUE380 is measurement of
water flow or water flow in energy meter systems for custody
transfer in district heating networks or chilled water.
Combined with an energy calculator and a pair of temperature
sensors, SITRANS FUE380 can be used as part of an energy
meter system. For this purpose Siemens offers energy calculator
SITRANS FUE950.
FUE380 sensor label (with MID first verification)

Siemens FI 01 2015
3/289
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Integration
The flowmeter digital output is often used as input for an energy

SITRANS FUE380 has two digital output functions that can be individually selected.
Pulse output rate is defined when ordering. To get optimal benefit the pulse value must be selected as low as possible.
If the flowmeter forms part of an energy meter system for custody transfer, no further approvals are needed, except possible
Function
Together with the SIMATIC PDM tool the FUE380 offers the possibility of testing and verifying the flowmeter on site and creating
a printed Qualification Certificate with specific data that defines the quality status of the measurement.
The Qualification Certificate shows information about the actual
status of the flowmeter:
general settings, flowmeter and battery information, totalizer
values, and pulse output settings
detailed information about the transmitter and the sensor functionality, and a main parameter list for evaluating the functionality of the flowmeter
3/290
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Configuration SITRANS FUE380 type-approved

Selection guide SITRANS FUE380, type-approved flowmeter
DN
Qs (m3/h)
Qmax (m3/h
(105 % of Qs)
Qp (m3/h)
Qi (m3/h)
Qi (m3/h)
Cut-off
(1:50 of Qp)4) (1:100 of Qp)4) (m3/h)
50
30
31.5
152)
0.3
0.075
0.24
50
45
47.25
152)
0.3
0.075
0.16
50
45
47.25
303)
0.30
0.150
0.32
65
50
52.5
252)
0.5
0.125
0.24
Cut-off
(% of Qmax)
Typical pulse
value5)
(l/pulse)
65
72
75.6
252)
0.5
0.125
0.17
65
72
75.6
503)
0.50
0.250
0.33
80
80
84
402)
0.8
0.200
0.24
2.5
80
120
126
402)
0.8
0.200
0.16
2.5
80
120
126
803)
0.80
0.400
0.32
2.5
100
120
126
602)
1.2
0.300
0.24
2.5
100
180
189
602)
1.2
0.300
0.16
2.5
100
180
189
1203)
1.20
0.600
0.32
2.5
125
200
210
1002)
2.0
0.500
0.24
2.5
125
280
294
1002)
2.0
0.500
0.17
2.5
125
280
294
2003)
2.00
1.000
0.34
2.5
150
300
315
1502)
3.0
0.750
0.24
10
150
420
441
1502)
3.0
0.750
0.17
10
150
420
441
3003)
3.00
1.500
0.34
10
200
500
525
2502)
5.0
1.250
0.24
10
200
700
735
2502)
5.0
1.250
0.17
10
200
700
735
5003)
5.00
2.500
0.34
10
250
800
840
4002)
8.0
2.000
0.24
10
250
1 120
1 176
4002)
8.0
2.000
0.17
10
250
1 120
1 176
8003)
8.00
4.000
0.34
10
300
1 120
1 176
5602)
11.2
2.800
0.24
50
300
1 560
1 638
5602)
11.2
2.800
0.17
50
300
1 560
1 638
11203)
11.20
5.600
0.34
50
350
1 500
1 575
7502)
15.0
3.750
0.24
50
350
2 100
2 205
7502)
15.0
3.750
0.17
50
5003)
350
2 100
2 205
15.00
7.500
0.34
50
400
1 900
1 995
9502)
19.0
4.750
0.24
50
400
2 660
2 793
9502)
19.0
4.750
0.17
50
400
2 660
2 793
1 9003)
19.00
9.500
0.34
50
500
2 950
3 097.5
1 4752)
29.5
7.375
0.24
100
500
4 130
4 336.5
1 4752)
29.5
7.375
0.17
100
3)
500
4 130
4 336.5
29.50
14.750
0.34
100
600
4 300
4 515
2 950
2 1502)
43.0
10.750
0.24
100
600
6 020
6 321
2 1502)
43.0
10.750
0.17
100
600
6 020
6 321
4 3003)
43.00
21.500
0.34
100
700
5 800
6 090
2 9002)
58.0
14.500
0.24
100
700
8 120
8 526
2 9002)
58.0
14.500
0.17
100
8003)
700
8 120
8 526
58.00
29.000
0.34
100
800
7 600
7 980
3 8002)
76.0
19.000
0.24
100
800
10 640
11 172
3 8002)
76.0
19.000
0.17
100
800
10 640
11 172
7 6003)
76.00
38.000
0.34
100
900
10 000
10 500
5 0002)
100.0
25.000
0.24
100
900
14 000
14 700
5 0002)
100.0
25.000
0.17
100
14 700
0003)
100.00
50.000
0.34
100
900
14 000
10
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/291
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
DN
Qs (m3/h)
Qmax (m3/h
(105 % of Qs)
Qp (m3/h)
1 000
12 000
12 600
6 0002)
120.0
30.000
0.24
100
1 000
16 800
17 640
6 0002)
120.0
30.000
0.17
100
1 000
16 800
17 640
12 0003)
120.00
60.000
0.34
100
1 200
18 000
18 900
9 0002)
180.0
45.000
0.24
100
1 200
25 200
26 460
9 0002)
180.0
45.000
0.17
100
26 460
0003)
180.00
90.000
0.34
100
1 200
25 200
18
Qi (m3/h)
Qi (m3/h)
Cut-off
(1:50 of Qp)4) (1:100 of Qp)4) (m3/h)
Cut-off
(% of Qmax)
Typical pulse
value5)
(l/pulse)
Dynamic range Qi:Qp: better than 1:100 or 1:50 according to OIML R 75 class 2 and MID EN 1434 class 2.
Qi (Qmin) means the minimal and Qp (Qnom) the nominal flow rate according to the approval requirements.
Qs is the highest operatable flow rate. The maximum flow rate (Qmax) is 105 % of Qs. The low flow cut-off is 50 % of Qi.
Qi, Qp and Qs are shown on the system nameplate of the FUE380.
In order to obtain best pulse output resolution in the range Qmin to Qs of approx. 100 Hz at Qs, two or three flow values for every
dimension can be selected at ordering. Therefore the ordering data table also shows Qp (Qn). This flow rate is between Qi (Qmin) and
Qs and indicates the normal or typical flow according to the approval requirements.
1)
Typical pulse values with a pulse length of 5 ms in connection with SITRANS FUE950. Other values are possible, please see the selections at the 7ME341
Order code.
2)
EN 1434 and MID flow values
3)
OIML R 75 and MID flow values
4)
The minimum flow (Qi) should be checked in the PIA-selector or product master data base (PMD)
5)
To get optimal benefit of the pulses the pulse value and pulse length shall be selected as low as possible. The following calculation formula can be used for
determining the shortest pulse value at a pulse length of 5 ms: L/pulse > Qs (m3/h) /360.
For example Qs = 300 m3/h; L/pulse > 300/360; L/pulse > 0.83; therefore the pulse value must be 1 l/pulse
3/292
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Pipe design
2-path sensor with flanges and

inline transducers wet-calibrated
from factory
Nominal size welded version

(DN 50 ... DN 80 in bronze)
DN 50, 65, 80, 100, 125, 150, 200,

250, 300, 350, 400, 500, 600, 700,
800, 900, 1000, 1200
Pressure rate
PN 16, PN 25, PN 40
EN 1092-1 flanges:
type 01: DN 100 to DN 125
type 11: DN 150 to DN 1200
type 11 'design': DN 50 to DN 80
Pipe material
Transducer design
Transducer material
DN 100 ... DN 1200: Carbon Steel

EN 1.0345/P235 GH, painted in
light-gray.
DN 50 ... DN 80: Die-cast bronze
G-CuSn10/W2.1050.01 (EN 1982)
DN 100 ... DN 1200: Inline version
and welded onto the pipe
DN 50 ... DN 80:
Screwed into the pipe
Stainless steel (AISI 316/1.4404)/
brass (CuZn36Pb2As)
Sensor operating conditions

Ambient temperature
Operation
-10 +60 C (14 ... 140 F)

(MID version:
-10 +55 C (14 ... 131 F))
Storage
-40 +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Measured media
Heating water, according to

VDI-2035 (pH 8.2 - 10.5), industrial
VdTV information sheet 1466 and
AGFW information sheet FW 510.
Media/surface temperature
DN 100 ... DN 1200
Remote: 2 200 C
(35.6 392 F)
MID: min. +15 C/+59 F
DN 50 ... DN 80
Remote: 2 150 C
(35.6 302 F)
MID: min. +15 C/+59 F
DN 50 ... DN 1200
Compact: 2 120 C
(35.6 248 F)
MID: min. +15 C/+59 F
Sensor connection IP67/NEMA 4X/6
Noise immunity
MID
Environment class E2 and M1
Max. flow velocity at Qs
DN 50 DN 1200: 9 m/s (29.5 ft/s)
Calibration report

shipped with every flowmeter.
Extended accredited
ISO/IEC 17025 calibration certificates optionally available
Approvals
Approval standards: EN 1434 and

OIML R 75 Class 2
Type approval: MID, MI-004, class
2 approval and certification
(according to EN 1434)
The sensors are approved according to EU directive 97/23/EC

dated 29 May 1997 regarding fluid group 1, classified in category III. Design according to EN 13480 (PED Directive).
Type-dependent settings
Flow value
Predefined according to EN 1434/

OIML R 75/MID
Approval
Country specific
Flow rate vf
0.02 9 m/s (0.065 29.5 ft/s)
Output A
Preset: Forward pulses
Output B
Preset: Alarm
Pulse value A & B

(depending on DN
value)
Preset: See scheme - previous page

Preset for SITRANS FUE950 or free selectable
depending on flow rate (Qs)
Pulse width
Preset: 5 ms
Flow unit setup
Preset: m3/h
Volume unit setup
Preset: m3

To ensure continuous accurate measurement, flowmeters must be
calibrated. The calibration is conducted at Siemens flow facilities
with traceable instruments referring directly to the physical unit of
measurement according to the International System of Units (SI).
test results worldwide, including the US (NIST traceability). Siemens offers accredited calibrations assured to ISO 17025 in the
flow range from 0.0001 m/h to 10 000 m/h. Siemens Flow Instruments accredited laboratories are recognized by ILAC MRA (International Laboratory Accreditation Corporation - Mutual Recognition Arrangement) ensuring international traceability and
recognition of the test results worldwide.
A standard calibration certificate with Qn as selected flow is
shipped with each SITRANS FUE380. This production calibration protocol consists of 2 x 3 points at Qi, 10 % Qp and Qp (max.
4 200 m3/h).
Transmitter
The transmitter related to this system is the SITRANS FUE080.
Technical specifications to the FUE080 see page 3/251 ff.
Sensor cable
Cable length
Max. 30 m (98.4 ft) between transmitter and sensor


Conformity on CD
Material certificate according

Siemens FI 01 2015
3/293
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Typical accuracy SITRANS FUE380:
(0.5 + 0.02 Qp/Q) [%]
Qp according to EN 1434/OIML requirements.
Example: DN 100, Qp = 60 m3/h at Q = 1.2 m3/h:
Accuracy at 1.2 m3/h = typical 1.5 %
[%]
5
4
3
FUE380 - Admissible limits according to

OIML R 75 class 2
FUE380 - Admissible limits according to

EN 1434 class 2
1
0
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1

0 0.5 1
1.5
2
5
2.5
8
[m/s] 10
[ft/s] 33
SITRANS FUE380 fulfils the requirements

Ef = (2 + 0.02 Qp/Qi) max. 5 %, according to EN 1434 and
OIML R 75, class 2 or MID class 2 requirements.
3/294
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Flowmeter SITRANS FUE380

(type-approved)
7 ME 3 4 1 0 -

(type-approved)
7 ME 3 4 1 0 -
7 77 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
7 77 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

System without sensor - only a transmitter
Diameter
Flow setting [m3/h]

Qp[m3/h]1) Qs [m3/h]
DN 50 (2")2)
DN 50 (2")2)
DN 50 (2")2)
153)
153)
304)
30
45
45
1B
1C
1D
DN 65 (2")2)
DN 65 (2")2)
DN 65 (2")2)
253)
253)
504)
50
72
72
1F
1G
1H
DN 80 (3")2)
DN 80 (3")2)
DN 80 (3")2)
403)
403)
804)
80
120
120
1K
1L
1M
DN 100 (4")
DN 100 (4")
DN 100 (4")
603)
603)
1204)
120
180
180
1P
1Q
1R
DN 125 (5")
DN 125 (5")
DN 125 (5")
1003)
1003)
2004)
200
280
280
1T
1U
1V
DN 150 (6")
DN 150 (6")
DN 150 (6")
1503)
1503)
3004)
300
420
420
2B
2C
2D
DN 200 (8")
DN 200 (8")
DN 200 (8")
2503)
2503)
5004)
500
700
700
2F
2G
2H
DN 250 (10")
DN 250 (10")
DN 250 (10")
4003)
4003)
8004)
800
1 120
1 120
2K
2L
2M
DN 300 (12")
DN 300 (12")
DN 300 (12")
5603)
5603)
1 1204)
1 120
1 560
1 560
2P
2Q
2R
DN 350 (14")
DN 350 (14")
DN 350 (14")
7503)
7503)
1 5004)
1 500
2 100
2 100
2T
2U
2V
DN 400 (16")
DN 400 (16")
DN 400 (16")
9503)
9503)
1 9004)
1 900
2 660
2 660
3B
3C
3D
DN 500 (20")
DN 500 (20")
DN 500 (20")
1 4753)
1 4753)
2 9504)
2 950
4 130
41 30
3K
3L
3M
DN 600 (24")
DN 600 (24")
DN 600 (24")
2 1503)
2 1503)
4 3004)
4 300
6 020
6 020
3T
3U
3V
DN 700 (28")
DN 700 (28")
DN 700 (28")
2 9003)
2 9003)
5 8004)
5 800
8 120
8120
4F
4G
4H
DN 800 (32")
DN 800 (32")
DN 800 (32")
3 8003)
3 8003)
7 6004)
7 600
10 640
10 640
4P
4Q
4R
DN 900 (36")
DN 900 (36")
DN 900 (36")
5 0003)
5 0003)
10 0004)
10 000
14 000
14 000
5B
5C
5D
DN 1000 (40")
DN 1000 (40")
DN 1000 (40")
6 0003)
6 0003)
12 0004)
12 000
16 800
16 800
5K
5L
5M
DN 1200 (48")
DN 1200 (48")
DN 1200 (48")
9 0003)
9 0003)
18 0004)
18 000
25 200
25 200
5T
5U
5V
EN 1092-1
PN 16 (DN 100 ... DN 1 200)
PN 25 (DN 200 ... DN 1 000)
PN 40 (DN 50 ... DN 250)5)
C
D
E
Compact/remote connection
Compact version, max. 120 C (248 F)
Remote version, max. 150/200 C (302/392 F)

5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
20 m (65.6 ft)
30 m (98.4 ft)
2
3
4
5
Approvals/pulse output
Without approval (neutral)
Selectable pulse output
With approval marks
With approval marks and seal
0
1
2
Pulse output value setup8)

0.1 l/p
1 l/p
2.5 l/p
1
2
3
10 l/p
50 l/p
100 l/p
4
5
6
250 l/pulse
1 m3/pulse
7
8
0.25 l/pulse
N0A
0.5 l/pulse
5 l/pulse
25 l/pulse
9
9
9
N0B
N0C
N0D
500 l/pulse
2.5 m3/pulse
5 m3/pulse
9
9
9
N0E
N0F
N0G
10 m3/pulse
25 m3/pulse
50 m3/pulse
9
9
9
N0H
N0 J
N0K
100 m3/pulse
250 m3/pulse
500 m3/pulse
9
9
9
N0L
N0M
N0N
1 000 m3/pulse
N0P
This device is shipped with a Quick Start guide and the SITRANS F manual
CD containing the complete manual library. Printed Operating Instructions
are available for purchase via PMD.
For notes 1) to 8) see next page
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/295
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline

(type-approved)
7 ME 3 4 1 0 -
7 77 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Please add -Z" to Article No. and following add-on

code(s) with plain text.
Transmitter SITRANS FUE080
Order code
IP67/NEMA 4X/6 115 ... 230 V AC
Calibration/certificate FUE380
IP67/NEMA 4X/6 3.6 V battery version,

incl. dual battery pack6)
Approval, verification and approval sealing as

defined with the article number. See Order code.
IP67/NEMA 4X/6 115 ... 230 V AC,

including 3.6 V single battery backup6)
(no battery pack included)
Production calibration for DN 50 ... DN 1200 with

Qn as selected in diameter
Incl. Calibration protocol: 2 x 3 points,
Qi, 10 % Qp and Qp (max. 8000 m3/h).
Included

Certificate: 2 x 5 points, Qi, 5 %, 10 %, 25 %, 50 %
and 100 % of Qp (max. 630 m3/h).
D20

and 100 % of Qp (max. 2800 m3/h).
D21
Accredited Siemens ISO/IEC 17025 calibration,

and 100 % of Qp (max. 8000 m3/h).
D22
Output B as reverse flow pulses.

No calibration/verification of this function.
E21
type7)
Country/approval
Neutral, no approval mark
China
Russia, EN 1434/OIML R 75
MID-Approval, (EN 1434/OIML R 75),
English
MID-Approval, (EN 1434/OIML R 75), German
MID-Approval, (EN 1434/OIML R 75), Polish
MID-Approval, (EN 1434/OIML R 75), French
A
C
M
R
S
T
U
Pulse width setup

5 ms (standard)
10 ms
20 ms
2
3
4
50 ms
100 ms
200 ms
500 ms
5
6
7
8
1)
2)
Qp (Qn) is the normal flow according to the approval requirements. Qp and

Qs is shown on the system label.
EN 10204-3.1 (pipe material)
EN 1434 flow values. The minimum flow (Qi) should be checked in the PIAselector or product master data base (PMD).
4)
OIML R 75/EN1434 flow values without PTB approval
5)
PN 40 standard for DN 50 ... DN 80 die-cast bronze pipes
6)
8)
Y17
Pipe material bronze brass
3)
7)
F10
Tag name plate
Other countries in progress

To get optimal benefit of the pulses the pulse value and pulse length shall
be selected as low as possible. The following calculation formula can be
used for determining the shortest pulse value at a pulse length of 5 ms:
L/pulse > Qs (m3/h) /360.
For example Qs = 300 m3/h; L/pulse > 300/360; L/pulse > 0.83; therefore
the pulse value must be 1 l/pulse
Flowmeter SITRANS FUE380 operating instructions,

Description
Article No.
English
A5E00730100
German
A5E00740611
Spanish
A5E00754188
French
A5E00754173
For accessories and spare parts on page 3/254 see chapter

of transmitter FUS080/FUE080.
updates.
3/296
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Flowmeter SITRANS FUS380 and FUE380
Transmitter IP67/NEMA 4X/6, wall mounting

8 (0.3)
8.5 (0.34)
25
(0.98)
13 (0.5)
102 (4.02)
12 (0.5)
240 (9.45)
71 (2.8)
$
8 (0.3)
155 (6.10)
13 (0.5)
71 (2.8)
190 (7.45)
170 (6.69)
Sensor dimensions for FUS380 and FUE380

Size
PN 16
PN 25
PN 40
Weight
Weight
Weight
A1
DN
mm
kg
mm
kg
mm
kg
mm
Lift hug
50
300 +0/-2
10
350
No
65
300 +0/-2
15
360
No
80
350 +0/-3
18
370
No
100
350 +0/-2
15
350 +0/-3
18
375
No
125
350 +0/-2
18
350 +0/-3
24
380
No
150
500 +0/-3
28
500 +0/-3
34
390
No
200
500 +0/-3
38
500 +0/-3
47
500 +0/-3
55
414
No
250
600 +0/-3
60
600 +0/-3
76
600 +0/-3
91
440
No
300
500 +0/-3
66
500 +0/-3
81
466
Yes
350
550 +0/-3
94
550 +0/-3
121
495
Yes
400
600 +0/-3
124
600 +0/-3
153
507
Yes
500
625 +0/-3
194
625 +0/-3
231
558
Yes
600
750 +0/-3
303
750 +0/-3
365
609
Yes
700
875 +0/-3
361
875 +0/-3
553
660
Yes
800
1000 +0/-3
494
1000 +0/-3
770
710
Yes
900
1230 +6/-6
475
1300 +6/-6
835
760
Yes
1000
1300 +6/-6
594
1370 +6/-6
1000
810
Yes
1200
1360 +6/-6
732
910
Yes
Notes:
Weight for transmitter/electronics 1.5 kg (compact version) or approximately 5 kg (remote version including 10 m cable set)
- Means not available
All weigths are approximate
For flange values - see norm EN 1092-1
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/297
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Size
PN 16
PN 25
PN 40
Weight
Weight
Weight
A1
inch
inch
lb
inch
lb
inch
lb
inch
Lift hug
11.81 +0/-0.08
22
13.78
No
11.81 +0/-0.08
33
14.17
No
13.78 +0/-0.08
40
14.57
No
13.78 +0/-0.08
33
13.78 +0/-0.12
40
14.76
No
13.78 +0/-0.08
40
13.78 +0/-0.12
53
14.96
No
19.68 +0/-0.12
62
19.68 +0/-0.12
75
15.35
No
19.68 +0/-0.12
84
19.68 +0/-0.12
104
19.68 +0/-0.12
121
16.30
No
10
23.62 +0/-0.12
132
23.62 +0/-0.12
168
23.62 +0/-0.12
201
17.32
No
12
19.68 +0/-0.12
146
19.68 +0/-0.12
179
18.35
Yes
14
21.65 +0/-0.12
207
21.65 +0/-0.12
267
19.49
Yes
16
23.62 +0/-0.12
273
23.62 +0/-0.12
337
19.96
Yes
20
24.61 +0/-0.12
428
24.61 +0/-0.12
509
21.97
Yes
24
29.53 +0/-0.12
668
29.53 +0/-0.12
805
23.98
Yes
28
34.45 +0/-0.12
796
34.45 +0/-0.12
1246
25.98
Yes
32
39.37 +0/-0.12
1089
39.37 +0/-0.12
1698
27.95
Yes
36
48.43 +0/-0.24
1047
51.18 +0/-0.24
1841
29.92
Yes
40
51.18 +0/-0.24
1310
53.94 +0/-0.24
2205
31.89
Yes
48
53.54 +0/-0.24
1614
35.83
Yes
Notes:
Weight for transmitter/electronics 3.3 lb (compact version) or approximately 11 lb (remote version including 32.8 ft cable set)
- Means not available
All weigths are approximate
For flange values - see norm EN 1092-1
3/298
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Schematics
Internal connection
Top of connection Board
External connection
Connection Variant
Positive logic
Passive output
Open drain
Output A
V
0V
I < 50 mA
Shield
V 35 V DC
Signal
R
Output B
Negative logic
V
0V
I < 50 mA
V 35 V DC
R
Signal
Electrical connection of transmitter SITRANS FUS/FUE380
Internal connection
Base of connection board
2A 1A
2A 1A
1B 2B
1B
1A
1B
2A
2B
2B
Flow direction
Electrical connection of sensor SITRANS FUS/FUE380
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/299
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
SITRANS FUE950 energy calculator
Overview
Application
The SITRANS FUE950 is able to handle 3 kinds of applications,
means energy calculation in:
District heating applications
Chilled water applications
Combined cooling/heating applications
Energy metering in heating, hot water applications
(code "A" and "B")
s
INFOCAL 5
SITRANS FUE950 is a universal thermal energy calculator, which

meets the requirements EN 1434 and has the MID and PTB K7.2
approval for energy metering with the media water.
SITRANS FUE950 has been developed for the SITRANS FUS380/
FUE380 and alternatively MAG 5000/6000 or FST020. SITRANS
FUE950 is modular in construction and can by order be fitted with
optional modules depending on the application. The FUE950 supports none of the SITRANS FX, FC products and only some of the
FUS clamp-on products.
Heat
Energy metering in cooling, chilled water applications

(code "C" and "D")
s
INFOCAL 5
Benefits
Basic functions
Prepared for heating, cooling measurement
Approval for MID for heat metering and PTB K7.2 for cooling
High-accuracy thermal energy metering, meets EN1434 requirements
Measured temperature range -20 +190 C (-4 +374 F)
Instantaneous values for energy/volume flow
Battery or mains powered
Battery version with battery lifetime of typically up to 10 years
Optical data interface
Real date and time
Auto-detection of 2-wire or 4-wire temperature sensors
Additional functions
Individual tariff functions
Advanced functions for cooling/heating applications or the
combination
Memory for 24 periods (months, weeks, days)
Data logger function
Expandable functionality with 2 optional plug and play add-on
modules
Communication over M-Bus, RS 485 or RS 232
Add-on modules
Plug-in module with 2 extra pulse inputs
Plug-in module with 2 pulse outputs
Plug-in module with combination of input and output pulses
Plug-in module for M-Bus communication
Plug-in module for RS 232 or RS 485 communication
Plug-in module with 2 passive current outputs (4 ... 20 mA)
3/300
Siemens FI 01 2015
V2
V1
Cooling
Energy metering in combined cooling/heating applications

(code "E" and "F")
s
INFOCAL 5
Cooling
7+
7&
Heat
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Data logger memory (LOG)
Design
SITRANS FUE950 has an easy-read 8-digit LCD display with associated pictograms for the various functions. As the display has
been made for several applications, some figures/symbols not
used for normal district heating applications will be shown.
SITRANS FUE950 has a push button for simple operation and
provides user-friendly control via the various display menu
loops. The display will always be configured for the application
chosen, and for the selected display settings.
The LOG of the calculator is stored every 24 hours with all cumulative values in the EEPROM. The storage frequency can be selected from various storage intervals (5, 6, 10, 12, 15, 20, 30, 60
minutes or the default setting of 24 hours). The data which are
stored in the LOG could be read out using a software tool and
can be used for evaluations.
Extract of possible LOG settings
Values
The integrator has an IP54 plastic housing and is designed for

wall or panel mounting. The housing comes with prepared rubber gaskets cable entries for fast and easy installation.
Storage
interval
Number of
Recording
data records period
5 minutes
440
36.6 hours
440
110 hours
Operation menu loop structure
1 hour
440
18.3 days
The FUE950 display has six menu loops and the menus are numbered in the display from 1 to 6. Some display menus consist of
two values (to maximum seven) that are shown alternately at 4second intervals.
24 hours
(default setting)
Error status
Overload time temperature
Overload time flow
rate
Forward temperature
Return temperature
Date and time
Energy
Tariff energy 1
Tariff energy 2
Tariff definition 1
Tariff definition 2
Volume
Error day counter
440
440 days
The main menu loop no. 1 with the current data, e.g. for energy,
volume, flow rate and temperature, is preprogrammed as default
setting.
In the combined heating/cooling configuration the menu loop no.
5 (tariff menu loop) will be activated additionally.
Display and output pulses
Units: MWh, GJ, Gcal, MBtu, m3, gal, m3/h, GPM, C, F and kW;
all decimal points are statically (the unit "gal" is shown with factor
x 100).
The display unit and the last fractional digit are typical used for
the pulse outputs.
Function
Technical principle
Calculation of energy is based on the following formula:
Energy = Volume x (THot - TCold) x Kfactor (Ti)
Volume: Volume [m3] of a given amount of volume pulses
THot: Measured temperature in the hot line
TCold: Measured temperature in the cold line
Kfactor (Ti): Thermal coefficient of media enthalpy and heat
content
The energy calculation is made by a counter and depends on
temperature difference, pulse input frequency and legal requirements.
The calculator always carries out at least one energy calculation
every 2 seconds. If the connected flowmeter has not sent
enough pulses the energy calculation and flow indication is also
based on the 8 seconds value.
Data memory
The FUE950 has a history memory of 24 periods (months,
weeks, days). The following values are stored monthly, weekly or
daily in the EEPROM on the programmed day of 131 (via software tool).
Date/Time
Volume
Energy
Error day counter
Tariff energy 1
Maximum monthly flow rate
Tariff energy 2
Maximum monthly power
Tariff definition 1
Date of maximum monthly flow rate
Tariff definition 2
Date of maximum monthly power
Pulse counter input 1
Pulse counter input 2
15 minutes
Maximal Values
The integrator creates max. values for power and flow rate
based on consumption time, which are stored in the EEPROM.
The integration intervals are adjustable to 6, 15, 30 or 60 minutes
and 24h. Default setting is 60 minutes.
Tariff/Accounting date function
The calculator includes two independent memories in which the
accumulated energy at two programmable tariff dates are
stored.
Last accounting date
Last but one accounting date
Values stored
Energy
Volume
Tariff counter 1
Tariff counter 2
Pulse counter 1
Pulse counter 2
Date
The integrator offers two optional tariff memories for monitoring
plant load states. Here it concerns threshold value tariffs. Extensive tariff conditions make it possible to adapt the calculator individually to the required customer-specific applications.
Both tariffs are separately configurable and independent from
each other. Energy or time can be measured alternatively per
tariff register dependent on the tariff mode adjusted in each
case.
With the "time triggered tariff function" the switch-on time and the
switch-off time are adjustable independent from each other for
each day of the week in steps of 15 minutes.
Operation hours
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/301
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
The following tariff limit types of the tariff function are possible:
(This example applies to the display at 1 fractional digits after
comma)
Pulse input module
Type Description
Limit
Limit
resolution
dT
Temperature difference
1 ... 190 C
1 C
Two pulse inputs are available. The pulse value and the unit is
configurable for energy, water, gas or electrical meter by parameterization software. Data are separate cumulated in different
registers and are also stored on the two accounting day's (Tariff
registers).
-dT
Negative temperature difference
1 ... 190 C
1 C
Combined Pulse Input/Output module
TR
Return temperature (low)
1 ... 190 C
1 C
TV
Forward temperature (high)
1 ... 190 C
1 C
Power
10 ... 2 500 kW 10 kW
Two pulse inputs combined with one pulse output are available
on one module. The pulse inputs are configurable with value and
the unit by parameterization software.
Flow
1 ... 255 m3/h
FE
"Theoretically forward energy" with

return temperature of 0 C
"Time triggered" counting energy
"External" counting energy
1 m3/h
Error handling and memory

Events such as changes and faults are stored in a non-volatile
memory with a capacity of up to 127 entries. The following
events are recorded:
Checksum error
Temperature measurement error
Error hours
Start and end of test mode
If SITRANS FUE950 records an error, this will be automatically indicated by a "alarm symbol" on the display.
To protect the reading data, all the relevant data are saved in a
non-volatile memory (EEPROM). This memory saves the measured values, device parameters and types of error at regular intervals.
The following events are recorded:
Temperature sensor error
Swapped hot and cold temperature sensors
Battery low warning
Power supply failure
Optical communication warning
RAM checksum error
Outputs/Inputs/Communication
Communication interfaces:
SITRANS FUE950 is fitted with an optical infra-red send/receive
port in accordance with EN1434/IEC 61107, protocol standard,
EN 1434/EN 60870-3 (M-Bus protocol).
A specific optical head with a permanent magnet (IrDA-adapter)
in accordance with EN 1434 can be used for readout data or
communication with the parameterization software.
2 ports for optionally plug-in modules
The calculator features 2 ports for the plug-in modules.
One slot is for the function modules and the other for the communication modules.
Communication modules
The following communication modules are available as options:
RS 232 module, RS 485 module and M-Bus module. The RS 232
and RS 485 communication modules are serial interfaces and
permit data exchange with the calculator. For this purpose a
special data cable is necessary.
The M-Bus module is a serial interface for communication with
external devices (M-Bus Master/Centre). According to the
M-Bus structure a number of calculators can be connected to a
control centre.
3/302
Siemens FI 01 2015
The pulse output is also programmable using the parameterization software.

Pulse output
The calculator provides levels for two optional external pulse
outputs, which can be freely programmed using the parameterization software tool.
Default setting is one pulse which occurs per change in the least
significant digit in the display with the unit and resolution selected by the device ordering.
Possible pulse output values
Energy (default setting)
Volume (default setting)
Tariff energy 1
Tariff energy 2
Tariff condition 1, limit switch
Tariff condition 2, limit switch
Energy error
Volume error
Volume with specific resolution (0.1, 1.0, 10 or 100)
Energy with specific resolution (0.1, 1.0, 10 or 100)
Combined current output module
Optional module with 2 passive 4 ... 20 mA outputs.
Possible output values:
Power (default setting for output #1)
Flow (default setting for output #2)
Hot, cold or difference temperature
The settings can be configured by parameterization software.
The current output module occupies both ports, means no other
plug-in module will possible to plug in.
Module combinations
The calculator has a group of extension modules for communication and another group of extension modules for additional
functionality. These modules are available first selected within
the calculator, or for retrofitting in the field.
One single function module as well as one single communication
module out of following modules is selectable.
Function modules:
Pulse input module, 2 inputs
Pulse output module, 2 outputs
Combined pulse module 2 inputs, 1 output
Combined current output module, 2 x passive 4 ... 20 mA
(occupies both ports)
M-Bus (M-Bus protocol according EN 1434-3)
RS 232 (M-Bus protocol according EN 1434-3)
RS 485 (M-Bus protocol according EN 1434-3)
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Integration
User interface (always included)
SITRANS FUE950 is a multi-purpose energy calculator for media

water which meets the requirements of EN 1434. Further, the energy calculator has been specially developed to process volume
pulses from SITRANS FUS380/FUE380 or alternatively
MAG 5000/6000 or FST020 transmitter.
Display
8-digit LCD display with associated pictograms/symbols
Units
MWh, GJ, Gcal, MBtu, m3, m3/h,

GPM, gal, C, F, kW, MBtu/h
(gal is shown with factor x 100)
Totalizer value range
99 999 999 or 9 999 999.9 (0 and

1 digit after comma). Display digits: Flow in 6 digits; Volume,
power and energy in 8 digits
Values
Power, energy, volume, flow rate,

temperatures
Push button
Single push button for the menu

controlling
Optical interface
IrDA interface
ZVEI optical interface with M-Bus

protocol as per EN 1434, connection via separate IrDA-adapter
baud rate: 300 or 2400
Approval
MID approved in accordance with

energy meter EN 1434 and PTB
K7.2 (German national cooling
approval)
Approved temperature range

Heating
0 ... 180 C (32 ... 356 F)
Cooling
0 ... 105 C (32 ... 221 F)
Absolute temperature range
-20 ... +190 C (-4 ... -374 F)

Differential temperature
Enclosure
IP54 in accordance with IEC 529
Heating
3 ... 177 K (starting at 0.1 K)
Cooling
3 ... 102 K
Measuring accuracy
Meets requirements of EN 1434

Typically max. (0.5 + 3K/) [%]
of measured value
Housing
C Lexan 141R (or similar); colors:

light gray (top part) and black
(bottom part)
Pipe/wall fitting
PA 6.6 GF25 (or similar)
Battery type D-cell
Volume: 1 s, temperature: 4 s
Other plastic parts
ABS Cycolac GPM500 (or similar)
Mains versions
Volume: 1/8 s, temperature: 2 s
Gaskets
Flow range
Depends on pulse input value

(IN0), see "Selection and Ordering data".
Neoprene and rubber cable

bushings: EPDM 50
Rubber cable bushings
EPDM 50
Depends on pulse input value as

follows:
Ambient
5 ... 55 C (41 131 F)
Storage
-25 ... +70 C (-13 +158 F)

Relative ambient humidity < 93 %
Measuring rates
Power range value
Pulse input
value
(l/P or gal/P)
Max power [kW]
1
2.5
5
10
25
50
100
250 *)
500 *)
1 000 *)
15 000
15 000
15 000
150 000
150 000
150 000
1 500 000
1 500 000
1 500 000
15 000 000
Material
Temperature
Environment class
*) not available for gal/pulse
Mechanic class
M1/M2
Electromagnetic class
E1/E2 (MID) or C (DIN EN 1434)
Temperature input
(always included)
Function
The temperature sensors must be

connected to terminals 1-5 and
6-2 (TH) and 3-7 and 8-4 (TC)
depending on cable type (2-wire
or 4-wire).
Temperature range
Absolute measuring range
-20 ... 190 C (-4 374 F) for TH

and TC
Temperature difference
Start 0.1 K, min. 3 K, max. 177 K
Measurement cut-off
0.125 K
16-bit digital resolution AD converter
Max. error
Typical accuracy of FUE950

2.0
1.5
Display resolution
TH and TC: 0.1 K , T: 0.1 K
Sensor types
Pt100 or Pt500 as 2-wire or 4wire; Standard is Pt500.

Sensor cable length: up to 10 m
(according EN 1434 and MIDtype approval).
Sensor connection
4-wire or 2-wire; auto detection of

connection version
EN 1434
1.0
0.5
0
-0.5
Flow input (IN0)

(always included)
-1.0
Function
-1.5
-2.0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Used as standard for flow input of

the external flowmeter. The input
is marked as 10 (+ Flow Pulse),
11 (- Gnd) on the terminal strip.
Note: The pulse input value selection must be the same as the
pulse output setting of the flowmeter.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/303
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Pulse value
1 ... 1 000 l/pulse or 1 ... 100

gal/pulse, selection by corresponding Order code. Will be
shown at the device label
Pulse frequency
100 Hz (200 Hz)
Pulse ON-time
3 ms
Pulse OFF-time
2 ms
Type
Active pulse input
Terminal voltage
3.6 V DC (supplied internally by

FUE950)
Flowmeter installation place
The flowmeter installation place

can be in the hot line or cold line
("forward or return pipe") selected
by corresponding Order code.
The "installation place" will be
shown at the device display and
nameplate
Connected cable
Max. 10 m (shielded cables are

highly recommended)
Possible pulse output selection
Pulse input
Function
Add-on module for two additional

counters. The pulse input 1 is
marked as I1, 'gnd' and the input
2 as I2, 'gnd' on the terminal strip
and indicated in the display as
separate registers IN1 and IN2
and can also be transferred via
the communication modules.
Type
Passive "open collector" pulse

inputs, outputs not potential isolated to each other, data are separate cumulated in different
registers and are also stored on
the two accounting day's.
Pulse value
Pulse value and the unit are configurable for energy, water, gas or
electrical meter by a software tool
Default: Pulse input 0.1 m3 or
1 gal (if unit 'gal' is ordered with
the Z-option "L05")
Pulse frequency
8 Hz
Pulse length
10 ms
External voltage supply
3 V DC (supplied internally by
FUE950)
Current
based on Ri = 2.2 M
Cable length
< 10 m connection limit
Ports for option modules

Type
The calculator features 2 ports for

optional plug-in modules.
Function modules (Port 1 or 2)
Pulse input module, 2 inputs

(In1, In2)
Pulse output module, 2 outputs
(Out1, Out2)
Combination module of 2 inputs
(In1, In2) and 1 output (Out1)
Current output module (Port 1)
2 passive 4 ... 20 mA (#1, #2)

(occupies both port 1 and 2)
Communication modules
(Port 1 or 2)
M-Bus, RS 232 or RS 485 (M-Bus

protocol, according EN 1434-3)
Pulse output
Function
The module contains connections

for 2 pulse outputs, which can be
programmed as desired using a
software tool. The pulse outputs
are marked as standard as O1,
'gnd' and O2, 'gnd' on the terminal strip and Out1 respectively
Out2 in the display.
Type
Passive "open collector" pulse

output, outputs potential isolated
to each other
Pulse value
Last significant digits of the display (unit/pulse), selection by corresponding Order code and
setting can be read via display
menu, settings changeable via
software tool
Current output module

Function
The module contains connections

for 2 passive current outputs,
which can be programmed individually using the software tool.
The outputs are marked #1" and
#2" with corresponding polarity
+" and -" on the terminal strip.
The module will be connected on
port 1 only, but both ports are
occupied by the module.
Terminal voltage
External supply: 10 30 V DC
(passive output)
Signal range
4 20 mA; 4 mA = 0 value and

20 mA = default maximum values
(for #1: Power in kW and for #2:
Flow with the max. values and
selected unit).
Defaults:
For power it is the max. selectable
value x 100 000 the last digit of
display (e. g. 20 mA = 10 000 kW
(1 digit res.) or 100 000 kW
(0 digit res).
For flow it is the max. selectable
value x 10 000 the last digit of
display (e. g. 20 mA = 1 000.0
m3/h (1 digit res.) or 10 000 m3/h
(0 digit res.).
Pulse output 1
Pulse frequency
4 Hz
Pulse width
125 ms 10 %
Pulse duration
125 ms 10 %
Pulse break
125 ms -10 %
Pulse output 2
Pulse frequency
100 Hz, depending on the

selected pulse length
Ratio
Pulse duration/pulse break ~1:1
Pulse length
5, 10, 50, 100 ms (default: 5 ms)
External voltage supply
3 30 V DC
Current
20 mA with a residual voltage of

0.5 V
3/304
Siemens FI 01 2015
Energy
(default setting for 'Out1')
Volume
(default setting for 'Out2')
Tariff energy 1
Tariff energy 2
Tariff condition 1 (limit switch)
Tariff condition 2 (limit switch)
Energy error
Volume error
Volume with specific display resolution (or with factor 0, 1, 10 or
100 thereof)
Energy with specific display
resolution (or factor 0.1 thereof)
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Load
Max. 800
Power consumption
Upper limit
Up to 20.5 mA (exceed causes

the error current value)
230 V and 24 V versions
Typical current appr. 0.15 VA
3.6 V D-cell battery
Typical battery lifetime 10 years

under normal conditions (no addon modules, max. 40 C ambient
temperature)
Supply data
Internal voltage 3.6 V by the battery or plug-in power supply module
Battery, 3.6 V type (option)
3.6 V lithium D-cell, battery lifetime

typically 16 years with independently powered flowmeter
230 V AC module (option)
Plug-in module for 230 V AC

(195 ... 253 V AC), 50/60 Hz (incl.
battery backup)
24 V AC module (option)
Plug-in module for 24 V AC

(12 ... 30 V AC) (incl. battery
backup)
Battery backup (option)
Only with mains supply modules

by internal 3.0 V lithium battery
(type CR 2032)
Displayed values, date and time
are still updated, but the measuring functions have stopped,
including the flow rate measurement. Communication via optional
modules M-Bus, RS 485, RS 232
or optical interface is maintained,
affecting the backup battery lifetime.
Signal on alarm
Errors are indicated with 3.5 mA

or 22.6 mA (programmable,
default: 3.5 mA)
Output values
Power, flow, temperature (configuring via software tool; default: for

#1: Power and for #2: Flow)
M-Bus output
Type
The optional M-Bus plug-in module is a serial interface for communication with external devices
(M-Bus Repeater)
Protocol
M-Bus according EN 1434-3
Connection
The connection is not polarityconscious and is electrically isolated, connection of 2 x max.

2.5 mm2 wires, 300 or 2400 baud
(auto baud detection), current
drawn: one M-Bus load.
M-Bus address:
Each port has its own primary
M-Bus address (Prim1 = the last
two digits of the serial number;
Prim2 = 0). The secondary
address is unique for each calculator and is factory-set to equal
the serial number.
RS 232 output
Protocol
M-Bus according EN 1434-3
Connection
The module contains a 3-pole terminal strip with terminals marked

62, 63, 64 (max. 2.5 mm2); Connected cable length: max 10 m;
For communication with a PC a
special adapter cable is required
(Article No. A5E02611774).
RS 485 output
Function
The optional RS 485 module is a

serial interface for data transmission with external devices, e.g.
PC; baud rate: 2400. The module
contains a 4-pole terminal strip
with terminals marked D+, D-,
Vcc and GND.
Protocol
M-Bus protocol according

EN 1434-3
Connection
Terminals D+ and D-; electrically

isolated; 2400 baud only.
An external supply of 12 V DC
5 V (<5 W) is needed for the
module (terminals Vcc and GND).
The module terminals are max. for
2.5 mm2 wires. Connected cable
length: max. 10 m
Accessories/Software
The parameterization software based on the M-Bus is a convenient tool for handling the calculator. It runs on Windows and is
used for:
Configuration of the calculator functionality, reading out different memories, printing out calculator logs (standard).
Expert programming of the device (advanced setup).
Test Lab programming of the device (full setup)
Configuration of the calculator functionality, reading out different
memories, printing out calculator logs. For further details please
contact your local Siemens representative.
A specific optical head with a permanent magnet in
(IrDA adapter with bluetooth) accordance with EN 1434 can be
used for programming/altering programming of readout data,
configuration data, etc. The reader head can also be used to
change measuring data.
54.7 (2.15)
The optional module RS 232 is a

serial interface for data transmission with external devices, e.g.
PC; baud rate: 300 or 2400. The
module contains a 3-pole terminal
strip with terminals marked 62
(TX), 63 (RX) and 64 (GND). For
this purpose a special data cable
is necessary.
150 (5.90)
99 (3.90)
Type
SITRANS FUE950, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 2015
3/305
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Temperature sensor pairs:
2-wire Pt500
Pt500 2-wire temperature sensor pair (EN 1434)
3
Wall mounting
.3
ax
(0.
8(
5.0

Pairing
Paired to EN 1434
(10 ... 130 C/14 ... 266 F)
Media temperature
0...150 C (32 ... 302 F)
Response time T0.5
See sensor pocket specifications
Medium
Typically heating water
Pressure rating
Protection
IP65
Pipe material
AISI 304Ti/1.4303
Dimension
6 mm
Sensor tube length
50 mm
Cable length
Up to 10 m (32.8 ft), fixed connected silicon cable, 2 connection wire terminals, terminal
sleeves to DIN 46228
Pt500 4-wire temperature sensor pair (with MID and PTB K7.2
approval)

70
(2.75)

Pt500 temperature sensor,

EN 60751, tolerance class B,
2-wire
4-wire Pt500
4)
94
(3.7)
12
)
11
Measuring insert
4x
4
(
0.1
5)
Panel mounting, dimensions in mm (inch)
Measuring insert
Pt500 temperature sensor,

EN 60751, tolerance class to
ISO 751 Class B; 4-wire
Pairing
Matched paired according to

EN 1434 at 10, 75 and 140 C
(50, 167 and 284 F)
Type approval
MID (DE-06-MI004-PTB011) and

PTB K7.2 (PTB 22.77/09.01).
Only to be mounted with related
sensor pockets according to the
type approvals.
Media temperature
0...150 C (32 ... 302 F)
Pt500 temperature sensor pairs
Application
The temperature sensor set is designed for use with the
Siemens energy calculator type SITRANS FUE950 for measurement of the energy consumption in a district heating or cooling
net.
Temperature sensors are one of the integral components of every thermal energy meter in heating or cooling applications.
They are used for determining temperature changes in fluids
due to energy taken from or supplied to the loop. The temperature is thus measured by mounting temperature sensors upstream and downstream from the point where the exchange in
the thermal energy of the system is.
To ensure an accurate measurement of the temperature difference according to MID (EN 1434) or PTB K7.2 the sensors are
delivered as matched pairs.
By selection with the corresponding Order code the Pt500 sensor pair sets can be delivered with heating approval or with approvals for combined heating/cooling applications.
3/306
Siemens FI 01 2015
Permissible temp. pair range for T

Heating
3 ... 150 K
Cooling
3 ... 85 K
Medium
Approved for heating/cooling

water
Protection
IP65
Environment
Mechanic class
M3
Electromagnetic class
E1 (MID)
Pressure rating
Material
Protective tube

(or similar), diameter of protective tube: 6 mm
Connector cable
Silicon cable, 4 connection wire

terminals, terminal sleeves to
DIN 46228
Sensor tube length
140 or 230 mm
(5.51 or 9.06 inch)
Cable length
5 m (16.4 ft), fixed connected
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Sensor pockets
Pt500 4-wire temperature sensor pair (with MID and PTB K7.2 approval)
Stainless steel sensor pocket (for 4-wire Pt500 types only - standard)
Approved only together with 4-wire sensors
Medium
Approved for heating/cooling water; up to max.

5 m/s flow velocity
Pressure rating
PN 40
Length
Face-to-face length 120/135 and 210/225 mm

(4.72"/5.23" and 8.27"/8.86")
External diameter
Protective tube 8/11 mm (0.32"/0.43")
Internal diameter
Protective tube 6 mm (0.24")
Pipe connection
Thread G 1/2" (with sealing screw for sensor)
Material
Protective tube AISI 316Ti/1.4571 (or similar)
Use
Use with related 4-wire Pt500 sensors only

(according type approval)
For flow velocities up to 5 m/s
Recommended to install with welded sleeve
(according to EU standard)
6
(0.24)
Media temperature 0 ... 150 C (32 ... 302 F)

Approval
Pt500 4-wire temperature sensor, dimensions in mm (inch)
Length
L1 (mm)
92
127
168
223
L (mm)
82
117
155
210
L1
8 (0.32)
Approved for heating water
Response time T0.5 Typically 13 s at 0.4 m/s with pasta
Sensor pocket (for 2-wire Pt500 types only), stainless steel, dimensions
in mm (inch)
Typically 5 s at 0.4 m/s without pasta

Pressure rating
PN 25
Length
L1 (mm) 92
127
168
223
L (mm)
117
155
210
82
Stainless steel sensor pocket (for 2-wire Pt500 types only)
Stainless steel sensor pocket (for 2-wire Pt500 types only - some
only available as spare part)
Medium
5000 (197)
140/230 (5.51/9.06)
Material
Stainless steel: AISI 316Ti/1.4571
Use
For 2-wire Pt500 types only
Stainless steel sensor pocket (for 4-wire Pt500 types only)
135/225
(5.32/8.86)

Approved for heating water
Medium
8/11
(0.32/0.43)
Brass sensor pocket (for 2-wire Pt500 types only - some only available as spare part)
Response time T0.5 Typically 9 s at 0.4 m/s with pasta
120/210
(4.72/8.27)
Typically 5 s at 0.4 m/s without pasta

Pressure rating
PN 16
Length
L1 (mm)
47
92
127
L (mm)
40
82
117
Material
Brass: CuZn40Pb2 (Ms58)
Use
For 2-wire Pt500 types only
Stainless steel sensor pocket, dimensions in mm (inch)
Brass sensor pocket (for 2-wire Pt500 types only)

Length
L1 (mm)
47
92
127
L (mm)
40
82
117
L1
Pt500 2-wire temperature sensor pair (EN 1434)
G
8 (0.32)
2, 3, 5 or 10 m ('C' at the dimensional drawing)
6
(0.24)
Cable length
50 (1.97)
Sensor pocket, brass (for 2-wire Pt500 types only), dimensions in mm

(inch)
Pt500 2-wire temperature sensor, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/307
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Article No.

Energy calculator SITRANS FUE950, MID or PTB K7.2 custody transfer approved
Order code
777
7 ME 3 4 8 0 - 7 7777 - 7777
Flow input setting (IN0)

The pulse input value selection must be the same as the pulse output setting of the selected flowmeter.
To get optimal function and performance the pulse value must be selected as low as possible according
to the maximum flow rate.
The following calculation formula can be used for determining the lowest pulse value at a pulse length of
5 ms: L/pulse > Qmax (m3/h)/360.
For example Qmax = 300 m3/h; L/pulse > 300/360; L/pulse > 0.83; therefore the pulse value must be
1 l/pulse.
Pulse input
Flow limit
in l/pulse
Qmax in m3/h
or in gal/pulse
(with option
L05)
1
360
2.5
900
5
1 800
10
3 600
25
9 000
50
18 000
100
36 000
250
90 000
500
180 000
1 000
360 000
*) GPM = Gallons per minute
Flow limit Qmax

in GPM *)
(with option L05)
6 000
15 000
30 000
60 000
150 000
300 000
600 000
-
Calculator application/Flowmeter installation place

For heating, flowmeter in return pipe (cold pipe), typical standard
For heating, flowmeter in forward pipe (hot pipe)
For cooling, media water, flowmeter in forward pipe (cold pipe)
For cooling, media water, flowmeter in return pipe (hot pipe)
For combined cooling/heating, flowmeter in forward pipe (hot pipe as heating)
(MID conformity declaration for heating)
For combined cooling/heating, flowmeter in return pipe (cold pipe as heating)
(MID conformity declaration for heating)
Temperature sensor type
Pt500 setup, no sensor pair included (standard)
Pt500 setup and Pt500 sensor pair (6/140 mm), 4-wire with 5 m connection cable, 6 mm sensor diameter
and 140 mm sensor length. MID approved DE-06-MI004-PTB011, PTB approved 22.77/09.01, incl. factory
test report (mentioned approvals are only valid if temp. sensors are used with the applicable temperature
sensor pockets).
Pt500 setup and Pt500 sensor pair (6/230 mm), 4-wire with 5 m connection cable, 6 mm sensor diameter
and 230 mm sensor length. MID approved DE-06-MI004-PTB011, PTB approved 22.77/09.01, incl. factory
test report (mentioned approvals are only valid if temp. sensors are used with the applicable temperature
sensor pockets).
Pt100 setup, no sensor pair included
Pt 500 setup and PT500 sensor pair (6/50 mm), 2-wire type incl. 5 m cable, 6 mm sensor diameter and
50 mm length, with MID approval (only for use with the applicable temperature sensor pockets)
Pt 500 setup and PT500 sensor pair (6/50 mm), 2-wire type incl. 10 m cable, 6 mm sensor diameter and
50 mm length, with MID approval (only for use with the applicable temperature sensor pockets)
Temperature sensor pocket sets: (for 6 mm sensor diameter)
No pockets (standard)
Brass pockets for 6 mm 2-wire sensors, length 82/92 mm, G inch, max. PN 16 (2 pcs.)
Stainless steel pocket, 120/135 mm length for 6 mm sensor diameter, max. PN 40 and max. 5 m/s
(2 pcs. for 140 mm 4-wire sensors above)
Stainless steel pockets for 6 mm 2-wire sensors, length 117/127 mm, G inch, max. PN 25 (2 pcs.)
Stainless steel pocket, 210/225 mm length for 6 mm sensor diameter, max. PN 40 and max 5 m/s
(2 pcs. for 230 mm 4-wire sensors above)
Stainless steel pockets for 6 mm 2-wire sensors, length 155/168 mm, G inch, max. PN 25 (2 pcs.)
Voltage supply
Battery 3.6 V DC (Litium D-cell type) (standard)
Mains power module for 230 V AC supply (incl. back-up battery)
Mains power module for 24 V AC supply (incl. back-up battery)
No power supply module (power supply ordering separate)
3/308
Siemens FI 01 2015
2A
2B
2C
3A
3B
3C
4A
4B
4C
5A
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
3
5
6
7
0
2
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Energy calculator SITRANS FUE950, MID or PTB K7.2 custody transfer approved
Article No.
Order code
777
7 ME 3 4 8 0 - 7 7777 - 7777
Option modules
No module (standard)
1 module (communication module)

M-Bus module
RS 232 module (M-Bus protocol)
B
C
D
1 module (function module)

Pulse output, 2x output (Out1 "Energy" and Out2 "Volume")
Pulse input, 2x input (In1 and In2)
Pulse out-/input combination, 2x input and 1x output
E
F
G
Combination of 2 modules (communication and function module)

M-Bus module and Pulse output, 2x output (Out1 "Energy" and Out2 "Volume")
M-Bus module and Pulse input, 2x input (In1 and In2)
M-Bus module and Pulse out/-input combination, 2x input and 1x output
H
J
K
L
RS 232 module (M-Bus) and Pulse output, 2x output (Out1 "Energy" and Out2 "Volume")
RS 232 module (M-Bus) and Pulse input, 2x input (In1 and In2)
RS 232 module (M-Bus) and Pulse out/-input combination, 2x input and 1x output
M
N
P
RS 485 module (M-Bus) and Pulse output, 2x output (Out1 "Energy" and Out2 "Volume")
RS 485 module (M-Bus) and Pulse input, 2x input (In1 and In2)
RS 485 module (M-Bus) and Pulse out/-input combination, 2x input and 1x output
Q
R
S
Combination current output module, 2x passive 4 ... 20 mA (Out 1 "Power", Out 2 "Flow")
(occupies both module Ports 1 and 2)
Display units and resolutions
MWh & kW, m3, m3/h in 2 digit resolution; Temperature: no decimal figures
C
D
E
GJ & kW, m3, m3/h in 2digit resolution; Temperature: no decimal figures

GJ & kW, m3, m3/h in 1 digit resolution; Temperature: no decimal figures
GJ & kW, m3, m3/h in 0 digit resolution; Temperature: no decimal figures
H
J
K
Gcal & kW, m3, m3/h in 2 digit resolution; Temperature: no decimal figures
Gcal & kW, m3, m3/h in 1 digit resolution; Temperature: no decimal figures
Gcal & kW, m3, m3/h - in 0 digit resolution; Temperature: no decimal figures
M
N
P
MBTU & MBTU/h, m3, m3/h in 2 digit resolution; Temperature: no decimal figures
MBTU & MBTU/h, m3, m3/h in 1 digit resolution; Temperature: no decimal figures
MBTU & MBTU/h, m3, m3/h - in 0 digit resolution; Temperature: no decimal figures
Q
R
S
Verification/Approval
Without type approval mark, neutral label (standard))
With MID type approval mark (only for heating combinations, selection "A, B, E and F")
With MID approval mark and first MID verfication (only for heating, selection A, B, E and F")
0
1
2
Cooling approval mark, German national cooling approval according PTB-TR-K7.2 (only for cooling and
media water, selection "C and D")
Cooling approval mark, German national cooling approval according PTB-TR-K7.2 and first verification
(only for cooling and media water, selection "C and D")
Further designs
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code
Certificate
Including factory test report (certificate) of FUE950
ALWAYS INCLUDED
Cooling, setup for non water

Water/glycol setting for media type "Tyfocor LS (R)" (only with neutral label, no verification and approval)
C0 2
Optional settings/programming
Tariff function settings (specify in clear text, up to max. 20 characters)
Pulse output setting of option module (specify in clear text, up to max. 20 characters)
Pulse input setting of option module (specify in clear text, up to max. 20 characters)
Pulse input setting of 4 ... 20 mA option module (please specify 20 mA related type and value in clear text,
up to max. 20 characters)
D0 2
D0 6
D0 8
D1 0
Special display units

Flow in 'GPM' and Volume in 'gal' (x100) (digits/resolution as selected above, only with 0 digit resolution)
L05
Temperature in deg. F (digit resolution as selected above)
L31
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/309
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Inline
Flowmeter SITRANS FUE950 operating instructions,

Article No.
Pt500 4-wire temperature sensor pair, with MID

MI004 and PTB K7.2 approvals and verification (for
related 4-wire sensor pocket types only)
Description
Article No.
English
A5E03424739
Description
Accessories
Description
Article No.
Infrared optical head (Bluetooth type) for data

acquisition & programming of FUE950
A5E02611768
Pt500 sensor pair (6/140 mm), 4-wire with 5 m conA5E03462872

nection cable, 6 mm sensor diameter and 140 mm
sensor length. MID approved DE-06-MI004-PTB011,
PTB approved 22.77/09.01 (mentioned approvals are
only valid if temp. sensors are used with the applicable temperature sensor pockets).
PT500 sensor pair (6/230 mm), 4-wire with 5 m conA5E03462878
nection cable, 6 mm sensor diameter and 230 mm
sensor length. MID approved DE-06-MI004-PTB011,
PTB approved 22.77/09.01 (mentioned approvals are
only valid if temp. sensors are used with the applicable temperature sensor pockets).
FUE950 enclosure (only for 7ME348 versions)
Bracket for SITRANS FUE950 wall mounting (20 pcs.) A5E02611769
Bottom part of FUE950 enclosure (1 pc.)
A5E03461508
Cable for data acquisition via RS 232 PC/D-sub

9F/3 wire
Snap fit for FUE950 enclosure (1 pc.)
A5E30461731
A5E02611774
Basic version of programming software tool for FUE950 free download

from internet
Pocket for Pt500 temperature sensors (for corresponding 2-wire Pt500 types only, 1pc.)
Brass pocket 6 mm, GB x 40 mm (PN 16), 1 pc.
A5E02611778
A5E02611779
A5E02611780
Stainless steel 6 mm, GB x 85 mm (PN 25), 1 pc.
A5E02611781
A5E02611783
A5E02611792
Spare parts
A5E02611793
Description
Pt500 temperature sensor pair, 2-wire cable, 6 mm

sensor diameter, with MID/EN-approval (for corressponding 2-wire sensor pocket types only)
Expert version of programming software tool for

FUE950
A5E03478951
Test Lab. version of re-programming software tool for

FUE950 (Note: Before using this Test-Lab version an
online training must be completed)
A5E03461778
Article No.
Add-on modules for FUE950 (only for 7ME348 versions)
Cable length:
Pulse input module (2 inputs)
A5E03461432
Pulse output module (2 outputs)
2m
A5E02611794
A5E03461436
Combined pulse in-/output module (2 inputs and

1 output)
3m
A5E02611795
A5E03461437
5m
A5E02611796
10 m
A5E02611798
A5E03461459
A5E03461512
M-Bus module
A5E03461516
Combined current output module, 2 x passive

4 ... 20 mA
A5E03461583
Connection cable for option modules (types: Pulse,

RS 232/RS 485, M-Bus, mA) (special connection
cable with 2 plugs)
A5E03461585
Schematics
Electrical connection for SITRANS FUS380/FUE380/FUE950
and MAG 5000/6000/FUE950
Power supply for FUE950 (only for 7ME348 versions)

3.6 V D-cell battery for SITRANS FUE950
A5E03461708
230 V AC supply module (incl. internal fuse T50 mA L A5E03461717

250 V and back-up battery) for SITRANS FUE950
24 V AC supply module for SITRANS FUE950, incl.
back-up battery
A5E03461719
56 +
57 -
Pocket for temperature sensors Pt500 (for related

4-wire Pt500 type only, 1 pc.)
Stainless steel pocket (1 pc.), 135 mm length for
6 mm sensor diameter, max. PN 40 and max. 5 m/s
(recommended for 140 mm sensor length).
A5E03462868
Stainless steel pocket (1 pc.), 225 mm length for

6 mm sensor diameter, max. PN 40 and max. 5 m/s
(recommended for 230 mm sensor length).
A5E03462870
3/310
Siemens FI 01 2015
The diagram shows the connection between SITRANS FUE950 (terminals

10 and 11) and FUS380/FUE380 and MAG 5000/6000 (terminals 56 and
57). Temperature sensors must be connected to terminals 5 (1) and
6 (2) (TH) and 7 (3) and 8 (4) (TC).
Note:
The right flowmeter pulse output value must be equal to the
FUE950 pulse input value and must be checked via the user
menu of the transmitter MAG 5000/6000 or nameplate of FUE380
or FUS380.
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Clamp-on
Overview
SITRANS FUE1010 Energy flowmeters are ideally suited to

thermal energy/power industry applications, including:
Hot water sub-metering
Condenser water
Glycol
Thermal storage
Lake source cooling
SITRANS FUH1010 Oil flowmeters are ideal for applications
carrying crude oil, refined petroleum or liquefied gas. There are
three application areas: Interface detection, precision volume
and standard volume.
Interface detection
Precise identification of interfaces on multi-liquid pipelines
Product identification
Density indication
SITRANS F US clamp-on ultrasonic flowmeters provide highly

accurate measurement while minimizing installation time and
maintenance expense.
Benefits
Easy installation; no need to cut pipe or stop flow
Minimal maintenance; external sensors do not require
periodic cleaning
No moving parts to foul or wear
No pressure drop or energy loss
Wide turn-down ratio
Choice of single, dual or multiple channel versions and a
variety of enclosures - to suit your operating conditions and
requirements
Application
SITRANS F US clamp-on ultrasonic flowmeters have seven
product families, each targeting specific applications:
SITRANS FUS1010 Standard and SITRANS FUP1010 Portable flowmeters are suitable for a wide variety of liquid applications, including the following:
Water industry
- Raw water
- Potable water
- Chemicals
Wastewater industry
- Raw sewage
- Effluent
- Sludges
- Mixed liquor
- Chemicals
HVAC industry
- Chillers
- Condensers
- Hot & cold water systems
Power industry
- Nuclear
- Fossil
- Hydroelectric
Processing industry
- Process control
- Batching
- Rate indication
- Volumetric and mass measurement
Precision volume
Applications with multiple liquids having a wide viscosity
range
Automatic gross volume compensation due to viscosity
changes
Standard volume
Standard (net) volume flow measurement
Suitable for use in leak detection systems
Mass flow output measurement
Interface detection
Scraper ("pig") detection
Chemical and petrochemical processing
SITRANS FUG1010 Gas flowmeters are ideal for most natural
and process gas industry applications, including:
Checkmetering
Allocation
Lost and unaccounted for (LAUF) analysis
Production
Storage
SITRANS FST020 Basic flowmeters are suitable for most clean
liquid applications, including the following:
Water & wastewater industry
- Potable water
- Wastewater, influent & effluent
- Processed sewage, sludge
Chemical feed industry
- Sodium hypochlorite
- Sodium hydroxide
HVAC & power industries
- Coolant flow
- Fuel flow
Process control
- Chemicals
- Pharmaceuticals
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/311
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FUT1010 Liquid and gas flowmeters are suitable for

liquid and gas applications, including the following:
Liquid
Pipeline balancing
- Terminal transmix metering
- Refinery blending
- Airport facility management
- Petrochemical processing
- Plant optimization
Gas
Production wells
- Underground storage
- Transmission
- Electric power generation
- Gas processing plants
3/312
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
System information and selection guide
SITRANS F US Clamp-on flowmeters
FUS1010
(Standard)
FST020
(Basic)
FUP1010
(Portable)
FUE1010
(Energy)
FUH1010
(Oil)
FUG1010
(Gas)
FUT1010
(Liquid/Gas)
Industry/Applications
Water and aqueous solutions
Utility district heating, cooling
Chemical
Hydrocarbons/Petrochemical, multiple
products or varying viscosity, liquefied
gases, net and gross volume
Hydrocarbons (Single product with
limited viscosity range) gross volume
Very low flow (< 0.1 m/s) in small pipes
X
X
Natural gas
Process gas
Slurries or liquids with high percentage

of undissolved gases
X4)
High temperature liquids > 120 C (248 F)
X1)
Aerospace or hydraulic test
X2)
X1)
X1)
X1)
X1)
X2)
Refrigeration liquids
Food products
Design
Field clamp-on (non-intrusive)
Doppler (Reflexor) hybrid capability
X4)
Standard volume or mass flow;

per API 2540
Interface detection
Density output
Standard volume or mass flow; per AGA 8

Differential temperature with energy
calculation
X
X
Temperature measurement
Analog input
Large graphics display
4)
4)
4)
Diagnostic PC software (Si-Ware)
1-channel
2-path
2-channel w/arithmetic function
4-path/(special order)
4-channel w/sum of active channels
X
X
Number of acoustic paths and channels
IP65 (NEMA 4X) wall mount
IP67 weatherproof
X
X
IP40 (NEMA 1) portable
X3)
IP65 (NEMA 7) compact explosionproof
IP66 (NEMA 7) wall mount explosionproof
1)
Special order high temperature clamp-on sensor
2)
Special order Aerospace clip-on sensor recommended
3)
Available with portable energy systems
4)
Not for NEMA 7 compact explosionproof
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/313
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F US Clamp-on flowmeters
FUS1010
(Standard)
FST020
(Basic)
FUP1010
(Portable)
FUE1010
(Energy)
FUH1010
(Oil)
FUG1010
(Gas)
FUT1010
(Liquid/Gas)
Power Supply
Internal battery operation
X1)
Battery charger (100 ... 240 V AC

50 ... 60 Hz) with country specific line
cord
X1)
90 ... 240 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
9 ... 36 V DC4)
X3)
Size (For larger pipes, see spares list for appropriate sensors and mountings.)
6.5 ... 9150 mm (0.25 ... 360.24)
38 ... 9150 mm (1.5 ... 360.24)

Approvals
FM/CSA2)5)
ATEX5)
UL/ULc5)
C-TICK5)
1)
Available with portable energy systems
2)
NEMA 4X associated equipment in DIV 2 connected to DIV 1 sensors, NEMA 7 explosionproof equipment in DIV 1 connected to DIV 1 sensors.
3)
Not for portable enclosure
4)
-Neg and +pos ground available for compact NEMA 7
5)
Products are marked with CE as required by european directive.
Sensor type selection guide

Standard sensor supported in MLFB
Application condition. Note all that apply before High precision Universal
making selection
(Reflexor)
Notes
Media
General survey (clean liquids) on non-steel
pipes
General survey (clean liquids) on a limited

range of steel pipes
Moderately aerated liquid or slurry,

up to 121 C (250 F)
Highly aerated liquid or slurry
Permanent installation on steel pipe (clean

liquids)
Installation in offshore or corrosive environment
X1)
Liquid temperature greater than 120 C (248 F)
X1)
Operation on single pipeline flowing multiple

products
Natural gas or process gas
O
O
X
O
O
Sensors available with corrosion resistance as

special order
High temp metal block sensors available as
special order (to 230 C (446 F))
Consult sales specialist for all gas applications
Pipe material
Steel
Steel pipe with diameter/wall thickness ratio <10
Non-steel pipe material (copper, ductile iron,

cast iron, etc.)
Wall thickness > 31.75 (1.25")
O = not suitable X = preferred choice

1)
Available for special order
3/314
Siemens FI 01 2015
O
High precision sensors can also be used on
plastic and aluminum pipes
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Definitions
Sensor Chart
Description
Standard
Standard system sensor, plastic body with alu housing, FM, CE
Spare
Available for special application and special pipes. Contact factory for application use.
Not available as part of a configured product
Gas
Usable for gas application. Available also as corrosion resistant, frame, track or weldseal mounting, T1, T2. FM, ATEX, CE
CE
All flowmeter and sensors are CE - certified
Ex-FM
Standard, corrosion resistant, frames, weldseal, T1, T2, T3
Ex-ATEX
Option for all corrosion resistant, frames, weldseal, T1, T2, T3
Corrosion resistant
SS Housing instead Alu
Trackless
Fixed only by straps, no other mounting (spacer bar as an option)
Tracks
Portable and dedicated for universal size A/B and for HP size A/B. For all size HT only dedicated
Frames
Portable and dedicated for universal size C,D,E, and for HP size C/D. For universal and HP size B available for pipes >125
OD
Portable
BNC instead F-connector. Mounting universal sensor by portable tracks, frames and spacerbar
Transportable
Dedicated sensor including adapter for portable BNC cables.
WeldSeal
Special SS Frames for FUH1010,FUG1010, but also special FUS1010. Corrosion resistant, Liquid and Gas, T1, T2
T1
Usable -40 to 120C, but best for Temperature <40C; Standard
T2
Usable -40 to 120C, but best for Temperature >40C - <80C; Named as high temperature high precision
T3
Usable -40 to 120C, but best for Temperature >80C; special request
Submersible
Transducers can be used submersible by denso.
Sensor availability guide
X1) 2)
X1)
X1)
X3)
X1)
WeldSeal
X3)
Cataloge
Submersible
T3
(best use 32 ... 120 C)
T2
(best use1 ... 104 C)
T1
(best use -40 ... 65 C)
Transportable
X1)
X1)
Portable
Tracks
X1)
Frames
Trackless
Corrosion restistant
X1)
Ex-FM
X1) X1) X1) X3)
Ex-ATEX
Gas
Spare only
Sensor models
Standard
Availability
Universal Sensor -40 120 C Alu housing CE IP68

A1 Universal for pipe OD 5.8 50.8 mm (0.23 2)
A2 Universal for pipe OD 12.7 50.8 mm (0.5 2)
X
X
B1 Universal for pipe OD 12.7 76 mm (0.5 3)
X1)
B2 Universal for pipe OD 12.7 76 mm (0.5 3)
X1) X1) X1) X3)
X1)
X1)
X1)
X1)
X3)
X1) 2)
X1)
X1)
X1)
B3 Universal for pipe OD 19 127 mm (0.75 5)
C1 Universal for pipe OD 51 254 mm (2 10)
X1)
X1) X1) X1)
X1)
X1)
X1)
X1)
X1) 2)
X1)
X1)
X1)
D1 Universal for pipe OD 102 508 mm (4 20)
X1)
X1) X1) X1)
X1)
X1)
X1)
X1)
X1) 2)
X1)
X1)
X1)
X1)
X1) X1) X1)
X1) X1) X1) X1)
*E1 Universal for pipe OD 254 3048 mm (10 120)

1) Excluding
2)
X
X
X
X1) 2)
X1)
X
X
X1)
portable
Spare only
3) Usable
but not recommended
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/315
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
T1
(best use -40 ... 65 C)
T2
(best use1 ... 104 C)
T3
(best use 32 ... 120 C)
Submersible
Cataloge
X1)
WeldSeal
Transportable
Portable
Tracks
Frames
Trackless
Corrosion restistant
X1) X1) X1) X1) X3)
Ex-FM
Ex-ATEX
Gas
Spare only
Sensor models
Standard
Availability
High Precision Sensor -40 ... +120 C Alu T1 (T2, T3) CE IP68
A1H (High Precision) for pipe WT 0.64 ... 1.0 mm (0.025" ... 0.04")
X1) X1) X1) X1) X3)
X1) 2)
X1) X1) X1) X1) X3)
X1) 2)
B1H (High Precision) for pipe WT 2.0 ... 3.0 mm (0.08" ... 0.12")
X1) X1) X1) X1) X3)
X1) 2)
X1) X1) X1) X1) X3)
X1) 2)
X1) X1) X1) X1) X3)
X1)
C1H (High Precision) for pipe WT (stainless steel construction) - 4.1 ... 5.8 mm (0.16" ... 0.23")
X1) X1) X1) X1)
X1)
X1) 2)
C2H (High Precision) for pipe WT (stainless steel construction) - 5.8 ... 8.1 mm (0..23" ... 0.32")
X1) X1) X1) X1)
X1)
X1) 2)
* D1H (High Precision) for pipe WT (stainless steel construction) - 8.1 ... 11.2 mm (0..32" ... 0.44")
X1) X1) X1) X1)
X1)
X1) 2)
* D2H (High Precision) for pipe WT (stainless steel construction) - 11.2 ... 15.7 mm (0.44" ... 0.62")
X1) X1) X1) X1)
X1)
X1) 2)
X1) X1) X1) X1)
X1)
X1)
X1) X1) X1) X1)
X1)
X1) 2)
X
X
High Temperature Universal Sensor -40 ... +230 C

High Temperature size 1 ... 230 deg C (diam. 12.7 ... 100 mm)
X1) X1)
High Temperature size 2 ... 230 deg C (diam. 30 ... 200 mm )
X1) X1)
High Temperaturer size 3 ... 230 deg C (diam. 150 ... 610 mm)
X1) X1)
X1)
X1)
High Temperature size 4 ... 230 deg C (diam. 400 ... 1200 mm) X
High Temperaturer size 2A ... 230 deg C (diam. 30 ... 200 mm)
X1) X1)
High Temp. size 3A ... 230 deg C (diam. 150 ... 610 mm)
X1) X1)
High Temp. size 4A ... 230 deg C (diam. 400 ... 1200 mm)
X1) X1)
Doppler Sensor
Doppler Sensor, for up to 121 C (250 F)
Corrosion Resistant Doppler, for up to 121 C (250 F)
1)
Excluding portable
2)
Spare Only
3)
Useable but not recommended
3/316
Siemens FI 01 2015
X1) X1)
X
X
X1)
X1)
X
X1)
X1)
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Sensor mounting availability guide
X1)
X1)
X
X
X1)
X1)
X1)
X1)
Doppler portable
Doppler NEMA
Tracks universal dedicated
High temperature
universal sensors
Portable liquid flow

HP sensors
Dedicated gas and

liquid flow HP sensors
Universal portable
Trackless
WeldSeal sensors
Universal NEMA
Sensor
Mounting
Tracks universal portable

Tracks HP dedicated
Tracks HP portable
Frames universal dedicated
Frames universal portable
X1)
X1)
Frames HP dedicated
Frames HP portable
Tracks high temp universal
X1)
X
X
X1)
X1)
Chains EZ-Clamp 1
Size C, D
Size C, D
Size C
Size C
Chains EZ-Clamp 2
Size E
Size E
Size D
Size D
Chains tension hook
Denso
WeldSeal dual enclosure

Straps
WeldSeal single enclosure

SpacerBar
Doppler-Chains
1)
Useable but not recommended
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/317
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Input/output and function availability guide
X
X
NEMA 4X
and NEMA 7
wall mount
X
Dual path
X
X
Four path
Four path
Single channel
NEMA 7
compact
Dual channel
Dual path
FST020
NEMA 4X wall
Single channel
mount
IP67
NEMA 4X
Dual channel
Dual path
NEMA 1
portable
FUH1010
NEMA 4X and
NEMA 7
wall mount
44)
43)
X
X
X
43)1)
43)
43)1)
43)
41)
43)
41)
44)
44)
4
2
1
2
1
1
Unimass
100 Ohm RTD
23)
0 ... 10 V
44)
4 ... 20 mA passive
Status allarm
Relais - Dry reed
X
2
X
X
23)
23)
23)
23)
23)
23) 23)
44)
44)
X
2
X
2
23)
23)
23)
44)
23)
23)
23)
23)
23)
23)
2
4
23)
p-gen (20 ... 40 kHz)
4 ... 20 mA passive
23)
X
X
FM
23)
FM
44)
23)
FM
FM
FM
23)
23)
Dual channel/
path
Single channel
Dual path
Dual path
1
2
Single channel
Not available for Interface Detector
3)
One per channel

Two per channel
Siemens FI 01 2015
2
X
2)
X2)
Dual channel
44)
Single channel
to IO adjustment
3/318
44)
NEMA 4X and Single channel

NEMA 7
Dual path
wall mount
Four path
NEMA 7
compact
4)
1) Fixed
Four path
FUG1010
23)
2)
NEMA 7
compact
Dual channel/
path
Single channel
FUE1010
Single channel
FUP1010
Doppler
Dual channel
Modbus
ATEX
ClrTot
4 ... 20 mA active
Expanded/Enhanced
NoTot
Single channel
0 ... 5 kHz
FUS1010
Input
0 ... 10 V
Additional inputs
Standard
Output
1
2
1
1
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
based on the pipe diameter range alone, so wall thickness is
less important to the selection process.
Function
Operating Principle
The SITRANS F US system is a transit-time ultrasonic meter that
provides exceptional performance using a non-intrusive clampon approach. Ultrasonic sensors transmit and receive acoustic
signals directly though the existing pipe wall, where the fluid refraction angle is governed by Snells law of refraction.
The second sensor type is the WideBeam sensor (called high

precision), which utilizes the pipe wall as a kind of waveguide to
optimize the signal to noise ratio and provide a wider area of vibration. This makes this kind of sensor less sensitive to any
change in the fluid medium.
The WideBeam sensor is designed for steel pipes, but can also
be used with aluminum, titanium and plastic pipe. It is the preferred sensor for HPI and gas applications. Note that unlike the
universal type, this sensor selection is dependent only on the
pipes wall thickness.
Automatic Zero Drift Correction (ZeroMatic Path)
Di
Clamp-on sensor mounted in a reflect configuration
When WideBeam sensors are installed in the Reflect mode

shown below, the acoustic signal travels in two different paths
between sensors A and B. One path ACB travels through the
pipe wall and fluid, while the other path AB never enters the
fluid medium.
The beam refraction angle is calculated as follows:

sin = c / V
c = Velocity of sound in fluid
V = Phase velocity (a constant in the pipe wall)
The flowmeter automatically compensates for any change in
fluid sound velocity (or beam angle) in response to variations in
the average transit time between sensors A and B. By subtracting the computed fixed times (within the sensors and pipe wall)
from the measured average transit time, the meter can then infer
the required transit time in the fluid (TFluid).
The sound waves traveling in the same direction as flow (TA,B)
arrive earlier than sound waves traveling against the direction of
flow (TB,A). This time difference (t) is used to compute the line
integrated flow velocity (v) as shown in the equation below:
v = V / 2 t / TFluid
Once the raw flow velocity is determined, the fluid Reynolds
Number (Re) must be determined to properly correct for fully
developed flow profile. This requires the entry of the fluids kinematic viscosity (visc) as shown in the equations below, where Q
represents the final flow profile compensated volumetric flow
rate.
Re = Di v / visc Q = K(Re) ( / 4 Di2 ) v
v = Flow velocity
visc = / = (dynamic viscosity / density)
K(Re) = Reynolds flow profile compensation
This later path provides the meter with a reference signal that
is completely independent of flow rate and can therefore be
used as a measure of sensor mis-match. By continually analyzing this pipe wall signal the SITRANS FUS1010 meter can dynamically correct for flow errors caused by zero drift.
Multi-Channel Flowmeters
For improved flow profile averaging, redundancy or better cost
per measurement, Clamp-On meters can be supplied with 2, 3
or 4 path measurement systems.
In the standard FUS, FUP, FUE systems, these channels can be
installed on separate independent lines or in a multi-beam installation as shown below. This choice is made during meter setup,
where either a multi-path (two paths on same pipe) or multichannel installation can be selected.
Path 1
Path 2
In wetted type ultrasonic flowmeters the meter constants are

configured prior to leaving the factory. As this is not possible with
clamp-on meters, the settings must be made by the customer at
the time of installation. These settings include pipe diameter, wall
thickness, liquid viscosity, etc.
SITRANS Clamp-On flowmeters that include temperature sensing can be configured to dynamically infer changes in fluid viscosity for the purpose of computing the most accurate flow profile compensation (KRe).
Ultrasonic Sensor Types
Three basic types of Clamp-On sensors can be selected for use
with the SITRANS F US flowmeter. The lower cost universal
sensor is the most common type in the industry and is suitable
for most single liquid applications where the sound velocity does
not vary much. This sensor type can be used on any sonically
conductive pipe material (including steel) making it well suited
for portable survey applications. Universal sensors are selected
Dual path installation example
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/319
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Doppler (Reflexor) Operation
SITRANS FUE1010 Energy flowmeters
The Doppler measurement technique relies on the reflection of

sound energy off tiny gas bubbles or suspended particles to
create a doppler shift in the fixed frequency acoustic transmit
signal, as shown below.
By combining clamp-on transit time flow measurement with accurate temperature differential measurement, the SITRANS
FUE1010 system provides a solution to thermal energy metering
with no interruption of service. Energy measurement can be provided for water, ethylene glycol and brine solutions or steam
condensate.
Pipe wall
Xmit
Rcv
Doppler equation:
f = 2 f sin v / c
Where:
f = transmit frequency
v = average flow velocity
c = liquid sound velocity
= path refraction angle
Note:
(sin / c) is a constant related to the
sensors phase velocity.
When de-demodulated using FFT signal processing, this doppler shifted frequency (f) can be used to measure the flow rate
as described in the associated doppler equations below.
Although the standard transit time measurement system is very
tolerant of high levels of liquid aeration and high solids content,
there will be cases where insufficient signal will be available for
operation with transit time mode. For these cases the FUS, FUP
and FUE meters can be ordered with this optional doppler capability, which requires an additional doppler sensor.
SITRANS meter family description
SITRANS FUS1010 Standard flowmeters
The SITRANS FUS1010 system is a basic function permanent (or
dedicated) clamp-on meter that is available with a full range of
safety approvals, I/Os and enclosure types. This meter can be
used in a wide range of applications but does not include the
special functions found in the hydrocarbon FUH and energy FUE
flowmeters.
The SITRANS FUS1010 meter is typically programmed with a
fixed viscosity and specific gravity entry, which can limit the
mass flow and volumetric flow accuracy when highly variable
(multi-product) liquid properties flow through the same pipeline.
If this meter is ordered with the Type 3 hardware and program
configuration, it will have the ability to accommodate clamp-on
RTDs, or an analog input from a temperature transmitter. With an
active measurement of liquid temperature the meter can then be
programmed to compensate for changes in liquid density and
viscosity by mean of a UniMass table (for advanced users).
SITRANS FST020 Basic flowmeters
The SITRANS FST020 system has the same basic function of the
SITRANS FUS1010 system, but does not include the same I/O
capability or safety approval rating of the SITRANS FUS1010.
This basic meter is intended for single liquid applications that do
not require these additional features, such as doppler and unimass. Note that the SITRANS FST020 is not available with hazardous area approvals.
SITRANS FUP1010 Portable flowmeters
The SITRANS FUP1010 meter has all the capabilities of the
SITRANS FUS1010 meter, but in a battery powered portable
configuration. This meter is ideal for general flow survey work
where high accuracy is required. Note that the FUP meter is not
available with hazardous areas approvals.
3/320
Siemens FI 01 2015
Absolute and differential temperature measurement is accomplished with the use of 2 matched 1 k RTD elements installed
on the supply and return side of the heating or cooling system.
Efficiency calculation (kW/ton, EER or COP) is also available in
systems with the optional analog input capability, which allow the
meter to accept a power meter output.
The SITRANS FUE1010 system is available in both dedicated
(IP65 (NEMA 4X)) and portable configurations (IP40).
SITRANS FUG1010 Gas flowmeters
Be sure to contact a Siemens clamp-on specialist before
placing a gas system order.
This unique Clamp-On gas meter uses the same WideBeam
transit time operating principle described above. However, due
to the very low density and sound velocity characteristics of
gases, this meter requires a high gain signal amplifier and the installation of a pipe damping material.
The pipe damping material consists of an adhesive backed viscoelastic film that is designed to attenuate any stray acoustic
transmit energy that may otherwise interfere with the transit time
gas signal. Damping material installation requires a clean
(grease free) pipe surface with well bonded paint.
The Clamp-On gas meter is capable of operation on most gases
(natural gas, oxygen, nitrogen, carbon monoxide, etc) with a typical minimum operating pressure of 10 barg (145 psig). Low molecular weight gases such as helium or hydrogen can also be
measured, but at a higher minimum pressure.
Standard volume computation: Can provide a standard volume
or mass flow output for fixed gas compositions. All SITRANS
FUG1010 Gas meters include analog input capability that can
be used for pressure and temperature compensation. With the
installation of an AGA8 lookup table this meter can dynamically
adjust the compressibility factor (Zact) in response to changes in
gas pressure and temperature, as indicate below:
Std. Rate = Qact * Pact/Pbase * Tbase/Tact * Zbase/Zact
SITRANS FUH1010 Oil flowmeters
There are three models of flowmeters included in the SITRANS
FUH1010 family, a precision volume model, used for applications that will flow a wide range of viscosity, a standard volume
(mass) model, and an interface detection model. All models rely
on a variable referred to as Liquident, which is used to infer the
liquids viscosity and optionally the liquids density. This variable
represents the measured liquid sonic velocity compensated by
the operating temperature and pressure, so for a given liquid
product the measured Liquident output will remain constant over
a wide range of pressure or temperature.
Precision Volume Option:
This is the lower cost SITRANS FUH1010 meter option that uses
the Liquident variable to infer only the actual liquid viscosity. This
meter does NOT provide the standard volume, mass flow, liquid
identification or density output available in the standard volume
meter option described below. The precision volume meter is
suitable for any petroleum application where actual volume required as the input to an external RTU or flow transmitter.
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
This Liquident variable can also be used to identify the liquids
name (gasoline, fuel oil, crude oil, etc) as well as its physical
properties (specify gravity, API, viscosity and compressibility) at
base conditions. With this information the meter can be configured to output a temperature and pressure compensated (standard) volume flow rate using the API 2540 and API MPMS chapter 11.2.1 methods as shown below.
Correction for Temperature:
Compute Thermal Expansion Coefficient (b):
2
b = KO / b + K1 / b
where: KO and K1 are constants dependent on type of liquid and b is the liquid density at base conditions
Compute temperature correction factor (KT):
KT = b * EXP (- b T (1 + 0.8 b T))
where: T = (T base temperature)
Correction for Pressure:
Compute Compressibility Factor (F):
F = EXP(A + B T + (C + D T) / b2
where: A, B, C and D are constants, and T is liquid
temperature
Compute pressure correction factor (Kp):
Kp = 1 / (1 F (Pact Pbase) * 10-4)
Final Volume Correction: Qstd = Qact * Kt * Kp
Available outputs from this meter include: API, Density, Mass

Flowrate, Standard Volume Flowrate and Liquid Identification.
Interface Detection Option:
This meter option is designed to provide all the Non-Flow capabilities of a DV meter, making it an ideal non-intrusive alternative
to a densitometer. Be aware that this meter does NOT measure
flow rate.
SITRANS FUT1010 Liquid and gas flowmeters
The SITRANS FUT1010 is available in two different configurations; a version for liquid hydrocarbon applications and a version
for precise gas measurement. Both versions are offered in pipe
sizes ranging from 4 inch to 24 inch (DN100 to DN 600) with
flange ratings of ANSI Class gas.
General Installation Guidelines for transit time Clamp-On Sensor

Minimum measuring range: 0 to 0.3 m/s velocity (see meter
accuracy graph below for more detail)
Maximum measuring range: 0 to 12 m/s ( 30 m/s for high
precision sensors). Final flow range determination requires
application review
Typical clamp-on meter accuracy for various
pipe sizes
Error [%]
Standard Volume Option:
5
4
DN 400
DN 100
DN 25
DN 10
2
1
0
DN 1000
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
Flow velocity [m/s]
Pipe must be completely full within the sensor installation volume for accurate flow measurement
Typical MINIMUM straight pipe requirements are: 10 Diameters upstream/5 Diameters downstream. Additional straight
run is required for double out-of-plane elbows and partially
open valves. A minimum of 20 upstream diameters is recommended for clamp-on gas systems
Sensors should be installed at least 20 off vertical for horizontal pipes. This reduces the chance of beam interference from
gas buildup at the top of the pipe
Operation inside the Reynolds transition region, between
1000 < Re < 5000 should be avoided for best accuracy
Submersible and direct burial installations can be accommodated. Consult sales representative for details
Ultrasonic coupling compound is provided with all sensor orders. Insure that a permanent coupling compound is used for
long term installations
Refer to the Sensor type selection guide to insure proper
application of the equipment
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/321
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FUS1010, FUE1010, FUH1010, FUT1010 and FUG1010 IP65 (NEMA 4X) wall mount enclosure
19
(0.75)
273
(10.75)
Transmitter
(shown with cover open)
Tx/Rx module
Sensor cable
connectors
Keypad
security
switch
152
(6.0)
287 (11.31)
SITRANS F
236 (9.31)
Data/conrol I/O
Remove cover for access

to I/O wiring terminal
I/O
Graphic display cable
System computer module

Analog input module
22 (.875) diam. hole

5-PLCS.
Hinged
side
Input power
connector
Keypad cable
Graphic display
Power in
Channel 2
Dual channel
input module
Transmitter
(shown with cover open)
Sensor cables
Power supply:
90/240 V AC 50/60 Hz
9/36 V DC, 12 W
54
(2.13)
40
(1.56)
60
(2.38)
140 (5.50)
Latch
(Ref.)
76 (3.00)
40
52
(2.03) (1.56)
85 (3.35)
Mounting flange (Ref.)

Note:
Net weight: 4.1 kg (9.0 lbs) max.
137 (5.38)
187 (7.38)
SITRANS FUS1010, FUH1010 and FUG1010 IP65 (NEMA 7) compact explosionproof enclosure
213.4 (8.40)
Alpha numeric display
Cable gland or
conduit fitting (by
customer)
203 (8.00)
Viewing lens
cover (zone B1)
114.3 (4.50)
Cover locking screws (2)

3/4"-14 NPT for
customerss conduit or
gland fittings (2-plcs.)
Power and data I/O

wiring interface cover
Connect
to earth
ground
Connect to earth
ground
340.4 (13.40)
1/2"-14 male NPT

fitting for
customers
conduit fitting or
cable gland
266.7 (10.5)
Channel 1
Mounting hole
pattern
(7.8 (0.31))
diam. holes
in mounting
flanges)
'F' Connector
protective cap
76.2
(3.00)
165.1 (6.50)
Standard upright installation
3/322
Siemens FI 01 2015
Magnetic wand (Use for

flowmeter setup, see field
manual
Adapter and/or cable

gland (by customer,
or supplied with
certain cables)
Flow sensor
cable
connections
127 (5.0) min.

cable clearance
158.8 (6.25)
266.7 (10.50)
Optional temperature
sensor cable entry or
sensor mount
76.2 (3.0)
min. cable
clearance
Note:
Net weight: 4.4 kg (9.8 lbs.) max.
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FUS1010, FUH1010, FUT1010 and FUG1010 IP66 (NEMA 7) wall mount explosionproof enclosure
19 (0.75)
441 (17.38)
339 (13.38)
Sensor cables
Data/control I/O
Power in
34
(1.32)
Mounting flange (ref.) see

mounting hole pattern, detail
Transmitter (shown with cover

open) (single channel version)
32 32
(1.25) (1.25)
32
(1.25)
214 (8.44)
87 (3.44)
Hinged optional
display/keypad panel
178 (7.00)
119 (4.70)
85
(3.36)
52
(2.03)
3/4" NPT THRU

12-PLCS.
ID TAG (S)
44 64
64
64
44
(2.50) (2.50)(1.75)(2.50) (1.75)
Tx/Rx module
Test
connector
Keypad
security switch
Power supply:
90/240 V AC 50/60 Hz
9/36 V DC, 10 W
I/O modules
included modules varies with flow
transmitter model no.
Single / dual channel flowmeter
Transmitter (shown with

cover open)
Tx/Rx module
Test
connector
Keypad
security switch
Power supply:
90/240 V AC 50/60 Hz
9/36 V DC, 10 W
I/O modules
included modules varies with flow
transmitter model no.
Multi-channel flowmeter
Note: net weight: 29 kg (64.0 lbs) max.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/323
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FUP1010 IP67 Weatherproof impact resistant enclosure
Sensor, data/control
and power cable
connectors (see
zone B2)
271 (10.68)
216 (8.50)
I/O Port
Transmitter test
connector
RS-232 connector
Auxiliary power/
battery charger input
177 (6.97)
375 (14.77)
Model/serial number
identification label
(inside cover)
Battery status indicator

Flow sensor cable
connectors
X
Pressure relief valve
Note:
Net weight: 3.64 kg (8.0 lbs)
3/324
Siemens FI 01 2015
Temperature sensor cable

connectors (optional)
180
(temp. sensor input option shown)
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FUE1010 IP40 (NEMA 1) Portable impact resistant enclosure
Sensor, data/control
and power cable
connectors (see
zone B2)
271 (10.68)
216 (8.50)
Tragbarer aufsteckbarer
Energie-Durchflussmesser
I/O port
Flow sensor
cable
connectors
Transmitter test
connector
RS-232 connector
Battery status indicator
Auxiliary power/
battery charger input
177 (6.97)
375 (14.77)
Model/serial number
Identification label
(Inside cover)
Pressure relief valve

connectors (optional)
180
Note:
Net weight: 3.5 kg (7.7 lbs)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/325
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FST020 IP65 (NEMA 4X) wall mount enclosure
Detail
Scale
B
0.500
Model ID
label
4.3
( 0.17)
14.9
(0.59)
160.8
(6.33)
15.1
(0.60)
4 Mounting
Holes
130,6
(5.14)
6.4
(0.25)
91.1
(3.59)
See
detail B
227.6
(8.96)
240.3
(9.46)
Lid
Screws
40.89
(1.610)
38.1
(1.500)
38.1
(1.500)
80.39
(3.165)
3/326
Siemens FI 01 2015
30.8
(1.21)
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Thickness gauge
Overview
Function
The thickness gauge measurement is based on the transit time
ultrasonic wave propagation principle: a high frequency ultrasonic beam is transmitted into the pipe being measured through
a probe acting as a sender and receiver. When the probe subsequently retrieves that same signal, an internal counter calculates the time taken for the signals to be sent and received
through the pipe. This value is used to evaluate the speed of
sound through the pipe and consequently, the thickness of the
pipe wall.
The thickness gauge is used to measure the wall thickness of the

pipe that a clamp-on ultrasonic flowmeter is installed on. The
wall thickness value is a vital factor in the flow computation
model and a prerequisite for precise clamp-on ultrasonic flow
measurement. When measuring any pipe wall thickness the
thickness gauge can also be used as a stand-alone tool used to
measure the wall thickness of any metallic or non-metallic pipe
materials capable of acting as an ultrasonic wave conductor.
Benefits
The thickness gauge is an indispensable tool in accurate clampon ultrasonic flow measurement. For a flowmeter to measure correctly it needs to know the exact wall thickness of the pipe it is
measuring on. Since even the smallest miscalculation can have
a major effect on the flow reading, the pipe thickness gauge has
to be extremely precise. This is why the standard probe operates
at a 5 MHz frequency making it capable of measuring pipe thickness ranging from 0.1 to 200 mm (0.03 to 7.9) with a very high
resolution of up to 0.1 mm (0.004).
Display type
4-digit LCD
Display resolution
0.1 mm (0.004)
Measurement units
Metric and imperial
Sound velocity range
1 000 ... 9 999 m/s

(3 280 ... 32 805 ft/s)
-10 ... +50 C (14 ... 122 F)
Probe/pipe temperature
70 C (158 F)
Update rate
4 Hz
Frequency
5 MHz
Power source
2 x 1.5 V AAA dry cells
Power consumption
Working current is less than 3 mA
Battery life
Approx. 250 h on a set of

batteries
61 x 108 x 28 mm
(2.4 x 4.3 x 1.1)
Weight
150 g (5.3 oz)
Article No.
Thickness gauge
7ME3951-0TG20
Application
The thickness gauge can be used in any field application where
there is a need for flow measurement.
Design
The hand-held micro-processor controlled gauge is designed to
measure the thickness of various metallic or non-metallic pipe.
Such materials include steel, aluminum, titanium, plastics and
ceramics. Measurement results are shown in either inches or millimeter; only a simple pre-calibration to a known thickness or
sound velocity is required. The simple-to-read 4-digit LCD display featuring a basic user friendly menu is easily navigable with
only three conveniently located push buttons. The lightweight
computing unit weighs a mere 150 g (5.3 oz) making it ideal for
quick and easy on-site pipe wall thickness measurement and
with two AAA alkaline batteries trouble-free operation is ensured
for 250 hours.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/327
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Overview
Application
SITRANS FUS1010 is the most versatile clamp-on ultrasonic flow

display transmitter available today. It can operate in either WideBeam Transit time or Reflexor (Doppler) mode, making it suitable
for virtually any liquid, even those with high aeration or suspended solids.
SITRANS FUS1010 is available in single, dual and optional four
path configurations, with your choice of IP65 (NEMA 4X) wall
mount, IP65 (NEMA7) compact explosionproof enclosures.
Benefits
Versatility; there is no need to change meters when operating
conditions change
periodic cleaning
Choice of single channel or dual channel/dual path, with
doppler capability. Four channel/four path optional.
- Optional four channels allow measurement of four independent pipes at the same time, reducing overall ownership
costs
- Dual mode allows for transit time and reflexor operation at
the same time on the same pipe
- Dual path allows for two sets of sensors to be set up on one
pipe and averaged for higher accuracy
ZeroMatic Path automatically sets zero without stopping flow
and reduces zero drift, even at low flow
SITRANS FUS1010 is suitable for a wide variety of liquid applications, including the following:
Water industry
- Raw water
- Potable water
- Chemicals
Wastewater industry
- Raw sewage
- Effluent
- Sludges
- Mixed liquor
- Chemicals
HVAC industry
- Chillers
- Condensers
- Hot and cold water systems
Power industry
- Nuclear
- Fossil
- Hydroelectric
Processing industry
- Process control
- Batching
- Rate indication
Design
SITRANS FUS1010 is available in three configurations:
IP65 (NEMA 4X) wall mount enclosure constructed of fiberglass reinforced polyester with stainless steel hardware and
polyester keypad
- Single channel
- Dual channel/dual path
- Four channel (optional)
IP65 (NEMA 7) compact explosionproof enclosure constructed of cast aluminum with glass window, stainless steel
hardware
- Single channel
IP66 (NEMA 7) wall mount explosionproof enclosure constructed of cast aluminum, stainless steel hardware, with glass
window
- Single channel
- Four channel (optional)
Function
IP65 (NEMA 4X) and IP66 (NEMA 7) flow display transmitters
have integral 33 button keypads and large (128 x 240 pixel)
graphic displays visible up to 12 m (40 ft) away
IP65 (NEMA 7) compact flow display transmitter has a 2 x 16
Alphanumeric LCD display
Current, voltage, status alarm, frequency outputs and communications including HART, BACnet MSTP/BACnet IP, Modbus
RTU & TCP/IP, Ethernet IP, Johnson N2 and VT100 RS 232
(see specification section for details)
Optional current, voltage and temperature inputs (see specification section for details)
ZeroMatic Path automatically sets zero
Bidirectional flow operation
1 MByte data logger with both site and data logger storage
English, Spanish, German,Italian and French language selectable on IP65 (NEMA 7) enclosures1)
1)
3/328
Siemens FI 01 2015
Available on NEMA 7 compact as MLFB option, all others are software

selectable.
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FUS1010IP65 (NEMA 4X) wall mount
IP65 (NEMA 4X)
Liquid temperature
Standard
-40 ... +120 C (-40 ... +250 F)
Optional
-40 ... +230 C (-40 ... +450 F)
Ambient temperature
-18 +60 C (0 140 F)
Design
Dimensions
see SITRANS F US Clamp-on

"System info and selection guide"
Weight
see diagrams
Power supply
90 ... 240 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz,

30 VA or
9 ... 36 V DC, 12 W
Indication and operation

Enclosure IP65 (NEMA 4X)
Data logger memory
1 MByte
Display
128 x 240 pixel LCD with backlight
Input
Flow range
12 m/s ( 40 ft/s), bidirectional
Keypad
Flow sensitivity
0.0003 m/s ( 0.001 ft/s), flow rate

independent
33 keypad buttons with tactile

feedback
Language options
Pipe size
6.4 mm ... 9.14 m (0.25 ... 360)
English, Spanish, German, Italian,

French selectable by software
Optional inputs
Single channel
Current: 20 mA DC
Temperature: 4 wire 1 k RTD
FM and CSA ratings
Current: 20 mA DC
(1 k at 30 V DC)
Voltage: 10 V DC
(5 k min.)
Status Alarm: 4 x SPDT relays
Form C relays
Pulse rate: 5 kHz
Transmitter
N-I Class I, Div 2
S Class II, Div 2
Sensor
I.S. Class I, II, Div 1
CE
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC

ATEX Directive 94/9/EC
Output
Standard outputs
Optional outputs
Expanded I/Os (additional

4 ... 20 mA outputs) with form C
relays
UniMass (requires RTD)
Communications: HART,
BACnet MSTP/BACnet IP,
Modbus RTU & TCP/IP,
Ethernet IP, Johnson N2 and
VT100 RS 232
C-TICK
ATEX ratings
Transmitter:
Ex II (1) G [Ex ia] IIC
Ex II 3 (1) G Ex nC [ia] IIC T5
Sensors:
Ex II 1 G Ex ia IIC T5
IECEx
Pending
Accuracy
Accuracy
0.5 % ... 1.0 % of flow,

for velocities greater than 0.3 m/s
(1 ft/s)
0.0015 ... 0.003 m/s
( 0.005 ... 0.01 ft/s),
for velocities less than 0.3 m/s
(1 ft/s)
Batch repeatability
0.15 % of flow,
(1 ft/s)
0.0005 m/s ( 0.0015 ft/s),
(1 ft/s)
Data refresh rate
5 Hz
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/329
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FUS1010, IP65 (NEMA 7) compact explosionproof
Power supply
90 ... 240 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz,

15 VA or
9 ... 36 V DC, 10 W
9 ... 36 V DC, 10 W - ground
9 ... 36 V DC, 10 W + ground
Data logger memory
1 MByte
Display
2 x 16 alphanumeric LCD display
Keypad
5 Magnetic hall effect switches
Language options

French

FM and CSA ratings
Transmitter
XP Class I, Div 1
D-I Class II, Div 1
N-I Class I, Div 2
S Class II, Div 2
Sensor
ATEX ratings
Flow transmitter:
Ex II 2 (1) G Ex d [ia] IIB + H2 T5
Enclosure IP65 (NEMA 7)

Input
Flow range
Flow sensitivity
0.0003 m/s ( 0.001 ft/s), flow rate

independent
Pipe size
6.4 mm ... 9.14 m (0.25 ... 360)
Optional inputs
per channel
Current: 20 mA DC
Output
Outputs
Current (externally powered):

1 x 4 20 mA DC
(1 k at 30 V DC)
Status Alarm: 1 x Isolated open
collector
Pulse rate: 5 kHz
VT100 RS 232
Accuracy
0.5 % ... 1.0 % of flow,
(1 ft/s)
0.0015 ... 0.003 m/s
( 0.005 ... 0.01 ft/s),
(1 ft/s)
Batch repeatability
0.15 % of flow,
(1 ft/s)
0.0005 m/s ( 0.0015 ft/s),
(1 ft/s)
Data refresh rate
5 Hz

IP65 (NEMA 7)
Liquid temperature
Standard
-40 ... +120 C (-40 ... +250 F)
Optional
-40 ... +230 C (-40 ... +450 F)
Ambient temperature
-18 +60 C (0 140 F)
Design
Dimensions

Weight
see diagrams
3/330
Siemens FI 01 2015
Sensors:
IECEx
Pending
CE

Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FUS1010 IP66 (NEMA 7) wall mount explosionproof
Power supply
90 ... 240 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz,

30 VA or
9 ... 36 V DC, 12 W

Data logger memory
1 MByte
Display
Keypad

feedback
Language options

French

FM and CSA ratings
Transmitter
XP Class I, Div 1
D-I Class II, Div 1
N-I Class I, Div 2
S Class II, Div 2
Sensor
CE

Enclosure IP66 (NEMA 7)

Input
Flow range
Flow sensitivity
0.0003 m/s ( 0.001 ft/s), flow rate

independent
C-TICK
Pipe size
6.4 mm ... 9.14 m (0.25 ... 360)
ATEX ratings
Optional Inputs
per channel
Current: 20 mA DC
Temperature: 2 x 4 wire 1 k
RTD
Output
Outputs
single channel
Current: 20 mA DC
(1 k at 30 V DC)
Voltage: 10 V DC
(5 k min.)
Status Alarm: 4 x SPDT Relays
Pulse rate: 5 kHz
Communications: HART,
BACnet MSTP/BACnet IP,
Ethernet IP, Johnson N2 and
VT100 RS 232
Flow transmitter
Ex II 2 (1) G Ex d [ia IIC] IIB + H2
T5
Sensors:
IECEx
Pending
Accuracy
Accuracy
0.5 % ... 1.0 % of flow,

(1 ft/s)
0.0015 ... 0.003 m/s
( 0.005 ... 0.01 ft/s),
(1 ft/s)
Batch repeatability
0.15 % of flow,
(1 ft/s)
0.0005 m/s ( 0.0015 ft/s),
(1 ft/s)
Data refresh rate
5 Hz

IP66 (NEMA 7)
Liquid temperature
Standard
-40 ... +120 C (-40 ... +250 F)
Optional
-40 ... +230 C (-40 ... +450 F)
Ambient temperature
-18 +60 C (0 140 F)
Design
Dimensions

Weight
see diagrams
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/331
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Standard MLFB for quick delivery on SITRANS FUS1010 (Dedicated standard)
Article No.
Order code
7 M E 3 5 3 7 - 7 777 7 - 0 7 7 7
777 + K 0 2 + K 0 2 + R 0 2
Number of channels/ultrasonic paths

Single channel
Dual channel/Dual path
1
2
Flowmeter functions and I/O configurations

includes graphic display and Reflexor capability
Standard outputs
2 x 0 ... 10 V
2 x 4 ... 20 mA
2 x pulse output
4 x relay C type
Meter power options

90 ... 240 V AC
9 ... 36 V DC (except NEMA 7 compact)
A
B
Communication options
VT100 RS 232 (standard)
RTD temperature sensor
(include mounting hardware for pipes between 1.5" and 24" outer diameter)
No RTDs
1x standard clamp-on
2x standard clamp-on
1x submersible
2x submersible
0
1
2
3
4
Sensor for channel 1

(includes pipe mounting kit and spacer bar for indicated max. OD listed)
See "Sensor selection charts" for specifications.
no sensor
A2 universal
B3 universal
C3 universal3)
D3 universal3)
E2 universal3)
C1H (high precision)3)
D1H (high precision)3)
Doppler
D1H 3)
3/332
Trackmount and straps provided up to 75 mm (3")

Mounting frame and straps provided up to 300 mm (13")
Mounting frame and straps provided
up to 1200 mm (48")1)
up to 600 mm (24")2)
up to 600 mm (24")2)
up to 1200 mm (48")2)
up to 1200 mm (48")2)
to 12" with strap kit (not for IP65 (NEMA7)),
for up to 121 C (250 F)
High temperature range 104 C/220 F HP2)
Siemens FI 01 2015
A
B
C
D
E
F
M
N
P
R
S
Z
P1P
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Article No.
Order code
7 M E 3 5 3 7 - 7 777 7 - 0 7 7 7
777 + K 0 2 + K 0 2 + R 0 2

(includes pipe mounting kit for indicated max. OD listed)
No sensor
A2 universal
B3 universal
C3 universal3)
D3 universal3)
E2 universal3)
D4H (high
precision3))
Doppler
D1H 3)

up to 1200 mm (48")1)
up to 600 mm (24")2)
up to 600 mm (24")2)
up to 1200 mm (48")2)
up to 1200 mm (48")2)
for up to 121 C (250 F)
A
B
C
D
E
F
M
N
P
R
S
Z
Q1P
Approvals
FM/CSA, CE (default)
ATEX, CE, C-TICK
1
2
1)
Supplied spacer bar supports pipes up to 1050 mm (42 inch). For pipes larger than 1050 mm (42 inch) purchase also, spare part
7ME3960-0MS40 (1012BN-4)
Supplied spacer bar supports pipes up to 750 mm (30 inch). For pipes larger than 750 mm (30 inch) purchase also, spare part
7ME3960-0MS40 (1012BN-4)
3)
Made with stainless steel construction.
2)
Standard MLFB product offering represents 4 to 6 weeks delivery time.

For sensor and RTD cables for quick delivery see tables at end of section.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/333
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Article No.
Ord. code

7ME35307ME35317ME35337 77 7 0 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
1
2
9
H1A
Extended outputs plus optional inputs

(Dual channel only)
Outputs:
- 2 x 0 ... 10 V
- 2 x 4 ... 20 mA active
- 4 x 4 ... 20 mA passive
- 2 x 0 ... 5K pulse
- 4 x relay C type
Inputs:
- 4 x 4 ... 20 mA
- 1 x RTD inputs per chanel
J 1B
C3 universal3)
D3 universal3)
E2 universal3)
Standard outputs
- 1 x 4 ... 20 mA (Loop) and 1 x status (open
collector) per channel
- 1 x pulse output for single channel units only
Standard outputs with optional input adder

- UniMass capability with 1 RTD input (1x
RTD only, for H1A multi channel option)
- 1 x analog input per channel
Meter power options
Siemens FI 01 2015
no sensor
A2 universal
B3 universal
IP65 (NEMA 7) compact explosionproof units
3/334
7ME35307ME35317ME35337 7 77 0 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
0
6
0
1
2
3
4
9
N1A
N1B

Including pipe mounting tracks for sizes A & B
sensors indented for pipe with a OD less than
125 mm (5") and mounting frame/spacer bars
for sizes C, D & E sensors. Straps provided are
for the indicated maximum OD listed below.
Strap kits are available to accommodate larger
pipes (refer to spare part list). Refer to "Sensor
Selection Charts" for the sensor suitability of
pipe size and wall thickness".
For H1A multi channel option above:

- 4 x 0 ... 10 V
- 4 x 4 ... 20 mA
- 4 x relay C type
Standard outputs with optional input adder
- UniMass capability with 2 x RTD input
(1 x RTD only for H1A multi channel option)
- 4 x 4 ... 20 mA analog input

(includes mounting hardware for pipes
between 1.5 and 24 outer diameter)
No RTDs
1 x Standard clamp-on RTD
1 x Submersible clamp-on RTD
1 x Insertion style RTD with thermowell and
lagging
lagging
IP65 (NEMA 4X) wall mount and IP66

(NEMA 7 wall mount explosionsproof) units
90 ... 240 V AC
9 ... 36 V DC (except compact NEMA 7)
9 ... 36 V DC negative GND (compact only)
9 ... 36 V DC positive GND (compact only)

VT100 RS 232
Modbus RTU & TCP/IP, HART, BACnet
MSTP/BACnet IP, Ethernet IP, Johnson N2

includes graphic or digital display and
Reflexor capability for all except IP65
(NEMA 7) compact units
Standard outputs
- 2 x 0 ... 10 V
- 2 x 4 ... 20 mA
- 2 x pulse output
- 4 x relay C type
Ord. code
Article No.
Single channel
Special: Four channel/Four path (NEMA 4X
wall mount and NEMA 7 wall mount explosionproof only)
A
B
J
K
Trackmount and straps

provided up to
75 mm (3)
provided up to
125 mm (5)
Mounting frame and
straps provided up to
300 mm (13)
Mounting frame and
600 mm (24)
Mounting frame and
1200 mm (48)1)
A
B
C
D
E
F
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Article No.
Ord. code

7ME35307ME35317ME35337 77 7 0 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7


(includes pipe mounting kit for indicated
max. OD listed)
See "Sensor selection charts" for
specifications.
no sensor
A2 universal
B3 universal
C3 universal3)
D3 universal3)
E2 universal3)
For the following A1H to D4H sensors, temperature range is -40 C ... 65 C
For the following B1H to D4H sensors, temperature range is -1 C up to 104 C (30 F up
to 220 F), nominal 65 C (150 F):
B1H (high temperature range HP)
C1H (high temperature range HP)3)
D1H (high temperature range HP)2)3)
Ord. code
Sensor for channel 1 (continued)
A2H (high precision) Trackmount and straps

provided up to
75 mm (3)
provided up to
75 mm (3)
B1H (high precision) Trackmount and straps
provided up to
125 mm (5)
provided up to
125 mm (5)
C1H (high preciMounting frame and
3)
sion)
600 mm (24)
3)
sion)
600 mm (24)
D1H (high preciMounting frame and
3)
sion)
1200 mm (48)2)
3)
sion)
1200 mm (48)2)
sion)3)
1200 mm (48)2)
Doppler
to 12 with strap kit
(not for IP65 (NEMA 7)),
for up to 121 C (250 F)
High temperature sensor size 2 for up to
230 C (446 F) (30 to 200 mm diam.
(1.18 to 7.67 inch diam.))
230 C (446 F) (150 to 610 mm diam.
(5.90 to 24 inch diam.))
230 C (446 F) (400 to 1200 mm diam.
(15.75 to 47.25 inch diam.))
Article No.
P
Q
R
S
Z
P1A
P1B
P1C
P1K
P1L
P 1M
P1N
P1P
P1Q
P1R

provided up to
75 mm (3)
provided up to
125 mm (5)
Mounting frame and
300 mm (13)
Mounting frame and
600 mm (24)
Mounting frame and
1200 mm (48)1)
For the following A1H to D4H sensors, temperature range is -40 C to 65 C

(-41 F to 150 F), nominal 21 C (70 F):
provided up to
75 mm (3)
provided up to
75 mm (3)
provided up to
125 mm (5)
provided up to
125 mm (5)
sion)3)
600 mm (24)
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
7ME35307ME35317ME35337 7 77 0 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

Doppler
Mounting frame and

600 mm (24)
Mounting frame and
1200 mm (48)e2)
Mounting frame and
1200 mm (48)2)
Mounting frame and
1200 mm (48)2)
to 12 with strap kit (not
for IP65 (NEMA 7)), for
up to 121 C (250 F)
Siemens FI 01 2015
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
Q
R
3/335
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Article No.
Ord. code

7ME35307ME35317ME35337 77 7 0 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

230 C (446 F) (30 to 200 mm diam.
(1.18 to 7.67 inch diam.))

230 C (446 F) (150 to 610 mm diam.

230 C (446 F) (400 to 1200 mm diam.
(15.75 to 47.25 inch diam.))
to 220 F), nominal 65 C (150 F):
Q1A
Order code

code(s).
Cable assembly for sensors (add for No. of channels)
See "Sensor cable selection chart"
K..
Cable assembly for RTDs (add for No. of RTDs)

See "RTD cable selection chart"
R..
Cable termination kit (for one cable pair)

Q1B
Q1C
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Q1K
Q1 L
Q1M
Q1N
Q1P
Q1Q
Q1R
Approvals
FM/CSA, CE
ATEX, CE, C-TICK
1)
Further designs
1
2
Supplied spacer bar supports pipes up to 1050 mm (42 inch).

For pipes larger than 1050 mm (42 inch) purchase also, spare part
7ME3960-0MS40 (1012BN-4).
2)
Supplied spacer bar supports pipes up to 750 mm (30 inch).

For pipes larger than 750 mm (30 inch) purchase also, spare part
7ME3960-0MS40 (1012BN-4).
3)
Termination for standard, plenum and armored

sensor cable
Termination for submersible sensor cable
T01
RTD cable termination kit for standard RTD

RTD cable termination kit for submersible RTD
Insert RTD cable termination kit
Cable gland kit
T21
T31
T41
T51
T11
Languages (Meter and Documentation),

English (default) for compact NEMA 7 only
German
French
Spanish
Italian
B10
B12
B13
B14
Wet flow transfer calibration (priced on request)

6 point calibration 2/water (Price per channel)
2SS40 pipe
3CS40 pipe
4CS40 pipe
4SS40 pipe
D01
D02
D03
D04
6CS40 pipe
6SS40 pipe
6CS120 pipe
8CS40 pipe
D05
D06
D07
D08
8SS40 pipe
8CS120 pipe
10CS Standard pipe
10CS40 pipe
D09
D10
D11
D12
10SS40 pipe
12CS Standard pipe
12CS40 pipe
14CS30 pipe
D13
D14
D15
D16
14CS40 pipe
16CS Standard pipe
16CS40 pipe
18CS Standard pipe
D17
D18
D19
D20
20CS20 pipe
20CS30 pipe
24CS Standard pipe
24CS20 pipe
D21
D22
D23
D24
24CS30 pipe
30CS Standard pipe
36CS Standard pipe
Other pipe, other liquid, additional points, witness
D25
D26
D27
Y28
Tag name plate

Stainless steel tag with 3.2 mm (0.13 inch) character size (68 characters max.)
Y19
Operating Instructions for SITRANS FUS1010

English NEMA 4X wall mount & NEMA 7 wall
mount explosionproof
German NEMA 4X & wall mount NEMA 7 wall
NEMA 7 compact explosionproof
Article No.
A5E02951520
A5E02951532
CQO:1010XFM-3

http://www.siemens.com/flowdocumtenion
3/336
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Sensor cable (pair) selection chart
MLFB example
Sensor cable codes for length and type options
Application example
A clamp-on meter is required for a 12 carbon steel jet fuel line,
with a wall thickness of 12.7 mm (0.5). Meter electronics are to
be located in a Class I Div 2 area only 18 m (60 ft) from the pipeline. 12 V DC power is available at the site.
Dual path operation is desired for improved accuracy and redundant measurement.
MLFB Article No.: 7ME3530-2AB00-0QQ1-Z
K03 + K03
SITRANS FUS1010
meter family
Article No.
Ord. code
7 M E 3 5 3 7 - 7 777 0 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
IP65 (NEMA 4X) enclosure
Standard (PVC
jacket)
Submersible
(polyethylene
jacket)
-40+80 C
Plenum Rated
(teflon jacket)
Armored
-40+80 C
-40+200 C
-40+80 C
(-40+176 F) (-40+176 F) (-40+392 F) (-40+176 F)
Order code
6 (20)
K011)
K11
K21
K31
15 (50)
K021)
K121)
K22
K321)
30 (100)
K031)
K131)
K23
K33
46 (150)
K041)
K14
K24
K34
61 (200)
K05
K15
K25
K35
91 (300)
K061)
K16
K26
K36
RTD cable (single) selection chart
Dual Path
Cable length
m (ft)
Standard I/O option
RTD cable codes for length and type

A
9 ... 36 V DC power option
Cable length m (ft)
RS 232 Standard
Standard (teflon wrapped)

-40 ... +200 C
(-40 +392 F)
No RTD required
Order code
Sensor code for path 1
Submersible (extruded
jacket)
-40 ... +200 C
(-40 +392 F)
FM approval required
30 m (100 ft) sensor cable for

path 1
K0 3

path 2
K0 3
6 (20)
R011)
R11
15 (50)
R021)
R12
30 (100)
R031)
R13
46 (150)
R04
R14
61 (200)
R05
R15
91 (300)
R06
R16
1)
Standard MLFB for quick delivery
Universal sensor selection chart IP68

Based on pipe size (pipes other than steel)
Sensor
Order
Code
Pipe size
Outer diameter range Outer diameter range

(mm)
(inch)
min.
max.
min.
max.
A2
12.7
50.8
0.5
B3
19
127
0.75
1)
51
305
12
D31)
203
610
24
E21)
254
6 096
10
240
C3
High precision sensor selection chart IP68

Based on pipe wall thickness (steel pipes only)
Sensor
Order
Code
Pipe wall (mm)
Pipe wall (inch)
min.
max.
min.
max.
A1H
0.64
1.02
0.025
0.04
A2H
1.02
1.52
0.04
0.06
A3H
1.52
2.03
0.06
0.08
B1H
2.03
3.05
0.08
0.12
B2H
3.05
4.06
0.12
0.16
C1H1)
4.06
5.84
0.16
0.23
C2H1)
5.84
8.13
0.23
0.32
D1H1)
8.13
11.18
0.32
0.44
D2H1)
11.18
15.75
0.44
0.62
D4H1)
15.75
31.75
0.62
1.25
Pipe wall
1)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/337
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Overview
Function
2 x16 integral alphanumeric display and 5 key keypad for installation menu and data display
Pulse rate output
Communications include VT100 RS 232 with a DB9 connector,
Modbus RTU, BACnet MSTP
Totalizer start/stop and rest control lines.
Remote PC installation menu
1 MByte data logger with both site & data logger storage
Menu language in English, Spanish, German, Italian and
French
Input
SITRANS FST020 offers reliable flow measurement at a much

lower cost than other clamp-on ultrasonic flowmeters, with flow
rate accuracy of 0.5 % to 1.0 % for most applications.
Benefits
Minimal maintenance; external sensors do not require periodic cleaning
No moving parts to wear or foul
Compact, integral design reduces installation cost
Optional WideBeam technology ensures high performance.
and eliminates zero drift.
Application
SITRANS FST020 is suitable for most clean liquid applications,
including the following:
Water & wastewater industry
- Potable water
- Wastewater, influent & effluent
- Processed sewage, sludge
Chemical feed industry
- Sodium hypochlorite
- Sodium hydroxide
HVAC & power industries
- Coolant flow
- Fuel flow
Process control
- Chemicals
- Pharmaceuticals
The SITRANS FST020 flowmeter is not available with hazardous
areas
approval.
Design
Flow range
12 m/s ( 40 ft/s), bi-directional
Flow sensitivity
0.0003 m/s (0.001 ft/s) flow rate

independent
Digital Inputs
Totalizer Hold
Optically isolated diode

Input voltage: 2 10 V DC
Totalizer Reset
Optically isolated diode

Input voltage: 2 10 V DC
Output
Current
4 ... 20 mA (Isolated)
externally powered
10 30 V DC
Relay
Programmable Form C 250 mA

30 V DC
3 V A max
Pulse rate1)
Optically isolated transistor

10 mA
30 V DC max
Accuracy
For velocities 0.3 m/s (1 ft/s)
4 ... 20 mA
1.0 % of flow
Pulse, relay output
0.5 % ... 1.0 % of flow
Batch repeatability
0.15 %
Zero Drift
0.1 % of rate;
0.0003 m/s (0.001 ft/s)
Data refresh rate
5 Hz
Transmitter conditions
-10 +50 C (14 +122 F)
Storage temperature
-20 +60 C (-4 +140 F)
IP65 NEMA 4X
Design
Weight
1.4 kg (3.0 lb)
175 x 235 x 92 mm
(6.89 x 9.25 x 3.62 inch)
Enclosure material
Polycarbonate
Power supply
100 ... 240 V AC @ 20 VA or

11.5 ... 28.5 V DC @ 10 W
IP65 (NEMA 4X) wall mount constructed of polycarbonate

Single channel versions only
Unclassified locations
UL, ULc
Classified locations
CE

C-TICK
1)
3/338
Siemens FI 01 2015
When used to represent flow rate (PGEN) the frequency can reach as
high as 5000 Hz. When used to represent flow total it can reach
50 Hz.
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Standard MLFB for quick delivery on SITRANS FST020 (Basic)
Article No.
7 M E 3 5 7 7 - 7 77 3 0 - 0 7 7 7
Design
IP65 (NEMA 4X ) wall mount

Single channel

With display and 1 additional analog output and SPST relay
Meter power options

100 ... 240 V AC
11.5 ... 28.5 V DC, 10 W max
Sensor
(includes pipe mounting kit for indicated max. OD listed)
no sensor
A2 universal
B3 universal
C3 universal2)
D3 universal2)
E2 universal2)
Mounting frame and straps provided up to 1200 mm (48")1)
For the following A1H to C1H sensors, temperature range is -40 ... 65 C (-41 ... 150 F), nominal 21 C (70 F)
Sensor cables
No sensor cable
6 m (20 ft) PVC Jacket (1 pr)
15 m (50 ft) PVC Jacket (1 pr)
30 m (100 ft) PVC Jacket
Approvals
UL, ULC, CE, C-TICK
Standard MLFB offering represents 2 to 3 weeks delivery time for quantities under 5.
1)
Supplied spacer bar suppports pipes up to 750 mm (30 inch). For pipes larger than 750 nn (30 inch) purchase also, spare part 7ME3960-0MS40 (1012BN-4).
2)
Made of stainless steel construction.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/339
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FST020 (Basic) IP65 (NEMA 4x)
Article No.
Ord. code
7ME3570-

SITRANS FST020 (Basic) IP65 (NEMA 4x)
7 77 3 0 - 0 7 7 7 7 7 7
Single channel
With display, keypad, 1x 4 ... 20 mA, 1x relay,

1x pulse/frequency, 2x digital input, VT100
RS232, Modbus RTU, BACnet MSTP
Sensor for channel 11)

Including pipe mounting tracks for Sizes A &
B universal sensors indented for pipe with a
OD less than 125 mm (5") and mounting
frame/spacer bars for sizes C, D & E universal
sensors. Straps provided are for the indicated
maximum OD listed below. Strap kits are
available to accommodate larger pipes (refer
to spare part list). Refer to "Sensor Selection
Charts" for the sensor suitability of pipe size
and wall thickness
no sensor
A2 universal
provided up to
75 mm (3)
B3 universal
provided up to
125 mm (5)
2)
C3 universal
Mounting frame and
330 mm (13)
2)
D3 universal
Mounting frame and
600 mm (24)
E2 universal2)
Mounting frame and
1200 mm (48)
For the following A2H to D4H transducers,
temperature range is -40 ... 65 C (-41 ... 150 F),
nominal 21 C (70 F)
provided up to
75 mm (3")
provided up to
75 mm (5")
provided up to
125 mm (5")
provided up to
125 mm (5")
C1H (high preciup to 600 min (24") with
sion)2)
mounting hardware
C2H (high preciup to 600 min (24") with
2)
sion)
mounting hardware
2)
sion)
1200 mm (48")1)
sion)2)
1200 mm (48")1)
sion)2)
1200 mm (48")1)
3/340
Siemens FI 01 2015
P1A
P1B
P1C
Sensor cables (pair)
Meter power options

100 ... 240 V AC
11.5 ... 28.5 V DC
Ord. code
7ME35707 77 3 0 - 0 7 7 7 7 7 7

230 C (446 F) (30 to 200 mm diam.
(1 to 8 inch diam.))
230 C (446 F) (150 to 610 mm diam.
6 to 24 inch diam.))
230 C (446 F) (400 to 1200 mm
diam. (16 to 48 inch diam.))
Article No.
A
B
A
B
C
D
E
F
M
N
P
No sensor cable
A
B
C
D

E
F
G
6 m (20 ft) Plenum rated (Teflon jacket)

H
J
K

L
M
N
Approvals
UL, ULC, CE, C-TiCK
1)
Supplied spacer bar supports pipes up to 1050 mm (42"). For pipes larger
than 1050 mm (42") purchase also, spare part 7ME3960-0MS40 (1012BN-4)
2)
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Order code
Further designs

Sensor cable termination for standard and plenum
cable
T01

2SS40 pipe
3CS40 pipe
4CS40 pipe
4SS40 pipe
D01
D02
D03
D04
6CS40 pipe
6SS40 pipe
6CS120 pipe
8CS40 pipe
D05
D06
D07
D08
8SS40 pipe
8CS120 pipe
10CS Standard pipe
10CS40 pipe
D09
D10
D11
D12
10SS40 pipe
12CS Standard pipe
12CS40 pipe
14CS30 pipe
D13
D14
D15
D16
14CS40 pipe
16CS Standard pipe
16CS40 pipe
18CS Standard pipe
D17
D18
D19
D20
20CS20 pipe
20CS30 pipe
24CS Standard pipe
24CS20 pipe
D21
D22
D23
D24
24CS30 pipe
30CS Standard pipe
36CS Standard pipe
D25
D26
D27
Y28
Tag name plate

Stainless steel tags with 3.2 mm (0.13 inch) character
size (68 characters max.)
Y19
MLFB example
Order code
Operating Instructions for

SITRANS FST020
English NEMA 4X
German NEMA 4X
A5E03086487
A5E03086488
This device is shipped with a Quick Start Guide and a CD containing

Based on pipe size (pipes other than steel)

Pipe size
Order
Code
Outer diameter
range (mm)
Outer diameter
range (inch)
A2
min.
max.
min.
max.
12.7
50.8
0.5
B3
C31)
19
127
0.75
51
305
12
D31)
203
610
24
E21)
254
6096
10
249

Pipe Wall
Order
Code
Pipe Wall [mm]
Pipe Wall [inch]
min.
max.
min.
max.
A1H
0.64
1.02
0.025
0.04
A2H
1.02
1.52
0.04
0.06
A3H
1.52
2.03
0.06
0.08
B1H
2.03
3.05
0.08
0.12
B2H
3.05
4.06
0.12
0.16
C1H1)
4.06
5.84
0.16
0.23
C2H1)
5.84
8.13
0.23
0.32
D1H
8.13
11.18
0.32
0.44
D2H1)
11.18
15.75
0.44
0.62
D4H1)
15.75
31.75
0.62
1.25
1)
1)
Application example
A basic clamp-on meter is required for a DN 150 (6 schedule

40) carbon steel waste water line, with a pipe wall thickness of
7.1 mm (0.28). Meter electronics are to be located in an instrumentation shed with available AC power. 36 m (120 ft) of sensor
cable is needed to reach pipe location.
MLFB Article No.: 7ME3570-1HA30-0NE0
SITRANS FST020 meter family
Single channel
Standard I/O option
100 ... 240 V AC power option
Sensor code for channel 1
46 m (150 ft) sensor cable
Article No.
Ord. code
7 M E 3 5 7 7 - 7 77 3 0 - 0 7 7 0 7 7 7
0
1
H
A
N
E
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/341
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Overview
Application
SITRANS FUP1010 clamp-on non-intrusive ultrasonic flow transmitter offers maximum versatility plus battery power for portable
field use. It can operate in either WideBeam transit time or reflexor (Doppler) mode, making it suitable for virtually any liquid,
even those with high aeration or suspended solids.
SITRANS FUP1010 is available in single and dual channel or
dual path configurations, with IP67 weatherproof enclosure.
Benefits
Battery power facilitates field use; the meter is easily transported from one installation to another saving time for surveys, monitoring and temporary installations
Weatherproof enclosure can be used outdoors and left in
place without concern for rain damage
Rugged plastic case enables it to withstand rough treatment
that would destroy most other meters
Versatility - there is no need to change meters when operating
conditions change
No moving parts to wear or foul
Choice of single or dual channel models minimizes total cost
Note that the SITRANS FUP1010 flow transmitter is not available with hazardous area approvals
3/342
Siemens FI 01 2015
SITRANS FUP1010 is suitable for a wide variety of liquid applications, including the following:
Water industry
- Raw water
- Potable water
- Chemicals
Wastewater industry
- Raw sewage
- Effluent
- Sludges
- Mixed liquor
- Chemicals
HVAC industry
- Chillers
- Condensers
- Hot and cold water systems
- Thermal energy rate and total
Power industry
- Nuclear
- Fossil
- Hydroelectric
Processing industry
- Process control
- Batching
- Rate indication
Design
IP67 Weatherproof/Impact resistant enclosure constructed of
mineral reinforced copolymer polypropylene
- Single channel
Function
Integral 33 button keypad and large (128 x 240 pixel) graphic
display visible up to 12 m (40 ft) away
Current, voltage, frequency and RS 232 outputs
Optional current, voltage and temperature inputs
English, Spanish, German, Italian and French language options
VT100 RS 232 communications
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Input
Flow range
Flow sensitivity
0.0003 m/s ( 0.001 ft/s), flow rate

independent
Pipe size
6.4 mm 9.14 m (0.25 360)
Inputs,
single channel
Current: 20 mA DC
Output
Outputs
Current: 20 mA DC
(1 k at 30 V DC)
Voltage: 10 V DC
(5 k minimum)
Status Alarm: SPDT Relays
Pulse rate: 5 kHz
VT100 RS 232
Accuracy
Accuracy
0.5 % 2 % of flow,
(1 ft/s)
0.0015 0.006 m/s
( 0.005 0.02 ft/s),
(1 ft/s)
Batch repeatability
0.15 % of flow,
(1 ft/s)
0.0005 m/s ( 0.0015 ft/s),
(1 ft/s)

Weatherproof/impact resistant
IP67
Liquid temperature
Standard
-40 +120 C (-40 +250 F)
Optional
-40 +230 C (-40 +450 F)
Ambient temperature
-18 +60 C (0 140 F)
Design
Dimensions

Weight
see diagrams
Power supply
Power
Internal rechargeable battery
Battery operation
7 hours

Data logger memory
1 MByte
Site storage memory
50 sites minimum
Display
Keypad

feedback
Language options

French

UL
ULc
CE

Siemens FI 01 2015
3/343
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Standard MLFB for quick delivery on SITRANS FUP1010 Portable (excluding energy)
Article No. Order Code

IP67 weatherproof battery powered

7ME35107 77 7 7 - 0 7 7 0 7 7 7

Single channel
Sensor cables
No sensor cable
1 x PVC Jacket cable, length 6 m/20 ft2)
RTD temperature Sensor
(Mounting hardware & cable included)
No RTDs
1 x standard clamp-on RTD, 6 m/20 ft cable1)
2 x standard clamp-on RTD with 6 m/20 ft
cable1)
cable1)
cable1)
Battery charger options
No battery charger
Charger Type A for Europe (CEE7/7)
Charger Type G for U.S. (NEMA 5-15P)
1
2

provided up to
75 mm (3)
B3 universal
provided up to
125 mm (5)
C3 universal
Mounting frame and
300 mm (13)
D3 universal
Mounting frame and
600 mm (24)
E2 universal
Mounting frame and
600 mm (24)
C1H (high precision)3) Mounting frame and
600 mm (24)
600 mm (24)
3)
D1H (high precision) Mounting frame and
600 mm (24)
3)
600 mm (24)
Doppler
to 12" with strap kit
(not for IP65 (NEMA 7))
D1H 3)
High temperature range
104 C/220 F HP
3/344
Siemens FI 01 2015
7 7 77 7 - 0 7 7 0 7 7 7
no sensor
A2 universal

provided up to
75 mm (3)
B3 universal
provided up to
125 mm (5)
C3 universal
Mounting frame and
300 mm (13)
D3 universal
Mounting frame and
600 mm (24)
E2 universal
Mounting frame and
600 mm (24)
600 mm (24)
3)
C2H (high precision) Mounting frame and
600 mm (24)
D1H (high precision)3) Mounting frame and
600 mm (24)
600 mm (24)
Doppler
to 12" with strap kit
3)
D1H
High temperature
range 104 C/220 F
HP
A
B
C
D
E
0
5
6
7
8
0
1
5

(includes pipe mounting kit and spacer bar
for indicated max. outer diameter listed)
no sensor
A2 universal
7ME3510-

Standard flowmeter types and I/O

configurations
Standard I/O
- 2 x 4 ... 20 mA analog in
- 2 x RTD input
A
B
C
D
E
F
M
N
P
Q
S
Z
Q1P
Approvals: No options (UL, ULc, CE by default)
Standard MLFB product offering represents 4 to 6 weeks delivery time

A
B
1)
2)
3)
C
D
E
F
M
N
P
R
S
Z
P1P
-40 ... +200 C (-40 ... +392 F)

-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
Made of stainless steel constructions.
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Article No.
Ord. code

Article No.
7ME3510-
7ME3510-
7 77 7 7 - 0 7 7 0 7 7 7
Single channel
Sensor cables
(select proper quantity of active channels)
No sensor cable
IP67 (weatherproof) only
1 x PVC-jacket, length 6 m (20 ft)
(for IP67 NEMA 6)2)
(for IP67 NEMA 6)2)
(for IP67 NEMA 6)2)
(for IP67 NEMA 6)2)
(for type 3 meter only, mounting hardware and
cable included)
No RTDs
IP67 (weatherproof) only
1 x standard clamp-on RTD (NEMA 6) with
6 m (20 ft) cable1)
6 m (20 ft) cable1)
15 m (50 ft) cable1)
15 m (50 ft) cable1)
1
2
no sensor
A2 universal
B3 universal
C3 universal
A
D3 universal
E2 universal
C
D
E
0
5
6
7
8
Battery charger options

no battery charger
Charger Type C for Australia (AS3112)
Charger Type D for U.K. (BS1363)
Charger Type J for Japan (JIS8303)
Charger Type G for U.S. (NEMA 5-15P)
Charger Type L for Switzerland (SEV1011)
7 7 77 7 - 0 7 7 0 7 7 7

Including pipe mounting tracks for sizes A & B
sensors indented for pipe with a OD less than
125 mm (5") and mounting frame/spacer bars
for sizes C, D & E sensors. Straps provided are
for the indicated maximum OD listed below.
Strap kits are available to accommodate larger
pipes (refer to spare part list). Refer to "Sensor
Selection Charts" for the sensor suitability of
pipe size and wall thickness.
Standard flowmeter types and I/O

configurations
Standard I/O
- Reflexor capable
- Graphic display
- 2 x 0 ... 10 V
- 2 x 4 ... 20 mA
- 2 x pulse outputs
- 4 x status logic
- 2 x 4 ... 20 mA analog in
- 1 x RTD per channel
Ord. code
0
1
2
3
4
5
6

provided up to
75 mm (3)
provided up to
125 mm (5)
Mounting frame and
300 mm (13)
Mounting frame and
600 mm (24)
Mounting frame and
600 mm (24)

(-41 F to 150 F), nominal 21 C (70 F):
provided up to
75 mm (3)
provided up to
75 mm (3)
provided up to
125 mm (5)
provided up to
125 mm (5)
3)
600 mm (24)
600 mm (24)
600 mm (24)
600 mm (24)
600 mm (24)
Doppler
to 12 with chain kit
High temperature sensor size 2 for
up to 230 C (446 F) (30 to 200 mm diam.
(1.18 to 7.67 inch diam.))
up to 230 C (446 F) (150 to 610 mm diam.
up to 230 C (446 F) (400 to 1200 mm diam.
(15.75 to 47.25 inch diam.))
Siemens FI 01 2015
3
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
Q
R
S
Z
P1A
P1B
P1C
3/345
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Article No.
Ord. code


7ME35107 77 7 7 - 0 7 7 0 7 7 7
Article No.
Ord. code

7ME35107 7 77 7 - 0 7 7 0 7 7 7
For the following B1H to D4H sensors, temperature range is -1 C up to 104 C

(30 F up to 220 F), nominal 65 C (150 F):
C1H (high temperature range HP)
D1H (high temperature range HP)

230 C (446 F) (30 to 200 mm diam.
(1.18 to 7.67 inch diam.))
Q1A

230 C (446 F) (150 to 610 mm diam.
Q1B

230 C (446 F) (400 to 1200 mm diam.
(15.75 to 47.25 inch diam.))
Q1C
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Q1K
Q1 L
Q1M
Q1N
Q1P
Q1Q
Q1R
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
P1K
P1L
P 1M
P1N
P1P
P1Q
P1R

(includes pipe mounting kit and spacer bar for
indicated max. outer diameter listed)
no sensor
A2 universal
B3 universal
C3 universal
D3 universal
E2 universal

provided up to
75 mm (3)
provided up to
125 mm (5)
Mounting frame and
300 mm (13)
Mounting frame and
600 mm (24)
Mounting frame and
600 mm (24)
For the following A2H to D4H sensors,

temperature range is -40 C ... 65 C
(-41 F ... 150 F), nominal 21 C (70 F):
provided up to
75 mm (3)
provided up to
75 mm (3)
provided up to
125 mm (5)
provided up to
125 mm (5")
600 mm (24)
600 mm (24)
600 mm (24)
3)
600 mm (24)
3)
600 mm (24)
Doppler
3/346
to 12 with chain kit
Siemens FI 01 2015
A
B
C
D
to 220 F), nominal 65 C (150 F):
Approvals: No options (UL, ULc, CE by default)
1)
-40 ... +200 C (-40 ... +392 F)

-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
3)
2)
E
F
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
Q
R
Article No.

SITRANS FUP1010
English IP67 Weatherproof
A5E02951522
German IP67 Weatherproof
A5E02951534

Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Order code
Further designs
Application example
A general survey portable flowmeter is required for pipes sizes

ranging from 76 ... 500 mm (3" ... 20") with both cast iron and
steel material. Doppler may be required as liquid may be moderately aerated.
Languages (Meter and Documentation), English

(default). All languages now come standard in all flowmeters
Requires language support for German.

2SS40 pipe
3CS40 pipe
4CS40 pipe
4SS40 pipe
D01
D02
D03
D04
6CS40 pipe
6SS40 pipe
6CS120 pipe
8CS40 pipe
D05
D06
D07
D08
8SS40 pipe
8CS120 pipe
10CS Standard pipe
10CS40 pipe
D09
D10
D11
D12
10SS40 pipe
12CS Standard pipe
12CS40 pipe
14CS30 pipe
D13
D14
D15
D16
14CS40 pipe
16CS Standard pipe
16CS40 pipe
18CS Standard pipe
D17
D18
D19
D20
20CS20 pipe
20CS30 pipe
24CS Standard pipe
24CS20 pipe
D21
D22
D23
D24
24CS30 pipe
30CS Standard pipe
36CS Standard pipe
D25
D26
D27
Y28
1x Insertion RTD with thermowell and lagging

2x Insertion RTD with thermowell and lagging
M1A
M1B
Tag name plate

Stainless steel tag with 3.2 mm (0.13 inch) character
MLFB example
Y19
MLFB Article No.: 7ME3510-2CB01-0DE0-Z

B10
Article No.
SITRANS FUP1010 meter

family
7 M E 3 5 1 7 - 7 777 7 - 0 7 7 0 7 7 7
IP67 weatherproof
Ord. code
Dual channel
Portable I/O with

Doppler capable, temperature
1 x PVC-Jacket, length 6 m (20 ft)
No RTDs required
Charger Type A for Europe

(CEE7/7)
Sensor for DN 50 ... DN 300

(2 ... 12) pipes
Sensor for DN 200 ... DN 600

(8 ... 24) pipes

Based on pipe size (all pipe materials)
Pipe size
Order
Code
Outer diameter
range (mm)
Outer diameter
range (inch)
A2
min.
max.
min.
max.
12.7
50.8
0.5
B3
19
127
0.75
C3
51
305
12
D3
203
610
24
E2
254
6096
10
249

Pipe Wall
Order
Code
Pipe Wall [mm]
Pipe Wall [inch]
min.
max.
min.
max.
A1H
0.64
1.02
0.025
0.04
A2H
1.02
1.52
0.04
0.06
A3H
1.52
2.03
0.06
0.08
B1H
2.03
3.05
0.08
0.12
B2H
3.05
4.06
0.12
0.16
C1H1)
4.06
5.84
0.16
0.23
C2H1)
5.84
8.13
0.23
0.32
D1H1)
8.13
11.18
0.32
0.44
D2H1)
11.18
15.75
0.44
0.62
D4H1)
15.75
31.75
0.62
1.25
1)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/347
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FUP1010
Overview
Application
The SITRANS FUP1010 Water and Liquid Check Metering Kits
measure practically all conductive or non-conductive clean or
moderately aerated liquids or liquids with suspended solids.This
basic feature enables the performance check and verification of
existing meters used in various water and wastewater applications such as:
Raw Water and sewage
Potable water
Chemicals
Effluent and sludges
Process control
Batching
Rate indication
Hot and cold water systems
Design
There are two check kits available: SITRANS FUP1010 Water
check metering kit for water and wastewater applications, and
SITRANS FUP1010 Liquid check metering kit for liquid applications other than water. The kits have been developed especially
for verifying the accuracy and performance of any brand or type
of flowmeter. They can be used to verify the performance of meters based on any existing flow measurement principle: orifice,
electromagnetic, ultrasonic, rotary piston, coriolis, etc. In addition, they measure practically all conductive or non-conductive
clean or moderately aerated liquids or liquids with suspended
solids.
Benefits
Performance check or verification of any type or brand of flowmeter
Field use is facilitated by meter portability and 7 hours or normal battery operation.
Weatherproof enclosure withstands even severe weather conditions
1 MByte datalogger capability downloadable to PC via included RS 232 cable
Fast, easy and cost-efficient on-site measurement of any convoluted pipe from 20 to 1200 mm (0.75 to 48)
Delivered as an all inclusive kit in a sturdy rolling case that
holds all the equipment needed to conduct performance and
verification tests (cables, multiple sensors, flow transmitter
etc.)
IP67 weatherproof/impact resistant enclosure, constructed of

mineral reinforced copolymer polypropylene
Single channel
Function
Current, voltage, frequency and RS 232 outputs (see Technical specification section for details)
Pipe sizes
Water Check Metering Kit
50 ... 1050 mm (2 ... 42)
Liquid Check Metering Kit
20 ... 1200 mm (0.75 ... 48)
Accuracy
0.5 % ... 2.0 % of flow rate
Flow range
12 m/s (40 ft/s) bidirectional
Media temperature
-40 ... +104 C (-40 ... 220 F)
Enclosure ratings
IP67 (Weatherproof)
See page 3/343 for complete technical specifications

Cerificates and approvals
UL
ULc
CE
3/348
Siemens FI 01 2015
EMV Directive 2004/108/EC

Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FUP1010
Article No.
SITRANS FUP1010 Water Check Metering Kit
CQO:FUPW-WWKIT
Content of delivery
1
Single channel portable submersible
flow transmitter
1 pair Universal sensor C31)
1 pair Universal sensor E21)
1 pair Doppler sensors
1 pair Mounting Ezclamp (2 mounting
Ezclamp chains)
1
Ladder chain
1
Battery charger
1 pair 20 ft sensor cable
1
Cable - 1010WP/WDP to PC
1
PinStop spacer bar (universal)
1
Flow case
1
Flowmeter manual
1
Laminated card set
1
Certificate of intrinsic calibration
Article No.
SITRANS FUP1010 Liquid Check Metering Kit CQO:FUS-LIQKIT

Content of delivery
1
Single channel portable submersible
transmitter
1 pair Universal sensor B3
1 pair Universal sensor C31)
1 pair Universal sensor D31)
1 pair Universal sensor E21)
1 pair Sensor cables 6m (20 ft)
1 pair Mounting track
1 pair Mounting Ezclamp
1
Spacer bar (portable)
1
Ladder chain
1
Battery charger
1
RS 232 cable for PC connection
1
Flow case
1
Clamp-on flowmeter manual CD
1
Flowmeter manual
1
Laminated card set
1
1)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/349
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Overview
Application
SITRANS FUE1010 is ideally suited to thermal energy/power industry applications, including:
Hot water sub-metering
Condenser water
Glycol
Thermal storage
Lake source cooling
Design
SITRANS FUE1010 is a highly accurate clamp-on non-intrusive

ultrasonic flow transmitter for revenue grade thermal energy
sub-metering and energy efficiency distribution monitoring, with
a real time coefficient of performance (COP) for HVAC systems.
SITRANS FUE1010 is available in single and dual channel or
dual path configurations, with your choice of IP65 (NEMA 4X)
dedicated wall mount or IP40 (NEMA 1) portable enclosures.
Benefits
Measures energy rate and total consumption with highest
accuracy available
Accurately measures at both low flow rates and low differential
temperatures
periodic cleaning
Choice of single or dual channel/dual path or dual mode
operation:
- Dual channel operation reduces the cost for the system on a
per channel measurement basis and permits measuring hot
and chilled water lines at the same time
- Dual path capability insures high flow measurement accuracy on installations with less than desirable piping runs
Ability to operate in either Wide-Beam Transit-time or reflexor
(Doppler) mode for applications with high aeration
3/350
Siemens FI 01 2015
SITRANS FUE1010 is available in three configurations:

polyester keypad
- Single channel
IP40 (NEMA 1) Portable impact resistant enclosure constructed of mineral reinforced copolymer polypropylene
Function
Flow transmitter has an integral 33 button keypad and large
(128 x 240 pixel) graphic display visible up to
12 m (40 ft) away
4-wire 1000 platinum RTDs for supply and return temperature measurements are precision matched to within
0.01 C (0.02 F)
Temperature is factory calibrated with built-in field calibrator.
Detection of aeration and cavitation caused by worn or damaged impellers, misaligned shafts, etc.
Reverse flow and empty pipe detection
Chiller efficiency analysis: accepts an independent analog input representing kW usage for calculation of the following
functions which can be selected for data logging or output
purposes:
Optional current inputs
Digital communication options:
- HART, BACnet MSTP/BACnet IP, Modbus RTU & TCP/IP,
Ethernet IP, Johnson N2 (IP65, NEMA 4X only)
- VT100 RS 232 serial communications (Portable and
NEMA 4X)
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Input
Flow range

0 12 m/s (0 40 ft/s),
bi-directional
Data logger memory
1 Mbyte of storage
Display
Flow sensitivity
0.0003 m/s (0.001 ft/s)
Pipe size
6.4 mm 9.14 m (0.25 360)
Keypad
Inputs per channel
Current: 20 mA
Totalizer commands (clear/hold)

feedback
Language options

French
Output
Standard outputs
Optional outputs
Current: 20 mA DC
(1 k at 30 V DC)
Voltage: 10 V DC
(5 k minimum)
Status Alarm: SPDT Relays
Form C relays
Pulse rate: 5 kHz
VT100 RS 232
Expanded I/Os (4 additional
4 ... 20 mA outputs) with form C
relays
HART, BACnet MSTP/BACnet IP,
Modbus RTU & TCP/IP, Ethernet
IP, Johnson N2 (IP65, NEMA 4X
only)

Dedicated enclosures
FM and CSA ratings
Transmitter
NI Class I, Div 2
S Class II, Div 2
Sensor
CE

Portable enclosures
UL
ULc
CE

Accuracy
Accuracy
0.5 % ... 1.0 % of flow,

(1 ft/s)
0.0015 ... 0.003 m/s
( 0.005 ... 0.01 ft/s),
(1 ft/s)
Batch repeatability
0.15 % of flow,
(1 ft/s)
0.0005 m/s ( 0.0015 ft/s),
(1 ft/s)

Wall mount enclosure:

IP65 (NEMA 4X)
Portable enclosure:
IP40 (NEMA 1)
Liquid temperature
Standard
-40 +120 C (-40 +250 F)
Optional
-40 +230 C (-40 +450 F)
Sensor temperature
Standard
-40 +120 C (-40 +250 F)
Optional
-40 +232 C (-80 +450 F)
Ambient temperature
-18 ... +60 C (0 ... 140 F)
Design
Dimensions

Weight
see diagrams
Power supply
Dedicated
90 240 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz,

30 VA or
9 ... 36 V DC
Portable enclosure
Rechargeable battery
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/351
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Standard MLFB for quick delivery on SITRANS FUE1010 (Energy system)
Article No.
Order code
7 M E 3 5 0 7 - 7 7 77 7 - 0 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 + 7 7 7 + 7 7 7
Design
Dedicated
Portable
IP40 (NEMA 1) Battery powered

Dedicated meters
Single channel
Portable meters
Portable Standard I/O
- Reflexor capability
- Graphic display
- 2 x 0 ... 10 V
- 2 x 4 ... 20 mA
- 2 x pulse output
- 4 x status logic
- Energy efficiency COP/EER output
Dedicated Standard I/O
- Graphic display
- 2 x 0 ... 10 V
- 2 x 4 ... 20 mA
- 2 x pulse output
- 4 x relay C type
Meter power options
90 ... 240 V AC (Dedicated only)
Charger Type K for U.S. (NEMA 5-15P)
No charger
VT100 RS 232
RTD temperature sensor pair
(includes mounting hardware for pipes above 1.5 outer diameter)
No RTDs (Note: Temperature input is required for Energy systems)
1 x Pair Std clamp-on RTD (NEMA 4X only)3)
2 x Pair Std clamp-on RTD (For Dual Channel NEMA 4X only)3)
1 x Pair Std clamp-on RTD (For NEMA 12 Portable)3)
2 x Pair Std clamp-on RTD (For Dual Channel NEMA 1 Portable)3)
1 x Insertion RTD with Thermowell and Lagging3)
2 x Insertion RTD with Thermowell and Lagging3)
no sensor
A2 universal
B3 universal
C3 universal5)
D3 universal5)
E2 universal5)
Mounting frame and straps provided up to 1200 mm (48")1)4)
C1H (high preciMounting frame and straps provided up to 600 mm (24")4)
sion)5)
sion)5)
D1H (high preciMounting frame and straps provided up to 1200 mm (48")4)
sion)5)
sion)5)
Doppler
for up to 121 C (250 F)
D1H5)
3/352
Siemens FI 01 2015
K0 2 + K02 + R0 2
K0 1 + K01 + R0 1
1
4
C
A
C
G
J
0
0
1
2
3
4
9
9
M1A
M1B
A
B
C
D
E
F
M
N
P
Q
S
Z
P1P
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
no sensor
A2 universal
B3 universal
C3 universal5)
D3 universal5)
E2 universal5)
Mounting frame and straps provided up to 1200 mm (48")1)4)
sion)5)
sion)5)
sion)5)
sion)5)
Doppler
for up to 121 C (250 F)
D1H5)
Approvals
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
UL/Portable
FM, CSA, CE, Dedicated
Article No.
Order code
7 M E 3 5 0 7 - 7 7 77 7 - 0 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 + 7 7 7 + 7 7 7
A
B
C
D
E
F
M
N
P
R
S
Z
Q1P
0
1
Supplied spacer bar supports pipes up to 1050 mm (42 inch). For pipes larger than 1050 mm (42 inch) purchase also, spare part 7ME3960-0MS40
(1012BN-4)
Supplied spacer bar supports pipes up to 750 mm (30 inch). For pipes larger than 750 mm (30 inch) purchase also, spare part 7ME3960-0MS40 (1012BN-4)
Requires two R** cables per one RTD pair
600 mm (24") for portable systems only
Made with stainless steel constructions.

For sensor and RTD cables for quick delivery see tables at end of section
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/353
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Article No.
Ord. code

Dedicated
Portable
7ME3500-
Dedicated
7ME3500-
7ME3502-
Portable
7ME3502-
7 7 77 7 - 0 7 7 7 7 7 7
Dedicated meter
Single channel
1
2
Portables
Portable Standard I/O

- Graphic display
- 2 x 0 ... 10 V
- 2 x 4 ... 20 mA
- 2 x pulse output
- 4 x status logic
Dedicated Standard I/O

- Graphic display
- 2 x 0 ... 10 V
- 2 x 4 ... 20 mA
- 2 x pulse output
- 4 x relay C type
Extended output adder plus standard inputs

(4 additional 4 ... 20 mA outputs) and form C
relay
0
1
2
3
4
9
M1A
M1B

Including pipe mounting tracks for sizes
A & B sensors indented for pipe with a OD
less than 125 mm (5") and mounting
frame/spacer bars for sizes C, D & E sensors.
Straps provided are for the indicated maximum OD listed below. Strap kits are available
to accommodate larger pipes (refer to spare
part list). Refer to "Sensor Selection Charts"
for the sensor suitability of pipe size and wall
thickness.
No sensor
A2 universal
J1B
B3 universal
Meter power options
C3 universal5)
90 ... 240 V AC (Dedicated only)

9 ... 36 V DC (Dedicated only)
Charger Type C for Australia (AS3112)
Charger Type D for U.K. (BS1363)
Charger Type J for Japan (JIS8303)
Charger Type K for U.S. (NEMA 5-15P)
Charger Type L for Switzerland (SEV1011)
No Charger
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
External 4 hours battery with US plug for Portable
K1A
External 4 hours battery with European plug

for Portable
K1B
D3 universal5)
E2 universal5)
Siemens FI 01 2015
7 7 77 7 - 0 7 7 7 7 7 7
No RTDs (Note: temperature input is required

for energy system)
1 x pair standard clamp-on RTD
(NEMA 4X only)3)
(for dual channel NEMA 4X only)3)
(NEMA 1 Portable)3)
(for dual channel NEMA 1 Portable)3)
lagging3)
lagging3)
3/354
Ord. code

(includes mounting hardware for pipes above
1.5 outer diameter)

Dedicated meter
VT100 RS 232
7ME3500 only;
Modbus RTU/TCPIP, Ethernet IP, Johnson N2
Article No.
0
3

provided up to
75 mm (3)
provided up to
125 mm (5)
Mounting frame and
300 mm (13)
Mounting frame and
600 mm (24)
Mounting frame and
1200 mm (48)1)4)
A
B
C
D
E
F
For the following A1H to D4H sensors,

temperature range is -40 C ... 65 C
(-41 F ... 150 F), nominal 21 C (70 F):
For other temperature ranges please see
spare parts list.
provided up to
75 mm (3)
provided up to
75 mm (3)
provided up to
125 mm (5)
H
J
K
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Article No.
Ord. code

Dedicated
Portable
Article No.
7ME3500-
Dedicated
7ME3500-
7ME3502-
Portable
7ME3502-
7 7 77 7 - 0 7 7 7 7 7 7

provided up to
125 mm (5")
600 mm (24)4)
5)
600 mm (24)4)
5)
1200 mm (48)2)4)
5)
1200 mm (48)2)4)
1200 mm (48)2)4)
to 12 with strap kit,
Doppler
for up to 121 C
(250 F)
L
M
N
P
Q
R
S
Z
P1A

230 C (446 F) (150 ... 610 mm diam.
(5.90 ... 24 inch diam.))
P1B

230 C (446 F) (400 ... 1200 mm diam.
(15.75 ... 47.25 inch diam.))
P1C
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
P1K
P1L
P 1M
P1N
P1P
P1Q
P1R

(includes pipe mounting kit for indicated max.
outer diameter listed) See "Sensor selection
charts" for specifications.
no sensor
A2 universal
B3 universal
C3 universal
D3 universal
E2 universal

provided up to
75 mm (3)
provided up to
125 mm (5)
Mounting frame and
300 mm (13)
Mounting frame and
600 mm (24)
Mounting frame and
1200 mm (48)1)4)
7 7 77 7 - 0 7 7 7 7 7 7

230 C (446 F) (30 ... 200 mm diam.
(1.18 ... 7.67 inch diam.))
For the following B1H to D4H sensors,

temperature range is -1 C up to 104 C
Ord. code
A
B
C
D
E
For the following A1H to D4H sensors, temperature range is -40 C ... 65 C
(-41 F ... 150 F), nominal 21 C (70 F):
provided up to
75 mm (3)
provided up to
75 mm (3)
provided up to
125 mm (5)
provided up to
125 mm (5")
600 mm (24)4)
600 mm (24)4)
5)
1200 mm (48)2)4)
5)
1200 mm (48)2)4)
5)
1200 mm (48)2)4)
to 12 with strap kit,
Doppler
for up to 121 C
(250 F)
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
Q
R

230 C (446 F) (30 ... 200 mm diam.
(1.18 ... 7.67 inch diam.))
Q1A

230 C (446 F) (150 to 610 mm diam.
Q1B

230 C (446 F) (400 to 1200 mm diam.
(15.75 to 47.25 inch diam.))
Q1C
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Q1K
Q1 L
Q1M
Q1N
Q1P
Q1Q
Q1R

(30 F up ... 220 F), nominal 65 C (150 F):
Approvals
FM/CSA/CE Dedicated
UL/ULc/CE Portable
1
0
1)
Supplied spacer bar supports pipes up to 1050 mm (42 inch). For pipes
larger than 1050 mm (42 inch) purchase also, spare part
7ME3960-0MS40 (1012BN-4).
2)
7ME3960-0MS40 (1012BN-4).
3)
Requires two R** cables per one RTD pair
4)
600 mm (24") for portable systems only
5)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/355
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Order code
Further designs
Application example
A dedicated clamp-on energy meter is required for two separate

return lines. Both will use clamp-on RTDs for the supply and return lines. AC power is available and data access will be via
Modbus communication.
Cable assembly for sensors (add for # of channels)

K..
Cable assembly for RTDs (add for # of RTDs)

R..
Pipe 1 is a DN150 (6") schedule 40 carbon steel line

Pipe 2 is a DN 300 (12") ductile iron line
Termination for standard, plenum and armored sensor

cable
T01
MLFB Article No.: 7ME3500-2FA30-2NE0-Z

K03 + K05 + R03 + R05 + R02 + R03

Cable gland kit
T21
T31
T41
T51
Cable termination kit (for one cable pair) dedicated only
MLFB example
T11

SITRANS FUE1010 meter
family
Article No.
Ord. code
7 M E 3 5 0 7 - 7 777 0 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Dual channel
2SS40 pipe
3CS40 pipe
4CS40 pipe
4SS40 pipe
D01
D02
D03
D04
Dedicated Type 1 I/O option
6CS40 pipe
6SS40 pipe
6CS120 pipe
8CS40 pipe
D05
D06
D07
D08
8SS40 pipe
8CS120 pipe
10CS Standard pipe
10CS40 pipe
D09
D10
D11
D12

channel 1
K03
K05
10SS40 pipe
12CS Standard pipe
12CS40 pipe
14CS30 pipe

channel 1
D13
D14
D15
D16
30 m (100 ft) cable for RTD 1
R03
R05
R02
14CS40 pipe
16CS Standard pipe
16CS40 pipe
18CS Standard pipe
D17
D18
D19
D20
R03
20CS20 pipe
20CS30 pipe
24CS Standard pipe
24CS20 pipe
D21
D22
D23
D24
24CS30 pipe
30CS Standard pipe
36CS Standard pipe
D25
D26
D27
Y28
Tag name plate

Stainless steel tag with 3.2 mm (0.13 inch) character
3/356
Siemens FI 01 2015
Y19
90 ... 230 V AC power option

Modbus option
2 pairs of clamp-on RTDs
Sensor code for 6" pipe
0
2
F
A
3
2
N
Sensor code for 12" pipe
No approval required
Order code
Operating Instructions for SITRANS

FUE1010
English NEMA 4X Wall mount
A5E03086491
German NEMA 4X Wall mount
A5E03086492
English IP40 NEMA 1 Battery powered
A5E02951524
German IP40 NEMA 1 Battery powered
A5E02951536

Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
RTD cable (single) selection chart
Based on pipe size (all pipe materials)
Pipe size
Order
Code
Outer diameter
range (mm)
Outer diameter
range (inch)
A2
min.
max.
min.
max.
12.7
50.8
0.5
B3
19
127
0.75
C3
51
305
12
D3
203
610
24
E2
254
6096
10
249
Order
Code
Pipe Wall [mm]
Pipe Wall [inch]
min.
max.
min.
max.
A1H
0.64
1.02
0.025
0.04
A2H
1.02
1.52
0.04
0.06
A3H
1.52
2.03
0.06
0.08
B1H
2.03
3.05
0.08
0.12
B2H
3.05
4.06
0.12
0.16
C1H1)
4.06
5.84
0.16
0.23
C2H1)
5.84
8.13
0.23
0.32
D1H1)
8.13
11.18
0.32
0.44
D2H1)
11.18
15.75
0.44
0.62
D4H1)
15.75
31.75
0.62
1.25
1)
Insert1)
-40 ... +200 C
(-40 +392 F)
Order code
R012)
R21
15 (50)
R022)
R22
30 (100)
R032)
R23
46 (150)
R04
R24
61 (200)
R05
R25
91 (300)
R06
R26
2)
Standard (teflon wrapped)

-40 ... +200 C
(-40 +392 F)
6 (20)
1)

Pipe Wall
Cable length m (ft)
Submersible RTD cable is not available for portable versions.

Sensor cable (single pair) selection chart

Cable length m Standard (PVC
(ft)
jacket)
Submersible1)
(polyethylene
jacket)
-40+80 C
Plenum Rated
(teflon jacket)
Armored1)
-40+80 C
-40+200 C
-40+80 C
(-40+176 F) (-40+176 F) (-40+392 F) (-40+176 F)
Order code
6 (20)
K012)
K11
K21
K31
15 (50)
K02
K122)
K22
K322)
2)
2)
30 (100)
K03
K13
K23
K33
46 (150)
K042)
K14
K24
K34
61 (200)
K05
K15
K25
K35
91 (300)
K062)
K16
K26
K36
1)
2)
Submersible and armored sensor cable is not available for portable versions.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/357
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FUE1010 (HVAC)
Overview
Application
The SITRANS FUE1010 Check Metering Kit is a highly accurate
clamp-on non-intrusive ultrasonic flow display transmitter or revenue grade thermal energy sub-metering and energy efficiency
distribution monitoring, with a real time coefficient of performance (COP) for HVAC systems. This kit is ideal for applications
which include:
Condenser water
Potable water
Ammonia and glycol
River and lake water
Lake source cooling
Design
The SITRANS FUE1010 dual channel clamp-on check metering
kit is an all inclusive HVAC chilled water kit developed especially
for verifying the accuracy and performance of any brand or type
of flowmeter. The meter's portability makes it capable of verifying
the performance of meters based on any existing flow measurement principle: electromagnetic, vortex, insertion turbine, or ultrasonic. Perfect for areas where no metering exists. Ideal for
balancing building performance. It accurately computes flow
over an extremely wide range and measures practically all conductive or non-conductive clean or moderately aerated liquids
or liquids with suspended solids. Dual channel models can measure two separate applications at the same time.
Benefits
Performance check or verification of any type or brand of flowmeter
Measures energy rate and total consumption with highest
accuracy available
Accurately measures at both low flow rates and low differential
temperatures
Field use is facilitated by meter portability charge for 4 hours
of normal operation
1 MByte datalogger capability downloadable to PC via included RS 232 cable
Performs fast, easy and cost-efficient on-site measurement of
any convoluted pipe from 25.4 mm to 9.14 m (1.0" to 360")
Delivered as an all inclusive kit with all the equipment needed
to conduct performance and verification tests (cables,
multiple sensors, flow transmitter etc.)
Comes in a sturdy rolling case with a telescope handle that
verification tests.
3/358
Siemens FI 01 2015
IP40 (NEMA 1) Impact resistant enclosure, constructed of flame

retardant ABS with polycarbonate display and polyester keypad
Dual channel/dual path
Function
4-wire 1000 platinum RTD's for supply and return temperature measurements are precision matched to within
0.01 C (0.02 F)
Chiller efficiency analysis: accepts an independent analog
input representing kW usage for calculation of the following
functions which can be selected for data logging or output
purposes:
Temperature is factory calibrated with built-in field calibrator
Detection of aeration and cavitation caused by worn or
damaged impellers, misaligned shafts, etc.
Optional current, voltage and temperature inputs
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FUE1010 (HVAC)
Pipe sizes
Accuracy
Flow range
Media temperature
Enclosure ratings
25.4 mm ... 9.14 m (1 ... 360)

0.5 % ... 2.0 % of flow rate
-40 ... +104 C (-40 ... 220 F)
IP40 (NEMA 1) impact resistant

Portable enclosures
UL
ULc
CE

Article No.
Energy check metering kit
CQO:FUEHVACKIT
Content of delivery
1
Dual channel portable submersible flow
transmitter
1 pair Universal sensors C31)
1 pair High precision sensors C21)
1 pair High precision sensors D11)
2 pairs RTDs
2 pairs Mounting Ezclamp (4 mounting Ezclamp
chains)
1
Battery charger
2 pairs 6 m (20 ft) sensor cables
1
RS 232 cable
4
RTD cable 6 m (20 ft)
4
Mountings for RTDs
1
Spacer bar (Portable)
2
F connector to BNC
1
Flow case
1
Flow meter manual
1
Laminated card set
1
1)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/359
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Overview
Application
Interface detection
Precise identification of interfaces on multi-liquid pipelines
Product identification
Density indication
Precision volume
Applications with multiple liquids having a wide viscosity
range
Automatic gross volume compensation due to viscosity
changes
SITRANS FUH1010 clamp-on non-intrusive ultrasonic flowmeter

is ideal for applications carrying crude oil, refined petroleum or
liquefied gas.
SITRANS FUH1010 has three application areas: Interface detectors, precision volume or standard volume flowmeters.
Benefits
For all SITRANS FUH1010 products
Wide turn-down ratio, 30:1
Choice of single, dual, or optional, three or four path versions.
- Single path version reduces initial investment
- Two or optional three and four path versions provide higher
accuracy, especially where limited straight run or poor flow
profile exists
WideBeam technology
- Helps provide improved accuracy over a wide range of liquid conditions and flow rates
- Accommodates pipelines transporting multiple liquid products
ZeroMatic Path automatically corrects for zero drift without
stopping flow
Interface detection
Outputs liquid density and API as a direct replacement for intrusive densitometers
Exceptional repeatability is maintained, independent of
changes in temperature, pressure or viscosity
No need for straight run
Precision volume
Moderate cost
Precise measurement is maintained with automatic "Reynolds
Number" compensation for temperature and viscosity
changes.
Standard volume
Exceptional repeatability is maintained, independent of
changes in temperature, density or viscosity
Batch interface and product quality diagnostics provided
Density and API outputs provided
Scraper (pig) detection provided
3/360
Siemens FI 01 2015
Standard volume
Standard (net) volume flow measurement
Suitable for use in leak detection systems
Mass flow output measurement
Interface detection
"Pig" detection
Chemical and petrochemical processing
Design
SITRANS FUH1010 is available in three enclosures:
polyester keypad
- Single path
- Dual path
- Optional four path
hardware
- Single path
- Dual path (option)
IP66 (NEMA 7) wall mount explosionproof enclosure constructed of cast aluminum, stainless steel hardware, with glass
window
- Single path
- Dual path
- Four path (optional)
There are 2 types of mounting assemblies
- Aluminum mounting frames (default)
- Stainless steel weld seal (optional)
Function
IP65 (NEMA 4X) and IP66 (NEMA 7) flowmeters have integral
33 button keypads and large (128 x 240 pixel) graphic displays visible up to 12 m (40 ft) away
IP65 (NEMA 7) compact explosionproof flowmeter has a
2 x 16 alpha-numeric LCD display
Current, voltage, status alarm, frequency outputs and communications HART, BACnet MSTP/BACnet IP, Modbus RTU &
TCP/IP, Ethernet IP, Johnson N2, VT100 RS 232 (see specification section for details)
Analog inputs (see specification section for details)
ZeroMatic Path automatically corrects for zero drift
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Specifications for interface detectors
Accuracy
Accuracy
Zero Drift
0.0003 m/s (0.001 ft/s), with

ZeroMatic Path active
(not provided for interface detector)
Data refresh rate
5 Hz
Accuracy
0.05 of API No.
Repeatability
0.01 of API No.
Specifications for volumetric and mass flowmeters
Input
Flow range
Wall mount
IP65 (NEMA 4X)
Flow sensitivity
0.0003 m/s (0.001 ft/s), flow rate

independent
Compact explosionproof
IP65 (NEMA 7)
Wall mount explosionproof
IP66 (NEMA 7)
Accuracy
Typical accuracy
0.5 to 1 % of flow
Calibratable accuracy
0.15 % 0.3 % of flow,

depending on version
Batch repeatability
0.05 % of flow, maximum
Liquid temperature
Standard
-40 ... +120 C (-40 ... +250 F)
Optional
-40 ... +230 C (-40 ... +450 F)
Ambient temperature
-18 ... +60 C (0 ... 140 F)
Design
Specifications for all SITRANS FUH1010 products
Input
Pipe size
6.4 mm ... 9.14 m (0.25 ... 360)
Analog inputs
Current: 4 x 4 ... 20 mA (IP65

(NEMA 7) enclosure has (2))
Output
Standard outputs
Extended outputs
Status/Alarm I/O
Current: 20 mA
(1 k at 30 VDC)
Voltage: 10 V DC
(5 k minimum) (None for IP65
(NEMA 7) enclosure)
Pulse Rate: 5 kHz, Digital Quad.
(None for IP65 (NEMA7))
VT100 RS 232
Ethernet IP, Johnson N2
4 x 4 ... 20 mA (not for IP65
(NEMA 7)
enclosure)
Form C relays (not for IP65
(NEMA 7) enclosure)
Digital pulse (not for IP65
(NEMA 7) enclosure)
Programmable relays
(not for IP65 (NEMA 7) enclosure)
Optically coupled output
logic gates (for IP65 (NEMA 7)
enclosure, only)
Totalizer clear switch input
(not for IP65 (NEMA 4X) enclosure)1)
Totalizer hold switch input
(not for IP65 (NEMA 7) enclosure)1)
Opto iso. totalizer clear switch
input (for IP65 (NEMA 7) enclosure, only)1)
Opto iso. totalizer hold switch input (for IP65 (NEMA 7) enclosure, only)1)
Dimensions

Weight
see diagrams
Power supply
IP65 (NEMA 4X) wall mount and
90 ... 240 V AC, 50 60 Hz,

30 VA or 9 ... 36 V DC, 12 W
90 ... 240 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz,

15 VA or 9 ... 36 V DC, 10 W

Data logger memory
1 MByte
Display
IP65 (NEMA 4X) and
IP66 (NEMA 7) Enclosures
IP65 (NEMA 7) Enclosure
2 x 16 Alphanumeric LCD Display
Keypad
IP65 (NEMA 4X) and
IP66 (NEMA 7) Enclosures

feedback
5 Magnetic hall effect switches
Language options

French
1)
Totalizer switch inputs are not provided for the interface detector.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/361
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
IP65 (NEMA 4X) wall mount enclosure
FM and CSA
Transmitter
N-I Class I, Div 2
S Class II, Div 2
Sensor
CE

C-TICK
ATEX
Transmitter:
EX II 3 (1) G Ex nC [ia] IIC T5
Sensors:
IP65 (NEMA 7) compact explosionproof enclosure ratings

FM and CSA
Tranmitter
XP Class I, Div 1
D-I Class II, Div 1
N-I Class I, Div 2
S Class II, Div 2
Sensor
CE

C-TICK
ATEX
Transmitter:
Sensors:
IP66 (NEMA 7) wall mount explosionproof enclosure ratings

FM and CSA
Transmitter
XP Class I, Div 1
D-I Class II, Div 1
N-I Class I, Div 2
S Class II, Div 2
Sensor
CE

ATEX
Transmitter:
Ex II 2 (1) G Ex d [ia IIC] IIB + H2
T5
Sensors:
3/362
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Standard MLFB for quick delivery on SITRANS FUH1010 (Oil)
Article No.
Order code
7 M E 3 6 0 7 - 7 77 7 0 - 7 7 7 7
77 7
K12 + K1 2 + R12
Design
Number of ultrasonic paths/meter type

Dual path Standard Volume

includes graphic or digital display, IP66 (BNB6665 (NEMA 4X)) and IP66 (NEMA 7)
wall mount explosionproof units:
Standard
Graphic display
4 x 4 ... 20 mA analog input
2 x 0 ... 10 V
2 x 4 ... 20 mA
2 x pulse outputs
4 x form C relays
2 x RTD input
3
A
Meter power options

90 ... 240 V AC
VT100 RS 232

(includes mounting hardware for pipes above 1.5/38 mm OD)
No RTDs
1 x standard clamp-on RTD
1 x submersible clamp-on RTD
2 x submersible clamp-on
RTD
Notes:
1. Temperature input is required for SITRANS FUH1010 systems
2. Only the Interface detector set up as a dual channel can use 2 RTDs
0
1
2
3
4

(includes pipe mounting kit and spacer bar for indicated max. outer diam. listed)
no sensor
D4H (high
precision)1)
D1H (high
precision)1)
Mounting frame and straps provided up to

600 mm (24")
1200 mm (48")
1200 mm (48")
High Temperature to 104 C/220 F
A
N
P
R
Z
P1P

no sensor

600 mm (24")
1200 mm (48")
1200 mm (48")
High Temperature to 104 C/220 F
A
N
P
R
Z
Q1 P
Approvals
FM/CSA/CE (default)
ATEX, CE, C-TICK
1
2

1)
Made with stainless steel constuction.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/363
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Article No.
Ord. code
7ME3600-
7ME3600-
7ME3601-
7ME3601-
7ME3603-
7ME3603-
7 777 0 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Article No.
0
1
2
3
4
9
H1A

Includes graphic or digital display
IP65 (NEMA 4X) wall mount and IP66 (NEMA
7 wall mount explosionsproof) units
A
Extended I/O option

- additional 2 x 4 ... 20 mA outputs
- Form C relays
- 4 x digital pulse outputs (2 x open collector and 2 x 0 ... 5 V TTL)

Standard
- Digital display
- 2 x 4 ... 20 mA (Loop)
- 2 x status (open collector)
- 1 x RTD input
Digital pulse option

- 1 x digital pulse open collector output
- 2 x 4 ... 20 mA (Loop)
- 1 x RTD input
Meter power options

A
B
J
K
VT100 RS 232
HART, BACnet MSTP/BACnet IP, Modbus RTU
& TCP/IP, Ethernet IP, Johnson N2,
VT100 RS 232
3/364
Siemens FI 01 2015
No RTDs (Note: temperature input is required

for SITRANS FUH systems)
2 x Standard clamp-on RTD2)
2 x Submersible clamp-on RTD2)
0
2
0
1
2
3
4
Sensor for channel/path 1

(includes standard pipe mounting kit and
spacer bar for indicated max. outer diameter
listed)
no sensor
Standard
- Graphic display
- 2 x 0 ... 10 V
- 2 x 4 ... 20 mA analog output
- 2 x pulse output
- 4 x form C relay
- 2 x RTD input
90 ... 240 V AC
9 ... 36 V DC (except compact NEMA 7)
9 ... 36 V DC negative GND (compact only)
9 ... 36 V DC positive GND (compact only)
7 777 0 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

1.5 OD)
Number of ultrasonic paths/meter type

Single path (precision volume)
Single path (interface detector)
Dual channel/Dual path (interface detector)
Dual path (precision volume)
Dual path (standard volume/mass)
Special: Four path (standard volume/mass)
only
Ord. code

(-41 F to 150 F), nominal 21 C (70 F):
provided up to
75 mm (3)
provided up to
75 mm (3)
provided up to
125 mm (5)
provided up to
125 mm (5)
provided up to
125 mm (5)
3)
sion)
600 mm (24)1)
sion)3)
600 mm (24)1)
sion)3)
1200 mm (48)1)
sion)3)
1200 mm (48)1)
sion)3)
1200 mm (48)1)
sion)3)
1200 mm (48)1)
H
J
K
L
T
M
N
P
Q
U
R
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Article No.
Ord. code
Article No.
7ME3600-
7ME3600-
7ME3601-
7ME3601-
7ME3603-
7ME3603-
7 777 0 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Sensor for channel/path 1 (continued)

Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
P1K
P1L
P1T
P 1M
P1N
P1P
P1Q
P1U
P1R
Sensor for channel/path 2

no sensor
(-41 F to 150 F), nominal 21 C (70 F):
provided up to
75 mm (3)
provided up to
75 mm (3)
provided up to
125 mm (5)
provided up to
125 mm (5)
provided up to
125 mm (5)
sion)3)
600 mm (24)1)
sion)3)
600 mm (24)1)
sion)3)
1200 mm (48)1)
sion)3)
1200 mm (48)1)
sion)3)
1200 mm (48)1)
sion)3)
1200 mm (48)1)
Ord. code
7 777 0 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Q1K
Q1L
Q1T
Q1M
Q1N
Q1P
Q1Q
Q1U
Q1R
Approvals
FM/CSA/CE/C-TICK (default), also for non
hazardous area
ATEX
1
2
1)
7ME3960-0MS40 (1012BN-4).
2)
Dual channel interface detector only
3)
H
Order code

J
Further designs
K
L
T
M
N
P
Q
U
R
Cable assembly for sensors (add for # of paths)

K..

R..

cable
Termination for submersible cable
T01
T21
T31
Cable gland kit
T51
T11
Languages (Meter and Documentation), English

(default)
German
French
Spanish
Italian
B10
B12
B13
B14
Tag name plate

Stainless steel tags with 3.2 mm (0.13 inch) characters
(68 characters max.)
Siemens FI 01 2015
Y19
3/365
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement

SITRANS FUH1010
English NEMA 4X & NEMA 7 wall mount
Standard Volume
German NEMA 4X & NEMA 7 wall mount
Standard Volume
Article No.
Sensor
A5E02951449
Order
Code
Pipe wall (mm)
Pipe wall (inch)
min.
max.
min.
max.
A1H
0.64
1.02
0.025
0.04
A2H
1.02
1.52
0.04
0.06
A3H
1.52
2.03
0.06
0.08
B1H
2.03
3.05
0.08
0.12
B2H
3.05
4.06
0.12
0.16
C1H1)
4.06
5.84
0.16
0.23
C2H1)
5.84
8.13
0.23
0.32
D1H1)
8.13
11.18
0.32
0.44
D2H1)
11.18
15.75
0.44
0.62
D4H1)
15.75
31.75
0.62
1.25
B3H1)
2.7
3.3
0.106
0.128
D3H1)
7.4
9.0
0.293
0.354
Pipe wall
A5E02951529
English NEMA 4X & NEMA 7

wall mount explosionproof
Precision Volume
English NEMA 4X & NEMA 7
Interface Detector
CQO:1010PVNFM-3
English NEMA 7 compact explosionproof

Standard Volume
CQO:1010DVXFM-3
A5E02951504

Precision Volume
CQO:1010PVXFM-3

Interface Detector
CQO:1010BXFM-3

MLFB example
1)

(ft)
jacket)
Application example
A clamp-on meter is required for a 12 carbon steel hydrocarbon
line flowing multiple products, with a wall thickness of 12.7 mm
(0.5). Meter electronics are to be located in a Class I Div 2 area
only 60 ft from the pipeline. 12 V DC power is available at the
site.
Dual path operation is desired for improved accuracy and redundant measurement. Pulse output will be primary flow data
source.
MLFB Article No.: 7ME3600-3CB00-3QQ1-Z
K03 + K03 + R03
SITRANS FUH1010 meter

family
Dual path precision volume
Custody Transfer option with
digital pulse
VT100 RS 232
RTD required for viscosity comp
Article No.
Ord. code
7 M E 3 6 0 7 - 7 777 0 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
K011)
K11
K21
K31
15 (50)
K02
K121)
K22
K321)
30 (100)
K031)
K131)
K23
K33
46 (150)
K041)
K14
K24
K34
61 (200)
K05
K15
K25
K35
91 (300)
K06
K16
K26
K36
RTD Cable Selection Chart

Standard
(teflon wrapped)
-40 ... +200 C
(-40 +392 F)
Submersible (extruded
jacket)
-40 ... +200 C
(-40 +392 F)
Order code
0
3
Q
Q
1
K0 3
30 m (100 ft) sensor cable for path 2
K0 3
30 m (100 ft) cable for RTD
R0 3
Siemens FI 01 2015
C
B
Armored
Order code
30 m (100 ft) sensor cable for path 1
3/366
Plenum Rated
(teflon jacket)
6 (20)
Cable length m (ft)
Submersible
(polyethylene
jacket)
-40+80 C
-40+80 C
-40+200 C
-40+80 C
(-40+176 F) (-40+176 F) (-40+392 F) (-40+176 F)
1)
Sensor Cable Selection Chart
6 (20)
R011)
R11
15 (50)
R021)
R12
30 (100)
R031)
R13
46 (150)
R04
R14
61 (200)
R05
R15
91 (300)
R06
R16
1)
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Overview
Application
SITRANS FUG1010 is ideal for most natural and process gas
industry applications, including:
Checkmetering
Allocation
Lost and unaccounted for (LAUF) gas analysis
Production
Storage
Design
SITRANS FUG1010 clamp-on non-intrusive ultrasonic flow transmitter is ideal for natural and process gas applications, including
checkmetering, allocation, production, storage and gas fired
power station applications.
SITRANS FUG1010 is available in single, dual and optional four
path configurations, with your choice of IP65 (NEMA 4X) wall
mount, IP65 (NEMA 7) compact explosionproof, and IP66
(NEMA 7) wall mount explosionproof enclosures.
Benefits
periodic cleaning
No moving parts to foul or wear as found in turbine and PD meters
Eliminates the pressure drop or energy loss in orifice metering
Choice of single, dual or optional four path versions
- Single path version reduces initial investment
- Multiple path versions provide higher accuracy, especially
with limited straight run and poor flow profile conditions
- In diametric reflect mode configuration, the meter is less
sensitive to crossflow and swirl
Wide-Beam technology provides improved accuracy over a
wide range of flow velocity and operating pressure
Tolerant of most wet gas conditions
Immune to most pressure reducing valve noise
Optional rugged stainless steel sensor enclosure permits permanent and direct burial installations
Easy to use Si-Ware diagnostic software
SITRANS FUG1010 is available in three enclosures:

polyester keypad
- Single path
- Dual path
hardware
- Single path
- Dual path
IP66 (NEMA 7) wall mount explosionproof enclosure constructed of cast aluminum stainless steel hardware, with glass
window
- Single path
- Dual path
Function
IP65 (NEMA 4X) and IP66 (NEMA 7) flow display transmitters
have integral 33 button keypads and large (128 x 240 pixel)
graphic displays visible up to 12 m (40 ft) away
IP65 (NEMA 7) compact flow transmitter has a 2 x 16
alphanumeric LCD display
Current, voltage, frequency and RS 232 outputs (see specification section for details)
ZeroMatic Path automatically compensates for zero flow drift
1 Mbyte data logger with both site and data logger storage
Internal AGA-8 table for fixed gas composition is available for
standard volume computation.
Complete application and operation diagnostics, to assure
calibration and operational integrity
Upward compatibility and compliance with AGA-10 speed of
sound measurement practice
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/367
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Input
Accuracy
Flow range
Flow sensitivity
0.0003 m/s (0.001 ft/s), flow rate

independent
Minimum pressure
7 10 bar (100 145 psi), typical (gas composition and application dependent; plastic pipes
support operation at atmospheric
pressure)
Pipe size
25 mm 1.52 m (1 48) (for

other sizes, consult factory)
Analog inputs
Current: 20 mA,
programmable
(IP65 (NEMA 7) enclosure has
20 mA, programmable)
Typical accuracy
1 % 2 % of actual volume
reading (higher accuracy is pipe
condition and flow profile dependent)
Calibratable Accuracy
0.2 ... 0.5 % of flow
Repeatability
0.05 % 0.1 %, of actual volume

reading, for 1.5 30 m/s
(5 100 ft/s) velocities
(pipe condition dependent)
Zero drift
0.0003 m/s (0.001 ft/s), with

ZeroMatic Path active
Data refresh rate
5 Hz

Output
Current: 20 mA, a programmable, standard
Additional 2 x optional, except
IP65 (NEMA 7)
Voltage: 10 V DC, menu programmable
(None for IP65 (NEMA 7) enclosure)
Open collector digital pulses
(quadrature)
(None for IP65 (NEMA 7) enclosure)
Pulse rate: 5 kHz (None for IP65
(NEMA 7) enclosure)
Optically isolated digital pulse &
source, IP65 (NEMA 7) enclosure only
VT100 RS 232
Wall mount
IP65 (NEMA 4X)
Compact explosionproof
IP65 (NEMA 7)
Wall mount explosionproof
IP66 (NEMA 7)
Gas temperature
-40 +60 C (-40 +140 F)

(for higher temperatures consult
factory)
Ambient temperature
-18 +60 C (0 140 F)
For IP65 (NEMA 4X) and

IP66 (NEMA 7)
90 240 V AC,
50 60 Hz (30 VA) or
9 36 V DC (12 W)
Extended outputs

Ethernet IP, Johnson N2
For IP65 (NEMA 7):
90 240 V AC,
50 60 Hz (15 VA) or
9 36 V DC (10 W)
Status/Alarm I/O
Programmable form C relays

Programmable N.O. Mer. Wet.
Relays optional (not for IP65
(NEMA 7) enclosure)
Optically coupled output logic
gates (for IP65 (NEMA 7) enclosure, only)
1 Totalizer clear switch input
1 Totalizer hold switch input
Opto iso. totalizer clear switch
input (for IP65 (NEMA 7) enclosure, only)
Opto iso. totalizer hold switch input (for IP 65 (NEMA 7) enclosure, only)
Standard outputs
3/368
Siemens FI 01 2015
Design
Dimensions

Weight
see diagrams
Power supply

Data logger memory
1 Mbyte, programmable for

17 data functions
Display
IP65 (NEMA 4X) and IP66
(NEMA 7) enclosures
IP65 (NEMA 7) enclosure
2 x 16 alphanumeric LCD display
Keypad
IP65 (NEMA 4X) and IP66
(NEMA 7) Enclosures

feedback
5 magnetic hall effect switches
Language options

French
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
IP65 (NEMA 4X) wall mount flow
display transmitter ratings
FM and CSA
Transmitter
N-I Class I, Div 2
S Class II, Div 2
Sensor
CE

C-TICK
ATEX
Transmitter:
Sensors:
IP65 (NEMA 7) compact explosionproof enclosure ratings

FM and CSA
Transmitter
XP Class I, Div 1
D-I Class II, Div 1
N-I Class I, Div 2
S Class II, Div 2
Sensor
CE

C-TICK
ATEX
Transmitter:
Sensors:
IP66 (NEMA 7) wall mount explosionproof enclosure ratings

FM and CSA
Tranmitter
XP Class I, Div 1
D-I Class II, Div 1
N-I Class I, Div 2
S Class II, Div 2
Sensor
CE

C-TICK
ATEX
Transmitter:
Ex II 2 (1) G Ex d [ia IIC] IIB+H2 T5
Sensors:
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/369
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Standard MLFB for quick delivery on SITRANS FUG1010 (Gas)
Article No.
Order code
7 M E 3 6 1 7 - 7 7 77 0 - 7 7 7 7
K1 2 + K12 + R1 2
Design
Number of ultrasonic paths

Dual path

includes graphic or digital display
Extended I/O option
- additional 2 x 4 ... 20 mA
- form C relays
Meter power options
9 ... 36 V, DC (except compact NEMA 7)
VT100 RS 232
HART, BACnet MSTP/BACnet IP, Modbus RTU & TCP/IP, Ethernet IP, Johnson N2

(includes mounting hardware for pipes above 1.5/38 mm OD)
No RTDs

2
3
4
Notes:
1. Temperature input is required for FUH systems
2. Only the Interface detector set up as a dual channel can use 2 RTDs
no sensor

A
N
P
Q

no sensor

A
N
P
Q
Approvals
FM/CSA/CE (default)
ATEX, CE, C-TICK
1)
3/370
Siemens FI 01 2015
1
2
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Article No.
Ord. code
Article No.
7ME3610-
7ME3610-
7ME3611-
7ME3611-
7ME3613-
7ME3613-
7 777 0 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
1
2
9
no sensor
H1A
Flowmeter functions and I/O configurations (includes graphic or digital display)

IP65 (NEMA 4X) wall mount and IP66 (NEMA
7) wall mount explosionproof units
Standard (all but NEMA 7 compact explosionproof)
- Graphic display
- 2 x 0 ... 10 V
- 2 x 4 ... 20 mA analog output
- 2 x pulse output
- 4 x Form C relays
- 2 x RTD input
Extended I/O option

- additional 2 x 4 ... 20 mA
- Form C relays

Standard
- Digital display
- 2 x 4 ... 20 mA (loop)
- 1 x RTD input
Digital pulse option

1 x digital pulse open collector output
A
B
J
K
VT100 RS 232
HART, BACnet MSTP/BACnet IP, Modbus RTU
& TCP/IP, Ethernet IP, Johnson N2, VT100
RS 232
0
2
For the following B1H to D4H sensors, temperature range is -40 C ... 65 C
(-41 F ... 150 F), nominal 21 C (70 F):
provided up to
125 mm (5)
provided up to
125 mm (5)
provided up to
125 mm (5)
2)
sion)
600 mm (24)1)
sion)2)
600 mm (24)1)
sion)2)
1200 mm (48)1)
sion)2)
1200 mm (48)1)
sion)2)
1200 mm (48)1)
sion)2)
1200 mm (48)1)
Meter power options

90 ... 240 V AC
9 ... 36 V DC (except NEMA 7 compact explosionproof)
9 ... 36 V DC negative GND (Compact only)
9 ... 36 V DC positive GND (Compact only)
7 777 0 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

See "Sensor selection chart" for specifications.

Single path
Dual path
Special: Four path (NEMA 4X and NEMA 7
wall mount only)
Ord. code
K
L
T
M
N
P
Q
U
R
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
P1K
P1L
P1T
P 1M
P1N
P1P
P1Q
P1U
P1R

1.5 outer diameter)
No RTDs
0
1
2
3
4
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/371
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Article No.
Ord. code
7ME3610-
7ME3611-
7ME3613-
Cable assembly for sensors (add for # of paths)

K..

R..
7 777 0 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Order code
Further designs

See "Sensor selection chart" for specifications.
no sensor
For the following B1H to D4H sensors, temperature range is -40 C ... 65 C
(-41 F ... 150 F), nominal 21 C (70 F):
provided up to
125 mm (5)
provided up to
125 mm (5)
provided up to
125 mm (5)
2)
sion)
600 mm (24)1)
sion)2)
600 mm (24)1)
sion)2)
1200 mm (48)1)
sion)2)
1200 mm (48)1)
sion)2)
1200 mm (48)1)
sion)2)
1200 mm (48)1)
Other versions (different size, mount, type or
pipe larger than DN 1200 (48) or corrosion
resistant), add Order code and plain text.
D1H (high temperature range HP)2)
Approvals
FM/CSA/CE/C-TICK (default)
ATEX, CE, C-TICK
K
L
T
T11
T21
T31
T41
Cable gland kit
T51
Languages (Meter and Documentation) for compact

NEMA 7
German
French
Spanish
Italian
B10
B12
B13
B14
Y19
MLFB example
Application example
A clamp-on meter is required for a 300 mm (12) carbon steel

gas line with a wall thickness of 12.7 mm (0.5). Meter electronics are to be located in a Class I Div 2 area only 18 m (60 ft) from
the pipeline. 12 V DC power is available at the site.
Dual path operation is desired for improved accuracy and redundant measurement. Pulse output will be primary flow data
source.
Q1Y
MLFB Article No.: 7ME3610-2BB00-0QQ1-Z

K03 + K03
SITRANS FUG1010 meter
family
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Q1K
Q1 L
Q1 T
Q1M
Q1N
Q1P
Q1Q
Q1U
Q1R
1
2
7ME3960-0MS40 (1012BN-4).
2)
Siemens FI 01 2015
T01
Tag name plate

Stainless steel tags with 3.2 mm (0.13 inch) characters
(68 characters max.)
1)
3/372

cable

Dual path
Option with digital pulse
RS 232 Standard
No RTD required
30 m (100 ft) sensor cab. for path 1
30 m (100 ft) sensor cab. for path 2
Article No.
Ord. code
7 M E 3 6 1 7 - 7 777 0 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
0
2
B
B
0
0
Q
Q
1
K03
K03
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Article No.

Operating Instructions for SITRANS
FUG1010
German NEMA 4X wall mount & NEMA 7 wall
A5E02951519
A5E02951531
CQO:1010GCXFM-3


Sensor
Order
Code
Pipe wall (mm)
Pipe wall (inch)
min.
max.
min.
max.
B1H
2.0
3.0
0.08
0.12
B2H
3.0
4.1
0.12
0.16
B3H
2.7
3.3
0.106
0.128
C1H1)
4.1
5.8
0.16
0.23
C2H1)
5.8
8.1
0.23
0.32
D1H1)
8.1
11.2
0.32
0.44
D2H1)
11.2
15.7
0.44
0.62
D3H1)
7.4
9.0
0.293
0.354
D4H1)
15.7
31.8
0.62
1.25
Pipe wall
1)
Sensor Cable (pair) Selection Chart

(ft)
jacket)
Submersible
(polyethylene
jacket)
-40+80 C
Plenum Rated
(teflon jacket)
Armored
-40+80 C
-40+200 C
-40+80 C
(-40+176 F) (-40+176 F) (-40+392 F) (-40+176 F)
Order code
6 (20)
K011)
K11
K21
K31
15 (50)
K02
K121)
K22
K321)
1)
1)
30 (100)
K03
K13
K23
K33
46 (150)
K041)
K14
K24
K34
61 (200)
K05
K15
K25
K35
91 (300)
K061)
K16
K26
K36
1)
Standard MLFB for quick deliver
RTD Cable (single) Selection Chart

Cable length m (ft)
Standard (teflon
wrapped)
-40 +200 C
(-40 +392 F)
Submersible
(extruded jacket)
-40 +200 C
(-40 +392 F)
Order code
6 (20)
R011)
R11
15 (50)
R021)
R12
30 (100)
R031)
R13
46 (150)
R04
R14
61 (200)
R05
R15
91 (300)
R06
R16
1)
Standard MLFB for quick deliver
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/373
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FUG1010 Gas check metering kit
Overview
Function
(see Technical specification section for details)
Internal AGA-8 table for fixed gas composition is available for
standard volume computation
Upward compatibility and compliance with AGA-10 speed of
sound measurement practice
Pipe sizes
The clamp-on SITRANS FUG1010 Gas check metering kit is an

all-inclusive solution developed especially for verifying the accuracy and performance of any brand or type of flowmeter. The kit
is ideal for natural and process gas applications, including
check metering, allocation, production, storage and gas fired
power station applications. The flowmeter is available with
FM/CSA or ATEX approval.
Benefits
Performance check or verification of any type or brand of flow
meter
WideBeam technology provides improved accuracy over a
wide range of flow velocity and operating pressure
Tolerant of most wet gas conditions
Immune to most pressure reducing valve noise
Fast, easy and cost-efficient on-site measurement of any
convoluted pipe from 50 ... 1200 mm (2 ... 48") up to
15.7 mm (0.62") pipe wall thickness
Delivered as an all inclusive kit in a sturdy rolling case that
verification tests (cables, multiple sensors, transmitter, etc.)
Application
The SITRANS FUG1010 Gas check metering kit is ideal for most
natural and process gas industry applications, including:
Check metering
Allocation
Lost and unaccounted for (LAUF) gas analysis
Production
Storage
Design
polyester keypad
Dual channel
Accuracy
Flow range
Media temperature
Enclosure ratings

FM and CSA
ATEX
CE
Siemens FI 01 2015
Transmitter
N-I Class I, Div 2
S Class II, Div 2
Sensor
Transmitter:
Sensors:
Article No.
SITRANS FUG1010 Gas Check Metering Kit

FM/CSA approved
ATEX approved
CQO:FUG-GASKIT
CQO:FUG-GASAKIT
Content of delivery
1
Dual channel dedicated transmitter
(FM/CSA or ATEX approved)
1 pair Transportable sensors C11)
Pipe: od 3.500 inch, wt 0.216 inch,
carbon steel
1 pair Transportable sensors C21)
carbon steel
1 pair Transportable sensors D11)
carbon steel
1 pair Transportable sensors D21)
Pipe: od 16.000 inch, wt 0.500 ,
carbon steel
2 pairs Sensor cables 6m (20 ft)
2 pairs Mounting frames
2
Spacer bar (dedicated)
1
Mounting strap
4
Couplant CC128
1 kit
Couplant/Damping Film
1
Flow case
1
Flowmeter manual
1
Laminated card set
1)
3/374
50 ... 1200 mm (2 ... 48") up to

15.7 mm (0.62") pipe wall thickness
0.5 %...1.0 % of flow rate
-40 +60 C (-40 +140 F)
IP65 (NEMA 4X)
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Overview
Application
Liquid applications
Custody transfer, allo- Upstream

cation, line balance,
interface/densitometer
Terminals
Check metering,
Midstream Underground stortransmix metering,
age, transmission,
product identification
compressor stations
Refineries Process control,

blending, tank measurement, ship loading and unloading
SITRANS FUT1010 is the latest ultrasonic flow meter from

Siemens. Ideal for applications within the liquid and gas hydrocarbon industry capable of providing custody transfer accuracy.
With the newly developed permanent TransLoc mounting system, the sensors are permanently mounted on the outside of the
pipe, eliminating any contact with the medium.
SITRANS FUT1010 is available in two different configurations; a
version for liquid hydrocarbon applications and a version for precise gas measurement. Both versions are offered in pipe sizes
ranging from 4 inch to 24 inch (DN 100 to DN 600) with flange
ratings of ANSI Class 150/300/600 for liquid and 300/600 for
gas.
Benefits
Calibrated performance that meets custody transfer accuracy
WideBeam technology allows for precision flow measurement by reducing the meter's sensitivity to changes in the medium's physical properties
TransLoc permanent mounting system ensures sealing and
virtually no maintenance
Available in a wide range of sizes
High viscosity range (up to 2800 Cst)
ZeroMatic Path capability automatically corrects for zero
drift with no interruption of flow
Completely cavity free design which eliminates any signal degrading buildup or ports to clog
Large bi-directional flow range
Modbus RTU RS 232/485 output available
Dynamic Reynolds Number compensation
Gas applications
Pipelines
Transportation
Crude oil pipelines,

LPG pipelines, multiple product pipelines,
airport facilities, liquid
terminals
Downstream
Petrochemical and
processing plants
Downstream
Production wells,
gathering, separation
and dehydration
Electric power generation, industrial use,

gas processing plants
Design
SITRANS FUT1010 is available in two different configurations,
both featuring the TransLoc mounting system:
A version for liquid hydrocarbon applications
A version for precise gas measurement
Transmitter
SITRANS FUT1010 is available with two, three or four paths and
IP65 (NEMA 4X) wall mount or IP66 (NEMA 7) wall mount explosionproof enclosures.
Sensor
Available sizes include 4 to 24 inch (DN 100 to DN 600) with
flange ratings of ANSI Class 150, 300 and 600 for the liquid meter and ANSI Class 300 and 600 for gas.
If the installation warrants, SITRANS FUT1010 can be delivered
with a ten diameter upstream and five diameter downstream
tubes and a flow conditioner.
Function
IP65 (NEMA 4X) and IP66 (NEMA 7) transmitters have integral
33 button keypads and large (128 x 240 pixel) graphic displays readable up to 12 m (40 ft) away
Current, voltage, status alarm, frequency and RS 232 outputs
Analog inputs (see specification section for details)
Standard or actual volume flow outputs
Standard or actual totalize outputs
Complete application and operation diagnostics, to ensure
operational integrity
Temperature provided by non-intrusive sensor
(" tap available for insert temperature sensor)
Detection of aeration or contamination
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/375
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Design Flow sensor
Input
Flow range (Gas)
36.5 m/s ( 120 f/s) for

DN 100 ... DN 200 (4" ... 8") pipes
bi-directional
30.5 m/s ( 100 ft/s) for
DN 250 ... DN 600 (10" ... 24")
pipes bi-directional
Flow range (Liquid)
12 m/s ( 40 f/s) including zero

flow, bi-directional
Flow sensitivity
0.0003 m/s (0.001 f/s) flow rate

independent
Flow temperature range
-28 ... +93 C (-20 ... +200F)
Analog inputs
4 x 4 ... 20 mA, (Programmable to

Density, Pressure, viscosity or
Temperature)
Output
Standard outputs
Status/Alarm I/O
4x isolated 4 ... 20 mA, programmable

2x 0 ... 10 V DC, programmable
4x Digital Pulse outputs (2x
open collector and 2x 0-5V TTL)
One each for positive flow, one
each for negative flow
Standard VT100 RS 232,
Optional HART, BACnet
MSTP/BACnet IP, Modbus RTU
& TCP/IP, Ethernet IP,
Johnson N2
Programmable, 4x Form C
Relays
Clear Switch Input Totalizer Hold
Switch Input
Nominal pipe sizes
4" ... 24" (DN 100 ... DN 600)
Pipe material specification
API 5L ERW
Temperature tap
"
Pressure tap
"
Flange class
Liquid
150, 300, 600
Gas
300, 600
Flange specification
ASME B16.5
Liquid 150, 300, 600
Gas 300, 600
Flange facing
Raised face weld neck
Flange material
A105
Flow sensor paths
Two, three, or four
Sensor length
See diagram
Design temperature
-28 ... +93 C (-20 ... +200 F)
Exterior finish
Marine/offshore grade per ASTM

B117
Optional pipe sections
10 D upstream (with optional

flow conditioner)
5 D downstream

Flow transmitter IP65 (NEMA 4X)
FM and CSA
Transmitter
N-I Class I, Div 2
S Class II, Div 2
Sensor
ATEX

EX II 3 (1) G Ex nC [ia] IIC T5
CE markings
EMC 2004/108/EC
ATEX 94/9/EC
Calibrated accuracy
Gas
2-path
0.5 ... 1.0 % (4 ... 6 < 0.25 %)
3-path
< 0.5 %
4-path
< 0.2 %
Liquid
2-path
0.5 ... 1.0 % (4 ... 6 < 0.15 %)
3-path
< 0.5 %
4-path
< 0.15 %
Repeatability
0.05 ... 0.1 %
Data refresh rate
5 Hz
Design
Flow Transmitter - IP66 (NEMA 7)

FM and CSA
Transmitter
Ex Class I, Div 1
D-I Class II, Div 1
N-I Class I, Div 2
S Class II, Div 2
Sensor
ATEX

Ex II 2 (1) G Ex d [ia IIC] IIB +
H2 T5
CE markings
EMC 2004/108/EC
ATEX 94/9/EC
Design Flow transmitter

Dimensions

Weight
see diagrams
Sensor
Power supply
Power supply
90 ... 240 V AC, 50 60 Hz,

30 VA or
9 ... 36 V DC, 12 W

Data logger memory
1 MByte, programmable for all

available data variables
Display
Keypad

feedback
Language options

French
3/376
Siemens FI 01 2015
FM and CSA
I.S. Class I, Div 1

N-I Class I, Div 2
S Class II, Div 2
ATEX
CE markings
EMC 2004/108/EC
PED 97/23/EEC
ATEX 94/9/EC
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Sensor
Upstream tube
optional
Siemens
OD
Downstream tube
optional
ID
WT
L2
L1
L3
L4
Length
Liquid Flange
Class 150
Nominal O.D.
Nominal I.D.
Max operating
pressure (psi)
Mat.
Grade
Length L1
Length L2
Length L3
Length L4
mm
inch
mm
inch
mm
inch
bar
psi
101.6
4.0
114.3
4.5
102.3
4.026
19.7
285.0
mm
1828.8 72.0
mm
1023.6 40.3
mm
inch
mm
inch
510.5
20.1
3369.3
152.4
6.0
168.3
6.625
154.1
6.065
19.7
285.0
1828.8 72.0
132.65
1541.8 60.7
769.6
30.3
4146.6
203.2
8.0
219.1
8.625
202.7
7.981
19.7
285.0
163.25
1828.8 72.0
2026.9 79.8
1013.5 39.9
4875.5
254.0
10.0
273.1
10.75
254.5
10.02
19.7
285.0
191.95
2184.4 86.0
2545.1 100.2
1272.5 50.1
6008.4
304.8
12.0
323.9
12.75
304.8
12.0
19.7
236.55
285.0
2184.4 86.0
3048.0 120.0
1524.0 60.0
6762.8
406.4
16.0
406.4
16.0
387.4
15.25
266.25
19.7
285.0
2184.4 86.0
3873.5 152.5
1938.0 76.3
8002.3
457.2
18.0
457.2
18.0
438.2
315.05
17.25
19.7
285.0
2501.9 98.5
4381.5 172.5
2192.0 86.3
9081.8
508.0
20.0
508.0
20.0
357.55
489.0
19.25
19.7
285.0
2501.9 98.5
4889.5 192.5
2446.0 96.3
9843.8
609.6
24.0
609.6
24.0
387.55
590.6
23.25
19.7
285.0
2501.9 98.5
5905.5 232.5
2954.0 116.3
11367.8 447.55
Mat.
Grade
Length L1
Length L2
Length L3
Length L4
mm
mm
inch
inch
Length
Liquid Flange
Class 300
Nominal O.D.
Nominal I.D.
Max operating
pressure (psi)
mm
inch
mm
inch
mm
inch
bar
psi
mm
inch
mm
inch
101.6
4.0
114.3
4.5
102.3
4.026
51.0
740.0
1828.8 72.0
1023.6 40.3
510.5
20.1
3369.3
132.65
152.4
6.0
168.3
6.625
154.1
6.065
51.0
740.0
1828.8 72.0
1541.8 60.7
769.6
30.3
4146.6
163.25
203.2
8.0
219.1
8.625
202.7
7.981
51.0
740.0
1828.8 72.0
2026.9 79.8
1013.5 39.9
4875.5
191.95
254.0
10.0
273.1
10.75
254.5
10.020 51.0
740.0
2184.4 86.0
2544.1 100.2
1272.5 50.1
6008.4
236.55
304.8
12.0
323.9
12.75
304.8
12.0
51.0
740.0
2184.4 86.0
3048.0 120.0
1524.0 60.0
6762.8
266.25
406.4
16.0
406.4
16.0
381.0
15.0
51.0
740.0
2184.4 86.0
3810.0 150.0
1905.0 75.0
7905.8
311.25
457.2
18.0
457.2
18.0
428.7
16.876 51.0
740.0
2501.9 98.5
4287.5 168.8
2143.8 84.4
8939.5
351.95
508.0
20.0
508.0
20.0
477.9
18.814 51.0
740.0
X42
2501.9 98.5
4777.7 188.1
2390.1 94.1
9676.1
380.95
609.6
24.0
609.6
24.0
574.7
22.626 51.0
740.0
X42
2501.9 98.5
5748.0 226.3
2872.7 113.1
11129.0 438.15
Mat.
Grade
Length L1
Length L2
Length L3
Length L4
mm
inch
inch
Length
Liquid Flange
Class 600
Nominal O.D.
Nominal I.D.
Max operating
pressure (psi)
mm
inch
mm
inch
mm
inch
bar
psi
mm
mm
inch
mm
inch
101.6
4.0
114.3
4.5
102.3
4.026
96.6
1400.0 B
1828.8 72.0
1023.6 40.3
510.5
20.1
3369.3
132.65
152.4
6.0
168.3
6.625
154.1
6.065
81.0
1175.0 B
1828.8 72.0
1541.8 60.7
769.6
30.3
4146.6
163.25
203.2
8.0
219.1
8.625
193.7
7.625
102.1
1480.0 B
1828.8 72.0
1938.0 76.3
967.7
38.1
4740.9
186.65
254.0
10.0
273.1
10.75
247.7
9.75
82.8
1200.0 B
2184.4 86.0
2476.5 97.5
1239.5 48.8
5906.8
232.55
304.8
12.0
323.9
12.75
298.5
11.75
79.3
1150.0 B
2184.4 86.0
2984.5 117.5
1493.5 58.8
6668.8
262.55
406.4
16.0
406.4
16.0
373.1
14.688 82.8
1200.0 B
2184.4 86.0
3731.3 146.9
1864.4 73.4
7786.4
306.55
457.2
18.0
457.2
18.0
419.1
16.5
1250.0 B
2501.9 98.5
4191.0 165.0
2095.5 82.5
8794.8
346.25
508.0
20.0
508.0
20.0
466.8
18.376 82.8
1200.0 X42
2501.9 98.5
4668.5 183.8
2334.3 91.9
9511.0
374.45
609.6
24.0
609.6
24.0
560.4
22.064 77.6
1125.0 X42
2501.9 98.5
5603.2 220.6
2801.6 110.3
10913.1 429.65
86.2
inch
inch
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/377
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Length
Gas Class 300
Nominal O.D.
Nominal I.D.
Max operating
pressure (psi)
Mat.
Grade
Length L1
Length L2
Length L3
Length L4
mm
inch
mm
inch
mm
inch
bar
psi
mm
mm
mm
inch
mm
inch
101.6
4.0
114.3
4.5
102.3
4.026
51.0
740.0
1828.8 72.0
152.4
6.0
168.3
6.625
154.1
6.065
51.0
740.0
1828.8 72.0
1023.6 40.3
510.5
20.1
3369.3
132.65
1541.8 60.7
769.6
30.3
4146.6
203.2
8.0
219.1
8.625
202.7
7.981
51.0
740.0
X42
163.25
1828.8 72.0
2026.9 79.8
1013.5 39.9
4875.5
254.0
10.0
273.1
10.75
254.5
10.020 51.0
740.0
191.95
X42
1828.8 72.0
2545.1 100.2
1272.5 50.1
5652.8
304.8
12.0
323.9
12.75
303.2
11.938 51.0
222.55
740.0
X42
1828.8 72.0
3032.8 119.4
1516.4 59.7
6384.3
406.4
16.0
406.4
16.0
381.0
15.0
251.35
51.0
740.0
X42
1981.2 78.0
3810.0 150.0
1905.0 75.0
7702.6
303.25
457.2
18.0
457.2
18.0
508.0
20.0
508.0
20.0
428.7
16.876 51.0
740.0
X42
1981.2 78.0
4287.5 168.8
2143.8 84.4
8418.8
331.45
477.9
18.814 51.0
740.0
1981.2 78.0
4777.7 188.1
2390.1 94.1
9155.4
609.6
24.0
609.6
24.0
360.45
574.7
22.626 51.0
740.0
1981.2 78.0
5748.0 226.3
2872.7 113.1
10608.3 417.65
Mat.
Grade
Length L1
Length L2
Length L3
Length L4
mm
mm
inch
mm
inch
inch
inch
Length
Gas Class 600
Nominal O.D.
Nominal I.D.
Max operating
pressure (psi)
mm
inch
mm
inch
mm
inch
bar
psi
mm
101.6
4.0
114.3
4.5
102.3
4.026
102.1
1480.0 X42
1828.8 72.0
1023.6 40.3
510.5
20.1
3369.3
132.65
152.4
6.0
168.3
6.625
154.1
6.065
96.6
1400.0 X42
1828.8 72.0
1541.8 60.7
769.9
30.3
4146.6
163.25
203.2
8.0
219.1
8.625
202.7
7.981
87.9
1275.0 X42
1828.8 72.0
2026.9 79.8
1013.5 39.9
4875.5
191.95
254.0
10.0
273.1
10.75
247.7
9.75
102.1
1480.0 X42
1981.2 78.0
2476.5 97.5
1239.5 48.8
5703.6
224.55
304.8
12.0
323.9
12.75
298.5
11.75
94.8
1375.0 X42
1981.2 78.0
2984.5 117.5
1493.5 58.8
6465.6
254.55
406.4
16.0
406.4
16.0
381.0
15.0
75.9
1100.0 X42
1981.2 78.0
3810.0 150.0
1905.0 75.0
7702.6
303.25
457.2
18.0
457.2
18.0
428.7
16.876 75.9
1100.0 X42
1981.2 78.0
4287.5 168.8
2143.8 84.4
8418.8
331.45
508.0
20.0
508.0
20.0
477.9
18.814 75.9
1100.0 X42
1981.2 78.0
4777.7 188.1
2390.1 94.1
9155.4
360.45
609.6
24.0
609.6
24.0
574.7
22.626 72.4
1050.0 X42
1981.2 78.0
5748.0 226.3
2872.7 113.1
10608.3 417.65
3/378
Siemens FI 01 2015
inch
inch
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FUT1010 Liquid sizing chart
Nominal diameter
Qmin
Qmax
Qmin
Qmax
mm
inch
[m3/h]
[m3/h]
[42 GAL BBL/h]
[42 GAL BBL/h]
100
14
360
85
2267
150
29
818
180
5146
200
46
1417
290
8910
250
10
67
2233
421
14045
300
12
80
3203
504
20143
400
16
103
5172
651
32532
450
18
116
6618
728
41625
500
20
124
8241
778
51836
600
24
150
12022
945
75617
SITRANS FUT1010 Gas sizing chart

SITRANS FUT1010 maximum flow rate
(MMSCFD)
[Millions of standard cubic feet per day]
Meter size and maximum velocity

4"
6"
8"
10"
12"
16"
20"
24"
Pressure
(psig)
135 ft/s
126 ft/s
117 ft/s
144 ft/s
126 ft/s
99 ft/s
81 ft/s
90 ft/s
100
8.2
17.3
27.9
54.1
67.1
83.3
107.1
174.9
200
15.5
32.9
52.9
102.7
127.6
158.2
203.4
332.3
300
23.1
49.0
78.7
152.8
189.8
235.4
302.6
494.5
400
30.9
65.5
105.3
204.4
253.9
315.0
404.8
661.5
500
39.0
82.6
132.8
257.6
320.0
396.9
510.1
833.6
600
47.3
100.1
161.0
312.4
388.0
481.2
618.5
1010.8
700
55.8
118.2
190.0
368.7
457.9
568.1
730.1
1193.1
800
64.6
136.8
219.8
426.6
529.9
657.3
844.8
1380.5
900
73.6
155.8
250.5
486.1
603.8
749.0
962.6
1573.1
1000
82.8
175.4
282.0
547.2
679.6
843.0
1083.5
1770.6
1100
92.3
195.4
314.1
609.6
757.1
939.2
1207.1
1972.7
1200
101.9
215.9
347.0
673.3
836.3
1037.4
1333.3
2178.9
SITRANS FUT1010 maximum flow rate (MMSCFD) [Millions of standard cubic feet per day]
Meter size and maximum velocity
[Minimum flow rate above which 0.2 % accuracy can be maintained]
4"
6"
8"
10"
12"
16"
20"
24"
Pressure
(psig)
1.55 ft/s
1.4 ft/s
1.3 ft/s
1.65 ft/s
1.35 ft/s
1.1 ft/s
0.85 ft/s
1 ft/s
100
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.6
0.7
0.9
1.1
1.9
200
0.2
0.4
0.6
1.2
1.4
1.8
2.1
3.7
300
0.3
0.5
0.9
1.8
2.0
2.6
3.2
5.5
400
0.4
0.7
1.2
2.3
2.7
3.5
4.2
7.4
500
0.4
0.9
1.5
3.0
3.4
4.4
5.4
9.3
600
0.5
1.1
1.8
3.6
4.2
5.3
6.5
11.2
700
0.6
1.3
2.1
4.2
4.9
6.3
7.7
13.3
800
0.7
1.5
2.4
4.9
5.7
7.3
8.9
15.3
900
0.8
1.7
2.8
5.6
6.5
8.3
10.1
17.5
1000
1.0
1.9
3.1
6.3
7.3
9.4
11.4
19.7
1100
1.1
2.2
3.5
7.0
8.1
10.4
12.7
21.9
1200
1.2
2.4
3.9
7.7
9.0
11.5
14.0
24.2
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/379
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FUT1010 Maximum Flow Rate
(Nm3/h x 1000)
[Thousands of normal cubic meters per hour]
DIN meter size and maximum velocity
100 mm
150 mm
200 mm
250 mm
300 mm
400 mm
500 mm
600 mm
Pressure
(barg)
41.1 m/s
38.4 m/s
35.6 m/s
43.9 m/s
38.4 m/s
30.1 m/s
24.6 m/s
27.4 m/s
10
13.5
28.7
46.1
89.5
111.2
137.9
177.2
289.6
20
26.4
55.9
89.9
174.5
216.7
268.8
345.5
564.6
30
39.8
84.4
135.6
263.2
326.9
405.5
521.2
851.8
40
53.9
114.1
183.4
355.8
441.9
548.2
704.6
1151.4
50
68.5
145.0
233.1
452.4
561.9
697.0
895.9
1464.0
60
83.7
177.2
284.9
552.9
686.7
851.9
1094.8
1789.2
70
99.5
210.7
338.7
657.2
816.3
1012.6
1301.5
2126.9
80
115.8
245.3
394.3
765.1
950.2
1178.7
1514.9
2475.8
90
132.6
280.8
451.4
875.9
1087.8
1349.4
1734.3
2834.3
100
149.7
317.1
509.7
989.1
1228.5
1523.9
1958.6
3200.8
110
167.1
353.8
568.8
1103.8
1370.9
1700.6
2185.7
3571.9
120
184.5
390.8
628.2
1218.9
1514.0
1878.0
2413.7
3944.5
SITRANS FUT1010 Transition Flow Rate

(Nm3/h x 1000)
[Thousands of normal cubic meters per hour]
DIN meter size and maximum velocity
Minimum flow rate above which 0.2 % accuracy can be maintained
100 mm
150 mm
200 mm
250 mm
300 mm
400 mm
500 mm
600 mm
Pressure
(barg)
0.47 m/s
0.42 m/s
0.39 m/s
0.50 m/s
0.41 m/s
0.33 m/s
0.25 m/s
0.30 m/s
10
0.2
0.3
0.5
1.0
1.2
1.5
1.9
3.2
20
0.3
0.6
1.0
2.0
2.3
3.0
3.6
6.3
30
0.5
0.9
1.5
3.0
3.5
4.5
5.5
9.5
40
0.6
1.3
2.0
4.1
4.7
6.1
7.4
12.8
50
0.8
1.6
2.6
5.2
6.0
7.7
9.4
16.3
60
1.0
2.0
3.2
6.3
7.4
9.5
11.5
19.9
70
1.1
2.3
3.8
7.5
8.7
11.3
13.7
23.6
80
1.3
2.7
4.4
8.8
10.2
13.1
15.9
27.5
90
1.5
3.1
5.0
10.0
11.7
15.0
18.2
31.5
100
1.7
3.5
5.7
11.3
13.2
16.9
20.6
35.6
110
1.9
3.9
6.3
12.6
14.7
18.9
22.9
39.7
120
2.1
4.3
7.0
14.0
16.2
20.9
25.3
43.8
3/380
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FUT1010 (Liquid)
Article No.
Order Code
7 ME3 6 2 7 - 7 7 77 7 - 0 7 7 7
777
Transmitter type
No Transmitter
IP65 NEMA 4X (2 path)
IP65 NEMA 4X (2 path) with optional communications
IP65 NEMA 4X (3 or 4 path)
IP65 NEMA 4X (3 or 4 path) with optional communications
IP66 NEMA 7 wall mount/explosionproof (2 Path)
P66 NEMA 7 wall mount/explosionproof (2 Path) with optional communications
P66 NEMA 7 wall mount/explosionproof (3 or 4 Path)
P66 NEMA 7 wall mount/explosionproof (3 or 4 Path) Iwith optional communications
Input power
90 ... 240 V AC
9 ... 36 V DC
2 path
3 path
4 path
Pipe size
DN 100 (4") (Dual Path only)
DN 150 (6")(Dual Path only)
DN 200 (8")
DN 250 (10")
DN 300 (12")
DN 400 (16")
DN 450 (18")
DN 500 (20")
DN 600 (24")
Flange rating
Class 150 (Raised Face)
Upstream/downstream meter run
None
10 pipe diameter upstream Tube only
10 pipe diameter upstream Tube with flow conditioner
5 pipe diameter downstream tube only
10D up and 5D downstream tubes
10D up and 5D downstream tubes with flow conditioner
Liquid type range (select closest match)
Water
Multiple Crude Oils
Light Crude only
Heavy Crude only
Multiple Finished Products
Gasolines Only
Kerosene
Jet Fuel
Diesel
Multiple Fuel Oils
Heavy Fuel Oils
Liquified Gases
Liquid temperature range
-28 ... +65 C (-20 ... +150 F )
1 ... 93 C (30 ... 200 F)
Transmitter and sensor approval
FM/CSA, CE
ATEX and PED, CE, C-TICK
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3
1
2
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
0
1
2
0
1
2
3
4
5
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
A
B
1
2
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/381
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Order code
Further designs

Cable assembly for flow sensor
(add one K.. per flow path)
Cable and termination for one sensor path
(see "Sensor cable chart for options")
K..
Termination for user supplied cable
T01
Cable assembly for temperature sensor (only 1 required)
Cable and termination for temperature sensor (see

"Transducer cable chart for options").
R..
Termination for user supplied RTD cable
T31
Nace Certification
Nace, Spool only
C10
Nace, W/10D upstream
C11
Nace, W/10D upstream, cond
C12
Nace, W/5D downstream
C13
Nace, W/10D up, 5D dn
C14
Nace, W/10D up, cond, 5D dn
C15
Standard Cal: Oil (2 cst), Forward flow direction,

6 points, 6 verification points, Range 2 ... 20 ft/sec,
Lab pressure and temperature
Calibration, 100 DN (4 inch)
Calibration, Other contact factory for quote
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
D17
D18
Y28
Tag name plate

Y19

SITRANS FUT1010 (Liquid)
English NEMA 4X wall mount& NEMA 7 wall
Article No.
A5E02639184
A5E03086468

3/382
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FUT1010 (Gas)
Article No.
Order Code
7 ME3 6 3 7 - 7 777 7 - 0 7 7 7
777
Transmitter type
No meter
IP65 NEMA 4X (2 path)
IP65 NEMA 4X (2 path) with Modbus
IP65 NEMA 4X (3 or 4 path)
IP65 NEMA 4X (3 or 4 path) with Modbus
IP66 NEMA 7 wall mount flame/explosion proof (2 Path)
IP66 NEMA 7 wall mount flame/explosion proof (2 Path) with Modbus
IP66 NEMA 7 wall mount flame/explosion proof (3 or 4 Path)
IP66 NEMA 7 wall mount flame/explosion proof (3 or 4 Path) with Modbus
Input power
90 ... 240 V AC
9 ... 36 V DC
2 path (standard enclosure material)
3 path (standard material)
4 path (standard material)
Pipe size
DN 100 (4") (Dual Path only)
DN 150 (6")(Dual Path only)
DN 200 (8")
DN 250 (10")
DN 300 (12")
DN 400 (16")
DN 450 (18")
DN 500 (20")
DN 600 (24")
Flange rating
Upstream/downstream meter run
None
10 pipe diameter upstream Tube only
10 pipe diameter upstream Tube with flow conditioner
5 pipe diameter downstream tube only
10D up and 5D downstream tubes
10D up and 5D downstream tubes with flow conditioner
Gas type range (select closest match)
Natural Gas (mostly CH4)
Process Gases (N2, O2, CO, Ar)
Helium
Hydrogen
Gas temperature range
-28 ... +65 C (-20 ... +150 F )
1 ... 93 C (30 ... 200 F)
Transmitter and sensor approval
FM/CSA, CE
ATEX and PED, CE, C-TICK
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3
1
2
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
1
2
0
1
2
3
4
5
A
B
C
D
A
B
1
2
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/383
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Order code
Further designs

Cable assembly for flow sensor
(Add one K.. per flow path)
Cable and termination for one sensor path (see "Transducer cable chart for options")
K..
Termination for user supplied cable
T01
Cable assembly for temperature sensor (only 1 required)
Cable and termination for temperature sensor

(see "Transducer cable chart for options").
R..
Termination for user supplied RTD cable
T31
Nace Certification
Nace, Spool only
C10
Nace, W/10D upstream
C11
Nace, W/10D upstream, cond
C12
Nace, W/5D downstream
C13
Nace, W/10D up, 5D dn
C14
Nace, W/10D up, cond, 5D dn
C15
Standard Cal: Nat Gas, Forward flow direction,

7 points, 2 verification points, Range 10 ... 100 ft/sec,
Lab pressure and temperature
Calibration, Other contact factory for quote
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
D17
D18
Y28
Tag name plate

Y19

SITRANS FUT1010 (Gas)
Article No.
A5E02639185
A5E03086485

3/384
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Accessories/Spare parts for clamp-on ultrasonic flowmeters

Description
Article No.
Description
Article No.
Universal Portable Sensors

Selected generally for portable
systems where a wide variety
of pipes are to be measured.
Since they are selected based
on diameter only, a wide range
of pipe sizes and materials can
be covered with a minimum
number of sensors. These can
also be selected as a cost savings on applications where
standard accuracy is sufficient.
7ME3951-...
7ME3960-...
High Precision Sensors

Selected generally for dedicated meters since the need to
cover a range of pipes is not a
requirement. They provide the
highest accuracy achievable
by the meters and therefore
should be selected whenever
higher accuracy/repeatability is
required. They are only applicable to steel pipes but no other
metals, and are selected solely
by wall thickness.
7ME3950-...
Mounting Frames
These items are useful in simplifying sensor installation.
They are strapped to the pipe
first then the sensors are
installed, making the installation less cumbersome and
more precise. They also enable
easy repeated mounting of the
sensors assuring conformation
to the original sensor positioning. They may be left in place
at each measurement location
where periodic flow surveys
are conducted to simplify subsequent installations and
ensure repeatable results.
7ME3960-...
High Temperature Sensors

Are selected whenever pipe
temperature will exceed 250 F
(120 C) up to a maximum of
450 F (232 C). They are universal type and can therefore be
used on any pipe material and
are selected by pipe diameter.
7ME3950-...
Spacer Bars
Sensors are required to be
mounted at a set distance from
each other as determined by
pipe size and medium being
measured. The spacer bar simplifies this requirement by eliminating the need to undertake a
precise dimensional measurement. The flowmeter will specify a specific spacing index
which is easily accommodated
with the marked indices on the
bar.
7ME3950-...
High Precision Mount

These provide the most secure
and strongest mounting of the
flow sensors. They are generally
selected for "High End" meter
types where maximum performance criteria applies. They
accommodate high precision
sensors designed to mount
inside these enclosures. May be
welded to the pipe if so desired
by the customer. They come in
2-piece or 1-piece configurations depending upon the application pipe size and type
(Liquid/Gas).
7ME3960-...
Clamp-On RTD's
1000 platinum RTD's for use
where temperature is required.
Used with Energy Meters to
record supply/return temperature. For this purpose precision
matched pairs (to 0.02 C) are
supplied. Single RTD's are also
used with SITRANS FUH and
SITRANS FUG meters to
enable live calculations of "Liquident" and Standard Volume
Correction.
7ME3950-...
Mounting tracks
Typically used on smaller pipes
for easier and more stable
mounting for dedicated universal style sensor size A or B, also
available for dedicated high precision sensor size A or B.
7ME3960-...
Magnetic mounting frames

Magnetic mounting frames are
designed to simplify clamp-on
sensor installation on pipelines
8 inches (DN 200) and larger
by eliminating the need for
straps to secure them.
They feature powerful magnets to ensure quick and accurate setup.
Compatible with all C, D and E
universal and high-precision
sensors belonging to the
SITRANS F US clamp-on family, magnetic mounting frames
can be installed on any carbon
steel pipe and are constructed
in aluminum for a high level of
durability.
7ME39600MD02
Insert RTD's
Are identical to clamp-on
RTD's as described above
except that they are inserted
into the pipe (In a Thermowell). They provide more precise and quicker responding
temperature measurement.
They are selected when precise temperature measurement of the actual liquid or gas
is required as opposed to pipe
"skin temperature". Since they
project into the pipe they cannot be used in pipeline that
undergo periodic "pigging".
Standard Cable (Flow Sensor or RTD)
Selected for general purpose
installations where no special
application requirements exist.
7ME3960-...
Submersible Cable (Flow

Sensor)
Polyethylene jacketed, for locations that experience periodical or continual submersion of
the flow sensors.
7ME3960-...
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/385
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Description
Article No.
Description
Article No.
Plenum Cable (Flow Sensor

or RTD)
For temperatures above
180 F. Teflon jacketed to withstand high temperatures, is
used when high temp sensors
are specified.
7ME3960-...
7ME3960-...
Armored Cable (Flow Sensor)

Double shielded cable,
selected when cable will not be
installed in conduit between
meter and sensors.
7ME3960-...
Test Block
Used for checking operation of
a meter and sensors prior to a
field installation, or as a troubleshooting tool. Selected by
sensor size, each block
accommodates 2 sensor sizes.
Available only for universal
sensors.
7ME3960-...

Cable to connect field installed
RTD to flow meter, available in
Teflon wrapped, plenum or
submersible grade. Typically
used for SITRANS FUE, FUH
and FUG series meters where
a temperature sensor is
employed.
7ME3960-...
Termination Kit (Flow Sensor or RTD)

Provides the connectors, labels
and shrink tubing or other
associated hardware to complete the termination of a specific cable type. These can be
provided in cases where users
will be purchasing bulk cable
directly and cutting to length at
their site, or when existing
cable length is to be altered.
Selected by cable type.
A5E32834162
Straps
Used to fasten sensors or
mounting frames to pipe for
dedicated meter installations.
Stainless steel construction for
7ME3960-...
Chains (EZ clamps)

Used to fasten portable sensors or mounting frames to
pipe. Thumbscrews eliminate
need for hand tools when
mounting sensors, and allow
for easy on/off operations.
7ME3960-...
Cable Gland Kit

Cable gland kit for use with
SITRANS FUS1010, FUH1010
and FUG1010 Ultrasonic Flowmeters housed in
IP65 NEMA 4X wall mount
enclosures. Kit contains a total
of 5 glands to manage and
seal the exit and entry of wires
and cables to ancillary
devices.
Ultrasonic Couplant
Fills any voids between sensor
emitting surface and pipe wall
to allow maximum energy
transfer between sensor and
pipe. Several different types of
couplants are employed as
determined by the application
conditions and type of installation (Temporary or permanent).
7ME3960-...
Dry Couplant
The dry coupling pad is
intended for use in any liquid,
clamp-on transit time or Doppler applications that require a
more durable coupling material.
Installation is easy by simply
placing one strip of material
between sensor and pipe. Not
intended for clamp-on gas
where damping material is
used. The temperature range is
-34 to +200 C (-30 to +392 F).
7ME3960-...
Damping Material
Used with gas meters, and
required as part of their sensor
installation. This material
absorbs excess ultrasonic
energy from the pipe wall to
enable the meter to detect and
operate with low amplitude
sensor signals normally associated with Clamp-on Gas applications.
7ME3960-...
3/386
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Article No.
Spare parts (System)

SITRANS F US clamp-on
7ME 3 9 4 0 - 7 7 7 7 7
Power supplies, batteries and chargers

Power supply 90 ... 240 V AC
for IP65 (NEMA 4X) wall mount or IP66
(NEMA 7) wall mount explosionproof
0 PA0 0
for IP65 (NEMA 7) compact explosionproof
2 PA0 0
Power supply 9 ... 36 V DC

for IP65 (NEMA 4X) wall mount or IP66
(NEMA7) wall mount explosionproof
0 PB0 1
negative ground for NEMA 7 compact

explosionproof
2PJ00
positive ground for NEMA 7 compact

explosionproof
2 PK0 0
Portable meter batteries and accessories

Internal battery (Portable meters only)
3PP0 0
IP67 Portable meter charger

Type A for Europe (CEE7/7)
3 PC0 0
Type C for Australia (AS3112)
3 PD0 0
Type D for UK (BS1363)
3PE0 0
Type J for Japan (JIS8303)
3PF00
Type K for US (NEMA 5-15P)
3 PG0 0
Type L for Switzerland (SEV1011)
3 PH0 0
IP40 Portable meter charger

Type A for Europe (CEE7/7)
4 PC0 0
Type C for Australia (AS3112)
4 PD0 0
Type D for UK (BS1363)
4PE0 0
Type J for Japan (JIS8303)
4PF00
Type K for US (NEMA 5-15P)
4 PG0 0
Type L for Switzerland (SEV1011)
4 PH0 0
Modbus system computer modules

Communication Module W/VT100 RS232,
BACnet MSTP / BACnet IP, Ethernet IP,
Modbus RTU / TCPIP, Johnson N2
A5E32589005
Mounting kit (Meter functions) for Communication module
CQO:1015N-5M-MK1
Mounting kit (type 2) for Communication module
CQO:1015N-5M-MK2
Mounting kit (type 3) for Communication module
CQO:1015N-5M-MK3
Field configuration kit with manual, for Modbus

converter module
CQO:1015N-5M-FK1
Pipe mounting brackets

2 inch pipe mounting bracket for IP65 (NEMA 7)
compact explosionproof
CQO:1012XMB-1
2 inch pipe mounting bracket for IP65

(NEMA 4X) wall mount
CQO:1012NMB-1
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/387
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Article No.
Spare parts (Sensors)
Spare parts (Sensors)
Meter type
Meter type
Dedicated (SITRANS FUS1010, FUG1010,

FUH1010, FUE1010)
7M E 3 9 5 0 - 7 7 7 7 7
Dedicated (SITRANS FUS1010, FUG1010,

FUH1010, FUE1010)
7M E 3 9 5 0 - 7 7 7 7 7
Portable (SITRANS FUP1010 or FUE1010)
7M E 3 9 5 1 - 0 7 7 7 7
Portable (SITRANS FUP1010 or FUE1010)
7M E 3 9 5 1 - 0 7 7 7 7
For gas flow sensors pipe ranges please refer

to sensor selection chart in the SITRANS
FUG1010 section
Approvals
Article No.
UL, ULc, CE (Portable only)1)
FM/CSA hazardous (classified) locations1)
ATEX Ex II 1G Ex ia IIC T5 (not for RTDs)1)
High precision gas flow sensors for use with

mounting frames or tracks
Temperature range
( High Precision Sensors)
Standard temperature: -40 ... +65 C
(-40 ... 150 F)
High temperature T2: -1 ... 104 C

(30 ... 220 F)
High temperature T3: 32 ... 121 C

(90 ... 250 F)
B1H (high precision)2)
GK 0
B2H (high precision)2)
GL
precision)2)
GT
B3H (high
Spare sensor code

For liquid flow sensors pipe ranges please
refer to sensor selection chart in the SITRANS
FUS1010 section
C1H (high precision)2)3)
GM 0
C2H (high precision)2)3)
GN 0
D1H (high precision)2)3)
GP
GQ 0
GU 0
precision)2)3)
GR 0
D4H (high
Standard RTD sensors (not for energy

systems)
Liquid flow sensors for use with mounting

frames or tracks (including portable)
Standard clamp-on RTD
1TA0 0
A2 universal
LB0 0
Submersible clamp-on RTD (not for Portable)
1TB0 0
B3 universal
LC0 0
1TJ00
C3 universal3)
LD0 0
Insertion style RTD each (size 1),

140 mm (5.5 inch)
D3 universal3)
LE0 0
1TJ01
E2 universal3)

216 mm (8.5 inch)
LF00
A1H (high precision)

292 mm (11.5 inch)
1TJ02
LG0 0
LH0 0
LJ00

368 mm (14.5 inch)
1TJ03

B1H (high precision)
LK 0
LL
LT
LM 0
LN 0
LP
LQ 0
Standard for energy system (matched pair)

Standard clamp-on RTD with mounting
1TA1 0
Insertion style RTD pair (size 1) for SITRANS

FUE1010, 140 mm (5.5 inch)
1TJ10

FUE1010, 216 mm (8.5 inch)
1TJ11

FUE1010, 292 mm (11.5 inch)
1TJ12
LU 0
1TJ13

FUE1010, 368 mm (14.5 inch)
LR 0
1)
Products are marked with CE as required by european directive.
Doppler, for up to 121 C (250 F)
LS0 0
2)
T3 range not available.
3)
High temperature universal liquid sensors

High temp. sensor size 1 for up to 230 C
(12.7 to 100 mm diam.)
LA1 0

(30 to 200 mm diam.)
LA2 0

(150 to 600 diam.)
LA3 0

(400 to 1200 diam.)
LA4 0
3/388
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Article No.
Article No.
Spare parts (Miscellaneous)

7M E 3 9 6 0 - 7 7 7 7 7
7M E 3 9 6 0 - 7 7 7 7 7
Stainless steel straps for weld seal enclosure
mounting (2 x required for dual enclosures)
Mounting strap for pipe diameter to 300 mm
(13 inch)
0 SM 0 1

(24 inch)
0 SM 1 1

(48 inch)
0 SM 2 1
0 SM 3 1
Dedicated sensor mounting hardware

(60 inch)
Sensor mounting tracks (aluminium with

mounting straps) for pipes < 125 mm (5 inch)

(84 inch)
0 SM 4 1

(120 inch)
0 SM 5 1
Meter design
IP65 (NEMA 4X) wall mount or IP66 (NEMA 7)
IP65 (NEMA 7) compact
IP67 weatherproof portable
IP40 (NEMA 1) Energy Portable
Universal sensor size A or B
0 MA 0 0
High precision sensor size A or B
0 MB 0 0
Sensor mounting frames for

Universal sensor size B
(for pipes >125 mm (5 inch)
CQO:1012FN-PB
Universal sensor size C
0 MC 0 0
Universal sensor size D
0 MC 0 1
Universal sensor size E
0 MC 0 2
High precision sensor size B

(for pipes >125 mm (5 inch)
CQO:1012FNH-PB
High precision sensor size C
0 MD 0 0
High precision sensor size D
0 MD 0 1
Mounting straps for mounting frames

(slotted stainless steel)
Stainless mounting tracks for high temp

991 sensors, with straps
Size 1 high temp sensor pair
CQO:992MTNHMSH-1
CQO:992MTNHMSH-2
CQO:992MTNHMSH-3
CQO:992MTNHMSH-4
Clamp-on RTD mounting hardware for dedicated systems

RTD mounting hardware for dedicated
system: 152 to 610 mm (6 to 24 inch)
0 MR 0 0

system: 12.7 to 50.8 mm (0.5 to 2 inch)
0 MR 0 1

system: 31.8 to 203.2 mm (1.25 to 8 inch)
0 MR 0 2

system: 508 to 1219 mm (20 to 48 inch)
0 MR 0 4
For pipes from DN 50 to DN 150
0 SM 0 0
0 SM 1 0
0 SM 2 0
0 SM 3 0
0 SM 4 0
0 SM 5 0
0 SM 6 0
Sensor mounting tracks for portable sensors

(aluminum with mounting chains) for pipes <
125 mm (5 inch) for
Universal sensor size A or B
3 MA 0 0
Spacer bars for pipes to 200 mm/8 inch

(liquid), 600 mm/24 inch (gas)
0 MS 1 0
High precision sensor size A or B
3MB 0 0

(liquid), DN 1200/48 inch (gas)
0 MS 2 0
Universal sensor size B (for pipes >125 mm

(5 inch)

(liquid)
0 MS 3 0
Universal sensor size C
3 MC 0 0

(liquid)
Only use in conjunction with 7ME3960-0MS30
3 MC 0 1
0 MS 4 0
Universal sensor size D
Spacer bars (for indexing sensors on pipe)
Junction box for clamp on RTDs
CQO:992ECJ
Portable sensor mounting hardware
Sensor mounting frames
Universal sensor size E
3 MC 0 2
High precision sensor size B (for pipes

> 125 mm (5 inch)
High precision mounting enclosures for liquid

and gas sensors
Stainless steel mounts for high precision size
"C" sensors, single Enclosure
0 WS 5 0

"D/E" sensors, single Enclosure
0 WS 6 0

"C" sensors, dual Enclosure
0 WD 5 0

"D/E" sensors, dual enclosure
0 WD 6 0
CQO:1012FP-PB
CQO:1012FPH-PB
High precision sensor size C
3 MD 0 0
High precision sensor size D
3 MD 0 1
Spacer bar (for indexing portable sensors
3 MS 0 0
Mounting chain and EZ clamp hardware
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/389
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Article No.
7M E 3 9 6 0 - 7 7 7 7 7
EZ clamp hardware set for DN 25 to

DN 600 (1 to 24 inch); handles all transducers except "D" size HP and "E" size univ.
CQO:1012Z-1
EZ clamp hardware set for DN 25 to

DN 600 (1 to 24 inch) for "D" size HP
and "E" size universal
CQO:1012Z-2
Mounting chain for portable sensors:

4 x 760 mm lengths
3 CM 1 0
Mounting chain for portable sensors:

2 x 760 mm and 2 x 1500 mm lengths
3 CM 2 0
RTD mounting hardware for portable system
3 MR 0 0
Sensor connector adaptors

"F" connector to BNC adapter
(order 2 per sensor set)
3/390
Siemens FI 01 2015
CQO:1012NFPA
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Article No.
Article No.

7M E 3 9 6 0 - 7 7 7 7 7
Insert RTD Thermowells
7M E 3 9 6 0 - 7 7 7 7 7
Ultrasonic couplants
Thermowell std. duty uninsulated pipe

140 mm (5.5 inch)
CQO:1012TW-1
Temporary water based for portable systems:

350 ml (12 oz): -34 ... +38 C (-30 ... +100 F)
0 UC 1 0

216 mm (8.5 inch)
CQO:1012TW-2
Permanent synthetic polymer based: 90 ml

(3 oz) -40 ... +190 C (-40 ... +375 F)
0 UC 2 0

292 mm (11.5 inch)
CQO:1012TW-3
Permanent high temp fluoroether:

-40 ... +230 C (-40 ... +450 F)
0 UC 3 0
Thermowell std. duty with lagging

140 mm (5.5 inch)
CQO:1012TW-1L
CQO:CC112

216 mm (8.5 inch)
CQO:1012TW-2L
Permanent vulcanizing silicone rubber

couplant: 90 ml (3 oz): -40 +120 C
(-40 +250 F)
CQO:1012TW-3L
Permanent high temp silicone grease: 12 ml

(0.4 oz): -40 ... +230 C (-40 ... +450 F)
CQO:CC117

292 mm (11.5 inch)
Permanent high temp silicone grease: 150 ml

(5 oz): -40 ... +230 C (-40 ... +450 F)
CQO:CC117A
Couplant for submersible sensor applications
CQO:CC120
Sensor cables for

(Use "Sensor cable selection chart" to complete Article No. with ##)
IP65 (NEMA 4X) wall mount or IP 66

(NEMA 7) wall mount explosionproof
0 CK # #
Dry coupling pads (qty of 10):

-34 to +200 C (-30 to +392 F)
2 CK # #
Pipe damping films for SITRANS FUG gas

systems (For one pair of sensors)
IP67 Weatherproof portable
3 CK # #
B1, B2, B3, C1 and C2 sensors
0 DM 1 0
IP40 (NEMA 1) Portable
4 CK # #
0 UC 4 0
D1 and D3 sensors
0 DM 2 0
RTD cables for

(Use "Sensor cable selection chart" to complete Article No. with ##)
D2 sensor
0 DM 3 0
D4 sensor
0 DM 4 0
All dedicated systems
0 CR # #
Serial RS 232 Cables and I/O Adapters
IP67 Weatherproof portable
3 CR # #
0CS 0 0
IP40 (NEMA 1) Portable
RS 232 Cable for all dedicated meters except

FST020
4 CR # #
RS 232 Cable for IP66 weatherproof

portable meter
3CS 0 0
Standard, plenum and armored sensor cable

(NEMA 4X wall mount and NEMA 7 wall
mount explosionproof)
0CT 0 1
RS 232 Cable for FUP1010 IP40 Portable meter and FST020
4CS 0 0
Submersible sensor cable (NEMA 4X wall

mount and NEMA 7 wall mount explosionproof)
I/O adapter for IP66 Weatherproof portable

meter
3 AD 0 0
0CT 1 1
Standard and plenum sensor cable

(SITRANS FST020)
1CT 0 1
Standard, plenum and armored sensor cable

(NEMA 7 compact explosionproof)
2CT 0 1
Field Manuals
Submersible sensor cable (NEMA 7 compact

explosionproof)
2CT 1 1
CD with documentation for SITRANS F US

Clamp-on ultrasonic flowmeters (English)
Clamp-on RTD cable termination kit for standard RTD
0CT 2 1
Clamp-on RTD cable termination kit for submersible RTD
0CT 3 1
Dedicated cable termination kits

Cable gland kit
for IP65 NEMA 4X enclosures
Universal Sensor Test Blocks

Test block for size A and B universal sensors
0 TB1 0
Test block for size C and D universal sensors
0 TB2 0
A5E02830664-03
0CT 4 1
A5E32834162
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/391
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Sensor cable selection chart (Dedicated, pair)
Cable
length
m (ft)
Standard
Submersible
Plenum
Armored
-40 ... +80 C

-40 ... +80 C
-40 ...+200 C -40 ... +80 C
(-40 ... +176 F) (-40 ... +176 F) (-40 ... +392 F) (-40 ... +176 F)
Order code
6 (20)
K01
K11
K21
K31
15 (50)
K02
K12
K22
K32
30 (100) K03
K13
K23
K33
46 (150) K04
K14
K24
K34
61 (200) K05
K15
K25
K35
91 (300) K06
K16
K26
K36
Sensor cable selection chart (SITRANS FUP1010,

FUE1010 Portable, pair)
Cable
length
m (ft)
Standard
-40 ... + 80 C
(-40 ... +176 F)
Plenum
-40 ... + 200 C
(-40 ... +392 F)
Order Code
6 (20)
K01
K21
15 (50)
K02
K22
30 (100)
K03
K23
RTD cable selection chart (Dedicated, each)

Cable
length
m (ft)
Standard
Submersible
for insert RTD for submersible insert

RTD
-40 ... +200 C -40 ... +200 C -40 ... +200 C -40 ... +200 C
(-40 ... +392 F) (-40 ... +392 F) (-40 ... +392 F) (-40 ... +392 F)
Order code
6 (20)
R01
R11
R21
R31
15 (50)
R02
R12
R22
R32
30 (100) R03
R13
R23
R33
46 (150) R04
R14
R24
R34
61 (200) R05
R15
R25
R35
91 (300) R06
R16
R26
R36
RTD cable selection chart

RTD cable codes for length and type options
Cable
length
m (ft)
IP67, FUP1010
-40 ... + 200 C
(-40 ... +392 F)
IP40, FUE1010
-40 ... + 200 C
(-40 ... +392 F)
Order Code
6 (20)
R11
R01
15 (50)
R12
R02
30 (100)
R13
R03
3/392
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F X
SITRANS FX300
Overview
The main applications of SITRANS FX300 can be found in the

following sectors:
Chemical
Petrochemical
Oil & Gas
Power plants
- Air
- Heating
- Cooling
- Chilling
Food & beverage
- Pharmaceutical
- Sugar refineries
- Dairies
- Breweries
- Production of soft drinks
Pulp & paper
Water & waste water
System Overview
SITRANS F X vortex flowmeters provide accurate volumetric and

mass flow measurement of steam, gases and liquids as an
all-in-one solution with integrated temperature and pressure
compensation.
Version
Flange
Sandwich
Dual transmitter
Compact
Benefits
2-wire technology with HART communication
Integrated temperature compensation for saturated steam as
standard feature
Integrated temperature and pressure compensation enabling
direct measurement of mass, standard volume flow rate and
energy
One instrument for measuring pressure, temperature and flow.
No additional installation of pressure and temperature sensors
Maximum process reliability thanks to Intelligent Signal Processing (ISP) - stable readings, free of external disturbances
Fully welded stainless steel construction with high corrosion,
pressure and temperature resistance
Maintenance-free design
Ready to use due to plug & play feature
Minimal pressure drop
Compact or remote design
Free Air Delivery (FAD) measurement of a compressor
Application
The SITRANS FX300 is a flowmeter in a single or dual transmitter
version, suitable for measuring industrial steam, gases, as well
as conductive and non-conductive liquids, e.g. steam (saturated steam, superheated steam), industrial gases (compressed
air, nitrogen, liquefied gases, flue gases), and conductive and
non-conductive liquids (demineralized water, boiler feed water,
solvents, heat transfer oil).
Remote
Design
The unit is available in compact or remote version with up to 15
meter cable length.
Function
Operating Principle
SITRANS F X vortex flowmeters measure flow rate by detecting
the frequency at which alternating vortices are shed from a bluff
body inserted into the flow stream. This principle of measurement is derived from the Karman phenomenon of vortex shedding. The frequency of the alternating vortices is proportional to
the flow rate.
The passage of a vortex causes a slight stress on a pick-up sensor placed downstream of the bluff body. The stress is detected
by piezo-electric crystals placed inside the pick-up sensor.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/393
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F X
SITRANS FX300
d
Input
Q
1
See Dimensional Drawings
Media pressure
1 ... 100 bar (14.5 ... 1450 psi)

(Higher pressures on request)
Output
Current output
Measuring range
4 20 mA
$ = Bluff Body, % = Pick-up
Over range
20.8 mA 1 % (105 % 1 %)
The flowmeter calculates the flow velocity using the following

equation:
Q = A V = A d / St f = 101.93 f / K [m3/h]
Where:
Load
- min.
- max.
100
Rmax = (UPower Supply- 14 V)/22 mA
Error signal
NAMUR NE 43
Maximum output
22 mA (112.5 %)
Multidrop mode
4 mA
Q
f
K
d
St
A
V
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
flow rate [m3/h]

vortex shedding frequency [Hz]
calibration constant [pulses/m3]
width of the bluff body [m]
Strouhal Number
cross-section area [m2]
flow velocity [m/s]
Requirements
In order to generate the vortex streets, the medium must have a
minimum velocity:
For steam and gases, the flow velocity must be 2 to 80 m/s
(6.6 to 262 ft/s)
For liquids the flow velocity must be 0.4 to 10 m/s
(1.3 to 32.8 ft/s)
Design
Digital output
Communication
HART
Physical layer
FSK
Device category
Transmitter
Pulse output
Passive pulse output, setting pulse
value (meter factor) for totalized
flow or heat quantity (energy) with
option Y47 (e.g.: 1 pulse/kg or 1
pulse/kWh)
Pulse frequency
Max. 0.5 Hz
Power supply
Min. 24 V DC as NAMUR or
Non-Ex version
open < 1 mA, max. 36 V,

closed 100 mA, U < 2 V
Ex version
open < 1 mA, max. 30 V,

closed 100 mA, U < 2 V
SITRANS FX300 vortex flowmeters are available in the following

variants:
Accuracy
SITRANS FX300 Single transmitter
Standard version
The single transmitter variant is available in flange or sandwich

design and following configurations:
Basic version
Suitable for liquids and gases, integrated temperature compensation included as standard for saturated steam
With integrated pressure compensation
Version with integrated temperature and pressure compensation for gases, wet gases, gas mixtures or steam (energy measurement optional)
With integrated pressure compensation and isolation valve
Allowing the pressure sensor to be shut off for the purpose of
pressure and leak testing of the pipeline or for being exchanged without interrupting the process.
Remote version
With this version transmitter and sensor are locally seperated.
In addition, it offers the same the features as the compact version (integrated temperature and pressure compensation, isolation valve).
For liquids
- Re 20 000
0.75 %
For steam and gases

- Re 20 000
1%
For steam, gases and liquids

- 10 000 < Re < 20 000
2%
SITRANS FX300 Dual transmitter

This is a genuine redundant system with two independent sensors and transmitters providing twofold functional reliability and
availability of the measurement. This variant is optimally
suited for measurements in multi-product pipelines.
The dual converter is available as:
Basic version
Suitable for liquids and gases, temperature compensation integrated as standard for saturated steam
3/394
Siemens FI 01 2015
Pressure and temperaturecompensated version

For liquids
- 10 000 < Re < 20 000
- Re 20 000
2%
0.75 %
For gases and steam

- 10 000 < Re < 20 000
- Re 20 000
2.5 %
1.5 %
Repeatability
0.1 %
(At different conditions, e.g. installation after control valve, bends or
reductions, please refer to the
operating instructions.)
Inlet run
20 x DN
Outlet run
5 x DN
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F X
SITRANS FX300
Design
Software
Uncompensated for liquids and
gases, density-compensated by
temperature for saturated steam
Order option 1
Material
Sensor/Pick-up
Density-compensated by tempera- Order option 4

ture and pressure for superheated
steam
AISI 316L (1.4404)/

AISI 316L (1.4435)
Hastelloy C22/2.4602 available on
request (contact your local Siemens representative)
Gross heat meter
Transmitter housing
Aluminum
When the thermal energy of steam Order option 5

is to be measured
Sensor gaskets (Pick-up/Pressure sensor)
AISI 316L (1.4435) / FPM or FFKM
Following information is required at Y51 Variable current output:

option Y51 to Y56
Flow rate, power
Y52 Power unit
Select one of the following units:
kJ/h, MJ/h, GJ/h, Btu/h, kcal/h,
kW, MW or special (custom)
Y53 Fullscale value power
Y54 Variable pulse output: Totalized flow, energy
Y55 Totalizer on/off
Y56 Energy unit
Select one of the following units:
kJ, MJ, GJ, Btu th, kcal, kWh,
MWh or special (custom).
Density compensated by tempera- Order option 7
ture and pressure for gases, wet
gases
Wet gases
Select Y49 and enter relative

humidity of process medium in %
FAD - Free Air Delivery

When the delivered air of a compressor is to be measured
Order option 8
In Y81 to Y87 add information

regarding:
Y81 Inlet suction temperature

Y82 Atmospheric pressure
Y83 Pressure drop at inlet suction
filter
Y84 Inlet relative humidity
Y85 Actual compressor rotation
(rpm)
Y86 Rated compressor rotation
(rpm)
Y87 Relative humidity at compressor output
Mixed gases
When fluid is a gas mixture,

specifiy the single gas components and their amount/concentration in %.

Ambient temperature
Non-Ex version
-40 +85 C (-40 +185 F)
Ex version
-40 +65 C (-40 +149 F)
Storage temperature
-50 +85 C (-58 +185 F)
Media temperature
-40 +240 C (-40 +464 F)
Density
Taken into consideration when

dimensioning
Viscosity
<10 cP
Reynolds number
10 000 2 300 000
Media pressure limit
Max. 100 bar (1450 psi)

Higher pressure on request (contact your local Siemens representative)
FPM (Viton) for steam and

non-aggressive gases.
FFKM (Kalrez) for chlorine and
other aggressive gases.
(The meter is fitted with FPM/FFKM
gasket only when configured with
pressure sensor)
Process connections
Flange norm EN 1092-1 form

B1/B2 or ANSI B16.5 RF.
Other flanges on request (contact
your local Siemens representative)
Flange version
DN 15 300 ( 12")
Sandwich version
DN 15 100 ( 4")
IP66/IP67
Dimensions and weights
See Dimensional Drawings
Display and operating interface

Local display
2 lines, 10 characters per line
Languages
German, English, French
Power supply
Standard version
14 36 V DC
Ex version
14 30 V DC

ATEX
II 2G EEx d ia [ia] IIC T6
FM US/C
Class I, II, III, Div. 1 and 2
Calibration
All flowmeters will be delivered

with a 3 point calibration certificate
Material Certificate
Certificate of compliance, pressure

test, material certificate, material in
acc. of NACE and PMI of pressure
bearing metal parts.
Cleaning
Choose Cleaning Class1 when

fluid is oxygen or contains chloride.
Certificates
X-ray and dye penetration test on

pressure bearing weldings
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/395
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F X
SITRANS FX300
Article No.
SITRANS FX300 Flanged

Single transmitter and
Tmax = 240 C (464 F)
7 ME 2 6 0 0 -
Ord. code
77777 - 7777 777
Connection size
Sensor size
DN 15 (")
DN 25 (1")
DN 40 (1")
DN 50 (2")
DN 80 (3")
DN 100 (4")
DN 150 (6")
DN 200 (8")
DN 250 (10")
DN 300 (12")
DN 15
DN 25
DN 40
DN 50
DN 80
DN 100
DN 150
DN 200
DN 250
DN 300
Flange norm and nominal pressure

Form B1/B2
EN 1092-1
PN 10
DN 200 ... 300
PN 16
DN 50 ... 300
PN 25
DN 200 ... 300
PN 40
DN 15 ... 300
PN 63
DN 50 ... 150
PN 100
DN 15 ... 150
RF
ANSI B16.5
class 150
... 12"
class 300
... 12"
class 600
... 6"
Sensor material/Gasket
St. steel AISI 316L (1.4404)/AISI 316L
(1.4435)/ FPM
(1.4435)/ FFKM
Transmitter design
Compact version - no cable
Remote version:
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
15 m (49.2 ft)
Approval and cable gland
Non-Ex, M20 x 1.5
Non-Ex, NPT
FM approval Class 1 Div. 2, M20 x 1.5
ATEX, M20 x 1.5
ATEX, NPT
FM approval Class 1 Div. 1, 1/2" NPT
Further approvals and cable glands
IEC Ex with M20 x 1.5
IEC Ex with " NPT
Transmitter, display and communication
With display, HART
3/396
Siemens FI 01 2015
Article No.

Tmax = 240 C (464 F)
7 ME 2 6 0 0 -
Pressure sensor and isolation valve

Without pressure sensor
With pressure sensor, range:
4 bar (58 psi)
6 bar (87 psi)
10 bar (145 psi)
16 bar (232 psi)
25 bar (363 psi)
40 bar (580 psi)
60 bar (870 psi)
100 bar (1450 psi)
With isolation valve and pressure sensor,
range:
4 bar (58 psi)
6 bar (87 psi)
10 bar (145 psi)
16 bar (232 psi)
25 bar (363 psi)
40 bar (580 psi)
60 bar (870 psi)
100 bar (1450 psi)
1A
2B
2K
2R
3L
3S
4M
4T
4W
5E
A
B
C
D
E
F
Software
Uncompensated for liquids and gases, density compensated by temperature for saturated steam
Density compensation for superheated
steam
Density compensated by temperature and
pressure for superheated steam, gross heat
meter - setting of energy metering at option
Y51 ... Y56
Density compensation for gases, wet gases
and mixed gases - setting of relative humidity at option Y49
and mixed gases, Free air delivery (FAD) setting of FAD at option Y81 ... Y87 and relative humidity at option Y49
J
K
L
1
5
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
9
N0A
N0B
A
Ord. code
77777 - 7777 777
A
B
D
E
G
H
K
L
N
P
Q
R
S
U
V
W
Y
1
4
5
7
8
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F X
SITRANS FX300
Order code
Please add -Z to Article No. and specify as minimum

Order code Y40, Y41, Y42 and Y45 and plain text.
Description
Article No.
English
A5E2100423
This device is shipped with a Quick Start guide and a CD

containing further SITRANS F literature.
Input process data

Medium: Specify medium (Liquid, gas, steam or customer-specific)
Y40
Temperature: Specify operating temperature with unit
Y41
Pressure: Specify operating pressure with unit
Y42
Density (only for customer-specified medium):

Specify density with unit
Y43
Viscosity (only for customer-specified medium):

Specify viscosity with unit
Y44
Flow rate: Specify max. flow rate with units
Y45
Setting of pulse output: Specify pulse value (meter factor) for totalized flow or energy (1 pulse/unit)
Y47
Relative humidity of process medium in %
Y49

Order code
Further designs
Please add -Z to Article No. and specify Order code.

Converter housing material
Aluminum for increased requirement,
color: petrol green
A10
Settings of gross heat
Certificate of compliance EN 10204-2.1
C10
Pressure test + 3.1 accordance EN 10204
C11
Material certificate of pressure bearing parts + certificate 3.1
C12
Variable current output: Flow rate, power
Y51
Power unit (specify: kJ/h, MJ/h, GJ/h, Btu/h, kcal/h, kW,

MW or special (custom))
Y52
Material in accordance with NACE MR 0175-01
C13
Fullscale value power
Y53
PMI of pressure bearing metal parts + certificate 3.1
C14
Variable pulse output: Totalized flow, energy
Y54
C15
Totalizer on/off
Y55
Material certificate of pressure bearing parts + PMI +

certificate 3.1
Energy unit (specify: kJ, MJ, GJ, Btu th, kcal, kWh,
MWh or special (custom))
Y56
Settings of FAD
Calibration certificate FX300

As standard the flow device has a 3-point calibration
certificate.
5-point calibration certificate
D11
Inlet suction temperature1)
Y81
Atmospheric pressure1)
Y82
Pressure drop at inlet suction filter2)
Y83
Hardness test on pressure bearing parts +

certificate 3.1
Inlet relative humidity1)
Hardness test
H30
Y84
Cleaning
Actual compressor rotation
(rpm)2)
Y85
Cleaning class 1
K46
Rated compressor rotation
(rpm)2)
Y86
Cleaning class 1 + certificate 3.1 acc. EN 10204
K48
Y87
Certificates
Relative humidity at compressor outlet2)

1)
2)
Required information from customer.

Required information from compressor manufacturer (data sheet).
X-ray test on pressure bearing weldings
M56
Dye penetration test on pressure bearing weldings
M58
Tag name plate

Stainless steel tag with 3 mm characters, max. 2 x 8
characters (40 x 20 mm, add plain text)
Y17
Stainless steel tag with 2.5 mm characters, max. 8 x 40

Y18
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/397
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F X
SITRANS FX300
Article No.
SITRANS FX300 Sandwich

Tmax = 240 C (464 F)
7 ME 2 7 0 0
Ord. code
77777 - 7777 777
Connection size
DN 15 (")
DN 25 (1")
DN 40 (1")
DN 50 (2")
DN 80 (3")
DN 100 (4")
Nominal pressure
EN
PN 16
PN 40
PN 63
PN 100
ANSI
150 lb
300 lb
600 lb
Sensor size
DN 15
DN 25
DN 40
DN 50
DN 80
DN 100
B
D
E
F
... 4"
... 4"
... 4"
J
K
L
(1.4435)/FPM
(1.4435)/FFKM
Transmitter design
Remote version:
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
15 m (49.2 ft)
Non-Ex, M20 x 1.5
Non-Ex, NPT
ATEX, M20 x 1.5
ATEX, NPT
IEC Ex with " NPT
With display, HART
3/398
Siemens FI 01 2015
Article No.
SITRANS FX300 Sandwich

Tmax = 240 C (464 F)
7 ME 2 7 0 0

With pressure sensor, range:
4 bar (58 psi)
6 bar (87 psi)
10 bar (145 psi)
16 bar (232 psi)
25 bar (363 psi)
40 bar (580 psi)
60 bar (870 psi)
100 bar (1450 psi)
With isolation valve and pressure sensor,
range:
4 bar (58 psi)
6 bar (87 psi)
10 bar (145 psi)
16 bar (232 psi)
25 bar (363 psi)
40 bar (580 psi)
60 bar (870 psi)
100 bar (1450 psi)
1A
2B
2K
2R
3L
3S
DN 50 ... 100
DN 15 ... 100
DN 50 ... 100
DN 15 ... 100
Software
Uncompensated for liquids and gases, density compensated by temperature for saturated steam
Density compensation for superheated
steam
Density compensated by temperature and
pressure for superheated steam, gross heat
meter - setting of energy metering at option
Y51 ... Y56
and mixed gases - setting of relative humidity at option Y49
and mixed gases, Free air delivery (FAD) setting of FAD at option Y81 ... Y87 and relative humidity at option Y49
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
9
N0A
N0B
A
Ord. code
77777 - 7777 777
A
B
D
E
G
H
K
L
N
P
Q
R
S
U
V
W
Y
1
4
5
7
8
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F X
SITRANS FX300
Order code

Description
Article No.
English
A5E2100423

Input process data

Medium: Specify medium (Liquid, gas, steam or customer-specific)
Y40
Y41
Y42
Density (only for customer-specified medium):

Specify density with unit
Y43

Y44
Y45
Setting of pulse output: Specify pulse value (meter factor) for totalized flow or energy (1 pulse/unit)
Y47
Y49

Order code
Further designs
Settings of gross heat

Variable current output: Flow rate, power
Y51
Power unit (specify: kJ/h, MJ/h, GJ/h, Btu/h, kcal/h, kW,

MW or special (custom))
Y52
Fullscale value power
Y53
Variable pulse output: Totalized flow, energy
Y54
Totalizer on/off
Y55
Energy unit (specify: kJ, MJ, GJ, Btu th, kcal, kWh,
MWh or special (custom))
Y56

color: petrol green
A10
C10
C11
C12
C13
C14

certificate 3.1
C15

certificate.
Settings of FAD
D11
Inlet suction temperature1)
Y81
Hardness test
Atmospheric pressure1)
Y82
Pressure drop at inlet suction filter2)
Y83

certificate 3.1
Inlet relative humidity1)
Y84
Actual compressor rotation (rpm)2)
Y85
Rated compressor rotation (rpm)2)
Y86
Relative humidity at compressor

1)
2)
outlet2)
Y87
Required information from customer.

Required information from compressor manufacturer (data sheet).
H30
Cleaning
Cleaning class 1
K46
K48
Certificates
M56
M58
Tag name plate

Stainless steel tag with 3 mm characters,
max. 2 x 8 characters (40 x 20 mm, add plain text)
Y17
Stainless steel tag with 2.5 mm characters,

max. 8 x 40 characters (120 x 46 mm, add plain text)
Y18
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/399
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F X
SITRANS FX300
Article No.

Dual transmitter and
Tmax = 240 C (464 F)
7 ME 2 8 0 0 -
Ord. code
77777 - 7777 777
Connection size
DN 40 (1")
DN 50 (2")
DN 80 (3")
DN 100 (4")
DN 150 (6")
DN 200 (8")
DN 250 (10")
DN 300 (12")
Sensor size
DN 40
DN 50
DN 80
DN 100
DN 150
DN 200
DN 250
DN 300
2K
2R
3L
3S
4M
4T
4W
5E
Form B1/B2
PN 10
PN 16
PN 25
PN 40
PN 63
PN 100
EN 1092-1
DN 200 ... 300
DN 50 ... 300
DN 200 ... 300
DN 40 ... 300
DN 50 ... 150
DN 40 ... 150
A
B
C
D
E
F
RF
150 lb
300 lb
600 lb
ANSI B16.5
1 ... 12"
1 ... 12"
1 ... 6"
J
K
L
Transmitter design
Remote version:
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
15 m (49.2 ft)
Non-Ex, M20 x 1.5
Non-Ex, NPT
ATEX, M20 x 1.5
ATEX, NPT
IEC Ex with " NPT
With display, HART
Software
Uncompensated for liquids and gases,
density-compensated by temperature for
saturated steam

Input process data
Flange norm and nominal pressure
Stainless steel AISI 316L (1.4404)/
AISI 316L (1.4435)/FPM
Stainless steel AISI 316L (1.4404)/
AISI 316L (1.4435)/FFKM
Order code
Specify medium (Liquid, gas, steam or customer-specific)
Y40
Y41
Y42
Density (only for customer-specified medium): Specify

density with unit
Y43

Y44
Y45
Setting of pulse output: Specify pulse value (meter factor) for totalized flow (1 pulse/unit)
Y47
Y49
Operating instructions for SITRANS FX300

Description
Article No.
English
A5E2100423

1
Order code
Further designs


color: petrol green
2
3
4
A10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
9
N0A
N0B
C10
C11
C12
C13
C14

certificate 3.1
C15

certificate.
D11
Hardness test

certificate 3.1
A
H30
Cleaning
1
Cleaning class 1
K46
K48
Certificates
M56
M58
Tag name plate
3/400
Siemens FI 01 2015
Stainless steel tag with 3 mm characters, max. 2 x 8

Y17
Stainless steel tag with 2.5 mm characters, max. 8 x 40

Y18
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F X
SITRANS FX300
SITRANS FX300 spare parts

Description
Article No.
Seal disc 21.8-12-0.1
A5E02181439
O-ring pickup
A5E02181464
O-ring for pressure screw

17.13 x 2.62-FPM-70
A5E02181488
Cover gasket O-Ring

91.67 x 3.5
A5E02181492
Converter housing gasket

59.35.5-2-N
A5E02181495
O-ring DIN3771-20 x 1-FPM for A5E02181515

sensor
O-ring 10 x 2-NBR for leadthrough
A5E02181525
DUBOX plug, 5-pole-RM2
A5E02181527
Service Toolbox for program- A5E02375819

ming software (basic, steam
and gas); for changing settings and diagnostics
Note: Dedicated service training is required. Please contact
Customer Support.
Schematics
HART
mA
Electronic
Basic D-HART
A5E02181531
Steam D-HART
A5E02181541
Gas D-HART
A5E02181544
Display
Article No.
Description
A5E02181558
A
A+
B
B+
Power supply
Ampere meter, optional
Load
Connection power supply and HART communication
HART
mA
Cable feedthrough 10-pole

(non-Ex).
O-ring for cable feedthrough
21.89 x 2.62
10-pole plug
A5E02181562
DN 25 (incl. 1" socket)
A
A+
B
B+
-
Sensor replacement (incl. Seal

disc, pickup, O-rings for
pickup, and pressure screw
DN 15 (incl. " socket)
A5E02181087
A5E02181116
DN 40 ... 100
A5E02181152
DN 150 ... 300
A5E02275105
Pressure sensor replacement

(Incl. pressure sensor, DUBOX
plug, 2 O-rings and calibration
certificate)
Power supply
Ampere meter, optional
Load
Counter
Connection pulse output
4 bar (58 psi)
A5E02181157
6 bar (87 psi)
A5E02181175
10 bar (145 psi)
A5E02181180
16 bar (232 psi)
A5E02181221
25 bar (363 psi)
A5E02181307
40 bar (580 psi)
A5E02181316
60 bar (870 psi)
A5E02181322
100 bar (1450 psi)
A5E02181437
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/401
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F X
SITRANS FX300
Compact version
c
c
b
Flange version
Flange version with pressure sensor
Flange version, dual converter
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/402
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F X
SITRANS FX300
Flange version EN1092-1
Size
Pres- Dimensions [mm (inch)]

sure
rating
DN
PN
15
40
15
100
25
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 17.3 (0.68)
95 (3.74)
200 (7.87)
265 (10.43) 144 (5.67) 5.5 (12.13)
6.1 (13.45)
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 17.3 (0.68)
105 (4.13)
200 (7.87)
265 (10.43) 144 (5.67) 6.5 (14.33)
7.1 (15.65)
40
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 28.5 (1.12)
115 (4.53)
200 (7.87)
265 (10.43) 144 (5.67) 7.3 (16.09)
7.9 (17.42)
25
100
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 28.5 (1.12)
140 (5.51)
200 (7.87)
265 (10.43) 144 (5.67) 9.3 (20.50)
9.9 (21.83)
40
40
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 43.1 (1.70)
150 (5.91)
200 (7.87)
270 (10.63) 144 (5.67) 10.2 (22.49)
10.8 (23.81)
40
100
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 42.5 (1.67)
170 (6.69)
200 (7.87)
270 (10.63) 144 (5.67) 14.2 (31.31)
14.8 (32.63)
50
16
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 54.5 (2.15)
165 (6.50)
200 (7.87)
275 (10.83) 144 (5.67) 12.1 (26.68)
12.7 (28.00)
50
40
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 54.5 (2.15)
165 (6.50)
200 (7.87)
275 (10.83) 144 (5.67) 12.3 (27.12)
12.9 (28.44)
50
63
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 54.5 (2.15)
180 (7.09)
200 (7.87)
275 (10.83) 144 (5.67) 16.3 (35.94)
16.9 (37.26)
50
100
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 53.9 (2.12)
195 (7.68)
200 (7.87)
275 (10.83) 144 (5.67) 17.8 (39.24)
18.4 (40.57)
80
16
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 82.5 (3.25)
200 (7.87)
200 (7.87)
290 (11.42) 154 (6.06) 16.8 (37.04)
17.4 (38.36)
80
40
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 82.5 (3.25)
200 (7.87)
200 (7.87)
290 (11.42) 154 (6.06) 18.8 (41.45)
19.4 (42.77)
80
63
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 81.7 (3.22)
215 (8.46)
200 (7.87)
290 (11.42) 154 (6.06) 22.8 (50.27)
23.4 (51.59)
80
100
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 80.9 (3.19)
230 (9.06)
200 (7.87)
290 (11.42) 154 (6.06) 26.8 (59.08)
27.4 (60.41)
100
16
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 107.1 (4.22)
220 (8.66)
250 (9.84)
310 (12.20) 164 (6.46) 21.4 (47.18)
22 (48.50)
100
40
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 107.1 (4.22)
235 (9.25)
250 (9.84)
310 (12.20) 164 (6.46) 24.4 (53.79)
25 (55.12)
100
63
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 106.3 (4.19)
250 (9.84)
250 (9.84)
310 (12.20) 164 (6.46) 29.4 (64.82)
30 (66.14)
100
100
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 104.3 (4.11)
265 (10.43) 250 (9.84)
310 (12.20) 164 (6.46) 35.4 (78.04)
36 (79.37)
150
16
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 159.3 (6.27)
285 (11.22) 300 (11.81) 325 (12.80) 174 (6.85) 35.2 (77.60)
35.8 (78.93)
150
40
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 159.3 (6.27)
300 (11.81) 300 (11.81) 325 (12.80) 174 (6.85) 41.2 (90.83)
41.8 (92.15)
150
63
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 157.1 (6.19)
345 (13.58) 300 (11.81) 325 (12.80) 174 (6.85) 59.2 (130.51)
59.8 (131.84)
150
100
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 154.1 (6.07)
355 (13.98) 300 (11.81) 325 (12.80) 174 (6.85) 67.2 (148.15)
67.8 (149.47)
200
10
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 206.5 (8.13)
340 (13.39) 300 (11.81) 350 (13.78) 194 (7.64) 37.8 (83.33)
38.4 (84.66)
200
16
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 206.5 (8.13)
340 (13.39) 300 (11.81) 350 (13.78) 194 (7.64) 37.8 (83.33)
38.4 (84.66)
200
25
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 206.5 (8.13)
360 (14.17) 300 (11.81) 350 (13.78) 194 (7.64) 46.8 (103.18)
47.4 (104.50)
200
40
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 206.5 (8.13)
375 (14.76) 300 (11.81) 350 (13.78) 194 (7.64) 54.8 (120.81)
55.4 (122.14)
250
10
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 260.4 (10.25) 395 (15.55) 380 (14.96) 370 (14.57) 224 (8.82) 57.4 (126.55)
58.0 (127.87)
250
16
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 260.4 (10.25) 405 (15.94) 380 (14.96) 370 (14.57) 224 (8.82) 58.4 (128.75)
59.0 (130.07)
250
25
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 258.8 (10.19) 425 (16.73) 380 (14.96) 370 (14.57) 224 (8.82) 74.4 (164.02)
75.0 (165.35)
250
40
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 258.8 (10.19) 450 (17.72) 380 (14.96) 370 (14.57) 224 (8.82) 92.4 (203.71)
93.0 (205.03)
300
10
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 309.7 (12.19) 445 (17.52) 450 (17.72) 395 (15.55) 244 (9.61) 75.7 (166.89)
76.3 (168.21)
300
16
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 309.7 (12.19) 460 (18.11) 450 (17.72) 395 (15.55) 244 (9.61) 82.2 (181.22)
82.8 (182.54)
300
25
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 307.9 (12.12) 485 (19.09) 450 (17.72) 395 (15.55) 244 (9.61) 98.7 (217.60)
99.3 (218.92)
300
40
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 307.9 (12.12) 515 (20.28) 450 (17.72) 395 (15.55) 244 (9.61) 127.5 (281.09) 128.1 (282.41)
1)
Weight [kg (lb)]1)
Flowmeter
Flowmeter
(without pres- (with pressure sensor) sure sensor)
For dual converter: specified weight + 2.80 kg (6.17 lb).
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/403
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F X
SITRANS FX300
Flange version ANSI B16.5
Size
Pres- Dimensions [mm (inch)]

sure
rating
DN
Class a
150
300
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 15.8 (0.62)
90 (3.54)
200 (7.87)
265 (10.43) 144 (5.67) 4.5 (9.92)
5.1 (11.24)
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 15.8 (0.62)
95 (3.74)
200 (7.87)
265 (10.43) 144 (5.67) 4.9 (10.80)
5.5 (12.13)
600
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 13.9 (0.55)
95 (3.74)
200 (7.87)
265 (10.43) 144 (5.67) 5.1 (11.24)
5.7 (12.57)
150
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 26.6 (1.05)
110 (4.33)
200 (7.87)
265 (10.43) 144 (5.67) 6.2 (13.67)
6.8 (14.99)
300
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 26.6 (1.05)
125 (4.92)
200 (7.87)
265 (10.43) 144 (5.67) 7.2 (15.87)
7.8 (17.20)
600
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 24.3 (0.96)
125 (4.92)
200 (7.87)
265 (10.43) 144 (5.67) 7.5 (16.53)
8.1 (17.86)
150
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 40.9 (1.61)
125 (4.92)
200 (7.87)
270 (10.63) 144 (5.67) 8.3 (18.30)
8.9 (19.62)
300
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 40.9 (1.61)
155 (6.10)
200 (7.87)
270 (10.63) 144 (5.67) 10.4 (22.93)
11 (24.25)
600
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 38.1 (1.50)
155 (6.10)
200 (7.87)
270 (10.63) 144 (5.67) 11.4 (25.13)
12 (26.46)
150
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 52.6 (2.07)
150 (5.91)
200 (7.87)
275 (10.83) 144 (5.67) 11 (24.25)
11.6 (25.57)
300
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 52.6 (2.07)
165 (6.50)
200 (7.87)
275 (10.83) 144 (5.67) 12.4 (27.34)
13 (28.66)
600
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 49.3 (1.94)
165 (6.50)
200 (7.87)
275 (10.83) 144 (5.67) 13.9 (30.64)
14.5 (31.97)
150
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 78 (3.07)
190 (7.48)
200 (7.87)
290 (11.42) 154 (6.06) 19.8 (43.65)
20.4 (44.97)
300
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 78 (3.07)
210 (8.27)
200 (7.87)
290 (11.42) 154 (6.06) 22.8 (50.27)
23.4 (51.59)
600
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 73.7 (2.90)
210 (8.27)
200 (7.87)
290 (11.42) 154 (6.06) 23.8 (52.47)
24.4 (53.79)
150
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 102.4 (4.03)
230 (9.06)
250 (9.84)
310 (12.20) 164 (6.46) 23.4 (51.59)
24 (52.91)
300
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 102.4 (4.03)
255 (10.04)
250 (9.84)
310 (12.20) 164 (6.46) 31.4 (69.23)
32 (70.55)
600
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 97.2 (3.83)
275 (10.83)
250 (9.84)
310 (12.20) 164 (6.46) 40.4 (89.07)
41 (90.39)
150
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 154.2 (6.07)
280 (11.02)
300 (11.81) 325 (12.80) 174 (6.85) 36.2 (79.81)
36.8 (81.13)
300
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 154.2 (6.07)
320 (12.60)
300 (11.81) 325 (12.80) 174 (6.85) 51.2 (112.88)
51.8 (114.20)
600
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 146.3 (5.76)
355 (13.98)
300 (11.81) 325 (12.80) 174 (6.85) 46.2 (101.85)
76.8 (169.31)
150
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 202.7 (7.98)
345 (13.58)
300 (11.81) 350 (13.78) 194 (7.64) 50.0 (110.23)
50.6 (111.55)
300
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 202.7 (7.98)
380 (14.96)
300 (11.81) 350 (13.78) 194 (7.64) 74.8 (164.91)
75.4 (166.23)
10
150
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 254.5 (10.02) 405 (15.94)
380 (14.96) 370 (14.57) 224 (8.82) 74.4 (164.02)
75.0 (165.35)
10
300
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 254.5 (10.02) 455 (17.91)
380 (14.96) 370 (14.57) 224 (8.82) 106.4 (234.57) 107.0 (235.89)
12
150
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 304.8 (12.00) 485 (19.09)
450 (17.72) 395 (15.55) 244 (9.61) 106.3 (234.35) 106.9 (235.67)
12
300
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 304.8 (12.00) 520 (20.47)
450 (17.72) 395 (15.55) 244 (9.61) 151.3 (333.56) 151.9 (334.88)
1)
Weight [kg (lb)]1)
For dual converter: specified weight + 2.80 kg (6.17 lb).
3/404
Siemens FI 01 2015
Flowmeter
Flowmeter
(without
(with prespressure sen- sure sensor)
sor)
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F X
SITRANS FX300
Sandwich version
Sandwich version with pressure sensor
Sandwich version EN
Size
Pressure Dimensions [mm (inch)]

rating
DN
PN
15
16 ... 100
25
40
Weight [kg (lb)]
Flowmeter
(without
pressure
sensor)
Flowmeter
(with pressure sensor)
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 16 (0.63)
45 (1.77)
65 (2.56)
265 (10.43) 144 (5.67) 3.5 (7.72)
4.1 (9.04)
16 ... 100
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 24 (0.94)
65 (2.56)
65 (2.56)
265 (10.43) 144 (5.67) 4.3 (9.48)
4.9 (10.80)
16 ... 100
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 38 (1.50)
82 (3.23)
65 (2.56)
270 (10.63) 144 (5.67) 4.9 (10.80)
5.5 (12.13)
50
16 ... 100
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 50 (1.97)
102 (4.02) 65 (2.56)
275 (10.83) 144 (5.67) 6 (13.23)
6.6 (14.55)
80
16 ... 100
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 74 (2.91)
135 (5.31) 65 (2.56)
290 (11.42) 155 (6.10) 8.2 (18.08)
8.8 (19.40)
100
16 ... 100
133 (5.24) 105 (4.13) 179 (7.05) 97 (3.82)
158 (6.22) 65 (2.56)
310 (12.20) 164 (6.46) 9.5 (20.94)
10.1 (22.27)
Sandwich version ANSI

Size
Pressure rating
Dimensions [inch]
DN
Class
Weight [lb]
Flowmeter
(without
pressure
sensor)
Flowmeter
(with pressure sensor)
"
150, 300, 600
5.24
4.13
7.05
0.63
1.77
2.56
10.43
5.67
7.72
9.04
1"
150, 300, 600
5.24
4.13
7.05
0.94
2.56
2.56
10.43
5.67
9.48
10.80
1"
150, 300, 600
5.24
4.13
7.05
1.50
3.23
2.56
10.63
5.67
10.80
12.13
2"
150, 300, 600
5.24
4.13
7.05
1.97
4.02
2.56
10.83
5.67
13.23
14.55
3"
150, 300, 600
5.24
4.13
7.05
2.91
5.31
2.56
11.42
6.10
18.08
19.40
4"
150, 300, 600
5.24
4.13
7.05
3.82
6.22
2.56
12.20
6.46
20.94
22.27
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/405
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F X
SITRANS FX300
Remote version
Flanged version
DN
15
25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
"
1"
1"
2"
3"
4"
6"
8"
10"
12"
a
[mm]
248
248
253
258
273
293
308
333
353
378
[inch]
9.77
9.77
9.97
10.2
10.8
11.5
12.1
13.1
13.9
14.9
[mm]
140
106
310
219
140
120
100
115
9 (4x)
60
80
144
104
[inch]
5.52
4.18
12.2
8.63
5.52
4.73
3.94
4.53
0.36 (4x) 2.36
3.15
5.67
4.09
Sandwich version
DN
15
25
40
50
80
100
"
1"
1"
2"
3"
4"
a
[mm]
248
248
253
258
273
293
[inch]
9.77
9.77
9.97
10.2
10.8
11.5
[mm]
140
106
310
219
140
120
100
115
9 (4x)
60
80
144
104
[inch]
5.52
4.18
12.2
8.63
5.52
4.73
3.94
4.53
0.36 (4x) 2.36
3.15
5.67
4.09
3/406
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F X
SITRANS FX300
Flow tables
Measuring Range Limits
Water
Size
Qmin
Qmax
Qmin
Qmax
DN to EN 1092-1
DN to ANSI B16.5
EN 1092-1 [m3/h]
EN 1092-1 [m3/h]
ANSI B16.5 [m3/h]
ANSI B16.5 [m3/h]
15
"
0.45
5.07
0.44
4.94
25
1"
0.81
11.40
0.81
11.40
40
1"
2.04
28.58
2.04
28.58
50
2"
3.53
49.48
3.53
49.48
80
3"
7.74
108.37
7.74
108.37
100
4"
13.30
186.22
13.30
186.21
150
6"
30.13
421.86
30.13
421.86
200
8"
56.60
792.42
56.60
792.42
250
10"
90.48
1 266.8
90.48
1 266.8
300
12"
131.41
1 839.8
131.41
1 839.8
Values based on water at 20 C (68 F)
Air
Size
Qmin
Qmax
Qmin
Qmax
DN to EN 1092-1
DN to ANSI B16.5
EN 1092-1 [m3/h]
EN 1092-1 [m3/h]
ANSI B16.5 [m3/h]
ANSI B16.5 [m3/h]
15
"
6.80
25.33
6.72
24.70
25
1"
10.20
81.43
10.20
81.43
40
1"
25.35
326.63
25.35
326.63
50
2"
43.89
565.49
43.89
565.49
80
3"
96.14
1 238.64
96.14
1 238.60
100
4"
165.19
2 128.27
165.19
2 128.27
150
6"
374.23
4 821.60
374.23
4 821.60
200
8"
702.95
9 056.8
702.95
9 056.8
250
10"
1 123.7
14 478.0
1 123.7
14 478.0
300
12"
1 632.1
21 028.0
1 632.1
21 028.0
Values based on air at 20 C (68 F) and 1.013 barabs (14.7 psiabs)
Flow rate limits

Product
Nominal diameters
Minimum flow rates
Maximum flow rates
to EN
to ANSI
[m/s]
[m/s]
Liquids
DN 15 DN 300
DN "DN 12"
0.5 x (998/)0.5 1)
7 x (998/)0.47 1)
Gas, steam/vapor
DN 15 DN 300
DN "DN 12"
6 x (1.29/)0.5 2)
7 x (998/)0.47 3)
= operating density [kg/m3]

1)
2)
3)
Minimum flow rate 0.3 m/s (0.984 ft/s), maximum flow rate 7 m/s (23 ft/s)
Minimum flow rate 2 m/s (6.6 ft/s)
Maximum flow rate 80 m/s (262 ft/s); DN 15: 45 m/s (148 ft/s) and DN 25: 70 m/s (230 ft/s)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/407
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F X
SITRANS FX300
Measuring range saturated steam: 1 to 7 bar
Overpressure [bar]
3.5
5.2
Density [kg/m]
1.13498
2.4258
3.27653
4.16732
Temperature [C]
120.6
148.2
160.4
Flow [kg/h]
min.
max.
min.
max.
min.
max.
min.
max.
170.6
DN to
EN 1092-1
DN to
ANSI B16.5
15
"
5.87
28.75
7.68
61.46
8.93
83.01
10.06
105.57
25
1"
11.82
92.42
17.28
197.53
20.09
266.81
22.66
339.35
40
1"
29.64
370.71
43.33
792.33
50.63
1 070.2
56.8
1 361.2
50
2"
51.31
641.82
75.02
1 371.8
87.19
1 852.8
98.33
2 356.6
80
3"
112.41
1 405.8
164.33
3 004.7
191
4 058.4
215.39
5 161.8
100
4"
193.14
2 415.5
282.36
5 162.7
328.16
6 973.3
370.09
8 869.2
150
6"
437.56
5 472.4
639.69
11 696
743.45
15 798
838.44
20 093
200
8"
821.9
10 279.0
1 201.6
21 970.0
1 396.5
29 675.0
1 574.9
37 743
250
10"
1 313.9
16 433.0
1 920.9
35 122.0
2 232.5
47 439.0
2 517.7
60 337
300
12"
1 908.3
23 866.0
2 789.8
51 010.0
3 242.4
68 899.0
3 656.6
87 630
Measuring range saturated steam: 10.5 to 20 bar

Overpressure [bar]
10.5
14
17.5
20
Density [kg/m]
5.88803
7.60297
9.31702
10.5442
Temperature [C]
186.2
198.5
208.7
Flow [kg/h]
min.
max.
min.
max.
min.
max.
min.
max.
215
DN to
EN 1092-1
DN to
ANSI B16.5
15
"
12.78
149.17
16.51
192.61
20.23
236.04
22.89
267.12
25
1"
26.93
479.46
30.6
619.11
33.87
758.69
36.04
858.62
40
1"
67.51
1 878.2
76.72
2 150.7
84.93
2 395.3
90.35
2 557.7
50
2"
116.89
3 251.7
132.82
3 723.4
147.03
4 147
156.42
4 428.1
80
3"
256.03
7 122.4
290.93
8 155.8
322.06
9 083.7
342.62
9 699.3
100
4"
439.91
12 238
499.9
14 013
553.38
15 608
588.69
16 666
150
6"
996.62
27 725
1 132.5
31 747
1 253.7
35 359
1 333.7
37 756
200
8"
1 872.1
52 079
2 127.3
59 634
2 354.9
66 419
2 505.2
70 921
250
10"
2 992.7
83 254
3 400.7
95 333
3 764.6
106 180
4 004.9
113 380
300
12"
4 346.5
120 920
4 939.1
138 460
5 467.5
154 210
5 816.5
164 660
3/408
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F X
SITRANS FX300
Measuring range saturated steam: 15 to 100 psig
Overpressure [psig]
15
50
75
100
Density [lb/ft]
0.0719
0.1497
0.2036
0.2569
Temperature [F]
249.98
297.86
320.36
Flow [lb/h]
min.
max.
min.
max.
min.
max.
min.
max.
338.184
DN to
EN 1092-1
DN to
ANSI B16.5
15
"
12.95
64.35
16.83
133.87
19.62
182.02
22.04
229.63
25
1"
26.25
206.83
37.86
430.3
44.15
585.06
49.59
738.09
40
1"
65.81
829.61
94.92
1 726
110.68
2 346.7
124.32
2 960.5
50
2"
113.94
1 436.3
164.34
2 988
191.63
4 062.9
215.23
5 125.6
80
3"
249.57
3 146.1
360
6 545.3
419.74
8 899.4
471.45
11 227
100
4"
428.81
5 405.7
618.51
11 246
721.21
15 291
810.06
19 291
150
6"
971.47
12 246
1 401.2
25 478
1 633.9
34 642
1 835.2
43 703
200
8"
1 824.8
23 004
2 632.1
47 859
3 069.1
65 072
3 447.2
82 092
250
10"
2 917.2
36 774
4 207.7
76 508
4 906.4
104 030
5 510.8
131 230
300
12"
4 236.8
53 410
6 111.1
111 120
7 125.8
151 080
8 003.6
190 600
Measuring range saturated steam: 150 to 300 psig

Overpressure [psig]
150
200
250
300
Density [lb/ft]
0.3627
0.4681
0.5735
0.6792
Temperature [F]
366.08
388.04
406.22
Flow [lb/h]
min.
max.
min.
max.
min.
max.
min.
max.
422.06
DN to
EN 1092-1
DN to
ANSI B16.5
15
"
27.79
324.21
35.86
418.47
43.94
512.66
52.04
607.12
25
1"
58.93
1 042.1
66.94
1 345.1
74.1
1 647.8
80.63
1 951.5
40
1"
147.72
4 107.2
167.83
4 702.8
185.76
5 237
202.15
5 728
50
2"
255.75
7 111.9
290.56
8 141.9
321.6
9 066.8
350
9 917
80
3"
560.19
15 578
636.44
17 834
704.43
19 860
766.6
21 722
100
4"
962.54
26 766
1 093.5
30 643
1 210.4
34 124
1 317.2
37 324
150
6"
2 180.6
60 639
2 477.4
69 421
2 742.1
77 307
2 984
84 556
200
8"
4 096.1
113 900
4 653.6
130 400
5 150.7
145 210
5 605.2
158 830
250
10"
6 548.1
182 090
7 439.3
208 460
8 234.1
232 140
8 960.6
253 910
300
12"
9 510.2
264 460
10 805
302 760
11 959
337 150
13 014
368 770
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/409
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F VA
Overview
Design
Due to its full metal design, the SITRANS FVA250 variable area
meter with a standard length of 250 mm (9.84 inch) can be used
to measure many different types of liquids and gases passing
through closed piping. The robust design means that it can also
be used in harsh conditions. The various types of flange connections, linings and float materials satisfy the requirements of the
pharmaceutical and chemical industries.
The measured value is displayed directly on the scale with the
standard version. For process monitoring and control, the device
can be equipped with a transmitter (MEM) as well as limit
switches.
Function
Flow measurement with the SITRANS FVA250 is performed according to the float principle. The flowing medium lifts the conical float in the measuring ring. This increases the ring gap until
an equilibrium is established between the buoyant force of the
medium and the weight of the float. The height of the float is directly proportional to the flow rate. The movement of the float is
transmitted from one magnet to another magnet in the display
unit outside of the measuring tube.
Standard design available at short notice

Robust all-metal fitting with impact-resistant housing cover
Can also be used for corrosive and flammable media
Use possible at high pressures and temperatures
Product and percentage scales
Can be optionally fitted with heating and cooling sheaths
Contamination-insensitive guiding of float
90
13
Benefits
Application
The devices are particularly suitable for measuring:
Water
Liquids
Anti-corrosives and lubricants
Solvents
Saturated and superheated steam
Food and beverages
Industrial gases
Measuring cone/scale angle
3/410
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F VA
Technical specifications of contacts
Application
See page 3/410
Limit switch
Design and function
See page 3/410
Cable gland
M20x1.5
Measuring principle
Input
Variable area flowmeter
5 ... 25 V DC
Measuring range
See table on page 3/412
Isolation (2 contacts)
Pressure rating
PN 16 ... PN 100 (232 ... 1450 psi)

depending on version (see table
on page 3/412)
Limit switch
SJ3.5-N-BU
Switching function
NAMUR NC
Nominal voltage U0
8.2 V DC (Ri approx. 1 k)
II 2G EEx ia IIC T6 - T4
EC-Type Examination Certificate for

Directive 94/9/EG
PTB 99 ATEX 2219 X
Installation/flow direction
Vertical/from bottom to top
Ambient temperature
With local display
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
With limit switches
-40 ... +65 C (-40 ... +149 F)
Transmitter (MEM) with

4 ... 20 mA, pulse output and limit
switch
With electric remote encoder

(MEM)
-40 ... +70 C (-40 ... +156 F)
Cable gland
M20x1.5
14 ... 30 V DC
1.6%
Analog output
4 ... 20 mA (2-wire technology)
2.0%
Binary output
Pulses, limit switch
0.5 % of the measuring range

limit (URV)
Pulses
Max. pulse rate 10 Hz
Limit switch
SJ3.5-N-BU (NAMUR, NC)
see page 3/412
Operating pressure
Min. operating pressure > 2x

pressure drop (see table on
page 3/412)
ATEX II 2G EEx ia IIC T6
EC-Type Examination Certificate

for Directive 94/9/EG
DMT 00 ATEX E 075
Measuring accuracy
For liquids
For gases
Reproducibility
Design
Flanges
EN 1092-1, ANSI B16.5
Material
Fitting
Float

Hastelloy, PTFE

PTFE, Hastelloy, depending on
version
Degree of protection (display unit)

Display unit made of aluminum
IP65
Display unit made of stainless

steel
IP66
Electromagnetic immunity
EN 61000-6-2: 1999
Interference immunity industrial

sector
EN 50081-1
Emitted interference residential

sector
EN 55011: 1998 + A1: 1999
Group 1, Class B
NAMUR recommendation
NE 21

(DGRL 97/23/EG)
)
Article No.
7ME58227ME5823-
Permissible media
Category
Gases of fluid group 1 and

liquids of fluid group 1
Article 3.3
DN 15
xAxxx-xxxx
DN 20
xFxxx-xxxx
DN 25
xBxxx-xxxx
Article 3.3
DN 32
xGxxx-xxxx
III
DN 40
xHxxx-xxxx
III
DN 50
xCxxx-xxxx
III
DN 65
xJxxx-xxxx
III
DN 80
xDxxx-xxxx
III
DN 100
xExxx-xxxx
III
limit (URV)/10 K
Transmitter (MEM) PROFIBUS PA

Cable gland
M20x1.5
10 ... 25 V DC
Basic current
< 16.5 mA
Fault current
< 18 mA
Transfer rate
31.25 kBaud
EC-Type Examination Certificate

for Directive 94/9/EG
DMT 00 ATEX E 075
limit (URV)/10 K
Float damping
Float damping is recommended
Generally for gas measurement
When air bubbles in the medium cannot be avoided.
When there are pressure surges in the lines caused by a delay
in the flow, for example, due to rapid throttling or blocking
When turbulence, pulsations or other instabilities cause the
float to vibrate.
When the flow pressure cannot be built up slowly
When vibrations in the line cannot be avoided
Article 3.3
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/411
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F VA
Technical specifications (continued)

Permitted measuring ranges
Version
CF-S
EF-H
FF-P
Mat. no. 1.4404/316L
Hastelloy C
PTFE
Fitting
Mat. no. 1.4404/316L
DN 25 (1): Hastelloy
> DN 25 (1):
Hastelloy/stainless steel
1.4404/316L
Mat. no. 1.4404/316L with PTFE

lining
Flange
Mat. no. 1.4404/316L
DN 25 (1): Hastelloy
Mat. no. 1.4404/316L
> DN 25 (1):
Hastelloy/Edelstahl 1.4404/316L
Float/flow tube
Mat. no. 1.4404/316L
Hastelloy
Max. media temperature
-20 ... +200 C (-4 ... +392 F)

(optional -80 ... +350 C (-112 ... +662 F))
Nominal pressure
DN15 ... 80 ( ... 3):

PN 40 (580 psi)
DN100 (4): PN 16 (232 psi)
optional up to 400 bar (5800 psi)
Reference data for measuring range specifications
Fluid in l/h with density: 1,0 kg/l, temperature 20 C (68 F), viscosity: 1 mPa.s
Gas in m3/h with density: 1.293 kg/m3, temperature 0 C (32 F),
viscosity: 0,0181 mPa.s, pe = 0 bar (0 psi)
Order
code
Pressure loss [mbar]
Measuring ranges (dynamic 1:10)
Flow tube
Liquids
PTFE
-20 ... +125 C
(-4 ... +257 F)
DN15 ... 80 ( ... 3):

PN 16 (232 psi)
PN 40 (580 psi)
DN100 (4): PN 16 (232 psi)
optional up to 400 bar (5800 psi)
Gases
[l/h]
[USgpm]
[m/h]
[scfm]
10
401)
402)
0.5 ... 5
0.0022 ... 0.022
0.015 ... 0.15
0.0088 ... 0.088
11
441)
442)
0 ... 10
0.0044 ... 0.044
0.03 ... 0.3
0.0177 ... 0.177
12
401)
402)
1.6 ... 16
0.007 ... 0.07
0.045 ... 0.48
0.0265 ... 0.283
13
401)
402)
2.5 ... 25
0.011 ... 0.11
0.075 ... 0.75
0.0441 ... 0.441
14
401)
402)
4 ... 40
0.018 ... 0.18
0.13 ... 1.3
0.0765 ... 0.765
15
402)
5 ... 50
0.022 ... 0.22
0.15 ... 1.5
0.0883 ... 0.883
16
402)
7 ... 70
0.031 ... 0.31
0.2 ... 2.1
0.12 ... 1.24
17
60
603)
10 ... 100
0.044 ... 0.44
0.3 ... 3
0.177 ... 1.77
20
60
603)
16 ... 160
0.07 ... 0.7
0.5 ... 4.6
0.29 ... 2.71
21
60
603)
25 ... 250
0.11 ... 1.1
0.7 ... 7
0.412 ... 4.12
22
70
703)
40 ... 400
0.176 ... 1.76
1.0 ... 11
0.589 ... 6.47
23
80
803)
60 ... 600
0.264 ... 2.64
1.7 ... 17
1 ... 10
24
60
100 ... 1 000
0.44 ... 4.4
2 ... 30
1.77 ... 17.66
25
70
160 ... 1 600
0.7 ... 7
3 ... 46
2.35 ... 27.07
502)
26
100
250 ... 2 500
1.1 ... 11
6 ... 70
4.12 ... 41.2
27
2402) 1202) 80
400 ... 4 000
1.76 ... 17.6
10 ... 110
6.47 ... 64.74
30
1802) 90
600 ... 6 000
2.64 ... 26.4
16 ... 170
10 ... 100
31
110
1 000 ... 10 000
4.4 ... 44
28 ... 290
17.1 ... 170.7
32
230
70
1 600 ... 16 000
7 ... 70
45 ... 460
27.1 ... 270.7
33
230
702)
2 000 ... 20 000
8.8 ... 88
55 ... 550
32.4 ... 323.7
34
5002) 100
2 500 ... 25 000
11 ... 110
69 ... 700
41.2 ... 412
35
3502) 120
4 000 ... 40 000
17.6 ... 176
109 ... 1 100
64.7 ... 647.4
1202)
5 000 ... 50 000
36
3502)
22 ... 220
134 ... 1 350
79.5 ... 794.6
37
3602) 6 000 ... 60 000
26.4 ... 264
169 ... 1 700
100 ... 1 000
40
6002) 8 000 ... 80 000
35.2 ... 352
239 ... 2 400
141.3 ... 1 413
41
6002) 10 000 ... 100 000
44 ... ... 440
299 ... 3 000
176.6 ... 1 766
- Not available
1) Not available for EF-H and FF-P.
2) Not available for FF-P.
3) Not available for CF-S and EF-H.
Note: Female thread connection (DIN ISO 228. NPT ANSI B 1.20.1) not available for FF-P.
3/412
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F VA
Permitted nominal diameters
Order Code
Flange
Flow tube
EN 1092-1
ANSI B16.5
DN 15
1)
2)
DN 20
1)
2)
2)
DN 25
1)
2)
2)
DN 32
1)
2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
DN 40
1)
DN 50
1)
2)
2)
2)
DN 65
2)
DN 80
2)
DN 100
2)
2)
Order Code
Female thread
Flow tube
DIN ISO 228
NPT ANSI B 1.20.1 1
NPT
G 3/8
3/8 NPT
NPT
NPT
G 1
1 NPT
G 1
1 NPT
G 1
1 NPT
G 2
2 NPT
Available
- Not available
1) Not available for EF-H and FF-P.
2) Not available for FF-P.
Note: Female thread connection (DIN ISO 228, NPT ANSI B 1.20.1) not available for FF-P.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/413
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F VA
165* (6.49*)
90 (3.54)
149 (5.86)
EN 1092-1
300 (11.81)
97 (3.81)
250 (9.84)
149 (5.86)
44.5 (1.75)
I.W.
ANSI B16.5
I. W.
Weight
mm
inch
mm
inch
kg
lb
DN 15
PN 40
"
class 150
26
1.02
74
2.91
3.0
6.6
DN 20
PN 40
"
class 150
26
1.02
74
2.91
3.0
6.6
DN 25
PN 40
1"
class 150
32
1.26
77
3.03
4.2
9.3
DN 32
PN 40
1"
class 150
32
1.26
77
3.03
5.2
11.5
DN 40
PN 40
1"
class 150
46
1.81
88
3.46
6.0
13.2
DN 50
PN 40
2"
class 150
70
2.76
97
3.82
7.5
16.5
DN 65
PN 16
2"
class 150
70
2.76
97
3.82
8.5
18.7
DN 80
PN 16
3"
class 150
102
4.02
113
4.45
13
28.7
DN 100
PN 16
4"
class 150
125
4.92
126
4.96
18
39.7
* +100 mm (3.94 inch) with displaced display unit

SITRANS FVA250, enclosure of display unit made of aluminum, dimensions in mm (inch)
165* (6.49*)
90 (3.54)
97 (3.81)
250 (9.84)
149 (5.86)
44.5 (1.75)
149 (5.86)
Nominal diameter
B (flange)
I.W.
B (Ermeto)
Weight
mm
inch
mm
inch
mm
inch
kg
lb
DN 15
"
110
4.33
53
2.09
150
5.91
3.0
6.6
DN 20
"
110
4.33
53
2.09
150
5.91
3.0
6.6
DN 25
1"
110
4.33
58.5
2.3
150
5.91
4.2
9.3
DN 32
1"
110
4.33
58.5
2.3
150
5.91
5.2
11.5
DN 40
1"
130
5.12
63
2.48
150
5.91
6.0
13.2
DN 50
2"
140
5.51
77.5
3.05
150
5.91
7.5
16.5
DN 65
2"
140
5.51
77.5
3.05
150
5.91
8.5
18.7
DN 80
3"
160
6.3
93.5
3.68
150
5.91
13
28.7
DN 100
4"
175
6.89
110
4.33
120
4.72
18
39.7

SITRANS FVA250, enclosure of dislay unit made of aluminum with heating connection, dimensions in mm (inch)
3/414
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F VA
158* (6.22*)
81 (3.18)
97 (3.81)
250 (9.84)
68 (2.67)
196 (7.71)
EN 1092-1
ANSI B16.5
I.W.
I. W.
Gewicht
mm
inch
mm
inch
kg
lb
DN 15
PN 40
"
class 150
26
1.02
103
4.06
3.0
6.6
DN 20
PN 40
"
class 150
26
1.02
103
4.06
3.0
6.6
DN 25
PN 40
1"
class 150
32
1.26
105
4.13
4.2
9.3
DN 32
PN 40
1"
class 150
32
1.26
105
4.13
5.2
11.5
DN 40
PN 40
1"
class 150
46
1.81
115
4.53
6.0
13.2
DN 50
PN 40
2"
class 150
70
2.76
129
5.08
7.5
16.5
DN 65
PN 16
2"
class 150
70
2.76
129
5.08
8.5
18.7
DN 80
PN 16
3"
class 150
102
4.02
145
5.71
13
28.7
DN 100
PN 16
4"
class 150
125
4.92
158
6.22
18
39.7

SITRANS FVA250, enclosure of display unit made of stainless steel, dimensions in mm (inch)
Nominal
diameter
EN 1092-1
PN 16
PN 40
PN63
PN100
Nominal
diameter
ANSI B16.5
DN 15
250 (9.84)
class 150
class 300
class 600
250 (9.84)
"
250 (9.84)
250 (9.84)
DN 20
250 (9.84)
250 (9.84)
250 (9.84)
"
250 (9.84)
250 (9.84)
250 (9.84)
DN 25
DN 32
250 (9.84)
250 (9.84)
1"
250 (9.84)
250 (9.84)
250 (9.84)
250 (9.84)
250 (9.84)
1"
250 (9.84)
250 (9.84)
DN 40
250 (9.84)
250 (9.84)
250 (9.84)
1"
250 (9.84)
250 (9.84)
250 (9.84)
DN 50
250 (9.84)
250 (9.84)
300 (11.81)
2"
250 (9.84)
250 (9.84)
300 (11.81)
DN 65
250 (9.84)
250 (9.84)
300 (11.81)
300 (11.81)
2"
250 (9.84)
300 (11.81)
300 (11.81)
DN 80
250 (9.84)
250 (9.84)
300 (11.81)
300 (11.81)
3"
250 (9.84)
300 (11.81)
300 (11.81)
DN 100
250 (9.84)
250 (9.84)
300 (11.81)
300 (11.81)
4"
250 (9.84)
300 (11.81)
300 (11.81)
- not available
Build-in length of fitting in dependance of nominal diameter and pressure rating, dimensions mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/415
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F VA
Article No.
SITRANS FVA250 Full metal variable area meter
7 M E 5 8 6 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7777
Flow tube
Liquid
Gas
5 ... 40 l/h
50 ... 600 l/h
1 000 ... 4 000 l/h
2.5 ... 6 m3/h
0.15 ... 1.3 m3/h

1.5 ... 17 m3/h
30 ... 110 m3/h
70 ... 170 m3/h
1
2
3
4
4 ... 25 m3/h
16 ... 50 m3/h
60 ... 100 m3/h
30 ... 700 m3/h

460 ... 1 350 m3/h
1 700 ... 3 000 m3/h
5
6
7
Design
Type: CF-S (standard)
Fitting: Stainless steel 1.4404/316L,
Flange: Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
Float: Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
Type: EF-H
Flange: Stainless steel 1.4404/316L with Hastelloy lining
Float: Hastelloy
Type: FF-P
Flange: Stainless steel 1.4404/316L with PTFE lining
Float: PTFE
Nominal diameter
DN 15/ANSI
DN 20/ANSI
DN 25/ANSI 1
A
B
C
DN 32/ANSI 1
DN 40/ANSI 1
DN 50/ANSI 2
D
E
F
DN 65/ANSI 2
DN 80/ANSI 3
DN 100/ANSI 4
G
H
J
Female thread "

Female thread 3/8"
Female thread "
Female thread "
Q
R
S
T
Female thread 1"

Female thread 1"
Female thread 1"
Female thread 2"
U
V
W
X
Flange/thread standard - pressure rate

EN 1092-1, PN 16, Form B1
EN 1092-1, PN 40, Form B1
EN 1092-1, PN 63, Form B2
EN 1092-1, PN 100, Form B2
B
D
E
F
ANSI B16.5, class 150 RF

J
K
L
Female thread G DIN ISO 228

Female thread NPT ANSI B1.20.1
T
N
3/416
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F VA
Article No.
SITRANS FVA250 Full metal variable area meter
7 M E 5 8 6 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7777
Measuring ranges
Liquids
l/h
(USgpm)
Gases
m3/h
(scfm)
0.5 ... 5
0 ... 10
1.6 ... 16
2.5 ... 25
(0.0022 ... 0.022)

(0.0044 ... 0.044)
(0.007 ... 0.07)
(0.011 ... 0.11)
0.015 ... 0.15

0.03 ... 0.3
0.045 ... 0.45
0.075 ... 0.75
(0.0088 ... 0.088)

(0.0177 ... 0.177)
(0.0265 ... 0.283)
(0.0441 ... 0.441)
4 ... 40
5 ... 50
7 ... 70
10 ... 100
(0.018 ... 0.18)

(0.022 ... 0.22)
(0.031 ... 0.31)
(0.044 ... 0.44)
0.13 ... 1.3

0.15 ... 1.5
0.2 ... 2
0.3 ... 3
(0.0765 ... 0.765)

(0.0883 ... 0.883)
(0.12 ... 1.24)
(0.177 ... 1.77)
16 ... 160
25 ... 250
40 ... 400
60 ... 600
(0.07 ... 0.7)

(0.11 ... 1.1)
(0.176 ... 1.76)
(0.264 ... 2.64)
0.5 ... 5
0.7 ... 7
1.0 ... 11
1.7 ... 17
(0.29 ... 2.71)

(0.412 ... 4.12)
(0.589 ... 6.47)
(1 ... 10)
100 ... 1 000

160 ... 1 600
250 ... 2 500
400 ... 4 000
(0.44 ... 4.4)

(0.7 ... 7)
(1.1 ... 11)
(1.76 ... 17.6)
2 ... 30
3 ... 46
6 ... 70
10 ... 110
(1.77 ... 17.66)

(2.35 ... 27.07)
(4.12 ... 41.2)
(6.47 ... 64.74)
600 ... 6 000

1 000 ... 10 000
1 600 ... 16 000
2 000 ... 20 000
(2.64 ... 26.4)

(4.4 ... 44)
(7 ... 70)
(8.8 ... 88
16 ... 170
28 ... 290
45 ... 460
55 ... 550
(10 ... 100)

(17.1 ... 170.7)
(27.1 ... 270.7)
(32.4 ... 323.7)
2 500 ... 25 000

4 000 ... 40 000
5 000 ... 50 000
6 000 ... 60 000
(11 ... 110)

(17.6 ... 176)
(22 ... 220)
(26.4 ... 264)
69 ... 700
109 ... 1 100
134 ... 1 350
169 ... 1 700
(41.2 ... 412)

(64.7 ... 647.4)
(79.5 ... 794.6)
(100 ... 1 000)
8 000 ... 80 000

10 000 ... 100 000
(35.2 ... 352)

(44 ... ... 440)
239 ... 2 400

299 ... 3 000
(141.3 ... 1 413)

(176.6 ... 1 766)
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
2
3
4
1
1
1
2
5
6
7
0
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
2
2
2
3
5
6
7
0
3
3
3
3
1
2
3
4
3
3
3
4
5
6
7
0
41
Display unit / process temperature

Standard (aluminum) - up to 200 C with local display/150 C with electrical output
Standard (aluminum) with displaced display - up to 350 C with local display and electrical outputs
Stainless steel IP66 - up to 200 C with local display/150 C with electrical outputs
Stainless steel IP66 with displaced display - up to 350 C with local display and electrical outputs
0
1
2
3
Heating/cooling sheath
Without (standard)
With flange connection EN1092-1 DN 15 PN 40
With flange connection ANSI B16.5 Class 150 RF
A
B
C
Display/outputs
With display
With display, 1 inductive contact (limit switch) SJ 3.5N
With display, 2 inductive contacts (limit switches) SJ 3.5N
With display, HART and 4 to 20 mA
With display, HART, 4 to 20 mA, 2 inductive contacts SJ 3.5N
With display, HART, 4 to 20 mA, 1 inductive contact, 1 pulse output
With display, PROFIBUS PA
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Calibration
Without calibration certificate
With calibration certificate
0
1
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/417
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F VA
Order code
Other types of liquid and gas measurement

Marking of name plate
Name plate in English
B11
Certificates
C10
Factory inspection certificate EN 10204-2.2
C11
Acceptance test certificate 3.1 according to EN 10204
C12
C13
X-ray test of pressure bearing weldings
C14
Pressure test with acceptance test certificate 3.1 according to EN 10204
C15
PMI (positive material identification) test of pressure bearing metal parts
C16
Float damping
With float damping
D01
Specification of medium process data (specify in plain text)

Specification always required for each order:
Medium
Operating pressure
Density (only for customer-specified medium)
Viscosity (only for customer-specified medium)
Measuring range
Y01
TAG plate
TAG plate in stainless steel (add plain text)
Y17
Cleaning to company standard

Cleaning Class 2, with identification free of oil and grease
K46
Cleaning Class 1, with identification free of oil, grease and silicon
K48
Approvals
With ATEX approval
M51
Special version (specify in plain text)
Y99
Note:
For possible combinations of nominal diameters and flow tube, see table on page 3/413
3/418
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F O delta p - Primary differential pressure devices
Primary differential pressure devices to DIN EN ISO 5167

Nominal diameters
Nominal pressure
Orifice plates with annular

chambers
EN:
DN 50 ... DN 1000
ASME:
2 inch 40 inch
EN:
PN 6 ... PN 100
ASME:
Class 150 600
Orifice plates with single

tappings
EN:
DN 50 ... DN 500
ASME:
2 inch 20 inch
EN:
PN 6 ... PN 315
ASME:
Class 150 2500
EN:
DN 10 ... DN 50
ASME:
inch 2 inch
EN:
PN 10 ... PN 100
ASME:
Class 150 600
Metering pipe
Orifice plate with annular chambers, mounted between flanges
Further products for the complete setup for flow measurements

with a primary differential pressure device,
e. g. an orifice plate
+
For compensation vessels (for steam), see
chapter 1
For threaded flange pairs, see chapter 1
+
For initial shut-off valves, see chapter 1
+
For valve manifolds, see chapter 1 e. g.
5-spindle valve manifold or
Overview
Primary differential pressure devices are standardized mechanical flow sensors, often also referred to as differential pressure
transducers. The primary differential pressure devices are calculated and manufactured according to DIN EN ISO 5167.
Through constriction of the line diameter in the pressure device,
the flow rate creates a differential pressure that is converted with
the help of a differential pressure transmitter into a proportional
current signal or flow value. The assignment of differential pressure to flow is created by means of a "calculation of the primary
differential pressure device".
Primary differential pressure devices are suitable for singlephase media such as gas, vapor and liquids without solid components.
Requirement when ordering a primary differential pressure
device
Always quote the orifice plate calculation and the classification
according to the pressure equipment directive 97/23/EC (PED)
when placing an order.
Orifice plate calculation - calculation protocol
Valve manifold combination DN 8 for vapor measurement
+
For SITRANS P DS III differential pressure
transmitter, see chapter 1
Measuring cell options:
20, 60, 250, 600 and 1600 mbar
For the "orifice plate calculation" service, you need to fill out the
"Questionnaire for calculation of a primary differential pressure
device according to DIN EN ISO 5167". The intelligent "SITRANS
F O questionnaire online" can be found in the PIA Life Cycle Portal at http://www.siemens.com/pia-portal.
For this purpose, you need to specify all the data of the measuring point, medium, process and pipe data, as well as details of
installation conditions, flow conditions, permissible pressure
losses and accuracy requirements.
We will be unable to carry out the calculation if there are any data
missing. A calculation protocol with a consecutive number documents the calculation of the orifice plate. We require this calculation protocol from the customer for manufacturing purposes. It
is to be included in the order for the orifice plate.
Important note:
The "Orifice Plate Calculation with Preparation of a Calculation
Protocol" service is a separate process, and must be carried out
before the orifice plate is ordered.
The calculation protocol issued by the customer is to be included in the order for the orifice plate.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/419
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Classification in accordance with pressure equipment
directive 97/23/EC (PED)
The pressure equipment directive must also be applied to the
Orifice portfolio for use in Europe.
In compliance with the pressure equipment directive, equipment
is divided into categories I to III or Article 3 paragraph 3 according to danger potential (medium/pressure/volume/nominal diameter).
The Article No. of the orifice plate contains the relevant Category
I, II, III or Article 3 paragraph 3 in the Order code.
Detailed information is available under "Pressure equipment directive 97/23/EC".
How to order the "Orifice plate with appended calculation
protocol" product
To order an orifice plate, you need to supply the following data:
Complete Article No. of the orifice plate, including the respective Order code "Manufacture according to pressure equipment directive":
- Category I, II, III or Article 3 paragraph 3 and the design data
with Order Codes Y31 to Y35
- Or without (only available outside Europe!)
Appended "Calculation Protocol" issued by the customer with
Order Code Y21 or Y22, or statement "Orifice plate without calculation" with Order Code Y01
The orifice plate can only be manufactured when it has been
passed as a "clean order", i. e. it has been confirmed that the
data of the Article No. match the data of the calculation protocol.
Orifice plate with annular chambers

The version orifice plate with annular chambers comprises two
support rings which are connected to the inside of the pipe over
an annular chamber and an annular gap. Tapping sockets direct
the differential pressure from the support rings to the differential
pressure transmitter over shut-off fittings and differential pressure lines.
The orifice disk is inserted between the support rings together
with a gasket.
Orifice plate with single tappings
In the version of the orifice plate with single tappings the orifice
plate is a single unit. The inside of the tube is connected to the
tapping sockets by two single tappings.
Both types of orifice plate are installed between two flanges in
the pipeline.
Function
Mode of operation
The orifice plate creates a differential pressure. The pressure is
transferred through the vertical columns of medium in the differential pressure lines to the measuring cell of the differential pressure transmitter. The transmitter converts the pressure signal
with square-root characteristic into a flow-proportional current or
into a digital signal, e. g. PROFIBUS.
Types of primary differential pressure devices
Shape A
Shape B
Benefits
Application
Power stations
Measurement of steam, condensate and water.
Petrochemical industry/Refineries
Measurement of water, steam and liquid and gas hydrocarbons.
Chemical industry
Measurement of various liquid and gas media.
Measurement of liquid and gas hydrocarbons.
3/420
Shape D
Siemens FI 01 2015
Primary differential pressure devices are suitable for universal

use across the globe.
Primary differential pressure devices are very robust and can
be used in a wide range of nominal diameters.
Suitable for high temperature and pressure ranges.
No wet calibration required as they use an internationally standardized flow rate measurement procedure.
The differential pressure transmitter can be used over a long
distance from the measuring location.
The differential pressure method is well known and has a large
installed base.
The SITRANS P differential pressure transmitter is easy to parameterize again if process data change. They are adapted
by recalculating and assigning new parameters to the transmitter or, in the case of the version orifice plate with annular
chamber, by using a new orifice disk.
Submission of this design data in accordance with pressure

equipment directive 97/23/EC is mandatory for ordering and
manufacture, and must be specified by customers in the orifice
plate order.
Design
30 < < 45
Shapes of the orifice disk aperture
The primary differential pressure devices are calculated and

manufactured according to DIN EN ISO 5167. According to this,
the application range of the standard orifice disk aperture form
A is limited by the Reynolds number. The limits depend on the
diameter ratio = d/D. (D: internal diameter of pipe).
In the case of Reynolds numbers from approx. 500 to 2.5 x 105
and DN 40 to DN 150, the orifice disk aperture form B (quarter
circle) can be used for slightly less accurate measurements. The
profile radius r depends on the diameter ratio and results from
the calculation of the diameter of the orifice disk aperture d.
The cylindrical orifice disk aperture form D is used for measurements in both flow directions.
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Tapping sockets
The type of socket connections depends on the measured medium and the nominal pressure of the shut-off fittings; the socket
length depends on the nominal diameter (pipe diameter) of the
primary differential pressure device and the operating temperature (because of the thermal insulation!). The socket position depends on the measured medium and the flow direction.
With threaded connection G DIN ISO 228/1, connection dimensions to DIN 19207 Form V, for liquids and gases up to
PN 160, for steam up to PN 100
With threaded connection -14 NPT male, for version acc. to
ASME up to class 600
With 12 mm pipe connection for pipe union with ferrule
With 21.3 mm welding connection for liquids and gases up
to PN 400, and for steam up to PN 100, or 24 mm for liquids
and gases over PN 400, and for steam over PN 100
21.3
3 0
3 0
Type of threaded connections and welding connections dependent on the measured medium and the nominal pressure of the
shut-off fitting
24
Welding connections of tapping sockets, dimensions in mm
Position of the tapping sockets

When measuring liquids and gases, the position of the tapping
sockets must comply with the tables according to DIN 19205;
when measuring steam, the compensation vessels must be at
the same height.
Horizontal steam lines
Other connections on request.

Length of tapping sockets
The length of the tapping sockets are specified in DIN 19205,
Part 2.
If using with high temperatures and stronger insulations, please
quote the insulation thickness and the required length of the tapping sockets when placing an order.
G"
Horizontal steam line in front of a wall with primary differential pressure

device and valve combination; with annular chamber orifice plate or single part orifice plate with special length of 65 mm
18.5
24
In the case of horizontal steam lines, straight sockets are arranged opposite each other or, if the pipe is close to a wall, with
bent sockets on one side.
Vertical steam lines
21.3
Threaded connections of tapping sockets for liquids and gases up to PN

160, for steam up to PN 100, dimensions in mm
21.3
" NPT
20
Vertical steam line with primary differential pressure device and valve
combination
In the case of vertical and inclined steam lines, the lower socket
is bent upwards so that the connection flanges and compensation vessels are also at the same height.
8.1
21.3
12
Threaded connection -14 NPT male, dimensions in mm
With 12 mm pipe for pipe union with ferrule, dimensions in mm

Siemens FI 01 2015
3/421
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Extract from DIN 19205, Part 1, August 1988
No.
Pipe position and flow Position of

direction
the tapping sockets
Horizontal
2 1)2)
With compensation
vessels
3 1) 2)
4
Vertical Rising
Falling
Rising
Falling
90
the equation below can be evaluated, the differential pressure is

a measure of the absolute flow. No reference measurements are
required; the flow measurement can be checked independent of
the device manufacturer.
The differential pressure method is based on the law of continuity and Bernoullis energy equation.
According to the law of continuity, the flow of a moving medium
in a pipeline is the same at all points. If the cross-section is reduced at one point, the flow velocity must increase at this point.
According to Bernoullis energy equation, the energy content of
a flowing medium is constant and is the total of the static (pressure) and kinetic (movement) energies. An increase in the flow
rate therefore results in a reduction in the static pressure (see the
figure "Principle of the differential pressure method: Pressure
curve at a pipe restriction"). This pressure difference p, the socalled differential pressure, is a measure of the flow.
In general the following equation applies: q = cp
180
< )
10
Horizontal
11
Horizontal, vertical
180
13
Vertical
Without
compensation
vessels
90
Where:
q: flow (qm, qv) mass flow or volume flow
p: Differential pressure
c: Factor depending on the dimensions of the pipeline, the
type of constriction, the density of the flowing medium etc.
According to this equation, the differential pressure created by
the constriction is proportionally equal to the square of the flow
(see the figure "Relationship between flow q and differential
pressure p").
Integration
1)
Not possible with orifice plates with single tappings (overall length 40 mm).
Special length of 65 mm is possible.
)
Only possible with orifice plates with annular chambers (overall length 65
mm) with bent tapping sockets.
) Angle is dependent on the nominal pressure and nominal diameter in accordance with DIN 19 205.
Principle of the differential pressure method

Comer pressure tapping
The orifice plate is installed between two flanges in the pipeline.

Using compensation vessels (for steam) and initial shut-off
valves, the differential pressure of the high-pressure side and
low-pressure side is directed through differential pressure lines
to a multiple valve manifold and on to the differential pressure
transmitter. For media with extreme pressure and temperature
fluctuations it makes sense to take an additional measurement of
the pressure and temperature in order to correct the flow signal
of the transmitter in a subsequent correction computer.
Selection of mounting point
180
Application
p1
p
p2
D
d
p
p1
p2
p
p = p1 - p 2
Internal diameter of pipe

Diameter of orifice disk aperture
Pressure in the pipe
Pressure immediately upstream of primary device
Pressure immediately downstream of primary device
Remaining pressure loss
Principle of the differential pressure method: Pressure curve at a pipe restriction
A primary differential pressure device is installed at the measuring point to measure the flow. This restricts the pipe and has two
connections for sampling the differential pressure. If the properties of the primary device and the medium are known such that
3/422
Siemens FI 01 2015
The flow measuring regulations DIN EN ISO 5167 not only consider the design of primary differential pressure devices, but
also assume that their installation is in accordance with the standard so that the specified tolerances can be retained. The required inlet and outlet pipe sections according to ISO 5167 can
be found in the calculation protocol of the respective orifice
plate. Configuration of the pipeline should allow for standardized
installation (required inlet and outlet pipe section). Particular attention must be paid to ensure that the primary device can be fitted in a sufficiently long straight section of pipe. Bends, valves
and similar should be fitted sufficiently far upstream of the primary device to prevent them having a detrimental effect. Primary
devices with a large diameter ratio are particularly sensitive to interferences.
Design of measuring point
The design of the measuring point depends on the medium and
on the spatial conditions. The designs for gas and water only differ with regard to the position of the tapping sockets (see the figure "Measuring setup"); compensation vessels must also be provided for steam.
Metering pipes
On lines with small nominal diameters (DN 10 to DN 50) the measurements are influenced by the wall roughness and diameter
tolerances of the pipes, far more so than by large nominal diameters. These influences are counteracted by using metering
pipes with fitting inlet and outlet pipe sections made of precision
pipes. For exact measurements with metering pipes, the flow coefficient C needs to be determined by means of calibration.
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Options
Further versions that are available on request:
Other types of primary differential pressure device: orifice
plates without support rings, measurement flange orifice
plates, venturi nozzles, classic venturi tubes etc.
Other nominal diameters and nominal pressures to EN and
ASME
Other lengths, special lengths
Other materials
Sealing face with recess or groove
Flushing rings
Other tapping sockets, multiple tappings
Material acceptance test certificates or cold water pressure
tests
The orifice plate has a square-law relationship between differential pressure and flow. A square-root transmitter is required
therefore to create a linear flow characteristic.
p [%]
100
81
q
p
49
0 1
3
5
8
10 15
20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 %
0 0,01 0,09 0,25 0,64 1 2,25 4 9 16 25 36 49 64 81 100 %
25
9
1
0 10
30
50
70 90 100
q [%]
Setting range for application point of square-rooted characteristic

for SITRANS P differential pressure transmitter
Relationship between flow q and differential pressure p
More information
Standards
Instruction Manual SITRANS P
Installation Instructions
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/423
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Annular chamber orifice plate DN 80, PN 10

7ME1110-1JE12-1AA2
2 x threaded flange pairs

2 x 7MF9007-4CA
2 x primary shut-off valves

2 x 7MF9017-1BA
Three-spindle valve manifold

7MF9411-5BA-Z K36 + M12

7MF4433-1DA02-1BB6-Z Y02
Detail A:
6
Orifice plate with tapping sockets
Threaded flange pair:
1)
7a Hexagon nut
7b Gasket
7c Threaded flange
7d Hexagon bolt
8
Primary shut-off valve
see detail A
8
Detail A
2
7a
7b
7c
7d
6
1
Note:
The transmitter is mounted on the valve manifold. The valve manifold is
mounted on the pipe (or wall).
Design of measuring point, example: gas measurement (non-corrosive, non-hazardous)

State of medium
Liquid
1
Arrangement
1 Orifice
4 Valve manifold
5 Transmitter
4
5
Gas
Vapor
The technical properties of the orifice plates depend on the device:
Nominal diameters
Nominal pressure
Materials
Mass
Temperature limits
Accessories
Measuring setup
3/424
Siemens FI 01 2015
Compensation vessels
Threaded flange pairs
Primary shut-offs
Valve manifold
Differential pressure lines (to be provided by the plant owner)
Gaskets, bolts, screws (to be provided by the plant owner)
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Conformity rating
Overview
The pressure equipment directive 97/23/EC applies to the alignment of the statutory orders of the European member states for
pressure equipment used within its European area of validity.
Equipment as defined by the directive includes vessels, pipelines and accessories with a maximum permissible pressure of
more than 0.5 bar above atmospheric pressure.
Application of the pressure equipment directive was optional
from November 29, 1999 onwards and has been mandatory
since May 29, 2002.
Categorization according to danger potential
In compliance with the pressure equipment directive, equipment
is divided into categories I to III or Article 3 paragraph 3 according to danger potential (medium/pressure/volume/nominal diameter).
The following criteria are decisive for assessment of the danger
potential and are also shown in the diagrams (see "Characteristic curves").
Fluid group
Group 1 or 2
Aggregate state
Liquid or gaseous
Type of pressurized equipment

Pipeline
Nominal diameter, pressure or

product of pressure and nominal
diameter (PS * DN)
Pressure equipment of categories I to IV must comply with the

safety requirements of the directive and be assigned the CE
symbol.
They must comply with a conformity rating procedure according
to Appendix III of the directive.
Pressure equipment according to Article 3 paragraph 3 must be
designed and manufactured in agreement with the sound engineering practice SEP applicable in a member country, and must
not be assigned a CE symbol (CE symbols from other directives
are not affected).
The manufacturer issues a declaration of conformity if the orifice
plates are produced for use in the area covered by the PED and
are assignable to the categories I, II or III. This declaration of
conformity is given to the customer. Its contents depend on the
design data of the customers plant. The design data can only be
provided by the operator/customer, and must be specified in the
product order for the orifice plate.
Submission of the following design data is mandatory:
Medium (name)
Aggregate state (liquid or gas)
Fluid group 1 or 2
Max. permissible pressure (PS) of the plant (not PN)
Max. permissible temperature TS of the plant (not operating
temperature)
Nominal diameter DN
Note
Note
Liquids according to Article 3 are those liquids whose steam

pressure is not more than 0.5 bar above standard atmospheric
pressure (1013 mbar) at the maximum permissible temperature.
Equipment designed for media with a high danger potential (e.g.

gases of fluid group 1) may also be used for media with a lower
danger potential (e. g. gases of fluid group 2, or liquids of fluid
groups 1 and 2).
The maximum permissible temperature for the liquids used is the

user-defined maximum process temperature. This must be
within the limits defined for the equipment.
Categorization of media (liquid/gaseous) into fluid groups
In compliance with Article 9, fluids are divided into the following
fluid groups:
The pressure equipment directive according to Article 1

paragraph 3 does not apply to equipment such as e. g. mobile
offshore plants, ships, aircraft, water supply and waste water
networks, nuclear plants, rockets and pipelines outside industrial plants.
Group 1
Explosive
R phrases:
e. g.: 2, 3 (1, 4,
5, 6, 9, 16, 18,
19, 44)
Very toxic
R phrases:
e. g.: 26, 27, 28,
39 (32)
Extremely flammable
R phrases:
e. g.: 12 (17)
Toxic
R phrases:
e. g.: 23, 24, 25
(29, 31)
Highly flammable
R phrases:
e. g.: 11, 15, 17
(10, 30)
Oxidizing
R phrases:
e. g.: 7, 8, 9 (14,
15, 19)
Flammable (where the maximum allowable temperature is above flashpoint).

Group 2
All fluids not belonging to Group 1.
Also applies to fluids which are e. g. dangerous to the environment,
corrosive, dangerous to health, irritant or carcinogenic (if not highly
toxic).
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/425
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Liquids of fluid group 1
Gases of fluid group 1
1000
II
D
N=
DN = 350
DN = 100
PS = 0,5
1000
10000
00
350
100
20
25
10
PS = 10
N
D
II
10
0,5
0,1
Article 3
Paragraph 3
PS
PS = 500
00
50
10
10
100
3
N=
D
Article 3
Paragraph 3
III
500
PS
100
III
PS
DN = 25
1000
PS [bar]
DN = 100
DN = 25
PS [bar]
PS = 0,5
0,5
DN
0,1
10
25
4000
100
1000
10000
DN
Pipelines according to Article 3 Number 1.3 Letter a) First dash
Pipelines according to Article 3 Number 1.3 Letter b) First dash
Exception: Unstable gases (e.g. acetylene and ethylene) belonging to Categories I and II, must be included in Category III
PS [bar]
II
II
100
III
1000
500
DN = 250
DN = 32
1000
DN = 100
100
Article 3
Paragraph 3
PS
PS
PS
00
00
00
50
35
10
32
100
250
2000 7000
1000
10000
DN
Pipelines according to Article 3 Number 1.3 Letter a) Second

dash
Exception: Liquids and steam, at temperatures > 350 C belonging to Category II must be included in Category III.
3/426
PS
=5 D
00 N
0
Siemens FI 01 2015
I
PS = 10
PS = 0,5
0,5
PS = 0,5
0,5
10
PS = 500
Article 3
Paragraph 3
10
10
0,1
DN = 200
PS [bar]
0,1
10
100
200
1000
10000
DN
Pipelines according to Article 3 Number 1.3 Letter b) Second

dash
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Design data and product order for orifice plate
If the orifice plate is used in Europe the orifice plate is produced
in accordance with the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
In this case the design data are mandatory for the production of
an orifice plate and must be specified when ordering.
The required design data are specified in the article number of
an orifice plate with the Order code Y31 to Y35.
The following design data are mandatory; data can only be provided by the operator/customer:
3
Data for production according to Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC - for use in Europe
Order code for
Design data
ordering
Y31
Medium/measured medium
Name __________________________
Y32
Aggregate state
Liquid
Gaseous
Y33
Fluid group
- Explosive
- Highly, extremely flammable
- Oxidizing
- Toxic, highly toxic
Group 1
All others
Y34
Maximum permissible pressure (not PN)
PS1) ____________________________
Y35
- at the maximum permissible temperature

1)
2)
TS
Group 2
2) ____________________________________
bar
psi
PS: Setting pressure of the safety mechanism (valve, bursting disk)

TS: Range of the temperature limits
The following are already defined by the article number:
Nominal diameter
DN ____________________________
Assignment of the category

Annex II of the Pressure Equipment Directive contains 4 diagrams with which the associated category of the primary differential pressure devices can be determined (see page 3/426).
Article 3, Paragraph 3
Category II
Category I
Category III
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/427
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F O questionnaire online
Overview
SITRANS F O questionnaire online
For the calculation of a primary differential device in accordance
with DIN EN ISO 5167 and for the production of primary differential devices in accordance with the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC the required data (measuring point and customerspecific data) can be entered in the "SITRANS F O questionnaire
online.
The intelligent "SITRANS F O questionnaire online" can be found

in the PIA Life Cycle Portal at:
http://www.siemens.com/pia-portal.
All the data required for calculating a primary differential device
- orifice plates, nozzles, Venturi nozzles and the classic Venturi
tube - can be entered here and attached to the order for calculation of an orifice plate as a Microsoft Excel file.
All the necessary data for calculating a primary differential device are requested menu-driven and can be verified by a check
function.
3/428
Siemens FI 01 2015
Numerous new features provide the user with essential benefits

when using the questionnaire online:
Clear structure of all necessary parameters
Menu-driven input of data and values through automatic specification of parameters and units, in accordance with the selected design, the given measured medium and the selected
optimization criterion.
Explanatory and in-depth notes as description and explanation of the parameter
Numerous input options of customer and measuring point
specific supplementary conditions
Verification of all mandatory input boxes
Safe data storage of entered customer-specific parameters
Print preview and print template
Immediate dispatch of the completed questionnaire online by
e-mail
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Application
+
G"
18.5
21.3
3
24
Suitable for non-corrosive and corrosive gases, vapors and liquids; permissible operating temperature -10 to +400C.
Design
Orifice plate with annular chamber (above); tapping socket with threaded
connection (below), dimensions in mm
Two support rings with replaceable orifice disk form A, B or D

(see types of primary differential pressure devices in "Technical description", "Function"); see Ordering data for materials
Graphite gasket with noncorrosive metal foil insert between orifice disk and support ring outlet
65
G
Overall length
65 mm to DIN 19205
E
b
EN: DN 50 to DN 1000
d4
Nominal diameters
ASME: 2 inch to 40 inch
Nominal pressure
EN: PN 6 to PN 100
ASME: class 150 to 600
Sealing face to the mating flanges
Plane, sealing face turned, N10/N12 to DIN ISO 1302
Plane, sealing face turned, N8 to DIN ISO 1302
Plane, RF (raised faced) for version to ASME
Tapping sockets
For the dimensions of the following tapping sockets, see "Function":
With connection thread G DIN ISO 228/1, connection dimensions to DIN 19207 form V
With threaded connection -14 NPT male, for version to
ASME
With welding connection 21.3 mm
27
Tapping socket: Socket length is fixed in accordance with the pressure

and nominal diameter (DIN 19 205, Part 2).
- Threaded connections of tapping sockets for liquids and gases up to
PN 160, for steam up to PN 100, dimensions in mm
Versions for steam lines: See "Technical description", "Function"

for position of the tapping sockets.
See "Technical description" and "Function" for position of the tapping sockets.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/429
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Nominal diameter acc. to EN
DN
Inside diameter
External diameter d4 / sealing face: plane, with recess or with groove.

PN 6
PN 10
PN 16
PN 25
PN 40
PN 63
PN 100
50
43 ... 55
96
107
107
107
107
113
119
65
59 ... 71
116
127
127
127
127
138
144
80
73 ... 85
132
142
142
142
142
148
154
100
90 ... 108
152
162
162
168
168
174
180
125
114 ... 132
182
192
192
194
194
210
217
150
142 ... 160
207
218
218
224
224
247
257
200
185 ... 211
262
273
273
284
290
309
324
250
237 ... 262
317
328
329
340
352
364
391
300
285 ... 314
373
378
384
400
417
424
458
350
328 ... 362
423
438
444
457
474
486
512
400
380 ... 408
473
489
495
514
546
543
500
477 ... 514
578
594
617
624
628
600
581 ... 610
679
695
734
731
700
686 ... 710
784
810
804
833
800
776 ... 810
890
917
911
942
900
876 ... 910
990
1017
1011
1042
1000
976 ... 1010
1090
1124
1128
1154
Orifice plates with annular chambers for installation between EN flanges to EN 1092-1, dimensions in mm and weights
DN
Weight (approx. in kg)
PN 6
PN 10 ... 25
PN 40
PN 63 ... 100
PN 6 ... 100
With smallest
nominal pressure
With largest
nominal pressure
50
79
79
79
79
2 0.2
2.5
4.5
65
96
96
96
96
2 0.2
3.4
6.4
80
115
115
115
115
4 0.2
4.3
6.9
100
137
137
137
137
4 0.25
4.7
8.6
125
164
164
164
164
4 0.25
6.3
12.4
150
193
193
193
193
4 0.29
7.0
17.0
200
247
247
247
247
4 0.29
10.3
26.2
250
302
302
302
302
4 0.32
13.1
36.6
300
354
354
354
354
4 0.36
17.3
49.0
350
403
403
403
403
4 0.4
25.0
63.0
400
452
452
452
452
4 0.4
28.0
73.8
500
553
563
563
6 0.4
36.2
65.9
600
659
659
6 0.4
42.5
75.6
700
757
762
8 0.4
51.8
89.5
800
869
875
8 0.4
61.7
109
900
969
975
8 0.4
68.3
123
1000
1071
1079
10 0.4
74.0
148
Orifice plates with annular chambers for installation between EN flanges to EN 1092-1. dimensions in mm and weights (contd.)
3/430
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Nominal diameter acc. to ASME
ASME
External diameter d4 /
sealing face: Plane. RF (raised faced)
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
Class
150 ... 600
With smallest nominal

pressure
With largest
nominal
pressure
2 inch
105
111
111
79
79
79
20.2
2.5
4.5
2 inch
124
130
130
96
96
96
20.2
3.4
6.4
3 inch
137
149
149
115
115
115
40.2
4.3
6.9
4 inch
175
181
194
137
137
137
40.2
4.7
8.6
5 inch
197
216
241
164
164
164
40.25
6.3
12.4
6 inch
222
251
267
193
193
193
40.29
7.0
17.0
8 inch
279
308
321
247
247
247
40.29
10.3
26.2
10 inch
340
362
400
302
302
302
40.32
13.1
36.6
12 inch
410
422
457
354
354
354
40.36
17.3
49.0
14 inch
451
486
492
403
403
403
40.4
25.0
63.0
16 inch
514
540
565
452
452
452
40.4
28.0
73.8
20 inch
549
597
613
553
563
563
60.4
36.2
65.9
24 inch
717
775
790
659
659
60.4
42.5
75.6
Orifice plates with annular chambers for installation between ASME flanges to ASME B16.5, dimensions in mm and weights
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/431
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Orifice plate with annular
chambers
Article No.
Order code
7 ME 1 1 1 0 - 77777 - 1 777 777
for mounting between flanges

Sealing faces to the mating
flanges: plane.
Click on the Article No. for
the online configuration in
the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
DN 50
PN 6
PN 10 ... PN 40
PN 63
PN 100
1 GA
1GE
1GF
1 GG
DN 65
PN 6
PN 10 ... PN 40
PN 63
PN 100
1 HA
1HE
1HF
1 HG
DN 80
PN 6
PN 10 ... PN 40
PN 63
PN 100
1JA
1JE
1JF
1 JG
DN 100
PN 6
PN 10 and PN 16
PN 25 and PN 40
PN 63
PN 100
2 AA
2 AC
2AE
2AF
2 AG
DN 125
PN 6
PN 10 and PN 16
PN 25 and PN 40
PN 63
PN 100
2 BA
2 BC
2BE
2BF
2 BG
DN 150
PN 6
PN 10 and PN 16
PN 25 and PN 40
PN 63
PN 100
2 CA
2 CC
2CE
2CF
2 CG
DN 200
PN 6
PN 10 and PN 16
PN 25
PN 40
PN 63
PN 100
2 EA
2 EC
2 ED
2EE
2EF
2 EG
DN 250
PN 6
PN 10
PN 16
PN 25
PN 40
PN 63
PN 100
2FA
2FB
2FC
2FD
2FE
2FF
2 FG
DN 300
PN 6
PN 10
PN 16
PN 25
PN 40
PN 63
PN 100
2 GA
2 GB
2 GC
2 GD
2GE
2GF
2 GG
3/432
Siemens FI 01 2015

chambers
Article No.
Order code
7 ME 1 1 1 0 - 77777 - 1 777 777
DN 350
PN 6
PN 10
PN 16
PN 25
2 HA
2 HB
2 HC
2 HD
PN 40
PN 63
PN 100
2HE
2HF
2 HG
DN 400
PN 6
PN 10
PN 16
PN 25
PN 40
PN 63
2JA
2JB
2JC
2JD
2JE
2JF
DN 500
PN 6
PN 10
PN 16
PN 25
PN 40
2 KA
2 KB
2 KC
2 KD
2KE
DN 600
PN 6
PN 10
PN 16
PN 25
3 AA
3 AB
3 AC
3 AD
DN 700
PN 6
PN 10
PN 16
PN 25
3 BA
3 BB
3 BC
3 BD
DN 800
PN 6
PN 10
PN 16
PN 25
3 CA
3 CB
3 CC
3 CD
DN 900
PN 6
PN 10
PN 16
PN 25
3 DA
3 DB
3 DC
3 DD
DN 1000
PN 6
PN 10
PN 16
PN 25
3 EA
3 EB
3 EC
3 ED
Nomin. diameter acc. to ASME

2 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
5 GA
5 GB
5 GC
2 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
5 HA
5 HB
5 HC
3 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
5JA
5JB
5JC
4 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
6 AA
6 AB
6 AC
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
chambers
Article No.
Order code
7 ME 1 1 1 0 - 77777 - 1 777 777
5 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
6 BA
6 BB
6 BC
6 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
6 CA
6 CB
6 CC
8 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
6 EA
6 EB
6 EC
10 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
6FA
6FB
6FC
12 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
6 GA
6 GB
6 GC
14 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
6 HA
6 HB
6 HC
16 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
6JA
6JB
6JC
20 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
6 KA
6 KB
6 KC
24 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
7 AA
7 AB
7 AC
Special version
Specify Order code and plain
text
Nominal diameter: ..., nominal
pressure: ...,
material no.: ... and
material name: ...
Material for non-corrosive
media
Support rings made of
P265GH, material no. 1.0425;
tapping sockets made of
P235GH, material no. 1.0345;
orifice disk made of material
no. 1.4404, permissible operating temperature
-10 to +400 C
Material for corrosive media
Support rings,
tapping sockets and orifice
disk made of X 2 CrNiMo 1712-2, material No. 1.4404; permissible operating temp.
-10 to +400 C

chambers
Article No.
Order code
7 ME 1 1 1 0 - 77777 - 1 777 777
Tapping sockets
with threaded connection G;
for liquids and gases PN 160,
for steam PN 100
Opposite one another,
straight
Opposite one another, bentup, for vertical pipelines
Arranged on one side, for
horizontal pipelines
A
B
With threaded connection

-14 NPT male
straight
Q
R
S
With pipe 12 mm for pipe

union with ferrule, max. 200 C
permissible
straight
J
K
L
With welding connection

21.3 mm for liquids and gases
PN 100 ... PN 400,
for steam PN 100
straight
9 AA 0 0
H1Y
D
E
F
Shape of orifice disk aperture

For flow in one direction (see
figure "Shapes of orifice disk
aperture")
Orifice plate form A
Quarter-circle nozzle form B
For flow in both directions
Cylindrical orifice plate form
D
A
B
D
Manufactured according to
None1)
12
15
According to Article 3, Paragraph 3

Design data Y31 to Y35 necessary
According to category 1, 2, 3
with CE marking and EC declaration of conformity
1)
Only possible outside Europe
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/433
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Order code
Further designs
and plain text.
With Siemens calculation protocol

Specify in plain text: No.: ...
e. g. no.: 110025240101,
Attach calculation protocol to the order
Y21
With third-party calculation

Y22
Orifice plate without calculation

Diameter of orifice disk aperture d = ... mm
Internal diameter of pipe D=... mm
Radius of quarter-circle nozzle r = ... mm
Y01
Design data
according to Pressure equipment directive
97/23/EC
Name of medium
Specify in plain text: Medium: ....................
e. g. natural gas
Y31
Aggregate state
Specify in plain text: Aggregate state: ...............
Liquid or gaseous
Y32
Fluid group
Specify in plain text: Fluid group: ....................
Group 1: hazardous explosive fluid or
Group 2: All other fluids
Y33
Max. permissible pressure

PS = ... in bar or PSI
Y34
Max. permissible temperature

TS = in C or F
Y35
Orifice plate degreased

for oxygen measurements
DN 50 (2") ... DN 150 (6")
A12
DN 200 (8") ... DN 400 (16")
A13
DN 500 (20") ... DN 1000 (40")
A14
Acceptance test certificate to EN 10204-3.1
C01
Cold water pressure test

1.5 x PN, with acceptance test certificate
EN 10204
D11
Orifice disk including gasket
on request
Sealing face of orifice plate with recess or

groove
on request
3/434
Siemens FI 01 2015
Note on ordering
The "calculation protocol" released by the customer with
Order code Y21 or Y22 must be attached to the order as an appendix or the statement "orifice plate without calculation" will be
made with Order code Y01.
Scope of delivery
Two support rings with tapping sockets, one orifice disk, one
gasket between orifice disk and support ring.
Graphite (99.85%) flat gasket with foil insert
(1.4401, 0.1 mm). Application for liquids, steam, gases, liquid
gases, acids, hydrocarbons, oils and oil products.
Accessories
See "SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure".
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Application
3
Suitable for non-corrosive and corrosive gases, vapors and liquids; permissible operating temperature -10 to +570 C.
Design
One-piece orifice plate, orifice disk form A, B or D (see types of
primary differential pressure devices in "Technical description",
"Function"); see Ordering data for materials.
Overall length
40 mm to DIN 19205
Nominal diameters
EN: DN 50 to DN 500
ASME: 2 inch to 20 inch
Nominal pressure
EN: PN 6 to PN 315
Sealing face to the mating flanges
Plane, RF (raised faced) for versions to ASME
Tapping sockets
With connection thread G DIN ISO 228/1, with connection
dimensions to DIN 19207 form V
ASME
With welding connection, 21.3 mm
Connection size
The connection size depends on the operating pressure, the
temperature of the medium (DIN 19 207 and 19 211) and the medium, e. g.
For liquids and gases,
- up to PN 160: Thread G or welding connection 21.3 mm
- from PN 6 and PN 400: Welding connection 21.3 mm
- > PN 400: Welding connection 24 mm
For steam
- up to PN 100: Thread G or welding connection 21.3 mm
- > PN 100: Welding connection 24 mm
See "Technical description" and "Function" for position of the tapping sockets.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/435
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Tapping socket: Socket length is fixed in accordance with the pressure
and nominal diameter (DIN 19 205, Part 2), dimensions in mm
40
G
- Threaded connections of tapping sockets for liquids and gases up to

PN 160, for steam up to PN 100,
Versions for steam lines: See "Technical description", "Function"

for position of the tapping sockets.
d4

DN
Inside
diameter
External diameter d4 / sealing face: plane, with recess or with groove.

PN 6
PN 10
PN 16 PN 25
PN 40 PN 63
PN 100
PN 160
PN 250
PN 315

With smallest
nominal pressure
With largest
nominal pressure
50
45 ... 55
96
107
107
107
107
113
119
119
124
134
1.6
4.0
65
61 ... 71
116
127
127
127
127
138
144
144
154
170
2.2
6.3
80
77 ... 85
132
142
142
142
142
148
154
154
170
190
2.9
7.8
100
94 ... 108
152
162
162
168
168
174
180
180
202
229
3.2
11.5
125
117 ... 132
182
192
192
194
194
210
217
217
242
274
4.3
15.9
150
144 ... 160
207
218
218
224
224
247
257
257
284
311
4.7
20.6
200
188 ... 211
262
273
273
284
290
309
324
324
358
398
7.0
33.7
250
240 ... 262
317
328
329
340
352
364
391
388
442
488
9.0
50.6
300
292 ... 314
373
378
384
400
417
424
458
458
538
12.3
37.3
350
331 ... 362
423
438
444
457
474
486
512
17.7
44.6
400
383 ... 408
473
489
495
514
546
543
19.8
43.1
500
480 ... 514
578
594
617
624
628
25.6
46.6
Orifice plates with single tappings for installation between EN flanges to EN 1092-1, dimensions in mm, weights

ASME
External diameter d4 / sealing face: plane, with

recess or with groove.
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
With smallest nominal pressure
With largest nominal pressure
2 inch
105
111
111
1.6
4.0
2 inch
124
130
130
2.2
6.3
3 inch
137
149
149
2.9
7.8
4 inch
175
181
194
3.2
11.5
5 inch
197
216
241
4.3
15.9
6 inch
222
251
267
4.7
20.6
8 inch
279
308
321
7.0
33.7
10 inch
340
362
400
9.0
50.6
12 inch
410
422
457
12.3
37.3
14 inch
451
486
492
17.7
44.6
16 inch
514
540
565
19.8
43.1
20 inch
549
597
613
25.6
46.6
Orifice plates with single tappings for installation between ASME flanges to ASME B 16.5, dimensions in mm and weights
3/436
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Article No.
Order code
7 ME 1 1 2 0 - 77777 - 1 777 777
for mounting between flanges

flanges: plane.
DN 50
PN 6
PN 10 ... PN 40
PN 63
PN 100 and PN 160
PN 250
PN 315
1 GA
1GE
1GF
1 GH
1GJ
1 GK
DN 65
PN 6
PN 10 ... PN 40
PN 63
PN 100 and PN 160
PN 250
PN 315
1 HA
1HE
1HF
1 HH
1HJ
1 HK
DN 80
PN 6
PN 10 ... PN 40
PN 63
PN 100 and PN 160
PN 250
PN 315
1JA
1JE
1JF
1JH
1JJ
1JK
DN 100
PN 6
PN 10 and PN 16
PN 25 and PN 40
PN 63
PN 100 and PN 160
PN 250
PN 315
2 AA
2 AC
2AE
2AF
2 AH
2AJ
2 AK
DN 125
PN 6
PN 10 and PN 16
PN 25 and PN 40
PN 63
PN 100 and PN 160
PN 250
PN 315
2 BA
2 BC
2BE
2BF
2 BH
2BJ
2 BK
DN 150
PN 6
PN 10 and PN 16
PN 25 and PN 40
PN 63
PN 100 and PN 160
PN 250
PN 315
2 CA
2 CC
2CE
2CF
2 CH
2CJ
2 CK
DN 200
PN 6
PN 10 and PN 16
PN 25
PN 40
PN 63
PN 100 and PN 160
PN 250
PN 315
2 EA
2 EC
2 ED
2EE
2EF
2 EH
2EJ
2 EK

Article No.
Order code
7 ME 1 1 2 0 - 77777 - 1 777 777
DN 250
PN 6
PN 10 and PN 16
PN 25
PN 40
PN 63
PN 100 and PN 160
PN 250
PN 315
2FA
2FC
2FD
2FE
2FF
2FH
2FJ
2FK
DN 300
PN 6
PN 10
PN 16
PN 25
PN 40
PN 63
PN 100 and PN 160
2 GA
2 GB
2 GC
2 GD
2GE
2GF
2 GH
DN 350
PN 6
PN 10
PN 16
PN 25
PN 40
PN 63
PN 100
2 HA
2 HB
2 HC
2 HD
2HE
2HF
2 HG
DN 400
PN 6
PN 10
PN 16
PN 25
PN 40
PN 63
2JA
2JB
2JC
2JD
2JE
2JF
DN 500
PN 6
PN 10
PN 16
PN 25
PN 40
2 KA
2 KB
2 KC
2 KD
2KE
Nominal diameter acc. to

ASME
2 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
5 GA
5 GB
5 GC
2 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
5 HA
5 HB
5 HC
3 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
5JA
5JB
5JC
4 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
6 AA
6 AB
6 AC
5 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
6 BA
6 BB
6 BC
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/437
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Article No.
Order code
7 ME 1 1 2 0 - 77777 - 1 777 777
6 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
6 CA
6 CB
6 CC
8 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
6 EA
6 EB
6 EC
10 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
6FA
6FB
6FC
12 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
6 GA
6 GB
6 GC
14 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
6 HA
6 HB
6 HC
16 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
6JA
6JB
6JC
20 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
6 KA
6 KB
6 KC
Special version
text
pressure: ...
material name: ...
Orifice plate and tapping
socket made of X 2 CrNiMo
17-12-2, material no. 1.4404;
permissible operating temp.
-10 to +400 C
media
Orifice plate and tapping
socket made of 13 CrMo 4-5,
material no. 1.7335;
permissible operating temp.
-10 to +570, high temperature
Orifice plate made of P265GH,
material no. 1.0425; tapping
sockets made of P235GHTC2,
material no. 1.0345; metering
edge with X 15 CrNiMn 18-8,
material no. 1.4370,
deposition welded;
permissible operating temperature
-10 to +400 C

Tapping sockets
for steam PN 100
straight
Any arrangement of tapping
sockets (specify angle in
plain text -Z Y02)
-14 NPT male
straight
plain text -Z Y02)
union with ferrule, max. 200 C
permissible
straight
plain text -Z Y02)
9 AA 0 0
23
24
25
H1Y

21.3 mm; for liquids and gases
PN 100 ... 400,
for steam PN 100 or
24 mm; for liquids and
gases over PN 400, for steam
over PN 100
straight
plain text -Z Y02)
(see figure "Shapes of orifice
disk aperture")
For flow in one direction
For flow
in both directions
D
None1)
Siemens FI 01 2015
Order code
7 ME 1 1 2 0 - 77777 - 1 777 777
A
B
G
Q
R
T
J
K
M
D
E
H
A
B

According to category 1, 2, 3
Design data Y31 to Y35 necessary.
1)
3/438
Article No.
Only possible outside Europe.
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Order code
Further designs
and plain text.
e. g. no.: 110025240101,
Y21

Y22

Y01
Angle between the tapping sockets

Specify in plain text: Angle between the tapping
sockets ...
Y02
Design data
97/23/EC
Name of medium
e. g. natural gas
Y31
Aggregate state
Liquid or gaseous
Y32
Fluid group
Y33

Y34

TS = in C or F
Y35

DN 50 (2") ... DN 150 (6")
A12
DN 200 (8") ... DN 400 (16")
A13
DN 500 (20") ... DN 1000 (40")
A14
C01

EN 10204
D11
Overall length 65 mm
(required for tapping sockets arranged on one
side)
on request
Orifice disk including gasket
on request
Sealing face of orifice plate with recess or

groove
on request
Note on ordering
Order code Y21 or Y22 must be attached to the order as an appendix or the statement "orifice plate without calculation" will be
made with Order code Y01.
Scope of delivery:
One-part orifice plate with tapping sockets
Accessories:
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/439
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Metering pipe with orifice plate and annular chamber
Application
3
Suitable for non-corrosive and corrosive gases, vapors and liquids; permissible operating temperature -10 to +400 C.
Design
Orifice plate with annular chambers consisting of two support
rings with replaceable orifice disk form A or B (see types of primary differential pressure devices in "Technical description",
"Function"); flanged between inlet and outlet pipe sections with
lengths according to DIN 19205.
Nominal diameters
EN: DN 10 to DN 50
ASME: inch to 2 inch
Nominal pressure
EN: PN 10 to PN 100
Sealing face of the end flanges
Plane, RF (raised faced) for versions to ASME
Tapping sockets
(For the dimensions of the following tapping sockets, see
page 3/421)
With connection thread G DIN ISO 228/1, connection dimensions to DIN 19207 form V
ASME
With welding connection, 21.3 mm
For length of tapping sockets for all metering pipe L = 120 mm
and position of tapping socket, see "Technical Description" and
"Function".
3/440
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Da
s
Flow direction
3
a 1%

DN
PN
Pipe1) Da x s
Weight (approx. kg)
10
10 and 16
25 and 40
63 and 100
400
218
320
320
295
16 x 3
4.5
5
6.5
15
10 and 16
25 and 40
63 and 100
550
368
325
325
300
20 x 2.5
5
5.5
7.5
20
10 and 16
25 and 40
700
488
335
25 x 2.5
6.5
7
25
10 and 16
25 and 40
63 and 100
900
638
310
30 x 2.5
8
9
14
32
10 and 16
25 and 40
1100
788
320
38 x 3
11.5
12.5
40
10 and 16
25 and 40
63 and 100
1300
988
330
330
335
48.3 x 3.6 oder

50 x 5
13
15
25
50
10 and 16
25 and 40
63
100
1500
1188
340
340
345
345
60 x 5
20
22
34
34
Metering pipes with orifice plates and annular chambers for installation between EN flanges to EN 1092.1, dimensions in mm and weights
1)
The stated pipe dimensions may vary, depending on availability. The pipe dimensions used can be found in the calculation for primary differential pressure
devices and/or in the order confirmation.

ASME
PN
Pipe1) Da x s
Weight (approx. kg)
inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
550
368
297
307
307
20 x 2.5
5
5.5
7.5
inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
700
488
297
307
307
25 x 2.5
6.5
7
8
1 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
900
638
307
313
313
30 x 2.5
8
9
14
1 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
1100
788
316
322
322
38 x 3
11.5
12.5
14
1 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
1300
988
326
335
335
48.3 x 3.6 or
50 x 5
13
15
25
2 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
1500
1188
345
371
351
60 x 5
20
22
34
Metering pipes with orifice plates and annular chambers for installation between ASME flanges to ASME B 16.5, dimensions in mm and weights
1)
The stated pipe dimensions may vary, depending on availability. The pipe dimensions used can be found in the calculation for primary differential pressure
devices and/or in the order confirmation.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/441
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Metering pipe for mounting
between flanges
for non-corrosive media
Article No.
Order code
7 ME 1 3 1 0 - 77777 - 1 777 777

chambers
mounted between flanges
flanges: plane

DN 10
PN 10 and PN 16
PN 25 and PN 40
PN 63
PN 100
1 AC
1AE
1AF
1 AG
DN 15
PN 10 and PN 16
PN 25 and PN 40
PN 63
PN 100
1 BC
1BE
1BF
1 BG
DN 20
PN 10 and PN 16
PN 25 and PN 40
1 CC
1CE
DN 25
PN 10 and PN 16
PN 25 and PN 40
PN 63
PN 100
1 DC
1DE
1DF
1 DG
DN 32
PN 10 and PN 16
PN 25 and PN 40
1 EC
1EE
DN 40
PN 10 and PN 16
PN 25 and PN 40
PN 63
PN 100
1FC
1FE
1FF
1 FG
DN 50
PN 10 and PN 16
PN 25 and PN 40
PN 63
PN 100
1 GC
1GE
1GF
1 GG
Nominal diameter acc. to

ASME
inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
5 BA
5 BB
5 BC
inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
5 CA
5 CB
5 CC
1 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
5 DA
5 DB
5 DC
1 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
5 EA
5 EB
5 EC
3/442
Siemens FI 01 2015

between flanges
Article No.
Order code
7 ME 1 3 1 0 - 77777 - 1 777 777
1 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
5FA
5FB
5FC
2 inch
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
5 GA
5 GB
5 GC
Special version
text
pressure: ...
material name: ...
media
Orifice disk made of material
no. 1.4404; support ring and
flange made of material no.
1.0460, pipes and tapping
sockets made of material number 1.0345;
-10 to +400 C
Orifice disk, support rings,
pipes and flange made of
material no. 1.4404;
-10 to +400 C
Tapping sockets
for steam PN 100
straight
-14 NPT male;
for steam PN 100
Opposite one another, straight
union with ferrule,
max. 200 C permissible
straight
21.3 mm for liquids and gases
PN 100 ... PN 400,
for steam PN 100
Opposite one another, straight
9 AA 0 0
H1Y
32
34
A
B
C
Q
R
S
J
K
L
D
E
F
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
between flanges
For flow in one direction (see
figure "Shapes of orifice disk
aperture")
For flow in both directions
D
None1)
Article No.
Order code
7 ME 1 3 1 0 - 77777 - 1 777 777
A
B
D

According to category 1, 2
1)
Only possible outside Europe.
Order code

Further designs
and plain text.
e. g. no.: 110025240101,
Y21

Y22

Y01
Design data
97/23/EC
Name of medium
e. g. natural gas
Y31
Aggregate state
Liquid or gaseous
Y32
Fluid group
Y33

Y34

TS = in C or F
Y35

DN 10 (") ... DN 50 (2)
A12
C02

EN 10204
D11
Note on ordering
Order code Y21 or Y22 must be attached to the order as an attachment or the statement "orifice plate without calculation" will
be made with Order code Y01.
Scope of delivery:
Orifice plate, comprising two support rings with tapping sockets
and one orifice disk, with gaskets between orifice disk and support ring, including screws and bolts.
Graphite (99.85%) flat gasket with foil insert (1.4401, 0.1 mm).
Application for liquids, steam, gases, liquid gases, acids, hydrocarbons, oils and oil products.
Accessories:
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/443
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
Calculation of primary devices
Overview
Note on calculation order and product ordering:
Before an orifice plate is ordered, the calculation of the orifice
pate must be completed with a calculation protocol.
The calculation protocol issued by the customer is then included
in the order for the orifice plate as an attachment.
When ordering the "Primary differential pressure device calculation" service, a completed questionnaire must be enclosed.
This online questionnaire can be found in the PIA Life Cycle Portal at www.siemens.com/pia-portal.
All the data required for the calculation are requested menudriven and can be verified by a check function.
If the data entered in the questionnaire are incomplete, an extra
charge will be made for the additional clarification and calculations required.
Article No.
Calculation of orifice disk aperture

an orifice plate, ISA-1932 nozzle,
Venturi nozzle, Venturi tube and
other primary differential pressure
devices
(without measuring sheet or
sketch)
7ME1910-0A
Calculation of differential pressure or flow

on an existing primary device
7ME1910-0D
Further designs
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Order code
SITRANS F O - questionnaire
online
Y02
The completed online questionnaire should be attached to the

order!
(see Online Questionnaire in the
PIA Life Cycle Portal)
3/444
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F R
Rotary-piston meters and automatic batchmeters - Introduction
Overview
Mechanical registers, automatic batchmeters and digital registers with current and pulse output
Rotary-piston meter DN 25 (1) with

single-pointer dial type 01
Rotary piston meter with

electric flow register in
compact form
Rotary-piston meter DN 50 (2") with

mech. single-pointer dial type 01,
with accessories (here: cooling
attachment and pulser)
All components of the meters are made of wear-resistant materials. Several materials are available for the parts which come
into contact with the metered liquid (see Selection and Ordering
data). The most suitable combination can be selected taking into
account the corrosion resistance with respect to the liquid to be
measured as well as the running characteristics and the permissible temperatures.
Design
Mounting flange for
register or accessory
Automatic batch meter DN 50 (2), with

rotary-piston meter, quantity preset register
and shut-off valve
Pressure piece with

armature
Benefits
Magnetic
coupling
Upper part of
case
Case gasket
Annular
magnet with
drive
Upper part
of chamber
Rotary-piston
Barrier
Measuring
chamber
Low part of
chamber
Metering mechanism of a rotary-piston meter DN 25/PN 10

(1/MWP 145 psi) (industrial model)
The measuring chamber is inserted into the case for the rated
pressure classes PN 25, PN 40 and PN 63 (MWP 363, 580 and
914 psi). The meters for rated pressures PN 4, PN 6 and PN 10
(MWP 58, 87 and 145 psi) have a measuring chamber machined
to the lower part of the case.
High measuring accuracy (approved for custody transfer)

Suitable for flow rates up to 1000 l/min (264 USgpm)
Wide flow rate range
Low dependence on viscosity
Low pressure drop
Simple compact design
High reliability
Advantages with extremely high viscosity since pressure
drops up to 3 bar (43.5 psi) permissible
Advantages with very low viscosity (e.g. liquefied gas) since
only low pressure drops occur because of the light-weight
mechanism with good running characteristics
Wide range of available materials, e.g. plastic lining for particularly corrosive liquids
Easy service as a result of simple design
Liquid temperatures up to 300 C
Also available with external heater
Metering and dispensing without a power supply
No inlet or outlet pipe sections required
Independent of flow profile, conductivity and damping
Rotary-piston meters are characterized by:

Accuracy
Reliability
Robust design
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/445
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F R
Service life (long-term accuracy)
Configuration
Error curves of rotary-piston meters
The shape of the error curve is also affected by the viscosity of
the metered liquid. The error in measurement increases with decreasing viscosity, especially at the beginning and towards the
end of the flow rate range.
The illustration Error curves of volumetric meters shows error

curves without any regulation having been carried out.
%
0,5
Error in correct
value
By appropriate regulation, i.e. changing a pair of gear-wheels

between the meter mechanism and the register, the position of
the error curve can be displaced parallel to the zero line and
thus the meter can be optimally calibrated. The appropriate pair
of replacement gears can be read off from a table or determined
with the aid of a calculating disk.
100 mPa s
5 mPa s
1 mPa s
0,5 mPa s
-0,5
%
0,25mPa s
10
25
50
As well as the nature of the materials used (running characteristics), the service life is dependent on the lubricating properties
of the metered liquid, the service is dependent on the lubricating
properties of the metered liquid, the daily operating time and the
cube of the flow rate (speed of rotation). The last factor is one of
the reasons why only half of the maximum flow rate specified for
the batch operation is permissible for continuous operation.
Since the above factors can hardly be determined exactly with
industrial use of the meter, unequivocal statements on the service life (long-term accuracy) are not possible.
Recalibration is required every two years by law (in Germany) for
meters used for custody transfer. On the basis of this regulation,
it is recommended that meters which are not used for custody
transfer be checked and recalibrated if necessary, at intervals of
two to three years. Even this recommendation is based on average, normal operating conditions. A period of three years is too
short, for example, for a meter used for the batch dispensing of
lubricating oil, it will still work within the stated error limits even
after five years or more.
Further technical specifications
Materials and max. permissible
liquid temperatures
Meas. range 1 : 5 (with liquid gas)

Measuring range 1 : 10
0
The service life of a volumetric meter, i.e. the operating time until
an overhaul or recalibration becomes necessary, is determined
by the mechanical abrasion of the moving parts of the mechanisms which occurs because of forces from the metered liquid.
75
100 %
Flow rate q max

Examples of rotary-piston meters DN 25 (1) and DN 50 (2)
Error curves of volumetric meters dependent in shape and location on the

flow rate and the viscosity of the liquid
Housing (also lining with acid resistant meters) and measuring chamber
Cast iron, spheroidal graphite, cast -30 ... +300 C (-22 ... +572 F)
steel, Cranium steel
General data
Error limits
Between 0.2 % and 0.5 % of the

correct value (depending on the
metered fluid, the measuring
range and the relevant calibration regulations) except for
rotary-piston meters DN 15 ()
and acid-resistant meters with
PCTFE pistons; where 1% of the
actual value applies.
Reproducibility
Within 0.05 %
Adjustment
In steps from 0.01 %
Pressure drop
Max. permissible 3 bar

(43.5 psi), max. 0.5 bar (7.25 psi)
for acid resistant meters
Transmission from wet to dry space
Gland-free, via permanent magnet coupling
Note: 1 mPas = 1 cp
Measuring accuracy
The rotary-piston meters are approved in the European Community and in many other countries for the custody transfer.
The following error limits apply between 0.2 % and 0.5 % of the
correct value (depending on the liquid, the measuring range and
the relevant calibration specifications).
The stated error limits in % of the correct value apply to the whole
flow rate and for any delivery quantity greater than the smallest
permissible quantity.
This is an important difference compared to other measuring instruments whose errors are related to the full-scale value and
thus only reach the stated accuracy at one point - full-scale deflection. The minimum flow rate should not fall below 10% of the
maximum flow rate in order to remain within the stated accuracy
limit. This explains why the usual flow rate range for volumetric
meters is 1:10.
Note: The measuring system of the rotary-piston meter must always be filled with the liquid to be measured in order to achieve
a high measuring accuracy.
Note
The material combinations which can be supplied are listed in
the Selection and Ordering data.
The maximum permissible liquid temperature is determined by
the weakest link in the particular combination (the PCTFE rotary-piston, for example, in a meter made of Cranium steel).
3/446
Siemens FI 01 2015
Temperature range
Installation position (axis of meter

mechanism)
Rotary-piston meter for industrial
use
- Automatic batchmeter
Vertical
Special designs
- Rotary-piston meter for oil fuels
Any
- Rotary-piston meter for liquid gas Meter axis vertical

Special inlet and outlet pipe sections
Not necessary
Pipe connection
Flanges drilled to DIN 2501,

DIN 2547 (PN 63 only)
Filter size (mesh width)
0.8 mm (0.031 inch) for rotarypiston meter
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F R
Selection overview, rotary piston meters
3
Version
Nominal diameter
Article No.
Rotary piston meters

DN 15
DN 25
DN 50
DN 80
7MR10..-...
7MR11..-...
7MR14..-...
7MR16..-...
Nominal pressure
PN 6
PN 10
PN 16
PN 40
PN 63
PN 25
Flow variables
Max. 20 l/min
Max. 100 l/min
Max. 500 l/min
Max. 1 000 l/min
Flange standards
Drilled acc. to EN
Drilled acc. to ASME
With raised faces
Approvals
Custody transfer
Material acceptance test EN 10204-3.1
ATEX
in preparation
Piston material
Carbon
Cast iron
PTFE 40 C
PTFE 90 C
CrNiMo steel with carbon contact surface
Ni-resist
Hard rubber
CrNiMo steel with PTFE contact surface

PCTFE
Mechanical singe-pointer dial
Mechanical double-pointer dial
Designs
As automatic batchmeter (incl. shut-off valve)

With electronic flow register
Remote or compact installation
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/447
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F R
Rotary piston meters - Configurations

Mechanical display
Digital displays
Compact design
As separate
model
Compact
design
Without pulse With pulse and current output

and current
output
With pulse
and current
output
Incl. protective cover
With pulse
and current
output
Incl. mounting bracket
Registers
Single-pointer dial
type 01
Double-pointer dial
type 11 und 12
Quantity preset register
SITRANS F RA110 electric

flow registers (7MV1070-...)
Without mounting bracket
With mounting bracket
Pulser
10 pulses/revolution
10 pulses/value per revolution
100 pulses/value per revolution
Intermediate gear
(Part of Article No. of the
rotary piston meter)
Pulser
10 Impulse/measuring
chamber volumes
100 Impulse/measuring
chamber volumes
(Selection with data position 14 of Article No. of the
rotary piston meter)
Cooling attachment
Up to 80 C: none
(Article No. 7MR1...-.....-....)
Up to 180 C: one
(Article No. 7MR1...-.....-....+
7MV3001-1xx00)
Upt to 260 C: two
(Article No. 7MR1...-.....-....+
7MV3001-2xx00)
Rotary piston meters and automatic batchmeters

Rotary piston meters
DN 15 7MR10..-.....-....
DN 25 7MR11..-.....-....
DN 50 7MR14..-.....-....
DN 80 7MR16..-.....-....
Automatic batchmeters
DN 25 7MR111.-.....-....
DN 50 7MR141.-.....-....
PN 16
PN 25 ... PN 63
3/448
Siemens FI 01 2015
Measuring chamber volumes:

DN 15 (1/2) 0.033 l (0.0087 USgpm)
DN 25 (1)
0.179 l (0.0473 USgpm)
DN 50 (2)
1.5 l
(0.317 USgpm)
DN 80 (3)
4.32 l (1.14 USgpm)
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F R
Meter sizes (DN), pressure stages (PN) and permissible flow rates (q) for rotary-piston meters and automatic batchmeters
Design
DN
PN
Rated flow rate
Permissible flow rate

With
Min.1) with continu- Max. with interviscosity8) ous2) operation
mittent3)4) operation
mm
(inch) bar
(psi)
l/min
(USgpm) mPas (cp) l/min
Max. with continuous operation
(USgpm)
l/min
(USgpm)
l/min
(USgpm)
Rotaty-piston meter for industrial use

155)
()5)
25
(363)
20
(5.3)
1
<5
800
2 000
1.5
1.0
0.2
0.2
(0.26)
(0.2)
(0.05)
(0.03)
106)
20
20
10
(5.3)
(5.3)
(5.3)
(1.3)
10
10
10
5
(2.6)
(2.6)
(2.6)
(1.3)
25
(1)
10
16
25
40
63
(145)
(232)
(363)
(580)
(914)
100
(26.4)
0.3
0.6
1
5
800
12
6
5
3
1
(3.2)
(1.6)
(1.3)
(0.8)
(0.26)
100
100
100
100
100
(26)
(26)
(26)
(26)
(26)
80
80
80
80
80
(13)
(13)
(13)
(13)
(13)
50
(2)
6
16
25
40
63
(87)
(232)
(363)
(580)
(914)
500
(132)
0.3
0.6
1
5
800
40
20
18
10
2
(11)
(5.3)
(4.8)
(2.6)
(0.53)
500
500
500
500
500
(106)
(132)
(132)
(132)
(106)
350
350
350
350
350
(44)
(44)
(44)
(44)
(44)
80
(3)
25
40
(363)
(580)
1 000 (264)
0.3
0.6
1
5
800
60
35
25
10
5
(16)
(9.3)
(6.6)
(2.6)
(1.3)
1 000
1 000
1 000
1 000
1 000
(211)
(264)
(264)
(264)
(211)
700
700
700
700
500
(93)
(93)
(93)
(93)
(93)
up to PN 16 (MWP 232 psi)
up to PN 63 (MWP 914 psi)
Automatic batchmeter (Rotary-piston meter with quantity preset register and mechanical shut-off valve)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
25
(1)
10
(145)
100
(26.4)
0.3
0.6
1
5
8007)
12
6
5
3
1
(3.2)
(1.6)
(1.3)
(0.8)
(0.26)
100
100
100
100
100
(26)
(26)
(26)
(26)
(26)
50
(2)
6
10
(87)
(145)
500
132
0.3
0.6
1
5
8007)
40
20
18
10
2
(11)
(5.3)
(4.8)
(2.6)
(0.53)
500
500
500
500
400
(106)
(132)
(132)
(132)
(106)
For metal rotary-pistons: increase by a factor of 2, for PCTFE and PTFE/graphite filling rotary-pistons: increase by a factor of 3.
Continuous operation: over 8 hours a day.
For metal pistons: reduce by a factor 0.8 to extend service life.
Intermittent operation: up to 8 hours a day
Note: When using pistons made of carbon, there is danger of break in the case of liquid hammers
When using pistons made of carbon.
Max. permissible viscosity for exact closing of the shut-off valve and for exact dispensing: viscosities up to 4 000 mPas (cp) possible.
Higher viscosity on request.
Note:
In order to extend the service life of the pulse sensor, rotary-piston meters with current and/or pulse output (without intermediate gear)
should only be operated at max. 60 % of the permissible flow.
Piston materials
Piston material
Design
Permissible liquid temperature Max. perm. dyn.

Article No. code
(C/F)
viscosity mPas (cp)
Carbon
-10 ... 300/ 14 ... 572
Cast iron (mat. No. GG 25)

Cast iron (mat. No. GG 25)
with slotting
-10 ... 300/ 14 ... 572

-10 ... 300/ 14 ... 572
E
B
Ni-Resist (mat. No. 0.6660)

Ni-Resist (mat. No. 0.6660)
with slotting
-10 ... 300/ 14 ... 572

-10 ... 300/ 14 ... 572
N
C
Hard rubber
Hard rubber
with slotting
-10 ... 401)/ 14 ... 1041)

-10 ... 401)/ 14 ... 1041)
PTFE/graphite filling
PTFE/ graphite filling
PCTFE
PCTFE
CrNi steel with carbon contact surface (DN 25 (1) only)
CrNi steel with PTFE contact surface (DN 25 (1) only)
1)
2)
with slotting
with slotting
with slotting
Collar piston
25
50
50
G
D
32 ... 1042)
32 ... 1042)
32 ... 1942)
32 ... 1942)
120
120
120
120
F
L
R
M
-10 ... +402)/ 14 ... 1042)

-10 ... +402)/ 14 ... 1042)
120
120
H
J
-10 ... +200/ 14 ... 392

-10 ... +40/ 14 ... 104
> 10
> 10
S
T
0 ... 402)/
0 ... 402)/
0 ... 902)/
0 ... 902)/
For 120 min max. 65 C (149 F); for 20 min max. 90 C (194 F), e. g. for cleaning procedures
Error limit max. 1%; at 90C (194 F) max. 2%
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/449
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F R
Rotary-piston meters Ordering data - DN 15 ("), rated flow rate 20 l/min (5.3 USgpm)
Article No.
Order code
Rotary-piston meter DN 15 ()
Nom.
press.
Materials
PN 25
(363 psi)
Cast iron
Housing
CrNiMo steel
Casing gasket Can be heated

using 2 thread
connections
Meas. chamber Rotary piston

Flat gasket
AFM 34
CrNiMo steel
Cast iron
Weight
appr. kg (lb)
R 3/4
9.0 (19.8)
7M R 1 0 2 0 - 7 E 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
no
9.0 (19.8)
7M R 1 0 2 0 - 7 S 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

Max. permissible
liquid temperature
Rotary piston material
Carbon
300 C (572 F)
Cast iron
Hard rubber
PCTFE
Flow direction
Mechanism shaft vertical
From left to right

From right to left
From front to back
From back to front
Mechanism shaft horizontal From left to right

From right to left
Upwards
Downwards
300 C (572 F)
40 C (104 F)
40 C (104 F)
H
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
Mechanical registers1)
Single- pointer dial
Type 01
01
Double-pointer dial
Type 11, vertical mounting
Type12, horizontal mounting
11
12
Value per
1 l (0.26 USg)
Fastest pointer or fastest drum
Accessories (pulsers, cooling attachments)1)

None
Mounted
A
B
Pulser already mounted above the intermediate gear:

- 10 pulses/value per revolution
C
D
Pulser already mounted below the intermediate gear:

- 10 pulses/measuring chamber volume
For Selection and Ordering data of Digital register with current and pulse output, Tests und Flanges see page 3/454.
Heating systems on request.
1)
For measuring temperatures over 80 C, it is always necessary to order one cooling attachment (7MV3001-1XX00).
For measuring temperatures over 180 C, it is always necessary to order two cooling attachments (7MV3001-2XX00) as separate items.
3/450
Siemens FI 01 2015
G
H
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F R
Rotary-piston meters Ordering data - DN 25 (1"), rated flow rate 100 l/min (26.5 USgpm)
Article No.
Order code
Rotary-piston meter DN 25 (1)

Nom. press.
Materials
Housing
PN 10 (145 psi) Cast iron

Cast iron
PN 16 (232 psi) CrNiMo steel
CrNiMo steel
PN 25 (363 psi) Cast iron
Casing gasket
Weight
appr. kg (lb)
Flat gasket
AFM 34
10.5 (23.2)
20 (44.1)
7M R 1 1 2 0 - 7 E 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
24 (52.9)
7M R 1 1 3 0 - 7 E 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
FKM (O-ring)
Flat gasket
AFM 34
30 (66.1)
7M R 1 1 4 0 - 7 E 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Cast iron
PN 40 (580 psi) Cast steel
Cast iron
Cast iron
7M R 1 1 1 0 - 7 E 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
7M R 1 1 1 0 - 7 S 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

Max. permissible Weight
liquid temperature appr. kg (lb)
Carbon
Cast iron
Cast iron, grooved
Hard rubber
Hard rubber, grooved
PTFE with graphite filling

PTFE with graphite filling, grooved
CrNiMo steel with carbon bearing surface

CrNiMo steel with PTFE bearing surface
PCTFE
PCTFE, grooved
Mechanism shaft horizontal
0.55 (1.21)
0.5 (1.1)
E
B
0.55 (1.21)
0.5 (1.1)
N
C
40 C (104 F)
40 C (104 F)
0.1 (0.2)
G
D
40 C (104 F)
40 C (104 F)
90 C (194 F)
90 C (194 F)
0.3 (0.66)
F
L
R
M
0.45 (0.99)
0.46 (1.01)
S
T
0.16 (0.35)
H
J
Ni-resist
Ni-resist, grooved
Flow direction
0.15 (0.33)
From left to right

From right to left
From front to back
From back to front
1
2
3
4
From left to right

From right to left
Upwards
Downwards
5
6
7
0
Mechanical registers/quantity preset registers1)

Type 01
Weight
approx. kg (lb)
0.8 (1.76)
01
Double-pointer dial
Type 12, horizontal mounting
1.5 (3.3)
2.5 (5.5)
11
12

(only for vertical mechanism shaft, flow direction according to codes 1 ... 4)
Type 30
Type 30, ex-protected switch
11 (24.3)
13.2 (29.1)
30
54
Value per revolution

1 l (0.26 USg)
10 l (2.65 USg)
11 (24.3)
13.2 (29.1)
1
2

None
Mounted
A
B

C
D

G
H
1)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/451
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F R
Rotary-piston meters Ordering data - DN 50 (2"), rated flow rate 500 l/min (132 USgpm)
Article No.
Order code
Rotary piston meter DN 50 (2)

Nom. press.
Materials
Housing
Cast iron
Cast iron
PN 25 (363 psi) Spher. cast iron Cast iron
45 (99.2)
7M R 1 4 2 0 - 7 E 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Cast iron
FKM (O-ring)
60 (132)
7M R 1 4 3 0 - 7 E 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Cast iron
Flat gasket AFM 34 94 (207)
7M R 1 4 4 0 - 7 E 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
PN 16 (232 psi) CrNiMo steel
CrNiMo steel
Weight appr.
kg (lb)
PN 6 (87 psi)
Casing gasket
Flat gasket AFM 34 31 (68.3)
7M R 1 4 1 0 - 7 E 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
7M R 1 4 1 0 - 7 S 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

Max. permissible
liquid temperature
Carbon
Hard rubber
3.5 (7.7)
3.4 (7.5)
E
B
3.5 (7.7)
3.4 (7.5)
N
C
40 C (104 F)
40 C (104 F)
0.7 (1.5)
G
D
40 C (104 F)
40 C (104 F)
90 C (194 F)
90 C (194 F)
0.5 (1.1)
F
L
R
M
Ni-resist
Ni-resist, grooved
Flow direction
0.9 (2.0)
Cast iron
Cast iron, grooved
Weight appr.
kg (lb)
From left to right

From right to left
From front to back
From back to front
1
2
3
4
From left to right

From right to left
Upwards
Downwards
5
6
7
0

Type 01
Double-pointer dial
Type 30
Weight appr.
kg (lb)
0.8 (1.76)
1.5 (3.3)
01
11
2.5 (5.5)
12
11 (24.3)
13.2 (29.1)
30
54

10 l (2.65 USg)
100 l (26.5 USg)
2
3

None
Mounted
A
B

C
D

1)
3/452
Siemens FI 01 2015
G
H
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F R
Rotary-piston meters Ordering data - DN 80 (3"), rated flow rate 1000 l/min (264 USgpm)
Article No.
Order code
Rotary piston meter DN 80 (3)

Nom. press.
Materials
Housing
Casing gasket
Weight appr.
kg (lb)
Meas. chamber
PN 25 (363 psi) Spher. cast iron
Cast iron
108 (238)
7M R 1 6 2 0 - 7 E 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Cast iron
FKM (O-ring)
150 (331)
7M R 1 6 3 0 - 7 E 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

Max. permissible
liquid temperature
Carbon
Cast iron
Cast iron, grooved
Ni-resist
Ni-resist, grooved
Hard rubber
Flow direction
40 C (104 F)
40 C (104 F)
Weight appr.
kg (lb)
2 (4.4)
9.5 (21)
9.4 (20.7)
E
B
10 (22)
9.6 (21.2)
N
C
2 (4.4)
1.8 (4)
G
D
From left to right

From right to left
From front to back
From back to front
1
2
3
4
From left to right

From right to left
Upwards
Downwards
5
6
7
0
Weight appr.
kg (lb)

Type 01
0.8 (1.76)
01
Double-pointer dial
1.5 (3.3)
2.5 (5.5)
11
12

Type 30
11 (24.3)
13.2 (29.1)
30
54

100 l (26.5 USg)
1000 l (265 USg)
3
4

None
Mounted
A
B

C
D

G
H
1)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/453
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F R
Rotary piston meters Ordering data - DN 15 (") to DN 80 (3")
Article No.
Order code
7M R 1 7 7 0 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

Rotary piston meter DN 15 (") to DN 80 (3")
Digital register with current/pulse output
As separate model: Pulser mounted on the rotary-piston meter and locked with protective cover;
SITRANS F RA110 (order separately)
max. material temperature 80 C (176 F), without cooling attachment
max. material temperature 180 C (356 F), one cooling attachment
max. material temperature 260 C (500 F), two cooling attachments
41
43
45
0B
0B
0B
46
47
48
0B
0B
0B
61
63
65
0B
0B
0B
66
67
68
0B
0B
0B
Compact version: Pulser mounted on the rotary-piston meter and locked with mounting
bracket; SITRANS F RA110 (order separately) mounted on mounting bracket.
Tests
Works test
Works test certificate
Preliminary official test (only for vertical mechanism shaft and mech. register and quantity preset register)
Preliminary official test (only for vertical mechanism shaft and mech. Register or quantity preset register
and pulser (double pick-up) for current/pulse output);
(not currently available in connection with SITRANS F RA110
Flanges
Plane, drilled to EN 1092-1
Plane, drilled to specification
With sealing ridge to specification
1)
0
9
9
Not with PTFE and PCTFE pistons.
Further designs
Order code
Article No. of the rotary-piston meter

7MR17 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 - Z
Material acceptance test to EN 10 204-3.1
E01

(DGRL 97/23/EG):
7MR1020: for liquids of group 1; complies with requirements
of article 3, paragraph 3 (sound engeneering practice SEP)
7MR1110, 7MR1020, 7MR1130 and 7MR1140: for liquids of
group 1; complies with requirements of article 3, paragraph 3
(sound engeneering practice SEP)
7MR1410 and 7MR1420: for liquids of group 1; complies with
requirements of article 3, paragraph 3 (sound engeneering
practice SEP)
7MR1430 and 7MR1440: for liquids of group 2; complies with
requirements of article 3, paragraph 3 (sound engeneering
practice SEP);
For liquids of fluid group 1 on request.
7MR1620 and 7MR1630: for liquids of fluid group 2; complies
with requirements of article 3, para. 3 (SEP)
3/454
Siemens FI 01 2015
A
B
D 1)
E 1)
R1Y
R2Y
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F R
Rotary-piston meters - Ordering data - Automatic batchmeter DN 25 (1") and DN 50 (2")
Article No.
Order code
Automatic batchmeter DN 25 (1)

With mechanical shut-off valve downstream of metering mechanism
Nominal
pressure
PN 10 (145 psi)
Materials
Housing
Weight appr.
kg (lb)
Cast iron
Cast iron
CrNiMo steel
CrNiMo steel
38 (83.8)
7M R 1 1 1 7 - 7 E 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
7M R 1 1 1 7 - 7 S 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

Automatic batchmeter DN 50 (2)
With mechanical shut-off valve downstream of metering mechanism
Nominal
pressure
Materials
Housing
PN 6 (87 psi)1)
Cast iron
Cast iron
PN 10 (145 psi)
CrNiMo steel
CrNiMo steel
Weight appr.
kg (lb)
58.5 (129)
7M R 1 4 1 7 - 7 E 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
7M R 1 4 1 7 - 7 S 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Max. permissible Weight appr.

liquid temperature kg (lb)
0.15 (0.3)

Carbon
Cast iron
Cast iron, grooved
E
B
0.55 (1.2)
0.5 (1.1)
N
C
40 C (104 F)
40 C (104 F)
0.1 (0.2)
G
D
40 C (104 F)
40 C (104 F)
90 C (194 F)
90 C (194 F)
0.3 (0.7)
F
L
R
M
40 C (104 F)
40 C (104 F)
0.16 (0.4)
H
J
0.4 (0.9)
S
T
Ni-resist
Ni-resist, grooved
Hard rubber

PCTFE (only DN 25)

PCTFE, grooved (only DN 25)
CrNiMo with carbon contact surface
CrNiMo with PTFE contact surface
Tappet bushing
With maintenance-free sealed bushing
With bellows2)3)
Flow direction
Mechanism shaft always vertical
0.55 (1.2)
0.5 (1.1)
From left to right, valve right

From right to left, valve left

Type 30
2
3
1
2
30
54
Value per revolution and adjustment step

1 l/0.1 : 0.1 l (only DN 25)
10 l/1 : 1 l
100 l/10 : 1 l (only DN 50)
1
2
3
Accessories
Without
Mounted
A
B
Tests
Works test
Works test certificate
Preliminary official test
A
B
C
Flanges
Plane, drilled to EN 1092-1
Plane, drilled to specification
With sealing ridge to specification
0
9 R1Y
9 R2Y
Note: If pressure impacts are likely, the valve should be before the automatic batchmeter in the direction of flow.
1)
2)
3)
Flange connections drilled to PN 10/16 (MWP 145/232 psi)

Restricted operating conditions (max. 40 C (104 F), max. 3 bar (43.5 psi))
Separate Article No. required (see Selection and Ordering data table Accessories)

Classification according to pressure equipment directive (DGRL 97/23/EG):
For liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of article 3, paragraph 3 (sound engeneering practice SEP)
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/455
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F R
Rotary-piston meters and Automatic batchmeter - Dimensional drawings
Rotary-piston meter with single pointer dial and intermediate gear
47 (1.85)
47 (1.85)
c2
a3
c1
a3
37 (1.46)
37 (1.46)
DN 25
DN 50
DN 80
DN 15
PN 25
DN 25
DN 50
DN 80
PN 40
PN 25 and PN 63
PN 40
PN 25 and PN 63
PN 40
PN 25 and PN 63
PN 40
210 (8.27)
325 (12.80) 410 (16.14) 200 (7.87)
200 (7.87)
270 (10.63) 300 (11.81) 400 (15.75) 470 (18.50) 540 (21.26) 600 (23.62)
90 (3.54)
147 (5.79)
185 (7.28)
C1
50 (1.97)
68 (2.68)
80 (3.15)
82 (3.23)
120 (4.72)
120 (4.72)
155 (6.10)
177 (6.97)
C2
83.5 (5.67) 108 (4.25)
144 (5.67)
157 (6.18)
205 (8.07)
230 (9.06)
271 (10.67) 312 (12.28)
a3
153 (6.02)
205 (8.07)
244 (9.61)
140 (8.19)
208 (8.19)
224 (8.82)
263 (10.35) 285 (11.22) 331 (13.03) 387 (15.24)
165 (6.50)
a3
37
(1.46)
250 (9.84)
Automatic batchmeter with quantity preset register intermediate gear
L1
L2
DN 25
DN 50
L1
210 (8.27)
325 (12.80)
L2
135 (5.31)
175 (6.89)
90 (3.54)
147 (5.79)
a3
153 (6.02)
205 (8.07)
In addition to dimension a3 the following dimensions need to be

added for extra add-on components (dimensions in mm (inch))
Addition of
a3 +
Intermediate gear
37 (1.46)
Single-pointer dial type 01
47 (1.85)
Double-pointer dial type 11
58 (2.28)
Double-pointer dial type Typ 12
250 (9.84)
Pulser
82 (3.23)
Mounting bracket and electronic flow register
200 (7.87)
1 additional insulation attachment (up to 180C (176F)) 159 (6.26)

2 additional insulation attachments
318 (12.52)
287 (11.30)
3/456
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F R
SITRANS F RA110 electric flow register
Overview
Input
Pulse input
NAMUR signal
Frequency
NAMUR: 0 ... 500 Hz
Sensor supply
8.2 V or 24 V DC
Output
Application
The display of the electric flow register is a universal LCD for
converting the measured value and displaying the current value,
total value and accumulated total. Depending on the design, the
flow register can be provided with a scaleable pulse output for
the total value and/or a current output of 0/4 to 20 mA.
Design
The electric flow register is fitted with a large, extremely clear LCD
(90 x 40 mm in size), where the flow and total value are displayed
with seven 17 mm digits and 8 mm digits respectively. Units, time
units, flow trend and device status are displayed in addition.
The electronics is fitted in a rugged aluminum housing (IP67)
with three large keys. The alphanumeric menu structure in
English or German permits simple configuring and can be used
for many applications.
Models 61, 63, 65 and 66, 67, 68 are supplied with the electric
flow register already mounted on the pulser.
Function
The flow register of the SITRANS F RA110 receives, e.g. from a
pulser, information on the current flow. This information is converted into the flow per second, minute, hour or day using a programmable 7-digit K-factor. Conversion is also carried out for the
total values and accumulated totals. The units for the flow and
accumulated total are completely independent.
The total value can be reset by pressing the "CLEAR" key twice. The
accumulated total cannot be reset and is displayed with 11 digits.
The standard configuration displays the total value (17 mm digits) and the flow (8 mm digits) simultaneously. It is also possible
to output the current value on the 17 mm digits. In this case, the
total value is displayed by pressing "SELECT". The electric register has inputs for Namur sensors. Connection is possible to
practically every available sensor system.
The active and passive 0/4 to 20 mA analog output has a resolution of 12 bits and can be connected to a load of 750 .
The pulse output can be exactly defined, e.g. to generate one
pulse per 3.5 liters. The pulse lengths can be set to 1 to
9 999 ms. The maximum output frequency is limited to 500 Hz.
The transistor can switch max. 50 V DC/ 300 mA.
All configuration parameters are saved in an EEPROM. The total
value and the accumulated total are saved once a minute, so
that only a minimum amount of information is lost in the event of
a power failure.
The SITRANS F RA110 can be ordered with powerful LED background lighting for use under unfavorable viewing conditions.
The menu language of the displays can be set to German or
English.
Pulse output
Max. frequency 500 Hz, pulse

width 1 ... 9999 ms adjustable.
Type: Transistor output, max. load
24 V DC/170 mA (active) and
50 V DC/300 mA (passive)
Analog output
Range 0/4 ... 20 mA,

accuracy: < 0.1 %,
resolution 12 bit,
response time (10 ... 90 %):
100 ms,
load max. 750 ,
active or passive,
function: flow 0/4 ... 20 mA freely
adjustable
Functionality
Operator
The total value and flow are displayed.

The total value is deleted by double-pressing the "CLEAR" key.
The total value and the accumulated total are displayed by pressing the "SELECT" key.
Total value
17 mm (0.67 inch) high, 7 digits,

max. 3 decimal places; the total
value can not be deleted.
Units: l, m3, gal, USg, kg, lb, bbl or
none
K-factor: 7-digit 0.000010 to
9 999 999
Settings independent of flow
Accumulated total
8 mm high (0.31 inch),

max. 11 digits, max. 3 decimal
places,
the accumulated total cannot be
reset
Flow rate
8 mm (0.31 inch) or 17 mm
(0.65 inch) high, max. 7 digits,
max. 3 decimal places
Units: ml, l, m3, mg, g, kg, ton, NI,
Nm, scf, ref, cf, lb, bbl, gal or none
Time units: second, minute, hour,
day
Rated conditions
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
IP67 (NEMA 4)
Design
Material
Housing: aluminum, UV-resistant

powder coating
Window: Polycarbonate
Gasket material: Silicone
Dimensions
Power supply
Power supply with
24 V AC/DC 10 % or
115/230 V AC 10 %
Power consumption
Max. 9 W

Ex protection
For official calibration inspections
EEx ia IIB/IIC T4
In preparation
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/457
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F R
SITRANS F RA110 electric flow register
Article No.
Electric flow register SITRANS F RA110
7MV1070-
Electric register in aluminum housing for display of

flow and total quantity, 7-digit LCD, IP67 (NEMA 4),
without explosion protection, menu language
German/English
77 77 7 - 77 A 0
112 (4.41)
7,4 (0.3)
Power supply
24 V AC/DC1)
230 V AC1)
16 ... 30 V DC2)
60 (2.36)
Incl. sensor supply 8.2 V DC
Function (output)
Display of flow and total value
A0
Additonal active pulse output1)
B1
Additonal passive pulse output
30
(1.18)
B2
output1)
C1
Additonal passive pulse output and current output
C2
Additonal active pulse output and current
130 (5.12)
30
(1.18)
22,5
(0.89)
Installation
For wall mounting
For additional mounting at compact version
75 (2.95)
NAMUR signal
120 (4.72)
Signal input
without
EEx ia IIB/IIC T4 up to max. 100 C
LED background lighting

without
with background lighting
1)
Not for ATEX version
2)
For ATEX version only
Note:
Cable glands for M20 are not included in delivery.
3/458
Siemens FI 01 2015
3x M20 x 1,5 mm
Electric flow register SITRANS F RA110, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F R
The quantitative value associated with one pulse depends on
the value per revolution of the drive (pulses per liter or gallon) or
on the respective volume of the measuring chamber of the drive.
Overview
The selection of the pulser whether 10 or 100 pulses per drive

revolution is to be made according to the desired resolution.
Pulsers with two inductive pick-ups are available for systems for
custody transfer since at present the PTB regulations specify a
duplicated transmission system with pulse comparison.
Pulse valence with flow rate measurements
Conversion of metered quantities into electrical pulses
XWGGXWWG
G
[GUUUGYWGh
2
1
The pulser is used for quantity metering in conjunction with electromechanical pulse counters as a transmitter with output signals for electronic data processing.
Using the pulser, quantity measurements from volumetric meters
can be converted into electrical pulses for remote transmission.
Design
Electronic design
High pulse frequency ( 3 000 Hz)
Electronic output
- 170 mA, 24 V DC (delivering current) for electromechanical
pulse counters
- 2 mA, 24 V DC (absorbing current) for electronic processing
XGGGwGGGT
YGGGzp{yhuzGmGyhXXW
Measuring system for flow-rate measurement
During flow measurements, the change in resistance is converted to pulses by SITRANS F RA110. Each pulse corresponds
to a given quantity of metered liquid. The number of pulses per
unit in time (the frequency) is a measure of the flow rate.
SITRANS F RA110 converts the incoming NAMUR signals into
load-independent direct current.
The electric pulser is available for 10 or 100 pulses per revolution. The choice depends on the smallest flow rate still to be indicated.
Function
Pulse valence with quantity measurements
Conversion of metered quantities into electrical pulses
XWGGXWWG
G
X^WGhS
Y[G}Gkj
2
1
XGGGwGGGT
YGGGzp{yhuzGmGyhXXW
Measuring system for remote metering and digital data processing
The metering shaft of the volumetric meter drives a pulse disk.

The vanes of the pulse disk successively enter the air gap of an
inductive pick-up, thus changing the coupling between two
coils. This causes a change in resistance that is converted into
a pulse by the subsequent pulse amplifier, which also powers
the pick-up.
The pulser operates without contacts. No measurable force is
exerted on the disk. Hence the system is free from feed-backs.
Depending on the design, 10 or 100 pulses are produced for
each revolution of the drive. The pulse amplifier amplifies the incoming pulses. A timing circuit prevents a continuous output
pulse.
Siemens FI 01 2015
3/459
Siemens AG 2014
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F R
Sensor SJ 3,5 -N-K37

8 V DC, Ri approx. 1 k
(DIN 19234) Ci = 40 nF;
Li = 160 H
Change in current consumption on

pulse
1 mA/ 3 mA (DIN 19234)
Permissible line impedance

between pick-up and amplifier
50 (DIN 19234)
124 (4.96)
85 (3.40)
1
41
(0.16)
Slot initiator
Power supply (from pulse amplifier)
Number of pulses per revolution of

the drive
10 or 100
Phase position of the channels of

the double pick-up
180 : 180 30
Electrically offset 90 30
Duty factor
1 : 1 17%
Max. pulse frequency
3000 Hz
Pulse valence
Dependent on value per revolution of the drive of the respective

meter
M6
116 (4.64)
102 (4.08)
-25 ... +100 C (-13 ... +212 F)
IP43 to EN 60529 with register

P65 to EN 60529 with protective
cover
45
50 (2)
82 (3.28)
7
(0.28)
Gear wheel supplied

(brass)
Standard connection
for measuring chamber
cover, intermediate gear
and cooling attachments
Standard connection
for register, quantity
preset register, protective
cover or mounting bracket
PG16
Pulser with inductive pick-up, dimensions in mm (inch)
Schematics
This pulser has the EC-Type

Examination Certificate PTB 99
ATEX 2219X.
Mounting position
Any
Weight approx.
1.2 kg (2.65 lb)
Ex approval
IIG EEx ia IIC T6
Article No.
pp
Y
k
T
Z
[

Weight approx. 1.2 kg (2.65 lb)
Single pick-up
7MV1105-1AA00
7MV1105-2AA00
Double pick-up1)
(for custody transfer installations)
7MV1105-3AA01
7MV1105-4AA01
Instruction Manual
German/English
C73000-B5174-C25
1)
Pulse channels electrically offset by 90
3/460
Siemens FI 01 2015
Pulser with inductive pick-up, connection diagram for clockwise rotation;

pick-up l to terminals 3 and 4 for counter-clockwise rotation
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
4/2
Overview
4/9
Point level measurement

Capacitance switches
4/12
Pointek CLS100
4/18
Pointek CLS200 Standard
4/27
Pointek CLS200 Digital
4/36
Pointek CLS200 Standard and Digital
4/44
4/51
4/57
4/64
Pointek CLS500
4/80
Pointek CLS Specials

Vibrating switches
4/82
SITRANS LVL100
4/88
SITRANS LVL200
4/104
SITRANS LVS100
4/107
SITRANS LVS200
Rotation paddle switches
4/116
SITRANS LPS200
Continuous level measurement

(continued)
Accessories for ultrasonic
4/185
EA aiming devices
4/187
FMS mounting brackets
4/189
TS-3 temperature sensor
4/191
Radar transmitters
4/194
SITRANS Probe LR
4/198
SITRANS LR200
4/207
SITRANS LR200 Antennas
4/210
SITRANS LR200 Specials
4/213
SITRANS LR250 Horn Antenna
4/225
4/226
SITRANS LR250 threaded PVDF antenna
4/232
SITRANS LR250 threaded PVDF Specials
4/233
SITRANS LR250 Flanged

Encapsulated Antenna
4/242
SITRANS LR250 Flanged

Encapsulated Specials
4/243
SITRANS LR250 Hygienic

Encapsulated Antenna
Ultrasonic non-contacting switch

4/127
Pointek ULS200
4/268
SITRANS LR250 Hygienic

Encapsulated Specials
4/132
Continuous level measurement

Ultrasonic
4/269
SITRANS LR260
4/274
SITRANS LR460
4/279
SITRANS LR260/LR460 Specials
4/280
SITRANS LR560
4/285
4/286
Guided wave radar transmitters
4/289
SITRANS LG series
Capacitance transmitters
4/322
SITRANS LC300
4/336
SITRANS LC500
4/359
SITRANS LC300 and LC500 Specials
Ultrasonic transmitters
4/136
SITRANS Probe LU
4/141
The Probe
Ultrasonic controllers
4/144
SITRANS LUT400 series
4/152
MultiRanger 100/200
4/156
HydroRanger 200
4/160
SITRANS LU01 and LU02
4/164
SITRANS LU10
4/168
SITRANS LU AO
Ultrasonic transducers
4/171
ST-H
4/360
Communication
SmartLinx module
4/174
EchoMax XRS-5
4/361
Dolphin Plus Software
4/178
EchoMax XPS

catalogs and certificates for SITRANS L
free of charge: www.siemens.com/level
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Product Overview
Overview
Application
Device description
Page
Programming
Software
Point level measurement - Capacitance switches

Powerful range of level switches Pointek CLS100/CLS200/CLS300/CLS500
suitable for a variety of indus CLS100: compact 2-wire inverse frequency shift capaci- 4/12
tries
tance switch for level detection in constricted spaces,
interfaces, solids, liquids, slurries, and foam
SIMATIC PDM
CLS200: a versatile inverse frequency shift capacitance 4/18

level switch with optional rod/cable choices and configurable output, ideal for detection of liquids, solids,
slurries, foam, and interfaces; digital version
(with PROFIBUS PA) includes a display and provides
additional diagnostic features
SIMATIC PDM
CLS300: inverse frequency shift capacitance level

4/44
switch with optional rod/cable choices and configurable
output. It is ideal for detecting liquids, solids, slurries,
foam and interfaces in demanding conditions where high
pressure and temperatures are present; digital version
(with PROFIBUS PA) includes a display and provides
additional diagnostic features
SIMATIC PDM
CLS500: inverse frequency shift capacitance level

4/64
switch for detecting interfaces, solids, liquids, toxic and
aggressive chemicals in critical conditions of high temperature and pressure; HART communication for remote
commissioning
SIMATIC PDM
Point level measurement - Vibrating switches

Reliable vibrating point level
SITRANS LVL100/LVL200
switches for liquid and slurry
applications across all industries LVL100: compact vibrating level switch for use in liquid
and slurry applications such as overflow, high, low,
and demand level applications. Also ideal for dry run
protection
Reliable vibrating point level

switches for bulk solids in a wide
variety of applications at a competitive price
4/82
LVL200: advanced vibrating level switch for use in liquid 4/88

and slurry applications. Suited for most hazardous area
applications such as: overflow, high, low, demand,
and dry run protection; can also be used for Functional
Safety (SIL 2). Device suitable for use in accordance with
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511
SITRANS LVS100/LVS200
Vibrating point level switch designed to be impervious
to external vibrations and to provide reliable performance
in demanding bulk solids applications
LVS100
4/104
LVS200
4/107
Reliable rotating point level

SITRANS LPS200
4/116
switches for bulk solids in a wide Rotating paddle switch for detection of high, low, and
variety of applications at a comdemand levels for a wide variety of bulk solids industries.
petitive price
Unique engineering provides long-lasting reliable performance
Point level measurement - Rotating paddle switch
4/2
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Product Overview
Application
Device description
Page
Programming
Software
4/127
4/136
Point level measurement - Ultrasonic non-contacting switch

Ultrasonic non-contacting switch Pointek ULS200
with two switch points for level
Rugged design, no moving parts, and virtually maintedetection of bulk solids, liquids
nance-free
and slurries in a wide variety of
Transducer available in ETFE or PVDF copolymer and
industries
therefore inert to most chemicals
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic transmitters

2-wire loop powered ultrasonic
transmitter for level, volume, and
flow monitoring of liquids in
open channels, storage vessels
and simple process vessels
SITRANS Probe LU
Continuous level measurement up to 12 m (40 ft) range
Patented Sonic Intelligence signal processing

Auto False-Echo Suppression
Compact level transmitter with

The Probe
integrated transducer for accu- Simple, compact and competitively priced ultrasonic
rate level measurement for liquid level transmitter in several versions for maximum
applications
versatility:
- Three-wire system with alarm relay
- Two-wire system with current loop
4/141
SIMATIC PDM
4/144
SIMATIC PDM
Versatile short- to medium-range MultiRanger 100/200

4/152
ultrasonic single- and dual-ves- Using non-contacting ultrasonic technology, the controlsel level controller for virtually
ler measures the level in short to medium range applicaany application in a wide range
tions up to 15 m (50 ft) of solids, liquids, or slurries
of industries
Auto False-Echo Suppression of false echoes
SIMATIC PDM
Ultrasonic level controller for up HydroRanger 200

to six pumps - control, differen- An economical, low-maintenance solution delivering
tial control, and open channel
control efficiency and productivity needed to meet
flow monitoring
todays exacting standards
SIMATIC PDM
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers

The Siemens SITRANS LUT400
series controllers are compact,
single point, long-range ultrasonic controllers for continuous
level or volume measurement of
liquids, slurries, and solids, and
high accuracy monitoring of
open channel flow.
SITRANS LUT420/430/440
In addition to industry leading 1 mm (0.04 inch) accuracy,
each of the three models in the series are compatible with
our full range of EchoMax transducers and offer varying
degrees of pump, alarm, and other control functionality,
all from a very compact and easy-to-use interface.
1 mm accuracy
HART communications
Next Generation Sonic Intelligence
4/156
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/3
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Product Overview
Application
Device description
Page
Ultrasonic long-range level mon- SITRANS LU01/LU02

4/160
itoring system for liquids and
SITRANS LU10
4/164
solids
Automatic conversion of level into volume for standard or
custom tank shapes
Programming
Software
Dolphin Plus
Dolphin Plus
Easy to install and program

Optional fieldbus card, e.g. PROFIBUS DP
Output module for

SITRANS LU10
4/168
4/171
XRS-5: narrow beam angle of only 10, measuring range 4/174

maximum 8 m (26 ft) for measurement of liquids, solids,
and slurries
Transducers for liquids and bulk EchoMax XPS

4/178
solids
XPS series offers versions for various distances up to
XPS series: Hermetically sealed
30 m (100 ft) and up to a maximum temperature of 95 C
PVDF enclosure for chemical
(203 F)
immunity
SITRANS LU AO
SITRANS LU AO analog output module provides remote
analog outputs for the measurement points of the
SITRANS LU10 transceiver
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic transducers

ST-H/EchoMax XRS-5
ST-H: ETFE or PVDF transducer ST-H: The narrow design of the ST-H allows the sensor
for chemicals
to be mounted using a 2 inch connection
XRS-5: Standard transducer for
applications to 8 m (26 ft)
Continuous measurement - Radar transmitters

2-wire, 6 GHz pulse radar level
transmitter for continuous monitoring of liquids and slurries in
storage vessels with nominal
pressure and temperature,
to a range of 20 m (66 ft)
4/4
Siemens FI 01 2015
SITRANS Probe LR
Uni-Construction polypropylene rod antenna standard
Patented Process Intelligence signal processing
4/194
SIMATIC PDM
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Product Overview
Application
Device description
Page
Programming
Software

storage and process vessels
including high temperature and
pressure, to a range of 20 m
(66 ft)
SITRANS LR200
4/198
SIMATIC PDM

storage and process vessels
including high temperature and
pressure, to a range of 20 m
(66 ft); antenna designs ideal for
small vessels, low dielectric
media, food & beverages and
corrosive/aggressive media
SITRANS LR250
Program without opening the lid, even in hazardous

areas, using patented infrared IS handheld programmer
AMS
SITRANS DTM
Special Uni-Construction hermetically sealed polypropylene rod antenna has integrated threaded connection
Built-in alphanumeric display with support in four languages
4/213
Simple operation using the graphical local user interface

(LUI)
SIMATIC PDM
AMS
SITRANS DTM
Plug-and-play setup using the intuitive Quick Start

Wizard
25 GHz high frequency allows for small horn antennas

and easy mounting in nozzles
Process Intelligence signal processing for improved
measurement reliability and Auto False-Echo Suppression of fixed obstructions
2-wire, 25 GHz pulse radar level SITRANS LR260

4/269
transmitter for continuous moni- Simple operation using the graphical local user interface
toring of solids and liquids up to
(LUI)
30 m (98.4 ft); ideal for measurement in extreme dust and high Plug-and-play setup using the intuitive Quick Start
Wizard
temperatures
and easy mounting in nozzles
SIMATIC PDM

measurement reliability and Auto False-Echo Suppression of fixed obstructions
4-wire, 24 GHz FMCW radar

level transmitter with extremely
high signal-to-noise ratio and
advanced signal processing for
continuous monitoring of solids
up to 100 m (328 ft); ideal for
measurement in extreme dust
SITRANS LR460
2-wire, 78 GHz FMCW radar

level transmitter for continuous
monitoring of solids in silos to a
range of 100 m (329 ft)
SITRANS LR560
4/274
SIMATIC PDM
4/280
SIMATIC PDM
Process Intelligence for advanced signal processing and

quick and easy adjustment
Self-guided Quick Start Wizard for plug and play start-up
100 m (328 ft) range for long-range and difficult applications
Rugged stainless steel design
AMS
78 GHz high frequency provides very narrow beam,

virtually no mounting nozzle noise, and optimal reflection
from sloped solids
SITRANS DTM
Aimer option to direct beam to area of interest, such as

draw point of cone
Air purge connection is included for self-cleaning of
extremely sticky solids
Lens antenna is highly resistant to product build-up
Local display interface (LDI) allows local programming
and diagnostics
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/5
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Product Overview
Application
Device description
Page
Programming
Software
SITRANS LG240/250/260/270
4/289
SIMATIC PDM
4/322
Continuous measurement - Guided wave radar transmitters

for short- and medium-range
level, level/interface,
and volume measurement
of liquids, slurries, and solids.
The four LG models are unaffected by changes in process
conditions, high temperatures
and pressures, and provide a
wide range of hygienic options.
Measures accurately on materials with dielectric (dK) as

low as 1.4
Guided wave radar measurement for up to 2 mm
(0.08 inch) accuracy
Measures level, level/interface, and volume of solids,
slurries, and liquids
4 button programming for quick setup
Reliable level measurement on harsh applications with
pressure up to 400 bar g (40 000 kPa) and temperatures
as high as 450 C (842 F)
Continuous level - Capacitance transmitters

For liquids and solids applications, ideal for standard industrial applications in chemical,
hydrocarbon processing, food
and beverage, and mining,
aggregate and cement industries
SITRANS LC300
Sophisticated, but easy-to-adjust microprocessor combined with field-proven probes
Active shield technology ensures measurements are unaffected by vapors, product deposits, dust, and condensation
Level and interface transmitter SITRANS LC500

4/336
for extreme and critical process Equipped with the HART Smart protocol for remote setup
conditions, such as oil and liquid and calibration
natural gas (LNG), toxic and
Active shield technology ensures measurements are unaggressive chemicals and
affected by vapors, product deposits, dust, and condenvapours
sation
SIMATIC PDM
Communication
SmartLinx Module, Dolphin Plus software
Optional communication modules, SmartLinx, provide
direct digital connection to popular industrial fieldbus
systems
4/6
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/360
Dolphin Plus for quick and easy configuring, monitoring, 4/361

tuning, and diagnostics of Siemens devices
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Product Overview
Level Measurement Selector
Continuous Level
Conditions
Ultrasonic
Radar
Guided Wave
Radar
Capacitance
Gravimetric
Hydrostatic
pressure
Measurement
Level
Interface (liquid/liquid)
Interface (liquid/solid)
Volume
Mass
Flow (open channel)
Changing density
Changing dielectric
Aggressive chemicals
Pressure/vacuum
High temperature
Level Applications
Cryogenic
Turbulence
Steam
Hydrocarbon vapors/solvents
Foam
Build-up
High viscosity
Dust
Solids powders
Solids granules/pellets
< 25 mm (1 inch)
Solids > 25 mm (1 inch)
High angle of repose
preferred
condition dependent
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/7
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Product Overview
Level Measurement Selector
Point Level
Conditions
Vibration
Capacitance
Paddle
Ultrasonic
Measurement
Level
Interface (liquid/liquid)
Interface (liquid/solid)
Changing density
Changing dielectric
Aggressive chemicals
Pressure/vacuum
High temperature
Volume
Mass
Flow (open channel)
Level Applications
Cryogenic
Turbulence
Steam
Hydrocarbon vapors/solvents
Foam
Build-up
High viscosity
Dust
Solids powders
Solids granules/pellets < 25 mm (1 inch)
Solids > 25 mm (1 inch)
High angle of repose
preferred
condition dependent
4/8
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Point level measurement Capacitance switches
Capacitance
Overview
Mode of operation
Introduction
Common Terms
Inverse frequency shift capacitance point level and material

detection switches are designed to withstand the harsh environments of high pressure and high temperature applications.
Capacitance
Inverse Frequency Technology

Siemens inverse frequency shift capacitance devices incorporate a unique frequency-based approach to level measurement.
The capacitance units monitor the effect of capacitance based
on frequency change. The relationship between capacitance
and frequency is inverse. Because small level changes result in
a large frequency change, the result is excellent resolution and
accuracy.
Principle of Operation
Inverse frequency shift capacitance devices require two components: a reference electrode of a variable capacitor and the
measurement electrode. In capacitive level measurement,
the environment (typically the vessel wall) acts as the reference
electrode, while the probe supplies the measurement electrode.
The dielectric is composed of the vessel contents and, if the
measurement electrode is insulated, the insulating layer.
Operating principles
Dielectric = contents plus insulation

(non-conductive contents)
Dielectric = insulation
(conductive contents)
The property of a system of conductors and dielectrics that permits the storage of electricity when a potential difference exists
between the conductors. Its value is expressed as the ratio of a
quantity of electricity to a potential difference and the unit is a
Farad.
Capacitor
A device in a circuit that has the potential to store an electric
charge. Typically a capacitor has two conductors or electrodes
separated by a layer of a non-conducting material called a
dielectric. With the conductors on opposite sides of the dielectric layer oppositely charged by a source of voltage, the electrical energy of the charged system is stored in the polarized
dielectric.
Dielectric constant
The ability of a dielectric to store electrical potential energy
under the influence of an electric field. This is measured by a
ratio which compares the capacitance of a condenser with the
material as dielectric to its capacitance with a vacuum/dry air as
dielectric: the dielectric constant of air is 1.
Active shield
The portion of the probe isolated from the active measurement
section. The sensor signal is connected to the active shield portion of the probe, eliminating the electrical potential difference
between the shield and the measurement section. So, the shield
portion of the probe near the process connection is not affected
by changes in vapor concentration, material buildup, dust,
or condensation.
Probe
dia.
Internal
vessel wall
(Insulation)
Probe
sleeve
Internal vessel diameter
Inverse frequency shift capacitance operation
Capacitance is affected by the surface area of the electrodes,

the separation distance between the electrodes and the dielectric constant of the vessel contents. The dielectric constant is the
measure of a materials ability to store energy. The relative
dielectric constant of air (vacuum) is 1; all other materials have
a higher value.
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/9
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Capacitance
Point Level Measurement
Criteria
Pointek CLS100
Pointek CLS200
Pointek CLS300
Pointek CLS500
Typical applications
Liquids, slurries, powders,

granules, applications in
constricted spaces

granules, foam, food, and
pharmaceuticals, petrochemicals

granules, relatively high pressure and temperature, hazardous areas
Water in oil level, foam or

liquid/ foam level, glycol
regenerators, high-pressure
coalescers
Max. length
including sensor
100 mm (4 inch)
Rod: 5.5 m (18 ft)

Cable: up to 30 m (98 ft)
Rod: 1 m (40 inch)

Cable: 25 m (82 ft)
Rod: 1 m (40 inch)
Process temperature
(Temperature ratings are pressure dependent.
See Pressure/Temperature
curves for respective
product.)
Stainless steel process

connection:
-30 ... +100 C
(22 ...+212 F)
-40 ... +85 C

(-40 ... +185 F)
With thermal
isolator:
-40 ... +125 C
(-40 ... +257 F)
-40 ... +200 C

(-40 ... +392 F)
HT version:
-40 ... +400 C
(-40 ... +752 F)
-50 ... +200 C

(-58 ... +392 F)
HT version:
-60 ... +400 C
(-76 ... +752 F)
Rod versions:
Up to 25 bar g (365 psi g)
Up to 35 bar g
(511 psi g)
Up to 150 bar g
(2 175 psi g)
Standard:
1 SPDT Form C relay,
solid-state switch
Standard:
1 SPDT Form C relay,
solid-state switch
4 ... 20/20 ... 4 mA 2-wire

current loop
Solid-state switch
Digital:
Solid-state switch included
Digital:
Solid-state switch included
Standard:
3 LED indicators
Standard:
3 LED indicators
Digital:
PROFIBUS PA;
SIMATIC PDM compatible
Digital:
PROFIBUS PA;
SIMATIC PDM compatible
Standard:
12 ... 250 V AC/DC,
0 ... 60 Hz, 2 W max.
Standard:
12 ... 250 V AC/DC,
0 ... 60 Hz, 2 W max.
Digital:
Bus voltage:
12 ... 30 V DC,
IS version
12 ... 24 V DC
Current consumption:
12.5 mA
Digital:
Bus voltage:
12 ... 30 V DC,
IS version
12 ... 24 V DC
Current consumption:
12.5 mA
Fully Synthetic (PPS process

connection):
-10 ... +100 C
(14 ... 212 F)
Up to 10 bar g
Process pressure
(Pressure ratings are tempera- (146 psi g)
ture dependent.
See Pressure/Temperature
curves for respective
product.)
Stainless steel cable or enclosure version:
4 ... 20/20 ... 4 mA
2-wire current loop
Solid-state output
Output
Fully-synthetic version (PPS)

Relay output
Communications
Power
Specifications
Standard:
12 ... 33 V DC
Intrinsically Safe
(Stainless steel version only):
10 ... 30 V DC
Approvals
Stainless steel cable or enclo- CSA, FM, CE, ATEX, RCM,

sure version:
Lloyds Register, WHG,
Vlarem II
CE, CSA, FM, ATEX, RCM,
Lloyds Register, WHG
Fully-synthetic version (PPS):

CSA, FM
4/10
Cable version:
Up to 10 bar g (146 psi g)
Siemens FI 01 2015
CSA, FM, CE, ATEX, RCM,

Lloyds Register, WHG,
Vlarem II
HART, SIMATIC PDM

compatible
12 ... 33 V DC
3.6 ... 22 mA/
22 ... 3.6 mA
(2-wire current loop)
CE, CSA, FM, ATEX, RCM,

Lloyds Register, Bureau Veritas, Current Signaling according to NAMUR NE 43
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Capacitance
Application
Capacitance Application Questionnaire

Customer information
Contact:
Prepared By:
Company:
Date:
Address:
Notes on the Application:
City:
Country:
Zip/Postal Code:
Phone: (
E-mail:
Fax: (
Tank/Vessel Information
Type:
(Supply sketch where possible)
Sketch attached
Tank construction:
Storage
Metallic
Process
Dimensions:
Non-metallic
Agitated top, bottom or side

Separator
Height:
m/ft
Width/Diameter:
m/ft
Pressure:
FPSO
Normal:
(Floating Processing
Storage and Offloading) Maximum (relief):
Tank top:
Tank bottom:
Open
Sloped
Critical Information
Mounting:
Top Mount
Flat
Flat
Side Mount
Conical
Conical
Pipe Mount
Parabolic
Parabolic
Nozzle Length:
cm/inch
Nozzle Diameter:
cm/inch
Process Data
Material being measured:
Liquid
Material temperature: Norm:

Measurement type:
C/F Max:
Point level
Continuous level
Interface level
Process pressure:
Coating build-up:
Installation
No
Slurry
Solid
C/F
Constant dielectric:
No
Yes
DK Value
Upper material:
DK Value
Lower material:
DK Value
Atmospheric steam:
Min.
Max.
Yes
Conductive material:
No
No
Yes
Yes
DK Value
(indicate all that apply)
Power available:
Communications
Outputs required:
4 ... 20 mA
Relay
Solid state
HART / 4 ... 20 mA
PROFIBUS PA
Products recommended:
Siemens Milltronics Process Instruments Inc.
www.siemens.com/processautomation
Form# 2-770R5
Capacitance Application Questionnaire
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/11
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pointek CLS100
Overview
Configuration
Installation
20 (0.79) max.
Standpipes
50 (2)
4
Pointek CLS100 is a compact 2-wire inverse frequency shift
capacitance switch for level and material detection in constricted spaces, interfaces, solids, liquids, slurries and foam,
with the ability to tune out build-up on probe.
Wall restriction
Benefits
Easy installation with verification by built-in LED
Low maintenance with no moving parts
Sensitivity adjustment
Integrated cable or PBT enclosure versions available
Intrinsically Safe, Dust Ignition Proof, and General Purpose
options available
50 (2)
min.
50 (2)
Application
Pointek CLS100s short insertion length of 100 mm (4 inch) and
versatility in various applications and in vessels or pipes makes
it a good replacement for traditional capacitance sensors.
Its advanced tip-sensing technology provides accurate, repeatable switchpoint performance. The PPS (Polyphenylene sulfide)
probe [optional PVDF (Polyvinylidene Fluoride)] is chemically
resistant with an effective process operating temperature
range from -30 to +100 C (-22 to +212 F) (7ML5501),
and -10 to +100 C (14 to 212 F) (7ML5610). The fully potted
design ensures reliability in a vibrating environment such as
agitated tanks up to 4 g. When used with a SensGuard protection cover, the CLS100 is protected from shearing, impact,
and abrasion in tough primary processes.
The Pointek CLS100 is available in three versions. The integral
cable version has a stainless steel process connection and
probe options of PPS or PVDF. The fully synthetic version has a
thermoplastic polyester enclosure with a PPS process connection combined with a PPS probe. The standard enclosure version
has a thermoplastic polyester enclosure with a stainless steel
process connection in combination with a PPS or PVDF probe.
Key Applications: liquids, slurries, powders, granules,
food and pharmaceuticals, chemicals, hazardous areas
4/12
Siemens FI 01 2015
Pointek CLS100 installation, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pointek CLS100
Stainless steel
process connection
(integral cable or
enclosure version)
(7ML5501)
Fully synthetic
process connection
(enclosure version
only)
(7ML5610)
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Inverse frequency shift

capacitive level
detection
Inverse frequency shift

capacitive level
detection
Change in picoFarad
(pF)
Change in picoFarad
(pF)
4 ... 20/20 ... 4 mA

2-wire loop
Solid-state:
30 V DC/30 V AC,
max. 82 mA
Min. or max.
4 ... 20/20 ... 4 mA

2-wire loop
Max. switching voltage:
60 V DC/30 V AC
Max. switching current:
1A
Min. or max.
2 mm (0.08 inch)
2 mm (0.08 inch)
Input
Measured variable
Output
Output signal
Alarm output
1)
Switch output
Fail-safe mode
Accuracy
Repeatability
Rated operating
conditions2)
Location
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
Installation category
Pollution degree
Medium conditions
Relative dielectric
constant r
Process temperature
Pressure (vessel)
- Enclosure version
- Integral cable
version
Cable inlet
Indoor/outdoor
Indoor/outdoor
-30 ... +85 C

(-22 ... +185 F)
I
4
-10 ... +85 C

(14 ... 185 F)
I
4
Min. 1.5
Min. 1.5
-30 ... +100 C

(-22 ... +212 F)
-1 ... +10 bar g
(-14.6 ... +146 psi g),
nominal2)
-10 ... +100 C

(14 ... 212 F)
-1 ... +10 bar g
(-14.6 ... +146 psi g),
nominal
IP68/Type 4/NEMA 4
IP65/Type 4/NEMA 4
IP68/Type 4/NEMA 4
Not applicable
" NPT
(M20x1.5 optional)
" NPT
(M20x1.5 optional)
Design
Enclosure/Integral cable Fully synthetic version
version
Stainless steel
process connection
(integral cable or
enclosure version)
(7ML5501)
Sensor length (nominal)
Process connection
material of probe/
wetted parts3)
100 mm (4 inch)
Connection: 316L
stainless steel;
Process seal: FKM
(optional FFKM);
Sensor: PPS
(optional PVDF)4)
Internal 5-point terminal
Connection
block,
(Enclosure version)
" NPT wiring entrance,
M20x1.5 optional
4 conductors, 1 m
Connection
(Integral cable version) (3.3 ft), 0.5 mm
(22 AWG), shielded,
polyester jacket
" NPT [(Taper),
Process connection
ANSI/ASME B1.20.1]
R 1" [(BSPT),
EN 10226/PT (JIS-T),
JIS B 0203]
G 1" [(BSPP),
EN ISO 228-1/PF (JIS-P),
JIS B 0202]
Power supply
Standard
Intrinsically Safe
Certificates and
approvals
Thermoplastic polyester Thermoplastic polyester

Transparent thermoplas- Transparent thermoplastic polycarbonate (PC) tic polycarbonate (PC)
316L stainless steel
Not applicable
100 mm (4 inch)
PPS process connection and PPS sensor
(Uni-Construction)
Removable internal
5-point terminal block,
" NPT wiring entrance,
M20 x 1.5 optional
Not applicable
" NPT [(Taper),

ANSI/ASME B1.20.1]
R 1" [(BSPT),
JIS B 0203]
12 ... 33 V DC
Not applicable
General: CE, CSA, FM, General: CSA, FM

RCM
Marine: Lloyds Register of Shipping, categories ENV1, ENV2,
and ENV5
Dust Ignition Proof
(barrier required):
CSA/FM Class II and
III, Div. 1, Groups E, F,
G T4
Intrinsically Safe (barrier required): CSA/FM
Class I, II and III, Div. 1,
Groups A, B, C, D, E, F,
G T4
ATEX II 1 GD 1/2GD
EEx ia IIC T4 to T6
T107 C
Overfill protection:
WHG (Germany)
1)
When synthetic process connection version (7ML5610) is used in wet

locations, switching voltage of the relay is limited to 35 V DC/16 V AC.
2)
When operation is in areas classified as hazardous, observe restrictions

according to relevant certificate.
See also Pressure/Temperature curves on page 4/16.
3)
For Caustic Materials please contact ceg.smpi@siemens.com

http://www.siemens.com/automation/support-request for alternative
O Rings
4)
When FFKM O-ring (Option A22) is selected, process temperature is

restricted to -20 C (-4 F).
Material
Body
(Enclosure version)
Lid
(Enclosure version)
Integrated cable body
(Integral cable
version)
12 ... 33 V DC
10 ... 30 V DC
(Intrinsically Safe
barrier required)
Fully synthetic
process connection
(enclosure version
only)
(7ML5610)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/13
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pointek CLS100
Article No.
Pointek CLS100, stainless steel process

connection
Compact 2-wire inverse frequency shift capacitance
switch for level and material detection in constricted
spaces, interfaces, solids, liquids, slurries and foam,
with the ability to tune out build-up on probe.
7ML5501-
Accessories
0 7777
SensGuard, " NPT (PPS)

Only available for CLS100 with " NPT thread
7ML1830-1DL
SensGuard, R 1" (BSPT) (PPS)

7ML1830-1DM
Tag, stainless steel, 12 x 45 mm (0.47 x 1.77 inch),

one text line, suitable for enclosures
7ML1930-1AC
Siemens Intrinsically Safe Barrier (DC powered),

ATEX II 1 G EEx ia
7NG4124-0AA00
" NPT cable gland, nickel plated brass, fits cable

diameter 6 ... 12 mm (0.24 ... 0.47 inch)
-40 ... +100 C (-40 ... +212 F), IP68
(General Purpose)
7ML1830-1JA
M20 x 1.5 cable gland, PA polyamide,

ATEX II 2G EEx e II, fits cable diameter
7 ... 12 mm (0.28 ... 0.47 inch), -20 ... +70 C
(-4 ... +158 F), IP68 (General Purpose)
7ML1830-1JC
A
C
G
Article No.
7ML5610-
Process connection
" NPT [(Taper), ANSI/ASME B1.20.1]
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226/PT (JIS-T), JIS B 0203]
G 1" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1/PF (JIS-P),
JIS B 0202]
A
E
J
Approvals
General Purpose: CE, CSA, FM, RCM
CSA/FM Class I, II and III, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D,

E, F, G T4; ATEX II 1 GD 1/2GD EEx ia IIC T4 to
T6 T107 C 1)
CSA/FM Class II and III, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G1)
Device version
Integral cable version (PPS probe)
Enclosure version (PPS probe), " NPT cable inlet
Integral cable version with PVDF probe body
Enclosure version with PVDF probe body
(" NPT cable inlet)
Enclosure version (PPS probe), M20 x 1.5 cable
inlet
Enclosure version with PVDF probe body,
M20 x 1.5 cable inlet
Overfill protection
Not required
Required
1)
1
3
5
6
Pointek CLS100, PPS process connection

Compact 2-wire inverse frequency shift
capacitance switch for level and material detection
in constricted spaces, interfaces, solids, liquids,
slurries and foam, with the ability to tune out buildup on foam.
0
1
Barrier or Intrinsically Safe power supply required for Intrinsically Safe

protection
We can offer shorter delivery times for configurations designated with the
Quick Ship Symbol . For details see page 9/5 in the appendix.
Order code
Approvals
General Purpose: CSA, FM
Versions/Options
Enclosure version, PPS process connection,
" NPT cable inlet
Enclosure version, PPS process connection,
M20 x 1.5
Overfill protection
Not required
Required
Further designs
code(s).
Acrylic coated, stainless steel tag [13 x 45 mm
(0.5 x 1.75 inch)]: Measuring-point number/
identification (max. 20 characters) specify
in plain text
Y17
FFKM seal O-ring1)
A22
Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204
C12
0 7777
0
1
Order code
Further designs
Article No.
Quick start manual, multi-language

Note: due to ATEX regulations one Quick start manual
is included with every product.
This device is shipped with the Siemens Milltronics
manual DVD containing ATEX Quick Starts and
Operating Instructions.
A5E32146158
1)
Process connection (PPS)

(PPS probe body)
(PPS probe body)
Article No.
See Temperature restriction on page 4/16

code(s).
identification (max. 20 characters) specify
in plain text
Y17
FFKM seal O-ring1)
A22
C12
Article No.
Quick start manual, multi-language

Note: due to ATEX regulations one Quick start manual
is included with every product.
A5E32146158
Accessories
Tag, stainless steel, 12 x 45 mm, (0.47 x 1.77 inch)
1)
7ML1830-1DL
7ML1830-1DM
7ML1930-1AC
See Temperature restriction on page 4/16
4/14
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pointek CLS100
Options
Process
connection
R 1" (BSPT)
70 (2.75)
32
(1.26)
91 (3.6)
Process
connection
" NPT
70 (2.75)
91 (3.6)
32
(1.26)
Optional SensGuard
Internal thread " NPT
Optional SensGuard, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/15
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pointek CLS100
Pressure/temperature curve
CLS100
Threaded process connections
(7ML5501)
Permitted operating pressures P
30 bar (435 psi)
20 bar (290 psi)

10 bar (145 psi)
atmospheric
-22 F 14 F
(-30 C) (-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)
-150 C
(-238 F)
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
200 F
(93 C)
300 F
(149 C)
100 C
(212 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
150 C
(302 F)
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
Permitted operating temperature T
Example:
Permitted operating pressure = 10 bar (145 psi) at 75 C
Pointek CLS100 Process Pressure/Temperature derating curves
Enclosure version
36 (1.4) nominal*
1
2
Cable relief
Terminal block
ground lug
72.5 (2.9)
Output status
LED (red)
50
(2.0)
Sensitivity trimpot
Cable 5 (0.2)
Trimpot cap
Output status
LED (red)
Sensor status
LED (yellow)
3
4
Sensor status
LED (yellow)
*Some G thread configurations deviate from this size.
Pointek CLS100, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
Process connection
98 (3.9)
nominal
98 (3.9)
nominal
120 (4.7)
Process connection
4/16
Cable inlet " NPT

(optional M20x1.5)
120 (4.7)
204 (8.0)
Ground post
Power LED (green)
80 (3.2)
Power LED (green)

Sensitivity trimpot
65 (2.6)
Integral cable version
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pointek CLS100
Schematics
Integral Cable Version - Non Intrinsically Safe only
LOW/HIGH Alarm
White
White
Polarity as required
for
desired operation
Black
12 ... 33 V DC
Red
4/20 mA Loop Alarm

White
White
Black
Rmax = Vsupply - 10 V
20 mA
Red
V supply
12 ... 33 V DC
Solid State Switch Version

White
White
Solid state switch,

30 V DC/AC
(peak) 82 mA (max)
Black
Red
V supply
12 ... 33 V DC
Enclosure and Fully Synthetic Version

Terminal operations
1
2
3
4
5
Note:
mA current loop (+V or -V)

mA current loop (+V or -V)
ground
Solid state switch/relay*
Solid state switch/relay*
Cable equivalent
Red wire
Black wire
Cable shield
White wire
White wire
* Switch/relay normally open in unpowered state

* Relay not available on Pointek CLS100 IS version (7ML5501)
When driving an inductive load (for example, an external relay), a protection diode
must be connected in the correct polarity to prevent possible switch damage due to
inductive spikes generated by switching the inductor (please refer to instruction
manual). Intrinsically Safe Models - please follow local regulations and area
classifications; refer to instruction manual for more details.
Pointek CLS100 connections
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/17
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Overview
Configuration
Installation
4
Pointek CLS200 (standard version) is a versatile inverse frequency shift capacitance level and material detection switch
with optional rod/cable choices and configurable output.
CLS200 is ideal for detection of liquids, solids, slurries, foam and
interfaces and has the ability to tune out build-up on the probe.
Keep unit out of path of falling material, or protect probe from

falling material.
Benefits
Potted construction protects signal circuit from shock,
vibration, humidity and/or condensation
High chemical resistance
Level detection independent of tank or pipe earth reference
Insensitive to product buildup due to high frequency oscillation
3 LED indicators for sensor status, output status, and power
Avoid areas where material build up occurs.
Application
Pointek CLS200 standard version has 3 LED indicators with
basic relay and solid-state switch alarms. Universal switch for
solids/liquids and interface.
.5
0
)
(2
Siemens FI 01 2015
in
4/18
The power supply is galvanically isolated and accepts a wide

range of voltages (12 to 250 V AC/DC). When used with thermal
isolator, the stainless steel and PPS (PVDF optional) materials
used in the probe construction provide a temperature rating up
to 125 C (257 F) on the process wetted portion of the probe.
The switch responds to any material with a dielectric constant of
1.5 or more by detecting a change in oscillating frequency,
and it can be set to detect before contact or on contact with the
probe. The CLS200 operates independently of the tank wall or
pipe so it does not require an external reference electrode for
level detection in a non-conductive vessel such as concrete or
plastic (EMC regulations applicable in some regions).
pressurized applications, hazardous areas
Install probe at least 50 (2) from tank wall.
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Inverse frequency shift capacitive

level detection
Input
Measured variable
Change in picoFarad (pF)
Cable inlet
Output
Output signal
Relay output
- Max. contact voltage
- Max. switching capacity
1 SPDT Form C relay

30 V DC
250 V AC
5 A DC
8 A AC
150 W DC
- Time delay (ON and/or OFF)
2 000 VA AC
1 ... 60 s
- Max. contact current
Solid-state output
Galvanically isolated
Against reversed polarity (bipolar)
30 V DC
30 V peak AC
- Max. load current
82 mA
- Voltage drop
< 1 V, typical at 50 mA
- Time delay (pre or post switching) 1 ... 60 s

General Purpose
Dust Ignition Proof
Flameproof Enclosure With IS Probe
Explosion Proof Enclosure

With IS Probe
Marine
Overfill Protection
Rated operating conditions1)

Location
Indoor/outdoor
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
Pollution degree
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)2)

II
4
Relative dielectric constant r

Process temperature
- Without thermal isolator
- With thermal isolator
Process pressure (rod version)
Power supply
Dust Ignition Proof with IS Probe
- Output
- Protection
- Max. switching voltage
Medium conditions
Design
Material
Enclosure
Optional thermal isolator
Connection
Liquids, bulk solids, slurries and

interfaces
Min. 1.5
Others
Epoxy-coated aluminum with gasket

Removable terminal block,
max. 2.5 mm
IP65/Type 4/NEMA 4 (optional IP68)
2 x M20x1.5 thread
(option: 2 x " NPT conduit entry
including 1 plugged entry)
12 ... 250 V AC/DC, 0 ... 60 Hz
max. 2 W
CSA, FM, CE, RCM
ATEX II 1/2 D T100 C
ATEX II 1 G EEx d[ia] IIC T6...T4
CSA/FM Class II, Div. 1,
Groups E, F, G
CSA/FM Class III T4
CSA/FM Class I, Div. 1,
Groups A, B, C, D
Groups E, F, G
CSA/FM Class III T4
Lloyds Register of Shipping,
Categories ENV1, ENV2 and ENV5
WHG (Germany)
VLAREM II
Pattern Approval (China)
1)

2)
Thermal isolator is used if process connection temperature exceeds 85 C

(185 F)
3)
Pressure rating of process seal is temperature dependent.

See Pressure/Temperature curves on page 4/37.
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)2)

-40 ... +125 C (-40 ... +257 F)
-1 ... +25 bar g
(-14.6 ... +365 psi g) (nominal)
Process pressure (cable version)3) -1 ... +10 bar g
(-14.6 ... +150 psi g) (nominal)
Process pressure (sliding coupling -1 ... +10 bar g
(-14.6 ... +150 psi g) (nominal)
version)
To comply with CE EMC regulations

(where applicable); the CLS200
should be installed per the instruction
manual.
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/19
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Design: Probe
Rod version
Sanitary version
Cable version
Sliding Coupling version
Max. length
5 500 mm (216.53 inch)
5 500 mm (216.53 inch)
30 000 mm (1 181.1 inch)

liquids and slurries
5 000 mm (196.85 inch)
solids (under loads)
5 500 mm (216.53 inch)
Process connection
R ", 1",
1", 2" sanitary fitting clamp
1", 1" [(BSPT),

JIS B 0203]
R ", 1", 1", 1" [(BSPT),

JIS B 0203]
", 1", 1", 1" NPT
[(Taper), ANSI/ASME B1.20.1]
G ", 1", 1" [(BSPP),
JIS B 0202]
ASME/EN flange
R ", 1", 1", 1" [(BSPT),

JIS B 0203]
", 1", 1", 1" NPT
G ", 1",
", 1",
1", 1" NPT
G ", 1",
1" [(BSPP),
JIS B 0202]
1" [(BSPP),
JIS B 0202]

ASME/EN flange
Extension material

optional PFA coated1)
Fluoroethylene propylene
(FEP) cable with stainless
steel core
Sensor wetted parts
PPS (optional PVDF)
PPS (optional PVDF)
PPS (optional PVDF)
PPS (optional PVDF)
O-ring seal material
FKM (optional FFKM)2)
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
User selected length
Cable extension
Thermal isolator
Extension
3)
1)
PFA coating (7ML5634 and 7ML5644) has 120 micron thickness.
2)
For Caustic Materials please contact ceg.smpi@siemens.com for alternative O-Rings
3)
Thermal isolator is used if process connection temperature exceeds 85 C (185 F).
4/20
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement

Pointek CLS200 - Standard - Rod Version with
Threaded or Flanged process connection
Versatile inverse frequency shift capacitance level
and material detection switch with optional rod/
cable choices and configurable output. CLS200 is
ideal for detection of liquids, solids, slurries, foam,
and interfaces, and has the ability to tune out buildup on the probe.
Process connection
Threaded, 316L stainless steel
1" NPT [(Taper), ANSI/ASME B1.20.1]
R " [(BSPT), EN 10226/PT (JIS-T), JIS B 0203]

G " [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1/PF (JIS-P), JIS B 0202]
G 1" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1/PF (JIS-P), JIS B 0202]
JIS B 0202]
Welded flange, 316L stainless steel, raised face
1" ASME, 150 lb
1" ASME, 300 lb

1" ASME, 600 lb
1" ASME, 150 lb
1" ASME, 300 lb

1" ASME, 600 lb
2" ASME, 150 lb
2" ASME, 300 lb

2" ASME, 600 lb
3" ASME, 150 lb
3" ASME, 300 lb

3" ASME, 600 lb
4" ASME, 150 lb
4" ASME, 300 lb

4" ASME, 600 lb
Welded flange, 316L stainless steel,
Type A flat faced
DN 25, PN 16
DN 25, PN 40
DN 40, PN 16
DN 40, PN 40
DN 50, PN 16
DN 50, PN 40
DN 80, PN 16
DN 80, PN 40
DN 100, PN 16
DN 100, PN 40
(Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings
dimensionally correspond to the applicable
ASME B16.5 or EN 1092-1 standard.)
Probe length (length from flange face)
(threaded lengths include process thread)
Note: No Y01 needed in Order code for
standard lengths
Compact [threaded 120 mm (4.72 inch),
Flanged 98 mm (3.86 inch)]

Extended rod, 250 mm (9.84 inch)
Extended rod, 1 000 mm (39.37 inch)
Article No.
7ML563077 7 77 - 77 7 0
0A
0B
0C
0D
1A
1B
1D
3A
3B
3D
5A
5B
5C
5D
5E
5F
5G
5H
5J
5K
5L
5M
5N
5P
5Q
6A
6B
6C
6D
6E
6F
6G
6H
6J
6K
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
Article No.
Pointek CLS200 - Standard - Rod Version with

7ML5630Threaded or Flanged process connection
7 7 7 77 - 77 7 0
Add Order code Y01 and plain text:
"Insertion length ... mm"
Extended rod, 210 ... 1 000 mm (8.27 ... 39.37 inch)
M
Extended rod, 1 001 ... 2 000 mm
N
(39.41 ... 78.74 inch)
P
(78.78 ... 118.11 inch)
Q
(118.15 ... 157.48 inch)
R
(157.52 ... 196.85 inch)
S
(196.89 ... 216.53 inch)
Thermal isolator
Without thermal isolator
0
With thermal isolator [for process connection
1
temperatures over 85 C (185 F)]
Remote mount electronics and
mounting bracket
With 2 m (79 inch) of cable1)
2
3
Wetted seals
FKM
0
FFKM [for process temperatures above -20 C (-4 F)]
1
Probe material
316L stainless steel with PPS probe body
0
316L stainless steel with PVDF probe body
1
Approvals
Dust Ignition Proof:
C
CE, RCM, ATEX II 1/2 D T100 C
Flameproof Enclosure with IS Probe:
D
CE, RCM, ATEX II 1 G EEx d[ia] IIC T6 ... T4,
Flameproof Enclosure with IS Probe,
E
with WHG approval:
CE, RCM, ATEX II 1/2 G EEx d[ia] IIC T6 ... T4,
Dust Ignition Proof with IS Probe:
F
CSA/FM Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G
CSA/FM Class III T4
Explosion Proof Enclosure with IS Probe:
G
CSA/FM Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D
CSA/FM Class III T4
General Purpose (CSA, FM)
H
General Purpose (CE, RCM)
J
General Purpose (CSA, FM, CE, RCM)
K
with WHG approval
Enclosure and lid
Aluminum epoxy coated
2 x " NPT via adapter - cable inlet, IP65
A
2 x M20 x 1.5 cable inlet IP65
B
C
2 x M20 x 1.5 cable inlet IP68
D
1)
Available with Approvals options F ... H
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/21
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Order code
Further designs
code(s).
Total insertion length: enter the total insertion length Y01
in plain text description
Stainless steel tag [69 x 50 mm (2.71 x 1.97 inch)]: Y15
Measuring-point number/identification
(max. 27 characters) specify in plain text
Manufacturer's test certificate: M to DIN 55350,
Part 18 and ISO 9000
C11
C12
Note: The Operating Instructions should be

ordered as a separate line on the order.
manual DVD containing the ATEX Quick Start and
manual library.
See page 4/36
Accessories
See page 4/36

Pointek CLS200 - Standard - Cable Version with
Process connection

JIS B 0202]
1" ASME, 150 lb
1" ASME, 300 lb
1" ASME, 600 lb
1" ASME, 150 lb
1" ASME, 300 lb
1" ASME, 600 lb
2" ASME, 150 lb
2" ASME, 300 lb
2" ASME, 600 lb
3" ASME, 150 lb
3" ASME, 300 lb
3" ASME, 600 lb
4" ASME, 150 lb
4" ASME, 300 lb
4" ASME, 600 lb
Type A flat faced
DN 25, PN 16
DN 25, PN 40
DN 40, PN 16
DN 40, PN 40
DN 50, PN 16
DN 50, PN 40
DN 80, PN 16
DN 80, PN 40
DN 100, PN 16
DN 100, PN 40
standard lengths
Extended cable, 3 000 mm (118.11 inch), length
can be determined by customer on assembly1)
can be determined by customer on assembly1)
Extended cable, 500 ... 5 000 mm
(19.69 ... 196.85 inch)
Extended cable, 5 001 ... 10 000 mm
(196.89 ... 393.70 inch)
(393.74 ... 590.55 inch)
(590.59 ... 787.4 inch)
(787.44 ... 984.25 inch)
(984.29 ... 1 181.1 inch)
4/22
Siemens FI 01 2015
Article No.
7ML56317 7 7 77 - 77 7 0
0A
0B
0C
0D
1A
1B
1D
3A
3B
3D
5A
5B
5C
5D
5E
5F
5G
5H
5J
5K
5L
5M
5N
5P
5Q
6A
6B
6C
6D
6E
6F
6G
6H
6J
6K
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Article No.
Pointek CLS200 - Standard - Cable Version with
77 7 77 - 77 7 0
Thermal isolator
0
1
Remote mount electronics and mounting
bracket
2
3
Wetted seals
FKM and PTFE
0
FFKM and PTFE [for process temperatures above
1
-20 C (-4 F)]
Probe material
FEP jacketed cable with PPS probe body
0
FEP jacketed cable with PVDF probe body
1
Approvals
CE, RCM, ATEX II 1 G EEx d[ia] IIC T6...T4,
with WHG approval:
CE, RCM, ATEX II 1/2 G EEx d[ia] IIC T6...T4,
CSA/FM Class III T4
CSA/FM Class III T4
with WHG approval
Enclosure and lid
2 x M20 x1.5 cable inlet, IP65
2 x M20 x1.5 cable inlet, IP68
H
J
K
1)
Sensor detached to allow customer to set desired cable length
2)
Order code

Further designs
code(s).

C11
C12
manual library.
See page 4/36
Accessories
See page 4/36
A
B
C
D
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/23
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Article No.
Article No.
Pointek CLS200 - Standard - Rod with

Sanitary process connection
7ML5632-
Pointek CLS200 - Standard - Rod with

7ML5632-
77777 - 777 0
Approvals
Process connection
Sanitary 316L stainless steel
1" sanitary fitting clamp
8A
8B
8C

8D
8E
(Note: Sanitary connection dimensionally
corresponds to the applicable ISO 2852 standard)
Probe length (length from process connection
face)
standard lengths
Compact 98 mm (3.86 inch)
A
B
C

D
E
F

G
H
J

K
L

Extended rod, 110 ... 350 mm (4.3 ... 13.78 inch)
(39.41 ... 78.74 inch)

(78.78 ... 118.11 inch)
(118.15 ... 157.48 inch)
(157.52 ... 196.85 inch)
(196.89 ... 216.53 inch)
Thermal isolator
mounting bracket
Remote mount electronics with 2 m (79 inch)
of cable1)
Remote mount electronics with 5 m (197 inch)
of cable1)
Wetted seals
FKM
FFKM
[for process temperatures above -20 C (-4 F)]
Probe material
4/24
Siemens FI 01 2015
77777 - 777 0


CE, RCM, ATEX II 1 G EEx d[ia] IIC T6 ... T4,

with WHG approval:

CSA/FM Class III T4

CSA/FM Class III T4

with WHG approval
Enclosure and lid

2 x M20x1.5 cable inlet, IP65
1)
A
B
C
D
M
N
P
Further designs

code(s).


0
1
Order code

C11
C12
0
1
0
1

manual library.
See page 4/36
Accessories
See page 4/36
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Article No.
Pointek CLS200 - Standard - Sliding Coupling

with Threaded process connection
Process connection


7ML563377 7 77 - 77 7 0
Pointek CLS200 - Standard - Sliding Coupling

7ML5633with Threaded process connection
7 7 7 77 - 77 7 0
Approvals
C
D
CE, RCM, ATEX II 1 G EEx d[ia] IIC T6...T4,
E
with WHG approval:
F
CSA/FM Class III T4
G
CSA/FM Class III T4
H
J
K
with WHG approval
Enclosure and lid
A
B
C
D

standard lengths
Extended rod, 350 ... 1 000 mm
(13.78 ... 39.37 inch)
(39.41 ... 78.74 inch)
(78.78 ... 118.11 inch)
(118.15 ... 157.48 inch)
(157.52 ... 196.85 inch)
(196.89 ... 216.53 inch)
Thermal isolator
mounting bracket
Wetted seals
FKM and PTFE
-20 C (-4 F)]
Probe material
0A
0B
0C
0D
1A
1B
1D
3A
3B
3D
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
1)
P
Q
Order code

Further designs
Article No.

code(s).

0
1
2
3

C11
C12
0
1
0
1

manual library.
See page 4/36
Accessories
See page 4/36
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/25
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Article No.
Article No.
Pointek CLS200 - Standard - PFA Coated Rod

with PFA Coated Flanged process connection
Process connection
1" ASME, 150 lb
1" ASME, 300 lb
1" ASME, 600 lb
1" ASME, 150 lb
1" ASME, 300 lb
1" ASME, 600 lb
2" ASME, 150 lb
2" ASME, 300 lb
2" ASME, 600 lb
3" ASME, 150 lb
3" ASME, 300 lb
3" ASME, 600 lb
4" ASME, 150 lb
4" ASME, 300 lb
4" ASME, 600 lb
Type A flat faced
DN 25, PN 16
DN 25, PN 40
DN 40, PN 16
DN 40, PN 40
DN 50, PN 16
DN 50, PN 40
DN 80, PN 16
DN 80, PN 40
DN 100, PN 16
DN 100, PN 40
standard lengths
7ML563477 7 77 - 77 7 0
Pointek CLS200 - Standard - PFA Coated Rod

with PFA Coated Flanged process connection
Thermal isolator
mounting bracket
With 2 m (79 inch) of cable
7ML56347 7 7 77 - 77 7 0
5A
5B
5C
5D
5E
5F
5G
5H
5J
5K
5L
5M
5N
5P
5Q
6A
6B
6C
6D
6E
6F
6G
6H
6J
6K
0
1
0
1
A
B
C
D
Order code
Further designs
code(s).
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

(39.41 ... 78.74 inch)
(78.78 ... 118.11 inch)
(118.15 ... 157.48 inch)
(157.52 ... 196.85 inch)
(196.89 ... 216.53 inch)
J
K
L
Siemens FI 01 2015
2
3
Wetted seals
FKM
FFKM [for process temperatures above
-20 C (-4 F)]
Probe material
PFA Coated 316L stainless steel with
PPS probe body
PFA Coated 316L stainless steel with
PVDF probe body
Approvals
CSA/FM Class III T4
CSA/FM Class III T4
Enclosure and lid

4/26
0
1
Total insertion length: enter the total insertion length

Y01
Stainless steel tag [69 x 50 mm (2.71 x 1.97 inch)]:

Y15

C11
C12
See page 4/36
M
N

manual library.
Accessories
See page 4/36
Q
R
S
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Overview
Configuration
Installation
4
Pointek CLS200 (digital version) is a versatile inverse frequency
shift capacitance level and material detection switch with
optional rod/cable choices and configurable output. CLS200 is
ideal for detection of liquids, solids, slurries, foam and interfaces
and has the ability to tune out build-up on the probe. The digital
version includes PROFIBUS PA, an LCD display, and advanced
diagnostic features.

falling material.
Benefits
Potted construction protects signal circuit from shock,
vibration, humidity and/or condensation
High chemical resistance
Level detection independent of tank or pipe earth reference
Insensitive to product buildup due to high frequency oscillation
High sensitivity allows installation in a wide range of liquids,
solids or slurry applications
Integral LCD display allows for easy menu-driven setup
PROFIBUS PA communication (SIMATIC PDM compatible)
Avoid areas where material build up occurs.
Application
in
0
)
(2
The power supply is galvanically isolated and accepts a wide

range of voltages (12 to 30 V DC). When used with thermal
isolator, the stainless steel and PPS (PVDF optional) materials
used in the probe construction provide a temperature rating
up to 125 C (257 F) on the process wetted portion of the probe.
The switch responds to any material with a dielectric constant of
1.5 or more by detecting a change in oscillating frequency,
and it can be set to detect before contact or on contact with the
probe. The menu-driven setup allows precise control of the
switch point signal damping and alarm functions.
.5
Pointek CLS200 digital version provides an integral LCD display

for stand-alone use, and also provides PROFIBUS PA communication (Profile version 3.0, Class B) for connection to a network.
When connected to the PROFIBUS network, advanced diagnostics and set up using SIMATIC PDM are possible.
The CLS200 operates independently of the tank wall or pipe so it
does not require an external reference electrode for level detection in a non-conductive vessel such as concrete or plastic
(EMC regulations applicable in some regions).
pressurized applications, hazardous areas
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/27
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Mode of operation
Measuring principle

level detection
Input
Measured variable
Output
Output signal
Solid-state output
- Output
- Protection
- Max. load current

- Voltage drop
Fail-safe mode
Connection
30 V (DC)
30 V peak (AC)
82 mA
Programmable by user (0 ... 100 s)
Min. or max.
Removable terminal block
Power supply
Bus voltage
Standard: 12 ... 30 V DC
Current consumption
Intrinsically Safe: 12 ... 24 V DC

12.5 mA

General Purpose
Dust Ignition Proof
Flameproof Enclosure with IS Probe

Explosion Proof with IS Probe
Intrinsically Safe4)

Location
Indoor/outdoor
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
Pollution degree
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)2)

II
4
Medium conditions
Process temperature
Non-incendive

interfaces
Min. 1.5
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)2)

-40 ... +125 C (-40 ... +257 F)
-1 ... +25 bar g
(-14.6 ... +365 psi g) (nominal)
3)
-1 ... +10 bar g
Process pressure (cable version)
(-14.6 ... +150 psi g) (nominal)
-1 ... +10 bar g
Process pressure
(-14.6 ... +150 psi g) (nominal)
(sliding coupling version)
- Without thermal isolator
- With thermal isolator
Process pressure (rod version)
Design
Material
- Enclosure
- Optional thermal isolator
Connection
Cable inlet
4/28
Siemens FI 01 2015
Epoxy-coated aluminum with gasket

Removable terminal block,
max. 2.5 mm
IP65/Type 4/NEMA 4 (optional IP68)
2 x M20x1.5 thread
To comply with CE EMC regulations
(where applicable); the CLS200
should be installed per the instruction
manual.
Non-Sparking
Marine
Others
Communication
CSA, FM, CE, RCM

Groups E, F, G
CSA/FM Class III T4
ATEX II 1/2 G EEx d[ia] IIC T6...T4
CSA/FM Class I,
Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D
Groups E, F, G
CSA/FM Class III T4
ATEX II 1 G EEx ia IIC T6 ... T4
ATEX II 1/2 D IP6X T100 C
Groups A, B, C, D
Groups E, F, G
CSA/FM Class III T4
Groups A, B, C, D
Groups F, G
CSA/FM Class III T4 or T6
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA II T6...T4
ATEX II 2 D IP6X T100 C
PROFIBUS PA
(IEC 61158 CPF3 CP3/2)
Bus physical layer:
IEC 61158-2 MBP (IS)
Device profile: PROFIBUS PA
profile for Process Control
Devices Version 3.0, Class B
FISCO field device
1)

2)

(185 F)
3)

See Pressure/Temperature curves on page 4/37.
4)

protection
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Design: Probe
Rod version
Sanitary version
Cable version
Sliding Coupling version
Max. length
5 500 mm (216.53 inch)
5 500 mm (216.53 inch)
30 000 mm (1 181.1 inch)

liquids and slurries
5 000 mm (196.85 inch)
solids (under loads)
5 500 mm (216.53 inch)
Process
connection
R ", 1" , 1", 1" [(BSPT),

1", 2" sanitary fitting clamp
JIS B 0203]
", 1", 1", 1" NPT
G ", 1", 1" [(BSPP),
JIS B 0202]
ASME/EN flange
R ", 1", 1", 1" [(BSPT),

JIS B 0203]
", 1", 1", 1" NPT
G ", 1", 1" [(BSPP),
JIS B 0202]
ASME/EN flange
R ", 1", 1", 1 inch [(BSPT),

JIS B 0203]
", 1", 1", 1" NPT
G ", 1", 1" [(BSPP),
JIS B 0202]
Extension material

optional PFA coated1)
Fluoroethylene propylene
(FEP) cable with stainless
steel core
Sensor wetted parts
PPS (optional PVDF)
PPS (optional PVDF)
PPS (optional PVDF)
PPS (optional PVDF)
Thermal isolator3)
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Extension
Cable extension
1)
PFA coating (7ML5634 and 7ML5644) has 120 micron thickness
2)
For Caustic Materials, please contact ceg.smpi@siemens.com for alternative O-Rings
3)
Thermal isolator is used if process connection temperature exceeds 85 C (185 F).
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/29
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement

Pointek CLS200 - Digital - Rod
with Threaded or Flanged process connection
and material detection switch with optional process
connection choices and configurable output.
CLS200 is ideal for detection of liquids, solids,
slurries, foam, and interfaces, and has the ability to
tune out build-up on the probe.
Process connection
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226/PT (JIS-T),
JIS B 0203]
JIS B 0202]
JIS B 0202]
1" ASME, 150 lb
1" ASME, 300 lb

1" ASME, 600 lb
1" ASME, 150 lb
1" ASME, 300 lb

1" ASME, 600 lb
2" ASME, 150 lb
2" ASME, 300 lb

2" ASME, 600 lb
3" ASME, 150 lb
3" ASME, 300 lb

3" ASME, 600 lb
4" ASME, 150 lb
4" ASME, 300 lb

4" ASME, 600 lb
Type A flat faced
DN 25, PN 16
DN 25, PN 40
DN 40, PN 16
DN 40, PN 40
DN 50, PN 16
DN 50, PN 40
DN 80, PN 16
DN 80, PN 40
DN 100, PN 16
DN 100, PN 40
standard lengths
Compact [threaded 120 mm (4.72 inch),
Flanged 98 mm (3.86 inch)]

4/30
Siemens FI 01 2015
Article No.
7ML564077 7 77 - 77 7 0
0A
0B
0C
0D
1A
1B
1D
3A
3B
3D
5A
5B
5C
5D
5E
5F
5G
5H
5J
5K
5L
5M
5N
5P
5Q
6A
6B
6C
6D
6E
6F
6G
6H
6J
6K
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L

Article No.
7ML5640with Threaded or Flanged process connection
7 7 7 77 - 77 7 0
M
N
(39.41 ... 78.74 inch)
P
(78.78 ... 118.11 inch)
Q
(118.15 ... 157.48 inch)
R
(157.52 ... 196.85 inch)
S
(196.89 ... 216.53 inch)
Thermal isolator
0
1
mounting bracket
2
3
Wetted seals
FKM
0
1
-20 C (-4 F)]
Probe material
0
1
Approvals
Non-Sparking:
B
CE, RCM, ATEX II 3 G Ex nA II T6...T4,
C
Intrinsically Safe:1)
D
CE, RCM, ATEX II 1 G EEx ia IIC T6...T4,

E
Non-incendive:
F
CSA/FM Class II, Div. 2, Groups F, G
G
CSA/FM Class III T4
H
CSA/FM Class III T4
Explosion Proof with IS Probe:
J
CSA/FM Class III T4
K
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Article No.
7ML5640with Threaded or Flanged process connection
77 7 77 - 77 7 0
Enclosure and lid
A
B
C
D
1)

protection
Order code
Further designs
code(s).

C11
C12
manual library.
See page 4/36
Accessories
See page 4/36
Article No.
Pointek CLS200 - Digital - Cable with

Process connection
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226/PT (JIS-T),
JIS B 0203]
G " [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1/PF (JIS-P),
JIS B 0202]
JIS B 0202]
JIS B 0202]
1" ASME, 150 lb
1" ASME, 300 lb

1" ASME, 600 lb
1" ASME, 150 lb
1" ASME, 300 lb

1" ASME, 600 lb
2" ASME, 150 lb
2" ASME, 300 lb

2" ASME, 600 lb
3" ASME, 150 lb
3" ASME, 300 lb

3" ASME, 600 lb
4" ASME, 150 lb
4" ASME, 300 lb

4" ASME, 600 lb
Type A flat faced
DN 25, PN 16
DN 25, PN 40
DN 40, PN 16
DN 40, PN 40
DN 50, PN 16
DN 50, PN 40
DN 80, PN 16
DN 80, PN 40
DN 100, PN 16
DN 100, PN 40
7ML56417 7 7 77 - 77 7 0
0A
0B
0C
0D
1A
1B
1D
3A
3B
3D
5A
5B
5C
5D
5E
5F
5G
5H
5J
5K
5L
5M
5N
5P
5Q
6A
6B
6C
6D
6E
6F
6G
6H
6J
6K
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/31
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Article No.

77 7 77 - 77 7 0
standard lengths
A
can be determined by customer on assembly
B
can be determined by customer on assembly
C
(19.69 ... 196.85 inch)
D
(196.89 ... 393.70 inch)
E
(393.74 ... 590.55 inch)
F
(590.59 ... 787.40 inch)
G
(787.44 ... 984.25 inch)
H
(984.29 ... 1 181.10 inch)
Thermal isolator
0
1
mounting bracket
2
3
Wetted seals
FKM and PTFE
0
FFKM and PTFE [for process temperatures
1
above -20 C (-4 F)]
Probe material
FEP jacketed cable with PPS probe body
0
FEP jacketed cable with PVDF probe body
1
Approvals
Non-Sparking:
B
C
D

E
Non-incendive:
F
G
CSA/FM Class III T4
H

CSA/FM Class III T4
J
CSA/FM Class III T4
K
4/32
Siemens FI 01 2015
Article No.

7 7 7 77 - 77 7 0
Enclosure and lid
A
B
C
D
1)

protection
Order code
Further designs
code(s).

C11
C12
manual library.
See page 4/36
Accessories
See page 4/36
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pointek CLS200 - Digital - Rod with
Process connection
Sanitary 316L stainless steel


(Note: Sanitary connection dimensionally
corresponds to the applicable ISO 2852 standard.)
Probe length (length from process connection face)
standard lengths

Extended rod, 110 ... 350 mm (4.3 ... 13.78 inch)
(13.82 ... 39.37 inch)

(39.41 ... 78.74 inch)

(78.78 ... 118.11 inch)

(118.15 ... 157.48 inch)

(157.52 ... 196.85 inch)

(196.89 ... 216.53 inch)

Thermal isolator

mounting bracket
Wetted seals
FKM

Probe material
Approvals
Non-Sparking:
Article No.
7ML564277 7 77 - 777 0
8A
8B
8C
8D
8E
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L

Article No.
7ML5642Pointek CLS200 - Digital - Rod with
7 7 7 77 - 77 7 0
Non-incendive:
F
G
CSA/FM Class III T4
H
CSA/FM Class III T4
J
CSA/FM Class III T4
K
L
Enclosure and lid
1)
A
B
C
D

protection
M
N

Further designs
code(s).

manual library.
Accessories
P
Q
R
S
T
0
1
2
3
0
1
Order code
Y01
Y15
C11
C12
See page 4/36
See page 4/36
0
1
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/33
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Article No.
Pointek CLS200 - Digital - Rod with Sliding

coupling with Threaded process connection
Process connection


R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226/PT (JIS-T),
JIS B 0203]
JIS B 0202]
JIS B 0202]
JIS B 0202]
standard lengths

(13.82 ... 39.37 inch)

(39.41 ... 78.74 inch)

(78.78 ... 118.11 inch)

(118.15 ... 157.48 inch)

(157.52 ... 196.85 inch)

(196.89 ... 216.53 inch)

Thermal isolator

mounting bracket
Wetted seals
FKM and PTFE

-20 C (-4 F)]
Probe material
Approvals
Non-Sparking:


1)
Intrinsically Safe:

7ML564377 7 77 - 77 7 0
Pointek CLS200 - Digital - Rod with Sliding

7ML5643coupling with Threaded process connection
7 7 7 77 - 77 7 0
E
Non-incendive:
F
G
CSA/FM Class III T4
H
CSA/FM Class III T4
J
CSA/FM Class III T4
K
L
Enclosure and lid
A
B
C
4/34
Siemens FI 01 2015
0A
0B
0C
0D
1A
1B
1D
3A
3B
3D
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
1)
Article No.

protection

Further designs
code(s).

manual library.
Accessories
M
N
P
Q
R
S
0
1
2
3
0
1
Order code
Y01
Y15
C11
C12
See page 4/36
See page 4/36
0
1
B
C
D
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Article No.
Article No.
Pointek CLS200 - Digital - PFA Rod with

PFA Flanged process connection
Process connection
Welded flange, PFA coated, 316L stainless steel,
raised face
1" ASME, 150 lb
1" ASME, 300 lb
1" ASME, 600 lb
1" ASME, 150 lb
1" ASME, 300 lb
1" ASME, 600 lb
2" ASME, 150 lb
2" ASME, 300 lb
2" ASME, 600 lb
3" ASME, 150 lb
3" ASME, 300 lb
3" ASME, 600 lb
4" ASME, 150 lb
4" ASME, 300 lb
4" ASME, 600 lb
Welded flange, PFA coated, 316L stainless steel,
Type A flat faced
DN 25, PN 16
DN 25, PN 40
DN 40, PN 16
DN 40, PN 40
DN 50, PN 16
DN 50, PN 40
DN 80, PN 16
DN 80, PN 40
DN 100, PN 16
DN 100, PN 40
Probe length (length from process connection
face)
standard lengths
(39.41 ... 78.74 inch)
(78.78 ... 118.11 inch)
(118.15 ... 157.48 inch)
(157.52 ... 196.85 inch)
(196.89 ... 216.53 inch)
Thermal isolator
7ML564477 7 77 - 77 7 0
Pointek CLS200 - Digital - PFA Rod with

PFA Flanged process connection
mounting bracket
Wetted seals
FKM
-20 C (-4 F)]
Probe material
PFA Coated 316L stainless steel with PPS probe
body
PFA Coated 316L stainless steel with PVDF probe
body
Approvals
Non-incendive:
CSA/FM Class III T4
CSA/FM Class III T4
CSA/FM Class III T4
Enclosure and lid
7ML56447 7 7 77 - 77 7 0
5A
5B
5C
5D
5E
5F
5G
5H
5J
5K
5L
5M
5N
5P
5Q
6A
6B
6C
6D
6E
6F
6G
6H
6J
6K
1)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
2
3
0
1
0
1
A
B
C
D

protection
Order code

Further designs
code(s).
M
N
P

Y01

Y15

C11
C12
manual library.
Q
R
S
Accessories
See page 4/36
See page 4/36
0
1
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/35
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Article No.
Options
Operating Instructions - Standard
English
7ML1998-5JJ05
German
7ML1998-5JJ34
French
7ML1998-5JJ11

Quick Start manual, multi-language
Optional SensGuard, dimensions in mm (inch)

A5E32221496

Operating Instructions library.
Accessories
7ML1830-1DL

7ML1830-1DM
One metallic cable gland M20x1.5, -40 ... +80 C

(-40 ... +176 F) with integrated shield connection
(available for PROFIBUS PA)
7ML1930-1AQ
General Purpose
1/2" NPT General Purpose Cable Entry IP68/IP69K
NEMA6, -40 ... -100 C (-40 ... -212 F),
cable size 6 ... 12 mm (0.236 ... 0.472 inch)
7ML1830-1JA
M20x1.5 General Purpose Cable Entry IP68/IP69K

NEMA6,-40 ... -100 C (-40 ... -212 F),
7ML1830-1JC
Hazardous Locations
1/2" NPT EMC rated Cable Gland: Dust Ignition
Proof, Flameproof Exd, and Increased Safety ATEX
II 2 GD ExtD A21 (Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21,
Zone 22, and in Gas Groups IIA,IIB and IIC)
-60 ... +80 C IP66, IP67, IP68, NEMA4X,
cable sizes 5.5 ... 12 mm (0.216 ... 0.472 inch)
7ML1830-1JB
M20 EMC rated Cable Gland: Dust Ignition Proof,

Flameproof Exd, and Increased Safety ATEX II 2
GD ExtD A21 (Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21, Zone 22
and in Gas Groups IIA, IIB and IIC)
-60 ... +80 C IP66, IP67, IP68, NEMA4X,
cable sizes 5.5 ... 12 mm (0.216 ... 0.472 inch)
7ML1830-1JD
Blind threaded flanges are available.

Please contact ceg.smpi@siemens.com with a
completed application data sheet on page 4/11
Pointek Specials
4/36
Siemens FI 01 2015
91 (3.6)
Operating Instructions - Digital
Process
connection
" NPT
See page 4/80
Process
connection
R 1" (BSPT)
70 (2.75)
A5E32221251

32
(1.26)
Optional SensGuard
Internal thread " NPT
91 (3.6)
7ML1998-5JH34
70 (2.75)
7ML1998-5JH04
German
32
(1.26)
English
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
CLS200 sliding coupling
threaded process connections
(7ML5633 and 7ML5643)
30 bar (435 psi)
20 bar (290 psi)

10 bar (145 psi)
Atmospheric
-40 F 14 F
(-40 C) (-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)
-150 C
(-238 F)
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
Example:
Pointek CLS200 Process Pressure/Temperature derating curves (7ML5633 and 7ML5643)

CLS200 cable
(7ML5631 and 7ML5641)
30 bar (435 psi)
20 bar (290 psi)

10 bar (145 psi)
Atmospheric
-40 F 14 F
(-40 C) (-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)
-150 C
(-238 F)
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/37
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
CLS200 compact and extended rod
(7ML5630 and 7ML5640)
40 bar (580 psi)
30 bar (435 psi)
20 bar (290 psi)
10 bar (145 psi)
Atmospheric
-40 F 14 F
(-40 C) (-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)
-150 C
(-238 F)
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
Pointek CLS200 Process Pressure/Temperature derating curves (7ML5630 or 7ML5640)

CLS200 compact and extended sanitary type
Sanitary process connections
(7ML5632 and 7ML5642)
30 bar (435 psi)
20 bar (290 psi)

10 bar (145 psi)
Atmospheric
-40 F 14 F
(-40 C) (-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)
-150 C
(-238 F)
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
4/38
Siemens FI 01 2015
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
CLS200 cable
ASME flanged process connections
(7ML5631 and 7ML5641)
30 bar (435 psi)
20 bar (290 psi)
Atmospheric
10 bar (145 psi)

-40 F 14 F
(-40 C) (-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)

-150 C
(-238 F)
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
ASME 150 lb1)

100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
500 F
(260 C)
250 C
(482 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
1)
600 F
(315 C)
300 C
(572 F)
700 F
(371 C)
350 C
400 C
(662 F) (752 F)
The curve denotes the minimum allowable flange class for the shaded area below.

CLS200 compact and extended rod
(7ML5630 and 7ML5640)
50 bar (725 psi)
40 bar (580 psi)
30 bar (435 psi)
ASME 300 lb1)
20 bar (290 psi)
Atmospheric
-40 F 14 F
(-40 C) (-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)
-150 C
(-238 F)
ASME 150 lb1)
10 bar (145 psi)
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
1)
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
500 F
(260 C)
250 C
(482 F)
600 F
(315 C)
300 C
(572 F)
700 F
(371 C)
350 C
400 C
(662 F) (752 F)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/39
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
CLS200 cable
EN flanged process connections
(7ML5631 and 7ML5641)
30 bar (435 psi)
20 bar (290 psi)

10 bar (145 psi)
PN 161)
Atmospheric
-40 F 14 F
(-40 C) (-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)
-150 C
(-238 F)
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
500 F
(260 C)
250 C
(482 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
1)
600 F
(315 C)
300 C
(572 F)
700 F
(371 C)
350 C
400 C
(662 F) (752 F)

Pressure/Temperature Curve
CLS200 Compact and Extended Rod
EN Flanged Process Connections
(7ML5630 and 7ML5640)
Permitted Operating Pressures P
50 bar (725 psi)
40 bar (580 psi)
30 bar (435 psi)

PN 401)
20 bar (290 psi)
-40 F 14 F
(-40 C) (-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)
-150 C
(-238 F)
PN 161)
10 bar (145 psi)
Atmospheric
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
1)
4/40
Siemens FI 01 2015
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
500 F
(260 C)
250 C
(482 F)
600 F
(315 C)
300 C
(572 F)
700 F
(371 C)
350 C
400 C
(662 F) (752 F)
Permitted Operating Temperature T
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Compact version
Threaded
(7ML5630 and 7ML5640)
Extended cable version

Threaded
(7ML5631 and 7ML5641)
Extended rod version

Threaded
(7ML5630 and 7ML5640)
Y01 (insertion length)
Sanitary compact version

Sanitary fitting
(7ML5632 and 7ML5642)
316L stainless
steel extension
PPS or optional
PVDF probe
20 (0.79)
84
(3.3)
22
(0.87)
PPS or optional
PVDF probe
Min. insertion length = 200 (7.87)

Max. insertion length = 5 500 (216)
98
(3.8)

sensor weight
84
(3.3)
PPS or optional
PVDF probe

Max. insertion length = 30 000 (1 181)
Applicable for liquids and solids
applications. Cable can be shortened
on site.
PPS or optional
PVDF probe
Sanitary extended version

Sanitary fitting
(7ML5632 and 7ML5642)
Sliding coupling version

Threaded
(7ML5633 and 7ML5643)
316L stainless
steel sliding
coupling
24 (0.95)
PPS or optional
PVDF probe

316L stainless
steel extension
98
(3.8)
252 (9.92)

sanitary process
connection
20 (0.79)
84
(3.3)
Thermal
isolator
239 (9.41)
151
(5.94)
Lid without window
M20: 135 (5.32)

" NPT: 150 (5.91)
Lid with window
164 (6.46)
20 (0.79)

sanitary process
connection
2 cable entries
" NPT or
M20 x 1.5
FEP insulated
cable 6 (0.3)
Min. 215
(8.46)
120
(4.7)
Electronics/
enclosure
PPS or optional
PVDF probe

Pointek CLS200 - Threaded/sanitary process connections, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/41
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Compact version
Welded Flange (7ML5630 and 7ML5640)
Welded Flange, PFA coated
(7ML5634 and 7ML5644)
Extended rod version

Welded Flange (7ML5630 and 7ML5640)
Welded Flange, PFA coated
(7ML5634 and 7ML5644)
Extended cable version

Welded Flange
(7ML5631 and 7ML5641)
PPS or optional
PVDF probe

164 (6.46)
lid with window

sensor weight
20 (0.79)
PPS or optional
PVDF probe

Max. insertion length = 30 000 (1 181)
Applicable for liquids and solids applications. Cable can be shortened on site.
239 (9.41)
252 (9.92)
Lid without window
Thermal
isolator
FEP insulated
cable 6 (0.3)
84
(3.3)
M20: 135 (5.32)

" NPT: 150 (5.91)
20 (0.79)
2 cable entries
" NPT or
M20 x 1.5
316L stainless
steel extension
(or PFA coated
84
(3.3)
PPS or optional
PVDF probe
151
(5.94)
98
(3.8)
Electronics/
enclosure
Flange Facing (raised face)

Flange Class
Facing thickness
ASME 150/300
2 (0.08)
ASME 600/900
7 (0.28)
PN16/40
2 (0.08)
Insertion length does not include any raised face/gasket face dimension
(see Flange Facing Table above)
Pointek CLS200 - Flanged Process Connections, dimensions in mm (inch)
4/42
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Schematics
Wiring: Pointek CLS200 standard
White
Black
Red
P2
(f )
(+)
Switch bank
Trip
point
S1
P1
K1
OFF
GND
3
+
Delay
L3
Sensor
status
Power
on
Power
supply
12 to 250 V AC/DC
Output
status
K2
K4
Sensor
L1
L2
NC
NO
NO
K3
4
Solid state switch:
30 V DC/30 V AC
(peak),
82 mA max.
Relay contact:
8 A at 250 V AC, 2 000 VA
5 A at 30 V DC, 150 W
Notes:
- Identification label is on underside of lid. Switch and potentiometer settings
are for illustration purposes only (refer to operation/setup in manual).
- All field wiring must have insulation suitable for at least 250 V.
- Relay contact terminals are for use with equipment having no accessible live
parts and wiring having insulation suitable for at least 250 V.
- Maximum working voltage between adjacent relay contacts shall be 250 V.
- Refer to the Instruction Manual or contact Siemens representative for detailed
wiring information.
Wiring: Pointek CLS200 Digital
White
Test input
Reed
contact*
White
Red (+)
Black (-)
Sensor
Alarm output
solid-state switch
Orange (f)
24 V DC/PROFIBUS PA
Power connection:
24 V DC or PROFIBUS PA bus
(not polarity sensitive).
Notes:
Refer to the instruction manual or contact a Siemens representative
for detailed wiring information.
*Magnet activated sensor Test

A magnet can be used to test the sensor without opening the lid of the
Pointek CLS200 Digital version. Bring the magnet close to the test
area indicated on the enclosure. The sensor test starts and finishes
automatically after 10 seconds.
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/43
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Overview
Configuration
Installation
4
Pointek CLS300 (standard version) is an inverse frequency shift
capacitance level and material detection switch with optional
rod/cable choices and configurable output. CLS300 is ideal for
detecting liquids, solids, slurries, foam, and interfaces in
demanding conditions where high pressure and temperatures
are present and has the ability to tune out build-up on the probe.

falling material.
Benefits
Active-Shield technology so measurement is unaffected by
material buildup or nozzle interference in active shield section
Performs in extremely abrasive conditions because of solid
rod construction
Three LED indicators for adjustment control, output status and
power
High-temperature version up to 400 C (752 F)
Build up of material in active shield area does not affect

switch operation.
Application
.5
0
)
(2
Siemens FI 01 2015
in
4/44
Pointek CLS300 standard version has three LED indicators with

basic relay and solid-state switch alarms.
The robust design of CLS300 makes it specifically applicable for
heavy solids applications where abrasive materials occur as in
the mining industry.
The fully potted electronics are unaffected by condensation,
dust or vibration.
Wetted parts are made of stainless steel with a PFA shield for
high chemical resistance, and of ceramic and stainless steel for
high temperature version. Materials with low or high dielectric
constants can be accurately detected. The unique Active Shield
suppresses interference from material buildup or long installation nozzles.
The unique modular design of the Pointek CLS300 provides a
wide range of configurations, process connections, extensions
and approvals to meet the temperature and pressure requirements of specific applications. The modular design makes
ordering easier and reduces stocking requirements. A wide
range of probe configurations are available, including rod and
cable versions.
Key Applications: liquids, slurries, bulk solids, relatively high
pressure and temperature, hazardous areas, milling and
mining applications
Min.
50 (2)
Note angle of repose and adjust accordingly.
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Design
Mode of operation
Measuring principle

level detection
Material (enclosure)
Powder-coated aluminum with gasket
Degree of Protection
Standard: Type 4/NEMA 4/IP65

Optional: Type 4/NEMA 4/IP68
Cable inlet
2 x M20x1.5 thread
Input
Measured variable
Output
Output signal
Relay output
- Max. contact voltage
- Max. contact current
- Max. switching capacity
Solid-state output
- Output
- Protection
1 SPDT Form C relay

30 V DC
250 V AC
5 A (DC)
8 A (AC)
150 W (DC)
2 000 VA (AC)
1 ... 60 s
30 V (DC)
30 V peak (AC)
82 mA
- Max. load current
- Voltage drop
- Time delay (pre or post switching) 1 ... 60 s
Controls and displays

Displays
3 LEDs, for probe status,

output status and power supply
Potentiometers
2 potentiometers for time delay and

sensitivity
Switches
5 DIP switches for delay on/off,

fail-safe high/low, time delay
test/adjust, high/low sensitivity,
test delay settings
Power supply
Supply
General Purpose
CSA, FM, CE, RCM
Flameproof Enclosure with IS Probe


Groups E, F, G
CSA/FM Class III T4
Explosion Proof Enclosure with

IS Probe

Groups A, B, C, D
Groups E, F, G
CSA/FM Class III T4
Marine

Overfill Protection
WHG (Germany)
VLAREM II (Belgium)
Others
Accuracy
Resolution
Min. sensitivity (pF)
Max. temperature error
1 % change in actual capacitance

0.2 % of actual capacitance value

Location
Indoor/outdoor
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)2)
Medium conditions
Process temperature
- Rod/Cable version
- High-temperature version
Process pressure3)

interfaces, and applications with
viscous materials
Min. 1.5
-40 ... +200 C (-40 ... +392 F)2)

-40 ... +400 C (-40 ... +752 F)
-1 ... +35 bar g
(-14.6 ... +511 psi g)
12 ... 250 V AC/DC, 0 ... 60 Hz,

galvanically isolated, 2 W
1)

See also Pressure/Temperature curves starting on page 4/58.
2)

(185 F).
3)

See Pressure/Temperature curves starting on page 4/58.
Design: Probe
Rod version
High Temperature version
Cable version
Length
Min. 250 mm (9.8 inch),

max. 1 000 mm (40 inch)
Min. 250 mm (9.8 inch),

max. 1 000 mm (40 inch)
Min. 1 000 mm (40 inch),

max. 25 000 mm (984 inch)
Sensor wetted parts
PFA (no insulation on active probe),

316L stainless steel, PEEK isolators
Ceramic (ZrO21)) isolators

(no insulation on active probe),
316 stainless steel, optional PFA,

PEEK isolators
Graphite2)
Thermal isolator
Optional
Standard
Optional
Extension
User selectable length
User selectable cable length
1)
Zirconium Oxide
2)
For Caustic Materials, please contact ceg.smpi@siemens.com for alternative O-Rings.
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/45
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Article No.
Article No.
Pointek CLS300 - Standard - Rod Version

Inverse frequency shift capacitance level and
material detection switch with optional rod/cable
choices and configurable output. CLS300 is ideal
for detecting liquids, solids, slurries, foam, and
interfaces in demanding conditions where high
pressure and temperatures are present, and has
the ability to tune out build-up on the probe.
7ML5650-
Pointek CLS300 - Standard - Rod Version

7ML5650-
77777 - 7777

Extended rod, factory adjusted length
250 ... 499 mm (9.8 ... 19.65 inch)
500 ... 749 mm (19.69 ... 29.49 inch)
750 ... 999 mm (29.53 ... 39.3 inch)
Process connection

0A
0B
0C

0D
1A
1B
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226/PT (JIS-T),

JIS B 0203]
1D

JIS B 0202]
JIS B 0202]
JIS B 0202]
3A
3B
3D

5A
5B
5C
1" ASME, 150 lb

1" ASME, 300 lb
1" ASME, 600 lb
5D
5E
5F
2" ASME, 150 lb

2" ASME, 300 lb
2" ASME, 600 lb
5G
5H
5J
3" ASME, 150 lb

3" ASME, 300 lb
3" ASME, 600 lb
5K
5L
5M
4" ASME, 150 lb

4" ASME, 300 lb
4" ASME, 600 lb
5N
5P
5Q

Type A flat faced
DN 25, PN 16
DN 25, PN 40
DN 40, PN 16
6A
6B
6C
DN 40, PN 40
DN 50, PN 16
DN 50, PN 40
6D
6E
6F
DN 80, PN 16
DN 80, PN 40
DN 100, PN 16
6G
6H
6J
DN 100, PN 40
Siemens FI 01 2015
Thermal isolator
Wetted seals
FKM
-20 C (-4 F)]
Probe material
316L stainless steel with PFA lining and PEEK
isolators
0
1
0
1

with WHG approval:

CSA/FM Class III T4

CSA/FM Class III T4
General Purpose with WHG approval

(CSA, FM, CE, RCM)
Active shield length

Standard length (125 mm threaded, 105 mm flanged)
Extended shield (250 mm threaded, 230 mm flanged)1)
6K

Enclosure and lid


standard lengths
4/46
Approvals
1" ASME, 150 lb

1" ASME, 300 lb
1" ASME, 600 lb
Standard version, rod 350 mm (13.78 inch)

Extended rod, length 500 mm (19.69 inch)
Extended rod, length 1 000 mm (39.37 inch)
77777 - 7777
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
1)
Available with Probe version options B ... D, F, G only

[ 500 mm (19.69 inch)]
2)
Available with Probe version options C, D, and, G only

[ 750 mm (29.53 inch)]
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Order code
Further designs
code(s).

Part 18 and to ISO 9000
C11
C12
manual library.
See page 4/57
Accessories
See page 4/57
Article No.
Pointek CLS300 - Standard - Cable Version

7ML56517 7 7 77 - 77 7 7
Process connection
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226/PT (JIS-T),
JIS B 0203]
JIS B 0202]
0C
0D
1D
3D

1" ASME, 150 lb
1" ASME, 300 lb
1" ASME, 600 lb
5D
5E
5F
2" ASME, 150 lb

2" ASME, 300 lb
2" ASME, 600 lb
5G
5H
5J
3" ASME, 150 lb

3" ASME, 300 lb
3" ASME, 600 lb
5K
5L
5M
4" ASME, 150 lb

4" ASME, 300 lb
4" ASME, 600 lb
5N
5P
5Q

Type A flat faced
DN 40, PN 16
DN 40, PN 40
DN 50, PN 16
6C
6D
6E
DN 50, PN 40
DN 80, PN 16
DN 80, PN 40
6F
6G
6H
DN 100, PN 16
DN 100, PN 40
6J
6K

standard lengths
Extended cable, 3 000 mm (118.11 inch),
length can be shortened by customer

(19.69 ... 39.37 inch)

(39.41 ... 196.85 inch)

(196.89 ... 393.70 inch)

(393.74 ... 590.55 inch)
(590.59 ... 787.40 inch)

(787.44 ... 984.25 inch)

Siemens FI 01 2015
4/47
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Article No.
Pointek CLS300 - Standard - Cable Version

7ML5651-
Further designs
77 7 77 - 77 77

code(s).
Thermal isolator
Wetted seals
FKM
-20 C (-4 F)]

0
1
0
1
0
1


with WHG approval:

CSA/FM Class III T4

CSA/FM Class III T4

(CSA, FM, CE, RCM)
Enclosure and lid

1)
A
B
C
D
Available with Probe version options A, B, F ... K, only

[ 1 000 mm (39.7 inch)]
4/48
Siemens FI 01 2015
C11
C12

manual library.
See page 4/57
Accessories
See page 4/57
Approvals


Probe material
Bare 316L stainless steel cable, PEEK isolators and
316L stainless steel cable weight
PFA coated cable, PEEK isolators and 316L
stainless steel cable weight

Order code
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Article No.
Article No.
Pointek CLS300 - Standard - High Temperature

Rod Version with Threaded or Flanged process
connection
7ML5652-
Pointek CLS300 - Standard - High Temperature

Rod Version with Threaded or Flanged process
connection
7ML5652-
7 7 7 00 7 - 7 7 7 7

250 ... 499 mm (9.8 ... 19.65 inch)
500 ... 749 mm (19.69 ... 29.49 inch)
750 ... 999 mm (29.53 ... 39.3 inch)
Process connection
0A
0B
0C

0D
1A
1B
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226/PT (JIS-T),

JIS B 0203]
JIS B 0202]
JIS B 0202]
JIS B 0202]
3D
Wetted seals
Graphite
1D
Probe material
316L stainless steel with ceramic (ZrO2) isolators
3A
Approvals
3B


ATEXII 1/2 D T100 C
with WHG approval:

CSA/FM Class III T4

CSA/FM Class III T4

(CSA, FM, CE, RCM)

1" ASME, 150 lb
1" ASME, 300 lb
1" ASME, 600 lb
5A
5B
5C
1" ASME, 150 lb

1" ASME, 300 lb
1" ASME, 600 lb
5D
5E
5F
2" ASME, 150 lb

2" ASME, 300 lb
2" ASME, 600 lb
5G
5H
5J
3" ASME, 150 lb

3" ASME, 300 lb
3" ASME, 600 lb
5K
5L
5M
4" ASME, 150 lb

4" ASME, 300 lb
4" ASME, 600 lb
5N
5P
5Q

Type A flat faced
DN 25, PN 16
DN 25, PN 40
DN 40, PN 16
6A
6B
6C
DN 40, PN 40
DN 50, PN 16
DN 50, PN 40
6D
6E
6F
DN 80, PN 16
DN 80, PN 40
DN 100, PN 16
6G
6H
6J
DN 100, PN 40
6K
0
0
Enclosure and lid

A
B
C


standard lengths
Standard version rod 350 mm (13.78 inch)
7 7 7 00 7 - 7 7 7 7
1)

[ 500 mm (19.69 inch)]
2)

[ 750 mm (29.53 inch)]
A
B
C
D
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/49
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Order code
Further designs
code(s).

C11
C12

manual library.
See page 4/57
Accessories
See page 4/57
4/50
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Overview
The unique modular design of the Pointek CLS300 provides a

wide range of configurations, process connections, extensions
and approvals to meet the temperature and pressure requirements of specific applications. The modular design makes
ordering easier and reduces stocking requirements. A wide
range of probe configurations are available, including rod and
cable versions.
Key Applications: liquids, slurries, bulk solids, relatively high
pressure and temperature, hazardous areas, milling and
mining applications
Configuration
Installation
4
Pointek CLS300 (digital version) is an inverse frequency shift
capacitance level and material detection switch with optional
rod/cable choices and configurable output. It is ideal for detecting liquids, solids, slurries, foam and interfaces in demanding
conditions where high pressure and temperatures are present
and has the ability to tune out build-up on the probe. The digital
version includes PROFIBUS PA, an LCD display, and advanced
diagnostic features.
Benefits
material buildup or nozzle interference in active shield section
Performs in extremely abrasive conditions because of solid
rod construction
Push-button calibration, full-function diagnostics
High sensitivity allows installation in a wide range of liquids,
solids or slurry applications
Integral LCD display allows for easy menu-driven setup
PROFIBUS PA communication (SIMATIC PDM compatible)
Application
Pointek CLS300 digital version provides an integral LCD display
for stand-alone use, with PROFIBUS PA communication
(Profile version 3.0, Class B) when required. Solid-state switch
alarm is standard.

falling material.

switch operation.
The robust design of CLS300 makes it specifically applicable for

heavy solids applications where abrasive materials occur as in
the mining industry.
The fully potted electronics are unaffected by condensation,
dust or vibration.
M
Wetted parts are made of stainless steel with a PFA shield for
high chemical resistance, and of ceramic and stainless steel for
high temperature version. Materials with low or high dielectric
constants can be accurately detected. The unique Active Shield
suppresses interference from material buildup or long installation nozzles.
in
.5
0
)
(2
Min.
50 (2)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/51
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Mode of operation
Measuring principle

level detection
Controls and displays

Local display
Configuration
Input
Measured variable

Power supply
Bus voltage (at process connection)
Output
Solid-state output
Output
Protection
Max. switching voltage
Max. load current

Voltage drop
Time delay (pre or post switching)
Fail-safe mode
Connection
30 V (DC)
30 V peak (AC)
82 mA
Programmable by user (0 ... 100 s)
Min. or max.
Removable terminal block
Current consumption
General Purpose
Dust Ignition Proof
Flameproof Enclosure With IS Probe
Dust Ignition Proof With IS Probe
Accuracy
Resolution
Min. sensitivity (pF)
Max. temperature error
1 % change in actual capacitance


Non-incendive
Location
Indoor/outdoor
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)2)
Medium conditions
Process temperature
- Rod/Cable version
- High Temperature version
Process pressure3)
Design
Cable inlet

interfaces, and applications with
viscous materials
Min. 1.5
-40 ... +200 C (-40 ... +392 F)2)
-40 ... +400 C (-40 ... +752 F)
-1 ... +35 bar g (-14.6 ... +511 psi g)
Explosion Proof with IS Probe
Marine
Others
Communication
LCD
Locally, using 3 button keypad
(for standalone operation)
Remotely, using SIMATIC PDM
(for installation on a network)
Standard: 12 ... 30 V DC
Intrinsically Safe: 12 ... 24 V DC
12.5 mA
CSA, FM, CE, RCM
ATEX II 1/2 D, 2 D IP6X T100 C
Groups E, F, G
CSA/FM Class III T4
ATEX II 1 G EEx ia IIC T6...T4
Groups A, B, C, D
Groups E, F, G
CSA/FM Class III T4
Groups A, B, C, D
Groups F, G
Groups A, B, C, D
Groups E, F, G
CSA/FM Class III T4
PROFIBUS PA
(IEC 61158 CPF3 CP3/2)
Bus physical layer:
IEC 61158-2 MBP-(IS)
Powder-coated aluminum with gasket

Standard: Type 4/NEMA 4/IP65
Optional: Type 4/NEMA 4/IP68
2 x M20x1.5 thread
Device profile: PROFIBUS PA profile

for Process Control Devices Version
3.0, Class B
FISCO field device
1)

See also Pressure/Temperature curves starting on page 4/58.
2)

(185 F)
3)

See Pressure/Temperature curves starting on page 4/58.
4)

protection
Design: Probe
Rod version
High Temperature version
Cable version
Length
Min. 250 mm (9.8 inch),

max. 1 000 mm (40 inch)
Min. 250 mm (9.8 inch),

max. 1 000 mm (40 inch)
Min. 1 000 mm (40 inch),

max. 25 000 mm (984 inch)
Sensor wetted parts
PFA (no insulation on active probe),

316L stainless steel, PEEK isolators
Ceramic (ZrO21)) isolators

(no insulation on active probe),
316 stainless steel, optional PFA,

PEEK isolators
Graphite2)
Thermal isolator
Optional
Standard
Optional
Extension
User selectable cable length
1)
Zirconium Oxide
2)
For Caustic Materials, please contact ceg.smpi@siemens.com for alternative O-Rings
4/52
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Article No.
Article No.

choices and configurable output. It is ideal for
detecting liquids, solids, slurries, foam, and interfaces in demanding conditions where high pressure and temperatures are present and has the
ability to tune out build-up on the probe.
7ML5660-

7ML5660-
77 7 77 - 77 77
7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7

250 ... 499 mm (9.8 ... 19.65 inch)
500 ... 749 mm (19.69 ... 29.49 inch)
750 ... 999 mm (29.53 ... 39.3 inch)
Process connection
0A
0B
0C

0D
1A
1B
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226/PT (JIS-T),

JIS B 0203]
JIS B 0202]
JIS B 0202]
1D

JIS B 0202]
3D
Thermal isolator
Wetted seals
FKM
3A
3B
Probe material
316L stainless steel with PFA lining and PEEK
isolators
4
0
1
0
Approvals
1" ASME, 150 lb

1" ASME, 300 lb
1" ASME, 600 lb
5A
5B
5C
1" ASME, 150 lb

1" ASME, 300 lb
1" ASME, 600 lb
5D
5E
5F
2" ASME, 150 lb

2" ASME, 300 lb
5G
5H
2" ASME, 600 lb
5J
3" ASME, 150 lb

3" ASME, 300 lb
3" ASME, 600 lb
5K
5L
5M
4" ASME, 150 lb

4" ASME, 300 lb
4" ASME, 600 lb
5N
5P
5Q

Type A flat faced
DN 25, PN 16
DN 25, PN 40
DN 40, PN 16
6A
6B
6C
DN 40, PN 40
DN 50, PN 16
DN 50, PN 40
6D
6E
6F
DN 80, PN 16
DN 80, PN 40
DN 100, PN 16
6G
6H
6J
DN 100, PN 40

CE, RCM, ATEX II 1/2 D, 2 D IP6X T100 C


CSA/FM Class III T4
CSA/FM Class III T4

CSA/FM Class III T4
6K

standard lengths
A
B
C
D
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/53
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Article No.
Article No.

7ML5660-

7ML5661-
77 7 77 - 77 77
Enclosure and Lid


Process connection
A
B
C
D
1)

protection
2)

[ 500 mm (19.69 inch)]
3)

[ 750 mm (29.53 inch)]
Order code
Further designs
code(s).

C11
C12
manual library.
See page 4/57
Accessories
See page 4/57

Siemens FI 01 2015
0C
0D
1D
3D

1" ASME, 150 lb
1" ASME, 300 lb
1" ASME, 600 lb
5D
5E
5F
2" ASME, 150 lb

2" ASME, 300 lb
2" ASME, 600 lb
5G
5H
5J
3" ASME, 150 lb

3" ASME, 300 lb
3" ASME, 600 lb
5K
5L
5M
4" ASME, 150 lb

4" ASME, 300 lb
4" ASME, 600 lb
5N
5P
5Q

Type A flat faced
DN 40, PN 16
DN 40, PN 40
DN 50, PN 16
6C
6D
6E
DN 50, PN 40
DN 80, PN 16
DN 80, PN 40
6F
6G
6H
DN 100, PN 16
DN 100, PN 40
6J
6K

standard lengths
(19.69 ... 39.37 inch)
(39.41 ... 196.85 inch)
(196.89 ... 393.70 inch)
(393.74 ... 590.55 inch)
(590.59 ... 787.40 inch)
(787.44 ... 984.25 inch)
4/54
7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Order code
Article No.

7ML5661-
Further designs
77 7 77 - 77 77

code(s).
Thermal isolator

Wetted seals
FKM

Probe material
Bare 316L stainless steel cable, PEEK isolators and
316L stainless steel cable weight
PFA coated cable, PEEK isolators and 316L
stainless steel cable weight
0
1

C11
C12
0
1
See page 4/57

manual library.
Accessories
See page 4/57
Approvals
CE, RCM, ATEX II 1 G EEx ia IIC T6 ... T4,

CSA/FM Class III T4

CSA/FM Class III T4
Enclosure and Lid

Extended shield 250 mm threaded, 230 mm flanged)2)
A
B
C
D
1)

protection
2)
Available with Probe version options A, B and, F ... K only

[ 1 000 mm (39.7 inch)]
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/55
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Article No.
Article No.
Pointek CLS300 - Digital - High Temperature

Rod version with Threaded or Flanged process
connection
7ML5662-
Pointek CLS300 - Digital - High Temperature

Rod version with Threaded or Flanged process
connection
7ML5662-
77 7 0 7 - 77 77
Process connection

0A
0B
0C

0D
1A
1B
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226/PT (JIS-T),

JIS B 0203]
JIS B 0202]
JIS B 0202]
1D

JIS B 0202]
3A
3D

1" ASME, 150 lb
1" ASME, 300 lb
1" ASME, 600 lb
5A
5B
5C
1" ASME, 150 lb

1" ASME, 300 lb
1" ASME, 600 lb
5D
5E
5F
2" ASME, 150 lb

2" ASME, 300 lb
2" ASME, 600 lb
5G
5H
5J
3" ASME, 150 lb

3" ASME, 300 lb
3" ASME, 600 lb
5K
5L
5M
4" ASME, 150 lb

4" ASME, 300 lb
4" ASME, 600 lb
5N
5P
5Q

Type A flat faced
DN 25, PN 16
DN 25, PN 40
DN 40, PN 16
6A
6B
6C
DN 40, PN 40
DN 50, PN 16
DN 50, PN 40
6D
6E
6F
DN 80, PN 16
DN 80, PN 40
DN 100, PN 16
DN 100, PN 40
6G
6H
6J
6K
4/56
Siemens FI 01 2015

750 ... 999 mm (29.53 ... 39.3 inch)
Wetted seals
Graphite
Probe material
316L stainless steel with ceramic (ZrO2) isolators
0
0
H
J
Enclosure and Lid

Standard length - (125 mm threaded, 105 mm flanged)
A
B
C
D
1)

protection
2)

[ 500 mm (19.69 inch)]
3)

[ 750 mm (29.53 inch)]

standard lengths

250 ... 499 mm (9.8 ... 19.65 inch)
500 ... 749 mm (19.69 ... 29.49 inch)
Approvals
CSA/FM Class III T4
CSA/FM Class III T4
3B
7 7 7 0 7 - 77 7 7
A
B
C
D
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Order code
Article No.
Further designs
Operating Instructions - Standard

code(s).
English
7ML1998-5JH04
German
7ML1998-5JH34
A5E32221251

C11
C12
manual library.
See page 4/57
Accessories
See page 4/57

Operating Instructions - Digital
English
7ML1998-5JJ05
French
7ML1998-5JJ11
German
7ML1998-5JJ34
A5E32221496

Accessories
One metallic cable gland M20x1.5, -40 ... +80 C
(-40 ... +176 F) with integrated shield connection
(available for PROFIBUS PA)
7ML1930-1AQ
General Purpose
NEMA6, -40 ... -100 C (-40 ... -212 F), cable size
6 ... 12 mm (0.236 ... 0.472 inch)
7ML1830-1JA

7 ... 12 mm (0.275 ... 0.472 inch)
7ML1830-1JC
Hazardous Locations
1/2" NPT EMC rated Cable Gland: Dust Ignition Proof,
Flameproof Exd, and Increased Safety ATEX II 2 GD
ExtD A21 (Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21, Zone 22, and in
Gas Groups IIA,IIB and IIC) -60 ... +80 C IP66, IP67,
IP68, NEMA4X, cable sizes 5.5 ... 12 mm
(0.216 ... 0.472 inch)
7ML1830-1JB

ExtD A21 (Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21, Zone 22 and in
(0.216 ... 0.472 inch)
7ML1830-1JD
Blind threaded flanges are available.

Please contact ceg.smpi@siemens.com with a
completed application data sheet on page 4/11
Pointek Specials
See page 4/80
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/57
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
CLS300 extended rod and cable probes
(7ML5650, 7ML5651, 7ML5660 and 7ML5661)
40 bar (580 psi)
30 bar (435 psi)
20 bar (290 psi)
10 bar (145 psi)
Atmospheric
-40 F 14 F
(-40 C) (-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)
-150 C
(-238 F)
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
500 F
(260 C)
250 C
(482 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
600 F
(315 C)
300 C
(572 F)
700 F
(371 C)
350 C
400 C
(662 F) (752 F)
Example:
Pointek CLS300 Process Pressure/Temperature derating curves (7ML5650, 7ML5651, 7ML5660 and 7ML5661)
CLS300 high temperature rod probes
(7ML5652 and 7ML5662)
40 bar (580 psi)
30 bar (435 psi)
20 bar (290 psi)
10 bar (145 psi)
Atmospheric
-40 F 14 F
(-40 C) (-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)
-150 C
(-238 F)
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
4/58
Siemens FI 01 2015
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
500 F
(260 C)
250 C
(482 F)
600 F
(315 C)
300 C
(572 F)
700 F
(371 C)
350 C
400 C
(662 F) (752 F)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
(7ML5650, 7ML5651, 7ML5660 and 7ML5661)
50 bar (725 psi)
40 bar (580 psi)
30 bar (435 psi)
ASME 300 lb1)
20 bar (290 psi)
Atmospheric
-40 F 14 F
(-40 C) (-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)
-150 C
(-238 F)
ASME 150 lb1)
10 bar (145 psi)
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
500 F
(260 C)
250 C
(482 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
1)
600 F
(315 C)
300 C
(572 F)
700 F
(371 C)
350 C
400 C
(662 F) (752 F)
Pointek CLS300 Process Pressure/Temperature derating curves (7ML5650, 7ML5651, 7ML5660, and 7ML5661)
CLS300 high temperature rod probes
(7ML5652 and 7ML5662)
90 bar (1.305 psi)
80 bar (1.160 psi)
70 bar (1.015 psi)
60 bar (870 psi)

ASME 600 lb1)
50 bar (725 psi)
40 bar (580 psi)
30 bar (435 psi)
ASME 300 lb1)
20 bar (290 psi)

ASME 150 lb1)
Atmospheric
10 bar (145 psi)

-40 F 14 F
(-40 C) (-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)

-150 C
(-238 F)
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
1)
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
500 F
(260 C)
250 C
(482 F)
600 F
(315 C)
300 C
(572 F)
700 F
(371 C)
350 C
400 C
(662 F) (752 F)

Siemens FI 01 2015
4/59
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
(7ML5650, 7ML5651, 7ML5660 and 7ML5661)
50 bar (725 psi)
40 bar (580 psi)
30 bar (435 psi)

PN 401)
20 bar (290 psi)
-40 F 14 F
(-40 C) (-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)
-150 C
(-238 F)
PN 161)
10 bar (145 psi)
Atmospheric
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
500 F
(260 C)
250 C
(482 F)
300 C
(572 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
1)
600 F
(315 C)
700 F
(371 C)
350 C
400 C
(662 F) (752 F)
Pointek CLS300 Process Pressure/Temperature derating curves (7ML5650, 7ML5651, 7ML5660 and 7ML5661)
CLS300 High Temperature Rod Probes
EN Flanged Process Connections (7ML5652 and 7ML5662)
Permitted Operating Pressures P

50 bar (725 psi)
40 bar (580 psi)
30 bar (435 psi)

PN 401)
20 bar (290 psi)
-40 F 14 F
(-40 C) (-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)
-150 C
(-238 F)
PN 161)
10 bar (145 psi)
Atmospheric
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
1)
4/60
Siemens FI 01 2015
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
500 F
(260 C)
250 C
(482 F)
600 F
(315 C)
300 C
(572 F)
700 F
(371 C)
350 C
400 C
(662 F) (752 F)
Permitted Operating Temperature T
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Rod version
Threaded (7ML5650 and 7ML5660)
Lid
Thermal
isolator
165 (6.50)
290 (11.42)
150
(5.91)
Thermal
isolator
Y02 1)
10 (0.35)
Stainless
steel weight

min. = 500 (20)/max. = 25 000 (984)
PFA insulated
cable
250 (9.84)
Y02

min. = 500 (20)/max. = 25 000 (984)
Measuring length
250 (9.84)
6 (0.24)
Y02 1)
Cable version, insulated

1)
Stainless
steel cable
32 (1.26)
Lid without window
19 (0.75)
Cable version, non-insulated

Stainless
steel weight

min. = 250 (9.8)/max. = 1 000 (39.37)
Probe
Lid with window
Measuring length
19 (0.75)
Ceramic
isolator(s)
M20: 135 (5.32)

" NPT: 150 (5.91)
Measuring length

min. = 250 (9.8)/max. = 1 000 (39.37)
Y02 1)
Measuring length
Probe
2 cable entries
" NPT or
M20 x 1.5
20 (0.79)
275 (10.83)
Lid clip
Electronics/
enclosure
High temperature rod version

32 (1.26)
Note:
1)
Extended Active Shield (Y02): standard length 125 (4.92). Optional active shield lengths: 250 (9.84) or 400 (15.75).
Pointek CLS300 - Threaded Process Connections, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/61
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Rod version
Welded flange (7ML5650 and 7ML5660)

Lid
Lid clip
Electronics/
enclosure
19 (0.75)
185 (7.28)
32 (1.26)
Thermal
isolator

Flange Class
2 (0.08)
ASME 600/900
7 (0.28)
PN16/40
2 (0.08)
Y02
Stainless
steel weight

min. = 500 (20)/max. = 25 000 (984)
10 (0.35)
Measuring length
PFA insulated
cable
32 (1.26)
Note:
Extended Active Shield (Y02): standard length 105 (4.13). Optional active shield lengths: 230 (9.06) or 380 (14.96).
Insertion length does not include any raised face/gasket face dimension (see Flange Facing Table above)
4/62
Siemens FI 01 2015
Facing thickness
ASME 150/300
1)

250 (9.84)

min. = 500 (20)/max. = 25 000 (984)
Y02 1)
250 (9.84)
6 (0.24)
Measuring length
Stainless
steel cable
1)
260 (10.24)
273 (10.75)
Lid without window
171
(6.73)
Y02 1)

min. = 250 (9.8)/max. = 1 000 (39.37)
Probe
Lid with window
19 (0.75)

Stainless
steel weight
Ceramic
isolator(s)
M20: 135 (5.32)

" NPT: 150 (5.91)
Measuring length
Probe
Thermal
isolator
min. = 250 (9.8)/max. = 1 000 (39.37)
Measuring length
Y02 1)
2 cable entries
" NPT or
M20 x 1.5
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Schematics
Wiring: Pointek CLS300 standard
White
Black
Red
P2
(f )
(+)
Switch bank
Trip
point
S1
P1
K1
OFF
GND
3
+
Delay
L3
Sensor
status
Power
on
Power
supply
12 to 250 V AC/DC
Output
status
K2
K4
Sensor
L1
L2
NC
NO
NO
K3
4
Solid state switch:
30 V DC/30 V AC
(peak),
82 mA max.
Relay contact:
8 A at 250 V AC, 2 000 VA
5 A at 30 V DC, 150 W
Notes:
- Identification label is on underside of lid. Switch and potentiometer settings
are for illustration purposes only (refer to operation/setup in manual).
- All field wiring must have insulation suitable for at least 250 V.
- Relay contact terminals are for use with equipment having no accessible live
parts and wiring having insulation suitable for at least 250 V.
- Maximum working voltage between adjacent relay contacts shall be 250 V.
- Refer to the Instruction manual or contact Siemens representative for detailed
wiring information.
Wiring: Pointek CLS300 digital
White
Test input
Reed
contact*
White
Red (+)
Black (-)
Sensor
Alarm output
solid-state switch
Orange (f)
24 V DC/PROFIBUS PA
Power connection:
24 V DC or PROFIBUS PA bus
(not polarity sensitive).
Notes:
Refer to the instruction manual or contact a Siemens representative
for detailed wiring information.
*Magnet activated sensor test

A magnet can be used to test the sensor without opening the lid of the
Pointek CLS300 digital version. Bring the magnet close to the test area
indicated on the enclosure. The sensor test starts and finishes
automatically after 10 seconds.
Pointek CLS300 connection
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/63
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pointek CLS500
Overview
Configuration
Installation
4
Pointek CLS500 is an inverse frequency shift capacitance level
and material detection switch ideal for detecting interfaces,
solids, liquids, toxic, and aggressive chemicals in critical conditions of high temperature and pressure. CLS500 also has the

falling material.
Benefits
material buildup in active shield section
2-wire loop powered with solid-state switch or 4 to 20/20 to
4 mA output
Simple push-button calibration and integrated local display
Full function diagnostics
HART communications for remote commissioning and
inspection

switch operation.
Application
Active-Shield technology ensures that measurement is unaffected by vapors, product deposits, dust and condensation. The
unique mechanical probe design coupled with a high
performance transmitter gives superior performance in a wide
range of level detection applications.
Pointek CLS500s microprocessor-based electronics provide
one-point calibration, making setup possible without shutting
down your production process.
Key Applications: foam or liquid/foam level, glycol regenerators, high-pressure coalescers, LNG applications
50 (2)
4/64
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pointek CLS500
Design
Input
Measuring range
0 ... 330 pF
Span
Min. 1 pF
Output
Solid-state switch
Output
Protection
Max. load current
Voltage drop
Time delay
(pre or post switching)
Current loop
30 V (DC)
30 V peak (AC)
82 mA
1 ... 60 s
4 ... 20 mA/20 ... 4 mA
Accuracy (transmitter)
Material
- Standard rod
Probe isolation (rod)
Probe diameter
Standard rod version (PFA)
(Stainless steel)
Probe length
Standard rod version (PFA)
(Stainless steel)
Process connection of probe
Threaded mounting

PFA
16 mm (0.63 inch)
19 mm (0.75 inch)
Max. 1 000 mm (39.4 inch) with

16 mm (0.63 inch) diameter probe
Max. measuring length 1 000 mm
(39.4 inch) with 19 mm (0.75 inch)
diameter probe
NPT [(Taper), ANSI/ASME B1.20.1]
R [(BSPT), EN 10226/PT (JIS-T),
JIS B 0203]
G [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1/PF (JIS-P),
JIS B 0202]
ASME, EN 1092-1
Temperature stability
0.15 pF (0 pF) or < 0.25 %

(typical < 0.1 %) of actual measurement value, whichever is greater
over the full temperature range
Non-linearity and repeatability
0.1 % of full scale and actual

measurement respectively
Accuracy
Deviation < 0.1 % of measured value
Enclosure
Material
Indoor/outdoor
Cable inlet
Aluminum, epoxy-coated (Stainless

steel option available.
Contact ceg.smpi@siemens.com)
2 x " NPT
Type 4X/NEMA4X/IP65, IP68
Power supply
Max. 33 V DC
Flange mounting

- Location
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature (transmitter)
Pollution degree
Medium conditions
Process temperature
- Standard (PFA)
- High temperature stainless steel
version with thermal isolator
- Cryogenic version
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)2)

I
4
Min. 1.5
Temperature ratings are pressure
dependent.
See Pressure/Temperature curves
on page 4/72.
-50 ... +200 C (-58 ... +392 F)
-60 ... +400 C (-76 ... +752 F)
-200 ... +200 C (-328 ... +392 F)
Contact ceg.smpi@siemens.com
for details.
Process pressure
Standard (PFA)
High temperature version
(Stainless steel)
Pressure rating of process seal is

temperature dependent.
See Pressure/Temperature curves
on page 4/72.
-1 ... +150 bar g
(-14.6 ... +2 175 psi g)
-1 ... +35 bar g
(-14.6 ... +507.6 psi g)
Features
Measurement current signaling
NAMUR NE 43
Safety
Inputs/outputs fully galvanically

isolated
Polarity-insensitive current loop
Fully potted
Integrated safety barrier
Primary variable (PV) out of limits,
system failure in measurement circuit,
deviation between A/D and D/A converter, check sum, watch dog and
self-checking facility
Positions 0 ... 9, A ... F
Conforming to HART Communication
Foundation (HCF)
Diagnostics with fault alarm when:
Function rotary switch

SMART communication
General Purpose
Non incendive/Non sparking
Dust Ignition Proof
Explosion Proof
Marine
CE, CSA/FM, RCM

Groups A, B, C, D T4
ATEX II 3G 2D EEx n A [ib] IIC
T6 ... T4 T100 C
CSA/FM Class II and III, Div. 1,
Groups E, F, G T4
ATEX II 1/2 GD EEx d [ia] T6 ... T1
T100 C
FM Class 1, Div. 1,
ATEX II 1/2 GD EEx d [ia] IIC T6 ... T1
T100 C
Categories ENV1, ENV2, ENV3,
ENV5, Bureau Veritas
1)

2)

(185 F)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/65
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pointek CLS500
Pointek CLS500 probe version
Standard
HT Series
Process connection types
Standard (PFA)
(7ML5601, 7ML5602, 7ML5603)
High Temperature
(Stainless steel) (7ML5604)
Threaded
Available as standard
Flange
None
HT Stainless: available as standard
PFA
1 000 mm (40 inch)
1 000 mm (40 inch)
Max. process pressure
150 bar g (2 175 psi g)
Stainless steel:2) 35 bar g (507 psi g)
Max. process temperature
200 C (392 F)
400 C (752 F)
Process connection materials

Probe insulation
Length parameters
Max. rod length
Process condtitions1)
1)
When operation is in areas classified as hazardous, observe restrictions according to relevant certificate.
See also Pressure/Temperature curves on page 4/72. Pressure rating of process seal is temperature dependent.
2)
Pressure rating of process seal is temperature dependent. See Pressure/Temperature curves on page 4/72.
Not available as standard
4/66
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pointek CLS500
Article No.
Pointek CLS500, threaded

material detection switch for detecting interfaces,
solids, liquids, toxic and aggressive chemicals in
critical conditions of extreme temperature and
pressure. CLS500 also has the ability to tune out
build-up on the probe.
7ML5601-
Further designs
77 7 77 - 77 A 0

code(s).
Electronic transmitter
No transmitter supplied
MSP 2002-1 (330 pF)
0
1
Process connection
"
1"
1"
A
B
C
1"
2"
D
E
Threaded connection and rating

R [(BSPT), EN 10226/PT (JIS-T) JIS B 0203]
G [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1/PF (JIS-P), JIS B 0202]
Probe insulation/material of process connection
PFA insulation/316L stainless steel
A
B
D
Active Shield length - minimum length is 50 mm

Y02: to mm1)
Y02

Y15

C11
C12

manual library.
See page 4/71
Pointek Specials
See page 4/71
See dimension drawings on page 4/77 for further explanation of Y02
ATEX II 1/2 GD EEx d [ia] IIC T6 to T1 T100 C

FM Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D T4
4
6
1)
Y01
1)
1
2
Thermal isolator/remote version

Rigid thermal isolator [for process connection
temperature over 85 C (185 F)]
No thermal isolator

Approvals
General Purpose: CE, CSA/FM, RCM
CSA/FM Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4;
ATEX II 3GD 2D EEx nA [ib] IIC T6 to T4 T100 C;
CSA/FM Class II and III Div. 1, Groups E, F, G T4
Probe/electrode diameter
16 mm (0.63 inch) rigid rod, minimum insertion
length 200 mm (7.9 inch), maximum insertion
length 1 000 mm (39.4 inch)1)
Order code
A
B
Add Order code Y01 and Y02 in plain text:

"Insertion/active shield length to mm"
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/67
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pointek CLS500
Article No.
Pointek CLS500, welded flange

7ML5602-
Further designs
code(s).
77 7 77 - 77 A 0
MSP 2002-1 (330 pF)
Process connection and pressure rating

2" ASME, 150 lb
2" ASME, 300 lb
3" ASME, 150 lb
3" ASME, 300 lb1)
AA
AB
BA
BB
4" ASME, 150 lb1)

4" ASME, 300 lb1)
6" ASME, 150 lb1)
6" ASME, 300 lb1)
Type A flat faced
DN 50 PN 16
DN 50 PN 40
DN 80 PN 16
CA
CB
DA
DB
DN 80 PN 40
DN 100 PN 161)
DN 125 PN 161)
FD
GC
HC

Approvals
General Purpose
16 mm (0.63 inch) rigid rod, min. length 200 mm
(7.9 inch), max. length 1 000 mm (39.4 inch)
Thermal isolator
Rigid thermal isolator
[for process temperature over 85 C (185 F)]
No thermal isolator
1)
Siemens FI 01 2015

Y01
Active Shield length - minimum length is 50 mm.

Y02: to mm1)
Y02

Y15

C11
C12
See page 4/71
Pointek Specials
See page 4/71

manual library.
1)
EC
ED
FC
1
1
2
4
6
1
A
B
Custom shipping methods required. Contact factory for more details.
4/68
Order code
See dimensional drawings on page 4/77 for further explanation of Y02
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pointek CLS500
Pointek CLS500, single piece flange
Article No.
77 7 77 - 77 A 0
MSP 2002-1 (330 pF)

Single piece flange, 316L stainless steel,
raised face
2" ASME, 150 lb
2" ASME, 300 lb
AA
AB
3" ASME, 150 lb

3" ASME, 300 lb1)
BA
BB
4" ASME, 150 lb1)

4" ASME, 300 lb1)
CA
CB
6" ASME, 150 lb1)

6" ASME, 300 lb1)
Single piece flange, 316L stainless steel,
Type B1 raised faced
DA
DB
DN 50 PN 16
DN 50 PN 25
EC
ED
DN 80 PN 16
DN 80 PN 25
FC
FD
DN 100 PN 161)
DN 100 PN 251)
GC
GD
DN 125 PN 161)
DN 125 PN 251)
HC
HD

Y01

Y02: to mm1)
Y02

Y15

C11
C12

manual library.
See page 4/71
Accessories
See page 4/71

4
6
1)

1)
1
2
Thermal isolator
No thermal isolator
Further designs
code(s).
Approvals
General Purpose: CE, CSA/FM, RCM
16 mm (0.63 inch) rigid rod,
maximum length 1 000 mm (39.4 inch) (Y01)
Order code
7ML5603-
A
B
Custom shipping methods required. Contact factory for more details
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/69
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pointek CLS500
Article No.
Article No.
Pointek CLS500 High temperature

7ML5604-
Pointek CLS500 High temperature

7ML5604-
7A 7 77 - 7777
MSP 2002-1 (330 pF)
Probe material of process connection

No insulation/316L stainless steel3)4)
Stilling well
No stilling well

316L stainless steel, raised face1)
2" ASME, 150 lb
2" ASME, 300 lb
2" ASME, 600 lb
2" ASME, 900 lb
A1
A2
A3
A4
3" ASME, 150 lb

3" ASME, 300 lb2)
3" ASME, 600 lb2)
3" ASME, 900 lb2)
B1
B2
B3
B4
4" ASME, 150 lb2)

4" ASME, 300 lb2)
4" ASME, 600 lb2)
4" ASME, 900 lb2)
C1
C2
C3
C4
lb2)
6" ASME, 150

6" ASME, 300 lb2)
6" ASME, 600 lb2)
6" ASME, 900 lb2)
316L stainless steel, Type B1 flat faced
D1
D2
D3
D4
DN 50 PN 16
DN 50 PN 25
DN 50 PN 40
DN 50 PN 63
E1
E2
E3
E4
DN 80 PN 16
DN 80 PN 25
DN 80 PN 402)
DN 80 PN 632)
F
F
F
F
DN 100 PN 162)
DN 100 PN 252)
DN 100 PN 402)
DN 100 PN 642)
G1
G2
G3
G4
DN 125 PN 162)
DN 125 PN 252)
DN 125 PN 402)
DN 125 PN 642)
H1
H2
H3
H4
4/70
Siemens FI 01 2015
7 A 7 77 - 7777
1
2
3
4
1
0
Approvals
General Purpose
A
B

D
F
Maximum length 1 000 mm (39.37 inch)4)
Thermal isolator
A
1
1)
Welded flange for no insulation option only
2)
Custom shipping methods required
3)
Non-conductive material only, stainless steel non-insulated probe diameter

19 mm (0.75 inch)
4)
Add Order code Y01 and Y02 in plain text:

"Insertion/active shield length to mm"
Minimum insertion length depends on probe version selected.
See dimensional drawings on page 4/77 for more details.
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pointek CLS500
Order code
Further designs
code(s).

Y01

Y02: to mm1)
Y02

Y15

C11
C12
Article No.
English
7ML1998-5GG03
German
7ML1998-5GG32
French
7ML1998-5GG11
Dutch
7ML1998-5GG41
A5E32243995

Accessories
General Purpose
6 ... 12 mm (0.236 ... 0.472 inch)
7ML1830-1JA

7 ... 12 mm (0.275 ... 0.472 inch)
7ML1830-1JC
Transmitter, MSP 2002-1, 330 PF
7ML1830-1JP
Hazardous Locations
1/2" NPT EMC rated Cable Gland: Dust Ignition Proof, 7ML1830-1JB
(0.216 ... 0.472 inch)
(0.216 ... 0.472 inch)
7ML1830-1JD
Pointek Specials
See page 4/80
1)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/71
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pointek CLS500
CLS500 rod probes
(7ML5601)
150 bar (2.175 psi)
140 bar (2.030 psi)
130 bar (1.885 psi)
120 bar (1.740 psi)
110 bar (1.595 psi)
100 bar (1.450 psi)
90 bar (1.305 psi)
80 bar (1.160 psi)
70 bar (1.015 psi)
60 bar (870 psi)
50 bar (725 psi)
40 bar (580 psi)
30 bar (435 psi)
20 bar (290 psi)
10 bar (145 psi)
Atmospheric
-40 F 14 F
(-40 C)(-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)
-150 C
(-238 F)
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
Example:
Pointek CLS500 Process Pressure/Temperature derating curves (7ML5601)
4/72
Siemens FI 01 2015
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
500 F
(260 C)
250 C
(482 F)
600 F
(315 C)
300 C
(572 F)
700 F
(371 C)
350 C
400 C
(662 F) (752 F)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pointek CLS500
CLS500 rod probes
(7ML5602 and 7ML5603)
150 bar (2.175 psi)
140 bar (2.030 psi)
130 bar (1.885 psi)
120 bar (1.740 psi)
110 bar (1.595 psi)
100 bar (1.450 psi)
90 bar (1.305 psi)
80 bar (1.160 psi)
70 bar (1.015 psi)
60 bar (870 psi)
50 bar (725 psi)
40 bar (580 psi)
30 bar (435 psi)
ASME 300 lb1)
20 bar (290 psi)
Atmospheric
-40 F 14 F
(-40 C)(-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)
-150 C
(-238 F)
ASME 150 lb1)
10 bar (145 psi)
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
1)
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
500 F
(260 C)
250 C
(482 F)
600 F
(315 C)
300 C
(572 F)
700 F
(371 C)
350 C
400 C
(662 F) (752 F)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/73
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pointek CLS500
CLS500 rod probes
(7ML5602 and 7ML5603)
150 bar (2.175 psi)
140 bar (2.030 psi)
130 bar (1.885 psi)
120 bar (1.740 psi)
110 bar (1.595 psi)
100 bar (1.450 psi)
90 bar (1.305 psi)
80 bar (1.160 psi)
70 bar (1.015 psi)
60 bar (870 psi)
50 bar (725 psi)
40 bar (580 psi)
30 bar (435 psi)
20 bar (290 psi)

PN 251)
-40 F 14 F
(-40 C)(-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)
-150 C
(-238 F)
PN 161)
10 bar (145 psi)
Atmospheric
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
1)
4/74
Siemens FI 01 2015
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
500 F
(260 C)
250 C
(482 F)
600 F
(315 C)
300 C
(572 F)
700 F
(371 C)
350 C
400 C
(662 F) (752 F)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pointek CLS500
CLS500 high temperature (no insulation)
(7ML5604)
90 bar (1.305 psi)
80 bar (1.160 psi)
70 bar (1.015 psi)
60 bar (870 psi)

ASME 600 lb
50 bar (725 psi)
1)
40 bar (580 psi)
30 bar (435 psi)

ASME 300 lb1)
20 bar (290 psi)
ASME 150 lb1)
Atmospheric
10 bar (145 psi)

-40 F 14 F
(-40 C) (-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)

-150 C
(-238 F)
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
1)
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
500 F
(260 C)
250 C
(482 F)
600 F
(315 C)
300 C
(572 F)
700 F
(371 C)
350 C
400 C
(662 F) (752 F)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/75
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pointek CLS500
CLS500 high temperature (no insulation)
(7ML5604)
40 bar (580 psi)
30 bar (435 psi)

PN 401)
20 bar (290 psi)
PN 251)
10 bar (145 psi)
Atmospheric
-40 F 14 F
(-40 C) (-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)
-150 C
(-238 F)
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
PN 161)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
1)
4/76
Siemens FI 01 2015
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
500 F
(260 C)
250 C
(482 F)
600 F
(315 C)
300 C
(572 F)
700 F
(371 C)
350 C
400 C
(662 F) (752 F)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pointek CLS500
Standard rod version
Threaded (7ML5601)
205 (8.1)
Standard configuration
(7ML5601)
Transmitter/
electronics
1/2" NPT:
230 (9.1)
With thermal isolator option
(all versions)
Thermal
isolator
430 (16.9)
270 (10.6)
With explosion-proof seal option

(all versions)
Measuring length
30 (1.18)
PFA insulated
probe
Y02
min. = 200 (7.87) / max. = 1 000 (39.37)
20 (0.79)
Inactive tip
16 (0.63)
Pointek CLS500 - Threaded Process Connections, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/77
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pointek CLS500
Standard Rod version
Welded Flange (7ML5602)
Single Piece Flange (7ML5603)
205 (8.1)
(7ML5602, 7ML5603)
Transmitter/
electronics
30 (1.18)
PFA insulated
probe
With thermal isolator option

(all versions)
430 (16.9)
Measuring length1)
With explosion-proof seal option

(all versions)
270 (10.6
Y021)
min. = 200 (7.87)/max. = 1 000 (39.37)
" NPT:
230 (9.1)
Thermal
isolator
Inactive tip
16 (0.63)
Welded Flange (7ML5604), Stainless steel rod 4)
Flange Class
Thermal
isolator
Facing thickness
ASME 150/300
2 (0.08)
ASME 600/900
7 (0.28)
PN16/25/40/64
2 (0.08)
Notes:
1)
Min. Y02 (active shield length) = 50 (1.96)

3)
4)
Non conductive materials only
Stainless steel
probe
Measuring
Y02 2)
length2)
min. = 200 (7.87)/max. = 1 000 (39.37)
2)
19 (0.75)
4/78
Siemens FI 01 2015
Insertion length does not include any raised

face/gasket face dimension (see Flange
Facing Table above)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pointek CLS500
Schematics
Ground lug
Protective
label
Solid state
switch relay
(any polarity)
Instrument
system
ground
Measuring
signal
(minicoaxial
cable)
Type:
Ser.:
Date:
Rev.:
4 ... 20 mA
current loop
connection
(any polarity)
Tampering voids warranty
Ground connection
point for instrument
system
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/79
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement

Pointek Specials1)
Pointek Specials1)
Article No.
A5E01163678
Kit, Sensor for cable units, PPS, Standard,

FFKM
A5E01163679
Kit, Sensor for cable units, PPS, Digital,

FFKM
A5E01163680
Kit, Sensor for cable units, PVDF, Standard,

FKM
A5E01163681
Kit, Sensor for cable units, PVDF, Digital,

FKM
A5E01163682
CLS100 Miscellaneous Parts

Custom length of cable is available only for
7ML5501-xxx1x and 7ML5501-xxx5x2)
Kit, Sensor for cable units, PVDF, Standard,

FFKM
A5E01163683
CLS200 Gasket (IP65), Synprene
Kit, Sensor for cable units, PVDF, Digital,

FFKM
A5E01163684
Kit, Lid and gasket,

CLS100 enclosure version
Article No.
Kit, Sensor for cable units, PPS, Digital,
FKM
CLS100 Polycarbonate Lid and Gasket, FKM
A5E01163671
CLS200 Mounting Bracket,

Spare gasket, enclosure version

(IP65 versions only)
A5E01163672
CLS200 Gasket (IP68), Silicone

Spare mounting bracket
A5E01163685
CLS200 PROFIBUS Connector (IP65)
Spare gasket, enclosure version

(IP68 versions)
A5E01163673
Spare, PROFIBUS connector
(IP65 versions only)
CLS200 Blind Lid
A5E01163686
CLS200 Miscellaneous Parts

CLS200 with FFKM O-rings (any version)2)
CLS200 Electronics
Spare aluminum blind lid
(for standard versions only)
A5E01163674
CLS200 Lid with window
Test magnet, digital version
7ML1830-1JE
Amplifier/power supply kit, standard version
A5E03251681
Amplifier/power supply, digital version
7ML1830-1JF
LCD display, digital version
7ML1830-1JK
CLS300 Cable Extensions,

Spare aluminum lid with window
A5E01163676
CLS200 Sensor Kit for cable units
Kit, Sensor for cable units, PPS, Standard, FKM
4/80
Siemens FI 01 2015
A5E01163677
Kit, stainless steel cable extension, 1 m,

adjustable by customer
A5E01163688

A5E01163689

A5E01163690

A5E01163691

A5E01163693

A5E01163695
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pointek Specials1)
Pointek Specials1)
Article No.
CLS300 Cable Extensions,

316 stainless steel with PFA coating
Article No.
CLS300 Electronics Kits with drivers
(for rod or cable versions)
Kit, PFA cable extension, 1 m,

A5E01163697

A5E01163698

A5E01163699

A5E01163700

A5E01163701

A5E01163702
CLS300 Rod Kits, 316L stainless steel
Kit, Electronics with driver, standard CLS300.

To be used in rod or cable versions with
length less than 5 m.3)4)
A5E01163723
Kit, Electronics with driver, digital CLS300.

To be used in rod or cable versions with
length less than 5 m.3)4)
A5E01163725
CLS300 Electronics Kits with drivers

(for cable versions)
Kit, Electronics with driver, standard CLS300.

To be used in cable versions with
length greater than 5 m.3)4)
A5E01163724
Kit, Electronics with driver, digital CLS300.

To be used in cable versions with
length greater than 5 m.3)4)
A5E01163726
CLS300 Electronics
Kit, stainless steel rod 180 mm (7.09 inch) to

be used with CLS300 units only (with standard
active shield). Insertion length after installation
is 350 mm (13.78 inch).
A5E01163719

is 500 mm (19.69 inch).
A5E01163720

is 750 mm (29.53 inch).
A5E01163721

is 1 000 mm (39.37 inch).
A5E01163722
Kit, stainless steel rod 1 330 mm (52.36 inch) to

is 1 500 mm (59.06 inch).2)
Kit, stainless steel rod 1 830 mm (72.05 inch) to
is 2 000 mm (78.74 inch).2)
Test magnet, digital version
7ML1830-1JE
Amplifier/power supply kit, standard version
A5E03251683
Amplifier/power supply, digital version
7ML1830-1JF
LCD display, digital version
7ML1830-1JK
CLS300 Weight Kit, 316L stainless steel
Kit, Spare stainless steel weight. To be used in

any cable version of CLS300
A5E01163727
CLS500 Gasket (IP65), Silicone
Spare gasket, CLS500 enclosure version, IP65
A5E01163728
CLS500 Blind Lid
Spare CLS500 aluminum blind lid
A5E01163729
Kit, stainless steel rod customized length

up to 1 m2)
CLS500 Electronics Kit
Kit, stainless steel rod customized length

up to 2 m2)
1)
Special flange sizes and facings are available. Please contact

ceg.smpi@siemens.com for part number and pricing. Submit Application
Questionnaire found on page 4/11.
2)
Please contact ceg.smpi@siemens.com for part number and pricing.
3)
For General Purpose approvals only.
4)
To maintain approvals, qualified trained Siemens personnel

required for part replacement.
Transmitter, MSP 2002-1, 330 PF
7ML1830-1JP
Please contact ceg.smpi@siemens.com for special requests.
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/81
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Point level measurement Vibrating switches
SITRANS LVL100
Overview
Configuration
Horizontal mounting
Switching point
Switching point
(recommended mounting
position, particularly for
adhesive applications)
Vertical mounting
SITRANS LVL100 is a compact vibrating level switch for material

detection in liquid and slurry applications such as overflow, high,
low and demand applications, as well as pump protection.
It is ideal for use in confined spaces.
13 (0.51)
13 (0.51)
Switching point
with
lower density
Switching point
[approx. 13 (0.51)]
Benefits
Proven vibrating level switch technology for liquids
Compact insertion length of 40 mm (1.57 inch) for confined
space applications
Fault monitoring for corrosion, loss of vibration, or line break to
the piezo drive
Integrated test function to confirm correct operation
Application
SITRANS LVL100 is a compact level switch designed for industrial use in all areas of process technology and can be used for
material detection with liquids and slurries. With an insertion
length of only 40 mm (1.57 inch), SITRANS LVL100 can be
mounted in small pipes and confined space applications. It is
virtually unaffected by the chemical and physical properties of
the liquid. The LVL100 can be used in difficult conditions including turbulence, air bubbles, foam generation, buildup, or external vibration.
The tuning fork is piezoelectrically energized and vibrates at a
mechanical resonance frequency of approximately 1 200 Hz.
The vibration frequency changes when the tuning fork is covered by the medium. This change is detected by the integrated
oscillator and converted into a switching command. The integrated electronics evaluate the level signal and output a switching signal to connected devices.
Key Applications: For use in liquids and slurries, for level
measurement, overfill, and dry run protection
Switching point
with
higher density
Horizontal mounting in
viscous or adhesive
applications
Moisture protection
30 (1.18)
NOTE:
Welded socket for flush
mount optional.
Ensure cable gland faces

downward to avoid water
ingress.
SITRANS LVL100 Installation, dimensions in mm (inch)
4/82
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVL100
Options
Mode of operation
Vibrating point level switch
LVL100 threaded welded socket

G" A/316L
Input
Measured variable
High and low and demand
32 (1.26)
G"
Output
Measuring Accuracy
Hysteresis
Switching delay
Frequency
Approx. 2 mm (0.08 inch) with

vertical installation
Approx. 500 ms (on/off)
Approx. 1 200 Hz

Indoor/outdoor
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
Pollution degree
-40 ... +70 C (-40 ... +158 F)

III
2
Design
Material
Enclosure
Tuning fork
Process connection (threaded)
Process seal
Process connection
Pipe thread, cylindrical
(ISO 228 T1)
Pipe thread, tapered
Hygienic fittings
Conduit entry
Weight (housing)
Power supply
Supply voltage
Power consumption
53 (2.09)
60 (2.36)
SITRANS LVL100 welded socket, dimensions in mm (inch)
Location
Medium conditions
Temperature
- Standard
- High temperature option
Pressure (vessel)
Density
39 (1.54)
G1"
Contactless electronic switch

Transistor output PNP
32
(1.26)
Output options
G1" A/316L
29.5
(1.16)
Measuring principle
-40 ... +100 C (-40 ... +212 F)

-40 ... +150 C (-40 ... +302 F)
-1 ... 64 bar g (-14.5 ... 928 psi g)
0.7 ... 2.5 g/cm
(0.025 ... 0.09 lb/in)
316L and Plastic PEI

316L (1.4404 or 1.4435)
316L (1.4404 or 1.4435)
Klingersil C-4400
G " A, G " A or G 1" A
" NPT, " NPT or 1" NPT
Bolting DN 40 PN 40
Tri-clamp 1", 1", 2" PN 10
IP65/Type 4/NEMA 4
(with DIN 43650 valve plug),
IP66/67 or IP68
(with M12 connector)
1 x M12 [IP66/IP67 or IP68 (0.2 bar)]
250 g (9 oz)
20 ... 253 V AC, 50/60 Hz
20 ... 253 V DC
Max. 0.5 W
Overfill protection (WHG)
Shipping approvals
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/83
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVL100
Article No.
SITRANS LVL100
Compact vibrating level switch for use in liquid and
slurry applications such as overflow, high, low, and
demand applications, as well as pump protection.
Ideal for use in confined spaces.
7ML5745-
Further designs
77 7 77 - 77 A 0

code(s).
Cleaning including certificate

(oil, grease and silicone free)
Approvals
Without approvals
Shipping approvals5)
Overfill protection (WHG)1)
Process temperature
Standard -40 ... +100 C (-40 ... +212 F)2)
Extended -40 ... +150 C (-40 ... +302 F)2)
Hygienic applications -40 ... +150 C
(-40 ... +302 F)3)
Process connection
Thread G" A PN 64/316L
Thread G" A PN 64/316L Ra < 0.8 m
Thread " NPT PN 64/316L
Thread " NPT PN 64/316L Ra < 0.8 m
Thread G1" A PN 64/316L
Thread G1" A PN 64/316L Ra < 0.8 m
Thread 1" NPT PN 64/316L
Thread 1" NPT PN 64/316L Ra < 0.8 m
Tri-Clamp 1" PN 16 DIN 32676/316L Ra < 0.8 m
1
2
3
Y16
Acceptance test certificate 3.1 for instrument
C12
Acceptance test Certificate 2.2 for material

EN10204
C15
Article No.
LVL100 (Contactless electronic switch)
A
B
C
W01
Identification Label, foil laser marking
Additional Operating Instructions
Order code
A0
A1
A2
A6
A7
A8
B0
B1
B2
Bolting DN40 PN 40 DIN 11851/316L Ra < 0.8 m

SMS DN38 PN 6 316L Ra < 0.8 m
B3
B4
B5
Hygienic fitting with compression nut F40

PN 25/316L Ra < 0.8 m
B6
Thread G" (DIN 3852-A) PN64 / 316L
7ML1998-5KN01
French
7ML1998-5KN11
Spanish
7ML1998-5KN21
German
7ML1998-5KN31
LVL100 (Transistor PNP)
A3
A4
A5
Tri-Clamp 1" PN 16 DIN 32676/316L Ra < 0.8 m

Tri-Clamp 2 " PN 16 DIN 32676/316L Ra < 0.8 m
English
English
7ML1998-5KP01
French
7ML1998-5KP11
Spanish
7ML1998-5KP21
German
This device is shipped with the Siemens
Milltronics manual DVD containing the Operating
Instructions library.
7ML1998-5KP31
Spare Parts
LVL100 Threaded Welded Socket
G" A/316L with FKM Seal
7ML1930-1EE
G1" A/316L with FKM Seal
7ML1930-1EF
M27x1.5/316L with FKM Seal
7ML1930-1EG
G" A/316L with EPDM Seal
7ML1930-1EH
C0
7ML1930-1EJ
Thread G" (DIN 3852-A) PN64 / 316L Ra < 0.8 m
G1" A/316L with EPDM Seal
C1
Thread " NPT (ASME B1.20.1) PN 64/316L
M27x1.5/316L with EPDM Seal
7ML1930-1EK
C2

Ra < 0.8 m
C3
Electronics
Contactless electronic switch 20 ... 250 V AC/DC4)
Transistor output PNP 10 ... 55 V DC
Housing
316L
1
2
Electrical connection/Protection
M12x1/IP67
According to DIN 43650 including plug/IP65
Acc. to DIN 43650 incl. plug with QuickOn
connection/IP65
M12x1 incl. 5 m cable/IP68 (0.2 bar)

1)
Available with process connection A0, A2, A4, and A6 only
2)
Available with process connection A1, A3, A5, and A7 ... B6 only
3)
Available with Electrical connection/Protection option B and C only
4)
Available with Process Temperature option A only
1
A
B
C
D
5) Available with Process Temperature option A only
4/84
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVL100
Ambient temperature in C (F)
Ambient temperature to process temperature dependency

(standard version)
70 C
(158 F)
50 C
(122 F)
0 C
(32 F)
-40 C
(-40 F)
-40 C
(-40 F)
-20 C
(-4 F)
0 C
20 C
40 C
60 C
80 C 100 C
(32 F) (68 F) (104 F) (140 F) (176 F) (212 F)
Process temperature in C (F)
Ambient temperature to process temperature dependency

(high temperature version)
70 C
(158 F)
0 C
(32 F)
-40 C
(-40 F)
-40 C
(-40 F)
-20 C
(-4 F)
0 C
20 C
40 C
60 C
80 C 100 C 120 C 140 C 150 C
(32 F) (68 F) (104 F) (140 F) (176 F) (212 F) (248 F) (284 F) (302 F)
SITRANS LVL100 Ambient Temperature/Process Temperature derating curves
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/85
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVL100
SITRANS LVL100 (standard)
SITRANS LVL100 (extended high temperature)

{GnG A
(DIN ISO 228/1),
NPT
(valve plug ISO 4400)
{GnG, G 1 A
(DIN ISO 228/1) ,
NPT or 1 NPT
(valve plug ISO 4400)
36 (1.42)
Tri-clamp (valve plug DIN 43650)
Thread G A, G 1 A
(DIN ISO 228/1),
NPT or 1 NPT
(valve plug DIN 43650)
36 (1.42)
27 (1.06)
27 (1.06)
35 (1.38)
4
32
(1.26)
G A,
NPT
G 1 A,
1 NPT
21.3
(0.84)
L
40 (1.57)
31.7
(1.25)
156 (6.14)
158 (6.22)
31.7
(1.25)
31.7
(1.25)
32
G A,
NPT
G 1 A,
1 NPT
21.3 (0.84)
32 (1.26)
G A,
NPT
17
(0.67)
L
38 (1.5)
Switching
point
~ 101 (3.98)
~ 88 (3.46)
35 (1.38)
40 (1.57)
Switching
point
Switching
point
13 (0.51)
11 (0.43)
13 (0.51)
L=
Length with G A, NPT: 66 (2.6)
Length with G 1 A, 1 NPT: 69 (2.7)
L=
L=
Length with Tri-clamp: 53 (2.1)
SITRANS LVL100 (extended, high temperature)
SITRANS LVL100 (standard with M12 connector)
SMS 1145
Bolting DIN 11851

10 (0.39)
10 (0.39)
21.3 (0.84)
40(1.57)
Switching
point
13 (0.51)
L=
SITRANS LVL100, dimensions in mm (inch)
4/86
Siemens FI 01 2015
65 (1.26)
17 (0.67)
Switching
point
XXGOWU[ZP
L=
~ 115 (4.53)
G A,
NPT
38
(1.5)
G A, NPT
G 1 A, 1 NPT
130 (5.14)
158 (6.22)
32
SW 32
(1.26)
40 (1.57)
31.7
(1.25)
31.7
(1.25)
~ 105 (4.13)
M12 x 1
M12 x 1
L
Switching
point
13 (0.51)
L=
Length with bolting: 53 (2.1)
Length with SMS 1145: 53 (2)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVL100
Schematics
Transistor PNP (M12 x 1 plug connection)
Transistor PNP (with valve plug DIN 43650)
Max.
Max.
Min.
Min.
1
2
1
4
4
RL
RL
RL
3
3
RL
10 ... 55 V DC
10 ... 55 V DC
10 ... 55 V DC
PA (Potential equalization)
10 ... 55 V DC
PA
Contactless electronic switch (valve plug DIN 43650)
Min.
Max.
RL
RL
L1
PE (protective ground)
L1
PE
SITRANS LVL100, connections
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/87
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVL200
Overview
Configuration
Horizontal mounting
Marked with screwed version on top,

with flange versions directed to the
flange holes
Switching point
(recommended
mounting position,
particularly for
adhesive applications)
Vertical mounting
Switching point
with lower
density
SITRANS LVL200 is a standard vibrating level switch for material

detection in liquid and slurry applications such as overflow, high,
low, and demand applications, as well as pump protection.
For use in SIL-2 applications.
Benefits
Switching point
[approx.
13 (0.51)]
Switching point
with higher
density
Proven vibrating level switch technology for liquids

Compact insertion length of 40 mm (1.57 inch) for confined
space applications
Fault monitoring for corrosion, loss of vibration or line break to
the piezo drive
Functional Safety (SIL 2). Device suitable for use in accordance with IEC 61508 and IEC 61511
Hygienic process connections
Application
Switching point
[approx.
27 (1.06)]
Mount away from filling

openings or agitators.
SITRANS LVL200 is a level switch designed for industrial use in

all areas of process technology and can be used with liquids
and slurries. With a tuning fork insertion length of only 40 mm
(1.57 inch), SITRANS LVL200 can be mounted in small pipes
and applications with confined space. The LVL200 can be used
to measure products with a minimum density of > 0.5 g/cm
(0.018 lb/in). The LVL200 can be used in difficult conditions
including turbulence, air bubbles, foam generation, buildup,
or external vibration.
SITRANS LVL200 continuously monitors faults via frequency
evaluation, providing early detection of strong corrosion or damage on the tuning fork, loss of vibration, or a line break to the
piezo drive.
The tuning fork is piezoelectrically energized and vibrates at its
mechanical resonance frequency of approximately 1 200 Hz.
The vibration frequency changes when the tuning fork is covered by the medium. This change is detected by the integrated
oscillator and converted into a switching command. The integrated electronics evaluate the level signal and output a switching signal, directly operating connected devices.
Key Applications: For use in liquids and slurries, for level
measurement, overfill, and dry run protection
Moisture protection
NOTE:
Welded socket for flush mount optional
Ensure cable gland

faces downward to
avoid water ingress.
SITRANS LVL200 installation, dimensions in mm (inch)
4/88
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVL200
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Conduit entry
Input
Measured variable

(via mode switch)
Output
Output options
Measuring Accuracy
Repeatability
Hysteresis
Switching delay
Frequency
Relay output (DPDT),

2 floating SPDTs
Contactless electronic switch
2 wire Namur signal output
0.1 mm (0.004 inch)
Approx. 2 mm (0.08 inch)
with vertical installation
Approx. 500 ms (on/off)
Approx. 1 200 Hz

Indoor/outdoor
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
Pollution degree
-40 ... +70 C (-40 ... +158 F)

III
2
Design
Material
Enclosure
Tuning fork
Extension tube [ 21.3 mm
(0.839 inch)]
Process connection: threaded
Process connection: flange
Process seal
Process connection
Pipe thread, cylindrical (ISO 228 T1)
Pipe thread, tapered
Flanges
Hygienic fittings
Approx. 0.8 ... 4 kg

(0.18 ... 8.82 lb)
Approx 920 g/m
(10 oz/ft)
Power supply
Supply voltage
Relay DPDT
Contactless
20 ... 253 V AC, 50/60 Hz,

20 ... 72 V DC [at U>60 V DC
20 ... 253 V AC, 50/60 Hz,
20 ... 253 V DC
2 wire NAMUR
Location
Medium conditions
Temperature
- LVL200S Standard
- LVL200S High temperature option
- LVL200E Standard: with
316L/Hastelloy
- LVL200E High temperature option:
with 316L/Hastelloy
Pressure (vessel)
Density
Weight
Device weight
(dependent on process fitting)
Tube extension
(extended version)
Type 4X/NEMA 4X/IP66/IP67

1 x M20x1.5 (cable: 5 ... 9 mm),
1 x blind stopper M20x1.5; attached
1 x M20x1.5 cable entry
1 x " NPT cable entry,
1 x blind stopper " NPT,
1 x " NPT cable entry
1x M12x1; 1 x blind stopper
M20x1.5
Operating voltage (characteristics

IEC 60947-5-6, approx. 8.2 V
according to standard) for connection Off-load voltage Uo approx. 8.2 V
to an amplifier according to NAMUR Short-circuit current IU
approx. 8.2 mA
Power consumption
Relay DPDT
Contactless
-50 ... +150 C (-58 ... +302 F)

-50 ... +250 C (-58 ... +482 F)
-50 ... +150 C (-58 ... +302 F)
-50 ... +250 C (-58 ... +482 F)
-1 ... 64 bar g (-14.5 ... 928 psi g)
0.7 ... 2.5 g/cm (0.025 ... 0.09 lb/in);
0.5 ... 2.5 g/cm (0.018 ... 0.09 lb/in)
by switching over
Aluminum die-cast AISi10Mg,

powder-coated, basis: Polyester
Stainless steel housing, electropolished 316L
316L (1.4404 or 1.4435), Hastelloy
316L (1.4404 or 1.4435), Hastelloy
316L (1.4404 or 1.4435), Hastelloy
316L (1.4404 or 1.4435), 316L with
Hastelloy, ECTFE, or PFA coating
Klingersil C-4400
G " A, G 1" A
" NPT, 1" NPT, 1" NPT
DIN from DN25, ANSI from 1"
Bolting DN 40 PN 40, 1, 1, 2,
2" Tri-Clamp PN 10, conus
DN 25 PN 40, Tuchenhagen Varivent
DN 50 PN 10, SMS
2 wire Namur
1 ... 8 VA (AC), approx. 1.3 W (DC)

1 ... 8 VA (AC), approx. 1.3 W (DC)
Domestic current requirement
approx. 3 mA (via load circuit)
Load current
- Min. 10 mA
- Max. 400 mA [with I > 300 mA
the ambient temperature can
be max. 60 C (140 F)]
- Max. 4 A up to 40 ms
(not WHG specified)
Current consumption
- Falling characteristics 2.6 mA
uncovered/ 0.6 mA covered
- 0.6 mA uncovered/ 2.6 mA
covered
- Failure message 0.6 mA
CE, CSA
Overfill Protection WHG
and VLAREM II
FM (Non-Incendive) Class I, Div. 2,
Groups A, B, C, D
FM (Explosion-Proof) Class I, Div. 1,
Groups A, B, C, D; (Dust IgnitionProof) Class II, III, Div. 1,
Groups E, F, G1)
IECEx d IIC T6...T2 Ga/Gb EHEDG
ATEX II 1/2G, 2G EEx d IIC T6
ATEX II 1G, 1/2G, 2G EEx ia IIC T6
Shipping approvals
BR-Ex d IIC T6...T2
FDA, 3A, Ehedge
SIL/IEC61508 Declaration of Conformity [SIL-2 (min/max detection)]
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/89
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVL200
Article No.
Article No.
SITRANS LVL200, Standard

Compact vibrating level switch for material detection in liquid and slurry applications such as overflow, high, low, and demand applications, as well as
pump protection. For use in SIL-2 and hazardous
applications.
7ML5746-

applications.
7ML5746-
7 7 7 77 - 77 A 0
Electronics
Contactless electronic switch 20...250 V AC/DC
1
Double relay (DPDT) 20 ... 72 V DC/20 ... 250 V AC 2
4
NAMUR signal1)
Approvals
Without approvals
ATEX II 1G, 1/2G, 2G EEx ia IIC T6 + WHG 2)
3)
ATEX II 1/2G, 2G EEx d IIC T6 + WHG

ATEX II 1G, 1/2G, 2G EEx ia IIC T6 + shipping
approvals2)
ATEX II 1/2G, 2G EEx d IIC T6 + shipping
approvals3)
A
B
C
D
E
ATEX II 1G, 1/2G, 2G EEx ia IIC T6 + ATEX II 1/2 D

IP6X T2)
IECEx Ex ia IIC T62)
Shipping approvals
FM (IS) Class I, II, III, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F,

G 2)4)
FM (XP) Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D; (DIP)

Class II, III, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G3)4)
FM (NI) Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D4)
IECEx d IIC T6...T2 Ga/Gb
CSA(XP)CL I, II, III Div. 1,Groups A,,B, C, D, E, F, G

CSA(NI)CL I, II, III, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G
R
S
T
BR-Ex d IIC T6...T2

CSA(IS)CL I, II, III Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G
U
V
Process connection
Thread G" A, PN 64/316L
Thread G" A, PN 64/316L Ra < 0.8 m
Thread " NPT, PN 64/316L
Thread " NPT, PN 64/316L Ra < 0.8 m
Thread " NPT, PN 64/Monel
Thread G" A, PN 64/Hastelloy
Thread " NPT, PN 64/Hastelloy
Thread G1" A, PN 64/316L
Thread G1" A, PN 64/316L ECTFE coated
MB19825)
Thread G1" A, PN 64/316L PFA coated5)
Thread G1" A, PN 64/Monel
Thread G1" A, PN 64 / 316L Ra<0.8m
Thread G1" A, PN 64/316L Ra < 0.8 m
Thread 1" NPT, PN 64/316L5)

Thread 1" NPT, PN 64/316L ECTFE
coatedMB19825)
Thread 1" NPT, PN 64/316L PFA-coated
A00
A01
A02
A03
A04
A05
A06
A07
A08
A10
A11
A12
A13
A30
A31
A32
Conus DN 25, PN 40/ECTFE (ZB3033)5)

Conus M52, PN 40/316L
Conus M52, PN 40/316L Ra < 0.3 m
A33
A34
A35
Conus M52, PN 40/316L Ra < 0.8 m

Tri-Clamp 1", PN 16/316L Ra < 0.3 m
A36
A37
Tri-Clamp 1", PN 16/Hastelloy

A38
A40
A4 1
A42
A43
A44
A45
A46
A47
A48
Bolting DN 32, PN 40 DIN11851/316L Ra < 0.3 m
A50
A51
A52

A53
A54
A55

Bolting DN 40, PN 40 DIN11864-1 A/316L

Ra < 0.8 m ZB3052
A56
A57
A58

Bolting DN 50, PN 25 DIN11864-1 A/316L
Ra < 0.8 m ZB3052
A60
A61
A62
Hygienic w. compr. nut F40, PN 25/316L

Ra < 0.3 m
Ra < 0.8 m
A63
A64
Varivent N50-40/316L Ra < 0.3 m

Varivent N125/100/316L Ra < 0.8 m
A66
A67
A68
DRD flange, PN 40/316L ZB3007

SMS DN 38/316L Ra < 0.8 m5)
SMS DN 51, PN 6/316L Ra < 0.8 m5)
A70
A71
A72
A65
A14
A15
Swagelok VCR screwing ZG2579, PN 64/316L

Neumo biocontrol size 25, PN 16/316L Ra < 0.8 m
Neumo biocontrol size 50, PN 16/316L Ra < 0.8 m5)
A73
A74
A75
A16

SDMO DN 50, PN 10/316L Ra<0,8m
A76
A77
A78
Small flange DN 25, PN 1.5 DIN 28403/316L pol.

Ra < 0.8 m
Small flange DN 40, PN 1.5 DIN 28403/316L pol.
Ra < 0.8 m
Ingold connection, PN 16/316L Ra < 0.8 m
A80
Ingold connection, PN 16/Hastelloy

Terminal DN 33.7 PN 40 DIN11864-3-A-/316L BN2
Ra < 0.8 m5)
Hygienic fl. DN 50 PN 16 DIN11864-2-A-/316L
Ra < 0.8 m
A83
A84
A17
A18
Thread G1" A, PN 64/Hastelloy

Thread G1" A, PN 64/316L Ra<0,8m
A20
A21
A22

Thread 1" NPT, PN 64/Hastelloy
Thread 1" NPT, PN 64/316L
A23
A24
A25
Thread 1" NPT, PN 64/316L Ra<0,8m

A26
A27
A28
Siemens FI 01 2015

Thread 1" NPT, PN 64/Monel

Thread 1" NPT, PN 64/316L Ra < 0.8 m
4/90
Thread M27x1.5, PN 64/316L

Conus DN 25, PN 40/316L Ra < 0.3 m
Conus DN 25, PN 40/316L Ra < 0.8 m

H
K
7 7 7 77 - 77 A 0
A81
A82
A85
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVL200
Article No.
Article No.

applications.
7ML5746-

applications.
7ML5746-
7 7 7 77 - 77 A 0
7 7 7 77 - 77 A 0
Flange DN 80, PN 40 Form C, DIN 2501/PFA5)

Flange DN 80, PN 40 Form C, DIN 2501/
Enamelled6)
Flange DN 80, PN 40 Form F, DIN 2501/316L
B56
B57
Flange DN 80, PN 40 Form N, DIN 2501/316L

Flange DN 100, PN 16 Form C, DIN 2501/316L
Flange DN 100, PN 16 Form C, DIN 2501/Hastelloy
B60
B62
B63
Flange DN 100, PN 16 Form C, DIN 2501/ECTFE5)

Enamelled6)
B64
B65
B66
Flange DN 100, PN 16 Form D, DIN 2501/316L
B67

B68
B70
B71
B13
B14
B15

Enamelled6)
B72
B73
B74

B16
B17
B18

Flange DN 100, PN 40 V13, DIN 2501/316L
B75
B76
B77

Enamelled6)
B20
Flange DN 100, PN 64 Form E, DIN 2501/316L

Flange DN 100, PN 100 Form L, DIN 2501/316L
B78
B80
B81

B23
B24
B25

Flange DN 125, PN 40 Form N, DIN 2512/ 316L
B82
B83
B84

ECTFE (ZB3108)5)
B26
B27
B28

B85
B86
B87

Flange DN 50, PN 40 Form D, DIN 2501/Hastelloy
B30
B31
B32

B88
C00
C01

Flange DN 50, PN 40 Form N, DIN 2501/Hastelloy
B33
B34
B35

C02
C03
C04

Flange DN 50, PN 40 R13, DIN 2501/316L
B36
B37
B38

Flange DN 25, PN 40 Form B1, EN 1092-1/316L
C05
C06
C07

B40
B41
B42
Flange DN 25, PN 40 Form B1, EN 1092-1/Hastelloy

Flange DN 25, PN 40 Form B1, EN/ 316L/ PFA5)
Flange DN 25, PN 40 Form B1, EN 1092-1/
Enamelled 6)
C08
C10
C11

B43
B44
B45

Flange DN 25, PN 40 Form F, EN 1092-1/316L
C12
C13
C14

B46
B47
B48

Flange DN 40, PN 40 Form B1, EN/ 316L
Flange DN 40, PN 40 Form B1, EN 1092-1/PFA5)
C15
C16
C17

B50
B51
B52
Flange DN 40, PN 40 Form B2, EN/316L

Flange DN 50, PN 40 Form B1, EN/316L
Hastelloy
C18
C20
C21
B53
B54
B55

Monel ZB2977
Flange DN 50, PN 40 Form B1, EN 1092-1/ECTFE5)
Flange DN 50, PN 40 Form B1, EN/ 316L/PFA5)
C22

Flange DN 80, PN 40 Form C, DIN 2501/ Hastelloy

A86
A87
A88

B00
B01
B02
Flange DN 25, PN 40 Form C, DIN 2501/Enamelled

B03
B04
B05

Flange DN 25, PN 40 Form N, DIN 2501/Monel
solid
B06
B07
B08

B10
B11
B12

B21
B22
B58
C23
C24
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/91
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVL200
Article No.
Article No.

applications.
7ML5746-

applications.
7ML5746-
7 7 7 77 - 77 A 0
7 7 7 77 - 77 A 0

Enamelled6)
Flange DN 50, PN 40 Form C, EN 1092-1/316L
Flange DN 50, PN 40 Form D, EN/316L
C25
Flange 2" 300 lb RF, ANSI B16.5/316L

Flange 2" 300 lb RF, ANSI B16.5/Hastelloy
C82
C83
C26
C27
Flange DN 50, PN 40 Form D, EN 1092-1/Hastelloy

Flange DN 50, PN 40 Form E, EN 1092-1/316L
C28
C30
C31
Flange 2" 300 lb RF, ANSI B16.5/ECTFE5)

Flange 2" 300 lb RF, ANSI B16.5/PFA5)
Flange 2" 300 lb RF, ANSI B16.5 Enamelled6)
C85
C86
C87

Flange DN 80, PN 40 Form B1, EN 1092-1/Hastelloy
Flange DN 80, PN 40 Form B1, EN 1092-1/ECTFE5)
C32
C33
C34
Flange 2" 300 lb RJF, ANSI B16.5/316L

Flange 2" 300 lb ST, ANSI B16.5/316L
Flange 2" 300 lb LG (large groove),
ANSI B16.5/316L
C88
D00
D01

Enamelled6)
C35
Flange 2" 300 lb LT, ANSI B16.5/316L

Flange 2" 600 lb RF, ANSI B16.5/Monel ZB2977
D02
D03
D04

Hastelloy
C38

Flange 2" 600 lb LG, ANSI B16.5/316L
D05
D06
D07

Enamelled6)
Enamelled6)
C40

D08
D10
D11
Flange DN 100, PN 40 Form C, EN 1092-1/316L

C43
C44
C45

D12
D13
D14

Flange 3" 150 lb RF, ANSI B16.5/Enamelled6)
D15
D16
Flange DN 150, PN 16 Form B1, EN 1092-1/PFA5)

C46
C47
Flange 3" 150 lb FF, ANSI B16.5/316L
D17

ECTFE5)
Flange 1" 150 lb ANSI B16.5/316L
C48
Flange 3" 150 lb FF, ANSI B16.5/ECTFE5)

Flange 3" 150 lb FF, ANSI B16.5/PFA5)
D18
D20
D21

C52
C53
C54

D22
D23
D24

C55
C56
C57

D25
D26
D27

C58
C60
C61

D28
D30
D31

C62
C63
C64

D32
D33
D34

C65
C66
C67

D35
D36
D37

C68
C70
C71

D38
D40
D41

C72
C73
C74

D42
D43
D44

C75
C76
C77

D45
D46
D47

Flange 2" 150 lb FF, ANSI B16.5/ECTF5)
Flange 2" 150 lb SG (small groove),
ANSI B16.5/316L
C78
C80
C81

D48
D50
D51

Flange 1" BS.10 Table E/316L
D52
D53
D54
4/92
Siemens FI 01 2015
C36
C37
C41
C42
C50
C51
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVL200
Article No.
Order code

applications.
7ML5746-
Functional Safety (SIL 2). Device suitable for use in

accordance with IEC 61508 and IEC 615111)
C20
Dye penetration test + 3.1 certificate/instrument1)
C13
X-ray test + 3.1 certificate/instrument1)
C14
Positive material identification test

+ 3.1 certificate/instrument1)
C16
Roughness test + 3.1 certificate/instrument1)
C18
7 7 7 77 - 77 A 0
E/PFA5)
Flange 1" BS.10 Table

D55
D56
D57
E/ECTFE5)

Flange DN 40 10K, JIS/316L
D58
D60
D61

D62
D63
Adapter/Process temperature
Without adapter/-50 ... +150 C (-58 ... +302 F)
With adapter/-50 ... +200 C (-58 ... +392 F)7)
With adapter/-50 .... +250 C (-58 ... +482 F)
With gas-tight leadthrough/-50 ... +150 C
(-58 ... +302 F)
(-58 ... +482 F)
Housing/ Cable entry
Aluminium IP66/IP67/M20x1.5
Aluminium IP66/IP67/" NPT
316L stainless steel (electropolished)
IP66/IP67/M20X1.58)9)
IP66/IP67/" NPT8)9)
1)
Pressure test + 3.1
1
2
3
C31
Helium leak test + 3.1 certificate/instrument1)
C32
Ferrite measuring accuracy to DIN32514-1

C60
Pressure test according to Norsok

C61
Article No.
LVL200 (DPDT Relay)
certificate/instrument1)
A
B
C
D
Available with Adapter/Process temperature options 1, 3, 4, and 5 only
English
7ML1998-5KR01
French
7ML1998-5KR11
Spanish
7ML1998-5KR21
German
7ML1998-5KR31

English
7ML1998-5KQ01
French
7ML1998-5KQ11
Spanish
7ML1998-5KQ21
German
7ML1998-5KQ31
Electronics module LVL200 Relay
2)
Available with Electronics option 4 only
3)
Available with Adapter/Process temperature options 1 and 3 only
English
7ML1998-5LS01
4)
Available with Housing/Cable entry option B only
5)
French
7ML1998-5LS11
6)
Available with Adapter/Process temperature options 1, 2, and 4 only
Spanish
7ML1998-5LS21
German
manual DVD containing the Operating Instructions
library.
7ML1998-5LS31
7)
Available with enamelled Process connection options only
8)
Available with Approval options A, B, C only
9)
Not available with SIL/IEC61508 Certificate of conformity

(SIL-2 min. and max. detection)
Order code
Further designs
code(s).
Cleaning including Certificate

(oil, grease, and silicone free)
W01
Identification Label (measurement loop) stainless

steel:
max. 16 characters add in plain text
Y17
Identification Label (measurement loop) Foil:

Y18
Acceptance test certificate 3.1 NACE MR 0775 for

material EN102041)
D07

EN102041)
C12

EN102041)
C15
Spare Parts and Accessories

Electronics module SITRANS LVL200 Relay
7ML1830-1NC
Electronics module SITRANS LVL200 Contactless

LVL200 Threaded Welded Socket
7ML1930-6AA
G" A/316L with FKM Seal
7ML1930-1EE
G1" A/316L with FKM Seal
7ML1930-1EF
M27x1.5/316L with FKM Seal
7ML1930-1EG
G" A/316L with EPDM Seal
7ML1930-1EH
G1" A/316L with EPDM Seal
7ML1930-1EJ
M27x1.5/316L with EPDM Seal
7ML1930-1EK
1)
Listed Certificates are not available with all configurations, please contact
factory for more information
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/93
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVL200
Article No.
Article No.
SITRANS LVL200, Rigid extension

Compact vibrating level switch for material detection in liquid applications such as overflow, high,
low, and demand applications, as well as pump
protection. For use in SIL-2 and hazardous applications.
7ML5747-

7ML5747-
77 7 77 - 77 77
Electronics
Contactless electronic switch 20...250 V AC/DC
Double relay (DPDT) 20 ... 72 V DC/20 ... 250 V AC
NAMUR signal1)
Approvals
Without approvals
ATEX II 1G, 1/2G, 2G EEx ia IIC T6 + WHG2)
1
2
4
A
B
C
7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7
Cyl. socket/316Ti/1.4581 ECTFE coated ZB29846)

Conus DN 25 PN 40/316L Ra < 0.3 m
Conus DN 25 PN 40/316L Ra < 0.8 m.
A31
A32
A33
Conus DN 25 PN 40/ECTFE (ZB3033)6)

Conus M52 PN 40/316L
Conus M52 PN 40/316L Ra < 0.3 m
A34
A35
A36
Conus M52 PN 40/316L Ra < 0.8 m

Tri-Clamp 1" PN 16/316L Ra < 0.3 m
Tri-Clamp 1" PN 16/Hastelloy
A37
A38
A40

A41
A42
A43

A44
A45
A46

A47
A48
A50

Bolting DN 32 PN 40 DIN11851/316L Ra < 0.3 m
A51
A52
A53
ATEX II 1/2G, 2G EEx d IIC T6 + WHG3)4)

ATEX II 1G, 1/2G, 2G EEx ia IIC T6 + shipping
approvals2)
ATEX II 1/2G, 2G EEx d IIC T6 + shipping
approvals3)4)
D
E
ATEX II 1G, 1/2G, 2G EEx ia IIC T6 + ATEX II 1/2D

IP6X T2)
IECEx Ex ia IIC T62)
Shipping approvals
FM (IS) Class I, II, III, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G 2)5)

FM (XP) Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D; (DIP)
Class II, III, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G3)4)5)
N
P
FM (NI) Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D5)

IECEx d IIC T6...T2 Ga/Gb4)
CSA(XP)CL I,II,III Div. 1,Groups A, B, C, D, E, F,
G...T2 4) Ga/Gb
Q
R
S

A54
A55
A56
CSA(NI)CL I,II,III, Div. 2,Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G

BR-Ex d IIC T6...T2
CSA(IS)CL I, II, III Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G
T
U
V

Bolting DN 40 PN 40 DIN11864-1 A/316L
Ra < 0.8 m ZB3052
A57
A58
A60

Bolting DN 50 PN 25 DIN11864-1 A/316L
Ra < 0.8 m ZB3052
A61
A62
A63
Hygienic w.compr.nut F40 PN 25/316L

Hygienic w.compr.nut F40 PN 25/316L Ra < 0.3 m
Hygienic w.compr.nut F40 PN 25/316L Ra < 0.8 m
A64
A65
A66

Varivent N125/100/316L Ra < 0.8 m
A67
A68
A70
DRD flange PN 40/316L ZB3007

SMS DN 38/316L Ra < 0.8 m6)
SMS DN 51 PN 6/316L Ra < 0.8 m6)
A71
A72
A73
Swagelok VCR screwing ZG2579 PN 64/316L

Neumo biocontrol size 25 PN 16/316L Ra < 0.8 m
A74
A75
A76

SDMO DN 50 PN 10/316L Ra < 0.8 m
A77
A78
A80
Small flange DN 25 PN 1.5 DIN 28403/316L pol.

Ra < 0.8 m
Small flange DN 40 PN 1.5 DIN 28403/316L pol.
Ra < 0.8 m
Ingold connection PN 16/316L Ra < 0.8 m
A81
Terminal DN 33.7 PN 40 DIN 11864-3-A-/316L BN2

Ra < 0.8 m
Hygienic fl. DN 50 PN 16 DIN 11864-2-A-/316L
Ra < 0.8 m
Flange DN 25 PN 6 Form C, DIN 2501/316L
A84
H
K
Process connection
Thread G" A, PN 64/316L
Thread G" A, PN 64/316L Ra < 0.8 m
Thread " NPT, PN 64/316L
A00
A01
A02
Thread " NPT, PN 64/316L Ra < 0.8 m

Thread " NPT, PN 64/Monel
Thread G" A, PN 64/Hastelloy
A03
A04
A05
Thread " NPT, PN 64/Hastelloy

Thread G1" A, PN 64/316L ECTFE coated
MB19826)
A06
A07
A08
coated6)
Thread G1" A, PN 64/316L PFA

Thread G1" A, PN 64/Monel
Thread G1" A, PN 64/316L Ra < 0.8 m
A10
A11
A13

Thread 1" NPT, PN 64/316L ECTFE coated MB19826)
Thread 1" NPT, PN 64/316L PFA coated6)
A14
A15
A16
Thread 1" NPT, PN 64/Monel

Thread 1" NPT, PN 64/316L Ra < 0.8 m
A17
A18
A20

Thread G1" A, PN 64/316L Ra <0.8 m
A21
A22
A23

Thread 1" NPT, PN 64/316L Ra< 0.8 m
A24
A25
A26

Thread M27x1.5 PN 64/316L
A27
A28
A30
4/94
Siemens FI 01 2015
A82
A83
A85
A86
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVL200
Article No.
Article No.

7ML5747-

7ML5747-
77 7 77 - 77 77
7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7
Flange DN 25 PN 6 Form C, DIN 2501/PFA6)

Flange DN 25 PN 40 Form C, DIN 2501/Hastelloy
A87
A88
B00
Flange DN 80 PN 40 Form N, DIN 2501/316L

Flange DN 80 PN 40 Form N, DIN 2501/Hastelloy
B57
B58
B60
Flange DN 25 PN 40 Form C, DIN 2501/ECTFE6)

Flange DN 25 PN 40 Form D, DIN 2501/316L
B01
B02
B03

B61
B62
B63
Flange DN 25 PN 40 Form F, DIN 2501/316L

B04
B05
B06

B64
B65
B66
Flange DN 25 PN 40 Form N, DIN 2501/Monel solid

Flange DN 25 PN 40 V13, DIN 2501/316L
B07
B08
B10

B67
B68
B70

B11
B12
B13
Flange DN 100 PN 40 Form C, DIN 2501/

Enamelled7)
B71

B14
B15
B16

Flange DN 40 PN 40 Form C, DIN 2501/Enamelled7)

Flange DN 100 PN 64 Form E, DIN 2501/316L
B74
B75
B76
B17
B18
Flange DN 100 PN 100 Form L, DIN 2501/316L

B77
B78
B80

B21
B22
B23

B81
B82
B83

B24
B25
B26

B84
B85
B86
Flange DN 50 PN 40 Form C, DIN 2501/ECTFE

(ZB3108)6)
B27

B87
B88
C00
Flange DN 50 PN 40 Form D, DIN 2501/Hastelloy

B31
B32
B33

C01
C02
C03

B34
B35
B36
Flange DN 25 PN 40 Form B1, EN 1092-1/316L

Flange DN 25 PN 40 Form B1, EN 1092-1/Hastelloy
Flange DN 25 PN 40 Form B1, EN/316L/PFA6)
C04
C05
C06
B37
B38
B40
Flange DN 25 PN 40 Form B1, EN 1092-1/

Enamelled7)
Flange DN 25 PN 40 Form F, EN 1092-1/316L
C07
Flange DN 50 PN 40 R13, DIN 2501/316L

B41
B42
B43

Flange DN 40 PN 40 Form B1, EN/316L
C11
C12
C13

B44
B45
B46
Flange DN 40 PN 40 Form B1, EN 1092-1/PFA6)

C14
C15
C16

B47
B48
B50

Flange DN 50 PN 40 Form B1,EN 1092-1/
Monel ZB2977
Flange DN 50 PN 40 Form B1, EN 1092-1/ECTFE6)
C17
C18

B51
B52
B53

B54
B55
B56
B20
B28
B30
EN/316L/PFA6)
Flange DN 50 PN 40 Form B1,

Enamelled7)
Flange DN 50 PN 40 Form C, EN 1092-1/316L
B72
B73
C08
C10
C20
C21
C22
C23
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/95
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVL200
Article No.
Article No.

7ML5747-

7ML5747-
77 7 77 - 77 77
7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7
Flange DN 50 PN 40 Form D, EN/316L

Flange DN 50 PN 40 Form D, EN 1092-1/
Hastelloy
C24
C25

C82
C83
C26
Flange DN 50 PN 40 Form E, EN 1092-1/316L

C27
C28
C30

Flange 2" 300 lb ST, ANSI B16.5/316L
C84
C85
C86
Flange DN 80 PN 40 Form B1, EN

Enamelled7)
C31
C32
Flange 2" 300 lb LG (large groove),

ANSI B16.5/316L
C87
1092-1/ECTFE6)

Hastelloy
Enamelled7)
C34
C35

D01
D02
D03

D04
D05
D06

Enamelled7)
Flange DN 100 PN 40 Form C, EN 1092-1/316L
C37
C38

D07
D08
D10

Flange DN 150 PN 16 Form B1, EN 1092-1/PFA6)
C41
C42
C43
Flange 3" 150 lb RF, ANSI B16.5//Monel ZB2977

D11
D12
D13

ECTFE6)
C44
C45

D14
D15
D16
Flange 1" 150 lb ANSI B16.5/316L

Flange 1"150 lb RF, ANSI B16.5/Hastelloy
Flange 1"150 lb RF, ANSI B16.5//Monel ZB2977
C47
C48
C50
Flange 3" 150 lb FF, ANSI B16.5/PFA6)

D17
D18
D20

D21
D22
D23

D24
D25
D26

D27
D28
D30

D31
D32
D33

D34
D35
D36

D37
D38
D40

D41
D42
D43

D44
D45
D46

D47
D48
D50

D51
D52
D53
B16.5/ECTFE6)
C33
C36
C40
C46
Flange 1" 150 lb RF, ANSI

Flange 1"150 lb RF, ANSI B16.5/PFA6)
C51
C52
C53

C54
C55
C56

C57
C58
C60

C61
C62
C63

C64
C65
C66

C67
C68
C70

C71
C72
C73

C74
C75
C76
Flange 2" 150 lb SG (small groove),

ANSI B16.5/316L
C77
4/96
Siemens FI 01 2015
C78
C80
C88
D00
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVL200
Article No.
Article No.

7ML5747-

7ML5747-
Flange 1" BS.10 Table E/PFA6)

E/ECTFE6)
77 7 77 - 77 77
Rigid Extension 316L Ra 0.8 m
D54
D55
D56

D57
D58
D60

D61
D62
Adapter/Process temperature
Without adapter/-50 ... +150 C
With adapter/-50 ... +200 C8)
With adapter/-50... +250 C
1
2
3

4
5
80 ... 500 mm
501 ... 1 000 mm
1 001 ... 1 500 mm
D0
D1
D2
1 501 ... 2 000 mm

2 001 ... 2 500 mm
2 501 ... 3 000 mm
D3
D4
D5
3 001 ... 3 500 mm

3 501 ... 4 000 mm
D6
D7
Rigid Extension 316L Ra 0.3 m
Housing/ Cable entry

Aluminium IP66/IP67/M20x1.5
Aluminium IP66/IP67/" NPT
IP66/IP67/M20X1.59)10)
IP66/IP67/" NPT9)10)
7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7
A
B
C
80 ... 500 mm
501 ... 1 000 mm
1 001 ... 1 500 mm
E0
E1
E2
1 501 ... 2 000 mm

2 001 ... 2 500 mm
2 501 ... 3 000 mm
E3
E4
E5
3 001 ... 3 500 mm

3 501 ... 4 000 mm
E6
E7
Rigid Extension Enamelled version7)
NOTE:
When selecting a Rigid Extension option,
extension coating must match the process
connection coating and the material and
surface roughness type.
Rigid Extension 316L
80 ... 250 mm
251 ... 500 mm
501 ... 750 mm
F0
F1
F2
751 ... 1 000 mm

1 001 ... 1 250 mm
1 251 ... 1 500 mm
F3
F4
F5
Rigid Extension Hastelloy
80 ... 500 mm
501 ... 1 000 mm
1 001 ... 1 500 mm
A0
A1
A2
80 ... 500 mm
501 ... 1 000 mm
1 001 ... 1 500 mm
G0
G1
G2
1 501 ... 2 000 mm

2 001 ... 2 500 mm
2 501 ... 3 000 mm
A3
A4
A5
1 501 ... 2 000 mm

2 001 ... 2 500 mm
2 501 ... 3 000 mm
G3
G4
G5
3 001 ... 3 500 mm

3 501 ... 4 000 mm
A6
A7
3 001 ... 3 500 mm

3 501 ... 4 000 mm
G6
G7
Rigid Extension ECTFE coated6)
Rigid Extension Monel
80 ... 500 mm
501 ... 1 000 mm
1 001 ... 1 500 mm
B0
B1
B2
80 ... 500 mm
501 ... 1 000 mm
1 001 ... 1 500 mm
H0
H1
H2
1 501 ... 2 000 mm

2 001 ... 2 500 mm
2 501 ... 3 000 mm
B3
B4
B5
1 501 ... 2 000 mm

2 001 ... 2 500 mm
2 501 ... 3 000 mm
H3
H4
H5
Rigid Extension PFA coated6)
1)
80 ... 500 mm
501 ... 1 000 mm
1 001 ... 1 500 mm
Available with Adapter/Process temperature options 1, 3, 4, and 5 only
C0
C1
C2
2)
Available with Electronics option 4 only
3)
4)
1 501 ... 2 000 mm

2 001 ... 2 500 mm
2 501 ... 3 000 mm
Extension length restricted to 2 956 mm
C3
C4
C5
5)
Available with Housing/Cable entry option B only
6)
7)
Available with Adapter/Process temperature options 1, 2, and 4 only
8)
Available with enamelled Process connection and Extension options only
9)
Available with Approval options A, B, C only
10)
Not available with SIL/IEC61508 Certificate of conformity

(SIL-2 min. and max. detection)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/97
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVL200
Order code
Order code
Further designs
Spare Parts and Accessories

code(s).
Electronics module SITRANS LVL200 Relay

Electronics module SITRANS LVL200 Contactless
Lock fitting, unpressurized, G1" A/316L
7ML1830-1NC
7ML1930-6AA
7ML1930-1DQ
Lock fitting, unpressurized, 1" NPT/316L

Lock fitting, unpressurized, G1 ...1/2" A/316L
Lock fitting, unpressurized, 1 ... 1/2" NPT/316L
7ML1930-1DR
7ML1930-1DS
7ML1930-1DT
Lock fitting, -1 ... 16 bar, G1" A/316L

Lock fitting, -1 ... 16 bar, 1" NPT/316L
Lock fitting, -1 ... 16 bar, G1 ... 1/2" A/316L
7ML1930-1DU
7ML1930-1DV
7ML1930-1DW
Lock fitting, -1 ... 16 bar, 1 ... 1/2" NPT/316L

Lock fitting, -1 ... 64 bar, G1" A/316L
Lock fitting, -1 ... 64 bar, 1" NPT/316L
7ML1930-1DX
7ML1930-1EA
7ML1930-1EB
Lock fitting, -1 ... 64 bar, G1 ... 1/2" A/316L

Lock fitting, -1 ... 64 bar, 1 ... 1/2" NPT/316L
7ML1930-1EC
7ML1930-1ED
Cleaning including Certificate

(oil, grease and silicone free)
W01
Enter the total insertion length in plain text

description, max. 4 000 mm (157.48 inch)
Y01

steel: max. 16 characters add in plain text
Y17
Identification Label (measurement loop) Foil:

Y18
Acceptance test certificate 3.1 NACE MR 0775 for

material EN102041)
D07

EN102041)
C12

EN102041)
C15
Functional Safety (SIL 2). Device suitable for use in

accordance with IEC 61508 and IEC 615111)
C20
C13
X-ray test + 3.1
C14
Positive material identification test

C16
C18
Pressure test + 3.1 certificate/instrument1)
C31
C32
Ferrite measuring accuracy to DIN32514-1

C60
Pressure test according to Norsok

C61
Article No.
LVL200 Extended (DPDT Relay)

English
7ML1998-5KW01
French
7ML1998-5KW11
Spanish
7ML1998-5KW21
German
7ML1998-5KW31

English
7ML1998-5KV01
French
7ML1998-5KV11
Spanish
7ML1998-5KV21
German
7ML1998-5KV31
Electronics module LVL200 Relay

English
7ML1998-5LS01
French
7ML1998-5LS11
Spanish
7ML1998-5LS21
German
manual DVD containing the Operating Instructions
library.
7ML1998-5LS31
4/98
Siemens FI 01 2015
1)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVL200
Options
LVL200 threaded welded socket
Lock fitting
G1" A/316L
G" A/316L
32 (1.26)
G"
LVL200 extended
64 bar
LVL200 extended
16 bar
LVL200 extended
unpressurized
32
(1.26)
29,5
(1.16)
39 (1.54)
G1"
53 (2.09)
60 (2.36)
SITRANS LVL200 welded socket and lock fitting, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/99
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVL200
Ambient/Process temperature
Temperature range with

temperature adapter
70 C
(158 F)
40 C
(104 F)
-50 C
(-58 F)
0 C
(32 F) 0 C
(32 F)
50 C
(122 F)
100 C
(212 F)
150 C
(302 F)
-40 C
(-40 F)
200 C
(392 F)
250 C
(482 F)
Process pressure in bar (psi g)
Process pressure with switch position 0.7 g/cm (mode switch)
-50 C
(-58 F)
64
(928)
40
(580)
20
(290)
-1
(-14.5)
0 C
(32 F)
50 C
(122 F)
100 C
(212 F)
150 C
(302 F)
200 C
(392 F)
250 C
(482 F)
Process pressure in bar (psi g)
Process pressure with switch position 0.5 g/cm (mode switch)
-50 C
(-58 F)
64
(928)
40
(580)
20
(290)
-1
(-14.5)
0 C
(32 F)
50 C
(122 F)
100 C
(212 F)
150 C
(302 F)
200 C
(392 F)
250 C
(482 F)
SITRANS LVL200 Process Pressure/Process Temperature/Ambient Temperature derating curves
4/100
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVL200
SITRANS LVL200 (Standard)
Stainless Steel enclosure
~ 59
(2.32 )
80
(3.15)
Aluminium enclosure
~116 (4.57)
84 (3.31)
M20 x 1.5 or
" NPT
M20 x 1,5 or
" NPT
Tri-clamp
57
(2.24)
Flange
Gas-tight leadthrough
34
(1.34)
33.7 (1.33)
53
(2.09)
53
(2.09)
50
(1.97)
19
(0.75)
Bolting DN 40
Temperature adapter
178 (7.01)
G " A, " NPT

G 1" A, 1" NPT
Cone DN 25
55
(2.17)
SW 32
(G " A, " NPT)
SW 41
(G 1" A, 1" NPT)
36
53 (2.09) (1.42)
66
(2.60)
18.5
(0.73)
Threaded
125 (4.92)
112
(4.41)
M20 x 1.5
SITRANS LVL200 (Standard), dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/101
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVL200
SITRANS LVL200 (Extended)
Sensor length (L)
Stainless Steel Enclosure

~ 59
(2.32)
Aluminium Enclosure
~ 116
(4.57)
80
(3.15)
84
(3.31)
316L, Hastelloy C4 (2.4610)
80 ... 6 000 mm (3.15 ... 236.2 inch)
Hastelloy C4 (2.4610) enamelled
80 ... 1 500 mm (3.15 ... 59.06 inch)
316L, ECTFE coated
80 ... 3 000 mm (3.15 ... 118.1 inch)
316L, PFA coated
80 ... 3 000 mm (3.15 ... 118.1 inch)
112
(4.41)
M20 x1.5
125
(4.92)
M20x1.5 or
" NPT
M20x 1,5 or
" NPT
Threaded
Tri-clamp
Cone DN 25
4
32 (G " A, " NPT)
41 (G 1" A, 1" NPT)
18.5
(0.73)
57
(2.24)
36
(1.42)
G " A, " NPT
G 1" A, 1" NPT
Bolting DN 40
Temperature adapter
Flanged
Gas-tight leadthrough
178
(7.01)
19
(0.75)
50
(1.97)
34
(1.34)
SITRANS LVL200 (Extended), dimensions in mm (inch)
4/102
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVL200
Schematics
Relay (DPDT)
+
L1 N
1
2
20 - 72 V DC
20 - 253 V AC
1
1
Control lamp
DIL switch for characteristics reversal
DIL switch for sensitivity adjustment
Ground terminal
Connection terminals
Relay
output
Relay
output
Voltage
supply
Contactless
20-253V AC/DC
I max 400 mA
1 2
L N
1
A
1 2
L
N
0.5g/cm
0.7g/cm
Control lamp
DIL switch for mode adjustment
DIL switch for switching point adaptation
Ground terminal
L1 N
AC +
DC +
Voltage
supply
NAMUR
N
NAMUR
(IEC 60947-5-6)
+ Simul.
max.
2
min.
1 2
Control lamp
DIL switch for characteristics reversal
DIL switch for sensitivity adjustment
Ground terminal
Simulation key
Amplifier according to NAMUR

IEC 60947-5-6, approx. 8.2 V
SITRANS LVL200 connections
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/103
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVS100
Overview
Configuration
Installation
Rigid extension with
sliding sleeve
Position tines vertically to
avoid product build-up:
use a 50 mm open-end
wrench to turn the process
connection until the tine
orientation marking faces up
or down.
Protection in case of high

material loading.
Cable gland faces

downward to avoid
water penetration.
SITRANS LVS100 is a vibrating point level switch for material

detection in bulk solids.
Benefits
Tine orientation marking

facing sideways.
High resistance to mechanical forces

Sliding sleeve options for adjustable insertion length and ease
of cleaning
Rotatable enclosure for ease of installation and wiring
Suitable for point level detection of materials starting at a bulk
density of 30 g/l (1.9 lb/ft3)
Customer desired extensions up to 4 000 mm (157.48 inch)
Use angle mounting for

flowing material only. If angle
mounting is required with high
material loading, customersupplied protection from
falling material must be in
place.
Application
SITRANS LVS100 detects high, low or demand levels of dry bulk
solids in bins, silos or hoppers.
SITRANS LVS100 has a compact design and can be top, side,
or angle mounted. The vibrating fork design ensures the tines
are kept clean. The unique design of the fork and crystal assembly eliminates false high level readings even if tines become
damaged.
A signal from the electronic circuit excites a crystal in the probe
causing the fork to vibrate. If the fork is covered by material,
the change in vibration is detected by the electronic circuitry
which causes the relay to change state after a one second delay.
When the fork is free from material pressure, full vibration
resumes and the relay reverts to its normal condition.
Key Applications: dry bulk solids in bins, silos, hoppers
4/104
Siemens FI 01 2015
max. deviation
from vertical O
max. length L
4.0 m
45
1.2 m
> 45
0.6 m
SITRANS LVS100 installation, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVS100
Mode of Operation
Measuring principle
Input
Measured variable
High, low and demand
Measuring frequency
200 Hz
Design
Material
Enclosure
Process connection
Epoxy coated aluminum

Thread 1" NPT [(Taper),
ANSI/ASME B1.20.1],
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226]
Thread R 1" [(BSPT),
EN 10226], " NPT [(Taper),
ANSI/ASME B1.20.1], sliding sleeve
[min. length 500 mm (19.69 inch)]
Thread material:
stainless steel 304 (1.4301) or
316TI (1.4571) depending on
configuration
Tine material
Stainless steel 316TI (1.4571)
IP66/Type 4/NEMA 4
Conduit entry
2 x M20x1.5 or 2 x " NPT
Weight
Standard version, no extensions:

approx. 1.7 kg (3.7 lb)
Power supply
19 ... 230 V AC, +10 %,

50 ... 60 Hz, 8 VA
19 ... 40 V DC, +10 %, 1.5 W
Output
Relays
DPDT relay
Relay delay
From loss of vibration:

approximately 1 second
From resumption of vibration:
approximately 1 ... 2 s
Signal delay
Probe uncovered to covered:

approximately 1 s
Probe covered to uncovered:
approximately 1 ... 2 s
Relay fail-safe
High or low, switch selectable
Alarm output
Relay 8 A at 250 V AC, non-inductive

Relay 5 A at 30 V DC, non-inductive
Sensitivity

Location
Indoor/outdoor
CSA/FM General Purpose

CE
CSA/FM Dust Ignition Proof
RCM
ATEX II 1/2 D
IECex
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
-40 ... +60 C (-40 ... +140 F)
III
Pollution degree
Medium conditions
Process temperature
-40 ... +150 C (-40 ... +302 F)
Max. threaded bushing temperature 60 C (140 F)

Max. enclosure surface temperature 90 C (194 F)
(Category 2D)
Max. extension surface temperature 150 C (302 F)
(Category 1D)
Pressure (vessel)
Max. 10 bar g (145 psi g)

European Pressure Directive
97/23/EC: Category 1
Minimum material density
Approx. 30 g/l (1.9 lb/ft3)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/105
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVS100
Article No.
SITRANS LVS100, standard

Vibrating point level switch for high or low level
detection of bulk solids. Sensitivity > 30 g/l.
7ML5735-
77 7 77 - 07A 0
1" NPT [(Taper), ANSI/ASME B1.20.1] ,
sliding sleeve [min. length 500 mm (19.69 inch)]2)

Extension length
Stainless steel 316TI (1.4571)
Standard length, 170 mm (6.69 inch)
Stainless steel 304 (1.4301)
300 ... 500 mm (11.81 ... 19.69 inch)
501 ... 1 000 mm (19.72 ... 39.37 inch)
1 001 ... 1 500 mm (39.41 ... 59.06 inch)
1 501 ... 2 000 mm (59.09 ... 78.74 inch)
60
(2.36)
A
B
C
120 (4.72)
Tine orientation
marking
Threaded bushing
[max. temp.
80 C (176 F)]
11
12
13
Zone 21
(cat. 2)
Zone 20
(cat. 1)
Customer supplied
process flange
14
15
2 001 ... 2 500 mm (78.78 ... 98.43 inch)

2 501 ... 3 000 mm (98.46 ... 118.11 inch)
16
17
3 001 ... 3 500 mm (118.15 ... 137.80 inch)

3 501 ... 4 000 mm (137.83 ... 157.48 inch)
18
20
Approvals
CSA/FM General Purpose, CE, RCM
CSA/FM Class II, Div. 1, Group E, F, G, Class III,
ATEX II 1/2 D, RCM
IEC-Ex t IIIC Da/Db
150 (5.91)
Process connection
Threaded
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226]
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226] DIN 2999 thread,
sliding sleeve - min. length 500 mm (19.69 inch)2)
Tine
170 ... 4 000 (6.69 ... 157.48):

Customer specified rigid
Process temperature
Up to 150 C (302 F)
1
2
125 (4.92):
Standard fork
Input Voltage
DPDT Relay - 19 ... 230 V AC, 19 ... 40 V DC
DPDT Relay - 19 ... 230 V AC, 19 ... 40 V DC
(stocked version)1)
60
(2.36)
75 (2.95)
A
B
SITRANS LVS100, dimensions in mm (inch)
C
1)
Only available with the following configurations 7ML5735-2AA11-0AA0 or

7ML5735-2AB11-0AA0
2)
Not available with extension length options 11, 12
Schematics
Universal voltage (DPDT relay)
Order code
Further Designs
Alarm
output
relay
FSH/FSL
adjustment

code(s).
Total insertion length: Enter the total insertion length

in plain text description, max. (50 mm increments)
Y01
Signal bulb inserted in M20 cable gland1)
A20
Article No.
Multi-language
7ML1998-5FT63
Spare Parts
Replacement Electronics Module LVS100 DPDT
Relay (19 ... 253 V AC, 19 ... 55 V DC)
7ML1830-1NS
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226] DIN 2999 thread,

sliding sleeve
7ML1830-1NT
1" NPT [(Taper), ANSI/ASME B1.20.1] ,

sliding sleeve [min. length 500 mm (19.69 inch)]
7ML1830-1NU
1)
Available only with approval CE
4/106
Siemens FI 01 2015
Sensitivity adjustment:
B = factory setting,
A = decreased
876 543
LED
21
AC: Terminal 1: L
Terminal 2: N
19 ... 230 V AC, +10 %, 50 ... 60 Hz, 8 VA
DC: Terminal 1: +
Terminal 2: 19 ... 50 V DC, +10 %, 2 W
SITRANS LVS100 connections
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVS200
Overview
Application
The standard LVS200 detects high, low, or demand levels of dry
bulk solids in bins, silos, or hoppers. The liquid/solid interface
version can also detect settled solids within liquids or solids
within confined spaces such as feed pipes. It is designed to
ignore liquids in order to detect the interface between a solid
and a liquid.
A pipe extension version is available with either the standard or
liquid/solid interface electronics and fork, separated by a customer supplied 1 inch pipe.
SITRANS LVS200 has an optional 4 ... 20 mA output for monitoring buildup on the fork to determine when preventative maintenance should be performed in sticky applications.
The LVS200 has a compact design and can be top, side or angle
mounted. The vibrating fork design ensures the tines are kept
clean. The unique design of the fork and crystal assembly eliminates false high level readings even if tines become damaged.
SITRANS LVS200 is a vibrating point level switch for high, low,

or demand level detection of bulk solids.
Benefits
High resistance to mechanical forces

Strong vibration resistance to high bulk material loads
Rotatable enclosure for convenient wiring
Suitable for low density material: standard version, 20 g/l
(1.3 lb/ft3); liquid/solid interface version, 50 g/l (3 lb/ft3)
and low density option min. 5 g/l (0.3 lb/ft3)
Customer desired extensions up to 20 000 mm (787 inch)
Optional detection of solids within liquid
Durable short fork option with 165 mm (6.5 inch) insertion
length
A signal from the electronic circuit excites a crystal in the probe

causing the fork to vibrate. If the fork is covered by material, the
change in vibration is detected by the electronic circuitry which
causes the relay to change state after a one second delay.
When the fork is free from material pressure, full vibration
resumes and the relay reverts to its normal condition.
Key Applications: dry bulk solids in bins, silos, hoppers or
settled solids within liquids (interface version)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/107
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVS200
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Medium conditions
Process temperature
Input
Measured variable
High, low and demand
Measuring frequency
Standard
Liquid/solid interface and short
fork version
125 Hz
350 Hz
Output
PNP
2-wire without contact
Open collector:
Permanent load max. 0.4 A,
short-circuit and overload protected
Turn-on voltage: max. 50 V (reverse
protection)
Load current:
Min. 10 mA
Max. 500 mA permanent
Max. 2A < 200 ms
Max. 5A < 50 ms
Voltage drop on the electronic
module: max. 7 V with closed
electric circuit
All except CSA Class II, Group G:

-40 ... +150 C (-40 ... +302 F)
CSA Class II, Group G:
-40 ... +140 C (-40 ... +284 F),
CSA temperature code T3B
Max. threaded bushing temperature 60 C (140 F)
Max. enclosure surface temperature 90 C (194 F)
(Category 2D)
Max. extension surface temperature 150 C (302 F)
(Category 1D)
Max. 10 bar g (145 psi g) European
Pressure (vessel)
Pressure Directive 97/23/EC:
Category 1
Standard version: approx. 20 g/l
(1.2 lb/ft3)
Liquid/solid interface version:
approx. 50 g/l (3 lb/ft3)
Optional low density version:
approx. 5 g/l (0.3 lb/ft3)
Design
Material
Enclosure
Process connection
Cutoff current with open electric

circuit: max. 5 mA
Relays
Version with 1 relay
Version with 2 relays
Relay delay
mA output
Resolution
SPDT relay
DPDT relay
From loss of vibration:
From resumption of vibration:
approximately 1 ... 2 seconds
Probe uncovered to covered:
Probe covered to
uncovered: approximately
1 ... 2 seconds
Relay 8 A at 250 V AC,
non-inductive
Relay 5 A at 30 V DC,
non-inductive
8/16 mA or 4 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA 0.1 mA
Sensitivity
Signal delay
Relay fail-safe
Alarm output

Location
Indoor/outdoor
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
Pollution degree
-40 ... +60 C (-40 ... +140 F)

III
2
4/108
Siemens FI 01 2015
Tine material
Conduit entry
Weight

Thread 1" NPT [(Taper),
ANSI/ASME B1.20.1], R " [(BSPT),
EN 10226] and flange options
Optional sliding bushing with
2" NPT [(Taper), ANSI/ASME
B1.20.1] or BSP thread
Thread material: stainless steel 303
(1.4301)
Stainless steel 316TI (1.4571),
PTFE-coated tines are available
upon special request
IP65/Type 4/NEMA 4
2 x M20x1.5 or 2 x " NPT
Standard version, no extensions:
approx 2.0 kg (4.4 lb)
Solids/liquids version, no extensions:
approx. 1.9 kg (4.2 lb)
Power supply
19 ... 230 V AC, +10 %,

50 ... 60 Hz, 8 VA
19 ... 55 V DC, +10 %, 1.5 W

CE
RCM
ATEX II 1/2 D
CSA/FM IS Class I, II, III Div. 1,
Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G,
FM Class 1, Aex ia IIC, CSA Class 1,
Ex ia IIC, available only with
power supply option 5 and 6
ATEX II 1G and 1/2 G Eex ia IIC;
ATEX II 1D and 1/2 D, available
only with power supply option 5
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVS200
Article No.
Article No.

SITRANS LVS200 is a vibrating point level switch
for high, low, or demand level detection of bulk
solids.
7ML5731-

SITRANS LVS200 is a vibrating point level switch
for high, low, or demand level detection of bulk
solids.
7ML5731-
7 7 7 7 7 - 77 A 0
Stainless steel 316L (1.4404)

Power supply
19 ... 230 V AC, 19 ... 55 V DC, one relay output
(SPDT)1)
19 ... 230 V AC, 19 ... 55 V DC, two relay outputs
(DPDT)1)
18 ... 50 V DC PNP1)

19 ... 230 V AC/DC without contact, 2-wire loop

powered1)
7 ... 9 V DC (requires NAMUR switch amplifier)
NAMUR IEC 60947-5-6, 2-wire2)
8/16 mA or 4 ... 20 mA; 12.5 ... 35 V DC, 2-wire3)
1
2
3
4
5
6
19 ... 230 V AC, 19 ... 55 V DC, one relay output } 7

(SPDT) basic version4)5)
Process temperature
Without temperature isolator
}
With temperature isolator
Separated enclosure - cable length 1.5 m (4.92 ft)
[max. temperature process 150 C (302 F)/
max. temperature electronics 60 C (140 F)]
[max. temperature process150 C (302 F)/
A
B
C
Process connection
Threaded
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226]
G 2" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1], sliding sleeve
[min. length 500 mm (19.69 inch)]6)
}
}
2" NPT [(Taper), ANSI/ASME B1.20.1],

Flanged
DN 100 PN 6, EN 1092-17)
DN 100 PN 16, EN 1092-1
31
300 ... 500 mm (11.81 ... 19.69 inch)

501 ... 750 mm (19.72 ... 29.53 inch)
751 ... 1 000 mm (29.57 ... 39.37 inch)
1 001 ... 1 250 mm (39.41 ... 49.21 inch)
32
33
34
35
1 251 ... 1 500 mm (49.25 ... 59.06 inch)

1 501 ... 1 750 mm (59.09 ... 68.90 inch)
1 751 ... 2 000 mm (68.94 ... 78.74 inch)
36
37
38
2 001 ... 2 250 mm (78.78 ... 88.58 inch)

2 251 ... 2 500 mm (88.62 ... 98.43 inch)
2 501 ... 2 750 mm (98.46 ... 108.27 inch)
2 751 ... 3 000 mm (108.31 ... 118.11 inch)
41
42
43
44
3 001 ... 3 250 mm (118.15 ... 127.95 inch)

3 251 ... 3 500 mm (127.99 ... 137.80 inch)
3 501 ... 3 750 mm (137.83 ... 147.64 inch)
3 751 ... 4 000 mm (147.68 ... 157.48 inch)
45
46
47
48
Material process connection/extension

Stainless steel threads 304 (1.4301),
flanges 321 (1.4541), Tri-clamp 304 (1.4301)8)
Stainless steel 316L (1.4404)9)
7 7 7 7 7 - 77 A 0
Approvals
CSA/FM Dust Ignition Proof, RCM
}
ATEX II 1/2 D, RCM
}
CSA/FM General Purpose, RCM
CE, RCM
CSA/FM IS Class I, II, III Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D,

E, F, G, FM Class 1, Aex ia IIC, CSA Class 1,
Ex ia IIC, RCM
ATEX II 1G and 1/2G Eex ia IIC; ATEX II 1D and
1/2D, RCM
IEC-Ex t IIIC Da/Db
A
B
C
D
E
F
2" ASME 150 lb B16.5

3" ASME 150 lb B16.5
4" ASME 150 lb B16.5
G
H
J
1)
3)
Available with Approval options B, D, G only
2" Tri-clamp (DN 50) ISO 2852
4)
Available with configurations 7ML5731-7AA11-1BA0 or

7ML5731-7AB11-1AA0 only
5)
Basic version is cost effective and offers fast delivery
6)
Not available with extension length options 11, 12, 31, 32
7)
Max. 6 bar (87 psi)
8)
Available with option extension length 11 ... 28
9)
Available with option extension length 31 48
Extension length
11

300 ... 500 mm (11.81 ... 19.69 inch)
501 ... 750 mm (19.72 ... 29.53 inch)
751 ... 1 000 mm (29.57 ... 39.37 inch)
12
13
14
1 001 ... 1 250 mm (39.41 ... 49.21 inch)

1 251 ... 1 500 mm (49.25 ... 59.06 inch)
1 501 ... 1 750 mm (59.09 ... 68.90 inch)
15
16
17
1 751 ... 2 000 mm (68.94 ... 78.74 inch)

2 001 ... 2 250 mm (78.78 ... 88.58 inch)
2 251 ... 2 500 mm (88.62 ... 98.43 inch)
18
21
22
2 501 ... 2 750 mm (98.46 ... 108.27 inch)

2 751 ... 3 000 mm (108.31 ... 118.11 inch)
3 001 ... 3 250 mm (118.15 ... 127.95 inch)
23
24
25
3 251 ... 3 500 mm (127.99 ... 137.80 inch)

3 501 ... 3 750 mm (137.83 ... 147.64 inch)
3 751 ... 4 000 mm (147.68 ... 157.48 inch)
26
27
28
Available with Approval options A ... D, G only
2)
Available with Approval options D, E, F only
1
2
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
} Available ex stock. For details see page 9/5 in the appendix.
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/109
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVS200
Order code
Article No.
7ML5732-

in plain text description, max. 4 000 mm
(157.48 inch)
Y01
SITRANS LVS200, short fork for liquids/

solids interface
Vibrating point level switch for solids or solids
within liquid interface applications, and high load
applications with short insertion requirements

(max. 27 characters); specify in plain text
Y14
Enhanced sensitivity > 5 g/l via electronics and

increased fork length to 195 mm (7.68 inch)3)
K05
Enhanced sensitivity < 5 g/l via electronics,

increased fork length to 195 mm (7.68 inch),
and increased aluminum fork width 1)3)
G01
A20

Further Designs
code(s).
NAMUR 8/16 mA switch amplifiers available,

contact factory for pricing
Multi-language
Article No.
7ML1998-5FT63
Spare Parts
Replacement Electronics Module (125 Hz)
[19 ... 230 V AC, 19 ... 55 V DC, one relay output
(SPDT)]
7ML1830-1KL
Sliding sleeve, 2" BSP (ISO 228)
7ML1830-1JM
Sliding sleeve, 2" NPT (ASME B1.20.1)
7ML1830-1JN
Namur Isolator switch amplifier relay output

KFD2-SR2-Ex1.W
A5E03496569
Available ex stock
For details see page 9/5 in the appendix.
SITRANS LVS200, standard, power supply 7,
process temperature A, process connection A,
extension length 11, material process connection/
extension 1, and approval B
7ML57317AA11-1BA0
SITRANS LVS200, standard, power supply 7,

process temperature A, process connection B,
extension length 11, material process connection/
extension 1, and approval A
7ML57317AB11-1AA0
1)
Available only with power supply 1 and Approval C, D and with

Process connection flange E ... J
2)
Available with Approval option D only
3)
K05 and G01 are not available together
4/110
Siemens FI 01 2015
77 7 77 - 77 A 0
Power supply
(SPDT)
(DPDT)
18 ... 50 V DC PNP
powered
8/16 mA or 4 ... 20 mA; 12.5 ... 35 V DC, 2-wire1)
1
2
3
4
5
Process temperature
Without temperature isolator
With temperature isolator

Process connection
Threaded
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226]
G 2" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1], sliding sleeve

[min. length 500 mm (19.69 inch)]2)
Flanged
DN 100 PN 6, EN 1092-13)
DN 100 PN 16, EN 1092-1
2" ASME 150 lb B16.5
3" ASME 150 lb B16.5
4" ASME 150 lb B16.5
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
Extension length
11

200 ... 500 mm (7.87 ... 19.69 inch)
501 ... 750 mm (19.72 ... 29.53 inch)
751 ... 1 000 mm (29.57 ... 39.37 inch)
12
13
14
1 001 ... 1 250 mm (39.41 ... 49.21 inch)

1 251 ... 1 500 mm (49.25 ... 59.06 inch)
1 501 ... 1 750 mm (59.09 ... 68.90 inch)
15
16
17
1 751 ... 2 000 mm (68.94 ... 78.74 inch)

2 001 ... 2 250 mm (78.78 ... 88.58 inch)
2 251 ... 2 500 mm (88.62 ... 98.43 inch)
18
21
22
2 501 ... 2 750 mm (98.46 ... 108.27 inch)

2 751 ... 3 000 mm (108.31 ... 118.11 inch)
3 001 ... 3 250 mm (118.15 ... 127.95 inch)
23
24
25
3 251 ... 3 500 mm (127.99 ... 137.80 inch)

3 501 ... 3 750 mm (137.83 ... 147.64 inch)
3 751 ... 4 000 mm (147.68 ... 157.48 inch)
26
27
28
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVS200
Article No.
SITRANS LVS200, short fork for liquids/

solids interface
Vibrating point level switch for solids or solids
within liquid interface applications, and high load
applications with short insertion requirements
7ML5732-
Further Designs
77 7 77 - 77 A 0

code(s).

200 ... 500 mm (7.87 ... 19.69 inch)
501 ... 750 mm (19.72 ... 29.53 inch)
751 ... 1 000 mm (29.57 ... 39.37 inch)
31
32
33
34
1 001 ... 1 250 mm (39.41 ... 49.21 inch)

1 251 ... 1 500 mm (49.25 ... 59.06 inch)
1 501 ... 1 750 mm (59.09 ... 68.90 inch)
1 751 ... 2 000 mm (68.94 ... 78.74 inch)
35
36
37
38
2 001 ... 2 250 mm (78.78 ... 88.58 inch)

2 251 ... 2 500 mm (88.62 ... 98.43 inch)
2 501 ... 2 750 mm (98.46 ... 108.27 inch)
41
42
43
2 751 ... 3 000 mm (108.31 ... 118.11 inch)

3 001 ... 3 250 mm (118.15 ... 127.95 inch)
3 251 ... 3 500 mm (127.99 ... 137.80 inch)
44
45
46
3 501 ... 3 750 mm (137.83 ... 147.64 inch)

3 751 ... 4 000 mm (147.68 ... 157.48 inch)
47
48
Material process connection/extension

flanges 321(1.4541), Tri-clamp 304 (1.4301)4)
Order code

(147.48 inch)
Y01

Y14
A20
Adjustable sensitivity (by potentiometer) for solids/

liquids interface detection1)2)
G02
Article No.
Multi-language
7ML1998-5FT63
Spare Parts

(SPDT)]
7ML1830-1KM
Sliding sleeve, 2" BSP (ISO 228)
7ML1830-1JM
Sliding sleeve, 2" NPT (ASME B1.20.1)
7ML1830-1JN
1)
2)
Available with power supply option 1 only
Approvals
ATEX II 1/2 D, RCM
CE, RCM
IEC-Ex t IIIC Da/Db
1)
Available with Approval option B, D, E only
2)
Not available with extension length options 11,12, 31, 32
3)
Max. 6 bar (87psi)
4)
Available with option extension length 11 ... 28
5)
Available with option extension length 31 48
A
B
C
D
E
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/111
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVS200
Article No.
SITRANS LVS200, pipe extension

Vibrating point level switch for high or low levels of
bulk solids
Extended using 1" pipe extension
(customer supplied)
7ML5733-
Further Designs
77 7 77 - 77 A 0

code(s).

(149.61 inch)
Y01

Y14

increased fork length to 195 mm (7.68 inch)5)
K05
Enhanced sensitivity < 5 g/l via electronics,

increased fork length to 195 mm (7.68 inch)
and increased aluminum fork width1)4)5)
G01
Adjustable sensitivity (by potentiometer) for solids/

liquids interface detection2)3)4)
G02
A20
Multi-language
Article No.
Power supply
(SPDT)1)
(DPDT)1)
18 ... 50 V DC PNP1)

powered1)
8/16 mA or 4 ... 20 mA; 12.5 ... 35 V DC, 2-wire3)
Process temperature
Up to 150 C (302 F)
1
2
3
4
Process connection
Threaded
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226]
A
B
DN 100 PN 6, EN 1092-1 4)
DN 100 PN 16, EN 1092-1
C
D
2" ASME 150 lb B16.5

3" ASME 150 lb B16.5
4" ASME 150 lb B16.5
E
F
G
K
Process connection material

flanges 321 (1.4541), Tri-clamp 304 (1.4301)
Extension length
Customer supplied 1" pipe extension
Length: 300 ... 3 800 mm (11.81 ... 149.61 inch)
Application type
Dry bulk solids (125 Hz)
Liquids/solids interface (350 Hz)
Approvals
ATEX II 1/2 D, RCM
CE, RCM
Ex ia IIC, RCM
1/2D, RCM
IEC-Ex t IIIC Da/Db
1)
Available with Approval options A, B, C, D, G only
2)
Available with Approval options D, E and F only.

Not available for application type 2 "Liquids/solids interface".
3)
Available with Approval options B, D, G only
4)
Max. 6 bar (87 psi)
Siemens FI 01 2015
7ML1998-5FT63
Spare Parts
Flanged
4/112
Order code
1
2
1
1
2
A
B
C
D
E
F
H

(SPDT)]
7ML1830-1KL

(SPDT)]
7ML1830-1KM
Isolated switch amplifier relay output

KFD2-SR2-Ex1.W
A5E03496569
1)
Available only with power supply 1 and Approvals C, D and with

Process connection flange C G
2)
Available with approval options D only
3)
Available with power supply option 1 only and application type 2
4)
Not available with option K05
5)
Available with Application type 1 only
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVS200
Article No.
Article No.
SITRANS LVS200, cable extended

detection of bulk solids materials
7ML5734-
SITRANS LVS200, cable extended

detection of bulk solids materials
7ML5734-
7 7 7 7 7 - 77 A 0
Power supply
(SPDT)1)
(DPDT)1)
18 ... 50 V DC PNP1)
19 ... 230 V AC/DC without contact,
2-wire loop powered1)
8/16 mA or 4 ... 20 mA; 12.5 ... 35 V DC, 2-wire3)
Process temperature
Up to 80 C (176 F)
Approvals
ATEX II 1/2 D, RCM
3
4
5
6
A
B
Flanged
C
D
2" ASME 150 lb B16.5 (1.4541/321)

3" ASME 150 lb B16.5 (1.4541/321)
4" ASME 150 lb B16.5 (1.4541/321)
E
F
G
Available with Approval options A, B, C, D, G only
2)
Available with Approval option D, E and F only.

Not available for application type 2 "Liquids/solids interface".
3)
4)
Max. 6 bar (87 psi)
5)
Not available with application type option 2
6)
Not available with Power supply option 5
7)
Cable length is limited to 7 000 mm (275.59 inch).
Order code

code(s).
10
11
12
13
4 001 ... 5 000 mm (157.52 ... 196.85 inch)

5 001 ... 6 000 mm (196.89 ... 236.22 inch)
6 001 ... 7 000 mm (236.26 ... 275.59 inch)
14
15
16
7 001 ... 8 000 mm (275.63 ... 314.96

8 001 ... 9 000 mm (315 ... 354.33 inch)5)
9 001 ... 10 000 mm (354.37 ... 393.70 inch)5)
17
18
20
10 001 ... 11000 mm (393.74 ... 433.07 inch)5)6)

11 001 ... 12 000 mm (433.11 ... 472.44 inch)5)6)
12 001 ... 13 000 mm (472.48 ... 511.81 inch)5)6)
21
22
23
13 001 ... 14 000 mm (511.85 ... 551.18 inch)5)6)

14 001 ... 15 000 mm (551.22 ... 590.55 inch)5)6)
15 001 ... 16 000 mm (590.59 ... 629.92 inch)5)6)
24
25
26
16 001 ... 17 000 mm (629.96 ... 669.29 inch)5)6)

17 001 ... 18 000 mm (669.33 ... 708.66 inch)5)6)
18 001 ... 19 000 mm (708.70 ... 748.03 inch)5)6)
19 001 ... 20 000 mm (748.07 ... 787.40 inch)5)6)
27
28
30
31
Application type
Dry bulk solids (125 Hz)
Liquid/solids interface (350 Hz)7)
Further Designs

1 001 ... 2 000 mm (39.41 ... 78.74 inch)
2 001 ... 3 000 mm (78.78 ... 118.11 inch)
3 001 ... 4 000 mm (118.15 ... 157.48 inch)
inch)5)
D
E
1)
DN 100 PN 6, EN 1092-1 (1.4541/321)4)

DN 100 PN 16, EN 1092-1 (1.4541/321)
Extension length
750 ... 1 000 mm (29.5 ... 39.4 inch) [max. length
20 000 mm (787.4 inch), not with Power supply
option 5 (max. 10 000 mm, 393.7 inch)]
A
B
C
CE, RCM
Ex ia IIC, RCM
1/2D, RCM6)
IEC-Ex t IIIC Da/Db
Process connection
Threaded
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226] (1.4301/304)
(1.4301/304)
7 7 7 7 7 - 77 A 0

Y01

Y14

increased fork length to 195 mm (7.68 inch)
K05
Enhanced sensitivity < 5 g/l via electronics and

increased fork length to 195 mm (7.68 inch) and
increased aluminum fork width1)
G01
A20
Article No.
Multi-language
7ML1998-5FT63
Spare Parts
[19 ... 230 V AC, 19 ... 55 V DC,
one relay output (SPDT)]
7ML1830-1KL

[19 ... 230 V AC, 19 ... 55 V DC,
one relay output (SPDT)]
7ML1830-1KM
Isolated switch amplifier relay output

KFD2-SR2-Ex1.W
A5E03496569
1)
Available only with power supply 1 and Approvals C, D and with

process connection flange C G
2)
Available with Approval options C and D only
1
2
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/113
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVS200
150
(5.91)
Tine orientation
marking
Threaded bushing
[max. temp. 80 C
(176 F)]
Optional sliding
bushing*
Thread length
BSP: 20.5 (0.81)
NPT: 24 (0.94)
42 (1.67)
100 (3.94)
Solids/liquids
interface model
Tine
165 (6.5): Compact solids/ liquids interface model

230 (9.0): Compact standard version
300 ... 4 000
(11.81 ... 157): Customer-specified rigid extension
42 (1.67)
100 (3.94)
Solids/liquids
interface model
Tine
Notes:
* The clamping screws of the sliding bushing must be tightened to 10 Nm.
** Cable version with liquids/solids interface model option length to 7 000 mm (275.59 inch)
Cable version with NAMUR electronics length to 10 000 mm (393.7 inch) tightened to 10 Nm.
See drawing 23650563 for pipe extended version details. (Pipe is customer supplied.)
SITRANS LVS200, dimensions in mm (inch)
4/114
Siemens FI 01 2015
170 (6.69):
Standard model
170 (6.69):
Standard model
Customer supplied
process flange
195 (7.68)
60
(2.36)
700 ... 20 000 (27.56 ... 787)**
View A-A
75
(2.95)
120
(4.72)
60
(2.36)
155
(6.1)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LVS200
Schematics
FSH/FSL adjustment
LED
3-wire PNP
Sensitivity adjustment
(B=factory setting,
A=decreased sensitivity)
FSL
Alarm output
relay
1 2
FSH
L N
19 ... 230 V AC or
+/- 19 ... 55 V DC
PE +
L
3
Load
3 4 5
Signal output
PE + L N
AC
Terminal 1: L, terminal 2: N
19 ... 230 V AC, +10 %,
50 ... 60 Hz, 18 VA
Protective
earth
terminal
2-wire
PE +
DC
Terminal 1: +, terminal 2: 18 ... 50 V DC, +10 %, 1.5 W
DC
Terminal 1: +, terminal 2: 19 ... 55 V DC, +10 %, 2 W
NAMUR IEC 60947-5-6 8/16 mA or 4 ... 20 mA
AC
Terminal 1: L, terminal 2: N
19 ... 230 V AC, +10 %,
50 ... 60 Hz, 1.5 VA
DC
Terminal 1: +, terminal 2: 19 ... 230 V DC, +10 %, 1 W
2
DC
terminal 1: +, terminal 2: 2.5 ... 36 V DC, + 0 %
Approx. 7 ... 9 V DC,

intrinsically safe
(IEC 60947-5-6)
PE +
L
PE +
L
SITRANS LVS200 connections
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/115
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Point level measurement Rotation paddle switches
SITRANS LPS200
Overview
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Rotating point level switch
Input
Measured variable
Output
Output signal
Alarm output
Pickup delay
Microswitch 5 A at 250 V AC,

non inductive
Microswitch SPDT contact 4 A at
30 V DC, non-inductive
Standard (1 rpm model):
approx 1.3 seconds
Optional process applications
(5 rpm model): approx. 0.26 seconds
Sensitivity
Adjustable via reset force of spring or

geometry of measuring vane
SITRANS LPS200 is a rotary paddle switch for point level and

material detection in bulk solids.
Benefits
Proven paddle switch technology for bulk solids

High integrity mechanical seal
Optional switch selectable power supply
Unique friction clutch mechanism prevents damage from
falling material
Rotatable enclosure for convenient wiring
Optional paddles for use with low density materials
Small paddle makes for simple installation through existing
process connection
High temperature model and optional extension kit available
Optional fail-safe configuration detects loss of rotation
Application
The paddle switch technology detects full, empty, or demand
conditions on materials such as grain, feed, cement, plastic
granulate, and wood chips. The paddle switch can handle bulk
densities as low as 15 g/l (2.19 lb/ft3) with the optional rectangular vane or 100 g/l (6.25 lb/ft3) with the standard measuring vane.
A low revolution geared motor with slip clutch drives a rotating
measuring vane which senses the presence of material at the
mounted level of the LPS200. As material comes into contact
with the rotating paddle, rotation stops, which changes the
microswitch state. When the paddle is no longer covered
by material, rotation resumes and the relay reverts to its normal
condition.
The LPS200 has a rugged design for use in harsh conditions in
the solids industry. The sensitivity of the paddle can be adjusted
for varying material properties like buildup on the vane.
The LPS200 comes in a variety of configurations including compact, extended and cable extension. It is equipped with a standard vane which is effective in most applications, but can be
configured with a hinged or rectangular vane for increased sensitivity for light materials.
Key Applications: bulk solids such as grain, feed, cement,
plastic granulate, wood chips
4/116
Siemens FI 01 2015
Location
Indoor/outdoor
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
Pollution degree
-25 ... +60 C (-13 ... +140 F)

III
2
Medium conditions
Temperature
- Standard
- Optional
Pressure (vessel)
- Standard
- Optional
- Standard measuring vane
- Optional measuring vane
Design
Material
Enclosure
Process connection,
measuring shaft and vane
Process connection
Conduit entry
Power supply
Jumper selectable
Universal voltage (DPDT replay)

Bulk solids
-25 ... +80 C (-13 ... +176 F)
-25 ... +600C (-13 ... +1 112 F)
Max. 0.5 bar g (7.25 psi g)
Max. 10 bar g (145 psi g)
Can detect down to 100 g/l
(6.25 lb/ft3)
Can detect down to15 g/l
(2.19 lb/ft3)

Stainless steel or aluminum
Thread NPT, BSP, and flange options
IP65/Type 4/NEMA 4
2 x M20x1.5 or 2 x " NPT
115 V AC, 15 %, 50 ... 60 Hz,
4 VA or 230 V AC, 15 %,
50 Hz, 6 VA, or 48 V AC, or 24 V AC
or 24 V DC, 15 %, 2.5 W
24 V DC 15 % 50 ... 60 Hz,
22...230 V, 10 %, max. 10 VA

CE
ATEX II 1/2 D
RCM
IECex
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LPS200
SITRANS LPS200, compact

Rotary paddle switch for level and material
detection in bulk solids. Compact design for
side or top mounted applications.
7ML5725-
SITRANS LPS200, compact

detection in bulk solids. Compact design for
side or top mounted applications.
7ML5725-
77 7 77 - 777 0 777
Process temperature
Up to 80 C (176 F)
Up to 150 C (302 F)
Up to 250 C (482 F)
Process pressure
Up to 0.5 bar (7.25 psi)
Up to 5 bar (72.5 psi)
Up to 10 bar (145 psi)
230 V AC, 5 rev/min., fail-safe

115 V AC, 1 rev/min.
1
2
3

Aluminum7)
}
Stainless steel, threads 303 (1.4305),
}
8)
2
3
Up to 600 C (1 112 F)1)2)

4
Up to 80 C (176 F) basic version
} 5
aluminum3)
Up to 80 C (176 F) basic version stainless } 6
steel 4)
Power supply
77 7 77 - 777 0 777
1
2
3
Extension length
100 mm (3.94 inch)9)
150 mm (5.91 inch)
200 mm (7.87 inch)
1
2
3
A
B
C
250 mm (9.84 inch)

300 mm (11.81 inch)
4
5
D
E
F
Measuring vane
Boot shaped, 35 x 106 mm (1.38 x 4.17 inch)10) }
Hinged vane, 65 x 200 mm (2.56 x 7.87 inch)10)11)
Boot shaped, 28 x 98 mm (1.10 x 3.86 inch)
A
B
C
Rectangular 50 x 150 mm (1.97 x 5.91 inch)12)

Rectangular 98 x 150 mm (3.86 x 5.91 inch)11)12)
D
E
F
Rectangular 98 x 250 mm (3.86 x 9.84 inch)11)12)

G
H
48 V AC, 1 rev/min.
24 V AC, 1 rev/min.
J
K
24 V DC, 1 rev/min.
24 V DC, 1 rev/min., fail-safe
L
M
24 V DC, 5 rev/min.
N
P
Switch selectable 230 V AC/115 V

AC/24 V DC
multi-voltage, 1 rev/min.
Switch selectable 230 V AC/115 V
AC/24 V DC
48 V AC, 5 rev/min.
24 V AC, 5 rev/min.
Universal Voltage, 1 rev/min.13)
Universal Voltage, 1 rev/min, fail-safe13)
Approvals
ATEX II 1/2 D, RCM
CSA/FM General Purpose , RCM
CE, RCM
IEC Ex ta/tb IIIC
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
J 1A
J 1B
J 1C
J 1D
J1E
J1F
J 2A
J 2B
J 2C
J 2D
Process connection
Threaded
G 1" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1]
G 1" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1]
G 1" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1]
A
B
C

D
E
F
}
}
}
}
A
B
C
D
E
1)
Available with approval option C and D only, up to 0.5 bar
2)
Not available with process connection A,B, D, E and G
3)
Only available with the following configurations 7ML5725-5AC11-2AD0 or

7ML5725-5EE11-2AC0
4)
Only available with the following configurations 7ML5725-6QC12-2AB0 or

7ML5725-6QE12-2AA0
5)
Available with process pressure 1 and 2 only
6)
Available with process temperature 1 only
7)
Available with process connections A ... F only, process pressure option 1

and process temperature 1 and 5 only
8)
Available with process connection C, F, H N and Measuring vane A
9)
Available with measuring vane option A, C, D, E, H only
10) Add
16 mm (0.63 inch) to extension length
11) Available
with extension lengths 2, 3, 4, 5
12) Available
with process connections H M only
13) Available
with approval option B,D, and E only
Flanged
DN 32 PN 6, EN 1092-15)
DN 100 PN 6, EN 1092-15)
DN 100 PN 16, EN 1092-1
G
H
J
2" ASME 150 lb B16.5

3" ASME 150 lb B16.5
4" ASME 150 lb B16.5
2" Tri-clamp (DN 50) ISO28526)
K
L
M
N
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/117
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LPS200
Order code
Further Designs
code(s).
A35
A20
Food grade materials (in contact with process),

according to 1935/2004/EC, with FDA conform
shaft sealing3)
K01

Y14
Article No.
Multi-language
7ML1998-5FS62
Spare Parts
Motor gear /PLC, multi-voltage
7ML1830-1KG
Replacement vane, boot shape, 35 x 106 mm

(1.38 x 4.17 inch)
7ML1830-1KH
Hinged vane, 65 x 200 mm (2.56 x 7.87 inch)
7ML1830-1KJ
Rigid extension kit

(includes spring coupling, rigid tube extension and
required pins)
Extension: 500, 400, 300 mm (19.7, 15.8, 11.8 inch)
7ML5711-0AA
Extension: 1 000, 900, 800, 700, 600 mm

(39.4, 35.4, 31.5, 27.6, 23.6 inch)
7ML5711-1AA
Extension: 1 500, 1 400, 1 300, 1 200, 1 100 mm

(59.1, 55.1, 51.2, 47.2, 43.3 inch)
7ML5711-2AA
Siemens FI 01 2015
Order code
Available ex stock
Heating of enclosure1)2)
4/118
SITRANS LPS200, compact for up to

80 C (176 F), aluminum, with power supply A,
process connection C, process pressure 1,
process connection material 1, extension length 2,
measuring vane A, and approval D
7ML1830-1KG
SITRANS LPS200, compact for up to 80 C

(176 F), aluminum, with power supply E,
process connection E, process pressure 1,
measuring vane A, and approval C
7ML57255EE11-2AC0

(176 F), stainless steel, with power supply Q,
process connection C, process pressure 1,
measuring vane A, and approval B
7ML57256QC12-2AB0

(176 F), stainless steel, with power supply Q,
process connection E, process pressure 1,
measuring vane A, and approval A
7ML57256QE12-2AA0
1)
Available with approval option D only
2)
Available with power supply options A ,C, E, G, J, K, L, N, J1B, J1D, J1E,

J2A, J2C only
3)
Available up to 250 C (482 F). This option does not automatically

implement a food conform design.
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LPS200
SITRANS LPS200, shaft protected

detection in bulk solids; ideal for heavy,
sticky, or high impact applications.
Designed with added protection tube for
enhanced shaft protection and protection
against build-up on shaft (sidewall build-up).
7ML5726-
SITRANS LPS200, shaft protected

detection in bulk solids; ideal for heavy,
sticky, or high impact applications.
Designed with added protection tube for
enhanced shaft protection and protection
against build-up on shaft (sidewall build-up).
7ML5726-
77 7 77 - 7777 777
Process temperature
Up to 80 C (176 F)
Up to 150 C (302 F)
Up to 250 C (482 F)
Process pressure
4
5
Power supply

B
C

D
E

48 V AC, 1 rev/min.
G
H
J
24 V AC, 1 rev/min.
24 V DC, 1 rev/min.
K
L

24 V DC, 5 rev/min.
N
P
Switch selectable 230 V AC/115 V AC/

24 V DC
24 V DC
Q
R
Z
J 1A
48 V AC, 5 rev/min.
Z
Z
J 1B
J 1C

24 V AC, 5 rev/min.
Z
Z
J 1D
J1E

Z
Z
J1F
J 2A

Z
Z
J 2B
J 2C
fail-safe14)
J 2D
Universal Voltage, 5 rev/min,
1
2
3
1
2
3
Extension length
150 mm (5.91 inch)8)
200 mm (7.87 inch)
1
2
250 mm (9.84 inch)

300 mm (11.81 inch)
3
4
Extension material (protection tube)

Aluminum9)
B
C


Aluminum6)

}
7)
2
3
Up to 600 C (1 112 F)1)2)

Up to 80 C (176 F) basic version3)
77 7 77 - 7777 777
Measuring vane
Boot shaped 35 x 106 mm
(1.38 x 4.17 inch)11)
Hinged vane 65 x 200 mm
(2.56 x 7.87 inch)11)12)
Rectangular 50 x 150 mm
(1.97 x 5.91 inch)13)
(1.97 x 9.84 inch)13)
(3.86 x 5.91 inch)12)13)
(3.86 x 9.84 inch)12)13)
(1.97 x 3.86 inch)13)
Approvals
ATEX II 1/2 D, RCM
CE, RCM
IEC Ex ta/tb IIIC
}
}
1
2
3
4
5
1)
Available with approval option 3 and 4 only and up to max 0.5 bar
2)
Not available with process connections A, C, E
3)
Only available with the following configurations 7ML5726-5QB12-2BA2 or

7ML5726-5QC12-2BA1
4)
5)
Process connection
Threaded
G 1" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1]
6)
G 1" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1]

}
}
B
C
Available with process connections A ... E only, available with process

pressure option 1 only, and process temperature 1 only
7)
Extension and vane will also change to 316L, only for process connection
B, D, F L and vane A
8)
Available with measuring vane options A, D, E, H only
9)
Available with process pressure 1 and process temperature 1 only
Flanged
DN 32 PN 6, EN 1092-14)
DN 100 PN 6, EN 1092-14)
E
F
DN 100 PN 16, EN 1092-1
2" ASME 150 lb B16.5

3" ASME 150 lb B16.5
4" ASME 150 lb B16.5
H
J
K
2" Tri-clamp (DN 50) ISO28525)
10) Available
with process connections B, D, F L and vane A
11)
Add 16 mm (0.63 inch) to extension length
12)
Available with extension length options 2 4 only
13)
Available with process connections F, G, H, J, K only
14)
Available with approval options 2, 4 and 5 only
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/119
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LPS200
Order code

7ML5727-
Heating of
A35
SITRANS LPS200, cable extension

Cable extension for increased length in
top-mounted applications

shaft sealing3)
K01

Y14
Up to 150 C (302 F)
Up to 250 C (482 F)
2
3
Article No.
Multi-language
7ML1998-5FS62
Up to 600 C (1 112 F)1)2)

Up to 80 C (176 F) basic version3)
4
5

Further Designs
code(s).
enclosure1)2)
A20
Process temperature
Up to 80 C (176 F)
Spare Parts
7ML1830-1KG

(1.38 x 4.17 inch)
7ML1830-1KH
7ML1830-1KJ
Available ex stock
SITRANS LPS200, extended for up to 80 C
(176 F), power supply Q, process connection B,
process pressure 1, process connection material 2,
extension length 2, extension material B,
measuring vane A, and approval 2
7ML57265QB12-2BA2
SITRANS LPS200, extended for up to 80 C

(176 F), power supply Q, process connection C,
extension length 2, extension material B,
measuring vane A, and approval 1
7ML57265QC12-2BA1
Available with approval option 4 only
2)

J2A, J2C only
3)

implement a food conform design.
Power supply

B
C

D
E

48 V AC, 1 rev/min.
24 V AC, 1 rev/min.
24 V DC, 1 rev/min.
1)
77777 - 777 777
G
H
J
K
L
24 V DC, 5 rev/min.
N
P

24 V DC multi-voltage, 1 rev/min.
24 V DC multi-voltage, 5 rev/min.
R
Z
J1A
48 V AC, 5 rev/min.
Z
Z
J1B
J1C

24 V AC, 5 rev/min.
Z
Z
J1D
J1E

Z
Z
J1F
J2A

Z
Z
J2B
J2C
J2D
Process connection
Threaded
G 1" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1]
G 1" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1]

B
C
Flanged
4/120
Siemens FI 01 2015
DN 32 PN 6, EN 1092-14)
DN 100 PN 6, EN 1092-14)
E
F
DN 100 PN 16, EN 1092-1
2" ASME 150 lb B16.5

3" ASME 150 lb B16.5
4" ASME 150 lb B16.5
H
J
K
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LPS200
SITRANS LPS200, cable extension

Cable extension for increased length in
top-mounted applications
7ML5727-
Further Designs
77777 - 777 777

code(s).
Process pressure
Aluminum5)
flanges 321 (1.4541)
Cable extension length
Standard cable length, 2 000 mm
(78.74 inch)
500 ... 1 000 mm (19.69 ... 39.37 inch)
Cable length 1 001 ... 2 000 mm
(39.41 ... 78.74 inch)
(78.78 ... 118.11 inch)
(118.15 ... 157.48 inch)
(157.52 ... 196.85 inch)
(196.89 ... 236.22 inch)
(236.26 ... 275.59 inch)
(275.63 ... 393.70 inch)
Without extension8)
Measuring vane
Boot shaped, 35 x 106 mm
(1.38 x 4.17 inch)6)
Hinged vane, 65 x 200 mm
(2.56 x 7.87 inch)6)
Boot shaped, 28 x 98 mm
(1.10 x 3.86 inch)7)
(1.97 x 5.91 inch)7)
(1.97 x 9.84 inch)7)
(3.86 x 5.91 inch)7)
(1.97 x 3.86 inch)7)
Approvals
ATEX II 1/2 D, RCM
CE, RCM
IEC Ex ta/tb IIIC
1
2
3
1
2
Order code
Total insertion length:

Y01

Y14
Reinforced cable (max. 28 kN pulling force)1)
P01
A35
A20

shaft sealing4)
K01
Article No.
Multi-language
7ML1998-5FS62
1
2
7ML1830-1KG

(1.38 x 4.17 inch)
7ML1830-1KH
7ML1830-1KJ
Rope extension kit, 2 m (6.56 ft)
7ML1830-1KK
Spare Parts
Available ex stock
N1A
A
B
C
D
E
1)
Available with approval option C and D up to max. 0.5 bar
2)
Not available with process connections A, C, E
3)
Only available with the following configurations 7ML5727-5QC12-0AA0 or

7ML5727-5QB12-0AB0
4)
5)
Available with process connections A ... E only, process pressure option 1

only and process temperature options 1 and 5 only
6)
Add 16 mm (0.63 inch) to extension length
7)
Available with process connections F K only
8)
Not available with P01 and available with Approval D, mounting kit for rope
extension included
9)
Available with approval options B,D, and E only
SITRANS LPS200, cable extension for up to 80 C

(176 F), power supply Q, process connection B,
extension length 0, measuring vane A,
and approval B
7ML57275QB12-0AB0
SITRANS LPS200, cable extension for up to 80 C

(176 F), power supply Q, process connection C,
extension length 0, measuring vane A,
and approval A
7ML57275QC12-0AA0
1)
Available only for process temperature up to 80 C (176 F) and process

connection material 2
2)
3)

J2A, J2C only
4)

implement a food conform design
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/121
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LPS200
SITRANS LPS200, angled extension

Rotary paddle switch with robust design for
level and material detection in bulk solids;
ideal for heavy or sticky applications.
Angled extension is designed to avoid falling
material and rotates horizontally in side mount
applications to continue working even with
heavy build-up.
7ML5728-
SITRANS LPS200, angled extension

Rotary paddle switch with robust design for
level and material detection in bulk solids;
ideal for heavy or sticky applications.
Angled extension is designed to avoid falling
material and rotates horizontally in side mount
applications to continue working even with
heavy build-up.
7ML5728-
7 7 7 77 - 77 7 0 777
Process temperature
Up to 80 C (176 F)
Up to 150 C (302 F)
Up to 250 C (482 F)
7 7 7 77 - 77 7 0 777
Measuring vane
Rectangular vane, 50 x 98 mm
(1.97 x 3.86 inch)
(1.97 x 5.91 inch)
(1.97 x 9.84 inch)
1
2
3
A
B
C
Power supply
A
B
C

D
E
F

48 V AC, 1 rev/min.
24 V AC, 1 rev/min.
24 V DC, 1 rev/min.
G
H
J
K
L
M
24 V DC, 5 rev/min.
Switch selectable 230 V AC/115 V AC/24 V DC
N
P
Q

R
Z
J 1A
Further Designs
code(s).
48 V AC, 5 rev/min.
J 1B
A35

Z
Z
J 1C
J 1D
A20
K01
24 V AC, 5 rev/min.
J1E


shaft sealing3)
Z
Z
J1F
J 2A
Y14
J 2B
Stainless steel tag [100 x 45 mm

identification (max. 27 characters); specify in
plain text
Z
Z
J 2C
J 2D
Article No.
Multi-language
This device is shipped with the Siemens Milltronics manual DVD containing the ATEX Quick
Start and Operating Instructions library.
7ML1998-5FS62
rev/min.2)
Universal Voltage, 5
Process connection
Flanged
DN 100 PN 6, EN 1092-11)
DN 100 PN 16, EN 1092-1
4" ASME 150 lb B16.5
Process pressure
Stainless steel 303/321 (1.4305/1.4541)
Hinged vane, 65 x 200 mm

(2.56 x 7.87 inch)
1)
2)
Available with approval option B,D, and E only
A
B
C
A
B
C
D
E
Order code
Spare Parts
1
2
3
1
1
2
3
250 mm (9.84 inch)

300 mm (11.81 inch)
4
5
Siemens FI 01 2015
Approvals
ATEX II 1/2 D, RCM
CE, RCM
IEC Ex ta/tb IIIC
Extension length
125 mm (4.92 inch)
150 mm (5.91 inch)
200 mm (7.87 inch)
4/122
Rectangular vane 98 x 150 mm

(3.86 x 5.91 inch)
Rectangular vane 98 x 250 mm
(3.86 x 9.84 inch)
7ML1830-1KG

(1.38 x 4.17 inch)
7ML1830-1KH
7ML1830-1KJ
1)
2)

J2A, J2C only
3)
This option does not automatically implement a food conform design
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LPS200
SITRANS LPS200, rigid extension

Rotary paddle switch for top mount point level
and material detection in bulk solids
7ML5730-

7ML5730-
77777 - 7777 777
Process temperature
Up to 80 C (176 F)
Up to 150 C (302 F)
1
2
Up to 250 C (482 F)
Up to 600 C (1 112 F)1)2)
Power supply
48 V AC, 1 rev/min.
24 V AC, 1 rev/min.
24 V DC, 1 rev/min.
24 V DC, 5 rev/min.
Process pressure

Aluminum5)
3
4
A
B
C
Extension material (protection tube)

Aluminum7)8)
Stainless steel 303 (1.4305)9)
Stainless steel 316L (1.4404)10)11)
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
77777 - 7777 777
1
2
3
1
2
3
0
1
2
Extension length
Aluminum
250 ... 500 mm (9.84 ... 19.69 inch)
501 ... 750 mm (19.72 ... 29.53 inch)
751 ... 1 000 mm (29.57 ... 39.37 inch)
A
B
C
1 001 ... 1 250 mm (39.41 ... 42.21 inch)

1 251 ... 1 500 mm (49.25 ... 59.06 inch)
1 501 ... 1 750 mm (59.09 ... 68.90 inch)
D
E
F
1 751 ... 2 000 mm (68.94 ... 78.74 inch)

2 001 ... 2 250 mm (78.78 ... 88.58 inch)
2 251 ... 2 500 mm (88.62 ... 98.43 inch)
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P

J 1A
2 501 ... 2 750 mm (98.46 ... 108.27 inch)

2 751 ... 3 000 mm (108.31 ... 118.11 inch)
3 001 ... 3 250 mm (118.15 ... 127.95 inch)
48 V AC, 5 rev/min.
Z
Z
Z
J 1B
J 1C
J 1D
3 251 ... 3 500 mm (127.99 ... 137.80 inch)

3 501 ... 3 750 mm (137.83 ... 147.64 inch)
3 751 ... 4 000 mm (147.67 ... 157.48 inch)
N
P
Q
24 V AC, 5 rev/min.
Z
Z
Z
J 1E
J1F
J 2A

Z
Z
Z
J 2B
J 2C
J 2D

250 ... 500 mm (9.84 ... 19.69 inch)
501 ... 750 mm (19.72 ... 29.53 inch)
751 ... 1 000 mm (29.57 ... 39.37 inch)
R
S
T
1 001 ... 1 500 mm (39.41 ... 59.05 inch)

1 501 ... 2 000 mm (59.09 ... 78.74 inch)
2 001 ... 2 500 mm (78.78 ... 98.42 inch)
U
V
W
2 501 ... 3 000 mm (98.46 ... 118.11 inch)

3 001 ... 4 000 mm (118.15 ... 157.48 inch)
X
Y
Process connection
Threaded
G 1" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1]
G 1" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1]
A
B
C
D
Flanged

250 ... 500 mm (9.84 ... 19.69 inch)
501 ... 750 mm (19.72 ... 29.53 inch)
751 ... 1 000 mm (29.57 ... 39.37 inch)
DN 32 PN 6, EN 1092-13)
DN 100 PN 6, EN 1092-13)
DN 100 PN 16, EN 1092-1
E
F
G
1 001 ... 1 500 mm (39.41 ... 59.05 inch)

1 501 ... 2 000 mm (59.09 ... 78.74 inch)
2 001 ... 2 500 mm (78.78 ... 98.42 inch)
2" ASME 150 lb B16.5

3" ASME 150 lb B16.5
4" ASME 150 lb B16.5
2" Tri-clamp 2 (DN 50) ISO28524)
H
J
K
L
2 501 ... 3 000 mm (98.46 ... 118.11 inch)

3 001 ... 4 000 mm (118.5 ... 157.48 inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
Z
Z
Z
Z
P 1A
P 1B
P 1C
P 1D
Z
Z
P1E
P1F
P 1G
Z
Z
P 1H
4/123
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LPS200

7ML5730-
Further Designs
code(s).
77777 - 7777 777
Measuring vane
Boot shaped, 35 x 106 mm (1.34 x 4.17 inch)12)
Hinged vane, 60 x 200 mm (2.36 x 7.87 inch)12)
A
B
C

D
E
F
G
Approvals
ATEX II 1/2 D, RCM
CE, RCM
IEC Ex ta/tb IIIC
1
2
3
4
5
Order code

(157.48 inch)
Y01

Y14
A35
A20

shaft sealing3)4)
K01
Seal at tube end for ingress protection and

shaft stability
1)
Available with approval option 3 and 4, up to max 0.5 bar
Max. temperature 80 C (176 F)
P06
2)
Not available with process connection A, C, E
P07
3)
4)
P08
5)
Available with process connections A ... E only, with process pressure

option 1 only and process temperature 1 only
Max. temperature 600 C (1 112 F)
P09
Sliding sleeve (standard, max. pressure 0.5 bar)1)5)
P12
6)
Available with process connection B, D, F L and measuring vane

option A
Available with process pressure 1 and process temperature 1 only
Sliding sleeve (pressure tight, for over-pressure

application starting from 1 bar max., dependent on
pressure option ordered)6)
P13
7)
8)
Available with extension length options A Q only
9)
Available with extension length options R Y only
Article No.
Multi-language
7ML1998-5FS62
10) Available
with process connection B, D, F L and measuring vane A,

process connection material 3. Available only with extension length options
P1A P1H only
11) Only
available with seal at tube end, option P06 P09
12) Add
16 mm (0.63 inch) to extension length
13) Available
with process connections F, G, H, J, K only
14) Available
with approval options 2, 4 and 5 only
Quick Ship Symbol . For details see page 9/5 in the appendix
4/124
Siemens FI 01 2015
Spare Parts
Motor gear/PLC, multi-voltage
7ML1830-1KG

(1.38 x 4.17 inch)
7ML1830-1KH
7ML1830-1KJ
1)
2)
15) Available with power supply options A ,C, E, G, J, K, L, N, J1B, J1D,

J1E, J2A, J2C only
3)
Available when ordered with ingress protection seal P06 P09 only
4)

implement a food conform design
5)
Available with process pressure 1 only
6)
Available up to 250 C (482 F)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LPS200
Standard model: compact version
High temperature model: compact version
75 (2.95)
600 C
(1 112 F)
400
(15.74)
1)
Optional
process
flange
L= Length
150 (5.91)
Shaft protected
option
1)
Process temperature 2)
-25 ... +600 C
(-13 ... +428 F)
250 (9.84)
300 (11.81)
Angle option
1)
125 ... 300

(4.92 ... 8.46)
Measuring vane
Rope option
Rope
fixing
Measuring vanes
35 (1.38)
106
(4.17)
Rectangular
Hinged
Fold
together
to lead
into
mounting
hole
50 (1.97)
50 (1.97)
Min. 37
(1.46)
Rectangular vane options

A
65
(2.56)
Standard
210 (8.27)
Vane
B
98 (3.86)
150 (5.90)
50 (1.97)
250 (9.84)
98 (3.86)
150 (5.90)
98 (3.86)
250 (9.84)
1. For 35 x 106 mm boot shaped and 65 x 210 mm hinged

measuring vanes, add 16 mm to extension length.
2. For use with all approval options except CSA class II. See
manual for more details.
Notes
For heavy material, only top mounting of paddle switch is
recommended.
Compact LPS200 is recommended for side mounting on bins
for low or intermediate material levels.
200 (7.87)
2 000 (78.74) standard;

Can be shortened by the customer;
total length available 10 000 (393.7)
Zone 20
(Cat. 1)
Thread length
BSP: 20.5 (0.81)
NPT: 24 (0.94)
200
(7.87)
100 (3.94)
Zone 20
(Cat. 1)
L
123
(4.84)
Zone 21
(Cat. 2)
150/250 C
(302/482 F)
Zone 21
(Cat. 2)
120 (4.72)
Process temperature
-25 ... +80 C
(-13 ... +176 F)
Ambient temperature
-25 ... +60 C
(-13 ... +140 F)
60 (2.36)
Ambient temperature
-25 ... +60 C
(-13 ... +140 F)
Process
temperature
Thread length
BSP: 20.5 (0.81)
NPT: 24 (0.94)
60 (2.36)
Conduit connection
M20 or " NPT
Completely covered
with material
Covered up to 10 cm (3.93 inch)

with material
Spring adjustment
Spring adjustment
Light
boot shaped
35 x 106 mm
boot shaped
28 x 98 mm
rectangular
50 x 98 mm
rectangular
50 x 150 mm
rectangular
50 x 250 mm
rectangular
98 x 150 mm
rectangular
98 x 250 mm
hinged
65 x 210 mm
hinged
60 x 200 mm
200 g/l
(12.5 lb/ft)
300 g/l
(18.7 lb/ft)
300 g/l
(18.7 lb/ft)
80 g/l
(5.0 lb/ft)
30 g/l
(1.9 lb/ft)
30 g/l
(1.9 lb/ft)
20 g/l
(1.2 lb/ft)
70 g/l
(4.4 lb/ft)
70 g/l
(4.4 lb/ft)
Central
(factory setting)
300 g/l
(18.7 lb/ft)
500 g/l
(31.2 lb/ft)
500 g/l
(31.2 lb/ft)
120 g/l
(7.5 lb/ft)
50 g/l
(3.1 lb/ft)
50 g/l
(3.1 lb/ft)
30 g/l
(1.9 lb/ft)
100 g/l
(6.2 lb/ft)
100 g/l
(6.2 lb/ft)
Light
100 g/l
(6.2 lb/ft)
150 g/l
(9.4 lb/ft)
150 g/l
(9.4 lb/ft)
40 g/l
(2.5 lb/ft)
15 g/l
(0.9 lb/ft)
15 g/l
(0.9 lb/ft)
15 g/l
(0.9 lb/ft)
35 g/l
(2.2 lb/ft)
35 g/l
(2.2 lb/ft)
Central
(factory setting)
150 g/l
(9.4 lb/ft)
150 g/l
(9.4 lb/ft)
250 g/l
(15.6 lb/ft)
60 g/l
(3.7 lb/ft)
25 g/l
(1.6 lb/ft)
25 g/l
(1.6 lb/ft)
15 g/l
(0.9 lb/ft)
50 g/l
(3.1 lb/ft)
50 g/l
(3.1 lb/ft)
SITRANS LPS200, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/125
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LPS200
Schematics
AC or DC version, SPDT, fail-safe
L
+
N PE
-
Switching and timing behaviour:

If the vane is not covered, the rotating vane
shaft will send pulses at 20 second intervals.
In case of fault, the pulses are missed. After
30 seconds, the alarm relay will open.
24 V or 48 V or 115 V or 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz, 5 VA
Alarm
output
Signal
output
OR
24 V DC, 2.5 W All voltages 15 %
Voltage selector
AC version DPDT FSH/FSL
24 V
max. 4 mm 2
(AWG12)
max. 4 mm 2
(AWG12)
115 V
230 V
8
9 10
Signal output DPDT
L N PE
+ Power Supply
9 10
Signal output
DPDT
2)
Alarm
output2)
1 2
L N PE
+ Power Supply
With option Fail safe alarm (rotation control)

Contact open when de-energised
SITRANS LPS200 connections
4/126
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Point level measurement Ultrasonic non-contacting switch
Pointek ULS200
Overview
Application
The measuring range for bulk solids is max. 3 m (9.8 ft) and 5 m
(16.4 ft) for liquids and slurries. Unlike invasive contacting
devices, there is no material buildup on the sensor.
The level switch has a rugged design, combining the transducer
and electronics in one durable device. It has no moving parts
and is virtually maintenance-free.
The transducer, available in ETFE or PVDF copolymer, is inert to
most chemicals. This means the device can be used in the
chemical, petrochemical, water, and wastewater industries.
A sanitary version of the ULS200, with an industry standard
flange option, is easy to remove from the application for
cleaning. It thus satisfies the prerequisites for use in the food,
beverage, and pharmaceutical industries. The Pointek ULS200
delivers superior performance while reducing maintenance,
downtime, and equipment replacement costs.
Key Applications: liquids, slurries, fluid materials, plugged
chute detection, chemical industry
The Pointek ULS200 is an ultrasonic non-contacting switch with

two switch points for level detection of bulk solids, liquids and
slurries in a wide variety of industries; ideal for sticky materials.
Benefits
2 switch outputs for high-high, high, low and low-low level
alarms or pump up/pump down control
Integral temperature compensation
AC or DC power supply
Electronics provided with fail-safe function
Threaded and sanitary fitting clamp process connections
Polycarbonate enclosure, Type 6/NEMA 6/IP67
Easy, two-button programming
Design
Installation
The Pointek ULS200 should be mounted in an area that is within
the temperature range specified and that is suitable to the enclosure rating and materials of construction. The cover should be
accessible to allow programming, wiring and display viewing.
It is advisable to keep the Pointek ULS200 away from high voltage or current runs, contactors and SCR control drives.
Locate the Pointek ULS200 so that it has a clear sound path
perpendicular to the material surface. The sound path should
not intersect the fill path, rough walls, seams, rungs etc.
Mounting and Interconnection
The Pointek ULS200 is available in three thread types: 2" NPT,
R 2" (BSPT), EN 10226 or PF2 and can be fitted with the optional
75 mm (3 inch) flange adapter for mating to 3" ASME, DN 65,
PN 10, and JIS 10K 3B sized flanges.
Separate cables and conduit may be required to conform to
standard instrumentation wiring or electrical codes.
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/127
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pointek ULS200
Configuration
Parabolic mounting
Flat mounting and Beam angle

Fill
Pipe
Rungs
Seams
12
Beam angle
Pointek ULS200 Mounting
4/128
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pointek ULS200
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Electronics/enclosure
Connection: terminal block,

max. 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG) solid/
1.5 mm2 (16 AWG) stranded
Ultrasonic level switch
Measuring range
IP67/Type 6/NEMA 6
Measuring range in liquids
0.25 ... 5 m (0.8 ... 16.4 ft)
Cable inlet
2 x " NPT or 2 x PG 13.5
Measuring range in bulk solids
0.25 ... 3 m (0.8 ... 9.8 ft)
CE (EMC certificate available on

request), CSA US/C, FM
Output
AC Version (relay)
2 SPDT Form C contacts, rated 5 A at

250 V AC or 30 V DC, resistive load;
rated 1 A at 48 V DC resistive load
DC Version (relay)
2 SPDT Form C contacts, rated 5 A

at 30 V DC, resistive load; rated 1 A
at 48 V DC resistive load
DC Version (transistor)
2 switches, rated max. 100 mA, 48 V DC
Accuracy
AC/DC version
Resolution
Repeatability
3 mm (0.1 inch)
0.25 % of measuring range
Options
Flange adapter for mating 2" NPT or 2" BSP process connections to 3"
ASME, DN 65 PN 10 and JIS 10K 3B flanges
148.8 (5.86)
Bolt hole circle
diameter

Location
Beam angle
Indoors/outdoors
12
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
If mounted in metal threads
-40 ... +60 C (-40 ... +140 F)

-20 ... +60 C (-5 ... +140 F)
Medium conditions
Process pressure
0.5 bar (7.25 psi) max.
190.2 (7.49)
Diameter
Pointek ULS200 Optional Flange Adapter, dimensions in mm (inch)
Design
Material
Polycarbonate with gasket
Weight
Transducer material
PVDF or ETFE copolymer
Threaded mounting
2" NPT
R 2" [(BSPT), EN 10226]
or G 2" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1]
For 3" ASME, DN 65, PN 10 and
JIS 10 K3B
Optional flange adapter

Sanitary mounting
Power supply
AC version
100 ... 230 V AC, 15 %, 50/60 Hz,

max. 12 VA, 5 W
DC version
18 ... 30 V DC, 3 W

Display
LCD, three digits, 9 mm (0.35 inch)

high for display of distance between
sensor face and material, multi-segment
graphic for operating state
Memory
EEPROM, non-volatile
Programming
2 keys
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/129
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pointek ULS200
Article No.
Pointek ULS200
Ultrasonic non-contacting switch with two switch
points for level detection of bulk solids, liquids and
slurries in a wide variety of industries; ideal for
sticky materials
7ML1510-
Further designs
code(s)
777 0 7

Power supply
24 V DC, relay output
24 V DC, transistor output
100 ... 230 V AC, relay output
1
2
3
Transducer/Process connection
ETFE, 2" NPT [(Taper), ANSI/ASME B1.20.1]
EFTE, R 2" [(BSPT), EN 10226]
EFTE, G 2" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1]
A
B
C
PVDF copolymer, 2" NPT [(Taper), ANSI/ASME B1.20.1]

PVDF copolymer, R 2" [(BSPT), EN 10226]
PVDF copolymer, G [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1]
E
F
G
PVDF copolymer, 4" sanitary

Enclosure/cable inlet
Polycarbonate
Cable inlet PG 13.5
Cable inlet " NPT
1)
Available with Enclosure/cable inlet option 2 only
2)
Available with Approvals option K only
J
K
Siemens FI 01 2015
A5E32268616

7ML1930-1AC
Universal Box Bracket Mounting Kit
7ML1830-1BK
3" ASME, DN 65 PN 10, JIS 10K 3B ETFE Flange

adapter for 2" NPT
7ML1830-1BT

adapter for 2" BSPT
7ML1830-1BU
2" BSPT Locknut, plastic
7ML1830-1DQ
2" NPT Locknut
7ML1830-1DT
4" sanitary mounting clamp
7ML1830-1BR
Spare Parts
1
2
4/130
Article No.
Accessories
CE, RCM, CSA Class I, II, Div. 21)

CE, RCM, CSAus/c, FM
mounting2)
Approvals
Order code
Polycarbonate Lid
7ML1830-1LG
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pointek ULS200
Schematics
Relay output
Threaded
1
60
(2.35)
Lid clip
#8-32x3/8"
machine screw
100 ... 230 V AC

50/60 Hz
74 (2.9)
57
(2.25)
Two Form C (SPDT) relays can switch

external devices such as alarms, relays,
contactors, PLCs, DCSs, etc.
or
18 ... 30 V DC
Lid
Transistor output: DC version only
Conduit
connection
" NPT or
PG 13.5
180 (7.1)
18 ... 30 V DC
+
2" NPT
R 2" BSPT
or PF2
Transducer
22 (0.87)
74 (2.9)
Two non-polarized transistor outputs are

suitable for connection to PLCs, DCSs,
or customer supplied relays.
Sanitary
Pointek ULS200 connections
180 (7.1)
74 (2.9)
Pointek ULS200, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/131
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Continuous level measurement Ultrasonic
Ultrasonic
Overview
Mode of operation
Introduction
Common Terms
Ultrasonic measurement is based on the speed of sound. Sound

can be used as a measurement tool because there is a measurable time lapse between sound generation and the "hearing" of
the sound. This time lapse is then converted into usable information. Ultrasonic sensing equipment generates a sound above
20 000 Hz and then interprets the time lapse of the returned
echo. The transducer creates the sound and senses the echo
and then a transceiver interprets the sound and converts it into
information.
Attenuation
Siemens ultrasonic units include Sonic Intelligence, a patented

signal processing technology. Using unique algorithms, Sonic
Intelligence differentiates between true echoes from the material
and false echoes from obstructions or electrical noise, providing
intelligent processing of echo profiles.
Typical System
Ultrasonic level measurement requires two components: one to
generate the sound and catch the echo (transducer) and one to
interpret the data and derive a measurement (transceiver). Even
though some ultrasonic instruments combine the components in
one unit, the individual functionality remains distinct. The measurement output is communicated to the unit, PLCs or PCs for
process control.
A piezoelectric crystal inside the transducer converts an electrical signal into sound energy, firing a burst into the air which travels to the target and then is reflected back to the transducer.
The transducer then acts as a receiving device and converts the
sonic energy back into an electrical signal contained in the
transceiver. An electronic signal processor analyzes the return
echo and calculates the distance between the transducer and
the target. The time lapse between firing the sound burst and
receiving the return echo is directly proportional to the distance
between the transducer and the material in the vessel. This
basic principle lies at the heart of the ultrasonic measurement
technology and is illustrated in the equation:
Distance = (Velocity of Sound x Time)/2.
4/132
Siemens FI 01 2015
Denotes a decrease in signal magnitude in transmission from

one point to another. Attenuation may be expressed as a scalar
ratio of the input magnitude to the output magnitude or in decibels.
Beam angle
The diameter of a conical boundary centered around the axis of
transmission when the power (radiating perpendicular to the
transducer face on the axis of transmission) is reduced by half
(-3 dB).
Blanking distance
Specified zone extending downward from the transducer face in
which received echoes are ignored by the transceiver. Blanking
distance ignores echoes from ringing.
Echo confidence
The recognition of the validity of the echo as material level.
A measure of echo reliability.
Ringing
The inherent nature of the transducer to continue vibrating after
the transmit pulse has ceased; the decay of the transmit pulse.
Transducer/Transceiver
A transducer provides the initial ultrasonic pulse and receives its
echo. An ultrasonic transducer amplifies the sound wave created by the piezoelectric crystal and transmits that sound wave
to the face of the transducer while at the same time dampening
the sound wave from the other sides of the crystal.
Transceivers analyze the echo from the transducer to determine
the required measurement.
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Ultrasonic
Ultrasonic Transmitter/Controller Selection Guide
Criteria
SITRANS Probe LU
SITRANS LUT400
HydroRanger 200
MultiRanger 100/200
SITRANS LU
Range
6 m (20 ft) or
12 m (40 ft)
0.3 ... 60 m (1 ... 196 ft),

transducer
and application
dependent
15 m (50 ft) transducer

and application dependent


Chemical storage
vessels, filter beds,
liquid storage
vessels
Wet wells, reservoirs,

flumes/weirs,
chemical storage,
liquid storage,
hoppers, crusher
bins, dry solids
storage
Wet wells, flumes/weirs,

bar screen control
Wet wells, flumes/weirs,

bar screen control, hoppers, chemical storage,
liquid storage, crusher
bins, dry solids storage
Chemical storage, liquid

storage, bulk solids storage (sugar, flour bins,
grains, cereals),
plastic pellets
Output
HART model:
4 ... 20 mA/HART
PROFIBUS PA
model: PROFIBUS
4 ... 20 mA/HART
3 relays
6 relays standard,
two 4 ... 20 mA outputs
(isolated)
1 relay (option on
MultiRanger 100)
4 relays (LU01, LU02)
3 relays standard
4 ... 20 mA isolated
6 relays (option)
Up to 40 relays (LU10)
Two 4 ... 20 mA outputs

(isolated)
Communications
HART or
PROFIBUS PA
HART 7.0, USB,

SIMATIC PDM
Options:
SIMATIC PDM for
remote configuration
and diagnostics
Built-in Modbus RTU/

ASCII via RS-485
Built-in Modbus RTU or

ASCII via RS-485
Dolphin, RS-232/RS-485
(LU01, LU02))
Options:
SIMATIC PDM
SmartLinx
(PROFIBUS DP,
DeviceNet)
Options:
SIMATIC PDM
SmartLinx
(PROFIBUS DP,
DeviceNet)
Dolphin via infrared

(LU10)
AC version:
100 ... 230 V AC 15 %,
50/60 Hz, 36 VA/17 W
DC version:
12 ... 30 V DC, 20 W
AC version:
100 ... 230 V AC 15 %,
50/60 Hz, 36 VA/17 W
DC version:
12 ... 30 V DC, 20 W
LU01, LU02:
AC version:
100/115/200/
230 V AC
DC version:
18 ... 30 V DC, 25 W
LU10: 100/115/200/
230 V AC
Power specifications
HART:
4 ... 20 mA,
24 V DC nominal,
max. 550 , 30 V DC
max. PROFIBUS PA:
12, 13, 15, or 20 mA,
dependent on programming
AC version:
100 ... 230 V AC 15 %,
50/60 Hz, 36 VA
Fuse: 5 x 20 mm,
Slow Blow,
0.25 A, 250 V DC
version:
10 32 V DC, 10 W
Fuse: 5 x 20 mm,
Slow Blow, 1.6 A, 125 V
Approvals
CE, CSAUS/C, FM, RCM,

ATEX, IECEx
CE, CSAUS/C, UL Listed, CE, CSAUS/C, UL Listed, CE, CSAUS/C, UL Listed, CE, CSAUS/C, FM,
FM, RCM,
FM, RCM
FM, RCM
Lloyds Register
Lloyd's Register, ABS
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/133
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Ultrasonic
7ML1830-2AN
7ML5830-2AJ
7ML1830-2AK
SITRANS Probe LU HART*

SITRANS LU
SITRANS Probe LU PROFIBUS
MultiRanger 100/200
HydroRanger 200
* Note: To order the IS version of this hand programmer, order 7ML5830-2AH.
Handheld programmer selection guide
4/134
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Ultrasonic
Application
Ultrasonic Level Application Questionnaire

Contact:
Prepared By:
Company:
Date:
Address:
City:
Country:
Zip/Postal Code:
Fax: OGGGGGP
Phone: (
E-mail:
Tanks/Vessel information
Type:
(Suppy sketch where possible)
Sketch attached
Storage
Dimensions:
Process
Height:
m/ft
Nozzle Length:
cm/inch
Pump station
Width/Diameter:
m/ft
Nozzle Diameter:
cm/inch
Open channel
Tank top:
Tank bottom:
Open
Internal equipment
and/or obstructions:
Sloped
Flat
Flat
Conical
Conical
Parabolic
Parabolic
Measurement type:
Continuous Level
Point Level
Area safety classification:
(Eg. Agitator, heating coils,

supports, other)
Volume
No
Yes
Please list
Flow
(Specify code required)
Material
Slurry
C/F
Atmosphere:
Air
Other
Dust:
None
Light
Installation
Max:
Liquid
Solid
C/F
Homogenous:
Yes
No
Heavy
(indicate all that apply)
Power available:
Communications:
Inputs required:
Outputs required:
4 ... 20 mA
Pump Interlocks (#):
HART/4 ... 20 mA
AB Remote I/O
4 ... 20 mA
PROFIBUS DP
AB DeviceNet
Relays (#):
PROFIBUS PA
Other
Modbus RTU/ASCII
None
Form# 2-769R4
Ultrasonic Application Questionnaire

Siemens FI 01 2015
4/135
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Continuous level measurement Ultrasonic transmitters
SITRANS Probe LU
Overview
Configuration
Parabolic mounting
4
SITRANS Probe LU is a 2-wire loop powered ultrasonic transmitter for level, volume and flow monitoring of liquids in open channels, storage vessels, and simple process vessels.
Flat mounting and beam angle
Benefits
Fill
Continuous level measurement up to 12 m (40 ft) range

Easy installation and simple start-up
Programming using infrared Intrinsically Safe handheld
programmer, SIMATIC PDM or HART Communicator
Communication using HART or PROFIBUS PA
ETFE or PVDF transducers for chemical compatibility
Patented Sonic Intelligence signal processing
Auto False-Echo Suppression for fixed obstruction avoidance
Level to volume or level to flow conversion
Pipe
Rungs
Application
The SITRANS Probe LU is ideal for level monitoring in the water
and wastewater industry, chemical storage vessels, and small
bulk hoppers.
The range of SITRANS Probe LU is 6 or 12 m (20 or 40 ft).
Using Sonic Intelligence, Auto False Echo Suppression for fixed
obstruction avoidance, and accuracy of 0.15 % of range or
6 mm (0.25 inch), the Probe LU provides unmatched reliability.
The Probe LU offers two communications options: HART or
PROFIBUS PA (Profile version 3.0, Class B).
The transducer on the Probe LU is available as ETFE or PVDF to
suit the chemical conditions of your application. As well,
for applications with varying material and process temperatures,
the Probe LU incorporates an internal temperature sensor to
compensate for temperature changes.
Key Applications: chemical storage vessels, filter beds,
liquid storage vessels
4/136
Siemens FI 01 2015
Seams
10
Beam angle
SITRANS Probe LU mounting
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS Probe LU
Mode of operation
Process connection
Measuring principle
Ultrasonic level measurement
Typical application
Level measurement in storage vessels and simple process vessels
Threaded connection

R 2" [(BSPT), EN 10226] or
G 2" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1]
Inputs
Flange connection
3 inch (80 mm) universal flange
Measuring range
6 m (20 ft) model
12 m (40 ft) model
0.25 ... 6 m (10 inch ... 20 ft)

0.25 ... 12 m (10 inch ... 40 ft)
Other connection
FMS 200 mounting bracket

(see page 4/187) or customer
supplied mount
Frequency
54 kHz
Display and Controls

Interface
Outputs
Remote: Available via HART or

PROFIBUS PA
mA/HART
Range
4 ... 20 mA
Accuracy
0.02 mA
PROFIBUS PA
Profile 3, Class B
Performance
Local: LCD display with bar graph
Configuration
Using Siemens SIMATIC PDM (PC) or

HART handheld communicator or
Siemens infrared handheld programmer
Memory
Non-volatile EEPROM
Resolution
3 mm (0.12 inch)
Power supply
Accuracy
the greater of 0.15 % of range or

6 mm (0.24 inch)
4 ... 20 mA/HART
Nominal 24 V DC with 550 maximum; maximum 30 V DC 4 ... 20 mA
Repeatability
3 mm (0.12 inch)
PROFIBUS PA
Blanking distance
0.25 m (10 inch)
Update time
5s
12, 13, 15, or 20 mA depending on

programming (General Purpose or
Intrinsically Safe version)
4 ... 20 mA/HART version
5 s at 4 mA
PROFIBUS version
4 s at 15 mA current loop
Temperature compensation
Built-in to compensate over temperature range
Beam angle
10

Ambient conditions
per IEC 61158-2

Certificates and Approvals
General
CSAUS/C, FM, CE, RCM
Marine (only applies to

HART communication option)
Lloyds Register of Shipping

ABS Type Approval
Hazardous
Intrinsically Safe (Europe)
ATEX II 1G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
Intrinsically Safe (USA/Canada)
CSA/FM, Class I, Div. 1,

Groups A, B, C, D; Class II, Div. 1,
Groups E, F, G; Class III T4
Relative humidity/ingress protection Suitable for outdoor
Intrinsically Safe (International)
SIR 13.0008X Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
Intrinsically Safe (Brazil)
INMETRO Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
Pollution degree
Non-incendive (USA)
FM Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D

T4
Location
Indoor/outdoor
Ambient temperature
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
Medium conditions
- Temperature at flange or threads
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
- Pressure (vessel)
0.5 bar g (7.25 psi g)
Handheld Programmer
Intrinsically Safe Siemens handheld
programmer
Infrared receiver
Approvals for handheld programmer ATEX II 1GD / IECEx SIR 09.0073
Design
PBT (Polybutylene Terephthalate)
Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
Type 4X/NEMA 4X, Type 6/

NEMA 6/IP67/IP68 enclosure
Ex iaD 20 T135 C
Weight
2.1 kg (4.6 lb)
Cable inlet
2 x M20x1.5 cable gland or

2 x " NPT thread or
1 x M20 x 1.5 and 1 x " NPT
Material (transducer)
ETFE (Ethylene Tetrafluoroethylene)

or PVDF (Polyvinylidene Fluoride)
FM/CSA Class I, II, III, Div. 1,

Groups A,B,C,D,E,F,G T6
Ambient temperature
-20 ... 50 C (-5 ... 122 F)
Interface
Proprietary infrared pulse signal
Power
3 V lithium battery (non-replaceable)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/137
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS Probe LU
Article No.
SITRANS Probe LU
2-wire, loop powered ultrasonic transmitter for
level, volume and flow monitoring of liquids in
open channels, storage vessels, and simple
process vessels.
7ML5221-
Further designs
code(s).
7 7 7 77

Enclosure/Cable Inlet
Plastic (PBT), 1 x M20x1.5 and 1 x " NPT
(no cable glands supplied)
Plastic (PBT), 2 x M20x1.5 (includes 1 general
purpose cable gland: 7ML1930-1AM)
Plastic (PBT), 2 x " NPT
(no cable glands supplied)
0
1
2
Operating Instructions for HART/mA device
Article No.
English
A5E32337695
French
7ML1998-5HT11
German
ordered as a separate item on the order.
A5E34957881
A5E32168031
Range/Transducer material
6 m (20 ft), ETFE
6 m (20 ft), PVDF Copolymer
A
B
12 m (40 ft), ETFE

12 m (40 ft), PVDF Copolymer
Additional Multi-language Quick Start manual

C
D
Operating Instructions for PROFIBUS PA device
Process connection
R 2" [(BSPT), EN 10226]
G 2" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1]
Communication/Output
4 ... 20 mA, HART
PROFIBUS PA
Approvals
General Purpose, FM, CSAUS/C, CE, RCM, KCC
Non-incendive, FM Class I, Div. 2 Groups A,B,C,D

1)
T5
Intrinsically Safe, CSA/FM Class I, Div. 1, Groups A,
B, C, D; Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G; Class III T42)
Intrinsically Safe ATEX 1G / IECEx / INMETRO
Ex ia IIC T4 Ga, RCM, KCC2)

Intrinsically Safe ATEX 1G / IECEx / INMETRO
Ex ia IIC T4 Ga, RCM, KCC3)

Intrinsically safe, CSA/FM Class I, Div. 1, Groups A,
B, C, D; Class II, Div. 1 Groups E, F, G; Class III T43)
1)
A
B
C
1
2
1
4
Available with communication option 2 only.
3)
Available with communication option 1 only.
English
A5E32337708
German
A5E34957884
Additional Multi-language Quick Start manual

A5E32081626
Accessories
Handheld programmer, Intrinsically Safe, EEx ia
7ML5830-2AH
Handheld programmer, General Purpose approvals
7ML1830-2AN
Handheld programmer, Infrared, Intrinsically Safe,

PROFIBUS PA
7ML5830-2AJ
HART modem/USB
(for use with a PC and SIMATIC PDM)
7MF4997-1DB
2" NPT locknut, plastic
7ML1830-1DT
2" BSPT locknut, plastic
7ML1830-1DQ

adapter for 2" NPT
7ML1830-1BT

adapter for 2" BSPT
7ML1830-1BU
One General Purpose polymeric cable gland

M20x1.5, rated for -20 ... +80 C (-4 ... +176 F)
7ML1930-1AM
One metallic cable gland M20x1.5,

rated -40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F) for
General Purpose or ATEX EEx e installations
(available for HART only)
7ML1930-1AP

rated -40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F) with integrated
shield connection (available for PROFIBUS PA)
7ML1930-1AQ
Probe LU, rock guard/sunshield kit,

304 stainless steel
7ML1930-1GH
SITRANS RD100, loop powered display see Chapter 7
7ML5741-...
SITRANS RD200, universal input display with

Modbus conversion - see Chapter 7
7ML5740-...
SITRANS RD300, dual line display with totalizer

and linearization curve and Modbus conversion see Chapter 7
7ML5744-...
SITRANS RD500 web, universal remote monitoring

solution for instrumentation - see Chapter 7
7ML5750-...
Available with Enclosure/Cable Inlet option 2 only.
2)
Order code
For applicable back up point level switch see point

level measurement section.
Spare Parts
Plastic lid
4/138
Siemens FI 01 2015
7ML1830-1KB
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS Probe LU
Options
Flange adapter for mating 2" NPT or 2" BSP process connections to
3" ASME, DN 65 PN 10 and JIS 10K 3B flanges
SITRANS Probe LU with FMS 200 mounting bracket
148.8 (5.86)
Bolt hole circle
diameter
190.2 (7.49)
Diameter
SITRANS Probe LU optional flange adapter, dimensions in mm (inch)
SITRANS Probe LU with optional mounting bracket
4
139.7 (5.50)
Hinged lid
21
(0.83)
198.9 (7.83)
130.1 (5.12)
Electronics
Mounting thread
Transducer
51.1
(2.01)
54 (2.13)
Note: Above model is shown without M20 cable glands or 1/2" NPT conduit connectors.
SITRANS Probe LU, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/139
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS Probe LU
Schematics
Connect the wires to the
terminals as shown:
the polarity is identified
on the terminal block.
Lid screws
Terminals for loop current

or PROFIBUS PA cable
Cable
4
Watertight
gland
Note:
-
HART model above is shown with M20 cable glands. 1/2" NPT threaded connection is also available.
DC terminal shall be supplied from an SELV source in accordance with IEC-1010-1 Annex H.
All field wiring must have insulation suitable for rated input voltages.
Separate cables and conduit may be required to conform to standard instrumentation wiring practices or electrical codes.
SITRANS Probe LU connections
4/140
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
The Probe
Overview
Configuration
Parabolic mounting
4
The Probe is a short-range integrated ultrasonic level transmitter,
ideal for liquids and slurries in open or closed vessels.
Benefits
Easy to install, program and maintain

Accurate and reliable
Sanitary models available
Patented Sonic Intelligence echo processing
Flat mounting and beam angle

Fill
Application
The transducer is available in PVDF copolymer, making the
device suitable for use in a wide variety of applications.
The Probe is easy to install and maintain, and can be quickly
removed for cleaning as required by the food, beverage and
pharmaceutical industries.
The reliability of the level data is based on the Sonic Intelligence
echo processing algorithms. A filter discriminates between the
true echo and false echoes from acoustic or electrical noises
and agitator blades in motion. The ultrasonic pulse propagation
time to the material and back is temperature-compensated and
converted into distance for display, analog output and relay
actuation.
Key Applications: chemical storage vessels, filter beds,
mud pits, liquid storage vessels, food applications
Pipe
Rungs
Seams
12
Beam angle
The Probe mounting
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/141
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
The Probe
Three-wire version
Two-wire version
(standard)
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Ultrasonic level
measurement
Ultrasonic level
measurement
0.25 ... 5 m
(0.8 ... 16.4 ft)
0.25 ... 5 m
(0.8 ... 16.4 ft)
Frequency
54 kHz
54 kHz
Output
mA
4 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
- Span
Proportional/
inversely proportional
Proportional/
inversely proportional
- Max. load
750 at 24 V DC
For level alarm or fault
600 in the loop at

24 V DC
No
Supply voltage
18 ... 30 V DC,
max. 0.2 A
12 ... 30 V DC,
0.1 A surge
Max. power consumption
5W
(200 mA at 24 V DC)
0.75 W
(25 mA at 24 V DC)
Certificates and
approvals
CE, RCM, CSAUS/C, FM
CE, RCM, CSAUS/C
Input
Measuring range
Relay
Power supply
Accuracy
Resolution
Echo processing
Beam angle
Ambient temperature
- Standard
- Metallic mounting
Max. static operating
pressure
Design
Weight
- Without flange
adapter
- With flange adapter
Material
- Electronics enclosure
- Transducer
Process connection
Flange adapter
Cable inlet
0.25 % of measuring range (in air)

3 mm (0.125 inch)
Built in
Sonic Intelligence
12
-40 ... +60 C (-40 ... +140 F)
-20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Normal atmospheric pressure
IP65
1.5 kg (3.3 lb)

1.7 kg (3.7 lb)
PVC
PVDF copolymer
IP65
R 2" [(BSPT), EN 10226] or
G 2" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1]
3" Universal,
(fits DN 65, PN 10 and 3"ASME)
4" sanitary
2 inlets for PG 16 or " NPT cable glands
Article No.
The Probe
Short-range integrated ultrasonic level transmitter,
ideal for liquids and slurries in open or closed
vessels
7ML1201777 0 0
Measuring range
5 m (16.40 ft)
Transducer/Process connection
PVDF copolymer, 2" NPT [(Taper),
ANSI/ASME B1.20.1]
PVDF copolymer, G 2" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1]
PVDF copolymer, 4" Sanitary mounting
Model/Approval
3 Wire, 24 V DC, CE, RCM, CSA, FM
2 Wire, 24 V DC, CE, RCM, CSA
F
G
J
E
F
Order code
Further designs
code(s).

identification (max. 20 characters) specify in
plain text
Y17
Article No.
3 Wire, 24 V model, Multi-language manual
7ML1998-5GD62
2 Wire model, Multi-language manual
A5E32243983
Accessories
Universal Box Bracket Mounting kit
7ML1830-1BK
Sanitary 4" mounting clamp
7ML1830-1BR

adapter for 2" NPT
7ML1830-1BT

adapter for 2" BSPT
7ML1830-1BU
7ML1830-1DT
7ML1830-1DQ
Plastic M20 cable gland with metal locknut
7ML1930-1DB
7ML5741-...

7ML5740-...

7ML5744-...

7ML5750-...
For applicable back up point level switch see point

level measurement section.
4/142
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
The Probe
Options
Standard model
Hinged lid
7 (0.3)
Flange adapter for mating 2" NPT or 2" BSP process connections to
3" ANSI, DN 65 PN10, and JIS 10K 3B flanges
148.8 (5.86)
bolt hole circle
diameter
84 (3.3) max.
190.2 (7.49)
diameter
Cable entry
knock out
The Probe Optional Flange Adapter, dimensions in mm (inch)
279 (11)
117 (4.6)
Electronics
87
(3.4)
The Probe with FMS 200 mounting bracket
74
(2.9)
Mounting
thread
61 (2.4)
Mounting
thread
transducer
53 (2.1) max.
Hinged
lid
The Probe with Optional Mounting Bracket
Schematics
7 (0.3)
Sanitary model
84 (3.3) max.
3 wire model
(standard and sanitary models)
Cable entry
knock out
mA output: 4 ... 20 mA, nonisolated, 750 max.
87
(3.4)
279 (11)
117 (4.6)
Electronics
Process
connection
74
(2.9)
Power supply
Connect to protective earth
Transducer
Relays: dry contact, closed

unpowered or alarm state
61 (2.4)
2 wire model
(standard and sanitary models)
Probe
+
Loop
instrumentation
R max
+
53 (2.1) max.
The Probe, dimensions in mm (inch)
1 2
R max =
V supply
V supply 12 V
+
20 mA
12 ... 30 V DC
Display
Program
mode
Segment
display
'20' key
Units
'4' key
Operation
status
LOE/fault
The Probe connections
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/143
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Continuous level measurement Ultrasonic controllers
Overview
Application
4
The Siemens SITRANS LUT400 series controllers are compact,
single point, long-range ultrasonic controllers for continuous
level or volume measurement of liquids, slurries, and solids,
and high accuracy monitoring of open channel flow.
Benefits
Small 1/2 DIN enclosure [144 h x 144 d x 146 w mm
(5.7 x 5.7 x 5.75 inch)] with standard universal mounting
bracket for wall, pipe, and DIN rail, plus an optional panel
mount
Easy to use HMI display with local four-button programming,
menu-driven parameters, and Wizard support for key applications
English, German, French, Spanish, Chinese, Italian, Portuguese, and Russian texts on the HMI.
Level, Volume, OCM Flow monitoring
Three relays combined with a suite of pump, alarm, and relay
control features
HART Communications
EDDs for SIMATIC PDM, AMS Device Manager, and Field
Communicator 375/475, plus DTMs for FDTs (Field Device
Tools)
Web browser for local programming from an intuitive webbased interface
Two discrete inputs for backup level override and pump
interlock functions
Echo profile and trend views from the local display
Patented digital receiver for improved performance in electrically noisy applications (close proximity to VSDs)
Real time clock with daylight savings time, supporting an
integrated datalogger and energy saving algorithms for
minimizing pump operation during high cost energy periods
Removable terminal blocks for ease of wiring
MCERTS Certified for Open Channel Flow
4/144
Siemens FI 01 2015
The SITRANS LUT400 comes in three different models, depending on the application, level of performance and functionality
required:
SITRANS LUT420 Level Controller: Level or volume
measurement of liquids, slurries, and solids, as well as basic
pump control functions, and basic data logging capability
SITRANS LUT430 Level, Pump and Flow Controller: Includes
all features of the LUT420 plus a full suite of advanced pump
control and alarm functionality, open channel flow monitoring,
and basic flow data logging capability
SITRANS LUT440 High Accuracy OCM: Our most featured,
highest accuracy model. Includes all features of the LUT430,
plus the industrys best accuracy ( 1 mm within 3 m), full suite
of advanced control functionality, and enhanced flow logging
capability
Key applications: wet wells, reservoirs, flumes/weirs, chemical
storage, liquid storage, hoppers, crusher bins, dry solids
storage
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Mode of Operation
Ultrasonic level, volume, pump,

and open channel flow
Measuring range
0.3 60 m (1 196 ft),

transducer dependent
Input
Discrete
0 ... 50 V DC switching level

Logical 0 10 V DC
Logical 1 = 10 ... 50 V DC
Max. 3 mA
Output
10 ... 52 kHz
Ultrasonic transducer
Compatible transducers: All EchoMax and ST-H series transducers
Relays
1 SPDT Form C, NO or NC relay,

rated 1A at 250 V AC,
non-inductive and 3A at 30 V DC
2 SPST Form A, NO relays,
rated 5A at 250 V AC,
non-inductive and 3 A at 30 V DC
Resolution
Weight
Enclosure with display lid
Enclosure with blank lid:
1.3 kg (2.87 lb)

1.2 kg (2.65 lb)
Polycarbonate
Enclosure with display or blank lid: IP65/Type 4X/NEMA 4X
Enclosure with blank lid and knock- IP20
out removed:
Remote display lid:
Transducer frequency
mA output
Max. load
Design
4 20 mA, isolated
600 max. in ACTIVE mode,
750 max. in PASSIVE mode
0.1 % of range
Transducer and mA output signal
Standard operation: 1 mm
(0.04 inch) plus 0.17 % of measured
distance
High accuracy OCM: 1 mm
(0.04 inch), within 3 m (9.84 ft)
range
Resolution
Standard operation: 0.1 % of range

or 2 mm (0.08 inch), whichever is
greater
High accuracy OCM: 0.6 mm
(0.02 inch), within 3 m (9.84 ft)
range
-40 ... +150 C (-40 ... +300 F)

Integral temperature sensor in transducer
External TS-3 temperature sensor
(optional)
Programmable fixed temperature
values

Location
Pollution degree
Indoor/outdoor
II
4
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature (enclosure)
-20 +50 C (-4 +122 F)
Transducer, mA output:
2 copper conductors, twisted,
with foil shield/drain wire, 300 V
0.5 0.75 mm (22 18 AWG)
Relay/power to be copper
conductors per local
requirements to meet 250 V
5 A contact rating
Max. separation between

transducer and transceiver
365 m (1 200 ft)
60 x 40 mm (2.36 x 1.57 inch)

removable
LCD, 240 x 160 pixels resolution,
operational up to 5 m from
enclosure base
Accuracy
IP65/Type 3/NEMA 3
Cable
Programming
Primary
Secondary
Memory
4 Local push buttons

PC running SIMATIC PDM
PC running Emerson AMS Device
Manager
PC running a web browser
PC running a Field Device Tool
(FDT)
Field Communicator 375/475
(FC375/FC475)
512 kB flash EPROM
1.5 MByte flash for data logging
Power supply
AC version
100 ... 230 V AC 15 %,

50/60 Hz, 36 VA
Fuse: 5 x 20 mm, Slow Blow,
0.25 A, 250 V
DC version
10 32 V DC, 10 W
Fuse: 5 x 20 mm, Slow Blow,
1.6 A, 125 V

General
Hazardous
Non-incendive
(Canada)
CSAUS/C, CE, FM, UL listed, RCM,

MCERTS certified for
Open Channel Flow
Shipping
CSA Class I, Div. 2,

Groups A, B, C, D;
Class II, Div. 2, Groups F, G;
Class III
Lloyd's Register, ABS
Communication
HART 7.0, USB
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/145
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LUT420
SITRANS LUT430
SITRANS LUT440
Category
Feature
Level Controller
Level, pump and flow

controller
High accuracy OCM

controller
Operations
Level, space, and distance

measurement
Open channel flow measurement

Volume conversion
Specifications
Compatible with EchoMax and

ST-H transducers
Standard accuracy: 1 mm
+0.17 % of measured distance
High accuracy: 1 mm within

3 meters
Data logging and communications
Mounting options: wall or

panel, pipe, DIN-rail
HART communications
4 ... 20 mA output (active and

passive)
Integrated datalogger for

measurement value and
alarms
Integrated datalogger for fixed

rate flow logging
Integrated datalogger for
variable rate flow logging
triggered by changes in flow
condition
Daily data logging for maximum, minimum and average

flow, daily totalized volume,
and minimum and maximum
temperature
Flow monitoring
High accuracy open channel

flow measurement
9 digit daily and running flow

totalizers
High and low flowrate alarms
External totalizer and sampler

control
MCERTS Class 1 Certification
Pump control
MCERTS Class 2 Certification
Energy saving algorithms for

pump control
Pump run-on functionality
Pump start and power

resumption delays
Discrete input pump interlocks
Time to spill calculation
Wall cling reduction
Alternate duty pump routines
Fixed duty and service ratio

pump routines
Pumped volume totalizer
Submergence detection
4/146
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Article No.
Communications Manual
SITRANS LUT420 and LUT430

Compact ultrasonic level controllers for continuous
short to long-range level or volume measurement of
liquids, slurries, and solids. Both units include
basic relay functions for pumps, alarms, and other
controls, plus onboard data logging. LUT430 offers
additional advanced pump control and alarm
functionality, open channel flow monitoring,
and basic flow data logging capability.
Functionality varies by model.
7ML5050-
English
7ML1998-5NE01
00 7 7 7 7 0- 7 77 00
French
7ML1998-5NE11
Spanish
7ML1998-5NE21
German
7ML1998-5NE31
Italian
Note: The communications manual should be
ordered as a separate line item on the order.
7ML1998-5NE51
Accessories
Model
SITRANS LUT420 - Level controller
SITRANS LUT430 - Level, Pump & Flow controller

Enclosure display options
With display
With remote panel mount display
[Includes panel mount cable extension, 2.5 m

(8.2 ft)]
No display (blank lid provided)
Note: Enclosure includes back-plate for wall

and pipe mounting, and an integrated clip for
DIN-rail mounting. DIN-rail mounting for standard
TS35 x 7.5 and TS35 x 15 mm DIN-rail to
IEC 60715, EN 60715
Input voltage
100 ... 230 V AC 15 %
10 ... 32 V DC
A
B
A
B
C
1
2
Cable inlet
3 cable inlets, cable glands not supplied
3 cable inlets, 3 M20 plastic cable glands supplied
1
2
Approvals
General purpose CE, FM, CSAUS/C, UL, RCM
Hazardous locations CSA Class I, II, III, Div. 2
(Groups A, B, C, D, F, G)
7ML1930-1AC
TS-3 Temperature Sensor - see TS-3 on page 4/189
7ML1813-...
Panel mount cable extension, 2.5 m (8.2 ft)
7ML1930-1GF
Qty 3 cable glands and retaining nuts
7ML1930-1GB
USB cable, 2 m (6.56 ft) - Standard USB-A to

USB-mini B
7ML1930-1GD
Hart modem/USB
7MF4997-1DB
Sunshield, 304 stainless steel
7ML1930-1GE
7ML5741-...

7ML5740-...
SITRANS RD300, dual line display with totalizer and

linearization curve and Modbus conversion - see
Chapter 7
7ML5744-...

7ML5750-...
Spare parts
Number of measurement points

Single point system (includes one transducer input,
one mA output, and one external temperature
sensor input)
Communications and I/O
HART, 2 discrete inputs, 3 relays

one text line, suitable for enclosure
A
C
Panel mount retrofit kit (convert standard unit with

display to panel mount version)
7ML1830-1PA
Terminal block replacement kit

(5 piece kit with one of each removable terminal)
7ML1830-1PB
Wall/Pipe mount plate
7ML1830-1PC
Enclosure (include blank label)
7ML1830-1PD
SITRANS LUT400 Lid (with Display)
7ML1830-1PE
SITRANS LUT400 Lid (blank)
7ML1830-1PF
Fuse - AC (0.25 A, 250 V, Slow Blow)
7ML1830-1PG
Fuse - DC (1.6 A, 125 V, Slow Blow)
7ML1830-1PH
Battery BR2032
7ML1830-1PJ
Panel mount gasket and fastener kit
7ML1830-1PK
Further designs
DIN-rail clip
7ML1830-1PL

code(s).
Manufacturer's test certificate M to DIN 55350,

Order code
C11

Namur NE43 failsafe setting - device preset to
failsafe < 3.6 mA
N07
Article No.
English
7ML1998-5MV01
French
7ML1998-5MV11
Spanish
7ML1998-5MV21
German
7ML1998-5MV31
Italian
7ML1998-5MV51
Multi-language compact operating instructions

Note: The operating instructions should be
7ML1998-5XU81
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/147
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Article No.
Communications Manual
SITRANS LUT440
The SITRANS LUT440 is the most accurate and
featured model in the LUT400 series. It includes
high accuracy open channel monitoring, relay
functions for external samplers, totalizers, alarms,
and enhanced data logging, as well as all pump
and control functions available with other models in
the LUT400 series.
7ML5050-
English
7ML1998-5NE01
00 7 7 7 7 0- 7 77 00
French
7ML1998-5NE11
Spanish
7ML1998-5NE21
German
7ML1998-5NE31
Italian
7ML1998-5NE51
Note: The communications manual should be

Model
SITRANS LUT440 - High accuracy Open Channel
Monitor1)
Enclosure display options

With display
With remote panel mount display
[Includes panel mount cable extension, 2.5 m

(8.2 ft)]
No display (blank lid provided)
Note: Enclosure includes back-plate for wall

and pipe mounting, and an integrated clip for
DIN-rail mounting. DIN-rail mounting for standard
TS35 x 7.5 and TS35 x 15 mm DIN-rail to
IEC 60715, EN 60715
Input voltage
100 ... 230 V AC 15 %
10 ... 32 V DC
Accessories
C
A
B
C
1
2
Cable inlet
3 cable inlets, cable glands not supplied
3 cable inlets, 3 M20 plastic cable glands supplied
1
2

Single point system (includes one transducer input,
one mA output, and one external temperature
sensor input)
Communications and I/O
HART, 2 discrete inputs, 3 relays
Approvals
General purpose CE, FM, CSAUS/C, UL, RCM
Hazardous locations CSA Class I, II, III, Div. 2,
(Groups A, B, C, D, F, G)
1)
A
C
Order code
Further designs
C11

Namur NE43 failsafe setting - device preset to
failsafe < 3.6 mA
N07
Article No.
English
7ML1998-5MV01
French
7ML1998-5MV11
Spanish
7ML1998-5MV21
German
7ML1998-5MV31
Italian
7ML1998-5MV51
Note: The operating instructions should be

4/148
Siemens FI 01 2015
7ML1813-...
Panel mount cable extension 2.5 m (8.2 ft)
7ML1930-1GF
Qty 3 cable glands and retaining nuts
7ML1930-1GB
USB cable 2 m (6.56 ft) - Standard USB-A to

USB-mini B
7ML1930-1GD
HART modem/USB
(for use with PC and SIMATIC PDM)
7MF4997-1DB
Sunshield, 304 stainless steel
7ML1930-1GE
7ML5741-...

7ML5740-...
SITRANS RD300, dual line display with totalizer and

linearization curve and Modbus conversion - see
Chapter 7
7ML5744-...

7ML5750-...
Panel mount retrofit kit (convert standard unit with

display to panel mount version)
7ML1830-1PA
Terminal block replacement kit

(5 piece kit with one of each removable terminal)
7ML1830-1PB
Wall/Pipe mount plate
7ML1830-1PC
Enclosure (include blank label)
7ML1830-1PD
SITRANS LUT400 Lid (with Display)
7ML1830-1PE
SITRANS LUT400 Lid (blank)
7ML1830-1PF
Fuse - AC (0.25 A, 250 V, Slow Blow)
7ML1830-1PG
Fuse - DC (1.6 A, 125 V, Slow Blow)
7ML1830-1PH
Battery BR2032
7ML1830-1PJ
Panel mount gasket and fastener kit
7ML1830-1PK
DIN-rail clip
7ML1830-1PL
Quick Ship Symbol . For details see page 9/5 in the appendix

code(s).
7ML1930-1AC
Spare parts
Compatible with all EchoMax Transducers. High accuracy OCM

performance with the use of an XRS-5 transducer and TS-3 temperature
sensor (each sold separately).

Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Back
mount
bracket
Enclosure
SITRANS LUT400
198
(7.8)
190
(7.5)
144
(5.7)
22
(0.87)
34
(1.34)
98
33
(1.34)
Cable entry
(3 places)
259
(10.2)
155
(6.10)
146
(5.75)
45
(1.2)
SITRANS LUT400, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/149
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
1.80 1.00
(0.07 0.04)
110.00 1.00
(4.33 0.04)
5.50 (0.22) dia.

(4 places)
13.50 1.00
(0.53 0.04)
97.00 1.00
(3.81 0.04)
125.00
(4.92)
6.25 (0.25) rad.

(4 places)
Cut-out
Note: Cut-out template

(printed to scale) shipped
with remote panel mount
model.
125.00
(4.92)
SITRANS LUT400, dimensions in mm (inch)
4/150
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Schematics
INPUT
POWER
12
13
14
1.6 A,125 V
SLOW BLOW 10 - 32 V
TS-3 TRANSDUCER
8
1
10
9
2
DC SYNC
WHT
BLK
WHT
SHLD
BLK
INPUT
POWER
DISCRETE INPUTS
RELAYS
0.25 A, 250 V
SLOW BLOW
12
L1
13
L2/N
14
XWWGTGYZWG}
BATTERY
BR2032
mA OUT/HART
DISPLAY
15
16
RLY 1
17
18
19
RLY 2
20
21
22
23
RLY 3
24
PAS
ACT
SERVICE
SITRANS LUT400 connections
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/151
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
MultiRanger 100/200
Overview
Application
MultiRanger can be used on different materials, including fuel
oil, municipal waste, acids, woodchips, or on materials with high
angles of repose. MultiRanger offers true dual point monitoring,
digital communications with built-in Modbus RTU via RS-485,
as well as compatibility with SIMATIC PDM, allowing PC configuration and setup. MultiRanger features Sonic Intelligence
advanced echo-processing software for increased reading reliability.
MultiRanger 100 offers cost-effective level alarming, as well as
on/off and alternating pump control. MultiRanger 200 will monitor
open channel flow and features more advanced relay alarming
and pump control functions as well as volume conversion.
4
MultiRanger is a versatile short to medium-range ultrasonic
single and multi-vessel level monitor/controller for virtually any
application in a wide range of industries.
Benefits
Digital input for back-up level override from point level device
Communication using built-in Modbus RTU via RS-485
Compatible with SmartLinx system and SIMATIC PDM
configuration software
Single or dual point level monitoring
Differential amplifier transceiver for common mode noise
reduction and improved signal-to-noise ratio
MultiRanger 100: level measurements, simple pump control,
and level alarm functions
MultiRanger 200: level, volume and flow measurements in
open channels, differential control, extended pump control,
and alarm functions
Wall and panel mounting options
4/152
Siemens FI 01 2015
It is compatible with chemical-resistant EchoMax transducers

that can be used in hostile environments at temperatures as high
as 145 C (293 F).
Key Applications: wet wells, flumes/weirs, bar screen control,
hoppers, chemical storage, liquid storage, crusher bins,
dry solids storage
Design
The MultiRanger is available in wall or panel mounting options.
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
MultiRanger 100/200
Mode of Operation
Measuring principle
Measuring range
0.3 ... 15 m (1 ... 50 ft)
Measuring points
1 or 2
Input
Analog (MultiRanger 200 only)
Discrete
Output
EchoMax transducer
Relays
Version with 1 relay
(MultiRanger 100 only)
mA output
Max. load
Resolution
Accuracy
Resolution
0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA, from alternate device, scalable

Logical 0 0.5 V DC
Logical 1 = 10 ... 50 V DC
Max. 3 mA
44 kHz
Compatible transducers: ST-H and
EchoMax series XPS-10, XPS 15/15F,
and XRS-5
Rating 5 A at 250 V AC, non-inductive
1 SPST Form A
2 SPST Form A/1 SPDT Form C
0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA
750 , isolated
0.1 % of range
0.25 % of range or 6 mm (0.24 inch),
whichever is greater
0.1 % of measuring range1)
or 2 mm (0.08 inch), whichever is
greater
-50 ... +150 C (-58 ... +302 F)
Integral temperature sensor
(optional)
values
Design
Weight
Wall mount
Panel mount
Degree of protection (enclosure)
Wall mount
Panel mount

Programming
Power supply
AC version
DC version
Indoor/outdoor
II
4
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature (housing)
-20 ... +50 C (-4 ... +122 F)
IP65/Type 4X/NEMA 4X
IP54/Type 3/NEMA 3
2-core copper conductor, twisted,
shielded, 0.5 ... 0.75 mm
(22 ... 18 AWG), Belden 8760 or
equivalent is acceptable
365 m (1 200 ft)
100 x 40 mm (4 x 1.5 inch) multiblock LCD with backlighting
Programming using hand-held
programmer, SIMATIC PDM or via PC
with Dolphin Plus software
100 ... 230 V AC 15 %,
50/60 Hz, 36 VA (17 W)
12 ... 30 V DC (20 W)
CE, RCM2)
ABS Type Approval
FM, CSAUS/C, UL listed
CSA Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C
and D, Class II, Div.2, Groups F and
G, Class III (wall mount only),
ATEX II 3D
Communication
RS 232 with Modbus RTU or

ASCII via RJ-11 connector
ASCII via terminal strips
Optional: SmartLinx cards for
- PROFIBUS DP
- DeviceNet

Location
Pollution degree
1.37 kg (3.02 lb)

1.50 kg (3.31 lb)
Polycarbonate
1)
Program range is defined as the empty distance to the face of the transducer plus any range extension
2)
EMC performance available on request
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/153
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
MultiRanger 100/200
Article No.
MultiRanger 100/200
Versatile short to medium-range ultrasonic single
and multi-vessel level monitor/controller for virtually
any application in a wide range of industries
7ML5033-
Further designs
7 7 7 77 - 77

code(s).

Versions
MultiRanger 100, level measurement only
1
MultiRanger 200, level, volume, flow and differential 2
measurements
Mounting, enclosure design
Wall mount, standard enclosure
Wall mount, 4 entries, 4 M20 cable glands included

Panel mount (CE, CSAUS/C, FM, UL)
Power supply
100 ... 230 V AC
12 ... 30 V DC

Single point version
Dual point version
Communication (SmartLinx)
Without module
SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP module
SmartLinx DeviceNet module
See SmartLinx product on page 4/360 for
more information.
Output relays
3 relays (2 Form A, 1 Form C), 250 V AC
6 relays (4 Form A, 2 Form C), 250 V AC
1 relay (1 Form A), 250 V AC
(available on MultiRanger 100 model only)
For wall mount applications only
2)
For standard enclosure wall mount, option A only
A
B
0
1
Article No.
English
7ML1998-5FB06
French
7ML1998-5FB13
Spanish
7ML1998-5FB23
German
7ML1998-5FB36
Quick Start guide, multi-language

7ML1998-5QD83
Other Operating Instructions
0
2
Approvals
General Purpose CE, FM, CSAUS/C,
UL listed, RCM
CSA Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C and D; Class II,
Div. 2, Groups F and G; Class III1)
ATEX II 3D2)
1)
A
B
C
Order code
1
2
3
SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP, English
7ML1998-1AQ03
SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP, German
7ML1998-1AQ33
SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP, French
7ML1998-1AQ13
SmartLinx DeviceNet, English

Note: The appropriate SmartLinx Operating
Instructions should be ordered as a separate line
on the order.
7ML1998-1BH02
Accessories
Handheld programmer
7ML1830-2AK

7ML1930-1AC
M20 cable gland kit (4 M20 cable glands,

4 M20 nuts, 4 washers)
7ML1930-1FV
Sunshield kit, 304 stainless steel
7ML1930-1GA
7ML5741-...

7ML5740-...

7ML5744-...

7ML5750-...
Spare parts
Power Supply Board (100 ... 230 V AC)
7ML1830-1MD
Power Supply Board (12 ... 30 V DC)
7ML1830-1ME
Display Board
7ML1830-1MF
4/154
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
MultiRanger 100/200
Schematics
Wall mount version

14.9
160.3 (6.325)
(0.58)
15.2
130 (5.125)
(0.6)
Mounting
holes
4.3
(0.17) (x4)
TB1
See note 1
91
(3.58)
6.6
(0.26)
TB1
TB2
+
240 (9.45)
227 (8.93)
Cover
screws
(x6)
L2/N L1
- +
TB3
12 ... 30 V
SYNC
DC version
mA INPUT
+
SHIELD
Relay 1
Suitable location for

conduit entrances
Siemens Milltronics
recommends using a hole
punch for drilling the holes.
+
+
Relay 3
TS-3
SHIELD
1
Relay 4
36
(1.40)
Panel mount version

198 (7.80)
+
-
4 ... 20 mA
OUTPUTS
Relay 2
Housing
Mounting screw
(provided by customer)
Mounting holes
(accessed under lid)
4.3 (0.17) (x4)
97
(3.82)
Relay 5
DISCRETE
INPUTS
COM
278 (10.94)
Relay 6
RS 485
Relays shown in released

state
A
B
Note:
1. Use 2-core copper wire, twisted, with shield, for expansion up to
365 m (1 200 ft). Route cable in grounded metal conduit, separate
from other cables.
2. Verify that all system components are installed in accordance with
instructions.
MultiRanger, dimensions in mm (inch)
3. Connect all cable shields to the MultiRanger shield connections.

Avoid differential ground potentials by not connecting cable shields
to ground (earth) anywhere else.
4. Keep exposed conductors on shielded cables as short as possible
to reduce noise on the line caused by stray transmissions and noise
pickup.
MultiRanger connections
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/155
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
HydroRanger 200
Overview
Application
For water authorities, municipal water, and wastewater plants,
HydroRanger 200 is an economical, low-maintenance solution
delivering control efficiency and productivity needed to meet
todays exacting standards. It offers single point monitoring with
all models, and optional dual-point monitoring with 6 relay
model. As well, it has digital communications with built-in
Modbus RTU via RS-485.
The standard 6 relay HydroRanger 200 will monitor open channel flow and features more advanced relay alarming and pump
control functions as well as volume conversion. It is compatible
with SIMATIC PDM, allowing for PC configuration and setup.
Sonic Intelligence advanced echo-processing software provides increased reading reliability. The optional 1 or 3 relay models provide accurate level measurement functions only; these
two models do not provide open channel flow, differential level
measurement or volume conversion functions.
4
HydroRanger 200 is an ultrasonic level controller for up to
six pumps and provides control, differential control, and open
channel flow monitoring.
Benefits
Monitors wet wells, weirs and flumes
Digital communications with built-in Modbus RTU via RS-485
Compatible with SmartLinx system and SIMATIC PDM configuration software
Single or dual point level monitoring
6 relay (standard), 1 or 3 relay (optional)
Anti-grease ring/tide mark buildup
Differential amplifier transceiver for common mode noise
rejection and improved signal-to-noise ratio
Wall and panel mounting options
4/156
Siemens FI 01 2015
HydroRanger 200 uses proven continuous ultrasonic echo ranging technology to monitor water and wastewater of any consistency up to 15 m (50 ft) in depth. Achievable resolution is 0.1 %
with accuracy to 0.25 % of range. Unlike contacting devices,
HydroRanger 200 is immune to problems caused by suspended
solids, harsh corrosives, grease or silt in the effluent, reducing
downtime.
Key Applications: wet wells, flumes/weirs, bar screen control
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
HydroRanger 200
Design
Mode of Operation
Measuring principle
Measuring range
0.3 ... 15 m (1 ... 50 ft),

transducer dependent
Weight
Wall mount
Panel mount
1.37 kg (3.02 lb)

1.50 kg (3.31 lb)
Measuring points
1 or 2
Polycarbonate
Degree of protection (enclosure)

Wall mount
Panel mount
IP54/Type 3/NEMA 3
Input
Analog
0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA,

from alternate device, scalable
(6 relay model)
Discrete

Logical 0 0.5 V DC
Logical 1 = 10 ... 50 V DC
Max. 3 mA
Output
EchoMax transducer
44 kHz
Compatible transducers: ST-H and

EchoMax series XPS-10, XPS 15/15F,
and XRS-5
Relays1)
Model with 1 relay2)
Model with 3 relays2)
Model with 6 relays
Rating 5 A at 250 V AC, non-inductive

1 SPST Form A
mA output
Max. load
Resolution
0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA
750 , isolated
0.1 % of range
Cable

shielded, 300 Vrms, 0.82 mm
(18 AWG), Belden 8 760 or equivalent
is acceptable

365 m (1 200 ft)
100 x 40 mm (4 x 1.5 inch)

multi-block LCD with backlighting
Programming
Programming using handheld

programmer or via PC with
SIMATIC PDM software
Power supply4)
AC version
100 ... 230 V AC 15 %, 5

0/60 Hz, 36 VA (17 W)
DC version
12 ... 30 V DC (20 W)
CE, RCM5)
Lloyd's Register of Shipping
ABS Type Approval
FM, CSAUS/C, UL listed
CSAUS/C Class I, Div. 2,
Groups A, B, C and D, Class II,
Div. 2, Groups F and G, Class III
(wall mount only)
MCERTS Class 3 approved for
Open Channel Flow
Communication

ASCII via RJ-11 connector
ASCII via terminal blocks
Optional: SmartLinx cards for
- PROFIBUS DP
- DeviceNet
Accuracy

Resolution
0.1 % of measuring range or 2 mm

(0.08 inch), whichever is greater3)
-50 ... +150 C (-58 ... +302 F)

Integral temperature sensor in transducer
(optional)
values

Location
Indoor / outdoor
II
Pollution degree
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature (enclosure)
-20 ... +50 C (-4 ... +122 F)
1)
All relays certified for use with equipment that fails in a state at or under the
rated maximums of the relays
2)
This model is level control only; no open channel flow, differential level or
volume conversion functions
3)
Program range is defined as the empty distance to the face of the transducer plus any range extension
4)
Maximum power consumption is listed
5)
EMC performance available upon request
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/157
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
HydroRanger 200
Article No.
Siemens HydroRanger 200

Ultrasonic level controller for up to six pumps that
provides control, differential control and open
channel flow monitoring. The HydroRanger 200 is
also available as a level measurement controller
only. Select option from number of measurement
points options below.
7ML5034-
Further designs
code(s).
777 77
Mounting
Wall mount, standard enclosure
Wall mount, 4 entries, 4 M20 cable glands included
Panel mount1)
Power supply
100 ... 230 V AC
12 ... 30 V DC
Single point model, 6 relays
Dual point model, 6 relays
Single point model, level only, 1 relay2)
Single point model, level only, 3 relays2)
Communication (SmartLinx)
Without module
SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP module
SmartLinx DeviceNet module
See SmartLinx product on page 4/360 for
more information.
Approvals
General Purpose CE, FM, CSAUS/C, UL listed, RCM
CSA Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, and D;
Class II, Div. 2, Groups F and G; Class III
(for wall mount applications only)
1
2
3
A
B
Order code

Y15
Article No.
English
7ML1998-5FC03
French
7ML1998-5FC11
German
7ML1998-5FC33

SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP, English
7ML1998-1AQ03
SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP, German
7ML1998-1AQ33
SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP, French
7ML1998-1AQ13
7ML1998-1BH02
0
2
SmartLinx DeviceNet, English

Note: The appropriate SmartLinx Operating
Instructions should be ordered as a separate line
on the order.
Accessories
A
B
C
D
1
2
1)
2)
This model is level control only; no open channel flow, differential level,
or volume conversion functions.
Handheld programmer
7ML1830-2AK

7ML1930-1AC
7ML1930-1GA
7ML5741-...

7ML5740-...

7ML5744-...

7ML5750-...
Spare parts
4/158
Siemens FI 01 2015
Power Supply Board (100 ... 230 V AC)
7ML1830-1MD
Power Supply Board (12 ... 30 V DC)
7ML1830-1ME
Display Board
7ML1830-1MF
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
HydroRanger 200
Schematics
Wall mount version

14.9
160.3 (6.325)
(0.58)
15.2
130 (5.125)
(0.6)
Mounting
holes
4.3
(0.17) (x4)
TB1
See note 1
91
(3.58)
6.6
(0.26)
TB1
TB2
+
240 (9.45)
227 (8.93)
Cover
screws
(x6)
L2/N L1
- +
TB3
12-30 V
SYNC
DC version
mA INPUT
+
SHIELD
Relay 1

conduit entrances
Siemens Milltronics
recommends using a hole
punch for drilling the holes.
4 ... 20 mA
OUTPUTS
Relay 2
Housing
Mounting screw
(provided by customer)
Mounting holes
4.3 (0.17) (x4)
+
+
Relay 3
TS-3
SHIELD
1
Relay 4
36
(1.40)
Panel mount version

198 (7.80)
+
-
97
(3.82)
Relay 5
DISCRETE
INPUTS
COM
278 (10.94)
Relay 6
RS 485
Relays shown in released

state
A
B
Notes
1. Use 2-core copper wire, twisted, with shield, for expansion up to
365 m (1 200 ft.). Route cable in grounded metal conduit, separate
from other cables.
2. Verify that all system components are installed in accordance with
instructions.
HydroRanger 200, dimensions in mm (inch)
3. Connect all cable shields to the HydroRanger 200 shield connections. Avoid differential ground potentials by not connecting cable
shields to ground (earth) anywhere else.
4. Keep exposed conductors on shielded cables as short as possible
to reduce noise on the line caused by stray transmissions and noise
pickup.
HydroRanger 200 connections
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/159
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Overview
Overview
4
The SITRANS LU01 is an ultrasonic long-range level controller
for liquids and solids in a single vessel up to 60 m (200 ft).
Handheld programmer shown is an accessory and must be
ordered separately.
Benefits
Benefits
Single point, long-range level monitoring

Easy to install; easy to program using removable infrared
keypad (optional)
Compatible with all EchoMax transducers
Backlit LCD display with reading in standard engineering units
Automatic level-to-volume conversion for standard or custom
tank shapes
Dolphin Plus compatible
High/low alarms
Application
The system consists of a SITRANS LU01 monitor linked to a noncontacting ultrasonic transducer that can be mounted up to
365 m (1 200 ft) away. The SITRANS LU01 will measure distance, level or volume, and it features patented Sonic Intelligence echo processing software for superior reliability.
Readings are displayed in user-selectable linear engineering
units on the backlit LCD.
Modules for popular industrial buses can be factory installed or
added later to meet changing needs. No external gateway is
required, reducing hardware and cabling costs.
Key Applications: chemical storage, liquid storage,
bulk solids storage (gravel, flour bins, grains, cereals),
plastic pellets
4/160
The SITRANS LU02 is a dual point ultrasonic long-range level

controller for liquids and solids in one or two vessels up to 60 m
(200 ft). Handheld programmer shown is an accessory and must
Siemens FI 01 2015
Dual point, long-range level monitoring

Easy to install; easy to program using removable infrared
keypad (optional)
Compatible with all EchoMax transducers
tank shapes
High/low alarms
Application
SITRANS LU02 will measure liquids, solids or a combination of
both in one or two vessels of different sizes, shapes and configurations up to 60 m (200 ft).
The system uses ultrasonic technology to measure level, space,
distance, volume or average/differential. It features patented
Sonic Intelligence echo processing software for superior reliability. Transducers can be mounted up to 365 m (1 200 ft) from the
monitor.
Readings are displayed in user-selectable linear engineering
units on the backlit LCD.
Key Applications: chemical storage, liquid storage,
bulk solids storage (gravel, flour bins, grains, cereals),
plastic pellets, tripper car
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Measuring range
0.3 ... 60 m (1 ... 200 ft)
Measuring points
SITRANS LU01: Max. one point;

SITRANS LU02 Max. two points
Output signal
EchoMax series, ST-H transducers
Relays
4 SPDT Form C relays, rated at 5 A at

250 V AC, resistive load
mA output
0/4 ... 20 mA, optically isolated
Max. load
750 , isolated, 30 V
Resolution
0.1 % of range
Outputs
SITRANS LU01: Max. one mA output

SITRANS LU02: Max. two mA outputs
Accuracy
Article No.
SITRANS LU01/LU02
Single or dual point ultrasonic long-range level
monitoring system for liquids and solids,
and ranges up to 60 m (200 ft).
7ML5004-
Number of measuring points
LU01 version, 1 point
LU02 version, 2 points
1
2
Input voltage
100/115/200/230 V AC, voltage selector switch
18 ... 30 V DC
Feature software
Standard
Resolution

(0.08 inch), whichever is greater
-50 ... +150 C (-58 ... +302 F)

(optional)
-20 ... +50 C (-4 ... +122 F)
1)
Available with enclosure option 1 only
2)
Ambient temperature for enclosure

Design
Weight
2.7 kg (6 lb)
Polycarbonate
Degree of protection (wall mount)
IP65
Data communications
No module (SmartLinx ready)

Ambient conditions
A
B
Application software
Standard
777 77 77
Enclosure
Wall mount
Wall mount, drilled, 6 x M20
Note: Cable glands are not included and should be
Approvals
CE, CSAUS/C, FM1)
CE
ATEX II 3D2)
1
3
A
B
C
Ultrasonic transducer cable extension RG62-A/U coaxial cable with low
capacitance
mA output signal
(22 ... 18 AWG), Belden8 760 or
Copper conductor according to local
Electrical connection and relay
requirements, rated 250 V
connection
Synchronization
5A
Up to 16 LU01/LU02 units can be
synchronized together
Power supply
AC model
100/115/200/230 V AC 15 %,
50/60 Hz, 31 VA
DC model
18 ... 30 V DC, 25 W
51 x 127 mm (2 x 5 inch) graphics

LCD with backlighting
Memory
EEPROM (non-volatile), no backup

battery required
Programming
Using removable programmer

(ordered separately) or
Dolphin Plus (option)
CE, CSAUS/C, FM, ATEX II 3D

Lloyd's register of Shipping
(Categories ENV1, ENV2, ENV3 and
ENV5)
Options
External temperature sensor
TS-3
Communications
Dolphin Plus: Siemens Windowscompatible interface and

ComVerter link (infrared)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/161
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Order code

Further designs
code(s).
Accessories
Handheld programmer
7ML1830-2AN

7ML1930-1AC

6 M20 nuts, 3 stop plugs)
7ML1830-1GM

7ML1930-1FV

Y15
SITRANS LU01
Article No.
English
7ML1998-5BE02
7ML1830-2AN
French
7ML1998-5BE12
7ML1930-1GA
German
7ML1998-5BE32
Spare parts
Card, LU01 mother main, AC, comm ready
7ML1830-1KX
English
7ML1998-5BD02
Card, LU02 mother main, AC, comm ready
7ML1830-1MA
French
7ML1998-5BD12
Card, LU02 daughter, comm ready
7ML1830-1LP
German
ordered as a separate line item.
7ML1998-5BD32
Card, LU01 daughter, comm ready
7ML1830-1LN
Card, display
See SmartLinx product page 4/360 for
more information.
7ML1830-1LQ
SITRANS LU02
106
(4.2)
92
(3.6)
285 (11.2)
267 (10.5)
267 (10.5)
100
209 (8.2)
4
0
mA
XX
mA
XX
SITRANS LU 02
Mounting hole
4.3 (0.17) diameter
access under lid
(4 places)
Suitable location for conduit entrances. Use

water-tight conduit hubs to maintain enclosure
rating.
Dimensional drawings for SITRANS LU01 (left) and SITRANS LU02 (right), dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
SITRANS LU 01
4/162
100

rating.
106
(4.2)
92
(3.6)
285 (11.2)
172 (6.8)
209 (8.2)
172 (6.8)
Article No.
Mounting hole
4.3 (0.17) diameter
access under lid
(4 places)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Schematics
AC model
17
18
1
2
Temp. Temp.
sensor sensor
16
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Relays
Note 3
27
1
28
Note 2
RS-485
29
2
TX
30
31
1
2
RX
Bi-polar current loop

TX
RX
32
33
SYNC
15
SHLD
14
COM
13
34
RS 232
B A
35
36
37
L2/N L1
Position SW1
for 100/115/
200/230 V AC
Operation
(50/60 Hz
31 VA)
SHLD
Note 1
12
COM
mA
outputs
11
SHLD
10
SHLD
SHLD
SHLD
BLK
WHT/SHLD
BLK
BLK
WHT/SHLD
WHT/SHLD
BLK
WHT/SHLD
Note 4
RS 485
DC model
17
18
1
2
Temp. Temp.
sensor sensor
16
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Relays
Note 3
27
1
28
Note 2
29
2
TX
30
31
1
2
RX

TX
RX
32
33
SYNC
15
SHLD
14
COM
13
SHLD
Note 1
12
COM
mA
outputs
11
SHLD
10
SHLD
SHLD
RS 232
B A
SHLD
BLK
WHT/SHLD
BLK
BLK
WHT/SHLD
WHT/SHLD
BLK
WHT/SHLD
Note 4
34
35
36
37
24 V
Notes:
1. Optically isolated, 750 max. load
2. Use RG62-A/U coaxial (or equivalent) for extensions up to 365 m (1 200 ft).
Run in grounded metal conduit, separate from other wiring.
3. Each relay has 1 set of Form 'C' (SPDT) contacts, relay rated at 5 A 250 V AC, non-inductive, when equal or lower rated
limiting fuses are installed.
4. Required if mounted adjacent to other SITRANS LU01 units or other specified Siemens Milltronics devices. Interconnect
all 'SYNC' terminals with a single 18 AWG (0.5mm 2) wire.
SITRANS LU01 connections

AC model
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Relays
Note 3
27
1
28
2
TX
Note 2
29
30
31
1
2
RX

TX
RX
RS-232
B A
32
33
SYNC
16
1
2
Temp. Temp.
sensor sensor
15
SHLD
14
SHLD
13
SHLD
Note 1
12
COM
mA
outputs
11
COM
10
SHLD
SHLD
SHLD
WHT/SHLD
BLK
WHT/SHLD
BLK
WHT/SHLD
WHT/SHLD
BLK
BLK
Note 4
34
35
36
37
L2/N L1
Position SW1
for 100/115/
200/230 V AC
Operation
(50/60 Hz
31 VA)
RS-485
DC model
1
2
Temp. Temp.
sensor sensor
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
3
Relays
Note 3
Note 2
27
1
28
2
TX
29
30
31
1
2
RX

TX
RX
32
33
SYNC
15
SHLD
14
SHLD
13
SHLD
Note 1
12
COM
mA
outputs
11
COM
10
SHLD
SHLD
SHLD
WHT/SHLD
BLK
WHT/SHLD
BLK
WHT/SHLD
WHT/SHLD
BLK
BLK
Note 4
RS-232
B A
34
35
36
37
24 V
RS-485
Notes:
1. Optically isolated, 750 max. load
2. Use RG62-A/U coaxial (or equivalent) for extensions up to 365 m (1 200 ft).
Run in grounded metal conduit, separate from other wiring.
3. Each relay has 1 set of Form 'C' (SPDT) contacts, relay rated at 5 A 250 V AC, non-inductive, when equal or lower rated
limiting fuses are installed.
4. Required if mounted adjacent to other SITRANS LU01 units or other specified Siemens Milltronics devices. Interconnect
all 'SYNC' terminals with a single 18 AWG (0.5 mm 2) wire.

Siemens FI 01 2015
4/163
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LU10
Overview
Benefits
Ten point, long-range level monitoring
tank shapes
Easy to install, easy to program using removable infrared
keypad (optional)
Application
It can be used in a wide range of applications to scan liquids,
solids or a combination of both contained in vessels of differing
size, shape, and configuration up to 60 m (200 ft).
4
SITRANS LU10 is an ultrasonic long-range level monitor for
liquids and solids, offering 10-point monitoring in a single unit.
Handheld programmer shown is an accessory and must be
ordered separately.
4/164
Siemens FI 01 2015
SITRANS LU10 uses ultrasonic technology to measure level,

space, distance, volume, or average/differential. Transducers
can be mounted up to 365 m (1 200 ft) from the monitor.
The SITRANS LU10 features patented Sonic Intelligence echo
processing software for superior reliability. Readings are displayed in user-selectable linear engineering units on the LCD.
Key Applications: chemical storage, liquid storage, bulk
solids storage (sugar, flour bins, grains, cereals), plastic
pellets, tank farms
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LU10
Power supply
100/115/200/230 V AC 15 %,
50/60 Hz, 31 VA
Max. 0.3 ... 60 m (1 ... 200 ft)
51 x 127 mm (2 x 5 inch) graphics

LCD with backlighting
Max. 10
Memory
EEPROM (non-volatile), no backup

battery required
EchoMax series, ST-H transducers
Programming
Relays
SPDT Form C relays, rated 5 A at

250 V AC, resistive load
Using removable programmer

(ordered separately) or Dolphin Plus
(option)
mA output
SITRANS LU A0 module (option):

0/4 ... 20 mA, optically isolated
Max. load
750 , isolated
CE, RCM, FM, CSAUS/C , ATEX II 3D

Lloyd's register of Shipping
(Categories ENV1, ENV2, ENV3 and
ENV5)
Resolution
0.1 % of range
Options

External temperature sensor

Communications
Resolution

(0.08 inch), whichever is greater
-50 ... +150 C (-58 ... +302 F)

(expandable to 10 inputs with
optional TIB-9 card)
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Measuring range
Measuring points
Output
Accuracy
Expansion card
I/O devices
TIB-9, increases the number of

TS-3 inputs from 1 ... 10
TS-3
Dolphin Plus: Siemens Windowscompatible interface and
ComVerter link (infrared)
Max. 3 I/O devices per
SITRANS LU10
SITRANS LU AO analog output
module (max. 1)

Ambient conditions
-20 ... +50 C (-4 ... +122 F)
Design
Weight
2.7 kg (6 lb)
Polycarbonate
Degree of protection (wall mount)
RG62-A/U coaxial cable with low

capacitance
Signal transmission

(22 ... 18 AWG), Belden 8760 or

connection
Copper conductor according to local

requirements, rated 250 V 5 A
Synchronization
Up to 16 LU10 units can be synchronized together
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/165
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LU10
Article No.
SITRANS LU10
Ten point ultrasonic long-range level monitoring
system for liquids and solids applications,
and ranges up to 60 m (200 ft).
7ML5007-
Further designs
7 7 7 7 7 - 77

code(s).
Input voltage
100/115, 200/230 V AC, selectable
Feature software
Standard
Standard
Data communications
No module (SmartLinx ready)
TIB-9 temperature card

None
With TIB-9 card
Enclosure
Wall mount
Wall mount, drilled, 12 x M20 x1.5 for cable glands
Note: Cable glands are not included and should be
Approvals
CE, CSAUS/C, FM1)
ATEX II 3D1)
CE, RCM2)
1)
2)
4/166
Siemens FI 01 2015
1
A
A
Order code

Y15
Article No.
English
7ML1998-5AN02
French
7ML1998-5AN12
German
7ML1998-5AN32
Accessories
0
0
1
1
2
A
B
D
Handheld programmer
7ML1830-2AN

7ML1930-1AC
Temperature Card TIB 9-card
7ML1830-1CN

6 M20 nuts, 3 stop plugs)
7ML1830-1GM

7ML1930-1FV

7ML1930-1GA
Spare parts
Card, mother main, AC, comm ready
7ML1830-1ML
Card, daughter, comm ready
7ML1830-1LY
Card, display
See SmartLinx product on page 4/360 for more
information.
7ML1830-1LQ
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LU10
106
(4.2)
92
(3.6)
285 (11.2)
267 (10.5)
100
10
172 (6.8)
209 (8.2)
mA
XX
SITRANS LU 10

rating.
Mounting hole
4.3 (0.17) diameter
access under lid
(4 places)
SITRANS LU10, dimensions in mm (inch)
10
transducers
Note 1
To transducers (10 max.) RG62-A/U
coax, 365 m / transducer max.
black
white/shield
black
white/shield
23 24 25 26
10
black
white/shield
36 37 38 39 40
Temp.
sensor
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52
SYNC
black
white/shield
18 19 20 21 22
black
white/shield
black
white/shield
black
white/shield
black
white/shield
2
black
white/shield
Schematics
2
TX
2
RX
P12
V
Peripheral
communication
2
10
Note 3
Note 2
L2/N L1
Position SW1
for 100/115/
200/230 V
AC
Operation
(50/60 Hz,
15 VA)
Notes:
1. Transducer cables must be run in a grounded metal conduit separate from other wiring (except TS-3 temperature sensor wiring, if
applicable).
2. Optional TIB-9 card for multiple temperature sensors. Do not jump the terminals if TS-3s are not used.
3. The SITRANS LU10 is compatible with the following Siemens Milltronics peripherals:
- SITRANS LU AO - analog output module
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/167
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LU AO
Overview
Mode of operation
Input
Communications
Transmission rate
Voltage
Polarization
Max. load
Output
Analog outputs
20 mA bipolar current loop

Max. load
Resolution
Data from SITRANS LU10

4 800 bits/s
20 mA bipolar current loop
Non-polarized
1 receiving unit
10 analog outputs, programmable
from SITRANS LU10
0 or 4 ... 20 mA, isolated
Input and transmission
750
0.1 %
Ambient conditions
The SITRANS LU AO Analog Output Module provides remote

analog output for the measurement points of the SITRANS LU10
level monitor.

Location
Pollution degree
-20 ... +50 C (-5 ... +122 F)

Indoor/outdoor
II
4
Design
Benefits
Analog outputs can be up to 1 500 m (5 000 ft) from the
SITRANS LU 10
Analog outputs can be per transducer and/or average of 2 or
more
Application
The operation of the SITRANS LU AO is programmed via the
SITRANS LU10. The only on-board settings are for bank selection and output testing.
The SITRANS LU AO can provide up to 10 analog outputs
(each sharing a common negative bus which is electrically
isolated from ground).
Weight
2 kg (4.4 lb)
Polycarbonate
Cable connection
Type 4X/NEMA 4X/IP65

2 copper conductors, twisted,
with foil shield/drain wire, 300 V
0.5 ... 0.75 mm (22 ... 18 AWG)
Copper conductor according to
local requirements,

connection
rated 250 V 5 A
Power supply
100/115/200/230 V AC 15 %,
50/60 Hz, 15 VA
1 LED for display of voltage/

communications state
CE, FM, CSAUS/C , RCM
Article No.
SITRANS LU AO
Provides remote analog output for the
measurement points of the SITRANS LU10
level monitor.
Approvals: CSAUS/C, FM, CE, RCM
7ML5810-1A
English
7ML1998-5CE01
German
Note: Operating Instructions should be
7ML1998-5CE31

manual DVD containing the Quick Start and Operating Instructions library.
Accessories
Sun Shield, 304 stainless steel
4/168
Siemens FI 01 2015
7ML1930-1GA
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LU AO
209
(8.2)
16
(0.6)
91
(3.6)
Lid screws
(6 places)
172
(6.8)
285
(11.2)
267
(10.5)
SITRANS LU AO
Lid

conduit entrances
Mounting holes
4.3 mm (0.17 inch) diameter
4 places
Enclosure
Mounting screw (by customer)
SITRANS LU AO, dimensions in mm (inch)
Schematics
230 V
200 V
OFF
Switch is shown in OFF position.

Select appropriate voltage.
115 V
100 V
See note 1
mA
output
spare
Bi-polar
Receiver
SW3
See note 2
1_
mA
output
2_
3_
mA
output
4_
5_
mA
output
6_
7_
mA
output
8_
9_
10_
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
L2
/N L1
30 31 32
See note 3
Isolated 0/4 ... 20 mA out,

750 load max. (typical of 10)
100/115/200/230 V AC
50/60 Hz select
voltage via switch
Notes:
1. SITRANS LU AO receiver input is non-polarized.
2. Refer to associated application device instruction manual for wiring detail. Check that the communication parameter P740 (SITRANS LU10) is ON.
3. SITRANS LU AO interconnecting cable shield should be grounded at SITRANS LU10 only. Insulate shields at junctions to prevent inadvertent
grounding. Maximum individual loop length is 3 000 m (10 000 ft).
SITRANS LU AO connections
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/169
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Continuous level measurement Ultrasonic transducers
Ultrasonic transducers
Overview
Ultrasonic Transducers
Ultrasonic measuring systems are the cost-effective choice for
monitoring and control in short- to long-range applications for
liquids, slurries, and solids in a wide range of industries. Transducers are impervious to dust, moisture, corrosion, vibration,
flooding, and extreme temperature. They are easy to install and
virtually maintenance-free. Choose from a wide selection of
models designed for short or long range applications on liquids
or solids.
EchoMax Transducers
Liquids
Liquids and Solids

Standard
XRS-5
ST-H
XPS-10
XPS-15
XPS-30
Max. range1)
8m
(26 ft)
10 m
(33 ft)
10 m
(33 ft)
15 m
(50 ft)
30 m
(100 ft)
Min. range
0.3 m
(1 ft)
0.3 m
(1 ft)
0.3 m
(1 ft)
0.3 m
(1 ft)
0.6 m
(2 ft)
Max. temperature
65 C
(149 F)
73 C
(164 F)
95 C
(203 F)
95 C
(203 F)
95 C
(203 F)
Min. temperature
-20 C
(-4 F)
-40 C
(-40 F)
-40 C
(-40 F)
-40 C
(-40 F)
-40 C
(-40 F)
Typical Applications
Wet wells and open

channels
Chemical storage and

liquid tanks
Dusty solids and slurries Deep wet wells and

solids
Powders, pellets and

solids
Frequency
44 kHz
44 kHz
44 kHz
44 kHz
30 kHz
Beam angle (-3dB)
10
12
12
Thread size
R 1" [(BSPT),
EN 10226]
1" NPT
1" and 2" NPT

R 2" [(BSPT),
EN 10226],
2" [(BSPP),
EN ISO 228-1]
R 1" [(BSPT),
EN 10226]
1" NPT
R 1" [(BSPT),
EN 10226]
1" NPT
R 1.5" [(BSPT),
EN 10226]
Universal thread
1.5" NPT
Enclosure
PVDF Copolymer
CSM
Option: Flange with
PTFE facing
ETFE
Option: PVDF
PVDF
PVDF
PVDF
Option: Foam facing
Option: Foam facing
Option: Foam facing
Flange with PTFE facing Flange with PTFE facing Flange with PTFE facing
SITRANS LUT400
SITRANS LU
HydroRanger 200
MultiRanger 100/200
Compatible with:
1)
Application conditions such as extreme dust or angle of repose may reduce the usable maximum range.
Consult your local Siemens representative for further information.
4/170
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
ST-H
Overview
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Input
Measuring range
0.3 ... 10 m (1 ... 33 ft)
Output
Frequency
44 kHz
Beam angle
12
Accuracy
Compensated by integral
temperature sensor

Pressure
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
ST-H transducers use ultrasonic technology to measure level in

chemical storage and liquid tanks.
Benefits
Can be mounted on a narrow standpipe
Immune to corrosive and harsh environments
Application
The narrow design of the ST-H allows the transducer to be
mounted on a narrow standpipe. When mounted correctly, it is
completely protected from the process and can even be used in
harsh, corrosive environments.
During operation, the ultrasonic transducer emits acoustic
pulses in a narrow beam perpendicular to the transducer face.
The level transceiver measures the propagation time between
pulse emission and reception of the echo to calculate the distance from the transducer to the material. Variations in sound
velocity due to changes in temperature within the permissible
range are automatically compensated by the integral temperature sensor.
Key Applications: chemical storage, liquid tanks

-20 ... +60 C (-5 ... +140 F)
(ATEX approved model)
-40 ... +73 C (-40 ... +163 F)
(CSA/FM approved model)
Design
Weight1)
1.4 kg (3 lb)
Base and lid made of ETFE or PVDF

(epoxy fitted joint)2)
Process connection

R 2" [(BSPT), EN 10226] or
G 2" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1]
IP68
Cable connection
2-core shielded/twisted, 0.519 mm

(20 AWG), PVC sheath
Cable (max. length)
365 m (1 200 ft) with RG 62 A/U

coaxial cable
Options
Flange adapter
3" Universal (fits DN 65, PN 10 and

3" ASME)
CE, CSA Class I, II, III, Div. 1,
Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G T3
(ETFE only), FM Class I, II, Div. 1,
Groups C, D, E, F, G T4A,
ATEX II 2G / INMETRO Ex mb IIC T5
Gb, RCM, KCC
1)
Approximate shipping weight of transducer with standard cable length
2)
When measuring chemicals, check compatibility of ETFE or PVDF and

epoxy, or mount joint external to process.
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/171
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
ST-H
Article No.
EchoMax ST-H ultrasonic transducer

Level measurement in chemical storage and liquid
tanks. The narrow design of the ST-H allows the
transducer to be mounted on a 2 inch standpipe.
Measuring range: min. 0.3 m (1 ft), max. 10 m
(33 ft).
7ML1100-
Further designs
77 A 7 0

code(s).
Process connection
ETFE, 2" NPT [(Taper), ANSI/ASME B1.20.1]
ETFE, R 2" [(BSPT), EN 10226]
ETFE, G 2" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1]
PVDF copolymer, 2" NPT [(Taper), ANSI/ASME

B1.20.1]
PVDF copolymer, G 2" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1]
0
1
2
3
4
5
Cable length
5 m (16.40 ft)
10 m (32.81 ft)
30 m (98.43 ft)
A
B
C
50 m (164.04 ft)
100 m (328.08 ft)
D
E
Approvals
CE, FM Class I, II, Div. 1, Groups C,D,E,F,G T4A
ATEX 2G / INMETRO Ex mb IIC T5 Gb, RCM, KCC
CSA Class I, II, III, Div. 1, Groups A,B,C,D,E,F,G T3
CE, ATEX 2G / INMETRO Ex mb IIC T5 Gb, RCM,
KCC
2
3
4
Article No.
Quick Start Manual, multi-language
A5E32105880
Applications Guidelines, multi-language

Note: The Applications Guidelines should be
7ML1998-5HV61

1)
Available with Process connection options 0 ... 2 only
2)
Available with Process connection options 3 ... 5 only
3)
Not suitable for Ketone, Hexane, Ester or Ethyl Acetate atmospheres
4/172
Siemens FI 01 2015
Order code

plain text
Y17
Accessories
Article No.
Universal box bracket, mounting kit
7ML1830-1BK
3" ASME, DN 65 PN 10, JIS 10K 3B ETFE flange

adapter for 2" NPT
7ML1830-1BT
3" ASME, DN 65 PN 10, JIS 10K 3B ETFE flange

adapter for 2" BSPT
7ML1830-1BU
Easy Aimer 2, NPT with " x 1" PVC coupling
7ML1830-1AQ
Easy Aimer 2, aluminum with M20 adapter and

1" and 1" BSPT aluminum couplings
7ML1830-1AX
Easy Aimer 304, with stainless steel coupling
7ML1830-1AU
Easy Aimer 304, with M20 adapter and 1" and

1" BSPT 304 stainless steel couplings
7ML1830-1GN
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
ST-H
Coupling
119 (4.7)
22
(0.87)
74 (2.9)
Mounting thread
(process
connection)
Flange Adapter
20.9
(0.82)
1" NPT
Conduit
thread
Siemens Milltronics
flange adapter
82 (3.2)
87 (3.4)
Diameter
ST-H ultrasonic transducer, dimensions in mm (inch)
Schematics
Direct connection
Black
White
Shield
Coaxial extension
White
Shield
3 Terminal direct*
Black
White
Shield
3 Terminal extension*
Black
White
Shield
* For SITRANS LUT400, MultiRanger 100/200, HydroRanger 200
ST-H ultrasonic transducer connections
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/173
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
EchoMax XRS-5
Overview
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Input
Measuring range
0.3 ... 8 m (1 ... 26 ft), dependent on

application
Output
Frequency
44 kHz
Beam angle
10
Accuracy
Temperature error
Compensated by integral
temperature sensor
4
EchoMax XRS-5 ultrasonic transducer provides reliable, continuous level monitoring of liquids and slurries in narrow lift stations/
wet wells, flumes, weirs and filter beds using a beam angle of
just 10 and a CSM rubber face.
Benefits
Narrow beam angle of only 10
Chemically resistant PVDF copolymer enclosure and CSM
rubber face
Measuring range: 8 m (26 ft) for measurement of liquids and
slurries
Fully submersible: IP68 degree of protection
Easy installation with 1" NPT or R 1" BSPT connection
Application
The XRS-5 is non-contacting with a measuring range from
0.3 ... 8 m (1 ... 26 ft). Advanced echo processing ensures reliable data even in conditions with obstructions, turbulence and
foam.
The hermetically sealed CSM rubber face and the PVDF copolymer enclosure are designed for maximum resistance to methane, salt water, caustics and harsh chemicals common to wastewater installations. With an IP68 degree of protection, this
rugged sensor is fully submersible in the event of flood conditions. Use a submergence shield if full submergence is possible
in the application. A submergence shield will maintain a high
level reading output during submerged conditions.
The low-cost XRS-5 transducer is compatible with a full range of
Siemens controllers, from a basic system for high/low alarm or
simple pump control, up to advanced control systems with communications, telemetry and SCADA integration capabilities.
Key Applications: wet wells, flumes, weirs, filter beds
4/174
Siemens FI 01 2015
Vessel pressure
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
-20 ... +65 C (-4 ... +149 F)
Design
Weight (approximate shipping weight
of sensor with standard cable length)
1.2 kg (2.6 lb)
PVDF copolymer enclosure and

CSM face
Process connection

or R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226]
IP65/IP68
Cable connection
2-core shielded/twisted, 0.5 mm2

(20 AWG), PVC sheath
Cable (max. length)
365 m (1 200 ft) with RG 62 A/U

coaxial cable
365 m (1 200 ft) with 2-core twisted
pair, foil shield, 0.5 mm2
(20 AWG), PVC sheath, only for
MultiRanger 100/200
Options
Flange version
Factory flange with PTFE face for

ASME, EN or JIS configuration
Submergence shield
For applications with flooding possible
CE, RCM, KCC

CSA Class I, Div. 2, Groups A,B,C,D,
Class II, Div. 1 Groups E,F,G
FM Class I, Zone 1, AEx m IIC, T6
Class II, III, Div. 1, Groups E,F,G T6
ATEX II 2GD / IECEx / INMETRO
Ex mb IIC T6 Gb, Ex tb IIIC T85 C
Db
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
EchoMax XRS-5
Order code
Article No.
EchoMax XRS-5 transducer

With a beam angle of 10, the XRS-5 provides
reliable, continuous level monitoring of liquids and
slurries in narrow lift stations/wet wells, flumes,
weirs and filter beds.
Measuring range: min. 0.3 m (1 ft), max. 8 m (26 ft)
7ML1106-
Further designs
code(s).
777 7 0 - 0 7

plain text
Process connection
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226]
1
2
Cable length
5 m (16.40 ft)
10 m (32.81 ft)
30 m (98.43 ft)
Facing
Standard (CSM rubber)
PTFE (flange versions)
Approvals
CE, RCM, KCC, CSA Class I, Div. 2, Groups
A,B,C,D, Class II, Div. 1 Groups E,F,G

FM Class I, Zone 1, AEx m IIC, T6 Class II, III, Div.
1, Groups E,F,G T6 ATEX II 2GD / IECEx /
INMETRO Ex mb IIC T6 Gb, Ex tb IIIC T85 C Db
Mounting flange (flush mount)
None
A
B
C
A
B
2
3" ASME, 150 lb, flat faced

B
C
D
DN 80, PN 10/16, Type A, flat faced

J
K
L
JIS10K 3B style
JIS10K 4B style
JIS10K 6B style
Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings
ASME B16.5 or EN 1092-1, or JIS B 2220 standard.
Q
R
S
Article No.
A5E32299685

7ML1998-5HV61
Y17
Accessories
Article No.
Tag, stainless steel with hole,

12 x 45 mm (0.47 x 1.77 inch),
one text line for fastening on sensors
7ML1930-1BJ
Submergence shield kit
7ML1830-1BH
7ML1830-1AQ

7ML1830-1AX
7ML1830-1AU

7ML1830-1GN
FMS-200 universal box bracket, mounting kit
7ML1830-1BK
FMS-210 channel bracket, wall mount
7ML1830-1BL
FMS-220 extended channel bracket, wall mount
7ML1830-1BM
FMS-310 channel bracket, floor mount
7ML1830-1BN
FMS-320 extended channel bracket, floor mount
7ML1830-1BP
FMS-350 bridge channel bracket, floor mount

(see Mounting Brackets on page 4/187 for
more information)
7ML1830-1BQ
7ML1830-1DS
7ML1830-1DR

Siemens FI 01 2015
4/175
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
EchoMax XRS-5
Article No.
EchoMax XRS-5C transducer

With a beam angle of 10, the XRS-5 provides
reliable, continuous level monitoring of liquids and
slurries in narrow lift stations/wet wells, flumes,
weirs and filter beds.
Measuring range: min. 0.3 m (1 ft), max. 8 m (26 ft)
7ML1105-
Further designs
code(s).
777 7 1 - 0 7

plain text
Process connection
Cable length
5 m (16.40 ft)
10 m (32.81 ft)
30 m (98.43 ft)
Facing
Standard (CSM rubber)
PTFE (flange versions)
Approvals
CSA Class I Div. 1, Group A,B,C,D; Class II Div. 1,
Group E,F,G; Class III
Mounting flange (flush mount)
None
A
B
C
A
B
1

Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings
ASME B16.5 or EN 1092-1, or JIS B 2220 standard.
B
C
D
Article No.
A5E32299685

7ML1998-5HV61

4/176
Siemens FI 01 2015
Order code
Y17
Accessories
Article No.
7ML1830-1BH
7ML1830-1AQ
7ML1830-1AU
FMS-200 universal box bracket, mounting kit
7ML1830-1BK
FMS-210 channel bracket, wall mount
7ML1830-1BL
FMS-220 extended channel bracket, wall mount
7ML1830-1BM
FMS-310 channel bracket, floor mount
7ML1830-1BN
FMS-320 extended channel bracket, floor mount
7ML1830-1BP
FMS-350 bridge channel bracket, floor mount

more information)
7ML1830-1BQ
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
EchoMax XRS-5
Schematics
Direct connection
Submergence Shield
(optional)
White/shield
Black/hot
Black
White
155 (6.1)
127 (5.0)
25
(0.98)
Standard
89 (3.5)
Shield
Coaxial extension
Flange (optional)
124 (4.9)
127 (5.0)
Junction box
Extend cable using RG-62 A/U coax.
3 terminal direct*
ANSI, DIN, or JIS

Mounting:
Suspended Conduit
Bracket
Rigid metal
conduit
Black
White
Flexible
conduit
Steel
channel
Shield
Non-metallic
coupling
3 terminal extension*
Non-metallic
coupling
Black
White
Transducer
Shield
Flexible conduit transducer should not be

subjected to wind, vibration or jarring.
Plywood
XRS-5 ultrasonic transducer connections
Submersible
Non-metallic
coupling
Rigid metal
conduit
Non-metallic
coupling
Submergence
shield
Plywood mounting provides
excellent isolation
(must be rigid).
Transducer with submergence shield, used in
applications where flooding is possible.
XRS-5 ultrasonic transducer, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/177
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
EchoMax XPS
Overview
Benefits

Low ringing effect reduces blanking distance
Optional foam facing for dusty applications
Self-cleaning and low-maintenance
Chemically resistant
Hermetically sealed
Application
XPS transducers can be fully immersed, are resistant to steam
and corrosive chemicals, and can be installed without flanges.
The XPS series offers versions for various measuring ranges up
to 30 m (100 ft) and up to a max. temperature of 95 C (203 F).
4
EchoMax XPS transducers use ultrasonic technology to measure level in a wide range of liquids and solids.
4/178
Siemens FI 01 2015
During operation, the EchoMax transducers emit acoustic

pulses in a narrow beam. The level monitor measures the propagation time between pulse emission and its reflection (echo) to
calculate the distance.
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
EchoMax XPS
Input
XPS-10
XPS-15 (standard and F models)
XPS-30
Measuring range
0.3 ... 10 m
(1 ... 33 ft)
Standard:
0.6 ... 30 m
(2 ... 100 ft)
0.3 ... 15 m
(1 ... 50 ft)
XPS-15F:
0.45 ... 15 m
(1.5 ... 50 ft)
Output
Frequency
44 kHz
44 kHz
30 kHz
Beam angle
12
-40 ... +95 C
XPS-15F:
-40 ... +95 C
(-40 ... +203 F)
-20 ... +95 C
(-40 ... +203 F)
Environmental
Location
Ambient temperature
Indoors/outdoors
(-4 ... +203 F)

Pollution degree
Pressure
8 bar g (120 psi g)
8 bar g (120 psi g)
Flanged:
Flanged:
Flanged:
0.5 bar g (7.25 psi g)
0.5 bar g (7.25 psi g)
0.5 bar g (7.25 psi g)
0.8 kg
(1.8 lb)
1.3 kg (2.8 lb)
4.3 kg
(9.5 lb)
0.5 bar g (7.25 psi g)
Design
Weight
Flanged:
2 kg (4.4 lb)
Power supply
Operation of transducer only with approved Siemens Milltronics controllers
Material
Standard:
Standard:
Standard:
PVDF
PVDF
PVDF
Flanged:
Flanged:
Flanged:
PVDF with CPVC flange

Option:
Color
Option:
Option:
PTFE face with CPVC flange
Blue
Standard:
Blue
Blue
XPS-15F:
Gray
Process connection
1" NPT or 1" BSPT
Standard:
1.5" universal thread (NPT or BSPT)
1" NPT or 1" BSPT

XPS-15F:
1" NPT
IP66/68
Cable
2 wire twisted pair/braided and foil shielded 0.5 mm (20 AWG) PVC jacket
Separation
Max. 365 m (1 200 ft)
Standard:
Standard:
CE, CSA, FM, ATEX, IECEx
IP66/68
IP66/68
XPS-15F:
FM Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C and
D, Class II Div. 1, Groups E, F and G,
Class III
1)
EMC certificate available on request.
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/179
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
EchoMax XPS
Article No.
EchoMax XPS-10 ultrasonic transducer

High-frequency ultrasonic transducer designed
for a wide variety of liquid and solid applications,
for use with approved controllers. Includes integral
temperature sensor.
Measuring range: min. 0.3 m, max.10 m
7ML1115-
Further designs
code(s).
777 7 0
Mounting thread and facing
with foam facing1)
with PTFE facing2)
0
1
3
4
5
Cable length
5 m (16.40 ft)
10 m (32.81 ft)
30 m (98.43 ft)
50 m (164.04 ft)
100 m (328.08 ft)
Mounting flange
None
Y15
Article No.
A5E32282889

7ML1998-5HV61
Accessories
B
C
E
F
K

Measuring point number/ identification

R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226]

R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226] with foam facing1)
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226] with PTFE facing2)
Order code
Tag, stainless steel with hole, 12 x 45 mm

(0.47 x 1.77 inch), one text line for fastening on
sensors
7ML1930-1BJ
7ML1830-1BH
Easy Aimer 2, with " x 1" NPT PVC coupling
7ML1830-1AQ

7ML1830-1AX
7ML1830-1AU

7ML1830-1GN

C
D
7ML1830-1BK

E
F
Channel bracket, wall mount
7ML1830-1BL
Extended channel bracket, wall mount
7ML1830-1BM

G
J
L
Channel bracket, floor mount
7ML1830-1BN
Extended channel bracket, floor mount
7ML1830-1BP
Bridge channel bracket, floor mount

more information)
7ML1830-1BQ
7ML1830-1DS
7ML1830-1DR
JIS10K3B Style
JIS10K4B Style
JIS10K6B Style
ASME B16.5 or EN 1092-1, or JIS B 2220 standard.)
Approvals
ATEX 2GD Ex mb IIC T4 Gb, Ex tb IIIC T135 C Db;
IECEx SIR 13.0009X Ex mb IIC T4 Gb, Ex tb IIIC
T135 C Db; FM Class I, Div. 2, Groups A,B,C,D;
Class II, Div. 1, Groups E,F,G; Class III
CSA Class I, Div. 1, Groups A,B,C,D, Class II,
Div. 1, Groups E,F,G, Class III 3)

1)
Not available with flanged versions
2)
Available with flanged versions only
3)
Valid with mounting thread and facing options 0 ... 2 only
M
P
R
4/180
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
EchoMax XPS
Article No.

temperature sensor.
Measuring range: min. 0.3 m, max. 15 m
7ML1118-
Further designs
code(s).
7777 0

with foam facing1)
with PTFE facing2)
Order code
0
1
2
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226]

R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226] with foam facing1)
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226] with PTFE facing2)
3
4
5
Cable length
5 m (16.40 ft)
10 m (32.81 ft)
30 m (98.43 ft)
Article No.
A5E32282889

7ML1998-5HV61

Accessories
sensors
7ML1930-1BJ
7ML1830-1BJ
7ML1830-1BK
7ML1830-1BL
7ML1830-1BM

D
E
7ML1830-1BN

DN 200, PN 10, Type A, flat faced
J
K
7ML1830-1BP
7ML1830-1BQ
JIS10K 6B
JIS10K 8B
N
P

more information)
7ML1830-1DS
7ML1830-1DR
7ML1830-1AQ

7ML1830-1AX
Easy Aimer 304 with stainless steel coupling
7ML1830-1AU
Easy Aimer 304, with M20 adapter and 1" and 1"
BSPT 304 stainless steel couplings
7ML1830-1GN
50 m (164.04 ft)
100 m (328.08 ft)
Mounting flange
None
F
K
Approvals
ATEX 2GD Ex mb IIC T4 Gb, Ex tb IIIC T135 C Db;
IECEx SIR 13.0009X Ex mb IIC T4 Gb, Ex tb IIIC
T135 C Db; FM Class I, Div. 2, Groups A,B,C,D;
Class II, Div. 1, Groups E,F,G; Class III
CSA Class I, Div. 1 Groups A,B,C,D, Class II,
Div. 1, Groups E,F,G, Class III 3)

1)
2)
3)
Available with mounting options 0 ... 2 only
B
C
E
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/181
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
EchoMax XPS
Article No.
Article No.
EchoMax XPS-15F ultrasonic transducer

temperature sensor.
Measuring range: min. 0.3 m, max. 15 m
7ML1171-

temperature sensor.
1" universal thread compatible with 1" NPT and
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226]
Measuring range: min. 0.6 m (1.97 ft), max. 30 m
(98.43 ft)
7ML1123-
777 7 0
Cable length
5 m (16.40 ft)
10 m (32.81 ft)
30 m (98.43 ft)
B
C
D
50 m (164.04 ft)
100 m (328.08 ft)
E
F
Mounting flange, flush mount

None
ASME B16.5, or EN 1092-1, or JIS B 2220 standard.)

1" universal thread
1" universal thread, foam facing1)
1" universal thread, PTFE facing2)
A
B
C
Approvals
FM Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, and D, Class II
Div. 1, Groups E, F, and G, Class III
7777 0
1
Order code
Further designs
code(s).
Y15
Article No.
English
A5E32725813

7ML1998-5HV61
Cable length
5 m (16.40 ft)
10 m (32.81 ft)
30 m (98.43 ft)
B
C
E
50 m (164.04 ft)
100 m (328.08 ft)
F
K
Mounting flange
None

D
E

J
K
JIS10K 6B
JIS10K 8B
N
P
Approvals
ATEX 2G 1D Ex mb IIC T4 Gb, Ex ta IIIC T135 C
Da; IECEx SIR 13.0009X Ex mb IIC T4 Gb,
Ex ta IIIC T135 C Da
1)
2)

0
1
2
Order code
Further designs
code(s).
Accessories

measuring-point number/identification
Y15
Article No.
A5E32282889

7ML1998-5HV61

sensors
7ML1930-1BJ
7ML1830-1BJ
7ML1830-1BK
7ML1830-1BL
7ML1830-1BM
7ML1830-1BN
7ML1830-1BP


more information)
7ML1830-1BQ
Accessories
7ML1930-1BJ
7ML1830-1DS

sensors
7ML1830-1AQ
7ML1830-1DP
Easy Aimer 304 with stainless steel coupling
7ML1830-1AU
Easy Aimer 2, 1" NPT galvanized coupling
7ML1830-1AN
Easy Aimer 304, NPT with 1" coupling
7ML1830-1AT

7ML1830-1AX

7ML1830-1GN
4/182
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
EchoMax XPS
EchoMax XPS-30C ultrasonic transducer
temperature sensor.
1" universal thread compatible with 1" NPT and
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226]
Measuring range: min. 0.6 m (1.97 ft), max. 30 m
(98.43 ft)
Article No.
7ML1155777 7 1
1" universal thread
1" universal thread, foam facing1)
1" universal thread, PTFE facing2)
0
1
2
Stainless steel tag [69 mm x 50 mm

(2.71 x 1.97 inch)]: Measuring-point number /
identification (max. 27 characters) specify in plain
text
Y15
Article No.
A5E32282889

7ML1998-5HV61

Cable length
5 m (16.40 ft)
10 m (32.81 ft)
30 m (98.43 ft)
B
C
E
50 m (164.04 ft)
100 m (328.08 ft)
F
K
Accessories
Mounting flange
None

D
E

J
K
JIS10K 6B
JIS10K 8B
N
P
Approvals
CSA, Class I, Div. 2, Groups A,B,C,D; Class II,
Div. 1, Groups E,F, G; Class III
Order code

Further designs
code(s).
Easy Aimer II NPT 1.5" Galvanized
7ML1830-1AN
Easy Aimer 304, NPT with 1.5" coupling
7ML1830-1AT
7ML1830-1DP
1)
Not available with flanged version
2)
Available for flanged versions only
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/183
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
EchoMax XPS
Schematics
Standard
Direct connection
Submergence shield
Black
White
Shield
Coaxial connection
Radiating face
White
Bonded flange
Shield
E
B
3 terminal direct*
C
Black
Shield
XPS ultrasonic transducer, dimensions in mm (inch)
White
Version
Dimension
XPS-10
XPS-15
XPS-30
88 mm
(3.464 inch)
121 mm
(4.764 inch)
175 mm
(6.890 inch)
122 mm
(4.803 inch)
132 mm
(5.197 inch)
198 mm
(7.795 inch)
According to ASME, DIN and JIS
124 mm
(4.882 inch)
158 mm
(6.220 inch)
n/a
152 mm
(5.984 inch)
198 mm
(7.795 inch)
n/a
28 mm
(1.1 inch)
28 mm
(1.1 inch)
28 mm
(1.1 inch)
3 terminal extension*
Black
White
Shield

Mounting
Make particularly sure that the radiating face of the transducer is
protected from damage. Mount the transducer so that it is above the
maximum material level by at least the blanking value. On liquid
applications, the transducer must be mounted so that the axis of
transmission is perpendicular to the liquid surface. On solids applications,
a Milltronics Easy Aimer should be used to facilitate aiming the
transducer. Consider the optional temperature sensor when mounting
the transducer.
Interconnection
Do not route cable openly or near high voltage or current runs, contactors
and SCR control drives. For optimum isolation against electrical noise,
run cable separately in a grounded metal conduit. Seal all thread
connections to prevent ingress of moisture.
XPS ultrasonic transducer connections
4/184
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Continuous level measurement Accessories for ultrasonic
EA aiming devices
Application
Application
EA 304 aiming device
EA 2 aiming device
The Easy Aimer 304 flange is a stainless steel aiming device for
alignment of Siemens ultrasonic transducers used for level measurement of bulk solids.
The Easy Aimer 2 flange is a cast aluminum aiming device for

alignment of Siemens ultrasonic transducers.
The sensor must be mounted aimed towards the low level draw
point in the silo. The sensor can be rotated through 360 and
angled at 0 to 27 off vertical. It must be mounted using an
access plate with welded studs or a flange in order to isolate
the mounting holes from the pressurized environment. When
installed properly, the EA 304 aiming device is capable of withstanding pressures up to 0.5 bar (Europe) or 15 psi (North America). It can even be used in corrosive and aggressive environments.
The flange has graduated adjustments and an adjustable insertion length. When used for applications with bulk solids, the sensor is mounted so that it is aimed towards the lower level draw
point in the silo. The sensor can be rotated through 360 and
angled at 0 to 20 off vertical. It must be mounted using an
access plate with welded studs or a flange in order to isolate
the mounting holes from the pressurized environment. When
installed properly, the EA 2 aiming device is capable of withstanding pressures up to 0.5 bar (Europe) or 15 psi (North America). It can even be used in corrosive and aggressive environments.
NPT or BSP
conduit x 300 (12) long
Conduit gland
10 (0.38)
170 (6.7)
Locknut
1" NPT or BSP
Mounting block
(lower socket)
Customer gasket
(as required)
135 (5.3)
nominal
Angle block
Clamping plate
(upper socket)
Sighting block
76 (3)
16
nominal (0.63)
Customer
mounting plate
(as required)
127 (5)
typical
Mounting
block
Customer
gasket
(as required)
127 (5)
typical
Coupling/adapter
Coupling/
Adapter
Siemens
Milltronics
transducer
(typical)
Customer
mounting plate
(as required)
Siemens Milltronics
Transducer (typical)
max 20
Mounting hole - 3 places

to suit M8 or inch,
120 apart on 157 mm
(6.2 inch) bolt center diameter
Mounting hole 3 places 11 (7/16)

on 157 (6.2) bolt
center diameter
LL
TR
ONI
CS
Ground screw
MI
mx. 27
Angle block binding

screw and clamp
Sighting block binding
screw and clamp
Clamping screw
(3 places)
A
E
SY
A IM
ER
II
Ground screw
178 (7)
EA 304 aiming device, dimensions in mm (inch)
178
(7.0)
EA 2 aiming device, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/185
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
EA aiming devices
Article No.
Easy aimer
Used on solids applications to aim transducers for
optimal performance. Available in a 304 stainless
steel model, or a cast aluminum model.
Easy Aimer 2, aluminum with M20 adapter and 1"

and 1" BSPT aluminum couplings
7ML1830-1AX

7ML1830-1GN
Easy Aimer 2, aluminum, BSPT conduit

Easy Aimer 2, aluminum, NPT with 1" galvanized
coupling1)
7ML1830-1AL
Easy Aimer 2, aluminum, NPT with 1" galvanized

coupling
Easy Aimer 2, aluminum, NPT with " x 1"
PVC coupling
7ML1830-1AP
Easy Aimer 304, BSPT conduit

Easy Aimer 304, NPT with 1" coupling1)
7ML1830-1AS
Easy Aimer 304, NPT with 1" coupling

Easy Aimer 2 and 304 Operating Instructions,
Multi-language
manual DVD containing the Quick Start and Operating Instructions library.
1)
For use with XPS-30 transducers only
4/186
Siemens FI 01 2015
7ML1830-1AN
7ML1830-1AQ
7ML1830-1AT
7ML1830-1AU
7ML1998-5HG62
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Application
Integration
Siemens mounting brackets permit simple, fast installation of

ultrasonic transducers. These rugged, high quality mounting
brackets are constructed of 304 (1.4301) stainless steel and are
suitable for use indoors and outdoors. They adjust to fit almost
any application, saving you the time and expense of building
custom brackets. Each kit includes all mounting parts.
FMS-200
Universal box bracket
FMS-200
universal box bracket system
Mounting of units with 1 inch or 2 inch threaded connection.
Distance from sensor to wall or beam: 20 ... 31 cm (8 ... 12 inch).
FMS-210
Channel bracket,
wall mount
The unique box design also acts as a sun shield for transducers
with 1 inch threaded connections.
FMS-210
wall mounting set
Mounting of transducers with 1 inch threaded connection.

Distance from transducer to wall or beam: 12 ... 48 cm
(5 ... 19 inch).
FMS-220
Extended channel bracket,
wall mount
FMS-220
extended wall mounting set
Distance from transducer to wall or beam: 32 ... 98 cm
(13 ... 39 inch).
FMS-310
floor mounting set
Distance from transducer to floor: 20 ... 48 cm (8 ... 19 inch).
Distance from mounting support: 5 ... 57 cm (2 ... 22 inch).
FMS-320
extended floor mounting set
FMS-310
Channel bracket,
floor mount

Distance from transducer to floor: 20 ... 48 cm (8 ... 19 inch).
Distance from mounting support: 41 ... 108 cm (16 ... 43 inch).
FMS-350
floor mounting set, bridge
Distance from transducer to floor: 20 ... 48 cm (8 ... 19 inch),
anywhere along the complete width of the bridge
[166 cm (65 inch)].
FMS-320
Extended channel bracket,
floor mount
This kit is particularly suitable for measurements on open channels (OCM) by providing a very stable mount for the transducer
above a flume or weir.
FMS-350
Bridge channel bracket,
floor mount
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/187
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Article No.
Mounting brackets for XPS-10 sensors

FMS-200 universal box bracket set
7ML1830-1BK
FMS-210 wall mounting set
7ML1830-1BL
FMS-220 extended wall mounting set
7ML1830-1BM
FMS-310 floor mounting set
7ML1830-1BN
FMS-320 extended floor mounting set
7ML1830-1BP
FMS-350 floor mounting set, bridge
7ML1830-1BQ
FMS-200
7ML1998-5BK61
FMS-210
7ML1998-5BL61
FMS-220
7ML1998-5BM61
FMS-310
7ML1998-5BN61
FMS-320
7ML1998-5BP61
FMS-350
7ML1998-5BQ61
4/188
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Overview
Design
Clearance
Conduit (supplied by others)
Coupling (supplied by others)

TS-3
Plate or wall
4
Locknut (supplied by others)
The TS-3 temperature sensor provides an input signal for

temperature compensation of specific Siemens ultrasonic level
controllers.
Note: Clearance hole/

locknut Installation
method is not suitable
for pressure applications.
Benefits
Chemically resistant ETFE enclosure
Fast response time
Approved for use in potentially explosive atmospheres
Tapped
Application
Temperature compensation is essential in applications where
temperature variations of the sound medium are expected.
By installing the temperature sensor close to the sound path of
the associated ultrasonic transducer, a signal representative of
the sound mediums ambient temperature is obtained. The temperature sensor should not be mounted in direct sunlight.
The TS-3 is used in conjunction with ultrasonic transducers that
do not have an integral temperature sensor. It is also recommended in cases where the integral temperature sensor of the
transducer cannot be used.
Flange or wall
The following conditions are typical for use of the TS-3 sensor:
where a fast reaction to temperature variations is required, where
a flanged ultrasonic transducer is used, or where high temperatures are encountered.
The TS-3 is not compatible with devices using the TS-2 or LTS-1
temperature sensors. Refer to the associated controller manual
for more details.
Key Applications: For use in applications where temperature
sensor measurement from transducer does not accurately
represent vessel temperature. Used for applications requiring
quick temperature response (open channel monitoring).
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/189
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Temperature sensor
Input
Measuring range
-40 ... +100 C (-40 ... +212 F)
Output
Response time
Forced circulation
(temperature variation: 63 %)
Flange, forced circulation
Natural convection
7ML181377B 7
Cable length
90 s
150 s
Mounted indoors/outdoors, but not
exposed to direct sunlight
Max. 4 bar (60 psi/400 kPa)
Pressure
Article No.

TS-3 provides an input signal for temperature
compensation of specific Siemens ultrasonic level
controllers.
Compensation is essential in applications where
variation in temperature of the sound medium is
expected.
55 s

Installation instructions
1 m (3.28 ft)
5 m (16.40 ft)
10 m (32.81 ft)
30 m (98.43 ft)
50 m (164.04 ft)
ETFE1)
70 m (229.66 ft)
Cable connection
2-core, 0.5 mm (20 AWG), shielded,

silicone sheath
90 m (295.28 ft)
Design
" NPT [(Taper), ANSI/ASME

B1.20.1]
Process connection
R " [(BSPT), EN 10226], totally

encapsulated
CE, IEC Ex, FM, CSA, ATEX

1)
ETFE is a fluoropolymer inert to most chemicals. For exposure to specific

environments, check the chemical compatibility charts before installing the
TS-3 in your application.
S
BWH
L H L
KT D
OR
BW
L H
KT
Connect direct or
via customer junction box
" NPT or
BSP
(2 places)
15
(0.6)
136
(5.4)
76
(3.0)
Hex hub
27 (1 1/16)
TS-3 temperature sensor, dimensions in mm (inch)
4/190
3
4
English
A5E32337739
German
A5E34990011
Siemens FI 01 2015

Accessories
Refer to associated
manual for terminal
block detail
15
20
(0.6) (0.8)
Approvals
CSA, FM
CE, ATEX, IEC Ex
A
B

SITRANS LUT400
only
Cable
Process connection
R " [(BSPT), EN 10226]
" NPT locknut, aluminum
7ML1930-1BE

(0.47 x 1.77 inch) for fastening on sensors
7ML1930-1BJ
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Continuous level measurement Radar transmitters
Radar transmitters
Overview
Mode of operation
Radar measurement technology is non-contacting and low

maintenance. Because microwaves require no carrier medium,
they are virtually unaffected by the process atmosphere (vapor,
pressure, dust, or temperature extremes). Siemens offers a variety of models to meet the specific needs of your application.
SITRANS Probe LR is a 2-wire, 6 GHz pulse radar level transmitter for continuous monitoring of liquids and slurries in storage
vessels with nominal pressure and temperature, to a range of
20 m (66 ft).
Unlike ultrasonic measurement, radar technology does not

require a carrier medium and travels at the speed of light
(300 000 000 m/s). Most industrial radar devices operate from
6 to 26 GHz.
SITRANS LR200 is a 2-wire, 6 GHz pulse radar level transmitter

for continuous monitoring of liquids and slurries in process vessels including high temperature, pressure, agitation,
and turbulence to a range of 20 m (65 ft).
Siemens offers pulse radar transmitters (SITRANS Probe LR,

SITRANS LR200, SITRANS LR250, SITRANS LR260) and FMCW
(Frequency Modulated Continuous Wave) radar transmitters
(SITRANS LR460, SITRANS LR560).

for continuous monitoring of liquids and slurries in storage and
process vessels including high temperature and pressure,
corrosive or aggressive materials, to a range of 20 m (66 ft).
Ideal for small vessels and low dielectric media.
Pulse radar emits a microwave pulse from the antenna at a fixed

repetition rate that reflects off the interface between the two
materials with different dielectric constants (the atmosphere and
the material being monitored). The echo is detected by a
receiver and the transmit time is used to calculate level.

for continuous monitoring of solids in silos to a range of 30 m
(98.4 ft). Ideal for applications with extreme dust and high temperatures to 200 C (392 F) and liquids in vessels.
Reflected echoes are digitally converted to an echo profile.

The profile is analyzed to determine the distance from the material surface to the reference point on the instrument.
SITRANS LR460 is a 4-wire, 24 GHz FMCW radar level transmitter with extremely high signal to noise ratio and advanced signal
processing for continuous monitoring of solids up to 100 m
(328 ft). It is ideal for measurement in extreme dust.
SITRANS LR560 2-wire, 78 GHz FMCW radar level transmitter for
continuous monitoring of solids in silos to a range of 100 m
(329 ft).
Radar measurement technology measures the time of flight from

the transmitted signal to the return signal. From this time,
distance measurement and level are determined.
FMCW (Frequency Modulated Continuous Wave) radar devices

send microwaves to the surface of the material. The wave
frequency is modulated continuously. At the same time,
the receiver is also receiving continuously and the difference in
frequency between the transmitter and the receiver is directly
proportional to the distance to the material.
Auto False-Echo Suppression

Level (db)
SITRANS LR instruments offer the unique advantage of patented

Process Intelligence signal processing technology.
This in-depth knowledge and experience is built into the softwares advanced algorithms to provide intelligent processing of
echo profiles. The result is repeatable, fast and reliable measurement.
Echo from
agitator
A special feature of SITRANS radar devices is Auto False-Echo

Suppression, an echo processing technique that automatically
detects and suppresses false echoes from vessel obstructions.
You can implement this feature using two parameters on the
local interface or SIMATIC PDM communicating over HART or
PROFIBUS PA.
Surface echo
Local display interface graphically displays echo

profiles and diagnostic information
(available with LR200, LR250, LR260 and LR560)
Quick to configure Quick Start Wizard via SIMATIC
PDM guides you during setup
(available with LR200, LR250, LR260, LR460, LR560)
Distance
Radar operation in a reactor vessel
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/191
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Radar transmitters
Radar Selection Guide
Criteria
SITRANS
Probe LR
SITRANS
LR200
Typical industries
Chemicals, petrochemicals, water/

waste-water, drilling
mud
SITRANS
LR260
SITRANS
LR460
SITRANS
LR560
Chemicals, petroChemicals, petrochemicals, aluminum, chemicals, and oil

wastewater
and gas, mining,
marine, food and
beverage, and pharmaceutical
Cement, power
generation, petrochemical, food
processing, mineral
processing, mining
Cement, power
generation, food
processing, mineral
processing, mining
Cement, power
generation, food
processing, mineral
processing, mining
Liquids, storage
vessels, wet wells,
and drilling mud
tanks
Liquids, process
vessels with agitators, build-up, and
high temperatures
Liquids, storage and

process vessels with
agitators, vaporous
liquids, high temperatures, low dielectric
media, and crude oil
produced water
Cement, plastics,
grain, flour, coal,
liquids < 20 m, and
low dielectric liquids
< 30 m
Cement, fly ash,

grain, coal, flour,
plastics
Cement, fly ash,

grain, coal, flour,
plastics
Range
0.3 ... 20 m
(1 ... 65 ft)
0.4 ... 20 m
(1.3 ... 65 ft)
50 mm (2 inch)
from end of horn
to 20 m (65 ft),
horn dependent
30 m (98.4 ft)
100 m (328 ft)
40 m (131 ft)
100 m (328 ft)
Frequency
5.8 GHz
(North America
6.3 GHz)
5.8 GHz
(North America
6.3 GHz)
K-band
(25.0 GHz)
K-band
(25.0 GHz)
24 ... 25 GHz FMCW 78 ... 79 GHz
Performance
accuracy
0.1 % of range or
10 mm (0.4 inch)
0.1 % of range or
10 mm (0.4 inch)
Temperature
Ambient:
-40 ... +80 C
(-40 ... +176 F)
Ambient:
-40 ... +80 C
(-40 ... +176 F)
Process:
-40 ... +80 C
(-40 ... +176 F
Output/communica- 4 ... 20 mA/HART

tions/remote configu- SIMATIC PDM
ration and
diagnostics
SITRANS
LR250
5 mm (0.02 inch)
25 mm (1 inch) from 0.25 %

minimum detectable
distance to 300 mm
(11.8 inch)
Remainder of range
= 10 mm (0.39 inch)
or 0.1 % of span
(whichever is greater)
0.25 %
Ambient:
-40 ... +80 C
(-40 ... +176 F)
Ambient:
-40 ... +80 C
(-40 ... +176 F)
Ambient:
+65 C (+149 F)
Ambient:
-40 ... +80 C
(-40 ... +176 F)
Process:
-40 ... +200 C
(-40 ... +392 F),
dependent on
antenna type
Process:
-40 ... +200 C
(-40 ... +392 F)
dependent on
antenna type
Process:
-40 ... +200 C
(-40 ... +392 F)
dependent on
antenna type
Process:
+200 C
(+392 F)
Process:
-40 ... +100 C
(-40 ... 212 F)
4 ... 20 mA/HART
PROFIBUS PA
SIMATIC PDM
AMS
SITRANS
DTM/FDT for
PACTware,
Fieldcare,
etc.
4 ... 20 mA/HART
PROFIBUS PA
FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
SIMATIC PDM
AMS
SITRANS
DTM/FDT for
PACTware,
Fieldcare,
etc.
4 ... 20 mA/HART
PROFIBUS PA
SIMATIC PDM
4 ... 20 mA/HART
PROFIBUS PA
SIMATIC PDM
4 ... 20 mA/HART
PROFIBUS PA
FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
SIMATIC PDM
AMS
SITRANS
DTM/FDT for
PACTware,
Fieldcare,
etc.
Optional:
+200 C (+392 F)
Power
24 V DC nominal
Loop powered
24 V DC nominal
Loop powered
24 V DC nominal
Loop powered
24 V DC nominal
Loop powered
100 ... 230 V AC,

15 %, 50/60 Hz,
6W
24 V DC,
+25/-20 %, 6 W
24 V DC nominal
Loop powered
Approvals
CE, RCM, Lloyds

Register of Shipping,
ABS,
FCC, Industry
Canada, R&TTE
CE, RCM, Lloyds

ABS, FCC, Industry
Canada, R&TTE
CE, RCM, Lloyds

ABS, BV, FCC, Industry Canada, R&TTE
CE, RCM, FCC,

Industry Canada,
R&TTE
CE, RCM, FCC,

Industry Canada,
R&TTE
CE, RCM, FCC,

Industry
Canada, R&TTE
ATEX, CSA, FM,

INMETRO, GOST-R,
IECEx, ANZEx, TIIS,
NEPSI
ATEX, CSA, FM,

INMETRO, GOST-R,
IECEx, TIIS, NEPSI
ATEX, CSA, FM,

INMETRO, GOST,
IECEx
ATEX, CSA, FM,

INMETRO, IECEx,
GOST
ATEX, CSA, FM,

INMETRO, IECEx,
NEPSI, GOST
ATEX, CSA, FM,

INMETRO, GOST-R,
IECEx, ANZEx, TIIS
4/192
Siemens FI 01 2015
Functional safety
SIL-2, EHEDG, 3-A,
USP Class VI
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Radar transmitters
Application
Radar Application Questionnaire

Contact:
Prepared By:
Company:
Date:
Address:
City:
Zip/Postal Code:
Country:
Phone: (
Fax:
E-mail:
4
Sketch attached
Vessel Information
SITRANS
LR 400
Storage
Solids
Process
Storage
Liquids
Reactor
Area safety classification: (specify code required)

Height:
m/ft Diameter:
Top:
m/ft
Atmosphere: (indicate all that apply)
Filling method:
Pressure:
Flat
Foam
Steam
Normal:
Parabolic
Dust
Deposit (build-up)
Maximum (relief):
Conical
Vapor
Mounting connection (specify type)
Distance to sidewall:
cm/inch
Mounting connection maximum temperature:
C/ F
Max. temperature at electronics:
C/ F
Stilling well or Still Pipe mounting:
Yes
No
Nozzle Length:
cm/inch
Nozzle Diameter:
cm/inch
Stilling well diameter:
cm/inch
Material
Liquid

Material surface:
Flat
Installation
Power available:
C/ F Max:
Tu
Agitated
Solid
Liquified gas
C/ F
Vortex
Dielectric constant:
r<
r>
Communications:
HART /4 ... 20 mA
PROFIBUS PA
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
None
Form# 2-763R7
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/193
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS Probe LR
Overview
Configuration
Installation
Min. 300 mm (1 ft) for every

3 m (10 ft) of vessel wall.
Beam
angle 28
4
SITRANS Probe LR is a 2-wire, 6 GHz pulse radar level transmitter for continuous monitoring of liquids and slurries in storage
vessels with nominal pressure and temperature, to a range of
20 m (66 ft).
Mounting unit on vessel
Benefits
Uni-Construction polypropylene rod antenna standard
Easy installation and simple start-up
programmer, SIMATIC PDM or HART handheld communicator
Communication using HART
Process Intelligence signal processing
Extremely high signal-to-noise ratio
Conical
Mounting on a manhole cover
Flat
Parabolic
Mounting on a nozzle
Application
Probe LR is designed for safe and simple programming using

the Intrinsically Safe handheld programmer without having to
open the instruments lid. It has a standard Uni-Construction
polypropylene rod antenna that offers excellent chemical resistance and is hermetically sealed. The Uni-Construction antenna
includes an internal, integrated shield that eliminates vessel nozzle interference.
SITRANS Probe LR incorporates Process Intelligence signal
processing. The Probe LR also has a high signal-to-noise ratio
leading to improved reliability.
Start-up is easy with as few as two parameters for basic operation. Programming is simple using SIMATIC PDM, HART handheld communicator or the Intrinsically Safe handheld programmer.
Key Applications: chemical storage, wastewater wet well,
and drilling mud
4/194
Siemens FI 01 2015
Min.
10 (0.4)
The Probe LR is ideal for applications with chemical vapors,

temperature gradients, vacuum or pressure, such as simple
chemical storage or water treatment vessels. SITRANS Probe LR
has a range of 0.3 to 20 m (1 to 65 ft).
Min. 100 (4)
SITRANS Probe LR
shield length 100 (4) or
250 (10) standard
lengths
SITRANS Probe LR installation, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS Probe LR
Mode of operation
Power supply
Measuring principle
Pulse radar level measurement
Frequency
5.8 GHz (North America 6.3 GHz)
Measuring range
0.3 ... 20 m (1.0 ... 65 ft)
Output
Analog output
4 ... 20 mA
Accuracy
0.02 mA
Span
Proportional or inversely proportional
Communications
HART
Performance (reference conditions)

Accuracy
the greater of 0.1 % of range or

10 mm (0.4 inch)
0.003 %/K
Repeatability
5 mm (2 inch)
Fail-safe
mA signal programmable as high,

low or hold (LOE)

General
CSAUS/C, CE, FM, RCM
Marine

ABS Type Approval
Radio
FCC, Industry Canada and European

(R&TTE), RCM
Hazardous
Intrinsically Safe (Canada)

Intrinsically Safe (Russia)
Intrinsically Safe (USA)
CSA Class I, Div.1, Groups A,B,C,D;
Class II, Div. 1, Group G; Class III
IECEx Ex ia IIC T4
GOST-R Ex ia
FM Class I, Div.1, Groups A,B,C,D;
Class II, Div. 1, Groups E,F, G;
Class III
Programming

Location
Nominal 24 V DC with max. 550 ,

maximum 30 V DC
4 ... 20 mA
Indoor/outdoor
Handheld programmer
HART communicator 375
PC
SIMATIC PDM
Ambient temperature
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
Intrinsically safe Siemens handheld Infrared receiver

programmer (optional)
Approvals (handheld programmer) ATEX II 1G EEx ia IIC T4
CSA and FM Class I, Div.1,
Groups A,B,C,D, T6 at max. ambient
Pollution degree
Display (local)
Ambient conditions (enclosure)
Medium conditions
Dielectric constant r
r > 1.6 (for r < 3, use stillpipe)
Vessel temperature
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
Vessel pressure
3 bar g (43.5 psi g)
Multi-segment alphanumeric liquid

crystal with bar graph (representing
level) available in four languages
Design
Enclosure
Body construction
PBT (Polybutylene Terephthalate)
Lid construction
PEI (Polyether Imide)
Cable inlet
2 x M20x1.5 or 2 x " NPT with

adapter

NEMA 6, IP67, IP68
Weight
1.97 kg (4.35 lb)
Antenna
Material
Polypropylene rod, hermetically

sealed construction
Dimensions
Standard 100 mm (4 inch) shield for

maximum 100 mm (4 inch) nozzle or
optional 250 mm (10 inch) long shield
Process connections
1" NPT [(Taper),

ANSI/ASME B1.20.1]
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226]
G 1" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1]
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/195
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS Probe LR

SITRANS Probe LR
2-wire, 6 GHz pulse radar level transmitter for
continuous monitoring of liquids and slurries in
storage vessels with nominal pressure and
temperature, to a range of 20 m (66 ft).
Max. 3 bar g (43.5 psi g) pressure and
80 C (176 F)
Enclosure/Cable inlet
Plastic, (PBT), 2 x " NPT
Plastic, (PBT), 2 x M20x1.5
Antenna type/Material - (max. 3 bar and 80 C)

Polyproylene Antenna
comes with integral 100 mm shield

R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226],

G 1" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1],


R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226],

G 1" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1],

Approvals
General Purpose, CE, R&TTE, RCM
General Purpose, CSAus/c, FM, FCC
CSA Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D, Class II,
Div. 1 Group G, Class III, FCC, Intrinsically Safe

FM, Class I, II and III, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G,
FCC, Intrinsically Safe
IECEx Ex ia IIC T4; ATEX II 1G EEx ia IIC T4,
R&TTE, RCM, Intrinsically Safe;

INMETRO Ex ia IIC T4 Ga; GOST-R
4 ... 20 mA, HART
Article No.
7ML5430-
Further designs
7777 0

code(s).
Order code

1
2
A
B
C11
Article No.
English
A5E32337711
French
7ML1998-5HR11
Spanish
7ML1998-5HR21
German
A5E34957879

C
D
Multi-language Quick Start manual
A5E32106153
Accessories
Handheld programmer, Intrinsically Safe,
ATEX II 1G, Ex ia
7ML5830-2AH
HART modem/USB
7MF4997-1DB

rated -40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
7ML1930-1AP
7ML5741-...

7ML5740-...

7ML5744-...

7ML5750-...
A
B
C
For applicable back up point level switch see point level measurement section
Spare parts
Plastic lid
7ML1830-1KB
4/196
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS Probe LR
" NPT cable entry
(or alternatively M20 x 1.5)
Lid
Lid screws
Enclosure /
electronics
Locking collar
mounting thread
1" NPT,
R 1" BSPT,
23 (0.9)
G 1" BSPP
Inactive shield length
(internal)
Standard: 100 (4)
Optional: 250 (10)
Polypropylene
rod antenna
103.5
(4)
139
(5.5)
Std. 115 (4.5)

[Optional 268 (10.5)]
134
(5.3)
Std.: 273 (10.8) min.

Option: 423 (16.7) max.
Std.: 552 (21.7) min.

Option: 702 (27.6) max.
129
(5.1)
SITRANS Probe LR, dimensions in mm (inch)
Schematics
Hand Programmer
terminals as shown: the
polarity is identified on the
terminal block.
Strain relief
(or NPT cable inlet)
SITRANS Probe LR
Part number: 7ML5830-2AH
Notes:
-
DC terminal shall be supplied from an SELV source in accordance with IEC-1010-1 Annex H.
Use shielded twisted pair cable (14-22 AWG)
SITRANS Probe LR connections
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/197
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LR200
Overview
Configuration
Installation
Min. 300 mm (1 ft) for every

3 m (10 ft) of vessel wall.
Note:
Beam angle is the width of the
cone where the energy density
is half of the peak energy
density.
Beam angle for horn antenna
dependent on horn size
The peak energy density is
directly in front of and in line
with the rod antenna.
There is a signal transmitted
outside of the beam angle;
therefore false targets may be
detected.
4
for continuous monitoring of liquids and slurries in process vessels including high temperature, pressure, agitation,
and turbulence to a range of 20 m (65 ft).
Beam
angle 28
Benefits
Application
SITRANS LR200s unique design allows safe and simple
programming using the Intrinsically Safe handheld programmer
without having to open the instruments lid. It also features a
built-in alphanumeric display in four languages.
Conical
Flat
Mounting unit on stilling well
Parabolic
Orient front or
back of device
toward stillpipe
slots.
Min. 10 (0.4)
Graphical local user interface (LUI) makes operation simple

with plug-and-play setup using the intuitive Quick Start Wizard
LUI displays echo profiles for diagnostic support
measurement reliability and Auto False-Echo Suppression of
fixed obstructions
programmer or SIMATIC PDM
The SITRANS LR200 has a standard Uni-Construction polypropylene rod antenna that offers excellent chemical resistance and
is hermetically sealed. The Uni-Construction antenna features
an internal, integrated shield that eliminates vessel nozzle interference.
Start-up is easy with as few as two parameters for basic operation. Installation is simplified as the electronics are mounted on
a rotating head that swivels, allowing the instrument to line up
with conduit or wiring connections or simply to adjust the position for easy viewing. SITRANS LR200 features patented Process Intelligence signal-processing technology for superior
reliability.
Key Applications: liquid process vessels with agitators,
vaporous liquids, high temperatures, asphalt, digesters
4/198
Siemens FI 01 2015
SITRANS LR200 installation, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LR200
Mode of operation
Power supply
Measuring principle
Radar level measurement
Frequency
5.8 GHz (North America 6.3 GHz)
Measuring range
0.3 ... 20 m (1.0 ... 65 ft)
Output
Analog output
Accuracy
Span
Communications
4 ... 20 mA
0.02 mA
Proportional or inversely proportional
HART
Fail-safe
Performance (according to
reference conditions IEC60770-1)
From end of antenna to 600 mm:
Remainder of range:
Optional: PROFIBUS PA
(Profile 3.0, Class B)
Programmable as high,
low or hold (Loss of Echo)
40 mm (1.57 inch)
10 mm (0.4 inch) or 0.1 % of span
(whichever is greater)
PROFIBUS PA
Indoor/outdoor

Ambient temperature
Pollution degree
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)

I
4
Design
Enclosure
Material
Aluminum, polyester powder coated
Cable inlet
2 x M20x1.5 or 2 x " NPT with

adapter
Type 4X/NEMA 4X, Type 6/ NEMA 6,

IP67, IP68
Weight
< 2.82 kg (6.21 lb)

(polypropylene rod antenna)
Display (local)

Antenna
Material
Polypropylene rod, hermetically

sealed construction, optional PTFE
Dimensions
Standard 100 mm (4 inch) shield for

maximum 100 mm (4 inch) nozzle,
or optional 250 mm (10 inch) long
shield
Optional rods and horn
Refer to SITRANS LR200 Antennas

for optional rods and horns
10.5 mA
Per IEC 61158-2

Marine

ABS Type Approval
Radio
FCC, Industry Canada and European

(R&TTE), RCM
Hazardous
Explosion Proof (Canada/USA)
Non-incendive (USA)
r > 1.6 (for r < 3, use stillpipe)

Varies with connection type;
see Pressure/Temperature curves for
more information
Nominal 24 V DC (max. 30 V DC)

with max. 550
with max. 250
General
Intrinsically Safe (Canada/USA)
Location
Medium conditions
Vessel temperature and pressure
4 ... 20 mA/HART
General Purpose, Non-incendive,
Intrinsically Safe
Flame proof, Increased safety,
Explosion proof
Flame Proof/Increased Safety

(China)
Flame Proof (Europe)
Increased Safety (Europe)
Groups E, F, G; Class III, T4
Groups E, F, G; Class III, T4
FM, Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D,
T5
NEPSI Ex d mb ia IIC T4/
Ex e mb ia IIC T4
ATEX II 1/2 G Ex d mb ia IIC T4
Ga/Gb
ATEX II 1/2 G Ex e mb ia IIC T4
Ga/Gb
ATEX II 1G Ex ia IIC T4
IECEx Ex ia IIC T4
GOST-R Ex ia
Programming
Intrinsically Safe Siemens handheld Infrared receiver
programmer
IS model:
- Approvals for handheld
programmer
ATEX II 1GD Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
Ex iaD 20 T135 C Ta = -20 ... +50 C
CSA/FM Class I, II, and III, Div. 1,
Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G, T6
Ta = +50 C
Handheld communicator
PC
SIMATIC PDM
AMS
Display (local)
Process connections
Process connection
1" NPT [(Taper),

ANSI/ASME B1.20.1]
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226],
or G 1" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1]
(polypropylene rod antenna)
Flange connection
Refer to SITRANS LR200 Antennas

for more connections
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/199
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LR200
Article No.
SITRANS LR200, Uni-Construction

polypropylene rod antenna version
process vessels including high temperature and
pressure, to a range of 20 m (66 ft).
Max. 3 bar g (43.5 psi g) pressure and
80 C (176 F)
7ML5422-
Further designs
7777 0

code(s).
Aluminum, epoxy painted
2 x " NPT
2 x M20x1.5
Polypropylene antenna type (Max. 3 Bar pressure and 80 C)

c/w integral 100 mm shield
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226],
G 1" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1],
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226],
G 1" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1],
Approvals
General Purpose, CSA, FM, Industry Canada, FCC
Intrinsically Safe, CSA Class I, II, Div. 1, Groups A,
B, C, D, E, F, G, Industry Canada
Intrinsically Safe, FM Class I, II, Div. 1, Groups A,
B, C, D, E, F, G, FCC
Intrinsically Safe, IECEx/ATEX II 1G Ex ia IIC T4,
INMETRO Ex ia IIC T4, CE, R&TTE, RCM; GOST-R
Non incendive, FM Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C,
D, FCC1)
Increased Safety, ATEX II 1/2G Ex e mb ia IIC T4
Ga/Gb, CE, R&TTE, RCM; GOST-R2)3)
Flame Proof, ATEX II 1/2G Ex d mb ia IIC T4 Ga/
Gb, CE, R&TTE, RCM; GOST-R3)
Explosion Proof, CSA/FM Class I, II, III, Groups A,
B, C, D, E, F, G, Industry Canada, FCC1)3)
PROFIBUS PA
4 ... 20 mA, HART, start-up at < 3.6 mA
1)
2)
3)
Available with communication option 3 only
2
3
A
B
C
Order code

Y15

C11
Namur NE43 compliant, device preset to failsafe

< 3.6 mA1)
N07
Article No.
English
A5E32337676
German
A5E34942758

A5E31993614
English
A5E32337680
German
A5E34942820
A
B
C

A5E32153438
Accessories
Handheld programmer, Intrinsically safe, EEx ia
7ML1930-1BK
7MF4997-1DB
HART modem/USB
rated -40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F), HART2)
7ML1930-1AP

7ML1930-1AQ
rated -40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F), PROFIBUS PA2)
H
J
2
3
One general purpose polymeric cable gland

M20x1.5, rated -20 ... + 80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
7ML1930-1AM
7ML5741-...

7ML5740-...

7ML5744-...

7ML5750-...
4/200
Siemens FI 01 2015
1)
2)
Product shipped with plastic cable gland, rated to -20 C.

If -40 C rating required, then metallic cable gland is recommended.
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LR200
Article No.
Article No.
SITRANS LR200, Flange Adapter/PTFE Rod

Antenna Version
7ML5423-
SITRANS LR200, Flange Adapter/PTFE Rod

Antenna Version
2 x " NPT
2 x M20x1.5
7ML5423-
7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7
Antenna material (uses antenna adapter)
PTFE, uses antenna adapter and
additional process connection below
PROFIBUS PA
Process connection (refer to Pressure/

Temperature curves, page 4/208)
Flanges (316L stainless steel)
DN 50 PN 16, Type A, flat faced
AA
BA
CA
DA
2" ASME 150 lb, flat faced

FB
GB
HB
JB
DN 50 PN 40, flat faced

AC
BC
CC
DC
2" ASME 300 lb, flat faced, available with

Pressure rating option 1 only due to flange hole
spacing
FD
JIS DN 50 10K
JIS DN 80 10K
JIS DN 100 10K
JIS DN 150 10K
Approvals
Intrinsically Safe, CSA Class I, II, Div. 1,
Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G, Industry Canada
AE
BE
CE
DE
LA
MA
LC
R 2" [(BSPT), EN 10226]

G 1" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1]
G 2" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1]
MC
LE
ME
B
C
A
B
C
D

Ga/Gb, CE, R&TTE, RCM; GOST-R 3)4)
Flame Proof, ATEX II 1/2G Ex d mb ia IIC T4 Ga/
Gb, CE, R&TTE, RCM; GOST-R4)
E
F
H
J
0
1
1)
Available with process connection options BA, CA, DA, GB, HB, JB, BC,
CC, DC, GD, HD, JD, BE, CE, DE, MA, MC, ME only
2)
3)
4)
Available with communication option C only
0
1
2
100 mm (4 inch) extension,

316L stainless steel shield1)

Process seal/gasket
Integral Gasket,
for flat faced flange process connections only,
not for Antenna extension options 3 ... 6
FKM O-ring,
not available for combination of flat faced flanges
with Antenna extension options 0, 1 or 2
2
3
Intrinsically Safe, FM Class I, II, Div. 1, Groups A,

B, C, D, E, F, G, FCC
Non incendive, FM Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D,
FCC2)
Pressure rating
Rating per Pressure/Temperature curves in manual
0.5 bar g (7.25 psi g) maximum
GD
HD
JD
Threaded connection (316L stainless steel)

R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226]
Antenna extensions or Inactive shield length

No antenna extension
50 mm (2 inch) extension, PTFE
100 mm (4 inch) extension, PTFE
7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7
4
5
0
1
Aluminum, Epoxy painted
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/201
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LR200
Order code
Further designs
code(s).

Y15

C11
C12

< 3.6 mA3)
N07
Article No.
English
A5E32337676
German
A5E34942758

A5E31993614

English
A5E32337680
German
A5E34942820

A5E32153438
Accessories
7ML1930-1BK
Antenna, rod, PTFE
7ML1830-1HC
Antenna extension, 50 mm (2 inch), PTFE
7ML1830-1CH
Antenna extension, 100 mm (4 inch), PTFE
7ML1830-1CG
HART modem / USB

(for use with PC and SIMATIC PDM)
7MF4997-1DB
Metallic cable gland M20 x 1.5,

rated -40 C (-40 F) ... 80 C. (176 F),
HART (two are required)
7ML1930-1AP
Metallic cable gland M20 x 1.5,

rated -40 C (-40 F) ... 80 C. (176 F),
PROFIBUS PA (two required)
7ML1930-1AQ
One General Purpose polymeric cable gland

M20 x 1.5, rating for -20C (-4F) ...+ 80C. (176 F)
7ML1930-1AM
7ML5741-...

7ML5740-...

7ML5744-...

7ML5750-...
4/202
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LR200
Article No.
Article No.
SITRANS LR200,
Flange adapter/Horn Antenna version
7ML542577 7 77 - 77 77
SITRANS LR200,
7ML54257 7 7 77 - 77 7 7
Antenna material (uses antenna adapter)
316L stainless steel with PTFE cone emitter
316L stainless steel with PTFE cone emitter and
purge connection with 1/8" NPT inlet1)
Sliding waveguide system with 1 000 mm (40 inch)
waveguide1)2)
Process connection (refer to Pressure/
Temperature curves, page 4/209)
Flanges (316L stainless steel)
DN 50 PN 16 EN 1092-1 Type A flat faced1)
DN 80 PN 16 EN 1092-1 Type A flat faced
DN 80 PN 10/16 DIN EN 1092-1 Type B1 raised face3)
DN 200 PN 16 DIN EN 1092-1 Type B1 raised face3)
2" ASME 150 lb, flat faced1)
DN 50 PN 40, flat faced3)
DN 100 PN 25/40 DIN EN 1092-1 Type B1 raised
face3)
DN 150 PN 25/40 DIN EN 1092-1 Type B1 raised
face3)
2" ASME 300 lb, flat faced1)3)
JIS DN 50 10K1)
JIS DN 80 10K
JIS DN 100 10K
JIS DN 150 10K
JIS DN 200 10K
PROFIBUS PA
Process seal/gasket
FKM (-40 ... +200 C)
Nitrile (-40 ... +60 C),
sliding waveguide systems only
FFKM (-35 ... +200 C)
2 x " NPT
2 x M20x1.5
Horn size/Waveguide options
80 mm (3 inch) horn4)
100 mm (4 inch) horn4)
150 (6 inch) mm horn
200 (8 inch) mm horn
100 mm (4 inch) horn with 100 mm (4 inch)
waveguide extension4)
wave-guide extension4)
waveguide extension
waveguide extension
waveguide extension
0
1
2
AA
BA
CA
DA
EA
BF
CF
DF
EF
FB
GB
HB
JB
KB
AC
BC
CC
EC

waveguide extension
waveguide extension
waveguide extension
waveguide extension
waveguide extension
(Add Order code Y01 and plain text:
"waveguide length ... mm")
CG
DG
EG
FD
GD
HD
AE
BE
CE
DE
EE
0
1
2
2
3
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
Q
R
S
1
2
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/203
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LR200
Article No.
SITRANS LR200,
7ML542577 7 77 - 77 77
Further designs
Approvals
Intrinsically Safe, CSA Class I, II, Div. 1, Groups A,
B, C, D, E, F, G, Industry Canada
Intrinsically Safe, FM Class I, II, Div. 1, Groups A, B,
C, D, E, F, G, FCC
Non incendive, FM Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D,
FCC5)

Ga/Gb, CE, R&TTE, RCM; GOST-R6)7)
Flame Proof, ATEX II 1/2G Ex d mb ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb,
CE, R&TTE, RCM; GOST-R7)
Pressure rating
1)
Available with pressure rating option 1 only
2)
Maximum Process Temperature 60 C (140 F)
3)
Available with Antenna Material option 0 and 1 only
4)
For stillpipe applications only
5)
6)
7)
Order code

code(s).

Y15

C11
C12

< 3.6 mA1)
N07
Article No.
English
A5E32337676
A5E34942758
German
A5E31993614
A
B
C
H
J
0
1

English
A5E32337680
German
A5E34942820

A5E32153438
Accessories
7ML1930-1BK
HART modem/USB
7MF4997-1DB

rated -40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F), HART2)
7ML1930-1AP

rated -40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F),
PROFIBUS PA3)
7ML1930-1AQ
One general purpose polymeric cable gland

M20x1.5, rated -40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
7ML1930-1AM
7ML5741-...

7ML5740-...

7ML5744-...

7ML5750-...
4/204
Siemens FI 01 2015
1)
2)

3)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LR200
SITRANS LR200 with polypropylene
shielded rod antenna
PTFE rod antenna, threaded
Threaded connection
PTFE rod, external shield
NPT cable entry

(or alternatively M20 x 1.5 cable gland)
Nameplate
Nameplate
Threaded cover
187 (7.4)
154
(6)
Reference point
AISI 316,
2 NPT,
R 2 (BSPT)
or G 2 (BSPP)
185
(7.3)
Enclosure/
electronics
158
(6.1)
Reference point
AISI 316,
17
2 NPT,
(0.67)
R 2 (BSPT)
or G 2 (BSPP)
Antenna shield
(inactive length)
AISI 316
PTFE
antenna
Locking ring
412
(16.3)
Reference point
Std. 296 (11.7) min.
Option: 446 (17.6) max.
18
(0.7)
S.L.
Shield Length (S.L.):

min. 100 (4)
(customer specified)
Overall Length (L):
374 (14.7) plus
shielded length
Shield length (internal):

Standard: 100 (4)
Optional: 250 (10)
Mounting
thread
Active antenna
(PTFE)
187
(7.4)
Polypropylene
rod antenna
Std. 575 (22.6) min.
Option: 725 (28.5) max.
Horn antenna with flat faced flange

Enclosure/electronics
Sliding waveguide
Nameplate
187
(7.4)
Locking ring
Reference point
Flange
Nameplate
80 (3)
Horn
187
(7.4)
Reference point
131
(5.16)
100
(4)
225.8
(8.89)
325.1
(12.79)
150 (6)
40
(1.6)
200 (8)
Sliding flange
1 000
(40.8)
934
(36.8)
111
(4.40)
100 (4)
206
(8.11)
305
(12.01)
150 (6)
200 (8)
Fully inserted length =
934 mm + horn height
SITRANS LR200, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/205
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LR200
Schematics
Hand programmer

terminal block.
4
Gland
Shield for HART and

PROFIBUS PA
intrinsically safe
versions only.
Part number:
7ML1930-1BK
Notes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
DC terminal shall be supplied from an SELV source in accordance with IEC 1010-1 Annex H.
Use shielded twisted pair cable (14 ... 22 AWG) for HART version.
SITRANS LR200 connections
4/206
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Integration
Horn with waveguide

extension. Used for high
temperature isolation, long
standpipes, and clearing
tank obstructions.
Sliding waveguide antenna,

typically for digester applications
that include an isolation valve
between the instrument and the vessel.
Flat faced flange

connection with
PTFE rod antenna.
Shielded rod antenna

with a stainless steel
shield eliminates
standpipe interference.
Various lengths
available.
SITRANS LR200 with flange

adapter for connection to
optional antennas.
Antenna configurations for SITRANS LR200
Antenna Types
Flat Faced Flange with Rod
Shielded Rod
Horn (4", 6", 8" sizes available)
Connection type
Flat faced flange

nominal pipe sizes 50, 80, 100,
150 mm (2, 3, 4, 6 inch)
Threaded 2" NPT, R 2" (BSPT),

G 2" (BSPP) or flat faced flange
nominal pipe sizes 80, 100 mm
(3, 4 inch)
Flat faced flange

nominal pipe sizes 50, 80, 100,
150 mm (2, 3, 4, 6 inch)
Wetted parts
PTFE
PTFE, 316L stainless steel, FKM o-ring 316L stainless steel

PTFE, FKM o-ring
Extensions
50 or 100 mm (2 or 4 inch)
PTFE or UHMW-PE
100, 150, 200 or 250 mm

(4, 6, 8 or 10 inch)
standard shield length
Use waveguide for extensions to 6 m

(20 ft) long
Dielectric constant
>3
>3
>3
Insertion length (max.)
41 cm (16.3 inch)
Variable
Variable with extension
Purging option (liquid or gas)
No
No
Yes
Sliding waveguide option for

digesters1)
Yes
No
Yes
Weight2)
6.5 kg (14.3 lb)
5.0 kg (11 lb)
7.5 kg (16.5 lb)
1)
Maximum pressure 0.5 bar g at 60 C (7.25 psi g at 140 F)
2)
Not including extensions, includes SITRANS LR200 and smallest process connection
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/207
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Ambient temperature (C)
Maximum flange and process temperatures versus allowable ambient temperature

90
130 C
80
70
67 C
60
50
Polypropylene rod
40
PTFE rod/
horn antenna
30
20
10
0
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
Process flange surface temperature (C)
SITRANS LR200 Ambient/Process Flange Surface Temperature Curve
4/208
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
PTFE rod antenna with
integral gasket 150# and PN 16 sizes
flange series 22452, 316 stainless steel, flat face
16.0
Pressure (bar, gauge)
14.0
(A)
(B)
12.0
10.0
(C)
8.0
6.0
4.0
(A) 22452 50 mm/2 inch nom.
2.0
(B) 22452 80 mm/3 inch nom.
0.0
-40 -20
(C) 22452 100 mm/4 inch nom.

0
20
40
60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200

Temperature (C)
Horn antenna and/or wave guide with

PTFE ermitter 150# and PN 16 sizes
flange series 22452, 316 stainless steel, flat face
16.0
(E)
14.0
(D)
12.0
10.0
(F)
8.0
6.0
(D) 22452 80 mm/3 inch nom.
(G)
4.0
(E) 22452 100 mm/4 inch nom.
2.0
(F) 22452 150 mm/6 inch nom.
0.0
-50
(G) 22452 200 mm/8 inch nom.

0
50
100
Temperature (C)
150
200
Threaded process
1.5" & 2" NPT, BSP, & G
40.0
35.0
30.0
25.0
(H) 1.5" and 2", thread connection
20.0
15.0
10.0
(H)
5.0
0.0
-50
50
100
Temperature (C)
150
200
SITRANS LR200 Process Pressure/Temperature derating curves
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/209
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement


Article No.
SITRANS LR200 PROFIBUS PA Aluminum

Enclosure Kit with electronics and covers
(7ML5422, 7ML5423, 7ML5424, 7ML5425),
calibrated for use with standard rod antenna
SITRANS LR200 aluminum enclosure

with board stack, LUI display, 5.8 GHz, M20
cable inlet, approval option E, with PROFIBUS
PA communication, no process connection.5)
A5E01483420

cable inlet, approval option A, with PROFIBUS
A5E01483440

cable inlet, approval option C, with PROFIBUS
A5E01483456

with board stack, LUI display, 6.3 GHz, NPT
cable inlet, approval option C, with PROFIBUS
A5E01483547

cable inlet, approval option E, with PROFIBUS
A5E01483559
SITRANS LR200 HART aluminum enclosure

kit with electronics and covers (7ML5422,
7ML5423, 7ML5424, 7ML5425), calibrated for
use with standard rod antenna
Article No.
cable inlet, approval option A, with HART
communication start-up at < 3.6 mA,
no process connection.5)
A5E03617085

cable inlet, approval option B, with HART
A5E03617086

cable inlet, approval option C, with HART
A5E03617087

cable inlet, approval option E, with HART
A5E03617088
SITRANS LR200 Horn Antenna Kits

with mounting screws
(no emitter supplied)
80 mm (3 inch) horn antenna kit
PBD:25500K02A
PBD:25500K03A
PBD:25500K05A
PBD:25500K07A
SITRANS LR200 Extension Kits for

Horn Antenna with mounting screws
cable inlet, approval option A, with HART
A5E02956419

cable inlet, approval option E, with HART
A5E02956420

cable inlet, approval option G, with HART
A5E02956421

cable inlet, approval option H, with HART
A5E02956422
4/210
Siemens FI 01 2015
100 mm (4 inch) extension kit for horn antenna
PBD:25501K0100A
PBD:25501K0150A
PBD:25501K0200A
PBD:25501K0250A
PBD:25501K0500A
1 000 mm (40 inch) extension kit for

horn antenna
PBD:25501K1000A
SITRANS LR200 Flanged Rod Antenna Kit

with 316L stainless steel flat faced flanges
Flanged PTFE rod antenna kit, 2" ASME, 150 lb.

See drawing 51003 on
http://www.siemens.com/radar1)4)
PBD:
51003K020AAAA
Flanged PTFE rod antenna kit, DN 50 PN 16.

PBD:
51003K050AJAA
Flanged PTFE rod antenna kit,

JIS 10K DN 50. See drawing 51003 on
PBD:
51003K050AOAA
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement

Article No.
SITRANS LR200 PTFE Rod Antenna Kit with

316L stainless steel 1"pipe thread process
connection
Article No.
SITRANS LR200 PTFE Rod Antenna Kit
(100 mm shield) with 316L stainless steel
2" pipe thread process connection
PTFE rod antenna kit, 1" NPT 316L stainless

steel process connection, FKM O-ring;
http://www.siemens.com/radar4)
PBD:
51004K1AAA
PTFE rod antenna kit, R 1" (BSPT),

EN 10226 316L stainless steel process connection, FKM O-ring; see drawing 51004 on
PBD:
51004K2AAA
PTFE rod antenna kit, 1" G 316L stainless

see drawing 51004 on
PBD:
51004K3AAA
SITRANS LR200 PTFE Rod Antenna Kit with

316L stainless steel 2" pipe thread process
connection
PTFE rod antenna shielded kit, 2" NPT 316L

stainless steel process connection,
FKM O-ring, 100 mm 316L stainless steel
shield. See drawing 51002 on
PBD:
51002K0100AAA
PTFE rod antenna shielded kit, R 2" (BSPT),

EN 10226 316L stainless steel process connection, FKM O-ring, 100 mm 316L stainless steel
PBD:
51002K0100BAA
PTFE rod antenna shielded kit, 2" G 316L

stainless steel process connection,
FKM O-ring, 100 mm 316L stainless steel
PBD:
51002K0100CAA
SITRANS LR200 Horn Antenna Kit with 316L

stainless steel flat faced flange, with PTFE
emitter (without waveguide)
PTFE rod antenna kit, 2" NPT 316L stainless

PBD:
51005K1AAA
PTFE rod antenna kit, R 2" (BSPT),

EN 10226 316L stainless steel process connection, FKM O-ring; see drawing 51005 on
PBD:
51005K2AAA
PTFE rod antenna kit, 2" G 316L stainless steel

process connection, FKM O-ring;
PBD:
51005K3AAA
Horn antenna kit, 2" ASME 316L stainless steel

flange 3" horn, PTFE emitter1)4)
PBD:
51006K020AAAA

PBD:
51006K020AABA

PBD:
51006K020AACA

PBD:
51006K020AADA
Horn antenna kit, DN 50 PN 16 316L stainless

steel flange 80 mm horn, PTFE emitter1)2)
PBD:
51006K050AJAA

PBD:
51006K050AJBA

PBD:
51006K050AJCA

PBD:
51006K050AJDA
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/211
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement

Article No.
SITRANS LR200 PTFE flanged rod antenna

kit with 316L stainless steel shield and 316L
stainless steel flat faced flange
Article No.
PTFE paste
Kit, PTFE paste, Tube, 250 mL
PBD:51036065
Cable gland
PTFE shielded rod antenna kit, flanged,

3" ASME 150 lb 316L stainless steel flange,
100 mm 316L stainless steel shield.1)4)
PBD:
51014K0100AAA

DN 80 PN 16 316L stainless steel flange,
PBD:
51014K0100EJA

PBD:
51014K0150AAA

PBD:
51014K0150EJA

PBD:
51014K0200AAA

PBD:
51014K0200EJA

PBD:
51014K0250AAA

PBD:
51014K0250EJA
4/212
Siemens FI 01 2015
One polymeric cable gland M20x1.5,

rated -20 ... +80 C (-4 ... +176 F) for
General Purpose and ATEX EEx e
7ML1930-1AN

rated -40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F), HART
7ML1930-1AP

rated -40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F),
PROFIBUS PA
7ML1930-1AQ

1)
Available in flange sizes including ASME, DIN and JIS:

please contact ceg.smpi@siemens.com.
2)
Available with no pressure rating
3)
Available in other shield lengths:

please contact ceg.smpi@siemens.com.
4)
Available with Pressure rating; serial number of original

unit required with completed Application Questionnaire found
on page 4/193.
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Overview
Configuration
Installation
Note:
density.
with the horn antenna.
detected.
Use largest possible antenna.

for continuous monitoring of liquids and slurries in storage and
process vessels including high temperature and pressure,
to a range of 20 m (66 ft).
Mounting unit on bypass
Orient front or back of

device toward vent.
beam width:
1.5 horn = 19
2.0 horn = 15
3.0 horn = 10
4.0 horn = 8
19
4
Mounting unit on
stilling well
Orient front or back of device
toward stillpipe slots.
Benefits
Use largest
horn size
possible in
pipe.
Min. 10 (0.4)

25 GHz high frequency allows for small antennas for easy
mounting in nozzles
Insensitive to mounting location and obstructions, and less
sensitive to nozzle interference
Short blanking distance for improved minimum measuring
range to 50 mm (2 inch) from the end of the antenna
Communication using HART, PROFIBUS PA,
or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
fixed obstructions
programmer or over a network using SIMATIC PDM, Emerson
AMS, or Field Device Tools, such as PACTware or Fieldcare via
SITRANS DTM
3 mm (0.118 inch) accuracy in accordance with IEC 60770-1
Application
SITRANS LR250 includes a graphical local user interface (LUI)
that improves setup and operation by including an intuitive
Quick Start Wizard, and echo profile displays for diagnostic support. Start-up is easy using the Quick Start wizard with a few
parameters required for basic operation.
The 25 GHz frequency creates a narrow, focused beam allowing
for smaller horn antenna options and decreasing sensitivity to
obstructions.
SITRANS LR250s unique design allows safe and simple
programming using the Intrinsically Safe handheld programmer
without saving to open the instruments lid.
SITRANS LR250 measures superbly on low dielectric media,

and in small vessels, as well as tall and narrow vessels.
Key Applications: liquid bulk storage tanks, process vessels,
vaporous liquids, high temperatures, low dielectric media and
applications with functional safety requirements
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/213
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Frequency
K-band (25.0 GHz)
Minimum measuring range
50 mm (2 inch) from end of antenna
Maximum measuring range
20 m (65 ft), antenna dependent
Output
HART:
Analog output
Accuracy
Fail-safe
PROFIBUS PA:
Function blocks
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Functionality
Version
Function blocks
Version 5.1
4 ... 20 mA
0.02 mA
Programmable as high low or hold
(loss of echo)
NE 43 programmable
Profile 3.01
2 Analog Input (AI)
H1
Basic or LAS
ITK 5.2.0
2 Analog Input (AI)
Performance (according to reference conditions IEC60770-1)

Maximum measured error
3 mm (0.118 inch)
< 0.003 %/K
Process connections
Process connection
R 1", 2" or 3" [(BSPT),

EN 10226]
Flange connection
Indoor/outdoor

Ambient temperature
Pollution degree
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)

I
4
50, 80, 100 mm (PN 16, 40, JIS 10K)

4 ... 20 mA/HART
Nominal 24 V DC (max. 30 V DC) with

max. 550
PROFIBUS PA
15 mA
Per IEC 61158-2
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
20.0 mA
Per IEC 61158-2

General
CSAUS/C, CE, FM, NE 21, RCM
Radio
FCC, Industry Canada and

Europe ETSI EN 302-372, RCM
Hazardous
Explosion Proof (Brazil)

Medium conditions
> 1.6, antenna and application

dependent
Process temperature
-40 ... +200 C (-40 ... +392 F)

(at process connection with
FKM O-ring)
-20 ... +200 C (-4 ... +392 F)
(at process connection with
FFKM O-ring)
Process pressure
Design
Enclosure
Material
Cable inlet
Weight
Display (local)
Antenna
Material
Dimensions (nominal horn sizes)
4/214
Siemens FI 01 2015
Up to 40 bar g (580 psi g), process

connection and temperature dependent.
See Pressure/Temperature curves for
more information
Non-incendive (Canada/USA)
(China)
Intrinsically Safe (China)
Non-sparking (China)
Non-sparking (Europe)
Flame Proof (International/Europe)
Increased Safety
(International/Europe)
Aluminum, polyester powder-coated

2 x M20x1.5 or 2 x " NPT
Type 4X/NEMA 4X, Type 6/NEMA 6,
IP67, IP68
< 3 kg (6.6 lb) 3.75 mm (1 inch)
threaded connection with 1" horn
antenna
Graphic local user interface including
quick start wizard and echo profile
display
316L stainless steel [optional alloy
N06022/2.4602
(Hastelloy C-22 or equivalent)]
Standard 1.5 inch (40 mm),
2 inch (48 mm), 3 inch (75 mm),
4 inch (95 mm) horn and optional
100 mm (4 inch) horn extension
G 1", 2" or 3" [(BSPP),

EN ISO 228-1]
2", 3", 4" (ANSI 150, 300 lb),
Power supply
Increased Safety (Brazil)
Location
1", 2" or 3" NPT [(Taper),

ANSI/ASME B1.20.1]
Explosion Proof (Russia)

Increased Safety (Russia)
Marine
Functional Safety
INMETRO Ex d ia mb IIC T4 Ga/Gb,

Ex ia ta IIIC T100 C Da
INMETRO Ex e ia mb IIC T4 Ga/Gb,
INMETRO Ex ia IIC T4 Ga, Ex ia ta
IIIC T100 C Da
NEPSI Ex d ia mb IIC T4 Ga/Gb,
Ex e ia mb IIC T4 Ga/Gb, Ex iaD 20
T90 IP67 DIP A20 TA90 C
NEPSI Ex ia IIC T4 Ga, Ex iaD 20 T90
IP67 DIP A20 TA90 C
NEPSI Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
ATEX II 1D Ex ia IIIC T100 C Da
ATEX II 3G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
IECEx/ATEX II 1/2 GD, 1D, 2D,
Ex d mb ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb, Ex ia ta IIC
T100 C Da
Ex e mb ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb, Ex ia ta IIIC
T100 C Da
IECEx/ATEX II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga,
IECEX/ATEX II 1D Ex ia ta IIC T100 C
Da
GOST-R Ex d
GOST-R Ex e
GOST-R Ex ia
ABS Type Approval
Bureau Veritas
SIL-2 suitable in accordance with
IEC 61508/61511
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Programming
programmer
IS model:
- Approvals for handheld
ATEX II 1 GD Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
programmer
Ex ia D 20 T135 C Ta = -20 ... +50 C
CSA/FM Class I, II, III, Div. 1,
Ta = +50 C
IECEx SIR 09.0073
HART communicator 375/475
SIMATIC PDM
PC
Emerson AMS
SITRANS DTM (for connection into
FDT, such as PACTware or
Fieldcare)
Display (local)
displays
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/215
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Article No.
Article No.
SITRANS LR250 horn antenna

storage and process vessels including high
temperature and pressure, to a range of 20 m
(66 ft) (antenna dependent). Ideal for small vessels
and low dielectric media.
7ML54317 7 7 7 0 - 777 7

Flanged connection Hastelloy C
2" Class 150 ASME B16.5 raised faced4)
7ML54317 7 7 7 0 - 777 7
Process Connection and Antenna Material

316L (1.4435 or 1.4404) stainless steel,
PTFE emitter, FKM seal1)

316L (1.4435 or 1.4404) stainless steel,
PTFE emitter, FFKM seal1)

Hastelloy C-22/2.4602 (or equivalent), PTFE emitter,
FKM seal2)
Hastelloy C-22/2.4602 (or equivalent), PTFE emitter,
FFKM seal2)
Process Connection Type
Threaded connection 316L
1" NPT (ASME B1.20.1) (tapered thread)3)
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226-1] (tapered thread)3)
G 1" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1]
(parallel thread)3)
2" NPT (ASME B1.20.1) (tapered thread)
R 2" [(BSPT), EN 10226-1] (tapered thread)
G 2" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1] (parallel thread)
Flanged connection 316L
2" Class 150 ASME B16.5 flat faced4)
50A 10K JIS B 2220 flat faced4)
DN 50 PN 16 DIN EN 1092-1 Type B1 raised face
4/216
Siemens FI 01 2015
0
1
2
3
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
BA
BB
BC
CA
CB
CC
DA
DB
DC
EA
EB
EC
FA
FB
FC
GA
GB
GC
GD
HA
HB
HC
HD
JA
JB
JC
JD
JE
JF
DN 50 PN 16 EN 1092-1 Type B1 raised faced4)

KA
KB
KC
KD
KE
KF
50A 10K JIS B 2220 raised faced4)

DN 50 PN 16 EN 1092-1 Type B1 raised face
LA
LB
LC
MA
MB
MC

PROFIBUS PA
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
2 x " NPT
2 x M20x1.5
Antenna
MD
ME
MF
MG
MH
1" horn
2" horn (fits 2" ASME or DN 50 nozzles)
1" horn with 100 mm extension
Hastelloy C22 (or equivalent)
2" horn (fits 2" ASME or DN 50 nozzles) with
100 mm extension
100 mm extension
100 mm extension
1
2
3
0
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Article No.

Approvals
7ML54317 7 7 7 0 - 777 7
General Purpose, CE, CSA, FM, FCC, R&TTE, RCM

Intrinsically Safe: CSA/FM Class I, Div. 1, Groups A,
B, C, D, Class II, Div.1, Groups E,F, G, Class III T4
FCC, Industry Canada
Intrinsically Safe: IECEx/ATEX II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4
Ga, IECEx/ATEX II 1D Ex ia ta IIIC T100 C Da,

o
INMETRO Ex ia IIC T4 Ga, Ex ia ta IIIC T100 C Da,
CE, R&TTE, RCM
Non-incendive: CSA/FM Class I, Div. 2, Groups A,
B, C, D T5, FCC, Industry Canada
Non Sparking: ATEX II 3G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc, CE,
R&TTE, RCM
Increased Safety: IECEx/ATEX II 1/2 GD,1D,
2D Ex e mb ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb, Ex ia ta IIIC T100 C

Da, INMETRO Ex e ia mb IIC T4 Ga/Gb, Ex ia ta IIIC
T100 oC Da, CE, R&TTE, RCM5)
Flameproof: IECEx/ATEX II 1/2 GD 1D, 2D Ex d mb
ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb, Ex ia ta IIIC T100 C Da,
INMETRO Ex d ia mb IIC T4 Ga/Gb, Ex ia ta IIIC
Explosion proof: CSA/FM Class I, II and III, Div.1,
Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G, FCC, Industry Canada5)
Non Sparking: NEPSI Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Intrinsically Safe: NEPSI Ex ia IIC T4 Ga,

Ex iaD 20 T90 IP67 DIP A20 TA90 C
Flameproof: NEPSI Ex d ia mb IIC T4 Ga/Gb,

Ex iaD 20 T90 IP67 DIP A20 TA90 C5)
Increased Safety: NEPSI Ex e ia mb IIC T4 Ga/Gb,
Pressure rating
A
B
E
F
H
K
L
M
N
0
1
1)
Available with process connection options AA ... HD & Antenna

Versions A ... H only
2)
Available with process connection options JA ... MH & Antenna

Versions J ... P only
3)
Available For antenna versions A and E only, max. range 10 m (32.8 ft),
dk > 3. Can measure dk >1.6 [20 m (65.6 ft)] when mounted in a stillpipe/
bypass.
4)
Siemens Milltronics type flange (flange bolting patterns and facings

dimensionally correspond to the applicable ASME B16.5, or EN 1092-1,
or JIS B 2220 standard), see operating instructions for details
5)
Applicable with communication option 2 only
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/217
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Order code
Further designs
code(s).
Plug M12 with mating Connector1)2)3)
A50
Plug 7/8" with mating Connector2)3)4)
A55

Manufacturer's Test Certificate: M to DIN 55350,
C11
Inspection certificate 3.1 of EN 10204
C12
Functional Safety (SIL 2). Device suitable for use in C20

accordance with IEC 61508 and IEC 615113)5)

< 3.6 mA5)
Article No.

FOUNDATION Fieldbus device
N07
English
A5E32221411
German
A5E32376112
Compact Operating Instructions for

English, French, German, Spanish, Italian, Dutch,
Danish, Finnish, Greek, Portuguese (Portugal),
Swedish
A5E33472700
English, Bulgarian, Czech, Estonian, Hungarian,

Latvian, Lithuanian, Polish, Romanian, Slovakian,
Slovenian
A5E33472738
Article No.

manual DVD containing the ATEX Compact Operating Instructions and Operating Instructions library.
English
A5E32220602
Accessories
German
A5E32376088
7ML1930-1BK
HART modem/USB
7MF4997-1DB

rated -40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F),
HART (two are required)
7ML1930-1AP

rated -40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F), PROFIBUS PA
and FOUNDATION Fieldbus (two are required)6)
7ML1930-1AQ
FDA approved FKM o-ring for 2" G (BSPP) process

connections -28 ... +80 C (-28 ... +176 F)
7ML1830-3AN
7ML5741-...

7ML5740-...

7ML5744-...

7ML5750-...
Compact Operating Instructions for HART/mA

device
Swedish
A5E33469191

Slovenian
A5E33469171

English
A5E32221386
German
A5E32376094

PROFIBUS PA device

Swedish
A5E33469239

Slovenian
A5E33472685

1)
2)
To be used with communication options 1 and 3 only.

Connector has IP67 rating.
3)
Available with approval options A and B. Available with approval option C

for use on intrinsically safe applications only. Not rated for dust Ex.
4)
5)
Applicable to communication option 2 only
6)
For use with communication option 1 and 3 only
4/218
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement

90
130 C
80
70
65 C
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/219
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Threaded Horn Antenna
" NPT cable entry
(or alternatively,
M20 cable gland)
50
(2.0)
Threaded cover
167 (6.6)
90 (3.5)
154 (6.1)
159
(6.26)
196 (7.7)
Enclosure/
electronics
Retaining
collar
Sensor reference
point
Process
device tag
28 (1.1)*
Horn
See dimension
table for height to
sensor reference
point
Antenna
O.D.
Antenna
O.D.
*28 mm (1.1) for 1.5 inch and 2 inch, 42 mm (1.65) for 3 inch
Antenna
Type
Antenna O.D.
1.5" horn
39.8 (1.57)
1-1/2" threaded
connection
135 (5.3)
N/A
2" horn
47.8 (1.88)
N/A
166 (6.55)
3" horn
74.8 (2.94)
N/A
199 (7.85)
4" horn
94.8 (3.73)
N/A
254 (10)
SITRANS LR250 Threaded Horn Antenna, dimensions in mm (inch)
4/220
Siemens FI 01 2015
Beam angle
Measurement
range
N/A
19 degrees
10 m (32.8 ft)
180 (7.09)
15 degrees
20 m (65.6 ft)
213 (8.39)
10 degrees
20 m (65.6 ft)
268 (10.55)
8 degrees
20 m (65.6 ft)
Height to sensor reference point

2" threaded
connection
3" threaded
connection
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Threaded Horn Antenna with Extension
50
(2.0)
" NPT cable entry

(or alternatively,
M20 cable gland)
Threaded cover
167
(6.6)
154 (6.1)
90 (3.5)
Enclosure/
electronics
159
(6.26)
196
(7.7)
Retaining
collar
28 (1.1)*
Sensor reference
point
Process
device tag
Horn
See dimension
table for height to
sensor reference
point
Antenna
O.D.
Antenna
O.D.
*28 mm (1.1) for 1.5 inch and 2 inch, 42 mm (1.65) for 3 inch
Antenna
Type
Antenna O.D.
1.5" horn
139.8 (5.57)
235 (9.3)
N/A
2" horn
147.8 (5.88)
N/A
266 (10.55)
3" horn
174.8 (6.94)
N/A
299 (11.85)
4" horn
194.8 (7.73)
N/A
354 (14)
Beam angle
Measurement
range
N/A
19 degrees
10 m (32.8 ft)
280 (11.09)
15 degrees
20 m (65.6 ft)
313 (12.39)
10 degrees
20 m (65.6 ft)
368 (14.55)
8 degrees
20 m (65.6 ft)

1-1/2" threaded
connection
2" threaded
connection
3" threaded
connection
SITRANS LR250 Threaded Horn Antenna with Extension, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/221
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Flanged Horn
50
(2.0)
" NPT cable entry

(or alternatively,
M20 cable gland)
Threaded cover
167
(6.6)
154
(6.1)
90
(3.5)
Enclosure/
electronics
227 (8.94)
Name-plate
Retaining collar
190
(7.48)
Flange
horn
135.3 168.3 223.3
5.32
6.62 8.79
Process
connection tag
50 (2) nominal
80 (3) nominal
100 (4) nominal
horn
O.D.
Nominal Horn
Size
Horn O.D.

Stainless steel
Optional alloy flange
flange raised or
flat-faced
135.3 (5.32)
138.3 (5.44)
Measurement
range
50 (2)
47.8 (1.88)
19 degrees
10 m (32.8 ft)
80 (3)
74.8 (2.94)
168.3 (6.62)
171.3 (6.74)
15 degrees
20 m (65.6 ft)
100 (4)
94.8 (3.73)
223.3 (8.79)
226.3 (8.90)
10 degrees
20 m (65.6 ft)
SITRANS LR250 Flanged Horn Antenna, dimensions in mm (inch)
4/222
Beam angle
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Flanged Horn with Extension
50
(2.0)
" NPT cable entry

(or alternatively,
M20 cable gland)
Threaded cover
167
(6.6)
154
(6.1)
90
(3.5)
enclosure/
electronics
227 (8.94)
name-plate
retaining collar
190
(7.48)
flange
process
connection tag
235.3
(9.32) 268.3
(10.62)
horn
323.3
(12.79)
50 (2) nominal
80 (3) nominal
100 (4) nominal
Horn O.D.
Nominal Horn
Size
Horn O.D.

Stainless steel
Optional alloy flange
flange raised or
flat-faced
235.3 (9.32)
238.3 (9.44)
Beam angle
Measurement
range
50 (2)
47.8 (1.88)
19 degrees
10 m (32.8 ft)
80 (3)
74.8 (2.94)
268.3 (10.62)
271.3 (10.74)
15 degrees
20 m (65.6 ft)
100 (4)
94.8 (3.73)
323.3 (12.79)
326.3 (12.90)
10 degrees
20 m (65.6 ft)
SITRANS LR250 Flanged Horn Antenna with Extension, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/223
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Schematics
Hand Programmer

terminal block.
4
Gland
Shield for HART,

PROFIBUS PA , and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Intrinsically Safe
versions only.
Part number:
7ML1930-1BK
Notes:
1. DC terminal shall be supplied from a source providing electrical isolation between the input and output, to meet the applicable
safety requirements of IEC 61010-1.
2. All field wiring must have insulation suitable for rated input voltages.
3. Use shielded twisted pair cable (14 ... 22 AWG) for HART version.
4. Separate cables and conduit may be required to conform to standard instrumentation wiring practices or electrical codes.
4/224
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement


Article No.
Article No.
SITRANS LR250 horn version enclosures
(< 3.6 mA start-up HART)

(PROFIBUS PA models)
LR250 horn version enclosure with board stack,

NPT cable inlet, approval option A,
with PROFIBUS PA communication,
no process connection
A5E01156836
SITRANS LR250 horn version enclosure with

board stack, M20 cable inlet, approval option A,
with HART communication start-up at < 3.6 mA,
A5E02956317

M20 cable inlet, approval option A,
A5E01156838

board stack, M20 cable inlet, approval option C,
A5E02956319

NPT cable inlet, approval option B,
A5E01156839
A5E02956320

M20 cable inlet, approval option B,

board stack, M20 cable inlet, approval option E,
A5E01156841
A5E02956322

NPT cable inlet, approval option C,

board stack, M20 cable inlet, approval option F,
A5E01156843
A5E02956323

M20 cable inlet, approval option C,
A5E01156844

board stack, M20 cable inlet, approval option G,
A5E03441096

A5E01156846

NPT cable inlet, approval option A, with HART
communication start-up at < 3.6 mA, no process
connection
A5E03441097

M20 cable inlet, approval option D,
A5E01156848

NPT cable inlet, approval option B, with HART
connection
A5E03441098
LR250 enclosure with board stack, NPT cable

inlet, approval option B,
with FOUNDATION FIELDBUS communication,
A5E03769538

NPT cable inlet, approval option D, with HART
connection
A5E03441099
LR250 enclosure with board stack, NPT cable

inlet, approval option D,
A5E03769539

NPT cable inlet, approval option H, with HART
connection
LR250 enclosure with board stack, M20 cable

inlet, approval option E,
A5E03769543
SITRANS LR250 horn antenna and

extension kits

(FOUNDATION Fieldbus models)

with FOUNDATION Fieldbus communication,
A5E02654608

A5E02653792

A5E02653793

NPT cable inlet, approval option C,
A5E02654606
38 mm (1.5 inch) horn antenna kit,

1.5" Process Connections only
A5E01151539
100 mm (4 inch) horn antenna extension kit,

1.5" Process Connections only
A5E01151553
50 mm (2 inch) stainless steel 316L horn antenna kit
A5E01151569
75 mm (3 inch) stainless steel 316L horn antenna kit
A5E01151571
100 mm (4 inch) stainless steel 316L horn antenna kit A5E01151573

100 mm (4 inch) horn antenna extension kit,
50 mm (2 inch), 75 mm (3 inch) and 100 mm
(4 inch) process connection
A5E01151577
50 mm (2 inch) horn antenna kit, Hastelloy C-22
A5E01151584
A5E01151585
A5E01151587
5 Dupont 1Gr Polyback, PTFE grease kit
A5E01151626
LR250 lid with O-ring
A5E02465410
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/225
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Overview
Benefits
4
SITRANS LR250 with threaded PVDF antenna is a 2-wire,
25 GHz pulse radar level transmitter for continuous monitoring of
liquids and slurries in storage and process vessels including
corrosives or aggressive materials, to a range of 10 m (32.8 ft) or
20 m (66 ft) when used in a stilling pipe.
Fully insulated PVDF antenna design for use in chemical and

sanitary environments where aggressive and corrosive
materials are used
Cost effective replacement for transmitters made of exotic
materials
25 GHz high frequency and 50 mm (2 inch) process
connection/antenna allow for easy mounting in nozzles
Communication using HART or PROFIBUS PA,
fixed obstructions
programmer or over a network using SIMATIC PDM,
Emerson AMS, or Field Device Tools, such as PACTware or
Fieldcare via SITRANS DTM.
Suitable for use in Safety Related Systems in accordance with
IEC 61508/61511 (SIL-2)
3 mm (0.118 inch) accuracy in accordance with IEC 60770-1
Application
Quick Start Wizard, and echo profile displays for diagnostic support. Start-up is easy using the Quick Start wizard with a few
for smaller antenna options and decreasing sensitivity to
obstructions.
SITRANS LR250s unique design allows safe and simple programming using the Intrinsically Safe handheld programmer
without having to open the instruments lid.
SITRANS LR250 measures superbly in small vessels and in
tanks/vessels up to 10 m (32 ft) on materials with dk > 3 or 20 m
(66 ft) when used in a stilling pipe with dk 1.6.
Key Applications: liquid bulk storage tanks, process vessels
with agitators, vaporous liquids, temperatures to 80 C
(176 F), corrosive and aggressive materials and applications
requiring functional safety
4/226
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Configuration
Installation
Note:
density.
with the antenna.
detected.

device toward vent.
4
Mounting unit on
stilling well
min. 10 (0.4)
19
UG\WGOYP
SITRANS LR250 PVDF antenna installation, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/227
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Mode of operation
Frequency
K-band (25.0 GHz)
10 m (32.8 ft) or 20 m (66 ft) when

used in a stilling pipe with dk 1.6
Output
HART
Analog output
Accuracy
Fail-safe
Power supply
Measuring principle
PROFIBUS PA
Function blocks
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Functionality
Version
Function blocks
Performance (according to
reference conditions IEC60770-1)
Version 5.1
4 ... 20 mA
0.02 mA
Programmable as high low or
hold (loss of echo)
NE 43 programmable
Profile 3.1
2 Analog Input (AI)
H1
Basic or LAS
ITK 5.2.0
2 Analog Input (AI)
> 500 mm from sensor reference

point: 3 mm (0.118 inch)
< 500 mm from sensor reference
point: 25 mm (1 inch)
< 0.003 %/K

Location
Indoor/outdoor

Ambient temperature
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
Pollution degree
4 ... 20 mA/HART

with max. 550
PROFIBUS PA
15 mA
per IEC 61158-2
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
20.0 mA
per IEC 61158-2

General
Radio

Hazardous
(China)
Non-sparking/Energy Limited
(Europe)
Medium conditions
3 (1.6 in stillpipe)
Process temperature
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F) at

process connection (Is suitable for
CIP at 120 C for 1/2 hr max.)
Process pressure
Up to 5 bar g (72 psi g) temperature

dependent.
more information
Design
Enclosure
Material
Cable inlet
Weight
Display (local)
Antenna
Material
Dimensions (nominal sizes)
Process connections
Process connection

2 x M20x1.5 or 2 x " NPT
NEMA 6, IP67, IP68
approximately 3.3 kg (7.27 lb)
Graphic local user interface
including quick start wizard and
echo profile display
Increased Safety

Marine
Functional Safety
Programming
programmer
Approvals for handheld
programmer
PVDF (Polyvinylidene fluoride)

2 inch (48 mm)
2" NPT [(Taper), ASME B1.20.1]
2" [(BSPT), EN 10226]
2" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1]
PC
Display (local)
4/228
Siemens FI 01 2015

IIIC T100 C Da
Ex d ia mb IIC T4 Ga/Gb, Ex e ia mb
IIC T4 Ga/Gb, Ex iaD 20 T90 IP67 DIP
A20 TA90 C
Ex ia IIC T4 Ga, Ex iaD 20 T90 IP67
DIP A20 TA90 C
ATEX II 1D Ex ia ta IIC T100 C Da
T100 C Da
T100 C Da
IECEX/ATEX II 1D Ex ia ta IIC T100 C
Da
GOST-R Ex d
GOST-R Ex e
GOST-R Ex ia
ABS Type Approval
Bureau Veritas
IEC 61508/61511
Infrared receiver
IS model:
Ex ia D 20 T135C Ta = -20 ... +50 C
Ta = +50 C
IECEx SIR 09.0073
SIMATIC PDM
Emerson AMS
Fieldcare)
displays
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Article No.

storage and process vessels including corrosives
or aggressive materials, to a range of 10 m (32.8 ft)
or 20m (66ft) when used in a stilling pipe.
7ML543177 7 7 0 - 77 77
Further designs
Process Connection and Antenna Material
Threaded PVDF antenna
Threaded connections PVDF
PROFIBUS PA
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
2 x " NPT
2 x M20x1.5
Antenna
2 inch(50 mm) threaded PVDF antenna
Approvals

code(s).
A50
A55

Order code
PA
PB
PC
1
2
3
0
1
R

C11
C12
Functional Safety (SIL 2). Device suitable for use

in accordance with IEC 61508 and IEC 615115)6)
C20

< 3.6 mA5)
N07
Article No.
English
A5E32220602
German
Note: The Operating Instructions should be ordered as a separate line item on the order.
A5E32376088

device

B, C, D, Class II, Div.1, Groups E ,F, G, Class III T4
Intrinsically Safe: IECEx/ATEX II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga,
IECEx/ATEX II 1D Ex ia ta IIIC T100 C Da,
INMETRO Ex ia IIC T4 Ga, Ex ia ta IIIC T100 oC Da,
CE, R&TTE, RCM
A
B

Swedish
A5E33469191
A5E33469171

Slovenian
Non-incendive: CSA/FM Class I, Div. 2, Groups A,

B, C, D T5, FCC, Industry Canada


R&TTE, RCM

English
A5E32221386
German
A5E32376094

PROFIBUS PA device
H
K

Swedish
A5E33469239

Slovenian
A5E33472685
Intrinsically Safe: NEPSI Ex ia IIC T4 Ga, Ex iaD 20




Pressure rating
1)
Applicable to Communication option 2 only
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/229
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Article No.

English
A5E32221411
German
A5E32376112

Swedish
A5E33472700

Slovenian
A5E33472738

7ML1930-1BK
HART modem/USB
7MF4997-1DB

rated -40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F), HART
7ML1930-1AP

rated -40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F),
PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus2)
7ML1930-1AQ
FDA approved FKM o-ring for 2" G (BSPP) process

connections -28 ... +80 C (-28 ... +176 F)
7ML1830-3AN
7ML5741-...

7ML5740-...

7ML5744-...

7ML5750-...
1)
Available with Enclosure option 1 only
2)
To be used with Communication options 1 and 3 only.

Connector has IP67 rating.
3)
Available with Approval options A and B. Available with approval option C

for use on intrinsically safe applications only. Not rated for dust Ex.
4)
5)
6)
Available with approval options A ... E only
Article No.
Accessories
20 C,
5 bar
5
4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
80 C,
2.25 bar
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
-0.5
-1
-60
-40
-20
20
40
60
80
100
Temperature (C)
SITRANS LR250 PVDF antenna pressure/temperature curve
4/230
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
50
(2.0)
1/2" NPT cable entry (or
alternatively, M20 cable gland)
Threaded cover
167
(6.6)
154
(6.1)
90
(3.5)
Enclosure/
electronics
184
(7.24)
Process
connection tag
146
(5.74)
Sensor reference
point
121
(4.76)
2" thread
Threaded PVDF
antenna
49.5
(1.94)
antenna O.D.
SITRANS LR250 PVDF antenna, dimensions in mm (inch)
Schematics
Hand Programmer

terminal block.
Gland
Shield for HART,

PROFIBUS PA , and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Intrinsically Safe
versions only.
Part number:
7ML1930-1BK
Notes:

Siemens FI 01 2015
4/231
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement


Article No.
SITRANS LR250 threaded PVDF

antenna version enclosures
Article No.
(< 3.6 mA start-up HART models)
LR250 threaded PVDF antenna version

enclosure with board stack, M20 cable inlet,
approval option A, with PROFIBUS PA
communication, no process connection
A5E03588171
LR250 enclosure with board stack,

with HART communication start-up
at < 3.6 mA, no process connection
A5E03569747

enclosure with board stack, NPT cable inlet,
approval option A, with PROFIBUS PA
A5E03588253

A5E03586807

approval option B, with PROFIBUS PA
A5E03588512

A5E03586854

approval option C, with PROFIBUS PA
A5E03589260

A5E03586887

approval option D, with PROFIBUS PA
A5E03589262

NPT cable inlet, approval option D,
A5E03586961

approval option E, with PROFIBUS PA
A5E03589264

M20 cable inlet, approval option E,
A5E03587012

M20 cable inlet, approval option F,
A5E03587132

M20 cable inlet, approval option G,
A5E03587223

NPT cable inlet, approval option H,
A5E03588125

A5E03589266

A5E03589275

A5E03589277

A5E03589280

A5E03589281

A5E03589283
4/232
Siemens FI 01 2015

antenna kits
Antenna kit 2" NPT threaded PVDF
A5E03528941
Antenna kit 2" R (BSPT) threaded PVDF
A5E03528943
Antenna kit 2" G (BSPP) threaded PVDF
A5E03528947
Kit of hardware parts for LR250 threaded PVDF

antenna: consists of O-rings, screws,
wavewasher and loctite
A5E03528948
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LR250 Flanged Encapsulated Antenna
Overview

tanks/vessels up to 20 m (66 ft) on materials with dk > 1.6.
Key Applications: liquid bulk storage tanks, process vessels
with agitators, vaporous liquids, temperatures to 170 C
(338 F), corrosive and aggressive materials and applications
where ease of cleaning is required, such as food or fine
chemicals.
Configuration
Installation
SITRANS LR250 with flanged encapsulated antenna is a 2-wire,

25 GHz pulse radar level transmitter for continuous monitoring of
liquids and slurries in storage and process vessels including
corrosives or aggressive materials, to a range of 20 m (66 ft)
(antenna dependent).
Note:
density.
with the antenna.
detected.
Benefits
device toward vent.
9.6
2"/DN 50
/50A
12.8
Mounting unit on
stilling well
Max. 500 (20)
Fully encapsulated horn antenna design with FDA approved

TFM 1600 PTFE lens for use in chemical and sanitary environments where aggressive and corrosive materials are used
materials
25 GHz high frequency and 50 mm (2 inch) process
connection/antenna allow for easy mounting
fixed obstructions
programmer or over a network using SIMATIC PDM, Emerson
AMS, or Field Device Tools, such as PACTware or Fieldcare via
SITRANS DTM
3"/DN 80/80A
or larger
Application
Quick Start Wizard, and echo profile displays for diagnostic support. Start-up is easy using Quick Start Wizard with a few parameters required for basic operation.
obstructions.
SITRANS LR250's unique design allows safe and simple programming using the Intrinsically Safe handheld programmer
without having to open the instrument's lid.
tUG\WGOYP
SITRANS LR250 flanged encapsulated antenna installation,

Siemens FI 01 2015
4/233
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Mode of operation
Frequency
K-band (25.0 GHz)
20 m (66 ft)
Output
HART
Analog output
Accuracy
Fail-safe
Process connections
Measuring principle
PROFIBUS PA
Function blocks
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Functionality
Version
Function blocks
Version 5.1
4 ... 20 mA
0.02 mA
(loss of echo)
NE 43 programmable
Profile 3.01
2 Analog Input (AI)
H1
Basic or LAS
ITK 5.2.0
2 Analog Input (AI)


< 0.003 %/K
Flanged connection
2, 3, 4, 6" Class 150 ASME B16.5

50A, 80A, 100A, 150A 10K JIS B
2220
DN 50, DN 80, DN 100 &
DN 150 PN 10/16 EN 1092-1
type B1
Power supply
4 ... 20 mA/HART

with max. 550
PROFIBUS PA
15 mA
Per IEC 61158-2
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
20.0 mA
Per IEC 61158-2

General
Radio

Hazardous
Location
Indoor/outdoor
Ambient temperature
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
Pollution degree
Medium conditions
1.6 (antenna dependent)
Process temperature
-40 ... +170 C (-40 ... +338 F) at

process connection
Process pressure

more information (page 4/237)
Design
Enclosure
Material
Cable inlet

2 x M20x1.5 or 2 x " NPT

IP67, IP68
Weight (dependent on process connection)
Approx. 7 kg (15.43 lb) for

2" Class 150 ASME B16.5 raised
face flange (smallest size)
Approx. 17.7 kg (39.02 lb) for
6" Class 150 ASME B16.5 raised
face flange (largest size)
Display (local)

(China)
(China)
(Europe)
Increased Safety
(-International/Europe)

Marine
Functional Safety
Antenna
Material
Dimensions (nominal sizes)
4/234

display
Siemens FI 01 2015
Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435 or

1.4404) and TFM 1600 PTFE Lens
(lens is the only wetted part)
48 mm (2 inch), 80 mm (3 inch),
100 mm (4 inch), 150 mm (6 inch)
Raised Face

IIIC T100 C Da
IP67 DIP A20 TA90 C
ATEX II 1D Ex ia ta IIIC T100 C Da
IECEx/ATEX II 1/2 GD, 1D, 2D
T100 C Da
T100 C Da
IECEx/ATEX II 1D Ex ia ta IIIC
T100 C Da
GOST-R Ex d
GOST-R Ex e
GOST-R Ex ia
ABS Type Approval
Bureau Veritas
IEC 61508/61511
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Programming

programmer
Approvals for handheldprogrammer
Infrared receiver
PC
SIMATIC PDM
Emerson AMS
Fieldcare)
Display (local)

displays
IS model: ATEX II 1 GD Ex ia IIC T4

Ga Ex ia D 20 T135 C
Ta = -20 ... +50 C
Ta = 50 C IECEx SIR 09.0073
SITRANS LR250 flanged encapsulated antenna

temperature and pressure, to a range of 20 m (66 ft)
(antenna dependant). Ideal for corrosive, aggressive
Article No.
7ML54327 7 7 7 0 - 77 7 7
Process Connection Material
Stainless steel 1.4404/1.4435
0
Flanged Process Connection Types
(stainless steel 1.4404/1.4435)
2" Class 150 ASME B16.5 raised face1)
BF
3" Class 150 ASME B16.5 raised face
BG
BH
BJ
1)
50A 10K JIS B 2220 raised face
FD
FE
FF
FG
1)
DN 50 PN 10/16 EN 1092-1 type B1 raised face
GA
GB
GC
GD
PROFIBUS PA
1
2
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
3
2 x " NPT
2 x M20x1.5
Antenna lens material
TFM 1600 PTFE Flush Lens

Approvals
General Purpose, CE, CSA, FM, FCC, R&TTE,
RCM
B, C, D, Class II, Div.1, Groups E, F, G, Class III T4
Intrinsically Safe: IECEx/ATEX II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga,
IECEx/ATEX II 1D Ex ia ta IIIC T100 C Da, INMETRO
Ex ia IIC T4 Ga, Ex ia ta IIIC T100 oC Da, CE, R&TTE,
RCM
Non-incendive: CSA/FM Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B,
C, D T5, FCC, Industry Canada
R&TTE, RCM

Flameproof: IECEx/ATEX II 1/2 GD 1D, 2D Ex d mb ia
IIC T4 Ga/Gb, Ex ia ta IIIC T100 C Da, INMETRO Ex
d ia mb IIC T4 Ga/Gb, Ex ia ta IIIC T100 oC Da, CE,
R&TTE, RCM2)

Intrinsically Safe: NEPSI Ex ia IIC T4 Ga,
Ex iaD 20 T90 IP67 DIP A20 TA90 C


Pressure rating
Rating per Pressure/Temperature curves in
instruction manual
0
1
A
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
K
L
M
N
1)
Maximum range 10 m (32.8 ft), dk > 3 [20 m (66 ft)] and dk>1.6 when
mounted in stillpipe]
2)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/235
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Order code
Further designs
Article No.


code(s).
A50
A55


C11
C12

Namur NE43 compliant, device preset to failsafe N07
< 3.6 mA5)
English
A5E32221411
German
A5E32376112

Swedish
A5E33472700

Slovenian
A5E33472738
Article No.

English
A5E32220602
Accessories
German
A5E32376088
7ML1930-1BK
HART modem/USB
7MF4997-1DB
7ML1930-1AP

Swedish
A5E33469191

rated -40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F),
HART (2 are required)6)
7ML1930-1AQ

Slovenian
A5E33469171

and FOUNDATION Fieldbus (2 are required)2)
7ML5741-...

7ML5740-...

7ML5744-...

7ML5750-...

device

English
A5E32221386
German
A5E32376094

PROFIBUS PA device
Swedish
A5E33469239

Slovenian
A5E33472685

4/236
Siemens FI 01 2015
1)
2)
Available with communication options 1 and 3 only
3)
Available with approval options A, B, C, and L only
4)
5)
6)
Available with approval options A, B, C, D, E, K, and L only
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Pressure/ temperature curve
LR250 Flanged Encapsulated Antenna
(7ML5432)
30 bar (435 psi)
2, 3, and 4" NPS

20 bar (290 psi)
6" NPS
ASME 150 lb
10 bar (145 psi)

Atmospheric
Pressure
-40 F
14 F
(-40 C) (-10 C)
100 F
200 F
300 F
400 F
(38 C)
(93 C)
(149 C)
(204 C)
T
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)

-50 C
RT
0 C
(32 F)
(-58 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
50 C
100 C
150 C
200 C
(122 F)
(212 F)
(302 F)
(392 F)
170 C
(338 F)
Permitted operating temperatures
SITRANS LR250 flanged encapsulated antenna pressure/temperature curve

EN 1092-1 flanged process connections
(7ML5432)
30 bar (435 psi)
DN 150
DN 100
DN 50, DN 80
20 bar (290 psi)
PN 16
10 bar (145 psi)
Atmospheric
Pressure
-40 F
14 F
(-40 C) (-10 C)
100 F
200 F
300 F
400 F
(38 C)
(93 C)
(149 C)
(204 C)
T
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)

-50 C
RT
(-58 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
0 C
(32 F)
50 C
100 C
150 C
200 C
(122 F)
(212 F)
(302 F)
(392 F)
170 C
(338 F)

Siemens FI 01 2015
4/237
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
JIS B 2220 flanged process connections
(7ML5432)
Permitted operating pressures
EDUSVL
$
$
$$
EDUSVL
.
EDUSVL
Atmospheric
Pressure

7
EDUSVL

57

4/238
Siemens FI 01 2015

Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Flanged Encapsulated Antenna 2"/DN 50/50A
" NPT cable entry

(or alternatively,
M20 cable gland)
50
(2.0)
Threaded cover
4
167
(6.6)
153
(6.0)
90
3.5
Enclosure
"B"
Retaining
collar
"D"
"A"
"C"
Flange
Sensor
ref.
point
"E"
Flange
Size
2"
DN 50
50A
1)
Flange
Class
Flange
O.D.
150 lb
152 (5.98)
Antenna
Height to
Dimension
Beam Measurement
see
LR250_E_Installation.cdr
for
dim. values.
aperture
Sensor
Range
A
angle
PN 10/16 165 (6.50)

10K
155 (6.10)
size
reference point
dimension E1)
50
(1.97)
11
(0.43)
12.8
10 m
(32.8 ft)
263
(10.35)
Dimension Dimension
B
C
178
(7)
223
(8.78)
Dimension
D
274
(10.79)
Height from tip of lens to sensor reference point as shown.
SITRANS LR250 flanged encapsulated antenna, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/239
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Flanged Encapsulated Antenna 3"/DN 50/80A or greater
" NPT cable entry
(or alternatively,
M20 cable gland)
50
(2.0)
Threaded cover
167
(6.6)
153
(6.0)
90
3.5
Enclosure
"B"
Retaining
collar
"D"
"A"
"C"
Flange
Sensor
ref.
point
"E"
Flange
Size
3"
DN 80
80A
4"
Flange
Class
Flange
O.D.
150 lb
190 (7.48)
150 lb
150A
10K
15
(0.59)
9.6
20 m
(65.6 ft)
328
(12.91)
178
(7)
288
(11.34)
343
(13.54)
75
(2.95)
13
(0.51)
9.6
20 m
(65.6 ft)
328
(12.91)
178
(7)
288
(11.34)
343
(13.50)
75
(2.95)
15
(0.59)
9.6
20 m
(65.6 ft)
333
(13.11)
178
(7)
293
(11.54)
348
(13.70)
280 (11.02)
Height from tip of lens to sensor reference point as shown.
SITRANS LR250 flanged encapsulated antenna, dimensions in mm (inch)
4/240
Dimension Dimension
B
C
Dimension
D
280 (11.02)
DN 150 PN 10/16 285 (11.25)
1)
75
(2.95)
Beam Measurement Dimension

Range
angle
A
230 (9.06)
DN 100 PN 10/16 220 (8.66)

100A
10K
210 (8.27)
6"
Height to
Sensor
reference point
dimension E1)
see LR250_E_Installation.cdr for dim. values.
PN 10/16 200 (7.87)

10K
185 (7.28)
150 lb
Antenna
aperture
size
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Schematics
Hand Programmer

terminal block.
Gland
Shield for HART,

PROFIBUS PA , and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Intrinsically Safe
versions only.
4
Part number:
7ML1930-1BK
Notes:
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/241
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LR250 Flanged Encapsulated Specials

SITRANS LR250 flanged encapsulated Specials
SITRANS LR250 flanged encapsulated Specials

Article No.
SITRANS LR250 flanged encapsulated antenna

version enclosures
LR250 flanged encapsulated antenna version
(7ML5432) enclosure with board stack, M20 cable
inlet, approval option A, with PROFIBUS PA
(7ML5432) enclosure with board stack, NPT cable
inlet, approval option A, with PROFIBUS PA
inlet, approval option B, with PROFIBUS PA
inlet, approval option C, with PROFIBUS PA
inlet, approval option D, with PROFIBUS PA
inlet, approval option E, with PROFIBUS PA
SITRANS LR250 flanged encapsulated
(7ML5432) enclosure with board stack,
(< 3.6 mA start-up HART models)
4/242
Siemens FI 01 2015
A5E32462853
A5E32462854
A5E32462855
A5E32462856
A5E32462857
A5E32462858
A5E32462859
A5E32462860
A5E32462861
A5E32462862
A5E32462863
A5E32462864
A5E32462865
A5E32462866
Article No.
M20 cable inlet, approval option F,
M20 cable inlet, approval option G,
NPT cable inlet, approval option H,
antenna lens kits
Replacement TFM 1600 Lens and Spring Washer
Kit for 2" Class 150 ASME B16.5 raised face
Kit for 50A 10K JIS B 2220 raised face
Kit for DN 50 PN 10/16 EN 1092-1 type B1 raised
face
face
face
face
A5E32462867
A5E32462868
A5E32462869
A5E32462830
A5E32462831
A5E32462832
A5E32462833
A5E32462817
A5E32462819
A5E32462820
A5E32462821
A5E32462822
A5E32462823
A5E32462824
A5E32462825
A5E32462826
A5E32462827
A5E32462828
A5E32462829
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LR250 Hygienic Encapsulated Antenna
Overview
Application
that improves set-up and operation by including an intuitive
Quick Start Wizard, and echo profile displays for diagnostic support. Start-up is easy using the Quick Start wizard with few
obstructions.
The SITRANS LR250 hygienic encapsulated antenna is a 2 wire

25 GHz pulse radar level transmitter with sanitary and hygienic
approvals for continuous monitoring of liquids, slurries and
pastes within the Food, Beverage, chemical, and pharmaceutical industries to a range of 20 m (66 ft) - antenna dependent
(Picture shown with accessories sold separately).

tanks/vessels up to 20 m (66 ft) on materials with dk > 1.6.
Key Applications: applications within the Food, Beverage,
Chemical and Pharmaceutical industries where sanitary,
aseptic or hygienic approvals are required or easy install/
clean flush antennas are preferable, such as ice cream,
fruit juice, milk, beer, and pharmaceutical or chemical
additives and ingredients.
Configuration
Installation
Benefits
Fully encapsulated horn antenna design with FDA approved
and USP Class VI compliant, TFM 1600 PTFE lens.
< 0.8 Ra surface finish for maximum cleanability and
hygiene requirements commonly required in sanitary environments
Chemically resistant TFM 1600 PTFE lens is also suitable for
aggressive or corrosive materials
Approved device in accordance with 3-A, EHEDG EL Class I
and/or EHEDG EL Aseptic Class I
materials
with plug-and-play set-up using the intuitive Quick Start
Wizard
Industry standard process connections including ISO 2852,
DIN 11851, DIN 11864-1, DIN 11864-2, DIN 11864-3 and
Tuchenhagen Varivent Type F and N
25 GHz high frequency and 2 inch (50 mm) process
connection/antenna allow for easy mounting
fixed obstructions
programmer or over a network using SIMATIC PDM,
Emerson AMS, or Field Device Tools, such as PACTware or
Fieldcare via SITRANS DTM.
Note:
density.
with the antenna.
detected.
3"/DN 80/80A
or larger
9.6
2"/DN 50
/50A
12.8
d
Nozzles should be
maximum l/d ratio 1:1
(Eg. 50 mm length,
50 mm diameter)
SITRANS LR250 Hygienic Encapsulated Antenna Installation, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/243
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Mode of Operation
Process connections
Measuring principle
Frequency
K-band (25.0 GHz)
20 m (66 ft)
Hygienic/Sanitary connections
Output
2", 3" & 4" Sanitary Clamp according

to ISO 2852
DN 50, DN 80 & DN 100 Aseptic/
Hygienic threaded to DIN 11864-1
[Form A]
Hygienic flanged to DIN 11864-2
[Form A]
Hygienic Clamp according to
DIN 11864-3 [Form A]
DN 50, DN 80 & DN 100 Hygienic
Union according to DIN 11851
Type F (50 mm) & Type N (68 mm)
Tuchenhagen Varivent
HART
Analog output
Accuracy
Fail-safe
Version 5.1
4 ... 20 mA
0.02 mA
(loss of echo)
NE 43 programmable
PROFIBUS PA
Function blocks
Profile 3.01
2 Analog Input (AI)
Power supply
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Functionality
Version
Function blocks
H1
Basic or LAS
ITK 5.2.0
2 Analog Input (AI)
4 ... 20 mA/HART

max. 550
PROFIBUS PA
15 mA
Per IEC 61158-2
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
20.0 mA
Per IEC 61158-2


< 0.003 %/K

Location

General
Radio
FCC, Industry Canada and Europe

ETSI EN 302-372, RCM
Hazardous


IIIC T100 C Da
IP67 DIP A20 TA90 C
ATEX II 1G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga ATEX II 1D
IECEx/ATEX II 1/2 GD, 1D, 2D
T100 C Da
T100 C Da
IECEX/ATEX II 1D Ex ia ta IIIC
T100 C Da
GOST-R Ex d
GOST-R Ex e
GOST-R Ex ia
Hygienic/Sanitary
EHEDG EL Class I

Indoor/outdoor
Ambient temperature
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
Pollution degree
1.6 (antenna dependent)
Process temperature
-40 ... +170 C (-40 ... +338 F) at

process connection
Process pressure

more information
Medium conditions
Design
Enclosure
Material
Cable inlet
Aluminum, polyester powder coated

2 x M20x1.5 or 2 x " NPT

IP67, IP68
Weight (dependent on process connection)

2" ISO 2852 (smallest size)
DN 100 DIN 11864-2 (largest size)
Display (local)

display
Antenna
Material
Lens surface finish (Ra)
4/244
Siemens FI 01 2015
Stainless steel 316L (1.4435 or

1.4404) and TFM 1600 PTFE Lens
(lens is the only wetted part)
0.8 m

(China)
Non-sparking (Europe)
Increased Safety
EHEDG EL Aseptic Class I
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Programming
programmer
Approvals for handheld program- IS model:
mer
Ex ia D 20 T135 C
Ta = -20 ... +50 C
CSA/FM Class I, II, III, Div. 1.,
Ta = 50 C
IECEx SIR 09.0073
PC
SIMATIC PDM
Emerson AMS
FDT, such as PACTware or Fieldcare)
Display (local)

displays
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/245
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Article No.
Article No.
SITRANS LR250 hygienic encapsulated antenna

2-wire, 25 Ghz pulse radar level transmitter for continuous monitoring of liquids and slurries in storage
and process vessels including high temperature
and pressure, up to a range of 20 m (66 ft)
(Antenna dependant). Ideal for Hygienic applications including small vessels and low dielectric
media.
Hygienic/Sanitary Approvals
7ML543377 7 7 0 - 7A 77
SITRANS LR250 hygienic encapsulated antenna

2-wire, 25 Ghz pulse radar level transmitter for continuous monitoring of liquids and slurries in storage
and process vessels including high temperature
and pressure, up to a range of 20 m (66 ft)
(Antenna dependant). Ideal for Hygienic applications including small vessels and low dielectric
media.
Communication
7ML543377 7 7 0 - 7A 77
EHEDG EL Class I1)
EHEDG EL Aseptic Class I1)

3-A (Tuchenhagen connections only - FC ... FF) 2)3)
EHEDG EL Class I & 3-A (excludes Tuchenhagen
connections)4)
Process Connection Types (all types have
TFM1600 PTFE lens)
1
2
3
4
316L st/st [1.4435 or 1.4404]

2" Sanitary Clamp according to ISO 28525)
3" Sanitary Clamp according to ISO 2852
4" Sanitary Clamp according to ISO 2852
1
2
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Enclosure (with Cable Inlets)
Approvals
AA
AB
AC
DN 50 Aseptic/Hygienic nozzle/ slotted nut

(instrument side) to DIN 11864-1 [Form A]5)
(instrument side) to DIN 11864-1 [Form A]
(instrument side) to DIN 11864-1 [Form A]
316L st/st [1.4435 or 1.4404]
BA
DN 50 Aseptic/Hygienic flanged to DIN 11864-2

[Form A]5)
[Form A]
[Form A]
316L st/st [1.4435 or 1.4404]
CA
DN 50 Aseptic/Hygienic Clamp according to

DIN 11864-3 [Form A]5)
316L st/st (1.4435 or 1.4404) & 304L st/st (1.4301)
DA
DN 50 Hygienic nozzle/ slotted nut

(instrument side) to DIN 118515)
(instrument side) to DIN 11851
(instrument side) to DIN 11851
316L st/st [1.4435 or 1.4404]
EA
Type F (50 mm) Tuchenhagen Varivent

(EHEDG only)5)
FA
Type N (68 mm) Tuchenhagen Varivent

(EHEDG only)5)
[3-A only & EPDM process seal -40 C ... 120 C
(-40 F ... 248 F )]5)
FB

[3-A only & EPDM process seal -40 C ... 120 C
(-40 F ... 248 F)]5)
FD

[3-A only & FKM process seal -20 C ... 170 C
(-4 F ... 338 F)]5)
FE

[3-A only & FKM process seal -20 C ... 170 C
(-4 F ... 338 F)]5)
EXCLUDE Process Connection - Electronics Head
assembly spare only (select all other options as
normal)
FF
Siemens FI 01 2015
Aluminum, Epoxy paint, 2 X " NPT

Aluminum, Epoxy paint, 2 X M20 x 1.5
316L st/st (1.4435 or 1.4404) & 304L st/st (1.4301)
4/246
PROFIBUS PA
4 ... 20 mA HART, start-up at < 3.6 mA
BB
BC
CB
CC
DB
DC
EB
EC
FC
YY
Intrinsically Safe: CSA/FM Class I, Div. 1, Groups

A, B, C, D, Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G, Class III
T4 FCC, Industry Canada
Intrinsically Safe: IECEx/ATEX II 1 GD Ex ia IIC T4
Ga, Ex ia ta IIIC T100 C Da, INMETRO Ex ia IIC T4
Ga, Ex ia ta IIIC T100 C Da, CE, R&TTE, RCM
Non-incendive: CSA/FM Class I, Div. 2,
Groups A, B, C, D T5, FCC, Industry Canada
R&TTE, RCM
Increased Safety: IECEx/ATEX II 1/2 GD, 1D,
Da, INMETRO Ex e ia mb IIC T4 Ga/Gb,
Ex ia ta IIIC T100 C Da, CE, R&TTE, RCM6)
0
1
A

T100 C Da, CE, R&TTE, RCM6)
Explosion proof: CSA/FM Class I, II and III, Div. 1,

Intrinsically Safe: NEPSI Ex ia IIC T4 Ga, Ex iaD 20
T90 IP67 DIP A20 TA 90 C
Ex iaD 20 T90 IP67 DIP A20 TA 90 C6)
Ex iaD 20 T90 IP67 DIP A20 TA 90 C6)
K
L
Pressure Rating
Rating per pressure/temperature curves in instruc-
tion manual
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Order code
Further designs
code(s).
Electrical Connection cable entry:

Plug M12 (IP 67 rating) with mating connector2)7)8) A50
Plug 7/8" (IP 67 rating) with mating Connector2)8)9) A55
Test Certificates
Manufacturer's Test Certificate M to DIN 55350,
C11
Inspection Certificate 3.1 of EN 10204
C12
Functional Safety
Namur
< 3.6 mA6)
Tagging
Stainless steel tag [69 mm x 50 mm
(2.71 x 1.97 inch)]
Measuring-point number / identification
Article No.

N07
English
A5E32221411
German
A5E32376112

Swedish
A5E33472700

Slovenian
A5E33472738

Accessories
Y15
Article No.
English
A5E32220602
German
A5E32376088

device

(LUI enabled)
7ML1930-1BK
HART modem/USB
7MF4997-1DB

rated -40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F),
HART (two are required)6)
7ML1930-1AP

and FOUNDATION Fieldbus (two are required)8)
7ML1930-1AQ
7ML5741-...

Swedish
A5E33469191

7ML5740-...
A5E33469171

7ML5744-...

Slovenian

7ML5750-...


English
A5E32221386
German
A5E32376094

PROFIBUS PA device
Swedish
A5E33469239

Slovenian
A5E33472685

1)
Available with process connection options AA ... FB & YY only
2)
Available with Approval options A, B, C, L only
3)
Available with Process connection FC ... FF only
4)
Available with process connection options AA ... EC & YY only
5)
Max. range 10 m (32.8 ft), dk > 3 [20 m (66 ft) and dk > 1.6 if installed in a
stillpipe]
6)
Applicable with Communication option 2 only
7)
8)
Available with Communication options 1 & 3 only.
9)
10) Available
with Approval options A, B, C, D, E, K, L only
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/247
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
DIN 11851 Sanitary/Hygienic nozzle/slotted nut: DN 50, DN 80, and DN 100
DIN 11864-1 Aseptic/Hygienic nozzle/slotted nut: DN 50, DN 80, and DN 100
P
30 bar (435 psi)
20 bar (290 psi)
10 bar (145 psi)

-40F 14F
(-40C) (-10C)
100F
(38C)
200F
(93C)
300F
(149C)
400F
(204C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)

RT
-50C
(-58F)
0C
(32F)
100C
(212F)
50C
(122F)
150C
(302F)
-29C
(-20F)
1 Atmospheric
P Allowable operating pressures
T Allowable operating temperatures
200C
(392F)
170C
(338F)
SITRANS LR250 Hygienic Encapsulated Antenna, pressure/temperature curves

DIN 11864-2 Aseptic/Hygienic flanged: DN 50, DN 80, and DN 100
30 bar (435 psi)
20 bar (290 psi)
10 bar (145 psi)

-40F 14F
(-40C) (-10C)
100F
(38C)
200F
(93C)
300F
(149C)
400F
(204C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)

-50C
(-58F)
Atmospheric

RT
0C
(32F)
50C
(122F)
-29C
(-20F)
Siemens FI 01 2015
150C
200C
(302F)
(392F)
170C
(338F)
Note: For pressure applications, all attachment hardware must be suitably rated.
4/248
100C
(212F)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
DIN 11864-3 Aseptic/Hygienic clamp: DN 50, DN 80, and DN 100
IS0 2852 Sanitary/Hygienic clamp: 2", 3", and 4"
Tuchenhagen Varivent face seal clamp: Type N (68 mm) and Type F (50 mm)
30 bar (435 psi)
20 bar (290 psi)
10 bar (145 psi)

1
-40F 14F
(-40C) (-10C)
100F
(38C)
200F
(93C)
400F
(204C)
300F
(149C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)

-50C
(-58F)
1 Atmospheric
RT
0C
(32F)
50C
(122F)
-29C
(-20F)
100C
(212F)
150C
(302F)
200C
(392F)
170C
(338F)

Note: For pressure applications, all clamps must be rated accordingly.
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/249
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Hygienic encapsulated antenna (2" ISO 2852 sanitary clamp)
50.0
(2.00)
1/2" NPT cable entry

(or alternatively, M20 cable gland)
Threaded cover
4
167.0
(6.57)
153.0
(6.02)
90.0
(3.54)
Enclosure
178.0
(7.01)
Retaining
collar
274.2
(10.80)
225.7
(8.89)
Process
connection
44.0
(1.73)
64.0
(2.52)
SITRANS LR250 Hygienic Encapsulated Antenna, dimensions in mm (inch)
4/250
Siemens FI 01 2015
Sensor
reference
point
11.0
(0.43)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
50.0
(2.00)
1/2" NPT cable entry (or alternatively, M20

cable gland)
Threaded cover
167.0
(6.57)
90.0
(3.54)
153.0
(6.02)
Enclosure
178.0
(7.01)
Retaining
collar
343.2
(13.51)
291.2
(11.46)
Process
connection
74.7
(2.94)
91.0
(3.58)
Sensor
reference
point
14.5
(0.57)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/251
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
50.0
(2.00)

cable gland)
Threaded cover
4
167.0
(6.57)
153.0
(6.02)
90.0
(3.54)
Enclosure
178.0
(7.01)
Retaining
collar
343.2
(13.51)
291.2
(11.46)
Process
connection
Sensor
reference
point
74.7
(2.94)
119.0
(4.69)
4/252
Siemens FI 01 2015
14.5
(0.57)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Hygienic encapsulated antenna (DN 50 nozzle/slotted nut to DIN 11851)
50.0
(2.00)

cable gland)
Threaded cover
4
167.0
(6.57)
153.0
(6.02)
90.0
(3.54)
Enclosure
178.0
(7.01)
Retaining
collar
Threaded nut
225.7
(8.89)
274.2
(10.80)
Sensor
reference
point
44.0
(1.73)
11.0
(0.43)
57.6
(2.27)
63.7
(2.51)
Note: Cut out of process connection and placement of threaded nut are shown for illustration
purposes only.
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/253
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
50.0
(2.00)

cable gland)
Threaded cover
167.0
(6.57)
153.0
(6.02)
90.0
(3.54)
Enclosure
178.0
(7.01)
Retaining
collar
Threaded nut
343.2
(13.51)
291.2
(11.46)
Sensor
reference
point
74.7
(2.94)
88.6
(3.49)
94.7
(3.73)
14.5
(0.57)
purposes only.
4/254
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
50.0
(2.00)

cable gland)
Threaded cover
167.0
(6.57)
90.0
(3.54)
153.0
(6.02)
Enclosure
178.0
(7.01)
Retaining
collar
343.2
(13.51)
Threaded nut
291.2
(11.46)
Sensor
reference
point
74.7
(2.94)
14.5
(0.57)
107.6
(4.24)
113.7
(4.48)
purposes only.
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/255
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Hygienic encapsulated antenna (DN 50 aseptic clamp to DIN 11864-1)
50.0
(2.00)

cable gland)
Threaded cover
167.0
(6.57)
90.0
(3.54)
153.0
(6.02)
Enclosure
178.0
(7.01)
Retaining
collar
Threaded nut
274.2
(10.80)
225.7
(8.89)
Sensor
reference
point
44.0
(1.73)
11.0
(0.43)
66.9
(2.63)
72.0
(2.83)
purposes only.
4/256
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
50.0
(2.00)

cable gland)
Threaded cover
167.0
(6.57)
90.0
(3.54)
153.0
(6.02)
Enclosure
178.0
(7.01)
Retaining
collar
343.4
(13.52)
Threaded nut
291.3
(11.47)
Sensor
reference
point
74.7
(2.94)
98.9
(3.89)
104.0
(4.09)
14.5
(0.57)
purposes only.
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/257
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
50.0
(2.00)

cable gland)
Threaded cover
4
167.0
(6.57)
90.0
(3.54)
153.0
(6.02)
Enclosure
178.0
(7.01)
Retaining
collar
343.4
(13.52)
Threaded nut
291.3
(11.47)
Sensor
reference
point
74.7
(2.94)
14.5
(0.57)
118.9
(4.68)
124.0
(4.88)
purposes only.
4/258
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Hygienic encapsulated antenna (DN 50 aseptic flange to DIN 11864-2)
50.0
(2.00)

Threaded cover
4
167.0
(6.57)
153.0
(6.02)
90.0
(3.54)
Enclosure
178.0
(7.01)
Retaining
collar
274.2
(10.80)
225.7
(8.89)
Flange
Sensor
reference
point
44.0
(1.73)
11.0
(0.43)
63.0
(2.48)
94.5
(3.72)
Note: Cut out of process connection and flange are shown for illustration purposes only.
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/259
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
50.0
(2.00)

Threaded cover
167.0
(6.57)
153.0
(6.02)
90.0
(3.54)
Enclosure
178.0
(7.01)
Retaining
collar
343.2
(13.51)
291.2
(11.46)
Flange
Sensor
reference
point
74.7
(2.94)
94.5
(3.72)
133.0
(5.24)
14.5
(0.57)
Note: Cut out of process connection and flange are shown for illustration purposes only.
4/260
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
50.0
(2.00)

Threaded cover
4
167.0
(6.57)
153.0
(6.02)
90.0
(3.54)
Enclosure
Retaining
collar
178.0
(7.01)
343.2
(13.51)
291.2
(11.46)
Flange
Sensor
reference
point
74.7
(2.94)
14.5
(0.57)
113.5
(4.47)
159.0
(6.26)
Note: The cut out of the process connection and the flange are shown for illustration purposes
only.
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/261
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
50.0
(2.00)

Threaded cover
4
167.0
(6.57)
153.0
(6.02)
90.0
(3.54)
Enclosure
178.0
(7.01)
Retaining
collar
273.7
(10.78)
225.2
(8.87)
Process
connection
44.0
(1.73)
63.0
(2.48)
77.5
(3.05)
11.0
(0.43)
Note: Cut out of process connection is shown for illustration purposes only.
4/262
Siemens FI 01 2015
Sensor
reference
point
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
50.0
(2.00)

Threaded cover
167.0
(6.57)
153.0
(6.02)
90.0
(3.54)
Enclosure
178.0
(7.01)
Retaining
collar
343.2
(13.51)
291.2
(11.46)
Process
connection
74.7
(2,94)
14.5
(0.57)
94.5
(3.72)
106.0
(4.17)
Sensor
reference
point
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/263
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
50.0
(2.00)

Threaded cover
4
167.0
(6.57)
153.0
(6.02)
90.0
(3.54)
Enclosure
178.0
(7.01)
Retaining
collar
343.2
(13.51)
291.2
(11.46)
Process
connection
Sensor
reference
point
74.7
(2.94)
14.5
(0.57)
113.5
(4.47)
130.0
(5.12)
4/264
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Hygienic encapsulated antenna (Tuchenhagen Type F, 50 mm)
50.0
(2.00)

Threaded cover
4
167.0
(6.57)
153.0
(6.02)
90.0
(3.54)
Enclosure
178.0
(7.01)
Retaining
collar
276.7
(10.89)
232.7
(9.16)
Process
connection
Sensor
reference
point
50.0
(2.00)
66.0
(2.60)
6.5
(0.26)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/265
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Hygienic encapsulated antenna (Tuchenhagen Type N, 68 mm)
50.0
(2.00)

Threaded cover
4
167.0
(6.57)
153.0
(6.02)
90.0
(3.54)
Enclosure
178.0
(7.01)
Retaining
collar
274.2
(10.80)
225.5
(8.88)
Process
connection
Sensor
reference
point
68.0
(2.68)
84.0
(3.31)
4/266
Siemens FI 01 2015
11.2
(0.44)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Schematics
Hand Programmer

terminal block.
Gland
Shield for HART,

PROFIBUS PA , and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Intrinsically Safe
versions only.
4
Part number:
7ML1930-1BK
Notes:
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/267
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LR250 Hygienic Encapsulated Specials

SITRANS LR250 hygienic encapsulated Specials
SITRANS LR250 hygienic encapsulated Specials

Article No.
Spare Lens Kits (Lens and O-ring)
Kit, 2 inch, ISO2852, HEA, Lens, silicone

secondary O-ring
secondary O-ring
secondary O-ring
A5E32572731
A5E32572745
A5E32572747
Kit, DN 50, DIN11851, HEA, Lens, silicone

secondary O-ring
secondary O-ring
secondary O-ring
A5E32572758
Kit, DN 50, DIN11864-1, HEA, Lens, silicone

secondary O-ring
secondary O-ring
secondary O-ring
A5E32572773
Kit, DN 50, DIN11864-2/3, HEA, Lens, silicone

secondary O-ring
secondary O-ring
secondary O-ring
A5E32572785
A5E32572790
Kit, Tuchenhagen, Type F, HEA, Lens, silicone

secondary O-ring
A5E32572794
Kit, Tuchenhagen, Type N, HEA, Lens, silicone

secondary O-ring
A5E32572795
A5E32572770
A5E32572772
A5E32572779
A5E32572782
A5E32572791
Accessories (customer side process connection and FKM and EPDM seal for each size and
type)
Kit DN 50 DIN 11864-1 GS Form A tank connection, EPDM Seal Class II
Kit, DN 80 DIN 11864-1 GS Form A tank connection, EPDM Seal Class II
Kit, DN 100 DIN 11864-1 GS Form A tank connection, EPDM Seal Class II
A5E32910638
Kit DN 50 DIN 11864-1 GS Form A tank connection, FKM Seal Class I

Kit, DN 80 DIN 11864-1 GS Form A tank connection, FKM Seal Class I
Kit, DN 100 DIN 11864-1 GS Form A tank connection, FKM Seal Class I
A5E32910658
Kit 2" ISO 2852 tank connection, Clamp,

Cleanable EPDM Seal Class II
A5E32910686
4/268
Siemens FI 01 2015
Article No.
Kit DN 50 DIN 11851 SC tank connection,
EPDM Seal Class II11)
For "Electronics Head only" follow the standard

configuration and choose YY option on positions 9 and 10 of the full part number.
For example: 7ML5433-1YY20-1AA0 will order
an electronics head for the following:
EHEDG EL Class 1 approval, 4 ... 20mA HART,
M20 cable entries, General purpose Haz Loc
approval, pressure rating as per manual.
A5E32910649
A5E32910657
A5E32910671
A5E32910681
A5E32910697
A5E32910708
A5E32910746

FKM Seal Class II
A5E32910771

FKM Seal Class II
FKM Seal Class II
Kit DN 50 DIN 11864-2 Form A tank connection,
M8 Hardware (nut/bolt/washer),
EPDM Seal Class II
A5E32910789
A5E32910780
A5E32910784
A5E32910790
A5E32910791

EPDM Seal Class II
EPDM Seal Class II
M8 Hardware (nut/bolt/washer), FKM Seal Class I
A5E32910793

Clamp, EPDM Seal Class II
A5E32910809

Clamp, FKM Seal Class I
A5E32910799
A5E32910805
A5E32910812
A5E32910813
A5E32910814
A5E32910815
A5E32910816

Kit Type F, Tuchenhagen, Clamp, EPDM Seal Class
II (EHEDG only) - no tank connection
A5E32910817
Kit Type N, Tuchenhagen, Clamp, EPDM Seal

Class II (EHEDG only) - no tank connection
Kit Type F, Tuchenhagen, Clamp, FKM Seal Class I
(EHEDG only) - no tank connection
Kit Type N, Tuchenhagen, Clamp, FKM Seal
Class I (EHEDG only) - no tank connection
A5E33489543
11)
A5E32910818
A5E33489537
A5E33489828
A5E33489830
Class II for low fat applications when EPMD seal used on DIN 11851.
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LR260
Overview
Configuration
Min. clearance:
10 (0.4)
Mounting on
a nozzle
Installation
Min. 1 000 (39)
SITRANS LR260 is a 2-wire 25 GHz pulse radar level transmitter

for continuous monitoring of solids and liquids in storage vessels
including extreme levels of dust and high temperatures,
to a range of 30 m (98.4 ft).
Benefits
mounted easily in nozzles
fixed obstructions
programmer or SIMATIC PDM
Emission
cone
Beam angle:
2" horn = 15
3" horn = 10
4" horn = 8
Application
that improves setup and operation using an intuitive Quick Start
Wizard, and echo profile displays for diagnostic support.
Start-up is easy using the Quick Start wizard with a few parameters required for basic operation.
Positioning with
easy Aimer
SITRANS LR260 measures virtually any solids material to a
range of 30 m (98.4 ft).
Key Applications: cement powder, plastic powder/pellets,
grain, flour, coal, solids and liquids bulk storage vessels,
and other applications.
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/269
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LR260
Design
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Pulse radar level measurement
Frequency
K-band (25.0 GHz)
Minimum detectable distance
0.05 m (2 inch) from end of horn
Maximum measuring range 1)
Solids
2" horn: 10 m (32.8 ft)

3" horn: 20 m (65.6 ft)
4" horn: 30 m (98.4 ft)
Liquids
2" horn: 20 m (65.6 ft)

3" horn: 30 m (98.4 ft)
4" horn: 30 m (98.4 ft)
Output - HART
Power
Fail signal
Load
Output - PROFIBUS PA

Maximum measured error (including
hysteresis and non-repeatability)
4 ... 20 mA ( 0.02 mA accuracy)

3.6 mA ... 23 mA;
or last value 230 ... 600
Per IEC 61158-2
15.0 mA
Profile version 3.01, Class B
Enclosure
Construction
Conduit entry
Weight
Display (local)
Flange and horn (easy aimer model)
Material
Horn antenna
Process connections
Universal flanges 2)

Location
Indoor/outdoor

Ambient temperature
Pollution degree
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)

I
4
Materials
Process temperature
Process pressure
r > 1.6, antenna and application

dependent
-40 ... +200 C (-40 ... +392 F)
3 bar g (43.5 psi g) optional with
80 C (176 F) temperature max
Siemens FI 01 2015
2" NPT (ASME B1.20.1),

R (BSPT, EN 10226-1) or
G (BSPP, EN ISO 228-1)
316L/1.4404 or 316L/1.4435 stainless
steel PTFE emitter

CSAUS/C, CE, FM
Radio
Europe (R&TTE), FCC,

Industry Canada, RCM
Hazardous

Groups E, F, G, Class III
ATEX II 1D, 1/2D, 2D Ex ta IIIC
T100 C Da
IECEx/ATEX II 1 GD Ex ia IIC T4 Ga,
Ex ta IIIC T100 C Da
Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G
SABS ARP0108 Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
Programming
programmer
programmer
PC
Display (local)
4/270
2 inch/50 mm, 3 inch/80 mm,

4 inch/100 mm, 6 inch/150 mm
General
Medium conditions
304 stainless steel

2" horn
3" horn
4" horn
Mechanical (Threaded Connection

model)
Threaded connection
25 mm (1 inch) from minimum

detectable distance to 300 mm
(11.8 inch)
Remainder of range = 10 mm
(0.39 inch) or 0.1 % of
spa(whichever is greater)

2 x M20x1.5 or 2 x " NPT
Type 4X/NEMA 4X, Type 6/ NEMA 6,
IP67, IP68
< 8.14 kg (17.9 lb) including 4" flange
and standard Easy Aimer with 4" horn
antenna
Graphic LCD, with bar graph representing level
Infrared receiver
IS model:
Ex iaD 20 T135 C Ta = -20 ... +50 C
Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G,
T6 Ta = 50 C
SIMATIC PDM
displays
1)
From sensor reference point
2)
Universal flange mates with EN 1092-1 (PN 16)/ASME B16.5 (150 lb)/
JIS 2220 (10K) bolt hole pattern
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LR260
Article No.
SITRANS LR260
2-wire, 25 GHz pulse radar level transmitter for continuous monitoring of solids to a range of 30 m
(98.4 ft).
Order handheld programmer separately
7ML54270 7 7 7 0 - 77 7 7
Further designs
code(s).
Process connection
Universal flat faced flange fits ANSI/DIN/JIS
flanges, Easy Aimer with integral (Easy Aimer ball)
2 inch/50 mm
3 inch/80 mm
A
B
4 inch/100 mm
6 inch/150 mm
C
D
Threaded connection
2" NPT (ASME B1.20.1) (tapered thread)1)2)5)
thread)1)2)5)
R 2" [(BSPT), EN 10226-1] (tapered

G 2" [(BSPT), EN ISO 228-1] (parallel thread)1)2)5)
E
F
G
Order code

Y15

Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 102044)
C11
Article No.
English
German
7ML1998-5KE03
C12
A5E34942821
A5E32106122
Antenna
2" Horn antenna, fits 50 mm or 2" nozzles1)
2" Horn antenna with 100 mm extension1)

B
C
2" Horn antenna with 500 mm extension1)2)

2" Horn antenna with 1 000 mm extension1)2)
D
E
3" Horn antenna, fits 80 mm or 3" nozzles3)

F
G

3" Horn antenna with 500 mm extension2)3)
H
J

rated -40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F), HART
7ML1930-1AP
3" Horn antenna with 1 000 mm extension2)3)

4" Horn antenna, fits 100 mm or 4" nozzles
K
L

7ML1930-1AQ
4" Horn antenna with 100 mm extension

4" Horn antenna with 200 mm extension
M
N
Handheld programmer, Infrared, Intrinsically Safe
7ML1930-1BK
Dust cap, PTFE, for 2 inch/50 mm horn
7ML1930-1DE

4" Horn antenna with 1 000 mm extension2)
P
Q
7ML1930-1BL
7ML1930-1BM
HART modem/USB
7MF4997-1DB
7ML5741-...

7ML5740-...

7ML5744-...

7ML5750-...
Purge (self cleaning) connection

No purge connection
Purge connection
4 ... 20 mA, HART
PROFIBUS PA
Cable inlet
2 x M20x1.5
2 x " NPT
Note: Polymeric cable glands will be provided with
M20 devices.
Approvals
English
German
7ML1998-5KF03
A5E34957877
A5E32114443
Accessories
0
1
0
1
A
B
General purpose, CSAUS/C, FM, Industry Canada,

FCC, CE, R&TTE, RCM
CSA/FM Class II, Div. I, Groups E, F, G, Class III,

Industry Canada, FCC, RCM
Note: Products shipped with plastic cable gland,

rated to -20 C. If -40 C rating required,
then metallic cable gland is recommended.
ATEX II 1D, 1/2D, 2D Ex ta IIIC T100 C Da, CE,

R&TTE, RCM, INMETRO
Non-incendive, CSA/FM Class I, Div. 2, Groups A,
B, C, D, Industry Canada, FCC, RCM
Intrinsically safe, IECEx/ATEX II 1 GD Ex ia IIC T4
Ga, Ex ta IIIC T100 C Da, R&TTE, RCM
Intrinsically safe, CSA/FM Class I, II, III, Div. 1,
Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G, Industry Canada, FCC,
RCM
Intrinsically safe, South Africa ARP0108 Ex ia IIC T4
Ga
Pressure rating
1)
Maximum measurement range 10 m (32.8 ft) solids or 20m (65.6ft) liquids
2)
Available with Purge option 0 only
3)
Maximum measurement range 20 m (65.6 ft) solids or 30m (98.4ft) liquids
4)
Available with pressure option 0 only
5)
Available with Antenna Options A, B, F, G, L, and M only
6)
Available with pressure option 0 only
Rating per Pressure/Temperature curves in

manual6)
D
E
F
G
0
1
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/271
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LR260

90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0
50
100
150
200
250
Nameplate
268 (10.6)
Enclosure/electronics
Optional purge connection

with factory-installed
1/8" NPT plug
Universal slotted flange
Process
device tag
Optional extension
100/200/500/1000
(3.93/7.87/19.68/39.37)
Horn
Optional PTFE dust cap
Clamp screw
49 (1.9)
74.5 (2.9)
97.5 (3.8)
4/272
Siemens FI 01 2015
2" horn: 163 (6.4)

3" horn: 228 (9.0)
4" horn: 285 (11.2)
Sensor
reference
point
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LR260
SITRANS LR260
" NPT cable entry
(or alternatively,
M20 cable gland)
50
(2.0)
Threaded cover
167 (6.6)
90 (3.5)
154 (6.1)
159
(6.26)
196 (7.7)
Enclosure/
electronics
281 (11.1)
Retaining
collar
28 (1.1)*
Optional
100 (3.93)
Horn
Extension
Process
device tag
Sensor
reference
point
Horn
Horn
O.D.
Antenna
Type
2" horn
Beam angle
Measurement
range
180 (7.09)
15 degrees
20 m (65.6 ft)
20 m (65.6 ft)
20 m (65.6 ft)
Antenna O.D.
1-1/2" threaded
connection
47.8 (1.88)
Horn
O.D.
N/A
2" threaded
connection
166 (6.55)
3" threaded
connection
3" horn
74.8 (2.94)
N/A
199 (7.85)
213 (8.39)
10 degrees
4" horn
94.8 (3.73)
N/A
254 (10)
268 (10.55)
8 degrees
Schematics
Hand programmer

terminal block.
Gland
Shield for HART and

PROFIBUS PA
intrinsically safe
versions only.
Part number:
7ML1930-1BK
Notes:

Siemens FI 01 2015
4/273
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LR460
Overview
Application
SITRANS LR460 provides excellent results even during conditions of extreme dust. The integral Easy Aimer included on the
SITRANS LR460 allows for easy positioning for optimum measurement on solids.
Process Intelligence onboard SITRANS LR460 means advanced
signal processing is harnessed for reliable operation on both
simple and difficult solids application.
SITRANS LR460 features a robust enclosure, flange and horn
components. It is virtually unaffected by atmospheric or temperature conditions within the vessel.
An optional dust cap is available for sticky solids. Optional air
purging is also available for extremely sticky applications.
Safe on-site local programming is simple using the Intrinsically
Safe handheld programmer. SIMATIC PDM can be used for easy
remote programming using HART or PROFIBUS PA.
4
The SITRANS LR460 is a 4-wire, 24 GHz FMCW radar level transmitter with extremely high signal-to-noise ratio and advanced
signal processing for continuous monitoring of solids up to
100 m (328 ft). It is ideal for measurement in extreme dust.
The characteristics of 24 GHz and high signal-to-noise ratio contribute to exceptional signal reflection, regardless of the dielectric value of the medium.
Key Applications: long-range dusty applications,
cement powder, fly-ash, coal, flour, grain, plastics
Benefits
Process Intelligence for advanced signal processing and
quick and easy adjustment
Self-guided quick start wizard for plug and play start-up
24 GHz provides superior reflective properties on solids
surfaces
100 m (328 ft) range for long-range and difficult applications
Easy Aimer optimizes signal quality on sloped surfaces
programmer or with SIMATIC PDM or HART handheld device
Configuration
Beam angle
Positioning with
Easy Aimer
Installation in
mounting nozzle
4 inch
horn
3 inch
horn
10
(0.39)
8
11
Note: For best signal, always use largest horn size possible.
4/274
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LR460
Mode of operation
Programming
Measuring principle
FMCW radar level measurement
Frequency
24.2 ... 25.2 GHz FMCW
Measuring range
0.35 ... 100 m (1.15 ... 328.08 ft)

programmer (ordered separately)
programmer
Infrared receiver
HART Communicator 375
PC
SIMATIC PDM
Display (local)
Alphanumeric LCD for readout and

entry
Power supply
100 ... 230 V AC 15 % (50/60 Hz),

6 W (12 VA)
Output
Analog output (HART)
Signal range
Load
Fail-safe
Optically isolated
Max. 600
mA signal programmable as high,
low or hold (LOE)
Communication
HART, optional PROFIBUS PA
Digital output
Relay, NC or NO function,
max. 50 V DC, max. 200 mA,
rating 5 W
PROFIBUS PA protocol
Layer 1 and 2, Class A, Profile 3.01
Performance (Reference conditions

Non-linearity
Greater of 25 mm (1 inch) or 0.25 %
of span (including hysteresis and
non-repeatability), over the full ambient temperature range
10 mm (0.4 inch)
Non-repeatability
Amb. temperature for enclosure
Location
Pollution degree
-40 ... +65 C (-40 ... +149 F)

Indoor/outdoor
II
4
Medium conditions
Dielectric constant
r > 1.4
-40 ... +200 C (-40 ... +392 F)
Vessel pressure
IS model with ATEX II 1G EEx ia IIC

T4, CSA/FM Class I, Div. 1,
Groups A, B, C, D T6 at max. ambient
temperature of 40 C (104 F)
or
24 V DC +25/-20 %, 6 W (optional)
General
Radio
European Radio (R&TTE),

Industry Canada, FCC, RCM
Hazardous Areas

Groups E, F and G, Class III
ATEX II 1D, 1/2 D, 2D T85 C
INMETRO ExtD A20 IP67 T85 C
GOST Ex DIP A20 Ta 85 C IP67
Optional equipment
Dust cap
PTFE
Air purge connection
1/8" NPT
Design
Weight
Materials
Enclosure
Cable inlet
Process connections
Universal flanges, 304 stainless
steel, flat faced, with integral Easy
Aimer
Approx. 6.1 kg (13.4 lb) with 3 inch

universal flange
IP67/Type 4X/NEMA 4X/Type 6/
NEMA 6
2x M20x1.5 or " NPT
3 inch/80 mm, 4 inch/100 mm,
6 inch/150 mm (mates with flange
EN 1092-1, ASME B16.5, or
JIS B2238 bolt pattern), 0.5 bar g
(7.25 psi g) max. pressure
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/275
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LR460
Article No.
SITRANS LR460
4-wire, 24 GHz FMCW radar level transmitter with
extremely high signal-to-noise ratio and advanced
signal processing for continuous monitoring of
solids up to 100 m (328 ft). It is ideal for
measurement in extreme dust.
7ML5426-
Further designs
0 7 7 7 0 - 777 0

code(s).
Process connection
Universal, flat faced, 0.5 bar g (7.25 psi g)
maximum with integral Easy Aimer ball
3 inch (80 mm)
4 inch (100 mm)
6 inch (150 mm)
Antenna
3" horn antenna, fits 80 mm (3 inch) nozzles
3" horn antenna, fits 80 mm (3 inch) nozzles with
100 mm extension
200 mm extension
A
B
C
A
B
Order code

Y15

C11
Article No.
English
7ML1998-5JM02
French
7ML1998-5JM11
German
7ML1998-5JM32

A5E32007360
Accessories
Handheld programmer, Infra-red, Intrinsically Safe,

EEx ia
7ML5830-2AJ

500 mm extension1)
1 000 mm extension1)
4" horn antenna, fits 100 mm (4 inch) nozzles
7ML1930-1BL
7ML1930-1BM
HART modem/USB
7MF4997-1DB

100 mm extension
200 mm extension
500 mm extension1)

rated -40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F), HART1)
7ML1930-1AP

7ML1930-1AQ
7ML5741-...

1 000 mm extension1)

7ML5740-...

7ML5744-...

7ML5750-...
Purge (self-cleaning) connection

No purge connection
Purge connection
Output/Communication
4 ... 20 mA, HART
PROFIBUS PA
E
F
0
1
0
1
Power supply/cable inlet

100 ... 230 V AC
2 x M20x1.5
2 x " NPT
A
B
24 V DC
2 x M20x1.5
2 x " NPT
C
D
Approvals
General Purpose, CSAUS/C, Industry Canada, FM,
FCC, CE and R&TTE, RCM
CSA/FM Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, and G,
Class III
ATEX II 1/2 D T6, CE, R&TTE
1)
Available with Purge option 0 only
4/276
Siemens FI 01 2015
1)
A
B
C

Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LR460
SITRANS LR460 (7ML5426)
204 (8.0)
Connection
cover
Electronics
cover
287 (11.29)
Purge connection
Easy Aimer ball locking bolts
Universal slotted flange
Optional horn
extension(s)
100/200/
500/1 000
(3.93/7.87/
19.68/39.37)
Reference
point
228 (8.97)
285 (11.22)
Horn antenna
74.5
(2.93)
97.5 (3.84)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/277
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LR460
Schematics
AC version
Earth terminal
Cable clamp
Hand programmer
DC version
Earth terminal
Cable clamp
HART
HART
SITRANS LR460
Part number:
7ML5830-2AJ
Earth terminal
Cable clamp
Earth terminal
Cable clamp
PROFIBUS PA
PROFIBUS PA
Notes
Recommended torque on terminal clamping screws, 0.5 ... 0.6 Nm

4 ... 20 mA, PROFIBUS PA, DC input circuits, 14 ... 20 AWG, shielded copper wire
AC input circuit, min. 14 AWG copper wire
All field wiring must have insulation suitable for at least 250 V
The equipment must be protected by a 15 A fuse or circuit breaker in the building installation
4/278
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement


Article No.
Process connection
part kits - non-pressure-rated
Article No.
Enclosure with electronics (LR460)
LR260/LR460,100 mm extension for horn antenna,

no purge1)
A5E01087872
LR260/LR460, 200 mm extension for horn antenna,

no purge1)
A5E01091262
LR260/LR460,100 mm extension for horn antenna

with purge1)
A5E01261979
LR260/LR460, 200 mm extension for horn antenna

with purge1)
A5E01261981
LR260/LR460, horn 2", no purge, no emitter1)
A5E02083905
A5E01623511
A5E01623512
LR260/LR460, horn 2", with purge, no emitter1)
A5E02083906
A5E01623513
A5E01623514
LR260/LR460, 3" universal flat faced flange1)
A5E02303897
A5E01259467
A5E01261834
LR260/LR460 O-Rings for Easy Aimer1)
A5E01261836

HART communication, AC power,
A5E02182085

PROFIBUS PA communication, AC power,
A5E02212422

HART communication, AC power,
A5E02212423

PROFIBUS PA communication, AC power,
A5E02212424
A5E02212425
A5E02465410

HART communication, DC power,
A5E02212426
LR260/LR460 purge conversion, 2" horn1)
A5E02083914

PROFIBUS PA communication, DC power,
A5E02083915
A5E02083916

HART communication, DC power,
A5E02212428

PROFIBUS PA communication, DC power,
A5E02212429
Kit, Emitter for
LR260/LR4601)
LR260 lid with O-ring
A5E02360694
Purge conversion kit non-pressure-rated

(no flange or extension included)
Enclosure with electronics
1)

HART communication, M20 cable inlet,
approval option A, no process connection
A5E02203605

PROFIBUS PA communication,
A5E02213423

HART communication, NPT cable inlet,
approval option A, no process connection
A5E02165924

PROFIBUS PA communication,
A5E02213428
Sitrans LR260 enclosure with board stack,

approval option D, no process connection
A5E03934184
Sitrans LR260 enclosure with board stack,

HART communication, M20 cable inlet,
approval option E, no process connection
A5E03934187

approval option F, no process connection
A5E03934191

PROFIBUS PA communication, M20 cable
inlet, approval option F, no process connection
A5E31820689
Available with no pressure rating, 0.5 bar g maximum.

Siemens FI 01 2015
4/279
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LR560
Overview
Configuration
Installation
Note:
cone where the energy
density is half of the peak
energy density
Emission
The peak energy density cone
is directly in front of and
in line with the antenna
There is signal transmitted
detected
4
SITRANS LR560 2-wire, 78 GHz FMCW radar level transmitter for
continuous monitoring of solids in silos to a range of 100 m
(329 ft).
Benefits
Rugged stainless steel design for industrial applications
78 GHz high frequency provides very narrow beam, virtually
no mounting nozzle noise, and optimal reflection from sloped
solids
Aimer option to direct beam to area of interest, such as draw
point of cone
Lens antenna is highly resistant to product build-up
Air purge connection is included for self-cleaning of
extremely sticky solids
Local display interface (LDI) allows local programming and
diagnostics
Application
SITRANS LR560s plug and play performance is ideal for most
solids applications, including those with extreme dust and high
temperatures to 200 C (392 F). Unique design allows safe and
simple programming using the Intrinsically Safe handheld programmer without having to open the instruments lid.
SITRANS LR560 includes an optional graphical local display
interface (LDI) that improves setup and operation using an intuitive Quick Start Wizard, and echo profile display for diagnostic
support. Start-up is easy using the Quick Start wizard with a few
SITRANS LR560 measures practically any solids material to a
range of 100 m (328 ft).
Key Applications: cement powder, plastic powder/pellets,
grain, coal, wood powder, fly ash
4/280
Siemens FI 01 2015
Aiming will assist in measuring

material in the cone
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LR560
Mode of operation
Power supply
Measuring principle
Frequency
78 GHz FMCW
Minimum detectable distance
400 mm (15.75 inch) from sensor

reference point
Maximum measuring range1)
40 m (131 ft) version

100 m (328 ft) version

General
Radio
4 ... 20 mA
HART
Optional: PROFIBUS PA
Optional: FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Programmable as high, low or hold
(Loss of Echo)
NE43 programmable
Hazardous
Europe/International
Output
Analog output
Communications
Fail-safe

Maximum measured error (including 5 mm (0.2 inch)
hysteresis and non-repeatability)2)
Indoor/outdoor

ambient temperature
installation category
pollution degree
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)

I
4
Medium conditions
> 1.6
Process temperature and pressure
See chart below
Design
Enclosure
Construction
Conduit entry
Purge inlet
Lens material
Weight
Optional local display interface
316L/1.4404 stainless steel

M20x1.5, or " NPT via adapter
1/8" NPT, 30 cfm at max. 100 psi
40 m version: PEI
100 m version: PEEK
Damage to lens could result from
continuous purging/cleaning due to
abrasive solids. Recommended purging/cleaning only a few seconds
every hour
IP68 with lid closed
3.15 kg (6.94 lb) including 3 inch
flange
Graphic LCD, with bar graph representing level
Process connections
Universal flat-faced flanges3)
Aimer flanges3)

max. 550
PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION Fieldbus
13.5 mA
9 ... 32 V DC, per IEC 61158-2
US/Canada
China

(according to reference conditions
IEC60770-1)
Location
4 ... 20 mA/HART
3, 4, 6 inch/80, 100, 150 mm,

304 stainless steel
3, 4, 6 inch/80, 100, 150 mm,
316L/1.4404 or 316L/1.4435 stainless steel
Brazil
CSAUS/C, CE, FM
Europe (R&TTE), FCC,
Industry Canada, RCM
IECEx SIR 09.0149X
ATEX II 1D, 1/2D, 2D
Ex ta IIIC T139 C Da IP68
ATEX II 3G
Ex nA II T4 Gc
Ex nL IIC T4 Gc
FM/CSA Class II, Div. 1,
Groups E, F, G
Class III T4
FM/CSA Class I, Div. 2,
Groups A, B, C, D, T4
NEPSI
Ex nA II T4
Ex nL IIC T4
DIP A20 TA, T139 C, IP68
INMETRO
BR-Ex nA/nL II T4 IP68

Programming
programmer
Approvals for handheld programmer IS model:
Ex iaD 20 T135 C
Ta = -20 ... +50 C
Ta = 50 C
SIMATIC PDM, AMS, PACTware
PC
Display (local)
displays
1)
From sensor reference point
2)
Under severe EMI/EMC environments per IEC61326-1 or NAMUR NE21,

the device error may increase to a maximum of 25 mm (1 inch)
3)
Universal flange mates with EN 1092-1 (PN16)/ASME B16.5 (150 lb)/

JIS 2220 (10K) bolt hole pattern.
Process temperature and pressure

Version
Stainless steel
Aimer flange:
-1 ... 0.5 bar
Aimer flange:
-1 ... 3.0 bar
40 m
-40 ... +100 C

(-40 ... +212 F)
-40 ... +100 C

(-40 ... +212 F)
-40 ... +100 C

(-40 ... +212 F)
100 m
-40 ... +200 C

(-40 ... +392 F)
-40 ... +200 C

(-40 ... +392 F)
-40 ... +120 C

(-40 ... +248 F)
3, 4, 6 inch/80, 100, 150 mm, polyurethane powder-coated cast aluminum
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/281
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LR560
Article No.
SITRANS LR560
2-wire, 78 GHz FMCW radar level transmitter for
continuous monitoring of solids in silos to a range
of 100 m (329 ft).
7ML5440-
Further designs
77 7 0 0 - 77 77

code(s).
Plug M12 with mating connector1)2)3)

Plug 7/8" with mating connector1)3)4)
Measurement and process temperature range
40 m (131 ft) max range, -40 ... +100 C
100 m (329 ft) max range, -40 ... +200 C
0
1

A
B
C
Article No.
English
7ML1998-5KB02
German
7ML1998-5KB32
A5E32052143
D
E
F
3 inch/80 mm, painted aluminum, with integral

aimer1)
aimer1)
aimer1)

Pressure rating
3 bar g (40 psi g) maximum
4 ... 20 mA, HART
PROFIBUS PA
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
A
B
Approvals
General Purpose, CSAUS/C, Industry Canada, FCC,
CE, R&TTE, RCM
CSA/FM Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D, Class II,
Div.1, Groups E, F, G, Class III
ATEX II 1 D, D, 2 D, 3G Ex nA/nL, CE, R&TTE,
RCM
Local display interface
Without LDI (local display interface)
With LDI (local display interface)
1)
C11
Operating Instructions for HART device
A55
Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 102044)

C12
NAMUR NE43 compliant, device preset to failsafe N07
< 3.6 mA5)
3 inch/80 mm, 316L stainless steel

Enclosure (with cable inlet)

Stainless steel, 1 X " NPT
Stainless steel, 1 X M20 x 1.5
(plastic gland included)
A50

Process connection
Universal flat-faced flange fits ANSI/DIN/JIS
flanges
3 inch/80 mm, 304 stainless steel
Order code
English
7ML1998-5LT02
German
7ML1998-5LT32

A5E32043113

0
1
A
B
C
English
7ML1998-5LY02
German
7ML1998-5LY32

A5E32034712
Accessories
A
B
C
1
2
Rated to 120 C max. when used with Pressure rating option 1
Hand Programmer, Intrinsically safe
7ML1930-1BK
7ML1930-1FJ
Sun Shield Cover
7ML1930-1FK
Housing lid with window
7ML1930-1FL

rated -40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F), HART6)
7ML1930-1AP

7ML1930-1AQ
7ML5741-...

7ML5740-...

7ML5744-...

7ML5750-...
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
Available with Approval option A only

Available with Enclosure option B only
Available with Output/communication options B and C only
Available with Pressure rating option 1 only
Available with Output/communication option A only
4/282
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LR560
Options
Handheld programmer
Sun shield cover
Part number:
7ML1930-1BK
Part number:
7ML1930-1FK
4
SITRANS LR560 handheld programmer and sun shield cover
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/283
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LR560
Temperature derating curve
Ambient
temperature
90
80
70
Process
temperature
60
50
40
30
40 m
version
100 m
version
20
10
50
100
150
200
250
SITRANS LR560 temperature derating curve
Flat flange
3 aimer flange
4 and 6 aimer flange*
Lid lock
Cable gland
Cable gland
Cable gland
176
(6.93)
Grounding lug
Grounding
lug
Purge plug
166.1
(6.54)
Grounding lug
Purge plug
166.1
(6.54)
Purge plug
Process
connection:
3 aimer
flange
Process
connection:
flat flange
110 (4.33)
200 (7.87)
Sensor
reference
point
22.3
(0.92)
110
(4.33)
9.6
(0.38)
Process
connection:
4 and 6
aimer flange
4: 229
(9.02)
6: 285
(11.22)
229
(9.02)
110
(4.33)
9.6
(0.38)
10 max.
* C Spanner wrench included
29
716
027
A5E
4/284
Siemens FI 01 2015
5 max.
4
6
A
53.2 (2.09)
60 (2.36)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Schematics

Cable gland
(or NPTcable entry)
Cable shield (if used)
Connect the wires

to the terminals as
shown: the polarity
is identified on the
terminal block.
Notes:
1. Depending on the approval rating, glands and plugs may be
supplied with your instrument.
2. DC terminal shall be supplied from a source providing electrical
isolation between the input and output, to meet the applicable safety
requirements of IEC 61010-1.
4. Use shielded twisted pair cable (14 ... 22 AWG) for HARTversion.
5. Separate cables and conduit may be required to conform to standard
instrumentation wiring practices or electrical codes.
Article No.
LR560 Electronics Modules
LR560 Electronics Module, HART, 100 m range,
compatible with 7ML54401XX00XAXX,
no enclosure or process connection included.
7ML1830-3AC
LR560 Electronics Module, PROFIBUS PA,

100 m range, compatible with
7ML54401XX00XBXX, no enclosure or
process connection included.
7ML1830-3AH
LR560 Electronics Module, FOUNDATION

Fieldbus,100 m range, compatible with
7ML54401XX00XCXX, no enclosure or
7ML1830-3AJ
LR560 Electronics Module, HART, 40 m range,

compatible with 7ML54400XX00XAXX,
no enclosure or process connection included.
7ML1830-3AK
LR560 Electronics Module, PROFIBUS PA,

40 m range, compatible with
7ML54400XX00XBXX, no enclosure or
7ML1830-3AL
LR560 Electronics Module, FOUNDATION

Fieldbus, 40 m range, compatible with
7ML54400XX00XCXX, no enclosure or
7ML1830-3AM
LR560 Miscellaneous Spare Kits

Kit, Lid Gasket, EPDM, LR560
7ML1830-3AA
Kit, Wrench for 4" and 6" Aimers, LR560
7ML1830-3AB
Kit, O-rings for 3" Aimer, LR560
7ML1830-3AD
7ML1830-3AE
7ML1830-3AF
Kit, Lid Screw and Purge Plug set with

Hex Keys, LR560
7ML1830-3AG
Kit, Lid, No Window, LR560
7ML1830-3AP
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/285
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Continuous level measurement - Guided wave radar transmitters
Overview
Mode of operation
Introduction
Interface Detection
Guided Wave Radar transmitters use TDR (time domain reflectometry).
The SITRANS LG, is a transmitter capable of measuring both an

upper level and an interface level. The upper liquid must have a
dielectric constant between 1.6 and 10 and the two liquids have
a difference in dielectric constants greater than 10. A typical
application would be oil over water, with the upper layer of oil
being non-conductive with a dielectric constant of approximately 2 and the lower layer of water being very conductive with
a dielectric constant of approximately 80. This interface
measurement can only be accomplished when the dielectric
constant of the upper medium is lower than the dielectric constant of the lower medium.
Time Domain Reflectometry (TDR)

TDR uses pulses of electromagnetic (EM) energy to measure
distances or levels. When a pulse reaches a dielectric discontinuity (created by media surface), part of the energy is reflected.
The greater the dielectric difference, the greater the amplitude
(strength) of the reflection.
The SITRANS LG includes a transmitter and waveguide that has

a characteristic impedance in air and is used as a probe. When
part of the probe is immersed in a material other than air, there is
lower impedance due to the increase in the dielectric. When an
EM pulse is sent down the probe and meets the dielectric
discontinuity, a reflection is generated.
24 V DC, 4 ... 20 mA
loop powered
Air: (dk = 1)
Transmit pulse
A reflection develops from the
liquid surface.
Air: dK = 1
A small amount of energy

continues down the probe in a
low dielectric fluid.
Media dK > 1.4
4/286
Siemens FI 01 2015
Upper
Level
Signal
Low dielectric
medium
(e.g. oil: dk = 2)
Emulsion layer
Interface
Level
Signal
High dielectric
medium
(e.g. water: dk = 80)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Application
P
P
P
P
P
XGUUUG\GzGOGP
\WGUUUGXWWGzGOGP
\GUUUGYWGzGOGGP
XWWGUUUG\WWGzGOGVP
YWGUUUG\WGzGOGGP
[GUUUGYWGh
V[GUUUGYWGh
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/287
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Guided Wave Radar (Interface) Application Questionnaire

Contact:
Prepared By:
Company:
Date:
Address:
City:
Zip/Postal Code:
Country:
Phone: (
E-mail:
Fax:
Tank/Vessel Information
Tank top:
Sketch
attached
(supply sketch where possible)
Mounting location:
Tank bottom:
Tank dimensions:
Height:
m/ft
Diameter:
m/ft
Open
Sloped
Top mount
Nozzle Length:
cm/inch
Flat
Flat
Thread mount
Nozzle Diameter:
cm/inch
Conical
Conical
Flange mount
Process connection type:
Parabolic
Parabolic
Bypass/Sidepipe Mount
Process connection size:
Pipe mount
Distance to sidewall:
Pressure:
cm/inch
Displacer replacement
Normal:
(please supply drawings)
Maximum (relief):
Interface Data
Upper material:
Lower material:
Upper material thickness:
Emulsion layer:
Lower material thickness:
cm/inch
Upper material dielectric:
cm/inch
Lower material dielectric:
Emulsion thickness:
Yes
No (preferred)
cm/inch
Material
Liquid

Coating buildup:
Yes
C/F
C/F Max:
Turbulence:
No
Maximum Viscosity:
Density:
Slurry
No
Yes
kg/m
Kinematic Viscosity (cSt) = Dynamic Viscosity (cP) / Density (kg/m )
1 ... 5 cSt (like water)
50 ... 100 cSt (like honey)
5 ... 20 cSt (like machine oil)
100 ... 500 cSt (like syrup/molasses)
20 ... 50 cSt (like cooking oil)
>500 cSt (like tar)
Emulsion
layer
Upper
material
Lower
material
Installation
Power available:
Communications:
Outputs required:
HART/ 4 ... 20 mA
4 ...20 mA
Other
(please specify)
4/288
Siemens FI 01 2015
Form# 2-938R0
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
Overview
Configuration
Mounting on nozzle
Metal sheet
Flange
Installation in non-metal vessel
The Siemens SITRANS LG series are guided wave radar transmitters for level, level/interface, and volume measurement of
liquids and solids. The Sitrans LG product line can handle
changes in process conditions, high temperatures and pressures, and steam.
The guided microwave principle requires a metal surface on the

process fitting. Therefore, use in plastic vessels etc. an instrument
version with flange (from DN 50) or place a metal sheet, > 200 mm
(8 inch), beneath the process fitting when screwing it in.
Make sure that the plate has direct contact with the process fitting
Mounting socket
If possible, avoid sockets, mount the sensor

flush with the vessel top. If this is not possible,
use short sockets with small diameter.
Higher sockets or sockets with a bigger
diameter can generally be used. They simply
increase the upper blocking distance. Check if
this is relevant for your measurement.
In such cases, always carry out a false signal
suppression after installation.
Benefits
High accuracy to 2 mm
Advanced Diagnostics available for high degree of safety
Simple menu driven display offers ease of setup
Large range of options offers reliability in most continuous
measurement applications
Ease of maintenance through module design and field
replaceable and adjustable probe options
Perfect solution for wide range of applications from storage to
interface with options for extreme pressure and temperature
conditions
Universally applicable in liquids, interface, slurries and solids
Highly immune to buildup
Wide range of Hygienic options
Application
The SITRANS LG series comes in four different models, depending on the applications, level of performance, and functionality
required:
SITRANS LG240 offers configuration options for your hygienic
and corrosive application requirements
SITRANS LG250 Highly flexible solution for liquid level and
interface applications. Extremely versatile offering solutions
for storage, separation of materials or difficult ammonia applications
SITRANS LG260 Ideal for measuring level in medium range
solids applications including; grains, plastics, and cement
SITRANS LG270 offers configuration options for extreme
conditions including high temperature and high pressure
applications such as: harsh applications found in chemical,
HPI and energy industries for example, LPG gas tanks, steam
boilers and distillation columns
h)
d)
DN 40 ... DN 150
< 150
Socket must
be
installed flush
> DN 150 ... DN 200 < 100
When welding the socket, make sure that the socket is flush to the
vessel top.
Before beginning the welding work, remove the electronics module
from the sensor. By doing this, you avoid damage to the electronics
through inductive coupling.
Inflowing medium
Do not mount the instruments in
or above the filling stream. Make
sure that you detect the product
surface, not the inflowing product.
SITRANS LG Series installation
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/289
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
Mode of operation
Design
Measuring principle
Guided wave radar measurement
Measuring range
300 ... 75 000 mm

(11.81 ... 2 952.75 inch)
Output
mA analog output with
HART digital signal
Output range
Analog
Start-up current
4 ... 20 mA/HART (SIL optional)
Failure signal current output (adjustable): last valid measured value,

21 mA, 3.6 mA
Digital communication
HART Version 7 x and multidrop compatible
Modbus
Modbus RTU, Modbus ASCII,

Levelmaster
PROFIBUS PA
Process reference conditions according to DIN EN 61298-1
Non-linearity
Coaxial
Single rod probes
Interface models
See manual for more details
Resolution and repeatability
Accuracy 2 mm (0.08 inch)
Accuracy
Coaxial/rod/cable probes
2 mm (0.08 inch)
Interface models
5 mm (0.197 inch)
(Note: Typical deviation,
Interface measurement)
Materials
Plastic housing plastic PBT
(Polyester)
Aluminum die-casting housing,
aluminum die-casting AISi10 mg,
powder-coated- basis: polyester
Stainless steel housing, precision
casting 316L
Stainless steel housing, electropolished 316L
Type 4/NEMA 4, IP65

Plastic housing IP66/IP67
Aluminum and stainless steel
housings are IP66/68
Cable inlet
2x M20x1.5 or 2 x " NPT
Process connections
Pipe thread, cylindrical (ISO 228 T1) G" A, G1" A, G1" A according to
DIN 3852-A
American pipe thread, conical
(ASME B1.20.1)
" NPT, 1" NPT, 1" NPT
Flanged
DIN from DN 25, ANSI from 1"
Hygienic
Hygienic fittings
Programming
Local
Four button, menu-driven data entry
Hart communicator
PC
SIMATIC PDM, AMS, PACTware
Power
2 wire Hart version
9.6 ... 35 V DC
4 wire versions
9.6 48 V DC, 20 42 V AC,

50/60 Hz and 90 253 V AC,
50/60 Hz
Modbus
8 30 V DC
PROFIBUS PA
9 32 V DC
See manual for more details

(check if needed)
Measuring cycle time
< 500 ms
Step response time
3s
Temperature Effects
The measurement error from the

process conditions is in the specified
pressure and temperature range of
below 1 %

Ambient temperature for enclosure -40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
LCD readable temperature range
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F) with

display heated option
Location
Indoor/outdoor
II
Pollution degree
Relative Humidity
20 ... 85 %
Medium conditions
Dielectric constant
dK 1.4 (configuration dependent)

Note: for measurement below 1.4 use
probe end tracking.
-196 ... +450 C (-321 ... +842 F)
Vessel pressure
-1 +400 bar
(-100 +40 000 kPa)
4/290
Siemens FI 01 2015
Approx. 0.8 ... 8 kg

(0.176 ... 17.64 lb)
Enclosure
Current: minimum 3.8 mA,

maximum 20.5 mA
10 mA for 5 ms after switching on,
3.6 mA
Diagnostic alarm
Performance
Instrument weight (dependent on

process fitting) - see manual for
further details
Note: see manual for specific power

based on ordered options
Hazardous approvals:
ATEX, FM, CSA, IECex
Hygienic approvals
EHEDG
Overfill protection
WHG
Ship approval
ABS, CCS, GL
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
SITRANS LG240
SITRANS LG250
Industries
Food, Beverage and

Pharmaceutical
Chemical/HPI/Power/General Cement, power generation,

food, processing,
mineral processing, mining
SITRANS LG260
SITRANS LG270
Chemical/HPI/Power/General
Applications
Hygienic and corrosive

applications
Liquids, storage and process

vessels with agitators,
vaporous liquids, interface
Cement, fly ash, grain, coal,

flour, plastics
Aggressive applications in
Liquids, storage and process
vessels with agitators,
vaporous liquids, high
temperatures and pressures,
low dielectric media
Range
32 m
75 m
60 m
60 m
Performance
2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
Temperature
-40 ... +150 C

(-40 ... +302 F)
-40 ... +200 C

(-40 ... +392 F)
-40 ... +200 C

(-40 ... +392 F)
-196 ... +450 C

(-320.8 ... +842 F)
Communications
4 ... 20 mA/HART
Modbus, Modbus RTU,
Modbus ASCII, Levelmaster
PROFIBUS PA
SIMATIC PDM
DTM/FDT for PACTware
Fieldcare
4 ... 20 mA/HART
Modbus, Modbus RTU,
PROFIBUS PA
SIMATIC PDM
Fieldcare
4 ... 20 mA/HART
Modbus, Modbus RTU,
PROFIBUS PA
SIMATIC PDM
Fieldcare
4 ... 20 mA/HART
Modbus, Modbus RTU,
PROFIBUS PA
SIMATIC PDM
Fieldcare
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/291
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
SITRANS LG240
Guided Wave Radar sensor for Hygienic and
corrosive continuous level and interface
measurement of liquids.
Article No.
77777 - 7777 777
Approvals
Ordinary location CE9)
ATEX II 1G, 1/2G, 2G Ex ia IIC T69)
ATEX II 1G,1/2G 2G Ex ia IIC + ATEX II 1D,
1/2D, 1/3D, 2D, Ex t IIIC IP66 T11)13)15)24)
T61)12)
0A
0E
0H
ATEX II 1/2G, 2G Ex d ia IIC

ATEX II 1/2G, 2G Ex d ia IIC + ATEX II 1/2D,
2D IP6x1)11)12)13)15)24)
ATEX II 1D, 1/2D, 1/3D, 2D, Ex t IIIC
IP66 T11)13)15)24)
0J
IEC Ex ia IIC T69)

IEC Ex ia IIC T6 + IEC IP6x T tD11)13)15)24)
IEC Ex d ia IIC T61)12)
0P
0Q
0R
IEC Ex d ia IIC T6 + IEC IP6x

T tD1)11)12)13)15)24)
FM (NI) Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
FM (IS) Class I, II, III, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C,
D, E, F
0S
FM(XP-IS) Class I, II, III, Div. 1, Groups A, B,

C, D, E, F, G1)12)
CSA (NI) Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C ,D
(DIP) Class II, III, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G11)13)15)
1C
CSA (IS) Class I, II, III, Div. 1, Groups A, B,

C,D, E, F, G
CSA (XP-IS) Class I, II, III, Div. 1, Groups A,
B, C, D, E, F, G1)12)
1F
0K
0N
1A
1B
1E
1G
Probe version/Material
A
Probe rod 10 mm (0.39 inch)/PFA2)7)
B
C
Process fitting/Material
Clamp 2" PN 16 (64 mm) DIN 32676,
ISO 2852/1.4435 (BN2)4)
Clamp 2" PN 16 (64 mm) DIN 32676,
ISO 2852/PTFE-TFM 1600
Clamp 2" PN 10 (77.5 mm) DIN 32676,
ISO2852/1.4435 (BN2)4)
00
Clamp 2" PN 10 (77.5 mm) DIN 32676,

Clamp 3" PN 10 (91 mm) DIN 32676,
ISO 2852/1.4435 (BN2)4)
Clamp 3" PN 10 (91 mm) DIN 32676,
03
Clamp 4" PN6 (119 mm) DIN 32676,

ISO 2852/1.4435(BN2)4)
Clamp 4" PN6 (119 mm) DIN 32676,
Bolting DN 32, PN 40 DIN11851/
1.4435(BN2)4)
06

PTFE-TFM 1600
1.4435 (BN2)4)
10

PTFE-TFM 1600
1.4435(BN2)4)
12
Siemens FI 01 2015

SITRANS LG240
Article No.
Order Code
7ML588077777 - 7777 777

PTFE-TFM 1600
PTFE-TFM 1600
PTFE-TFM 1600
14

PTFE-TFM 1600
PTFE-TFM 1600
Flange DN 50, PN 40 Form V13, DIN 2513/
PTFE-TFM 1600
21

PTFE-TFM 1600
PTFE-TFM 1600
PTFE-TFM 1600
24
Flange DN 80, PN 40 EN1092-1 Form B1/

PTFE-TFM 1600
Flange DN 100, PN 40 EN1092-1 Form B1/
PTFE-TFM 1600
Flange 2" 150 lb RF, ANSI B16.5/
PTFE-TFM 1600
27

PTFE-TFM 1600
PTFE-TFM 1600
PTFE-TFM 1600
31
15
20
22
23
25
26
28
30
32
33
Electronics
Probe cable 4 mm (0.16 inch) with gravity

weight/PFA2)7)
Probe exchangeable rod (8 mm) / 1.4435
(BN2), can be autoclaved (Ra < 0.76 m)3)7)
Probe exchangeable rod (8 mm) / 1.4435
(BN2), (Ra < 0.76 m)3)7)
4/292
Order Code
7ML5880-
01
02
04
05
07
08
11
13
Two-wire 4 ... 20mA/HART

Four-wire Modbus19)20)21)22)
Two-wire 4...20mA/HART with SIL
qualification17)18)
0
1
2
Four-wire 4...20mA/HART; 90...253V AC;

50/60 Hz1)8)10)
Four-wire 4...20mA/HART; 9.6...48V DC;
20...42 V AC1)8)10)
PROFIBUS PA
3
4
5
Seal/Process temperature
Without glass seal/-40 ... +150 C
(-40 ... +302 F)5)11)
FFKM (Kalrez 6221)/-20...150 C
(-4... +302 F)
EPDM (Freudenberg 70 EPDM 291)/
-20...130 C (-4 ... +266 F)
A
B
C
Housing/Protection/Cable
Plastic IP66/IP67 M20x1.5/blind stopper
Plastic IP66/IP67 " NPT/blind stopper
Aluminium/IP66/IP68 (0.2 bar) M20x1.5/
blind stopper
A
B
C
Aluminium/IP66/IP68 (0.2 bar) " NPT/

blind stopper
Aluminium double chamber/IP66/IP68
(0.2 bar) M20x1.5/blind stopper
(0.2 bar) " NPT/blind stopper
Stainless steel (precision casting) 316L/

IP66/IP68 (0.2 bar) M20x1.5/blind stopper
IP66/IP68 (0.2 bar) " NPT/blind stopper
Stainless steel (electropolished) 316L/
E
F
H
J
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
SITRANS LG240
Stainless steel (electropolished) 316L/IP66/
IP68 (0.2 bar) " NPT/blind stopper
Stainless steel double chamber/IP66/IP68
cable gland stainless steel
(0.2 bar) M20x1.5/cable gland stainless steel
Stainless steel (precision casting) 316L/IP66/
IP68 (0.2 bar) M20x1.5/Cable gland stainless
steel
IP68 (0.2 bar) M20x1.5/cable gland stainless
steel
Aluminium single chamber / IP66/IP68
(0.2 bar) M20x1.5 / Cable gland brass
nickel-plated
Aluminium double chamber / IP66/IP68
nickel-plated
Stainless steel single chamber (precision
casting) / IP66/IP68 (0.2 bar) M20x1.5 /
Cable gland brass nickel-plated
Article No.
Order Code
7ML5880-
SITRANS LG240
7ML5880-
Further designs (mandatory)
Order Code

Order code(s).
77777 - 7777 777
M
N
P
Q
R
W
X
Y
Lengths
Rod 8 mm (0.31 inch)/1.4435
(Basle standard 300 ... 4 000 mm)
300 ... 1 000 mm (11.81 ... 39.37 inch)14)
1 001 ... 2 000 mm (39.41 ... 78.74 inch)14)
2 001 ... 3 000 mm (78.78 ... 118.11 inch)14)
3 001 ... 4 000 mm
(118.15 ... 157.48 inch)14)
Article No.
0
1
2
3
Order Code
77777 - 7777 777
Supplementary electronics
Without
Additional current output 4 ... 20 mA1)23)
A00
A01

Without
Mounted
Laterally mounted1)
E00
E01
E02
Language of display
German
English
French
Dutch
Italian
L00
L01
L02
L03
L04
Spanish
Portuguese
Russian
Chinese
Japanese
L05
L06
L07
L08
L09
German
English
French
Spanish
M00
M01
M02
M03
Order code

Further designs (optional)
code(s).
Rod 10 mm (0.24 inch)/PFA

(300 ... 4 000 mm)
300 mm (11.81 inch)14)
500 mm (19.69 inch)14)
300 ... 1 000 mm (11.81 ... 39.37 inch)14)
9 R1A
9 R1B
9 R1C
1 001 ... 5 000 mm (39.41 ... 78.74 inch)14)

2 001 ... 3 000 mm (78.78 ... 118.11 inch)14)
3 001 ... 4 000 mm
(118.15 ... 157.48 inch)14)
9 R1D
9 R1E
9 R1F
Cable 4 mm (0.16 inch)/PFA

(500 ... 32 000 mm)
500 mm (9.69 inch)
501 ... 1 000 mm (19.72 ... 39.37 inch)
1 001 ... 2 000 mm (39.37 ... 196.85 inch)
9 R1G
9 R1H
9 R1 J
2 001 ... 4 000 mm (196.89 ... 393.70 inch)

4 001 ... 5 000 mm (393.74 ... 590.55 inch)
5 001 ... 10 000 mm (590.59 ... 787.40 inch)
9 R1K
9 R1L
9 R1M
10 001 ... 15 000 mm (787.44 ... 984.25 inch)

15 001 ... 20 000 mm
(984.29 ... 1 181.10 inch)
9 R1N
9 R1P
20 001 ... 25 000 mm

(1 181.14 ... 1 377.95 inch)
25 001 ... 32 000 mm
(1 377.99 ... 1 574.80 inch)
9 R1Q
9 R1R
Enter the total insertion length in plain text description
Y01
Enter the total length of rigid part (cable version

only)
Y02
Cleaning included certificate: oil, grease and silicone free
W01

steel
Y17
Identification Label (measurement loop) Foil
Y18
3.1 Certificate instrument16)
C12
3.1 Certificate material (NACE0175)16)
D07
3.1 Certificate instrument with test data16)
C25
2.2 Certificate material16)
C15
Quality/test plan16)
Dye penetration test + 3.1
C26
C13
C14
Positive material identification test + 3.1 certificate/

instrument16)
C16
C18
C31
C32
Ferrite measuring accuracy to DIN32514-1 + 3.1

C60
Pressure test according to Norsok + 3.1 certificate/

instrument16)
C61
5 point calibration certificate + 3.1 certificate/

instrument16)
C62
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/293
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
Article No.

German
4 20 mA/HART - two-wire, PFA insulated
PBD-51041000
4 20 mA/HART - two-wire, Polished version
PBD-51041001
4 20 mA/HART - four-wire PFA insulated
PBD-51041002
4 20 mA/HART - four-wire Polished version
PBD-51041003
Modbus- PFA insulated
PBD-51041004
Modbus protocol, Polished version
PBD-51041005
PROFIBUS PA, PFA insulated
PBD-51041006
PROFIBUS PA, polished version
PBD-51041007
English
4 20 mA/HART - two-wire PFA insulated
PBD-51041037
4 20 mA/HART - two-wire Polished version
PBD-51041038
PBD-51041039
PBD-51041040

PBD-51041043
PBD-51041044

Accessories
Article No.
Sitrans LG, GWR sensor Display Module
A5E34143449
7ML5741-...

7ML5740-...

7ML5744-...

7ML5750-...
1)
Available with Housing/Protection/Cable options E,F, L, M only
2)
Available only with PFA Process Fitting/Material including options 01, 03,
05, 07, 10, 12, 14 ... 33 (PTFE-TFM 1600 options)
3)
PBD-51041041
Available only with Process Fitting/Material options 00, 02, 04, 06, 08, 11,
and 13 [1.4435 (BN2) options]
4)
Available with Length options 0, 1, 2, 3 only (Rod 8 mm 1.4435 options)
PBD-51041042
5)
Available with Length options R1A ... R1R only (Rod 10 mm/PFA and
Cable 4 mm/PFA options)
7)
Available only with the same rod or cable diameter in Length options
8)
Available with Supplementary electronic option A00 and Indicating/Adjustment modules E00, E01
9)
Available with Supplementary electronic option A01 approval options

0A,0E, and 0P
French
PBD-51041111
PBD-51041112
10)
Available with Approval options 0A,0J,0K,0N,0R,OS,1A,1C,1E,1F, and 1G
PBD-51041113
11)
Available with Version/Material options A and D only
PBD-51041114
12)
Available with Indicating/adjustment modules E00 and E01
PBD-51041115
13)
Available with Seal/Process temperature C only
14)
PBD-51041116
Not available with Y02
15)
Available with Housing/Protection options C, D, E, F, G, H, L, M
PBD-51041117
16)
PBD-51041118
17)
SIL electronic option 2 available with Approval options 0A, 0E, 0H, 0N, 0P,
0Q, 1A, 1B, 1E and 1F
18)
Available with Supplementary electronic option A00, SIL electronics
19)
Modbus only available with Approval options GP and NI and XP-IS/Ex d ia
20)
Modbus only available with two chamber housing options
21)
Modbus not available with Supplementary electronic (only for HART)

option
22)
Modbus not available with lateral mount display option
23)
Not available with indicating/adjustment module E02
24)
Available with Housing/protection options D, F, H and M
Spanish
PBD-51041074
PBD-51041075
PBD-51041076
PBD-51041077
PBD-51041078
PBD-51041079
PBD-51041080
PBD-51041081
4/294
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
SITRANS LG250
A guided wave radar sensor for continuous
level and interface measurement of liquids.
Article No.
77777 - 7777 777
Approvals
Shipping approval19)28)29)
Order Code
7ML5881-
Article No.

SITRANS LG250
Order Code
7ML588177777 - 7777 777
0A
0B
0E
ATEX II 1G, 1/2G, 2G Ex ia IIC T6 + shipping

approval GL19)28)29)
1/2D, 1/3D, 2D, Ex t IIIC IP6616)23)40)
ATEX II 1/2G, 2G Ex d ia IIC T61)21)
0G
ATEX II 1/2G, 2G Ex d ia IIC + ATEX II 1D,

1/2D, 1/3D, 2D, Ex t IIIC IP66 T1)21)23)40)
ATEX II 1/2G, 2G Ex d IIC T614)20)
ATEX II 1/2G, 2G Ex d IIC + ATEX II 1D, 1/2D,
1/3D, 2D, Ex t IIIC IP66 T 14)20)23)40)
0K
ATEX II 1D, 1/2D, 1/3D, 2D, Ex t IIIC IP66

T20)23)40)
IEC Ex ia IIC 16)
0N
IEC Ex d ia IIC T61)21)23)40)

IEC Ex d ia IIC T6 + IEC IP6x T tD1)20)21)40)
IEC Ex d IIC T614)20)
0R
0S
0T
IEC Ex d IIC T6 + IEC IP6x T tD14)20)23)40)

FM (NI) Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
D, E, F
0U
1A
1B
FM(XP-IS) Class I, II, III, Div. 1, Groups A, B,

C, D, E, F, G1)21)
FM (XP) Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D20)
CSA (NI) Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C ,D
(DIP) Class II, III, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G
1C
CSA (IS) Class I, II, III, Div. 1, Groups A, B,

C,D, E, F, G
B, C, D, E, F, G1)21)
CSA (XP) Class I, II, III, Div. 1, Groups A, B,
C, D, E, F, G14)20)
1F
0H
0J
0L
0M
0P
0Q
1D
1E
1G
1H
Probe exchangeable cable 2 mm
(0.08 inch) with gravity weight/316L8)9)11)26)
(0.08 inch) center weight/316L8)9)12)26)
(0.16 inch) with gravity weight/316L8)9)11)26)

(0.16 inch) with center weight/316L8)9)12)26)
Probe exchangeable rod
8 mm (0.31 inch)/316L2)8)10)11)26)
Probe exchangeable rod
12 mm (0.47 inch)/316L3)8)10)11)24)26)
Probe coax version 21.3 mm (0.84 inch)

with single hole/316L8)9)11)26)27)
with multiple hole/316L8)9)11)26)27)

for Ammonia application/316L4)8)9)11)25)31)
with multiple hole/316L 5)8)9)11)24)26)27)
B
C
E
F
Thread G" (DIN 3852-A) PN 6/316L

00
01
02

03
04
05
Thread G1" (DIN 3852-A) PN 40/316L

Thread 1" NPT (ASME B1.20.1) PN 40/316L
06
07
08

10
11
12
Thread G1" (DIN 3852-A) PN1 00/316L

Thread 2 NPT PN 40, ASME B1.20.1/316L37)38)
13
14
15

20
21
22

Flange DN 50 PN 40 form V13, DIN 2513/316L
23
24
25
Flange DN 80 PN 40 Form V13, DIN 2501/316L

26
27
28
Flange DN 100PN 40 Form C, DIN 2501/316L

30
31
32
Flange DN 50 PN 40 EN1092-1 Form B1/316L

33
34
35

36
37
38

40
41
42

Flange 6" 300lb RF, ANSI B16.5/316L
43
44
45
Electronics
qualification24)32)
Four-wire 4...20mA/HART; 90...253V AC; 50/
60Hz1)15)17)
20...42V AC1)15)17)
PROFIBUS PA
0
1
2
3
4
5
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/295
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
SITRANS LG250
Article No.
Order Code
7ML588177777 - 7777 777
B
C
Lengths
FKM (SHS FPM 70C3 GLT)/without glass seal/

-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)6)
FKM (SHS FPM 70C3 GLT)/without glass seal/
-40 ... +150 C (-40 ... +302 F)
FFKM (Kalrez 6375)/with glass seal/
-20 ... +200 C (-4 ... +392 F)
EPDM (A+P 75.5/KW75F)/without glass seal/

-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
EPDM (A+P 75.5/KW75F)/with glass seal/
-40 ... +150 C (-40 ... +302 F)
FFKM (Kalrez 6375)/with glass seal/
-20 ... +200 C (-4 ... +392 F)

-40 ... +80C (-40 ... +176 F)6)
-40 ... +150 C (-40 ... +302 F)
EPDM (A+P 75.5/KW75F)/with glass seal/
-40 ... +150 C (-40 ... +302 F)
Silicone FEP coated (A+P FEP-O-SEAL)/without glass seal/ -40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)6)
Silicone FEP coated (A+P FEP-O-SEAL)/without glass seal/-40 ... +150 C (-40 ... +302 F)
Silicone FEP coated (A+P FEP-O-SEAL)/with
glass seal/-40 ... +150 C (-40 ... +302 F)
With borosilicate glass lead through/with glass
seal/-60 ... +150 C (-76 ... +302 F)7)
FFKM (Kalrez 6375)/without glass seal/
-20 +200 C
FKM (SHS FPM 70C3 GLT)/with glass seal/
-40 ... 80 C6)
E
F
300 ... 1 000 mm (11.81 ... 39.37 inch)22)

1 001 ... 2 000 mm (39.41 ... 78.74 inch)22)
2 001 ... 3 000 mm (78.78 ... 118.11 inch)22)
0
1
2
3 001 ... 4 000 mm (118.15 ... 157.48 inch)22)

4 001 ... 5 000 mm (157.52 ... 196.85 inch)22)
5 001 ... 6 000 mm (196.89 ... 236.22 inch)22)
3
4
5
9 R2A
9 R2B
2 001 ... 3 000 mm (78.78 ... 118.11 inch)22)

3 001 ... 4 000 mm (118.15 ... 157.48 inch)22)
9 R2C
9 R2D
Cable lengths 2 or 4 mm/316L
L
M
N
P
Q

Siemens FI 01 2015
Aluminium/IP66/IP68 (0.2 bar) " NPT/blind

stopper
4/296
77777 - 7777 777
300 ... 1 000 mm (11.81 ... 39.37 inch)22)

1 001 ... 2 000 mm (39.41 ... 196.85 inch)22)
A
B
C
Stainless steel (electropolished) 316L/IP66/IP68

nickel-plated
Order Code
7ML5881-
Rod 12 mm/316L

blind stopper

steel
Article No.
Rod 8 mm/316L

Stainless steel double chamber/IP66/
IP68 (0.2 bar) M20x1.5/blind stopper
Stainless steel double chamber/IP66/
SITRANS LG250
nickel-plated
casting) / IP66/IP68 (0.2 bar) M20x1.5/
Seal/Second line of defense/

Process temperature
E
F
M
N
501 ... 1 000 mm (19.72 ... 39.37 inch)

1 000 ... 5 000 mm (39.37 ... 196.85 inch)
5 001 ... 10 000 mm (196.89 ... 393.70 inch)
10 001 ... 15 000 mm (393.74 ... 590.55 inch)
9 R2E
15 001 ... 20 000 mm (590.59 ... 787.40 inch)

20 001 ... 25 000 mm (787.44 ... 984.25 inch)
25 001 ... 30 000 mm (984.29 ... 1 181.10 inch)
9 R2J
9 R2K
9 R2L
30 001 ... 35 000 mm

(1 181.14 ... 1 377.95 inch)
35 001 ... 40 000 mm
(1 377.99 ... 1 574.80 inch)
40 001 ... 45 000 mm
(1 574.84 ... 1 771.65 inch)
9 R2M
45 001 ... 50 000 mm

(1 771.69 ... 1 968.50 inch)
50 001 ... 55 000 mm
(1 968.54 ... 2 165.35 inch)
55 001 ... 60 000 mm
(2 165.39 ... 2 362.20 inch)
9 R2Q
60 001 ... 65 000 mm

(2 362.24 ... 2 559.06 inch)
65 001 ... 70 000 mm
(2 559.09 ... 2 755.91 inch)
70 001 ... 75 000 mm
(2 759.94 ... 2 952.76 inch)
9 R2T
9 R2F
9 R2G
9 R2H
9 R2N
9 R2P
9 R2R
9 R2S
9 R2U
9 R2V
Coax 21.3 mm/316L

P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
300 ... 1 000 mm (11.81 ... 39.37 inch)22)

1 001 ... 2 000 mm (39.41 ... 78.74 inch)22)
2 001 ... 3 000 mm (78.78 ... 118.11 inch)22)
9 R3A
9 R3B
9 R3C
3 001 ... 4 000 mm (118.15 ... 157.48 inch)22)

4 001 ... 5 000 mm (157.52 196.85 inch)22)
5 001 6 000 mm (196.89 236.22 inch)22)
9 R3D
9 R3E
9 R3F
Coax 42.2 mm/316L

300 ... 1 000 mm (11.81 ... 39.37 inch)22)
1 001 ... 2 000 mm (39.41 ... 78.74 inch)22)
2 001 ... 3 000 mm (78.78 ... 118.11 inch)22)
9 R3G
9 R3H
9 R3J
3 001 ... 4 000 mm (118.15 ... 157.48 inch)22)

4 001 ... 5 000 mm (157.52 196.85 inch)22)
5 001 6 000 mm (196.89 236.22 inch)22)
9 R3K
9 R3L
9 R3M
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
Article No.
Order Code
Order code
SITRANS LG250
7ML5881-
77777 - 7777 777

code(s).
Order Code
Y01

only)
Y02
Cleaning included certificate: oil, grease and

silicone free
W01

steel
Y17
Y18
C12
D07
3.1-Certificate instrument with test data30)
C25
2.2-Certificate material30)
C15
Quality/test plan30)
C26
C13
C14

instrument30)
C16
C18
C31
C32

Order code(s).
Without
A00
A01
Dimensions centering weight

(diameter/height)
Without
40/30 mm
45/30 mm (for 2 inch tubes)
B00
B01
B02

1.57/1.18 inch (for 2 inch schedule 160)
B03
B04
B05
1.77/1.18 inch (for 2 inch schedule 40/80)

B06
B07
B08
Rod mounted
Without Rod, applicable for coax or cable
probe types only18)
Mounted
Not mounted
C00
C01
C02

Without13)
Mounted
Laterally mounted1)
E00
E01
E02

C60

instrument30)
C61
Language of display
German
English
French
Dutch
Italian
L00
L01
L02
L03
L04

instrument30)41)
C62
Article No.
Spanish
Portuguese
Russian
Chinese
Japanese
L05
L06
L07
L08
L09
German
English
French
Spanish
M00
M01
M02
M03
German
4 20 mA/HART - two-wire
PBD-51041010
4 20 mA/HART - two-wire coax probe
PBD-51041011
4 20 mA/HART - four-wire
PBD-51041012
4 20 mA/HART - four-wire coax probe
PBD-51041013
Modbus
PBD-51041014
Modbus- coax probe
PBD-51041015
PROFIBUS PA
PBD-51041016
PROFIBUS PA - coax probe
PBD-51041017
English
PBD-51041047
4 20 mA/HART - two-wire Coax probe
PBD-51041048
PBD-51041049
4 20 mA/HART - four-wire Coax probe
PBD-51041050
Modbus
PBD-51041051
Modbus - coax probe
PBD-51041052
PROFIBUS PA
PBD-51041053
PBD-51041054
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/297
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
Article No.
French
PBD-51041121
PBD-51041122
PBD-51041123
PBD-51041124
Modbus
PBD-51041125
Modbus- coax probe
PBD-51041126
PROFIBUS PA
PBD-51041127
PBD-51041128
Spanish
PBD-51041084
PBD-51041085
PBD-51041086
PBD-51041087
Modbus
PBD-51041088
Modbus- Coax probe
PBD-51041089
PROFIBUS PA
PBD-51041090
PBD-51041091
Accessories
A5E34143449
7ML5741-...

7ML5740-...

7ML5744-...

7ML5750-...
4/298
Siemens FI 01 2015
1)
Available with Housing/Protection cable options E, F, Q, and R only

Not available with Process fitting/Material options 04, 05, 08, 10, 13, and
14
3)
Available only with Process Fitting/Material options 00 ... 10, 11, 12, 23 ...
34 and 37 ... 45 (Not available with threaded connections less than 1.5
inch and flanges < DN 50/2 inch)
4) Available with Seal option N only
5)
Not available with Process fitting/Material options 00 ... 10, 11, 12, 23 ... 34
and 37 ... 45. (Not available with threaded connections less than 1.5 inch
and flanges < DN 50/2 inch)
6)
Available only with Process fitting/Material options 00 and 01 (options with
max temp of 80 C (176 F) only available with PN 6 rated threaded connections)
7) Available with Version/Material option J only
8) Available only with the same diameter probe lengths
9) Available with Rod mounted option C00 only (Coax and cable version
only)
10)
Available with Rod mounted options C01, C02 only (rod versions only)
11)
Available only with Centering weight option B00 (no centering weight
option)
12)
Available with Centering weight options B01 ... B08 only
13)
Available only with Housing/Protection cable options E,F, Q, R, T (double
chamber options only)
14) Available only with Housing/Protection cable options C, D, L, M and
approval option 1D
15)
Available with Supplementary electronic option A00 and Indicating/Adjustment modules E00, E01
16)
Available with Supplementary electronic option A01 and Approval options
0A,0E, and 0P
17) Not Available with Approval options 0B ... 0H 0P, 0Q,1B, and 1F (not available with Intrinsically Safe and shipping approvals)
19)
Not available with Length options 3, 4, 5, R2C and R2D
20
) Available only with Seal options C,E,F,J,M, N and Q [second line of
defense (with glass seal) for all explosion proof options]
21)
22)
Not available with Y02
23)
Available with Housing/Protection options C, D, E,F,L,M,Q,R (dust approvals)
24) SIL electronics option 2 available with Approval options 0A, 0E, 0G, 0H,
0L, 0M, 0N, 0P, 0U, 0Q 0T,1A, 1B, 1D, 1E, 1F and 1H
25)
Available with Process Fitting/Material options 04,05,08,10,13 ... 45
26)
Not available with Process fitting /Material options 04,05,08,10,13, and14
27)
Not available with Process Fitting/Material options 00 and 01
28)
Available with Housing/Protection/Cable options A,B,C,D,E,F,L,M,R,S,T,
and U
29)
Available with Electronic option 0 only
30)
31) Not available with Process fitting/Material options 02, 03, 06, 07, 11, and
12 or threaded options below PN 100
32)
Available with supplementary electronic option A00, SIL electronics
33)
Modbus only available with Approval options GP and NI and XP-IS/Ex d ia
34)
Modbus only available with two chamber housing options
35)
option
36)
37)
Not available with version/material option K
38)
Not available with Seal/Process temperature options A,G K and Q
39)
Not available Indicating/adjustment module E02
40)
Available with Housing/protection options D, F, M,R (dust approvals)
41)
Available with Version/Material A, B, C, D, E and F
2)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
.E
SITRANS LG260
A guided wave radar sensor for level measurement of solids.
7ML5882-
SITRANS LG260
7ML5882-
77777 - 7777 777
Approvals
Ordinary location CE4)12)
Shipping approval9)10)
ATEX II 1G, 1/2G, 2G Ex ia IIC T64)12)
0A
0B
0E

approval GL9)
1/2D, 1/3D, 2D, Ex t IIIC IP66 T8)10)12)21)
ATEX II 1/2G, 2G Ex d ia IIC T61)7)12)
0G
ATEX II 1/2G, 2G Ex d ia IIC + shipping

approval (GL)1)7)9)10)
ATEX II 1/2G, 2G Ex d IIC + ATEX II 1D, 1/2D,
1/3D, 2D, Ex t IIIC IP667)8)12)21)
ATEX II 1D, 1/2D, 1/3D, 2D, Ex t IIIC
IP6611)12)
0L
ATEX II 1/2G, 2G Ex d IIC + shipping

approval (GL)9)10)11)
ATEX II 1/2G,2G Ex d IIC + II 1D, 1/2D, 1/3D,
2D IP668)11)12)21)
ATEX II 1D, 1/2D, 2D IP6x T8)11)12)21)
0Q
T64)12)
0H
0J
0M
0N
0R
0S
IEC Ex ia IIC
IEC Ex d ia IIC T61)7)12)
0T
0U
1A
IEC Ex d ia IIC T6 + IEC IP6x T tD7)8)12)21)

IEC Ex d IIC T611)12)
IEC Ex d IIC T6 + IEC IP6x T tD8)11)12)21)
1B
1C
1D
FM (NI) Class I,Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D12)

FM (NI) Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D +
shipping approval (GL)9)10)
D, E, F12)
1F
1G

D, E, F, G + shipping approval (GL)9)10)
FM (XP-IS) Class I, II, III, Div. 1, Groups A, B,
C, D, E, F, G1)7)12)
FM (XP-IS) Class I, II, III, Div. 1, Groups A,
B, C, D, E, F, G + shipping approval
(GL)1)7)9)10)
1J
FM (XP) Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C,

D11)12)
CSA (NI) Class I, Div. 2,Groups A, B, C, D;
(DIP) Class II, III, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G8)12)
CSA (IS) Class I, II, III, Div.1, Groups A, B, C,
D, E, F, G12)
1M

B, C, D, E, F, G1)7)12)
C, D, E, F, G11)12)
1Q
(0.16 inch) with gravity weight/316
Probe exchangeable cable
6 mm (0.24 inch) with gravity weight/3162)
Probe exchangeable rod 16
mm (0.63 inch) / 316L2)6)
77777 - 7777 777

00
01
02

03
04
05

06
10
12

13
14
15

Flange DN 100 PN16 EN1092-1 Form B1/316L
16
17
18

30
32
33

34
35

36
37
Electronics
qualification14)15)
0
1
2
Four-wire 4...20mA/HART; 90...253V AC;

50/60Hz1)3)5)
20...42 V AC1)3)5)
PROFIBUS PA
1H
3
4
5
Seal/Process temperature
1K
1L
1N
1P
FKM (SHS FPM 70C3 GLT)/-40 ... +80 C

(-40 ... +176 F)
FKM (SHS FPM 70C3 GLT)/-40 ... +150 C
(-40 ... +302 F)
FFKM (Kalrez 6375)/-20 ... +200 C
(-4 ... +392 F)
EPDM (A+P 75.5/KW75F)/-40 ... +80 C

(-40 ... +176 F)
EPDM (A+P 75.5/KW75F)/-40 ... +150 C
(-40 ... +392 F)
B
C
1R
A
B
E

Plastic 2-chamber/IP66/IP67/M20x1.5/
blind stopper
A
B
C
Plastic 2-chamber/IP66/IP67 /" NPT/

blind stopper
blind stopper
blind stopper

Stainless Steel (precision casting) 316L/IP66/
Siemens FI 01 2015
E
F
H
J
4/299
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
SITRANS LG260
7ML5882-
SITRANS LG260
7ML5882-

77777 - 7777 777
Cable lengths 6 mm/316L
500 mm (19.69 inch)

501 ... 1 000 mm (19.72 ... 39.37 inch)
1 001 ... 5 000 mm (39.41 ... 196.85 inch)
9 R4A
9 R4B
9 R4C
5 001 ... 10 000 mm (196.89 ... 393.70 inch)

10 001 ... 15 000 mm (393.74 ... 590.55 inch)
15 001 ... 20 000 mm
(590.59 ... 787.40 inch)
9 R4D
9 R4E
9 R4F
20 001 ... 25 000 mm

(787.44 ... 984.25 inch)
25 001 ... 30 000 mm
(984.29 ... 1 181.10 inch)
30 001 ... 35 000 mm
(1 181.14 ... 1 377.95 inch)
9 R4G
35 001 ... 40 000 mm

(1 377.99 ... 1 574.80 inch)
40 001 ... 45 000 mm
(1 574.84 ... 1 771.65 inch)
45 001 ... 50 000 mm
(1 771.69 ... 1 968.50 inch)
9 R4K
9 R4N
50 001 ... 55 000 mm

(1 968.54 ... 2 165.35 inch)
55 001 ... 60 000 mm
(2 165.39 ... 2 362.20 inch)
L
M
N
P
Q

steel
steel

nickel-plated
nickel-plated
S
T
Rod 16 mm/316L
500 mm (19.69 inch)
501 ... 1 000 mm (19.72 ... 39.37 inch)
1 001 ... 2 000 mm (39.41 ... 78.74 inch)
0
1
2
2 001 ... 3 000 mm (78.78 ... 118.11 inch)

3 001 ... 4 000 mm (118.15 ... 157.48 inch)
3
4
4 001 ... 5 000 mm (157.52 ... 196.85 inch)

5 001 ... 6 000 mm (196.89 ... 216.53 inch)
5
6
Cable lengths 2 or 4 mm/316

501 ... 1 000 mm (19.72 ... 39.37 inch)
1 001 ... 5 000 mm (39.41 ... 196.85 inch)
5 001 ... 10 000 mm (196.89 ... 393.70 inch)
9 R2E
9 R2F
9 R2G
10 001 ... 15 000 mm (393.74 ... 590.55 inch)

15 001 ... 20 000 mm (590.59 ... 787.40 inch)
20 001 ... 25 000 mm (787.44 ... 984.25 inch)
9 R2H
9 R2 J
9 R2K
25 001 ... 30 000 mm

(984.29 ... 1 181.10 inch)
30 001 ... 35 000 mm
(1 181.14 ... 1 377.95 inch)
35 001 ... 40 000 mm
(1 377.99 ... 1 574.80 inch)
9 R2L
40 001 ... 45 000 mm

(1 574.84 ... 1 771.65 inch)
45 001 ... 50 000 mm
(1 771.69 ... 1 968.50 inch)
9 R2P
50 001 ... 55 000 mm

(1 968.54 ... 2 165.35 inch)
55 001 ... 60 000 mm
(2 165.39 ... 2 362.20 inch)
9 R2R
Siemens FI 01 2015
9 R4H
9 R4J
9 R4L
9 R4M
9 R4P
Order Code

Order code(s).
Lengths
4/300
77777 - 7777 777
9 R2M
9 R2N
9 R2Q
9 R2S
Without1)
Rod mounted
probe types only
Mounted
Not mounted
A00
A01
C00
C01
C02

Without
Mounted
Laterally mounted1)
E00
E01
E02
Language of display
German
English
French
Dutch
Italian
L00
L01
L02
L03
L04
Spanish
Portuguese
Russian
Chinese
Japanese
L05
L06
L07
L08
L09
German
English
French
Spanish
M00
M01
M02
M03
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
Order code

code(s).

Accessories
Article No.
A5E34143449
7ML5741-...
Y01
Cleaning included certificate: oil, grease and silicone free
W01

7ML5740-...

steel
Y17
7ML5744-...
Y18

C12

7ML5750-...
3.1 Certificate material
(NACE0175)13)
D07
C25
C15
1)
Available only with Housing/Protection/Cable Options G, H, N, P
C26
2)
Not available with Process/Fitting/Material options 00, 01, 02, and 03
Quality/test
plan13)
C13
C14

instrument 13)
C16
C18
C31
C32

C60

instrument13)
C61

instrument13)
C62
Article No.
German
PBD-51041020
PBD-51041021
Modbus
PBD-51041022
PROFIBUS PA
PBD-51041023
3)
Available with Supplementary electronic option A00 and Indicating/adjustment modules E00, E01
4)
Available with Supplementary electronic option A01
5)
Not Available with Approval options 0B ... 0H 0L, 0Q, 1B, 1F, 1G,1J, 1L
(not available with Intrinsically Safe and shipping approvals)
6)
Available with Rod Mounted options C01 and C02
7)
8)
Available with Housing Protection options E, F, G, H, J, K, N, P
9)
Not available with Housing/Protection/Cable options L, M, and T
10)
Available with Electronic option 0 only
11)
Available with Seal/Process temperature option C only
12)
Available with Version/Material option E only
13)
14)
SIL electronics option 2 available with Approval options 0A, 0E, 0G, 0H,
0N, 0Q, 0R, 0S, 0T, 0U, 1C, 1D, 1F, 1H, 1M, 1N, 1P, and 1R
15)
Available with supplementary electronic option A00, SIL electronics
16)
Modbus available only with Approval options GP and NI and XP-IS/
Ex d ia
17)
Modbus available only with two chamber housing options
18)
Modbus not available with supplementary electronic (only for HART)
option
19)
20)
Not available with Indicating/adjustment module E02
21)
Available with Housing Protection F, H, P and K
English
PBD-51041057
PBD-51041058
Modbus
PBD-51041059
PROFIBUS PA
PBD-51041060
French
PBD-51041131
PBD-51041132
Modbus
PBD-51041133
PROFIBUS PA
PBD-51041134
Spanish
PBD-51041094
PBD-51041095
Modbus
PBD-51041096
PROFIBUS PA
PBD-51041097
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/301
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
SITRANS LG270
level and interface measurement of liquids in
aggressive applications
7ML5883-
SITRANS LG270
7ML5883-
77777 - 7777 777
Approvals
Shipping approval17)18)19)
0A
0B
0E

approval GL17)18)19)
1/2D, 2D IP6x16)28)
ATEX II 1/2G, 2G Ex d ia IIC T61)10)14)
0G
ATEX II 1/2G, 2G Ex d ia IIC + ship

(GL)1)10)14)17)18)19)
ATEX II 1/2G, 2G Ex d ia IIC + ATEX II 1/2D,
2D IP6x10)14)16)28)
ATEX II 1/2G, 2G Ex d IIC T611)
0L
ATEX II 1/2G, 2G Ex d IIC + ship approval

(GL)3)17)18)19)
ATEX II 1/2G, 2G Ex d IIC + ATEX II 1/2D, 2D
IP6x11)16)28)
ATEX II 1D, 1/2D, 2D IP6x T16)28)
0Q
IEC Ex ia IIC T6
IEC Ex ia IIC T6 + IEC IP6x T tD16)28)
IEC Ex d ia IIC T61)10)14)
0T
0U
1A
0H
0J
0M
0N
0R
0S
tD10)14)16)28)
IEC Ex d ia IIC T6 + IEC IP6x T

IEC Ex d IIC T611)
IEC Ex d IIC T6 + IEC IP6x T tD11)16)28)
1B
1C
1D
FM (NI) Class I, Div.2, Groups A, B, C, D

FM (NI) Class I, Div.2, Groups A, B, C, D +
ship approval (GL)17)18)19)
D, E, F
1F
1G

D, E, F, G + ship approval (GL)17)18)19)
C, D, E, F, G1)10)14)
C, D, E, F, G + shipping approval
(GL)1)10)17)18)19)
1J
FM (XP) Class I, Div.1, Groups A, B, C, D

CSA (NI) Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D;
(DIP) Class II, III, Div.1, Groups E, F, G16)
CSA (IS) Class I, II, III, Div.1, Groups A, B, C,
D, E, F, G
1M
1N

B, C, D, E, F, G1)10)14)
C, D, E, F, G11)
1Q
1H
1K
1L
1P
1R
Version/Material
(0.08 inch) with gravity weight/316L4)7)
(0.08 inch) center weight/316L 5)7)
(0.16 inch) with gravity weight/316L4)7)

(0.16 inch) with center weight/316L5)7)
Probe exchangeable rod 16 mm
(0.63 inch) /316L4)7)9)

with multiple hole/316L4)7)
Probe coax version 42.2 mm (1.66 inch);

multiple hole; reference distances/
316L4)7)13)
4/302
Siemens FI 01 2015
77777 - 7777 777
B
C
Thread G1" (DIN 3852-A) PN400/316L

Thread 1" NPT (ASME B1.20.1) PN400/316L
Thread 1" NPT (ASME B1.20.1) PN400/C22
00
01
02

Flange DN 50 PN 40 form V13, DIN 2513/316L
10
11
12

13
14
15

16
17
18
Flange DN 100 PN 40 Form V13, DIN 2513/

316L
20
Flange DN 100 PN 160 GOST 12815-80.7/

316L
23
Flange DN 50 PN 160, EN1092-1 Form B1/

316L
316L
316L
62

316L
316L
65

Flange 2" 1 500 lb RF, ANSI B16.5/316L
31
32
33

34
35
36

Flange 3 " 600 lb RF, ANSI B16.5/316L
37
38
40

41
42
43

44
45
46
Flange 2"150 lb Fisher special return/316L

47
50
51

Flange 4" 2 500 lb RJF, ANSI B16.5/316L
52
53
54
21
22
60
61
63
64
66
30
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
SITRANS LG270
7ML5883-
SITRANS LG270
7ML5883-
Electronics
qualification21)22)
Four-wire 4...20mA/HART; 90...253V AC; 50/
60Hz1)2)6)
20...42 V AC1)2)6)
PROFIBUS PA
Seal/Second line of defense/
Process temperature
Ceramic-graphite/with glass seal/
-196 ... +280 C (-321 ... +536 F)
Ceramic-graphite /with glass seal/
-196 ... +450 C (-321 ... +842 F)
77777 - 7777 777
Lengths
0
1
2
Rod 16 mm/316L
3
4
5
A
B

blind stopper
A
B
C

blind stopper

Stainless steel (electropolished) 316L

IP66/IP68 (0.2 bar) M20x1.5/Cable gland
stainless steel
IP66/IP68 (0.2 bar) M20x1.5/cable gland
stainless steel
nickel-plated
nickel-plated
300 mm (11.81 inch)15)

500 mm (19.69 inch)15)
501 ... 1 000 mm (19.72 ... 39.37 inch)15)
0
1
2
1 001 ... 2 000 mm (39.41 ... 78.74 inch)15)

2 001 ... 3 000 mm (78.78 ... 118.11 inch)15)
3 001 ... 4 000 mm
(118.15 ... 157.48 inch)15)
3
4
5
4 001 ... 5 000 mm

(157.52 ... 196.85 inch)15)
5 001 ... 6 000 mm
(196.89 ... 216.53 inch)15)
6
7
Cable lengths 2 or 4 mm/316L

77777 - 7777 777
E
F
M
N
P
Q
R
S
T
U
501 ... 1 000 mm (19.72 ... 39.37 inch)

1 000 ... 5 000 mm (39.37 ... 196.85 inch)
5 001 ... 10 000 mm (196.89 ... 393.70 inch)
9 R2E
9 R2F
9 R2G
10 001 ... 15 000 mm (393.74 ... 590.55 inch)

15 001 ... 20 000 mm (590.59 ... 787.40 inch)
20 001 ... 25 000 mm (787.44 ... 984.25 inch)
9 R2H
9 R2J
9 R2K
25 001 ... 30 000 mm

(984.29 ... 1 181.10 inch)
30 001 ... 35 000 mm
(1 181.14 ... 1 377.95 inch)
35 001 ... 40 000 mm
(1 377.99 ... 1 574.80 inch)
9 R2L
40 001 ... 45 000 mm

(1 574.84 ... 1 771.65 inch)
45 001 ... 50 000 mm
(1 771.69 ... 1 968.50 inch)
9 R2P
50 001 ... 55 000 mm

(1 968.54 ... 2 165.35 inch)
55 001 ... 60 000 mm
(2 165.39 ... 2 362.20 inch)
9 R2R
9 R2M
9 R2N
9 R2Q
9 R2S
Coax 42.2 mm/316L

300 ... 1 000 mm (11.81 ... 39.37 inch)15)
1 001 ... 2 000 mm (39.41 ... 78.74 inch)15)
2 001 ... 3 000 mm (78.78 ... 118.11 inch)15)
9 R3G
9 R3H
9 R3J
3 001 ... 4 000 mm

(118.15 ... 157.48 inch)15)
4 001 ... 5 000 mm
(157.52 196.85 inch)15)
5 001 6 000 mm
(196.89 236.22 inch)15)
9 R3K
9 R3L
9 R3M
X
Y
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/303
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
SITRANS LG270
7ML5883-
77777 - 7777 777

code(s).
Order Code

Order code(s).
Without
A00
A01
Dimensions centering weight

(diameter/height)
Without
40/30 mm
B00
B01
B02

B03
B04
B05
1.77/ 1.18 inch (for 2 inch schedule 40/80)

3.74/ 1.18 inch (for 4 inch schedule 80)
B06
B07
B08
Rod mounted
probe types only8)
Mounted
Not mounted
C00
C01
C02

Without
Mounted
Laterally mounted1)
E00
E01
E02
Language of display
German
English
French
Dutch
Italian
L00
L01
L02
L03
L04
Spanish
Portuguese
Russian
Chinese
Japanese
L05
L06
L07
L08
L09
German
English
French
Spanish
M00
M01
M02
M03
4/304
Siemens FI 01 2015
Order code
Y01

only, to a maximum of 100 mm)
Y02
Cleaning included certificate: oil, grease and

silicone free
W01

steel
Y17
Y18
C12
D07
C25
C15
Quality/test
plan20)
C26
C13
C14

instrument20)
C16
C18
C31
C32

C60

instrument20)
C61

instrument20)29)
C62
Article No.
German
PBD-51041025
PBD-51041026
PBD-51041027
PBD-51041028
Modbus
PBD-51041029
Modbus- Coax probe
PBD-51041030
PROFIBUS PA
PBD-51041031
PROFIBUS PA, Coax probe
PBD-51041032
English
PBD-51041062
PBD-51041063
PBD-51041064
PBD-51041065
Modbus
PBD-51041066
Modbus- coax probe
PBD-51041067
PROFIBUS PA
PBD-51041068
PBD-51041069
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
Article No.
French
PBD-51041136
PBD-51041137
PBD-51041138
PBD-51041139
Modbus
PBD-51041140
Modbus- Coax probe
PBD-51041141
PROFIBUS PA
PBD-51041142
PBD-51041143
Spanish
PBD-51041099
PBD-51041100
PBD-51041101
PBD-51041102
Modbus
PBD-51041103
Modbus- Coax probe
PBD-51041104
PROFIBUS PA
PBD-51041105
PBD-51041105
Accessories
A5E34143449
7ML5741-...

7ML5740-...

7ML5744-...

7ML5750-...
1)
Available with Housing/Protection/Cable options E, F, Q, R, and T

Available with Supplementary electronic option A00 and Indicating/adjustment modules E00, E01
3)
Available with Supplementary electronics A01
4) Available with Centering weight option B00 only
5)
Available with Centering weight options B01 ... B08 only
6)
Available with Approval options 0A,0B,0J,0K,0N,0R,OS,1A,1C,1E,1F, and
1G
7)
Available only with the same diameter probe lengths
8)
Available with Version/Material options A, B, C, D, F, G
9) Available with Rod Mounted options C01 and C02
10)
11)
Available with Housing/Protection Cable options C, D, L, M only
12) Version/Material Hastelloy C22, temperature is limited to 400 C (752 F)
13)
Not available with Length R3G
14) Available with Housing/Protection Cable options E, F, Q, and R
15) Y02 only available with Cable options
16)
Available with Housing protection options C, D, E,F,L, M,Q, and R
17) Not available with Housing/Protection/Cable options N, P, and V
18) Available with Electronic option 0 only
19)
Not available with Version/Material options E, F, and G
20) Listed Certificates are not available with all configurations, please contact
21)
SIL electronics option 2 available with Approval options 0A, 0E, 0G, 0H,
0N, 0Q, 0R, 0S, 0T, 0U, 1C, 1D, 1F, 1H, 1M, 1N, 1P and 1R
22) Available with Supplementary electronic option A00, SIL electronics
23)
Available with Approval options 0A, 0H, 0K, 0R, 0S, 0U, 1A, 1C, 1D, 1E, 1F,
1H, 1N, 1P and 1R
24) Modbus only available with two chamber housing options
25)
option
26) Modbus not available with lateral mount display option
27)
Not available with Indicating/adjustment module E02
28) Available with Housing protection options D, F, M and R
29) Available with Version/Material A, B, C, D and E
2)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/305
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
SITRANS LG240, Ambient temperature/process temperature, standard version
Ambient
Temperature
Maximum
Permissible
Temperature
80 C
(176 F)
4
0 C
(32 F)
-20 C
(-68 F)
-40 C
(-104 F)
SITRANS LG240, Ambient temperature/process temperature curve
4/306
Siemens FI 01 2015
150 C
(302 F)
Process
Temperature
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
Ambient
Temperature
Maximum
Permissible
Temperature
80 C
(176 F)
Limited
Temperature
Range
65 C
(149 F)
0 C
(32 F)
-40 C
(-104 F)
80 C
(176 F)
130 C
(266 F)
150 C
(302 F)
Process
Temperature
-40 C
(-104 F)
SITRANS LG250, Ambient temperature/process temperature, temperature adapter version
Ambient
Temperature
Maximum
Permissible
Temperature
80 C
(176 F)
Limited
Temperature
Range
55 C
(131 F)
0 C
(32 F)
-20 C
(-68 F)
150 C
(302 F)
200 C
(392 F)
Process
Temperature
-40 C
(-104 F)
SITRANS LG250, Ambient temperature/process temperature curves
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/307
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
SITRANS LG260, Maximum tensile load with cereals and plastic granules - cable: 4 mm (0.157 inch)
1
12
3
10
5
6
3
6
1
2
"A"
10
15
20
25
30
2
0
"B"
35
10
15
20
25
30
35
A. Cereals
B. Plastic granules
1. Tensile force in kN (the determined value must be multiplied with safety factor 2)
2. Cable length in m
3. Vessel diameter 12 m (39.37 ft)
SITRANS LG260, Maximum tensile load with sand and cement - cable: 4 mm (0.157 inch)
1
20
20
18
18
3
16
14
16
14
12
12
5
10
10
5
2
2
"C"
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
"D"
0
0
10
C. Sand
D. Cement
1. Tensile force in kN (the determined value must be multiplied with safety factor 2)
2. Cable length in m
SITRANS LG260, Maximum tensile load curves
4/308
Siemens FI 01 2015
15
20
25
30
35
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
Cable version with 4 mm (0.157 inch)
Cable version, PA coated with 6 mm (0.236 inch)
Ambient
Temperature
Maximum
Permissible
Temperature
80 C
(176 F)
Limited
Temperature
Range
65 C
(149 F)
0 C
(32 F)
-40 C
(-104 F)
130 C
(266 F)
150 C
(302 F)
Process
Temperature
-40 C
(-104 F)

Ambient
Temperature
Maximum
Permissible
Temperature
80 C
(176 F)
Limited
Temperature
Range
55 C
(131 F)
0 C
(32 F)
-20 C
(-68 F)
150 C
(302 F)
200 C
(392 F)
Process
Temperature
-40 C
(-104 F)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/309
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
Ambient
Temperature
Maximum
Permissible
Temperature
80 C
(176 F)
4
0 C
(32 F)
150 C
(302 F)
-40 C
(-104 F)
Process
Temperature
-40 C
(-104 F)

Ambient
Temperature
Maximum
Permissible
Temperature
80 C
(176 F)
Limited
Temperature
Range
65 C
(149 F)
0 C
(32 F)
-20 C
(-68 F)
-40 C
(-104 F)
4/310
Siemens FI 01 2015
170 C
(338 F)
200 C
(392 F)
Process
Temperature
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
SITRANS LG270, Ambient temperature /process temperature ( -196 +280 C/-321 +536 F version)
Ambient
Temperature
Maximum
Permissible
Temperature
80 C
(176F)
65 C
(149 F)
55 C
(131 F)
-196 C
(-321 F)
-80 C
(-112 F)
Limited
Temperature
Range
0 C
(32 F)
190 C
(374 F)
250 C 280 C
(482 F) (536 F)
Process
Temperature
-40 C
(-104 F)
SITRANS LG270, Ambient temperature/process temperature ( -196 +450 C/-321 +842 F version)
Ambient
Temperature
Maximum
Permissible
Temperature
80 C
(176 F)
Limited
Temperature
Range
35 C
(95 F)
-196 C
(-321 F)
-110 C
(-230 F)
0 C
(32 F)
-20 C
(-68 F)
220 C
(428 F)
450 C
(842 F)
Process
Temperature
-40 C
(-104 F)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/311
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
SITRANS LG270, Process pressure/process temperature ( -196 +450 C/-321 +842 F version)
Process
Pressure
400 bar
(5800 psig)
380 bar
(5510 psig)
350 bar
(5070 psig)
320 bar
(4640 psig)
300 bar
(4350 psig)
200 bar
(2900 psig)
4
100 bar
(1450 psig)
-200 C
(-328 F)
-100 C
(-148 F)
SITRANS LG270, Process pressure/process temperature curve
4/312
Siemens FI 01 2015
0 C
(32 F)
100 C
(212 F)
200 C
(392 F)
300 C
(572 F)
400 C 450 C
(752 F) (842 F)
Process
Temperature
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
LG Series plastic housing
69
(2.72)
86
(3.39)
77
(3.03)
77
(3.03)
M16x1.5
114
(4.49)
114
(4.49)
M20x1.5/
" NPT
M20x1.5/
" NPT
Single chamber
version
Double chamber
version
LG Series aluminum housing

116
(4.57)
84
(3.31)
91
(3.58)
84
(3.31)
M16x1.5
124
(4.88)
120
(4.72)
M20x1.5/
" NPT
M20x1.5
Single chamber
version
M20x1.5/
" NPT
Double chamber
version
LG Series stainless steel housing
59
(2.32)
69
(2.72)
80
(3.15)
90
(3.54)
77
(3.03)
84
(3.31)
M16x1.5
123
(4.84)
119
(4.69)
112
(4.41)
M20x1.5/
" NPT
M20x1.5/
" NPT
Single chamber
version,
electropolished
Single chamber
version,
precision casting
M20x1.5/
" NPT
Double chamber
version,
precision casting
Note: For integrated display and adjustment module the housing is 9 (0.35) higher for all housing options
SITRANS LG series, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/313
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
SITRANS LG240
71.4
(2.81)
69.4
(2.73)
71.4
(2.81)
70
(2.76)
Cable version
with clamp
Cable version
with bolting
115
(4.53)
4
(0.16)
Cable version
with bolting
Cable version
with clamp
300 ... 4 000

(11.81... 157.48)
500 ... 32 000

(19.68 ... 12 598.42)
Rod version 10 (0.394), PFA coated
70
(2.76)
69.4
(2.73)
Cable version 4 (0.157), PFA coated
4
(0.16)
10
(0.39)
Autoclaved version
Cover with
groove nut
65.3
(2.57)
54
(2.13)
56
(2.02)
183
(7.20)
112
(4.84)
Rod version 8 (0.315), polished
Groove nut
Process fitting
DIN DN 25 DN 32 DN 40/ 1" 1"
50.5
DIN DN 50/ 2"
64
DIN DN 65/ 3"
91
SITRANS LG240, dimensions in mm (inch)
4/314
Siemens FI 01 2015
300 ... 4 000

(11.81... 157.48)
300 ... 4 000

(11.81... 157.48)
8
(0.32)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
SITRANS LG250
16
(0.63)
2
(0.079)
22
(0.87)
8
(0.32)
51
(2.01)
30
(1.18)
G1,
1" NPT
300 ... 6 000

(11.81 ... 236.22)
22
(0.87)
SW 55
(2.17)
300 ... 6 000

(11.81 ... 236.22)
46
(1.81)
20
(0.79)
4
(0.16)
500 ... 75 000

(19.68 ... 2 952.75)
2
(0.08)
30
(1.18)
20
(0.79)
20
(0.79)
100
(3.94)
100
(3.94)
50
(1.97)
16
(0.63)
G3/4, 3/4" NPT

G1, 1" NPT
G1, 1" NPT
30
(1.18)
4
(0.16)
2
(0.08)
16
(0.63)
SW 36 (1.42")
(G3/4, 3/4" NPT)
SW 41 (1.61")
Cable version with centering
(G1, 1" NPT)
weight
SW 46 (1.81")
(G1, 1" NPT)
SW 36 (1.42")
(G3/4, 3/4" NPT)
SW 41 (1.61")
(G1, 1" NPT)
G3/4, 3/4" NPT
SW 46 (1.81")
G1, 1" NPT
(G1, 1" NPT)
G1, 1" NPT
22
(0.87)
22
(0.87)
500 ... 75 000

(19.68 ... 2 952.75)
4
(0.16)
500 ... 75 000

(19.68 ... 2 952.75)
G3/4, 3/4" NPT

G1, 1" NPT
G1, 1" NPT
96
(3.78)
46
(1.81)
SW 36 (1.42")
(G3/4, 3/4" NPT)
SW 41 (1.61")
(G1, 1" NPT)
SW 46 (1.81")
(G1, 1" NPT)
46
(1.81)
Rod version
Cable version with gravity weight
12
(0.47)
4
(0.157)

SITRANS LG250, coax version
Up to 6 m (19.69 ft)
46
(1.81)
21.3
(0.84)
22
(0.86)
G, " NPT,
G1, 1" NPT,
G1, 1" NPT
SW 55
(2.17)
G1,
1" NPT
Up to 6 m (19.69 ft)
SW 36 (1.42)
(G, " NPT)
SW 41 (1.61)
(G1, 1" NPT)
SW 46 (1.81)
(G1, 1" NPT)
51
(2.01)
Coaxial version
42.2 (1.661)
Coaxial version
21.3 (0.839)
42.2
(1.66)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/315
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
SITRANS LG260
Cable version 6 (0.236)/ 11 (0.433)- PA coated

Rod version 16 (0.63)
Cable version 4 (0.157)/ 6 (0.236)- PA coated
22
(0.79)
4
(0.157)
4/316
Siemens FI 01 2015
SW 55
2.17
30
(0.24)
6
(0.24)
Joint rod
11
(0.43)
150
(5.91)
6
(0.24)
G1
11
(0.433)
30
(0.24)
500 ... 65 000

(19.68 ... 2 559.05)
46
(1.81)
500 ... 65 000
(19.68 ... 2 559.05)
4
(0.16)
150
(5.91)
22
(0.87)
G 3/4
Joint
cable
Joint
cable
300 ... 6 000

(11.81 ... 236.22)
G1
SW 36
1.42
80
(3.15)
80
(3.15)
SW 55
2.17
16
(0.63)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
SITRANS LG270
Cable version with gravity weight
20
(0.79)
20
(0.79)
16
(0.63)
35
(1.38)
500 ... 60 000
(19.68 ... 2 362.20)
30
(1.18)
2
(0.08)/
4
(0.16)
2
(0.08)/
4
(0.16)
30
(1.18)
30
(1.18)
2/ 4
(0.08) (0.16)
100
(3.94)
50
(1.97)
16
(0.63)
500 ... 60 000

(19.68 ... 2 362.20)
4
(0.16)
2
(0.08)
45
(1.77)
500 ... 60 000
(19.68 ... 2 362.20)
35
(1.38)
G1
1" NPT
500 ... 60 000

(19.68 ... 2 362.20)
16
(0.63)
100
(3.94)
4
(0.16)
312
(12.28)
Max. height of
the vessel
insulation
G1
1" NPT
SW 60
(2.36)
237
(9.33)
312
(12.28)
SW 60
(2.36)
237
(9.33)
Max. height of
the vessel
insulation
Cable version with centering weight
20
(0.79)
Max. height of
the vessel
insulation
SW 60
(2.36)
312
(12.28)
237
(9.33)
Rod version
500 ... 6 000

(19.68 ... 236.22)
300 ... 6 000

(11.81 ... 236.22)
45
(1.77)
35
(1.38)
G1
1" NPT
16
(0.63)
16
(0.63)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/317
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
SITRANS LG270, coax version
ZXYG
OXYUY_P
Temperature version
-196 +450 C (-321 842 F)
z~G]W
OYUZ]P
Z\
OXUZ_P
YZ^G
O`UZZP
Temperature version
-196 +280 C (-321 536 F)
Up to 6 m (19.69 ft)
Up to 6 m (19.69 ft)
\^
OYUY[P
nXIV
XIGuw{
G[YUYGOXU]]P
4/318
Siemens FI 01 2015
G[YUYGOXU]]P
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
Schematics
2-wire HART electronic option, electronics and connection
compartment, single chamber housing
2-wire HART electronic option, electronics compartment,

double chamber housing
For external display

and adjustment unit
4-20mA
Voltage
supply, signal
output
(+) 1
2 (-)
Ground terminal for

connection of the
cable screen
2-wire HART electronic option, connection compartment,

Ex-d-ia double chamber housing
4-20mA
Voltage
supply, signal
output
(+) 1
Internal
connection
to the plug
connector
for external
display
and adjustment
unit (optional)
For display and

adjustment
module or
interface
adapter
For display and adjustment

module or interface adapter
4-20mA
Internal connection
to the connection
compartment
(+) 1
2 (-)
Note: All 2-wire HART connections and electronics are also

available with SIL
Ground terminal for

connection of the
cable screen
2 (-)
SITRANS LG series, connections

4-wire electronic option, connection compartment with
double chamber housing with mains voltage
For display and

adjustment
module or
interface adapter
( +)1
2(-)
Internal connection to the

connection compartment
(+) 1
RVs
2 (-)
IS GND
Common
Power Supply
4 ... 20mA
Active +
4 ... 20mA
Passive +
4-wire HART electronic option, electronics compartment,

Function ground
with installation
according
to CSA
Mass - output
+ 420 mA output (passive)
+ 420 mA output (active)
TVu
PE
Voltage
Supply
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/319
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
Connection compartment with low voltage
(+) 1
(+) 7
2 (-)
(+) 1
8 (-)
RVs
2 (-)
IS GND
Power Supply
4 ... 20mA
1 First current output (I) - Voltage supply and signal output (HART)
Function ground
with installation
according to CSA
/N
+
+
Mass - output
4 20 mA output (passive)
4 20 mA output (active)
Voltage
supply
2 Second current output (II) - Voltage supply and signal output

(without HART)

Modbus electronic option,
electronics compartment, double chamber housing
Modbus electronic option, connection compartment
D0 (+)
power supply
(+)1
MODBUS
2(-) off on
Modbus
signal
D1 (-)
USB
3 4
IS GND
USB
interface
Slide switch
for integrated
termination
resistor
(120 )
For display and

adjustment
module or
interface
adapter
4 ... 20 mA
2 (-)
(+) 1
Voltage
supply
7 8
1 Internal connection to the connection compartment

SITRANS LG series, connection
Profibus electronic option, electronics compartment,
Profibus electronic option, connection compartment,

2
2
3
1 R
2(-)
(+)1
6 78 9
6 78 9
2(-)
01
23 4
(+)1
Bus
23 4
01
Bus
Active +
4 ... 20mA
Passive +
II
Common
4...20mA
1 Voltage supply, signal output

2 For display and adjustment module or interface adapter
1 Internal connection to the connection compartment

2 Contact pins for the display and adjustment module or interface adapter
3 Ground terminal for connection of the cable screen
3 Selection switch for bus address
LG series, connection
4/320
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LG series
Profibus electronic option, electronics and connection compartment,
single chamber housing
2
3
6 789
6 789
2(-)
(+)1
01
23 4
Bus
23 4
01
6 7
1
1 Voltage supply, signal output
2 For display and adjustment module or interface adapter
3 Selection switch for bus address

4 For external display and adjustment unit
5 Ground terminal for connection of the cable screen
LG series, connection
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/321
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Continuous level measurement Capacitance transmitters
SITRANS LC300
Overview
Configuration
Installation
Build up of material in active shield

area does not affect switch
operation.
Mounting on a bypass
4
SITRANS LC300 is an inverse frequency shift capacitance
continuous level transmitter for liquids and solids applications.
It is ideal for standard industrial applications in chemical, hydrocarbon processing, food and beverage, water, wastewater,
and mining, aggregate, and cement industries.
4/322
Siemens FI 01 2015
)
(2
Materials with low or high dielectric properties are accurately

measured and Active-Shield technology helps in ignoring the effects of buildup or condensation near vessel nozzle.
Key Applications: Conductive and non-conductive media
including: liquids and solids in standard industrial processes,
bulk solids applications involving dust, and chemical
processes involving vapor
SITRANS LC300 is a 2-wire level measurement instrument combining a sophisticated, yet easy-to-adjust microprocessor with
field-proven probes. It is available in four versions: rod, rod with
stilling well, cable with PFA insulation, and cable without
PFA insulation.
.5
Application
in

Highly accurate and reliable PFA-lined probes
Integrated local LCD display
2-wire (4 to 20 mA) current loop design
Current signaling according to NAMUR NE 43
Push-button calibration and programming
Stilling well (ground tube) version for low dielectric media and
non-metallic vessels
Benefits
Min. 50 (2)
SITRANS LC300 installation, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC300
Input
Safety
Measuring range
1.66 ... 3 300 pF
Span
Min. 3.3 pF
Output
Continuous signal 4 ... 20 mA/
20 ... 4 mA according to NAMUR 43
< 0.4 % of full scale and actual measurement value
Accuracy
Deviation < 0.5 % of actual measurement value

1)
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
Pollution degree
Ingress protection
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)2)

I
4
Type 4/NEMA 4/IP65 (optional IP68)
Location
Indoor/outdoor
Process pressure
-1 ... +35 bar g (-14.6 ... +511 psi g)
Process temperature
-40 ... +200 C (-40 ... +392 F)3)
Min. dielectric constant r
1.5
General
Probe diameter
Rod version
Cable version
Rod version
Cable version
Threaded rod mounting
Aluminum, epoxy-coated
19 mm (0.75 inch) with PFA jacket
9 mm (0.35 inch) with PFA jacket,
6 mm (0.24 inch) without PFA jacket
Threaded: 120 mm (4.72 inch)
Flanged: 100 mm (3.94 inch)
Threaded: 125 mm (4.92 inch)
Flanged: 105 mm (4.13 inch)
",1",1", 1" NPT [(Taper),
ANSI/ASME B1.20.1]
R ",1", 1" [(BSPT),
EN 10226/PT (JIS-T), JIS B 0203]
Flange mounting
G ",1", 1" [(BSPP),

EN ISO 228-1/PF (JIS-P), JIS B 0202]
1" NPT [(Taper),
ANSI/ASME B1.20.1]
R 1" [(BSPT),
EN 10226/PT (JIS-T), JIS B 0203]
G 1" [(BSPP),
EN ISO 228-1/PF (JIS-P), JIS B 0202]
1 ... 4" ASME, DN 25 ... 100
Enclosure cable inlet
2 x " NPT or 2 x M20x1.5
Power supply
12 ... 30 V DC any polarity,

2-wire current loop circuit
Threaded cable mounting
CE, CSAUS/C, FM, RCM
Dust Ignition Proof

(Intrinsically Safe probe circuit)
Canada/USA
Europe
Flame Proof
Europe
Explosion Proof
Canada/USA
FM/CSA:
Class II, Div. 1, Groups E,F,G
Class III T4
ATEX 1/2 D T100 C
ATEX II 1/2 G EEx d [ia] IIC T6 ... T1

Class I, Div. 1, Groups A,B,C,D

Class II, Div. 1, Groups E,F,G
Class III T4
Marine
Bureau Veritas Type Approval ABS

Type Approval
Overfill Protection
AIB-Vincotte
Other
1)

2)

(185 F)
3)
Not suitable for steam environments
Design
Material
Enclosure
According to NAMUR NE 43,

signal 3.8 ... 20.5 mA, fault 3.6 or
21 mA (22 mA)
Loop current
Design: Probe
Rod version
Stilling well
version
Cable version
Length
Min. 300 mm
(12 inch),
max. 5 000 mm
(197 inch)
Min. 300 mm
(12 inch),
max. 5 000 mm
(197 inch)
Min. 1 000 mm
(40 inch),
max. 25 000 mm
(984 inch)
Sensor wetted
parts
PFA, 316L
stainless steel
PFA, 316L
stainless steel
316L stainless
steel or 316L
stainless steel
with PFA insulation
O-ring seal mate- FKM or FFKM

rial
FKM or FFKM
FKM or FFKM
Thermal isolator
Optional
Optional
Optional
Options
N/A
N/A
Mounting eye for

PFA insulated
cable version
User Interface
Display
Local LCD, 4 digit, each 0 ... 9 and

limited alpha characters
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/323
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC300
Article No.
Article No.
SITRANS LC300, rod version

An inverse frequency shift capacitance continuous
level transmitter for liquids and solids applications.
7ML5670-
SITRANS LC300, rod version

7ML5670-
77 7 77 - 777 0
Process connection
Wetted seals
FKM
FFKM [for process temperatures above -20 C
(-4 F)]
0A
0B
0C
0D

R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226/PT (JIS-T),
JIS B 0203]
1A
1B
1D

JIS B 0202]
JIS B 0202]
JIS B 0202]
Welded flange, 316L stainless steel, raised face1)
1" ASME, 150 lb
1" ASME, 300 lb
1" ASME, 600 lb
3A
1" ASME, 150 lb

1" ASME, 300 lb
1" ASME, 600 lb
5D
5E
5F
2" ASME, 150 lb

2" ASME, 300 lb
2" ASME, 600 lb
5G
5H
5J
3" ASME, 150 lb

3" ASME, 300 lb
3" ASME, 600 lb
5K
5L
5M
4" ASME, 150 lb

4" ASME, 300 lb
4" ASME, 600 lb
Type A flat faced1)
DN 25, PN 16
DN 25, PN 40
DN 40, PN 16
5N
5P
5Q
DN 40, PN 40
DN 50, PN 16
DN 50, PN 40
6D
6E
6F
DN 80, PN 16
DN 80, PN 40
DN 100, PN 16
DN 100, PN 40
6G
6H
6J
6K
Probe material
19 mm (0.75 inch) diameter 316L stainless steel,
PFA lined rod
3D
5A
5B
5C
Enclosure
Aluminum epoxy coated 2 x " NPT via adapter cable inlet, IP65
Aluminum epoxy coated 2 x M20 x 1.5 cable inlet,
IP65
IP68
1)
6A
6B
6C
3 001 ... 4 000 mm (118.15 ... 157.48 inch)

4 001 ... 5 000 mm (157.52 ... 196.85 inch)
D
E
Siemens FI 01 2015

CSA/FM Class III T4
Explosion Proof Enclosure With IS Probe
CSA/FM Class III T4
3B
A
B
C
4/324
0
1
Approvals
General Safety (CSA, FM, CE, RCM)
Flame Proof Enclosure With IS Probe
CE, RCM, ATEX II 1/2 G EEx d [ia] IIC T6...T1,
Probe Length
(from flange face or including process thread)
300 ... 1 000 mm (11.81 ... 39.37 inch)
1 001 ... 2 000 mm (39.41 ... 78.74 inch)
2 001 ... 3 000 mm (78.78 ... 118.11 inch)
Thermal isolator
77 7 77 - 777 0
0
1
Flange bolting patterns and facings dimensionally correspond to the

applicable ASME B16.5 or EN 1092-1 standard.
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC300
Order code
Further designs
code(s).
Insertion length, specify in plain text: Y01: ... mm
Y01

Y15

C11
C12
Article No.
English
7ML1998-5HE03
French
7ML1998-5HE11
German
7ML1998-5HE33
Spanish
7ML1998-5HE21

A5E32268590
Accessories
Electronic transmitter kit (includes transmitter and
driver)
7ML1830-1KN
7ML5741-...

7ML5740-...

7ML5744-...

7ML5750-...
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/325
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC300
Article No.
Article No.
SITRANS LC300, stilling well version

level transmitter for liquid applications.
7ML5671-
SITRANS LC300, stilling well version

level transmitter for liquid applications.
7ML5671-
77 7 77 - 777 0
Process connection
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226/PT (JIS-T),
JIS B 0203]
JIS B 0202]
2" ASME, 150 lb

2" ASME, 300 lb
2" ASME, 600 lb
5G
5H
5J
3" ASME, 150 lb

3" ASME, 300 lb
3" ASME, 600 lb
5K
5L
5M
4" ASME, 150 lb

4" ASME, 300 lb
4" ASME, 600 lb
Type A flat faced1)
DN 40, PN 16
DN 40, PN 40
DN 50, PN 16
5N
5P
5Q
DN 50, PN 40
DN 80, PN 16
DN 80, PN 40
6F
6G
6H
1)
4/326
Siemens FI 01 2015
C
D
Order code

code(s).
6C
6D
6E
6J
6K
D
E
Approvals
CE, RCM, ATEX II 1/2 G EEx d [ia] IIC T6 ... T1,

3 001 ... 4 000 mm (118.15 ... 157.48 inch)

4 001 ... 5 000 mm (157.52 ... 196.85 inch)
Probe material
35 mm (1.38 inch) diameter stilling well,
with 19 mm (0.75 inch) diameter 316L
stainless steel, PFA lined rod with PTFE spacers
Further designs
A
B
C
Wetted seals
FKM

IP68
Probe Length
300 ... 1 000 mm (11.81 ... 39.37 inch)
1 001 ... 2 000 mm (39.41 ... 78.74 inch)
2 001 ... 3 000 mm (78.78 ... 118.11 inch)
Thermal isolator
Enclosure
IP65
3D
5D
5E
5F
DN 100, PN 16
DN 100, PN 40

CSA/FM Class III T4
CSA/FM Class III T4
0D
1D
1" ASME, 150 lb

1" ASME, 300 lb
1" ASME, 600 lb
77 7 77 - 777 0
Y01

Y15

C11
C12
Article No.
English
7ML1998-5HE03
French
7ML1998-5HE11
German
7ML1998-5HE33
Spanish
7ML1998-5HE21

7ML1998-5QH81
Accessories
0
1
0
1
1
A
B
C
Electronic transmitter kit

(includes transmitter and driver)
7ML1830-1KN
7ML5741-...

7ML5740-...

7ML5744-...

7ML5750-...
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC300
Article No.
Article No.
SITRANS LC300, cable version

level transmitter for non-conductive liquids and
solids applications.
7ML5672-
SITRANS LC300, cable version

level transmitter for non-conductive liquids and
solids applications.
7ML5672-
77 7 77 - 777 0
Process connection
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226/PT (JIS-T),
JIS B 0203]
JIS B 0202]
Approvals
0D
1D
5D
5E
5F
2" ASME, 150 lb

2" ASME, 300 lb
2" ASME, 600 lb
5G
5H
5J
3" ASME, 150 lb

3" ASME, 300 lb
3" ASME, 600 lb
5K
5L
5M
4" ASME, 150 lb

4" ASME, 300 lb
4" ASME, 600 lb
Type A flat faced1)
DN 40, PN 16
DN 40, PN 40
DN 50, PN 16
5N
5P
5Q
DN 50, PN 40
DN 80, PN 16
DN 80, PN 40
6F
6G
6H
DN 100, PN 16
DN 100, PN 40
6J
6K
6C
6D
6E
6 001 ... 8 000 mm (236.26 ... 314.96 inch)

8 001 ... 10 000 mm (315.00 ... 393.70 inch)
10 001 ... 12 000 mm (393.74 ... 472.44 inch)
D
E
F
12 001 ... 14 000 mm (472.48 ... 551.18 inch)

14 001 ... 16 000 mm (551.22 ... 629.92 inch)2)
16 001 ... 18 000 mm (629.96 ... 708.66 inch)2)
G
H
J
18 001 ... 20 000 mm (708.70 ... 787.40 inch)2)

20 001 ... 22 000 mm (787.44 ... 866.14 inch)2)
22 001 ... 24 000 mm (866.18 ... 944.88 inch)2)
K
L
M
24 001 ... 25 000 mm (944.92 ... 984.25 inch)2)
Probe material
Bare 316L stainless steel cable and 316L
stainless steel cable weight, tinned copper crimp,
PTFE backing ring, PEEK isolator and PFA lined
active shield
D
E
4
A
B
C

IP68
A
B
C
Wetted seals
FKM
-20 C (-4 F)]
Enclosure
IP65
Probe Length
1 000 ... 2 000 mm (39.37 ... 78.74 inch)
2 001 ... 4 000 mm (78.78 ... 157.48 inch)
4 001 ... 6 000 mm (157.52 ... 236.22 inch)
Thermal isolator
A
B

CSA/FM Class III T4
CSA/FM Class III T4
3D
1" ASME, 150 lb

1" ASME, 300 lb
1" ASME, 600 lb
77 7 77 - 777 0
1)

2)
Cable lengths from 15 000 mm (590.55 inch) to 25 000 mm (984.25 inch)

can be used in non-conductive media. Contact Factory for assistance.
0
1
0
1
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/327
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC300
Order code
Further designs
code(s).
Y01

Y15

C11
C12
Article No.
English
7ML1998-5HE03
French
7ML1998-5HE11
German
7ML1998-5HE33
Spanish
7ML1998-5HE21

7ML1998-5QH81
Accessories
Electronic transmitter kit (includes transmitter
and driver)
7ML1830-1KN
7ML5741-...

7ML5740-...

7ML5744-...

7ML5750-...
4/328
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC300
Article No.
Article No.
SITRANS LC300, PFA coated cable version

7ML5673-
SITRANS LC300, PFA coated cable version

7ML5673-
77 7 77 - 777 7
Process connection
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226/PT (JIS-T),
JIS B 0203]
JIS B 0202]
77 7 77 - 777 7
Probe material
PFA coated cable and 316L stainless steel cable
weight, PEEK isolator and PFA lined active shield
Approvals
0D
1D
A
B
3D
1" ASME, 150 lb

1" ASME, 300 lb
1" ASME, 600 lb

5D
5E
5F
2" ASME, 150 lb

2" ASME, 300 lb
2" ASME, 600 lb
5G
5H
5J

CSA/FM Class III T4
CSA/FM Class III T4
3" ASME, 150 lb

3" ASME, 300 lb
3" ASME, 600 lb
5K
5L
5M
4" ASME, 150 lb

4" ASME, 300 lb
4" ASME, 600 lb
Type A flat faced1)
DN 40, PN 16
DN 40, PN 40
DN 50, PN 16
5N
5P
5Q
DN 50, PN 40
DN 80, PN 16
DN 80, PN 40
6F
6G
6H
DN 100, PN 16
DN 100, PN 40
Enclosure
IP65
6J
6K
A
B
C
6 001 ... 8 000 mm (236.26 ... 314.96 inch)

8 001 ... 10 000 mm (315.00 ... 393.70 inch)
10 001 ... 12 000 mm (393.74 ... 472.44 inch)
D
E
F
12 001 ... 14 000 mm (472.48 ... 551.18 inch)

14 001 ... 16 000 mm (551.22 ... 629.92 inch)2)
16 001 ... 18 000 mm (629.96 ... 708.66 inch)2)
G
H
J
18 001 ... 20 000 mm (708.70 ... 787.40 inch)2)

20 001 ... 22 000 mm (787.44 ... 866.14 inch)2)
22 001 ... 24 000 mm (866.18 ... 944.88 inch)2)
K
L
M
24 001 ... 25 000 mm (944.92 ... 984.25 inch)2)
Wetted seals
FKM
FFKM [for process temperatures above -20 C
(-4 F)]
B
C
D
Mounting eye
Without Mounting eye
With mounting eye
Probe Length
1 000 ... 2 000 mm (39.37 ... 78.74 inch)
2 001 ... 4 000 mm (78.78 ... 157.48 inch)
4 001 ... 6 000 mm (157.52 ... 236.22 inch)
Thermal isolator

IP68
6C
6D
6E
0
1
1)

2)
Cable lengths from 15 000 mm (590.55 inch) to 25 000 mm (984.25 inch)

can be used in non-conductive media. Contact Factory for assistance.
0
1
0
1
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/329
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC300
Order code
Further designs
code(s).
Y01

Y15

C11
C12
Article No.
English
7ML1998-5HE03
French
7ML1998-5HE11
German
7ML1998-5HE33
Spanish
7ML1998-5HE21
7ML1998-5QH81

Accessories
Electronic transmitter kit (includes transmitter
and driver)
7ML1830-1KN
7ML5741-...

7ML5740-...

7ML5744-...

7ML5750-...
4/330
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC300
LC300 standard, extended rod and cable probes
(7ML5670, 7ML5671, 7ML5672 and 7ML5673)
40 bar (580 psi)
30 bar (435 psi)
20 bar (290 psi)
Atmospheric
-40 F 14 F
(-40 C) (-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)
-150 C
(-238 F)
10 bar (145 psi)
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
500 F
(260 C)
250 C
(482 F)
Example:
ermitted operating pressure = 30 bar (435 psi) at 75 C
SITRANS LC300 Process Pressure/Temperature derating curves (7ML5625)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/331
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC300
(7ML5670, 7ML5671, 7ML5672 and 7ML5673)
90 bar (1.305 psi)
80 bar (1.160 psi)
70 bar (1.015 psi)
60 bar (870 psi)
ASME 6001)
50 bar (725 psi)
40 bar (580 psi)
30 bar (435 psi)

ASME 3001)
20 bar (290 psi)
-40 F 14 F
(-40 C) (-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)
-150 C
(-238 F)
ASME 1501)
10 bar (145 psi)
Atmospheric
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
500 F
(260 C)
250 C
(482 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
1)
600 F
(315 C)
300 C
(572 F)
700 F
(371 C)
350 C
400 C
(662 F) (752 F)

(7ML5670, 7ML5671, 7ML5672 and 7ML5673)
40 bar (580 psi)
30 bar (435 psi)

PN 401)
20 bar (290 psi)
-40 F 14 F
(-40 C) (-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)
-150 C
(-238 F)
PN 161)
10 bar (145 psi)
Atmospheric
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
1)
4/332
Siemens FI 01 2015
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
500 F
(260 C)
250 C
(482 F)
600 F
(315 C)
300 C
(572 F)
700 F
(371 C)
350 C
400 C
(662 F) (752 F)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC300
Threaded (7ML5670)
Threaded (7ML5671)
Lid
2 cable entries
1/2" NPT or
M20 x 1.5
Stainless steel
stilling well
Measuring length
Vent
PFA
insulated
probe
19 (0.75)

min. = 300 (14) / max. = 5 000 (197)
Y02 1)
M20: 135 (5.32)

1/2" NPT: 150
(5.91)
Lid without window
Thermal
isolator
Note:
1) Rod version Y02: Shield length = 100 mm
(3.9 inch) for threaded including process
connection thread length, 100 mm
(3.9 inch) for welded flange
2) For non-conductive applications only.
Non-insulated cable can be shortened on
site. Weight is included in measuring
length.
3) For liquids and solids applications.
Insulated cable cannot be shortened.
Weight is not included in measuring
length.
4) For conductive materials, the measuring
length includes the exposed PFA insulated
cable only. Any fluid contact with the upper
rod assembly will result in a short circuit
and incorrect readings.
PFA
insulated
probe

min. = 300 (14) / max. = 5 000 (197)
Measuring length
Y02 1)
20 (0.79)
35 (1.38)
19 (0.75)
* = 30 (1.18) Inactive tip

Threaded (7ML5672)
2)

Threaded (7ML5673)
275 (10.83)
Electronics/
enclosure
150
(5.91)
Lid clip
3)
32 (1.26)
Stainless steel
weight (electrically
isolated but not
PFA insulated),
actual weight =
(2.15 kg [4.76 lb])
350 (13.78)
9 (0.35)
34,5 (1.36)
Mounting eye
12
(0.47)
25 (0.98)
20 (0.79)
9 (0.35)
See
note 4

min. = 1 000 (40) / max. = 25 000 (984)
Y02 =
105
(4.13)
Measuring
length
PFA insulated
cable
350 (13.78)
Stainless steel
weight, actual
weight = (1.27 kg
[2.80 lb])
250 (9.84)
6 (0.24)

min. = 1 000 (40) / max. = 25 000 (984)
Stainless steel
cable
Measuring length
Y02 =
105
(4.13)
20 (0.79)
34,5 (1.36)
SITRANS LC300 - Threaded Process Connections, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/333
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC300

2 cable entries
" NPT or
M20 x 1.5
Lid
Lid clip
Electronics/
enclosure
M20: 135 (5.32)

1/2" NPT: 150 (5.91)
19 (0.75)
*
* = 30 (1.18) inactive tip
Stainless steel
weight
32 (1.26)
Stainless steel
weight (electrically
isolated but not PFA
insulated)
34,5 (1.36)
Siemens FI 01 2015
See
note 4

min. = 1 000 (40) / max. = 25 000 (984)
Y02 =
105
(4.13)
9 (0.35)
SITRANS LC300 - Flanged Process Connections, dimensions in mm (inch)
4/334
Measuring
length
PFA insulated
cable
350 (13.78)
6 (0.24)
Cable version, insulated 3)


min. = 1 000 (40) / max. = 25 000 (984)
Stainless steel
cable
Measuring length
Y02 =
105
(4.13)
Cable version, non-insulated 2)

Facing thickness
ASME 150/300
2 (0.08)
ASME 600/900
7 (0.28)
PN16/40
2 (0.08)
Notes:
1) Rod version Y02: Shield length = 100 mm
(3.9 inch) for threaded including process
connection thread length, 100 mm
(3.9 inch) for welded flange.
2) For non-conductive applications only.
Non-insulated cable can be shortened on
site. Weight is included in measuring
length.
3) For liquids and solids applications.
Insulated cable cannot be shortened.
Weight is not included in measuring
length.
4) For conductive materials, the measuring
length includes the exposed PFA insulated
cable only. Any fluid contact with the upper
rod assembly will result in a short circuit
and incorrect readings.
35 (1.38)
19 (0.75)
275 (10.83)
150
(5.91)

Flange Class
9 (0.35)
350 (13.78)
PFA
insulated
probe
Thermal
isolator
34,5 (1.36)
Mounting eye
12
(0.47)
25 (0.98)
20 (0.79)
Measuring length
Vent

min. = 300 (14) / max. = 5 000 (197)
Y02 1)
Stainless steel
stilling well

min. = 300 (14) / max. = 5 000 (197)
Y02 1)
Measuring length
PFA
insulated
probe
250 (9.84)
Lid without window
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC300
Schematics
With safety barrier
Without safety barrier
white (S)
orange (S)
black (O)
black (O)
red (+)
red (+)
For factory software

update use only
Menu / function selector
4 ... 20 mA (2-wire) current loop

measurement signal (not polarity
sensitive)
4
Down / - button
Up / + button
SITRANS LC300 connections
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/335
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC500
Overview
Configuration
Installation
Build up of material or condensation in active shield area

does not affect switch operation.
4
SITRANS LC500 is an inverse frequency shift capacitance level
or interface transmitter for extreme and critical process conditions, such as oil and liquified natural gas (LNG) as well as toxic
and aggressive chemicals and vapors.
Benefits
Simple push-button calibration and integrated local display
Inverse frequency approach provides high resolution
2-wire loop powered 4 to 20/20 to 4 mA measurement signal
Pre-detection alarm and full function diagnostics
High temperature and pressure resistant (optional)
Full-function diagnostics comply with NAMUR NE 43
Easy calibration locally or via HART (using SIMATIC PDM
software)
Application
SITRANS LC500s advanced electronics provide one-step,
push-button calibration and local display for easy on-site installation and setup.
Mounting on non-linear vessels in non-conductive fluids

using stilling well.
SITRANS LC500 installation, dimensions in mm (inch)
Input
Measuring range
1 ... 3 300 pF
Span
Min. 3.3 pF
Output
Solid-state switch
Output
Protection
Bipolar
The unique mechanical probe design coupled with a high

performance transmitter gives superior performance in toxic
and aggressive chemicals, acids, caustics, adhesives and in
viscous conductive and non-conductive materials.
30 V (DC)
30 V peak (AC)
Max. load current
82 mA
Voltage drop
The SMART 2-wire transmitter has HART communications for remote commissioning and inspection.
Key Applications: Oil/water or foam/liquid interface
measurement in separators or coalescers, cryogenic applications including C02 and liquified natural gas (LNG), distillation/
regeneration tanks with high temperatures
Time delay (pre or post switching)
1 ... 60 s
Loop current
3.6 ... 22 mA/22 ... 3.6 mA

(2-wire current loop)
4/336
Siemens FI 01 2015
0.15 pF (0 pF) or < 0.25 %

(typically < 0.1 %) of actual measured value, whichever is greater
over the full temperature range
< 0.1 % of range and actual

measured value respectively
Accuracy
Deviation < 0.1 % of measured value
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC500
Power supply
User Interface
Location
12 ... 33 V DC
Indoor/outdoor
Display
Local LCD, 4 digit, each 0 ... 9 and

limited alpha characters
Ambient temperature (transmitter)
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)2)
Rotary function switch
For selecting programmable menu

items
II
Push buttons
Pollution degree
Red +, blue -, used in conjunction

with rotary switch for
programming
Ambient conditions
Medium conditions
Min. 1.5
Process temperature
Temperature rating of process seal is

pressure dependent.
See Pressure/Temperature curves on
page 4/346.
- Standard (PFA)
3)
- Cryogenic version
Features
According to NAMUR NE 43,

signal 3.8 ... 20.5 mA, fault 3.6 or
21 mA (22 mA)
Safety
Inputs/outputs fully galvanically

isolated
Polarity-insensitive current loop
Fully potted
Integrated safety barrier
Diagnostics with fault alarm when:
Primary variable (PV) out of limits,

system failure in measurement circuit,
deviation between A/D and D/A converter, check sum, watch dog and
self-checking facility
Function rotary switch
Positions 0 ... 9, A ... F
SMART communication
Conforming to HART Communication

Foundation (HCF)
-50 ... +200 C (-58 ... +392 F)

-200 ... +200 C (-328 ... +392 F)
Contact ceg.smpi@siemens.com for
details.
Process pressure
Pressure rating of process seal is

temperature dependent.
See Pressure/Temperature curves on
page 4/346.
Standard (PFA)
-1 ... 150 bar g (2175 psi g)
Design
Material

- Standard rod
General Purpose
CE, CSA, FM, RCM
Non-incendive/Non-sparking
CSA/FM Class 1, Div. 2, Groups A,

B, C, D T4 ATEX II 3G 2D EEx nA [ib]
IIC
Probe insulation (rod)

Cable

PFA
316 stainless steel/
316 stainless steel PFA
Probe diameter
Rod version
16 mm (0.63 inch) or 24 mm
(0.95 inch)
Cable version
9 mm (0.35 inch) with PFA jacket,

6 mm (0.24 inch) without PFA jacket

Minimum (rod version)
50 mm (1.97 inch), customer selectable (order number Y02)
T6 ... T4 T100 C
Dust Ignition Proof
(Intrinsically Safe Probe Circuit)
ATEX II 1/2 GD EEx d [ia] T6 to T1

T100 C
Explosion Proof
(Intrinsically Safe Probe Circuit)
Max. 3.5 m (138 inch) with 16 mm

rod, PFA
Max. 5.5 m (216 inch) with 24 mm
rod, PFA
Cable version
Max. 35 m (1 378 inch)

Threaded mounting

R [(BSPT), EN 10226/PT (JIS-T),
JIS B 0203]
G [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1/
PF (JIS-P), JIS B 0202]
Flange mounting
ASME, EN 1092-1
FM Class 1, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D

T4
ATEX II 1/2 GD EEx d [ia] IIC T6 to T1
Marine
Probe length
Rod version

Groups E, F, G

Categories ENV1, ENV2, ENV3 and
ENV5, Bureau Veritas
1)

according to relevant certificate. See also Pressure/Temperature curves on
page 4/346.
2)

(185 F).
3)
Not recommended for steam environments
Enclosure
Material
Aluminum, epoxy-coated
Cable inlet
2 x inch NPT (2 x M20x1.5,

IP68 adapter, optional)
Type 4X/NEMA4X/IP65, IP68
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/337
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC500
SITRANS LC500 probe version
Standard
Extended Cable version with

Rod Sensor
Process connection types
Threaded or welded flange
Single piece flanged
Threaded or welded flange
Threaded
Flange
Rod length for PFA 16 mm version
Min. 200 mm (7.87 inch)

Max. 3 500 mm (137.80 inch)
Min. 200 mm (7.87 inch)

Max. 3 500 mm (137.80 inch)
Min. 200 mm (7.87 inch)

Max. 3 500 mm (137.80 inch)
Rod length for PFA 24 mm version
Min. 200 mm (7.87 inch)

Max. 5 500 mm (216.54 inch)
Min. 200 mm (7.87 inch)

Max. 5 500 mm (216.54 inch)
Min. 200 mm (7.87 inch)

Max. 5 500 mm (216.54 inch)
Cable length
Min. 1 000 mm (39.37 inch)

Max. 35 000 mm (1 377.95 inch)
Min. 1 000 mm (39.37 inch)

Max. 35 000 mm (1 377.95 inch)
Min. 5 000 mm (196.85 inch)2)

Max. 35 000 mm (1 377.95 inch)2)
Maximum process pressure
See Pressure/Temperature curves for specific probe type
Process connection materials

Probe insulation
PFA
Length and Process parameters1)
Maximum process temperature
5 bar g (73 psi g)

100 C (212 F)
1)
See Pressure/Temperature curves for specific probe type
2)
Refers to total insertion length. See dimension drawing on page 4/354 for further explanation - Not available as standard
4/338
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC500
SITRANS LC500, Threaded or Welded Flange
with Cable Sensor
interface transmitter for extreme and critical
process conditions, such as oil and liquid gas,
toxic and aggressive chemicals and vapours.
Version1)
Cable, 9 mm (0.35 inch) diameter, 316 stainless
steel with PFA insulation, weighted
1 000 ... 2 000 mm (39.37 ... 78.74 inch)
2 001 ... 4 000 mm (78.78 ... 157.48 inch)
4 001 ... 6 000 mm (157.52 ... 236.22 inch)
6 001 ... 8 000 mm (236.26 ... 314.96 inch)
8 001 ... 10 000 mm (315 ... 393.70 inch)
Longer lengths possible to a max. of 35 000 mm
(114.83 ft). Contact ceg.smpi@siemens.com for
details.
Cable, 6 mm (0.24 inch) diameter, 316L stainless
steel, non-insulated, weighted (non-conductive
media only)
1 000 ... 2 000 mm (39.37 ... 78.74 inch)2)
2 001 ... 4 000 mm (78.78 ... 157.48 inch)2)3)
4 001 ... 6 000 mm (157.52 ... 236.22 inch)2)3)
6 001 ... 8 000 mm (236.26 ... 314.96 inch)2)3)
8 001 ... 10 000 mm (315 ... 393.70 inch)2)3)
Cable lengths up to 25 000 mm (984.25 inch) are
possible for non-conductive media. Cable lengths
up to 15 000 mm (590.55 inch) are possible for
conductive media.
Contact ceg.smpi@siemens.com for details.
Process connection (316L stainless steel)
Threaded connection
JIS B 0202]
Welded flange, raised face
1", ASME, 150 Ib
1", ASME, 300 Ib
1", ASME, 600 Ib
2", ASME, 150 Ib
2", ASME, 300 Ib
2", ASME, 600 Ib
3", ASME, 150 Ib3)
3", ASME, 300 Ib3)
3", ASME, 600 Ib3)
4", ASME, 150 Ib3)
4", ASME, 300 Ib3)
4", ASME, 600 Ib3)
6", ASME, 150 Ib3)
6", ASME, 300 Ib3)
6", ASME, 600 Ib3)
Article No.
7ML551377 7 77 - 77 77
0E
1E
2E
3E
4E
0F
1F
2F
3F
4F
C0
F0
K0
L0
B1
B2
B3
C1
C2
C3
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
F1
F2
F3

SITRANS LC500, Threaded or Welded Flange
with Cable Sensor
Approvals
CSA / FM Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
CSA / FM Class II, III, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G T4
ATEX II 3G 2D EEx nA [ib] IIC T6 ... T4 T 100 C
ATEX II 1/2 GD EEx d [ia] IIC T6 ... T1 T 100 C
FM Class I, Div.1, Groups A, B, C, D, T4
2 x " NPT, IP68
2 x M20x1.5 (IP68, adapter)
Options
No additional options
With mounting eye4)
Thermal isolator
Isolator, only for use when temperature range is
outside of -40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F),
explosion proof approval -40 ... +70 C
(-40 ... +158 F)
Electronic output
2-wire loop current 4 ... 20 mA
(transmitter MSP 2002-2 _3300 pF)
Article No.
7ML55137 7 7 77 - 77 7 7
1
2
4
6
1
2
A
B
A
B
1)
A minimum span of 3 pF must be maintained
2)
Available with non-conductive media only
3)
4)
Available in PFA insulated version only
Order code

Further designs
code(s).
Y01

Y15

C11
C12
See page 4/345
Accessories
See page 4/345
Welded flange, Type A flat faced
DN 40, PN 16
DN 40, PN 40
DN 50, PN 16
DN 50, PN 40
DN 80, PN 16
DN 80, PN 403)
DN 100, PN 163)
DN 100, PN 403)
DN 125, PN 163)
DN 125, PN 403)
ASME B16.5, or EN 1092-1 standard.)
K4
K5
L4
L5
M4
M5
N4
N5
P4
P5
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/339
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC500

SITRANS LC500, Threaded or Welded Flange,
with Rod Sensor
Version
Rod, 16 mm (0.63 inch), PFA insulated
Add Order code Y01 and Y02 and plain text:
"Insertion length ... mm and active shield
length ... mm"
200 ... 1 000 mm (7.87 ... 39.37 inch)1)
1 001 ... 2 000 mm (39.41 ... 78.74 inch)
2 001 ... 3 000 mm (78.78 ... 118.11 inch)2)
3 001 ... 3 500 mm (118.15 ... 137.80 inch)2)
Rod, 16 mm (0.63 inch), PFA insulated with 35 mm
(1.38 inch) stilling well in 316L stainless steel
length ... mm"
200 ... 1 000 mm (7.87 ... 39.37 inch)1)3)
1 001 ... 2 000 mm (39.41 ... 78.74 inch)3)
2 001 ... 3 000 mm (78.78 ... 118.11 inch)2)3)
3 001 ... 3 500 mm (118.15 ... 137.80 inch)2)3)
length ... mm"
200 ... 1 000 mm (7.87 ... 39.37 inch)4)
1 001 ... 2 000 mm (39.41 ... 78.74 inch)4)
2 001 ... 3 000 mm (78.78 ... 118.11 inch)2)4)
3 001 ... 4 000 mm (118.15 ... 157.48 inch)2)4)
4 001 ... 5 000 mm (173.26 ... 196.88 inch)2)4)
5 001 ... 5 500 mm (196.89 ... 216.54 inch)2)4)
length ... mm"
200 ... 1 000 mm (7.87 ... 39.37 inch)5)
1 001 ... 2 000 mm (39.41 ... 78.74 inch)5)
2 001 ... 3 000 mm (78.78 ... 118.11 inch)2)5)
3 001 ... 4 000 mm (118.15 ... 157.48 inch)2)5)
4 001 ... 5 000 mm (173.26 ... 196.88 inch)2)5)
5 001 ... 5 500 mm (196.89 ... 216.54 inch)2)5)
Threaded connection
JIS B 0202]
4/340
Siemens FI 01 2015
Article No.
7ML551577 7 77 - 77 77
0A
1A
2A
3A
0B
1B
2B
3B
0C
1C
2C
3C
4C
5C
0D
1D
2D
3D
4D
5D
A0
B0
C0
D0
E0
F0
J0
K0
N0
P0
R0
S0
T0

with Rod Sensor
1", ASME, 150 Ib
1", ASME, 300 Ib
1", ASME, 600 Ib
2", ASME, 150 Ib
2", ASME, 300 Ib
2", ASME, 600 Ib
3", ASME, 150 Ib2)
3", ASME, 300 Ib2)
3", ASME, 600 Ib2)
4", ASME, 150 Ib2)
4", ASME, 300 Ib2)
4", ASME, 600 Ib2)
6", ASME, 150 Ib2)
6", ASME, 300 Ib2)
6", ASME, 600 Ib2)
DN 40, PN 16
DN 40, PN 40
DN 50, PN 16
DN 50, PN 40
DN 80, PN 16
DN 80, PN 402)
DN 100, PN 162)
DN 100, PN 402)
DN 125, PN 162)
DN 125, PN 402)
Approvals
2 x " NPT, IP68
2 x M20 x1.5 (IP68, adapter)
Options
Slotted holes instead of standard vent holes in
stilling well (refer to Operating Instructions for
dimensions.)6)
Without thermal isolator or remote electronics
Thermal isolator, only for use when temperature
range is outside of -40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F),
(-40 ... +158 F)
Remote electronics with mounting bracket and
cable7)
Length: 2 m (79 inch)
Article No.
7ML55157 7 7 77 - 77 7 7
B1
B2
B3
C1
C2
C3
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
F1
F2
F3
K4
K5
L4
L5
M4
M5
N4
N5
P4
P5
1
2
4
6
1
2
A
B
A
B
C
D
E
F
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC500
with Rod Sensor
Electronic output
Article No.
7ML5515-
Order code

Further designs
77 7 77 - 77 77

code(s).
Y01
Active shield length, specify in plain text

[min. length is 50 mm (2 inch)]: Y02: ... mm
Y02

Y15

C11
C12
1)
2)
3)
Available with process connection 1" or larger
4)
Available with process connection 1" or larger
5)
Available with process connection 2 " or larger
6)
Available with version 0B 3B, 0D 5D and 0F only
Manufacturing Test Report (Electrode Test)
C18
7)
See page 4/345
Accessories
See page 4/345
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/341
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC500

SITRANS LC500, Single Piece Flanged with
Rod Sensor
Version
length ... mm"
250 ... 1 000 mm (9.84 ... 39.37 inch)1)
1 001 ... 2 000 mm (39.41 ... 78.74 inch)
2 001 ... 3 000 mm (78.78 ... 118.11 inch)2)
3 001 ... 3 500 mm (118.15 ... 137.80 inch)2)
length ... mm"
250 ... 1 000 mm (9.84 ... 39.37 inch)
1 001 ... 2 000 mm (39.41 ... 78.74 inch)
2 001 ... 3 000 mm (78.78 ... 118.11 inch)2)
3 001 ... 3 500 mm (118.15 ... 137.80 inch)2)
length ... mm"
250 ... 1 000 mm (9.84 ... 39.37 inch)
1 001 ... 2 000 mm (39.41 ... 78.74 inch)
2 001 ... 3 000 mm (78.78 ... 118.11 inch)2)
3 001 ... 4 000 mm (118.15 ... 157.48 inch)2)
4 001 ... 5 000 mm (173.26 ... 196.88 inch)2)
5 001 ... 5 500 mm (196.89 ... 216.54 inch)2)
length ... mm"
250 ... 1 000 mm (9.84 ... 39.37 inch)
1 001 ... 2 000 mm (39.41 ... 78.74 inch)2)3)
2 001 ... 3 000 mm (78.78 ... 118.11 inch)2)3)
3 001 ... 4 000 mm (118.15 ... 157.48 inch)2)3)
4 001 ... 5 000 mm (173.26 ... 196.88 inch)2)3)
5 001 ... 5 500 mm (196.89 ... 216.54 inch)2)3)
Single piece flange, raised face
1", ASME, 150 Ib
1", ASME, 300 Ib
1", ASME, 600 Ib
2", ASME, 150 Ib
2", ASME, 300 Ib
2", ASME, 600 Ib
3", ASME, 150 Ib2)
3", ASME, 300 Ib2)
3", ASME, 600 Ib2)
4", ASME, 150 Ib2)
4", ASME, 300 Ib2)
4", ASME, 600 Ib2)
6", ASME, 150 Ib2)
6", ASME, 300 Ib2)
6", ASME, 600 Ib2)
4/342
Siemens FI 01 2015
Article No.
7ML551777 7 77 - 7777
0A
1A
2A
3A
0B
1B
2B
3B
0C
1C
2C
3C
4C
5C
0D
1D
2D
3D
4D
5D
B1
B2
B3
C1
C2
C3
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
F1
F2
F3

Rod Sensor
Single piece flange, Type B1 raised face
DN 40, PN 16
DN 40, PN 40
DN 50, PN 16
DN 50, PN 40
DN 80, PN 16
DN 80, PN 402)
DN 100, PN 162)
DN 100, PN 402)
DN 125, PN 162)
DN 125, PN 402)
Single piece flange with PTFE flange facing
(applicable with versions 0A ... 3A and 0C ... 5C)4)
1" ASME, 150 Ib
1", ASME, 300 Ib
1", ASME, 600 Ib
2", ASME, 150 Ib
2", ASME, 300 Ib
2", ASME, 600 Ib
3", ASME, 150 Ib2)
3", ASME, 300 Ib2)
3", ASME, 600 Ib2)
4", ASME, 150 Ib2)
4", ASME, 300 Ib2)
4", ASME, 600 Ib2)
6", ASME, 150 Ib2)
6", ASME, 300 Ib2)
6", ASME, 600 Ib2)
Single piece flange with PTFE flange facing
(applicable with versions 0A ... 3A, 0C ... 5C)4)
DN 40, PN 16
DN 40, PN 40
DN 50, PN 16
DN 50, PN 40
DN 80, PN 16
DN 80, PN 402)
DN 100, PN 162)
DN 100, PN 402)
DN 125, PN 162)
DN 125, PN 402)
Article No.
7ML5517777 77 - 7777
K4
K5
L4
L5
M4
M5
N4
N5
P4
P5
B4
B5
B6
C4
C5
C6
D4
D5
D6
E4
E5
E6
F4
F5
F6
K6
K7
L6
L7
M6
M7
N6
N7
P6
P7
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC500
Rod Sensor
Approvals
2 x " NPT, IP68
2 x M20 x1.5 (IP68, adapter)
Options
None
Slotted holes instead of standard vent holes in
stilling well (Refer to manual for dimensions)5)
outside of -40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F),
(-40 ... +158 F)
Remote electronics with mounting bracket and
cable6)
Electronic output
Article No.
7ML551777 7 77 - 7777
1
2
4
6
1
2
A
B
1)
2)
3)
Available with process connection 2" or larger, and only available with
process connection options C1 ... F3, L4 ... P5
4)
Not available with versions 0E and 0F
5)
Available with version 0B ... 3B, 0D ... 5D and 0F only
6)
Order code

Further designs
code(s).
Y01
Active shield length, specify in plain text

[min. length is 50 mm (2 inch)]: Y02: ... mm
Y02

Y15

C11
C12
Manufacturing Test Report (Electrode Test)
C18
See page 4/345
Accessories
See page 4/345
A
B
C
D
E
F
1
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/343
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC500

SITRANS LC500, Extended Cable version with
Rod Sensor, threaded connection or welded
flange1)
interface transmitter for short range continuous
measurement in large storage vessels.
Version2)
Rod, 16 mm (0.63 inch), PFA insulated and 316L
stainless steel flexible extension tube
Add Order code Y01 and plain text: "Total insertion
length ... mm and Y02 and plain text:
Active shield length ... mm"3)4)
5 000 ... 10 000 mm (196.85 ... 393.70 inch)1)
10 001 ... 15 000 mm (393.74 ... 590.55 inch)1)
15 001 ... 20 000 mm (590.59 ... 787.40 inch)1)
20 001 ... 25 000 mm (787.44 ... 984.25 inch)1)
25 001 ... 30 000 mm (984.29 ... 1181.10 inch)1)
30 001 ... 35 000 mm (1 181.14 ... 1 377.95 inch)1)
Rod, 24 mm (0.94 inch), PFA insulated and 316L
stainless steel flexible extension tube
Add Order code Y01 and plain text: "Total insertion
length ... mm and Y02 and plain text:
Active shield length ... mm"3)4)
5 000 ... 10 000 mm (196.85 ... 393.70 inch)1)
10 001 ... 15 000 mm (393.74 ... 590.55 inch)1)
15 001 ... 20 000 mm (590.59 ... 787.40 inch)1)
20 001 ... 25 000 mm (787.44 ... 984.25 inch)1)
25 001 ... 30 000 mm (984.29 ... 1 181.10 inch)1)
30 001 ... 35 000 mm (1 181.14 ... 1 377.95 inch)1)
Threaded connection
G 2" [(BSPP), EN ISO 228-1/PF (JIS-P) JIS B 0202]
2", ASME, 150 Ib
2", ASME, 300 Ib
3", ASME, 150 Ib1)
3", ASME, 300 Ib1)
4", ASME, 150 Ib1)
4", ASME, 300 Ib1)
6", ASME, 150 Ib1)
6", ASME, 300 Ib1)
DN 50, PN 16
DN 50, PN 40
DN 80, PN 16
DN 80, PN 401)
DN 100, PN 161)
DN 100, PN 401)
DN 125, PN 161)
DN 125, PN 401)
Approvals
4/344
Siemens FI 01 2015
Article No.
7ML55237 7 7 77 - 77 7 7
0A
1A
2A
3A
4A
5A
0B
1B
2B
3B
4B
5B
A0
B0
D0
C1
C2
D1
D2
E1
E2
F1
F2
L4
L5
M4
M5
N4
N5
P4
P5
1
2
4
6

SITRANS LC500, Extended Cable version with
Rod Sensor, threaded connection or welded
flange1)
interface transmitter for short range continuous
measurement in large storage vessels.
2 x " NPT, IP68
2 x M20x1.5 (IP68, adapter)
Options
With mounting eye
Thermal isolator
outside of -40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F),
(-40 ... +158 F)
Electronic output
Article No.
7ML55237 7 7 77 - 77 7 7
1
2
A
B
1)
2)
A minimum span of 3 pF must be maintained.
3)
See dimension drawings on page 4/354 for further explanation of Y01.
4)
Inactive length is equal to the flexible extension plus transition.

See dimension drawings on page 4/354 for further explanation of Y02.
A
B
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC500
Order code
Order code
Further designs
Accessories

code(s).
General Purpose
Insertion length, specify in plain text: Y01: to mm

(Includes measuring range plus cable extension) see dimensional information on page 4/354

NEMA6, -40 ... -100 C (-40 ... -212 F),
7ML1830-1JA
Y01
Active shield/cable extension length, specify in

plain text [min. length is 50 mm (2 inch)]:
Y02: to mm (see dimensional information on
page 4/354)

NEMA6, -40 ... -100 C (-40 ... -212 F),
7ML1830-1JC
Y02

Y15

C11
C12
Article No.
Hazardous Locations
1/2" NPT EMC rated Cable Gland: Dust Ignition Proof,
(0.216 ... 0.472 inch)
7ML1830-1JB
7ML1830-1JD
English
7ML1998-5GE04
French
7ML1998-5GE12

(0.216 ... 0.472 inch)
Spanish
7ML1998-5GE21
Transmitter, MSP 2002-1, 330 PF1)
7ML1830-1JP
German
7ML1998-5GE33
Transmitter, MSP 2002-2, 3 300 PF1)
7ML1830-1JQ
Transmitter, MSP 2002-3, 6 600 PF (used with

conductive fluids and probe lengths >10 000 mm)1)
7ML1830-1JR
7ML5741-...

7ML5740-...

7ML5744-...

7ML5750-...

1)
Transmitters not suitable for Intrinsically Safe application

(ATEX II 1G EEx ia IIC T4 or CSA/FM Class 1 Div. 1 Groups A, B, C and D
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/345
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC500
LC500 cable probes
threaded process connections
(7ML5513)
30 bar (435 psi)
20 bar (290 psi)
10 bar (145 psi)

Atmospheric
-40 F 14 F
(-40 C) (-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)
-150 C
(-238 F)
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
Example:
permitted operating pressure = 10 bar (145 psi) at 75 C
4/346
Siemens FI 01 2015
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
500 F
(260 C)
250 C
(482 F)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC500
LC500 PFA rod probes
(7ML5515)
150 bar (2.175 psi)
140 bar (2.030 psi)
130 bar (1.885 psi)
120 bar (1.740 psi)
110 bar (1.595 psi)
100 bar (1.450 psi)
90 bar (1.305 psi)
80 bar (1.160 psi)
70 bar (1.015 psi)
60 bar (870 psi)
50 bar (725 psi)
40 bar (580 psi)
30 bar (435 psi)
20 bar (290 psi)
Atmospheric
10 bar (145 psi)

-40 F 14 F
(-40 C) (-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)

-150 C
(-238 F)
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
500 F
(260 C)
250 C
(482 F)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/347
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC500
LC500 cable probes
(7ML5513)
20 bar (290 psi)

10 bar (145 psi)
ASME 150 lb1)
Atmospheric
-40 F 14 F
(-40 C) (-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)

-150 C
(-238 F)
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
1)
4/348
Siemens FI 01 2015
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
500 F
(260 C)
250 C
(482 F)
600 F
(315 C)
300 C
(572 F)
700 F
(371 C)
350 C
400 C
(662 F) (752 F)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC500
(7ML5515 and 7ML5517)
150 bar (2.175 psi)
140 bar (2.030 psi)
130 bar (1.885 psi)
120 bar (1.740 psi)
110 bar (1.595 psi)
100 bar (1.450 psi)
90 bar (1.305 psi)
80 bar (1.160 psi)
70 bar (1.015 psi)
60 bar (870 psi)

ASME 600 lb1)
50 bar (725 psi)
40 bar (580 psi)
30 bar (435 psi)

ASME 300 lb1)
20 bar (290 psi)
Atmospheric
-40 F 14 F
(-40 C)(-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)
-150 C
(-238 F)
ASME 150 lb1)
10 bar (145 psi)
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
1)
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
500 F
(260 C)
250 C
(482 F)
600 F
(315 C)
300 C
(572 F)
700 F
(371 C)
350 C
400 C
(662 F) (752 F)
SITRANS LC500 Process Pressure/Temperature derating curves (7ML5515 and 7ML5517)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/349
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC500
LC500 cable probes
(7ML5513)
20 bar (290 psi)

10 bar (145 psi)
PN 161)
Atmospheric
-40 F 14 F
(-40 C) (-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)

-150 C
(-238 F)
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
1)
4/350
Siemens FI 01 2015
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
500 F
(260 C)
250 C
(482 F)
600 F
(315 C)
300 C
(572 F)
700 F
(371 C)
350 C
400 C
(662 F) (752 F)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC500
(7ML5515 and 7ML5517)
150 bar (2.175 psi)
140 bar (2.030 psi)
130 bar (1.885 psi)
120 bar (1.740 psi)
110 bar (1.595 psi)
100 bar (1.450 psi)
90 bar (1.305 psi)
80 bar (1.160 psi)
70 bar (1.015 psi)
60 bar (870 psi)
50 bar (725 psi)
40 bar (580 psi)
30 bar (435 psi)

PN 401)
20 bar (290 psi)
Atmospheric
10 bar (145 psi)

-40 F 14 F
(-40 C)(-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)

-150 C
(-238 F)
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
PN 161)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
1)
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
500 F
(260 C)
250 C
(482 F)
600 F
(315 C)
300 C
(572 F)
700 F
(371 C)
350 C
400 C
(662 F) (752 F)
SITRANS LC500 Process Pressure/Temperature derating curves (7ML5515 and 7ML5517)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/351
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC500
LC500 single piece flanged rod probes with PTFE facing
(7ML5517)
80 bar (1.160 psi)

70 bar (1.015 psi)
60 bar (870 psi)
50 bar (725 psi)
40 bar (580 psi)
30 bar (435 psi)

PN 401)
20 bar (290 psi)
-40 F 14 F 100 F
(-40 C) (-10 C) (38 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)
-150 C
(-238 F)
PN 161)
10 bar (145 psi)
Atmospheric
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
1)
4/352
Siemens FI 01 2015
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
500 F
(260 C)
250 C
(482 F)
600 F
(315 C)
300 C
(572 F)
700 F
(371 C)
350 C
400 C
(662 F) (752 F)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC500
LC500 single piece flanged rod probes with PTFE facing
(7ML5517)
80 bar (1.160 psi)

70 bar (1.015 psi)
60 bar (870 psi)

ASME 600 lb1)
50 bar (725 psi)
40 bar (580 psi)
30 bar (435 psi)
ASME 300 lb1)
20 bar (290 psi)
Atmospheric
-40 F 14 F
(-40 C) (-10 C)
-1 bar (-14.5 psi)
-150 C
(-238 F)
ASME 150 lb1)
10 bar (145 psi)
-100 C -50 C
(-148 F) (-58 F)
100 F
(38 C)
0 C RT 50 C
(32 F)
(122 F)
200 F
(93 C)
100 C
(212 F)
300 F
(149 C)
150 C
(302 F)
-29 C
(-20 F)
1)
400 F
(204 C)
200 C
(392 F)
500 F
(260 C)
250 C
(482 F)
600 F
(315 C)
300 C
(572 F)
700 F
(371 C)
350 C
400 C
(662 F) (752 F)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/353
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC500
welded flange (7ML5513)

Transmitter/
electronics
Option for mounting eye
only available for PFA
insulated cable
Stainless
steel weight
12
(0.47)
25 (0.98)
12 (0.47)
25 (0.98)
SITRANS LC500 - Cable Versions, dimensions in mm (inch)
24
(0.94)
35
(1.37)
15 (0.60)
Note:
1) Applicable for non-conductive media only.
Cable can be shortened on site. Weight is
included in measuring length.
2) Applicable for both liquids and solids.
Cable cannot be shortened. Weight is not
part of measuring length.
3) For Y02 lengths greater than 5 000 (197),
cable is inactive and is not actively
shielded.
4) Minimum length = 200 (7.87), maximum
length = 5 500 (216.54)
5) Insertion length Y01 =
Y02 + measuring length + 92 (3.62)
Mounting
eye option
Inactive tip
100 (3.9)
Mounting
eye
48 (1.88)
Siemens FI 01 2015
40
(1.57)
Measuring
Y02 Inactive length
length
min. = 5 000 (197) / max. = 35 000 (1 378)
Mounting
eye option
54 (2.12)
Stainless
steel
flexible
tube
20
(0.79)
Y02 Inactive length

min. = 5 000 (197) / max. = 35 000 (1 378)
Measuring
length
63
92
(3.62) (2.48)
20 (0.79)
4/354
Mounting
eye
Extended cable version with rod sensor

Extended cable version with rod sensor

16
(0.63)
34.5 (1.36)
34.5 (1.36)
32 (1.26)
Stainless
steel
flexible
tube
350 (13.78)
9 (0.35)
9 (0.35)
20 (0.79)
Measuring
length

min. = 1 000 (39.40) / max. = 35 000 (1 378)
Stainless
steel weight
PFA insulated
probe
350 (13.78)
Masuring length
250 (9.84)
6 (0.24)
92
(3.62)
Stainless
steel cable

min. = 1 000 (39.40) / max. = 35 000 (1 378)
20 (0.79)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC500
Cable version, non-insulated 1)
Welded flange (7ML5513)
Cable version, insulated 2)

Transmitter/
electronics
Option for mounting eye
only available for PFA
insulated cable
350 (13.78)
12
(0.47)
25 (0.98)
20
(0.79)
Mounting
eye option
40
(1.57)
Mounting
eye
12 (0.47)
25 (0.98)
48 (1.88)
24
(0.94)
35
(1.37)
Note:
1) Applicable for non-conductive media only.
Cable can be shortened on site. Weight is
included in measuring length.
2) Applicable for both liquids and solids.
Cable cannot be shortened. Weight is not
part of measuring length.
3) For Y02 lengths greater than 5 000 (197),
cable is inactive and is not actively
shielded.
4) Minimum length = 200 (7.87), maximum
length = 5 500 (216.54)
Mounting
eye option
Inactive tip
100 (3.9)
Stainless
steel
flexible
tube
Measuring
Y02 Inactive length
length 4)
6)
min. = 5 000 (197) / max. = 35 000 (1 378)

min. = 5 000 (197) / max. = 35 000 (1 378)
Mounting
eye
Extended cable version with rod sensor 3)

5)
Y02 Inactive length
63
92
(3.62) (2.48)
Measuring
length 4)
92
(3.62)
34.5 (1.36)
Extended cable version with rod sensor 3)

16
(0.63)
34.5 (1.36)
20 (0.79)
Stainless steel
weight, actual
weight = (2.15 kg
[4.75 lb])
32 (1.26)
Stainless
steel
flexible
tube

max. = 35 000 (1 378)
Measuring
length
350 (13.78)
Stainless steel
weight, actual
weight = (1.27 kg
[2.80 lb])
9 (0.35)
54 (2.12)
250 (9.84)
6 (0.24)
PFA insulated
probe

max. = 35 000 (1 378)
Measuring length
Stainless
steel cable
9 (0.35)
15 (0.60)
SITRANS LC500 - Cable Versions, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/355
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC500
Rod version with stilling well
threaded (7ML5515)
Measuring length1)
Vent holes or
optional slots
PFA insulated
probe
16 (0.63)
or 24 (0.94)
150 (6)
General purpose approval only.
(all versions)
With thermal isolator

option (all versions)
35 (1.38)
or 48 (1.89)
Note:
1) Minimum Y02 (active shield length) = 50 (1.96),
minimum measuring length = 200 (7.87)
M20: 160 (6.3)

1/2" NPT: 230 (9.1)
With explosion-proof
seal option
(all versions)
430 (16.9)
Stainless
steel stilling
well
Stainless steel flexible tube
205 (8.1)
205 (8.1)
min. = 200 (7.87) / max. = 3 500 (138), 16 (0.63)
min. = 200 (7.87) / max. = 5 500 (216), 24 (0.94)
16 (0.63)
or 24 (0.94)
Y02 1)
205 (8.1)
min. = 200 (7.87) / max. = 3 500 (138), 16 (0.63)
min. = 200 (7.87) / max. = 5 500 (216), 24 (0.94)
Measuring length
PFA insulated
probe
1)
20
(0.79)
Y02 1)
Transmitter/
electronics
Remote electronics with mounting bracket option

threaded (7ML5515)
270 (10.6)
Rod version
threaded (7ML5515)
Thermal
isolator
SITRANS LC500 - Rod Versions, dimensions in mm (inch)
4/356
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC500
Rod version
Single piece flange (7ML5517)
Rod version with stilling well

150 (6)
Y02 1)
Measuring length1)
Vent holes or
optional slots
PFA insulated
probe
16 (0.63)
or 24 (0.94)
35 (1.38)
or 48 (1.89)
16 (0.63)
or 24 (0.94)
2)
Stainless steel
stilling well

min. = 200 (7.87) / max. = 3 500 (138), 16 (0.63)
min. = 200 (7.87) / max. = 5 500 (216), 24 (0.94)
PFA insulated
probe
Stainless steel flexible tube
Y02 1)
Measuring length1)
2)

min. = 200 (7.87) / max. = 3 500 (138), 16 (0.63)
min. = 200 (7.87) / max. = 5 500 (216), 24 (0.94)
205 (8.1)
(Typical)
Transmitter/
electronics
Remote electronics with mounting bracket option

General purpose approval only.

PTFE flange facing option
single piece flange only (7ML5517)
Raised
face flange
PTFE flange
facing
No stilling well or enamel probe available with this

option.

Flange facing (raised face)
205 (8.1)
(all versions)
Flange class
M20: 160 (6.3)

1/2" NPT: 230 (9.1)
With thermal isolator
option (all versions)
Facing thickness
ASME 150/300
2 (0.08)
ASME 600/900
7 (0.28)
PN16/25/40/64
2 (0.08)
PTFE facing (additional)
2 (0.08)
Notes:
1) Minimum Y02 (active shield length) = 50 (1.96),
minimum measuring length = 200 (7.87)
2) Insertion length does not include any raised face/gasket face
dimension (see Flange Facing table above).
270 (10.6)
430 (16.9)
With explosion-proof
seal option (all
versions)
Thermal
isolator
SITRANS LC500 - Rod Versions, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/357
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC500
Schematics
Ground lug
Protective
label
Solid state
switch relay
(any polarity)
Instrument
system
ground
Measuring
signal
(minicoaxial
cable)
Type:
Ser.:
Date:
Rev.:
Tampering voids warranty
Ground connection
point for instrument
system
SITRANS LC500 connections
4/358
Siemens FI 01 2015
4 ... 20 mA
current loop
connection
(any polarity)
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
SITRANS LC300 and LC500 Specials

LC300 and LC500 Specials1)
LC300 and LC500 Specials1)

Article No.
LC300 Cable Extensions,

Article No.
LC300 Mounting Eye
Spare mounting eye (LC300 PFA versions only)
A5E01163717
LC300 Weight Kit, 316L stainless steel

A5E01163688

A5E01163689

A5E01163690

A5E01163691
Kit, Spare stainless steel weight. To be used in

any cable version of CLS300, or stainless steel
cable version of LC300

A5E01163693
LC500 Gasket (IP65), Silicone

A5E01163695
A5E01163727
LC300 Cable Extensions,

316 stainless steel with PFA coating
Spare gasket, LC500 enclosure version, IP65
A5E01163728
LC500 Blind Lid
A5E01163709
Spare LC500 aluminum blind lid
Kit, PFA cable extension, 3 m
A5E01163710
LC500 Mounting Eye
A5E01163711
A5E01163712
A5E01163713
A5E01163714
A5E01163729
Spare mounting eye (PFA cable version only)
A5E01163717
LC500 Mounting Bracket
Spare mounting bracket
A5E01163730
LC500 Sanitary Versions2)
1)
Special flange sizes and facings are available. Please contact

ceg.smpi@siemens.com for part number and pricing.
Submit Application Questionnaire found on page 4/11.
2)
Please contact ceg.smpi@siemens.com for part number and pricing.

Submit Application Questionnaire found on page 4/11.
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/359
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Communication
SmartLinx module
Overview
4
SmartLinx modules provide direct digital connection to popular
industrial communications buses with true plug-and-play
compatibility with products manufactured by Siemens.
Benefits
Fast, easy installation
Direct connection: no additional installation required
Scaleable application layer allows for optimized network
bandwidth and memory requirements
Modules available for PROFIBUS DP and DeviceNet
Application
Many Siemens products include HART, PROFIBUS PA and
Modbus communications. For additional communication
modules, SmartLinx cards are the answer.
Theyre fast and easy to install, and can be added at any time.
The module simply plugs into the socket on any SmartLinxenabled product. They require no secondary private buses or
gateways and no separate wiring. There are no extra boxes to
connect to your network so theres a minimum load on
engineering and maintenance staff.
SmartLinx provides all data from the instrument, including
measurement and status, and allows changes to operation
parameters to be done over the bus or telemetry link. The user
can select which data in the application layer to transfer over the
bus. This selection saves bandwidth and memory and optimizes
data throughput and speeds up the network, enabling you to
connect more instruments to your network.
4/360
Siemens FI 01 2015
Module type
PROFIBUS DP
Interface
RS 485 (PROFIBUS standard)
Transmission rate
All valid PROFIBUS DP rates from

9 600 Kbps to 12 Mbps
Rack address
0 ... 99
Connection
Slave
SmartLinx module compatibility
MultiRanger 100/200
HydroRanger 200
Module type
DeviceNet
Interface
DeviceNet physical layer
Transmission rate in kbps
125, 250, 500
Rack address
0 ... 63
Connection
Slave (group 2)
SmartLinx module compatibility
MultiRanger 100/200
HydroRanger 200
Article No.
SmartLinx module for MultiRanger 100/200 and

HydroRanger 200
PROFIBUS DP module
7ML1830-1HR
DeviceNet module
7ML1830-1HT
PROFIBUS communications module
English
7ML1998-1AQ03
French
7ML1998-1AQ13
German
7ML1998-1AQ33
DeviceNet
manual DVD containing Quick Starts and Operating Instructions.
7ML1998-1BH02
English
7ML1998-1BH02
French
7ML1998-1BH12
Spare SmartLinx software

PROFIBUS DP data diskette
7ML1830-1CL
DeviceNet data diskette
7ML1830-1CM
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Communication
Dolphin Plus Software
Overview
Compatibility
Dolphin Plus is compatible with Microsoft Windows
95/98/NT4/Me/2000/XP and works with a wide range of Siemens
products, including:
SITRANS LU10
SITRANS LU02
SITRANS LU01
Connection to a Siemens instrument may be a direct RS 232
serial connection or via an RS 485 converter or Siemens infrared
ComVerter, depending on the instrument being configured.
Meets VDE 2187 user interface requirements.
(Most other Siemens level devices use Simatic PDM
configuration software.)
Dolphin Plus is instrument configuration software that allows you

to quickly and easily configure, monitor, tune and diagnose
several Siemens level devices remotely (see list below).
Remote access is available using your desktop PC or connected
directly in the field using a laptop.
Benefits
Real-time monitoring and adjustment of parameters
On-screen visualization of process values
Saving and visualization of echo profiles for a wide range of
Siemens level meters
Copying of data for programming several devices
Quick setup and commissioning of device
Generation of configuration reports within seconds
Note:
The Dolphin Plus software is only available in English.
Application
Dolphin Plus is easy to install and use. Just load the software
from the DVD. In minutes, youre ready to set up or modify
complete parameter configurations for one or more devices.
Following configuration, you can alter parameters, upload and
download parameter sets to and from disk, and use parameter
sets saved from other instruments. Reading of echo profiles
permits fine tuning without the need for special instruments.
Built-in quick start wizards and help functions guide you through
the entire process.
Article No.
Dolphin Plus
Instrument configuration software to quickly and
easily configure, monitor, tune and diagnose most
Siemens devices remotely, from your desktop PC or
connected directly in the field using a laptop.
Dolphin Plus Software includes a software DVD,
and a nine pin adapter with a 2.1 m (82.7 inch)
cable for connection to a PC serial port.
7ML18417AA 0 7
RS 485 to RS 232 converter
No
Yes
0
1
ComVerter
No
Yes
0
1
Article No.

Connection manual, English:
Included on Dolphin Plus DVD and available at
Spare parts
Converter, RS 485 to RS 232 (D-Sub)
7ML1830-1HA
Kit containing one 9-pin D-Sub to RJ11 Adapter

and one 2.1 meter telephone cable with two male
jacks
7ML1830-1MC
ComVerter, Infrared link
7ML1830-1MM
Siemens FI 01 2015
4/361
Siemens AG 2014
Level Measurement
Notes
4/362
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
5/2
5/3
5/8
5/10
5/11
5/13
5/17
5/20
5/22
5/25
5/26
Product Overview
SIPART PS2
- all versions
- SIPART PS2 with and without HART
- SIPART PS2 with PROFIBUS PA/
with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
- Option modules
- SIPART PS2
- Accessories/Spare parts
Schematics
Mounting kit
Software
Sec. 8 SIMATIC PDM, for parametrize
HART and PROFIBUS PA devices

catalogs and certificates for positioners
free of charge at the following
Internet address:
www.siemens.com/positioners
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
Product Overview
Overview
Application
Description
Catalog page Software for

parameterization
Positioners
Position control of pneumatic linear SIPART PS2
or part-turn actuators, also for
Universal device for positioning
intrinsically safe operation
pneumatic actuators
Connection: 4 to 20 mA
HART; PROFIBUS PA or
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Local manual operation
Binary inputs and outputs
Diagnostic function
Blocking function
Automatic startup
5/3
SIMATIC PDM
As above, but in flameproof enclo- SIPART PS2

sure for explosion-proof application As above, but in flameproof aluminum
enclosure
5/3
SIMATIC PDM
5/2
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
SIPART PS2
Overview
Electropneumatic positioner SIPART PS2 in the Makrolon enclosure
Benefits
SIPART PS2 positioners offer decisive advantages:
Simple installation and automatic commissioning
(self-adjustment of zero and span)
Simple operation with
- Local operation (manual operation) and configuration of the
device using three buttons and a user-friendly two-line
display
- Parameterization via SIMATIC PDM
Very high-quality control thanks to an online adaptation
procedure
Negligible air consumption in stationary operation
"Tight closing" function (ensures maximum positioning
pressure on the valve seat)
"Fail in place" function: Current position is retained on electrical power failure (does not apply in conjunction with SIL)
Numerous functions can be activated by simple configuring
(e. g. characteristic curves and limits)
Extensive diagnostic functions for valve and actuator
Only one device version for linear and part-turn actuators
Few moving parts, hence insensitive to vibrations
External non contacting sensor as option for extreme ambient
conditions
"Intelligent solenoid valve": Partial Stroke Test and solenoid
valve function in one device
Partial Stroke Test e. g. for safety valves
Full Stroke Test, Multi Step Response Test, Valve Performance
Test for performance and maintenance evaluation of the valve
Can also be operated with purified natural gas,
carbon dioxide, nitrogen or noble gases
SIL (Safety Integrity Level) 2
Application
SIPART PS2 electropneumatic positioner in flameproof aluminum enclosure
The SIPART PS2 positioner is used, for example, in the following

industries:
Chemical/petrochemical
Power stations
Paper and glass
Water, waste water
Food and pharmaceuticals
Offshore plants
The SIPART PS2 positioner is available:
For single-acting actuators: In Makrolon, stainless steel or aluminum enclosure, as well as flameproof aluminum enclosure
For double-acting actuators: In Makrolon enclosure, stainless
steel enclosure and flameproof aluminum enclosure
For non-hazardous applications
For hazardous applications in the versions
- Intrinsic safety type of protection
- Flameproof enclosure type of protection
- Non-sparking type of protection
- Dust protection by enclosure type of protection
SIPART PS2 in stainless steel enclosure
The SIPART PS2 electropneumatic positioner is used to control

the final control element of pneumatic linear or part-turn actuators. The electropneumatic positioner moves the actuator to a
valve position corresponding to the setpoint. Additional function
inputs can be used to block the valve or to set a safety position.
A binary input is present as standard in the basic device for this
purpose.
and in the versions:

With 0/4 ... 20 mA control with/without communication through
HART signal
With PROFIBUS PA communication interface
With FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) communications interface
Siemens FI 01 2015
5/3
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
SIPART PS2
Explosion-proof versions
Device with protection type "intrinsic safety" for use in Zone 1,
2, 21, 22 or Class I, II, III/Division 1/Groups A-G
Device with protection type "dust protection with enclosure" for
use in Zone 21, 22 or Class II, III/Division 1/Groups E-G
Device with protection type "non-sparking" for use in Zone 2 or
Class I, Division 2, Groups A-D
Device with protection type "flameproof enclosure" for use in
Zone 1 or Class I, Division 1, Groups A-D
Stainless steel enclosure for extreme ambient conditions
The SIPART PS2 is available in a stainless steel enclosure (with
no window in the cover) for use in particularly aggressive environments (e.g. offshore operation, chlorine plants etc.). The device functions are the same as for the basic version.
Design
The SIPART PS2 positioner is a digital field device with a highlyintegrated microcontroller.
The positioner consists of the following components:

Enclosure and cover
PCB with corresponding electronics with or without communication through HART 7
or with electronics for communication in accordance with
- PROFIBUS PA specification, IEC 61158-2; bus-supplied
device, or
- FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) specification, IEC 61158-2,
bus-supplied device
Position detection system
Terminal housing with screw terminals
Pneumatic valve manifold with piezoelectric valve precontrol.
The valve manifold is located in the housing, the pneumatic connections for the inlet air and the positioning pressure on the righthand side. A pressure gauge block and/or a safety solenoid
valve can be connected there as options. The SIPART PS2 positioner is fitted to the linear or part-turn actuator using an appropriate mounting kit. The circuit board container in the casing provides slots for separately ordered boards with the following
functions:
Position feedback module
Position feedback as a two-wire signal 4 to 20 mA
Limit value signal via mechanical contacts

(mechanical limit switch module)
Two limits can be signaled redundantly by switching contacts.
An alarm output is also integrated in the module (see "Alarm
Module").
Valid for all modules described above:
All signals are electrically isolated from one another and from the
basic unit. The outputs indicate self-signaling faults. The modules are easy to retrofit.
Separate mounting of position detection system and
controller unit
The position detection system and controller unit can be connected separately for all casing versions of the SIPART PS2 (except flameproof design). Measurement of the travel or angle is
carried out directly on the actuator. The controller unit can then
be fitted a certain distance away, e. g. on a mounting pipe or
similar, and is connected to the position detection system by an
electric cable and to the actuator by one or two pneumatic lines.
Such a split design is frequently advantageous if the ambient
conditions at the fitting exceed the specified values for the positioner (e. g. strong vibrations).
The following can be used for measuring the travel or angle:
NCS sensor
External position detection system C73451-A430-D78
A commercially available potentiometer (10 k resistance),
e. g. for higher application temperatures or customer-specific
applications
The use of potentiometers is recommended for very small linear
actuators with a short valve travel since, on the one hand, the
space required by the potentiometer is very small and, on the
other, the transmission characteristic is optimum for a small
travel.
Pneumatic connection
Pneumatic connection for double-acting

actuators
Position detection system

(10 k potentiometer or NCS)
Electric cable
Retrofitted EMC filter module (in device)
SIPART PS2
Alarm module (3 outputs, 1 input)

Signaling of two limits of the travel or angle by binary signals.
The two limits can be set independently as maximum or minimum values.
Output of an alarm if the setpoint position of the final control
element is not reached in automatic mode or if a device fault
occurs.
Second binary input for alarm signals of for triggering safety
reactions, e. g. blocking function or safety position.
Separate mounting of position detection system and controller unit
Limit signaling through slot-type initiators (SIA module)
Non contacting sensor (NCS)
Two limits can be signaled redundantly as NAMUR signals

(EN 60947-5-6) by slot-type initiators. An alarm output is also integrated in the module (see "Alarm Module").
NCS for part-turn actuator (6DR4004-.N.10) mounted with mounting console (left) and NCS for linear actuator 14 mm (0.55 inch)
(6DR4004-.N.20) mounted with actuator-specific mounting solution
(right)
5/4
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
SIPART PS2
The positioner outputs a continuous signal in the area where
there is a large system deviation (fast step zone); in areas of
moderate system deviation (slow step zone) it outputs a sequence of pulses. No positioning signals are output in the case
of a small system deviation (adaptive or variable deadband).
The linear or rotary motion of the actuator is detected by the
mounting kit and transferred to a high-quality potentiometer over
a shaft and a non-floating gear transmission.
The angular error of the pick-up in cases where the assembly is
mounted on a linear actuator is corrected automatically.
When connected in a 2-wire system, the SIPART PS2 draws its
power exclusively from the 4 to 20 mA setpoint signal.
The electric power is also connected through the 2-wire bus signal with PROFIBUS operation (SIPART PS2 PA).
The same applies for the FOUNDATION Fieldbus version.
Pneumatic valve manifold with piezoelectric valve
precontrol
NCS (6DR4004-.N.30) for travels > 14 mm (0.55 inch) mounted using

mounting kit for NAMUR linear actuator
The NCS sensor consists of a non-contacting position sensor. All

coupling elements are omitted such as coupling wheel and
driver pin with part-turn actuators or lever and pick-up bracket
with linear actuators for up to 14 mm travel.
This results in:
Even greater resistance to vibration and shock
No wear of sensor
Problem-free mounting on very small actuators
Negligible hysteresis with very small travels.
The sensor does not require an additional power supply, i. e.
SIPART PS2 (not for Ex d version) can be operated in a 2-wire
system. The NCS (Non Contacting Sensor) consists of a potted
sensor housing which must be mounted permanently and a
magnet which is mounted on the spindle of linear actuators or on
the shaft butt of part-turn actuators. For the version for travels
>14 mm (0.55 inch), the magnet and the NCS are premounted
on a stainless steel frame and offer the same interface mechanically as the positioner itself, i. e. they can be mounted using the
standard mounting kits 6DR4004-8V, -8VK and -8VL.
The installation of a EMC filter module in the positioner (controller
unit) is necessary in order to ensure a connection level with EMC
according to EC Declaration of Conformity when using external
sensors (see "Selection and Ordering Data", "EMC Filter Module").
Function
The SIPART PS2 positioner works in a completely different way
to normal positioners.
Mode of operation
Comparison of the setpoint and the actual value takes place
electronically in a microcontroller. If the microcontroller detects a
deviation, it uses a 5-way switch procedure to control the piezoelectric valves, which regulates the flow of air into and from the
chambers of the pneumatic actuator or blows it in the opposite
direction.
The microcontroller then outputs an electric control command to
the piezoelectric valve in accordance with the size and direction
of the deviation (deviation between setpoint and actual values).
The piezoelectric valve converts the command into a pneumatic
positional increment.
The piezoelectric valve can release very short control pulses.

This helps achieve a high positioning accuracy. The pilot element is a piezoelectric bending converter which switches the
pneumatic main controller unit. The valve manifold is characterized by an extremely long service life.
Local operation
Local operation is performed using the built-in display and the
three buttons. Switching between the operating levels Automatic, Manual, Configuring and Diagnosis is possible at the
press of a button.
In manual mode the drive can be adjusted over the entire range
without interrupting the circuit.
Operation and monitoring with the SIMATIC PDM
configuration software
The configuration software SIMATIC PDM permits simple operation, monitoring, configuration and parameterization of the device. The diagnostic information available can be read via
SIMATIC PDM from the device. Communication is carried out via
the HART protocol or PROFIBUS PA. For the HART protocol, the
device can be accessed both via a HART modem and via a
HART-compatible input/output module (remote IO). The corresponding device description files, such as GSD and (Enhanced)
EDD are available for both types of communication.
In addition, the SITRANS DTM provides software based on tried
and tested EDD technology that can be used to parameterize
field devices via a DTM (Device Type Manager) using an FDT
frame application (e. g. PACTware). SITRANS DTM and the necessary device-specific enhanced EDD are available for download free of charge. The software provides the relevant communication interfaces for HART and PROFIBUS.
Automatic commissioning
With a simple configuration menu the SIPART PS2 can be quickly
adapted to the fitting and adjusted by means of an automatic
startup function.
During initialization, the microcontroller determines the zero
point, full-scale value, the direction of action and the positioning
speed of the fitting. From this data it establishes the minimum
pulse time and the deadband, thus optimizing the control.
Low air consumption
A hallmark of the SIPART PS2 is its own extremely low consumption of air. Normal air losses on conventional positioners are very
costly. Thanks to the use of modern piezoelectric technology, the
SIPART PS2 consumes air only when it is needed, which means
that it pays for itself within a very short time.
Siemens FI 01 2015
5/5
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
SIPART PS2
Comprehensive monitoring functions
Maintenance required for valve
The SIPART PS2 has various monitoring functions with which

changes on the actuator and valve can be detected and signaled if applicable when a selectable limit has been exceeded.
This information may be important for diagnosis of the actuator
or valve. The measuring data to be determined and monitored,
some of whose limits can be adjusted, include:
Travel integral
Number of changes in direction
Alarm counter
Self-adjusting deadband
Valve end limit position (e. g. for detection of valve seat wear
or deposits)
Operating hours (also according to temperature and travel
ranges) as well as min./max. temperature
Operating cycles of piezoelectric valves
Valve positioning time
Actuator leakages
The Full Stroke Test, Step Response Test, Multi Step Response
Test and Valve Performance Test provide detailed information
about the maintenance required of the valve. With the help of
HART communication, you receive comprehensive test results
and can identify the extent of the maintenance measures. In order to quantify the performance capability of valves, characteristic values such as step response times (T63, T86, user-selectable Txx), dead times, overshoot, hysteresis, errors of
measurement, non-linearity, etc., are determined.
At a glance with the Diagnostics Cockpit
This positioner meets the following requirement:

Functional safety up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 or
IEC 61511 for safe venting.
With the Diagnostics Cockpit, the HART variants of the

SIPART PS2 provide a straightforward way of getting started with
the world of diagnostic capabilities. All relevant information (setpoint, actual value, control deviation, status of the diagnostic
system, etc.) of the valve is available at a glance. Additional
facts and details are just a few mouse clicks away from the Diagnostics Cockpit.
Status monitoring with 3-stage alarm concept
The intelligent electropneumatic SIPART PS2 positioner is
equipped with additional monitoring functions. The status indications derived from these monitoring functions signal active
faults of the unit. The severity of these faults are graded using
"traffic light signaling", symbolized by a wrench in the colors
green, yellow and red (in SIMATIC PDM and Maintenance Station):
Need for maintenance (green wrench)
Urgent need for maintenance (yellow wrench)
Imminent danger of unit failure or general failure (red wrench)
This allows users to put early measures into action before a serious valve or actuator fault occurs which could result in a system
shutdown. The fact that a fault indication is signaled, such as the
onset of a diaphragm break in the actuator or the progressive
sluggishness of a unit, enables the user to ensure system reliability at any time by means of suitable maintenance strategies.
This three-stage alarm hierarchy also allows early detection and
signaling of other faults, such as the static friction of a packing
box, the wearing of a valve plug/seating, or precipitations or incrustations on the fittings.
These fault indications can be output either line-conducted over
the alarm outputs (see above) of the positioner (max. 3), or via
communication over the HART or field bus interfaces. In this
case, the HART, PROFIBUS and FF versions of SIPART PS2 permit a differentiation of the various fault indications, as well as a
trend representation and histogram function of all key process
variables with regard to the fittings.
The device display also displays the graded maintenance
requirements, complete with identification of the source of the
fault.
5/6
Siemens FI 01 2015
Functional safety acc. to SIL2

The positioner is suitable for use on valves that satisfy the special requirements in terms of functional safety up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 or IEC 61511. The variants
6DR5.1.-0....-....-Z C20 are available for this.
These are single-acting positioners for mounting on pneumatic
actuators with spring return.
The positioner vents the valve actuator on demand/in the event
of a fault and puts the valve in the preset safety position.
SIPART PS 2 as "intelligent solenoid valve

Open/Close valves, safety fittings in particular, are generally
pneumatically controlled over a solenoid valve. If you use
SIPART PS2 instead of this type of solenoid valve, the positioner
performs two tasks in a single device (without extra wiring)
Firstly, it switches the fitting off on demand by venting the actuator (functional safety acc. to SIL 2 (see above)
Secondly, it can perform a Partial Stroke Test at regular intervals (1 - 365 days), which prevents the blocking of the fitting,
e. g. due to corrosion or furring.
As in this case SIPART PS2 is constantly working in normal
operation (e. g. 99 % position), it also acts as a permanent test
function for the pneumatic output circuit, which is not usually
possible when using a solenoid valve.
Solenoid valves on control valves can also not normally be
tested during operation. They are therefore not necessary when
using SIPART PS 2 with a 4-wire connection system as the venting is carried out on demand by SIPART PS2. This means that on
control valves, both the control function and the shut-off function
can be carried out by a single device.
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
SIPART PS2
Configuring
In configuring mode, the SIPART PS2 positioner can be configured to requirements and include the following settings:
Input current range 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA
Rising or falling characteristic curve at the setpoint input
Positioning speed limit (setpoint ramp)
Splitrange operation; adjustable start-of-scale and full-scale
values
Response threshold (deadband); self-adjusting or fixed
Direction of action; rising or falling output pressure with rising
setpoint
Limits (start-of-scale and full-scale values) of positioning
range
Limits (alarms) of the final control element position; minimum
and maximum values
Automatic "tight closing" (with adjustable response threshold)
The travel can be corrected in accordance with the valve characteristic curve.
Function of binary inputs
Function of alarm output etc.
Configuration of the various SIPART PS2 versions is largely

identical.
Siemens FI 01 2015
5/7
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
SIPART PS2
SIPART PS2 (all versions)
Rated conditions
Ambient conditions
For indoor and outdoor use
Ambient temperature
In hazardous areas, observe the

maximum permitted ambient temperature according to the temperature class. See "Technical
Specifications" on page 5/9.
Permitted ambient temperature for -30 ... +80 C (-22 ... +176 F)
operation1)
Altitude
2 000 m above sea level. At altitudes greater than 2 000 m above

sea level, use a suitable power
supply.
Relative humidity
0 ... 100 %
Degree of protection2)
IP66 according to
IEC/EN 60529/NEMA 4X
Mounting position
Any; pneumatic connections and

exhaust opening not facing up in
wet environment
Vibration resistance
Harmonic oscillations (sine-wave) 3.5 mm (0.14"), 2 ... 27 Hz,
according to
3 cycles/axis
EN 60068-2-6/10.2008
98.1 m/s (321.84 ft/s),
27 ... 300 Hz, 3 cycles/axis
Bumping (half-sine) according to
EN 60068-2-27/02.2010
Outlet air valve (deaerate actuator

for fail in place version)
- 2 bar (29 psi)
4.3 Nm/h (19.0 USgpm)
7.3 Nm/h (32.2 USgpm)
- 4 bar (58 psi)
- 6 bar (87 psi)
9.8 Nm/h (43.3 USgpm)
Valve leakage
< 6 10-4 Nm/h (0.0026 USgpm)
Restrictor ratio
Adjustable up to : 1
Auxiliary power consumption in the < 3,6 10-2 Nm/h (0.158 USgpm)
controlled state
Sound pressure
Design
Mode of operation
Range of stroke (linear actuators) 3 ... 130 mm (0.12 ... 5.12 inch)
(angle of positioner shaft
16 ... 90)
Larger range of stroke on
request.
Angle of rotation range
(part-turn actuators)
30 ... 100
Mounting type
On linear actuators
Using mounting kit 6DR4004-8V

and where necessary with an
additional lever arm 6DR4004-8L
on actuators according to
IEC 60534-6-1 (NAMUR) with
ribs, bars or flat face.
On part-turn actuators
Using mounting kit 6DR4004-8D

on actuators with mounting plane
according to VDI/VDE 3845 and
IEC 60534-6-2.
150 m/s (492 ft/s), 6 ms,

1000 shocks/axis
Noise (digitally controlled) accord- 10 ... 200 Hz; 1 (m/s)/Hz

ing to EN 60068-2-64/04.2009
(3.28 (ft/s)/Hz)
200 ... 500 Hz; 0.3 (m/s)/Hz
(0.98 (ft/s)/Hz)
4 hours/axis
LAeq < 75 dB
LAmax < 80 dB
Recommended continuous duty

range of the complete fitting
30 m/s (98.4 ft/s) without resonance sharpness
Climatic class
According to EN 60721-3-4
Weight, positioner without option

modules or accessories
Storage
1K5, but -40 ... +80 C

(1K5, but -40 ... +176 F)
6DR5..0 Glass-fiber reinforced en- Approx. 0.9 kg (1.98 lb)

closure made from polycarbonate
Transport
2K4, but -40 ... +80 C

(2K4, but -40 ... +176 F)
6DR5..1 Aluminum enclosure,

narrow
Operation1)3)4)
4K3, but -30 ... +80 C

(4K3, but -22 ... +176 F)3)
6DR5..2 Stainless steel enclosure Approx. 3.9 kg (8.6 lb)
Pneumatic data
Auxiliary power (air supply)
Pressure5)
Compressed air, carbon dioxide

(CO2), nitrogen (N), noble gases
or cleaned natural gas
1.4 ... 7 bar (20.3 ... 101.5 psi)
Air quality to ISO 8573-1
6DR5..3 Aluminum enclosure
6DR5..5 Flameproof aluminum en- Approx. 5.2 kg (11.46 lb)

closure
Material
Enclosure
- 6DR5..0 Makrolon
Glass-fiber reinforced polycarbonate (PC)
Solid particulate size and density
Class 2
- 6DR5..1 Aluminum, narrow
GD AISi12
Pressure dew point
Class 2 (min. 20 K (36 F) below

ambient temperature)
- 6DR5..2 Stainless steel
Austenitic stainless steel 316Cb,

mat. No. 1.4581
Oil content
Class 2
- 6DR5..3 Aluminum
GD AISi12
- 6DR5..5 Aluminum, flameproof
GK AISi12
Unrestricted flow (DIN 1945)

Inlet air valve (ventilate actuator)6)
- 2 bar (29 psi)
4.1 Nm/h (18.1 USgpm)
- 4 bar (58 psi)
7.1 Nm/h (31.3 USgpm)
- 6 bar (87 psi)
9.8 Nm/h (43.1 USgpm)
Outlet air valve (deaerate actuator

for all versions except fail in
place)6)
- 2 bar (29 psi)
8.2 Nm/h (36.1 USgpm)
- 4 bar (58 psi)
13.7 Nm/h (60.3 USgpm)
- 6 bar (87 psi)
19.2 Nm/h (84.5 USgpm)
5/8
Siemens FI 01 2015
Pressure gauge block
Aluminum AIMgSi, anodized
Dimensions
See "Dimensional Drawings" on

page 5/22
Device versions
In Makrolon enclosure 6DR5..0
Single-acting and double-acting
In aluminum enclosure 6DR5..1
Single-acting
Im aluminum enclosure 6DR5..3

and 6DR5..5
In stainless steel enclosure

6DR5..2
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
SIPART PS2
Gauge
Permissible ambient
temperature
- Gauge made of plastic
IP31
- Gauge made of steel
IP44
- Gauge made of
stainless steel 316
IP54
For operation with and without

HART1)3)
6DR501./6DR502./6DR521./
6DR522.
T4: -30 ... +80 C (-22 ... +176 F)

T6: -30 ... +50 C (-22 ... +122 F)
6DR5.15/6DR5.25
T4: -30 ... +80 C (-22 ... +176 F)

T6: -30 ... +50 C (-22 ... +122 F)
According to EN 837-1
Connections, electrical
Screw terminals
2.5
mm2
AWG30-14
Cable gland
- Without explosion protection as
well as with Ex i
M20x1.5 or -14 NPT
- With explosion protection Ex d
Ex d certified M20x1.5;
-14 NPT or M25x1.5
Connections, pneumatic
For operation with PROFIBUS PA or

with FOUNDATION Fieldbus1)3)
6DR551./6DR552./6DR561./
6DR562.
T4: -20 ... +75 C (-4 ... +167 F)

T6: -20 ... +50 C (-4 ... +122 F)
6DR5515/6DR5525/6DR5615/
6DR5625
T4: -30 ... +80 C (-22 ... +176 F)

T6: -30 ... +50 C (-22 ... +122 F)
Natural gas as driving medium
For technical specifications using

natural gas as driving medium,
see operating instructions.
Female thread G or
-18 NPT
1)
Self-adjusting
The following applies to fail in place:

Without explosion protection: -20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
With explosion protection:
T4: -20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
T6: -20 ... +50 C (-4 ... +122 F)
2)
Max. impact energy 1 Joule for enclosure with inspection window

6DR5..0 and 6DR5..1 or max. 2 Joule for 6DR5..3.
Controller
Controller unit
Five-point switch
Deadband
- dEbA = Auto
Self-adjusting
- dEbA = 0.1 10 %
Can be set as fixed value
Scan time
10 ms
Resolution
0,05 %
Transmission error
0,2 %
Temperature influence effect
0.1 %/10 K ( 0.1 %/18 F)
3)
At -10 C ( 14 F) the display refresh rate of the indicator is limited. When

using position feedback module, only T4 is permitted.
4)
-20 ... +80 C (-4 ... + 176 F) for 6DR55..-0G..., 6DR56..-0G...,

6DR55..-0D... and 6DR56..-0D...
5)
The following applies to fail in place: 3 ... 7 bar (43.5 ... 101.5 psi).
6)
With Ex d version (6DR5..5-) values are reduced by approx. 20 %.
7)
For aluminum enclosure, narrow, single-acting, without inspection window

6DR5..1-.D...-..A.-Z...
For stainless steel enclosure, 6DR5..2-.D...-..A.-Z...
For aluminum enclosure, with inspection window 6DR5..3-.K...-..A.-Z...

Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1, comequipment directive
plies with requirements of
(PED 97/23/EC)
article 3, paragraph 3 (sound
engineering practice SEP)
You can find the appropriate
directives and standards, including the relevant versions, in the
EC Declaration of Conformity on
the Internet.
CE conformity
Explosion protection according to
ATEX/IECEx
II 2 G Ex d IIC T6/T4 Gb
II 2 G Ex ia IIC T6/T4 Gb
II 2 D Ex ia IIIC T110C Db
Non-sparking "nA"
Dust, protection with "t"
enclosure7)
II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T100C Db

FM/CSA, suitable for installations
according to NEC 500/NEC 505
Flameproof enclosure "XP"
XP, Class I, Division 1, Gr. ABCD

XP, Class I, Zone 1, AEx d, IIC,
T6/T4
Intrinsic safety "IS"
IS / I, II, III / 1 / A-G

IS / 1 / AEx / Ex ib / IIC, Gb
IS / 21 / AEx / Ex ib / IIIC, Db,
T110C
Non-sparking "NI"
NI / I / 2 / A-D
NI / 2 / AEx / Ex nA, Ex ic / IIC, Gc
Dust, protection with "DIP"

enclosure7)
DIP / II, III / 1 / E-G

DIP / 21 / AEx / Ex tb / IIIC, Db,
T100C
Siemens FI 01 2015
5/9
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
SIPART PS2
SIPART PS2 with and without HART
Basic device
without Ex protection
Electrical specifications
Current input IW
Rated signal range
Test voltage
Binary input BE1 (terminals 9/10;
electrically connected to the basic
device)
2-wire connection (terminals 6/8)
6DR50.. and 6DR53.. without HART
6DR51.. and 6DR52.. with HART
Current to maintain the auxiliary power
supply
Required load voltage UB
(corresponds to at 20mA)
Without HART (6DR50..)
- Typical
- max.
Without HART (6DR53..)
- Typical
- max.
With HART (6DR51..)
- Typical
- max.
With HART (6DR52..)
- Typical
- max.
Static destruction limit
Effective internal capacitance Ci
Without HART
With HART
Effective internal inductance Li
Without HART
With HART
For connecting to circuits with the
following peak values
Basic device
with Ex d explosion
protection
Basic device with

"ia"explosion
protection
Basic device with

explosion protection
"ic", "nA", "t"
0/4 ... 20 mA
840 V DC, 1 s
Suitable only for floating contact; max. contact load
< 5 A at 3 V
3.6 mA
6.36 V (= 318 )
6.48 V (= 324 )
6.36 V (= 318 )
6.48 V (= 324 )
7.8 V (= 390 )
8.3 V (= 415 )
7.8 V (= 390 )
8.3 V (= 415 )
7.9 V (= 395 )
8.4 V (= 420 )
6.6 V (= 330 )
6.72 V (= 336 )
6.6 V (= 330 )
6.72 V (= 336 )
40 mA
8.4 V (= 420 )
8.8 V (= 440 )
40 mA
8.4 V (= 420 )
8.8 V (= 440 )
-
8.4 V (= 420 )
8.8 V (= 440 )
-
11 nF
11 nF
"ic": 11 nF
"ic": 11 nF
207 H
310 H
Ui = 30 V
Ii = 100 mA
Pi = 1 W
3-/4-wire connection
(terminals 2/4 and 6/8)
6DR52.. with HART,
explosion-protected
6DR53.. without HART,
not explosion-protected)
Load voltage at 20 mA
Power supply UH
Current consumption IH
Effective internal capacitance Ci
Effective internal inductance Li
For connecting to circuits with the following peak values
"ic": 207 H
"ic": 310 H
"ic":
Ui = 30 V
Ii = 100 mA
"nA"/"t":
Un 30 V
In 100 mA
0.2 V (= 10 )
18 ... 35 V DC
0.2 V (= 10 )
1 V (= 50 )
18 ... 35 V DC
18 ... 30 V DC
(UH -7.5 V)/2.4 k [mA]
22 nF
0.12 mH
Ui = 30 V DC
Ii = 100 mA
Pi = 1 W
between UH and IW
between UH and IW
between UH and IW
(2 intrinsically safe circuits)
1 V (= 50 )
18 ... 30 V DC
"ic": 22 nF
"ic": 0,12 mH
"ic":
Ui = 30 V
Ii = 100 mA
"nA/"t":
Un 30 V
In 100 mA
between UH and IW
HART communication
HART version
PC parameterization software
5/10
Siemens FI 01 2015
7
SIMATIC PDM; supports all device objects. The software is not included in the scope of delivery.
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
SIPART PS2
SIPART PS2 with PROFIBUS PA/with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Basic device
Basic device
with Ex d explosion
protection
Basic device with

"ia"explosion
protection
Basic device with explosion protection

"ic", "nA", "t"
Electrical specifications
Power supply, bus circuit
(terminals 6/7)
Bus voltage
Bus-supplied
9 ... 32 V
9 ... 32 V
9 ... 24 V
9 ... 32 V
Bus connection with FISCO

supply unit
Ui = 17.5 V
Ii = 380 mA
Pi = 5.32 W
"ic":
Ui = 17.5 V
Ii = 570 mA
"nA"/"t": Un 32 V
Bus connection with barrier
Ui = 24 V
Ii = 250 mA
Pi = 1.2 W
"ic": Ui = 32 V
"nA"/"t": Un 32 V
For connecting to circuits with the

Effective internal capacitance
Ci = negligible
Ci = negligible
Effective internal inductance
Li = 8 H
"ic": Li = 8 H
11.5 mA 10 %
Current consumption
0 mA
Additional error signal

Safety shutdown can be activated with
coding bridge (terminals 81/82)
electrically isolated from bus circuit and binary input
Input resistance
Signal state "0" (shutdown active)
0 ... 4.5 V or unconnected
Signal state "1" (shutdown not active)
13 ... 30 V
For connecting to power supply with

the following peak values
Effective Internal capacitance

Binary input BE1 for PROFIBUS (terminals 9/10); electrically connected to
the bus circuit)
> 20 k
Ui = 30 V
Ii = 100 mA
Pi = 1 W
"nA":
Un 30 V
In 100 mA
"ic":
Ui = 30 V
Ii = 100 mA
Ci = negligibly small
Bridged or connection to switching contact.

Suitable only for floating contact; max. contact load < 5 A at 3 V
For basic device without Ex protection and for basic device with Ex d
For basic device Ex "ia"
For basic device Ex "ic", "nA", "t"
Test voltage
Electrical isolation between basic device and the input for safety shutdown, as well as the outputs of the
option modules
The basic device and the input to the safety shutdown, as well as the outputs of the option modules,
are separate, intrinsically safe circuits.
Electrical isolation between basic device and the input for safety shutdown,
as well as the outputs of the option modules
840 V DC, 1 s
Communication
Layers 1 and +2 according to PROFIBUS PA, transmission technology according to IEC 61158-2;
slave function; layer 7 (protocol layer) according to PROFIBUS DP,
EN 50170 standard with the extended PROFIBUS functions
(all data acyclic, manipulated variable, feedbacks and status also cyclic)
C2 connections
Four connections to master class 2 are supported; automatic connection setup 60 s after break in communication
Device profile
Response time to master message
Device address
PROFIBUS PA profile B, version 3.0, more than 150 objects

Typically 10 ms
126 (when delivered)
SIMATIC PDM; supports all device objects. The software is not included in the scope of delivery.
Siemens FI 01 2015
5/11
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
SIPART PS2
Basic device
Basic device
with Ex d explosion
protection
Basic device with

"ia"explosion
protection
Basic device with explosion protection

"ic", "nA", "t"
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
communication
Communications group and class
Function blocks
Execution times of the blocks

Physical layer profile
According to technical specification of the Fieldbus Foundation for H1 communication

Group 3, Class 31PS (Publisher Subscriber)
1 Resource Block (RB2)
1 Analog Output Function Block (AO)
1 PID Function Block (PID)
1 Transducer Block (Standard Advanced Positioner Valve)
AO: 60 ms
PID: 80 ms
123, 511
FF registration
Tested with ITK 5.0
Device address
22 (when delivered)
5/12
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
SIPART PS2
Option modules
Alarm module
Without Ex protection/
with Ex protection Ex d
With explosion protection "ia"

"ic", "nA", "t"
6DR4004-8A
6DR4004-6A
6DR4004-6A
3 binary output circuits
Alarm output A1: Terminals 41 and 42

Alarm output A2: Terminals 51 and 52
Alarm output: Terminals 31 and 32
35 V
- High (not activated)
Conductive, R = 1 k, +3/-1 % *)
2.1 mA
2.1 mA
- Low *) (activated)
Blocked, IR < 60 A
1.2 mA
1.2 mA
Power supply UH
Signal state
*) Low is also the status when the

basic device is faulty or is without
additional electrical power supply.
*) When used in the flameproof enclo- Switching threshold with supply to

sure the current consumption must
EN 60947-5-6:
be limited to 10 mA per output.
UH = 8.2 V, Ri = 1 k
Switching threshold with supply to

EN 60947-5-6:
UH = 8.2 V, Ri = 1 k
Ui = 15 V
Ii = 25 mA
Pi = 64 mW
"ic":
Ui = 15 V
Ii = 25 mA
"nA"/"t": Un 15 V
Ci = 5.2 nF
Ci = 5.2 nF
Li = negligibly small
1 binary output circuit
Binary input BE2: Terminals 11 and 12, terminals 21 and 22 (bridge)
Electrically connected to the basic

device
- Signal state 0
Floating contact, open
- Signal state 1
Floating contact, closed
- Contact load
3 V, 5 A
Electrically isolated from the basic

device
4.5 V or open
- Signal state 0
13 V
- Signal state 1
25 k
- Natural resistance
35 V
Ui = 25.2 V
"ic": Ui = 25.2 V
"nA"/"t": Un 25.5 V
The 3 outputs, the input BE2 and the basic device are electrically isolated from each other
Test voltage
Position feedback module
840 V DC, 1 s
6DR4004-8J
6DR4004-6J
6DR4004-6J
DC output for position feedback

1 current output: Terminals 61 and 62
2-wire connection
4 ... 20 mA, short-circuit proof
Rated signal range

Total operating range
Power supply UH
3.6 20.5 mA
+12 +35 V
External loads RB [k]
+12 +30 V
+12 +30 V
(UH [V] 12 V)/I [mA]

0,3 %
Transmission error
0.1 %/10 K ( 0.1 %/18 F)
Temperature influence effect
0,1 %
Resolution
1%
Residual ripple
Ui = 30 V
Ii = 100 mA
Pi = 1 W
"ic":
Ui = 30 V,
Ii = 100 mA
"nA"/"t":
Un 30 V, In 100 mA
Pn 1 W
Ci = 11 nF
Ci = 11 nF
Test voltage
Electrically isolated from the alarm option and safely isolated from the basic device
840 V DC, 1 s
Siemens FI 01 2015
5/13
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
SIPART PS2
SIA module
Limit transmitter with slot-type
initiators and alarm output

"ic", "nA", "t"
6DR4004-8G
6DR4004-6G
6DR4004-6G
2 slot-type initiators
Binary output (limit transmitter) A1: Terminals 41 and 42

Binary output (limit transmitter) A2: Terminals 51 and 52
Connection
2-wire system to EN 60947-5-6 (NAMUR), for switching amplifier to be connected on load side
Signal state High (not activated)
> 2.1 mA
Signal state Low (activated)
< 1.2 mA
Type SJ2-SN
2 slot-type initiators
Function
NC (normally closed)
Connecting to circuits with the

Rated voltage 8 V current

Ui = 15 V
consumption:
Ii = 25 mA
3 mA (limit value not responded), Pi = 64 mW
1 mA (limit value responded)
"ic":
Ui = 15 V
Ii = 25 mA
"nA":
Un 15 V
Pn 64 mW
Ci = 41 nF
Ci = 41 nF
Li = 100 H
Li = 100 H
1 alarm output
Binary output: Terminals 31 and 32
Connection
On switching amplifier according to EN 60947-5-6: (NAMUR), UH = 8.2 V, Ri = 1 k).
Signal state High

(not activated)
R = 1.1 k
> 2.1 mA
> 2.1 mA
R = 10 k
< 1.2 mA
< 1.2 mA
Power supply UH
UH 35 V DC
I 20 mA

Ui = 15 V
Ii = 25 mA
Pi = 64 mW
"ic":
Ui = 15 V
Ii = 25 mA
"nA":
Un 15 V
Pn 64 mW
Ci = 5.2 nF
Ci = 5.2 nF
840 V DC, 1 s
Test voltage
5/14
The 3 outputs are electrically isolated from the basic device.
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
SIPART PS2
Mechanical limit switch module

"ic", "nA", "t"
6DR4004-8K
6DR4004-6K
6DR4004-6K
Limit transmitter with mechanical

switching contacts
2 limit value contacts
Binary output A1: Terminals 41 and 42

Binary output A2: Terminals 51 and 52
Max. switching current AC/DC
4A

Ui = 30 V
Ii = 100 mA
Pi = 750 mW
"ic":
Ui = 30 V
Ii = 100 mA
"nA":
Un 15 V
Max. switching voltage AC/DC
250 V/24 V
30 V DC
30 V DC
1 alarm output
Binary output: Terminals 31 and 32
Connection
On switching amplifier according to EN 60947-5-6: (NAMUR),

UH = 8.2 V, Ri = 1 k).
Signal state High

(not activated)
R = 1.1 k
> 2.1 mA
> 2.1 mA
R = 10 k
< 1.2 mA
< 1.2 mA
Auxiliary power
UH 35 V DC
I 20 mA

Ui = 15 V
Ii = 25 mA
Pi = 64 mW
"ic":
Ui = 15 V
Ii = 25 mA
Ci = 5.2 nF
Ci = 5.2 nF
The 3 outputs are electrically isolated from the basic device

3 150 V DC, 2 s
Test voltage
Rated conditions altitude
Max. 2 000 m NN
At altitudes over 2 000 m NN,
use a suitable power supply
Resistance of external
potentiometer
10 k
-
Peak values when suppled via other basic devices
EMC filter module type C73451-A430-D23 is required for NCS sensor or an external potentiometer. External
position sensor (potentiometer or NCS; as option) with the following peak values
EMC filter module
Peak values when suppled via the

PROFIBUS basic device
Uo = 5 V
Io = 75 mA statisch
Io = 160 mA kurzfristig
Po = 120 mW
Uo = 5 V
Io = 75 mA
Po = 120 mW
Uo = 5 V
Io = 100 mA
Po = 33 mW
Co = 1 F
Lo = 1 mH
Uo = 5 V
Io = 75 mA
Po = 120 mW
Co = 1 F
Lo = 1 mH
Electrically connected to the basic device
Siemens FI 01 2015
5/15
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
SIPART PS2

"ic", "nA", "t"
NCS sensor
Position range
Linear actuator 6DR4004-.N.20
3 ... 14 mm (0.12 ... 0.55")
Linear actuator 6DR4004-.N.30
10 ... 130 mm (0.39 ... 5.12"); up to 200 mm (7.87") on request
Part-turn actuator
30 ... 100
Linearity (after correction by

positioner)
1%
Linear actuator
1%
Part-turn actuator
0,2 %
Hysteresis
Continuous working temperature
-40 C ... +90 C

(-40 F ... +194 F)
Climatic class
Nach DIN EN 60721-3-4
Storage
1K5, but -40 ... +90 C (1K5, but -40 ... +176 F)
Transport
2K4, but -40 ... +90 C (2K4, but -40 ... +176 F)
Harmonic oscillations (sine) according to IEC 60068-2-6
3.5 mm (0.14"), 2 ... 27 Hz; 3 cycles/axis

98.1 m/s (321.84 ft/s), 27 ... 300 Hz, 3 cycles/axis
300 m/s2 (984 ft/s2), 6 ms, 4 000 shocks/axis
Bumping according to
IEC 60068-2-29
Degree of protection of enclosure
IP68 according ot IEC EN 60529; NEMA 4X / Encl. Type 4X

Ui = 5 V
Ii = 160 mA
Pi = 120 mW
"ic"/"nA": Ui = 5 V
Ci = 180 nF
Ci = 180 nF
Li = 922 H
Li = 922 H

ATEX/IECEx
Intrinsic safety "ia":

II 2 G Ex ia IIC T6/T4 Gb
Intrinsic safety "ic":

Non-sparking "nA":

FM
Intrinsic safety "ia":

IS, Class I, Divison 1, ABCD
IS, Class I, Zone 1, AEx ib, IIC
Non-sparking, "nA":
NI, Class I, Divison 2, ABCD
NI, Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA, IIC

ATEX/IECEx
T4: -40 ... +90 C (-40 ... +194 F)

T6: -40 ... +70 C (-40 ... +158 F)
FM
T4: -40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)

T6: -40 ... +70 C (-40 ... +158 F)
5/16
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
SIPART PS2
Selection and Ordering data SIPART PS2
Article No.
SIPART PS2 electropneumatic

positioner in enclosure made of
Makrolon, aluminum and stainless steel
6 DR 5
Order code
Article No.
6 DR 5
777 - 0 7777 - 0 7A7 777


online configuration in the PIA
Life Cycle Portal.
Limit monitor
Installed, incl. 2nd cable gland
Without
Alarm module;
electronic (6DR4004-.A)
SIA module; slot-type initiators
(6DR4004-.G)
(mechanical switching contacts
(6DR4004-.K))
Version
2-wire (4 to 20 mA)
Without HART
} 0
With HART, not explosion} 1
protected
2-, 3-, 4-wire (0/4 to 20 mA)
With HART, explosion-protected } 2
Without HART, not explosion
3
-protected
5
FOUNDATION Fieldbus connection
6
For actuator
Single-acting
Double-acting
Enclosure
Makrolon
Aluminum, narrow;
only single-acting
Stainless steel, without inspection
window
Aluminum
Without
With protection type
Intrinsic safety
With protection type1)
Non-sparking
Dust protection via enclosure
Intrinsic safety
Non-sparking
Non-sparking
Intrinsic safety
Non-sparking
Connection thread
electrical/pneumatic
M20x1.5/G
-14 NPT / -18 NPT
M20x1.5/-18 NPT
-14 NPT / G
Plug M12 / G3)
Plug M12 / -18 NPT3)
}
}
1
2
0
11
3
}
}
Customer-specific design
Without
N
E
Brief instructions
German/English
French/Spanish/Italian
G
K
G
N
M
P
R
S
1)
2)
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
5
3
Mounted pressure gauge block

Without
}
Gauge made of plastic
Block made of aluminum, singleacting G, scaled in MPa and bar
Block made of aluminum, doubleacting G, scaled in MPa and bar
Block made of aluminum, singleacting -18 NPT, scaled in MPa
and psi
Block made of aluminum, doubleacting -18 NPT, scaled in MPa
and psi
}
}
777 - 0 7777 - 0 7A7 777
Option modules
Installed,
incl. 2nd cable gland
Without
}
Position feedback module for position feedback signal (4 ... 20 mA)
(6DR4004-.J)
EMC filter module for external position sensor in the SIPART PS2
enclosure (C73451-A430-D23),
NCS sensor 6DR4004-.N..0 and
external position sensing with nonSiemens potentiometer
Position feedback module and EMC
filter module for external position
sensor
Order code
Enclosure: aluminum narrow 6DR5..1 or stainless steel 6DR5..2, each

without inspection window in the cover. Aluminum 6DR5..3 with inspection
window in the cover and max. impact energy 2 Joule.
Enclosure: aluminum or Makrolon, each with inspection window in the

cover. Max. impact energy 1 Joule for enclosure with inspection window
6DR5..0 and 6DR5..1 or max. 2 Joule for 6DR5..3.
3)
Connector M12 mounted and electrically connected in versions 6DR55..
and 6DR56..
Connector M12 mounted in versions 6DR50.., 6DR51.., 6DR52.. and
6DR53..
Not for protection type "dust protection by enclosure" 6DR5...-0D... and
6DR5...-0K...
Gauge made of steel

block made of aluminum, singleacting G, scaled in MPa, bar, psi
Block made of aluminum, doubleacting G, scaled in MPa, bar, psi
Block made of aluminum, singleacting -18 NPT, scaled in MPa,
bar, psi
Block made of aluminum, doubleacting -18 NPT, scaled in MPa,
bar, psi
A
B
0
1
2
3
4
9 R1A
9 R2A
9 R1B
9 R2B
Gauge made of stainless steel 316

Block made of stainless steel 316,
single-acting G, scaled in MPa,
bar, psi
double-acting G, scaled in MPa,
bar, psi
single-acting -18 NPT, scaled in
MPa, bar, psi
double-acting -18 NPT, scaled in
MPa, bar, psi
9 R1C
9 R2C
9 R1D
9 R2D
Siemens FI 01 2015
5/17
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
SIPART PS2
Article No.

6 DR 5
Further designs
777 - 0 7777 - 0 7A7 777
Order code

Order Code.
TAG plate made of stainless steel,

3-line
Text line 1: Plain text from Y17
A20
Version with stainless steel

sound absorbers
Standard with stainless steel enclosure
A40
Functional safety (SIL 2) only for

6DR5.1. (single-acting positioners)
Device suitable for use according to
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511
C20
Fail in Place
Holding function in case of auxiliary
electrical power failure
F01
Pneumatic terminal block made of

stainless steel 316
For device versions in Makrolon
enclosure
K18
OPOS adapter with interface

VDI/VDE 3847
blanketing, not for flameproof aluminum enclosure
K20
Marine approval
Germanischer Lloyd certificate
S10
LR Lloyds Register certificate
S11
BV Bureau Veritas certificate
S12
ABS American Bureau of Shipping

certificate
S13
DNV-GL Det Norske Veritas
S14
Measuring point description

Max. 16 characters for HART,
max. 32 characters for PROFIBUS
PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus and
4 ... 20 mA,
specify in plain text: Y15: ........
Y15

PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus and
4 ... 20 mA,
Y16

Max. 32 characters,
Y17
Preset bus address

Specify in plain text: Y25: ........
(only for 6DR55.. and 6DR56..)
Y25
Customer-specific parameter setting

Y30
5/18
Siemens FI 01 2015
Order code
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
SIPART PS2
Order code
Article No.
6 DR 5
7 7 5 - 0 E 7 7 7 - 00 7 A 7 7 7 7

positioner, in flameproof aluminum enclosure, without cable
gland
0
1
Mounted pressure gauge block

Without
}
Gauge made of plastic, block made
of aluminum, single-acting G,
scaled in MPa and bar
of aluminum, double-acting G,
scaled in MPa and bar
of aluminum, single-acting
-18 NPT, scaled in MPa and psi
of aluminum, double-acting
-18 NPT, scaled in MPa and psi
Article No.

positioner, in flameproof aluminum enclosure, without cable
gland
6 DR 5

online configuration in the PIA
Life Cycle Portal.
Version
2-wire (4 to 20 mA)
Without HART
With HART
2-, 3-, 4-wire (0/4 to 20 mA)
}
With HART
Without HART
For actuator
Single-acting
Double-acting
Connection thread
electrical/pneumatic
M20 x 1.5 / G
-14 NPT / -18 NPT
M20 x 1.5 / -18 NPT
-14 NPT / G
M25x1.5 / G
Limit monitor
Built-in
Without
Alarm module; electronic
(6DR4004-8A)
}
}
}
}
Option modules
Built-in
Without
}
(6DR4004-8J)
EMC filter module for external
position sensor
Position feedback module and EMC
filter module for external position
sensor
Brief instructions
German/English
French/Spanish/Italian
2
3
5
6
7 7 5 - 0 E 7 7 7 - 00 7 A 7 7 7 7
0
1
2
3
4
Gauge made of steel

Block made of aluminum, singleacting G, scaled in MPa, bar, psi
Block made of aluminum, doubleacting G, scaled in MPa, bar, psi
Block made of aluminum, singleacting -18 NPT, scaled in MPa,
bar, psi
Block made of aluminum, doubleacting -18 NPT, scaled in MPa,
bar, psi
1
2
G
N
M
P
Q
9 R1A
9 R2A
9 R1B
9 R2B
Gauge made of stainless steel 316

single-acting G, scaled in MPa,
bar, psi
double-acting G, scaled in MPa,
bar, psi
single-acting -18 NPT, scaled in
MPa, bar, psi
double-acting -18 NPT, scaled in
MPa, bar, psi
0
1
0
1
2
3
A
B
Order code
9 R1C
9 R2C
9 R1D
9 R2D
Further designs
Order Code.
Order code
TAG plate made of stainless steel,

3-line
A20
Functional safety (SIL 2) only for

6DR5.1. (single-action positioners)
Device suitable for use according to
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511
C20
Fail in Place
Holding function in case of auxiliary
electrical power failure
F01
Measuring point description

PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus,
Y15

PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus,
Y16

Max. 32 characters,
Y17
Preset bus address

only for 6DR55.. and 6DR56..)
Y25
Siemens FI 01 2015
5/19
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
SIPART PS2
Selection and Ordering data Accessories/Spare parts
Article No.
Accessories

} 6DR4004-8J
With explosion protection ATEX/IECEx
} 6DR4004-6J
With explosion protection FM/CSA
6DR4004-7J
Alarm module for 3 alarm outputs and 1 binary

input (functionality: 2 limit monitors, 1 fault alarm,
1 binary input)
} 6DR4004-8A
With explosion protection ATEX/IECEx
} 6DR4004-6A
6DR4004-7A
SIA module (slot-type initiator alarm module,

not for Ex d version)
3 gauges made of plastic, block made of

aluminum, double-acting -18 NPT, scaled in
MPa and psi
} 6DR4004-2MN
2 gauges made of steel

Block made of aluminum, single-acting G,
scaled in MPa, bar, psi
} 6DR4004-1P

Block made of aluminum, double-acting G,
scaled in Mpa, bar, psi
} 6DR4004-2P

Block made of aluminum, single-acting
-18 NPT, scaled in MPa, bar, psi
} 6DR4004-1PN

Block made of aluminum, double-acting
} 6DR4004-2PN
Article No.
6 D R 4 00 0 4 - 7 N 7 7 0
} 6DR4004-1Q
2 gauges made of stainless steel 316
Block made of stainless steel 316, single-acting
G, scaled in MPa, bar, psi
With ATEX/IECEx and FM/CSA explosion protection
} 6DR4004-6G

(with mechanical ground contacts, not for Ex d
version)
} 6DR4004-8K
} 6DR4004-6K
EMC filter module with and without explosion

protection for connection of external position
sensor (10 k) or NCS sensor
} C73451-A430-D23
Accessories
} 6DR4004-2Q
Block made of stainless steel 316, double-acting
G, scaled in MPa, bar, psi

Portal.
Not explosion-proof
With protection type (ATEX/IECEx/FM)
Intrinsic safety
Non-sparking
Cable length
6 m (19.68 ft)
20 m (65.67 ft)
40 m (131.23 ft)
Actuator type
For part-turn actuators, glass fiber-reinforced polyester magnet holders1)
For linear actuators
up to 14 mm (0.55 inch)2)
For linear actuators
> 14 ... 130 mm (0.55 ... 5.12 inch)3)
For part-turn actuators, anodized aluminum
magnet holders
1)
} 6DR4004-1QN
Block made of stainless steel 316, single-acting
8
6
} 6DR4004-2QN
Block made of stainless steel 316, double-acting
-18 NPT, scaled in MP, bar, psi
Pneumatic terminal block made of

stainless steel 316
to replace the pneumatic terminal block made of
aluminum for SIPART PS2 with
Makrolon enclosure
N
P
R
Single-acting with G
} 6DR4004-1R
Double-acting with G
} 6DR4004-2R
Single-acting with -18 NPT
} 6DR4004-1RN
Double-acting with -18 NPT
} 6DR4004-2RN
Fitted with mounting console, available for order separately as accessory.

Mounted with individual mounting solution. Only a NAMUR mounting
bracket can be used as mounting base (order separately as accessory).
3) Mounted with NAMUR interface. Article No. either 6DR4004-8V or
6DR4004-8V + 6DR4004-8L depending on stroke range.
Or mounted without NAMUR interface, individual mounting solution. Article
No. 6DR4004-8VK or 6DR4004-8VL can be used as individual mounting
solution depending on the stroke range.
2)
5/20
Siemens FI 01 2015
} 6DR4004-2M
aluminum, double-acting G, scaled in MPa and
bar
} 6DR4004-1MN
} 6DR4004-8G
NCS sensor
for non-contacting detection of position (not
for Ex d version)
} 6DR4004-1M
aluminum, single-acting G, scaled in MPa and
bar

aluminum, single-acting -18 NPT, scaled in
MPa and psi
} C73451-A430-D78
External position detection system
(with explosion protection to ATEX/IECEx) for
separate mounting of position sensor and controller unit (not for Ex d version), comprising
SIPART PS2 Makrolon enclosure with integral
potentiometer and sliding clutch (without electronics and valve block)
The EMC filter module is additionally required for
the controller unit. (separate ordering item, see
above).
Gauge block with

With explosion protection FM/CSA
Article No.
Mounting kit for NAMUR part-turn actuators

(VDI/VDE 3845, with plastic coupling wheel,
without mounting console)
} 6DR4004-8D
(VDI/VDE 3845, with stainless steel coupling,

without mounting console)
} TGX:16300-1556
The following mounting consoles can be used

with the NAMUR part-turn actuator mounting kit
6DR4004-8D.
Size W x L x H (H = height of shaft butt)
30 x 80 x 20 mm
TGX:16152-105
30 x 80 x 30 mm
TGX:16300-147
30 x 130 x 30 mm
TGX:16300-149
30 x 130 x 50 mm
TGX:16300-151
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
SIPART PS2
Selection and Ordering data Accessories/Spare parts
Mounting kit for other part-turn actuators
Documentation (see notes below)
The following mounting consoles can be used

together with the NAMUR part-turn actuator
mounting kit 6DR4004-8D.
SIPART PS2 HART German
A5E00074630
SPX (DEZURIK) Power Rac, sizes R1, R1A, R2 }

and R2A
TGX:16152-328
SIPART PS2 HART English
A5E00074631
SIPART PS2 PROFIBUS PA German
A5E00127924
Masoneilan Camflex II
TGX:16152-350
SIPART PS2 PROFIBUS PA English
A5E00127926
Fisher 1051/1052/1061, sizes 30, 40, 60 to 70 }
TGX:16152-364
SIPART PS2 FOUNDATION Fieldbus German
A5E00214568
Fisher 1051/1052, size 33
TGX:16152-348
SIPART PS2 FOUNDATION Fieldbus English
A5E00214569
SIPART PS2 Compact Instruction Manual
Mounting kit for NAMUR linear actuators

NAMUR linear actuator mounting kit with short }
lever (2 ... 35 mm (0.08 ... 1.38 inch)
6DR4004-8V
English, French, German, Spanish, Italian,

Dutch
A5E03436620
Long lever for travels from 35 ... 130 mm

(1.38 ... 5.12 inch) without NAMUR mounting
bracket
6DR4004-8L
Estonian, Latvian, Lithuanian, Polish, Romanian
A5E03436655
Bulgarian, Czech, Finnish, Slovakian, Slovenian
A5E03436664
Danish, Greek, Portuguese, Swedish,

Hungarian
A5E03436683
}
Reduced mounting kit (like 6DR4004-8V but
without fixing angle and U-bracket), with short
lever with up to 35 mm travel (1.38 inch)
6DR4004-8VK
Reduced mounting kit (like 6DR4004-8V but

without fixing angle and U-bracket), with long
lever with > 35 mm travel (1.38 inch)
6DR4004-8VL
Operating Instructions for NCS Sensor
}
Roll and disk made of stainless steel 316
for replacement of the Teflon roll and aluminum
disk in the 6DR4004-8, -8VK and -8VL mounting
kits for NAMUR linear actuators
6DR4004-3N
Two terminal blocks made of stainless steel 316 }

for replacement of the aluminum terminal
blocks in the 6DR4004-8V, -8VK and -8VL
mounting kits for NAMUR linear actuators
6DR4004-3M
English, German, French, Italian, Spanish,

Portuguese (Brazil)
SIPART PS2 device documentation
DVD with complete documentation for all
device versions
A5E00214567
SITRANS I100 output isolator HART

(see "SITRANS I supply units and isolation amplifiers") with
24 V DC auxiliary power
Mounting kit for other linear actuators
A5E00097485
7NG4124-0AA00
7NG4131-0AA00
7MF4997-1DB
SITRANS I200 output isolator HART

(see "SITRANS I supply units and isolation amplifiers") with
Retrofitting kit for Moore series 72 and 750 valve }

positioners
TGX:16152-117
Masoneilan type 87/88
TGX:16152-620
Fisher type 657/667, size 30 to 80
HART modem for connecting to PC or laptop
TGX:16152-110
Samson actuator type 3277

(yoke dimension (H5) = 101 mm2
(integrated connection without tube),
not for Ex d
with USB interface
6DR4004-8S
24 V DC auxiliary power
1)
Only together with 6DR4004-8S and 6DR4004-1M.
Note:
OPOS Interface according to VDI/VDE 3847

}
OPOS adapter with interface VDI/VDE 3847,
blanketing, not for flameproof aluminum enclosure
6DR4004-5PA
OPOS/NAMUR mounting kit with short lever

(complete), base plate, rail, mounting parts
6DR4004-5PL
For mounting to IEC 534-6
6DR4004-1B
For SAMSON actuator (integrated mounting)

see above
6DR4004-1C1)
Connection block, for safety solenoid valve with

extended mounting flange to NAMUR
All the above-mentioned manuals are included on DVD and can

be downloaded from www.siemens.de/sipartps2.
Scope of delivery for positioner
1 SIPART PS2 positioner as ordered
1 DVD with the complete documentation for all versions and
accessories
Short manual "SIPART PS2 - Configuration At a Glance"
Article No.
NCS-Sensor spare parts
Magnet holder made of fiberglass-reinforced

polyester including magnet for non-contacting
position detection for part-turn actuators
A5E00078030
Magnet holder made of anodized aluminum

including magnet for non-contacting position
detection for part-turn actuators
A5E00524070
Siemens FI 01 2015
5/21
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
SIPART PS2
Makrolon enclosure 6DR5..0
Stainless steel enclosure 6DR5..2
60
(2.36)
Y2
23
(0.91)
11,2
(0.44)
58
(2.28)
186.5 *)
(7.34) *)
182
(7.17)
12
(0.47)
6.5
(0.26)
Aluminum enclosure, narrow 6DR5..1
Y1
14
(0.55)
59
(2.32)
29.5
(1.16)
29.5
(1.16)
29
(1.14)
84
(3.31)
27.5
(1.08)
7
(0.28)
34.5
(1.36)
Y1
9 (0.35)
2
(0.08)
65
(2.56)
50 (1.97), 4 x M6
M8, 9 (0.35) deep

23
(0.91)
58
(2.28)
11.2
(0.44)
PZ
185
(7.28)
Makrolon enclosure 6DR5..0

Aluminum enclosure, narrow 6DR5..1
Stainless steel enclosure 6DR..2
*)
96.6 (3.80)3)
72 (2.84) 2)
95 (3.74)1)
37
(1.46)
29.5
(1.16)
29.5
(1.16)
9 (0.35) deep
M8, 9 (0.35) deep
PZ
29
(1.14)
33
(1.30)
48
(1.89)
Y1
7
(0.28)
Y1
2
(0.08)
65
(2.56)
50 (1.97), 4 x M6
M20 x 1.5
G"
88.5 90.5 *)
(3.48) (3.56) *)
Dimensional drawings for enclosure, dimensions in mm (inch)
5/22
Siemens FI 01 2015
Dimensions with pneumatic terminal block NPT

Stainless steel version, values:
1)
99 (3.89)
2)
74 (2.91)
3)
98 (3.86)
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
SIPART PS2
60 (2.36)
1 (0.04)
M8, 9 (0.35) deep
Y2
11.2 (0.44)
23
(0.91)
14.5 (0.57)
58 (2.28)
186.5 (7.34)
29.5
29.5
(1.16) (1.16)
73.05 (2.88)
Pz
7
(0.28)
98.6 (3.88)
37
(1.46)
Y1
30.05
(1.18)
39 (1.53)
7 (0.28)
33
(1.30)
48.6 (1.91)
2 (0.08)
65 (2.56)
50 (1.97), 4 x M6, 9 (0.35) deep
188.5 (7.42)*)
Dimensions with pneumatic terminal block NPT
103 (4.05)
*)
88.1 (3.47)
90.1 (3.55) *)
15.5 (0.61)
14.5 (0.57)
Aluminum enclosure 6DR5..3, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
5/23
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
SIPART PS2
M20, M25 or
NPT (2x)
14.3
(0.56)
25.7
(1.00)
87.2
(3.43)
136.5
(5.37)
82.5
(3.25)
158.5
(6.24)
3.5
(0.14)
1)
8 (0.31) h9
235.3
(9.26)
Flameproof aluminum enclosure 6DR5..5, dimensions in mm (inch)
M6
4+0.1 (0.16+0.04)
Mounting
plate
>4
(0.16)
25 (0.98)
Mounting level of positioner
a = 4 (0.16)
b = 12 (0.47)
Part-turn actuator
6.5 (0.26)
35 (1.38)
F05-Lkr.50 (1.97)
Mounting onto part-turn actuators; mounting consoles (scope of delivery

of actuator manufacturer), extract from VDI/VDE 3845, dimensions in mm
(inch)
5/24
Siemens FI 01 2015
Connection 238/Y2 only for double-acting version
33.5
(1.32)
10.25
(0.40)
34
25
(1.34) (0.98)
7.75
(0.31)
43
(1.69)
65
(2.56)
4.5
19.25 (0.18)
(0.76)
1)
7.5
(0.30)
233.3
(9.19)
128.5
(5.06)
M6,
8 (0.31) deep (2x)
0
5 7)
(1.9
60
(2.36)
M6,
11 (0.43) deep (4x)
12
(0.47)
33.5
(1.32)
all air connections

G or -NPT
23
(0.91)
7
(0.28)
M8,
14 (0.55) deep (4x)
5 (0
. 2)
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
SIPART PS2
Schematics
Schematics
Two-wire system
Electric connection of 2-wire devices (6DR50.. and 6DR51..)

Devices of types 6DR50.. and 6DR51.. are operated in a 2-wire
system.
+
4 ... 20 mA
J
6
7
8
9
BE1
10
4 ... 20 mA
Two-wire system
J
6
7
8
9 BE1
10
Three-/Four-wire system
SIPART PS2 electropneumatic positioner, input circuit for 6DR50.. and

6DR51..
Electric connection of PROFIBUS PA device (6DR55..) and

FOUNDATION Fieldbus device (6DR56..)
18 ... 30 V
1)
30 V
81
82
24 V
0/4 ... 20 mA
6
7
9
10
1)
2
3
4
5
1)
J
PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION
Fieldbus connection
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 BE1
10
1) Jumper between 5 and 7 only for three-wire system
BE1
SIPART PS2 electropneumatic positioner, input circuits for 6DR52.. and

6DR53..
Input for safety shutdown (activated using coding jumper)
SIPART PS2 PA and SIPART PS2 FF electropneumatic positioner, input

circuit for 6DR55.. and 6DR56..
Electric connection of 2-, 3- and 4-wire device

(6DR52.. and 6DR53..)
Devices of types 6DR52.. and 6DR53.. can be operated in a 2-,
3- and 4-wire system.
R 250 if req. 1)
lH+
ly = 4 ... 20 mA
lW-
HART
modem
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PC/Laptop
1) Only required with current sources not conforming to HART
SIPART PS2 electropneumatic positioner, example of connection for communication through HART for 6DR52..
Siemens FI 01 2015
5/25
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
SIPART PS2
Mounting kit
Mounting kit for NAMUR linear actuators
1 mounting bracket
2 mounting prisms
1 U-bracket
1 lever arm with adjustable pick-up roll
2 U-bolts
Various screws and lock washers
Mounting of SIPART PS2 on linear actuators
5/26
Siemens FI 01 2015
Mounting of SIPART PS2 in flameproof aluminum enclosure on linear actuators
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
SIPART PS2
Mounting kit
Mounting kit for NAMUR part-turn actuators
1 coupling wheel
1 driver pin
8 scales
1 pointer
Various screws and lock washers
Caution: The mounting consoles and the screws for mounting onto the part-turn actuator are not included in the scope of delivery
and must be provided by the customer (see "Technical specifications")
Mounting of SIPART PS2 on part-turn actuators
Mounting of SIPART PS2 in flameproof aluminum enclosure on part-turn

actuators
More information
Special versions
On request
Siemens FI 01 2015
5/27
Siemens AG 2014
Positioners
Notes
5/28
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
6/2
Overview
6/3
Acoustic and motion sensing
6/5
6/10
6/14
6/17
6/23
6/25
Acoustic sensors for

pump monitoring
SITRANS DA400 acoustic diagnostic
unit
Acoustic sensors for
material flow monitoring
SITRANS AS100 acoustic sensor
SITRANS CU02 control unit
Motion sensors
Milltronics MFA 4p motion failure
alarm controller
Milltronics MSP-7 motion sensor
SITRANS WM100 motion sensor

catalogs and certificates for Process
Protection free of charge at:
www.siemens.com/processprotection
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
Overview
Overview
Application
Device description
Page
Acoustic diagnostics unit for flow valve

leakage monitoring in oscillating
displacement pumps or for material flow
monitoring of bulk solids in pipes, conveyors
or raceways.
SITRANS DA400
4 inputs for structure-born noise sensors
6/5
Acoustic sensor for pump monitoring
4 universal inputs
6 digital outputs
With PROFIBUS DP or PROFIBUS PA
Sensor degree of protection IP66/IP68

Acoustic sensor for solids flow detection.
SITRANS AS100
Non-invasive
6/10
Screw in, bolt on, weld, or bond in place

Analog output
High and low sensitivity range of operation
Alarm control unit for use with
SITRANS AS100 acoustic sensor to provide
reliable continuous protection for bulk solid
flow.
It processes signals from the sensor,
providing relay and analog outputs for
interface into a process.
SITRANS CU02
3 digit LCD display
6/14
4 ... 20 mA output
Two programmable relays
Adjustable independent time delay for each
relay
DIN rail mounting provides easy installation
Motion sensors
Highly sensitive single set point motion sensor Milltronics MFA 4p
alarm unit, used with MSP probes.
Probe/target separation up to 100 mm
(4 inch)
6/17
Minimum velocity of moving ferrous target:

1 cm/sec. (2 fpm)
Heavy duty 3-wire motion sensor that

provides an NPN open collector output to
PLCs.
Milltronics MSP-7
Up to 100 mm (4 inch) gap between target
and probe
6/23
Corrosion resistant construction
Heavy-duty zero speed alarm switch.
6/2
Siemens FI 01 2015
SITRANS WM100
Detects the absence or presence of motion
of rotating or reciprocating or conveying
equipment
6/25
Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
Acoustic and Motion sensing
Acoustic and Motion Sensing
Overview
Process protection devices act as early warning systems to
avoid costly process interruptions and breakdowns of equipment. Non-contacting motion sensors detect changes in motion
and speed of conveying, reciprocating and rotating machinery.
Non-invasive acoustic sensors detect inaudible, high frequency
acoustic emissions generated by friction and impact, caused by
materials in motion. They can detect conditions of flow/no flow or
high/low flow, to warn of blockages, product absence or equipment failure. They are located outside of the process, accurately
detecting conditions without wear on the sensor.
Motion sensors can warn in case of equipment malfunction and
shut down machinery in case of a slowdown or failure. They are
rugged and perform even in harsh industrial conditions. Most of
the MFA 4p motion sensing probes, as well as the SITRANS
WM100, can be mounted up to 100 mm (4 inch) from the ferrous
target, reducing the chance of damage to the probe and the
equipment. The probes are not affected by moisture or dust
build-up.
Mode of operation
Acoustic Sensing
Acoustic sensors monitor high frequency emissions generated
by friction and the impact of flowing material or mechanical
parts. The sensors can also sense the turbulence of gases or
liquids leaking through valves and flanges. When matter vibrates
between 0 Hz and 200 kHz, it creates acoustic energy. Sound
energy between 20 Hz and 20 kHz can be detected by humans.
Acoustic sensors detect high-frequency acoustic energy
between 75 kHz and 175 kHz. Acoustic energy travels quickly
through dense materials (metal) and poorly through less dense
materials (air). Because the acoustic sensors are mounted
directly to the external wall of the chute work, other plant noises
are well below 75 kHz and effectively ignored by the sensors.
The acoustic sensors contain a specialized piezocrystal and
filter circuit that responds effectively to the high-frequency band
between 75 kHz and 175 kHz. As the crystal is excited by the
acoustic energy, it produces a continuous electrical signal in
direct proportion to the level of acoustic energy received.
The SITRANS AS100 sensor output of 0 to 10 V DC can be
applied to a PLC or to an optional control unit for a programmable alarm relay or 4 to 20 mA signal output.
Motion sensing
Siemens Milltronics probes work on the principle of Faradays
Laws of Electromagnetic Induction. When a ferromagnetic
object enters the probes permanent magnetic field, it distorts
the flux, causing its coil windings to generate a voltage. This voltage is proportional to the strength of the magnet and the number
of wire turns in the coil (constant in the probes) and the speed at
which the ferrous target passes through the flux. The generated
voltage is also inversely proportional to the square of the
distance between the target and the probe.
Motion sensing on drive shaft of rotary feeder
The robust motion sensors provide the contacts to shut down

machinery whenever under-speed, over-speed or plant equipment failure occurs. On belt, drag and screw conveyors, or on
bucket elevators, fans and pumps, the speed alarm option can
warn instantly of equipment malfunction. Some probes may be
linked to a programmable logic controller to monitor equipment.
Siemens FI 01 2015
6/3
Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
Acoustic and Motion sensing
Acoustic and Motion Sensing
Process Protection Selection Guide
Criteria
SITRANS DA400
SITRANS AS100
Typical industries
Mining, water/wastewater, chemicals/petrochemicals and oil & gas

industry
Aggregates, grain,
Aggregates, cement,
General Industrial applicement, food processing, mining, wastewater, grain cations
power generation, steel
processing
Milltronics MFA 4p
MSP-7
SITRANS WM100
Aggregates, cement,
mining
Typical Applications
Oscillating displacement
pumps such as diaphragm piston pumps,
piston pumps and hosetype
diaphragm piston
pumps. Monitoring of
flowing materials in
pipes, conveyors or
channels.
Pipes, pneumatic conveyors, aerated gravity

flow systems, burst filter
bag detection
Operation
Tail pulleys, driven pulleys, motor shaft sensing,

screw conveyor flights,
bucket elevators
Tail pulley shafts, driven

pulleys, motor shaft sensing, belt or drag conveyors, screw conveyor
flights, bucket elevators,
fans and pumps
Tail pulleys, driven pulleys, motor shaft sensing,

screw conveyor flights,
bucket elevators
Acoustic detection of
Acoustic sensing
cavitation, optionally
acoustic detection of
impact noises of high frequency
Motion sensing
Motion sensing
Motion sensing
Enclosure
Electronics housing,
Makrolon IP65,
sensor, stainless steel
material number W.-No.
1.4571 (316Ti SST)
Compact 304 or 303

stainless steel, IP68

polycarbonate

aluminum

aluminum
Sensor mounting
Screw to outside of pump

housing. For material flow
monitoring on the outside
of pipes, channels,
chutes or raceways
Sensor non-invasive:
Non-contacting probes
glue or weld-on disc, bolt secured with supplied
or weld-on tab, drill and flange
tap
Non-contacting probe,
secured with supplied
flange
Non-contacting, secured
with supplied flange
Electronics
-20 C ... +60 C
(-4 F ... +140 F)
Sensor
-20 C ... +110 C
(-4 F ... +230 F)
-20 ... +80 C

(-4 ... +176 F)1)
-20 ... +50 C

(-4 ... +122 F)2)
-40 ... +60 C

(-40 ... +140 F)
-40 ... +60 C

(-40 ... +140 F)
Power requirements
19 V ... 36 V DC,
< 100 mA
20 ... 30 V DC, 18 mA
100/115/200/230 V AC
10 % 50/60Hz, 15 VA
21 or 28 V DC,
40 mA max.
115 or 230 V AC
10 % 50/60 Hz, 7 VA
Approvals
CE, PROFIBUS DP and

PROFIBUS PA conform,
Ex protection to ATEX 1G
or 1D
CE, RCM, CSA/FM Class CSAUS/C, CE, RCM

II, Div. 1, Group E, F, G
optional, ATEX II,
2GD, 3D optional,
GOST-R
CE, RCM
CSAUS/C, CE, RCM
1)
Extended temperature model -40 ... +125 C (-40 ... +257 F) available (CE version)
2)
Probes available for -40 ... +260 C (-40 ... +500 F)
6/4
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
Acoustic sensors for pump monitoring
SITRANS DA400 acoustic diagnostic unit
Overview
Application
In the version for pump monitoring, the SITRANS DA400 allows
continuous, simultaneous and independent monitoring of up to
four flow control valves in a pump for leaks. In addition, another
four inputs are available for monitoring standard signals
(e.g. diaphragm and temperature monitoring). This means that
the condition of an oscillating displacement pump is monitored
in every phase of its operation.
The SITRANS DA400 is used in all industries where an oscillating
displacement pump is used.
The version for material flow monitoring monitors the material
flow in liquids or gases that is usually as a result of impact or
friction, e.g. against the pipe or channel wall.
If the acoustic diagnostic unit is used in potentially explosive
areas, the sensors as well as the acoustic diagnostic unit can be
installed in the Ex-zone.
The SITRANS DA400 acoustic diagnostic unit acoustically measures the structure-borne noise
In the version for pump monitoring; on oscillating
displacement pumps
In the version for material flow monitoring; on pipes,
conveying equipment or channels.
It comprises an electric diagnostic unit and up to four acoustic
sensors.
Benefits
Benefits when pump monitoring
Increased availability of the system through:
- Advanced maintenance planning thanks to early recognition
of defective components
- Reduced downtimes (no fault locating necessary)
- Increased maintenance intervals
- Greater pump reliability
Prevention of expensive consequential damage
Increased safety of critical applications
Early recognition of a reduction in power
Increased productivity
Benefits when material flow monitoring
Detection of insufficient or excessive inflow of material in a
liquid or gas flow
Detection of blockages or clogging
Reduction of down times
Increased product quality
Increased availability
Guaranteed operational safety
Increased productivity
If using the unit in potentially explosive areas, you have two

options:
Operation of the sensors over the safety barriers or
Operation of the sensors over the SITRANS DA400 with
explosion protection
Function
Product features
Continuous and independent status monitoring:
Of the flow control valves, for leaks
Of the membranes, for material fatigue
Of the temperature loading of the hydraulic oil
Of flowing bulk solids in pipes, conveying equipment or
channels
Communication of the status to superordinate control systems:
Via digital outputs
Digitally, via PROFIBUS DP or PROFIBUS PA
Simple to operate and parameterize:
Locally, via digital display and keys
PROFIBUS DP and PROFIBUS PA
Mode of operation
Principle of measurement
Leaks in the flow control valves of oscillating displacement
pumps are flows in which cavitation occurs. This results in sound
waves that are transmitted to the valve housing, where they are
recorded by the structure-borne sound sensor in the
SITRANS DA400 on the outside.
The SITRANS DA400 utilizes the fact that with both an open
valve and a closed intact valve, no cavitation occurs and the
measured sound level thus corresponds to the operating noise
of the pump. By contrast, with a closed defective valve cavitation
does occur, which can be identified by a period increase in the
sound level (see figures). The measured value from the
SITRANS DA400 corresponds exactly to this increase in the
sound level.
In the version for material flow monitoring, SITRANS DA400
continuously detects high-frequency acoustic oscillations by
means of structure-born noise sensors.
Siemens FI 01 2015
6/5
Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
These oscillations are created by:
Friction and impact of bulk solids in:
- pipes, raceways or channels
- chutes
- conveyors
Friction and impact of mechanical parts
Bursting of bubbles
Cavitation
Turbulence in gas and liquid flows
The following shows an example of signal levels at an oscillating
displacement pump
SITRANS DA400
Without
Ex protection
With
Ex protection
Input
Acoustic channels
Cycle time
10 ms
Only for connection to intrinsically

safe sensors with:
Max. voltage Uo
Max. current Io
Max. power Po
Internal capacitance Ci
Internal inductance Li
5.5 V
70 mA
100 mW
1.2 F
Universal inputs
Negligible
4
Cycle time
80 ms
Low pass filter time
1s
Universal analog current input

Load
< 105
Resolution
Signal from structure-borne sound sensor with intact valve
Accuracy
Fault signal
0.5 %
> 21 mA or < 3.6 mA (at 4 ... 20 mA)
Alarm monitoring hysteresis

< 12
0.1 %
0.5 %
40 mA, 4 V
Max. supply voltage Ui
30 V
Max. short-circuit current Ii
100 mA
Max. power Poi
1W
11 nF
70 H
For connection with approved

intrinsically safe circuits with:
Signal from structure-borne sound sensor with defective valve
Universal input 24 V digital signal
Sensor operation
Input resistance
> 19 k
The structure-borne sound sensor works on the piezoelectric

principle. The structure-borne sound is injected into the sensor
via the sensor base (mounting surface) and inside it is converted
into an electrical voltage by a piezo-ceramic element. This is
amplified in the sensor and transmitted via the cable.
Signal level Low
< 4.5 V or open
Signal level High
>7V
The sensor frequency range lies in the ultrasonic range

(> 20 kHz). The sensor is non-directional, i.e. the angle at which
the sound wave impacts on the sensor base is not important.
Mode of operation of the safety barrier
The safety barrier comprises intrinsically-safe circuits. These
circuits serve to operate intrinsically-safe components such as
sensors and to isolate safety from the non-hazardous area with
the SITRANS DA400 diagnostic unit.
6/6
Siemens FI 01 2015
Hysteresis
>1V
40 V
30 V
100 mA
Max. power Poi
1W
11 nF
70 H

Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
SITRANS DA400
Without
Ex protection
With
Ex protection
SITRANS DA400
Universal input closing contact
For connection to closing contact

with the maximum values:
Max. voltage Uo
10 V
Usage limits for water
Max. current Io
1 mA
Delivery side
Max. power Po
5 mW
Number of strokes
11 nF
Design
70 H
8.2 V source for NAMUR signal

(DIN EN 60947-5-6)
Without
Ex protection
To EN 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
10 bar a
Min. 4 min-1, max. 10 ... 500 min-1
Approx. 2.5 kg
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm (inch)
Open circuit voltage
8.2 V 0.3 V,
short-circuit proof
Input resistance
< 950
Static destruction limit for incorrect +20 V/-10 V

wiring
Enclosure material
Output
6 (applicable for
NAMUR switch
hardener)
With
Ex protection
172 x 320 x 80 (6.8 x 12.6 x 3.2)

Macrolon
Makrolon
(polycarbonate
(Polycarbonate
+20 % glass fiber) + 20 % glass
fibers), surface
attenuated with
CrNi layer and
painted
Electrical connection via screw termi- Rigid 2.5 mm (0.984 inch)

nals
Flexible 1.5 mm (0.59 inch)
Digital outputs
Semiconductor relay
Individually
isolated,
short circuit-proof
Cable inlet via plastic cable joints
Switching voltage
24 V AC/36 V DC, any polarity
Power supply
Rated voltage
24 V DC
16 V DC
Destruction limit
35 V AC, 50 V DC -
Operating range
19 ... 36 V DC
15 ... 17 V DC
Max. switching current
100 mA
Current consumption
< 100 mA
< 40 mA
Signal status Low (no response)
1.2 mA (source
to DIN 19234)

Signal status High (response)
2.1 mA (source
to DIN 19234)
17.4 V
191 mA
Max. power Poi
1.35 W
33 nF
28 H
For connection with an intrinsically

safe switching amplifier to DIN 19234
with:
Flexible with connector sleeves

1.5 mm (0.59 inch)
2 x Pg 13.5
5 x Pg 11
15.5 V
25 mA
Max. power Poi
64 mW
5.2 nF
Explosion protection to EN 50014,

EN 50020 and EN 50021
Negligible
TV (German
Technical
Inspectorate)
06 ATEX 2952
Marking
II 2(1) G EEx is
[ia] IIC T6
PROFIBUS DP
RS 485, switchable terminating

resistor
Protocol
Cyclic with Master C1 and acyclic

with Master C2
Power supply
Bus-supplied
Bus voltage
9 ... 24 V
Current consumption
10.5 mA 10 %
Conditions of use
Vertical wall mounting, cables fed in

from below
Climatic class
Class 4K4 according to EN 60721-3-4
Mounting location
Zone 1 or zone 2
-20 ... +60 C

(-4 ... +140 F)
Temperature class T5 T1
-20 ... +60 C

(-4 ... +140 F)
-20 ... +50 C

(-4 ... +122 F)
Mechanical load
Class 4M3 according to

EN 60721-3-4
IP65
Communication
Siemens FI 01 2015
6/7
Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
SITRANS DA400
Without
Ex protection
With
Ex protection
Bus connection with FISCO supply

unit, ia/ib group IIC or IIB
Yes
Layer 1 and 2 from PROFIBUS PA,

transfer technology from IEC 1158-2
C2 connections
4 connections are
supported in master class 2
Device profile
Device address
PROFIBUS PA
profile V3.0 Rev.
1, Class B
1 ... 126
(126 factory-set)
SIMATIC PDM (not included in the

scope of delivery)
Sensor for SITRANS DA400
Ex barriers for sensors

Application area
For the intrinsically safe supply of the

acoustic sensors in zone 1; the safety
barriers must be installed between
the SITRANS DA400 acoustic diagnostic unit and the sensor if only the
sensors are being operated in the
Ex zone.
Input
A maximum of two sensors can be

connected.
Conditions of use
IP20
Permissible Ambient Temperature
-20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Design
Weight
115 g (0.254 lb)
Housing material
Plastic, polyamide
Installation on mounting rail NS 32 or

NS 35/7.5.
Piezoceramic sensor with pre-amplifier
Setup
The acoustic diagnostic unit

SITRANS DA400 and the safety barrier must be operated outside the
Ex zone.
Encapsulated electronics
4-wire cable with anti-kink sleeve
Conditions of use
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm (inch) 68 x 77 x 42 (2.68 x 3.03 x 1.65)
-40 ... +110 C (-40 ... +230 F)
Certificates and Approvals
IP66/IP68
Mechanical load
Class 4M7 according to

EN 60721-3-4
TV 05 ATEX 2917 X
Marking
II (2) G [EEx ib] IIC
Climatic class
Class 4K4 according to

EN 60721-3-4
Design
Housing material
Stainless steel 1.4571 (316Ti SST)
Cable
Ends with wire protectors and cable

shoe for connection to the
SITRANS DA400
Weight
125 g (0.276 lb)
Mounting location
Zone 0/1 or zone 20/21/22
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm (inch) 26 x 29 x 40 (1.02 x 1.14 x 1.57)

Power supply
Power fed from device
Article No.
Acoustic diagnostics unit SITRANS DA400

with local programming and display
7MJ2400- 7 7 A0 7
Communication
PROFIBUS DP
1A
PROFIBUS PA
2B
Without
With EEx ia/ib to ATEX1)
TV 2005 ATEX 2876 X
Marking
II 1 G EEx ia IIC T6/T5/T4 or

II 1 D EEx ia D 20/21/22 T160

Category 1G
- Temperature class T4, T5
Category 2G
Category 1D or 2D
-20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)

-20 ... +50 C (-4 ... +122 F)
-40 ... +110 C (-40 ... +230 F)
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
-20 ... +65 C (-4 ... +149 F)
-40 ... +110 C (-40 ... +230 F)
For continuous condition monitoring of positive
displacement pumps
for material flow monitoring in pipes,
raceways and conveyors
Acoustic sensors for diagnostics unit
SITRANS DA400
1
2
7MJ2000-1 7 7 0 0
Without
With EEx ia to ATEX
Cable
(incl. pin and allen screw M6)
20 m
40 m
100 m
Safety barriers for sensors

For rail mounting NS 32 and NS35/7.5 in
non-hazardous areas
Explosion-protected output circuit EEx ib
1)
6/8
Siemens FI 01 2015
Not in combination with trigger sensor.
7MJ2010-1AA
Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
Out1, Out2
SENSOR
10 (0.39)
In1, In2
SITRANS DA400
40
(1.57)
9 (0.35)
49 (1.9)
47 (1.8)
42 (1.6)
26 (1.02)
15
(0.59)
6.5
(0.26)
70 (2.7)
6
(0.24)
3 (0.12)
28.5 (1.12)
12 (0.5)
11 (0.43)
7
(0.28)
Foot
element
68 (2.7)
Sensor for SITRANS DA400, dimensions in mm (inch)

10 (0.394)
172 (6.77)
D
5 (0.2)
13 (0.511)
77 (3.0)
Safety barrier for SITRANS DA400, dimensions in mm (inch)

269 (10.59)
94 (3.70)
286 0.2 (11.26 0.008)1)
94 (3.70)
306 (12.05)
6.5 (0.26)
D-D
Schematics
41
42
51
52
Out1
22
21
32
31
In1
Ground terminal
Approx.
30 (1.18)
152 0.2 1)
(5.98 0.008)
80 (3.15)
17
(0.67)
A
Pg 13.5
SW 24
Out2
41
42
51
52
Pg 11
SW 22
1)
Intrinsically
safe towards
sensor
3 mounting
holes (M6)
SITRANS DA400, dimensions in mm (inch)
In2
22
21
32
31
Not intrinsically
safe towards
SITRANS DA400
Safety barrier for SITRANS DA400, terminal assignment
Supply
L+/L- Power supply

(Any polarity with
PROFIBUS PA)
DO
Digital output
Sens Sensor
In
yl
gr
br
bl
I+
Input
yellow
green
brown
black
Analog current input +
DI
A
B
Ground
Digital input
Signal A (green) with PROFIBUS DP,
any with PROFIBUS PA
Signal B (red) with PROFIBUS DP,
any with PROFIBUS PA
SITRANS DA400, terminal assignment
Siemens FI 01 2015
6/9
Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
Overview
Application
SITRANS AS100 detects changes in high frequency sound
waves from equipment and materials in motion. It detects and
reacts instantly to changes in solids flow to warn of blockages,
product absence, or equipment failure such as burst filter bags.
This allows an operator to take early preventative action and
avoid costly damage.
Common applications include pellets, powders and most bulk
solids in pipes, chutes, vibratory feeders, pneumatic conveyors
or aerated gravity flow systems.
Operating with a SITRANS CU02 control unit, the system detects
conditions of high flow, low flow or no flow. It can be added to a
control loop via a 4 to 20 mA output. Two relays are fully programmable and independent of each other and can be used to
operate an alarm or control device.
SITRANS AS100 is an acoustic sensor used for solids flow

detection.
Benefits
With no moving parts and a type 304 or 303 stainless steel

enclosure sealed against dust and moisture, this non-invasive
unit requires little or no maintenance. With a dual operating
range, the sensor offers an exceptionally wide range of application capabilities.
Key applications: pipes, chutes, vibratory feeders,
aerated gravity flow systems, burst filter bag detection
Non-invasive
Screw in, bolt on, weld, or bond in place
Analog output
High and low sensitivity range of operation
Design
Clearance hole
Insert mounting post through
hole in device being monitored
and fasten with customersupplied washers and nut.
SITRANS AS100 mounting
6/10
Siemens FI 01 2015
Drill and tap

Screw mounting post into
threaded hole in device being
monitored.
Extension tab
Screw sensor into threaded hole
of tab, and fasten onto device
being monitored.
Mounting disc
Screw sensor into disc, after
welding or bonding disc onto
device being monitored.
Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
Mode of operation
Operating principle
Typical application
Acoustic sensing of high frequency

emissions caused by impact or
friction
Detects burst filter bags in dust
collection systems
Detects material being conveyed in
pneumatic conveyor lines
Route confirmation in chute work
Model
Standard
Standard operating temperature

range
Extended
Extended operating temperature

range
Operation
Relative sensitivity
0.5 %/C of reading, average over the

operating range
Outputs
Analog, 0.08 ... 10 V DC nominal,

100 k minimum load impedance

Amb. temperature for enclosure
Standard
Extended
-20 ... +80 C (-4 ... +176 F)

-40 ... +125 C (-40 ... +257 F)
(CE only)
-30 ... +120 C (-22 ... +248 F)
option
Design
Weight
0.4 kg (1 lb)
Enclosure
Enclosure: 304 (1.4301) stainless

steel [303 stainless steel (1.4305) on
Class II version], aluminum 231
on 2GD version]
Cable
Standard
IP68 (waterproof)
Extended
4 m (13 ft) cable, PVC jacketed,

3 twisted pairs, 24 AWG (0.25 mm2),
shielded
4 m (13 ft) cable, thermoplastic elastomer jacketed, 6 conductor,
24 AWG (0.25 mm2) conductor,
shielded
Power supply
20 ... 30 V DC, 18 mA (typical)
CE, RCM
CSA/FM Class II, Div. 1, Group E, F
and G (optional),
ATEX II 2GD (optional),
ATEX II 3D (optional), GOST-R
Article No.
SITRANS AS100 Acoustic Sensor

An acoustic sensor used for solids flow detection.
777 0 7
7 MH 7 5 6 0 -
Sensor
Standard temperature range
[-20 ... +80 C (-4 ... +176 F)]1)
Extended temperature range
[-40 ... +125 C (-40 ... +257 F)2)
[-30 ... +120 C (-22 ... +248 F)]3)
1
3
4
Cable Length
4 m (13.12 ft)
Sensor Mounting
None
Mounting disk
Mounting tab
Approvals
CE, RCM
CSA/FM Class II Div.1, Group E, F, and G
(includes " NPT female fitting)
CSA Class II, Div. 1, Group E, F, and G
(includes " NPT female fitting)
CE, RCM, FM/CSA Class II, Div. 1, Group E,
F and G, ATEX II 3D (includes M20 female fitting)
ATEX II 2GD, c/w cable gland4)
A
A
B
C
1
3
5
6
1)
Available with approval options 1, 3, 5, and 6 only
2)
3)
4)
Available with sensor option 1 only and sensor mounting option A only
6
Order code

Further designs
code(s).
Manufacturers test certificate: According to
EN 10204-2.2
C11

identification (max. 16 characters),
Y17
Article No.
English
A5E31952194
German
A5E31990912
French
A5E31993317
Spanish
Note: The operating instructions should be ordered
as a separate item on the order.
manual CD containing ATEX Quick Starts and
operating instructions.
7ML1998-5DM21
Spare Parts
Mounting tab
7MH7723-1AA
Mounting disk
7MH7723-1AB
" NPT adapter kit for standard temperature range

sensor, not Class II approved
7MH7723-1BW
M20 adapter kit for standard temperature range

sensor, not Class II or ATEX approved
7MH7723-1BV
" NPT adapter kit for extended temperature range

sensor, not Class II approved
Note: Adapter kits are not CSA Class II approved
7MH7723-1BX
Siemens FI 01 2015
6/11
Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
SITRANS AS100
(ST and ET versions)
SITRANS AS100
(class II rated ST and ET versions)
6 x 24 AWG cable
6 x 24 AWG cable
32
(1.3)
82 (3.2)
36 (1.4)
17
(0.7)
Mounting post,
17A/F nut and
M10 thread
44 (1.8)
44 (1.8)
8 (0.3)
67 (2.7)
36 (1.4)
8 (0.3)
" NPT female

conduit fitting
(M20 fitting for
ATEX version)
Mounting post,
17A/F nut and
M10 thread
SITRANS AS100, dimensions in mm (inch)

cable entry (2)
M20 X 1.5
Accessories
ExtensionTab - Bolt on
(304 stainless steel)
10 (0.4)
60
(2.36)
SITRANS AS100
Mounting hole
M10 thread
30 (1.2)
Bolt hole,
14 (0.55)
sensor cable
and connector
60
(2.36)
75 (2.95)
15
(0.6)
15
(0.6)
135
(5.32)
85 (3.3)
Mounting Disc - Bonded or Welded
(304 stainless steel)
30 (1.2)
15 (0.6)
120
(4.72)
SITRANS AS100
Mounting hole
M10 thread
SITRANS AS100 accessories, dimensions in mm (inch)
6/12
Siemens FI 01 2015
120 5
(4.72 .2)
enclosure
SITRANS AS100 (2D, 2G, XP version), dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
Schematics
Standard temperature range
Red
Blk
Grn
Blk
Wht
Blk
+ Vsup: 20 ... 30 V DC
- supply input
Or*
+ Vsens:
- analog output
0.08 ... 10 V DC
nominal
Shield, tied to Sensor casing
* Sensor range selection

High sensitivity range = red and green to Vsup+
Low sensitivity range = red to Vsup+, green to Vsup-

Red
Blk
Org
Grn
Yel
Brw
+ Vsup: 20 ... 30 V DC
- supply input
Or*
+ Vsens:
- analog output
shield, tied to Sensor casing
0.08 ... 10 V DC
nominal

High sensitivity range = red and orange to Vsup+
Low sensitivity range = red to Vsup+, orange to Vsup-
Interconnection
The longer the cable, the more susceptible it is to noise and earth
loops. It is therefore recommended to use cable with heavy gauge
conductors and good RF/electrical shielding (copper braid rather than
drain and foil). A proper junction box close to the sensor is an ideal
location not only to extend the cable but also to configure the wiring
for high or low sensitivity range operation.
The following table provides a guideline for suitable wire gauges
where distances are considerable.
Max. distance between sensor and supply

(24 V or Control Unit).
AWG
Wire size
mm
mm 2
Distance
meters
feet
24
7 x 0.20
0.25
500
22
7 x 0.25
0.35
800
2 600
20
10 x 0.25
0.5
1 200
3 900
1 600
SITRANS AS100 connections
Siemens FI 01 2015
6/13
Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
Overview
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Controller for acoustic sensing

(SITRANS AS100)
Typical application
Connects to SITRANS AS100 to

detect burst filter bag
Input
0 10 V DC, from sensor
Output
Output signal
4 20 mA isolated output,
2 Form C relays - latching or
non-latching - 5 amp at 250 V AC
non-inductive
Sensor excitation
26 V DC
Max. load
750

Location
SITRANS CU02 is an alarm control unit, for use with

SITRANS AS100 acoustic sensor, that provides reliable continuous protection for bulk solids flow.
Benefits
4 to 20 mA output
Two programmable relays
Adjustable independent time delay for each relay
Adjustable start-up time delay
DIN rail mounting provides easy installation
Built-in password protection to parameters
Application
SITRANS CU02 receives a 0 to 10 V DC input signal from the
SITRANS AS100 sensor, providing relay and analog outputs for
interface into a process.
Key applications: with SITRANS AS100 for bulk solids flow
Function
Design
Weight
550 g (18 oz)
55 x 75 x 110 mm
(2.2 x 3 x 4.4 inch)
Material enclosure
Polycarbonate
Mounting
DIN Rail (DIN 46277 or

DIN EN 50022), or wall mount,
up to 500 m (1 500 ft) from sensor
Cable
2 twisted pair, 24 AWG (22 mm),

shielded. Mount up to 500 m
(1 500 ft) from sensor
Display
Liquid crystal, three digits,

9 mm (0.35 inch), high and multisegment graphic symbols for operation status
Power supply
The system can be readily configured for set points indicating

such conditions as high flow, low flow or no flow. Alternatively,
it can be added to a control loop via a 4 to 20 mA isolated output
for trend monitoring proportional to the signal from the sensor.
Two relays are fully programmable and independent of each
other and can be used to operate an alarm or control device.
Alarming may be provided above or below a setpoint or within a
band. Readings are also displayed locally by the SITRANS
CU02 on its LCD.
The SITRANS CU02 may be mounted up to 500 m (1 500 ft) from
the sensor.
6/14
Indoor
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature for enclosure -20 +50 C (-4 +122 F)
80 % for temperatures up to 50 C
Relative humidity
(122 F)
IP20
II
Pollution degree
2
Siemens FI 01 2015
Supply voltage
100, 115, 200, 230 V AC 15 %,

50/60 Hz, factory set
Power consumption
Max. 10 VA
Approvals
CSAUS/C, CE, RCM, GOST-R
Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
Article No.
SITRANS CU02 Control Unit

Alarm control unit for use with SITRANS AS100
acoustic sensor to provide reliable continuous
protection for bulk solid flow
7 MH7 5 6 2 -
Further designs
Order code
777

code(s).
EN 10204-2.2
Power Supply
100 V AC
115 V AC
200 V AC
230 V AC
Enclosure
Standard DIN Rail
Approvals
CSAUS/C, CE, RCM
C11

Y18
(1.5 x 2 inch)]: Measuring-point number/identification
(max. 16 characters), specify in plain text
1
2
3
4
A
A
Article No.
English
7ML1998-5DN01
French
7ML1998-5DN11
German
manual CD containing the complete operating
instructions library.
7ML1998-5DN31
Wall/panel mounting
110
(4.4)
38
(1.5)
61 (2.4)
75 (3)
61 (2.4)
Drill and tap for

4 (#8) screw,
(2 places)
55
(2.2)
38
(1.5)
4.5 x 5.75 (0.18 x 0.2)

Mounting slot (2 places)
SITRANS CU02, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
6/15
Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
Schematics
Excitation
voltage
0 ... 10 V DC
signal I/P
Analog
output
1
mA
2
+
out
3
Vsup
latch
com Vsens
* Jumper allows
automatic reset or
use remote push
button to unlatch
4-20
100, 115, 200,

230 V AC, 10 VA
Factory set
RL1
9
10
RL2
11
12
13
14
L1
L2
N
15
16
Standard temperature version

red
blk
grn
blk
or*
blk
wht
shield

High sensitivity range = green to 'Vsup'
Low sensitivity range = green to 'com'
Extended temperature version
red
blk
orange
grn
or*
brw
yel
shield

High sensitivity range = orange to 'Vsup'
Low sensitivity range = orange to 'com'
Mounting
Installation shall only be performed by qualified personnel and in
accordance with local governing regulations.
This product is susceptible to electrostatic shock. Follow proper
grounding procedures.
Interconnection
All field wiring must have insulation suitable for at least 250 V.
Relay contact terminals are for use with equipment having no
accessible live parts and wiring having insulation suitable for at least
250 V.
The maximum allowable working voltage between adjacent relay
contacts shall be 250 V. If sensor case is grounded, do not connect
shield of cable to SITRANS CU02 ground terminal.
SITRANS CU02 connections
6/16
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
Motion sensors
Milltronics MFA 4p motion failure alarm controller
Overview
Application
The MFA 4p detects changes in the motion and speed of rotating, reciprocating or conveying equipment. It warns of equipment malfunction and signals through contacts to shut down
machinery in case of a slowdown or failure. Its reliability makes
it a cost-effective way to protect valuable process equipment.
The single setpoint system suits most industrial applications.
This versatile unit can be used on tail pulley shafts, driven pulleys, motor shaft sensing, belt or drag conveyors, screw conveyor flights, bucket elevators, fans and pumps.
MFA 4p motion failure alarm controller is a highly sensitive single

setpoint motion sensor system, used with Milltronics MSP
probes.
A special feature is the adjustable 0 to 60 second time delay,

allowing the monitored device to accelerate to normal running
speed before monitoring begins. A wide range of probes are
available to suit specific needs, including high temperatures and
corrosive installations. The CE approval allows the MFA 4p to
consistently meet the needs of the mining aggregate,
cement and other primary and secondary industries.
Key Applications: tail pulleys, motor shaft sensing,
screw conveyor flights, bucket elevators
Benefits
Up to 100 mm (4 inch) gap between target and probe

Switch selectable overspeed or underspeed detection
Setpoint adjustment 0.15 to 3 000 PPM (pulses/minute)
Adjustable start-up time delay
Visual indication of probe operation and relay status
General purpose, suitable for majority of industrial applications; rugged probe designs provide unmatched reliability
Design
Mounting
Mounting for Milltronics MSP-12, MSP-3, XPP-5
133 (5.25)
6 (0.25) dia. Hole for 1/4-20 bolt

or drill and tap on 114 (4.5) BCD,
4 places
95 (3.75) dia.
Probe clearance hole

4 places
2" NPSL
25 (1)
Note: Mounting flange supplied with probe.

Mounting for Milltronics MSP-9
102 (4)

4 places
102 (4)

4 places
95 (3.75) dia.
Panel
Probe flange
MSP-12, MSP-3, MSP-9, XPP-5 mounting, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
6/17
Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
Motion sensors
Probes
High temperature Milltronics MSP-3
Heavy-duty, high temperature aluminum probe
designed to withstand operating temperatures
from -50 ... 260 C (500 F)
Cast aluminum probe with convenient mounting
flange and locknut
1.5 m (5 ft) of high temperature PTFE cable
provided. Up to 30 m (100 ft) may be used.
Amplifier remote mounted in enclosure
140 x 140 x 100 mm (5.5 x 5.5 x 4 inch), available
in cast aluminum (" NPT conduit entry), painted
steel (Type/NEMA 4, IP65 rating), or stainless
steel (Type/NEMA 4X, IP65 rating)
Amplifier temperature rating
-40 ... +60 C (-40 ... +140 F)
Enclosure rating: Type/NEMA 4X, 6, IP67
Standard Milltronics MSP-12

Heavy-duty general purpose motion probe
Long lasting aluminum body with internal
amplifier
Convenient mounting flange and locknut for fast
installation and setup
Temperature rating: -40 ... +60 C (-40 ... +140 F)
Milltronics XPP-5
CSA hazardous approval (Class I, Div. 1,
Groups A, B, C, D; Class II Div. 1, Groups E, F, G; Class III)
Aluminum body that is fully potted
Convenient mounting flange and locknut
3/4" NPT male hub connection
Operating temperature from -40 ... 60 C (-40 ... 140 F)
Enclosure rating: Type/NEMA 4X,6, IP67
Stainless high temperature Milltronics MSP-9

Heavy-duty, high temperature 304 stainless steel
probe
Special construction allows operation of probe in
environment from -50 ... 260 C (500 F)
1.5 m (5 ft) special high temperature PTFE cable
provided. Up to 30 m (100 ft) may be used.
Amplifier remote mounted in enclosure
140 x 140 x 100 mm (5.5 x 5.5 x 4 inch), available
in cast aluminum (" NPT conduit entry), painted
steel (Type/NEMA 4, IP65 rating), or stainless
steel (Type/NEMA 4X, IP65 rating)
Amplifier temperature rating
-40 ... +60 C (-40 ... +140 F)
Milltronics RMA (Remote Mounted Amplifier)
Available for internal mounting within Probe, or in
enclosure for remote mounting
Enclosures available in cast aluminum (" NPT
entry), painted steel (Type/NEMA 4 rating) or
stainless steel (Type/NEMA 4X, IP65 rating)
Operating temp. from -40 ... +60 C (-40 ... +140 F)
Motion probes
Dynamic Range
0 ... 7 200 PPM
Measuring principle
Motion monitor and alarm
Ambient Temperature Range
-20 ... +50 C (-5 ... +122 F)
Typical application
Monitoring loss of motion in tail pulley,

screw flights, bucket elevators
Design
Features
Switch selectable overspeed or

underspeed detection
Setpoint adjustment:
0.15 ... 3 000 PPM
Adjustable start-up time delay:
0 ... 60 seconds
Visual indication of probe operation
and relay status
Mode of operation
Enclosure dimensions
1%
Dead band
0.25 %
Siemens FI 01 2015
160 x 240 x 82 mm
(6.3 x 9.5 x 3.2 inch)
Optional: mild steel or 304 (1.4301)
stainless steel
203 x 254 x 102 mm
(8 x 10 x 4 inch)
Enclosure material
Performance
Repeatability

(standard and optional stainless
steel)
Type 4/NEMA 4/IP65
(optional mild steel)
2 relays working in unison, each providing 1 SPDT Form C relay contact,

rated 8 A at 250 V AC resistive
Output
6/18
Enclosure rating
Polycarbonate
Optional: mild steel or stainless steel
Power Supply
100/115/200/230 V AC switch selectable, 50/60 Hz,

15 VA 10 % of rated voltage
Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
Motion sensors
MFA 4P Motion Failure Alarm Controller
A highly sensitive single setpoint motion sensor
system, used with MSP probes.
Article No.
7MH71447777
Enclosure
NEMA 4X, polycarbonate enclosure
NEMA 4, painted mild steel enclosure
NEMA 4X, 304 (1.4301) stainless steel enclosure
Input Voltage
100/115/200/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz, switch selectable
Speed detection version
Standard, underspeed (U/S) or overspeed (O/S),
switch selectable
Slow speed (S/S), U/S or O/S detection,
switch selectable (limit of 15 ppm)
7MH714507
Enclosure
Aluminum enclosure, IP65, Type/NEMA 4X,
" NPT entry
Painted steel, Type/NEMA 4, IP65 rating
304 (1.4301) stainless steel enclosure,
Type/NEMA 4X, IP65 rating
1
2
3
A
Further designs

code(s).
2
Order code
Further designs
code(s).
EN 10204-2.2
C11

Y15
Painted mild steel, heated enclosure with

viewing window for use down to -50 C (-58 F)
(finished unit is mounted inside enclosure)
483 x 584 x 203 mm (19 x 23 x 8 inch)
A35
Stainless steel, sun/weather shield

(finished unit is field mounted inside enclosure)
[357 x 305 x 203 mm (14 x 12 x 8 inch)]
S50
A
C
D
Order code

A
Approvals
Article No.

Milltronics RMA Remote Mounted Amplifier
Remote mounted amplifier for Milltronics MSP-3
and MSP-9 motion sensing probes.

EN 10204-2.20
C11

(1.5 x 2 inch)]: Measuring-point number/
Y18
Article No.
English
A5E33988839
French
7ML1998-5FM11
Spanish
7ML1998-5FM21
German
7ML1998-5FM31
Spare Parts
Article No.
English
A5E33988839
French
7ML1998-5FM11
Spanish
7ML1998-5FM21
German
7ML1998-5FM31
Card, RMA
7MH7723-1DT
Spare Parts
Relay
7MH7723-1DW
Transformer
7MH7723-1DX
Circuit Card, standard
7MH7723-1DU
Circuit Card, Slow speed
7MH7723-1DV
Lid with overlay for MFA 4p
7MH7723-1GY
Siemens FI 01 2015
6/19
Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
Motion sensors
Article No.
Milltronics Motion Sensing Probes

7MH7146A series of motion sensing probes used with the
777
MFA 4p.
Milltronics MSP-3: heavy-duty, high temperature
aluminum
Milltronics MSP-9: heavy-duty, high temperature
stainless steel
Milltronics MSP-12: heavy-duty, general purpose
Milltronics XPP-5: hazardous rated
Note: Milltronics MSP-3 and MSP-9 probes require
the use of Milltronics RMA (amplifier)
Cable Length
Standard length (as described in Model options)1)
"Total cable length ... m"
Extended cable length 2 ... 30 m (6.6 ... 98.4 ft)2)
Extended cable length 31 ... 50 m
(101.7 ... 164 ft)4)
Extended cable length 51 ... 100 m
(167.3 ... 328.1 ft)4)
Model [standard cable length/type]
MSP-3, " NPT cable inlet3)
[1.5 m (5 ft) high temperature cable]
MSP-9 [1.5 m (5 ft) high temperature cable]3) 4)
1
2
3
Order code

Further designs
code(s).
Total cable length: enter the total cable length in
plain text description
Y01
Acrylic coated, stainless steel tag

[13 x 45 mm (0.5 x 1.75 inch)]:
Y17
Cable gland kit
A57

EN 10204-2.2
C11
Article No.
English
A5E33988839
French
7ML1998-5FM11
Spanish
7ML1998-5FM21
German
7ML1998-5FM31
Spare Parts
D
MSP-12, " NPT cable inlet
Locknut, for MSP-3, MSP-7, MSP-12, XPP-5
7MH7723-1CR
XPP-5 [1.5 m (5 ft) cable, (CSA Class I,

Groups A, B, C and D; Class II Groups E,F, and G)]
Mounting flange, for MSP-3, MSP-7, MSP-12, XPP-5
7MH7723-1CS
Mounting bracket for MSP-9
7MH7723-1CT
Lid, 1/2" NPT cable inlet for MSP-3, MSP-7, MSP-12
7MH7723-1CU
Lid for MSP-9
7MH7723-1CV
Lid gasket, for MSP-3, MSP-9
7MH7723-1CW
7MH7723-1CX
Motion cable gland adaptor kit
7MH7723-1JU
XPP-5 [10 m (32.8 ft) cable, (CSA Class I,

Groups A, B, C, and D; Class II Groups E, F,
and G)]
XPP-5 [15 m (49.2 ft) cable, (CSA Class I,

Groups A, B, C and D; Class II Groups E, F, and G)]
Approvals
CE, RCM
1)
No Y01 needed in Order code for standard length
2)
Only available with model options B, D, G, H, J
3)
MSP-3 and MSP-9 probes required the use of RMA (amplifier)
4)
Available with Model options G, H, and J only
6/20
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
Motion sensors
Type 4/NEMA 4/IP65 Painted Steel Enclosure &
Type 4X/NEMA 4X/IP65 Stainless Steel Enclosure
160 (6.325)
8 (0.31)
19 (0.75)
19 (0.75)
273 (10.75)
240 (9.455)
228 (8.975)
203 (8.0)
152 (6.0)
82 (3.225)
Lid screws, 4
places
131 (5.138)
254 (10.0)
Type 4X/NEMA 4X/IP65 Polycarbonate Enclosure
178 (7.0)
Lid
conduit entrances.
227 (8.94)
21 (0.83)
Mounting
screw
Mounting holes 4.3 (0.17)

diameter, 4 places
102 (4)
Enclosure
Suitable location for Conduit Entrance

(customer specified)
Standard Probe MSP-12
" NPT
18
7
(5)
(7.
8
(3. 6
37
5)
12
7
37
5)
Cap c/w 1/2" NPT

conduit entrance
41.2
(1.62)
60
Locknut
Probe body
Gasket
143 (5.63)
Cable
SJOOW18-3
Probe body
(potted aluminum
junction box)
Probe body (potted
aluminum housing)
2" NSPL
Nameplate
171.5 (6.75)
nominal
(2.
37
5)
2" NPSL
Mounting flange
9.4
(0.37)
Hazardous Locations XPP-5
Locknut
Mounting
flange
MFA 4p and probe, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 2015
6/21
Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
Motion sensors
High temperature probe MSP-3
(2.
37
5)
2" NPSL
Mounting flange
(7.
37
5)
1/2" NPT
tapped
both sides
8
(3. 6
37
5)
(5)
(3.
5
Mo
Cap c/w 1/2" NPT
conduit entrance
102 (4)
60
12
7
18
7
89
Locknut
Probe body
Gasket
1
un 65 (6
t in
g c .5)
en
te r
s
111 5) ters
n
37
(4. ng ce
i
)
t
un
5. 5
0(
Mo
14
8 (0.312)
4 holes
High temperature stainless steel probe MSP-9
22 (0.875)
2 places
86 (3.375)
Gasket
(2)
51
111
(4.375)
Clamps
4 places
6
17
8
( 7)
Cap c/w 22
(0.875) hole
15
2(
17
6)
1(
6.7
19
1(
5)
7.5
)
s
te r
4)
2 ( en
10 ting c
6)
un
2(
Mo
15
8 (0.312)
4 holes
Motion probes, dimensions in mm (inch)
6/22
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
Motion sensors
Overview
Application
The MSP-7 motion sensing probe can detect changes in the
rotation and movement of ferrous equipment. When connected
to a PLC it can warn of malfunction and signals to stop or slow
down equipment, preventing costly failure or downtime.
Its reliability makes it a very cost effective sensor.
The single setpoint system suits most industrial applications.
This versatile unit can be used on tail pulley shafts, driven
pulleys, motor shaft sensing, belt or drag conveyors,
screw conveyor flights, bucket elevators, fans and pumps.
An NPN open collector 3-wire output allows for versatile connection to most PLC models and a large dynamic range ensures that
the MSP-7 can detect changes in target speed for a variety of
applications.
Key Applications: tail pulleys, motor shaft sensing,
screw conveyor flights, bucket elevators
Milltronics MSP-7 is a heavy-duty 3-wire motion sensor that

provides an NPN open collector output to PLCs.
Benefits
Up to 100 mm (4 inch) gap between target and probe
Corrosion resistant construction
General purpose, suitable for majority of industrial applications; rugged probe designs provide unmatched reliability
Design

or drill and
tap on 114 (4.5) BCD, 4 places
133 (5.25)
Mounting for Milltronics MSP-7

4 places
95 (3.75) dia.
2 inch NPSL
Note: Mounting flange supplied with probe.
Mounting for Milltronics MSP-7, dimensions in mm (inch)
Mode of operation
Performance
Measuring principle
Magnetic
Repeatability
1%
Typical application
Monitoring loss of motion in tail pulley,

screw flights, bucket elevators
Dead band
0.25 %
Dynamic Range
0 ... 7 200 PPM
Ambient Temperature Range
-40 ... +60 C (-40 ... +140 F)
Features
Output
Rugged corrosion resistant aluminum body

Low voltage operation
Large dynamic range
Threaded body for finite adjustment
Enclosure rating
NPN open collector
Power Supply
21 ... 28 V DC, 40 mA max.
CE, RCM
Design
Siemens FI 01 2015
6/23
Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
Motion sensors
Article No.

Milltronics Motion Sensing Probes
Milltronics MSP-7: heavy-duty, 3 wire stand alone
7MH7146777
Cable Length
Standard length (as described in Model options)1)
"Total cable length ... m"
Extended cable length 2 ... 30 m (6.6 ... 98.4 ft)
Model [standard cable length/type]

MSP-7, " NPT cable inlet [1.5 m (5 ft) cable]
Approvals
CE, RCM
1)
K
A
No Y01 needed in Order code for standard length
Order code

Further designs
code(s).
Total cable length: enter the total cable length in
plain text description
Y01
Acrylic coated, stainless steel tag

[13 x 45 mm (0.5 x 1.75 inch)]:
Y17
Cable gland kit
A57

EN 10204-2.2
C11
Article No.
English
A5E34105798

Spare Parts
Locknut, for MSP-3, MSP-7, MSP-12, XPP-5
7MH7723-1CR
Mounting flange, for MSP-3, MSP-7, MSP-12, XPP-5
7MH7723-1CS
Lid, 1/2" NPT cable inlet for MSP-3, MSP-7, MSP-12
7MH7723-1CU
7MH7723-1CX
7MH7723-1JU
Stand alone probe Milltronics MSP-7
(5)
(7.
37
5)
8
(3. 6
37
5)
(2.
37
5)
60
12
7
18
7
RED
2" NPSL
Mounting flange
Locknut
Probe body
Gasket
Cap c/w 1/2" NPT

conduit entrance
Stand alone probe Milltronics MSP-7, dimensions in mm (inch)
6/24
Siemens FI 01 2015
BLACK
CLEAR
SHIELD
Vsup 24V DC
- Supply Input
Sig.
Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
Motion sensors
Overview
Max. 100 (4)
SITRANS WM100 mounting, dimensions in mm (inch)
SITRANS WM100 is a heavy-duty zero-speed alarm switch.
This non-contacting unit provides cost-effective
equipment protection even in the harshest conditions.
Benefits
Up to 100 mm (4 inch) gap between SITRANS WM100 and
targets
Rugged, low maintenance suitable for tough environments
1 SPDT Form C relay contact
Provides cost-effective protection
Visual indication of target triggered pulse
Application
This rugged unit is impervious to dust, dirt, build-up and moisture and is ideal for such primary industries as mining, aggregate, and cement. Operating where other systems are prone to
failure, the non-contacting design eliminates the need for lubricating, cleaning and part replacement. Downtime and clean-up
expenses associated with conveying equipment failure are
reduced by the SITRANS WM100. It alarms to minimize spillage,
prevent extensive damage or even fire caused by belt slippage
at the head pulley and warn against conveyor malfunction.
The SITRANS WM100 has built-in selectable start delays and
1 Form C relay contact. With an aluminum body, it operates from
-40 to +60 C (-40 to +140 F).
Key Applications: tail pulleys, driven pulleys, motor shaft
sensing, screw conveyor flights, bucket elevators
Design
Mounting
The WM100 probe should be mounted, using the supplied
mounting flange, onto a vibration-free structure. The gap
between the probe and the target should be sufficient such that
there is no danger of the target damaging the probe. The maximum allowable gap is 100 mm (4 inch) from the face of the target
to the face of the probe for 4.5 x 4.5 mm (3/16 x 3/16 inch) keyway. The WM100 is sensitive to lateral disturbances to its magnetic field. If the WM100 is responding to motion from an interfering target, move the WM100 or install a ferrous plate (steel) as a
shield between the WM100 and the interfering target. Where
possible, the probe should be mounted such that the cable inlet
is pointing downward to avoid accumulation of condensation in
the casing. Connection of the probe should be made via flexible
conduit for easier removal or adjustment of the probe.
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Disruption of magnetic field by

ferrous target
Typical application
Monitors absence or presence of

motion in harsh conditions
Output
Contact
1 SPDT Form C dry relay contact,

rated 5 A at 250 V AC, fail-safe operation
Time delay
Start up: 10 ... 14 seconds

(5 ... 7 seconds with 12 ppm jumper
installed)
Zero Speed (selected via a common 5 seconds 1

(minimum speed 10 ... 15 ppm) or
jumper)
10 seconds 2
(minimum speed 5 ... 7.5 ppm)
-40 ... +60 C (-40 ... +140 F)
Design
Probe body
Aluminum
Process mounting
2" NPSL
Connection box
Aluminum, " NPT conduit entrance,

5 screw terminals plus grounding
terminal for electrical connection,
max. 12 AWG
(3.30 mm2) wire size
Gasketing
Neoprene
Display
Red LED for verification of pulses
Enclosure rating
Type NEMA 4x, 6, IP67
Dynamic range
Minimum 6 or 12 pulses per minute

Maximum 3 000 pulses per minute
Shipping weight
2 kg (4.4 lb)
Power supply
115 V AC/50 ... 60 Hz, 7 VA

230 V AC/50 ... 60 Hz, 7 VA
10 % of rated voltage
CSAUS/C, CE, RCM
Siemens FI 01 2015
6/25
Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
Motion sensors
Article No.
SITRANS WM100
A heavy-duty zero-speed alarm switch that does
not require a controller.
7MH7158 -
Further designs
0 7A 0 0

code(s).
Model
115 V AC
230 V AC
A
B
Order code
Manufacturer's Test Certificate: According to

EN 10204-2.2
C11

Y17
Article No.
SITRANS WM100, English
7ML1998-5MW01
SITRANS WM100, German

7ML1998-5MW31
Locknut
7MH7723-1CR
Mounting flange
7MH7723-1CS
7MH7723-1JN
Dimensions
Detail A
6 dia. hole for 1/4...20 bolt on

114 (4.5) BCD, 4 places
226 (8.90)
197 (7.76)
127 (5.00)
o.d.
133 (5.25)
Cap,
aluminum
60 (2.38)
Circuit
card
2" NPSL
25 (1)
Mounting
10...32
screw x 4
3/4" NPT
Conduit
entrance
Cap gasket,
neoprene
Locknut,
plated
Casing gasket,
neoprene
Casing,
aluminum
2" NPSL,
aluminum
probe body
6 dia. hole for

1/4...20 bolt or drill
and tap on 114 (4.5)
BCD, 4 places
Mounting flange,
see detail A
95 (3.75) dia.
probe clearance
hole
SITRANS WM100 mounting, dimensions in mm (inch)
6/26
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
Motion sensors
Schematics
Detection
indicator LED
Terminal block
for customer
connection
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
Terminal
circuit card
1TB
L2/N
L1
NC
COM
NO
5 4 3 2 1
115/230 VAC
50/60 HZ 2.5 VA
5SEC/
12PPM
8 7
Ground terminal
for customer
connection
SITRANS WM100 wiring
Notes:
1. Dry contacts shown in de-energized (alarm or shelf) state.
2. SITRANS WM100 is manufactured for either 115 or 230 V AC
operation. Check WM100 nameplate for applicable voltage.
Correct voltage must be supplied. Voltages lower than specified will result in an inoperative condition. Voltages higher than
specified will severely damage unit.
3. For 5 second time delay and a minimum 12 ppm range,
connect jumper across terminals 7 and 8. Without a jumper,
the default is a 10 second time delay and a minimum 6 ppm
range.
Siemens FI 01 2015
6/27
Siemens AG 2014
Process Protection
Notes
6/28
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
7/2
Product overview
7/4
7/7
Isolating power supplies and

Output isolators
SITRANS I100
SITRANS I200
7/10
7/12
7/16
Displays
SITRANS RD100
SITRANS RD200
SITRANS RD300
7/19
Remote data manager

SITRANS RD500
7/24
7/30
7/34
WirelessHART products
SITRANS AW200 - WirelessHART adapter
IE/WSN-PA LINK
You can download all instructions, catalogs and certificates for Supplementary
Components free of charge at
www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Product overview
Overview
Application
Description
Catalog Programming
page
Software
Isolating power supplies and Output isolators

Isolating power supply for
SITRANS I100
supplying 2- and 3-wire
Isolating power supply with HART for rail mounting,
transmitters and for connect- with intrinsically-safe input.
ing mA sources in the hazardous area
7/4
Output isolator for controlSITRANS I200

ling valve positioners,
Output isolator with HART for rail mounting, with
i/p converters or indicators in intrinsically-safe output
the hazardous area
7/7
Displays
2-wire loop powered,

NEMA 4X enclosed remote
digital display for process
instrumentation and for hazardous locations
SITRANS RD100
7/10
Versatile loop-powered meter that displays process
variables in level, flow, pressure, temperature and
weighing applications
FM and CSA approved device that can be installed
in a range of environments, including hazardous areas
Large, easy-to-read display
Easy to install and set up using quick two-step process
Universal input, panel mount

remote digital display for process instrumentation. Supports RTD, TC, current and
voltage inputs, and supporting software allows for
remote configuration and
data logging
SITRANS RD200
7/12
Universal remote display that accepts various inputs, making it an ideal fit for use with most field instruments
Standard panel mount display with optional enclosures
Two optional relays for alarm indication or process
control applications
Meter Copy feature to reduce setup time, cost and
errors
RD Software supporting remote configuration,
monitoring and logging for up to 100 displays
A panel mount remote digital

display for process instrumentation and acts as a
multi-purpose, easy to use,
rate/totalizer ideal for flow
rate, total and control applications
SITRANS RD300
7/16
A remote display for level, flow, pressure, weighing,
and other process instruments
Acts as a multi-purpose, easy to use, rate/totalizer
ideal for flow rate, total, and control applications
Data can be remotely collected, logged and presented on your local computer using the free downloadable RD software.
Accepts a single or dual input of current and voltage
Remote data monitoring

providing integrated web
access, alarm event
handling, and data capture
for instrumentation
SITRANS RD500
7/19
Supports up to 128 devices with the flexible I/O
modules and Modbus serial devices, including field
instruments
Out- of-the-box operation, no software required,
works with standard web browser
Support Ethernet, cellular and PSTN communication
Data and alarming through FTP, Email, SMS,
HTML and Modbus TPC
Up to 2 GB of data logging memory
Remote data manager
7/2
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Product overview
Application
Description
Catalog Programming
page
Software
WirelessHART adapter to
enable standard 4 ... 20 mA Makes isolated information in
or HART devices to wireless
HART field instruments airborne
communication
Permits predictive instead of preventive
maintenance strategies
Enables 4 ... 20 mA or HART devices to
wireless communication
Up to 4 HART devices can be connected
Power up one connected field instrument
7/24
SIMATIC PDM
Local with HART
modem
Wireless via
WirelessHART

Explosion protected WirelessHART adapter to enable Wireless transfer of the process variable of a
standard 4 ... 20 mA or HART
4 to 20 mA device via direct connection
devices to wireless commu
Wireless
communication with up to 8 HART field
nication
devices in multidrop mode
Suitable for use in explosion-protected areas
Loop-powered or external power supply
Supports burst mode and event notification for
adapters and connected devices
7/30
SIMATIC PDM
Local with HART
modem
Wireless via
WirelessHART
Gateway for the connection

of WirelessHART field
devices (HART V7.1) to
Industrial Ethernet.
IE/WSN-PA LINK
7/34
Connection of up to 100 WirelessHART devices
Approved for operation in hazardous areas in
Zone 2
Open TCP/IP communication and Modbus TCP via
the Ethernet interface
Can be used with HART-OPC servers of the
HART Communication Foundation
Siemens FI 01 2015
7/3
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS I100
Overview
Analog
input
SITRANS I100 isolating power supply, function block diagram
SITRANS I100 Isolating Power Supplies with HART
Ex i input
Analog input 0/4 to 20 mA

The isolating power supplies are used for the intrinsically safe
operation of 2- and 3-wire transmitters and for connecting to intrinsically safe mA sources.
0/4 ... 20 mA with HART
Functional range
0 ... 24 mA
Max. input current for mA sources
50 mA
Transmitter supply voltage
16 V at 20 mA (for 2-, 3-wire)
Supply voltage residual ripple
25 mVeff
The 2- and 3-wire transmitters are supplied with auxiliary power

from the transmitter supply unit.
No-load voltage
26 V
For 2-wire transmitters the isolators transfer the HART communication signal bidirectionally.
Short-circuit current
35 mA
Input resistance (AC impedance

HART)
500
Input resistance for mA sources
30
Communication signal (on 2-wire

transmitters)
Bidirectional HART transmission,

0.5 ... 30 kHz
Benefits
Input signal
Active output 0/4 to 20 mA

Suitable for 2-, 3-wire transmitters, 2-wire HART transmitters
and mA sources
Intrinsically safe input [Ex ia] IIC
Galvanic isolation between input, output and auxiliary power
Open-circuit and short-circuit monitoring and messaging for
input and output (can be switched off)
Installation possible in Zone 2 and Div. 2
Can be used up to SIL 2 (IEC 61508)
Zones
Ex i interfaces
20
21
22
Installation in
Design
The HART isolating power supply is comprised of a compact
plastic enclosure (IP30) and is equipped with push-in screw
terminals.
Output
Output signal
Load resistance RL
0 ... 600 W (terminal 1+/2-)

0 ... 379 W (terminal 3+/2-)
(with internal 221 resistance for
HART)
Residual ripple
40 Aeff
No-load voltage
15.5 V
Communication signal

0.5 kHz ... 30 kHz
Response time (10 % ... 90 %)
25 ms
Transfer behavior
Input/Output
1:1
(0 ... 20 mA --> 0 ... 20 mA,
4 ... 20 mA --> 4 ... 20 mA)
Measuring accuracy
Accuracy, typical data expressed
as % of calibrated span at UN,
23 C
Linearity error
0.1 %
On the front are a green LED for indicating the power supply
status and a red LED for signaling errors.
Offset error
0.1 %
The auxiliary power supply can be connected individually using

push-in screw terminals or jointly for up to 40 units using pacBus.
0.1 %/10 K
Power supply effect within voltage

range
0.01 %
Load resistance effect
0.02 %
7/4
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS I100
Error detection Ex i input
Rated conditions
IP30
Open circuit
< 2 mA
Degree of protection of terminals
IP20
Short-circuit
> 22 mA
Output behavior
= Input signal
Output current at Iin = 0
Iout = 0 mA
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
-20 ... +60 C/+70 C

(-4 ... +140 F/+158 F)
(see "Operating instructions")
Storage temperature
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
Relative humidity
(no condensation)
95 %
Tested under the following standards and regulations:

EN 61326-1 Use in the industrial
environment
Error detection output

Open circuit
Settings (LF switch)
Activated/deactivated
Error indication
LED red "LF"
Error messaging and power

supply failure
Contact (30 V/100 mA), closed

to ground in case of error
pac-Bus, floating contact
(30 V/100 mA)
Mechanical specifications
Screw terminals
One-wire connextion
- Rigid
0.2 ... 2.5 mm2

(0.00031 ... 0.0039 in2)
- Flexible
0.2 ... 2.5 mm2

(0.00031 ... 0.0039 in2)
- Flexible with end ferrules

(without/with plastic ferrule)
0.25 ... 2.5 mm2

(0.00039 ... 0.0039 in2)
Two-wire connection
DMT 03 ATEX E 010 X
II 3 (1) G Ex nA nC [ia] IIC T4

II (1) D [Ex iaD]
Installation
In Zone 2, Div. 2 and in the safe

area
Other approvals
USA (FM)
Kanada (CSA)
Shipping (DNV)
mm2
- Rigid
0.2 ... 1
(0.00031 ... 0.00155 in2)
- Flexible
0.2 ... 1.5 mm2

(0.00031 ... 0.0023 in2)
0.25 ... 1 mm2

(0.00039 ... 0.00155 in2)
Weight
Approx. 160 g (0.35 lb)
On DIN rail according to

EN 50022 (NS35/15; NS35/7.5)
Mounting position
Vertical or horizontal
Enclosure material
PA 6.6
Fire protecting class (UL-94)
V0
Auxiliary power
< 2 mA
Error messaging Ex i input/output
Safety specifications (CENELEC)

Max. voltage Uo
27 V
Max. current Io
88 mA
Max. power Po
576 mW
Max. connectable capacitance

Co for IIC/IIB
90 nF/705 nF
Max. connectable inductance

Lo for IIC/IIB
2.3 mH/14 mH
and inductance Li
Negligible
Insulation voltage Um
253 V
When connecting mA sources:
Rated voltage UN
24 V DC
Voltage range
18 ... 31.2 V
- Max. output voltage Uo
4.1 V
Residual ripple within voltage

range
3.6 VSS
- Max. connectable voltage Ui
30 V
100 mA
Rated current (UN, 20 mA)
70 mA
- Max. connectable current Ii
Negligible
Power consumption (UN, 20 mA)
1.7 W
- Internal capacitance Ci and

inductance Li
Power loss (at UN, RL = 250 )
1.3 W
Operation indicator
Green "PWR" LED
Reverse polarity protection
Yes
Undervoltage monitoring
Yes (no faulty module/output

states)
For more information and value

combinations
See "Certification"
Galvanic isolation
Test voltage according to
EN 60079-11
- Ex i input to output
1.5 kV AC
- Ex i input to auxiliary power
1.5 kV AC
- Ex i input to Error contact
1.5 kV AC

EN 50178
- Output to auxiliary power
350 V AC
- Error contact to auxiliary power

and output
350 V AC
Siemens FI 01 2015
7/5
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS I100
Schematics
Article No.
SITRANS I100 Isolating Power } 7NG4124-0AA00

Supply with HART
For rail mounting, for supplying
2-/3-wire transmitters and for mA
sources, output 0/4 ... 20 mA, with
intrinsically safe input
Safe area
Hazardous area
Division 1
Zone 0/1
Division 2
Zone 2
pac-Bus
24 V
LF - +
9- 8 LF 24 V DC
7+
Accessories
pac-Bus basic set
} 7NG4998-1AA
With 5 single elements and 1 terminal set (beginning and end)
pac-Bus extension set
With 5 single elements
} 7NG4998-1AB
221
12+
I
1110
3+
21+
Field device
108 (4.25)
99 (3.9)
17.6
(0.7)
Transmitter supply unit

HART SIL2
SITRANS I100 isolating power supply with HART, connection diagram
RL
SITRANS I100 isolating power supply with HART, output configuration
114.5 (4.5)
122 (4.8)
7
SITRANS I100 isolating power supply with HART, dimensions in mm
(inch)
7/6
SPS / PCS
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS I200
Overview
SITRANS I200 output isolator with HART
Input
Input signal
Functional range
0 ... 24 mA
Max. input current
50 mA
Input resistance (changeable

switch LI)
225 /550
Communication signal

0.5 ... 30 kHz
Ex i output
Output signal
Connectable load resistance
0 ... 800
Min. load resistance for short-circuit

monitoring
150
Residual ripple
50 mV
Analog output 0/4 to 20 mA for HART
No-load voltage
25.6 V
The output isolators are used for the intrinsically safe operation
of valve positioners, i/p converters or indicators.
Response time (10 % ... 90 %)
25 ms
Transfer behavior
Input/Output
1:1
(0 ... 20 mA --> 0 ... 20 mA,
4 ... 20 mA --> 4 ... 20 mA)
Operation of intrinsically safe HART valve positioners (e.g.

SIPART PS2 and SITRANS VP300) is also possible. The units
transfer a superimposed HART communication signal bidirectionally.
Benefits
For HART output signals 0/4 to 20 mA

Intrinsically safe output [Ex ia] IIC
Galvanic isolation between input, output and auxiliary power
Open-circuit and short-circuit monitoring and messaging (can
be switched off)
Installation possible in Zone 2 and Div. 2
Can be used up to SIL 2 (IEC 61508)
Zones
Ex i interface
Installation in
20
21
22
Design
The HART output isolator is comprised of a compact plastic
housing (IP30) and is equipped with push-in screw terminals.
On the front are a green LED for indicating the power supply status and a red LED for signaling errors.
Measuring accuracy
Accuracy, typical data expressed
as % of calibrated span at UN,
23 C
Linearity error
0.1 %
Offset error
0.1 %
0.1 %/10 K
Power supply effect within voltage

range
0.01 %
Load resistance effect
0.02 %
Rated conditions
IP30
Degree of protection of terminals
IP20
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
-20 ... +70 C (-4 ... +158 F)

(see "Operating instructions")
Storage temperature
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
Relative humidity (no condensation)
95 %
Tested under the following standards and regulations:

EN 61326-1 Use in the industrial
environment
The auxiliary power supply can be connected individually using

push-in screw terminals or jointly for up to 40 units using
pac-Bus.
0/4 ... 20 mA
Analog
input
0/4 ... 20 mA HART
Analog
output
HART
Ex i
SITRANS I200 output isolator, function block diagram
Siemens FI 01 2015
7/7
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS I200
Mechanical specification
Screw terminals
One-wire connection
DMT 03 ATEX E 012 X
- Rigid
0.2 ... 2.5 mm2

(0.00031 ... 0.0039 in2)
- Flexible
0.2 ... 2.5 mm2

(0.00031 ... 0.0039 in2)
II 3 (1) G Ex nA nC [ia] IIC T4

II (1) D [Ex iaD]
Installation

(without/with plastic ferrule)
0.25 ... 2.5 mm2

(0.00039 ... 0.0039 in2)
In Zone 2, Div. 2 and in the safe

area
Other approvals
USA (FM)
Canada (CSA)
Shipping (DNV)
Two-wire connection
0.2 ... 1 mm2
(0.00031 ... 0.00155 in2)
- Rigid
- Flexible
0.2 ... 1.5

(0.00031 ... 0.0023 in2)
96 mA
0.25 ... 1 mm2

(0.00039 ... 0.00155 in2)
Max. current Io
Max. power Po
25.6 V
605 mW
103 nF/800 nF
1.9 mH/11 mH
Weight
Approx. 160 g (0.35 lb)
Max. connectable capacitance Co

for IIC/IIB
On DIN rail according to

EN 50022 (NS35/15; NS35/7.5)
Max. connectable inductance Lo

for IIC/IIB
Mounting position
Vertical or horizontal
Enclosure material
PA 6.6
Internal capacitance Ci and induc- Negligible

tance Li
Fire protecting class (UL-94)
V0
Auxiliary power
Safety specifications (CENELEC)

Max. voltage Uo
mm2
Rated voltage UN
24 V DC
Voltage range
18 ... 31.2 V
Residual ripple within voltage

range
3.6 VSS
Rated current (UN, 20 mA)
80 mA
Power consumption (UN, 20 mA)
1.3 W
Power loss (at UN, RL = 500 )
1.1 W
Operation indicator
Green "PWR" LED
Reverse polarity protection
Yes
Undervoltage monitoring
Yes (no faulty module/output

states)
Insulation voltage Um

SITRANS I200 output isolator
with HART
Accessories
pac-Bus basic set
} 7NG4998-1AA
With 5 single elements and 1
terminal set (beginning and end)
pac-Bus extension set
With 5 single elements

EN 60079-11
1.5 kV AC
- Ex i output to auxiliary power
1.5 kV AC
- Error contact to Ex i output
1.5 kV AC

EN 50178
- Input to auxiliary power
350 V AC
- Error contact to auxiliary power

and input
350 V AC
Error detection Ex i output

Open circuit
> 10 k
Short-circuit
< 15
Input behavior
> 6 k
Open-circuit detection only for

input current
3.6 mA
Settings (LF switch)
Activated/deactivated
Error indication
LED red "LF"
Error messaging and power

supply failure
Contact (30 V/100 mA), closed

to ground in case of error
pac-Bus, floating contact
(30 V/100 mA)
7/8
Siemens FI 01 2015
Article No.
} 7NG4131-0AA00
For rail mounting, input

0/4 ... 20 mA, output 0/4 ... 20 mA,
intrinsically safe
Galvanic isolation
- Ex i output to input
253 V
For more information and value

combinations see "Certification".
} 7NG4998-1AB
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS I200
108 (4.25)
17.6
(0.7)
122 (4.8)
114.5 (4.5)
99 (3.9)
SITRANS I200 output isolator with HART, dimensions in mm (inch)
Schematics
Safe area
Hazardous area
Division 1
Zone 0/1
Division 2
Zone 2
pac-Bus
V
LF 24
- +
9- 8 LF 24 V DC
7+ +
LI1
I
Field device
11-
2 -
10+
1 +
Isolating transformer
HART SIL2
SPS/PCS
SITRANS I200 output isolator with HART, connection diagram
Siemens FI 01 2015
7/9
Siemens AG 2014
Displays
SITRANS RD100
Overview
Power supply
External loop power supply
30 V DC max.
Display
1 inch (2.54 cm) high LCD

Numeric range from
-1 000 +1 999

Hazardous
Intrinsically Safe

Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G T4
CSA/FM Class I, Zone 0,
Group IIC
Non-incendive

Groups A, B, C, D
Groups F and G
Options
Mounting
The SITRANS RD100 is a 2-wire loop powered, NEMA 4X enclosed remote digital display for process instrumentation.
Benefits
Easy setup
Approved for hazardous locations
NEMA 4X, IP67 impact-resistant enclosure
Simple two-step calibration
Two modes of input allow for easy servicing,
with no interruption of loop required
Application
2 inch (5.08 cm) pipe mounting

kit (zinc plated or stainless steel)
Panel mounting kit
Article No.
SITRANS RD100
A 2-wire loop powered, NEMA 4X enclosed remote
digital display for process instrumentation.
7ML57417AA 0 0 - 0
Conduit hole location ( inch)
None
Bottom
Rear
Top
}
}
1
2
3
4
The RD100 is very versatile. It can be installed indoors or outdoors, in hot or cold environments, and in safe or hazardous
areas.

It has been approved by FM and CSA as Intrinsically Safe and

non-incendive, and operates from -40 to +85 C
(-40 to +185 F), adding only 1 V to the loop.
The RD100 has a large 1 inch (2.54 cm) high display making it
easy to read.
Calibration consists of a quick, two-step process involving the
adjustment of only two non-interacting potentiometers.
Key Applications
Remotely displays process variables in level, flow, pressure,
temperature and weighing applications, in a 4 to 20 mA loop.
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Analog to digital conversion
Measuring range
4 20 mA
Measuring points
1 instrument only
Accuracy
0.1 % of span 1 count

Ambient conditions
Operating temperature range
-40 +85 C (-40 +185 F)
Design
Weight
340 g (12 oz)
Impact-resistant glass filled

polycarbonate body and clear
polycarbonate cover
NEMA 4X, IP67
7/10
Siemens FI 01 2015
English
French
German
Note: The Operating Instructions should be ordered
as a separate line item.
manual CD containing Quick Starts and Operating
Instructions.
Accessories
Panel mount kit
2 inch (5.08 cm) pipe mounting kit (zinc plated seal)
2 inch (5.08 cm) pipe mounting kit (stainless steel,
Type 304, EN 1.4301)
Article No.
7ML1998-5JU01
7ML1998-5JU11
7ML1998-5JU31
7ML1930-1BN
7ML1930-1BP
7ML1930-1BQ
Siemens AG 2014
Displays
SITRANS RD100
RD100 - front view
RD100 - side view

Wall mounting
holes beneath
cover screws
E
F
B
A: 80 (3.15)
C: 60 (2.36)
E: 65 (2.56)
B: 140 (5.51)
D: 120 (4.72)
F: 20 (0.79)
SITRANS RD100, dimensions in mm (inch)
Schematics
Control loop connected to
input signal PCB
Calibrator connected to
input signal PCB
Input signal
PCB
Display PCB component side

(may be removed for bench calibration)
LO calibration control
HI calibration control
Balance control
(factory adjust only)
S-
Loop jumper
(remove when display PCB
is connected)
S+
Red
4-20 mA
S+ S-
S- S+
+
Transmitter
Loop jumper
Display PCB
component side
S+ S- S- S+
DP1
DP2
DP3
Black
Calibrated current
source
Calibrator connected to
display PCB
Power
supply
Field wiring is
made to the
Input Signal
PCB which is
mounted to the
base of the
enclosure.
DP1
DP2
DP3
S+
S-
Calibrated current
source
The display PCB may be removed from
the enclosure for bench calibration. Loop
jumper must be installed on input signal
PCB to maintain loop.
Refer to RD100 instruction manual for
more details.
Input signal PCB

(mounted to base
of enclosure)
SITRANS RD100 connections
Siemens FI 01 2015
7/11
Siemens AG 2014
Displays
SITRANS RD200
Overview
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Measuring points
1 instrument
Remote monitoring of
100 instruments with PC and
RD software
Input
Measuring range
Current
4 20 mA, 0 20 mA
Voltage
0 10 V DC, 1 5 V, 0 5 V
Thermocouple temperature
Type J: -50 +750 C

(-58 +1 382 F)
Type K: -50 +1 260 C
(-58 +2 300 F)
Type E: -50 +870 C
(-58 +1 578 F)
Type T: -180 +371 C
(-292 +700 F)
Type T, 0.1 resolution:
-180.0 +371 C
(-199.9 +700 F)
RTD temperature
100 RTD: -200 +750 C

(-328 +1 382 F)
The SITRANS RD200 is a universal input, panel mount remote

digital display for process instrumentation.
Benefits
Easy setup and programming via front panel buttons or

remotely using RD software
Display readable in sunlight
Universal input: accepts current, voltage, thermocouple and
RTD signals
Single or dual 24 V DC transmitter power supply
Analog to Modbus RTU conversion as standard feature
Two optional relays for alarm indication or process control
applications
Linear or square root function supported
Meter Copy feature to reduce setup time, cost or errors
RD software supporting remote configuration, monitoring and
logging for up to 100 displays
Other features include: 4 to 20 mA analog output option, supports pump alternation control, and optional NEMA 4 and 4X
FIELD ENCLOSURES
Large display option for improved visibility at greater distances
Output signal
Output
PDC output
4 20 mA (optional)
Modbus RTU
Relays
2 SPDT Form C relays, rated

3 A at 30 V DC or 3 A at
250 V AC, non-inductive,
auto-initializing (optional)
Communications
RS 232 with PDC or

Modbus RTU
RS 422/485 with PDC or
Modbus RTU
Accuracy
4 20 mA optional output
0.1 % FS 0.004 mA
Process input
0.05 % of span 1 count,

square root: 10 100 % FS
Thermocouple temperature input
Data can be remotely collected, logged and presented from as

many as 100 displays on your local computer using the free
downloadable RD software.
Type J: 1 C ( 2 F)
Type K: 1 C ( 2 F)
Type E: 1 C ( 2 F)
Type T: 1 C ( 2 F)
Type T, 0.1 Resolution: 1 C
( 1.8 F)
RTD temperature input
100 RTD: 1 C ( 1 F)
The display accepts a single input of current, voltage, thermocouple, and RTD. This makes the RD200 an ideal fit for use with
most field instruments.
Ambient conditions
Application
The RD200 is a universal remote display for level, flow, pressure,
temperature, weighing, and other process instruments.
The RD200 can be set up as a standard panel mount, or combined with optional enclosures to allow it to house up to
6 displays.
Key Applications

-40 +85 C (-40 +185 F)
0 65 C (32 149 F)
Design
Weight
269 g (9.5 oz) (including options)
1/8 DIN, high impact plastic,

UL94V-0, color: gray
Optional plastic, steel and stainless steel (Type 304, EN 1.4301)
NEMA 4 enclosures
Type 4X, NEMA 4X, IP65 (front

cover); panel gasket provided
Tank farms, pump alternation control, local or remote display of

level, temperature, flow, pressure and weighing instrument values, PC monitoring and data logging with RD software.
7/12
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Displays
SITRANS RD200
mA output signal

shielded, 0.82 3.30 mm
(18 12 AWG), Belden 8 760 or
Electrical connection and

relay connection

local requirements,
rated 3 A at 250 V AC
Power supply
Input voltage option 1
85 265 V AC, 50/60 Hz;

90 265 V DC, 20 W max.
Input voltage option 2
12 36 V DC; 12 24 V AC,
6 W max.
Transmitter power supply
One or two isolated transmitter

power supplies (optional)
Single power supply
One 24 V DC 10 % at
200 mA max.
Dual power supplies
Two 24 V DC 10 % at
200 mA and 40 mA max.
35 V DC max.
Output loop resistance
24 V DC, 10 700 max.

35 V DC (external),
100 1 200 max.

Display
14 mm (0.56 inch) high LED

2X option for 30.5 mm (1.2 inch)
high, red LED
Numeric range from
-1 999 +9 999
4 digits, automatic lead zero
blanking
8 intensity levels
Memory
Non-volatile
Stores settings for minimum of
10 years if power is lost
Programming
Primary: front panel

Secondary: meter copy or PC
with SITRANS RD software
CE, UL, CUL
Options
Enclosures
Plastic, steel and stainless steel

(Type 304, EN 1.4301) NEMA 4
and 4X enclosures
Mounting

kit (zinc plated seal)
kit (stainless steel, Type 304,
EN 1.4301)
Siemens FI 01 2015
7/13
Siemens AG 2014
Displays
SITRANS RD200
Article No.
SITRANS RD200
A universal input, panel mount remote digital display for process instrumentation.
7ML5740-
Accessories
77 7 77 - 7A
SITRANS RD200 copy cable 2.1 m (7 ft)
7ML1930-1BR
SITRANS RD200 RS 232 serial adapter (copy cable

included)
7ML1930-1BS
SITRANS RD200 RS 422/485 serial adapter

(copy cable included)
7ML1930-1BT
RS 232 to RS 422/485 isolated converter
7ML1930-1BU
RS 232 to RS 422/485 non-isolated converter
7ML1930-1BV
SITRANS RD200 RS 232 and RS 485 isolated

multi-input adapter board
7ML1930-1BW
USB to RS 422/485 isolated converter
7ML1930-1BX
USB to RS 422/485 non-isolated converter
7ML1930-1BY
USB to RS 232 converter
7ML1930-6AK
RD Software CD for 1 ... 100 displays
7ML1930-1CC
Low cost polycarbonate plastic enclosure for

1 display
2 inch (5.08 cm) pipe mounting kit (zinc plated
seal) only available with 7ML1930-1CF
2 inch (5.08 cm) pipe mounting kit (stainless steel,
Type 304, EN 1.4301) only available with
7ML1930-1CF
7ML1930-1CF
Input voltage
85 ... 265 V AC, 50/60 Hz; 90 ... 265 V DC,
20 W max.
12 ... 36 V DC; 12 ... 24 V AC, 6 W max.
Transmitter supply
None
Single 24 V DC transmitter supply1)
Dual 24 V DC transmitter supply1)2)
} 1
Output
None
2 relays
4 ... 20 mA output
Communication
Modbus enabled
Approvals
CE, UL, CUL
Display Size
Standard
2X option for 30.5 mm (1.2 inch) high, red LED
}
}
2
A
B
C
A
B
C
0
1
0
1
7ML1930-1BP
7ML1930-1BQ
Thermoplastic enclosure
For use with 1 display
7ML1930-1CG
1)
Available with input voltage option 1 only
2)
For use with 2 displays
7ML1930-1CH
Available with output option C only
7ML1930-1CJ
7ML1930-1CK
7ML1930-1CL
7ML1930-1CM
} Available ex stock when configured with the following options only:
Input voltage: 1, Transmitter supply: B, Output : A, Communication: 0.
Article No.
Stainless steel enclosure (Type 304, EN 1.4301)

Article No.
Operating Intructions
7ML1930-1CN
7ML1930-1CP
English
7ML1998-5JS01
7ML1930-1CQ
Spanish
7ML1998-5JS21
7ML1930-1CR
German
Note: The Operating Instructions should be ordered
as a separate line item.
Instructions.
7ML1998-5JS31
7ML1930-1CS
7ML1930-1CT
Steel enclosure
7ML1930-1CU
7ML1930-1CV
7ML1998-5JX01
7ML1930-1CW
7ML1998-5JX31
7ML1930-1CX
SITRANS RD Serial communications accessories,

English
A5E31979195
7ML1930-1CY
7ML1930-1DA
SITRANS RD Serial communications accessories,

German
A5E31979197
SITRANS RD Software, English
7ML1998-5JW01
SITRANS RD Software, German
7ML1998-5JW31

SITRANS RD Enclosures, English
SITRANS RD Enclosures, German
7/14
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Displays
SITRANS RD200
RD200 - side view
RD200 - t op view
Screw terminal
connector
[0.5 Nm (4.5 lb/in)
tightening torque]
64 (2.5)
62 (2.45)
45
(1.76)
92
(3.61)
81 (3.2)
15
(0.59)
119 (4.68)
91 (3.6)
Schematics
RD200 connector labeling
Relay 2
6
Relay 1
4
24V OUT
POWER
NO NC COM NO NC COM P+
P-
RTD
TC
V+ mA+ EXC T+ COM

1
2
3
4
5
RTD TC
SIGNAL
Signal connector
Signal connector
mA+ EXC T+ COM

2
3
4
5
V+
1
TC
4 ... 20 mA output and input signal powered by meter

Signal connector
mA+ EXC T+ COM

2
3
4
5
RTD TC
SERIAL
Three-wire RTD
input connections
Thermocouple
input connections
V+
1
SWITCH
V+ mA+ EXC T+ COM

1
2
3
4
5
mA out
16
1+
5
24 V out
P1+ P1- P2+
4
3
2
P21
RTD TC
Switch
position
RTD
sensor
Switch
position
2-wire
4 ... 20 mA
transmitter
Remote display,
chart recorder
Siemens FI 01 2015
7/15
Siemens AG 2014
Displays
SITRANS RD300
Overview
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Measuring points
1 or 2 instruments
Input
Measuring range
Current
4 20 mA, 0 20 mA
Voltage
0 10 V DC, 1 5 V, 0 5 V
Output signal
The SITRANS RD300 is a panel mount remote digital display for

process instrumentation and acts as a multi-purpose, easy to
use, rate/totalizer ideal for flow rate, total, and control applications.
Benefits
Easy setup and programming via front panel buttons or remotely using RD software
Display readable in sunlight
Input: accepts current and voltage
Single or dual 24 V DC transmitter power supply
Serial communication using built in protocol or Modbus RTU
Supports up to 8 relays and 8 digital I/O for process control
and alarming
32-point linearization, square root or exponential linearization
Multi-pump alternation control
Supports total, grand total or non-resettable grand total
9-digit totalizer with total overflow feature
Large dual-line 6-digit display
Configure, monitor, and datalog from a PC
Dual-input option with math functions: addition, difference,
average, multiplication, division, minimum, maximum,
weighted average, ratio, concentration
Application
The RD300 is a remote display for level, flow, pressure, weighing, and other process instruments. This display also acts as a
multi-purpose, easy to use rate/totalizer ideal for flow rate, total,
and control applications.
Data can be remotely collected, logged and presented on your
local computer using the free downloadable RD software.
The display accepts a single or dual input of current and voltage.
This makes the RD300 an ideal fit for use with most field instruments.
The RD300 can be set up as a standard panel mount, or combined with optional enclosures to allow it to house up to 6 displays.
Output
4 20 mA (optional)
Modbus RTU
Relays
2 or 4 SPDT (Form C) internal

and/or 4 SPST (Form A) external;
rated 3 A at 30 VDC and 125/250
VAC resistive load; 1/14 HP
(50 W) at 125/250 V AC for
inductive loads (optional)
Communications
RS 232 with Modbus RTU

RS 422/485 with Modbus RTU
Accuracy
4 20 mA optional output
0.1 % FS 0.004 mA
Process input
0.05 % of span 1 count,

square root: 10 100 % FS

Ambient conditions
-40 +85 C (-40 +185 F)
0 65 C (32 149 F)
Design
Weight
269 g (9.5 oz) (including options)
1/8 DIN, high impact plastic,

UL94V-0, color: gray
Optional plastic, steel and stainless steel (Type 304, EN 1.4301)
NEMA 4 enclosures
Type 4X, NEMA 4X, IP65 (front

cover); panel gasket provided
mA output signal

shielded, 0.82 3.30 mm
(18 12 AWG), Belden 8 760 or
Electrical connection and

relay connection

local requirements,
rated 3 A at 250 V AC
Power supply
Input voltage option
85 265 V AC, 50/60 Hz;

90 265 V DC, 20 W max. or
jumper selectable 12/24 V DC
10 %, 15 W max.
Transmitter power supply
Terminals P+ & P-: 24 V DC

10 %, 12/24 V DC powered
models selectable for 24, 10, or
5 V DC supply (internal jumper
J4), 85 ... 265 V AC models rated
at 200 mA max, 12/24 V DC powered models rated at 100 mA
max, at 50 mA max. for 5 or
10 V DC supply.
35 V DC max.
Output loop resistance
24 V DC, 10 700 max.

35 V DC (external),
100 1 200 max.
Key Applications
Tank farms, pump alternation control, local or remote display of
level, flow, pressure and weighing instrument values, PC monitoring and data logging with RD software.
7/16
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Displays
SITRANS RD300
Article No.

Main Display
0.6 inch (15 mm) high, red LEDs
Operating Intructions
Second display
0.46 inch (12 mm) high, red

LEDs, 6-digits: each
(-99 999 ... 999 999)
Single input process and flow rate/totalizer Mtr
Non-volatile
Stores settings for minimum of
10 years if power is lost
Memory
Programming
Primary: front panel

Secondary: meter copy or PC
with SITRANS RD software
CE, UL, CUL
Options
English
A5E31917845
French
A5E31948924
German
A5E31948919
Dual input process Mtr

English
A5E33481367
German
A5E33481387

as a separate line on the order.
Enclosures
Plastic, steel and stainless steel

(Type 304, EN 1.4301) NEMA 4
and 4X enclosures
SITRANS RD DIN-Rail Mounting Kit, English
A5E31979181
SITRANS RD DIN-Rail Mounting Kit, German
A5E31979184
SITRANS RD Expansion Modules, English
A5E31979173
Article No.
SITRANS RD Expansion Modules, German
A5E31979176
SITRANS RD300
Dual line Remote digital display compatible with
PI instruments
7ML5744-
SITRANS RD Serial Communications Accessories,

English
A5E31979195
SITRANS RD Serial Communications Accessories,

German
A5E31979197
7 7 7 7 7 - 00 A
Input voltage
85 ... 265 V AC, 50/60 Hz; 90 ... 265 V DC,
20 W max.
12 ... 36 V DC; 12 ... 24 V AC, 6 W max.
Output
None
2 Relays
4 Relays
4 ... 20 mA output
2 Relays and 4 ... 20 mA output
4 Relays and 4 ... 20 mA output
Accessories
DIN-Rail Mounting Kit
7ML1930-6AB
4 Relays Expansion Module
7ML1930-6AC
4 Digital I/O Module
7ML1930-6AD
Dual output 4 ... 20mA expansion module for dual

input meter
7ML1930-6AP
Meter Copy Cable
7ML1930-6AE
RS 232 Serial Adapter
7ML1930-6AF
RS 422/485 Serial Adapter
7ML1930-6AG
RD300 USB Serial Adapter
7ML1930-6AJ
USB to RS 232 Converter
7ML1930-6AK
Snubber
7ML1930-6AL
A
B
C
D
E
F
Type
Single input process and flow rate/totalizer Mtr
Dual input process Mtr
Display
Standard
SunBright
A
B
Plastic enclosure
0
1
Approvals
UL & C-UL & CE
For 1 meter
7ML1930-6AM
For 2 meters
7ML1930-6AN
For 4 meters
7ML1930-1CK
For 5 meters
7ML1930-1CL
For 6 meters
7ML1930-1CM
NO NC C NO NC C
NO NC C NO NC C
+ R
Optional
connectors
installed
44.5
(1.76)
62
(2.45)
106
(4.17)
15
(0.59)
121
(4.77)
128
(5.05)
91.5
(3.61)
152 (6) Clearance

119
(4.68)
Siemens FI 01 2015
7/17
Siemens AG 2014
Displays
SITRANS RD300
Schematics
Connector labeling for fully loaded single input meter
RELAY2
RELAY1
MA OUT
RELAY4
5
RELAY3
2
NO
NC
NO
NC
NO
NC
NO
NC
I-
I+
P+
P-
F4
COM
V+
mA+
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SIGNAL
DW1815
M-LINK
POWER
Transmitter powered by external supply or self-powered
INPUT SIGNAL
INPUT SIGNAL
P+
P-
F4
COM
V+
mA+
P+
P-
F4
COM
V+
mA+
External
Power
Supply
2-Wire
4 ... 20 mA
Transmitter
2-Wire 4 ... 20 mA
Self-Powered
Transmitter
Transmitter powered by internal supply
INPUT SIGNAL
INPUT SIGNAL
P+
P-
F4
COM
V+
mA+
P+
P-
F4
COM
V+
mA+
2-Wire
4 ... 20 mA
Transmitter
Signal
3-Wire 4 ... 20 mA
Transmitter
Voltage Input Connections
INPUT SIGNAL
INPUT SIGNAL
P+
P-
F4
COM
V+
mA+
P+
P-
F4
COM
V+
mA+
Voltage
Signal
7/18
Siemens FI 01 2015
3-Wire Voltage
Transducer
Signal
Siemens AG 2014
Remote data manager
SITRANS RD500
Overview
Benefits
The SITRANS RD500 is a remote data manager providing

remote monitoring through integrated web access, alarm event
handling, and data capture for instrumentation and other devices.
RD500 supports report and alarm events via email, SMS, and
FTP transfer
Web provides worldwide access to instrument data and
RD500 configuration and setup
Simple configuration using a standard web browser,
no programming or additional software required
Offers scalability with optional I/O modules for current
(4 to 20 mA), voltage (0 to 10 V), thermocouple (TC),
resistance temperature detector (RTD), and digital input,
output and counter
10 base-TI 100 Base-TX Ethernet and support for GSM,
GPRS, 3G, and PSTN provide flexible remote communications
options
Supports up to 128 devices with the flexible I/O modules and
supports addressing for Modbus serial devices via RS 232
and RS 485 serial ports
Integrated FTP server and client supports FTP data synchronization to central servers
Compact flash slot supports up to 2 gigabytes of expandable
memory for data capture and storage, 1 gigabyte industrial
compact flash card included
Log files formats are CSV (comma separated values) for
data files and HTML for report files
Supports modbus TCP via Ethernet and GPRS for
easy integration into control systems
Optional 3G modem offers VPN support
Application
The RD500 is an easy-to-use remote data monitoring solution,
using a web-based application and hardware modules. The
unique modular approach allows a variety of process signals to
be monitored, while the serial ports allow data to be collected
from Modbus RTU devices.
The RD500 comprises a master communications module, and
up to 16 slave modules. Various module types are available, allowing up to a maximum of 128 conventional inputs and outputs.
The RD500s serial ports can support addressing for
Modbus RTU slave devices including field instruments.
The RD500s built-in web server, FTP, and email client allows the
process to be monitored remotely. Alarm notifications are communicated through email and SMS text messages to one or more
recipients to ensure that appropriate actions are taken by personnel.

The RD500 supports modems, providing flexibility for applications in which GSM/GPRS/3G cellular or landline connectivity is
desired.
The RD500 is configured via a web-based interface - a standard
browser is all the software you need to configure your system.
Key Applications
Remote monitoring, inventory management, web enabled instrumentation or other devices remote configuration and maintenance devices
WWW
With SITRANS RD500, monitor inventory levels, process, environmental, and remote maintenance
applications, and get web access to most types of field instrumentation, including flow, level, pressure,
temperature measurement, and weighing.
Siemens FI 01 2015
7/19
Siemens AG 2014
Remote data manager
SITRANS RD500
Communication
Mode of operation
USB/PG port
Adheres to USB specifications

1.1. Device only using Type B
connection.
Measuring principle
Remote data monitor
Measuring points
Up to 128 standard input/

outputs
Addressing for Modbus serial
devices
Serial ports
Format and baud rates for each

port are individually software programmable up to 115 200 baud
RS 232/PG port
RS 232 port via RJ12
Input
Comms ports
Output
RS 422/485 port via RJ45 and

RS 232 port via RJ 12
Accuracy
Ethernet port
10 BASE-T/100 BASE-TX; RJ45

jack is wired as a NIC (Network
Interface Card)

-30 +70 C (-22 +158 F)
0 50 C (32 122 F)
Operating and storage humidity
80 % max relative humidity,

non-condensing, from 0 50 C
(32 122 F)
Dimensions
78.5 (3.09)
High impact plastic and

stainless steel
Pollution degree
Weight
456.4 g (15.1 oz)
Mounting
Snaps onto standard DIN style

top hat (T) profile mounting rails
according to EN 50022
35 x 7.5 and 35 x 15
Power
24 V DC 10 %
400 mA min. (1 module)
3.5 Amps max. (16 modules)
Must use Class 2 or SELV-rated
power supply
105.4 (4.15)
134.7 (5.30)
Design
Display
Status LEDs
STS - status LED indicates condition of master

TX/RX - transmit/receive LEDs
show serial activity
Ethernet - link and activity LEDs
CF - CompactFlash LED indicates card status and read/write
activity
Mounting
Depress
24.5 (1) min.
clearance
3
4
Memory
On-board user memory
4 Mbytes of non-volatile Flash

memory
On-board SDRAM
2 Mbytes
Memory card
CompactFlash Type II slot for

Type I and Type II cards;
1 Gbytes (optional 2 Gbytes)
DIN rail
4
24.5 (1) min.

clearance

Safety
7/20
UL listed to U.S. and Canadian

safety standards for use in
Class I, II and III, Division 1 and
2 hazardous locations
CE, RCM
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Remote data manager
SITRANS RD500
SITRANS RD500 Module Specifications
8 inputs, 6 solid
state outputs
8 inputs,
6 relay outputs
8 channel,
4 20 mA
8 channel 10 V
6 channel, RTD
8 channel thermocouple module
Article number
7ML1930-1ES
7ML1930-1ER
7ML1930-1EP
7ML1930-1EQ
7ML1930-1ET
7ML1930-1EU
Application
8 inputs, 6 outputs
used to monitor
contact or sensor
inputs
8 inputs, 6 outputs
used to monitor
contact or sensor
inputs
16 bit analog input

module provides
high density signal
measurement for
data monitoring
applications and
accepts
0/4 20 mA
process signals
16 bit analog input

module provides
high density signal
measurement for
data monitoring
applications and
accepts 10 V
process signals
16 bit analog input

module provides
high-density signal
measurement for
data acquisition
applications and
accepts various
RTD inputs
16 bit thermocouple input module

provides high density signal measurement for data
acquisition applications and accepts
wide range of thermocouple types
Accuracy
Not applicable
Not applicable
0.1 % of span
0.1 % of span
(0.2 % of span,
1 C) 0 50 C
(32 122 F);
(0.1 % of span,
1 C) 18 28 C
(64 82 F);
includes NIST conformity, A/D conversion errors,
temperature coefficient and linearization conformity at
23 C after
20 minutes warmup
(0.3 % of span,
1 C); includes
NIST conformity,
cold junction effect,
A/D conversion
errors, temperature
coefficient and linearization conformity at 23 C after
20 minute warm-up
Mounting
Snaps onto standard DIN style top hat (T) profile mounting rails according to EN 50022 35 x 7.5 and - 35 x 15
Inputs
Dip switch selectable for sink or

source
Outputs
Solid state output,

switched DC, contact rating 1 A DC
max.
Dip switch selectable for sink or

source
Max. voltage
30 V DC,
reverse polarity
protected
Off voltage
< 1.2 V
On voltage
> 3.8 V
Input frequency
Filter switch on:
50 Hz
Filter switch off:
300 Hz
8 single-ended
Ranges
0 20 mA or
4 20 mA
Resolution
full 16-bit
Sample time
50 400 ms
depending on
number of enabled inputs
8 single-ended
Ranges
0 10 V DC or
10 V DC
Resolution
full 16-bit
Sample time
50 400 ms
depending on
6 single-ended
Resolution
full 16-bit
Sample time
67 400 ms
depending on
Form A, NO
pairs share common terminals:
1 & 2, 3 & 4, 5 & 6
current rating by
pair: 3 Amps at
30 V DC/125 V AC
resistive
1/10 HP at
125 V AC
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
8 single-ended
Resolution
full 16-bit
Sample time
50 400 ms
depending on
Not applicable
Note:
To ensure the secure operation of a plant or machine it is necessary to take additional, suitable preventive action (e.g. cell protection concept) and to integrate the automation and drive components into a state-of-the-art holistic industrial security concept
for the entire plant or machine. Please find further information at:
http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity
Siemens FI 01 2015
7/21
Siemens AG 2014
Remote data manager
SITRANS RD500
Article No.
SITRANS RD500
The SITRANS RD500 is a remote data manager
providing integrated web access, alarm event handling and data capture for instrumentation.
7ML5750-
77 A 0 0 - 0
RD500 Remote Data Manager manual, English:

web access, alarm event handling, and data capture
7ML1998-5MK01
RD500 Remote Data Manager manual, German:

web access, alarm event handling, and data capture
7ML1998-5MK31
RD500 8 channel 0 (4) ... 20 mA input module

manual, English
7ML1998-5MB01

manual, German
7ML1998-5MB31
RD500 8 channel 10 V input module manual,

English
7ML1998-5MC01
RD500 8 channel 10 V input module manual,

German
7ML1998-5MC31
RD500 8 inputs, 6 relay outputs module manual,

English
7ML1998-5MD01
RD500,8 inputs, 6 relay outputs module manual,

German
7ML1998-5MD31
RD500 8 inputs, 6 solid state outputs module

manual, English
7ML1998-5ME01
RD500 8 inputs, 6 solid state outputs module

manual, German
7ML1998-5ME31
RD500 6 channel input, RTD module manual,

English
7ML1998-5MF01
RD500 6 channel input, RTD module manual,

German
7ML1998-5MF31
RD500 8 channel thermocouple module manual,

English
7ML1998-5MJ01
7ML1998-5MJ31
Communications Connection
Ethernet1)
Digital Communications to Instruments

RS 485 Modbus RTU
1)
Configuration limited to 16 modules.

Article No.
Input configuration modules

Note: one RD500 supports 16 input modules maximum
7ML1930-1EP
RD500 8 channel 10 V input module
7ML1930-1EQ
RD500 8 digital inputs/pulse counters, 6 relay

outputs module
7ML1930-1ER
RD500 8 digital inputs/pulse counters, 6 solid state 7ML1930-1ES

outputs module
RD500 6 channel input, RTD module
7ML1930-1ET
RD500 8 channel thermocouple module
7ML1930-1EU
Optional equipment
Article No.
3G external ethernet modem with antennae

MTCBA-H4-EN2-P1
7ML1930-1GJ
RD500, 8 channel thermocouple module manual,

German
Multitech GPRS modem, internal (including

antennae)
7ML1930-1EY
Accessories
Industrial CompactFlash card, 2 GB
SITRANS RD100, loop powered display - see

page 7/10
7ML5741-...
7ML1930-1FB
Industrial CompactFlash card, 1 GB1)
7ML1930-1FC
7ML1930-1FD

Modbus conversion - see page 7/12
7ML5740-...
RJ11 serial to terminal block RS 232

RJ45 serial to terminal block RS 485
7ML1930-1FE
7ML5744-...
GPRS Spare modem antenna
7ML1930-1FF

and linearization curve and Modbus conversion see page 7/16
RD500 Spare Module base
7ML1930-1FG
1)
RD500 Spare End terminator
7ML1930-1FH
Ethernet Cat 5e Red X/O cable for configuration,

1.52 m (5 ft)
7ML1930-1FM
USB cable type A/B
7ML1930-1FN
Remote mount external antenna 17 ft (5 m)
7ML1930-1FY
Application manual, English
7ML1998-5MA01
Application manual, German

Note: Additional Operating Instructions should be
ordered as a separate line item.
Instructions.
7ML1998-5MA31
7/22
Siemens FI 01 2015
1 Gbyte industrial grade compact flash card included
Siemens AG 2014
Remote data manager
SITRANS RD500
Schematics
RD500 port pin outs
RS232
Power connection
RS 422/485
4-wire connections
1 COMMON
2 24 VDC 10 %
3 N/C
CTS (PIN 1)
Rx
COMM
COMM
Tx
RTS (PIN 6)
RS 485
2-wire connections
5V
5V
Power connector
130K
1
8
130K
USB/PG
TxB
1
8
TxA
130K
5 TxEN
(OC)
TxB (PIN 1)
TxA
RxA
RxB
TxEN
COMM
TxB
TxA (PIN 8)
COMMS PORT
Tx/Rx
Tx
RS232/PG PORT
TxA
5 TxEN
(OC)
6 GND
Expansion
port
RS485
COMM
+24
N/C
130K
TxB
5V
130K
4 RxB
Rx
3 RxA
130K
RS232
Common +24 V DC
CTS (PIN 1)
Rx
COMM
COMM
Tx
RTS (PIN 6)
COMMS PORT
6 GND
GREEN/
AMBER
LED
YELLOW
LED
ETHERNET (NIC)
Communication ports
Configuration ports
RS 232
MILLTRONICS BW500
USB/PG
RS232
RTS
Tx
COMM
COMM
Rx
CTS
RUN
PAR
ZERO
SPAN
ALT
DISP
RESET
TOTAL
CLEAR
ENTER
green/
amber LED
yellow LED
or
Ethernet (crossover)
TxA
TxB
COMM
RxB
RxA
TxA
TxB
RS485
RS 485
Ethernet connection (Port 3)
green/
amber LED
yellow LED
Standard ethernet cable
Siemens FI 01 2015
7/23
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Application
SITRANS AW200 WirelessHART adapter
The SITRANS AW200 WirelessHART adapter is a batterypowered communication component, which integrates HART
and 4 to 20 mA field devices into a WirelessHART network. On
the wireless communication side, the adapter supports the WirelessHART standard. HART and 4 to 20 mA field devices are connected on the field device side.
The SITRANS AW200 WirelessHART adapter

Support the WirelessHART standard (HART V 7.1)
Fatures a very high degree of security for wireless data transmission
Integrates one 4 to 20 mA field device or up to four HART field
devices (in multidrop mode) into a WirelessHART network
Features intelligent energy management for the power supply
of connected field devices
Can be easily parameterized using SIMATIC PDM
The WirelessHART adapter can be used in a number of different

applications, e.g.
Access to installed basis
Diagnostic information is obtained from existing wired HART
devices through a permanent electrical connection of a WirelessHART adapter, and is sent to an asset management software near the system, e.g. SITRANS MDS.
Status monitoring of the plant
Wireless devices are mounted at critical points in the plant,
which are not usually connected to the control room due to difficult accessibility or extensive costs for wiring. Better data
flow and diagnostics increase the systems reliability, transparency and safety.
Process optimization
A temporary installation of a standard 4 to 20mA or HART device together with the WirelessHART adapter SITRANS AW200
allows flexible monitoring and plant optimization at lower costs
and reduced effort.
Process monitoring
Measured values from e.g. tanks or silos are transmitted to a
superordinate system in regular time intervals, together with
the device and battery status.
Design
The SITRANS AW200 WirelessHART adapter consists of
A housing with mounted antenna
Electronics
A high-performance lithium battery unit
Benefits
Save on wiring costs for difficult installation conditions
(e.g. moveable equipment parts) or for temporary installations
Subsequent integration of an installed field device with HART
interface into maintenance and diagnostic systems if the control system does not feature the required communication
mechanisms. This application is described in Section 8 of this
catalogue under "WirelessHART - Technical Description".
Proven HART devices can continue to be used for wireless
communication, without any limitations .
Field devices with a 4 to 20 mA interface (without HART) can
also be connected.
Intelligent energy management to achieve the best possible
life time for the installed battery unit.
Optimum addition to wired communication and expansion of
solution options for system solutions in process automation.
Burst mode and event notification parameterization for the
adapter and connected field devices.
1
2
3
4
5
6
LED
Push button
Plug to connect battery
Battery compartment
Terminals 1 to 6
Terminals for HART modem
SITRANS AW200 WirelessHART adapter, assembly
The housing can be opened by loosening 4 screws. This allows

to access the electronics and battery unit. The battery unit can
be removed without the use of tools, since it is connected to the
housing with clips.
The back of the housing features a connection part with a fixing
nut onto which different replaceable connecting pieces can be
screwed to mount the adapter directly on a field device.
The bottom of the housing contains an optional cable opening
which can be used for a cable gland. In the case of an offset
mounted adapter, it is possible to feed up to 2 cables.
7/24
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Function
Interface
ES
OS
MS
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC
system
SITRANS
AW200
Connection
Function
Power supply for the field device
HART/4 ... 20 mA
External supply/Dimensions
High-resistance HART connection
5, 7
High-resistance HART connection
6, 8
Mass, high-resistance connection
Terminal block with 6 screw connection clamps
Parameterization
The SITRANS AW200 configured via HART. This can be done using a handheld communicator or even more conveniently with a
HART modem and the SIMATIC PDM parameterization software.
SIMATIC ET 200
with HART support
Wireless
HART
IE/WSNPA LINK
Initial start-up of the adapter is usually carried out via

SIMATIC PDM and HART modem or a handheld communicator.
During initial start-up, the network ID and join key is set up in the
adapter, among others. Using these parameters, the adapter is
then integrated into an existing WirelessHART network.
Once it is integrated into the network, the adapter and connected HART devices can be conveniently operated via the
WirelessHART network or with the onsite HART modem.
Siemens HART field devices for the adapter
SITRANS SITRANS
P280
TF280
PROFIBUS
DP/PA
LINK
HART and 4 to 20mA field devices can be connected to the

SITRANS AW200 WirelessHART adapter. Depending on the
electrical data of the field devices, they can receive their power
supply from the WirelessHART adapter or will require an external
power supply. Please find current information about connectivity
to field devices from Siemens as FAQ under
http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support.
PROFIBUS PA
Note:
SITRANS AW200 WirelessHART adapter functional diagram
Measured values and diagnostic information of connected field

devices with HART communication are transmitted via a wired
connection to the WirelessHART adapter. The adapter transmits
this information in the form of wireless signals to the
IE/WSN-PA LINK, the Siemens WirelessHART gateway. From
here, the information is available to the network of the system.
Where a field device with a 4 to 20 mA output signal is connected to the adapter, only the measured value will be transmitted.
Siemens will only approve the Siemens HART field devices listed
there for the adapter, and will only supply technical support for
these devices.
Based on HART specifications, it is generally possible to connect devices that are not listed, however with the following limitations:
All warranties and liabilities will be excluded.
No technical support
Following parameterization and integration into a WirelessHART

network, each WirelessHART adapter is able to recognize its
neighbors. It notes the strength of the wireless signal, synchronizes itself, receives network information and then establishes
connections to the neighbors in the wireless network. A WirelessHART network organizes itself. Manual settings for organizational purposes are not required.
Two- and four-wire field devices can be connected to a WirelessHART adapter. In the case of a connected two-wire field device, power can be supplied by the adapter. Where multiple twowire field devices are connected (multi drop operation), the
adapter must be connected to an external power supply.
The WirelessHART adapter may also be connected in parallel to
an already existing installation which consists of a power supply
and a HART field device.
Siemens FI 01 2015
7/25
Siemens AG 2014
Input
Design
Input
Communication
Point-to-Point connection to a
HART field device or
Point-to-Point connection to a
4 ... 20 mA field device or
Up to four HART field devices
with external power supply which
are integrated using the multidrop
method
Weight
HART communication using multidrop method, 4 ... 20 mA power

signal with Point-to-Point connection
Enclosure
Material
Polyester (PBT FR)
Cable entry
2x M20x1.5
IP65, IP66; NEMA 4
Antenna
Omnidirectional dipolar aerial,

vertical rotation
Mounting adapter
M20 x 1.5 on M20 x 1.5,

M20 x 1.5 on G,
M20 x 1.5 on "- 14 NPT,
M20 x 1.5 on " -14 NPT
Protocol
HART V7 (compatible with previous HART versions)
Transfer rate
1200 bits/s using HART multidrop method
Battery
Lithium thionylchlorid high-performance battery unit
WirelessHART V7
Supply voltage
5 ... 7.2 V DC
Nominal 250 kBits/s
Capacity
19 Ah at 20 C
2.4 GHz (ISM band)
Service life
Range (under reference conditions)
Outside areas up to 250 m, within

buildings up to 50 m
Up to 5 years, depending on
update rate, connected field
device and ambient conditions
RF signal strength
Can be configured: 0 dBm and

10 dBm
Power supply
Output
Communication
Transfer rate
Output signals
WirelessHART adapter
0.5 kg without battery, 0.75 kg

with battery
Measured voltage and up to three

other variables may be selected
from the following: adapter temperature, battery voltage, energy
consumed, expected battery life
time
4 ... 20 mA field device
Scaled or linearized process values
HART field device
Up to four process variables, can

be configured via PDM or gateway
Measuring accuracy
(as per reference conditions
IEC 61298-2)
0.125 % re: measuring range

(4 ... 20 mA circuit)
5 A/10 K
Rated conditions
Outside/Inside
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)

The capacity of the battery
decreases rapidly if ambient temperature falls below -30 C.
Storage temperature
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)

without batteries
< 21 C with batteries
Relative humidity
Max 90 % at 25 C
(non-condensating)
20 f 2000 Hz: 0,01 g/Hz as

per IEC 68-2-64
Shock resistance
15 g, 11 ms as per IEC 68-2-27
As per EN 61326,
EN 301 489-1/17 and
NAMUR NE 21
7/26
Siemens FI 01 2015
No-load voltage
8 ... 23 V DC
Current
4 ... 20 mA DC (as per NAMUR

recommendation NE 43)
Fault current
I 3.6 mA or I 21 mA
Protection
Short-circuit proof, activated at

voltages > 25 mA
External voltage supply for one or

more field devices (multidrop)
Voltage
< 30 V DC
Current
< 25 mA


Location
Voltage supply for one field device

(independent of multidrop)
ETSI (R&TTE)
FCC Part 15.247 for wireless
applications in the 2.4 GHz transmission frequency band
EN 300328
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
SITRANS AW200
adapter for WirelessHART
communication
7 MP 3 1 1 2 - 7777 0 - 0 AA 0

Cycle Portal.
WirelessHART adapter AW200 with
4 ... 20 mA- or HART interface
Without battery
Power supply
Battery powered
Certificates and approvals1)

Without
Enclosure
Polyester
Accessories
Lithium battery for SITRANS AW200
7MP3990-0AA00
Thread adapter for direct mounting of the

adapter to a field device
M20 thread adapter
Thread adapter G
Thread adapter " - 14 NPT
Thread adapter " - 14 NPT
7MP3990-0BA00
7MP3990-0BB00
7MP3990-0BC00
7MP3990-0BD00
Mounting bracket for attaching to

wall/pipe, material: stainless steel
SS304, including cable gland
7MP3990-0CA00
1)
Additional approvals in process.
Siemens FI 01 2015
7/27
Siemens AG 2014
192 (75.6)
12.5 (4.9)
88.5 (34.8)
182.5 (71.9)
88.5 (34.8)
138.3 (54.4)
31 (12.2)
7
28
(12.2)
26 (10.2)
91 (35.8)
100.6 (12.2)
SITRANS AW200 WirelessHART adapter, dimensions in mm (inch)
7/28
Siemens FI 01 2015
110.4 (43.5)
Siemens AG 2014
SITRANS AW200 with built-in mounting bracket for wall or pipe mounting
Schematics
Power supply (DC) without
communication resistance
with terminals 1 to 6
6
Field
device
Connection of a two-wire field device with external power supply
Field device with

power supply
Connection of a four-wire field device
Field device
Connection of a two-wire field device, power supply provided by adapter

1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
WirelessHART
adapter with
terminals 1 to 6
Controls with
communication
resistance
Field
device
Connection of adapter parallel to wired 4 to 20 mA communication
Siemens FI 01 2015
7/29
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Application
SITRANS AW210 WirelessHART adapter
The WirelessHART adapter SITRANS AW210 is a communication component which can integrate a wide range of field
devices into a WirelessHART network. On the wireless communication side, the adapter supports the WirelessHART standard.
HART and 4 to 20 mA field devices are connected on the field
device side.
The WirelessHART adapter SITRANS AW210

Features an extremely high degree of security for wireless
data transmission.
Integrates a 4 to 20 mA field device into a WirelessHART
network
Integrates up to eight HART field devices (in multidrop mode)
into a WirelessHART network
Can be powered with the 4 to 20 mA loop or an external power
supply
Power management can be activated to minimize energy
consumption
Easy to configure with SIMATIC PDM, AMS, Handheld 475.
The WirelessHART adapter can be used in a number of different

applications:
Access to installed basis
Diagnostic information is obtained from existing wired HART
devices thanks to the permanent electrical connection of a
WirelessHART adapter and power from the 4 to 20 mA loop.
This information is sent to central system-based asset management software such as SITRANS MDS.
Status monitoring of the plant
Wireless devices are mounted at critical points in the plant
which are not usually connected to the control room due to difficult access or high wiring costs. Better data flow and diagnostics increase plant reliability, transparency and safety.
Process optimization
Temporary installation of a 4 to 20mA or standard HART device together with a SITRANS AW210 WirelessHART adapter
allows easier, flexible monitoring and plant optimization at
lower costs. SITRANS AW210 can also be usefully used where
there is already an external power supply, or one is needed
anyway.
Process monitoring
Measured values, for example from tanks or silos, are transmitted to a higher-level system at regular intervals together
with the device status. SITRANS AW210 is particularly easy to
use with 4-wire devices, as they have an external power supply.
Design
SITRANS AW210 WirelessHART Adapter consists of:
An enclosure with a fitted aerial
Electronics
1
3
Benefits
"Intrinsically safe" or "Explosion proof"

Extremely rugged enclosure
No additional cabling required with loop power supply
Subsequent integration of an installed field device with HART
interface into maintenance and diagnostic systems if the control system does not feature the required communication
mechanisms
Proven HART devices can continue to be used for wireless
communication without any limitations
Field devices with a 4 to 20 mA interface (without HART) can
also be connected
Ideal addition to wired communication and to the range of
system solutions in process automation
Burst mode and event notification configuration for the
adapter and connected field devices
7/30
Siemens FI 01 2015
1 Ground connection
2 Enclosure with potted aerial
3 " NPT screw connection
SITRANS AW210 Wireless-HART Adapter, assembly
The enclosure contains the potted electronics and the wireless

module. The aerial is fitted at the top in the enclosure.
On the base of the enclosure is the connector with a " NPT female thread. Six cables run from this connector to connect the
adapter.
Siemens AG 2014
Parameter assignment
Function
ES
OS
SITRANS AW210 is configured via HART. Configuration can be

carried out using handheld communicator 475 or, more conveniently, with a HART modem and the SIMATIC PDM configuration
software.
MS
Industrial Ethernet
SITRANS
AW210
SIMATIC
system
SITRANS
AW200
Following integration into the network, the adapter and HART devices connected can be conveniently operated via the WirelessHART network or locally, as detailed above.
SIMATIC ET 200
with HART support
Wireless
HART
Initial startup of the adapter is usually carried out via

SIMATIC PDM and a HART modem or a handheld communicator. During initial startup, the network ID and join key are set in
the adapter. These parameters are used to integrate the adapter
into an existing WirelessHART network.
IE/WSNPA LINK
Siemens HART field devices for the adapter

In principle, all HART devices certified by the
HART Communication Foundation (HCF) can be operated with
the SITRANS AW210 WirelessHART adapter. See
http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support for FAQ
with the latest information on connectivity for Siemens field devices.
Note:
SITRANS SITRANS
P280
TF280
DP/PA
LINK
PROFIBUS
SITRANS
AW210
PROFIBUS PA
SITRANS AW210 WirelessHART Adapter, functional diagram
The measured values and diagnostic information from the connected field devices with HART communication are transmitted
to the WirelessHART adapter over wired connections. The
adapter transmits this information as wireless signals to the
IE/WSN-PA link, the Siemens WirelessHART gateway. The measured values, all parameters and diagnostic information about
the plant network can be accessed from this gateway.
If a field device with a 4 to 20 mA output signal is connected to
the adapter, the current will be converted to a digital measured
value and transmitted on the basis of a measuring range specified in SITRANS AW210.
Following configuration and integration into a WirelessHART network, each WirelessHART adapter is able to recognize its neighbors. It notes the strength of the wireless signal, synchronizes itself, receives network information and then establishes
connections to its neighbors in the wireless network. A WirelessHART network organizes itself. Manual settings for organization are not required.
Two-wire and four-wire field devices can be connected to a WirelessHART adapter. Either up to 2 or up to 8 HART field devices
can be connected to the adapter, depending on the selected
product version. The adapter either has an external voltage supply or is loop-powered. The WirelessHART adapter can therefore
also be connected in parallel to an existing installation consisting of a voltage supply and a HART field device.
Siemens has only approved the Siemens HART field devices

listed there for the adapter, and will only provide technical support for these devices.
Based on HART specifications, it is generally possible to connect devices that are not listed, however with the following
restrictions:
All warranties and liability will be excluded
No technical support
Input
Point-to-point connection to a
HART field device or
Point-to-point connection to a
4 ... 20 mA field device or
Up to eight HART field devices
with an external voltage supply
integrated using multidrop
Communication
HART communication with multidrop, as primary or secondary

HART master (can be specified)
4 ... 20 mA current signal with a
point-to-point connection scaling in user-defined measuring
range in SITRANS AW210
- Linear
- User-defined scaling with up to
32 points
Protocol
HART V7 (compatible with previous HART versions)
Siemens FI 01 2015
7/31
Siemens AG 2014
Output
Communication
WirelessHART V7
2.4 2.4835 GHz (ISM band),

16-channel frequency hopping
spread spectrum
Range (under reference conditions)
Outside up to 235 m (771 ft)
RF signal strength
10 dBm
Output signals
HART Cmd 3
Measured current and up to 4
other dynamic variables (measured values, derived values) or
device variables
HART Cmd 9
Up to 8 dynamic variables with
status
HART Cmd 48
Additional status information
4 ... 20 mA field device
Scaled or linearized process values
HART field device
HART Cmd 3
Measured current and up to 4
other dynamic variables (measured values, derived values) or
device variables
HART Cmd 9
Up to 8 dynamic variables with
status
HART Cmd 48
Additional status information
Update time for output signals
You can set the update times separately for the adapter and the
connected devices.
The possible settings are:
1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 s
1, 2, 5, 10, 30, 60 min (times also
depend on the gateway)
Intrinsic safe "i" gases and
vapors
II 1G Ex ia IIC T*; IP68

T* = T5 for Ta = -40 ... +85 C
T* = T6 for Ta = -40 ... +75 C
Intrinsic safe dust
II 1 D Ex iaD 20 IP68 T95C;

Ta = -40 ... +85 C
Non-sparking (zone 2)
II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T* Gc; IP68

T* = T5 for Ta = -40 ... +85 C
T* = T6 for Ta = -40 ... +75 C
Explosion protection to FM for US

Intrinsic safe, Non-sparking
IS/I,II,III/1/ABCDEFG/
T5 Ta = -40 ... +85 C,
T6 Ta = -40 ... +75 C
NI/I/2/ABCD/
T5 Ta = -40 ... +85 C,
T6 Ta = -40 ... +75 C
S/II,III/2/EFG/
T5 Ta = -40 ... +85 C,
T6 Ta = -40 ... +75 C
I/0/AEx ia/IIC/
T5 Ta = -40 ... +85 C
T6 Ta = -40 ... +75 C;
20/AEx iaD/T95C;
Ta = -40 ... 85C
I/2/AEx nA nC/IIC/
T5 Ta = -40 ... +85 C,
T6 Ta = -40 ... +75 C; IP68
Explosion protection to FM for CA

Intrinsic safe, Non-sparking
IS/I,II,III/1/ABCDEFG/
T5 Ta = -40 ... +85 C
T6 Ta = -40 ... +75 C;
NI/I/2/ABCD/
T5 Ta = -40 ... +85 C
T6 Ta = -40 ... +75 C;
S/II,III/2/EFG/
T5 Ta = -40 ... +85 C
T6 Ta = -40 ... +75 C;
I/0/Ex ia/IIC/
T5 Ta = -40 ... +85 C
T6 Ta = -40 ... +75 C;
I/2/Ex nA nC/IIC/
T5 Ta = -40 ... +85 C
T6 Ta = -40 ... +75 C
II/1/EFG Ta = -40 ... +85C; IP68
Flameproof gases and vapors
II 2 G Ex d IIC T* Gb; IP68

T* = T5 for Ta = -40 ... +85 C
T* = T6 for Ta = -40 ... +75 C
Protection by enclosure dust
II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T95C
Ta = -40 ... +85C; IP68
Explosion protection to FM for US

Explosionproof, flameproof, gas,
dust
XP/I/1/ABCD
I/1 AEx d IIC T5, T6 Gb
DIP/II,III/1/EFG
21/AEx tb IIIC T95C
T5 Ta = -40 ... +85C,
T6 Ta = -40 ... +75C
Type 6P, IP68
Explosion protection to FM for CA

Explosionproof, flameproof, gas,
dust
XP/I/1/ABCD
I/1 Ex d IIC T5, T6 Gb
DIP/II,III/1/EFG
T5 Ta = -40 ... +85C,
T6 Ta = -40 ... +75C
Measuring accuracy
1 % of measuring range,
40 85 C (104 185 F)
Rated conditions
Location
Outside/inside
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)

In hazardous areas up to 75 C
(167 F)
Storage temperature
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
To EN 301 489-17 and

EN 300 328-1
Design
Weight
0.46 kg (1.01 lb)
Enclosure
Material
- Enclosure
Aluminum alloy, RoHS-compliant

polyurethane corrosion-resistant
coating
- Cap
Resin
Cable entry
" NPT female thread
IP68
Aerial
Potted in enclosure
Auxiliary power
Power supply
Loop power 1 DC 2.5 V,

can be set by user in 0.5 V DC
increments
Loop-powered, operating current
DC 3.2 25 mA operating current; overvoltage, surge and

reverse polarity protection
7/32
Siemens FI 01 2015
CE (R&TTE, EMC)
FCC Part 15.247 for wireless applications in the 2.4 GHz transmission frequency band
IC
Siemens AG 2014
Schematics
Article No.
SITRANS AW210
Adapter for WirelessHART
communication
7 MP 3 1 1 1 - 7777 0 - 0 AA 0
SITRANS AW2101)

Cycle Portal.
Black/direct supply
24 V
Red/loop power
WirelessHART-Adapter AW210 with

4 ... 20 mA- or HART interface
White/return line
2 devices
8 devices
Yellow/HART
Green and yellow/internal ground
Auxiliary Power
A
Loop powered or 24 V DC (external)

Field device
Intrinsically safe gas, vapors and dust

(ATEX) , Intrinsic Safe (FM)
Explosionproof gas, vapour and dust

(ATEX), Explosionproof (FM)
1)
Device control switch is on.
External 24 V DC power supply, connection of one device
Enclosure
0
Aluminum
SITRANS AW2101)
Accessories
Thread adapter M20x1.5 (male
thread) on -14 NPT (female thread)
IP65, not explosion proof
7MP1990-0BA00
Black/direct supply
24 V
Red/loop power
White/return line
Yellow/HART
...
60.70 (2.39)
Field devices (2 ... 8 devices)

1)
Device control switch is on.
113.79 (4.48)
External 24 V DC power supply, connection of multiple devices
SITRANS AW2101)
Black/direct supply
24 V
21.08
(0.83)
250
Red/loop power
White/return line
4 ... 20 mA
250
Yellow/HART
SITRANS AW210 WirelessHART adapter, dimensions in mm (inches)

Field device
1)
Device control switch has no effect.
Loop power for connection of one 4 ... 20 mA HART device
Siemens FI 01 2015
7/33
Siemens AG 2014
IE/WSN-PA LINK
Overview
Application
The IE/WSN-PA LINK connects wireless HART field devices by
radio to the Ethernet. On the radio side, the IE/WSN-PA LINK
supports the WirelessHART standard and on the Ethernet side
the TCP/IP and Modbus TCP communication.
The IE/WSN-PA LINK thus enables wireless diagnostics, maintenance and process monitoring.
Monitoring
WirelessHART is particularly suitable for use in plant sections
that are to be included in monitoring, but which do not have any
existing MSR cabling, e.g. external tank stores or other installations where high cabling costs are anticipated. Data for the visualization can be retrieved from the IE/WSN-PA link via Industrial
Ethernet or Modbus TCP.
ES
The IE/WSN-PA LINK is a network transition for the connection

of WirelessHART field devices (HART V7.1) to Industrial Ethernet, as an alternative or supplement to the wired connection.
Connection of up to 100 WirelessHART devices
Approved for operation in hazardous areas in Zone 2
Open TCP/IP communication and Modbus TCP via the Ethernet interface
Can be used with HART-OPC servers of the HART Communication Foundation
OS
MS
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC
system
SITRANS
AW200
Note:
A general introduction to WirelessHART and information on the WirelessHART adapter and the WirelessHART field devices can be found in
Catalog FI 01 or on the Internet at http://www.siemens.com/wirelesshart
Wireless
HART
Benefits
Extended possible solutions for connecting process industry
field devices by means of alternative or supplementary WirelessHART communication
Reliable data transmission using intermeshed network technology; the self-organizing network with alternative paths enables radio obstacles to be bypassed
Reduction of cabling costs under difficult installation conditions, e.g. if the field devices are located on inaccessible plant
components or are only required temporarily
To improve process monitoring and for maintenance tasks,
sensors can be retrofitted
Existing transmitters can be integrated wirelessly into maintenance and diagnostics systems by means of WirelessHART
adapters
Without additional software, restricted monitoring is possible
via web services and the integrated web server of the IE/WSNPA LINK.
IE/WSNPA LINK
DP/PA
LINK
SITRANS SITRANS
P280
TF280
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC ET 200
with HART support
PROFIBUS PA
Monitoring of process states via WirelessHART
Retrofitting for diagnostics and maintenance

For this application, wireless adapters are looped into the 420 mA interface or screwed directly onto the HART device. The
acyclic HART message frames are transmitted by radio between
IE/WSN-PA LINK and a wireless adapter. Without affecting the
operation of the plant, the wireless adapter modulates the acyclic HART message frames to the 4-20 mA interface or extracts
them from the 4-20 mA interface.
The IE/WSN-PA LINK collects the data of all wireless adapters
and transfers it via Industrial Ethernet to the diagnostics and
maintenance station.
If greater distances between the IE/WSN-PA LINK and the monitoring station are to be spanned without cabling, this can be implemented by means of Industrial Wireless LAN with the access
points and client modules of the SCALANCE W family.
7/34
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
IE/WSN-PA LINK
Function
SITRANS
MDS
OS
WirelessHART
The IE/WSN-PA LINK establishes on the radio side an intermeshed wireless sensor network for communication with wireless field devices (e.g. transmitters). The data from the wireless
field devices is received by the IE/WSN-PA LINK and transmitted
via Industrial Ethernet to the connected systems. The supported
wireless network is an open wireless network specified by the
HART Communication Foundation (HCF) in accordance with the
WirelessHART (HART V7.1) standard.
Industrial Ethernet
Controller without
HART support
SITRANS
AW200
On the field device side, the IE/WSN-PA LINK requires field devices that support WirelessHART (HART). Existing field devices
can be integrated by means of wireless adapters into the WirelessHART communication. To this end, the adapters are looped
into the 4-20 mA interface. In addition, as many as four standard
HART field devices with external power supply can be connected to the adapter in multidrop mode. Individually connected
devices can be operated with the battery of the adapter.
420 mA
IEEE 802.11
420 mA
Wireless
HART
The adapter wirelessly transmits all data and process values of

the connected devices. The advantage of this solution is that
tried and tested devices can continue to be used.
Industrial
Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
IE/WSNPA LINK
Retrofitting of plants for diagnostics and maintenance
Via the Ethernet interface the IE/WSN-PA LINK supports the use
of the HART OPC server and the Modbus TCP protocol.
Configuration
The configuration is web-based, without additional software, and
performed from the PC. By means of the web user interface it is
also possible to display the device states and measured values
of the WirelessHART devices.
Increased availability of WirelessHART application due to redundancy mode
Design
2 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s RJ45 ports, electrical (no integral switch;
interfaces can be used, for example, for continuous connection
to the plant network as well as the temporary connection of a PC)
1 x screw terminal for connection to Modbus RTU via RS 485
1 x screw terminal for the 24 V DC connection
Rugged metal enclosure with IP65 protection for use outdoors, also in hazardous zone 2
Mounting: wall or mast mounting (vertical);
U-bolts for mast mounting are included in the scope of delivery.
Product versions
With integral, non-detachable antenna
Redundancy function and with N connector for connection of
an external antenna
For increased availability requirements, the link can be used redundantly. The redundancy function is only available for the device variant with a connection for an external antenna.
Two links are connected to the same Ethernet subnet via a
switch to provide the redundancy. The two links are connected
to each other via an Ethernet cable (management coupling).
One of the two links is configured as the active device. It carries
out the communication between the control center and the WirelessHART wireless network under normal conditions. The second link is configured identically. It is used as a standby device.
In a redundancy scenario, the standby device becomes the active device.
SITRANS
P280
Control center
SITRANS
P280
P2
WirelessHart
SITRANS
TF280
SITRANS
TF280
SITRANS
AW200
SITRANS
TF280
SITRANS
AW200
IE/WSN-PA
LINK
P1
P2
IE/WSN-PA
LINK
P1
SCALANCE
X208
WirelessHART Wireless connection

Industrial Ethernet
Management Coupling between redundant
gateways
G_IK10_XX_30298
420 mA
PROFIBUS
Remote I/O station

w/o HART support
WirelessHART network operated with a redundant gateway

Siemens FI 01 2015
7/35
Siemens AG 2014
IE/WSN-PA LINK
Integration
Integration into automation systems

The IE/WSN-PA LINK can be integrated into automation systems
via Ethernet or Modbus TCP. Communication modules
(CP 343-1 or CP 443-1) are required to connect the IE/WSN-PA
LINK to SIMATIC S7-300/400. Function blocks and technical
support can be found at:
www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info
Integration in PCS 7
For integration of the IE/WSN-PA LINK into PCS 7 you can obtain
function blocks and technical support at:
www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info
7/36
Siemens FI 01 2015
Article No.
Product type designation
Transfer rate
at the interface 1
at the interface 2
at the interface 3
Interfaces
Number of electrical connections
at interface 1 in accordance with
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
RS 485
For power supply
Design of electrical connection
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
RS 485
For power supply
Interfaces wireless
Number of radio cards permanently installed
Number of internal antennas
Number of electrical connections
for external antenna(s)
Design of electrical connection for
external antenna(s)
Supply voltage, current consumption, power loss
Type of power supply
Supply voltage, external
Minimum
Maximum
Current consumed from external
power supply at 24 V DC, maximum
Active power loss, maximum
Permitted ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
During operating
During storage
During transport
Relative humidity at 25 C without
condensation during operating
phase, maximum
Protection class IP
Design, dimensions and weights
Width of the housing
Height of the enclosure
Without antenna
With antenna
Depth of the housing
Net weight
Mounting type
Wall mounting
Mast mounting
Mounting type
6GK14116GK14116CA40-0AA0
6CA40-0BA0
IE/WSN-PA LINK IE/WSN-PA LINK
10 100 Mbit/s
10 100 Mbit/s
9.6 to 57.6 kbit/s
1
1
1
1
RJ 45 port
RJ 45 port
2-pin terminal strip
3-pin terminal strip
1
1
0
0
1
N-Connector
DC
24 V
20 V
28 V
0.5 A
12 W
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
90 %
IP 65
229 mm
306 mm
354 mm
89 mm
4.54 kg
Yes
Yes
Material for mast mounting included
in scope of delivery
Siemens AG 2014
IE/WSN-PA LINK
Wireless frequencies
Radio frequency with
WirelessHART in the 2.4 GHz
frequency band
Initial value
End value
Performance data
WirelessHART
Number of WirelessHART devices
which can be operated
Network latency
For 100 field devices and WirelessHART network maximum
For 50 field devices and WirelessHART network maximum
Transmission link between two
devices with WirelessHART network
Maximum
Note
Protocol is supported HART
Product properties, functions,
components general
Protocol is supported
Address Resolution Protocol
(ARP)
HTTP
HTTPS
Modbus TCP
Modbus TCP secure
Modbus RTU
Product functions management,
configuration
Product function
Web-based management
DHCP client
Product functions Diagnosis
Product function
Web-based diagnostics
WirelessHART diagnostics via
Modbus
Product functions Redundancy
Product function device redundancy
Product functions Security
Product function
Password protection - multilevel
WirelessHART join key
ACL - MAC-based
WirelessHART network ID
Protocol is supported SSL
Principle of encryption
Product functions Time
Protocol is supported NTP
Standards, specifications,
approvals
Standard for WirelessHART
Standard for wireless communication IEEE 802.15.4
Certificate of suitability
CE mark
Concerning CSA
2.4 GHz
2.5 GHz
100
10 s
5s
Concerning FM
100 m
Values may vary in the case of radio
obstacles
Yes
Concerning ATEX
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Regarding IECEx
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
AES 128 bit
Yes
Regarding NEMA
Wireless approval
HART V 7.1
Yes
Yes
CSA Division 2 & Dust Ignition-proof
for Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B,
C, and D. Dust Ignition-proof for
Class II, Groups E, F, and G / Suitable for Class III Hazardous Locations. / Install per Siemens drawing
A5E02467236A. Temperature Code:
T4 (-40C < Ta < 60C) CSA Enclosure Type 4X
FM Division 2, Non-Incendive for
Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C,
and D. Dust Ignition-proof for Class
II, III, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G
/ Indoor and outdoor locations /
NEMA Type 4X Temperature Code:
T4 (-40C < Ta < 60C)
ATEX type n, see note: Certificate
number: Baseefa10ATEX0044X,
ATEX marking: Ex II 3 G, Ex nA nL
IIC T4 (-40 C <= Ta <= 60 C),
rated voltage: 28 V, ATEX Dust Ignition-proof: Certificate number:
Baseefa10ATEX0045X, ATEX marking: II 3 D, Ex tD A22 IP66 T135
(-40 C <= Ta <= 60 C), rated voltage: 28 V. Note on type n: Conditions for safe handling during
installation: The device does not
pass the 500 V insulation test in
accordance with paragraph 6.8.1 of
EN 60079-15:2005. This must be
taken into account when installing
the device.
IECEx type n, see note: Certificate
number: IECEx BAS 10.0014X, Ex
nA nL IIC T4 (-40 C <= Ta <= 60
C), rated voltage: 28 V, IECEx Dust
Ignition-proof, see note: Certificate
number: IECEx BAS 10.0015X, Ex
tD A22 IP66 T135
(-40 C <= Ta <= 60 C), rated voltage: 28 V. Note on type n: Conditions for safe handling during
installation: The device does not
pass the 500 V insulation test in
accordance with paragraph 6.8.1 of
EN 60079-15:2005. This must be
taken into account when installing
the device.
FCC and IC
IC approval
approval
Yes
Siemens FI 01 2015
7/37
Siemens AG 2014
IE/WSN-PA LINK

Article No.
IE FC Stripping Tool
Gateway between WirelessHART

and Industrial Ethernet;
transmission frequency: 2.4 GHz
Preadjusted stripping tool for fast

stripping of the Industrial Ethernet
FC cables
6GK1901-1GA00
With integral, non-detachable

antenna
6GK1411-6CA40-0AA0
Network components for

IWLAN
see "Industrial Wireless Communication"
N connector for connection of

external antennas
6GK1411-6CA40-0BA0
HARTING adapter cable 1)

M12 female NPT 1/2 thread to
RJ45 11cm,
(minimum order quantity: 10);
The adapter is provided for easy
connection of the link to the
Industrial Ethernet;
21036836420
Not included in the scope of delivery of the IE/WSN-PA link;
You can find ordering information
on the Internet at:
http://www.harting.com
SITOP compact 24 V/ 0.6 A
6EP1331-5BA00
Antennas
Antennas with omni-directional
characteristics;
country permits, compact instructions (hard copy),
German/English
Wall or mast-mounting
Antenna ANT792-6MN
Antenna gain including N-Connect connector 6 dBi, 2.4 GHz
6GK5792-6MN00-0AA6
Roof mounting
6GK5795-6MN00-0AA6
Antenna mounting tool

(ANT795-6MN)
Mounting tool for installation of
ANT795-6MN under a roof
6GK5795-6MN01-0AA6
LP798-1N Lightning Protector
6GK5798-2LP00-2AA6
IWLAN N-Connect male/male

flexible connection cable
Flexible connecting cable for connecting an external antenna;
assembled with two N-Connect
male connectors
1m
2m
5m
10 m
6XV1875-5AH10
6XV1875-5AH20
6XV1875-5AH50
6XV1875-5AN10
HF coupling
6GK5798-0CP00-1AA0
N-Connect male/male connector

for connecting the LP798-1N
lightning protector
Accessories
IE FC M12 Plug PRO
M12 plug-in connector suitable
for on-site assembly (D-coded,
IP65/IP67), metal housing, FastConnect connection system, for
connecting HARTING adapter
cables to the Industrial Ethernet
1 unit
6GK1901-0DB20-6AA0
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2 x
2 (Type A)
6XV1840-2AH10
7/38
Siemens FI 01 2015
When using the Harting adapter cable for the Ethernet connection, the
requirements for intrinsic safety approval are not applicable. When used in
an application relevant to intrinsic safety guidelines, it requires acceptance
by the appropriate approval agency.
More information
Current approvals can be found on the Internet at:
Antenna cables
4-core, shielded TP installation

cable for connection to IE
FC Outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 Plug;
PROFINET-compatible; with UL
approval;
sold by the meter;
max. length 1000 m, minimum
order quantity 20 m
1-phase power supply with widerange input 85 264 V AC/110

300 V DC,
stabilized output voltage 24 V,
rated output current value 0.6 A,
slim design
1)
ANT795-6MN antenna
Antenna gain incl. N-Connect
connector 6/8 dBi, 2.4/5 GHz
Lightning protector with N/N

female/female connector,
IP65 (-40 +100 C)
Article No.
IE/WSN-PA LINK
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/46374734
Siemens AG 2014
8/2
8/3
8/6
8/7
8/8
8/9
8/11
8/21
8/22
Communication
HART protocol
WirelessHART
PROFIBUS
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
WirelessHART Communication
Communication blocks
SITRANS MDS Maintenance Diagnostic Station
Software
SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager
SITRANS DTM
SITRANS Library
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Communication
HART protocol
Overview
Integration
HART is a widely used communication standard for field

devices. Specification of HART devices takes place through the
HCF (HART Communication Foundation).
The HART standard expands the analog 4 to 20 mA signal for
modulated, industry-proven, digital signal transmission.
Measuring instruments for pressure

SITRANS P DS III
SITRANS P300
Benefits
Service-proven analog measured value transmission
Simultaneous digital communication with bidirectional data
transmission
Possibility of transmitting several measured variables from
one field device (e.g. diagnosis, maintenance and process
data)
Connection to higher-level systems such as PROFIBUS DP
Easy installation and startup
Use in conjunction with SIMATIC PDM
Cross-vendor operation of all HART devices by means of standardized parameter records
HART field devices that are described by HART DD are integrated in SIMATIC PDM through the HCF catalog. HART DD
(Device Description) is standardized in SIMATIC PDM, multivendor and very widely used. Other HART field devices are integrated in SIMATIC PDM through EDD (Electronic Device Description)
Easy operation and startup of field devices, also in
hard-to-reach locations
Expanded diagnosis, evaluation and logging functions
Application
Siemens field devices for process automation which are listed in

this catalog and can be controlled using HART:
These devices can be connected in different ways:

Using the distributed I/O system
- SIMATIC ET 200M with the HART modules
- SIMATIC ET 200iSP with the HART modules
or with analog modules 4 to 20 mA and a HART handheld
communicator
Using a HART modem, with which a point-to-point connection
is established between the PC or engineering station and the
HART device
Using HART multiplexers, which are contained in the HART
server of the HCF
SITRANS P500
Measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS TF
SITRANS TH300
SITRANS TR300
SITRANS TW
Flowmeters
SITRANS F M MAG 6000 19" / IP67
SITRANS F M MAG 6000 I / I Ex
SITRANS F M Transmag 2
SITRANS F C MASS 6000 19" / IP67 / Ex d
SITRANS F C FCT030
SITRANS FUS060
SITRANS FX300
Measuring instruments for level
Pointek CLS500
SITRANS Probe LR
SITRANS Probe LU
SITRANS LUT400
SITRANS LR200
SITRANS LR250
SITRANS LR260
SITRANS LR400
SITRANS LR460
SITRANS LR560
SITRANS LC500
Positioners
SIPART PS2
Power supply units and isolation amplifiers
SITRANS I
Article No.
HART modem
With USB connection
8/2
Siemens FI 01 2015
7MF4997-1DB
Siemens AG 2014

Communication
WirelessHART
WirelessHART is the first international industry standard for wireless communication at field level in the area of process automation. Hence this is the first time users are provided with a standard for wireless communication at field level which ensures the
interoperability of instruments and components from different
manufacturers.
Benefits
WirelessHART enables access to the following:
Measuring and control values
Parameters
Design
This section introduces the application types described in the
previous section in greater detail.
The figure below shows a typical situation for the first application
type.
SITRANS
MDS
OS
Industrial Ethernet
Controller without
HART support
of field devices with HART interface. These usually include pressure, temperature, level or flow transmitters or actuators.
WirelessHART allows for the following:
wireless transmission of measured values and their status
wireless parameterization and diagnosis of field devices
The WirelessHART adapter can be used to enable field devices
with HART interfaces (that are designed for wired communication) for wireless communication. This allows users to continue
using their proven devices while benefiting from and participate
in addition in advantages offered by wireless communication.
SITRANS
AW200
4 20 mA
IWLAN
IEEE802.11
4 20 mA
Wireless
HART
Application
Looking at the large number of possible applications and configurations, we generally differentiate between two application
types.
Background for the first type is the fact that according to estimates forwarded by the HART Communication Foundation
(HCF), approximately 85 % of the over 30 million HART devices
in operation are used in an environment where only the 4 to
20 mA interface rather than the HART interface of the device is
used on a system level. Generally, data on the device can only
be read on site. This is of particular disadvantage with devices
that contain self-diagnostic functions - thats what we call
"stranded diagnosis".
In these cases, a WirelessHART adapter can offer assistance.
Connected to the 4 to 20 mA loop, it allows central access to the
device based on wireless communication. It does not affect process control systems which continue to receive the measured
value using the 4 to 20 mA loop.
Central access is enabled through a diagnostic station with
SIMATIC PDM and SITRANS MDS software.
Main advantages:
Increases the availability of the plant
Increases plant transparency
Reduces costs due to employing a predictive rather than preventative maintenance concept
Reduces travel time in larger systems based on central access to field instrumentation
Industrial
Ethernet
Remote I/O station
w/o HART support
4 20 mA
IE/WSNPA LINK
PROFIBUS
Overview
The adapter is connected to the 4 to 20 mA loop, which is used

to transmit the measured value to the control system, or transmit
the setpoint to an actuator. The existing control system is not affected by the WirelessHART adapter.
The data, in particular diagnostic data from the devices is transmitted to the IE/WSN-PA LINK via the connected adapter and the
WirelessHART network. The link provides this data to a diagnostic and maintenance station with installed SITRANS MDS software and SIMATIC PDM via an industrial Ethernet. Industrial
wireless LAN can be used to save on the installation costs required for Ethernet wiring. An extensive product portfolio of
Scalance W components is available for this purpose.
The functionality of related to the SITRANS MDS is described in
great detail on page 8/9 of this catalog.
In the second application the 4 to 20 mA loop is omitted, all data including measured process values and diagnostic information are
transmitted wirelessly to a process control system, for example.
Main advantages are:
No planning and installation of data cables, resulting in significant cost reductions
Higher system transparency due to additional and hitherto unfeasible installation of measuring points
Process optimization due to flexible, temporary and cost-effective measuring points via wireless communication
Utilization of proven devices by using adapters
The WirelessHART meshed network also makes it possible to
bridge longer distances
Siemens FI 01 2015
8/3
Siemens AG 2014

Communication
WirelessHART
The figure below shows a typical situation for the second application type.
ES
OS
The properties of WirelessHART can be summarized as follows:

Simplicity in handling and engineering
Secure communication
Availability in network
MS
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC
system
SITRANS
AW200
SIMATIC ET 200
with HART support
Wireless
HART
IE/WSNPA LINK
PROFIBUS
DP/PA
LINK
SITRANS SITRANS
P280
TF280
PROFIBUS PA
WirelessHART is integrated into SIMATIC systems parallel to the

wire-connected devices with HART or PROFIBUS interfaces. In
this case, the 4 to 20 mA line to the control system is not required: all data, i.e. process values, parameters, diagnostic information and functions, is supplied to the automation system on
a wireless basis. This is mainly useful for replacement and expansion measures related to existing systems, and of course
also new systems, but also for temporary and mobile measurements.
The field devices are standard instruments with connected
adapters, or those with integrated wireless communication.
In principle, a differentiation needs to be made between wireless
communication and the power supply for the devices.
When installing a field device, the planning and installation of the
data cable to the control system is usually considered a significant cost driver. This factor is greatly reduced when using wireless communication.
When using 4 to 20 mA/HART field devices with adapters, the
question of powering up always arises - in contrast to batterypowered field devices with integrated wireless modules.
It is important to distinguish between two and four-wire devices
here. Under certain circumstances, the SITRANS AW200
adapter can take over the supply of a connected two-wire device. The power consumption of the field device plays an important role here. If it is too high, an additional power supply becomes necessary. If more than one device is connected to the
SITRANS AW200 adapter, an additional power supply is required.
Four-wire devices always require an additional power supply.
8/4
Siemens FI 01 2015
Function
Simplicity in handling and engineering

Utilize current tools, same workflow
The description of devices and adapter is carried out using
proven EDDL technology. SIMATIC PDM continues to be used
as a tool.
Multiple power supply options
Devices can be operated externally with 24 V DC, external or
integrated battery packs as well as solar cells. The option of
using energy from the process or the environment has been
researched at universities and industry for some time. It is expected that results and products will be available in the medium term.
Reduced installation costs
Depending on use, installation costs for data cables or power
supply cables are not required.
Coexists with other wireless networks
WirelessHART only uses the ISM band in the 2.4 GHz area,
since it is available across the globe. However, it is also used
by Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN), for example. For this reason, a requirement to allow WirelessHART to co-exist with
Wireless LAN networks was an absolute requirement when
this technology was defined. This coexistence has been
achieved by constantly changing the channels and hence frequencies. This is also called "channel hopping".
Moreover, individual channels can be completely disabled
through so-called "blacklisting", for example if they are locally
used by IWLAN.
Support of star-shaped and meshed network topologies
Networks can be built in both a star-shaped as well as meshed
structure. The advantage of star-shaped networks with a gateway as the centre is that it allows for fast update cycles. However, the range of the network is limited to a maximum of approx. 200 m without obstacles between the gateway and the
devices.
The advantage of meshed networks is their greater range,
since each participant in the network is also a repeater and
forwards the data of remote participants towards the gateway.
The disadvantage: increased transmission times for data between the field device and the gateway.
Faster commissioning
Once the device is installed, it can usually be commissioned
right away, since the usual waiting time for completing the installation of the cables does not apply in this case.
Self-organizing and self-healing networks
WirelessHART networks are automatically organized, built and
administered by the Network Manager. Engineering is usually
not required.
The Network Manager is implemented in the IE/WSN-PA LINK,
the WirelessHART gateway from Siemens.
It calculates the optimal connection routes between the network participants and defines an alternative path that can be
used in the case of disruptions in advance. In that sense, the
network can be considered self-healing.
In addition, the Network manager also defines the channels or
frequencies to be used for all communication.
Statistics regarding communication are compiled automatically and are available to users.
Security - always active
All designated mechanisms with regard to security are available automatically, and do not require any engineering.
Make changes in the network without the need for configuration. The Network Manager automatically adds and withdraws
participants to/from the network.
Siemens AG 2014

Communication
WirelessHART
Secure communication
Encryption - All information is automatically encrypted with
128 bit AES prior to transmission
Specific keys for each data packet
Data integrity - Each data packet is checked for changes or
damage during transport.
Device authentication
Each device must know the network identification number as
well as the join key. Otherwise the Network Manager does not
include it in the network.
Channel Hopping
The channel which is used will be changed according to the
Network managers specifications after each telegram. This
provides an added level of security against spying activities.
Failed authentification report
Each unsuccessful attempt by a participant to join the network
will be recorded and made available to the user.
Availability in network
Communication based on IEEE 802.15.4-2006
Wireless communication takes place on the basis of a proven
industry standard. It allows for very minimal power consumption.
Utilization of ISM band (2.4 GHz)
This band can be used worldwide without incurring additional
costs.
Channel hopping overcomes disruptions
Disruptions are usually limited to a small frequency range.
By constantly changing the channel, it is possible to overcome
the effects of such disruptions and hence increase the networks reliability.
Channel Black Listing permanently blocks disrupted channels.
When operating another network at the same location, the
channels occupied by that network can be blocked in the
WirelessHART network.
Self-healing network
This aspect has already been discussed
Redundant communication paths
The Network manager automatically calculates redundant
communication paths. This significantly increases the level of
availability.
Software Overview
Applications 1 and 2 will require the following software products
Component
Products
Article No.
Maintenance Diagnostic Station SITRANS MDS
1)
SIMATIC PDM and Options

6ES7658-3AX16-0YA5
Extend Basic to 128 Tags
6ES7658-3XA16-2YB5
Extend Basic to up to 512 Tags
6ES7658-3XB16-2YB5
Extend Basic to up to 1 024 Tags
6ES7658-3XC16-2YB5
Extend Basic to up to 2 048 Tags
6ES7658-3XD16-2YB5
SIMATIC PDM service (128 Tags)
6ES7658-3JX16-0YA5
SIMATIC PDM Option HART Mux
6ES7658-3EX16-2YB5
HART OPC Server V3.2
Included in SIMATIC PDM1)
WirelessHART gateway
IE/WSN-PA LINK with integrated non-removable antenna
6GK1411-6CA40-0AA0
SITRANS AW2002)
7MP3112-1AA00-0AA0
Process control system
SIMATIC PCS 7
Application type 2
Application type 1
SIMATIC PDM Basic (4 Tags)
1)
2)
SIMATIC S7/SIMATIC PCS 7 function blocks for communicating with 9AE4110-3AA00

WirelessHART devices using the IE/WSN-PA LINK
WirelessHART gateway
Field devices
IE/WSN-PA LINK with integrated non-removable aerial2)

SITRANS
AW2002)
6GK1411-6CA40-0AA0
7MP3112-1AA00-0AA0
SITRANS AW2102)
7MP3111-...
SITRANS P2802)
7MP1120-...
SITRANS TF2802)
7MP1110-...
You can also contact your Siemens contact person.

Other versions and accessories can be found in the product descriptions of this catalog.
More information
More detailed information on the required WirelessHART
software and hardware components can be found in the
FI 01 catalog or at www.siemens.com/wirelesshart.
Siemens FI 01 2015
8/5
Siemens AG 2014

Communication
PROFIBUS
Overview
Function
Today, distributed automation solutions based on open field

buses are state-of-the-art in large areas of the manufacturing
industry and process engineering. It is only with field buses that
the functional benefits of digital communication can be put to full
use, e.g. better resolution of measured values, diagnosis options
and remote parameterization.
PROFIBUS is todays most successful open field bus with a large
installed base for a wide range of application. Standardization to
IEC 61158 / EN 50170 provides you with future protection for
your investment.
Benefits
A uniform modular system from the sensor into the control
level enables new plant concepts
Problem-free exchangeability of field devices, including from
different manufacturers, that comply with the standard profile
Networking of transmitters, valves, actuators etc.
Implementation of intrinsically safe applications through use of
the field bus in hazardous areas
Easy installation of 2-wire lines for joint energy supply and
data transmission
Reduced cabling costs through savings of material and installation time
Reduced configuration costs through central, simple
engineering of the field devices (PROFIBUS PA and HART with
SIMATIC PDM, also cross-vendor)
Fast and error-free installation
Lower service costs thanks to simpler wiring and plant structure plus extensive diagnosis options
Greatly reduced commissioning costs through simplified loop
check
Scaling/digitizing of the measured values in the field device
already, hence no rescaling necessary in SIMATIC PCS 7
Application
PROFIBUS is suitable for fast communication with distributed

I/Os (PROFIBUS DP) in production automation as well as for
communication tasks in process automation (PROFIBUS PA).
It is the first field bus system that meets the demands of both
areas with identical communication services.
The transmission technique of the PROFIBUS PA is tailored to
the needs of the process industry. Interoperability between field
devices from different manufacturers and remote parameterization of the field devices during operation are guaranteed by the
standardized communication services.
Using SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager), a uniform and
cross-vendor tool for configuring, parameterizing, commissioning and diagnosis of intelligent process devices on the
PROFIBUS, it is possible to configure a wide variety of process
devices from different manufacturers using one uniform graphical user interface.
PROFIBUS PA can just as readily used in standard environments
as well as hazardous areas. For use in hazardous areas,
PROFIBUS PA and all connected devices have to be designed
with type of explosion protection Ex [i].
The uniform protocol of PROFIBUS DP and PROFIBUS PA
enables the two networks to be interlinked, thus combining timebased performance with intrinsically safe transmission.
PROFIBUS PA expands PROFIBUS DP with near-process components for the direct connection of actuators and sensors.
For PROFIBUS PA the RS 485 transmission technique was
replaced by a different technique optimized for intrinsically safe
application. Both techniques are internationally standardized in
IEC 61158.
PROFIBUS PA uses the same communication protocol as
PROFIBUS DP; the communication services and telegrams are
identical.
For PROFIBUS PA the data and energy supply for the field
devices can be directed through a 2-wire line.
Integration
this catalog and can be controlled using PROFIBUS:
PROFIBUS PA
SITRANS P DS III PA
SITRANS P300
SITRANS TH400
Flowmeters
SITRANS F M Transmag 2
SITRANS F C MASS 6000 19" / IP67 / Ex d
SITRANS FUS060
Pointek CLS200
Pointek CLS300
SITRANS Probe LU
SITRANS LR200
SITRANS LR250
SITRANS LR260
SITRANS LR400
SITRANS LR460
SITRANS LR560
Electropneumatic positioners
SIPART PS2
SITRANS DA400
PROFIBUS DP
Flowmeters
SITRANS F M MAG 6000 I
SITRANS F C MASS 6000 19" / IP67
SIFLOW FC070 (via ET200M)
HydroRanger 200
MultiRanger 100/200
SITRANS LU01, LU02, LU10
SITRANS DA400
8/6
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Communication
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Overview
Today, distributed automation solutions based on open field
buses are state-of-the-art in large areas of the process engineering industry. It is only with field buses that the functional benefits
of digital communication can be put to full use, e.g. better resolution of measured values, diagnosis options and remote
parameterization.
Like PROFIBUS PA, the FF bus (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) is an
open field bus with a large installed base for a wide range of application. Standardization to IEC 61158 / EN 50170 provides you
with future protection for your investment.
Benefits
A uniform modular system from the sensor to the connection
to the control level enables new plant concepts
Networking of transmitters, valves, actuators etc.
Implementation of intrinsically safe applications through use of
the field bus in hazardous areas
Easy installation of 2-wire cables for joint energy supply and
data transfer
Reduced cabling costs through savings of material and installation time.
Reduced configuration costs through central, simple engineering of the field devices, also cross-vendor
Fast and error-free installation
Lower service costs thanks to simpler wiring and plant structure plus extensive diagnosis options
Greatly reduced commissioning costs through simplified loop
check
Scaling/digitizing of the measured values in the field device already, hence no rescaling necessary in SIMATIC PCS 7
Application
Function
FOUNDATION Fieldbus enables the direct connection of actuators and sensors.
FOUNDATION Fieldbus is based on a transfer optimized for intrinsically safe application. The transfer technology is internationally standardized in IEC 61158.
For FOUNDATION Fieldbus the data and energy supply for the
field devices can be directed through a 2-wire cable.
FOUNDATION Fieldbus enables device-to-device communication ("control in the field").
Integration
this catalog and can be controlled using Foundation Fieldbus:
SITRANS P300 FF
SITRANS P DS III FF
SITRANS TH400 FF
Electropneumatic positioners
SIPART PS2 FF
Flowmeters
SITRANS F C MASS 6000
Level meters
SITRANS LR250
SITRANS LR560
The transfer technology of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus is tailored

to the needs of the process industry. Interoperability between
field devices from different manufacturers and remote parameterization of the field devices during operation are guaranteed
by the standardized communication services.
FOUNDATION Fieldbus can just as readily be used in standard

environments as in hazardous areas. For use in hazardous areas, FOUNDATION Fieldbus and all connected devices have to
be designed with type of explosion protection Ex [i].
Siemens FI 01 2015
8/7
Siemens AG 2014

Communication blocks
Overview
Function
HMI
Industrial Ethernet
SITRANS TF280
SIMATIC S7-300
SIMATIC S7-400
IE/WSN-PA LINK
SITRANS P280
Communication block
The WirelessHART communication blocks implement the communication between S7/PCS 7 automation systems and WirelessHART field devices. They communicate via the
IE/WSN-PA LINK using the Modbus TCP/IP protocol. Preconfigured communication blocks simplify the engineering process.
Symbols and face plates are included in the delivery for use with
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS or SIMATIC WinCC.
Benefits
A library, which can be installed, offers pre-fabricated blocks
and hence an easy way to integrate WirelessHART devices into
the SIMATIC automation world.
Simple configuration thanks to:

Prefabricated function blocks for IE/WSN-PA LINK and WirelessHART devices
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS or SIMATIC WinCC symbols and face
plates are included
Configuring help for IE/WSN-PA LINK in line with function
blocks
Output of quality codes for respective process values
Analysis of IE/WSN-PA LINK diagnostic information
Application
WirelessHART communication blocks are used where SIMATIC
automation systems communicate with WirelessHART devices
via the IE/WSN-PA LINK gateway.
8/8
Siemens FI 01 2015
The function blocks cyclically communicate with the

IE/WSN-PA LINK via Modbus TCP/IP. Process values of
WirelessHART devices as well as their status are read and made
available at the function block outputs. Furthermore, selected
status information of the IE/WSN-PA LINK is also made available
at another building block. This information includes connection
status, condition of the wireless network and other diagnostics.
Precondition of the usage of these communication blocks is a
TCP/IP connection, engineered in NetPro in the Engineering Station of Simatic PCS 7. Currently this requires a CP343 or a
CP443-1.
Configuration
The standard S7 or PCS 7 engineering tools CFC, KOP, FUP can
be used for the communication block engineering. Connection
planning is done in NetPro. A configuration example for configuring the IE/WSN-PA LINK makes it easy to assign the
WirelessHART devices to the communication blocks which need
to be engineered.
More information
You can obtain function blocks and technical support for integrating the IE/WSN-PA LINK in PCS 7 at the following address:
Siemens AG
Industry Sector
Industry Solutions Division
Industrial Technologies
Roland Heid
Siemensallee 84
76187 Karlsruhe
Germany
Tel: +49 721 595-6380
E-Mail: function.blocks.industry@siemens.com

S7/PCS 7 function blocks for
communicating with
WirelessHART devices using
the IE/WSN-PA LINK
S7-300 or S7-400,
including face plate
Article No.
9AE4110-3AA00
Siemens AG 2014

SITRANS MDS - Maintenance Diagnostic Station
Overview
Design
SITRANS MDS uses SIMATIC PDM project data to read and
display diagnostic data from accessible devices.
SITRANS
MDS
OS
Industrial Ethernet
Controller without
HART support
SITRANS
AW200
4 20 mA
SITRANS MDS for flexible and automated diagnostic processing:

Central display of diagnostic information from HART devices,
which was only readable on site until now.
Adjustable updating period for each device
Clear visualization of diagnostic status of all devices
Simply transfer of SIMATIC PDM configuring data
Windows-based application
4 20 mA
Wireless
HART
Industrial
Ethernet
Remote I/O station
w/o HART support
Benefits
SITRANS MDS in cooperation with SIMATIC PDM increases significantly the transparency of a plant.
The main advantages of SIMATIC MDS are as follows:
Increase transparency of the plant by reading diagnostic information from accessible devices and providing a well-organized representation of this information
Representation of diagnostic status of a device as in
SIMATIC PCS 7 or NAMUR NE 107 (switchable)
Ease of use through use of SIMATIC PDM project data
The update cycle for the diagnostic status can be uniformly
set as the default value for all devices ...
... as well as for each device individually
Application
4 20 mA
IE/WSNPA LINK
PROFIBUS
Maintenance Diagnostic Station
IWLAN
IEEE802.11
Integration
SITRANS MDS is installed on a PC together with SIMATIC PDM.
Only the stand-alone version is used in this case.
Configuration
Configuration required for SITRANS MDS is adopted from
SIMATIC PDM. Only the project name must be entered.
Very few other entries are required, such as the definition of
update periods.
SITRANS MDS increases the transparency of a plant by centrally

collecting diagnostic information, directly from the accessible
field devices. In principle, all devices that are integrated in
SIMATIC PDM can be included in the collecting process.
SITRANS MDS can be used where the installed automation system does not support an integrated acyclic communication of
parameters and diagnostic information with the devices. In the
case of HART devices, this applies to 85% of all installed
devices.
The modern SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system allows for
this type of continuous communication from the engineering system up to the devices. It also features a decidedly higher performance asset management system. The use of SIMATIC MDS
therefore does not make sense in a SIMATIC PCS 7 environment
and is hence not approved for that purpose.
Siemens FI 01 2015
8/9
Siemens AG 2014

SITRANS MDS - Maintenance Diagnostic Station
SITRANS MDS Maintenance Diagnostic Station
Operating system
Microsoft Windows XP
professional SP2/SP3
Additionally required software

SIMATIC PDM as of V 6.05 and
options
SIMATIC PDM Basic (4 Tags)
6ES7 658-3AX16-0YA5
SIMATIC PDM service (128 Tags)
6ES7 658-3JX16-0YA5
SIMATIC PDM Option HART Mux
6ES7 658-3EX16-2YB5
Additional options to increase
number of measuring points
PC hardware
600 MHz
256 MB *)
XGA 1024 x 768
16 Bit color depth
*) main memory of at least
512 MB is recommended
Up-to-date information can be
found in the description for
SIMATIC PDM

SITRANS MDS is a software package which is delivered together
with the IE/WSN-PA LINK for Version 1.0.
8/10
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Software
Overview
SIMATIC PCS 7
engineering station
with SIMATIC PDM
PDM Stand-alone
SIMATIC PCS 7
maintenance station client
with SIMATIC PDM
Device on
the workbench
Industrial Ethernet
S7-400
S7-400
PROFINET
ET 200M
(also with
HART modules)
PROFIBUS PA
IE/PB Link PN IO
+ DP/PA coupler
SIMOCODE
PROFIBUS DP
HART protocol
RS 232/RS 485
Field devices
SIMOCODE
ET 200iSP
HART
multiplexer
Possible connection point of a

PG/PC with SIMATIC PDM
(stand-alone operation)
G_PCS7_XX_00386
FF H1
ET 200M
HART
PROFIBUS PA
FF link
HART
PA link
Configuration options with SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager) is a universal, vendorindependent tool for the configuration, parameter assignment,
commissioning, diagnostics and servicing of intelligent field
devices (sensors and actuators) and field components (remote
I/Os, multiplexers, control-room devices, compact controllers),
which in the following sections will be referred to simply as
devices.
Using one software, SIMATIC PDM enables the processing of
more than 2 500 devices from Siemens and over 200 vendors
worldwide on one homogeneous user interface.
The user interface satisfies the requirements of the
VDI/VDE GMA 2187 and IEC 65/349/CD directives. Parameters
and functions for all supported devices are displayed in a
consistent and uniform fashion independent of their communications interface. Even complex devices with several hundred
parameters can be represented clearly and processed quickly.
Using SIMATIC PDM it is very easy to navigate in highly complex
stations such as remote I/Os and even connected field devices.
From the viewpoint of device integration, SIMATIC PDM is the
most powerful open device manager available in the world.
Devices which previously were not supported can be integrated
in SIMATIC PDM by importing their device descriptions (EDD).
This provides security for your investment and saves you investment costs, training expenses and follow-up costs.
SIMATIC PDM supports the operative system management in
particular through:
Uniform presentation and operation of devices
Uniform representation of diagnostics information
Indicators for preventive maintenance and servicing
Detection of changes in the project and device
Increasing the operational reliability
Reducing the investment, operating and maintenance costs
When used in SIMATIC PCS 7, SIMATIC PDM is integrated in the

maintenance station of the process control system and transmits
parameter data and diagnostics information. You can change
directly to the SIMATIC PDM views from the diagnostics faceplates in the Maintenance Station.
As an option, SIMATIC PDM can also be started on any SIMATIC
PCS 7 maintenance station client (MS Client) in order to parameterize and diagnose the devices integrated per Electronic
Device Description (EDD). In this context, SIMATIC PDM user
administration based on SIMATIC Logon allows various roles
with defined function privileges to be assigned to users. These
function privileges refer to SIMATIC PDM system functions, e.g.
writing to the device.
For all devices described per Electronic Device Description
(EDD), SIMATIC PDM delivers a range of information for display
and further processing on the maintenance station, e.g.:
Device type information (electronic rating plate)
Detailed diagnostics information (manufacturer information,
information on error diagnostics and troubleshooting, further
documentation)
Results of internal condition monitoring functions
Status information (e.g. local configuration changes)
Information on changes (audit trail report)
Parameter information
Siemens FI 01 2015
8/11
Siemens AG 2014

Software
Application
Components
Product packages
SIMATIC PDM stand-alone
Minimum
configuration
SIMATIC PDM system-integrated
Basic
configuration
Application-specific configurations
SIMATIC PDM SIMATIC PDM SIMATIC PDM SIMATIC PDM

Single Point
Basic
Service
S7
SIMATIC PDM
PCS 7
V8.2
V8.2
V8.2
V8.2
V8.2
Server V8.2
FF V8.2
4 + 100
4 + 100
4 + 100
4 + 100
4 + 100
cannot be
expanded
SIMATIC PDM Basic
SIMATIC PDM Extended
SIMATIC PDM integration in STEP 7/PCS 7
SIMATIC PDM routing
SIMATIC PDM Server
SIMATIC PDM Communication

FOUNDATION Fieldbus
SIMATIC PDM HART server
SIMATIC PDM command interface2)
SIMATIC PDM TAGs1) in product package

SIMATIC PDM expansion options
Count Relevant
Licenses
(accumulative)
- 10 TAGs
- 100 TAGs
- 1 000 TAGs
SIMATIC PDM product structure

n
Product component is part of the product package
o Optional product component for the product package; order additive

Product component is not relevant for the product package or not available
1)
For TAG definition, see "Design" section under "SIMATIC PDM TAGs"
2)
Only for special applications, not envisaged for wide use: Programming knowledge is necessary.
Customer-oriented product structure

SIMATIC PDM is highly versatile in the context of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA): Stand-alone or system-integrated in a
SIMATIC PCS 7 / SIMATIC S7 configuration environment.
The customer-oriented products structure of SIMATIC PDM

helps you to adapt the scope of functions and performance to
your individual requirements. You have the following options:
Product packages for operation on a mobile computer with
local bus connection or with direct connection to the device,
optionally as:
- Minimal configuration SIMATIC PDM Single Point for
processing of a single field device via point-to-point
coupling
- Application-specific configuration SIMATIC PDM Service for
extended service tasks
Product package SIMATIC PDM Basic as the basis for an
individual SIMATIC PDM configuration with optional product
components (see table)
8/12
Siemens FI 01 2015

Product packages for integration of SIMATIC PDM in the
engineering system (engineering toolset) and Maintenance
Station of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system:
- SIMATIC PDM PCS 7
- SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 Server (enables SIMATIC PDM to
be started on any MS client)
- SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF (also supports the
Product package SIMATIC PDM S7 for integration in a
SIMATIC S7 configuration environment
In some circumstances, the various product packages can be
expanded with optional product components (for details, see the
Design section).
Selection criteria
In addition to considering the environment of use and the functional and performance features when selecting the product
(see table in "Design" section), also observe the system requirements (see "Technical specifications" section).
Siemens AG 2014

Software
Design
Product range
SIMATIC PDM SIMATIC PDM SIMATIC PDM SIMATIC PDM

Single Point
Basic
Service
S7
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7
V8.2
V8.2
V8.2
V8.2
V8.2
Server V8.2
FF V8.2
TAGs contained
4 + 100
4 + 100
4 + 100
4 + 100
4 + 100
Project: Create offline
Project: Usable TAG extensions
Project: Process device network view
Project: Process device plant view
Project: Export/import devices
Project: Export/import parameters
Project: HW Config
Project: Utilization of SIMATIC PDM options
Project: Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7
Communication: HART modem
Communication: HART interface
Communication: PROFIBUS DP/PA
Communication: HART over PROFIBUS DP
Communication: FF H1
o1)
o1)
Communication: Modbus
Communication: Ethernet
Communication: PROFINET
Communication: HART over PROFINET
Devices: Export/import parameters
Devices: Comparison of parameter values
Devices: Saving parameters
Devices: Change log (Audit Trail)
Devices: Calibration report
Devices: Print function
Devices: Document manager
Lifelist: Basic functionality
Lifelist: Expanded functionality (scan range,

diagnostics, export, addressing)
Communication: S7 routing
Communication: HART multiplexer
Communication: Wireless HART
Function: HART SHC mode (increased communication speed)
Function: Device parameterization on PCS 7

maintenance station clients
SIMATIC PDM overview of functions and features

n
Product component is part of the product package
o Optional product component for the product package; order additive

Product component is not relevant for the product package or not available
1)
Not in stand-alone mode
Siemens FI 01 2015
8/13
Siemens AG 2014

Software
SIMATIC PDM stand-alone product range
SIMATIC PDM Single Point V8.2
SIMATIC PDM S7 V8.2
This minimum configuration with handheld functionality is

designed for processing exactly one field device via point-topoint coupling. Additional functions or SIMATIC PDM TAGs are
not possible. Upgrading to a different product variant, e.g.
SIMATIC PDM Basic, or a different product version is also not
possible. The device functions are supported as defined in the
device description.
The product package designed for use in a SIMATIC S7 configuration environment requires the installation of STEP 7
V5.5+SP4. It comprises:
SIMATIC PDM Basic (incl. 4 SIMATIC PDM TAGs)
100 SIMATIC PDM TAGs
The following types of communication are possible:

PROFIBUS DP/PA
HART communication (modem, RS 232 and via
PROFIBUS/PROFINET)
Modbus
Ethernet
PROFINET
SIMATIC PDM Basic V8.2
Provided the system requirements are met, SIMATIC PDM Basic
can be used for stand-alone operation on any computer
(IPC/notebook) with local connection to bus segments or direct
connection to the device. The product package features all the
basic functions required for operation and parameter assignment of the devices and is enabled for the following communication modes:
PROFIBUS DP/PA
HART communication (modem, RS 232 and via
PROFIBUS/PROFINET)
Modbus
Ethernet
PROFINET
As a basic block for individual configuration, SIMATIC PDM
Basic can be upgraded with all functional SIMATIC PDM options
as well as with cumulative sets of 10, 100 or 1 000 SIMATIC PDM
TAGs. Without TAG expansion, SIMATIC PDM Basic is suitable
for projects with up to 4 TAGs.
SIMATIC PDM Service V8.2
SIMATIC PDM system-integrated product range
The product package for mobile servicing applications can be

executed on any computer (IPC/notebook) with a local connection to a bus segment or direct connection to field devices.
It comprises:
Similar to SIMATIC PDM Basic, SIMATIC PDM Service can be
upgraded with all functional SIMATIC PDM options as well as
with cumulative sets of 10, 100 or 1 000 SIMATIC PDM TAGs.
SIMATIC PDM S7 can be expanded with the functional options

SIMATIC PDM Routing, SIMATIC PDM Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus, SIMATIC PDM Server, and SIMATIC PDM
HART Server as well as with cumulative sets of 10, 100 or 1 000
SIMATIC PDM TAGs.
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V8.2
The product package designed for use in a SIMATIC PCS 7
configuration environment requires the installation of SIMATIC
PCS 7 V8.1. SIMATIC PDM can then be integrated in the engineering toolset of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering System V8.1.
It comprises:
SIMATIC PDM Routing
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 can be expanded with the functional
options SIMATIC PDM Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus,
SIMATIC PDM Server, and SIMATIC PDM HART Server (see
"Optional product components") as well as with cumulative sets
of SIMATIC PDM TAGs (10, 100 or 1 000).
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 Server V8.2
PCS 7 V8.1. It expands the functionality of SIMATIC PDM PCS 7
by the SIMATIC PDM Server option. It is then possible to parameterize field devices integrated per Electronic Device Description (EDD) on any client of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance
Station V8.1.
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 Server can be expanded with the functional options SIMATIC PDM Communication FOUNDATION
Fieldbus and SIMATIC PDM HART Server (see "Optional product
components") as well as with cumulative sets of SIMATIC PDM
TAGs (10, 100 or 1 000).
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V8.2
PCS 7 V8.1. It expands the functionality of SIMATIC PDM PCS 7
by the SIMATIC PDM Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus
option. SIMATIC PDM can then also parameterize field devices
on the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1.
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF can be expanded with the functional
options SIMATIC PDM Server and SIMATIC PDM HART Server
(see "Optional product components") as well as with cumulative
sets of SIMATIC PDM TAGs (10, 100 or 1 000).
8/14
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Software
Optional product components
SIMATIC PDM TAGs (version-independent)
SIMATIC PDM Extended V8.2 option
Depending on the project size, the SIMATIC PDM TAGs supplied

with a product package (except SIMATIC PDM Single Point) can
be cumulatively expanded with sets of 10, 100 or 1 000 SIMATIC
PDM TAGs.
The SIMATIC PDM Extended option enables you to unlock other

system functions for SIMATIC PDM Basic and SIMATIC PDM, for
example:
Change log
Calibration report
Extended information in the Lifelist
Export and import functions
Print functions
Document manager
Comparison function
A SIMATIC PDM TAG corresponds to a SIMATIC PDM object,

which represents individual field devices or components within
a project, e.g. measuring instruments, positioners, switching
devices or remote I/Os. SIMATIC PDM TAGs are also relevant for
diagnostics with the lifelist of SIMATIC PDM. In this case, TAGs
are considered to be all recognized devices with diagnostics
capability, whose detailed diagnostics is effected through the
device description (EDD).
SIMATIC PDM Software Media Package V8.2
This functionality is already integrated in the product packages

of category "SIMATIC PDM system-integrated" (SIMATIC
PDM S7, SIMATIC PDM PCS 7, SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 Server, and
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF).
The current SIMATIC PDM installation software is offered without

a license in the form of the SIMATIC PDM Software Media
Package. Purchasing of corresponding software licenses is
necessary to unlock the product-specific functionalities.
SIMATIC PDM integration option in STEP 7/PCS 7 V8.2
With SIMATIC PDM product packages, type of delivery

"Package" (not with optional product components), a SIMATIC
PDM Software Media Package is supplied together with each
ordering item. Further SIMATIC PDM Software Media Packages
must be ordered separately as required.
This option is used for the integration of SIMATIC PDM in a

SIMATIC S7 or SIMATIC PCS 7 configuration environment.
SIMATIC PDM can then be started directly from the hardware
configurator (HW Config) in STEP 7/SIMATIC PCS 7.
This functionality is already integrated in the product packages
of category "SIMATIC PDM system-integrated" (SIMATIC
PDM S7, SIMATIC PDM PCS 7, SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 Server, and
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF).
SIMATIC PDM Routing V8.2 option
If SIMATIC PDM is used on an engineering station, the SIMATIC
PDM Routing option enables handling of every device in the field
that can be configured per EDD throughout the plant and across
different bus systems and remote I/Os. SIMATIC PDM Routing is
offered as an optional product component for SIMATIC PDM
Basic, SIMATIC PDM Service, and SIMATIC PDM S7.
The software of the SIMATIC PDM Media Package without a

license can be used for demonstration purposes in demo mode.
The SIMATIC PDM functionality is limited as follows in demo
mode:
Stand-alone operation
Storage functions disabled
Export and import functions disabled
Expanded functionality disabled
Communication functions restricted
Routing is already integrated in SIMATIC PDM PCS 7, SIMATIC

PDM PCS 7 Server, and SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF.
SIMATIC PDM Server V8.2 option
This option is intended for use of SIMATIC PDM in the SIMATIC
PCS 7 Maintenance Station V8.1. Selected field devices can
then be handled using the SIMATIC PDM configuration GUI on
each client of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station V8.1.
SIMATIC PDM Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus V8.2

option
In a SIMATIC S7/PCS 7 configuration environment, using this
option SIMATIC PDM can communicate with field devices on the
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 via the FF link.
This functionality is already integrated in the SIMATIC PDM
PCS 7-FF product package.
SIMATIC PDM HART Server V8.2 option
This option permits the use of HART multiplexers from various
vendors in SIMATIC PDM. Furthermore, wireless HART field
devices can also be parameterized with SIMATIC PDM.
SIMATIC PDM Command Interface V8.2 option
SIMATIC PDM configurations for stand-alone operation, based
on the SIMATIC PDM Basic or SIMATIC PDM Service product
package, can be remote-controlled by this option with regard to
configuration and field device operation.
Note: The SIMATIC PDM Command Interface option can only be
used specific to a project. It is not envisaged for wide use.
Programming knowledge is necessary.
Siemens FI 01 2015
8/15
Siemens AG 2014

Software
Function
Integration
Device integration
SIMATIC PDM supports all devices described by EDD (Electronic Device Description). EDD is standardized to EN 50391
and IEC 61804. Internationally it is the most widely used standardized technology for device integration. At the same time, it
is the guideline of the established organizations for
PROFIBUS and PROFINET (PI PROFIBUS & PROFINET
International)
HART (HCF: HART Communication Foundation)
FF (Fieldbus Foundation)
The devices are integrated directly in SIMATIC PDM through a
company-specific EDD or the current HCF or Fieldbus Foundation libraries. To achieve improved transparency, they can be
managed in project-specific device libraries.
Field devices are described in the EDD in terms of functionality
and construction using the Electronic Device Description
Language (EDDL). Using this description, SIMATIC PDM automatically creates its user interfaces with the specific device
data. Existing devices can be updated, and further devices integrated into SIMATIC PDM, by simply importing the manufacturer's device-specific EDD.
Fieldbus Foundation provides pre-defined device descriptions
(standard DD) for the basic functions of specific field device
types. The basic functions are implemented using various standard function and transmission blocks.
Technical support
SIMATIC PDM, parameter view and trend window
SIMATIC PDM core functions

Creation of project-specific device libraries
Adjustment and modification of device parameters
Comparing (e.g. project and device data)
Plausibility testing of data input
Device identification and testing
Device status indication (operating modes, interrupts, states)
Simulation
Diagnostics (standard, detailed)
Export/import (parameter data, logs, documents)
Management (e.g. networks and PCs)
Commissioning functions, e.g. measuring circuit tests of
device data
Lifecycle management functions, e.g. for device replacement
Global and device-specific modification logbook for user
operations (audit trail)
Device-specific calibration reports
Graphic presentations of echo envelope curves, trend
displays, valve diagnosis results etc.
Presentation of incorporated manuals
Document manager for integration of up to 10 multimedia files
8/16
Siemens FI 01 2015
If you wish to use devices which cannot be found in the SIMATIC

PDM device description library, we would be pleased to help you
integrate them.
Support Request
You can request support by service specialists at Technical
Support by using a "Support Request" on the Internet:
www.siemens.com/automation/support-request
Contacts in the Region
The Technical Support responsible for your Region can be found
on the Internet at:
www.automation.siemens.com/partner
SIMATIC PDM V8.2
Hardware
PG/PC/notebook with processor corresponding to operating system requirements
Operating systems (alternative)
Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate/
Enterprise SP1 (32-bit/64-bit)
Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1 Standard
Edition (64-bit)
Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.1 (incl. update 1)

STEP 7 V5.5+SP4
Siemens AG 2014

Software
Ordering data
Article No.

product packages
Configuration for mobile service

SIMATIC PDM Service V8.2
Product package for stand-alone
user in service, with
SIMATIC PDM Basic incl. 4 TAGs
100 TAGs
Minimum configuration
SIMATIC PDM Single Point V8.2
including 1 TAG; product package
for operation and configuration of
one field device; communication via
PROFIBUS DP/PA, HART (modem,
RS 232, PROFIBUS/PROFINET),
Modbus, Ethernet or PROFINET
Additional functions or SIMATIC
PDM TAGs are not possible
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit or
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
64-bit, floating license for 1 user
Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick and certificate of license, bundled with
1 SIMATIC PDM Software Media
Package per ordering position
Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7/SIMATIC
PDM Software Media Package)
License key download and online
certificate of license
Notes:
E-mail address required; installation software also available separately as SIMATIC PDM Software
Media Package.
6ES7658-3HA28-0YA5
6ES7658-3HA28-0YH5

Media Package)
Notes:
Media Package.
6ES7658-3JD28-0YA5
6ES7658-3JD28-0YH5

product packages
Configuration for integration
in SIMATIC S7 configuration
environment
SIMATIC PDM S7 V8.2
Basic configuration for

individual product packages
Product package for use in a

SIMATIC S7 configuration environment, with
- SIMATIC PDM Basic incl. 4 TAGs
- SIMATIC PDM Extended
- SIMATIC PDM integration in
STEP 7/PCS 7
- 100 TAGs
SIMATIC PDM Basic V8.2

including 4 TAGs; product package for operation and configuration
of field devices and components;
communication via
PROFIBUS DP/PA, HART (modem,
RS 232, PROFIBUS/PROFINET),
Modbus, Ethernet or PROFINET
Media Package)
Notes:
Media Package.
Article No.

6ES7658-3AB28-0YA5
6ES7658-3AB28-0YH5
Note:
STEP 7 V5.5+SP4 is required to use
the full functionality of SIMATIC
PDM S7 V8.2!
Media Package)
License key USB stick and certificate of license, bundled with 1
SIMATIC PDM Software Media
Notes:
Media Package.
8
6ES7658-3KD28-0YA5
6ES7658-3KD28-0YH5
Siemens FI 01 2015
8/17
Siemens AG 2014

Software
Configuration for integration in
SIMATIC PCS 7 configuration
environment
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 Server V8.2

Product package for integration into
the engineering toolset of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering system
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V8.2


64-bit

64-bit
Floating license for 1 user, with

STEP 7/PCS 7
- SIMATIC PDM Routing
- SIMATIC PDM Server
- 100 TAGs

STEP 7/PCS 7
- 100 TAGs
Note:
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.1 is required to
use the full functionality of SIMATIC
PDM PCS 7 V8.2!
Media Package)
Notes:
Media Package.
6ES7658-3LD28-0YA5
6ES7658-3LD28-0YH5
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V8.2


64-bit
STEP 7/PCS 7
- SIMATIC PDM Communication
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
- 100 TAGs
Note:
PDM PCS 7-FF V8.2!
Media Package)
License key USB stick and certificate of license, bundled with 1
SIMATIC PDM Software Media
Notes:
Media Package.
8/18
Siemens FI 01 2015
6ES7658-3MD28-0YA5
6ES7658-3MD28-0YH5
Note:
PDM PCS 7 Server V8.2!
Media Package)
Notes:
Media Package.
6ES7658-3TD28-0YA5
6ES7658-3TD28-0YH5
Siemens AG 2014

Software
Optional product components for
SIMATIC PDM V8.2
SIMATIC PDM Extended V8.2
License key USB stick and certificate of license
Note:
E-mail address required!
6ES7658-3NX28-2YB5
6ES7658-3NX28-2YH5
SIMATIC PDM Integration in

STEP 7/SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.2
only required for integration of
SIMATIC PDM into HW Config
Note:
SIMATIC PDM Routing V8.2
License key download, online
Note:
6ES7658-3BX28-2YB5
6ES7658-3BX28-2YH5
6ES7658-3CX28-2YB5
6ES7658-3CX28-2YH5
SIMATIC PDM Server V8.2

License key USB stick, certificate
of license
Note:
SIMATIC PDM Communication
FOUNDATION Fieldbus V8.2
Note:
SIMATIC PDM HART Server V8.2
Note:
6ES7658-3TX28-2YB5
6ES7658-3TX28-2YH5
6ES7658-3QX28-2YB5
6ES7658-3QX28-2YH5
6ES7658-3EX28-2YB5
6ES7658-3EX28-2YH5
Siemens FI 01 2015
8/19
Siemens AG 2014

Software
SIMATIC PDM
Command Interface V8.2
SIMATIC PDM TAGs
TAG licenses for expanding the
available TAG volume, cumulative,
software class A, floating license for
1 user
License key on USB stick and
- 10 TAGs
- 100 TAGs
- 1 000 TAGs
Note:
- 10 TAGs
- 100 TAGs
- 1 000 TAGs
SIMATIC PDM
Software Media Package
6ES7658-3SX28-2YB5
6ES7658-3XC00-2YB5
6ES7658-3XD00-2YB5
6ES7658-3XE00-2YB5
SIMATIC PDM
Software Media Package V8.2
Installation software without license,
64-bit
Note: Can only be used in conjunction with a valid license or in demo
mode!
Media Package)
SIMATIC PDM and device library
software on DVD
Media Package)
SIMATIC PDM and device library
software download
Note:
6ES7658-3GX28-0YT8
6ES7658-3GX28-0YG8
6ES7658-3XC00-2YH5
6ES7658-3XD00-2YH5
6ES7658-3XE00-2YH5
More information
Update/Upgrade
Product packages and optional product components from the
product range of SIMATIC PDM V6.0, V6.1, V8.0 or V8.1 (incl.
service pack) can be directly upgraded to V8.2 using upgrade
packages. Excepted from this are SIMATIC PDM Single Point
and SIMATIC PDM Communication via standard HART multiplexer.
Product packages and optional product components from the

product range of SIMATIC PDM V7.0 can first be upgraded to
V8.0 and then to V8.2.
When upgrading to SIMATIC PDM V8.2, be aware of the
compatible versions of SIMATIC PCS 7 and STEP 7.
8/20
Siemens FI 01 2015
A Software Update Service in the form of a subscription is also

offered for SIMATIC PDM.
For further information, see catalog ST PCS 7.
Siemens AG 2014

Software
SITRANS DTM
Overview
The following field instruments are currently available in

SITRANS DTM:
SITRANS TH300 HART
SITRANS TH400 PA
SITRANS P300 HART
SITRANS P500
SITRANS P DSIII HART
SITRANS F M MAG 6000 DP/PA
SITRANS F C MASS 6000 PA/PA
SITRANS FC430
SITRANS PROBE LU 6 m, 12 m, HART
SITRANS LR200 HART, PA
SITRANS LUT400 HART
SIPART PS2 HART, PA, FF
SITRANS DTM provides an easy way for Field Device Tool (FDT)/
Device Type Manager (DTM) users to parameterize Siemens
Instruments using international standards.
Benefits
Same look and feel for all Siemens field instruments

Support for Quick start wizards and other dialog boxes
Quick overview using table and tree views
Online and offline configuration
Conformity to IEC profiles for HART and PROFFIBUS
Application
SITRANS DTM
Version
Current Version
3.1
Compatible with
PACTware versions
3.6, 4.0, 4.1
Compatible with Windows
XP, 7
Certified by FDT group
Yes
Free DTM software can be downloaded from:

http://www.siemens.com/sitransdtm
Click on Support in the collateral list on the right side of the web
page, and choose Software downloads.
Electronic Device Description (EDD) is a proven way to describe

the behavior and functionality of field instruments and other
automation components.
For many years, EDD-based tools such as SIMATIC PDM from
Siemens or handheld communicator have been used successfully in the process industry. Some years ago, an additional technology called FDT / DTM with the same approach was introduced to the market. To support the FDT DTM Technology for
Siemens devices, the software SITRANS DTM has been developed which combines both EDD and FDT technologies.
SITRANS DTM uses EDDs as the device description and
provides the DTM interface to allow the integration of our field
instruments into FDT-frame applications.
Siemens FI 01 2015
8/21
Siemens AG 2014

Software
SITRANS Library
Overview
Design
The product structure, however, is geared toward the operational
environment in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. Consequently, SITRANS Library is offered in the form of an engineering component:
SITRANS Library
Engineering software with engineering license for one customer plant
SITRANS Library
Runtime license for one automation system (SIMATIC PCS 7
automation systems of all designs and S7-300 controllers)
The SITRANS Library product component enables you to perform configuration work on a SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering station.
The SITRANS Library product component allows you to run
blocks from a library on an automation system.
When using function blocks from SITRANS Library in
SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems, note that SIMATIC PCS 7
AS Runtime POs are also booked.
The SITRANS Library for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 extends standard

functionality of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system concentrated in the SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced Process Library
(APL) with technological blocks and faceplates for device-specific functions of the SITRANS field devices.
Benefits
This allows you to easily operate all device functions, such as the
dosing of the SITRANS FM MAG6000, in a single faceplate. In
addition, it also supports operation and monitoring via Touch
Panels as well as the integration in SIMATIC S7 applications. The
SITRANS Library is based on the modern design of the Advanced Process Library (APL). Together with the APL, the
SITRANS Library enables you to create harmonic solutions with
a consistent look & feel and optimum use of the functions of the
SITRANS field devices in many industries.
It helps accelerate the engineering process, reduces the timeto-market, and simplifies process control. In addition, operator
functions (such as "Dosing") and process-related diagnostic information (such as empty pipe detection and flow direction) are
provided.
Note:
SITRANS Library can be used in combination with
SIMATIC PCS 7 version V8.0 and higher.
Application
The total solution described can be used in the following sectors
of the process industry:
Chemical industry
Water and wastewater
Glass and solar
Oil & gas
Minerals and mining
8/22
Siemens FI 01 2015
Function
SITRANS Library for SIMATIC PCS 7
Sublibrary for the functional expansion of the SIMATIC PCS 7
Advanced Process Library with:
Function blocks and faceplates for the SITRANS F M
MAG 6000 DP with dosing function for SIMATIC S7-400,
SIMATIC S7-300 and panel interface blocks
Function blocks and faceplates for SITRANS field devices for
SIMATIC S7-400 and SIMATIC S7-300 with WinCC.
The function blocks are configured in CFC.
Control and monitoring from a panel is configured with the panel
interface blocks for example for the SITRANS F M MAG 6000 DP.
Taking operating rights and hierarchical operating concepts
(multi-control room operation) into consideration, the technological function can then be operated from both an operator station
and a Touch Panel.
Detailed information for which field devices which systems and
system versions are supported see under
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view /en/85285872
Selection and Ordering Data
Article No.
SITRANS Library
Block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 and
SIMATIC S7 with function blocks and face
plates as well as electronic documentation
Engineering software, software class A, two
languages (English, German), runs under
opreation system
Windows XP Professional 32 Bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64 Bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard 32 Bit or
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard 64 Bit,
single license for 1 installation
Engineering license for one customer plant.
Delivery form: can be downloaded, with certificate of license
7MP2990-0AA00
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
9/2
9/3
Siemens Industry Training

Course offer for
9/4
PIA Life Cycle Portal

Engineering, Ordering, Installation and
Operation Tool
9/5
Delivery time
9/6
Pressure Equipment Directive

(97/23/EC)
9/9
Functional safety
9/10
Partners at Industry
9/11
Siemens Automation Cooperates

with Education
Applicable practical know-how
9/13
9/14
Online Services
Information and Ordering in the Internet
and on DVD
Information and Dowload Center,
Social Media, Mobile Media
9/16
Industry Services
Your machines and plants can do more
with Industry Services
Industry Services for the entire life cycle
9/20
Software Licenses
9/22
Conditions of sale and delivery
9/15
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Faster and more applicable know-how:

Hands-on training from the manufacturer
Siemens Industry Training provides you with comprehensive
support in solving your tasks.
Training by the market leader in the industry enables you to
make independent decisions with confidence. Especially where
the optimum and efficient use of products and plants are concerned. You can eliminate deficiencies in existing plants, and
exclude expensive faulty planning right from the beginning.
Highlights Siemens Industry Training

Top trainers
Our trainers are skilled teachers with direct practical experience.
Course developers have close contact with product development, and directly pass on their knowledge to the trainers.
Practical experience
The practical experience of our trainers enables them to teach
theory effectively. But since theory can be pretty drab, we attach
great importance to practical exercises which can comprise up
to half of of the course time. You can therefore immediately implement your new knowledge in practice. We train you on stateof-the-art methodically/didactically designed training equipment. This training approach will give you all the confidence you
need.
Wide variety
With a total of about 300 local attendance courses, we train
the complete range of Siemens Industry products as well as
interaction of the products in systems.
Tailor-made training
We are only a short distance away. You can find us at more than
50 locations in Germany, and in 62 countries worldwide. You
wish to have individual training instead of one of our
300 courses? Our solution: We will provide a program tailored
exactly to your personal requirements. Training can be carried
out in our Training Centers or at your company.
First-class know-how directly pays for itself: In shorter startup

times, high-quality end products, faster troubleshooting and reduced downtimes. In other words, increased profits and lower
costs.
Achieve more with Siemens Industry Training
Shorter times for startup, maintenance and servicing
Optimized production operations
Reliable configuration and startup
Minimization of plant downtimes
Flexible plant adaptation to market requirements
Compliance with quality standards in production
Increased employee satisfaction and motivation
Shorter familiarization times following changes in technology
and staff
Contact
Visit our site on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/sitrain
or let us advise you personally.
Siemens Industry Training Customer Support Germany:
Phone: +49 911 895-7575
Fax:
+49 911 895-7576
E-Mail: info@sitrain.com
9/2
Siemens FI 01 2015
The right mixture: Blended learning

"Blended learning" is a combination of various training media
and sequences. For example, a local attendance course in a
Training Center can be optimally supplemented by a teach-yourself program as preparation or follow-up. Additional effect:
Reduced traveling costs and periods of absence.
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Course offer for Process Instrumentation
Course suitable for

Planning
Realization
Operation Duration/
Medium
Course code
Basis Service Training for Process Instruments
5 days
WirelessHART Basic Training (for Siemens employees)
2 days
SC-PI-WHB
Introduction into Process Instrumentation and Process Analytics

(for Siemens employees)
2 days
SC-TP-GS1
PROFIBUS, HART and SIMATIC PDM in Process Automation Technology and Sales
3 days
SC-TP-T1S
Advanced Trainings PS1 Pressure, Temperature and Positioner

(for Siemens enployees)
3,5 days
SC-PI1-ADV
Pressure-, Temperature Measurement and Electropneumatic Positioners Technology and Sales
4,5 days
SC-PI1-T1S
2 days Training Pressure and Temperature
2 days
SC-PI1-PT
2 days Training Positioner
SC-PI-BST
2 days
SC-PI1-SIP
PI3 Advanced Service-Training - COMPLETE
10 days
AST-ALL
PI3 Advanced Service-Training - Communication
1 day
AST-COM
PI3 Advanced Service-Training - MASS
1 day
AST-FC
PI3 Advanced Service-Training - FC430
1 day
AST-FC400
PI3 Advanced Service-Training - MAG
1 day
AST-FM
PI3 Advanced Service-Training - MAG 8000
1 day
AST-FM8000
PI3 Advanced Service-Training - Transmag
1 day
AST-FMT
PI3 Advanced Service-Training - ClampOn
1 day
AST-FUC
PI3 Advanced Service-Training - SONO Inline
1 day
AST-FUI
PI3 Advanced Service-Training - SONOKIT
1 day
AST-FUK
PI3 Advanced Service-Training - Vortex
1 day
AST-FX
Flow Measurement - Technology and Sales
5 days
SC-PI3-T1S
Level Measurement - Technology and Sales
4 days
SC-PI2-T1S
Siemens Weighing Technolgy, Basic Training (for Siemens employees)
2 Tage
SC-WT-BAS
Static Weighing Technology
4 days
SC-WT-STAT
Dynamic Weighing Technology
3 days
SC-WT-DYN
SIWAREX Sensor System and Electronics FTC-L
3 days
SC-WT-FTCL
Weighing Technology, Belt Scales, Weighfeeder
3 days
SC-WT-BELT
1 day
SC-WT-WP23
SIWAREX WP231
Siemens FI 01 2015
9/3
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Engineering, Ordering, Installation and Operation Tool
Overview
The PIA Life Cycle Portal provides the appropriate functionality
in all stages of the Product Life Cycle for products of Process Instrumentation, Process Analytics and Weighing Technology.
The application guides you through Engineering & Selection,
supports you at the Order and provides tools and information for
Installation and Operation.
Phase 1: Selection & Planning
Phase 1: Selection & Planning

Phase 2: Ordering
Phase 3: Installation & Operation
Additional features: e. g. PIA Mobile
Phase 3: Installation & Operation
Selection
Spare parts
Achieve product solutions that meet

your requirements by specifying relevant parameters according to the
measuring point by using the
guided selection or select the product directly in the product and accessories tree.
Find appropriate spare parts for selected

products or corresponding product families.
After sales support
Go to the Service and Support Portal to access manuals, certificates and further information concerning service & support.
Configuration
Configure a selected product step by step
and use the integrated configuration knowledge to avoid errors.
Device information and history

Serial number specific product information
for installed devices
Sizing & calculation

Sizing & calculation tools for Gas Analyzers,
Weighing and Batching Systems and Flow
measurement instruments.
Additional features
Personalize
Register in order to customize the application to your personal needs.
Phase 2: Ordering
Bulk upload
PIA Mobile
Verify several part numbers in one step by

uploading a simple text file.
Watchlist & projects
Use the product selection, configuration

and device information and history with the
version optimized for mobile devices.
www.siemens.com/piamobile
Collect products in a watch list and save it

as a project for later use.
Product details
Find all relevant product information at a
single glance: commercial and technical
data, certificates, images and documents
etc.
Interface to the Industry Mall

Order the selected products with the ordering system for Siemens' automation and
drive solutions.
More information
Ostliche Rheinbrckenstrae 50
76187 Karlsruhe, Germany
Tel.: +49 (721) 595 2114
E-Mail: support.pia-portal@siemens.com
www.siemens.com/pia-portal
9/4
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Delivery Time
Overview
Fast Delivery Time
Our devices are anything but products off the rack. Numerous customer requirements can be taken into account when configuring
any of our products. This results in large variety.
In the selection and ordering data, we show you how to use various identifiers to locate the products from our standard portfolio and
stock items.
Quick Ship Programm
Stock Items
Article No.
Article No.

from gauge pressure series,
7MF 4 2 3 3 -

6 DR 5

Silicone oil
Inert liquid
Measuring cell
cleaning
normal
grease-free to
cleanliness level 2

8.3 ... 250 mbar a
(0.12 ... 3.62 psia)
43 ... 1300 mbar a
(0.62 ... 18.85 psia)
0.16 ... 5 bar a
(2.32 ... 72.5 psia)
1 ... 30 bar a
(14.5 ... 435 psia)
77777 - 7777
D
F
G
H

Seal diaphragm
Process connection
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Stainless steel
Hastelloy
Hastelloy
Version for diaphragm seal
Process connection
Male thread -14 NPT
777 - 0 7777 - 0 7A7 777
Version
2-wire (4 to 20 mA)
Without HART
}
With HART, not explosion}
protected
2-, 3-, 4-wire (0/4 to 20 mA)
With HART, explosion-protected }
Without HART, not explosion
-protected
1
3
For actuator
Single-acting
Double-acting
A
B
C
Y
Enclosure
Makrolon
Aluminum; only single-acting
Stainless steel (without window)
0
1
Without
In type of protection
(ATEX/IECEx/FM/CSA)
intrinsic safety
2
3
4
5
6
With protection type (ATEX/IECEx)1)

Non-sparking
Order code
0
1
2
3
5
6
}
}
1
2
0
11
2
}
}
N
E
0
3
Ordering options with the identifier refer to products from our

Quick Ship Program. If you combine only ordering options that
are marked with a , these product variants can be produced
and delivered within 5 to 15 days in limited quantity.
Ordering options with the } identifier refer to stock items. If you

combine only ordering options that are marked with a }, such a
combination can be ordered from stock. If your order quantity is
available from stock, your order usually leaves the warehouse
within one day.
Contact
If you have questions about delivery time or the Quick Ship program, please contact your Siemens sales representative.
Siemens FI 01 2015
9/5
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Pressure Equipment Directive (97/23/EC)
General
Division of media (liquid/gaseous) into the fluid groups
The pressure equipment directive 97/23/EC applies to the alignment of the statutory orders of the European member states for
pressure equipment. Such equipment in the sense of the directive includes vessels, pipelines and accessories with a maximum permissible pressure of more than 0.5 bar above atmospheric.
The pressure equipment directive can be used starting November 29, 1999, and is compulsory starting May 29, 2002.
Fluids are divided according to Article 9 into the following fluid

groups:
Group 1
Explosive
R phrases:
e.g.: 2, 3 (1, 4,
5, 6, 9, 16, 18,
19, 44)
Very toxic
R phrases:
e.g.: 26, 27, 28,
39 (32)
Extremely
flammable
R phrases:
e.g.: 12 (17)
Toxic
R phrases:
e.g.: 23, 24, 25
(29, 31)
Highly
flammable
R phrases:
e.g.: 11, 15, 17
(10, 30)
Oxidizing
R phrases:
e.g.: 7, 8, 9
(14, 15, 19)
Division according to the danger potential

Equipment is divided in line with the pressure equipment directive according to the danger potential (medium/pressure/volume/nominal diameter) into the categories I to IV or Article 3
Paragraph 3.
The following criteria are decisive for assessment of the danger
potential, and are also shown in Diagrams 1 to 4 and 6 to 9:
Fluid group
Group 1 or 2
Aggregate state
Liquid or gaseous
Type of pressurized equipment

- Vessel
- Pipeline
Product of pressure and volume

(PS * V [barL])
Nominal diameter, pressure or
product of pressure and nominal
diameter (PS * DN)
Fuelled pressure equipment or equipment heated in another

manner are shown separately in Diagram 5.
Note:
Liquids according to Article 3 are those liquids whose steam
pressure is not more than 0.5 bar above standard atmospheric
pressure (1013 mbar) at the maximum permissible temperature.
The maximum permissible temperature for the used liquids
is the maximum process temperature which can occur, as
defined by the user. This must be within the limits defined for
the equipment.
Flammable (where the maximum allowable temperature is above flashpoint)

Group 2
All fluids not belonging to Group 1.
Also applies to fluids which are e.g. dangerous to the environment, corrosive, dangerous to health, irritant or carcinogenic (if not highly toxic).
Conformity rating
Pressure equipment of categories I to IV must comply with the
safety requirements of the directive and be assigned the CE
symbol.
They must comply with a conformity rating procedure according
to Appendix III of the directive.
Pressure equipment according to Article 3 Paragraph 3 must be
designed and manufactured in agreement with the sound engineering practice SEP applying in a member country, and must
not be assigned a CE symbol (CE symbols from other directives
are not affected).
Siemens has carried out a conformity rating, assigned a CE symbol, and issued a declaration of conformity for its products (providing the equipment is not within the context of Article 3
Paragraph 3).
Supervision of the design, dimensioning, testing and manufacture is carried out according to module H (comprehensive quality assurance).
Notes:
Equipment designed for media with a high danger potential
(e.g. gases of fluid group 1) may also be used for media with
a lower danger potential (e.g. gases of fluid group 2, or liquids
of fluid groups 1 and 2).
The pressure equipment directive according to Article 1 Paragraph 1 does not apply to equipment such as e.g. mobile offshore plants, ships, aircraft, water supply and waste water networks, nuclear plants, rockets and pipelines outside industrial
plants.
9/6
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Diagrams
Diagram 1
3000
1000
PS = 200
100
V=1
PS = 500
1000
10000
V [l]

Vessels according to Article 3 Number 1.1 Letter a) Second
dash
Exception: fire extinguishers and bottles for breathing apparatus: at least Category III.
PS [bar]
10000
I
1000
PS = 1000
Diagram 4
II
PS = 500
I
00
20
10
PS = 10
Article 3
Paragraph 3
10
400
100
2000
1000
10000
V [l]
0,5
PS = 0,5
50
0,1
10
400
100
2000
1000
10000
V [l]

Vessels according to Article 3 Number 1.1 Letter b) Second
dash
Exception: modules for producing warm water
PS [bar]
V=2
Diagram 5
IV
Article 3
Paragraph 3
PS = 32
III
00
30
50
0
20
II
V = 1000
PS
PS
PS
10
0,5
PS = 0,5
2
0,1
100
10
32
2000
100
400
I
PS = 0,5
III
PS
Article 3
Paragraph 3

Vessels according to Article 3 Number 1.1 Letter b) First dash
1000
10
50
25
PS = 10
50
10000
200
0,5
0,1
0,1
100
II
10
II
PS
200
PS = 4
PS = 0,5
III
50
25
V [l]
Diagram 3
100
00
1000
10
10000
PS [bar]
II
=
50
1000
00
0,5

Vessels according to Article 3 Number 1.1 Letter a) First dash
Exception: unstable gases belonging to Categories I and II
must be included in Category III.
10000
100
2000
30
20
10
25
400
IV
Article 3
Paragraph 3
1
PS = 0,5
50
00
10
=
V
0
20
PS
=
V 50
PS V =
0,5
0,1
10
PS
Article 3
Paragraph 3
IV
III
PS
II
PS
PS
50
10
III
200
PS
50
25
PS = 1000
IV
PS
100
Diagram 2
PS = 3000
V = 10
200
PS = 1000
V=1
1000
PS [bar]
10000
V=1
PS [bar]
10000
400
10
100
1000
10000
V [l]
Fuelled pressure equipment or equipment heated in another

manner above 110 C and liable to overheating.
Vessel according to Article 3 Number 1.2
Exception: pressure cooker, test procedure at least according
to Category III.
Siemens FI 01 2015
9/7
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
DN = 100
N=
00
35
N=
D
00
DN = 350
DN = 100
1
PS = 0,5
0,5
0,1
10
25
350
100
00
50
=
N
00
D
35
PS
=
N
00
D 10
=
N
D
Article 3
Paragraph 3
10
10
10
DN = 250
PS
100
1000
10000
III
DN = 100
III
PS
Article 3
Paragraph 3
DN = 32
1000
II
100
II
PS
1000
PS [bar]
PS
DN = 25
PS [bar]
PS = 0,5
0,5
DN

Pipelines according to Article 3 Number 1.3 Letter a) First dash
Exception: unstable gases belonging to Categories I and II
must be included in Category III.
10
100
250
2000 7000
1000
10000
DN

Pipelines according to Article 3 Number 1.3 Letter a) Second
dash
Exception: liquids at temperatures > 350 C belonging to Category II must be included in Category III.
PS [bar]
DN = 25
PS [bar]
0,1
32
II
III
1000
PS = 500
500
100
Article 3
Paragraph 3
500
100
II
PS = 10
PS
10
DN = 200
1000
Article 3
Paragraph 3
PS = 500
PS
=5 D
00 N
0
10
I
PS = 10
D
I
=
20
00
PS = 0,5
0,5
0,1
10
25
100
4000
1000
10000
DN

Pipelines according to Article 3 Number 1.3 Letter b) First dash
9/8
Siemens FI 01 2015
PS = 0,5
0,5
0,1
10
100
200
1000
10000
DN

Pipelines according to Article 3 Number 1.3 Letter b) Second
dash
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Functional safety
Overview
Functional safety
Functional safety is a strong tradition at Siemens. Werner von
Siemens realized as early as 1880 that safety in automated processes is not only a human obligation, it also makes economic
sense. In the process industry, hazards for humans, plants and
the environment must be minimized without affecting the production process. With Safety Integrated for Process Automation
from Siemens, you benefit from a comprehensive product and
service offering for safe, fault-tolerant applications.
What is the Safety Integrity Level (SIL)?
The Safety Integrity Level is a term from the field of functional
safety. It helps you assess electrical/electronic/programmable
electronic systems in terms of the reliability of their safety functions. The goal is to minimize the risk of malfunction of the system
and thereby increase the protection of the employed personnel,
the environment and property.
The international standard IEC 61508 describes the type of risk
assessment as well as measures for designing appropriate
safety functions ranging from sensors, logic processing and extending to actuators. The requirements for the process industry
are further specified in IEC 61511-1.
Since the standards IEC 61508 and IEC 61511 for functional
safety have been in effect, the demand for process instrumentation equipment conforming to SIL classification has continually
increased. For this reason, the product portfolio is constantly expanded to include devices that meet the SIL standard.
You will find the current list of SIL devices from Siemens for process instrumentation available today at:
www.siemens.com/SIL
Brochure: "Functional Safety in Process Instrumentation with SIL
Rating"
http://www.automation.siemens.com/w1/efiles/
automation-technology/pi/SIL/SIL_Broschuere_en.pdf
Website: "Functional Safety"
http://www.industry.siemens.com/topics/global/en/
safety-integrated
Siemens FI 01 2015
9/9
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Partner at Industry
At Siemens Industry we are resolutely pursuing the same goal:
long-term improvement of your competitive ability.
We are committed to this goal. Thanks to our commitment, we
continue to set new standards in automation and drive technology. In all industries worldwide.
At your service locally, around the globe for consulting, sales,
training, service, support, spare parts ... on the entire Industry
Automation and Drive Technologies range.
Your personal contact can be found in our Contacts Database at:
www.siemens.com/automation/partner
You start by selecting a
Product group,
Country,
City,
Service.
9/10
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Siemens Automation Cooperates with Education
Comprehensive teaching support for educational institutions

The new TIA Portal training materials for SIMATIC S7-1200 are
available in English, German, French, Italian, Spanish and
Chinese for download.
www.siemens.com/sce/documents
Trainer packages for hands-on learning
Siemens Automation Cooperates with Education (SCE)

offers a global system for sustained support of technical skills.
SCE supports educational institutions in their teaching assignment in the industrial automation sector and offers added value
in the form of partnerships, technical expertise, and know-how.
As the technological leader, our comprehensive range of services can support you in the knowledge transfer for Industry 4.0.
Our services at a glance
Training curriculums for your lessons
Trainer packages for hands-on learning
Courses convey up-to-date, specialist knowledge
Support for your projects/textbooks
Complete didactic solutions from our partners
Personal contact for individual support
Training curriculums for your lessons
Use our profound industrial know-how for practice-oriented and

individual design of your course. We offer you more than 100
didactically prepared training curriculums on the topics of automation and drives technology free of charge. These materials
are perfectly matched to your curricula and syllabuses, and optimally suited for use with our trainer packages. This takes into
account all aspects of a modern industrial solution: installation,
configuration, programming, and commissioning. All documents, including projects, can be individually matched to your
specific requirements.
Particular highlights:
With the new SIMATIC PCS 7 curriculums and trainer
packages, you can pass on basic, practice-oriented PCS 7
knowledge at universities within about 60 hours (= 1 semester), using plant simulation.
Our SCE trainer packages offer a specific combination of original industrial components which are perfectly matched to your
requirements and can be conveniently used in your course.
These price reduced bundles available exclusively to schools
include innovative and flexible hardware and software packages. SCE can currently offers more than 90 SCE trainer packages including related equipment. These cover both the factory
and process automation sectors. You can use them to impart the
complete course contents on industrial automation at a very low
cost.
Trainer packages are available for:
Introduction to automation technology with LOGO! logic
module and SIMATIC S7-1200 compact controller
PLC engineering with SIMATIC S7 hardware and STEP 7
software (S7-300, S7-1500 and TIA Portal)
Operator control and monitoring with SIMATIC HMI
Industrial networking over bus systems with SIMATIC NET
(PROFINET, PROFIBUS, IO-Link)
Sensor systems with VISION, RFID and SIWAREX
Process automation with SIMATIC PCS 7
Power Monitoring Devices SENTRON PAC 4200
Motor Management SIMOCODE
Networked drive and motion technologies with SINAMICS/
SIMOTION
CNC programming with SinuTrain
Important ordering notes:
Only the following institutions are authorized to obtain trainer
packages: vocational schools, Colleges and Universities,
in-house vocational training departments, non commercial research institutions and non commercial training departments.
To purchase a trainer package, you require a specific end-use
certificate, which you can obtain from your regional sales office.
www.siemens.com/sce/tp
Siemens FI 01 2015
9/11
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Siemens Automation Cooperates with Education
Comprehensive teaching support for educational institutions (continued)

Courses convey up-to-date specialist knowledge
We can provide you with consulting for selected projects and

support from your personal SCE contact as well as our web
based and regional Customer Support.
As a particular service, SCE supports technical authors with our
know-how as well as with intensive technical consulting.
Siemens library of special textbooks covering the industrial automation sector provides an additional resource for you and your
students. These can be found at the SCE web site.
www.siemens.com/sce/contact
www.siemens.com/sce/books
Complete didactic solutions
Profit from our excellent know-how as the leader in industrial

technologies. We offer you specific courses for automation and
drive technology worldwide. These support you in the practiceoriented transferring of product and system know-how, are in
conformance with curriculums, and derived from the training
fields. Compact technical courses especially for use at universities are also available.
Our range of courses comprises a wide variety of training modules based on the principle of Totally Integrated Automation
(TIA). The focus is on the same subject areas as with the SCE
trainer packages.
Every PLC and drive course is oriented on state-of-the-art technology. Your graduates can thus be prepared optimally for their
future professional life.
In some countries we are offering classes based on our training
curriculums. Please inquire with your SCE contact partner.
Support for your projects/textbooks
Our partners for learning systems offer a wide range of training

systems and solutions for use in your courses or laboratory.
These models have been designed based on our trainer packages and thus save you the time and cost of self-construction of
individual components. The Partner systems provide you with
simple and effective help in the fulfillment of your teaching assignment.
www.siemens.com/sce/partner
Contact for individual support
You can find your personal SCE contact on our Internet site. Your
local SCE Promoter will answer all your questions concerning the
complete SCE offering, and provide you with timely and competent information about innovations. When you encounter challenges, you can profit from our global team of excellence.
If a direct SCE contact is not listed for your country, please contact your local Siemens office.
SCE Support Finder for your Internet request
You are an educator and need support on the topic of industry
automation? Send us your request:
www.siemens.com/sce/supportfinder
Automation and drive technology is characterized by continuous

and rapid developments. Service and Support therefore play an
important role.
9/12
Siemens FI 01 2015
6FDQWKH45
FRGHIRUIXUWKHU
LQIRUPDWLRQ
6&(KRPHSDJH
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Online Services
Information and Ordering in the Internet and on DVD
Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies in the WWW

A detailed knowledge of the range of products and services
available is essential when planning and configuring automation
systems. It goes without saying that this information must always
be fully up-to-date.
Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies has
therefore built up a comprehensive range of information in the
World Wide Web, which offers quick and easy access to all data
required.
Under the address
www.siemens.com/industry
you will find everything you need to know about products, systems and services.
Product Selection Using the Interactive Catalog CA 01 of Industry

Detailed information together with convenient interactive
functions:
The interactive catalog CA 01 covers more than 80 000 products
and thus provides a full summary of the Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies product base.
Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the
fields of automation, switchgear, installation and drives.
All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to
work with and intuitive.
After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the
press of a button, by fax or by online link.
Information on the interactive catalog CA 01 can be found in the
Internet under
www.siemens.com/automation/ca01
or on DVD.
Easy Shopping with the Industry Mall

The Industry Mall is the electronic ordering platform of
Siemens AG on the Internet. Here you have online access
to a huge range of products presented in an informative and
attractive way.
Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure from
selection through ordering to tracking and tracing of the order to
be carried out. Availability checks, customer-specific discounts
and preparation of quotes are also possible.
Numerous additional functions are available to support you.
For example, powerful search functions make it easy to select
the required products. Configurators enable you to configure
complex product and system components quickly and easily.
CAx data types are also provided here.
Please visit the Industry Mall on the Internet under:
Siemens FI 01 2015
9/13
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Online Services
Information and Download Center, Social Media, Mobile Media
Downloading Catalogs
In addition to numerous other useful documents, you can also
find the catalogs listed on the back inside cover of this catalog
in the Information and Download Center. Without having to register, you can download these catalogs in PDF format or increasingly as digital page-turning e-books.
The filter dialog box above the first catalog displayed makes it
possible to carry out targeted searches. If you enter MD 3 for
example, you will find both the MD 30.1 and MD 31.1 catalogs.
If you enter ST 70 both the ST 70 catalog and the associated
news or add-ons are displayed.
Visit us on the web at:
www.siemens.com/industry/infocenter
Social Media
Connect with Siemens through social media: visit our social networking sites for a wealth of useful information, demos on products and services, the opportunity to provide feedback, to exchange information and ideas with customers and other
Siemens employees, and much, much more. Stay in the know
and follow us on the ever-expanding global network of social
media.
Connect with Siemens Industry at our central access point:
www.siemens.com/industry/socialmedia
Or via our product pages at:
www.siemens.com/automation
or
www.siemens.com/drives
To find out more about Siemens' current social media activities
visit us at:
www.siemens.com/socialmedia
Mobile Media
Discover the world of Siemens.
We are also constantly expanding our offering of cross-platform
apps for smartphones and tablets. You will find the current Siemens apps at the app store (iOS) or at Google Play (Android).
The Siemens app, for example, tells you all about the history, latest developments and future plans of the company with informative pictures, fascinating reports and the most recent press
releases.
9/14
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Industry Services
Your machines and plant can do more with Industry Services.
Whether it is production or process industry - in view of rising
cost pressure, growing energy costs, and increasingly stringent
environmental regulations, services for industry are a crucial
competitive factor in manufacturing as well as in process industries.
All over the world Siemens supports its customers with product,
system, and application-related services throughout the entire
life cycle of a plant. Right from the earliest stages of planning,
engineering, and building, all the way to operation and modernization. These services enable customers to benefit from the
Siemens experts unique technological and product knowledge
and industry expertise.
Thus downtimes are reduced and the utilization of resources is
optimized. The bottom line: increased plant productivity, flexibility, and efficiency, plus reduced overall costs.
Discover all advantages of our service portfolio:
www.siemens.com/industry-services
7HFKQLFDO&RQVXOWLQJ
(QJLQHHULQJ6XSSRUW
(QHUJ\
(QYLURQPHQWDO6HUYLFHV
7HFKQLFDO&RQVXOWLQJ
(QJLQHHULQJ6XSSRUW
(QHUJ\
0RGHUQL]DWLRQ
2SWLPL]DWLRQ6HUYLFHV
Modernization
Modernization
Planning
Planning
Online Support
Technical Support
Spare Parts
Repair Services
Field Services
Training
Operation
Operation
7HFKQLFDO&RQVXOWLQJ
(QJLQHHULQJ6XSSRUW
Engineer
Engineer
&
& Build
Build
(QHUJ\
3ODQW0DLQWHQDQFH
&RQGLWLRQ0RQLWRULQJ
6HUYLFH&RQWUDFWV
(QHUJ\ (QYLURQPHQWDO6HUYLFHV
0RGHUQL]DWLRQ 2SWLPL]DWLRQ6HUYLFHV
G_DA65_EN_00270
Siemens supports its clients with technology based Services across a plants entire life cycle.
Siemens FI 01 2015
9/15
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Industry Services
Online Support
Online support is a comprehensive information system for all
questions relating to products, systems, and solutions that
Siemens has developed for industry over time. With more than
300,000 documents, examples and tools, it offers users of automation and drive technology a way to quickly find up-to-date information. The 24-hour service enables direct, central access to
detailed product information as well as numerous solution examples for programming, configuration and application.
The content, in six languages, is increasingly multimediabased
and now also available as a mobile app. Online supports
Technical Forum offers users the opportunity to share information with each other. The Support Request option can be used
to contact Siemens technical support experts. The latest content, software updates, and news via newsletters and Twitter ensure that industry users are always up to date.
www.siemens.com/industry/onlinesupport
Online Support App
Using the Online Support app, you can access over 300,000
documents covering all Siemens industrial products - anywhere,
any time. Regardless of whether you need help implementing
your project, fault-finding, expanding your system or are planning a new machine.
You have access to FAQs, manuals, certificates, characteristics
curves, application examples, product notices (e.g. announcements of new products) and information on successor products
in the event that a product is discontinued.
Just scan the product code printed on the product directly using
the camera of your mobile device to immediately see all technical information available on this product at a glance. The graphical CAx information (3D model, circuit diagrams or EPLAN macros) is also displayed. You can forward this information to your
workplace using the e-mail function.
The search function retrieves product information and articles
and supports you with a personalized suggestion list. You can
find your favorite pages articles you need frequently under
Technical Support
The ability to quickly analyze system and error messages and
take appropriate action are key factors in ensuring that plants
run safely and efficiently. Questions can arise at any time and in
any industry, whether its an individual product or a complete automation solution. Siemens technical support offers individual
technical assistance in matters related to functionality, how to
operate, applications, and fault clearance in industrial products
and systems at any time and globally, over the phone, by email, or via remote access. Experienced experts from Siemens
answer incoming questions promptly. Depending on the requirements, they first consult specialists in the areas of development,
on-site services, and sales. Technical support is also available
for discontinued products that are no longer available. Using the
support request number, any inquiry can be clearly identified
and systematically tracked.
9/16
Siemens FI 01 2015
mySupport. You also receive selected news on new functions,

important articles or events in the News section.
Scan the QR code

for information on
our Online Support
app.
The app is available free of charge from the Apple App Store
(iOS) or from Google Play (Android).
www.siemens.com/industry/onlinesupportapp
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Industry Services
Spare Parts
Drive and automation systems must be available at all times.
Even a single missing spare part can bring the entire plant to a
standstill and result in substantial financial losses for the operator. The spare parts services from Siemens protects against
such losses with the aid of quickly available, original spare
parts that ensure smooth interaction with all other system components. Spare parts are kept on hand for up to ten years; defective parts can be returned. For many products and solutions,
individual spare parts packages ensure a preventive stock of
spare parts on-site. The spare parts services is available around
the world and around the clock. Optimum supply chain logistics
ensure that replacement components reach their destination as
quickly as possible. Siemens logistics experts take care of planning and management as well as procurement, transportation,
customs handling, warehousing, and complete order management for spare parts.
Repair Services
Reliable electrical and electronic equipment is crucial for operating continuous processes. That is why it is essential that motors and converters always undergo highly specialized repair
and maintenance. Siemens offers complete customer and repair
services on site and in repair centers as well as technical
emergency services worldwide. The repair services include all
measures necessary to quickly restore the functionality of defective units. In addition, services such as spare parts logistics,
spare parts storage and rapid manufacturing are available to
plant operators in all verticals. With a global network of certified
repair shops operated by Siemens as well as third parties, Siemens handles the maintenance and overhaul of motors, converters, and other devices as an authorized service partner.
Field Services
Its a top priority in all industries: the availability of plants and
equipment. Siemens offers specialized maintenance services
such as inspection and upkeep as well as rapid fault clearance
in industrial plants worldwide, continuously, and even with
emergency services as needed. The services include startup as
well as maintenance and fault clearance during operation. The
startup service includes checking the installation, function tests,
parameterization, integration tests for machines and plants, trial
operation, final acceptance, and employee training. All services,
including remote maintenance of drives, are also available as elements of customized service contracts.
Siemens FI 01 2015
9/17
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Industry Services
Training
Increasingly, up-to-date knowledge is becoming a determining
factor in success. One of the key resources of any company is
well-trained staff that can make the right decision at the right moment and take full advantage of the potential. With SITRAIN
Training for Industry, Siemens offers comprehensive advanced
training programs. The technical training courses convey expertise and practical knowledge directly from the manufacturer.
SITRAIN covers Siemens entire product and system portfolio in
the field of automation and drives. Together with the customer,
Siemens determines the companys individual training needs
and then develops an advanced training program tailored to the
desired requirements. Additional services guarantee that the
knowledge of all Siemens partners and their employees is always up-to-date.
Technical Consulting & Engineering Support

The efficiency of plants and processes leads to sustainable economic success. Individual services from Siemens help save substantial time and money while also guaranteeing maximum
safety. Technical consulting covers the selection of products and
systems for efficient industrial plants. The services include planning, consulting, and conceptual design as well as product
training, application support, and configuration verification in
all phases of a plants lifecycle and in all questions related to
product safety. Engineering support offers competent assistance throughout the entire project, from developing a precise
structure for startup to product-specific preparation for implementation as well as support services in areas such as prototype
development, testing and acceptance.
Energy & Environmental Services
Efficient energy use and resource conservation these top sustainability concerns pay off both for the environment and for
companies. Siemens offers integrated solutions that unlock all
technical and organizational potential for successful environmental management. Customized consulting services are aimed
at sustainably lowering the cost of energy and environmental
protection and thus increasing plant efficiency and availability.
The experts provide support in the conceptual design and implementation of systematic solutions in energy and environmental management, enabling maximum energy efficiency and optimized water consumption throughout the entire company.
Improved data transparency makes it possible to identify savings potential, reduce emissions, optimize production processes, and thereby noticeably cut costs.
9/18
Siemens FI 01 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Industry Services
Modernization & Optimization Services
High machine availability, expanded functionality and selective
energy savings in all industries, these are decisive factors for
increasing productivity and lowering costs. Whether a company
wants to modernize individual machines, optimize drive systems, or upgrade entire plants, Siemens experts support the
projects from planning to commissioning.
Expert consulting and project management with solution responsibility lead to security and make it possible to specifically identify savings potential in production. This secures investments
over the long term and increases economic efficiency in operation.
Plant Maintenance & Condition Monitoring

Modern industrial plants are complex and highly automated.
They must operate efficiently in order to ensure the companys
competitive strength. In addition, the steadily increasing networking of machines and plants require consistent security concepts. Maintenance and status monitoring as well as the implementation of integrated security concepts by Siemens experts
support optimum plant use and avoid downtime. The services include maintenance management as well as consulting on maintenance concepts, including the complete handling and execution of the necessary measures. Complete solutions also cover
remote services, including analysis, remote diagnosis, and remote monitoring. These are based on the Siemens Remote Services platform with certified IT security.
Service Contracts
Making maintenance costs calculable, reducing interfaces,
speeding up response times, and unburdening the companys
resources the reduced downtimes that these measures
achieve increase the productivity of a plant. Service contracts
from Siemens make maintenance and repairs more cost-effective and efficient. The service packages include local and remote maintenance for a system or product group in automation
and drive technology. Whether you need extended service periods, defined response times, or special maintenance intervals,
the services are compiled individually and according to need.
They can be adjusted flexibly at any time and used independently of each other. The expertise of Siemens specialists and
the capabilities of remote maintenance thus ensure reliable and
fast maintenance processes throughout a plants entire lifecycle.
Siemens FI 01 2015
9/19
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Software Licenses
Overview
Software types
Software requiring a license is categorized into types.
The following software types have been defined:
Engineering software
Runtime software
Engineering software
This includes all software products for creating (engineering)
user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameterizing, testing, commissioning or servicing.
Data generated with engineering software and executable
programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by thirdparties free-of-charge.
Runtime software
This includes all software products required for plant/machine
operation, e.g. operating system, basic system, system expansions, drivers, etc.
The duplication of the runtime software and executable programs created with the runtime software for your own use or for
use by third-parties is subject to a charge.
You can find information about license fees according to use in
the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of
use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance,
per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc.
Information about extended rights of use for parameterization/configuration tools supplied as integral components of the
scope of delivery can be found in the readme file supplied with
the relevant product(s).
License types
Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies offers various types of software license:
Floating license
Single license
Rental license
Rental floating license
Trial license
Demo license
Demo floating license
Floating license
The software may be installed for internal use on any number of
devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed.
The concurrent user is the person using the program. Use
begins when the software is started.
A license is required for each concurrent user.
Single license
Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one
installation of the software per license.
The type of use licensed is specified in the ordering data and
in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types of use include for
example per instance, per axis, per channel, etc.
One single license is required for each type of use defined.
Rental license
A rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering
software. Once the license key has been installed, the software
can be used for a specific period of time (the operating hours do
not have to be consecutive).
One license is required for each installation of the software.
9/20
Siemens FI 01 2015
Rental floating license

The rental floating license corresponds to the rental license,
except that a license is not required for each installation of the
software. Rather, one license is required per object (for example,
user or device).
Trial license
A trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a nonproductive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes.
It can be transferred to another license.
Demo license
The demo license support the "sporadic use" of engineering software in a non-productive context, for example, use for testing
and evaluation purposes. It can be transferred to another
license. After the installation of the license key, the software can
be operated for a specific period of time, whereby usage can be
interrupted as often as required.
One license is required per installation of the software.
Demo floating license
The demo floating license corresponds to the demo license,
except that a license is not required for each installation of the
software. Rather, one license is required per object (for example,
user or device).
Certificate of license (CoL)
The CoL is the licensee's proof that the use of the software has
been licensed by Siemens. A CoL is required for every type of
use and must be kept in a safe place.
Downgrading
The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier version/release of the software, provided that the licensee owns
such a version/release and its use is technically feasible.
Delivery versions
Software is constantly being updated.
The following delivery versions
PowerPack
Upgrade
can be used to access updates.
Existing bug fixes are supplied with the ServicePack version.
PowerPack
PowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software.
The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL
(Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together
with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new software is licensed.
A separate PowerPack must be purchased for each original
license of the software to be replaced.
Upgrade
An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on
the condition that a license for a previous version of the product
is already held.
The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with
the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous
product, proves that the new version is licensed.
A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license
of the software to be upgraded.
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Software Licenses
Overview
ServicePack
ServicePacks are used to debug existing products.
ServicePacks may be duplicated for use as prescribed according to the number of existing original licenses.
License key
Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies supplies
software products with and without license keys.
The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and
is also the "switch" for activating the software (floating license,
rental license, etc.).
The complete installation of software products requiring license
keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the
license key (which represents the license).
Software Update Service (SUS)

As part of the SUS contract, all software updates for the respective product are made available to you free of charge for a period
of one year from the invoice date. The contract will automatically
be extended for one year if it is not canceled three months
before it expires.
The possession of the current version of the respective software
is a basic condition for entering into an SUS contract.
You can download explanations concerning license conditions from
www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/
terms_of_trade_en.pdf
Siemens FI 01 2015
9/21
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Conditions of sale and delivery
1. General Provisions
By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software
products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the
following Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery (hereinafter
referred to as "T&C"). Please note that the scope, the quality and
the conditions for supplies and services, including software
products, by any Siemens entity having a registered office
outside Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General
Terms and Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The
following T&C apply exclusively for orders placed with Siemens
Aktiengesellschaft, Germany.
1.1 For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany
For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany, the
following applies subordinate to the T&C:
the "General Terms of Payment"1) and,
for software products, the "General License Conditions for
Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers
with a Seat or Registered Office in Germany"1) and,
for other supplies and services, the "General Conditions for
the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and Electronics Industry"1).
1.2 For customers with a seat or registered office outside
Germany
For customers with a seat or registered office outside Germany,
the following applies subordinate to the T&C:
the "General Terms of Payment"1) and,
for software products, the "General License Conditions for
Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers
with a Seat or Registered Office outside of Germany"1) and
for other supplies and/or services, the "General Conditions for
Supplies of Siemens Industry for Customers with a Seat or
Registered Office outside of Germany"1).
2. Prices
The prices are in (Euro) ex point of delivery, exclusive of

packaging.
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. It
shall be charged separately at the respective rate according to
the applicable statutory legal regulations.
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will charget
the prices valid at the time of delivery.
To compensate for variations in the price of raw materials (e.g.
silver, copper, aluminum, lead, gold, dysprosium and neodym),
surcharges are calculated on a daily basis using the so-called
metal factor for products containing these raw materials. A
surcharge for the respective raw material is calculated as a
supplement to the price of a product if the basic official price of
the raw material in question is exceeded.
The metal factor of a product indicates the basic official price
(for those raw materials concerned) as of which the surcharges
on the price of the product are applied, and with what method of
calculation.
An exact explanation of the metal factor can be downloaded at:
To calculate the surcharge (except in the cases of dysprosium
and neodym), the official price from the day prior to that on which
the order was received or the release order was effected is used.
To calculate the surcharge applicable to dysprosium and
neodym ("rare earths"), the corresponding three-month basic
average price in the quarter prior to that in which the order was
received or the release order was effected is used with a onemonth buffer (details on the calculation can be found in the
explanation of the metal factor).
9/22
Siemens FI 01 2015
3. Additional Terms and Conditions

The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the
German law on units in measuring technology, data in inches
apply only to devices for export.
Illustrations are not binding.
Insofar as there are no remarks on the individual pages of this
catalog - especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights
given - these are subject to change without prior notice.
4. Export regulations
We shall not be obligated to fulfill any agreement if such
fulfillment is prevented by any impediments arising out of
national or international foreign trade or customs requirements
or any embargoes and/or other sanctions.
Export of goods listed in this catalog may be subject to licensing
requirements. We will indicate in the delivery details whether
licenses are required under German, European and US export
lists. Goods labeled with "AL" not equal to "N" are subject to
European or German export authorization when being exported
out of the EU. Goods labeled with "ECCN" not equal to "N" are
subject to US re-export authorization.
The export indications can be viewed in advance in the
description of the respective goods on the Industry Mall, our
online catalog system. Only the export labels "AL" and "ECCN"
indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices
are authoritative.
Even without a label, or with label "AL:N" or "ECCN:N", authorization may be required i .a. due to the final disposition and
intended use of goods.
If you transfer goods (hardware and/or software and/or
technology as well as corresponding documentation, regardless
of the mode of provision) delivered by us or works and services
(including all kinds of technical support) performed by us to a
third party worldwide, you must comply with all applicable
national and international (re-)export control regulations.
If required for the purpose of conducting export control checks,
you (upon request by us) shall promptly provide us with all information pertaining to the particular end customer, final disposition and intended use of goods delivered by us respectively
works and services provided by us, as well as to any export
control restrictions existing in this relation.
The products listed in this catalog may be subject to
European/German and/or US export regulations. Any export
requiring approval is therefore subject to authorization by the
relevant authorities.
Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
1) The text of the Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG can be downloaded at

Siemens AG 2014
Catalogs
Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and Low-Voltage Power Distribution
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed at www.siemens.com/automation/partner
System Solutions for Industry
Interactive Catalog on DVD
Catalog
Products for Automation and Drives, Low-Voltage Power CA 01

Distribution and Electrical Installation Technology
Building Control
GAMMA Building Control
Drive Systems
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units
SINAMICS GM150, SINAMICS SM150
Medium-Voltage Converters
SINAMICS PERFECT HARMONY GH180
Medium-Voltage Air-Cooled Drives
Germany Edition
SINAMICS G180
Converters Compact Units, Cabinet Systems,
Cabinet Units Air-Cooled and Liquid-Cooled
SINAMICS S120 Chassis Format Units and
Cabinet Modules
SINAMICS S150 Converter Cabinet Units
SINAMICS DCM DC Converter, Control Module
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
SINAMICS and Motors for Single-Axis Drives
SINAMICS G120P and SINAMICS G120P Cabinet
pump, fan, compressor converters
Three-Phase Induction Motors SIMOTICS HV,
SIMOTICS TN
Series H-compact
Series H-compact PLUS
Asynchronous Motors Standardline
Synchronous Motors with Permanent-Magnet
Technology, HT-direct
DC Motors
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis
Converters
SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters
Digital: SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital
Converter Cabinet Units
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems
SIEMOSYN Motors
MICROMASTER 420/430/440 Inverters
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411
SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO
ET G1
D 11
D 12
D 15.1
D 18.1
D 21.3
D 23.1
D 23.2
D 31
D 35
D 84.1
D 86.1
D 86.2
SENTRON SIVACON ALPHA

Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring
Devices, Switchboards and Distribution Systems
Standards-Compliant Components for
Photovoltaic Plants
3WT Air Circuit Breakers up to 4000 A
3VT Molded Case Circuit Breakers up to 1600 A
Digital: SIVACON System Cubicles, System Lighting
and System Air-Conditioning
Digital: ALPHA Distribution Systems
ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks
SIVACON S4 Power Distribution Boards
Digital: SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems
Digital: DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets
LV 10
Motion Control
SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE
Automation Systems for Machine Tools
SINUMERIK & SINAMICS
Equipment for Machine Tools
SINUMERIK 840D sl Type 1B
SINUMERIK 808
SINUMERIK 828
SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 & SIMOTICS
Equipment for Production Machines
Drive and Control Components for Cranes
LV 11
LV 35
LV 36
LV 50
LV 51
LV 52
LV 56
LV 70
ET D1
NC 60
NC 61
NC 62
NC 81.1
NC 82
PM 21
CR 1
KT 10.1
DA 21.2
DA 22
Safety Integrated
Safety Technology for Factory Automation
SI 10
DA 45
DA 48
DA 51.2
DA 51.3
DA 65.4
SIMATIC HMI/PC-based Automation

Human Machine Interface Systems/
PC-based Automation
ST 80/
ST PC
SIMATIC Ident
Industrial Identification Systems
ID 10
Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors
SIMOTICS Low-Voltage Motors
SIMOTICS FD Flexible Duty Motors
LOHER Low-Voltage Motors
MOTOX Geared Motors
SIMOGEAR Geared Motors
SIMOGEAR Gearboxes with adapter
D 81.1
D 81.8
D 83.1
D 87.1
MD 50.1
MD 50.11
Mechanical Driving Machines

FLENDER Standard Couplings
FLENDER High Performance Couplings
FLENDER SIG Standard industrial gear unit
FLENDER SIP Standard industrial planetary gear units
MD 10.1
MD 10.2
MD 30.1
MD 31.1
Digital: These catalogs are only available as a PDF.
Catalog
Power Supply
Power supply SITOP
DA 12
DA 21.1
Note: Additional catalogs on SIMODRIVE or SINAMICS

drive systems and SIMOTICS motors with SINUMERIK
and SIMOTION can be found under Motion Control
Process Instrumentation and Analytics

Field Instruments for Process Automation
Digital: SIPART Controllers and Software
Products for Weighing Technology
Digital: Process Analytical Instruments
Digital: Process Analytics,
Components for the System Integration
Low-Voltage Power Distribution and

Electrical Installation Technology
FI 01
MP 31
WT 10
PA 01
PA 11
SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems

Products for Totally Integrated Automation
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System
System components
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System
Technology components
Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control System
ST 70
ST PCS 7
ST PCS 7 T
ST PCS 7 AO
SIMATIC NET
Industrial Communication
IK PI

IC 10
Information and Download Center

Digital versions of the catalogs are available on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/industry/infocenter
There youll find additional catalogs in other languages.
Please note the section Downloading catalogs on page
Online services in the appendix of this catalog.
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
Siemens provides automation and drive products
with industrial security functions that support the
secure operation of plants or machines. They are
an important component in a holistic industrial
security concept. With this in mind, our products
undergo continuous development. We therefore
recommend that you keep yourself informed with
respect to our product updates. Please find further
information and newsletters on this subject at:
http://support.automation.siemens.com
Get more information

All the latest information on field instruments for process
automation can be found on the internet at
www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation
Siemens AG
Process Industries and Drives Division
Process Automation
76181 KARLSRUHE
GERMANY
Subject to change without prior notice

PDF (E86060-K6201-A101-B7-7600)
KG 1114 PDF 1476 En
Produced in Germany
Siemens AG 2014
To ensure the secure operation of a plant or

machine it is also necessary to take suitable
preventive action (e.g. cell protection concept)
and to integrate the automation and drive
components into a state-of-the-art holistic
industrial security concept for the entire plant or
machine. Any third-party products that may be in
use must also be taken into account. Please find
further information at:
http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity
The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions or

characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not
always apply as described or which may change as a result of
further development of the products. An obligation to provide
the respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in
the terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are
subject to change without notice.
All product designations may be trademarks or product names
of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third
parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of
the owners.
www.siemens.com/automation
Cover_de_en_fr_es_FI01-2015.indd 2
21.10.2014 08:31:21

Fi01 en

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Fi01 en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Siemens AG 2014

Field Instruments for

Answers for industry.

Only available in German

Products for Automation and Drives

Field Instruments for Process Automation

Communication and Software

Printed on paper from

The products and systems described in

Answers for industry.

The Siemens Industry Sector is the

We consistently rely on integrated technologies and, thanks to our bundled

Market launch times can be reduced

Overview of the SITRANS P range:

SITRANS P200/210/220 [2]

SITRANS LH100 [1]

The fixed range transmitter for gauge and absolute

Convenient hydrostatic level measurement.

SITRANS P200: ceramic diaphragm

SITRANS P Compact [1]

SITRANS P DS III [3]

For the special requirements of the food and beverage,

Digital transmitters with integral diagnostics function,

The increased hygiene demands are satisfied by a range

SITRANS P DS III is designed for nominal pressures up to

SITRANS P500 [4]

Remote seals [5]

Digital transmitters for high precision applications.

The measuring possibilities of the SITRANS P line are

The SITRANS P500 ensures a maximum reference accuracy

Flanges according to EN, ASME, and other connections,

The configuration of the device can be done via standard

Whether you require a sensor, head, rail or field-mounted

Transmitters for head-mounting

Transmitters for rail-mounting

Transmitters for field-mounting

SITRANS TR200 [1]

Universal transmitter programmable via PC (SIPROM T).

Transmitter for mounting in the field where excessive

SITRANS TR300 [1]

SITRANS TF280 [4]

SITRANS TS temperature sensors

SITRANS T temperature sensors special for high

The compact temperature sensor series adds to the

SITRANS F M Electromagnetic flowmeters

Battery-operated water meters

measure the volume flow of electrically conductive fluids

MAG 8000 DN 25 to DN 1200 (1 to 48) [4]

Modular pulsed DC meters

Mains powered 24 V AC/DC, 115 V AC/230 V AC with

SITRANS F M DN 2 to DN 2000 (1/12 to 78)

Designed for the water industry, the MAG 8000 program

IP68 (NEMA 6P) enclosure for sensor and transmitter in

SITRANS F C Coriolis mass flowmeters

0.1 % of rate with a large turndown ratio. Sensor of

The flexible MASS 6000 transmitters are designed for high

Fulfill the need for high performance at Chemical,

Seamless integration with the SIFLOW FC070

MASS 2100 DI 1.5 [3]

Ideal for low flow applications measuring liquid or gas.

Innovation and user-friendliness transmitter

SITRANS F US ultrasonic flowmeters

Retrofit flowmeter type, SONOKIT [7]